Canto One

Chapter One Shri-Krishna-mahatmya-varnana Description of Shri-Krishna's Glories Text 1 om narayanam namaskritya naram caiva narottamam devim sarasvatim vyasam tato jayam udirayet omOm; narayanamthe Personality of Godhead; namaskrityaafter offering respectful obeisances; naram ca evaand Narayana Rishi; narottamamthe supermost human being; devimthe goddess; sarasvatimthe mistress of learning; vyasamVyasadeva; tatahthereafter; jayamall that is meant for conquering; udirayetbe announced. Before reciting this Garga-samhita, which is the very means of conquest, one should offer respectful obeisances unto the Personality of Godhead, Narayana, unto Nara-Narayana Rishi, the supermost human being, unto mother Sarasvati, the goddess of learning, and unto Shrila Vyasadeva.* Text 2 sharad-vikaca-pankaja-shriyam ativa-vidveshakam milinda-muni-sevitam kulisha-kanja-cihnavritam sphurat-kanaka-nupuram dalita-bhakta-tapa-trayam calad-dyuti-pada-dvayam hridi dadhami radha-pateh sharatautumn; vikacablooming; pankajalotus; shriyambeauty; ativavidveshakamreviling; milindabees; muniby sages; sevitamserved; kulisha of lightning; kanjalotus; cihnawith marks; avritamcovered; sphurat glistening; kanakagolden; nupuramanklets; dalitabroken; bhaktaof the devotees; tapasufferings; trayamthree; calatmoving; dyutisplendor; pada of feet; dvayampair; hridiin my heart; dadhamiI place; radha-patehof Radha's Lord. In my heart I place the splendid feet of Radha's Lord, feet that eclipse the glory of autumn lotuses, are served by hosts of bumblebee sages, are marked with

lightning and lotus and decorated with glistening golden anklets, and break the three sufferings of the devotees. Text 3 vadana-kamala-niryadyasya piyusham adyam pibati jana-varo 'yam patu so 'yam giram me badara-vana-viharah satyavatyah kumarah pranata-durita-harah sarnga-dhanv-avatarah vadanaface; kamalalotus; niryadyasyasplendid; piyushamnectar; adyam transcendental; pibatidrink; jana-varahthe best of men; ayamhe; patumay protect; sah ayamhe; giramthe words; meof me; badara-vanain the forest Badarikashrama; viharahenjoys pastimes; satyavatyahof Satyavati; kumarah the son; pranataof surrendered souls; duritatroubles; harahremoving; sarngadhanuof Lord Krishna, who carries the Sharnga bow; avatarahan incarnation. May Satyavati's son Vyasa, who enjoys pastimes at Badarikasrama, who is the best of men, who drinks the transcendental nectar of the glory of Lord Krishna's lotus face, and who is an incarnation of the Lord who carries the Sharnga bow, protect my words. Text 4 kadacin naimisharanye shri-gargo jnaninam varah ayayau shaunakam drashtum tejasvi yoga-bhaskarah kadacitone time; naimisharanyein Naimisharanya; shri-gargahShri Garga Muni; jnaninamof the wise; varahthe best; ayayauwent; shaunakam Shaunaka; drashtumto see; tejasvipowerful; yogayoga; bhaskaraha splendid sun. Once Shri Garga Muni, who was the best of the wise, very powerful, and a brilliant sun of yoga, went to see Shaunaka Muni. Text 5 tam drishtva sahasotthaya shaunako munibhih saha pujayam asa padyadyair upacarair vidhanatah

tamhim; drishtvaseeing; sahasaat once; utthayarising; shaunakah Shaunaka; munibhih sahawith the sages; pujayam asaworshiped; padya-adyaih beginning with water for washing the feet; upacaraihwith many offerings; vidhanatahaccording to religious tradition. Seeing him, Shaunaka and the sages at once stood up and worshiped him by washing his feet and presenting many offerings according to ancient tradition. Text 6 shri-shaunaka uvaca satam paryatanam dhanyam grihinam shantaye smritam nrinam antas tamo-hari sadhur eva na bhaskarah shri-shaunakah uvacaShri Shaunaka said; satamof the saintly devotees; paryatanamwandering; dhanyamgood fortune; grihinamof the householders; shantayefor peace; smritamremembered; nrinamof men; antahof the heart; tamahdarkness; hariremoving; sadhuha saintly devotee; evacertainly; na not; bhaskarahthe sun. Shri Shaunaka said: The auspicious travels of saintly devotees bring peace to they who stay at home. It is a saintly devotee, and not the sun, the removes the darkness in people's hearts. Text 7 tasman me hridi sambhutam sandeham nashaya prabho katidha shri-harer vishnor avataro bhavaty alam tasmattherefore; memy; hridiin the heart; sambhutamborn; sandeham doubt; nashayaplease destroy; prabhahO lord; katidhahow many?; shri-hareh who removes all that is inauspicious; of Shri Hari; vishnohof Vishnu; avatarah incarnations; bhavatiare; alammany. Therefore, O lord, please destroy the doubt in my heart. How often does Lord Vishnu, who removes all that is inauspicious, descend to this world?

Text 8 shri-garga uvaca sadhu prishtam tvaya brahman bhagavad-guna-varnanam shrinvatam gadatam yad vai pricchatam vitanoti sham shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga Muni said; sadhuwell; prishtamasked; tvaya by you; brahmanO brahmana; bhagavatof the Lord; gunathe qualities; varnanamthe description; shrinvatamof they who hear; gadatamof they who speak; yatwhich; vaiindeed; pricchatamof they who ask; vitanotigives; sham auspiciousness. Shri Garga Muni said: O brahmana, you have asked a worthy question. The description of the Lord's transcendental qualities brings auspiciousness to they who hear, speak, and ask. Text 9 atraivodaharantimam itihasam puratanam yasya shravana-matrena maha-doshah prashamyati atrahere; evaindeed; udaharantithey speak; imamthis; itihasamhistory; puratanamancient; yasyaof whom; shravanahearing; matrenaby merely; mahagreat; doshahfault; prashamyatiis pacified. Of this they tell the story of an event in ancient history, simply by hearing of which great sin is removed. Text 10 mithila-nagare purvam bahulashvah pratapavan shri-krishna-bhaktah shantatma babhuva nirahankritih mithila-nagarein Mithila City; purvamin ancient times; bahulashvah Bahulashva; pratapavanpowerful; shri-krishnaof Lord Krishna; bhaktaha devotee; shantapeaceful; atmaat heart; babhuvawas; nirahankritihfree from false ego.

In the city of Mithila in ancient times lived a powerful king named Bahulashva, who was peaceful at heart, free of false ego, and a great devotee of Lord Krishna. Text 11 ambarad agatam drishtva naradam muni-sattamam sampujya casane sthapya kritanjalir abhashata ambaratfrom the sky; agatamcome; drishtvaseeing; naradamNarada; muni-sattamamthe best of sages; sampujyaworshiping; caand; asanea seat; sthapyagiving; kritanjalihwith folded hands; abhashataspoke. Seeing the best of sages Narada decend from the sky, (the king) worshiped him, offered him a seat, and with folded hands addressed him. Text 12 shri-bahulashva uvaca yo 'nadir atma purusho bhagavan prakriteh parah kasmat tanum samadhatta tan me bruhi maha-mate shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; yahwho; anadih beginningless; atmaself; purushahperson; bhagavanthe Lord; prakriteh matter; parahabove; kasmatwhy?; tanuma form; samadhattaaccepted; tat that; meto me; bruhiplease tell; maha-mateO wise one. Shri Bahulashva said: O wise one, please tell me why the beginningless Supreme Person, who is beyond the material energy, places His transcendental form in this world? Text 13 shri-narada uvaca go-sadhu-devata-vipravedanam rakshanaya vai tanum dhatte harih sakshad

bhagavan atma-lilaya shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gahof the cows; sadhudevotees; devatademigods; viprabrahmanas; vedanamand Vedas; rakshanayafor protection; vaiindeed; tanumform; dhatteplaced; harihLord Krishna; sakshat directly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; atmaown; lilayaby pastimes. To protect the cows, devotees, demigods, and Vedas, Lord Hari, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, placed His own transcendental form and pastimes in this world. Text 14 yatha natah sva-lilayam mohito na paras tatha anye drishtva ca tan-mayam mumuhus te muhur muhuh yathaas; natahan actor; sva-lilayamby His won pastimes; mohitah bewildered; nanot; parahanother; tathaso; anyeothers; drishtvaseeing; ca also; tatHis; mayamillusory potency; mumuhuhbecome bewildered; te they; muhuhmuhuhagain and again. As a magician is not bewildered by His own magic tricks, although others may be bewildered, so the Supreme Personality of Godhead is not bewildered by the magic tricks He does with His illusory potency, although others who see them are bewildered again and again. Text 15 shri-bahulashva uvaca katidha shri-harer vishnor avataro bhavaty alam sadhunam rakshanartham hi kripaya vada mam prabho shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; katidhahow many times; shriharehof Lord Hari; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; avatarahincarnation; bhavatiis; alamgreatly; sadhunamof the devotees; rakshanaprotection; arthamfor the purpose; hiindeed; kripayaby the mercy; vadaplease tell; mamme; prabhah O lord.

Shri Bahulashva said: How often does Lord Vishnu, who removes all that is inauspicious, descend to this world to protect the devotees? O lord, please kindly tell me. Text 16 shri-narada uvaca amshamsho 'mshas tathaveshah kala purnah prakathyate vyasadyaish ca smritah shashthah paripurnatamah svayam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; amshaof a part; amshahof a part; amshaha part; tathathen; aveshahentrance; kalaa part; purnahfull; prakathyateis said; vyasa-adyaishby they who have Vyasa as their leader; ca also; smritahremembered; shashthahsix; paripurnatamahmost full; svayam personally. Shri Narada said: In the Smriti-shastra the great sages who have Vyasa as their leader explain that the Lord descends in six kinds of forms: 1. amshamsha (a part of a part), 2. amsha (a part), 3. avesha (entrance into a jiva), 4. kala (a full part), 5. purna (full), and 6. paripurnatama (most full). Text 17 amshamshas tu maricy-adir amsha brahmadayas tatha kalah kapila-kurmadya avesha bhargavadayah amshamshahamshamsha; tuindeed; mariciwith Marici; adihbeginning; amshaamsha; brahmawith Brahma; adayahbeginning; tathaso; kalahkala; kapilawith Kapila; kurmaand Kurma; adyahbeginning; aveshahavesha; bhargavawith Parashurama; adayahbeginning. The amshamsha incarnations begin with Marici, the amsha incarnations begin with Brahma, the kala incarnations begin with Kapila and Kurma, and the avesha incarnations begin with Parashurama. Text 18 purno nrisimho ramash ca shvetadvipadhipo harih

vaikuntho 'pi tatha yajno nara-narayanah smritah purnahfull; nrisimhahNrisimha; ramahRama; caand; shvetadvipadhipah the ruler of Shvetadvipa; harihHari; vaikunthahVaikuntha; apialso; tatha then; yajnahYajna; nara-narayanahNara-Narayana; smritahdecshribed in the Smriti. The Smriti-shastra explains that the purna incarnations are 1. Nrisimha, 2. Rama, 3. Lord Hari, the ruler of Shvetadvipa, 4. Vaikuntha, 5. Yajna, and 6. Nara-Narayana. Text 19 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir goloke dhamni rajate paripurnatamahparipurnatama; sakshatdirectly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayampersonally; asankhyanumberless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe ruler; goloke dhamniin the abode of Goloka; rajateis splendidly manifested. The paripurnatama form of the Lord is Shri Krishna, who is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. He is the master of countless universes. He is splendidly manifest in the realm of Goloka. Text 20 karyadhikaram kurvantah sad-amshash te prakirtitah tat-karya-bharam kurvantas te 'mshamsha viditah prabhoh karyaof work; adhikaramoverseeing; kurvantahdooing; satof the Lord; amshahamsha incarnations; tethey; prakirtitahdescribed; tatof that; karya work; bharamthe burden; kurvantahdoing; tethey; amshamshathe amshamsha incarnations; viditahknown; prabhohof the Lord. The amsha incarnations are said to oversee the execution of the Lord's mission (in the world). The amshamsha incarnations are understood to perform the work of executing those missions.

Text 21 yesham antar-gato vishnuh karyam kritva vinirgatah nanaveshavataramsh ca viddhi rajan maha-mate yeshamof whom; antahwithin; gatahgone; vishnuhLord Vishnu; karyam mission; kritvahaving done; vinirgatahdeparts; nanavarious; avesha-avataran avesha incarnations; caalso; viddhiplease know; rajanO king; maha-mate great heart. O great soul, O king, please know that in the various avesha incarnations Lord Vishnu enters (a jiva), executes His mission, and then departs. Text 22 dharmam vijnaya kritva yah punar antaradhiyata yuge yuge vartamanah so 'vatarah kala hareh dharmamreligious principles; vijnayateaching; kritvahaving done; yah who; punahagain; antaradhiyatadisappears; yuge yugemillenium after millenium; vartamanahbeing so; sahHe; avatarahincarnation; kalakala; harehof Lord Hari. Millennium after millennium Lord Hari's kala incarnations teach and establish the principles of religion, and then disappear. Text 23 catur-vyuho bhaved yatra drishyante ca rasa nava atah param ca viryani sa tu purnah prakathyate catur-vyuhahthe catur-vyuha incarnations; bhavetare; yatrawhere; drishyanteare seen; caalso; rasahmellows; navanine; atahthen; param after; caalso; viryaniprowess; sahHe; tuindeed; purnahpurna; prakathyate is said.

The purna incarnations are said to include the catur-vyuha incarnations. They are said to be the places where heroic powers and the nine rasas are seen. Text 24 yasmin sarvani tejamsi viliyante sva-tejasi tam vadanti pare sakshat paripurnatamam svayam yasminin which; sarvaniall; tejamsiglories; viliyanteenter; sva-tejasiin His own glory; tamHim; vadantisay; pareothers; sakshatdirectly; paripurnatamamParipurnatama; svayampersonally. Others say that the form of the Lord where all powers and glories enter is His paripurnatama form, the original form of the Lord Himself. Text 25 purnasya lakshanam yatra tam pashyanti prithak prithak bhavenapi janah so 'yam paripurnatamah svayam purnasyaof the putna incarnation; lakshanamcharacteristic; yatrawhere; tamthat; pashyantisee; prithak prithakspecifically; bhavenaby nature; api also; janahpeople; sah ayamHe; paripurnatamahParipurnatama; svayam personally. The transcendental qualities people see distributed among the Lord's purna incarnations are all present in the Lord's original, paripurnatama form. Text 26 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno nanya eva hi eka-karyartham agatya koti-karyam cakara ha paripurnatamahparipurnatama; sakshatdirectly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; nanot; anyahanother; evacertainly; hiindeed; ekaone; karyamission;

arthamfor the purpose; agatyacoming; kotimillions; karyammission; cakara did; haindeed. The Lord's original, paripurnatama form is Shri Krishna and no one else. Coming (to this world) to execute one mission, He executes millions of missions. Text 27 purnah puranah purushottamottamah parat paro yah purushah pareshvarah svayam sadanandamayam kripakaram gunakaram tam sharanam vrajamy aham purnahperfect; puranahancient; purushaof persons; uttamaof the best; uttamahthe best; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; yahwho; purushah the Supreme Person; paraof the exalted; ishvarahthe master; svayam personally; sat-anandamayamfull of transcendental bliss; kripaof mercy; akaram mine; gunaof transcendental virtues; akarama mine; tamof Him; sharanam vrajami ahamI take shelter. He is perfect and complete. He is the oldest. He is the most exalted of exalted persons. He is greater than the greatest. He is the Supreme Person. He is the master of the exalted. Of He who is full of bliss, who is jewel-mine of mercy, who is a jewel-mine of transcendental virtues, I take shelter. Text 28 shri-garga uvaca tac chrutva harshito raja romanci prema-vihvalah pramrishya netre 'shru-purne naradam vakyam abravit shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; tat shrutvahearing; harshitahdelighted; rajathe king; romancihis bodily hairs erect; premawith love; vihvalah overcome; pramrishyawiping; netrehis eyes; ashruwith tears; purnefilled; naradamto Narada; vakyama statement; abravitsaid. Shri Garga said: Hearing this, the king became very happy. Overcome with love and the hairs of his body erect in ecstasy, he wiped his tear-filled eyes and spoke to Narada.

Text 29 shri-bahulashva uvaca paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno kena hetuna agato bharate khande dvaravatyam virajate shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; paripurnatamahparipurnatama; sakshatdirectly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; kenaby what?; hetunareason; agatahcame; bharate khandeto theland of Bharata; dvaravatyamin Dvaraka; virajateis splendidly manifested. Shri Bahulashva said: Why did Shri Krishna, the original, paripurnatama form of the Lord, come to the land of Bharata and gloriously appear in Dvaraka? Text 30 tasya goloka-nathasya golokam dhama sundaram karmany aparimeyani bruhi brahman brihan-mune tasyaof Him; goloka-nathasyathe master of Goloka; golokam dhamathe realm of Goloka; sundarambeautiful; karmaniactivities; aparimeyanicountless; bruhiplease tell; brahmanO brahmana; brihatgreat; muneO sage. O brahmana, O great sage, please describe the countless deeds and beautiful Goloka realm of He who is the master of Goloka. Text 31 yada tirthatanam kurvan chata-janma-tapah-parah tada sat-sangam etyashu shri-krishnam prapnuyan narah yadawhen; tirthato holy places; atanamjourney; kurvandoing; shata 100; janmabirths; tapahausterities; parahintent; tadathen; satof devotees; sangamthe association; etyaattaining; ashuquickly; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; prapnuyatmay attain; naraha human being.

When a human being visits many holy places and devotedly performs a hundred years of austerities, he will attain the association of the devotees. Then he will attain Shri Krishna Himself. Text 32 shri-krishna-dasasya ca dasa-dasah kada bhaveyam manasardra-cittah yo durlabho deva-varaih paratma sa me katham gocara adi-devah shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; dasasyaof the servant; caand; dasaof the servant; dasahthe servant; kadawhen?; bhaveyamwill I become; manasa with thoughts; ardramelting; cittahhis heart; yaha person who; durlabhah rare; deva-varaihby the best of demigods; paratmathe Supreme Person; sah He; meof me; kathamwhether?; gocarein the range of perception; adithe original; devahLord. When, my heart melting with love, will I think "I am the servant of the servants of Shri Krishna's servants?" Will the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whom even the greatest demigods cannot attain, appear before me? Text 33 dhanyas tvam raja-shardula shri-krishneshto hari-priyah tubhyam ca darshanam datum bhaktesho 'tragamishyati dhanyahfortunate; tvamyou; rajaof kings; shardulaO tiger; shri-krishna Shri Krishna; ishtahhonored; harito Lord Hari; priyahdear; tubhyamto you; caalso; darshanamsight; datumto give; bhaktaof the devotees; ishahthe Lord; atrahere; agamishyatiwill come. O tiger of kings, you are fortunate. Shri Krishna honors you. Lord Hari loves you. The Lord of the devotees will come to reveal Himself to you. Text 34 tvam nripam shrutadevam ca dvija-devo janardanah smaraty alam dvarakayam aho bhagyam satam iha

tvamyou; nripamking; shrutadevamShrutadeva; caalso; dvijaof the brahmanas; devahthe Lord; janardanahKrishna; smaratiremembers; alam greatly; dvarakayamin Dvaraka; ahahoh; bhagyamthe good fortune; satam of the devotees; ihahere. Lord Janardana, the master of the brahmanas remembers both Shrutadeva and you, the king. Ah, the good fortune of the devotees here in Dvaraka!

Chapter Two Shri-Goloka-dhama-nivarnanam Description of the Abode of Shri Goloka Text 1 jihvam labdhvapi yah krishnam kirtaniyam na kirtayet labdhvapi moksha-nishrenim sa narohati durmatih jihvamtoungue; labdhvaattaining; apialso; yahwho; krishnamShri Krishna; kirtaniyamto be glorified; nanot; kirtayetglorifies; labdhvaattaining; apialso; moksha-of liberation; nishrenimstaircase; sahhe; nanot; arohati climbs; durmatihfool. A person who has a tongue but does not glorify glorious Shri Krishna is a fool. Even if he somehow approaches the staircase to liberation, he cannot climb it. Text 2 atha te sampravakshyami shri-krishnagamanam bhuvi asmin varaha-kalpe vai yad bhutam tac chrinu prabho athanow; teto you; sampravakshyamiI will speak; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; agamanamthe arrival; bhuvion the earth; asminthis; varaha-kalpein the Varaha-kalpa; vaiindeed; yatwhat; bhutamwas; tatthat; shrinuplease hear; prabhahO lord.

Now I will describe to you Shri Krishna's coming to this earth during the Varahakalpa. O lord, please hear what happened. Texts 3 and 4 pura danava-daityanam naranam khalu bhubhujam bhuri-bhara-samakranta prithvi go-rupa-dharini anathavad rudantiva vedayanti nija-vyatham kampayanti nijam gatram brahmanam sharanam gata puraformerly; danavaof the danavas; daityanamand daityas; naranamof the humans; khaluindeed; bhubhujamof the kings; bhurigreat; bharawith a burden; samakrantaovercome; prithvithe earth; gahof a cow; rupain the form; dharinimanifesting; anathawithout a protector; vatlike; rudanticrying; ivalike; vedayantidescribing; nijaown; vyathamdistress; kampayanti making tremble; nijamown; gatrambody; brahmanamto Lord Brahma; sharanamshelter; gatawent. In ancient times the earth, overcome with a burden of many daityas, danavas, and human kings, assumed the form of a cow and, helplessly crying, trembling, and describing her troubles, took shelter of the demigod Brahma. Text 5 brahmathashvasya tam sadyah sarva-deva-ganair vritah shankarena samam pragad vaikuntham mandiram hareh brahmaBrahma; athathen; ashvasyacomforting; tamher; sadyahat once; sarvaall; devaof the demigods; ganaihby multitudes; vritah surrounded; shankarenaShiva; samamwith; pragatwent; vaikunthamto Vaikuntha; mandiramthe palace; harehof Lord Hari. Brahma comforted her and then, accompanied by Shiva and the demigods, went to Lord Hari's palace in Vaikuntha. Text 6

natva catur-bhujam vishnum svabhiprayam jagada ha athodvignam deva-ganam shri-nathah praha tam vidhim natvabowing down; catur-bhujamwith four arms; vishnumto Lord Vishnu; svaown; abhiprayamintention; jagadaexplained; hacertainly; athathen; udvignamdistressed; deva-ganamto the demigods; shri-nathahthe husband of the goddess of fortune; prahaspoke; tamto him; vidhimBrahma. Brahma bowed down before four-armed Lord Vishnu and explained why he had come. Then He who is the husband of the goddess of fortune spoke to Brahma and the troubled demigods. Text 7 shri-bhagavan uvaca krishnam svayam viganitanda-patim paresham sakshad akhandam atidevam ativa-lilam karyam kadapi na bhavishyati yam vina hi gacchashu tasya vishadam padam avyayam tvam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; krishnamShri Krishna; svayamHimself; viganitacountless; andaof universes; patimthe master; paraof others; ishamthe master; sakshatdirectly; akhandam unbroken; atidevambeyond the demigods; ativa-lilamwho enjoys transcendental pastimes; karyammission; kadapisometimes; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be; yam whom; vinawithout; hinot; gacchago; ashuat once; tasyaof Him; vishadampure; padamabode; avyayameternal; tvamyou. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Without Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of countless universes, perfect, above the demigods, and the enjoyer of transcendental pastimes, this problem will not be solved. You should go to His eternal and effulgent abode at once. Text 8 shri-brahmovaca tvattah param na janami paripurnatamam svayam yadi yo 'nyas tasya sakshal lokam darshaya nah prabho

shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; tvattahthan You; paramgreater; na not; janamiI know; paripurnatamammost perfect; svayampersonally; yadiif; yahwho; anyahanother; tasyaof Him; sakshatdirectly; lokamthe world; darshayaplease show; nahus; prabhahO Lord. Shri Brahma said: I do not know anyone greater and more perfect than You. If there is such a person, please show Him to us, O Lord. Texts 9 and 10 shri-narada uvaca ity ukto 'pi harih purnah sarvair deva-ganaih saha padavim darshayam asa brahmanda-shikharopari vama-padangushtha-nakhabhinna-brahmanda-mashtake shri-vamanasya vivare brahma-drava-samakule shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktahaddressed; apiindeed; harihLord Hari; purnahperfect; sarvaihall; deva-ganaihthe demigods; saha with; padavimthe path; darshayam asarevealed; brahmandathe universes; shikhara-upariabove; vamaleft; padangushtha-nakhatoenail; bhinnabroken; brahmandaof the universes; mashtakeon the head shri-vamanasyaof Shri Vamana; vivarein the hole; brahma-dravawith the spiritual river; samakule filled. Shri Narada said: When this was said, perfect Lord Hari showed all the demigods a spiritual river path flowing through the hole Shri Vamana made in the universe with His toenail. Text 11 jala-yanena margena bahis te niryayuh surah kalinga-bimba-vac cedam brahmandam dadrishus tv adhah jala-yanenaon a boat; margenaon the path; bahihoutside; tethey; niryayuhwent; surahthe demigods; kalinga-bimba-vatlike a tiny kutaja seed; caalso; idamthis; brahmandamuniverse; dadrishuhsaw; tuindeed; adhah below.

Going by boat on this path, the demigods left the universe. They saw the universe was like a round kutaja fruit far below. Text 12 indrayana-phalaniva luthanty anyani vai jale vilokya vismitah sarve babhuvus cakita iva indrayana-phalanikutaja fruits; ivalike; luthantimoving to and fro; anyani others; vaicertainly; jalein the water; vilokyaseeing; vismitahastonished; sarveall; babhuvuhbecame; cakitahfrightened; ivaas if. When the saw the other universes were like many kutaja fruits bobbing in the water (of the Karana Ocean), they all became frightened and surprised. Text 13 kotisho yojanordhvam vai puranam ashtakam gatah divya-prakara-ratnadidruma-vrinda-manoharam kotishahmillions; yojanaor yojanas; urdhvamabove; vaicertainly; puranamof cities; ashtakama group of eight; gatahwent; divya-prakara glistening; ratnajewels; adibeginning with; drumaof trees; vrindagroups; manoharamcharming. Millions of yojanas higher they came to eight cities charming with glistening jewel-forest groves. Text 14 tad-urdhvam dadrishur deva virajayas tatam shubham tarangitam kshauma-shubhram sopanair bhaskaram param

tad-urdhvamabove them; dadrishuhsaw; devahthe demigods; virajayahof the Viraja river; tatamthe shore; shubhamglorious; tarangitamwith waves; kshaumasilk; shubhramwhite; sopanaihwith steps; bhaskaramsplendid; paramgreatly. Higher still the demigods saw the Viraja river's splendid shore, which was splashed by waves white as silk and glorious with many staircases. Text 15 tam drishtva pracalantas te tat puram jagmur uttamam asankhya-koti-martandajyotisham mandalam mahat tamthat; drishtvahaving seen; pracalantahgoing; tethey; tat puramto that city; jagmuhwent; uttamamgreat; asankhyacountless; kotimillions; martandaof suns; jyotishamof the splendor; mandalamcircle; mahatgreat. After seeing this, they entered a city splendid as countless millions of suns. Text 16 drishtva prataditakshas te tejasa dharshitah sthitah namaskritvatha tat-tejo dadhyau vishnv-ajnaya vidhih drishtvahaving seen; prataditastruck; akshaheyes; tethey; tejasaby the splendor; dharshitahovercome; namaskritvabowing down; athathen; tat-tejah that splendor; dadhyaumeditated; vishnuof Lord Vishnu; ajnayaby the order; vidhihBrahma. As they looked at its splendor they became overpowered, their eyes struck by the light. By Lord Vishnu's order, Brahma offered obeisances to that light and meditated on it. Text 17 taj-jyotir-mandale 'pashyat sakaram dhama shantidam tasmin mahadbhutam dirgham

mrinala-dhavalam param sahasra-vadanam shesham drishtva nemuh suras tatah taj-jyotir-mandalein the circle of light; apashyathe saw; sakaramhaving a form; dhamaan abode; shantidampeaceful; tasminthere; mahavery; adbhutamwonderful; dirghamlong; mrinalalotus stem; dhavalamwhite; paramtranscendental; sahasraa thousand; vadanamfaces; sheshamLord Shesha; drishtvaseeing; nemuhoffered obeisances; surahthe demigods; tatah then. In that circle of light he saw the form of a peaceful transcendental realm. When the demigods saw in that realm the very wonderful white lotus stem of thousandfaced Lord Shesha, they bowed down to offer respects to Him. Texts 18 and 19 tasyotsange maha-loko goloko loka-vanditah yatra kalah kalayatam ishvaro dhama-maninam rajan na prabhaven maya manash cittam matir hy aham na vikaro vishaty eva na mahamsh ca gunah kutah tasyaof Him; utsangeon the head; mahagreat; lokahrealm; golokah Goloka; lokaby all the worlds; vanditahoffered obeisances; yatrawhere; kalah time; kalayatamsees; ishvarahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dhama abodes; maninamwith glory; rajanO king; nanot; prabhavet-may prevail; maya illusion; manahmind; cittamheart; matihintelligence; hiindeed; aham false ego; nanot; vikarahchange; vishatienters; evacertainly; nanot; mahanMahat-tattva; caand; gunahthe modess of nature; kutahfrom where? On His head was the transcendental realm of Goloka, which is worshiped by all the worlds, and which is a realm where time, the conqueror of the proud, does not prevail, and where illusion, the material mind, heart, intelligence, and ego, material transformations and the mahat-tattva do enter. How can the modes of nature enter there? Text 20 tatra kandarpa-lavanyah

shyamasundara-vigrahah dvari gantum cabhyudita nyashedhan krishna-parshadah tatrathere; kandarpaof Kamadeva; lavanyahhandsomeness; shyamasundara-vigrahahbeautiful forms; dvariat the door; gantumto go; ca also; abhyuditahstanding; nyashedhanstayed; krishnaof Lord Krishna; parshadahthe asssociates. Their forms very beautiful, more beautiful than Kamadeva himself, Shri Krishna's associates stood at the entrance. Text 21 shri-deva ucuh loka-pala vayam sarve brahma-vishnu-maheshvarah shri-krishna-darshanarthaya shakradya agata iha shri-devah ucuhthe demigods said; loka-palahprotectors of the planets; vayamwe; sarveall; brahma-vishnu-maheshvarahBrahma, Vishnu, and Shiva; shri-krishnaShri Krishna; darshanaseeing; arthayafor the purpose; shakraby Indra; adyahheaded;' agatahcome; ihahere. The demigods said: We, Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva, all the protectors of the planets, and the demigods headed by Indra, have come here to see Shri Krishna. Text 22 shri-narada uvaca tac chrutva tad-abhiprayam shri-krishnaya sakhi-janah ucur deva-pratiharah gatva cantah-puram param shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tatthat; shrutvahearing; tadabhiprayamthe purpose; shri-krishnayafor Shri Krishna; sakhi-janahfriends; ucuhsaid; devademigods; pratiharahdoorkeepers; gatvahaving gone; ca also; antah-puraminside the palace; paramthen. Shri Narada said: Having heard this, the doorkeepers, girls who were the Lord's friends, went inside the palace and told Shri Krishna of (the visitors') wish.

Text 23 tada vinirgata kacic chatacandranana sakhi pitambara vetra-hasta sapricchad vanhitam suran tadathen; vinirgatacame out; kacita girl; shatacandranana Shatacandranana; sakhifriend; pitayellow; ambaragarments; vetraa stick; hastain hand; sashe; apricchatasked; vanhitamwished; surandemigods. Then a girl named Shatacandranana, who was dressed in yellow garments, who held a stick in her hand, and who was Shri Krishna's friend, came from inside and asked the demigods what they wished. Text 24 shri-shatacandrananovaca kasyandasyadhipa deva yuyam sarve samagatah vadatashu gamishyami tasmai bhagavate hy aham shri-shatacandranana uvacaShri Shatacandranana said; kasyaof what?;andasyauniverse; adhipahkings; devahO demigods; yuyamyou; sarve all; samagatahcome; vadataplease tell; ashuat once; gamishyamiI will go; tasmaito Him; bhagavatethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; hiindeed; ahamI. Shri Shatacandranana said: All you demigods who have come here, of what universe are you the kings? Tell me and I shall go to the Lord at once. Text 25 shri-deva ucuh aho andany utanyani nasmabhir darshitani ca ekam andam prajanimo 'tho 'param nasti nah shubhe shri-devah ucuhthe demgods said; ahahOh; andaniuniverses; uta certainly; anyaniother; nanot; asmabhihby us; darshitanishown; caand;

ekamone; andamuniverse; prajanimahwe know; athahthen; aparam another; nanot; astiis; nahof us; shubheO beautiful one. The demigods said: We have not seen any other universes. We know only one universe. O beautiful one, there is no universe beyond ours. Text 26 shri-shatacandrananovaca brahmadeva luthantiha kotisho hy anda-rashayah tesham yuyam yatha devas tathande 'nde prithak prithak shri-shatacandrananovacaShri Shatacandranana said; brahmadevaO demigod Brahma; luthanti-moving about; ihahere; kotishahmillions; hiindeed; anda-rashayahuniverses; teshamof them; yuyamyou; yathaas; devah demigods; tathaso; andein an universe; andein an universe; prithak prithak variously. Shri Shatacandranana said: O demigod Brahma, millions of universes bob up and down (in the Karana ocean). As you are demigods in one universe, so in each each universe there are many demigods. Text 27 nama-gramam na janitha kada vatra samagatah jada-buddhya prahrishyadhve grihan napi vinirgatah nama-gramamnames; nanot; janithayou know; kadawhen?; vaor; atra here; samagatahcome; jadastunted; buddhyawith intelligence; prahrishyadhveyou are happy; grihanhomes; nanot; apieven; vinirgatah having left. You do not even know their names. When did you even meet them? Never leaving your own homes, you remain happy with stunted minds. Text 28

brahmandam ekam jananti yatra jatas tatha janah mashaka ca yathantah-stha audumbara-phaleshu vai brahmandamuniverse; ekamone; janantiknow; yatrawhere; jatahborn; tathaso; janahpeople; mashakahmosquitoes; caalso; yathaas; antah inside; sthahstaying; audumbara-phaleshuin udumbara fruits; vaiindeed. You know one universe. Living entities are born in many universes, like mosquitoes in many udumbara fruits. Text 29 shri-narada uvaca upahasyam gata deva ittham tushnim sthitah punah cakitan iva tan drishtva vishnur vacanam abravit shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; upahasyamthe object of jokes; gatah attained; devahthe demigods; itthamthus; tushnimsilent; sthitahstood; punahagain; cakitanfrightened; ivaas if; tanthem; drishtvaseeing; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; vacanamwords; abravitsaid. Shri Narada said: Mocked in this way, the demigods were silent. Seeing them intimidated, Lord Vishnu spoke some words. Text 30 shri-vishnur uvaca yasminn ande prishnigarbho 'vataro 'bhut sanatanah trivikrama-nakhodbhinne tasminn ande sthita vayam shri-vishnuh uvacaShri Vishnu said; yasminin which; andeuniverse; prishnigarbhahPrishnigarbha; avatarahincarnation; abhutwas; sanatanah eternal; trivikramaof Lord Trivikrama; nakhaby the nails; udbhinnebroken; tasminin that; andeuniverse; sthitahsituated; vayamwe. Shri Vishnu said: We stay in the universe where eternal Lord Prishnigarbha descended, the universe broken by Lord Trivikrama's toenail.

Text 31 shri-narada uvaca tac chrutva tam ca samshlaghya shighram antah-puram gata punar agatya devebhyo 'py ajnam dattva gatah puram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tatthat; shrutvahearing; tamHim; ca also; samshlaghyapraising; shighramfor a long time; antah-puramwithin the palace; gatagone; punahagain; agatyareturning; devebhyahto the demigods; apialso; ajnampermission; dattvagiving; gatahwent; puramto the palace. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, she praised Him for a long time, again entered the palace, returned, and gave the demigods permission (to enter. Then the demigods) entered the palace. Texts 32-34 atha deva-ganah sarve golokam dadrishuh param tatra govardhano nama giri-rajo virajate vasanta-malinibhish ca gopibhir go-ganair vritah kalpa-vriksha-lata-sanghai rasa-mandala-manditah yatra krishna nadi shyama tolika-koti-mandita vaidurya-krita-sopana svacchanda-gatir uttama athathen; deva-ganahthe demigods; sarveall; golokamGoloka; dadrishuh saw; paramthen; tatrathere; govardhanahGovardhana; namanamed; giri of mountains; rajahthe king; virajateis splendidly manifest; vasantaspring; malinibhihwith garlands; caalso; gopibhihby gopis; go-ganaihby cows; vritah surrounded; kalpa-vrikshakalpa-vriksha trees; latalalpa-lata vines; sanghaih with multitudes; rasaof the rasa dance; mandalawith the circle; manditah decorated; yatrawhere; krishnathe Yamuna; nadi-river; shyamadark; tolika gazebos; kotimillions; manditadecorated; vaiduryawith lapis lazuli; krita made; sopanasteps; svacchandameandering; gatihpaths; uttamasupreme.

Then the demigods saw Goloka, where the king of mountains, named Govardhana, which was filled with many cows and with gopis garlanded with forest flowers, and which was decorated with rasa-dance circles, is splendidly manifest, where the dark Yamuna river meandered as it wished, (its shores) made with lapis lazuli steps and decorated with millions of gazebos, . . . Text 35 vrindavanam bhrajamanam divya-druma-latakulam citra-pakshi-madhuvratair vamshi-vata-virajitam vrindavanamVrindavana; bhrajamanamshining; divyasplendid; druma trees; lataand vines; akulamfilled; citracolorful; pakshibirds; madhuvrataih with bees; vamshiof the flute; vatathe banyan tree; virajitamsplendid. . . . where the forest of Vrindavana, filled with splendid trees and vines, and glorious with bees, colorful birds, and the banyan tree where (Krishna) played the flute, was splendidly manifested, . . . Text 36 puline shitalo vayur manda-gami vahaty alam sahasra-dala-padmanam rajo vikshepayan muhuh pulineon the shore; shitalahcool; vayuhbreeze; mandaslowly; gami moving; vahatiblows; alamgreatly; sahasrathousand; dalapetal; padmanam of lotuses; rajahpollen; vikshepayantossing; muhuhagain and again. . . . where, carrying the pollen of many thousand-petal lotuses, a cool breeze gently blew to the shore, . . . Text 37 madhye nija-nikunjo 'sti dva-trimshad-vana-samyutah prakara-parikha-yuto 'runakshaya-vatajirah

madhyein the midst; nijaown; nikunjahforest grove; astiis; dva-trimshat 32; vanaforests; samyutahendowed; prakarawith a wall; parikhaand moat; yutahendowed; arunared; akshayaeternal; vatabanyan trees; ajirah courtyard. . . . where in the middle is the Lord's personal woodland of 32 forests, which is surrounded by walls and moats and endowed with a reddish courtyard of eternal banyan trees, . . . Text 38 saptadha padmaragagrajira-kudya-vibhushitah kotindu-mandalakarair vitanair gulika-dyutih saptadhaseven; padmaragaruby; agraendge; ajiracourtyards; kudya walls; vibhushitahdecorated; kotimillions; induof moons; mandalacircle; akaraihwith forms; vitanaihwith canopies; gulikawith pearls; dyutihsplendor. . . . a courtyard decorated with seven walls made of rubies and with a glory of pearls from awnings like many millions of moons, . . . Text 39 patat-patakair divyabhaih pushpa-mandira-vartmabhih jata-bhramara-sangito matta-barhi-pika-svanah patatmoving; patakaihwith flags; divyabhaihglorious; pushpaof flowers; mandirapalaces; vartmabhihwith pathways; jataborn; bhramaraof bees; sangitahsong; mattamaddened; barhipeacocks; pikaand cuckoos; svanah the sound. . . . .where there were splendid flags moving (in the breeze), pathways that were flower palaces, and the singing of many bees and many maddened peacocks and cuckoos, . . . Text 40

balarka-kundala-dharah shata-candra-prabhah striyah svacchanda-gatayo ratnaih pashyantyah sundaram mukham ratnajireshu dhavantyo hara-keyura-bhushitah kvanan-nupura-kinkinyas cuda-mani-virajitah balarkarising sun; kundalaearrings; dharahwearing; shatahundred; candramoons; prabhahsplendor; striyahwomen; svacchandaas they wished; gatayahgoing; ratnaihwith jewels; pashyantyahseeing; sundarambeautiful; mukhamface; ratnajewel; ajireshuin courtyards; dhavantyahrunning; hara necklaces; keyurabracelets; bhushitahdecorated; kvanattinkling; nupurakinkinyahanklets; cudacrown; manijewels; virajitahglorious. . . . where there were many women effulgent as a hundred moons, wearing sunrise earrings, walking about as they wished, noticing their beautiful faces reflected in the jewels, running in the jewel courtyard, decorated with necklaces, bracelets, and tinkling ankle-bells, and splendid with jewels in their hair, . . . Text 42 kotishah kotisho gavo dvari dvari manoharah shveta-parvata-sankasha divya-bhushana-bhushitah kotishahmillions; kotishahand millions; gavahcows; dvariat doorway; dvariafter doorway; manoharahbeautiful; shvetawhite; parvatamountains; sankashahglory; divyasplendid; bhushanawith ornaments; bhushitah decorated. . . . where at door after door there were millions of millions of beautiful cows glorious as white mountains, decorated with glittering ornaments, . . . Text 43 payasvinyas tarunyash ca shila-rupa-gunair yutah sa-vatsah pita-pucchash ca vrajantyo bhavya-murtikah

payasvinyahfull of milk; tarunyahyoung; caalso; shilagood character; rupabeauty; gunaihand virtues; yutahendowed; sawith; vatsahcalves; pita yellow; pucchahtails; caalso; vrajantyahgoing; bhavyaof happiness; murtikahforms. . . . young, full of milk, endowed with good character, virtues, and beauty, their tails yellow, personifications of happiness as they walked about with their calves, . . . Text 44 ghanta-manjira-samravah kinkini-jala-manditah hema-shringyo hema-tulyahara-mala-sphurat-prabhah ghantaof bells; manjiraand anklets; samravahthe sound; kinkiniwith small bells; jalamultitude; manditahdecorated; hemagolden; shringyah horns; hemagold; tulyaequal; haranecklaces; malagarlands; sphuratprabhahsplendid. . . . decorated with a network of tiny bells, their bells and anklets tinkling, splendid with golden necklaces and flower garlands, their horns of gold, . . . Text 45 patala haritas tamrah pitah shyama vicitritah dhumrah kokila-varnash ca yatra gavas tv anekadha patalahpink; haritahgreen; tamrahgreen; pitahyellow; shyamahblack; vicitritahmany wonderful colors; dhumrahthe color of smoke; kokilaof cuckoos; varnashthe color; caand; yatrawhere; gavahcows; tuindeed; anekadhamany. . . . many different wonderful colors, some pink, some green, some red, some yellow, some black, some smokey, and some the color of cuckoos, . . . Text 46

samudravad-dugdhadash ca taruni-kara-cihnikah kurangavad-vilanghadbhir govatsair manditah shubhah samudravatwith an ocean; dugdhamilk; dahgiving; caalso; taruniyouth; karamaking; cihnikahsigns; kurangavatlike a deer; vilanghadbhihwith jumping; govatsaihwith calves; manditahdecorated; shubhahbeautiful. . . . giving oceans of milk, marked with the signs of youth, leaping like deer, beautiful, decorated with many calves, . . . Text 47 itas tatash calantash ca go-ganeshu maha-vrishah dirgha-kandhara-shringadhya yatra dharma-dhurandharah itas tatahhere and there; calantahwandering; caalso; go-ganeshuamong the cows; mahagreat; vrishahbulls; dirghalong; kandharanecks; shringa horns; adhyahopulent; yatrawhere; dharma-dhurandharahgreat piety. . . . where, wandering among the cows were many great bulls opulent with long horns and necks and very pious, . . . Text 48 gopala vetra-hastash ca shyama vamshi-dharah parah krishna-lilam pragayanto ragair madana-mohanaih gopalahcowherd boys; vetrastick; hastahhand; caalso; shyamahdark; vamshiflutes; dharahholding; parahtranscendental; krishnaof Lord Krishna; lilampastimes; pragayantahsinging; ragaihwith melodies; madana-mohanaih charming. . . . where were many handsome cowherd boys, carrying flutes, holding sticks in their hands, and with charming melodies singing of Krishna's pastimes. Text 49

ittham nija-nikunjam tam natva madhye gatah surah jyotisham mandalam padmam sahasra-dala-shobhitam itthamthus; nijaown; nikunjamforest grove; tamthat; natvabowing down; madhyein the midst; gatahgone; surahthe demigods; jyotishamof light; mandalama circle; padmama lotus; sahasrathousand; dalapetals; shobhitambeautiful. Bowing down to offer respects, the demigods entered the Lord's personal forest grove, which was a thousand-petal lotus that was a great circle of light. Text 50 tad-urdhvam shodasha-dalam tato 'shta-dala-pankajam tasyopari sphurad dirgham sopana-traya-manditam tad-urdhvamabove that; shodasha16; dalampetals; tatahthen; ashta8; dalapetal; pankajamlotus; tasyathat; upariabove; sphuratglistening; dirghamlong; sopanastaircases; trayathree; manditamdecorated. Above that was a sixteen-petal lotus, above that an eight-petal lotus, and above that a long path decorated with three stairways. Text 51 simhasanam param divyam kaustubhaih khacitam shubhaih dadrishur devatah sarvah shri-krishnam radhaya yutam simhasanamthrone; paramgreat; divyamsplendid; kaustubhaihwith kaustubha jewels; khacitamstudded; shubhaihbeautiful; dadrishuhsaw; devatahthe demigods; sarvahall; shri-krishnamLord Krishna; radhayaRadha; yutamwith. There all the demigods saw, sitting on a splendid throne studded with beautiful kaustubha jewels, and accompanied by Shri Radha, Shri Krishna, . . .

Text 52 divyair ashta-sakhi-sanghair mohiny-adibhir anvitam shridamadyaih sevyamanam ashta-gopala-mandalaih divyaihsplendid; ashtaeight; sakhiof friends; sanghaihmultitudes; mohiniadibhihheaded by Mohini; anvitamwith; shridama-adyaihheaded by Shridama; sevyamanambeing served; ashtaeight; gopalacowherd boys; mandalaih served. . . . who was accompanied by eight splendid gopi friends headed by Mohini and served by eight gopas headed by Shridama, . . . Text 53 hamsabhair vyajanandolacamarair vajra-mushtibhih koti-candra-pratikashaih sevitam chatra-kotibhih hamhswans; abhaihlike; vyajana-andola-camaraihwith camaras; vajra diamond; mushtibhihhandles; kotimillions; candraof moons; pratikashaih splendid; sevitamserved; chatraparasols; kotibhihwith millions. . . . who was served with diamond-handled camaras glorious as swans and millions of parasols like millions of moons, . . . Text 54 shri-radhikalankrita-vama-bahum svacchanda-vakri-krita-dakshinanghrim vamshi-dharam sundara-manda-hasam bhru-mandalamohita-kama-rashim shri-radhikaby Shri Radha; alankritadecorated; vamaleft; bahumarm; svacchandaas He wished; vakri-kritabent; dakshinaright; anghrimfoot; vamshia flute; dharamholding; sundarahandsome; mandagentle; hasam smile; bhruof eyebrows; mandalacircle; amohitaenchanted; kamaof Kamadevas; rashimmultitude.

. . . whose left arm was decorated by Shri Radhika, whose right foot was bent as He wished, who held a flute, who smiled gently and gracefully, whose eyebrows enchanted hosts of Kamadevas, . . . Text 55 ghana-prabham padma-dalayutekshanam pralamba-bahum bahu-pita-vasasam vrindavanonmatta-milinda-shabdair virajitam shri-vana-malaya harim ghanaof a raincloud; prabhamsplendor; padmalotus; dalapetal; ayuta large; ikshanameyes; pralambalong; bahumarms; bahugreat; pitayellow; vasasamgarments; vrindavanain Vrindavan; unmattamaddened; milindaof bees; shabdaihby the sounds; virajitamsplendid; shribeautiful; vanaforest; malayawith a garland; harimShri Krishna. . . . who was splendid as a raincloud, whose large eyes were lotus petals, whose arms were long, who wore great yellow garments, who was splendid with a beautiful forest garland filled with the sounds of intoxicated bees. Text 56 kani-kala-kankana-nupura-dyutim lasan-manohari-mahojjvala-smitam shrivatsa-ratnottama-kuntala-shriyam kirita-harangada-kundala-tvisham kani-kalabelt; kankanabracelets; nupuraanklets; dyutimsplendor; lasat glistening; manoharicharming; mahavery; ujjvalasplendid; smitamsmile; shrivatsaShrivatsa; ratnajewel; uttamaabove; kuntalacurly hair; shriyam handsomeness; kiritacrown; haranecklace; angadaarmlets; kundalaearrings; tvishamglory. . . . who was splendid with bracekets, anklets, and a belt, who had a glittering, charming, very glorious smile, who was handsome with the mark of Shrivatsa and with a jewel placed in His curly locks of hair, and who was glorious with a crown, necklace, armlets, and earrings. Text 57

drishtva tam ananda-samudra-magna-vat praharshitash cashru-kalakulekshanah tatah surah pranjalayo natanana nemur murarim purusham parayanam drishtvaseeing; tamHim; anandaof bliss; samudrain an ocean; magna plunged; vatlike; praharshitashdelighted; caand; ashru-kalawith tears; akula filled; ikshanaheyes; tatahthen; surahthe demigods; pranjalayahwith folded hands; natabowed; ananahheads; nemuhoffered obeisances; murarim to Shri Krishna; purusham parayanamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Very happy, as if plunged in an ocean of bliss, by seeing Him, and their eyes now filled with tears, with folded hands and bowed heads the demigods offered their respectful obeisances to Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Chapter Three Agamanodyoga-varnanam Description of the Lord's Appearance Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca mune deva mahatmanam krishnam drishtva parat param agre kim cakrire tatra tan me bruhi kripam kuru shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; muneO sage; devaO lord; mahatmanamexalted; krishnamKrishna; drishtvaseeing; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; agrein the presence; kimwhat?; cakriredid; tatra there; tatthat; meto me; bruhitell; kripammercy; kurudo. Shri Bahulashva said; O sage, O lord, what did they do when they saw the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna, who is greater than the greatest? Please be kind and tell me. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca sarvesham pashyatam tesham vaikuntho 'pi haris tatah utthayashta-bhujah sakshal

lino 'bhut krishna-vigrahe shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sarveshamof all; pashyatamlooking; teshamof them; vaikunthoKrishna; apialso; harisLord Hari; tatahthen; utthayarising; ashta-bhujahwith eight arms; sakshatdirectly; linoentered; abhutbecame; krishna-vigrahein Krishna's form. Shri Narada said: As everyone looked on, Lord Hari, the eight-armed master of Vaikuntha, appeared and merged in the the body of Lord Krishna. Text 3 tadaiva cagatah purno nrisimhas canda-vikramah koti-surya-pratikasho lino 'bhut krishna-tejasi tadathen; evaindeed; caalso; agatahcame; purnoperfect; nrisimhas Nrisimha; canda-vikramahferocious; koti-surya-pratikashosplendid as millions of suns; linomerged; abhutbecame; krishna-tejasiin Lord Krishna's effulgence. The perfect, ferocious, and powerful Lord Nrsimha, who was effulgent as millions of suns, merged in Lord Krishna's effulgence. Text 4 rathe laksha-haye shubhre sthitash cagatavams tatah shvetadvipadhipo bhuma sahasra-bhuja-manditah rathein a chariot; lakshawith a hundred thousand; hayehorses; shubhre splendid; sthitashstanding; caalso; agatavanarrived; tatahthen; shvetadvipa-adhipothe master of Shvetadvipa; bhumathe Lord; sahasra-bhujamanditahdecorated with a thousand arms. Then the master of Shvetadvipa, who was decorated with a thousand arms, came in a splendid chariot drawn by a hundred thousand horses. Text 5

shriya yuktah svayudhadhyah parshadaih parishevitah sampralino babhuvashu so 'pi shri-krishna-vigrahe shriyathe goddess of fortune; yuktahwith; svaown; ayudhawith weapons; adhyahopulent; parshadaihby associates; parishevitahserved; sampralino merged; babhuvabecame; ashuat once; sohe; apialso; shri-krishna-vigrahe in Shri Krishna's form. Opulent with many weapons, accompanied by the goddess of fortune, and served by many associates, He suddenly merged in the body of Shri Krishna. Texts 6-8 tadaiva cagatah sakshad ramo rajiva-locanah dhanur-bana-dharah sitashobhito bhratribhir vritah dasha-koty-arka-sankashe camarair dolite rathe asankhya-vanarendradhye laksha-cakra-ghana-svane laksha-dhvaje laksha-haye shatakaumbhe sthitas tatah shri-krishna-vigrahe purnah sampralino babhuva ha tadathen; evaindeed; caalso; agatahcome; sakshaddirectly; ramo Ramacandra; rajivalotus; locanaheyes; dhanurbow; banaand arrows; dharah holding; sitawith Sita; shobhitoglorious; bhratribhirby brothers; vritah accompanied; dashaten; kotiten million; arkaof suns; sankashesplendor; camarairwith camaras; dolitemoved; ratheon the chariot; asankhya countless; vanaramonkey; indrakings; adhyeopulent; lakshaten thousand; cakrawheels; ghanadeep; svanesound; lakshaten thousand; dhvajeflags; lakshaten thousand; hayehorses; shatakaumbhegolden; sthitasstanding; tatahthen; shri-krishna-vigrahein Lord Krishna's body; purnahperfect; sampralinomerged; babhuvabecame; haindeed. Then, holding a bow and arrows, glorious with Sita, and accompanied by His brothers, lotus-eyed Lord Ramacandra came in a golden chariot that was effulgent as a hundred million suns, (decorated) with swaying camaras, opulent with countless monkey-kings, rumbling with ten thousand wheels, (decorated with) ten

thousand flags, and (pulled by) ten thousand horses, and merged in the body of Lord Krishna. Texts 9 and 10 tadaiva cagatah sakshad yajno narayano harih prasphurat-pralayatopajvalad-agni-shikhopamah rathe jyotirmaye drishye dakshinadhyah sureshvarah so 'pi lino babhuvashu shri-krishne shyama-vigrahe tadathen; evaindeed; caalso; agatahcame; sakshaddirectly; yajnas Yaj 24a; narayanoNarayana; harihHari; prasphurat-pralayatopa-jvalad-agniin the blazing fires of cosmic devastation; shikhaa flame; upamahlike; ratheona chariot; jyotirmayeeffulgent; drishyebeautiful; dakshinawith His consort Dekshina; dhyahopulent; suraof the demigods; ishvarahthe master; soHe; apieven; linomerged; babhuvabecame; ashusuddenly; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; shyamadark; vigraheform. Then Lord Yajna, who is known as Narayana and Hari, who is glorious like a flame in the fire of cosmic devastation, who is the master of the demigods, and who is glorious with His consort Dakshina, came in a splendid and beautiful chariot and suiddenly merged in the dark form of Lord Krishna. Texts 11-13 tada cagatavan sakshan nara-narayanah prabhuh catur-bhujo vishalaksho muni-vesho ghana-dyutih tadit-koti-jatajutah prasphurad-dipta-mandalah munindra-mandalair divyair mandito 'khandita-vratah sarvesham pashyatam tesham ashcarya-manasa nripa so 'pi lino babhuvashu shri-krishne shyama-sundare

tadathen; caalso; agatavancome; sakshatdirectly; nara-narayanah Nara-Narayana; prabhuhLord; catur-bhujofour arms; vishalalarge; aksho eyes; munias a muni; veshodressed; ghanaas a dark cloud; dyutihsplendor; taditof lightning flashes; kotimillions; jatajutahmatted hair; prasphurad-diptamandalahsplendid; munindra-mandalairby the great sages; divyairsplendid; manditodecorated; akhandita-vratahobserving an unbroken vow of celibacy; sarveshamof all; pashyatamlooking; teshamof them; ashcaryawonder; manasaheart; nripaO king; soHe; apialso; linomerged; babhuvabecame; ashusuddenly; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; shyamadark; sundareand handsome. Then Lord Nara-Narayana, whose eyes were large, who had four arms, who was dressed as a sage, who was splendid like a dark cloud, whose matted hair was a lightning flash, who observed an unbroken vow (of celibacy), and who was surrounded by splendid multitudes of the kings of sages, suddenly merged in the handsome dark form of Lord Krishna as everyone looked on, their hearts filled with wonder. Text 14 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam ca svayam prabhum jnatva devah stutim cakruh param vismayam agatah paripurnatamam sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead shrikrishnamShri Krishna; caalso; svayampersonally; prabhumthe Lord; jnatva knowing; devahthe demigods; stutimprayers; cakruhdid; paramgreat; vismayamwonder; agatahattained. Filled with wonder, and now understanding that Shri Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the demigods offered many prayers. Text 15 shri-deva ucuh krishnaya purna-purushaya parat paraya yajneshvaraya para-karana-karanaya radha-varaya paripurnatamaya sakshadgoloka-dhama-dhishanaya namah parasmai shri-devasthe demigods; ucuhsaid; krishnayato Krishna; purna-purushaya the Supreme Personality of Godhead; paratthan the greatest; parayagreater; yajneshvarayathe Lord of sacrifices; para-karana-karanayathe cause of causes;

radha-varayathe lover of Radha; paripurnatamayathe original Lord; sakshadgoloka-dhama-dhishanayawho resides in Goloka; namahobeisances; parasmai to the Supreme. The demigods said: Obeisances to Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of sacrifices, the cause of causes, the lover of Radha, the most perfect, and the Lord who resides in Goloka. Text 16 yogeshvarah kila vadanti mahah param tvam tatraiva satvatatamah krita-vigraham ca asmabhir adya viditam padayor dvayam te tasmai namo 'stu mahasam pataye parasmai yogeshvarahthe masters of yoga; kilaindeed; vadantisay; mahah effulgence; paramsupreme; tvamYou; tatrathere; evaindeed; satvatatamah the devotees; kritadone; vigrahamform; caalso; asmabhirby us; adya today; viditamknown; padayorof the feet; dvayampair; teto You; tasmai Him; namoobeisances; astumay be; mahasamof the effulgence; patayethe master; parasmaito the Supreme. The masters of yoga say You are the Brahman effulgence, and the great devotees say You have a form. Today we understand Your feet. Obeisances to You, the master of the Brahman effulgence. Text 17 vyangyena va na na hi lakshanaya kadapi sphotena yac ca kavayo na vishanti mukhyah nirdeshya-bhava-rahitam prakriteh param ca tvam brahma nirgunam ajam sharanam vrajamah vyangyenaby implication; vaor; nanot; nanot; hiindeed; lakshanaya indirectly; kadapiever; sphotenamanifest; yatwhat; caand; kavayo philosophers; nado not; vishantienter; mukhyahprimary meaning; nirdeshya indescribable; bhavanature; rahitamwithout; prakritehto matter; param superior; caand; tvamYou; brahmathe greatestBrahman; nirgunamwithout qualities; ajamunborn; sharanamshelter; vrajamahwe go. We take shelter of You, the unborn Supreme, who are free from the material modes, who are beyond the world of matter, and who cannot be described. The

greatest philosophers cannot describe You, either directly, indirectly, or by the most oblique hint. Text 18 tvam brahma kecid avayanti pare ca kalam kecit prasankhyam apare bhuvi karma-rupam purve ca yogam apare kila kartri-bhavam anyoktibhir na viditam sharanam gatah smah tvamYou; brahmathe greatest; kecidsome; avayantiteach; pareothers; caalso; kalamtime; kecitsome; prasankhyamthe sum of everything; apare others; bhuviin the world; karmaof karma; rupamthe form; purvethe first; ca also; yogamyoga; apareothers; kilaindeed; kartri-bhavamthe doer; anya of others; uktibhirby the words; nanot; viditamknown; sharanamshelter; gatahgone; smahwe. Some teach that You are the greatest, some that You are time, some that You are the sum total of everything, some that You are karma, some that You are yoga, and some that You are the first cause. We take shelter of You, who cannot be perfectly known by all their words. Text 19 shreyas-karim bhagavatas tava pada-sevam hitvatha tirtha-yajanadi tapash caranti jnanena ye ca vidita bahu-vighna-sanghaih santaditah kim u bhavanti na te kritarthah shreyasthe good; karimdoing; bhagavatasof the Lord; tavaof You; pada of the feet; sevamthe service; hitvaabandoning; athathen; tirthapilgrimage; yajanasacrifice; adibeginning; tapasausterity; carantiperform; jnanenawith knowledge; yewho; caand; viditaunderstood; bahu-vighna-sanghaihwith many great obstacles; santaditahstruck; kim uhow miserably; bhavantiare; na not; tethey; kritarthahsuccessful. O Lord, they who reject the auspicious service of Your feet, and instead visit holy places, perform sacrifices and austerities, and try to cultivate spiritual knowledge are beaten by a host of obstacles. How miserably will they fail. Text 20 vijnapyam adya kim u deva ashesha-sakshi

yah sarva-bhuta-hridayeshu virajamanah devair namadbhir amalashaya-mukta-dehais tasmai namo bhagavate purushottamaya vijnapyamto be known; adyatoday; kim uhow?; devaO Lord; asheshaof everything; sakshithe witness; yahwho; sarvaof all; bhutaliving entities; hridayeshuin the hearts; virajamanahmanifest; devairby the demigods; namadbhirbowing down; amalapure; ashayahearts; muktaliberated; dehais whose bodies; tasmaito Him; namoobeisances; bhagavateto the Lord; purushottamayathe Supreme Person. What request shall we place before You today? The pure-hearted devotees whose forms are not material offer respectful obeisances to You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who, the witness of everything, stays in everyone's heart. Text 21 yo radhika-hridaya-sundara-candra-harah shri-gopika-nayana-jivana-mula-harah goloka-dhama-dhishana-dhvaja adi-devah sa tvam vipatsu vibudhan paripahi pahi yowho; radhikaof Radha; hridayain the heart; sundarahandsome; candra moon; harahnecklace; shri-gopikaof the gopis; nayanaof the eyes; jivana life; mularoot; harahtaking; goloka-dhama-dhishanaof the abode of Goloka; dhvajasthe flag; adithe original; devahLord; sasHe; tvamYou; vipatsuin calamities; vibudhanthe demigods; paripahiplease protect; pahiplease protect. O Lord, You are a necklace of moons Shri Radha places over Her heart. You are the source of life for the gopis' eyes. You are a flag over Goloka. You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. O Lord, from all calamities please protect, please protect the demigods. Text 22 vrindavanesha giriraja-pate vrajesha gopala-vesha-krita-nitya-vihara-lila radha-pate shrutidharadhipate 'ddhara tvam govardhanoddharana durdhara-dharma-dharin vrindavanaof Vrindavana; ishaO Lord; girirajaof the king of mountains; pateO Lord; vrajaof Vraja; ishaO Lord; gopala-veshaas a cowherd boy; krita done; nityaeternal; vihara-lilapastimes; radhaof Radha; pateO Lord; shrutidharaof the great philosophers; adhipateO Lord; uddharaplease rescue;

tvamYou; govardhanaof Govardhana Hill; uddharanaO lifter; durdhara impossible dharma-dharinthe doer. O king of Vrindavana, O king of the mountains' king, O king of Vraja, O king who enjoys cowherd-boy pastimes eternally, O king of Radha, O king of the great philosophers, O lifter of Govardhana Hill, O Lord who can do any impossible task, please save us! Text 23 shri-narada uvaca ity ukto bhagavan sakshac chri-krishno gokuleshvarah pratyaha pranatan devan megha-gambhiraya gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktoaddressed; bhagavan sakshatSupreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnoShri Krishna; gokuleshvarahthe king of Gokula; pratyahareplied; pranatanoffering obeisances; devanto the demigods; megha-gambhirayathunder; girawith a voice. Shri Narada said: Addressed in this way, Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the king of Gokula, in a voice of thunder replied to the demigods prostrate before Him. Text 24 shri-bhagavan uvaca he sura-jyeshtha he shambho devah shrinuta mad-vacah yadaveshu ca janyadhvam amshaih stribhir mad-ajnaya shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; heO; suraof the demigods; jyeshthaeldest; heO; shambhoShiva; devahO demigods; shrinutaplease hear; madMy; vacahwords; yadaveshuin the Yadu dynasty; caalso; janyadhvamplease take birth; amshaihby partial expansions; stribhir with your wives; madby My; ajnayaorder. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O Shiva, O eldest of the demigods, O demigods, hear My words. By My order you and your wives should take birth, by your amsha expansions, in the family of the Yadus.

Text 25 aham cavatarishyami harishyami bhuvo bharam karishyami ca vah karyam bhavishyami yadoh kule ahamI; caalso; avatarishyamiwill descend; harishyamiI will remove; bhuvoof the earth; bharamthe burden; karishyamiI will do; caalso; vahof you; karyamthe work; bhavishyamiI will be; yadohof the Yadus; kulein the family. I will also descend. I will remove the earth's burden. I will perform the work you (request). I will take birth in the Yadus' family. Text 26 veda me vacanam vipra mukham gavas tanur mama angani devata yuyam sadhavo hy asavo hridi vedahthe Vedas; meMy; vacanamword; viprasthe brahmanas; mukham mouth; gavasthe cows; tanurbody; mamaMy; anganilimbs; devatas demigods; yuyamyou; sadhavothe saintly devotees; hiindeed; asavothe breath; hridiin the heart. The Vedas are My words. The brahmanas are My mouth. The cows are My body. You demigods are My limbs. My devotees are the life-breath in My heart. Text 27 yuge yuge ca badhyeta yada pakhandibhir janaih dharmah kratur daya sakshat tad atmanam srijamy aham yuge yugemillennium after millennium; caalso; badhyetastopped; yada when; pakhandibhir janaihby blasphemers; dharmahreligion; kratursacrifice; dayamercy; sakshatdirectly; tadthen; atmanamMyself; srijamiappear; ahamI.

Millennium after millennium, whenever the blasphemers stop religion, sacrifice, and mercy, I descend Myself. Text 28 shri-narada uvaca ity uktavantam jagad-ishvaram harim radha patim praha viyoga-vihvala davagnina dava-lateva murchitashru-kampa-romancita-bhava-samvrita shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktavantamspoken; jagadof the universe; ishvaramthe master; harimLord Krishna; radhaShri Radha; patim Her master; prahasaid; viyogaseparation; vihvalaagitated; davagninawith a forest fire; davaon fire; lataa vine; ivalike; murchitafainted; ashrutears; kampatrembling; romancitahairs standing erect; bhavaecstasy; samvrita possessing. Shri Narada said: When Her husband, Lord Krishna, the master of the universes, had spoken, Shri Radha, overcome with fear of being separated from Him, and now like a flowering vine burning in a great forest fire, weeping, trembling, about to faint unconscious, and the hairs of her body erect, spoke to Him. Text 29 shri-radhovaca bhuvo bharam hartum alam bhuvam vraja kritam param me shapatham shrinushva tat gate tvayi prana-pate ca vigraham kadacid atraiva na dharayamy aham shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; bhuvoof the earth; bharamthe burden; hartumto remove; alamgreatly; bhuvamto the earth; vrajago; kritamdone; paramgreat; meof Me; shapathamvow; shrinushvahear; tatthat; gate gone; tvayiwhen You; pranaof life; pateO Lord; caalso; vigrahamform; kadacidever; atrahere; evaindeed; nanot; dharayamimaintain; ahamI. Shri Radha said: Go to the earth and remove its burden! Hear My great vow. O Lord of My life, when You are gone I will not keep my body (alive) in this place. Text 30

yadatha me tvam shapatham na manyase dvitiya-varam pravadami vak-patham pranash ca me gantum ativa-vihvalah karpura-dhuli-kanavad bhavishyati yadawhen; athathen; meMy; tvamYou; shapathamvow; nanot; manyasethink; dvitiyaa second; varamtime; pravadamiI speak; vak-patham the words; pranaslife; caalso; meof Me; gantumto go; ativa-vihvalahvery eager; karpura-dhuli-kanavadlike particles of camphor; bhavishyatiwill be. If You do not believe My words, I will say them a second time. (If You go) then My life, yearning to depart, will become like camphor dust. Text 31 shri-bhagavan uvaca tvaya saha gamishyami ma shokam kuru radhike harishyami bhuvo bharam karishyami vacas tava shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; tvayaYou; sahawith; gamishyamiI will go; madon't; shokamunhappiness; kurudo; radhikeO Radha; harishyamiI will remove; bhuvoof the earth; bharamthe burden; karishyamiI will fulfill; vacaswords; tavaYour. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will go with You. O Radha, don't lament. I will remove the earth's burden and I will keep Your word. Text 32 shri-radhikovaca yatra vrindavanam nasti yatra no yamuna nadi yatra govardhano nasti tatra me na manah-sukham shri-radhika uvacaShri Radha said; yatrawhere; vrindavanamVrindavana; nanot; astiis; yatrawhere; nanot; uindeed; yamunathe Yamuna; nadi river; yatrawhere; govardhanoGovardhana Hill; nanot; astiis; tatrathere; meof Me; nanot; manahof the heart; sukhamhappiness.

Shri Radha said: My heart cannot be happy where there is no Vrindavana forest, no Yamuna river, and no Govardhana Hill. Text 33 shri-narada uvaca veda-naga-krosha-bhumim sva-dhamnah shri-harih svayam govardhanam ca yamunam preshayam asa bhupari shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; veda-naga47; kroshakroshas; bhumim land; sva-dhamnahown abode; shri-harihShri Krishna; svayampersonally; govardhanamGovardhana; caand; yamunaYamuna; preshayam asasent; bhu-uparito the earth. Shri Narada said: Then Lord Krishna sent to the earth Govardhana Hill, the Yamuna river, and a 47 krosha portion of His abode. Note: One krosha equals two miles. Text 34 tada brahma deva-ganair natva natva punah punah paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam samuvaca ha tadathen; brahmaBrahma; deva-ganairwith the demigods; natvabowing; natvaand bowing; punahagain; punahand again; paripurnatamam sakshatto the original Supreme Personality of Godhead shri-krishnamShri Krishna; samuvaca hasaid. Bowing and bowing again and again with the demigods, Brahma addressed the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishna. Text 35 shri-brahmovaca aham kutra bhavishyami kutra tvam ca bhavishyasi ete kutra bhavishyanti

kair grihaih kaish ca namabhih shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; ahamI; kutrawhere?; bhavishyami will be; kutrawhere; tvamYou; caalso; bhavishyasiwill be; etethey; kutra where; bhavishyantiwill be; kairwith what?; grihaihhomes; kaiswith what?; caalso; namabhihnames. Shri Brahma said: Where will I take birth? Where will You take birth? Where will the (demigods) take birth? In what homes? With what names? Text 36 shri-bhagavan uvaca vasudevasya devakyam bhavishyami parah svayam rohinyam mat-kala shesho bhavishyati na samshayah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; vasudevasya of Vasudeva; devakyamin Devaki; bhavishyamiI will be; parahtranscendental; svayampersonally; rohinyamin Rohini; mat-kalamy kala expansion; shesho Shesha; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will take birth in Devaki from Vasudeva. My transcendental kala expansion Shesha will take birth in Rohini. Of this there is no doubt. Text 37 shrih sakshad rukmini bhaishmi shiva jambavati tatha satya ca tulasi bhumau satyabhama vasundhara shrihthe goddess of fortune; sakshaddirectly; rukminiRukmini; bhaishmi the daughter of Bhishmaka; shivaParvati; jambavatiJambavati; tathaso; satya Satya; caalso; tulasiTulasi; bhumauon the earth; satyabhamaSatyabhama; vasundharaVasundhara. The goddess of fortune will take birth as Bhishmaka's daughter Rukmini. Lord Shiva's consort will take birth as Jambavati. Tulasi will take birth as Satya and Vasundhara as Satyabhama.

Text 38 dakshina lakshmana caiva kalindi viraja tatha bhadra hrir mitravinda ca jahnavi papa-nashini dakshinaDakshina; lakshmanaLakshmana; caalso; evaindeed; kalindi Kalindi; virajaViraja; tathaso; bhadraBhadra; hrirHri; mitravindaMitravinda; caalso; jahnaviJahnavi; papasins; nashinidestroying. Dakshina will become Lakshmana, Viraja will become Kalindi, Hri will become Bhadra, and Jhnavi, who destroys sins, will become Mitravinda. Text 39 rukminyam kamadevash ca pradyumna iti vishrutah bhavishyati na sandehas tasya tvam ca bhavishyasi rukminyamin Rukmini; kamadevasKamadeva; caand; pradyumna Pradyumna; itithus; vishrutahknown; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; sandehas doubt; tasyaof him; tvamyou; caand; bhavishyasiwill be. (Born) in Rukmini, Kamadeva will be known as Pradyumna. You will take birth as his son. Of this there is no doubt. Text 40 nando drono vasuh sakshad yashoda sa dhara smrita vrishabhanuh sucandrash ca tasya bharya kalavati nandoNanda; dronoDrona; vasuhVasu; sakshaddirectly; yashoda Yashoda; sashe; dharaDhara; smritaremembered; vrishabhanuh Vrishabhanu; sucandrasSucandra; caand; tasyaof him; bharyathe wife; kalavatiKalavati.

The Vasu Drona will become Nanda, and Dhara will be remembered as Yashoda. Sucandra will take birth as Vrishabhanu, and his wife Kalavati will also take birth. Text 41 bhumau kirtir iti khyata tasyam radha bhavishyati sada rasam karishyami gopibhir vraja-mandale bhumauon the earth; kirtirKirti; itithus; khyataknown; tasyamin her; radhaRadha; bhavishyatiwill take birth; sadaalways; rasamthe rasa dance; karishyamiI will do; gopibhirwith the gopis; vrajaof Vraja; mandalein the circle. On the earth she will be known as Kirti. In her Radha will take birth. Again and again I will perform the rasa dance in the circle of Vraja with the gopis.

Chapter Four Udyoga-prashna-varnana Description of Questions About the Lord's Appearance Text 1 shri-bhagavan uvaca nandopananda-bhavane shridama subalah sakha stoka-krishno 'rjuno 'mshush ca nava-nanda-grihe vidhe shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; nandaof Nanda; upanandaand Upananda; bhavanein the home; shridamaShridama; subalahSubala; sakhafriends; stoka-krishnahStoka-krishna; arjunahArjuna; amshahpartial expansions; caalso; navanew; nandaof Nanda; grihein the home; vidheO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: My friends Shridama and Subala will take birth in the homes of Nanda and Upananda. Stoka-krishna, Arjuna, and Amshu will take birth in the nine homes of Nanda's relatives. Text 2

vishalarishabha-tejasvidevaprastha-varuthapah bhavishyanti sakhayo me vraje sad vrishabhanushu vishalarishabha-tejasviVishala, Rishabha, and Tejasvi; devaprastha-varuthapah Devaprastha and Varuthapa; bhavishyantiwill be; sakhayahfriends; meMy; vrajein Vraja; shadsix; vrishabhanushuin the homes of the relatives of King Vrishabhanu. My friends Vishala, Rishabha, Tejasvi, Devaprastha, and Varuthapa will take birth among the six relatives of King Vrishabhanu. Text 3 shri-brahmovaca kasya vai nanda-padavi kasya vai vrishabhanuta vada deva-pate sakshad upanandasya lakshanam shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; kasyaof whom?; vaiindeed; nandaof Nanda; padavipath; kasyaof whom?; vaiindeed; vrishabhanutaof King Vrishabhanu; vadatell; devaof the demigods; pateO lord; sakshatdirectly; upanandasyaof Upananda; lakshanamthe characteristics. Shri Brahma said: Who is Nanda? Who is Vrishabhanu? O master of the demigods, please describe the nature of Upananda. Text 4 shri-bhagavan uvaca gah palayanti ghosheshu sada go-vrittayo 'nisham te gopala maya proktas tesham tvam lakshanam shrinu shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; gahcows; palayantiprotect; ghosheshuin the homes of the cowherds; sadaalways; gah for the cows; vrittayahactivities; anishamday and night; tethey; gopalah protectors of the cows; mayaby Me; proktahsaid; teshamof them; tvamyou; lakshanamcharacteristics; shrinuplease hear.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: They are cowherd people. Day and night they protect the cows in the villages of cowherds. Listen and I will describe them. Text 5 nandah proktah sa-gopalair nava-laksha-gavam patih upanandash ca kathitah panca-laksha-gavam patih nandahNanda; proktahsaid; sa-gopalaihwith the gopas; nava-laksha 900,000; gavamof cows; patihthe master; upanandahUpananda; caalso; kathitahsaid; panca-laksha500,000; gavamof cows; patihthe master. The gopas say that Nanda is the master of 900,000 cows and Upananda is the master of 500,000 cows. Text 6 vrishabhanuh sa ukto yo dasha-laksha-gavam patih gavam kotir grihe yasya nanda-rajah sa eva hi vrishabhanuhVrishabhanu; sahhe; uktahsaid; yahwho; dasha-laksha one million; gavamof cows; patihthe master; gavamof cows; kotihten million; grihein the home; yasyaof whom; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; sahhe; evacertainly; hiindeed. They say that Vrishabhanu is the master of a million cows and at King Nanda's home are ten million cows. Text 7 koty-ardham ca gavam yasya vrishabhanu-varas tu sah etadrishau vraje dvau tu sucandro drona eva hi

koti-ardhamfive million; caand; gavamof cows; yasyaof whom; vrishabhanu-varahVrishabhanu; tuindeed; sahhe; etadrishaulike this; vraje in Vraja; dvautwo; tuindeed; sucandrahSucandra; dronahDrona; eva indeed; hicertainly. Vrishabhanuvara has five million cows, and Sucandra and Drona in Vraja each have that number. Text 8 sarva-lakshana-lakshyadhyau gopa-rajau bhavishyatah shata-candranananam ca sundarinam su-vasasam gopinam mad-vraje ramye shata-yutho bhavishyati sarva-lakshana-lakshya-adhyauopulent with all virtues; gopa-rajautwo gopa kings; bhavishyatahwill be; shatahundred; candramoons; anananamwhose faces; caalso; sundarinamof beautiful girls; su-vasasambeautifully dressed; gopinamgopis; matMy; vrajein Vraja; ramyebeautiful; shatahundreds; yuthahgroups; bhavishyatiwill be. These two gopa kings will be rich with all virtues. In My Vraja will also be hundreds of groups of beautiful, beautifully dressed gopis, their faces like hundreds of moons. Text 9 shri-brahmovaca he dina-bandho he deva jagat-karana-karana yuthasya lakshanam sarvam tan me bruhi pareshvara shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; heO; dinaof the poor; bandhah friend; heO; devaLord; jagatof the universes; karanaof the causes; karana the cause; yuthasyaof the groups; lakshanamcharacteristic; sarvamall; tat that; meto me; bruhiplease speak; para-ishvaraO Supreme Lord. Shri Brahma said: O friend of the poor, O Lord, O cause of the universes' causes, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, please completely describe these groups (of gopis).

Text 10 shri-bhagavan uvaca arbudam dasha-kotinam munibhih kathitam vidhe dasharbudam yatra bhavet so 'pi yuthah prakathyate shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; arbudama hundred million; dashaten; kotinamten million; munibhihby sages; kathitam said; vidheO Brahma; dashaten; arbudama hundred million; yatrawhere; bhavetmay be; sahthat; apialso; yuthahgroup; prakathyateis said. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O Brahma, the sages say that the number one hundred million is called one arbuda. In each group there are ten arbudas (one million). Text 11 goloka-vasinyah kashcit kashcid vai dvara-palikah shringara-prakara kashcit kashcit kashcic chayyopakarakah golokaof Goloka; vasinyahthe residents; kashcitsome; kashcitsome; vai indeed; dvara-palikahdoorkeepers; shringara-prakarahdecorators; kashcit some; kashcitsome; kashcitsome; shayya-upakarakaharranging the bed. Some of the gopis who live in Gokula are doorkeepers, some decorate (the divine couple), and some prepare the (divine couple's) bed. Text 12 parshadakhyas tatha kashcic chri-vrindavana-palikah govardhana-nivasinyah kashcit kunja-vidhayikah parshadaassociates; akhyahnamed; tathaso; kashcitsome; shrivrindavanaof Vrindavana; palikahthe protectors; govardhanaby Govardhana

Hill; nivasinyahresiding; kashcitsome; kunjain the forest groves; vidhayikah arranging. Some of these gopi associates of the Lord protect the forest of Vrindavana, some reside by Govardhana Hill, and some decorate the forest groves. Text 13 me nikunja-nivasinyo bhavishyanti vraje mama evam ca yamuna-yutho jahnavi-yutha eva ca meof Me; nikunjain the forest groves; nivasinyahresiding; bhavishyanti will be; vrajein Vraja; mamaMy; evamthus; caalso; yamunaof the Yamuna; yuthahthe group; jahnaviof the Ganges; yuthahthe group; evacertainly; ca also. Some will reside in the forests of My Vraja. Some will reside by the Yamuna and some by the Ganges. Text 14 ramaya madhu-madhavya virajayas tathaiva ca lalitaya vishakhaya maya-yutho bhavishyati ramayahof Rama; madhu-madhavyahof Madhu-Madhavi; virajayahof Viraja; tathaso; evaindeed; caand; lalitayahof Lalita; vishakhayahof Vishakha; maya-yuthahgroup; bhavishyatiwill be. Rama, Madhu-Madhavi, Viraja, Lalita, and Vishakha will each lead a group. Text 15 eta hy ashta-sakhinam3 ca sakhinam kila shodasha dvatrimshac ca sakhinam tu yutha bhavya vraje vidhe etahthey; hiindeed; ashtaeight; sakhinamof friends; caalso; sakhinam of friends; kilacertainly; shodashasixteen; dvatrimshat32; caand;

sakhinamof friends; tuindeed; yuthahgroups; bhavyahwill be; vrajein Vraja; vidheO Brahma. O Brahma, in Vraja there will be groups led by eight gopi friends, by sixteen gopi friends, and by thirty-two gopi friends. Text 16 shruti-rupa rishi-rupa maithilah kaushalas tatha ayodhya-pura-vasinyo yajna-sitah pulindakah shrutiof the Vedas; rupahforms; rishiof the sages; rupahforms; maithilah of the women of Mithila; kaushalahthe people of Koshala; tathaso; ayodhyapura-vasinyahthe women of Ayodhya; yajna-sitahthe Yajna Sitas; pulindakah the Pulinda girls. Some of the gopis to be had been Personified Vedas, some great sages, some women in Mithila, some women in Koshala, some women in Ayodhya, some yajnsitas, and some Pulinda girls. Text 17 yasam maya varo datto purve purve yuge yuge tasam yutha bhavishyanti gopinam mad-vraje shubhe yasamto whom; mayaby Me; varahbenediction; dattahgiven; purve before; purvebefore; yuge yugein different yugas; tasamof them; yuthah groups; bhavishyantiwill be; gopinamof gopis; matMy; vrajein Vraja; shubhe beautiful. In previous millennia having received a benediction from Me, they will become various groups of gopis in My beautiful Vraja. Text 18 shri-brahmovaca etah katham vraje bhavyah kena punyena kair varaih

durlabham hi padam tad vai yogibhih purushottama shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; etahthey; kathamhow; vrajein Vraja; bhavyahwill be; kenaby what?; punyenapious deed; kaihby what?; varaihbenedictions; durlabhamdifficult to attain; hiindeed; padamstate; tat that; vaicertainly; yogibhihby yogis; purushottamaO Supreme Personality of Godhead. Shri Brahma said: How will they become (gopis) in Vraja? O Supreme Personality of Godhead, because of what pious deed or what benedictions will they attain this position even the great yogis cannot attain? Text 19 shri-bhagavan uvaca shvetadvipe ca bhumanam shrutayas tushtuvuh param ushatibhir girabhish ca prasanno 'bhut sahasra-pat shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shvetadvipe in Shvetadvipa; caalso; bhumanamthe Lord; shrutayahthe personified Vedas; tushtuvuhoffered prayers; paramgreatly; ushatibhihbeautiful; girabhihwith words; caalso; prasannahpleased; abhutbecame; sahasra-patthe universal form, who has a thousand feet. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: When in Shvetadvipa the personififed Vedas offered prayers to Him with eloquent words, the Lord's form who has thousands of feet became pleased. Text 20 shri-harir uvaca varam vrinita yuyam vai yan mano-vanchitam mahat yesham prasanno 'ham sakshat tesham kim durlabham bhuvi shri-harih uvacaShri Hari said; varama benediction; vrinitachoose; yuyam you; vaicertainly; yatwhat; manahby the heart; vanchitamis desired; mahat great; yeshamby whom; prasannahpleased; ahamI am; sakshatdirectly; teshamof them; kimwhat?; durlabhamdifficult to attain; bhuvion the earth.

Shri Hari said: Choose a benediction, whatever your heart desires. What is difficult to attain for they with whom I am pleased? Text 21 shri-shrutaya ucuh van-mano-gocaratitam tato na jnayate tu tat ananda-matram iti yad vandantiha pura-vidah tad rupam darshayasmakam yadi deyo varo hi nah shri-shrutayah ucuhthe personified Vedas said; vakwords; manahand mind; gocarathe range; atitambeyond; tatahtherefore; nanot; jnayateknown; tu indeed; tatthat; anandabliss; matramonly; itithus; yatwhat; vandanti they say; ihahere; pura-vidahthe cholars of the Puranas; tatthat; rupam form; darshayaplease show; asmakamto us; yadiif; deyahto be given; varah a benediction; hiindeed; nahto us. The personified Vedas said: Because You are beyond the material mind and material words, we cannot perfectly understand You. If You wish to give us a benediction, then please directly show us Your transcendental form, which the scholars of the Puranas say is full of bliss. Text 22 shri-bhagavan uvaca shrutvaitad darshayam asa svam lokam prakriteh param kevalanubhavanandamatram aksharam avyayam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shrutva having heard; etatthis; darshayam asaHe showed; svamHis own; lokam realm; prakritehthe material world; parambeyond; kevalaonly; anubhava experience; anandabliss; matramonly; aksharamchangeless; avyayam indestructible. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Hearing this, the Lord showed them His own abode, where there is only bliss and there are neither decay nor death, . . . Text 23

yatra vrindavanam nama vanam kama-dughair drumaih manorama-nikunjadhyam sarvartu-sukha-samyutam yatrawhere; vrindavanamVrindavana; namanamed; vanam-forest; kamadughaihfulfilling desires; drumaihwith trees; manoramabeautiful; nikunja with forest groves; adhyamopulent; sarvain all; rituseasons; sukha-samyutam with happiness. . . . where there is the forest named Vrindavana, which is opulent with beautiful forests of trees that fulfill all desires, and which brings happiness in every season, . . . Text 24 yatra govardhano nama su-nirjhara-dari-yutah ratna-dhatu-mayah shriman su-pakshi-gana-sankulah yatrawhere; govardhanahGovardhana; namanamed; su-nirjharawith beautiful streams; dariand caves; yutahendowed; ratnajewels; dhatuand minerals; mayahconsisting; shrimatbeautiful; su-pakshi-gana-sankulahfilled with beautiful birds. . . . where there is the hill named Govardhana, which has beautiful caves and swiftly-moving streams, which is made of jewels and precious minerals, and which is filled with graceful birds, . . . Text 25 yatra nirmala-paniya kalindi saritam vara ratna-baddhobhaya-tati hamsa-padmadi-sankula yatrawhere; nirmalapure; paniyawater; kalindiYamuna; saritamof streams; varathe best; ratnawith jewels; baddhastudded; ubhayaboth; tati banks; hamsawith swans; padmaand lotuses; adibeginning; sankulafilled.

. . . where there is the Yamuna, which is the best of rivers, which has pure and delicious water, which is filled with lotuses, swans, and other flowers and birds, and which has shores made of precious jewels, . . . Text 26 nana-rasa-rasonmattam yatra gopi-kadambakam tat-kadambaka-madhya-sthah kishorakritir acyutah nanavarious; rasaof rasa dances; rasaby the nectar; unmattam intoxicated; yatrawhere; gopiof gopis; kadambakamthe multitude; tatkadambakaof that multitude; madhyain the middle; sthahstanding; kishora youthful; akritihform; acyutahthe infallible Lord. . . . and where the infallible Lord, whose form is that of a youth, stood among many gopis intoxicated by tasting the nectar of many rasa dances. Text 27 darshayitveti ca praha bruta kim karavani vah drito madiyo loko 'yam yato nasti param varam darshayitvahaving seen; itithus; caalso; prahasaid; brutaplease tell; kimwhat?; karavanishall I do; vahof you; driahseen; madiyahMy; lokah realm; ayamwhich; yatahthan which; nanot; astiis; parambetter; varam benediction. Having revealed this, the Lord said: What more shall I do for you? Tell Me. You have seen My realm. There is no benediction better than (seeing it). Text 28 shri-shrutaya ucuh kandarpa-koi-lavanye tvayi drie manamsi nah kamini-bhavam asadya smara-kshubdhany asamshayam

shri-shrutayah ucuhthe personified Vedas said; kandarpaof Kamadevas; koi millions; lavanyehandsomeness; tvayiwhen You; drieare seen; manamsi hearts; nahour; kaminiof beautiful and amorous girls; bhavamthe nature; asadyaattaining; smaraby amorous desires; kshubdhaniagitated; asamshayamwithout doubt. When we see You in this way, more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, our hearts become troubled with amorous desires and we yearn to become beautiful girls. Of this there is no doubt. Text 29 yatha goloka-vasinyah kaminitvena gopikah bhajanti ramanam matva cikirshajani nas tatha yathaas; goloka-vasinyahthe girls of Goloka; kaminitvenawith the status of being beautiful girls; gopikahgopis bhajantiworship; ramanama lover; matva considering; cikirshadesire; ajaniis born; nahof us; tathaso. We yearn to become beautiful gopis in Goloka who worship You as their lover. Text 30 shri-harir uvaca durlabho durghaash caiva yushmakam su-manorathah mayanumoditah samyak satyo bhavitum arhati shri-harih uvacaShri Hari said; durlabhahdifficult to attain; durghaah impossible; caand; evaindeed; yushmakamyour; subeautiful; manorathah desire; mayaby Me; anumoditahallowed; samyakcompletely; satyahtrue; bhavitumto be; arhatiis worthy. Shri Hari said: Although your glorious desire is impossible and can never be attained, I will grant it. It will become true. Text 31

agamini virincau tu jate sriy-artham udyate kalpa-sarasvatam prapya vraje gopyo bhavishyatha agaminicome; virincauwhen Brahma; tuindeed; jateis born; srii creation; arthamfor the purpose; udyateis manifested; kalpa-sarasvatamthe Sarasvata-kalpa; prapyaattaining; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyatha you will become. When a new Brahma is born to create (the universe), and the time of Sarasvatakalpa arrives, you will become gopis in Vraja. Text 32 prithivyam bharate kshetre mathure mama mandale vrindavane bhavishyami preyan vo rasa-mandale prithivyamon the earth; bharatein Bharata-varsha; kshetrein the place; mathurein the district of Mathura; mamaMy; mandalecircle; vrindavanein Vrindavana; bhavishyamiI will become; preyanthe beloved; vahof you; rasa of the rasa dance; mandalein the circle. On the earth, in Bharata-varsha, in the circle of Mathura, in Vrindavana, in the rasa-dance circle, I will become your beloved. Text 33 jara-dharmena su-sneham su-dridham sarvato 'dhikam mayi samprapya sarva hi kritakritya bhavishyatha jara-dharmenaas a paramour; su-snehamaffection; su-dridhamfirm; sarvatahthan all; adhikamgreater; mayifor Me; samprapyaattaining; sarvah all; hiindeed; kritakrityahusccessful; bhavishyathayou will become. Passionately loving Me as your paramour, you will all become perfect. Text 34

shri-bhagavan uvaca tash ca gopyo bhavishyanti purva-kalpa-varan mama anyasam caiva gopinam lakshanam shrinu tad vidhe shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; tahthey; ca also; gopyahgopis; bhavishyantiwill become; purvaprevious; kalpafrom the kalpa; varanbenedictions; mamaMy; anyasamof other; caalso; eva certainly; gopinamgopis; lakshanamcharacteristics; shrinuplease hear; tat that; vidheO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Because of the previous kalpa's benediction they will become gopis. O Brahma, now hear the description of the other gopis. Text 35 suranam rakshanarthaya rakshasanam vadhaya ca tretayam ramacandro 'bhud viro dasharathatmajah suranamof the devotees; rakshanarthayafor protection; rakshasanamof the demons; vadhayafor the killing; caalso; tretayamin Treta-yuga; ramacandrah Ramacandra; abhutwas; virahhero; dasharathaof Dasharatha; atmajahthe son. To protect the devotees and kill the demons the Lord appeared in Treta-yuga as Dasharatha's son, the hero Ramacandra. Text 36 sita-svayamvaram gatva dhanur-bhangam cakara sah uvaha janakim sitam ramo rajiva-locanah sitaof Sita; svayamvaramto the svayamvara; gatvahaving gone; dhanuh of the bow; bhangambreaking; cakaradid; sahHe; uvahamarried; janakim Janaka's daughter; sitamSita; ramahRama; rajivalotus; locanaheyed.

Lotus-eyed Rama went to Sita's svayamvara, broke the bow, and married Janaka's daughter Sita. Text 37 tam driva maithilah sarvah purandhryo mumuhur vidhe rahasy ucur mahatmanam bharta no bhava he ragho tamHim; drivaseeing; maithilahthe women of Mithila; sarvahall; purandhryahmarried; mumuhuhbecame agitated; vidheO Brahma; rahasiin a secluded place; ucuhsaid; mahatmanamto the Lord; bhartathe husband; nah of us; bhavaplease become; heO; raghahRaghu. O Brahma, when they saw Him, all the married women of Mithila were overcome with desire. In a secluded place they all approached the Lord and said, "O descendent of Raghu, please become our husband." Text 38 ta aha raghavendrash ca ma shocam kuruta striyah dvaparante karishyami bhavatinam manoratham tahto them; ahasaid; raghavaof the Raghava dynasty; indrahthe king; ca also; madon't; shocamlament; kurutado; striyahwomen; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; karishyamiI will do; bhavatinamof you; manorathamthe desire. Rama, the king of the Raghavas, said to them, "O women, don't be unhappy. At the end of Dvapara-yuga and I will fulfill your desire." Text 39 tirtham danam tapo shaucam samacarata tattvatah shraddhaya paraya bhaktya vraje gopyo bhavishyatha

tirthampilgrimage; danamcharity; tapahausterity; shaucamcleanliness; samacarataperform; tattvatahin truth; shraddhayawith faith; parayawith great; bhaktyadevotion; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyathayou will become. With great faith and devotion honestly go on pilgrimages, give charity, perform austerities, and follow the rules of cleanliness. Then you will become gopis in Vraja. Text 40 iti tabhyo varam datva shri-ramah karuna-nidhih koshalan prayayau dhanvi tejasa jita-bhargavah itithus; tabhyahto them; varambenediction; datvagiving; shri-ramah Shri Rama; karunaof mercy; nidhihan ocean; koshalanto the country of the Koshalas; prayayauwent; dhanviwith His bow; tejasawith power; jita conquered; bhargavahParashurama. After giving them this benediction, Shri Rama, who is an ocean of mercy and an expert bowman, with His great prowess defeated Parashurama and then went to the country of the Koshalas. Text 41 marge ca kaushala naryo ramam drivati-sundaram manasa vavrire tam vai patim kandarpa-mohanam margeon the road; caalso; kaushalah naryahthe women of Koshala; ramam Lord Rama; drivaseeing; ativery; sundaramhandsome; manasawith their hearts; vavrirechose; tamHim; vaiindeed; patimas their husband; kandarpathan many Kamadevas; mohanamcharming. Seeing on the path very handsome Lord Rama, who is more charming than a host of Kamadevas, the women of Koshala in their hearts chose Him to be their husband. Text 42

manasapi varam ramo dadau tabhyo hy ashesha-vit manoratham karishyami vraje gopyo bhavishyatha manasawith the heart; apialso; varamchoice; ramahRama; dadaugave; tabhyahthem; hiindeed; asheshaall; vitknowing; manorathamdesire; karishyamiI will do; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyathayou will become. In His heart all-knowing Rama gave them this benediction: "You will become gopis in Vraja, and then I will fulfill your desire." Text 43 agatam sitaya sardham sainyena raghu-nandanam ayodhya-pura-vasinyah shrutva drashum samayayuh agatamarrived; sitayaSita; sardhamwith; sainyenaarmy; raghunandanamthe joy of the Raghus; ayodhya-pura-vasinyahthe women of Ayodhya; shrutvahearing; drashumto see; samayayuhcame. When He came with Sita and with His army, the women of Ayodhya went to see the joy of the Raghus. Text 44 vikshya tam moham apanna murchitah prema-vihvalah tepus tapas tah sarayutire rama-dhrita-vratah vikshyaseeing; tamHim; mohamagitation; apannahattained; murchitah fainted; premawith love; vihvalahovercome; tepus tapahthey performed austerities; tahthey; sarayuof the Sarayu river; tireon the shore; rama-dhritavratahwith a vow to attain Lord Rama. Seeing Him, they become bewildered and fainted, overcome with love. With a vow to attain Lord Rama they performed austerities on the Sarayu's bank.

Text 45 akasha-vag abhut tasam dvaparante manorathah bhavishyati na sandehah kalindi-tira-je vane akashafrom the sky; vaka voice; abhutwas; tasamof them; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; manorathahdesire; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; sandehahdoubt; kalindiof the Yamuna; tiraon the bank; jeborn; vanein the forest. A voice from the sky (said) to them, "At the end of Dvapara-yuga, in the forest by the Yamuna's shore, (your) desire will be fulfilled. Of this there is no doubt." Text 46 pitur vakyad yada ramo dandakakhyam vanam gatah cacara sitaya sardham lakshmanena dhanushmata pituhof His father; vakyatby the statement; yadawhen; ramahRama; dandakaDandaka; akhyamnamed; vanamto the forest; gatahgone; cacara went; sitayaSita; sardhamwith; lakshmanenaand Lakshmana; dhanushmata the expert bowman. Then, because of His father's words, He went with Sita and the expert bowman Lakshmana to the Dandaka forest. Text 47 gopalopasakah sarve dandakaranya-vasinah dhyayantah satatam mam vai rasartham dhyana-tat-parah gopalaof Lord Gopala; upasakahworshipers; sarveall; dandakaranyavasinahthe residents of the Dandaka forest; dhyayantahmeditating; satatam always; mamon Me; vaiindeed; rasathe rasa dance; arthamfor the purpose; dhyana-tat-parahrapt in meditation.

All the sages in the Dandaka forest were worshipers of Lord Gopala. To attain the rasa dance they always meditated on Me. Text 48 yesham ashramam asadya dhanur-bana-dharo yuva tesham dhyane gato ramo jaa-mukua-manditah yeshamof whom; ashramamthe hermitage; asadyaattaining; dhanuh bow; banaand arrows; dharahholding; yuvayoung; teshamof them; dhyane in meditation; gatahgone; ramahrama; jaa-mukua-manditahdecorated with matted locks of hair. He came to their ashrama as a youth carrying bow and arrows. Then He appeared in their meditation as a sage with matted hair. Text 49 anyakritim te tam vikshya param vismita-manasah dhyanad utthaya dadrishuh koi-kandarpa-sannibham anyaanother; akritimform; tethey; tamHim; vikshyaseeing; param then; vismitasurprised; manasahat heart; dhyanatfrom meditation; utthaya rising; dadrishuhthey saw; koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadeva's; sannibham like. Surprised at heart by seeing this other form, they rose from their meditation and saw Lord Rama, who was like millions of Kamadevas. Text 50 ucus te 'yam nu gopalo vamshi-vetre vina prabhuh ittham vicarya manasa nemush cakruh stutim param

ucuhsaid; tethey; ayamHe; nuindeed; gopalahis Gopala; vamshia flute; vetreand stick; vinawithout; prabhuhthe Lord; itthamthus; vicarya thinking; manasawith their heart; nemuhbowed down; cakruhdid; stutim prayers; paramgreat. They said, "He is Lord Gopala, who has come without His flute and stick." Thinking in this way in their hearts, they bowed down and offered eloquent prayers. Text 51 varam vrinita munayah shri-ramas tan uvaca ha yatha sita tatha sarve bhuyah sma iti vadinah varama benediction; vrinitaplease choose; munayahO sages; shri-ramah Shri Rama; tanto them; uvacasaid; haindeed; yathaas; sitaSita; tathaso; sarveall; bhuyah smalet us become; itithus; vadinahsaying. Shri Rama said to them, "O sages, please choose a benediction." They said, "As Sita is, so let us all become." Text 52 shri-rama uvaca yatha hi lakshmano bhrata tatha prarthyo varo yadi adyaiva sa-phalo bhavyo bhavadbhir mat-prasangatah shri-ramah uvacaShri Rama said; yathaas; hiindeed; lakshmanah Lakshmana; bhratabrother; tathaso; prarthyahrequested; varahbenediction; yadiif; adyatoday; evaindeed; sa-phalahfruitful; bhavyahwill be; bhavadbhihby you; matof Me; prasangatahby the association. Shri Rama said: If you had asked this of My brother Lakshmana, I would arrange that today your wish would bear its fruit. Text 53 sita yatheti vakyena

durghao durlabho varah eka-patni-vrato 'ham vai maryada-purushottamah sitaSiata; yathaas; itithus; vakyenaby the statement; durghaah impossible; durlabhahunattainable; varahbenediction; ekaone; patniwife; vratahvow; ahamI; vaiindeed; maryadaof the rules of religion; purushaof persons; uttamahthe best. This request, to become "as Sita is" is impossible and can never be granted. I have vowed to accept only one wife, and I am the best of they who follow the rules of religion. Text 54 tasmat tu mad-varenapi dvaparante bhavishyatha manoratham karishyami bhavatam vanchitam param tasmattherefore; tuindeed; matof Me; varenaby the benediction; api also; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; bhavishyathayou will become; manorathamdesire; karishyamiI will do; bhavatamof you; vanchitamdesired; paramthen. For this reason, by My benediciton, at the end of Dvapara-yuga you will become (as She). Then I will fulfill your wish. Text 55 iti datva varam ramas tatah pancavatim gatah parna-shalam samasadya vana-vasam cakara ha itithus; datvahaving given; varambenediction; ramahRama; tatahthen; pancavatimto the Pa 24cavati forest; gatahwent; parnaof leaves; shalama cottage; samasadyaattaining; vanain the forest; vasamresidence; cakara did; haindeed. After giving this benediction, Rama went to Pa 24cavati. He went to a leaf-hut, and there He lived in the forest.

Text 56 tad-darshana-smara-rujah pulindyah prema-vihvalah shrimat-pada-rajo dhritva pranams tyaktum samudyatah tatof Him; darshanaby the sight; smarawith amorous desires; rujah agitated; pulindyahPulinda girls; premawith love; vihvalahovercome; shrimat of the handsome Lord; padaof the feet; rajahthe dust; dhritvaholding; prananlife; tyaktumto abandon; samudyatahwere ready. When they saw Him, some aborigine girls became tortured with lust. Overcome with love, they grasped the dust of His feet, intent on then giving up their lives. Text 57 brahmacari-vapur bhutva ramas tatra samagatah uvaca prana-santyagam ma kuryata striyo vritha brahmacariof a brahmacari; vapuhthe form; bhutvabecoming; ramah Rama; tatrathere; samagatahwent; uvacasaid; pranaof life; santyagam giving up; madon't; kuryatado; striyahO women; vrithauselessly. Assuming the form of a brahmacari, Rama went to them and said, "O women, do not give up your lives without good reason. Text 58 vrindavane dvaparante bhavita vo manorathah ity uktva brahmacari tu tatraivantaradhiyata vrindavanein Vrindavana; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; bhavita will become; vahof you; manorathahthe desire; itithus; uktvasaying; brahmacarithe brahmacari; tucertainly; tatrathere; evaindeed; antaradhiyatadisappeared.

"In Vrindavana, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, your desire will be fulfilled." Saying this, the brahmacari disappeared. Text 59 atha ramo vanarendrai ravanadin nishacaran jitva lankam etya sitapushpakena puram yayau athathen; ramahRama; vanaraof monkeys; indraihwith the kings; ravanaadinbeginning with ravana; nishacarandemons, who move in the night; jitva defeating; lankamLanka; etyagoing; sitaSita; pushpakenaon a flowerchariot; puramto His own city; yayauwent. Then, aided by the monkey-kings, Rama defeated the nocturnal demons headed by Ravana, entered Lanka and, on a flower-chariot carrying Sita, returned to His own city. Text 60 sitam tatyaja rajendro vane lokapavadatah aho satam api bhuvi bhavanam bhuri-duhkha-dam sitamSita; tatyajarenouncing; rajaof kings; indrahthe king; vanein the forest; lokaof the people; apavadatahbecause of the criticism; ahahah; satam of the saintly devotees; apialso; bhuviin the world; bhavanammanifestation; bhurigreat; duhkhapain; damgiving. Then, because of the criticism of the ordinary people, Rama, the king of kings, abandoned Sita in the forest. Ah, this brought great pain to the saintly devotees in the world. Text 61 yada yadakarod yajnam ramo rajiva-locanah tada tada svarnamayim sitam kritva vidhanatah

yada yadawhenever; akarotperformed; yajnama sacrifice; ramahRama; rajivalotus; locanaheyed; tadathen; tadathen; svarnamayimgolden; sitam Sita; kritvamaking; vidhanatahaccording to the rules of religion. Whenever he performed a yajna, lotus-eyed Rama, following the rules of religion, had made a golden Deity of Sita. Text 62 yajna-sita-samuho 'bhun mandire raghavasya ca tash chaitanya-ghana bhutva rantum ramam samagatah yajna-sita-samuhaha multitude of these Deities; abhutwas; mandirein the palace; raghavasyaof Rama; caand; tahthey; chaitanya-ghana bhutvahaving come to life; rantumto enjoy; ramamto Rama; samagatahwent. In Rama's palace there were many of these yajna Deities of Sita. (One day) they came to life and approached Rama to enjoy (with Him). Text 63 ta aha raghu-vamshendro naham grihnami he priyah tadocus tah prema-para ramam dasharathatmajam tahto them; ahasaid; raghu-vamsha-indrahthe king of the Raghu dynasty; nanot; ahamI; grihnamiI accept; heO; priyahO beloveds; tadathen; ucuh said; tahthey; prema-parahfull of love; ramamto Rama; dasharathaof Dasharatha; atmajamthe son. To them Rama, the king of the Raghu dynasty, said, O beloved wives, I cannot accept you". Then, filled with love, they said to Rama, the son of Dasharatha, . . . Text 64 katham casman na grihnasi bhajantir maithilih satih ardhangi yajna-kaleshu

satatam karya-sadhinih kathamwhy?; caand; asmanus; nanot; grihnasiYou accept; bhajantih the worshiping; maithilih satihchaste women of Mithila; ardhahalf; angiYour body; yajnaof the yajna; kaleshuat the times; satatamalways; karya-sadhinih performing duties with You. . . . "Why do You not accept us? We are all Sita, the chaste daughter of the king of Mithila. We are half of Your body. At the time of the yajnas we were Your assistants. Text 65 dharmishhas tvam shruti-dharo 'dharmavad bhashase katham karam grihitva tyajasi tatah papam avapsyasi dharmishhahreligious; tvamYou; shruti-dharahaware of the teachings of the Vedas; adharmavatlike an impious person; bhashaseYou speak; katham why?; karamhand; grihitvataking; tyajasiYou reject; tatahthen; papamsin; avapsyasiYou will attain. "You are a pious person. You know the teaching of the Vedas. Why do You speak as one who is impious? First You take our hand and then You reject us. From this You will incur sin." Text 66 shri-rama uvaca samicinam vacah satyam yushmabhir gaditam ca me eka-patni-vrato 'ham hi rajarshih sitayaikaya shri-ramah uvacaShri Rama said; samicinamright; vacahstatement; satyam truth; yushmabhihby you; gaditamsaid; caalso; meof Me; ekaone; patni wife; vratahvow; ahamI; hiIndeed; rajaking; rishihsage; sitayaby Sita; ekayaalone. Shri Rama said: Your words are right. What you say to Me is true. (Still,) I am religious king, and I have vowed to accept only Sita as My wife.

Text 67 tasmad yuyam dvaparante punye vrindavane vane bhavishyatha karishyami yushmakam tu manoratham tasmattherefore; yuyamyou; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; punyespiritual; vrindavanein Vrindavana; vaneforest; bhavishyathayou will be; karishyamiI will do; yushmakamof you; tucertainly; manorathamthe desire. Therefore at the end of Dvapara-yuga you will take birth in the spiritual land of Vrindavana, and there I will fulfill your desire. Text 68 ta vraje 'pi bhavishyanti yajna-sitash ca gopikah anyasam caiva gopinam lakshanam shrinu tad vidhe tshthey;a vrajein Vraja; apiand; bhavishyantiwill be; yajna-sitahthe yajn-sitas; caalso; gopikahgopis; anyasamof other; caalso; evaindeed; gopinamgopis; lakshanamcharacteristics; shrinuplease hear; tatthat; vidhe O Brahma. These yajna Deities of Sita will also become gopis in Vraja. Now hear, O Brahma, of the other gopis.

Chapter Five Bhagavad-agamanodyoga-purana The Lord's Appearance Texts 1 and 2 shri-bhagavan uvaca rama-vaikunha-vasinyah shvetadvipa-sakhi-janah urdhva-vaikunha-vasinyas

tathajita-padashrayah shri-lokacala-vasinyah shri-sakhyo 'pi samudra-jah ta gopyo 'pi bhavishyanti lakshmi-pati-varad vraje shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; ramavaikunha-vasinyahthe women of Rama-Vaikunha; shvetadvipa-sakhi-janahthe women of Shvetadvipa; urdhva-vaikunha-vasinyahthe women of UrdhvaVaikunha; tathaso; ajita-pada-ashrayahthe women who have taken shelter of Lord Ajita; shri-lokacala-vasinyahthe women of Lokacala; shri-sakhyo api samudra-jahthe women born from the ocean; tahthey; gopyahgopis; api also; bhavishyantiwill become; lakshmi-patiof Lord Narayana, the husband of Lakshmi; varatfrom the benediction; vrajein Vraja. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The women of Rama-Vaikunha, the women of Shvetadvipa, the women of Urdhva-Vaikunha, the women who have taken shelter of Lord Ajita's feet, the women of Lokacala, and the daughters of Varuna will become gopis in Vraja because of a benediction offered by Lord Narayana, the husband of Lakshmi. Text 3 kashcid divya adivyash ca tatha tri-guna-vrittayah bhumi-gopyo bhavishyanti punyair nana-vidhaih kritaih kashcitsome; divyahwomen of the heavenly planets; adivyahwomen not from the heavenly planets; caand; tathaso; tri-guna-vrittayahthe actions of the three modes; bhumion the earth; gopyahgopis; bhavishyantiwill become; punyaihby pious deeds; nana-vidhaihvarious; kritaihdone. Some women from the heavenly planets, some women not from the heavenly planets, and some women acting in the three modes will, because of various kinds of pious activities, become gopis on the earth. Text 4 yajnavataram ruciram ruci-putram divas-patim mohitah pratibhavena vikshya deva-jana-striyah

yajnaas; avataramincarnation; ruciramhandsome; ruci-putramthe son of Ruci; divahof the heavenly planets; patimthe master; mohitahcharmed; pritibhavenawith love; vikshyaseeing; deva-jana-striyahthe demigoddesses. When the saw handsome Yajna-avatara, who is the son of Ruci and the master of the heavenly planets, the demigoddesses were overcome with love for Him. Text 5 tash ca devala-vakyena tapas tepur himacale bhaktya paramaya ta me gopyo bhavya vraje vidhe tahthey; caalso; devalaof Devala Muni; vakyenaby the words; tapas tepuhperformed austerities; himacalein the Himalayas; bhaktyawith devotion; paramayagreat; tahthey; meMy; gopyahgopis; bhavyahwill be; vrajein Vraja; vidheO Brahma. On Devala Muni's advice with great devotion to Me they performed austerities in the Himalayas. O Brahma, they will become gopis in Vraja. Text 6 antarhite bhagavati deve dhanvantarau bhuvi aushadhyo duhkham apanna nishphala bharate 'bhavan antarhitedisappeared; bhagavati deve dhanvantarauwhen Lord Dhanvantari; bhuviin the earth; aushadhyahmedicines; duhkhamunhappiness; apanna attained; nishphalafruitless; bharatein Bharata-varsha; abhavanbecame. When Lord Dhanvantari disappeared from the earth, all the medicines in Bharata-varsha became unhappy. They all became useless and ineffective. Text 7 siddhy-artham tas tapas tepuh striyo bhutva manoharah catur-yuge vyatite tu prasanno 'bhud dharih param

siddhiperfection; arthamfor the purpose; tahthey; tapas tepuhperformed austerities; striyahwomen; bhutvabecoming; manoharahbeautiful; catur-yuge when the four yugas; vyatitehad passed; tuindeed; prasannahpleased; abhutbecame; dharihLord Hari; paramthen. To regain their powers they transformed themselves into beautiful women and performed austerities. When four yugas had passed Lord Hari became pleased with them. Text 8 varam vrinita cety uktam shrutva naryo maha-vane tam driva moham apanna ucur bharta bhavatra nah varama benediction; vrinitachoose; caalso; iti-thus; uktamsaid; shrutva hearing; naryahthe women; maha-vanein the great forest; tamHim; driva seeing; moham apannabecame enchanted; ucuhsaid; bhartahusband; bhava become; atrahere; nahof us. Seeing the Lord in a great forest, they became completely enchanted by Him. Hearing Him say, "Please choose a benediction," they said, "Please become our husband here". Text 9 shri-harir uvaca vrindavane dvaparante lata bhutva manoharah bhavishyatha striyo rase karishyami vacash ca vah shri-harih uvacaShri Hari said; vrindavanein Vrindavana; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; latahvines; bhutvabecoming; manoharahbeautiful; bhavishyathayou will become; striyahwomen; rasein the rasa dance; karishyamiI will make; vacahwords; caalso; vahof you. Shri Hari said: In Vrindavana, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, you will become flowering vines and then you will change into women in the arena of the rasa dance. I promise this to you.

Text 10 shri-bhagavan uvaca bhakti-bhava-samayukta bhuri-bhagya varanganah lata-gopyo bhavishyanti vrindaranye pitamaha shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; bhakti-bhava with devotional love; samayuktahendowed; bhurivery; bhagyahfortunate; vara-anganahbeautiful women; latavines; gopyahgopis; bhavishyantiwill be; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; pitamahaO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: In Vrindavana they will become beautiful and very fortunate flowering-vine gopis filled with love (for Me). Text 11 jalandharyash ca ya naryo vikshya vrinda-patim harim ucur vayam harih sakshad asmakam tu varo bhavet jalandharyahthe women of Jalandhara; caand; yahwho; naryahwomen; vikshyaseeing; vrinda-patimthe husband of Vrinda; harimLord Hari; ucuh said; vayamwe; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; asmakamof us; tuindeed; varahchoice; bhavetis. When the women of the Jalandhara country saw Lord Hari, the husband of Vrinda, they said (to themselves), "May Lord Hari be our chosen husband". Text 12 akasha-vag abhut tasam bhajatashu rama-patim yatha vrinda tatha yuyam vrindaranye bhavishyatha akasha-vaka voice from the sky; abhutwas; tasamof them; bhajata worship; ashuat once; rama-patimthe husband of the goddess of fortune; yatha as; vrindaVrinda; tathaso; yuyamyou; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; bhavishyathawill become.

Then a voice from the sky said to them, "Worship Lord Narayana, the husband of Rama, and in Vrindavana you will become like Vrinda." Text 13 samudra-kanyah shri-matsyam harim driva ca mohitah ta hi gopyo bhavishyanti shri-matsyasya varad vraje samudra-kanyahthe daughters of Varuna; shri-matsyamShri Matsya; harim Lord Harim; drivahaving seen; caand; mohitahenchanted; tahthey; hi indeed; gopygopis; bhavishyantiwill become; shri-matsyasyaof Shri Matsya; varatby the benediction; vrajein Vraja. When Varuna's daughters saw Lord Hari as Shri Matsya, they became bewildered with love for Him. By Lord Matsya's benediction they will become gopis in Vraja. Text 14 asid raja prithuh sakshan mamamshash canda-vikramah jitva shatrun nripa-shreshho dharam kaman dudoha sah asitwas; raja prithuhKing Prithu; sakshatdirectly; mamaMy; amshah partial incarnation; canda-vikramahpowerful; jitvaafter conquering; shatrunHis enemies; nripa-shreshhahthe best of kings; dharamfrom the earth; kaman desires; dudohamilked; sahHe. There was a powerful king named Prithu who was a partial incarnation of Me. After defeating His enemies, He, the best of kings, milked many desirable things from the earth. Text 15 barhishmati-bhavas tatra prithum driva pura-striyah atreh samipam agatya ta ucur moha-vihvalah

barhishmati-bhavahborn in Barhishmati; tatrathere; prithumPrithu; driva seeing; pura-striyahwomen of the city; atrehof Atri Muni; samipamnear; agatyaarriving; tahthey; ucuhsaid; moha-vihvalahovercome with love. When the women of Barhishmati City saw Lord Prithu they became overwhelmed with love for Him. Approaching Atri Muni, they said: Text 16 ayam tu raja-rajendrah prithuh prithula-vikramah katham varo bhaven no vai tad vada tvam maha-mune ayamHe; tuindeed; rajaof kings; rajaof kings; indrahthe king; prithuh Prithu; prithula-vikramahvery powerful; kathamhow?; varahhusband; bhaven may be; nahof us; vaicertainly; tatthat; vadatell; tvamyou; maha-mune O great sage. "O great sage, please tell us how powerful Prithu, the king of the kings of kings, may become our husband." Text 17 shri-atrir uvaca go-doham kurutashv adya prithviyam dharanamayi sarvam dasyati vo durgam manoratha-maharnavam shri-atrih uvacaAtri said; go-dohamcow's milk; kurutado; ashuat once; adyanow; prithvi iyamthe earth; dharanamayiin meditation; sarvam everything; dasyatiwill give; vahto you; durgamdifficult to attain; manoratha of desires maha-arnavamthe great ocean. Shri Atri Muni said: In meditation make an offering of milk to her and the earth will give you a great and impassable ocean of fulfilled desires. Text 18 shri-bhagavan uvaca

manoratham praduduhur manah-patrena tash ca gam tasmad gopyo bhavishyanti vrindaranye pitamaha shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; manoratham desire; praduduhuhmilked; manahof the mind; patrenawith a milk-pail; tah they; caalso; gamthe earth; tasmatfrom that; gopyahgopis; bhavishyanti will become; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; pitamahaO Brahma. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Using their thoughts as a milk-pail, they milked their desire from the cow-earth. In this way they will become gopis in Vrindavana, O Brahma. Text 19 kama-sena-mohanartham divya apsaraso varah narayanasya sahasa babhuvur gandha-madane kamaof Kamadeva; senathe army; mohanabewilderment; arthamfor the purpose; divyaheavenly; apsarasahApsara girls; varahbest; narayanasyaof Narayana; sahasaat once; babhuvuhbecame; gandha-madaneon Gandhamadana Mountain. To bewilder Kamadeva's army, on Mount Gandhamadana Narayana Rishi manifested a host of the most beautiful divine Apsara girls. Text 20 bhartri-kamash ca ta aha siddho narayano munih manoratho vo bhavita vraje gopyo bhavishyatha bhartrias their husband; kamahdesiring; caalso; tahto them; ahasaid; siddhahperfect; narayano munihNarayana Rishi; manorathahthe desire; vah of you; bhavitawill be; vrajein Vraja; gopyahgopis; bhavishyathayou will become. When they wished Him as their husband, perfect Narayana Rishi said to them, "You will become gopis in Vraja. Then your desire will be fulfilled."

Text 21 striyah sutala-vasinyo vamanam vikshya mohitah tapas taptva bhavishyanti gopyo vrindavane vidhe striyahwomen; sutalain Sutala; vasinyahresiding; vamanamLord Vamana; vikshyaseeing; mohitahcharmed; tapas taptvaperforming austerities; bhavishyantiwill be; gopyahgopis; vrindavanein Vrindavana; vidhe O Brahma. When the women of Sutalaloka saw Lord Vamana, they fell in love with Him and (to attain Him) they performed austerities. They will become gopi in Vraja, O Brahma. Text 22 nagendra-kanyakah shesham bhejur bhaktya varecchaya sankarshanasya rasartham bhavishyanti vraje ca tah nagaof snakes; indraof the king; kanyakahthe daughters; sheshamLord Shesha; bhejuhworshiped; bhaktyawith devotion; varaa husband; icchaya with the desire; sankarshanasyaof Lord Sankarshana; rasaof the rasa dance; arthamfor the purpose; bhavishyantiwill be; vrajein Vraja; caalso; tahthey. Snake princesses that, desiring Him as their husband, worshiped Lord Shesha, will take birth in Vraja (to attain) Lord Balarama's rasa dance. Text 23 kashyapo vasudevash ca devaki caditih para shurah prano dhruvah so 'pi devako 'vatarishyati kashyapahKashyapa; vasudevahVasudeva; caand; devakiDevaki; ca also; aditihAditi; paragreat; shurahShurasena; pranahlife; dhruvahDhruva; sahhe; apiindeed; devakahDeavaka; avatarishyatiwill descend.

Kashyapa will descend as Vasudeva, exalted Aditi as Devaki, Prana Vasu as Shurasena, and Dhruva Vasu as Devaka. Text 24 vasush caivoddhavah sakshad daksho 'kruro daya-parah hridiko dhanadash caiva kritavarma tv apam patih vasuhVasu; caalso; evaindeed; uddhavahUddhava; sakshatdirectly; dakshahDaksha; akrurahAkrura; daya-parahmerciful; hridikahHridika; dhanadahKuvera; caalso; evaindeed; kritavarmaKritavarma; tindeed; apam of waters; patihthe lord. Vasu will decsned as Uddhava, Daksha as kind Akrura, Kuvera as Hridika, and Varuna as Kritavarma. Text 25 gadah pracinabarhish ca maruto hy ugrasena ut tasya raksham karishyami rajyam datva vidhanatah gadahGada; pracinabarhihPracinabarhi; caand; marutahMaruta; hi indeed; ugrasenaUgrasena; utindeed; tasyaof him; rakshamprotection; karishyamiI will do; rajyamthe kingdom; datvahaving given; vidhanatah properly. Pracinabarhi will descend as Gada and Maruta as Ugrasena. I will give the kingdom to Ugrasena and I will protect him. Text 26 yuyudhanash cambarishah prahladah satyakis tatha kshirabdhih shantanuh sakshad bhishmo drono vasuttamah

yuyudhanahYuyudhana; caand; ambarishahAmbarisha; prahladah Prahlada; satyakihSatyakis; tathaso; kshirabdhihthe ocean of milk; shantanuh Shantanu; sakshatdirectly; bhishmahBhishma; dronahDrona; vasuttamah the best of the Vasus. Ambarisha will descend as Yuyudhana, Prahlada as Satyaki, Kshirabdhi as Shantanu, and Drona Vasuttama as Bhishma. Text 27 shalyash caiva divodaso dhritarashro bhago ravih panduh pusha satam shreshho dharmo raja yudhishhirah shalyahShalya; cacertainly; evaindeed; divodasahDivodasa; dhritarashrahDhritarashra; bhagahBhaga; ravihRavi; panduhPandu; pusha Pusha; satamof the devotees; shreshhahthe best; dharmahDharma; raja king; yudhishhirahYudhishhira. Divodasa will decsend as Shalya, Bhaga as Dhritarashra, Pusha as Pandu, and King Dharma, the best of the devotees, as Yudhishhira. Text 28 bhimo vayur balishhash ca manuh svayambhuvo 'rjunah shatarupa subhadra ca savita karna eva hi bhimahBhima; vayuhVayu; balishhahstrong; caalso; manuhManu; svayambhuvahSvayambhuva; arjunahArjuna; shatarupaShatarupa; subhadra Subhadra; caalso; savitaSavita; karnaKarna; evaindeed; hicertainly. Powerful Vayu will descend as Bhima, Svayambhuva Manu as Arjuna, Shatarupa as Subhadra, and Savita as Karna. Text 29 nakulah sahadevash ca smritau dvav ashvini-sutau dhata bahlikavirash ca

vahnir dronah pratapavan nakulahNakula; sahadevahSahadeva; caand; smritauconsidered; dvav ashvini-sutauthe two Ashvini-kumaras; dhataDhata; bahlikavirahthe hero Bahlika; caand; vahnihVahni; dronahDrona; pratapavanpowerful. The two Ashvini-kumaras will descend as Nakula and Sahadeva. Dhata will descend as heroic Bahlika, and powerful Vahni as Dronacarya. Text 30 duryodhanah kaler amsho 'bhimanyuh soma eva ca draunih sakshac chivasyapi rupam bhumau bhavishyati duryodhanahDuryodhana; kalehof Kali; amshaha part; abhimanyuh Abhimanyu; somaSoma; evacertainly; caindeed; draunihDrona's son Ashvatthama; sakshatdirectly; shivasyaof Lord Shiva; apialso; rupamthe form; bhumauon the earth; bhavishyatiwill be. A partial incarnation of Kali will descend as Duryodhana. Soma will descend as Abhimanyu. Lord Shiva will place His own form on the earth as Dronacarya's son Ashvatthama. Text 31 ittham yadoh kauravanam anyesham bhu-bhujam nrinam kule kule bhavantash ca svamshaih stribhir mad-ajnaya itthamthus; yadohof the Yadus; kauravanamof the Kurus; anyeshamof others; bhu-bhujamkings; nrinamhuman; kule kulein family after family; bhavantahbeing; caalso; svaown; amshaihpartial expansions; stribhihwith their wives; matof Me; ajnayaby the order. In this way, by My order (the demigods) and their wives will take birth in the families of the Yadus, Kurus, and other human kings. Text 32

ye ye 'vatara me purvam tesham rajnyo ramamshakah bhavishya raja-rajnishu sahasrani ca shodasha ye yewhoever; avatarahincarnations; meof Me; purvampreviously; teshamof Them; rajnyahkings; ramaof the goddess of fortune; amshakah partial expansions; bhavishyahwill be; raja-rajnishuin queens; sahasrani thousands; caand; shodashasixteen. Whenever in the past I incarnated in the world, the goddess of fortune would also incarnate as My queen. This time she will incarnate as My sixteen-thousand queens. Text 33 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva shri-haris tatra brahmanam kamalasanam divya-rupam bhagavatim yogamayam uvaca ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvaspeaking; shri-harih Shri Hari; tatrathere; brahmanamto Brahma; kamalasanamwho sits on a lotus throne; divya-rupamwhose form is spiritual; bhagavatimgoddess; yogamayam Yogamaaya; uvaca hasaid. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words to the demigod Brahma, who sits on a lotus throne, Shri Hari spoke to goddess Yogamaya, whose form is spiritual. Texts 34 and 35 shri-bhagavan uvaca devakyah saptamam garbham sannikrishya maha-mate vasudevasya bharyayam kamsa-trasa-bhayat punah nanda-vraje sthitayam ca rohinyam sanniveshaya nanda-patnyam bhava tvam vai kritvedam karma cadbhutam

shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; devakyahof Devaki; saptamamthe seventh; garbhamembryo; sannikrishyadragging; maha-mate+O noble-hearted one; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; bharyayamin the wife; kamsaof Kamsa; trasaof the fear; bhayatof the fear; punahagain; nandaof Nanda; vrajein Vraja; sthitayamstaying; caalso; rohinyamin Rohini; sanniveshayaplace; nanda-patnyamin Nanda's wife; bhavabe; tvam you; vaicertainly; kritvahaving done; idamthis; karmawork; caalso; adbhutamwonderful. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O noble-hearted one, take the seventh embryo from Vasudeva's wife Devaki and place it in Rohini, who is staying in Vraja out of fear of Kamsa. When you have done that wonderful deed, you yourself become an embryo in Nanda's wife. Text 36 shri-narada uvaca shrutva brahma deva-ganair natva krishnam parat param bhumim ashvasya vanibhih sva-dhama nijam ayayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; brahmaBrahma; deva-ganaihwith the demigods; natvabowing; krishnamto Lord Krishna; parat than the greatest; paramgreater; bhumimthe earth; ashvasyaconsoling; vanibhihwith words; sva-dhama nijameach to their own abode; ayayauwent. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, Brahma and the demigods bowed down before Lord Krishna, who is greater than the greatest, and, comforted the earth-goddess, and each went to his own abode. Text 37 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam viddhi maithila kamsadinam vadharthaya prapto 'yam bhumi-mandale paripurnatamam sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shrikrishnamShri Krishna; viddhiknow; maithilaO king of Mithila; kamsaby Kamsa; adinamheaded by; vadhakilling; arthayafor the purpose; praptah attained; ayamHe; bhumi-mandaleon the circle of the earth.

O king of Mithila, please understand that Shri Krishna, who went to the earth to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 38 roma-matram tanau jihva bhavantittham yada nripa tadapi shri-hares tasya varnyate na guno mahan roma-matramhairs; tanauon the body; jihvahtongues; bhavantiare; itthamthen; yadawhen; nripaO king; tadathen; apieven; shri-harehof Shri Hari; tasyaof Him; varnyateis described; nanot; gunahglory; mahan great. O king, If I had as many tongues as there are hairs on my body, I could still not properly describe Shri Hari's great and glorious qualities. Text 39 nabhah patanti vihaga yatha hy atma-samam nripa tatha krishna-gatim divyam vadantiha vipashcitah nabhahin the sky; patantigo; vihagahbirds; yathaas; hicertainly; atma self; samamequal; nripaO king; tathaso; krishnaof Lord Krishna; gatim activities; divyamtranscendental; vadantisay; ihahere; vipashcitahthe wise. O king, as different birds have different capacities to fly in the sky, so the wise philosophers have different capacities to describe Lord Krishna's transcendental activities. Chapter Six Kamsa-bala-varnana Description of Kamsa's Strength Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca kah kamso 'yam pura daityo

maha-bala-parakramah tasya janmani karmani bruhi devarshi-sattama shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kahwho?; kamsahis Kamsa; ayamhe; purabefore; daityaha demon; maha-bala-parakramahvery powerful; tasyaof him; janmanibirths; karmanideeds; bruhidescribe; devarshi-sattamaO great sage. Shri Bahulashva said: Who was this very powerful demon Kamsa? O great sage, please describe his births and deeds. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca samudra-mathane purvam kalanemir mahasurah yuyudhe vishnuna sardham yuddhe tena hato balat shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; samudraof the ocean; mathanein churning; purvambefore; kalanemihKalanemi; mahasuraha great demon; yuyudhefought; vishnunaVishnu; sardhamwith; yuddhein the fight; tenaby Him; hatahkilled; balatby the strength. Shri Narada said: At the time of churning the ocean a great demon named Kalanemi fought with Lord Vishnu and was violently killed by Him. Text 3 shukrena jivitas tatra sanjivinya sva-vidyaya punar vishnum yoddhu-kama udyogam manasakarot shukrenaby Shukracarya; jivitahbrought to life; tatrathere; sanjivinya sanjivini; sva-vidyayaby his science; punahagain; vishnumwith Vishnu; yoddhuto fight; kamahdesiring; udyogamdetermination; manasawith the mind; akarotdid. When with his sanjivini science Shukracarya revived him, in his heart Kalanemi yearned to fight again with Lord Vishnu.

Text 4 tapas tepe tada daityo mandaracala-sannidhau nityam durva-rasam pitva bhajan devam pitamaham tapas tepeperformed austerities; tadathen; daityahthe demon; mandaracala-sannidhauat Mount Mandara nityamregularly; durvaof durva grass; rasamjuice; pitvadrinking; bhajanworshiping; devam pitamahamthe demigod Brahma. On Mount Mandara he performed severe austerities, drinking durva-grass juice and worshiping the demigod Brahma. Text 5 divyeshu shata-varsheshu vyatiteshu pitamahah asthi-shesham sa-valmikam varam bruhity uvaca tam divyeshucelestial; shataa hundred; varsheshuyears; vyatiteshupassed; pitamahahBrahma; asthionly bones; sheshamremaining; sa-valmikamwith an anthill; varambenediction; bruhisay; itithus; uvacasaid; tamto him. When a hundred celestial years had passed all that remained of him was bones in an anthill. Then Brahma said to him, Ask for a benediction," and Kalanemi spoke a reply. Text 6 kalanemir uvaca brahmande ye sthita deva vishnu-mula maha-balah tesham hastair na me mrityuh purnanam api ma bhavet kalanemih uvacaKalanemi said; brahmandein the universe; yewho; sthitah stays; devahdemigods; vishnuVishnu; mulahat the root; maha-balahvery powerful; teshamof them; hastaihby the hands; nanot; meof me; mrityuh death; purnanamall; apieven; mamay not; bhavetbe.

Kalanemi said: May my death not come from the hands of any or all of the very powerful demigods, who have Lord Vishnu as their root. Text 7 shri-brahmovaca durlabho 'yam varo daitya yas tvaya prarthitah parah kalantare te praptah syan mad-vakyam na mrisha bhavet shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; durlabhahdifficult to attain; ayamthis; varahbenediction; daityaO demon; yahwhich; tvayaby you; prarthitahis asked; parahgreat; kala-antareat this time; teby you; praptahattained; syat is; mad-vakyammy statement; nanot; mrishafalse; bhavetis. Shri Brahma said: O demon, the benediction you request is difficult to attain. Still, you have now attained it. My words are not false. Text 8 shri-narada uvaca ugrasenasya patnyam kau janma lebhe 'surah punah kaumare 'pi maha-mallaih satatam sa yuyodha ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ugrasenasyaof Ugrasena; patnyamin the wife; kauevil; janmabirth; lebheattained; asurahthe demon; punah again; kaumarein childhood; apieven; mahagreat; mallaihwith wrestlers; satatamalways; sahhe; yuyodha hafought. Shri Narada said: In Ugrasena's wife the demon attained another demonic birth. Even in childhood he would regularly fight with great wrestlers. Text 9 jarasandho magadhendro dig-jayarthi vinirgatah yamuna-nikae tasya

shibiro 'bhud itas tatah jarasandhahJarasandha; magadhaof Magadha; indrahthe king; dikthe directions; jayaconquest; arthiwith the purpose; vinirgatahwent; yamunanikaeby the Yamuna; tasyaof him; shibirahcamp; abhutwas; itas tatah here and there. Wishing to conquer all directions, Jarasandha, the king of Magadha, set his royal camp at different places by the Yamuna's shore. Text 10 dvipah kuvalayapidah sahasra-dvipa-sattva-bhrit babhanja shrinkhala-bandham dudrava shibiran madi dvipahelephant; kuvalayapidahKuvalayapida; sahasraof a thousand; dvipa elephants; sattvathe strength; bhrithaving; babhanjabroke; shrinkhalabandhamchains; dudravaran; shibiratfrom the camp; madimaddened. Then the elephant Kuvalayapida, who was strong as thousands of other elephants, became angry, broke his chains, and ran from the royal camp. Text 11 nipatayan sa shibiran mandiran bhubhritas taan ranga-bhumyam ajagama yatra kamso 'pi yudhyati nipatayancausing to fall; sahhe; shibiratfrom the royal camp; mandiranto the residences; bhubhritasmountains; taansurfaces; ranga-bhumyamthe arena; ajagamaentered; yatrawhere; kamsahKamsa; apieven; yudhyati fights. It ran from the royal camp to the mountains and entered an arena where Kamsa was fighting. Text 12

palayiteshu malleshu kamsas tam ca samagatam shunda-dande sangrihitva patayam asa bhu-tale palayiteshufled; malleshuwhen the wrestlers; kamsahKamsa; tamit; ca also; samagatamapproached; shunda-dandethe trunk; sangrihitvagrasping; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. When wrestlers fled and the elephant approached him, Kamsa grabbed its trunk and threw it to the ground. Text 13 punar grihitva hastabhyam bhramayitvograsenajah jarasandhasya senayam cikshepa dasha-yojanam punahagain; grihitvagrabbing; hastabhyamwith both hands; bhramayitva whirling around; ugrasenajahKamsa; jarasandhasyaof Jarasandha; senayam into the army; cikshepathrew; dasha-yojanam80 miles. Again grabbing it, Kamsa threw it into Jarasandha's army eighty miles away. Text 14 tad adbhutam balam driva prasanno magadheshvarah asti-prapti dadau kanye tasmai kamsaya tam dvipam tatthis; adbhutamamazing; balamstrength; drivaseeing; prasannah pleased; magadheshvarahthe king of Magadha; asti-praptiAsti and Prapti; dadau gave; kanyetwo daughters; tasmaito him; kamsayato Kamsa; tamthat; dvipamelephant. Pleased by seeing this amazing strength, the king of Magadha gave his two daughters, Asti and Prapti, as well as that elephant, to Kamsa. Text 15

ashvarbhudam hasti-laksham rathanam ca tri-lakshakam ayutam caiva dasinam paribarham jara-sutah ashvahorses; arbhudama hundred million; hastielephants; lakshama hundred thousand; rathanamof chariots; caalso; tri-lakshakamthree hundred thousand; ayutamten thousand; caand; evaindeed; dasinammaidservants; paribarhamwedding present; jara-sutahJarasandha. For a wedding present Jarasandha gave a hundred million horses, a hundred thousand elephants, three hundred thousand chariots, and ten thousand maidservants. Text 16 dvandva-yodhi tatah kamso bhuja-virya-madotkaah mahishmatim yayau viro 'thaikaki canda-vikramah dvandva-yodhieager to fight; tatahthen; kamsahKamsa; bhuja-viryamadotkaahproud of the strength of his arms; mahishmatimto Mahishmati; yayauwent; virahthe hero; athathen; ekakialone; canda-vikramah powerful. Then, very proud of the strength of his arms, and eager to fight, powerful Kamsa went, all alone, to Mahishmati City. Text 17 canuro mushikah kuah shalas toshalakas tatha mahishmati-pateh putra malla yuddha-jayaishinah canurahCanura; mushikahMushika; kuahKua; shalahShala; toshalakahToshalaka; tathathen; mahishmati-patehof the king of Mahishmati; putrahthe sons; mallahwrestlers; yuddhain battle; jayato defeat; aishinah wishing.

Canura, Mushika, Kua, Shala, and Toshala, who were the sons of the king of Mahishmati, were wrestlers very eager to defeat their opponents in fighting. Text 18 kamsas tan aha samnapi duryuddham karavamahe aham daso bhaveyam vo bhavanto jayino yadi kamsahKamsa; tanto them; ahasaid; samnacalmly; apialso; duryuddhamfight; karavamahelet us do; ahamI; dasahslave; bhaveyam will be; vahof you; bhavantahyou; jayinahvictorious; yadiif. Kamsa calmly said to them: "Let us fight. If you win, I will become your servant. Text 19 aham jayi ced bhavato dasan sarvan karomy alam sarvesham pashyatam tesham nagaranam mahatmanam iti pratijnam kritvatha yuyudhe tair jayaishibhih ahamI; jayivictorious; cetif; bhavatahyou; dasanservants; sarvanall; karomiI do; alamgreatly; sarveshamof all; pashyatamlooking; teshamof them; nagaranamliving in the city; mahatmanamgreat souls; itithus; pratijnam promise; kritvahaving done; athathen; yuyudhefought; taihwith them; jayavictory; aishibhihdesiring. "If I win, I will make you all my servants." All these great fighters looked at him and agreed. Then Kamsa fought with them and they tried to defeat him. Text 20 yadagatam sa canuram grihitva yadaveshvarah bhu-prihe pothayam asa shabdam uccaih samuccaran

yadawhen; agatamcame; sahhe; canuramCanura; grihitvagrabbing; yadaveshvarahthe Yadu king; bhu-priheon the ground; pothayam asathrew; shabdamsound; uccaihgreat; samuccaranmaking. When Canura rushed at him, Kamsa made a great sound and threw him to the ground. Text 21 tadayantam mushikakhyam mushibhir yudhi durgamam ekena mushina tam vai patayam asa bhu-tale tadathen; ayantamcoming; mushikakhyamnamed Mushika; mushibhih with fists; yudhiin a fight; durgamamgreat; ekenawith one; mushinafist; tamhim; vaiindeed; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. When Mushika rushed at him with ferocious punches, with one punch Kamsa knocked him to the ground. Text 22 kuam samagatam kamso grihitva padayosh ca tam patayitva bhumi-madhye cikshepa gagane balat kuamKua; samagatamcome; kamsahKamsa; grihitvagrabbed; padayoh feet; caand; tamhim; patayitvathrowing; bhumi-madhyeon the ground; cikshepathrew; gaganein the sky; balatviolently. When Kua rushed at him, Kamsa knowcked him to the ground, grabbed his feet, and violently threw him into the sky. Text 23 bhujam asphoya dhavantam shalam nitva bhujena sah patayitva punar nitva bhumau tam vicakarsha ha

bhujamarm; asphoyawaving; dhavantamrunning; shalamShala; nitva bringing; bhujenaby the arm; sahhe; patayitvathrew; punahagain; nitva bringing; bhumauon the ground; tamhim; vicakarshadragged; haindeed. When Shala, waving his arms, rushed at him, Kamsa grabbed an arm, pulled him down, and dragged him about. Text 24 atha toshalakam kamso grihitva bhujayor balat nipatya bhumav utthapya cikshepa dasha-yojanam athathen; toshalakamToshala; kamsahKamsa; grihitvagrabbing; bhujayohof the arms; balatby the power; nipatyafalling; bhumauon the ground; utthapyarising; cikshepathrew; dasha-yojanam80 miles. Then Kamsa grabbed Toshala, knocked him to the ground, and, by the power of his arms, threw him eighty miles away. Text 25 dasa-bhave ca tan kritva taih sardham yadavadhipah mad-vakyena jagamashu pravarshana-girim varam dasa-bhavethe status of servants; caalso; tanthem; kritvamaking; taih them; sardhamwith; yadavadhipahthe king of the Yadus; matof me; vakyena by the statement; jagamawent; ashuat once; pravarshana-girimto Pravarshana Mountain; varamgreat. Then Kamsa made them all his servants and, on my advice, went with them to great Mount Pravarashana. Text 26 tasmai nivedyabhiprayam yuyudhe vanarena sah

dvividenapi vimshatya dinaih kamso hy avishramam tasmaito him; nivedyaappealing; abhiprayamintention; yuyudhefought; vanarenawith the gorilla; sahhe; dvividenaDvivida; apialso; vimshatyafor twenty; dinaihdays; kamsahKamsa; hiindeed; avishramamwithout fatigue. After presenting his proposal before him, Kamsa fought with the gorilla Dvivida for twenty days without becoming tired. Text 27 dvivido girim utpatya cikshepa tasya murdhani kamso girim grihitva ca tasyopari samakshipat dvividahDvivida; girima mountain; utpatyauprooting; cikshepathrew; tasyaof him; murdhanion the head; kamsahKamsa; girima mountain; grihitvagrabbing; caalso; tasyahim; uparion; samakshipatthrew. Dvivida uprooted a mountain and threw it on Kamsa's head. Kamsa also grabbed a mountain and threw it on Dvivida. Text 28 dvivido mushina kamsam ghatayitva nabho gatah dhavan kamsas ca tam nitva patayam asa bhu-tale dvividahDvivida; mushinawith a fist; kamsamKamsa; ghatayitvahitting; nabhahto the sky; gatahgone; dhavanrunning; kamsahKamsa; caalso; tam him; nitvabringing; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleon the ground. Dvivida punched Kamsa and jumped into the sky. Kamsa chased him and threw him to the ground. Text 29 murchitas tat-praharena

param kashmalatam yayau kshina-sattvas curnitasthir dasa-bhavam gatas tada murchitahunconscious; tat-praharenaby that blow; paramgreat; kashmalatamdepression; yayauattained; kshina-sattvahweak; curnita crushed into a powder; asthihbones; dasa-bhavamthe state of a servant; gatah attained; tadathen. In this way Dvivida was knocked unconscious. Dispirited, weakened, and his bones broken, he became Kamsa's servant. Text 30 tenaivatha gatah kamsa rishyamuka-vanam tatah tatra keshi maha-daityo haya-rupi ghana-svanah tenaby this; evaindeed; athathen; gatahwent; kamsahKamsa; rishyamuka-vanamto Rishyamuka forest; tatahthen; tatrathere; keshiKeshi; maha-daityaha great demon; haya-rupiin the form of a horse; ghana-svanah thundering. Then Kamsa went to Rishyamuka forest, where there was a great demon named Keshi, who had the form of a horse whinnying like thunder. Text 31 mushibhir ghatayitva tam vashi-kritvaruroha tam ittham kamso maha-viryo mahendrakhyam girim yayau mushibhihwith punches; ghatayitvahitting; tamhim; vashi-kritva subduing; arurohaclimbed; tamon him; itthamthus; kamsahKamsa; mahaviryahvery powerful; mahendrakhyamnamed Mahendra; girimto the mountain; yayauwent. Punching it again and again, Kamsa subdued the horse. Mounting it, very powerful Kamsa rode to Mount Mahendra.

Text 32 shata-varam cojjahara girim utpatya daitya-ra punas tatra sthitam ramam krodha-samrakta-locanam pralayarka-prabham driva nanama shirasa munim punah pradakshini-krityo tad-anghryor nipapata ha shataa hundred; varamtimes; caalso; ujjaharalifting; girimthe hill; utpatyauprooting; daitya-rathe king of mountains; punahagain; tatrathere; sthitamplaced; ramamrama; krodhawith anger; samraktared; locanam eyes; pralayaof devastation; arkaof the sun; prabhamthe splendor; driva seeing; nanamabowed down; shirasawith his head; munimto the sage; punah again; pradakshini-krityahcircumambulating; tad-anghryohat His feet; nipapatafell; hacertainly. A hundred times the demon-king Kamsa uprooted the mountain, held it high, and set it again in its place. When he saw Lord Parashurama, who was as effulgent as the sun at the time of cosmic dissolution, and whose eyes were now red with anger, Kamsa bowed his head before the sage, circumambulated Him, and fell at His feet. Text 34 tatah shanto bhargavo 'pi kamsam praha mahogra-drik he kia karkai-dimbha tuccho 'si mashako yatha tatahthen; shantahpacified; bhargavahParashurama; apialso; kamsam to Kamsa; prahasaid; mahavery; ugraferocious; drikeyes; heO; kia worm; karkaicrab; dimbhababy; tucchahinsignificant; asiyou are; mashakahmosquito; yathaas. Pacified by this, Parashurama, his eyes very fierce, said to Kamsa, "O worm! O baby crab! You are insignificant as a mosquito. Text 35 adyaiva tvam hanmi dusha-

kshatriyam vira-maninam mat-samipe dhanur idam laksha-bhara-samam mahat adyatoday; evaindeed; tvamyou; hanmiI will kill; dushawicked; kshatriyamkshatriya; virastrong; maninamthinking yourself; mat-samipe near Me; dhanuhbow; idamthis; laksha-bhara-samamas heavy as a hundred thousand bharas; mahatgreat. Today I will kill you, who are a wicked kshatriya falsely proud of his strength. This great bow by My side weighs a hundred thousand bharas. Text 36 idam ca vishnuna dattam sambhave traipure yudhi shambhoh karad iha praptam kshatriyanam vadhaya ca idamthis; caand; vishnunaby Lord Vishnu; dattamgiven; sambhave traipure yudhiin the battle with Tripura; shambhohof Lord Shiva; karatfrom the hand; ihahere; praptamattained; kshatriyanamof the kshatriyas; vadhaya for the killing; caalso. This bow was given by Lord Vishnu in the battle for Tripura City. To kill the kshatriyas I received it from Lord Shiva's own hand. Text 37 yadi cedam tanoshi tvam tada ca kushalam bhavet ced asya karshanam na syad ghatayishyami te balam yadiif; caand; idamthis; tanoshistretch; tvamyou; tadathen; caalso; kushalamauspiciousness; bhavetmay be; cetif; asyaof it; karshanam drawing; nanot; syatis; ghatayishyamiI will kill; teof you; balamthe strength. If you can draw this bow it will be good for you. If you cannot draw it I will destroy your strength. Text 38

shrutva vacas tada daityah ko-dandam sapta-talakam grihitva pashyatas tasya sajjam kritvatha lilaya shrutvahearing; vacahwords; tadathen; daityahthe demon; ko-dandam the bow; sapta-talakammade of seven palm trees; grihitvaholding; pashyatah watching; tasyaof Him; sajjampreparation; kritvadoing; athathen; lilaya easily. Hearing these words, the demon Kamsa picked up the bow made of seven palm trees. As Parashurama watched, Kamsa easily strung it. Text 39 akrishya karna-paryantam shata-varam tatana ha pratyancasphoanenaiva ankaro 'bhut tadit-svanah akrishyadrawing; karna-paryantamto his ear; shata-varama hundred times; tatanastretched; haindeed; pratyanca asphoanenaby releasing the bowstring; evaindeed; ankarahtwanging sound; abhutwas; tadit-svanah thunder. A hundred times he drew the bowstring back to his ear and released it with a thunderous sound. Text 40 nanada tena brahmandam sapta-lokair bilaih saha vicelur dig-gajas tara 'patan bhu-khanda-mandalam nanadasounded; tenaby that; brahmandamthe universe; sapta-lokaih with seven planetary systems; bilaihwith the spaces between them; sahawith; viceluhtrembled; dikof the directions; gajahthe elephants; tarahthe stars; apatanfell; bhu-khanda-mandalamto the earth.

That sound echoed in the universe of seven planetary systems and outer space. It made the elephants that support the directions tremble and it made the stars fall to the earth. Text 41 dhanuh samsthapya tat kamso natva natvaha bhargavam he deva kshatriyo nasmi daityo 'ham te ca kinkarah dhanuhthe bow; samsthapyaputting down; tatthat; kamsahKamsa; natva natvabowing down again and again; ahasaid; bhargavamto Parashurama; he O; devaLord; kshatriyaha kshatriya; nanot; asmiI am; daityaha demon; ahamI am; teYou; caand; kinkarahservant. Putting the bow back in its place, and bowing again and again to Lord Parashurama, Kamsa said, "O Lord, I am not a kshatriya. I am a demon, and I am Your servant. Text 42 tava dasasya daso 'ham pahi mam purushottama shrutva prasannah shri-ramas tasmai pradad dhanush ca tat tavaof You; dasasyaof the servant; dasahthe servant; ahamI am; pahi protect; mamme; purushottamaO Supreme Person; shrutvahearing; prasannahpleased; shri-ramahShri Parashurama; tasmaito him; pradatgave; dhanuhbow; caalso; tatthat. "I am the servant of Your servant. O Supreme Person, please protect me." Hearing this, Lord Parashurama was pleased with him and gave him that bow. Text 43 shri-jamadagny uvaca yat ko-dandam vaishnavam tad yena bhangi-bhavishyati paripurnatamenatra so 'pi tvam ghatayishyati

shri-jamadagni uvacaShri Parashurama said; yatwhat; ko-dandambow; vaishnavamof Lord Vishnu; tatthat; yenaby which; bhangi-bhavishyatiwill break; paripurnatamenacompletely; atrahere; sah apithat person; tvamyou; ghatayishyatiwill kill. Shri Parashurama said: Whoever breaks this bow of Lord Vishnu will kill you. Text 44 shri-narada uvaca atha natva munim kamso vicaran sa mahotkaah na ke 'pi yuyudhus tena rajanash ca balim daduh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; natvabowing; munimto the sage; kamsahKamsa; vicaranconsidering; sahhe; maha-utkaahvery proud; nanot; ke apiwhoever; yuyudhahfighting; tenawith that; rajanah kings; caalso; balimoffering; daduhgave. Shri Narada said: Then Kamsa bowed down before the sage Parashurama. As Kamsa thought of all this, he became filled with pride. No king could fight with him. They only brought him gifts. Text 45 samudrasya tae kamso daityam namna hy aghasuram saprakaram ca phutkarair lelihanam dadarsha ha samudrasyaof the ocean; taeon the shore; kamsahKamsa; daityama demon; namnaby name; hiindeed; aghasuramAghasura; sarpaof a snake; akaramthe form; caalso; phutkaraihwith hissing; lelihanamlicking; dadarsha hasaw. On the seashore Kamsa saw a a demon named Aghasura who, licking its tongue and hissing, had a serpent's body. Text 46

agacchantam dashantam ca grihitva tam nipatya sah cakara sva-gale haram nirbhayo daitya-rad bali agacchantamcoming; dashantambiting; caand; grihitvagrasped; tamit; nipatyafalling; sahhe; cakaradid; sva-galeon the neck; haramnecklace; nirbhayahfearless; daityaof the demons; radthe king; balistrong. When the serpent approached and bit him, the fearless and very powerful demon-king Kamsa jumped on it and became like a necklace squeezing its neck. Text 47 pracyam tu vanga-desheshu daityo 'risho maha-vrishah tena sardham sa yuyudhe gajenapi gajo yatha pracyamin the east; tualso; vanga-desheshuin Bengal; daityaha demon; arishahArisha; mahagreat; vrishahbull; tenahim; sardhamwith; sahhe; yuyudhefought; gajenawith an elephant; apialso; gajahan elephant; yatha as. In the east a great bull-demon named Arisha fought with Kamsa as one elephant fights with another elephant. Text 48 shringabhyam parvatam nitva cikshepa kamsa-murdhani kamso girim sangrihitva prakshipat tasya mastake shringabhyamwith horns; parvatama mountain; nitvauprooting; cikshepa threw; kamsa-murdhaniat Kamsa's head; kamsahKamsa; girima mountain; sangrihitvagrasping; prakshipatthrew; tasyaof it; mastakeat the head. With its horns it uprooted a mountain and threw it at Kamsa's head. Then Kamsa took a mountain and threw it at Arisha's head.

Text 49 jaghana mushinarisham kamso vai daitya-pungavah tenodicim disham gatah

murchitam tam vinirjitya

jaghanastruck; mushinawith fist; arishamArisha; kamsahKamsa; vai indeed; daityaof demons; pungavahthe best; murchitamfainted; tamhim; vinirjityadefeating; tenaby that; udicimnorth; dishamdirection; gatahwent. With a single punch the great demon Kamsa made Arisha fall unconscious. After this victory Kamsa went to the north. Text 50 pragjyotisheshvaram bhaumam narakakhyam maha-balam uvaca kamso yuddharthi yuddham me dehi daitya-ra pragjyotishaof Pragjyotisha; ishvaramthe king; bhaumamthe son of the earth-goddess; naraka-akhyamnamed Naraka; maha-balamvery strong; uvaca said; kamsahKamsa; yuddhato fight; arthidesiring; yuddhamfight; meto me; dehigive; daitya-raO king of the demons. There, eager to fight, Kamsa said to Narakasura, Pragjyotisha City's very powerful king, who was a son of the earth-goddess, "O king of the demons, please give me a fight. Text 51 aham daso bhaveyam vo bhavanto jayino yadi aham jayi ced bhavato dasan sarvan karomy aham ahamI; dasaha servant; bhaveyamwill be; vahof you; bhavantahyou; jayinahvictorious; yadiif; ahamI; jayivictorious; cetif; bhavatahof you; dasanservant; sarvanall; karomimake; ahamI. "If you are victorious, I will become your servant. If I am victorious I will make you my servant."

Text 52 shri-narada uvaca purvam pralambo yuyudhe kamsenapi maha-balah mrigendrena mrigendro va udbhaena yathodbhaah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; purvambefore; pralambahPralamba; yuyudhefought; kamsenawith Kamsa; apialso; maha-balahvery powerful; mrigendrenawith a lion; mrigendraha lion; vaiindeed; udbhaenawith a great; yathaas; udbhaaha great. First a very powerful demon named Pralambasura fought with Kamsa. They fought as one great lion fights with another great lion. Text 53 malla-yuddhe grihitva tam kamso bhumau nipatya ca punar grihitva cikshepa pragjyotisha-purodare malla-yuddhein wrestling; grihitvagrasping; tamhim; kamsahKamsa; bhumauon the ground; nipatyafalling; caalso; punahagain; grihitva grasping; cikshepathrew; pragjyotisha-pura-udareinto Pragjyotisha City. Kamsa wrestled him to the ground and threw him into Pragjyotisha City. Text 54 agato dhenuko namna kamsam jagraha roshatah nodayam asa durena balam kritvatha darunam agatahcame; dhenukahDhenuka; namnaby name; kamsamKamsa; jagrahagrasped; roshatahangrily; nodayam asathrew; durenafar away; balamstrength; kritvadoing; athathen; darunamfearsome.

Then a demon named Dhenuka came and grabbed Kamsa. With fearsome strength Kamsa angrily threw him far away. Text 55 kamsas tam nodayam asa dhenukam shata-yojanam nipatya curnayam asa tad-anga-mushibhir dridhaih kamsahKamsa; tamhim; nodayam asathrew; dhenukamDhenuka; shatayojanameight hundred miles; nipatyafalling; curnayam asacrushed; tad-angamushibhihwith punches; dridhaihhard. Kamsa threw Dhenuka eight hundred miles, jumped on him, and crushed him with many hard punches. Text 56 trinavarto bhauma-vakyat kamsam nitva nabho gatah tatraiva yuyudhe daitya urdhvam vai laksha-yojanam trinavartahTrinavarta; bhauma-vakyatfrom the words of Narakasura; kamsamKamsa; nitvabrought; nabhahin the sky; gatahwent; tatrathere; evaindeed; yuyudhefought; daityahthe demon; urdhvamabove; vaiindeed; laksha-yojanameight hundred thousand miles. On Narakasura's order a demon named Trinavarta pulled Kamsa into the sky and fought with him eight hundred thousand miles in outer space. Text 57 kamso 'nanta-balam kritva daityam nitva tadambarat bhumyam sampatayam asa vamantam rudhiram mukhat kamsahKamsa; anantalimitless; balamstrength; kritvadoing; daityam the demon; nitvabringing; tadathen; ambaratfrom outer space; bhumyamto

the earth; sampatayam asamade fall; vamantamvomiting; rudhiramblood; mukhatfrom his mouth. With limitless strength Kamsa dragged the demon from outer space to the earth and made him vomit blood from his mouth. Text 58 tundenatha grasantam ca bakam daityam maha-balam kamso nipatayam asa mushina vajra-ghatina tundenawith its beak; athathen; grasantamswallowing; caalso; bakam Bakasura; daityamdemon; maha-balamvery powerful; kamsahKamsa; nipatayam asamade fall; mushinawith a punch; vajra-ghatinahard as a lightning bolt. When a powerful and demonic duck named Bakasura tried to swallow him with its beak, Kamsa made it fall with a single punch hard as a thunderbolt. Text 59 utthaya daityo balavan sita-paksho ghana-svanah krodha-yuktah samutpatya tikshna-tundo 'grasac ca tam utthayalifting; daityahthe demon; balavanpowerful; sitawhite; pakshah wings; ghana-svanahsound of thunder; krodha-yuktahangry; samutpatya lifting; tikshnasharp; tundahbeak; agrasatswallowed; caand; tamhim. Lifting itself up, the white-winged demon made a sound like thunder and angrily swallowed Kamsa with its sharp beak. Text 60 nigirno 'pi sa vajrangas tad-gale rodha-kric ca yah sadyash caccharda tam kamsam kshata-kanho maha-bakah

nigirnahswallowed; apialso; sahhe; vajrathunderbolt; angahbody; tat its; galethroat; rodha-kritangry; caalso; yahwho; sadyahat once; cacchardavomited; tamhim; kamsamKamsa; kshatabroken; kanhahneck; maha-bakahgreat duck. When he was swallowed, Kamsa became angry and his body became like a thunderbolt. Its throat breaking, the great duck Bakasura spat Kamsa out at once. Text 61 kamso bakam sangrihitva patayitva mahi-tale karabhyam bhramayitva ca yuddhe tam vicakarsha ha kamsahKamsa; bakamthe duck; sangrihitvagrasping; patayitvathrew; mahi-taleon the ground; karabhyamwith both hands; bhramayitvaspun around; caalso; yuddhein the fight; tamit; vicakarsha hadragged. Kamsa grabbed Bakasura and threw it to the ground. As they fought, Kamsa grabbed it with both hands, whirled it around, and dragged it here and there. Text 62 tat-svasaram putanakhyam yoddhu-kamam avasthitam tam aha kamsah prahasan vakyam me shrinu putane tathis; svasaramsister; putana-akhyamnamed Putana; yoddhu-kamam desiring to fight; avasthitamstood; tamher; ahasaid; kamsahKamsa; prahasanlaughing; vakyamwords; memy; shrinuhear; putaneO Putana. Then Bakasura's sister, who was named Putana, came and wished to fight. Kamsa laughed and said to her, "Hear my words, O Putana. Text 63 striya sardham aham yuddham na karomi kadacana

bakasurah syan me bhrata tvam ca me bhagini bhava striyaa woman; sardhamwith; ahamI; yuddhama fight; nanot; karomiI do; kadacanaever; bakasurahBakasura; syathas become; memy; bhrata brother; tvamyou; caand; memy; bhaginisister; bhavashould be. "I will never fight with a woman. Bakasura has become my brother, so you should be my sister." Text 64 tato 'nanta-balam kamsam vikshya bhaumo 'pi dharshitah cakara sauhridam kamse sahayyartham suran prati tatahthen; anantalimitless; balamstrength; kamsamKamsa; vikshya seeing; bhaumahNarakasura; apialso; dharshitahwas defeated; cakaradid; sauhridamfriendship; kamsewith Kamsa; sahayya-arthamfor an alliance; suran the demigods; pratiagainst. Then, seeing that Kamsa had endless strength, Narakasura accepted defeat. He made friendship with Kamsa and they formed an alliance against the demigods.

Chapter Seven Dig-vijaya-varnana Description of the Conquest of All Directions Text 1 atha kamsah pralambadyair anyaih purva-jitaish ca taih shambarasya puram pragat svabhiprayam nivedayan athathen; kamsahKamsa; pralamba-adyairheaded by Pralamba; anyaih with others; purvabefore; jitaisdefeated; caalso; taihwith them; shambarasyaof Shambara; puramto the city; pragatwent; svaown; abhiprayamintention; nivedayanspeaking. Then, accompanied by Pralamba and the other demons he had defeated before, Kamsa went to the city of Shambara and made his offer.

Text 2 shambaro hy ati-viryo 'pi na yuyodha sa tena vai cakara sauhridam kamse sarvair ati-balaih saha shambaroShambara; hiindeed; ati-viryovery powerful; apialthough; na not; yuyodhafought; sashe; tenawith him; vaiindeed; cakaramade; sauhridamfriendship; kamsewith Kamsa; sarvairwith all; ati-balaihvery powerful; sahawith. Although he was very powerful, Shambara would not fight. Instead, he made friends with Kamsa and all his very powerful allies. Text 3 tri-shringa-shikhare shete vyomo namasuro bali kamsa-pada-prabuddho 'bhut krodha-samrakta-locanah tri-shringa-shikhareon the summit of Mount Trikua; sheteslept; vyomo Vyoma; namanamed; asurodemon; balipowerful; kamsaof Kamsa; padaby the foot; prabuddhoawakened; abhutbecame; krodhawith anger; samrakta red; locanaheyes. A very strong demon named Vyoma slept on the summit of Mount Trikua. When Kamsa awakened him with a kick, his eyes became red with rage. Text 4 kamsam jaghana cotthaya prabalair dridha-mushibhih tayor yuddham abhud ghoram itaretara-mushibhih kamsamKamsa; jaghanastruck; caand; utthayastood; prabalairwith strong; dridhaclenched; mushibhihfists; tayorof them; yuddhamfight; abhudwas; ghoramterribel; itaretaraof each other; mushibhihwith punches. He stood up and attacked Kamsa with hard punches. Then they fought a terrible battle with their fists.

Text 5 kamsasya mushibhih so 'pi nihsattvo 'bhud bhramaturah bhrityam kritvatha tam kamsah praptam mam prananama ha kamsasyaof Kamsa; mushibhihwith punches; sah apihe; nihsattvo weakened; abhudbecame; bhrama-aturahdizzy; bhrityamservant; kritva doing; athathen; tamhim; kamsasKamsa; praptamattained; mamme; prananamabowed down; haindeed. Kamsa's punches weakened him and made him dizzy. Kamsa made Vyoma his servant. Then Kamsa came to me and bowed down to offer respects. Text 6 he deva yuddha-kankshasti kva yami tvam vadashu me provaca tam tada gaccha daityam banam maha-balam heO; devademigod; yuddhato fight; kankshathe desire; astiis; kva where?; yamiI go; tvamyou; vadatell; ashuquickly; meto me; provaca said; tamto him; tadathen; gacchago; daityamto the demon; banamBana; maha-balamvery powerful. He said, "O lord, I yearn to fight. Where should I go?" I said to him, "Go to the very powerful demon Banasura." Text 7 preritash ceti kamsakhyo maya yuddhi-didrikshuna bhuja-virya-madonnaddhah shonitakhyam puram yayau preritassent; caalso; itithus; kamsaKamsa; akhyonamed; mayaby me; yuddhia fight; didrikshunawith the desire to see; bhujaof his arms; virya by the power; mada-unnaddhahovercome with pride; shonita-Akhyamnamed Shonita; puramto the city; yayauwent.

Thus sent by me, Kamsa, who was filled with pride in the strength of his arms and was looking for a fight, went to the city named Shonita. Text 8 banasuras tat-pratijnam shrutva kruddho hy abhud bhrisham tatada lattam bhu-madhye jagarja ghanavad bali banasurasBanasura; tat-pratijnamhis offer; shrutvahearing; kruddho angry; hicertainly; abhudbecame; bhrishamvery; tatadastruck; lattama kick; bhu-madhyeon the ground; jagarjaroared; ghanavadlike thunder; bali powerful. When he heard Kamsa's offer, powerful Banasura became very angry. He kicked the ground and roared like thunder. Text 9 a-janu-bhumi-gam lattam patalantam upagatam kritva tam aha banas tu purvam cainam samuddhara a-januto his knees; bhumito the ground; gamgone; lattamkick; patalantamto Patala; upagatamgone; kritvahaving done; tamto him; aha spoke; banasBana; tuindeed; purvambefore; caand; enamthis; samuddharalift. That kick pushed his leg through the ground up to his knee as his foot reached Patalaloka. Then Banasura said, Please pull me up as I was before." Text 10 shrutva vacah karabhyam tam ujjahara madotkaah pracanda-vikramah kamsah khara-dandam gajo yatha shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; karabhyamwith both hands; tamhim; ujjaharalifted; mada-utkatahfull of pride; pracanda-vikramahpowerful; kamsahKamsa; khara-dandama lotus; gajoan elephant; yathaas.

Hearing these words, with both hands proud and powerful Kamsa pulled him up as an elephant pulls up a lotus. Text 11 taya coddhritayotkhata lokah sapta-tala dridhah nipetur girayo 'neka vicelur dridha-dig-gajah tayaby this; caalso; uddhritayalifted; utkhatasdevastated; lokahthe worlds; sapta-talaseven tala planets; dridhahsolid; nipeturfell; girayo mountains; anekasmany; vicelurstumbled; dridhasturdy; dikof the directions; gajahthe elephants. By this pulling the seven Tala planets were devastated, many great mountains fell, and the sturdy elephants holding the directions stumbled. Text 12 yoddhum tam udyatam banam drivagatya vrishadhvajah sarvan sambodhayam asa provaca bali-nandanam yoddhumto fight; tamhim; udyatameager; banamBana; drivaseeing; agatyacoming; vrishadhvajahLord Shiva; sarvaneveryone; sambodhayam asa addressed; provacasaid; bali-nandanamto Bana, the son of Bali. Seeing that Banasura was very eager to fight, Lord Shiva arrived, greeted everyone, and to Bali Maharaja's son, Banasura, said: Text 13 krishnam vinaparam cainam bhumau ko 'pi na jeshyati bhargavena varam dattam dhanur asmai ca vaishnavam krishnamKrishna; vinawithout; aparamanother; caalso; enamhim; bhumauon the earth; ko 'pisomeone; nanot; jeshyatiwill defeat; bhargavena by Parashurama; varambenediction; dattamgiven; dhanurbow; asmaito him; caalso; vaishnavamof Lord Vishnu.

Except for Lord Krishna, no one in the world can defeat him. Lord Parashurama gave him that benediction and also gave him Lord Vishnu's own bow. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva sauhridam hridyam sadyo vai kamsa-banayoh cakara paraya shantya shivah sakshan maheshvarah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvaspeaking; sauhridam friendship; hridyamsincere; sadyoat once; vaicertainly; kamsa-banayohof Kamsa and Bana; cakaradid; parayawith great; shantyapeacefulness; shivah Lord Shiva; sakshatdirectly; maheshvarahthe great Lord. Shri Narada said: By speaking these words Lord Shiva, who is the Supreme Lord Himself, brought peace between Kamsa and Banasura and made them great friends. Text 15 atha kamso dik-praticyam shrutva vatsam mahasuram tena sardham sa yuyudhe vatsa-rupena daitya-ra athathen; kamsoKamsa; dik-praticyamin the west; shrutvahaving heard; vatsamVatsa; mahasurama great demon; tenahim; sardhamwith; sashe; yuyudhefought; vatsa-rupenain the form of a calf; daitya-rathe demon king. Hearing of a great demon named Vatsasura who lived in the west, the demonking Kamsa fought with him, a demon who had the form of a calf. Text 16 pucche grihitva tam vatsam pothayam asa bhu-tale vashi-kritvatha tam shighram mleccha-deshams tato yayau puccheby the tail; grihitvagrabbing; tamthat; vatsamcalf; pothayam asa threw; bhu-taleto the ground; vashi-kritvasubduing; athathen; tamit; shighramquickly; mlecchaof the barbarians; deshanto the countries; tato then; yayauwent.

Kamsa grabbed the calf Vatsasura by the tail and threw it to the ground, in this way bringing it under his dominion. Then he quickly went to the countries of the barbarian mlecchas. Text 17 man-mukhat kalayavanah shrutva daityam maha-balam niryayau sammukhe yoddhum rakta-smashrur gada-dharah matof me; mukhatfrom the mouth; kalayavanahKalayavana; shrutva hearing; daityamdemon; mahavery; balampowerful; niryayauwent; sammukhebefore; yoddhumto fight; raktared; smashrurbeard; gadaa club; dharahholding. Hearing about him from my mouth, red-bearded Kalayavana picked up a club and went before the powerful demon Kamsa to fight with him. Text 18 kamso gadam grihitva svam laksha-bhara-vinirmitam prakshipad yavanendraya simha-nadam athakarot kamsoKamsa; gadama club; grihitvataking; svamown; laksha-bharavinirmitamas heavy as a hundred thousand bharas; prakshipadthrew; yavana of the Yavanas; indrayaat the king; simhaof a lion; nadamthe sound; atha then; akarotdid. Kamsa picked up his own club, which weighed a hundred thousand bharas, threw it at the barbarian king, and then roared like a lion. Text 19 gada-yuddham abhut tatra ghoram hi kamsa-kalayoh visphulingan ksharantyau dve gade curni-babhuvatuh gadaclub; yuddhambattle; abhutwas; tatrathere; ghoramterrible; hi indeed; kamsa-kalayohof Kamsa and Kalayavana; visphulingansparks;

ksharantyautossing; dveboth; gadeclubs; curni-babhuvatuhbecame broken into dust. Then Kamsa and Kalayavana fought a terrible duel with clubs, a duel where, throwing many sparks, the clubs were ground to powder. Text 20 kamsah kalam sangrihitva patayam asa bhu-tale punar grihitva nishpatya mrita-tulyam cakara ha kamsahKamsa; kalamKalayavana; sangrihitvagrabbing; patayam asa threw; bhu-taleon the ground; punaragain; grihitvagrabbing; nishpatyafell; mritadeath; tulyamlike; cakaramade; haindeed. Kamsa grabbed Kalayavana, threw him to the gound, jumped on him, and attacked him so violently he almost died. Text 21 bana-varsham prakurvantim senam tam yavanasya ca gadaya pothayam asa kamso daityadhipo bali banaof arrows; varshama shower; prakurvantimdoing; senamarmy; tam it; yavanasyaof Kalayavana; caalso; gadayawith a club; pothayam asa threw; kamsasKamsa; daityaof the demons; adhipothe king; balipowerful. When Kalayavana's army showered him with arrows, the powerful demon-king Kamsa knocked it to the ground with his club. Text 22 gajams turangan sa-rathan viran bhumau nipatya ca jagarja ghanavad viro gada-yuddhe mridhangane gajanthe elephants; turanganhorses; sa-rathanwith chariots; viran warriors; bhumauto the ground; nipatyaknocking; caalso; jagarjaroared;

ghanavadlike thunder; virohero; gadaclub; yuddhein the fight; mridhaanganein the battlefield. When he knocked down the elephants, horses, chariots and warriors in the club battlefield, powerful Kamsa roared like thunder. Text 23 tatash ca durdruvur mlecchah tyaktva svam svam ranam param bhitan palayitan mlecchan na jaghanatha niti-vit tatasthen; caalso; durdruvurfled; mlecchahthe barbarians; tyaktva abandoning; svam svamtheir own; ranambattlefield; paramvery; bhitan afraid; palayitanfleeing; mlecchanbarbarians; nanot; jaghanaattacked; atha then; nitimorality; vitknowing. Then the barbarians fled the battlefield. Aware of the code of chivalry, Kamsa did not attack the frightened, fleeing barbarians. Texts 24-26 ucca-pado dirgha-januh stambhorur laghima kaih kapaa-vakshah pinamsah pushah pramshur brihad-bhujah padma-netro brihat-kesho 'runa-varno 'sitambarah kirii kundali hari padma-mali layarka-ruk khadgi nishangi kavaci mudgaradhyo dhanur-dharah madotkao yayau jetum devan kamso 'maravatim uccaraised; padofeet; dirghalong; januhknees; stambhapillar; urur thighs; laghimaslender; kaihwaist; kapaaa great door; vakshahchest; pina broad; amsahshoulders; pushahbroad; pramshurtall; brihadbroad; bhujah arms; padmalotus; netroeyes; brihatgreat; keshohair; arunared; varno color; asitablack; ambarahgarments; kiriiwearing a helmet; kundaliwearing earrings; hariwearing a necklace; padmaof lotuses; maliwearing a garland; layaat the time of cosmic devastation; arkasun; ruksplendor; khadgiwielding a sword; nishangicarrying a quiver of arrows; kavacicarrying a shield; mudgaradhyocarrying a club; dhanur-dharahcarrying a bow; madotkao

proud; yayauwent; jetumto conquer; devanthe demigods; kamsoKamsa; amaravatimto Amaravati. Lifting his feet and knees, his thighs like pillars, his waist slender, His chest a great door, his shoulders broad, His arms massive, His eyes lotus flowers, his hair long, his complexion ruddy, his garments black, wearing a helmet, earrings, necklace, and lotus garland, effulgent as the sun at the time of cosmic dissolution, wielding a sword, shield, quiver of arrows, and club, proud Kamsa went to Amaravati to conquer the demigods. Text 27 canura-mushikarishashala-toshala-keshibhih pralambena bakenapi dvividena samavritah trinavartagha-kuaish ca bhauma-banakhya-shambaraih vyoma-dhenuka-vatsaish ca rurudhe so 'maravatim canura-mushikarishawith Canura, Mushik, and Arisha; shala-toshalakeshibhihwith Shala, Toshala, and Keshi; pralambenawith Pralamba; bakena with Baka; apialso; dvividenawith Dvivida; samavritahaccompanied; trinavartaghawith Trinavarta and Agha; kuaiswith Kua; caalso; bhaumabanakhya-shambaraihwith Narakasura; Bana, and Shambara; vyoma-dhenukavatsaishwith Vyoma, Dhenuka, and Vatsa; caalso; rurudhebesieged; sohe; amaravatimAmaravati. Aided by Canura, Mushika, Arisha, Shala, Toshala, Keshi, Pralamba, Baka, Dvivida, Trinavarta, Agha, Kua, Narakasura, Bana, Shambara, Vyoma, Dhenuka, and Vatsa, he besieged the city of Aamaravati. Text 29 kamsadin agatan driva shakro devadhipah svara sarvair deva-ganaih sardham yoddhum kruddho viniryayau kamsaby Kamsa; adinheaded; agatanarrived; drivaseeing; shakro Indra; devaof the demigods; adhipahthe king; svaraindependent; sarvair with all; deva-ganaihthe hosts of demigods; sardhamwith; yoddhumto fight; kruddhoangry; viniryayauwent.

Seeing the demons headed by Kamsa had come, Indra, the sovereign king of the demigods became angry and, accompanied by a great host of demigods, went to fight with them. Texts 30 and 31 tayor yuddham abhud ghoram tumulam roma-harshanam divyaish ca shastra-sampatair banais tikshnaih sphurat-prabhaih shastrandhakare sanjate ratharudho maheshvarah cikshepa vajram kamsaya shata-dharam tadid-dyuti tayorof them; yuddhambattle; abhudwas; ghoramterrible; tumulam tumult; roma-harshanammasking the hairs stand erect; divyaiswith divine; ca also; shastra-sampatairweapons; banaiswith arrows; tikshnaihsharp; sphuratprabhaiheffulgent; shastraof weapons; andhakareblinding darkness; sa 24jate manifested; rathaon a chariot; arudhoriding; maheshvarahking Indra; cikshepathrew; vajramthunderbolt; kamsayaat Kamsa; shataa hundred; dharamstreams; tadidlightning; dyutisplendor. Then they fought a terrible, tumultuous battle that made hairs stand up. When hosts of sharp and glistening arrows and divine weapons created a blinding darkness, King Indra, riding on a chariot, threw his thunderbolt, flowing with a hundred streams and glittering with lightning, at Kamsa. Text 32 mudgarenapi tad-vajram taadashu mahasurah papata kulisham yuddhe chinna-dharam babhuva ha mudgarenawith his club; apialso; tad-vajramthe thunderbolt; taada struck; ashuat once; mahathe great; asurahdemon; papatafell; kulisham the thunderbolt; yuddhein battle; chinnabroken; dharamstreams; babhuva ha became. With his club the great demon Kamsa struck the thunderbolt. Its streams of lightning broken, it fell in the battle. Text 33

tyaktva vajram tada vajri khadgam jagraha roshatah kamsam murdhni taadashu nadam kritvatha bhairavam tyaktvaabandoning; vajramthe thunderbolt; tadathen; vajriIndra; khadgamsword; jagrahatook; roshatahangrily; kamsamKamsa; murdhnion the head; taadastruck; ashuat once; nadama sound; kritvamaking; atha then; bhairavamterrible. Abandoning the thunderbolt, Indra took up a sword and angrily struck Kamsa on the head, making a terrible sound. Text 34 sa kshato nabhavat kamso mala-hata iva dvipah grihitva sa gadam gurvim asha-dhatu-mayim dridham sashe; kshatohurt; nanot; abhavatwas; kamsoKamsa; malaby a garland; hatasstruck; ivalike; dvipahan elephant; grihitvataking; sashe; gadamclub; gurvimheavy; ashaeight; dhatumetals; mayimmade; dridhamfirm. Kamsa remained unhurt, like an elephant struck by a flower garland. Then he took a great and heavy club made of eight metals. Text 35 laksha-bhara-samam kamsash cikshependraya daitya-ra tam samapatatim vikshya jagrahashu purandarah lakshaa hundred thousand; bharabharas; samamlike; kamsasKamsa; cikshepathrew; indrayaat Indra; daitya-rathe demon-king; tamthat; samapatatimcoming; vikshyaseeing; jagrahatook; ashuat once; purandarah Indra. Then the demon-king Kamsa threw that club weighing a hundred thousand bharas at Indra. Seeing it coming, Indra caught it.

Text 36 tatash cikshepa daityaya gadam namuci-sudanah cacara yuddhe vidalann arin matali-sarathih tatasthen; cikshepathrew; daityayaat the demon; gadamthe club; namuci-sudanahIndra, the killer of Namuci; cacarawent; yuddhein the fight; vidalanbreaking; arinthe enemies; matali-sarathihIndra, whose charioteer is Matali. Indra, the killer of Namuci, threw the club back at the demon. Then Indra, cutting his enemies to pieces, and his chariot driven by Matali, went into the battle. Text 37 kamso grihitva parigham taadamse 'sura-dvishah tat-praharena devendrah kshanam murcham avapa ha kamsoKamsa; grihitvataking; parighaman iron club; taadastruck; amse on the shoulder; asura-dvishahIndra, the enemy of the demons; tat-praharena by that blow; devendrahthe king of the demigods; kshanamfor a moment; murchamunconsciousness; avapaattained; haindeed. Taking an iron club, Kamsa struck Indra on the shoulder. Because of that blow, Indra, the king of the demigods and enemy of the demons, became momentarily unconscious. Text 38 kamsam marud-ganah sarve gridhra-pakshaih sphurat-prabhaih banaughaish chadayam asuh pravrit-suryam ivambudah kamsamKamsa; marud-ganahthe Maruts; sarveall; gridhra-pakshaihwith the eagles' feathers; sphurat-prabhaihsplendid; banaof arrows; aughaisa flood; chadayam asuhcovered; pravritmonsoon; suryamsun; ivalike; ambudahcloud.

Then all the Maruts coverd Kamsa with a great and splendid flood of gridhrafeathered arrows like a monsoon cloud covering the sun. Text 39 doh-sahasra-yuto viras capams ankarayan muhuh tada tan kalayam asa banair banasuro bali dohof arms; sahasrathousands; yutoendowed; viraswarrior; capan bows; ankarayantwanging; muhuhagain and again; tadathen; tanthem; kalayam asapushed back; banairwith arrows; banasuroBanasura; bali powerful. Making a great sound as he worked many bows with his thousand arms, the powerful warrior Banaasura drove them back with a host of arrows. Text 40 banam ca vasavo rudra aditya ribhavah surah jaghnur nana-vidhaih shastraih sarvato 'drim yatha gajah banamto Bana; caalso; vasavothe Vasus; rudrasthe Rudras; adityasthe Adityas; ribhavahthe Ribhus; surahthe Suras; jaghnurstruck; nana-vidhaih with many kinds; shastraihwith weapons; sarvatoeverywhere; adrima mountain; yathaas; gajahelephants. Surrounding him as a host of elephants might surround a mountain, the Vasus, Rudras, Adityas, Ribhus, and Suras attacked Banasura with a great variety of weapons. Text 41 tato bhaumasurah praptah pralambady-asurair nadan tena nadena devas te nipetur murchita rane tatothen; bhaumasurahNarakasura; praptahattained; pralamba-adi headed by Pralamba; asurairby the demons; nadansounding; tenaby that; nadenasound; devasdemigods; tethe; nipeturfell; murchitasunconscious; ranein the battleground.

Then, assisted by Pralamba and the other demons, Narakasura came and made a great sound. That sound made the demigods fall unconscious on the battleground. Texts 42-45 utthayashu tada sakro gajam aruhya rakta-drik nodayam asa kamsaya mattam airavatam gajam ankushasphalanat kruddham patayantam padair dvishah shunda-dandasya phutkarair mardayantam itas tatah sravan-madam catur-dantam himadrim iva durgamam nadantam srnkhalam shundam calayantam muhur muhuh ghanadhyam kinkini-jalaratna-kambala-manditam go-sutra-caya-sindurakasturi-patra-bhrin-mukham utthayarising; ashuquickly; tadathen; sakroIndra; gajaman elephant; aruhyamounting; raktared; drikeyes; nodayam asacharged; kamsayaat Kamsa; mattamfurious; airavatamAiravata; gajamelephant; ankushaof the goad; asphalanatby the blows; kruddhamangered; patayantamfalling; padair with feet; dvishahof the enemy; shunda-dandasyaof the tusk; phutkarairwith loud sounds; mardayantamattacking; itas tatahhere and there; sravatflowing; madamichor; caturfour; dantamtusks; himaof snow; adrimmountain; iva like; durgamamunassailable; nadantammaking a sound; srnkhalamchains; shundamtrunk; calayantammoving; muhuragain; muhuhand again; ghanta with bells; adhyamopulent; kinkiniof tinkling ornaments; jalanet; ratna jewel; kambalasaddle; manditamdecorated; go-mutra-cayacow's urine; sindurared sindura; kasturimusk; patradesigns; bhritholding; mukham face. Quickly rising, and his eyes now red, Indra mounted his furious four-tusked elephant Airavata, now provoked by the striking of the goad, trumpeting with its trunk, crushing its enemies under its moving feet, its rut flowing, unapproachable as a mountain of snow, jingling its chains, moving its trunk again and again, opulent with bells, decorated with a jewel saddle and a network of tinkling ornaments, and its face decorated with pictures and designs drawn in musk, sindura and gomutra, and made it charge Kamsa.

Text 46 dridhena mushina kamsas tam taada maha-gajam dvitiya-mushina shakram sa jaghana ranangane dridhenawith a hard; mushinafist; kamsasKamsa; tamit; taadastruck; mahagreat; gajamelephant; dvitiyawith a second; mushinafist; shakram Indra; sashe; jaghanastruck; rananganein the battleground. With a hard punch Kamsa struck the great elephant and with a second punch he struck Indra in that battleground. Text 47 tasya mushi-praharena dure shakrah papata ha janubhyam dharanim sprishva gajo 'pi vihvalo 'bhavat tasyaof him; mushi-praharenaby the punch; durefar away; shakrah Indra; papata hafell; janubhyamwith both knees; dharanimthe ground; sprishvatouching; gajothe elephant; apialso; vihvalotroubled; abhavat became. With that punch Indra fell far away and the elephant was wounded and fell, its knees touching the ground. Text 48 punar utthaya nagendro dantaish cahatya daityapam shunda-dandena coddhritva cikshepa laksha-yojanam punaragain; utthayarising; nagaof elephants; indrothe king; dantais with tusks; caand; ahatyastriking; daityapamthe king of the demons; shundadandenawith its trunk; caand; uddhritvalifting; cikshepathrew; lakshayojanameight hundred thousand miles. Again standing, the king of elephants attacked the demon-king Kamsa with its tusks, picked him up with its trunk, and threw him eight-hundred thousand miles.

Text 49 patito 'pi sa vajrangah kincid-vyakula-manasah sphurad-oshho 'ti-rushangi yuddha-bhumim samayayau patitofell; apialthough; sashe; vajralightning; angahbody; kincid somewhat; vyakulaupset; manasahay heart; sphuradtrembling; oshholips; ati-rushangivery angry; yuddha-bhumimto the battleground; samayayau went. His body hard as a thunderbolt, when he fell he was only a little upset in his heart. Angry, and his lips trembling, he returned to the battleground. Text 50 kamso grihitva nagendram sannipatya ranangane nishpidya shundam tasyapi dantams curni-cakara ha kamsoKamsa; grihitvagrabbing; nagendramthe king of elephants; sannipatyathrew; rananganeonj the battleground; nishpidyastrangled; shundamto the trunk; tasyaof him; apialso; dantantusks; curni-cakara broke into pieces; hacertainly. Kamsa grabbed the elephant-king Airavata, threw him onto the battleground, strangled its trunk, and broke its tusks into pieces. Text 51 atha cairavato nago dudravashu rananganat nipatayan maha-viran devadhanim purim gatah athathen; caalso; airavatoAiravata; nagoelephant; dudravafled; ashu quickly; rananganatfrom the battleground; nipatayanknocking over; maha-viran great heroes; devadhanim purimto the capitol of the demigods; gatahwent. Knocking over many great heroes, the elephant Airavata fled the battleground and went to the capitol of the demigods.

Text 52 grihitva vaishnavam capam sajjam kritvatha daitya-ra devan vidravayam asa banaughaish ca dhanuh-svanaih grihitvataking; vaishnavamof Lord Vishnu; capamthe bow; sajjam preparation; kritvahaving done; athathen; daitya-rathe king of the demons; devanthe demigods; vidravayam asadrove away; banaof arrows; aughais with floods; caalso; dhanuhof the bow; svanaihwith sounds. Taking the bow of Lord Vishnu and stringing it, with a flood of arrows accompanied by the twanging sound of the bow, the demon-king Kamsa made the demigods flee. Text 53 tatah suras tena nihanyamana vidudruvur dina-dhiyo disham te kecid rane mukta-shikha babhuvur bhitah sma ittham yudhi vadinas te tatahthen; surasthe demigods; tenaby that; nihanyamanasbeing killed; vidudruvurfled; dinaunhappy; dhiyoat heart; dishamthe direction; tethey; kecidsome; ranein the battleground; muktaabandoned; shikhashelmets; babhuvurbecame; bhitahfrightened; smaindeed; itthamthus; yudhiin the fight; vadinassaying; tethey. As Kamsa was attacking and killing them, the dispirited demigods fled in all directions. Some, their helmets lost, screamed in terror. Text 54 kecit tatha pranjalayo 'ti-dina-vat sannyasta-shastra yudhi mukta-kacchakah sthatum rane kamsa-nri-deva-sammukhe gatepsitah kecid ativa-vihvalah kecitsome; tathaso; pranjalayowith folded hands; ati-dina-vatas a poor and humble person; sannyastadropped; shastrasweapons; yudhiin the battle; muktaabandoned; kacchakahlower garments; sthatumto stay; ranein the battle; kamsa-nri-deva-sammukhebefore King Kamsa; gatagone; ipsitah desired; kecidsome; ativavery; vihvalahagitated.

Some, dropping their weapons and armor, humbly surrendered with folded hands. Others, very troubled, had lost all desire to stand before King Kamsa. Text 55 ittham sa devan pragatan nirikshya tan nitva ca simhasanam atapatravat sarvais tada daitya-ganair janadhipah sva-rajadhanim mathuram samayayau itthamthus; sashe; devanthe demigods; pragatanfleeing; nirikshya seeing; tanthem; nitvabringing; caalso; simhasanamthrone; atapatravatas a parasol; sarvaisby all; tadathen; daityaof demons; ganairby the hosts; janadhipahthe king; svaown; rajadhanimcapitol; mathuramto Mathura; samayayauwent. Seeing that the demigods had fled, Kamsa took (Indra's) throne and parasol and returned with all the demons to his own capitol Mathura.

Chapter Eight Shri Radhika-janma-varnana Description of Shri Radhika's Birth Text 1 shri-garga uvaca shrutva tada shaunaka bhakti-yuktah shri-maithilo jnana-bhritam varishhah natva punah praha munim mahantam devarshi-varyam hari-bhakti-nishhah shri-gargah uvaca - Shri Garga Muni said; shrutva - hearing; tada - then; shaunaka - O Shaunaka; bhakti-yuktah - full of devotion; shri-maithilo - the King of Mithila; jnana-bhritam - of the wise; varishhah - the best; natva - bowing doen; punah - again; praha - said; munim - to the sage; mahantam - great; devarshivaryam - the best of the divine sages; hari - to Lord Hari; bhakti - devotional service; nishhah - faith. Shri Garga Muni said: O Shaunaka, when Bahulashva, the king of Mithila, who was filled with faith and devotion to Lord Hari and who was the best of the wise, heard this, he again bowed down and spoke to the great sage Narada, the best of the devarshis.

Text 2 shri-bahulashva uvaca tvaya kulam kau vishadi-kritam me shubham harer yad yashasamalena shri-krishna-bhakta-kshana-sangamena jano 'pi sat syad bahuna kim u svit shri-bahulashvah uvaca - Shri Bahulashva said; tvaya - by you; kulam - the family; kau - bad; vishadi-kritam - purified; me - of me; shubham - auspicious; harer - of Lord Hari; yad - which; yashasa - by the fame; amalena - pure; shri-krishna - of Shri Krishna; bhakta - of the devotees; kshana - a moment's; sangamena - by the contact; jano - a person; api - also; sat - saint; syad - becomes; bahuna - more; kim u svit - what? Shri Bahulashva said: By giving it the narrations of Lord Hari's pure glories you purified my materialistic family and made it auspicious. By a moment's touch with Lord Krishna's devotee even an ordinary person will become a saint. What more need I say? Text 3 shri-radhaya purnatamas tu sakshad gatva vraje kim caritam cakara tad bruhi me deva rishe rishisha tri-tapa-duhkhat paripahi mam tvam shri-radhaya - with Shri Radha; purnatamas - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tu - indeed; sakshad - directly; gatva - having gone; vraje - to Vraja; kim what?; caritam - activities; cakara - did; tad - that; bruhi - please tell; me - to me; deva - lord; rishe - O sage; rishi - of the sages; isha - O lord; tri - three; tapa - of the sufferings; duhkhat - from the miseries; paripahi - protect; mam - me; tvam - you. What did the Supreme Personality of Godhead do when He came with Shri Radha to Vraja? O Lord, O great sage, please tell me. O king of the sages, please save me from the three miseries. Text 4 shri-narada uvaca dhanyam kulam yan nimina nripena shri-krishna-bhaktena parat-parena purni-kritam yatra bhavan prajatah shuktau hi mukta-bhavanam na citram

shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; dhanyam - fortunate; kulam - family; yat what; nimina nripena - by King Nimi; shri-krishna-bhaktena - a devotee of Shri Krishna; parat parena - greater than the greatest; purni-kritam - perfected; yatra where; bhavan - you; prajatah - born; shuktau - in an oyster; hi - indeed; mukta - of a pearl; bhavanam - the birth; na - not; citram - surprising. Shri Narada said: The family of your birth is fortunate for it was made perfect by King Nimi, who was a very great devotee of Lord Krishna. It is not surprising that a pearl is born in an oyster. Text 5 atha prabhos tasya pavitra-lilam su-mangalam samshrinutam parasya abhut satam yo bhuvi rakshanartham na kevalam kamsa-vadhaya krishnah atha - then; prabhos - of the Lord; tasya - of Him; pavitra - pure; lilam - pastimes; su-mangalam - very auspicious; samshrinutam - should be heard; parasya - of the Supreme; abhut - was; satam - of the devotees; yo - who; bhuvi - the earth; rakshanartham - to protect; na - not; kevalam - only; kamsa-vadhaya - to kill Kamsa; krishnah - Krishna. Please hear the purifying pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Lord did not only come to kill Kamsa. He also came to protect the devotees. Text 6 athaiva radha vrishabhanu-patnyam aveshya rupam mahasah parakhyam kalindaja-kula-nikunja-deshe su-mandire savatatara rajan atha - then; eva - indeed; radha - Radha; vrishabhanu-patnyam - in the wife of Vrishabhanu; aveshya - entering; rupam - form; mahasah - of glory; para transcendental; akhyam - named; kalindaja - of the Yamuna; kula - shore; nikunjadeshe - in the forest grove; su-mandire - in a great palace; sa - She; avatatara descended; rajan - O king. Then, placing Her glorious transcendental form in (the womb of) King Vrishabhanu's wife, Shri Radha descended into a great palace in a garden by the Yamuna's shore. Text 7

ghanavrite vyomni dinasya madhye bhadre site naga-tithau ca some avakiran deva-ganah sphuradbhis tan-mandire nandanajaih prasunaih ghana - with clouds; avrite - covered; vyomni - the sky; dinasya - of the day; madhye - in the middle; bhadre - in the month of Bhadra; site - during the bright fortnight; naga-tithau - on the eighth day; ca - also; some - on the day of the moon (Monday); avakiran - scattered; deva-ganah - the demigods; sphuradbhis - with blossoming; tan-mandire - on that palace; nandanajaih - grown in the Nandana gardens; prasunaih - flowers. In the month of Bhadra (August-September), on a Monday that was the eighth day of the bright fortnight of the moon, at midday, when the sky was covered with clouds, (to celebrate Radha's descent) the demigods scattered flowers that had blossomed in the Nandana gardens. Text 8 radhavatarena tada babhuvur nadyo 'malambhash ca dishah praseduh vavush ca vata aravinda-ragaih su-shitalah sundara-manda-yanah radha - of Shri Radha; avatarena - by the descent; tada - then; babhuvur became; nadyo - the rivers; amala - pure; ambhas - waters; ca - and; dishah - the directions; praseduh - became happy and auspicious; vavus - blew; ca - also; vatas breezes; aravinda - of lotus flowers; ragaih - with pollen; su-shitalah - very cool; sundara - beautiful; manda - slowly; yanah - going. Because of Radha's descent the rivers became very pure and clear, the directions became auspicious and happy, and graceful, gentle, cooling breezes carried the pollen of lotus flowers. Text 9 sutam sharac-candra-shatabhiramam drivatha kirtir mudam apa gopi shubham vidhayashu dadau dvijebhyo dvi-laksham ananda-karam gavam ca sutam - daughter; sharat - autumn; candra - moons; shata - hundred; abhiramam - beautiful; driva - seeing; atha - then; kirtir - Kirti; mudam - happiness; apa attained; gopi - the gopi; shubham - auspicious; vidhaya - giving; ashu - at once;

dadau - gaving; dvijebhyo - to the brahmanas; dvi-laksham - two hundred thousand; ananda - bliss; karam - donation; gavan - cows; ca - also. Gazing at her daughter beautiful as hundreds of moons, the gopi Kirti became happy. To bring auspiciousness she gave two hundred thousand cows in charity to please the brahmanas. Text 10 prenkhe khacid-ratna-mayukha-purne suvarna-yukte krita-candanange andolita sa vavridhe sakhi-janair dine dine candra-kaleva bhabhih prenkhe khacid-ratna-mayukha-purne suvarna-yukte krita-candanange andolita sa vavridhe sakhi-janair dine dine candra-kaleva bhabhih Text 11 yad-darshanam deva-varaih su-durlabham yajnair na vaptam jana-janma-koibhih sa-vigraham tam vrishabhanu-mandire lalanti loka lalana-pralalanaih yad-darshanam deva-varaih su-durlabham yajnair na vaptam jana-janmakoibhih sa-vigraham tam vrishabhanu-mandire lalanti loka lalana-pralalanaih Text 12 shri-rasa-rangasya vikasha-candrika dipavalir ya vrishabhanu-mandire goloka-cuda-mani-kanha-bhushanam dhyatva param tam bhuvi paryaamy aham shri-rasa-rangasya vikasha-candrika dipavalir ya vrishabhanu-mandire golokacuda-mani-kanha-bhushanam dhyatva param tam bhuvi paryaamy aham Text 13 shri-bahulashva uvaca vrishabhano raho-bhagyam yasha radha sutabhavat

kalavatya sucandrena kim kritam purva-janmani shri-bahulashva uvaca vrishabhano raho-bhagyam yasha radha sutabhavat kalavatya sucandrena kim kritam purva-janmani Text 14 shri-narada uvaca nriga-putro maha-bhagah sucandro nripatishvarah cakravarti harer amso babhuvativa-sundarah shri-narada uvaca nriga-putro maha-bhagah sucandro nripatishvarah cakravarti harer amso babhuvativa-sundarah Text 15 pitrinam manasi-kanyas tisro 'bhuvan manoharah kalavati ratnamala menaka nama namatah pitrinam manasi-kanyas tisro 'bhuvan manoharah kalavati ratnamala menaka nama namatah Text 16 kalavatim sucandraya harer amsaya dhimate vaidehaya ratnamalam menakam ca himadraye paribarhena vidhina svecchabhih pitaro daduh kalavatim sucandraya harer amsaya dhimate vaidehaya ratnamalam menakam ca himadraye paribarhena vidhina svecchabhih pitaro daduh

Text 17

sitabhud ratnamalayam menakayam ca parvati dvayosh caritram viditam puraneshu maha-mate sitabhud ratnamalayam menakayam ca parvati dvayosh caritram viditam puraneshu maha-mate Text 18 sucandro 'tha kalavatya gomati-tiraje vane divyair dvadashabhir varshais tatapa brahmanas tapah sucandro 'tha kalavatya gomati-tiraje vane divyair dvadashabhir varshais tatapa brahmanas tapah Text 19 atho vidhis tam agatya varam bruhity uvaca ha shrutva valmika-deshac ca niryayau divya-rupa-dhrik atho vidhis tam agatya varam bruhity uvaca ha shrutva valmika-deshac ca niryayau divya-rupa-dhrik Text 20 tam natvovaca me bhuyad divyam moksham parat-param tac chrutva duhkhita sadhvi vidhim praha kalavati tam natvovaca me bhuyad divyam moksham parat-param tac chrutva duhkhita sadhvi vidhim praha kalavati Text 21 patir eva hi narinam daivatam paramam smritam

yadi moksham asau yati tada me ka gatir bhavet patir eva hi narinam daivatam paramam smritam yadi moksham asau yati tada me ka gatir bhavet Text 22 etad vina na jivami yadi moksham pradasyasi tubhyam shapam pradasyami pati-vikshepa-vihvala etad vina na jivami yadi moksham pradasyasi tubhyam shapam pradasyami pativikshepa-vihvala Text 23 shri-brahmovaca tvac-chapad bhaya-bhito 'ham me varo 'pi mrisha na hi tasmat tvam prana-patina sardham gaccha tripishapam shri-brahmovaca tvac-chapad bhaya-bhito 'ham me varo 'pi mrisha na hi tasmat tvam prana-patina sardham gaccha tripishapam Text 24 bhuktva sukhani kalena yuvam bhumau bhavishyathah ganga-yamunayor madhye dvaparante ca bharate bhuktva sukhani kalena yuvam bhumau bhavishyathah ganga-yamunayor madhye dvaparante ca bharate Text 25 yuvayo radhika sakshat paripurnatama-priya bhavishyati yada putri tada moksham gamishyathah

yuvayo radhika sakshat paripurnatama-priya bhavishyati yada putri tada moksham gamishyathah Text 26 shri-narada uvaca ittham brahma-varenatha divyenamogha-rupina kalavati-sucandrau ca bhumau tau dvau babhuvatuh shri-narada uvaca ittham brahma-varenatha divyenamogharupina kalavati-sucandrau ca bhumau tau dvau babhuvatuh Text 27 kalavati kanyakunje bhalandana-nripasya ca jati-smara hy abhud divya yajna-kunda-samudbhava kalavati kanyakunje bhalandana-nripasya ca jatismara hy abhud divya yajna-kunda-samudbhava Text 28 sucandro vrishabhanv-akhyah surabhanu-grihe 'bhavat jati-smaro gopa-varah kamadeva ivaparah sucandro vrishabhanv-akhyah surabhanu-grihe 'bhavat jati-smaro gopa-varah kamadeva ivaparah Text 29 sambandham yojayam asa nanda-rajo maha-matih tayosh ca jati-smarayor icchator icchaya dvayoh

sambandham yojayam asa nanda-rajo maha-matih tayosh ca jati-smarayor icchator icchaya dvayoh Text 30 vrishabhanoh kalavatya akhyanam shrinute narah sarva-papa-vinirmuktah krishna-sayujyam apnuyat vrishabhanoh kalavatya akhyanam shrinute narah sarvapapa-vinirmuktah krishna-sayujyam apnuyat

Chapter Nine Vasudeva-vivaha-varnana Description of Vasudeva's Wedding Text 1 shri-narada uvaca tatraikada shri-mathura-pure vare purohitah sarva-yaduttamaih kritah surecchaya garga iti pramanikah samayayau sundara-raja-mandiram shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; tatra there; ekada once; shrimathura-pure in Mathura City; vare excellent; purohitah the priest; sarvayaduttamaih by all the best of the Yadus; kritah done; sura of the demigods; icchaya by the desire; gargah Garga Muni; iti thus; pramanikah great scholar; samayayau came; sundara handsome; raja of the king; mandiram to the palace. Shri Narada said: One day the great scholar Garga Muni, whom all the Yadus had made their chief priest, by his own wish went in Mathura City to the king's handsome palace, . . . Text 2 hira-khacid-dhema-lasat-kapaakam dvipendra-karnahata-bhrnga-naditam ibha-sravan-nirjhara-ganda-dharaya

samardritam mandapa-khanda-manditam hira diamonds; khacit studded; hema gold; lasat glistening; kapaakam door; dvipa of elephants; indra king; karna by the ear; ahata struck; bhrnga bee; naditam sounded; ibha elephant; sravat flowing; nirjhara streams; ganda cheek; dharaya with a stream; samardritam wet; mandapa pavilion; khanda part; manditam decorated. . . . which had great glistening golden doors studded with diamonds, which was filled with the sounds of bees and the flapping of elephants' ears, which was wet with streams of ichor flowing from the elephants, and which was decorated with many pavilions, . . . Text 3 mahodbhaair vira-janaih sa-kancukair dhanur-dharaish carma-kripana-panibhih ratha-dvipashva-dhvajini-baladibhih su-rakshitam mandala-mandalibhih mahodbhaaih great soldiers; vira-janaih heroic; sa-ka 24cukaih wearing armor; dhanur-dharaih holding bows; carma shields; kripana and swords; panibhih in hand; ratha chariots; dvipa elephants; ashva horses; dhvajini of an army; bala the might; adibhih beginning with; su well; rakshitam protected; mandala-mandalibhih with groups. . . . and which was well protected by great heroic soldiers wearing armor, carrying bows, holding swords and shields in their hands, and by the great power of an army riding on chariots, elephants, and horses. Text 4 dadarsha gargo nripadevam ahukam shvaphalkina devaka-kamsa-sevitam shri-shakra-simhasana unnate pare sthitam vritam cchatra-vitana-camaraih dadarsha saw; gargah Garga; nripadevam the king of kings; ahukam Ugrasena; shvaphalkina by Akrura; devaka Deavaka; kamsa Kamsa; sevitam served; shri-shakra of Indra; simhasane on the throne; unnate raised; pare great; sthitam situated; vritam surrounded; chatra parasol; vitana awning; camaraih and camaras.

There Garga Muni saw emperor Ugrasena who was accompanied Akrura, served by Devaka and Kamsa, and surrounded by parasols, awnings, and camaras as he sat on Indra's great throne Text 5 driva munim tam sahasasanashayad utthaya raja prananama yadavaih samsthapya sampujya subhadra-pihake stutva parikramya natah sthito 'bhavat driva seeing; munim sage; tam the; sahasa as tonce; asanashayat from the throne; utthaya rising; raja the king; prananama bowed; yadavaih with the Yadus; samsthapya placing; sampujya worshiping; subhadra-pihake on the throne; stutva offering prayers; parikramya circumambulating; natah bowing; sthitah stood; abhavat was.

Seeing the sage, the emperor at once rose from his throne, offered respectful obeisances with the Yadavas, placed the sage on the throne, worshiped him, glorified him, circumambulated him, and bowed down before him. Text 6 dattvashisham garga-munir nripaya vai papraccha sarvam kushalam nripadishu shri-devakam praha maha-mana rishir mahaujasam niti-vidam yaduttamam dattva giving; ashisham benediction; garga-munih Garga Muni; nripaya to the king; vai certainly; papraccha asked; sarvam all; kushalam welfare; nripa-adishu beginning with the king; shri-devakam Shri Devaka; praha said; maha-mana the great soul; rishih the sage; mahaujasam very powerful; nitividam wise; yaduttamam the best of the Yadus. Garga Muni blessed the king and asked about the welfare of the king and his associates. Then the saintly sage spoke to powerful and wise Shri Devaka, the best of the Yadavas. Text 7 shri-garga uvaca shaurim vina bhuvi nripeshu varas tu nasti

cintyo maya bahu-dinaih kila yatra tatra tasman nri-deva vasudeva-varaya dehi shri-devakim tava sutam vidhinodvahasva shri-gargah uvaca Shri Garga Muni said; shaurim Vasudeva; vina without; bhuvi on the earth; nripeshu among the kings; varah best; tu indeed; na not; asti is; cintyah considered; maya by me; bahu-dinaih with many days; kila indeed; yatra where; tatra there; tasmat from that; nri-devah the king; vasudeva-varaya great Vasudeva; dehi please give; shri-devakim Shri Devaki; tava your; sutam daughter; vidhina following tradition; udvahasva marry. Shri Garga Muni said: After thinking for many days I have decided that in this world no king is better than Vasudeva. Therefore, O king, please give your daughter Devaki in marriage to Vasudeva. Text 8 shri-narada uvaca kritva tadaiva puri nishcaya-nagavallim shri-devakah sakala-dharma-bhritam varishhah gargecchaya tu vasudeva-varaya putrim kritvatha mangalam alam pradadau vivahe shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; kritva having done; tada then; eva indeed; puri in the city; nishcaya decision; nagavallim betelnuts; shri-devakah Shri Devaka; sakala all; dharma of religious principles; bhritam of they who possess; varishhah the best; garga of Garga Muni; icchaya by the desire; tu indeed; vasudeva-varaya to Vasudeva; putrim daughter; kritva doing; atha then; mangalam auspiciousness; alam great; pradadau gave; vivahe in marriage. Shri Narada said: After offering (the sage) betelnuts to show his assent, Shri Devaka, who was the best of all pious men, performed the auspicious ceremonies and gave his daughter in marriage to Vasudeva according to Garga Muni's desire. Text 9 kritodvahah shaurir ativa-sundaram ratham prayane samalankritam hayaih sardham taya devaka-raja-kanyaya samaruhat kancana-ratna-shobhaya

krita performed; udvahah marriage; shaurih Vasudeva; ativa-sundaram very beautiful; ratham chariot; prayane in the journey; samalankritam decorated; hayaih horses; sardham with; taya with her; devaka-raja-kanyaya King Devaka's daughter; samaruhat ascended; kancana with gold; ratna and jewels; shobhaya beautiful. When the marriage ceremony was over Vasudeva, accompanied by King Devaka's daughter, who was beautiful with gold and jewels, climbed a very graceful decorated chariot drawn by many horses. Text 10 svasuh priyam kartum ativa kamso jagraha rashmims calatam hayanam uvaha vahams chaturanginibhir vritah kripa-sneha-paro 'tha shaurau svasuh to his sister; priyam a favor; kartum to do; ativa very; kamsah Kamsa; jagraha took; rasmin the reins; calatam moving; hayanam of the horses; uvaha carried; vahan the chariots; chaturanginibhih with an army; vritah surrounded; kripa-sneha-parah filled with kindness; atha then; shaurau for Vasudeva. To please his sister, Kamsa took the reins of the moving horses. Kind and affectionate to Vasudeva, and surrounded by an army, he drove the chariot. Text 11 dasi-sahasram tv ayutam gajananam sat-paribarham niyutam hayanam laksham rathanam ca gavam dvi-laksham pradad duhitre nripa-devako vai dasi of maidservants; sahasram a thousand; tu indeed; ayutam ten thousand; gajananam of elephants; sat-paribarham a wedding pressent; niyutam a million; hayanam of horses; laksham a hundred thousand; rathanam of chariots; ca and; gavam of cows; dvi-laksham two hundred thousand pradat gave; duhitre to his daughter; nripa-devah King Devaka; vai indeed. King Devaka gave to his daughter a wedding present of a thousand maidservants, ten thousand elephants, a million horses, a hundred thousand chariots, and two hundred thousand cows.

Text 12 bheri-mridangoddhara-gomukhanam dhundhurya-vinanaka-venukanam mahat-svano 'bhuc calatam yadunam prayana-kale pathi mangalam ca bheri bheris; mridanga mridangas; uddhara uddharas; gomukhanam and gomukhas; dhundhurya dhundhuryas; vina vinaa; anaka anakas; venukanam and venus; mahat great; svanah sound; abhut was; calatam moving; yadunam of the Yadavas; prayana of departure; kale at the time; pathi on the path; mangalam auspicious; ca and. At the time of the Yadavas' departure, on the path was a great auspicious sound of many bheris, mridangas, uddharas, gomukhas, dhundhuryas, vinas, anakas, and venus. Text 13 akasha-vag aha tadaiva kamsam tvam ashamo hi prasavo 'njasasyah hanta na janasi ca yam ratha-stham rashmim grihitva vahase 'budhas tvam akasha from the sky; vak a voice; aha said; tada then; eva indeed; kamsam to Kamsa; tvam you; ashamah the eighth; hi indeed; prasavah son; anjasa certainly; asyah of her; hanta killer; na not; janasi you know; ca also; yam whom; ratha-stham staying on the chariot; rashmin the reins; grihitva taking; vahase you carry; abudhah a fool; tvam you. Then a voice from the sky said to Kamsa: You are a fool. You do not know that the eighth son of the girl riding in the chariot you drive, holding the reins, will kill you. Text 14 kusanga-nishho 'ti-khalo hi kamso hantum svasaram dhishanam cakara kace grihitva sita-khadga-panir gata-trapo nirdaya ugra-karma ku-sanga-nishhah whose friends were demons; ati-khalah very wicked; hi indeed; kamsah Kamsa; hantum to kill; svasaram his sister; dhishanam the

ground; cakara did; kace by the hair; grihitva grabbing; sita sharp; khadga sword; panih in his hand; gata-trapah shameless; nirdayah merciless; ugra horrible; karma deeds. Wicked, shameless, merciless Kamsa, whose friends were demons and whose deeds were horrible, threw his sister to the ground, grabbed her by the hair, and grasped a sharp sword in his hand to kill her. Text 15 vaditra-kara rahita babhuvur agre sthitah syus cakita hi pashcat sarveshu va shveta-mukheshu satsu shauris tam ahashu satam varishhah vaditra karah musicians; rahitah without; babhuvuh became; agresthitah in the presence; syuh were; cakitah afraid; hi indeed; pashcat behind; sarveshu all; va or; shveta white; mukheshu faces; satsu being so; shaurih Vasudeva; tam to him; aha said; ashu at once; satam of the devotees; varishhah the best. The musicians dropped their instruments. They who were in front went to the rear. When all faces turned white, Vasudeva, the best of devotees, spoke to Kamsa. Text 16 shri-vasudeva uvaca bhojendra bhoja-kula-kirti-karas tvam eva bhaumadi-magadha-bakasura-vatsa-banaih shlaghya gunas tava yudhi pratiyoddhu-kamaih sa tvam katham tu bhaginim asinatra hanyat shri-vasudevah uvaca Shri Vasudeva said; bhoja-indra O king of the Bhojas; bhoja-kula of the Bhoja family; kirti-karah the glory; tvam you; eva indeed; bhauma narakasura; adi beginning with; magadha the king of Magadha; bakasura Bakasura; vatsa Vatsa; banaih by bana; shlaghyah glorified; gunah virtues; tava your; yudhi in battle; pratiyoddhu-kamaih desiring to fight; sah he; tvam you; katham why?; tu certainly; bhaginim sister; asina with a sword; atra here; hanyat will kill. Shri Vasudeva said: O king of the Bhojas, you are the glory of the Bhoja dynasty. Narakasura, Jarasandha, Bakasura, Vatsasura, and Banasura, who all yearned to

fight with you, praise your virtues in battle. Why are you now on the verge of killing with a sword your own sister? Text 17 jnatva striyam kila bakim pratiyoddhu-kamam yuddham kritam na bhavata nripa-niti-vrittya sa tu tvayapi bhaginiva krita prashantyai sakshad iyam tu bhagini kim u te vicarat jnatva understanding; striyam a woman; kila indeed; bakim Putana; pratiyoddhu-kamam desiring to fight; yuddham fight; kritam done; na not; bhavata by you; nripa-niti-vrittya by the proper conduct of a king; sa she; tu certainly; tvaya by you; api also; bhagini a sister; iva like; krita made; prashantyai to pacify; sakshat directly; iyam she; tu certainly; bhagini sister; kim u why?; te of you; vicarat by the thought. Following the royal code of chivalry you would not fight with Putana, a woman who yearned to fight with you, and to pacify her you treated her as if she were your sister. This girl is your real sister. Why do you wish to act in this way? Text 18 udvaha-parvani gata ca tavanuja ca bala suteva kripana shubhada sadaisha yogyo 'si natra mathuradhipa hantum etam tvam dina-duhkha-harane krita-citta-vrittih udvaha of the wedding; parvani the festival; gata gone; ca also; tava your; anuja younger sister; ca also; bala a girl; suta daughter; iva like; kripana object of mercy; shubhada auspicious; sada always; esha she; yogyah proper; asi are; na not; atra here; mathuradhipa O king of Mathura; hantum to kill; etam her; tvam you; dina of the poor; duhkha of the sufferings; harane in the removal; krita done; citta of the heart; vrittih the action. On this, her festive wedding-day, you should be kind to your younger sister and treat her as a daughter. O king of Mathura, you should not kill her. You should fix your heart on remving the sufferings of the distressed. Text 19

shri-narada uvaca namanyathettham pratibodhito 'pi ku-sanga-nishho 'ti-khalo hi kamsah tada hareh kala-gatim vicarya shaurih prasannah punar aha kamsam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; na not; amanyatha think; ittham thus; pratibodhitah enlightened; api even; ku-sanga-nishhah whose friends were demons; ati-khalah very wicked; hi certainly; kamsah Kamsa; tada then; hareh of Lord Krishna; kala of time; gatim the way; vicarya considering; shaurih Vasudeva; prasannah cheerful; punah again; aha said; kamsam to Kamsa. Shri Narada said: Although given this good instruction, wicked Kamsa, whose friends were demons, did not take it seriously. Then, reflecting on the ways of Lord Hari's time, Vasudeva, now cheerful, again spoke to Kamsa. Text 20 shri-vasudeva uvaca nasyas tu te deva bhayam kadacid yad deva-vanya kathitam ca tac chrinu putran dadamiti yato bhayam syan ma te vyathasyah prasava-prajatat shri-vasudevah uvaca Shri Vasudeva said; na not; asyah of her; tu certainly; te of you; deva O lord; bhayam fear; kadacit ever; yat what; deva divine; vanya by the voice; kathitam spoken; ca also; tat that; shrinu listen; putran sons; dadami i will give; iti thus; yatah because of whom; bhayam fear; syat may be; ma don't; te of you; vyatha agitation; asyah of her; prasava-prajatat from the birth of sons. Shri Vasudeva said: O lord, you never need to fear this girl. Hear what the divine voice said. I will give you the sons that frighten you. Don't be afraid of the sons that may be born from her. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca shrutva ca nishcitya vaco 'tha shaureh kamsah prashamsyashu griham gato 'bhut shauris tada devaka-raja-putrya bhayavritah san griham ajagama

shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; shrutva hearing; ca also; nishcitya considering; vacah words; atha then; shaureh of Vasudeva; kamsah Kamsa; prashamsya praising; ashu at once; griham home; gatah went; abhut became; shaurih Vasudeva; tada then; devaka-raja-putrya with the daughter of King Devaka; bhaya-avritah filled with fear; san being; griham home; ajagama came. Shri Narada said: Hearing and agreeing with Vasudeva's words, Kamsa praised him and then went home. Then, frightened Vasudeva, accompanied by King Devaka's daughter, went to his home.

Chapter Ten Shri-Balabhadra-janma-varnana Description of the Birth of Lord Balarama Text 1 shri-narada uvaca bhitah palayate nayam yoddharah kamsa-noditah ayutam shastra-samyukta rurudhuh shauri-mandiram shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; bhitah - frightened; palayate - flees; na not; ayam - he; yoddharah - soldiers; kamsa - by Kamsa; noditah - sent; ayutam ten thousand; shastra-samyuktah - with weapons; rurudhuh - stopped; shauri Vasudeva's; mandiram - palace. Frightened Vasudeva could not flee, for ten thousand armed soldiers sent by Kamsa surrounded Vasudeva's palace. Text 2 shaurih kalena devakyam ashau putran ajijanat anuvarsham catha kanyam ekam mayam sanatanim shaurih - Vasudeva; kalena - in time; devakyam - in Devaki; ashau - eight; putran - sons; ajijanat - begat; anuvarsham - every year; ca - and; atha - then; kanyam - daughter; ekam - one; mayam - Maya; sanatanim - eternal.

In the course of time, year after year, Vasudeva begat in Devaki eight sons and a daughter who was the eternal goddess Maya. Text 3 kirtimantam sutam hy adau jatam anakadundubhih nitva kamsa-sabham etya dadau tasmai parartha-vit kirtimantam - Kirtiman; sutam - son; hi - certainly; adau - in the beginning; jatam - born; anakadundubhih - Vasudeva; nitva - bringing; kamsa - of Kamsa; sabham to the assembly; etya - coming; dadau - gave; tasmai - to him; para-artha-vit knowing the supreme benefit. Vasudeva, who knew the ultimate goal of life, went to Kamsa's assembly and offered his first son Kirrtiman. Text 4 satya-vakya-sthitam shaurim drishva kamso ghrini tv abhut duhkham sadhur na sahate satye kasya kshama na hi satya-vakya-sthitam - whose word is true; shaurim - Vasudeva; drishva - seeing; kamsah - Kamsa; ghrini - kind; tu - indeed; abhut - became; duhkham - sadness; sadhuh - a saint; na - not; sahate - bears; satye - in truth; kasya - of what?; kshama - tolerance; na - not; hi - indeed. Seeing that Vasudeva had kept his promise and his word was true, Kamsa became softened with kindness. In truth, what suffering will a saint not bear? What will he not tolerate? Text 5 kamsa uvaca esha balo yatu griham etasman na hi me bhayam yuvayor ashamam garbham hanishyami na samsayah

kamsah uvaca - Kamsasaid; eshah - this; balah - child; yatu - may go; griham home; etasmat - of him; na - not; hi - indeed; me - of me; bhayam - fear; yuvayoh of you; ashamam - the eighth; garbham - child; hanishyami - I will kill; na - no; samsayah - doubt. Kamsa said: This child may go home. I do not fear him. I will kill your eighth son. Of this there is no doubt. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca ity ukto vasudevas tu sa-putro griham agatah satyam namanyata manag vakyam tasya duratmanah shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; uktah - said; vasudevah Vasudeva; tu - certainly; sa-putrah - with his son; griham - home; agatah went; satyam - truth; na - not; amanyata - thought; manak - at all; vakyam statement; tasya - of him; duratmanah - the demon. Shri Narada said: Told this, Vasudeva went home with his son. However, he did not think the demon would make his words true. Text 7 tadambarad agatam mam natva pujyograsenajah papraccha devabhiprayam pravocam tam nibodha me tada - then; ambarat - from the sky; agatam - come; mam - me; natva - bowing; pujya - worshiping; ugrasenajah - Kamsa; papraccha - asked; deva - of the demigods; abhiprayam - intention; pravocam - i told; tam - him; nibodha - learn; me - from me. Then I came there from the sky. Kamsa bowed before me, worshiped me, and asked me about the demigods' plans. I said to him, "Learn this from me. Text 8

nandadya vasavah sarve vrishabhanv-adayah surah gopyo veda-ricadyash ca santi bhumau nripeshvara nanda - by Nanda; adyah - headed; vasavah - the Vasus; sarve - all; vrishabhanu - by Vrishabhanu; adayah - headed; surah - the suras; gopyah - the gopis; veda-rica - by the Vedic hymns; adyah - headed; ca - also; santi - are; bhumau - on the earth; nripa-ishvara - O king of kings. "O king of kings, all the Vasus have become the people that have Nanda as their leader. The suras have become the people that have Vrishabhanu as their leader. A group that has the Vedic hymns as its leader has become gopis. They are all now on the earth. Text 9 vasudevadayo deva mathurayam ca vrishnayah devaky-adyah striyah sarva devatah santi nishcayah vasudeva - by Vasudeva; adayah - headed; devah - the demigods; mathurayam in mathura; ca - and; vrishnayah - the Vrishnis; devaki - by Devaki; adyah - headed; striyah - their wives; sarvah - all; devatah - demigods; santi - are; nishcayah concluded. "The devas have become the Vrishnis headed by Vasudeva and all the demigoddesses have become their wives, headed by Devaki. Text 10 sapta-vara-prasankhyanad ashamah sarva eva hi te hantuh sankhyayayam vai devanam vamato gatih sapta-vara-prasankhyanat - after the seventh; ashamah - the eighth; sarve - all; eva - indeed; hi - indeed; te - they; hantuh - of the killer; sankhyaya - by the number; ayam - he; vai - indeed; devanam - of the demigods; vamato gatih crookedness.

"Depending on how they are counted, any of Vasudeva's sons can be the eighth one. Any of them can be the one that will kill you. That is the crookedness of the demigods. Text 11 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva tam mayi gate krite daitya-vadhodyame kamsah kopa-vritah sadyo yadun hantum mano dadhe shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; uktva - saying; tam - to him; mayi - when I; gate - had gone; krite - done; daitya - of the demons; vadha - killing; udyame - in determination; kamsah - Kamsa; kopa - with anger; vritah - filled; sadyah - at once; yadun - the Yadavas; hantum - to kill; manah - mind; dadhe placed. Shri Narada said: After I had gone, Kamsa became filled with anger at this plan (of the demigods) to kill the demons. In his heart he decided to kill all the Yadavas. Text 12 vasudevam devakim ca baddhvatha nigadair dridhaih mamarda tam shila-prishhe devaki-garbhajam shishum vasudevam - Vasudeva; devakim - Ddvaki; ca - and; baddhva - binding; atha then; nigadaih - in chains; dridhaih - firm; mamarda - beat; tam - him; shila - of stone; prishhe - on the surface; devaki-garbhajam shishum - Devaki's son. Kamsa tightly bound Vasudeva and Devaki in chains. Then he crushed Devaki's son against a stone surface. Text 13 jati-smaro vishnu-bhayaj jatam jatam jaghana ha iti dusha-vibhavac ca bhumau bhutam na samshayam

jati - birth; smarah - remembering; vishnu - of Lord Vishnu; bhayat - out of fear; jatam - born; jatam - born; jaghana - killed; ha - indeed; iti - thus; dusha-vibhavat out of wickedness; ca - also; bhumau - on the earth; bhutam - manifested; na - no; samshayam - doubt. Remembering his previous birth, out of his demonic nature and out of fear of Lord Vishnu he killed each son as it was born. Of this there is no doubt. Text 14 ugrasenas tada kruddho yadavendro nripeshvarah varayam asa kamsakhyam vasudeva-sahaya-krit ugrasenah - Ugrasena; tada - then; kruddhah - angry; yadavendrah - the king of the Yadavas; nripeshvarah - the king of kings; varayam asa - stopped; kamsakhyam - Kamsa; vasudeva - to Vasudeva; sahaya - help; krit - did. Angry at this, emperor Ugrasena, who was the master of the Yadavas, stopped Kamsa and helped Vasudeva. Text 15 kamsasya durabhiprayam drishvottasthur maha-bhaah ugrasenanuga raksham cakrus te khadga-panayah kamsasya - of Kamsa; durabhiprayam - the wicked plan; drishva - seeing; uttasthuh - rose; maha-bhaah - great soldiers; ugrasenanugah - followers of Ugrasena; raksham - protection; cakruh - did; te - they; khadga - swords; panayah in hand. Seeing Kamsa's demonic intentions, with swords in their hands, Ugrasena's soldiers protected (Vasudeva and Devaki). Text 16 ugrasenanugan drishva kamsa-virah samutthitah taih sardham abhavad yuddham

sabha-mandapa-madhyatah ugrasenanugan - the followers of Ugrasena; drishva - seeing; kamsa-virah Kamsa's soldiers; samutthitah - risen; taih - them; sardham - with; abhavat - was; yuddham - battle; sabha-mandapa-madhyatah - in the midst of the assembly. Seeing Ugrasena's soldiers, Kamsa's soldiers rose against them and fought a great battle with them in the midst of the assembly. Text 17 dvara-deshe 'pi viranam yuddham jatam parapsparam khadga-praharair ayutam jananam nidhanam gatam dvara-dese - in the doorway; api - even; viranam - of the soldiers; yuddham battle; jatam - was born; parapsparam - mutual; khadga - of swords; praharaih with blows; ayutam - ten thousand; jananam - of people; nidhanam - to death; gatam - went. The soldiers fought a great battle in the doorway. By the blows of their swords ten thousand people died. Texts 18 and 19 kamso grihitvatha gadam pituh senam mamarda ha kamsasya gadaya sprishah kecic chinna-lalaakah bhinna-pada bhinna-mukhash chinnamsas chinna-bahavah adho-mukha urdhva-mukhah sa-shastrah patitah kshanat kamsah - Kamsa; grihitva - grasping; atha - then; gadam - a club; pituh - of his father; senam - the army; mamarda ha - crushed; kamsasya - of Kamsa; gadaya by the club; sprishah - touched; kecit - some; chinna - broken; lalaakah foreheads; bhinna - broken; padah - legs; bhinna - broken; mukhah - faces; chinna broken; amsah - shoulders; chinna - broken; bahavah - arms; adhah - bowed down; mukhah - faces; urdhva - up; mukhah - faces; sa - with; shastrah - weapons; patitah - fallen; kshanat - in a moment.

Then Kamsa took his club and crushed his father's army. Touched by his club, in a moment many fell with their weapons, their faces down or up, and their foreheads, legs, faces, shoulders, or arms broken. Text 20 vamanto rudhiram vira murchita nidhanam gatah sabha-mandapam araktam drishyate kshataja-sravat vamantah - vomiting; rudhiram - blood; virah - the soldiers; murchitah - fell unconscious; nidhanam - to death; gatah - went; sabha-mandapam - the assembly hall; araktam - red; drishyate - is seen; kshataja - blood from the wounds; sravat from the streams. Many soldiers vomited blood, fell unconscious, and died. The assembly hall was seen to be red with streams of blood from their wounds. Text 21 ittham mahotkaah kamsah sa nipatyodbhaan ripun krodhadhyo raja-rajendro jagraha pitaram khalah ittham - thus; mahotkaah - arrogant; kamsah - Kamsa; sah - he; nipatya falling; udbhaan - on the soldiers; ripun - enemy; krodha - with anger; adhyah rich; raja-rajendrah - the king of kings of kings; jagraha - grabbed; pitaram - his father; khalah - demon. In this way Kamsa fell upon the enemy soldiers. Then, rich with anger, the demonic king of the kings of kings grabbed his father. Text 22 nripasanat sangrihitva baddhva pashaish ca tam khalah tan-mitraish ca nripaih sardham karagare rurodha ha

nripasanat - from the royal throne; sangrihitva - taking; baddhva - binding; pashaih - with ropes; ca - also; tam - him; khalah - the demon; tan-mitraih - with his friends; ca - also; nripaih - kings; sardham - with; karagare - in a prison cell; rurodha - imprisoned; ha - indeed. The demon dragged him from the royal throne, bound him with ropes, and with his royal friends locked him in a prison cell. Text 23 madhunam shurasenanam deshanam sarva-sampadam simhasane copavishya svayam rajyam cakara ha madhunam - of the Madhus; shurasenanam - of the Shurasenas; deshanam - of the countries; sarva - all; sampadam - opulences; simhasane - on the throne; ca also; upavishya - sitting; svayam - personally; rajyam - the kingdom; cakara ha did. Sitting on the throne, Kamsa then personally ruled the opulent kingdoms of the Madhus and Shurasenas. Text 24 pidita yadavah sarve sambandhasya mishais tvaram catur-disho 'ntaram deshan vivishuh kala-vedinah piditah - distressed; yadavah - the Yadavas; sarve - all; sambandhasya - of the relationship; mishaih - on the preText; tvaram - quickly; catur-dishah - to the four directions; antaram - in; deshan - countries; vivishuh - entered; kala - time; vedinah - aware. Harassed by Kamsa, all the Yadavas fled to other countries on the preText of visiting relatives and waited for a better time. Texts 25 and 26 devakyah saptame garbhe

harsha-soka-vivardhane vrajam pranite rohinyam anante yogamayaya aho garbhah kva vigata ity ucur mathura janah devakyah - of Devaki; saptame - in the seventh; garbhe - embryo; harsha happiness; soka - and grief; vivardhane - increasing; vrajam - to Vraja; pranite brought; rohinyam - in Rohini; anante - Ananta; yogamayaya - by Yogamaya; ahah Oh; garbhah - embryo; kva - where?; vigatah - gone; iti - thus; ucuh - said; mathurah janah - the people of Mathura. When Yogamaya carried Devaki's seventh fetus, which brought her both joy and grief, to Vraja and placed it in Rohini's womb, the people of Mathura said, "Where did the child go?" Texts 27 and 28 atha vraje panca-dineshu bhadre tithau ca shashhyam ca site budhe ca uccair grahaih pancabhir avrite ca lagne tulakhye dina-madhya-deshe sureshu varshatsu su-pushpa-varsham ghaneshu muncatsu ca vari-bindun babhuva devo vasudeva-patnyam vibhasayan nanda-griham sva-bhasa atha - then; vraje - in Vraja; panca-dineshu - in five days; bhadre - in Bhadra; tithau - in the day; ca - and; shashhyam - on the sixth; ca - also; site - in the bright fortnight; budhe - in mercury; ca - and; uccaih - exalted; grahaih - with planets; pancabhih - with five; avrite - covered; ca - and; lagne - on the horizon; tula-akhye in Libra; dina-madhya-deshe - at midday; sureshu - as the demigods; varshatsu showered; su - beautiful; pushpa - of flowers; varsham - a rain; ghaneshu - as the clouds; muncatsu - released; ca - also; vari-bindun - drops of water; babhuva became; devah - the Supreme Lord; vasudeva-patnyam - in the wife of Vasudeva; vibhasayan - illuminating; nanda-griham - Nanda's home; sva - with His own; bhasa - splendor. Then, in Vraja, after five days, in the month of Bhadra (August-September), on the sixth day of the bright fortnight, when Mercury, five exalted planets, and the constellation Libra were on the horizon, at midday, as the demigods showered a beautiful rain of flowers and the clouds sprinkled drops of water, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, illuminating Nanda's home with His splendor, was born from Vasudeva's wife (Rohini). Text 29

nando 'pi kurvan chishu-jata-karma dadau dvijebhyo niyutam gavam ca gopan samahuya su-gayakanam ravair maha-mangalam atanoti nandah - Nanda; api - indeed; kurvan - performing; shishu - of the child; jatakarma - the birth-ceremony; dadau - gave; dvijebhyah - to the brahmanas; niyutam - a million; gavam - of cows; ca - also; gopan - the gopas; samahuya - calling; sugayakanam - of singers; ravaih - with the music; maha-mangalam - great auspiciousness; atanoti - gave. Nanda performed the child's birth ceremony and gave in charity a million cows to the brahmanas. Then he called the gopas and observed a very auspicious festival with the music of many singers and instrumentalists. Text 30 dvaipayano devala-devaratavashishha-vacaspatibhir maya caagatya tatraiva samasthito 'bhut padyadibhir nanda-kritaih prasannah dvaipayanah - Vyasa; devala - Devala; devarata - Devarata; vashishha Vashishha; vacaspatibhih - with Brihaspati; maya - with me; ca - also; agatya coming; tatra - there; eva - indeed; samasthitah - situated; abhut - became; padya with water for washing the feet; adibhih - beginning with; nanda - by Nanda; kritaih - done; prasannah - pleased. Coming there with Devala, Devarata, Vashishha, Brihaspati, and myself (Narada), Vyasadeva was pleased when Nanda washed his feet and worshiped Him in many ways. Text 31 shri-nanda uvaca sundaro balakah ko 'yam na drishyo yat-samah kvacit katham panca-dinaj jatas tan me bruhi maha-mune shri-nandah uvaca - Shri Nanda said; sundarah - handsome; balakah - boy; kah who?; ayam - He; na - not; drishyah - visible; yat - with whom; samah - equal;

kvacit - anywhere; katham - how?; panca - after five; dinat - days; jatah - born; tat that; me - me; bruhi - please tell; maha-mune - O great sage. Shri Nanda said: Who is this handsome boy, whose equal cannot be seen anywhere? How is it He was born after only five days (in the womb)? O great sage, please tell me. Text 32 shri-vyasa uvaca aho bhagyam tu te nanda shishuh sheshah sanatanah devakyam vasudevasya jato 'yam mathura-pure shri-vyasah uvaca - Shri Vyasa said; ahah - Oh; bhagyam - good fortune; tu indeed; te - of you; nanda - O Nanda; shishuh - child; sheshah - Shesha; sanatanah eternal; devakyam - in Devaki; vasudevasya - of Vasudeva; jatah - born; ayam - He; mathura-pure - in Mathura City.. Shri Vyasa said: Nanda, you are very fortunate. This child is eternal Ananta Shesha. In Mathura City He was conceived by Vasudeva in Devaki. Text 33 krishnecchaya tad-udarat pranito rohinim shubham nanda-raja tvaya drishyo durlabho yoginam api krishna - of Lord Krishna; icchaya - by the wish; tat - of her; udarat - from the womb; pranitah - brought; rohinim - to Rohini; shubham - beautiful; nanda-raja - O King Nanda; tvaya - by you; drishyah - to be seen; durlabhah - difficult; yoginam by the yogis; api - even. By Lord Krishna's wish He was brought to beautiful Devaki. O King Nanda, you may see Him even though the great yogis cannot. Text 34 tad-darshanartham prapto 'ham

vedavyaso maha-munih tasmat tvam darshayasmakam shishu-rupam parat param tad-darshana-artham - to see Him; praptah - attained; aham - I; devakya - by Devaki; asau - he; maha-munih - a great sage; tasmat - therefore; tvam - you; darshaya - please show; asmakam - to us; shishu - child; rupam - form; parat param - greater than the greatest. I, Vedavyasa, have come here to see Him. Therefore, please show Him, the Supreme Person who is greater than the greatest and who now displays the form of an infant, to us. Text 35 shri-narada uvaca atha nandah shishum shesham darshayam asa vismitah drishva prenkha-sthitam praha natva satyavati-sutah shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; atha - then; nandah - Nanda; shishum the child; shesham - Shesha; darshayam asa - showed; vismitah - astonished; drishva - seeing; prenkha - on the swinging-cradle; sthitam - situated; praha - said; natva - bowing; satyavati - of Satyavati; sutah - the son. Shri Narada said: Then Nanda showed them the child Aannta Shesha. Gazing at the child in the cradle, Vyasa, struck with wonder, bowed down, and spoke. Text 36 shri-vyasa uvaca devadhideva bhagavan kama-pala namo 'stu te namo 'nantaya sheshaya sakshad-ramaya te namah shri-vyasah uvaca - Shri Vyasa said; deva - of gods; adhideva - O Lord; bhagavan - O master of opulences; kama - of desires; pala - O protector; namah - obeisances; astu - may be te - to You; namah - obeisances; anantaya sheshaya - to Lord Ananta Shesha; sakshad-ramaya - directly Lord Balarama; te - to You; namah - obeisances.

Shri Vyasa said: O master of the demigods, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, O Lord who grants desires, obeisances to You! Obeisances to You, who are Lord Aananta Shesha! Obeisances to You, who are directly Lord Rama! Text 37 dhara-dharaya purnaya sva-dhamne sira-panaye sahasra-shirase nityam namah sankarshanaya te dhara - of the earth; dharaya - to the holder; purnaya - perfect and complete; sva-dhamne - self-effulgent; sira - a plow; panaye - in hand; sahasra - a thousand; shirase - heads; nityam - eternally; namah - obeisances; sankarshanaya Sankarshana; te - to You. Eternal obeisances to You, Lord Sankarshana, the maintainer of the earth, perfect and complete, effulgent and glorious, holding a plow in Your hand, and having a thousand heads! Text 38 revati-ramana tvam vai baladevo 'cyutagrajah halayudhah pralamba-ghnah pahi mam purushottama revati-ramana - O husband of Revati; tvam - You; vai - indeed; baladevah Baladeva; acyuta - of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; agrajah - the elder broehter; hala - plow; ayudhah - weapon; pralamba - of Pralambasura; ghnah the killer; pahi - protect; mam - me; purushottama - O Supreme Person. You are Baladeva, Revati's husband and the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead's elder brother. You are armed with a plow. You are Pralambasura's killer. O Supreme Person, please save me! Text 39 balaya balabhadraya talankaya namo namah nilambaraya gauraya rauhineyaya te namah

balaya - Bala; balabhadraya - Balabhadra; talankaya - whose mark is the palm tree; namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances; nila - blue; ambaraya garments; gauraya - fair complexion; rauhineyaya - the son of Rohini; te - to You; namah - obeisances. Obeisances! Obeisances to You, who are known as Bala and Balabhadra, and who carry a palm-tree flag! Obeisances to You, Rohini's fair-complexioned son dressed in blue garments! Text 40 dhenukarir mushikarih kuarir balvalantakah rukmy-arih kupakarnarih kumbhandaris tvam eva hi dhenuka - of Dhenuka; arih - the enemy; mushika - of Musika; arih - the enemy; kua - of Kua; arih - the enemy; balvala - of Balvala; antakah - the end; rukmi - of Rukmi; arih - enemy; kupakarna - of Kupakarna; arih - the enemy; kumbhanda - of Kumbhanda; arih - the enemy; tvam - You; eva - certainly; hi certainly. You are the enemy of Dhenuka, Mushtika, Kua, Rukmi, Kupakarna, and Kumbhanda. You put an end to Balvala. Text 41 kalindi-bhedano 'si tvam hastinapura-karshakah dvividarir yadavendro vraja-mandala-mandanah kalindi - the yamuna; bhedanah - dividing; asi - are; tvam - You; hastinapura - of Hastinapura; karshakah - the puller; dvivida - of Dvivida; arih - the enemy; yadava of the Yadavas; indrah - the king; vraja - of Vraja; mandala - of the circle; mandanah - the decoration. You divided the Yamuna and dragged Hastinapura. You are the enemy of Dvivida. You are the king of the Yadavas and the decoration of the circle of Vraja. Text 42

kamsa-bhratri-prahatasi tirtha-yatrakarah prabhuh duryodhana-guruh sakshat pahi pahi prabho jagat kamsa - of Kamsa; bhratri - of the brothers; prahata - the killer; asi - You are; tirtha-yatrakarah - the pilgrim who goes to holy places; prabhuh - the Lord; duryodhana-guruh - the teacher of Duryodhana; sakshat - directly; pahi - protect; pahi - protect; prabhah - O Lord; jagat - the universe. You are the killer of Kamsa's brothers, a pilgrim who goes to holy places, the Supreme Master, and the teacher of Duryodhana. O Lord, please protect, please protect the world! Text 43 jaya jayacyuta deva parat para svayam ananta dig-anta-gatam yashah sura-munindra-phanindra-varaya te musaline baline haline namah jaya - glories; jaya - glories; acyuta - O infallible; deva - Lord; parat para - greater than the greatest; svayam - personally; ananta - Ananta; dik - the directions; anta the end; gatam - gone; yashah - fane; sura - the demigods; muni - of sages; indra kings; phani - of serpents; indra - kings; varaya - top the best; te - to You; musaline who hold a club; baline - powerful; haline - who hold a plow; namah - obeisances. O infallble Lord, O greater than the greatest, O Lord Ananta, O Lord whose fame is everywhere, glory, glory to You! Obeisances to You, who hold a plow and a club and are the master of the demigods, great sages, and regal serpents! Text 44 iha pahet satatam stavanam tu yah sa tu hareh paramam padam avrajet jagati sarva-balam tv ari-mardanam bhavati tasya jayah sa-janam dhanam iha - here; pahet - reads; satatam - regularly; stavanam - prayer; tu - certainly; yah - who; sah - he; tu - certainly; hareh - of Lord Hari; paramam - the supreme; padam - abode; avrajet - goes; jagati - in the world; sarva - all; balam - strength; tu -

indeed; ari - enemies; mardanam - crushing; bhavati - becomes; tasya - of him; jayah - victory; sa-janam - with followers; dhanam - wealth. A person who regularly reads or recites these prayers attains Lord Hari's supreme abode. Even in this world he attains all strength. He crushes his enemies. For him are victory, wealth, and followers. Text 45 shri-narada uvaca balam parikramya shatam pranamya tair dvaipayano deva parasharatmajah vishala-buddhir muni-badarayanah sarasvatim satyavati-suto yayau shri-naradah uvaca - Shri Narada said; balam - Lord Balarama; parikramya circumambulating; shatam - a hundred times; pranamya - bowing down; taih - with them; dvaipayanah - Vyasadeva; deva - O lord; parasharatmajah - the son of Parashara Muni; vishala - great; buddhih - intelligence; muni-badarayanah - Vyasa Muni; sarasvatim - to the Sarasvati; satyavati-sutah - the son of satyavati; yayau went. Shri Narada said: After circumambulating Lord Balarama and bowing down before Him a hundred times in the company of (the other sages), intelligent Vyasa Muni, who was the son of Parashara and Satyavati, went to the Sarasvati river.

Chapter Eleven Shri Krishnacandra-janma-varnana Description of Shri Krishnacandra's Birth Text 1 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam vivesha vasudevasya manah purvam parat parah paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; viveshaentered; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; manahthe heart; purvambefore; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater. Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest, personally entered Vasudeva's heart.

Text 2 suryendu-vahni-sankasho vasudevo maha-manah babhuvatyanta-mahasa sakshad yajna ivaparah suryasun; indumoon; vahnifire; sankashahglorious; vasudevah Vasudeva; maha-manahthe great soul; babhuvabecame; atyanta-mahasawith great splendor; sakshatdirectly; yajnahthe Supreme Lord who is the master of all Vedic sacrifices; ivalike; aparahanother. The great soul Vasudeva shone with a glory like the sun, moon, and fire. He was like a double of the Supreme Lord, the master of all sacrifices. Text 3 devakyam agate krishne sarvesham abhayankare raraja tena sa gehe ghane saudamini yatha devakyamin Devaki; agatearrived; krishnewhen Lord Krishna; sarvesham of everyone; abhayankaregiving fearlessness; rarajashone; tenaby Him; sa she; gehein the home; ghaneintense; saudaminilightning; yathaas. When Lord Krishna, who gives fearlessness to everyone, entered Devaki, she shone as if a great lightning flash had entered her home. Text 4 tejovatim ca tam vikshya kamsah praha bhayaturah prapto 'yam prana-hanta me purvam esha na cedrishi tejovatimeffulgent; caand; tamher; vikshyaseeing; kamsahKamsa; prahasaid; bhaya-with fear; aturahovercome; praptahattained; ayamthis; pranaof life; hantathe killer; meof me; purvambefore; eshashe; nanot; caand; idrishilike this. Seeing her so effulgent, Kamsa became frightened. He said, "Now the destroyer of my life has come. She was not like this before. Text 5 jata-matram hanishyamity uktvaste bhaya-vihvalah pashyan sarvatra ca harim purva-shatrum vicintayan

jataborn; matramonly; hanishyamiI will kill; ititthus; uktvasayinh; aste is; bhaya-vihvalahovercome with fear; pashyanlooking; sarvatraeverywhere; caalso; harimLord Hari; purvabefore; shatrumenemy; vicintayanthinking. "As soon as He is born I will kill Him." Saying this, looking in all directions, and thinking of his former enemy Lord Hari, he became filled with fear. Text 6 aho vairanubandhena sakshat krishno 'pi drishyate tasmad vairam prakurvanti krishna-prapty-artham asurah ahahah; vaira-anubandhenawith hatred; sakshatdirectly; krishnah Krishna; apieven; drishyateis seen; tasmatfrom that; vairamhatred; prakurvantido; krishnaKrishna; prapti-arthamto attain; asurahthe demons. Even by hating Him one is able to see Krishna. For this reason, in order to attain the association of Lord Krishna, the demons hate Him. Text 7 atha brahmadayo deva munindrair asmad-adibhih shauri-gehopari praptah stavam cakruh pranamya tam athathen; brahma-adayahheaded by Brahma; devahthe demigods; muniindraihwith the kings of the sages; asmad-adibhihheaded by me; shauriof Vasudeva; gehahome; upariabove; praptahattained; stavamprayers; cakruh did; pranamyabowing down; tamto Him. Then the demigods headed by Brahma and the great sages headed by me went to Vasudeva's home, bowed down before Lord Krishna, and offered many prayers. Text 8 shri-deva ucuh yaj-jagaradishu bhaveshu param hy ahetur hetuh svid asya vicaranti gunashrayena naitad vishanti mahad-indriya-deva-sanghas tasmai namo 'gnim iva vistrita-visphulingah shri-devah ucuhthe demigods said; yatwhich; jagarawaking; adishu beginning with; bhaveshuin states of being; paramsupreme; hiindeed; ahetuh not the cause; hetuhthe cause; svitwhether?; asyaof Him; vicarantithink; gunathe modes; ashrayenaby the shelter; nanot; etatthis; vishantienter; mahatmahat; indriyasenses; devademigods; sanghahmultitudes; tasmaito

Him; namahobeisances; agnimfire; ivalike; vistritaexpanded; visphulingah sparks. The demigods said: Taking shelter of the modes of nature, the philosophers wonder, "Is the Supreme the origin of consciousness and other states of being, or is not their origin?" As sparks come from a fire (but do not enter it), so the mahattattva, senses, and demigods (come from Him but) do not enter Him. Obeisances to Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 9 naiveshitum prabhur ayam balinam baliyan maya na shabda uta no vishayi-karoti tad brahma purnam amritam paramam prashantam shuddham parat parataram sharanam gatah smah nanot; evaindeed; ishitumto control; prabhuhable; ayamHe; balinam than the strongest; baliyanstronger; mayaillusion; nanot; shabdahsound; utaindeed; nanot; uindeed; vishayi-karotibecome in the realm of perception; tatthat; brahmaSupreme; purnamperfect and complete; amritameternal; paramamsupreme; prashantampeaceful; shuddhampure; parat parataram greater than the greatest; sharanamshelter; gatahgone; smahwe. The strongest of the strong cannot conquer Him. The potency of illusion cannot conquer Him. The Vedas cannot bring Him within their realm of perception. Of Him, the perfect, complete, eternal, peaceful, and pure Supreme Personality of Godhead, we take shelter. Text 10 amshamshakamshaka-kalady-avatara-vrindair avesha-purna-sahitaish ca parasya yasya sargadayah kila bhavanti tam eva krishnam purnat param tu paripurnatamam natah smah amshaof a part; amshakaof a part; amshakaof a part; kalaa part; adi beginning; avataraof incarnations; vrindaihwith hosts; aveshaentrance; purna full; sahitaihwith; caand; parasyaof the Supreme; yasyaof whom; sarga creation; adayahbeginning with; kilaindeed; bhavantiare; tamto Him; eva certainly; krishnamto Krishna; purnatthan the perfect; parambetter; tu indeed; paripurnatamammost merfect and complete; natahbowed down; smah we are. With His amsha-avatara, amshamsha-avatara, kala-avatara, avesha-avatara, purna-avatara, and many other avataras, He creates (maintains, and destroys the material universes). To Him, Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the purna-avatara, we offer our respectful obeisances. Text 11

manvantareshu ca yugeshu gatagateshu kalpeshu camsha-kalaya sva-vapur bibharshi adyaiva dhama paripurnatamam tanoshi dharmam vidhaya bhuvi mangalam atanoshi manvantareshuin the manvantaras; caalso; yugeshuin the yugas; gata gone; agateshucome; kalpeshuin the kalpas; caand; amsha-kalayaby a part; svaown; vapuhform; bibharshimanifest; adyanow; evaindeed; dhama abode; paripurnatamammost perfect; tanoshiYou manifest; dharmamreligion; vidhayaplacing; bhuvion the earth; mangalamauspicious; atanoshiYou give. In manvantaras, yugas, and kalpas past and future You manifest Your own form in partial incarnations, but now You manifest Your original and most perfect form. Establishing the real religion, You bring auspiciousness to the earth. Text 12 yad durlabham vishada-yogibhir apy agamyam gamyam dravadbhir amalashaya-bhakti-yogaih ananda-kanda caratas tava manda-yanam padaravinda-makaranda-rajo dadhamah yatwhat; durlabhamdifficult to attain; vishadapure; yogibhihby the yogis; apieven; agamyamunapproachable; gamyamapproachable; dravadbhih running; amalapure; ashayaheart; bhakti-yogaihby they who engage in the yoga of devotional service; anandaof bliss; kandathe root; caratahmoving; tavaof You; mandaslow; yanamgoing; padafeet; aravindalotus; makaranda honey; rajahpollen; dadhamahwe place. O blissful Lord, we place (in our hearts) the nectar-pollen gently blowing from Your lotus feet as You walk, rare pollen not attained by even the purest yogis but only by they whose pure hearts melt with love for You. Text 13 purvam tathatra kamaniya-vapushmayam tvam kandarpa-koi-shata-mohanam adbhutam ca goloka-dhama-dhishana-dyutim adadhanam radha-patim dharani-dhurya-dhanam dadhamah purvambefore; tathaso; atrahere; kamaniyahandsome; vapushmayam with a form; tvamYou; kandarpaof Kamadevas; koi-shataa hundred million; mohanamcharming; adbhutamwonderful; caand; golokaof Goloka; dhama the abode; dhishanaabode; dyutimsplendor; adadhanamtaking; radha-patim the master of Radha; dharaniof the earth; dhuryato be held; dhanamwealth; dadhamahwe place.

(In our hearts) we place wonderful You, whose handsome form is more charming than a hundred million Kamadevas, who are the glory of the realm of Goloka, who are the master of Radha and the wealth of the earth. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca natva harim tada deva brahmadya munibhih saha gayantas tam prashamsantah sva-dhamani yayur muda shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; natvaoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari; tadathen; devahthe demigods; brahma-adyahheaded by Brahma; munibhihthe sages; sahawith; gayantahsinging; tamHim; prashamsantah praising; sva-dhamanito their own abodes; yayuhwent; mudahappily. Shri Narada said: Bowing down to Lord Hari and singing His praises, the demigods headed by Brahma went with the sages to their own abodes. Text 15 atha maithila-rajendra janma-kale hareh sati ambaram nirmalam bhutam nirmalash ca disho dasha athathen; maithila-rajendraO great king of Mithila; janmaof birth; kaleat the time; harehof Lord Hari; satibeing; ambaramthe sky; nirmalampure; bhutambecome; nirmalahpure; caalso; dishahdirections; dashaten. O great king of Mithila, at the time of Lord Hari's birth the sky and the ten directions became very pure. Text 16 ujjvalas taraka jatah prasannam bhumi-mandalam nada nadyah samudrash ca prasannapah sarovarah ujjvalahbrilliant; tarakahstars; jatahborn; prasannamhappy; bhumimandalamthe earth; nadahrivers; nadyahstreams; samudrahoceans; ca and; prasannaclear; apahwaters; sarovarahlakes. The stars were bright, the earth happy, and the rivers, streams, oceans, and lakes filled with pure waters. Text 17

sahasra-dala-padmani shata-patrani sarvatah vicakani marut-sparshaih patad-gandhi-rajamsi ca sahasrathousand; dalapetal; padmanilotuses; shatahundred; patrani leaves; sarvataheverywhere; vicakaniblooming; marutof the breeze; sparshaih with the touch; patatfalling; gandhifragrant; rajamsipollen; caand. The breezes' touch spreading their fragrant pollen, thousand-petal hundred-leaf lotuses bloomed everywhere. Text 18 teshu nedur madhukara nadantash citra-pakshinah shitala manda-yanash ca gandhakta vayavo vavuh teshuamong them; neduhsounded; madhukarahbees; nadantah humming; citracolorful; pakshinahbirds; shitalahcool; manda-yanahslowly moving; caand; gandhaktahfragrant; vayavahbreezes; vavuhblew. Bees hummed, colorful birds sang, and fragrant cooling breezes gently blew. Text 19 riddha janapada grama nagara mangalayanah deva vipra naga gavo babhuvuh sukha-samvritah riddhahwealthy; janapadahcountries; gramahvillages; nagarahtowns; mangalayanahauspicious; devahdemigods; viprahbrahmanas; nagahtrees; gavahcows; babhuvuhbecame; sukha-samvritahfilled with happiness. The countries became wealthy, the towns and villages auspicious, and the demigods, brahmanas, trees, and cows happy. Text 20 deva-dundubhayo nedur jaya-dhvani-samakulah yatra tatra maha-raja sarvesham mangalam param deva-dundubhayahthe drums of the demigods; neduhsounded; jayaof victory; dhvaniwith sounds; samakulahfilled; yatrawhere; tatrathere; maharajaO great king; sarveshamof all; mangalamauspiciousness; paramgreat.

The drums of the demigods were filled with sounds of victory. Everywhere was great auspiciousness. Text 21 vidyadharash ca gandharvah siddha-kinnara-caranah jaguh sunayaka devas tushuvuh stutibhih param vidyadharahVidyadharas; caalso; gandharvahGandharvas; siddha Siddhas; kinnaraKinnaras; caranahCaranas; jaguhsang; sunayakahgreat; devahdemigods; tushuvuhpraised; stutibhihwith prayers; paramthe Supreme. The Vidyadharas, Gandharvas, Siddhas, Kinnaras, and Caranas sang, and the great demigods offered prayers to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Texts 22-24 nanritur divi gandharva vidyadharyo mudanvitah parijataka-mandaramalati-sumanamsi ca mumucur deva-mukhyash ca garjantash ca ghana jale bhadre budhe krishna-pakshe dhatrarkshe harshane vrishe karne 'shamyam ardha-ratre nakshatresha-mahodaye andhakaravrite kale devakyam shauri-mandire avirasid dharih sakshad aranyam adhvare 'gni-vat nanrituhdanced; diviin heaven; gandharvahthe Gandharvas; vidyadharyah the Vidhyadharas; muda-anvitahwith happiness; parijatakaparijatas; mandara mandaras; malatimalatis; sumanamsiand sumanahs; caand; mumucuh released; deva-mukhyahthe great demigods; caand; garjantahroaring; ca and; ghanahthe clouds; jalein water; bhadrein the month of Bhadra; budhe mercury; krishna-pakshein the dark fortnight; dhatra-rikshethe star Rohini; harshaneharshana-yoga; vrisheTaurus; karneon the horizon; ashamyamon the eighth day; ardhain the middle; ratreof the night; nakshatreshaof the moon; mahagreat; udayein the rising; andhakarawith darkness; avrite covered; kaleat the time; devakyamin Devaki; shauriof Vasudeva; mandirein the palace; avirasitappeared; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; aranyamon the arani stick; adhvarein a yajna; agnifire; vatlike.

The happy Gandharvas and Vidyadharas danced in heaven, the great demigods threw many parijata, mandara, malati, and sumanah flowers, and the clouds thundered and sprinkled water. Then, in the month of Bhadra (August-September), during the eighth tithi of the dark fortnight, when Mercury, Taurus, and the Rohini star were on the horizon, and the planets were in harshana-yoga, in the middle of the night, when everything was covered with darkness and the moon was rising, in Vasudeva's palace Lord Hari appeared from Devaki as in a yajna fire appears from the arani wood. Texts 25-29 sphurad-aksha-vicitra-harinam vilasat-kaustubha-ratna-dharinam paridhi-dyuti-nupurangadam dhrita-balarka-kiria-kundalam calad-adbhuta-vahni-kankanam tadid-urjita-guna-mekhalancitam madhubhrid-dhvani-padma-malinam nava-jambunada-divya-vasasam sa-tadid-ghana-divya-saubhagam cala-nilalaka-vrinda-bhrin-mukham calad-amshu tamo-haram param shubhadam sundaram ambujekshanam krita-patra-vicitra-mandanam satatam koi-manoja-mohanam paripurnatamam parat param kala-venu-dhvani-vadya-tat-param tam avekshya sutam yaduttamo hari-janmotsava-phulla-locanah atha vipra-janeshu cashu vai niyutam san manasa gavam dadau sphuratglittering; akshaof jewels; vicitracolorful; harinamwearing a necklace; vilasatglittering; kaustubhaKaustubha; ratnajewel; dharinam wearing; paridhicircle; dyutilight; nupuraanklets; angadamarmlets; dhrita held; balarkarising sun; kiriahelmet; kundalamearrings; calatmoving; adbhutawonderful; vahnifire; kankanambracelets; taditlightning; urjita glorious; guna-mekhala-ancitamwearing a belt; madhubhritof bees; dhvani with the sounds; padmaof lotuses; malinamwearing a garland; navanew; jambunadaof gold; divyasplendid; vasasamgarments; sawith; tadit lightning; ghanacloud; divyasplendid; saubhagamopulence; calamoving; nila dark; alaka-vrindacurly locks of hair; bhritholding; mukhamface; calat moving; amshusplendor; tamahdarkness; haramremoving; paramsupreme; shubhaauspiciousness; damgiving; sundaramhandsome; ambujalotus; ikshanameyes; kritadone; patrapictures; vicitrawonderful and colorful; mandanamdecoration; satatamalways; koiof ten million; manoja

Kamadevas; mohanamcharming; paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; kalasweet; venuflute; dhvani-vadyamusic; tat-paramdevoted; tamHim; avekshyaseeing; sutam his son; yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; hariof Lord Hari; janmabirth; utsavafestival; phullablossomed wide; locanaheyes; athathen; vipra-janeshu to the brahmanas; caalso; ashuat once; vaiindeed; niyutama million; san being; manasain his mind; gavamcows; dadaugave. As he gazed at his son, who wore a glittering and colorful jewel necklace, a glittering Kaustubha gem, splendid armlets and anklets, earrings and a helmet like the rising sun, bracelets like wonderful flickering flames, a belt splendid as lightning, a lotus garland filled with the buzzing of bees, and splendid garments of new gold, and who was splendid as a dark cloud with lightning, His face with moving black locks of hair, His splendor removing the darkness, auspicious, handsome, His eyes lotus flowers, decorated with wonderful and colorful pictures and designs, more charming than ten million Kamadevas, and who was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest and fond of sweetly playing the flute, then Vasudeva, the best of the Yadavas, his eyes blossomed wide with the festive joy of seeing the birth of Lord Hari, in his heart at once gave a million cows in charity to the brahmanas. Text 30 harim anakadundubhih stavaih stavanam tam pranipatya vismitah akarod udita-prabhudayo gata-bhih suti-grihe kritanjalih harimto Lord Hari; anakadundubhihVasudeva; stavaihwith prayers; stavanampraise; tamto Him; pranipatyabowing down; vismitahfilled with wonder; akarotdid; uditamanifested; prabhuof the Lord; udayahappearance; gatagone; bhihfear; suti-grihein the maternity room; krita-anjalihwith folded hands. Standing before the Lord in the maternity-room, astonished Vasudeva bowed down. Now fearless, with folded hands he glorified the Lord with many prayers. Text 31 shri-vasudeva uvaca eko yah prakriti-gunair anekadhasi harta tvam janaka utasya palakas tvam nirliptah sphaika ivadya deha-varnais tasmai shri-bhuvana-pate namami tubhyam shri-vasudevah uvacaShri Vasudeva said; ekahone; yahwho; prakritiof matter; gunaihwith the modes; anekadhamany; asiare; hartaremover; tvam you; janakaO father; utaindeed; asyaof him; palakahprotector; tvamYou; nirlpitahuntouched; sphaikahcrystal; ivalike; adyatoday; dehaof the

body; varnaihwith the colors; tasmaito Him; shri-bhuvana-pateO master of the world; namamiI offer my respectful obeisances; tubhyamto You. Although You are one, the modes of material nature make You (seem to be) many. You are the creator, maintainer, and destroyer (of the worlds). As crystal is colorless, You are untouched by material qualtities. O master of the worlds, I bow down before You. Text 32 edhahsu tv anala ivatra vartamano yo 'nta-stho bahir api cambaram yatha hi adharo dharanir ivasya sarva-sakshi tasmai te nama iva sarva-go nabhasvan edhahsuin fuel; tuindeed; analahfire; ivalike; atrahere; vartamanah being; yahwho; antahwithin; sthahsituated; bahihwithout; apialso; ca also; ambaramthe sky; yathaas; hiindeed; adharahmaintainer; dharanih the earth; ivalike; asyaof that; sarvaof all; sakshithe witness; tasmaito Him; teto You; namahobeisances; ivalike; sarva-gahall-pervading; nabhasvanthe air. Your are inside, like fire in fuel. You are outside, like the sky. You are the maintainer, like the earth. You see everything. You are present everywhere, like the air. Obeisances to You! Text 33 bhu-bharodbhaa-haranartham eva jato go-deva-dvija-nija-vatsa-palako 'si gehe me bhuvi purushottamottamas tvam kamsan mam bhuvana-pate prapahi papat bhuof the earth; bharaburden; udbhaasoldiers; haranaremoval; artham for the purpose; evaindeed; jatahborn; gahof the cows; devademigods; dvijabrahmanas; nijaown; vatsachildren; palakahprotector; asiare; gehe in the home; memy; bhuvion the earth; purusha-uttama-uttamahO most exalted of exalted persons; tvamYou; kamsatfrom Kamsa; mamme; bhuvanapateO master of the worlds; prapahiplease protect; papatsinful. You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the protector of the cows, demigods, brahmanas, and Your own children, who has taken birth in my home on earth in order to remove the great armies that now burden the earth. O master of the worlds, please protect me from sinful Kamsa. Note: The "children" here are the Vaishnavas. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca

paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam shyama-sundaram jnatva natvatha tam praha devaki sarva-devata shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; paripurnatamam sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; shyamadark; sundaramhandsome; jnatvaunderstanding; natvabowing down; athathen; tamto Him; prahasaid; devakiDevaki; sarva-devatawho was equal to all the demigods. Shri Narada said: Understanding that handsome and dark Shri Krishna was the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Devaki, who was equal to all the demigods, bowed before Him and spoke. Text 35 shri-devaky uvaca he krishna he viganitanda-pate paresha goloka-dhama-dhishana-dhvaja adi-deva purnesha purna paripurnatama prabho mam tvam pahi pahi parameshvara kamsa-papat shri-devaki uvacaShri Devaki said; heO; krishnaKrishna; heO; viganita countless; andaof universes; pateO master; pareshaO Supreme Lord; golokadhama-dhishana-dhvajaO flag of the abode of Goloka; adi-devaO original Lord; purneshaO master of the perfect; purnaO perfect; paripurnatamaO most perfect, original Supreme Personality of Godhead; prabhahO Lord; mamme; tvamYou; pahiplease protect; pahiplease protect; parameshvaraO Supreme Lord; kamsaof Kamsa; papatfrom the atrocities. Shri Devaki said: O Krishna, O master of countless universes, O Supreme Lord, O flag of Goloka-dhama, O original Lord, O master of the perfect, O perfect one, O most perfect original Supreme Personality of Godhead, O Supreme Controller, please protect, please protect me from Kamsa's atrocities! Text 36 shri-narada uvaca tac chrutva bhagavan krishnah paripurnatamah svayam sa-smito devakim shaurim praha sa vrijinardanah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tatthat; shrutvahearing; bhagavan Lord; krishnahKrishna; paripurnatamah svayamthe original Supreme Personality

of Godhead; sa-smitahwith a smile; devakimto Devaki; shaurimand Vasudeva; prahasaid; sahHe; vrijina-ardanahthe destroyer of sins. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the destroyer of sins, smiled and spoke to Vasudeva and Devaki. Text 37 shri-bhagavan uvaca iyam ca prishnih pati-devata ca tvam purva-sarge sutapa prajarthi brahmajnaya divya-tapo yuvabhyam kritam param nirjala-bhojanabhyam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; iyamshe; ca also; prishnihPrishni; pati-devatathe chaste wife; caalso; tvamyou; purvasargein the previous creation; sutapahSutapa; praja-arthidesiring children; brahmaof Brahma; ajnayaby the order; divyasplendid; tapahausterity; yuvabhyamby you both; kritamwas done; paramgreat; nirjalawithout water; bhojanabhyamor food. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: In the previous creation she was chaste Prishni, who worshiped her husband as if he were a god, and you were Sutapa, who desired to create children. By Brahma's order you both performed great and splendid austerities, fasting from food and drink. Text 38 kaleshu manvantarake vyatite tapah param tat tapasah prajarthi tada prasanno yuvayor abhuvam varam param bruta maya tadoktam kaleshuin time; manvantarakewhen the manvantara; vyatitehad passed; tapahausterity; paramgreat; tatthat; tapasahof austerity; prajachildren; arthidesiring; tadathen; prasannahhappy; yuvayohwith you both; abhuvam I became; varambenediction; paramgreat; brutaplease speak; mayaby Me; tadathen; uktamsaid. When in time the manvantara had passed, your austerity to attain children continued. Then I became pleased with you and I said, "Ask a benediction." Text 39 shrutva yuvabhyam kathitam tadaiva bhuyas sutas tvat-sadrishah kilavayoh tathastu coktvatha gate mayi prajapati hy abhuta sva-kritena dam-pati

shrutvaheard; yuvabhyamby you both; kathitamsaid; tadathen; eva indeed; bhuyahwill be; sutahson; tvatYou; sadrishahlike; kilaindeed; avayohof us; tathaso; astube it; caalso; uktvasaying; athathen; gate gone; mayiwhen I; praja- patiprajapatis; hiindeed; abhutabecame; svakritenaby that deed; dam-patiman and wife. Hearing this, you both said, "May we have a son like You." I said, "So be it," and left. Then you became a prajapati couple. Text 40 na mat-samah ko 'pi suto jagaty alam vicarya tad vam abhavam pareshvarah shri-prishnigarbho bhuvi vishrutah punar dvitiya-kale 'ham upendra-vamanah nanot; matto Me; samahequal; kah apianyone; sutahson; jagatiin the universe; alamgreatly; vicaryathinking; tatthen; vamof you; abhavamI became; pareshvarahthe Supreme Lord; shri-prishnigarbhahShri Prishnigarbha; bhuviin the world; vishrutahfamous; punahagain; dvitiyaa second; kale time; ahamI; upendrathe younger brother of Indra; vamanahVamana. Thinking, "No one is like Me," I, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, became your son, famous in the world as Shri Prishnigarbha. Then a second time I again became your son as Indra's younger brother Vamana. Text 41 tathabhavam hy adyatane parat paro nitvatha mam prapaya nanda-mandiram ato na bhuyad bhayam augrasenatah sutam samadaya sukhi bhavishyathah tathaso; abhavamI became; hiindeed; adyatanetoday; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; nitvabringing; athanow; mamMe; prapayagive; nandaof Nanda; mandiramthe palace; atahthen; nanot; bhuyatmay be; bhayamfear; augrasenatahof Kamsa; sutamthe daughter; samadaya attaining; sukhihappy; bhavishyathahwill be. Now I, the Supreme Lord, greater than the greatest, have again become your son. Take Me to Nanda's palace. Don't fear Kamsa. Take (Nanda's) daughter and you will become happy. Text 42 shri-narada uvaca tushnim bhutva haris tatra tad bhuyah pashyatos tayoh drishyam hy aprakaam kritva

balo 'bhut kau yatha natah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tushnimsilent; bhutvabecoming; harih Lord Hari; tatrathere; tatthat; bhuyahwill be; pashyatohlooking; tayohof them both; drishyamvisible; hiindeed; aprakaamunmanifest; kritvabecome; balaha child; abhutbecame; kauon the earth; yathaas; naahan actor; Shri Narada said: Now silent, Lord Hari became invisible and, as an actor does, reappeared as an infant on the ground. Text 43 prenkhe dhritvatha tam shaurir tavad vraje nanda-patynam yogamayajani svatah yavad gantum samudyatah

prenkheon the cradle; dhritvataking; athathen; tamHim; shaurih Vasudeva; yavatas; gantumto go; samudyatahabout; tavatthen; vrajein Vraja; nandaof Nanda; patynamin the wife; yogamayaYogamaya; ajaniwas born; svatahherself. As Vasudeva was placing the infant in a cradle and was about to depart, goddess Yogamaya was born in Vraja from Nanda's wife. Text 44 taya shayane vishvasmin rakshakeshu svapatsu ca dvara udghaitah sarvah prasphuac-chrnkhalargalah tayawith her; shayaneon the bed; vishvasmineverywhere; rakshakeshuas the guards; svapatsuslept; caalso; dvaraby the doors; udghaitahopened; sarvahall; prasphuatopened; shrnkhalashackles; argalahand bolts. Goddess Yogamya put all the guards to sleep, unfastened the shackles and locks, and opened all the doors. Text 45 nirgate vasudeve ca murdhni shri-krishna-shobhite suryodaye yatha sadyas tamo-nasho 'bhavat svatah nirgategone; vasudeveVasudeva; caalso; murdhnion the head; shrikrishnawith Shri Krishna; shobhitebeautified; surya-udayein the sunrise; yatha as; sadyahat once; tamahof the darkness; nashahdestruction; abhavat became; svatahspontaneously.

When, his head decorated with Shri Krishna, Vasudeva left, the darkness became at once destroyed, as if the sun had suddenly risen. Text 46 ghaneshu vyomni varshatsu sahasra-vadanah svara nivarayan dirgha-phanair asaram shaurim anvagat ghaneshuas the clouds; vyomniin the sky; varshatsurained; sahasravadanahthousand-faced Lord Ananta; svaraindependent; nivarayanwarding off; dirghalong; phanaihwith hoods; asaramtorrents of rain; shaurim Vasudeva; anvagatfollowed. As the clouds in the sky rained, thousantheaded Ananta Shesha, His great hoods giving protection from the torrents of rain, followed Vasudeva. Text 47 urmy-avartakulavegaih simha-sarpadi-vahini sadyo margam dadau tasmai kalindi saritam vara urmiwaves;avartawhirlppols; akulafilled; avegaihwith turbulence; simha lions; sarpaand snakes; adibeginning with; vahiniriver; sadyahat once; margama path; dadaugave; tasmaito him; kalindithe Yamuna; saritam vara the best of rivers. Filled with great waves and whirlpools and (its shores) filled with lions, snakes, and other wild creatures, the Yamuna, the best of rivers, gave a path to Vasudeva. Text 48 nanda-vrajam sametyasau prasuptam sarvatah param shishum yasoda-shayane nidhayashu dadarsha tam nanda-vrajamNanda's Vraja; sametyaattaining; asauhe; prasuptam asleep; sarvatahall; paramtranscendental; shishuminfant; yasoda-shayane on Yashoda's bed; nidhayaplacing; ashuat once; dadarshasaw; tamher. Entering Nanda's Vraja, he placed the sleeping infant on Yashoda's bed and glanced at Yogamaya. Text 49 tat-sutam samupadaya

punar gehaj jagama sah tirtva shri-yamunam shaurih svagare purvavat sthitah tat-sutamher daughter; samupadayataking; punahagain; gehatfrom the house; jagamawent; sahhe; tirtvacrossing; shri-yamunamShri Yamuna; shaurihVasudeva; svagareto his own prison cell; purvavatas before; sthitah situated. Picking up the infant Yogamaya, Vasudeva left the house, crossed the Yamuna, entered his prison cell, and became as he had been before. Text 50 sutam sutam va jatam cajnatva gopi yashomati parishranta sva-shayane sushvapananda-nidraya sutama son; sutama daughter; vaor; jatamborn; caalso; ajnatvanot knowing; gopithe gopi; yashomatiYashoda; parishrantaexhausted; svashayaneon her bed; sushvapaslept; anandaof bliss; nidrayawith a sleep. Not knowing whether a son or daughter had been born, exhausted Yashoda-gopi slept in bed with a sleep of bliss. Text 51 atha bala-dhvanim shrutva rakshakah samupasthitah ucuh kamsaya viraya gatva tad-raja-mandiram athathen; balaof an infant; dhvanimthe sound; shrutvahearing; rakshakahthe guards; samupasthitahstanding by; ucuhsaid; kamsayato Kamsa; virayathe warrior; gatvahaving gone; tad-raja-mandiramto his royal palace. Hearing the sounds of an infant, the guards went to the royal palace and told the warrior Kamsa. Text 52 suti-griham tvaram pragat kamso vai bhayakaturah svasatha bhrataram praha rudati dinavat sati suti-grihamto the maternity room; tvaramquickly; pragatwent; kamsah Kamsa; vaiindeed; bhayakawith fear; aturahovercome; svasathe sister; atha

then; bhrataramto the brother; prahasaid; rudatiweeping; dinavatlike a wretched person; satithe chaste woman. Overcome with fear, Kamsa rushed to the maternity room. Weeping like the most wretched person, the chaste sister (Devaki) spoke to her brother (Kamsa). Text 53 shri-devaky uvaca sutam ekam dehi me tvam putreshu pramriteshu ca striyam hantum na yogyo 'si bhratas tvam dina-vatsalah shri-devaki uvacaShri Devaki said; sutamdaughter; ekamone; dehigive; meto me; tvamyou; putreshusons; pramriteshudied; caand; striyama woman; hantumto kill; nanot; yogyahis right; asiyou are; bhratahO brother; tvamyou; dinato they who suffer; vatsalahkind. Shri Devaki said: Now that my sons are dead, please give me this one daughter. O brother, it is not right for you to kill a girl. You are kind to they who are miserable. Text 54 te 'nujaham hata-suta karagare nipatita datum arhasi kalyana kalyanim tanujam ca me teof you; anujathe younger sister; ahamI am; hatakilled; sutasons; karagarein a prison cell; nipatitathrown; datumto give; arhasiyou deserve; kalyanaO noble one; kalyanimbeautiful; tanujamdaughter; caalso; meto me. I am your younger sister. You killed my sons and threw me in a prison cell. O noble one, please give this beautiful daughter to me. Text 55 shri-narada uvaca ashru-mukhya mohitaya samacchadyatmajam bahu prarthito 'nkad vinirbhartsya tam sa acicchide khalah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ashrutears; mukhyaface; mohitaya bewildered; samacchadyacovering; atmajamdaughter; bahumany times;

prarthitahbegged; ankatfrom the lap; vinirbhartsyarebuking; tamher; sah he; acicchideattacked; khalahthe demon. Shri Narada said: Bewildered, and her face covered with tears, Devaki pleased and tried to hold the child in her lap. The demon Kamsa rebuked her and grabbed the child. Text 56 kusanga-nitarah papah khalo yadu-kuladhamah svasuh sutam shila-prishhe grihitvanghryor nyapatayat ku-sanga-nitarahwhose friends were demons; papahsinful; khalahdemon; yadu-kuladhamahthe lowest of the Yadavas; svasuhof his sister; sutamthe daughter; shila-prishheon a stole slab; grihitvabrabbing; anghryohby the feet; nyapatayatthrew. Then the sinful demon Kamsa, the lowest of the Yadavas, his friends all demons, holding his sister's daughter by her feet, threw her against a stone slab. Text 57 kamsa-hastat samutpatya tvaram sa cambare gata shata-patre rathe divye sahasra-haya-sevite kamsaof Kamsa; hastatfrom the hand; samutpatyarising; tvaramquickly; sashe; caalso; ambareto the sky; gatawent; shata-patrea hundred-petal lotus; ratheon a chariot; divyesplendid; sahasrathousand; hayahorses; seviteserved. Form Kamsa's hand the girl flew into the sky and entered a splendid hundredpetal-lotus chariot pulled by a thousand horses. Text 58 camarandolite shubhre sthitadrishyata divya-drik sayudhasha-bhuja maya parshadaih parisevita shata-surya-pratikasha kamsam aha ghana-svana camarawith camaras; andolitemoved; shubhresplendid; sthitasituated; adrishyatawas seen; divyadivine; drikappearance; sawith; ayudha weapons; ashaeight; bhujaarms; mayathe goddess Yogamaya; parshadaih by associates; parisevitaserved; shataa hundred; suryasuns; pratikasha splendor; kamsamto Kamsa; ahasaid; ghana-svanawith a voice like thunder.

He saw her standing on a splendid chariot with moving camaras. Then Goddess Yogamaya, served by many attendants, her glorious form splendid as a hundred suns, her eight arms holding weapons, and her voice like thunder, spoke to Kamsa. Text 59 shri-yogamayovaca paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam jatah kva va tu te hanta vritha dinam dunoshi vai shri-yogamaya uvacaShri Yogamaya said; paripurnatamah sakshatthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnahShri Krishna bhagavan Lord; svayampersonally; jatahborn; kvawhere?; vaor; tuindeed; teof you; hantathe killer; vrithauselessly; dinamthis poor girl; dunoshiyou trouble; vaicertainly. Shri Yogamaya said: Lord Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, is already born. Where is He born? He will kill you. You torture this poor girl in vain. Text 60 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva tam tato devi gata vindhyacale girau yogamaya bhagavati bahu-nama babhuva ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvaspeaking; tamto him; tatahthen; devithe goddess; gatawent; vindhyacaleto the Vindhya Hills; girauon a hill; yogamayaYogamaya; bhagavatigoddess; bahumany; nama names; babhuvabecame; haindeed. Shri Narada said: After saying this, the goddess went to the Vindhya hills. There goddess Yogamaya assumed many names. Text 61 atha kamso vismito 'bhuc chrutva mata-vacah param devakim vasudevam ca mocayam asa bandhanat athathen; kamsahKamsa; vismitahastonished; abhutbecame; shrutva hearing; mataof his mother; vacahthe words; paramthen; devakimDevaki;

vasudevamVasudeva; bondage.

caand;

mocayam

asareleased;

bandhanatfrom

At this Kamsa became astonished. Listening to his mother's words, he released Vasudeva and Devaki from their bonds. Text 62 kamsa uvaca papo 'ham papa-karmaham khalo yadu-kuladhamah yushmat-putra-prahantaram kshamadhvam me kritam bhuvi kamsah uvacaKamsa said; papahsinful; ahamI am; papasinful; karma deeds; ahamI am; khalaha demon; yadu-kulaof the Yadu family; adhamah the lowest; yushmatof you; putrathe sons; prahantaramthe killer; kshamadhvamplease forgive; meby me; kritamdone; bhuviin the world. Kamsa said: I am a sinner. I have done many sins. I am a demon. I am the lowest of the Yadavas. Please forgive what I have done in this world. (Please forgive) the killer of your sons. Text 63 he svasah shrinu me shaure manye kala-kritam tv idam yena nishcalyamano va vayuneva ghanavalih he svasahO sister; shrinulisten; meto me; shaureO Vasudeva; manyeI think; kalaby time; kritamdone; tucertainly; idamthis; yenaby which; nishcalyamanahimmovable; vaor; vayunaby the wind; ivalike; ghanaof clouds; avaliha host. O sister, hear me. O Vasudeva, I think this was all done by time, which, as the wind moves the clouds, moves what cannot be moved. Text 64 vishvasto 'ham deva-vakye devas te 'pi mrisha-girah na janami kva me shatrur jatah kau kathito 'naya vishvastahbelieved; ahamI; devaof the demigods; vakyein the words; devahthe demigods; tethey; apialso; mrishafalse; girahwords; nanot; janamiI know; kvawhere; meof me; shatruhthe enemy; jatahborn; kauon the earth; kathitahsaid; anayaby her.

I believed the words of the demigods. The demigods also lie. She said my enemy is already born on the earth. Where? I don't know. Text 65 shri-narada uvaca ittham kamsas tad-anghryosh ca patito 'shru-mukho rudan cakara sevam paramam sauhridam darshayams tayoh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamin this way; kamsahKamsa; tadanghryohat his feet; caalso; patitahfallen; ashrutears; mukhahface; rudan weeping; cakaradid; sevamservice; paramamgreat; sauhridamfriendship; darshayamhshowing; tayohto them. Shri Narada said: Weeping, and his face covered with tears, Kamsa fell at their feet. He rendered great service to them and he showed friendship to them. Text 66 aho shri-krishnacandrasya paripurnatama-prabhoh dana-dakshaih kaakshaish ca kim na syad bhumi-mandale ahahoh; shri-krishnacandrasyaof Shri Krishnacandra; paripurnatama-prabhoh the Supreme Personality of Godhead; danacharity; dakshaihexpert; kaakshaihwith sidelong glances; caalso; kimwhether; nanot; syatmay be; bhumi-mandaleon the circle of the earth. Ah, will the charitable glances of Shri Krishnacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, not come to the circle of the earth? Text 67 pratah-kale tada kamsah pralambadin mahasuran samahuya khalas tebhyo 'vadad uktam ca mayaya pratahmorning; kaleat the time; tadathen; kamsahKamsa; pralamba-adin headed by Pralamba; mahagreat; asurandemons; samahuyacalling; khalah the demon; tebhyahto them; avadatspoke; uktamsaid; caand; mayaya by Yogamaya. Early in the morning the demon Kamsa called together the great demons headed by Pralambasura and told them what Yogamaya said.

Text 68 kamsa uvaca jato me hy anta-krid bhumau kathito yogamayaya anirdashan nidarshams ca shishun yuyam hanishyatha kamsah uvacaKamsa said; jatahborn; meof me; hiindeed; antathe end; kritdoing; bhumauon the earth; kathitahspoken; yogamayayaby Yogamaya; anirdashanyounger than ten days; nidarshanolder than ten days; caand; shishuninfants; yuyamyou; hanishyathashould kill. Kamsa said: Yogamaya said the person that will bring my end is already born on the earth. Therefore all of you please kill all infants, whether they are younger or older than ten days. Text 69 daitya ucuh sajjasya dhanusho yuddhe bhavata dvandva-yodhina tankarenodgata deva manyase taih katham bhayam daityahthe demons; ucuhsaid; sajjasyapreparing; dhanushahbows; yuddhein the battle; bhavataby you; dvandva-yodhinain a duel; tankarena with the sound of the bow udgatahcome; devahthe demigods; manyaseyou think; taihby them; kathamhow?; bhayamfear. The demons said: When you ready your bow for a fight, the twang of its string makes the demigods flee. Why do you fear them? Text 70 go-vipra-sadhu-shrutayo deva dharmadayah pare vishnosh ca tanavo hy esham nashe daitya-balam smritam gahthe cows; viprabrahmanas; sadhudevotees; shrutayahand Vedas; devahthe demigods; dharmathe principles of religion; adayahbeginning with; pareothers; vishnoshof Lord Vishnu; caalso; tanavahbodies; hiindeed; eshamof them; nashein the destruction; daityaof the demons; balamthe power; smritamremembered.

The cows, brahmanas, devotees, Vedas, demigods, and others headed by the principles of religion, are the limbs of Lord Vishnu. When they are destroyed, the power of the demons will be remembered. Text 71 jato yadi maha-vishnus te shatrur yo mahi-tale ayam caitad vadhopayo gavadinam vihimsanam jatahborn; yadiif; maha-vishnuhLord Maha-Vishnu; teyour; shatruh enemy; yahwho; mahiof the earth; taleon the surface; ayamHe; caalso; etatthis; vadhakilling; upayahmeans; gavacows; adinambeginning with; vihimsanamviolence. If your enemy Lord Maha-Vishnu is indeed born on the earth then the way to kill Him is to attack the cows and these others. Text 72 shri-narada uvaca ittham mahodbhaa dusha daiteyah kamsa-noditah dudruvuh kham gavadibhyo jaghnur jatams ca balakan shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; mahagreat; udbhaah powerful; dushahwicked; daiteyahdemons; kamsaby Kamsa; noditahsent; dudruvuhran; khamto the sky; gavaby the cows; adibhyahheaded; jaghnuh killed; jatanborn; caalso; balakaninfants. Shri Narada said: Sent by Kamsa, these powerful and sinful demons flew in the sky. They killed many newborn infants and many cows and other pious beings. Text 73 a-samudrad bhumi-tale vishantash ca grihe grihe kama-rupa-dhara-daityash ceruh sarpa ivabhavan a-samudratfrom the ocean; bhumi-taleto the land; vishantahgoing; ca also; grihe grihefrom house to house; kamaaccording to their own desire; rupa forms; dharaaccepting; daityahdemons; ceruhwent; sarpahserpents; iva like; abhavanbecame. From sea to sea traveling over the earth and entering house after house, these demons, who could assume any form they wished, moved about like so many snakes.

Text 74 utpatha udbhaa daityas tatrapi kamsa-noditah kapih surapo 'li-hato bhuta-grasta ivabhavan utpathahleft the path; udbhaahgreat; daityahdemons; tatrathere; api also; kamsa-noditahsent by Kamsa; kapiha monkey; surapaha drunkard; ali by drink; hatahdestroyed; bhutaby a ghost; grastahhaunted; ivalike; abhavanbecame. The great demons sent by Kamsa were far from the path (of religion). They were like a monkey, or a drunkard destroyed by drink, or a man possessed by a ghost. Text 75 vaideha maithila narendra upendra-bhakta dharmishha-mukhya sutapo janaka pratapin etat satam ca bhuvi helanam anga rajan sarvam chinatti bahulashva catushpadarthan vaidehaO king of Videha; maithilaO king of Mithila; naraof men; indraO lord; upendraof Lord Upendra; bhaktaO devotee; dharmishhaof they who follow the principles of religion; mukhyaO first; sutapahO austere one; janaka O father; pratapinO powerful one; etatthis; satamof the devotees; caalso; bhuvion earth; helanamharassment; angaO pious one; rajanO king; sarvam everything; chinattibroke; bahulashvaO Bahulashva; catushpada-arthanthe four goals of life. O king of Videha, O king of Mithila, O lord of men, O devotee of Lord Upendra, O first of the pious, O austere one, O father, O powerful one, in this way (the demons) harassed the devotees on the earth. O pious king Bahulashva, (the demons) broke apart the four goals of pious life.

Chapter Twelve Shri Nanda-mahotsava-varnana Description of Shri Nanda's Festival Text 1 atha putrotsavam jatam shrutva nanda ushah-kshane brahmanamsh ca samahuya karayam asa mangalam

athathen; putraof his son; utsavamfestival; jatamborn; shrutvahearing; nandahNanda; ushah-kshaneat dawn; brahmananthe brahmanas; caalso; samahuyacalling; karayam asamade; mangalamauspciousness. Hearing the happy news of his son's birth, Nanda called the brahmanas at dawn and had them perform the auspicious ceremonies. Text 2 sa-vidhi jatakam kritva nanda-rajo maha-manah viprebhyo dakshinabhish ca muda laksham gavam dadau sa-vidhifollowing tradition; jatakamthe birth ceremony; kritvahaving done; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; maha-manahwho had a noble-heart; viprebhyahto the brahmanas; dakshinabhihwith priestly rewards; caalso; mudahappily; lakshama hundred thousand; gavamcows; dadaugave. When the traditional birth-ceremony was performed, noble-hearted King Nanda happily gave the brahmanas a hundred thousand cows as dakshina. Text 3 krosha-matram ratna-sanun suvarna-shikharan girin sa-rasan sapta-dhanyanam dadau viprebhya anatah kroshatwo miles; matramsize; ratnaof jewels; sanunmountain peaks; suvarnaof gold; shikharanmountain peaks; girinmountains; sa-rasanwith nectar; saptaseven; dhanyanamof wealth; dadaugave; viprebhyahto the brahmanas; anatahhis head bowed. With bowed head he gave many hills of seven grains with peaks of jewels and gold to the brahmanas. Text 4 mridanga-vina-shankhadya nedur dundubhayo muhuh gayakash ca jagur dvare nanritur vara-yoshitah

mridanga-vina-shankhadyahbeginning with mridangas, vinas, and shankhas; neduhsounded; dundubhayahdrums; muhuhagain and again; gayakah singers; caalso; jaguhsang; dvareat the door; nanrituhdanced; vara-yoshitah varaaganas. Mridangas, vinas, shankhas, dundubhis, and other instruments sounded again and again, singers sang, and at the entrance varaaganas danced. Text 5 patakair hema-kalashair vitanais toranaih shubhaih aneka-varnaish citraish ca babhau shri-nanda-mandiram patakaihwith flags; hemagolden; kalashaihwith pots; vitanaihwith awnings; toranaihwith arches; shubhaihglorious; anekamany; varnaihcolors; citraihwonderful; caalso; babhaushone; shri-nanda-mandiramShri Nanda's palace. Decorated with beautiful and wonderfully colorful flags, awnings, gateways, and golden pots, Shri Nanda's palace was glorious. Text 6 rathya vithyash ca dehalyo bhitti-prangana-vedikah tolika-mandapa-sabha rejur gandha-jalambaraih rathyahighways; vithyahfootpaths; caalso; dehalyahentranceways; bhitti walls; pranganacourtyards; vedikahplatforms; tolika-mandapa-sabha gazebos and assembly-halls; rejuhshone; gandhafragrant; jala-ambaraihwith water. The highways, footpaths, entanceways, walls, courtyards, platforms, gazebos, and assembly-halls glistened with drops of fragrant water. Text 7

gavah suvarna-shriagyash ca hema-mala-lasad-galah ghana-manjira-jhankara rakta-kambala-manditah gavahthe cows; suvarnagold; shriagyahwiith horns; caalso; hemaof gold; malawith necklaces; lasatshining; galahnecks; ghanabells; manjira and tinkling ornaments; jhankarahthinking; raktared; kambalablankets; manditahdecorated. The cows were decorated with red cloths and their horns were covered with gold. Their necks glistened with golden necklaces and they tinkled with many bells and ornaments. Text 8 pita-puccha sa-vatsash ca taruni-kara-cihnikah haridra-kuakumair yuktas citra-dhatu-vicitritah pitayellow; pucchahtails; sa-vatsahwith calves; caalso; taruniof young girls; karaof the hand; cihnikahwith the marks; haridrawith turmeric; kuakumaihand kuakuma; yuktahendowed; citracolorful; dhatuwith mineral pigments; vicitritahdecorated with pictures and designs. Their tails were yellow, their calves were by their sides, they were decorated with taruni-karas, they were anointed with turmeric and kuakuma, and they were decorated with designs and pictures drawn in mineral colors. Text 9 barhi-pucchair gandha-jalair vrisha dharma-dhurandharah itas tato virejuh shrinanda-dvari manoharah barhipeacock; pucchaihwith feathers; gandhascented; jalaihwith water; vrishabulls; dharma-dhurandharahbearing the principles of religion; itas tatah here and there; virejuhshone; shri-nanda-dvariat Nanda's door; manoharah handsome. Decorated with peacock feathers and sprinkled with scented water, many bulls bearing the principles of religion shone gloriously at Shri Nanda's door.

Text 10 go-vatsa hema-maladhya mukta-hara-virajitah itas tato vilanghanto manjira-caranah sitah go-vatsahcalves; hemagold; malanecklaces; adhyahopulent; muktaof pearls; haranecklaces; virajitahsplendid; itas tatahhere and there; vilanghantahleaping; manjiratinkling ornaments; caranahhooves; sitah white. Opulent with golden necklaces, spkendid with strands of pearls, and their hooves decorated with tinkling ornaments, white calves jumped here and there. Text 11 shrutva putrotsavam tasya vrishabhanu-varas tatha kalavatya gajarudho nanda-mandiram ayayau shrutvahearing; putraof the son; utsavamthe festival; tasyaof him; vrishabhanu-varahKing Vrishabhanu; tathaso; kalavatyawith kalavati; gajaarudhahon an elephant; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace; ayayauwent. Hearing of the festival celebrating a son's birth, King Vrishabhanu and Kalavati came, riding on an elephant, to Nanda's palace. Text 12 nanda navopanandash ca tatha shad vrishabhanavah nanopayana-samyuktah sarve te 'pi samayayuh nandahNandas; navanine; upanandahUpanandas; caalso; tathathen; shadsix; vrishabhanavahVrishabhanus; nanavarious; upayanagifts; samyuktahbearing; sarveall; tethey; apialso; samayayuhcame.

The nine Nandas and Upanandas and the six Vrishabhanus all came, bringing many gifts. Text 13 ushnishopari maladhyah pita-kancuka-shobhitah barha-gunja-baddha-kesha vana-mala-vibhushanah ushnishaturban; upariabove; malawith garlands; adhyahopulent; pita yellow; kancukaupper garment; shobhitahdecorated; barhapeacock feather; gunjaand gunja; baddhatied; keshahhair; vanaforest; malagarlands; vibhushanahdecorated. Their turbans opulent with flower garlands and their hair tied with guna and peacock feathers, they were decorated with forest garlands and handsome with yellow garments. Text 14 vamsi-dhara vetra-hastah su-patra-tilakarcitah baddha-varnah parikara gopas te 'pi samayayuh vamsiflutes; dharahholding; vetrasticks; hastahin hand; su-patrawith beautiful pictures and designs; tilakawith tilaka; arcitahanointed; baddhabarhahwith peacock feathers; parikarahmultitudes; gopahgopas; tethey; api also; samayayuhcame. Carrying flutes, sticks in hand, and decorated with peacock feathers and tilaka decorations, many cowherd men came. Text 15 nrityantah parigayanto dhunvanto vasanani ca nanopayana-samyuktah smashrulah shishavah pare

nrityantahdancing; parigayantahsinging; dhunvantahshaking; vasanani garments; caand; nanavarious; upayanagifts; samyuktahwith; smashrulah bearded men; shishavahchildren; pareothers. Dancing, singing, and shaking their garments, many bearded men, accompanied by their sons, brought many different gifts. Text 16 haiyangavina-dugdhanam dadhy-ajyanam balin bahun nitva vriddha yashi-hasta nanda-mandiram ayayuh haiyangavinaof fresh butter; dugdhanammilk; dadhiyogurt; ajyanamand ghee; balinofferings; bahunmany; nitvabringing; vriddhahelderly; yashi sticks; hastahin hand; nandaof Nanda; mandiramto the palace; ayayuh came. Sticks in hand, and bringing many offerings of butter, ghee, milk, and yogurt, many elder cowherd men came to Nanda's palace. Text 17 putrotsavam vrajeshasya kathayantah parasparam prema-vihvala-bhavaih svair anandashru-samakulah putra-utsavamthe festival of a son; vrajeshasyaof the king of Vraja; kathayantahtalking; parasparamamong themselves; prema-vihvala-bhavaih overcome with love; svaihown; anandaof bliss; ashruwith tears; samakulah filled. Overcome with love and their eyes filled with tears of bliss, they talked about the birth-festival of the king of Vraja's son. Text 18 jate putrotsave nandah svanandashrv-akulekshanah

pujayam asa tan sarvams tilakadyair vidhanatah jatemanifested; putrotsavethe festival of a son; nandahNanda; svananda of bliss; ashruwith tears; akulafilled; ikshanaheyes; pujayam asaworshiped; tanthem; sarvanall; tilakadyaihbeginning with tilaka; vidhanatahby placing. His eyes filled with tears of bliss, Nanda worshiped everyone with tilaka and other gifts during the festival celebrating his son's birth. Text 19 shri-gopa ucuh he vrajeshvara he nanda jatah putrotsavas tatha anapatyasyecchato 'lam atah kim mangalam param shri-gopah ucuhthe cowherd men said; heO; vrajeshvaraking of Vraja; he O; nandaNanda; jatahborn; putrotsavahthe festival of a son; tathaso; anapatyasyaof one who is childless; icchatahdesiring; alamgreatly; atah then; kimwhat?; mangalamauspiciousness; paramgreater. The cowherd men said: O king of Vraja, O Nanda, for a chuldless man who desires a son, what can be more auspicious than this festival of a son's birth? Text 20 daivena darshitam cedam dinam vo bahubhir dinaih krita-krityash ca bhutah smo drishva shri-nanda-nandanam daivenaby fate; darshitam-shown; caalso; idamthis; dinamday; vahof us; bahubhihwith many; dinaihdays; krita-krityahsuccessful; caalso; bhutah become; smahwe; drishvaseeing; shri-nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda. After many days, destiny shows this day to us. As we gaze at Nanda's son, our lives have attained success. Text 21

he mohaneti durat tam ankam nitva gadishyasi yada lalana-bhavena bhavita nas tada sukham heO; mohanacharming one; itithus; duratfrom far away; tamHim; ankamon the lap; nitvataking; gadishyasiYou will say; yadawhen; lalanabhavenawith fondling; bhavitawill be; nahof us; tadathen; sukham happiness. When, placing Him on your lap, you fondle Him and say, {.sy 168}O my charming one," then we will be happy. Text 22 shri-nanda uvaca bhavatam ashishah punyaj jatam saukhyam idam shubham ajna-varti hy aham gopa gopanam vraja-vasinam shri-nandah uvacaShri Nanda said; bhavatamof you; ashishahthe blessings; punyatfrom piety; jatamborn; saukhyamhappiness; idamthis; shubhamauspiciousness; ajnathe order; vartispeaking; hiindeed; ahamI; gopaO cowherd men; gopanamof the cowherd men; vraja-vasinamof the residents of Vraja. Shri Nanda said: Your pious blessings make me very happy. O cowherd men, I am a servant obedient to the orders of the cowherd men of Vraja. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca shri-nanda-raja-suta-sambhavam adbhutam ca shrutva visrijya griha-karma tadaiva gopyah turnam yayuh sa-balayo vraja-raja-gehan udyat-pramoda-paripurita-hrin-mano-'agah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shri-nanda-rajaof King Nanda; sutaof the son; sambhavamthe birth; adbhutamwonderful; caalso; shrutvahearing; visrijyaabandoning; grihahousehold; karmaduties; tadathen; evaindeed; gopyahthe gopis; turnamquickly; yayuhwent; sa-balayahwith offerings; vraja-raja-gehanto the palace of the king of Vraja; udyatrising; pramoda happiness; paripuritaflooded; hrithearts; manahminds; 'agahand limbs.

Shri Narada said: Hearing of the wonderful birth of King Nanda's son, the gopis at once abandoned their household duties. Their hearts, minds, and limbs flooded with rising happiness, they rushed with gifts to the palace of Vraja's king. Text 24 a-nanda-mandira-purat sva-grihad vrajantyah sarva itas tata uta tvaram avrajantyah yana-shlathad-vasana-bhushana-kesha-bandha rejur narendra pathi bhupari mukta-muktah aup to; nanda-of Nanda; mandira-puratthe palace; svaown; grihatfrom the home; vrajantyahgoing; sarvahall; itas tatahhere and there; utaindeed; tvaramquickly; avrajantyahcoming; yanafrom coming; shlathatloosened; vasanagarments; bhushanaornaments; kesha-bandhahand hair; rejuhshone; narendraO king; pathion the path; bhuparion the ground; muktareleased; muktahpearls. O king, running from their own homes to Nanda's palace, their garments, ornaments, and hair becoming loose as they went, and dropping pearls on the ground, they all were splendidly beautiful. Text 25 jhankara-nupura-navaagada-hema-ciramanjira-hara-mani-kundala-mekhalabhih shri-kanha-sutra-bhuja-kankana-bindukabhih purnendu-mandala-nava-dyutibhir virejuh jhankarajingling; nupuraanklets; navanew; angadaarmlets; hema golden; ciragarments; manjiraornaments; haranecklaces; manijewels; kundalaearrings; mekhalabhihwith belts; shri-kanha-sutranecklaces; bhujakankanawith bracelets; bindukabhihwith dots; purnafull; indumoon; mandalacircle; navanew; dyutibhihwith splendor; virejuhshone. Decorated with tinkling anklets, armlets, gold ciras, anklebells, necklaces, jewel earrings, sashes, kanha-sutras, bracelets, and bindukas, they shone with the glory of a host of full moons. Text 26

shri-rajika-lavana-ratri-vishesha-curnair go-dhuma-sarshapa-yavaih kara-lalanaish ca uttarya balaka-mukhopari cashishas tah sarva dadur nripa jagur jagadur yashodam shri-rajika-lavana-ratri-vishesha-curnaihwith ground mustard and salt; godhuma-sarshapa-yavaihwith wheat and barley flour; karaof the hand; lalanaih with gentle strokes; caalso; uttaryalifting; balakaof the child; mukhaface; upariabove; caand; ashishahbenedictions; tahthey; sarvahall; daduh gave; nripaO king; jaguhthey sang; jagaduhthey spoke; yashodamto Yashoda. With gentle strokes they anointed the child's face with a paste of wheat and barley flours, black mustard, and salt. They all gave many blessings. O king, they sang, and then they spoke to Yashoda. Text 27 shri-gopya ucuh sadhu sadhu yashode te dishya dishya vrajeshvari dhanya dhanya para kukshir yayayam janitah sutah shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; sadhuwell done; sadhuwell done; yashode O Yasoda; teto you; dishyaby good fortune; dishyaby good fortune; vraja of Vraja; ishvariO queen; dhanyafortunate; dhanyafortunate; paraexalted; kukshihwomb; yayaby which; ayamHe; janitahborn; sutahson. The gopis said: O Yashoda, well done! Well done! O queen of Vraja, your fortune is very great! Your fortune is very great! Your noble womb, which gave birth to such a son, is very fortunate, very fortunate! Text 28 iccha-yuktam kritam te vai devena bahu-kalatah raksha balam padma-netram su-smitam shyama-sundaram icchadesire; yuktamendowed; kritamdone; teby you; vaiindeed; devenaby the Lord; bahu-kalatahafter a long time; rakshaplease protect; balamthe child; padmalotus; netrameyes; su-smitamwith a charming smile; shyamadark; sundaramand handsome.

After a long time the Lord fulfilled your desire. (O Lord,) please protect this lotuseyed, sweetly smiling, handsome, dark boy. Text 29 shri-yashodovaca bhavadiya-dayashirbhir jatam saukhyam param ca me bhavatinam api param dishya bhuyad atah param shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; bhavadiyayour; dayaof mercy; ashirbhihwith blessings; jatamcreated; saukhyamhappiness; paramgreat; ca also; meof me; bhavatinamof you; apialso; paramthen; dishyaby good fortune; bhuyatmay be; atah paramthen. Shri Yashoda said: Your kind blessings bring me great happiness. May you always be very fortunate. Text 30 he rohini maha-buddhe pujanam tu vrajaukasam agatanam sat-kulanam yathesham hipsitam kuru he rohiniO Rohini; mahavery; buddheintelligent; pujanamworship; tu indeed; vraja-okasamof the people of Vraja; agatanamarrived; sat-kulanamof good families; yathaas; ishamdesired; hiindeed; ipsitamdesire; kuru please fulfill. O very intelligent Rohini, please worship the noble people of Vraja who have come here. Please fulfill their desires. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca rohini raja-kanyapi tat-karau dana-shilinau tatrapi nodita dane

dadav ati-maha-manah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; rohiniRohini; rajaof a king; kanyathe daughter; apieven; tatthat; karauhands; dana-shilinaugenerous; tatra there; apialso; noditasent; danecharity; dadaugave; ati-maha-manahvery noble-hearted. Shri Narada said: Even though she was a princess, when asked in this way noblehearted Rohini gave charity with two generous hands. Text 32 garua-varna divya-vasa ratnabharana-bhushita vyacarad rohini sakshat pujayanti vrajaukasah garuafair; varnacolor; divyaglistening; vasagarments; ratnajewel; abharanaornaments; bhushitadecorated; vyacaratdid; rohiniRohini; sakshat directly; pujayantiworshiping; vraja-okasahthe people of Vraja. Then fair-complexioned, splendidly dressed, jewel decorated Rohini worshiped the people of Vraja. Text 33 paripurnatame sakshac chri-krishne vrajam agate nadatsu nara-turyeshu jaya-dhvanir abhun mahan paripurnatamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishneShri Krishna; vrajamto Vraja; agatecame; nadatsusounding; naraturyeshuthe four kinds of men; jayaof victory; dhvanihsound; abhutbecame; mahangreat. When Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, came to Vraja Village, many turyas sounded and a great cry of "Victory!" rose up. Text 34 dadhi-kshira-ghritair gopa

gopyo haiyangavair navaih shishicur harshitas tatra jagur uccaih parasparam dadhiwith yogurt; kshiramilk; ghritaihand ghee; gopahthe gopas; gopyah gopis; haiyangavair navaihwith fresh butter; shishicuhsprinkled; harshitah jubilant; tatrathere; jaguhsang; uccaihloudly; parasparamtogether. Then the happy gopas and gopis sprinkled each other with fresh butter and loudly sang. Text 35 bahir antah-pure jate sarvato dadhi-kardame vriddhash ca sthula-dehash ca petur hasyam kritam paraih bahihoutside; antah-pureinside their homes; jatecreated; sarvatah completely; dadhiwith yogurt; kardamemud; vriddhahelder; caand; sthula large; dehahbodies; caalso; petuhfell; hasyamlaughter; kritamdone; paraihby the others. When a large elder gopa fell in the yogurt-mud that was everywhere, inside and outside the homes, the others laughed. Text 36 sutah pauranikah prokta magadha vamsa-samshakah vandinas tv amala-prajnah prastava-sadrishoktayah sutahthe sutas; pauranikahthe pauranikas; proktahsaid; magadhahthe magadhas; vamsha-samshakahthe reciters of genealogies; vandinahthe vandis; tualso; amalapure; prajnahchildren; prastavaprayers; sadrishalike that; uktayahwords. Then many intelligent and pure sutas, pauranikas, magadhas, vamshashamsakas, and vandis recited many prayers. Text 37

tebhyo nando maha-rajo sahasram gah prithak prithak vaso-'lankara-ratnani hayebhan akhilan dadau tebhyahto them; nandahNanda; maha-rajahthe great king; sahasrama thousand; gahcows; prithak prithakto each; vasahgarments; alankara ornaments; ratnanijewels; hayahorses; ibhanand elephants; akhilanall; dadaugave. To each one Nanda Maharaja gave a thousand cows and many garments, ornaments, jewels, horses, and elephants. Text 38 vandibhyo magadhebhyash ca sarvebhyo bahulam dhanam vavarsha dhanavad-gopo nanda-rajo vrajeshvarah vandibhyahto the vandis; magadhebhyahto the magadhas; caand; sarvebhyahto everyone; bahulamabundant; dhanamwealth; vavarsha showered; dhanavatwealthy; gopahgopa; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; vrajeshvarahthe ruler of Vraja. King Nanda, the wealthy gopa ruler of Vraja, showered great wealth on the vandis, magadhas, and everyone else. Text 39 nidhih siddhish ca vriddhish ca bhuktir muktir grihe grihe vithyam vithyam luhantiva tad-iccha kasyacin na hi nidhihwealth; siddhihmystic perfection; caand; vriddhihglory; caand; bhuktihsense gratification; muktihliberation; grihe griheat every home; vithyam vithyamon every pathway; luhantiroll on the ground; ivaas if; tadicchathe desire; kasyacinof someone; nanot; hiindeed.

Wealth, mystic powers, glory, sense gratification, and liberation rolled about on the ground in every home and on every pathway. No one had any desires left to be fulfilled. Text 40 sanat-kumara-kapilashuka-vyasadibhih saha hamsa-datta-pulastyadyair maya brahma jagama ha sanat-kumara-kapila-shuka-vyasadibhihheaded by Sanat-kumara, Kapila, Shuka, and Vyasa; sahawith; hamsa-datta-pulastyadyaihthose headed by Hamsa, Datta, and Pulastya; mayawith me; brahmaBrahma; jagama hawent. Then, accompanied by me and by the great sages headed by Sanat-kumara, Kapila, Shukadeva, Vyasa, Hamsa, Datta, and Pulastya, the demigod Brahma went there. Text 41 hamsarudho hema-varno mukui kundali sphuran catur-mukho veda-karta dyotayan mandalam disham hamsaon a swan; arudhahriding; hema-varnahgolden color; mukui wearing a crown; kundaliwearing earrings; sphuransplendid; catur-mukhah with four faces; vedaof the Vedas; kartathe author; dyotayanilluminating; mandalam dishamthe directions. Wearing a crown and earings, his complexion the color of gold, and filling the directions with light, four-faced Brahma, the author of the Vedas, came, riding on a swan. Text 42 tatha tam anu bhutadhyo vrisharudho maheshvarah ratharudho ravih sakshad gajarudhah purandarah

tathaso; tamhim; anuafter; bhutaby ghosts and demons; adhyah accompanied; vrisha-arudhahriding on a bull; maheshvarahLord Shiva; rathaarudhahriding on a chariot; ravihthe sun-god; sakshatdirectly; gaja-arudhah riding on an elephant; purandarahIndra. Accompanied by many ghosts and demons, Lord Shiva came, riding on a bull. The sun-god came riding on a chariot. Indra came riding on an elephant. Text 43 vayush ca khanjanarudho yamo mahisha-vahanah dhanadah pushpakarudho mrigarudho kshapeshvarah vayuhVayus; caalso; khanjana-arudhahriding on a khanjana bird; yamah Yama; mahisha-vahanahriding on a buffalo; dhanadahKuvera; pushpakaarudhahriding on a flower chariot; mriga-arudhahriding on a deer; kshapeshvarahthe moon-god. Vayu came riding on a khanjana bird. Yamaraja came riding on a buffalo. Kuvera came riding on a flower chariot. The moon-god came riding on a deer. Text 44 ajarudho vitihotro varuno makara-sthitah mayura-sthah karttikeyo bharati hamsa-vahini aja-arudhahriding on a ram; vitihotrahAgni; varunahVaruna; makarasthitahriding on a shark; mayura-sthahriding on a peacock; karttikeyah Karttikeya; bharatiSarasvati; hamsa-vahiniriding on a swan. Agni came riding on a ram. Varuna came riding on a shark. Karttikeya came riding on a peacock. Sarasvati came riding on a swan. Text 45 lakshmish ca garudarudha durgakhya simha-vahini

go-rupa-dharini prithvi vimana-stha samayayau lakshmihLakshmi; caand; garuda-arudhariding on Garuda; durga-akhya Durga; simha-vahiniriding on a lion; go-rupa-dharinimanifesting the form of a cow; prithvithe earth-goddess; vimana-sthariding in a airplane; samayayau came. Lakshmi came riding on Garuda. Durga came riding on a lion. Manifesting the form of a cow, the earth-goddess came riding in an airplane. Text 46 dolarudha divya-varna mukhyah shodasha-matriikah shashhi ca shibikarudha khadgini yashi-dharini dola-arudhahriding in a swing; divyasplendid; varnahcolors; mukhyahthe most important; shodasha-matriikahthe sixteen Matriikas; shashhiShashhi; ca also; shibika-arudhariding on a palanquin; khadginiholding a sword; yashidhariniholding a stick. The sixteen Matrikas came riding on a swing, and Goddess Shashthi, holding a sword and club, came riding on a palanquin. Text 47 mangalo vanararudho bhasarudho budhah smritah gishpatih krishnasara-sthah shukro gavaya-vahanah mangalahthe ruler of the planet mars; vanara-arudhahriding on a gorilla; bhasa-arudhahriding on a rooster; budhahthe ruler of the planet mercury; smritahconsidered; gishpatihthe ruler of the planet jupiter; krishnasara-sthah riding on a black-deer; shukrahthe ruler of the planet Venus; gavaya-vahanah riding on an ox. The ruler of the planet Mars came riding on a gorilla. The ruler of the planet Mercury came riding on a rooster. The ruler of the planet Jupiter came riding on a black stag. The ruler of the planet Venus came riding on an ox.

Text 48 shanish ca makararudha ushra-sthah simhika-sutah koi-balarka-sankasha ayayau nanda-mandiram shanihthe ruler of the planet Saturn; caalso; makara-arudhahriding on a shark; ushra-sthahriding on a camel; simhika-sutahthe ruler of the planet Rahu; koimillions; balarkaof rising suns; sankashahsplendid; ayayauthey came; nandaof Nanda; mandiramto the palace. The ruler of the planet Saturn came riding on a shark. The ruler of the planet Rahu came riding on a camel. Splendid as millions of suns, they came to Nanda's palace. Text 49 kolahala-samayuktam gopa-gopi-ganakulam nanda-mandiram abhyetya kshanam sthitva yayuh surah kolahalawith a tumult; samayuktamendowed; gopaof gopas; gopiand gopis; ganawith multitudes; akulamfilled; nanda-mandiramNanda's palace; abhyetyaattaining; kshanamfor a moment; sthitvastanding; yayuhwent; surahthe dmeigods. Finally coming to Nanda's palace, which was filled with many gopas and gopis making a great tumult, the demigods paused for a moment, and then entered. Text 50 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam bala-rupinam natva drishva tada devas cakrus tasya stutim param paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnamShri Krishna; bala-rupinamin the form of a child; natvaoffering obeisances; drishvaseeing; tadathen; devahthe demigods; cakruhdid; tasyato Him; stutimprayers; paramexcellent.

After offering obeisances to Him and gazing at Him, the demigods offered many eloquent prayers to Shri Krishna who, although manifesting the form of a child, was the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 51 vikshya krishnam tada deva brahmadya rishibhih saha sva-dhamani yayuh sarve harshitah prema-vihvalah vikshyaseeing; krishnamLord Krishna; tadathen; devahthe demigods; brahmadyahheaded by Brahma; rishibhihthe sages; sahawith; svaown; dhamanito the abodes; yayuhwent; sarveall; harshitahhappy; premawith love; vihvalahovercome. After gazing at Lord Krishna, Brahma and the demigods and sages, now very happy and overwhelmed with feelings of love, went to their own abodes. .pa

Chapter Thirteen Putana-moksha The Liberation of Putana Texts 1 and 2 shri-narada uvaca shaury-anamaya-pricchartham karam datum nripasya ca putrotsavam kathayitum nande shri-mathuram gate kamsena preshita dusha putana ghata-karini pureshu grama-ghosheshu caranti gharghara-svana shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shauriof Vasudeva; anamayathe welfare; pricchaquestion; arthamfor the purpose; karamtax; datumto give; nripasyato the king; caalso; putraof his son; utsavamthe festival; kathayitumto describe; nandewhen Nanda; shri-mathuramto Shri Mathura; gatewent; kamsenaby Kamsa; preshitasent; dushademon; putanaPutana;

ghata-karinimurderess; pureshu in cities; gramatowns; ghosheshuand cowherd villages; carantigoing; gharghara-svanamaking a rumbling sound. While, to ask about Vasudeva's welfare, to pay his tax to the king, and to describe his son's birth-festival, Nanda was in Shri Mathura, the murderess Putana, sent by Kamsa, was traveling among cities, towns, and cowherd villages, making a menacing rumbling sound. Text 3 atha gokulam asadya gopa-gopi-ganakulam rupam dadhara sa divyam vapuh shodasha-varshikam athathen; gokulamGokula; asadyaattaining; gopaof gopas; gopiand gopis; ganawith multitudes; akulamfilled; rupama form; dadharaassumed; sashe; divyamglorious; vapuhform; shodashasixteen; varshikamyears. Coming to Gokula, which was filled with many gopas and gopis, the demoness assumed the form of a splendid sixteen-year old girl. Text 4 na ke 'pi rurudhur gopah sundarim tam ca gopikah shacim vanim ramam rambham ratim ca kshipatim iva nanot; ke apianyone; rurudhuhstopped; gopahgopas; sundarim beautiful; tamher; caalso; gopikahgopis; shacimShaci; vanimSarasvati; ramamlakshmi; rambhamRambha; ratimRati; caalso; kshipatimeclipsing; iva as if. No gopa or gopi stopped this beautiful girl, who seemed to eclipse the goddesses Shaci, Sarasvati, Lakshmi, Rambha, and Rati. Text 5 rohinyam ca yashodayam dharshitayam sphurat-kuca

ankam adaya tam balam lalayanti punah punah rohinyamwhen Rohini; caalso; yashodayamYashoda; dharshitayamwere arrogantly ignored; sphuratmanifest; kucabreasts; ankamon her lap; adaya taking; tamHim; balamthe infant; lalayantifondling; punah punahagain and again. Ignoring Rohini and Yashoda, she took the infant on her lap, fondled Him again and again, and then exposed her breasts. Text 6 dadau shishor maha-ghora kalakutavritam stanam pranaih sardham papau dugdham kaum roshavrito harih dadauplaced; shishohof the infant; mahavery; ghoraterrible; kalakuta with poison; avritamcovered; stanambreast; pranaihlife breath; sardham with; papaudrank; dugdhammilk; kaumbitter; roshawith anger; avritah filled; harihLord Hari. When the very horrible demoness gave her poison-covered breast to Him, infant Lord Hari became angry and drank her life-breath along with the bitter milk. Text 7 munca munca vadantittham dhavanti pidita-stana nitva bahir gata tam vai gata-maya babhuva ha muncaleave!; muncaleave!; vadantisaying; itthamthus; dhavanti running; piditatortured; stanabreasts; nitvabringing; bahihoutside; gata gone; tamHim; vaiindeed; gatagone; mayaillusion; babhuvabecame; ha indeed. Screaming "Leave me! Leave me!", and her breast filled with pain, she ran outside, bringing the infant with her and her magical illusion now gone. Text 8

patan-netra shveta-gatra rudanti patita bhuvi nanada tena brahmandam sapta lokair bilaih saha patatfalling; netraeyes; shvetaperspiring; gatralimbs; rudanti screaming; patitafallen; bhuvito the ground; nanadamade a sound; tenaby that; brahmandamthe universe; sapta-lokaihthe seven planetary systems; bilaih and the expanses of outer space; sahawith. Screaming, her eyes bulging and limbs perspiring, she fell to the ground, making a sound that filled the universe with its seven planetary systems and empty regions of outer space. Texts 9 and 10 cacala vasudha dvipais tad adbhutam ivabhavat sha-krosham sa dridhan dirghan vrikshan prishha-tale gatan curni-cakara vapusha vajraagena nripeshvara vadantas te gopa-gana vikshya ghoram vapur mahat cacalamoved; vasudhathe earth; dvipaihwith its continents; tatthat; adbhutama wonder; ivalike; abhavatwas; sha-kroshamtwelve miles; sa she; dridhanhard; dirghantall; vrikshantrees; prishha-taleto the ground; gatanwent; curni-cakarabroke into pieces; vapushawith the body; vajraagena lightning bolt; nripeshvaraO king of kings; vadantahsaying; tethey; gopaganahthe gopas; vikshyaseeing; ghoramhorrible; vapuhform; mahatgreat. A great wonder happened. The earth and all its continents moved. She became twelve mils long and her thunderbolt body broke many tall and strong trees and made them fall to the ground. O king of kings, when the gopas saw her horrible gigantic body, they said: Texts 11 and 12 asya anguli-go balo na jivati kadacana

tasya urasi sanandam kridantam su-smitam shishum dugdham pitva jrimbhamanam tam drishva jagrihuh striyah yashodaya ca rohinya nidhayorasi vismitah asyahof her; anguli-gahgone on a finger; balahinfant; nanot; jivatilives; kadacanaever; tasyahof her; urasion the breast; sanandamhappily; kridantamplaying; su-smitamsmiling; shishumchild; dugdhammilk; pitva having drunk; jrimbhamanamyawning; tamHim; drishvaseeing; jagrihuh grabbed; striyahthe women; yashodayaby Yashoda; caalso; rohinyaby Rohini; nidhayaplacing; urasion the breast; vismitahastonished. "The child was crushed by her fingers. He could not have remained alive." Then, seeing the smiling infant yawn after drinking the demoness' milk, and then play on her breast, the astonished women, along with Yashoda and Rohinia, grabbed Him, and pulled Him down from the breast. Text 13 sarvato balakam nitva raksham cakrur vidhanatah kalindi-punya-mrit-toyair go-puccha-bhramanadibhih sarvatahcompletely; balakamthe infant; nitvataking; rakshamprotection; cakruhdid; vidhanatahproperly; kalindiof the Yamuna; punyasacred; mrit with mud; toyaihand water; gahof the cows; pucchatails; bhramanawith the movements; adibhihbeginning. Then they took the child and acted to give Him protection by anointing Him with the Yamuna's sacred water and clay, by having a cow wave its tail before Him, and by doing other things also. Text 14 go-mutra-go-rajobhish ca snapayitva tv idam jaguh gahcow; mutraurine; gahcow; rajobhihwith dust; caand; snapayitva bathing; tuindeed; idamthis; jaguhsang.

Bathing Him with cow dust and cow urine, they chanted: Text 15 shri-gopya ucuh shri-krishnas te shirah patu vaikunhah kanham eva hi shvetadvipa-patih karnau nasikam yajna-rupa-dhrik shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; shri-krishnahmay Shri Krishna; teYour; shirahhead; patuprotect; vaikunhahmay Lord Vaikunha; kanhamneck; evacertainly; hiindeed; shvetadvipa-patihthe Lord od Shvetadvipa; karnau ears; nasikamnose; yajna-rupa-dhrikHe who has the form of Lord Yajna. The gopis said: May Shri Krishna protect Your head. May Lord Vaikunha protect Your neck. May the Lord of Shvetadvipa protect Your ears. May Lord Yajna protect Your nose. Text 16 nrisimho netra-yugmam ca jihvam dasharathatmajah adharav avatam te tu nara-narayanav rishi nrisimhahNrisimha; netraeyes; yugmampair; caand; jihvamtongue; dasharathatmajahLord Rama, the son of Dasharatha; adharaulips; avatammay protect; teYour; tuindeed; nara-narayanau rishiNara-Narayana Rishi. May Lord Nrisimha protect Your two eyes. May Lord Rama protect Your tongue. May Lord Nara-Narayana Rishi protect Your lips. Text 17 kapolau pantu te sakshat sanakadyah kala hareh bhalam te sveta-varaho narado bhru-late 'vatu

kapolaucheeks; pantumay protect; tethey; sakshatdirectly; sanakadyah the four Kumaras; kalahkala expansions; harehof Lord Hari; bhalam forehead; teYour; sveta-varahahShveta Varaha; naradahNarada; bhru-late the two vines of Your eyebrows; avatumay protect. May the four Kumaras. who are Lord Hari's kala expansions, protect Your cheeks. May Lord Shveta Varaha protect Your forehead. May Lord Narada protect the two vines of Your eyebrows. Text 18 cibukam kapilah patu dattatreya uro 'vatu skandhau dvav rishabhah patu karau matsyah prapatu te cibukamchin; kapilahKapila; patumay protect; dattatreyaDattatreya; urahchest; avatumay protect; skandhaushoulders; dvautwo; rishabhah Rishabha; patumay protect; karauhands; matsyahMatsya; prapatumay protect; teYour. May Lord Kapila protect Your chin. May Lord Dattatreya protect Your chest. May Lord Rishabha protect both Your shoulders. May Lord Matsya protect Your hands. Text 19 dor-dandam satatam rakshet prithuh prithula-vikramah udaram kamahah patu nabhim dhanvantarish ca te dor-dandamarms; satatamalways; rakshetmay protect; prithuhPrithu; prithula-vikramahvery powerful; udarambelly; kamahahLord Kurma; patu may protect; nabhimnavel; dhanvantarihDhanvantari; caand; teYour. May powerful Lord Prithu always protect Your arms. May Lord Kurma protect Your abdomen. May Lord Dhanvantari protect Your navel. Text 20 mohini guhya-desham ca

kaim te vamano 'vatu prishham parashuramash ca tavoru badarayanah mohiniMohini; guhya-deshamprivate parts; caalso; kaimhips; teYour; vamanahVamana; avatumay protect; prishhamback; parashuramah Parashurama; caalso; tavaYour; uruthighs;' badarayanahVyasa. May Shrimati Mohini protect Your private parts. My Lord Vamana protect Your hips. May Lord Parashurama protect Your back. May Lord Vyasa protect Your thighs. Text 21 balo janu-dvayam patu janghe buddhah prapatu te padau patu sa-gulphau ca kalkir dharma-patih prabhuh balahBalarama; janu-dvayamtwo knees; patumay protect; janghelegs; buddhahBuddha; prapatumay protect; teYour; padaufeet; patumay protect; sawith; gulphauankles; caalso; kalkihKalki; dharmaof religion; patihthe master; prabhuhthe Lord. May Lord Balarama protect Your knees. May Lord Buddha protect Your shins. May Lord Kalki, the master of religion, protect Your ankles and feet. Text 22 sarva-raksha-karam divyam shri-krishna-kavacam param idam bhagavata dattam brahmane nabhi-pankaje sarva-raksha-karamall protection; divyamglorious; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; kavacamthe armor; paramgreat; idamthis; bhagavataby the Lord; dattamgiven; brahmaneto Brahma; nabhinavel; pankajeon the lotus. The Supreme Personality of Godhead gave this glorious and transcendental Shri Krishna-kavaca (armor of Lord Krishna), which gives all protection, to the demigod Brahma on the lotus flower of His navel. Text 23

brahmana shambhave dattam shambhur durvasase dadau durvasah shri-yashomatyai pradac chri-nanda-mandire brahmanaby Brahma; shambhaveto Lord Shiva; dattamgivem; shambhuh Lord Shiva; durvasaseto Durvasa; dadaugave; durvasahDurvasa; shriyashomatyaito Shri Yashoda; pradatgave; shri-nandaof Shri Nanda; mandire in the palace. Then Brahma gave it to Lord Shiva. Lord Shiva gave it to Durvasa Muni. Durvasa Muni gave it to Shri Yashoda in Shri Nanda's palace. Text 24 anena raksham kritvasya gopibhih shri-yashomati payayitva stanam danam viprebhyah pradadau mahat anenaby it; rakshamprotection; kritvadoing; asyaof Him; gopibhihby the gopis; shri-yashomatiShri Yashoda; payayitvacausing to drink; stanam breast; danamcharity; viprebhyahto the brahmanas; pradadaugave; mahat great. In this way Shri Yashoda and the gopis gave protection to (infant Krishna). Then Shri Yashoda gave Him her breast milk to drink, and then she gave great charity to the brahmanas. Text 25 tada nandadayo gopa agata mathura-purat drishva ghoram putanakhyam babhuvur bhaya-vihvalah tadathen; nanda-adayahheaded by Nanda; gopahthe gopas; agatah arrived; mathura-puratfrom the city of Mathura; drishvaseeing; ghoram horror; putana-akhyamnamed Putana; babhuvuhbecame; bhayawith fear; vihvalahoverwhelmed.

When, just returned from Mathura City, the gopas headed by Nanda saw horrible Putana, they were overcome with fear. Text 26 chitva kuharais tad-deham gopah shri-yamuna-tae anekash ca citah kritva dahayam asur eva tam chitvacutting; kuharaihwith axes; tad-dehamher body; gopahthe gopas; shri-yamuna-taeon the Yamuna's shore; anekahmany; caalso; citahpyres; kritvamaking; dahayam asuhburned; evaindeed; tamit. Cutting it up with axes, and making many pyres by Shri Yamuna's shore, the gopas burned her body. Text 27 ela-lavanga-shrikhandatagaraguru-gandhi-bhrit dhumo dagdhasya dehasya pavitrasya samutthitah ela-lavanga-shrikhandaof ela, lavanga, and shrikhanda; tagaraof tagara; aguruand of aguru; gandhithe scent; bhritmanifesting; dhumahsmoke; dagdhasyaof the burned; dehasyabody; pavitrasyapurified; samutthitah risen. The smoke that rose from her now purified burning body was fragrant as ela, lavanga, shrikhanda, tagra, and aguru. Text 28 aho krishnam rite kam va vrajama sharanam tv iha putanayai moksha-gatim dadau patita-pavanah ahahoh; krishnamfor Krishna; riteexcept; kamto whom?; vaor; vrajama we go; sharanamshelter; tucertainly; ihahere; putanayaito Putana;

moksha-gatimthe destination of liberation; dadaugave; patitaof the fallen; pavanahthe purifier. Of whom else but Krishna will we take shelter? The purifier of the fallen, He gave liberation to Putana. Text 29 shri-bahulashva uvaca keyam va rakshasi purvam putana bala-ghatini visha-stana dusha-bhava param moksham katham gata shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kawho?; iyamshe; vaor; rakshasithe demoness; purvambefore; putanaPutana; balaof children; ghatinithe murderess; vishapoison; stanabreast; dusha-bhavawicked; paramultimate; mokshamlibreation; kathamhow?; gataattained. Shri Bahulashva said: Who was this demoness in her previous birth? Why did evil Putana, who murdered children by giving them her poisoned breast, attain ultimate liberation? Text 30 shri-narada uvaca bali-yajne vamanasya drishva rupam atah param bali-kanya ratnamala putra-sneham cakara ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; baliof Bali Maharaja; yajnein the sacrifice; vamanasyaof Lord Vamana; drishvaseeing; rupamthe form; atah paramthen; baliof Bali; kanyathe daughter; ratnamalaRatnamala; putrato a son; snehamaffection; cakara hadid. Seeing the form of Lord Vamana in Bali Maharaja's yajna, Bali's daughter Ratnamala felt for the Lord (a mother's) love for her son. Text 31

etadrisho yadi bhaved balas tam hi shuci-smitam payayami stanam tena prasannam me manas tada etadrishahlike that; yadiif; bhavetwould be; balahboy; tamHim; hi certainly; shucipure; smitamsmile; payayamiI give to drink; stanambreast; tenaby that; prasannamhappy; memy; manahheart; tadathen. (She thought:) If I had a son like Him, then I would give that gloriously smiling son the milk from my breast to drink. In that way my heart would become happy. Text 32 baleh parama-bhaktasya sutayai vamano harih manorathas tu te bhuyan manasy api varam dadau balehof Bali Maharaja; paramagreat; bhaktasyadevotee; sutayaito the daughter; vamanahVamana; harihthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; manorathahthe desire; tucertainly; teof you; bhuyatmay be; manasiin His heart; apialso; varamthe benediction; dadaugave. "may your desire be fulfilled." In this way the Personality of Godhead, Lord Vamana, gave a blessing in his heart to the daughter of His great devotee Bali Maharaja. Text 33 sabhavad dvaparante vai putana nama vishruta shri-krishna-sparsha-sambhuta param prapta-manoratha sashe; abhavatbecame; dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; vai indeed; putanaPutana; namanamed; vishrutafamous; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; sparshaby the touch; sambhutamanifested; paramthen; prapta attained; manorathadesire. At the end of Dvapara-yuga she became known as Putana. Then, by Lord Krishna's touch, she attained her desire.

Text 34 yah putana-moksham imam shrinoti krishnasya devasya parat parasya bhaktir bhavet prema-yutapi tasya tri-varga-shuddhih kim u maithilendra yahwho; putanaof Putana; mokshamliberation; imamthe; shrinotihears; krishnasya devasyaof Lord Krishna; parat parasyagreater than the greatest; bhaktihdevotion; bhavetis; prema-yutawith love; apialso; tasyaof Him; trivargain the three goals of life; shuddhihpurification; kim uwhat to speak of?; maithila-indraO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, a person who hears of Putana's liberation will become purified of the three material desires and will attain pure love and devotion for Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest.

Chapter Fourteen Shakaasura-trinavarta-mokshah The Liberation of Shakaasura and Trinavarta Text 1 shri-garga uvaca ity evam kathitam divyam shri-krishna-caritam varam yah shrinoti naro bhaktya sa kritartho na samshayah shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga Muni said; itithus; evamin thjis way; kathitam said; divyamtranscendental; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; caritampastimes; varamexcellent; yahone who; shrinotihears; naraha person; bhaktyawith devotion; sahhe; kritarthahsuccessful; nanot; samshayahdoubt. Shri Garga Muni said: A person who with devotion hears Lord Krishna's transcendental pastimes becomes perfect and successful. Of this there is no doubt. Text 2 shri-shaunaka uvaca sudha-kandat param misham shri-krishna-caritam shubham shrutva tan-mukhatah sakshat kritarthah smo vayam mune

shri-shaunakah uvacaShri Garga said; sudha-kandatthan nectar; param more; mishamsweet; shri-krishna-caritamShri Krishna's pastimes; shubham beautiful; shrutvahearing; tan-mukhatahfrom his mouth; sakshatdirectly; kritarthahsuccessful; smahbecome; vayamwe; muneO sage. Shri Shaunaka said: O sage, hearing from your mouth Shri Krishna's beautiful pastimes, which are sweeter than nectar, we have now become successful. Text 3 shri-krishna-bhaktah shantatma bahulashvah satam varah atho munim kim papraccha tan me bruhi tapo-dhana shri-krishna-bhaktaha devotee of Shri Krishna; shantapeaceful; atmaat heart; bahulashvahBahulashva; satamof the pious; varahthe best; athah then; munimthe sage; kimwhat?; papracchaasked; tatthat; meto me; bruhiplease tell; tapahausterity; dhanawealth. What did Bahulashva, who was a peaceful-hearted devotee of Lord Krishna, and who was the best of the pious, ask the sage then? O saint wealthy in austerity, please tell me this. Text 4 shri-garga uvaca atha raja maithilendro harshitah prema-vihvalah naradam praha dharmatma paripurnatamam smaran shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; athathen; raja maithilendrahthe kin gof Mithila; harshitahhappy; premawith love; vihvalahovercome; naradamto Narada; prahasaid; dharmaof religion; atmathe heart; paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; smaranremembering. Shri Garga Muni said: Happy, overcome with love, and meditating on the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the saintly-hearted king of Mithila spoke to Narada. Text 5 shri-bahulashva uvaca dhanyo 'ham ca kritartho 'ham bhavata bhuri-karmana sango bhagavadiyanam durlabho durghao 'sti hi

shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; dhanyahfortunate; ahamI am; caand; kritarthahsuccessful; ahamI; bhavataby you; bhurigreat; karmanadeeds; sangahassociation; bhagavadiyanamof the great devotees of the Lord; durlabhahdifficult to attain; durghaahdifficult to be; astiis; hi indeed. Shri Bahulashva said: Because of you, whose devotional service is very great, I have become fortunate and successful. Association with the Lord's great devotees is very rare and difficult to attain. Text 6 shri-krishnas tv arbhakah sakshad adbhuto bhakta-vatsalah agre cakara kim citram caritam vada me mune shri-krishnahShri Krishna; tuindeed; arbhakahinfant; sakshatdirectly; adbhutahwonderful; bhaktato the devotees; vatsalahaffectionate; agrein the first; cakaradid; kimwhat?; citramwonderful; caritamactivities; vadaplease tell; meme; muneO sage. What wonderful activities did wonderful infant Krishna, who loves His devotees, do? O sage, please tell me. Text 7 shri-narada uvaca sadhu prisham tvaya rajan bhavata krishna-dharmina sangamah khalu sadhunam sarvesham vitanoti sham shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sadhuwell; prishamasked; tvayaby you; rajanO king; bhavataby you; krishna-dharminaa devotee of Lord Krishna; sangamahassociation; khaluindeed; sadhunamof saintly devotees; sarvesham all; vitanotigives; shamhappiness and auspiciousness. Shri Narada said: O king, as a devotee of Lord Krishna, you have asked a very good question. Association with saintly devotees brings happiness and auspicious to everyone. Text 8 ekada krishna-janmarkshe yashoda nanda-gehini gopi-gopan samahuya mangalam cakarod dvijaih

ekadaone day; krishna-janma-riksheon the day of Krishna's birth-star; yashodaYashoda; nanda-gehiniNanda's wife; gopithe gopis; gopanand gopas; samahuyacalling; mangalamauspiciousness; caalso; akarotdid; dvijaihby the brahmanas. On the day of Krishna's birth-star, Nanda's wife Yashoda called together the gopas and gopis and had the brahmanas perform auspicious ceremonies. Text 9 raktambaram kanaka-bhushana-bhushitangam balam pragrihya kalitanjana-padma-netram shyamam sphurad-dhari-nakhavrita-candra-haram devan pranamya su-dhanam pradadau dvijebhyah raktared; ambaramgarments; kanakagolden; bhushanaornaments; bhushitadecorated; angambody; balamboy; pragrihyataking; kalita decorated; anjanablack anjana; padmalotus; netrameyes; shyamamdark; sphuratglittering; harilion; nakhanails; avritafilled; candramoon; haram neclace; devanto the demigods; pranamyabowing down; su-dhanamgreat wealth; pradadaugave; dvijebhyahto the brahmanas. Taking her dark boy, who was dressed in red garments and who, His limbs decorated with golden ornaments and His lotus eyes with black anjana, wore a glittering moon necklace of lion's nails, she offered respectful obeisances to the demigods and gave great wealth to the brahmanas. Text 10 prenkhe nidhaya nijam atmajam ashu gopi sampujya mangala-dine prati gopikas tah naivashrinot su-ruditasya sutasya shabdam gopeshu mangala-griheshu gatagateshu prenkheon the cradle; nidhayaplacing; nijamown; atmajamson; ashuat once; gopithe gopi; sampujyarespectfully greeting; mangala-dineon that auspicious day; pratito; gopikahgopis; tahthe; nanot; evaindeed; ashrinot heard; su-ruditasyacrying; sutasyason; shabdamthe sound; gopeshu among the gopas; mangalaauspicious; griheshuin the homes; gatagoing; agateshuand coming. On that auspicious day she placed her son in His cradle, and quickly greeted the gopis. As the cowherd people came and went in the auspicious rooms, the gopi Yashoda did not hear the sound of her crying son. Text 11 tatraiva kamsa-khala-nodita utkacakhyo daityah prabhanjana-tanuh shakaam sa etya

balasya murdhni paripatayitum pravrittah krishno 'pi tam kila tatada padarunena tatraithere; evaindeed; kamsa-khalaby the demon Kamsa; noditahsent; utkaca-akhyahnamed Utkaca; daityaha demon; prabhanjanamade of the wind; tanuha body; shakaamthe cart; sahhe; etyaentering; balasyaof the boy; murdhnion the head; paripatayitumto throw to the ground; pravrittah engaged; krishnahKrishna; apieven; tamhim; kilaindeed; tatadastruck; padawith a foor; arunenared. Then, when a demon named Utkaca, who had been sent by the demon Kamsa, and who had a body made of air, went to a cart and tried to make it fall on Krishna's head, infant Krishna kicked the cart with the red sole of His foot. Text 12 curne gate 'tha shakae patite ca daitye tyaktva prabhanjana-tanum vimalo babhuva natva harim shata-hayena rathena yukto goloka-dhama nija-lokam alam jagama curneto pieces; gategone; athathen; shakaewhen the cart; patitefell; caalso; daityethe demon; tyaktvaabandoning; prabha 24janaof air; tanum body; vimalahpure; babhuvabecame; natvaoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari; shataa hundred; hayenahorses; rathenawith a chariot; yuktah endowed; goloka-dhamato the abode of Goloka; nija-lokamHis own abode; alam greatly; jagamawent. When the cart broke into pieces the demon fell. Leaving his body of air, he attained a pure spiritual body and, after respectfully bowing down before Lord Hari, in a chariot pulled by a hundred horses went to the Lord's own abode of Goloka. Text 13 nandadayo vraja-jana vraja-gopikash ca sarve sametya yugapat prithukams tad ahuh esha svayam ca patitah sakaah katham hi janitha he vraja-sutah su-gatash ca yuyam nandawith Nanda; adayahbeginning; vraja-janathe people of Vraja; vrajagopikahthe gopis of Vraja; caand; sarveall; sametyagoing; yugapatat the same moment; prithukanto the children; tatthis; ahuhsaid; eshahthis; svayamby itself; caand; patitahfallen; sakaahcart; kathamhow?; hi indeed; janithayou know; hehe; vrajaof Vraja; sutahO children; su-gatah present; caalso; yuyamyou all. Headed by Nanda, the men and gopis of Vraja at once converged on that place and asked the children, "How could this cart have fallen by itself? O children of Vraja, you were here. You know."

Text 14 shri-bala ucuh prenkha-stho 'yam kshipan padau rudan dugdhartham eva hi tatada padam shakae tenedam patitam khalu shri-balah ucuhthe children said; prenkhaon the cradle; sthahsituated; ayamHe; kshipankicking; padauboth feet; rudancrying; dugdhamilk; arthamfor the purpose; evaindeed; hicertainly; tatadastruck; padamon foot; shakaeon the cart; tenaby that; idamit; patitamfell; khalucertainly. The children said: Staying in the cradle, crying for milk, and kicking His feet, the child hit the cart with one foot and it fell. Text 15 shraddham na cakrur balokte gopa gopyash ca vismitah traimasikah kva balo 'yam kva caitad bhara-bhrit tv anah shraddhamfaith; nanot; cakruhdid; balaof the children; uktein the words; gopahthe gopas; gopyahgopis; caand; vismitahamazed; traimasikah three months old; kvawhere?; balahinfant; ayamHe; kvawhere?; caand; etatthis; bharaa great burden; bhritholding; tuindeed; anahcart. Astonished, the gopas and gopis did not believe the childrens' words. "What is this three-month old infant in comparison to this heavily-burdened cart?" Text 16 balam anke sa grihitva yashoda graha-shankita karayam asa vidhi-vad yajnam vipraih su-tarpitaih balamthe infant; ankeon the lap; sashe; grihitvataking; yashoda Yashoda; grahaa ghost; shankitafearing; karayam asacaused to be done; vidhi-vataccording to the rules; yajnama sacrifice; vipraihby the brahmanas; su-tarpitaihpleased. Fearing a ghost had come, Yashoda took the infant on her lap, gave offerings to the brahmanas and had them perform a traditional yajna. Text 17 shri-bahulashva uvaca

ko 'yam purvam tu kushali daitya utkaca-nama-bhak aho krishna-pada-sparshad gato moksham maha-mune shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kahwho?; ayamhe; purvam before; tuindeed; kushalifortunate; daityahdemon; utkaca-nama-bhak named Utkaca; ahahoh; krishnaof Lord Krishna; padaof the foot; sparshat from the touch; gataattained; mokshamliberation; mahagreat; muneO sage. O great sage, in his previous birth who was this fortunate demon named Utakaca, who attained liberation by the touch of Lord Krishna's foot? Text 18 shri-narada uvaca hiranyaksha-suto daitya utkaco nama maithila lomashasyashrame gacchan vrikshamsh curni-cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; hiranyaksha-sutahthe son of Hiranyaksha; daityahthe demon; utkaco namanamed Utkaca; maithilaO king of Mithila; lomashasyaof Lomasha Muni; ashramein the hermitage; gacchan going; vrikshantrees; curni-cakara habroke. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, one day the demon named Utkaca, who was Hiranyaksha's son, went to Lomasha Muni's hermitage and broke some trees. Text 19 tam drishva sthula-dehadhyam utkacakhyam maha-balam shashapa rosha-yug vipro videho bhava durmate tamhim; drishvaseeing; sthulabig; dehabody; adhyamopulent; utkacaakhyamnamed Utkaca; maha-balamvery powerful; shashapacursed; rosha-yuk angry; viprahbrahmana; videhahwithout a body; bhavabecome; durmateO evil-hearted one. Seeing the powerful giant named Utkaca, the brahmana became angry and cursed him, "O evil-hearted one, become bodyless!" Text 20 sarpa-kancukavad-deho 'patat karma-vipakatah sadyas tac-caranopante patitva praha daitya-ra

sarpaa snake; kancukavatlike the skin; dehahbody; apatatfell; karmaof deeds; vipakatahby the fruition; sadyahat once; tatof him; carana-upanteat the feet; patitvafalling; prahasaid; daitya-rathe king of demons. From this deed his body at once fell away as a snake's old skin also falls away. The king of demons then fell at the brahmana's feet and spoke. Text 21 utkaca uvaca he mune he kripa-sindho kripam kuru mamopari te prabhavam na janami deham me dehi he prabho utkacah uvacaUtkaca said; heO; munesage; heO; kripaof mercy; sindhahocean; kripammercy; kurudo; mama uparito me; teyour; prabhavampower; nanot; janamiI know; dehama body; meto me; dehi please give; heO; prabhahlord. Utcaka said: O sage, O ocean of mercy, please be kind to me. I did not know your power. O lord, please give me a body. Text 22 shri-narada uvaca tada prasannah sa munir drisham naya-shatam vidheh satam rosho 'pi varado varo mokshartha-dah kim u shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; prasannahpleased; sah that; munihsage; drishamseen; nayamorals; shatama hundred; vidheh from Brahma; satamof saintly persons; roshahanger; apieven; varablessing; dahgiving; varahblessing; moksha-artha-dahgiving liberation; kim uindeed. Shri Narada said: Then the sage, who had studied a hundred lessons in morality from the demigod Brahma, became pleased. The anger of saintly persons brings a blessing. How great is that blessing, which brings liberation? Text 23 shri-lomasha uvaca vata-dehas tu te bhuyad vyatite cakshushantare vaivasvatantare muktir bhavita ca pada hareh

shri-lomashah uvacaShri Lomasha said; vataof air; dehaha body; tu indeed; teof you; bhuyatmay be; vyatitepassed; cakshushantarethe cakshusha-manvantara; vaivasvatantarein the vaivasvata-manvantara; muktih liberation; bhavitawill be; caalso; padaby the foot; harehof Lord Hari. Shri Lomasha said: You may have a body made of air. When the cakshushmanvantara is over and the vaivasvata-manvantra has come, Lord Hari's foot will give you liberation. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca tasmad utkaca-daityas tu mukto lomasha-tejasa sadbhyo namo 'stu ye nunam samartha vara-shapayoh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tasmatfrom that; utkaca-daityahthe demon Utkaca; tuindeed; muktahliberated; lomasha-tejasaby the power of Lomasha; sadbhyahto the saintly devotees; namahobeisances; astushould be; yewho; nunamindeed; samarthahare able; varato bless; shapayohor curse. Shri Narada said: In this way the power of Lomasha Muni gave liberation to the demon Utkaca. I offer my respectful obeisances to the saintly devotees of the Lord, who have the power both to bless and to curse. Text 25 utsange kriditam balam lalayanty ekada nripa giri-bharam na sehe sa vodhum shri-nanda-gehini utsangeon the lap; kriditamplaying; balaminfant; lalayantifondling; ekadaonce; nripaO king; giriof a mountain; bharamthe weight; nanot; sehewas able; sashe; vodhumto carry; shri-nanda-gehiniNanda's wife. O king, one day, as He played on her lap and she fondled Him, Nanda's wife could not longer hold her infant boy, for he had become as heavy as a mountain. Text 26 aho giri-samo balah katham syad iti vismita bhumau nidhaya tam sadyo nedam kasmai jagada ha ahahOh; girito a mountain; samahequal; balahinfant; kathamhow?; syatmay be; itithus; vismitaastonished; bhumauon the ground; nidhaya

placing; tamHim; sadyahat once; nanot; idamthis; kasmaifor what reason?; jagada hasaid. She was astonished, "How has my infant boy become heavy as a mountain?" She placed Him on the ground at once. How has this happened?" she said. Text 27 kamsa-pranodito daityas trinavarto maha-balah jahara balam kridantam vata-vartena sundaram kamsa-pranoditahsent by Kamsa; daityahdemon; trinavartahTrinavarto; maha-balahvery powerful; jaharatook; balamthe infant boy; kridantam playing; vata-vartenawith a whirlwind; sundaramhandsome. The powerful demon Trinavarta, who had been sent by Kamsa, with a circling whirlwind grabbed the handsome, playing infant boy. Text 28 rajo-'ndha-karo 'bhut tatra ghora-shabdash ca gokule rajasvalani cakshumshi babhuvur ghaika-dvayam rajahof dust; andha-karaha blinding darkness; abhutwas; tatrathere; ghoraterrible; shabdahsound; caalso; gokulein Gokula; rajasvalanifilled with dust; cakshumshieyes; babhuvuhbecame; ghaika-dvayamfor an hour. In Gokula there was blinding darkness and a terrible roar. For an hour the dust stopped everyone's vision. Text 29 tato yashoda napashyat putram tam mandirajire mohita rudati ghoshan pashyanti griha-shekharan tatahthen; yashodaYashoda; nanot; apashyatsaw; putramson; tam Him; mandiraof the house; ajirein the courtyard; mohitabewildered; rudati crying; ghoshanof Vraja; pashyantilooking; grihaof the houses; shekharanat the tops. Yashoda did not see her son in the courtyard. Bewildered and crying, she gazed at the roofs of the houses in Vraja. Text 30

adrishe ca yada putre patita bhuvi murchita uccai ruroda karunam mrita-vatsa yatha hi gauh adrishenot seen; caalso; yadawhen; putreher son; patitafallen; bhuvi on the ground; murchitafainted; uccaihloudly; rurodacried; karunampitifully; mritadied; vatsawhose calf; yathaas; hiindeed; gauha cow. When she did not see her son, she fell to the ground unconscious. She loudly and pitifully wept, like a cow whose calf has died. Text 31 rurudush ca tada gopyah prema-sneha-samakulah ashru-mukhyo nanda-sunum pashyantyas ta itas tatah ruruduhwept; caalso; tadathen; gopyahthe gopis; prema-snehasamakulahfilled with love; ashrutears; mukhyahfaces; nanda-sunumthe son of Nanda; pashyantyahlooking; tahthey; itas tatahhere and there. Filled with love, and their faces covered with tears, the gopis also wept as here and there they searched for Nanda's son. Text 32 trinavarto nabhah prapta urdhvam vai laksha-yojanam skandhe sumeruvad balam manyamanah prapiditah trinavartahTrinavarta; nabhahthe sky; praptahattained; urdhvamhigh; vaiindeed; laksha-yojanameight hundred thousand miles; skandheon his shoulder; sumeruvatlike Mount Sumeru; balamthe infant; manyamanah considering; prapiditahtormented. Going eight hundred thousand miles into outer space, Trinavarta was troubled, thinking the infant on his shoulder was as heavy as Mount Sumeru. Text 33 atha krishnam patayitum daityas tatra samudyatah galam jagraha tasyapi paripurnatamah svayam

athathen; krishnamKrishna; patayitumto drop; daityahthe demon; tatra there; samudyatahwas eager; galamthe neck; jagrahagrasped; tasyaof him; apialso; paripurnatamah svayamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The demon wanted to drop Krishna right there, but the tiny Supreme Personality of Godhead steadfastly held his neck. Text 34 munca munceti gadite daitye krishno 'dbhuto 'rbhakah gala-grahena mahata vyasum daityam cakara ha muncalet go!; muncalet go!; itithus; gaditehpoken; daityethe demon; krishnahKrishna; adbhutahastonishing; arbhakahinfant; galaneck; grahena by pulling; mahatagreat; vyasumdead; daityamthe demon; cakara hamade. When the demon cried "Let go! Let go!" the wonderful infant Krishna strangled and killed him. Text 35 taj-jyotih shri-ghanashyame linam saudamini yatha daityo 'mbaran nipatitah shilayam shishuna saha tatof Him; jyotihthe effulgence; shri-ghanashyamedark as a monsoon cloud; linamentered; saudaminilighting; yathaas; daityahthe demon; ambaratfrom the sky; nipatitahfell; shilayamon a boulder; shishunathe infant; sahawith. Then the demon merged in Lord Krishna's effulgence as lightning merges in a dark monsoon cloud. Then the demon and the infant fell from the sky onto a boulder. Text 36 vishirna-vayavasyapi patitasya svanena vai vinedush ca dishah sarvah kampitam bhumi-mandalam vishirnabroken; avayavasyaof the body; apialso; patitasyafallen; svanena by the sound; vaicertainly; vineduhresounded; caalso; dishahthe directions; sarvahall; kampitamtrembled; bhumi-mandalamthe earth.

The sound of the fallen body breaking into pieces filled all the directions and make the earth tremble. Text 37 tat-prishha-stham shishum tushnim rudantyo gopikas tatah dadrishur yugapat sarva nitva matre dadur jaguh tat-prishha-sthamon the back; shishumthe infant; tushnimsilent; rudantyahwailing; gopikahgopi; tatahthen; dadrishuhsaw; yugapatat once; sarvahall; nitvabringing; matreto His mother; daduhgave; jaguhspoke. The weeping gopis saw the infant sitting silently on the demon's back. They quickly brought Him to His mother, gave Him to her, and then spoke. Text 38 shri-gopya ucuh na yogyasi yashode tvam balam lalayitum manak na ghrina te kvacid drisha kruddhasi kathitena vai shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; nanot; yogyasuitable; asiyou are; yashodeO Yashoda; tvamyou; balaminfant; lalayitumto love; manakat all; nanot; ghrinakindness; teof you; kvacitat all; drishaseen; kruddhacruel; asiyou are; kathitenaby the words; vaiindeed. The gopis said: Yashoda, you have no right to embrace this child. You have no kindness. Your own words show how cruel you are. Text 39 prapte 'ndhakare svarohat ko 'pi balam jahati hi tvaya nirghrinaya bhumau dhrito balo maha-bhaye prapteattained; andhakareblinding darkness; svaown; arohatfrom the lap; kahwho?; apiindeed; balaman infant; jahatiputs down; hiindeed; tvaya by you; nirghrinayamerciless; bhumauon the ground; dhritahplaced; balah infant; mahagreat; bhayein fear. In that blinding darkness who took an infant from their lap and abandoned it? You were so merciless that in that terrifying moment you placed your own infant boy on the ground. Text 40

shri-yashodovaca na janami katham balo bhara-bhuto girindra-vat tasman maya krito bhumau cakravate maha-bhaye shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; nanot; janamiI know; kathamhow?; balahinfant; bhara-bhutahbecome very heavy; giri-indra-vatas the king of mountains; tasmatbecause of that; mayaby me; kritahdone; bhumauon the ground; cakravatein the whirlwind; maha-bhayeterrifying. Shri Yashoda said: How did my child become as heavy as the king of mountains? I don't know. That is why during the terrible whirlwind I placed Him on the ground. Text 41 shri-gopya ucuh ma mrisha vada kalyani he yashode gata-vyathe ayam dugdha-mukho balo laghu kusuma-tula-vat shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; madon't; mrishalies; vadatell; kalyani O beautiful one; heO; yashodeYashoda; gatagone; vyatheanxiety; ayam He; dugdhamilk; mukhahin His mouth; balahinfant; laghulight; kusuma-tulavatas a flower. The gopis said: O beautiful one, don't lie! O Yashoda now free from all trouble, this infant, the milk still in His mouth, is as light as a flower! Text 42 shri-narada uvaca tada gopyo 'tha gopash ca nandadya agate shishau ativa-modam samprapur vadantah kushalam janaih shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; gopyahthe gopis; atha then; gopahthe gopas; caand; nanda-adyahheaded by Nanda; agatecame; shishauchild; ativa-modamgreat happiness; samprapuhattained; vadantah speaking; kushalamauspicious words; janaihby the people. Shri Narada said: When infant Krishna was returned the gopis and gopas headed by Nanda became very happy and happily spoke among themselves. Text 43

yashoda balakam nitva payayitva stanam muhuh aghrayorasi vastrena rohinim praha mohita yashodaYashoda; balakamthe infant; nitvabringing; payayitvamade drink; stanambreast; muhuhagain and again; aghrayasmelling; urasion the chest; vastrenawith garments; rohinimto Rohini; prahasaid; mohita bewildered. Yashoda took the infant, made Him again and again drink from her breast, smelled His head, and dressed Him in nice clothes. Then, bewildered, she spoke to Rohini. Text 44 shri-yashodovaca eko daivena datto 'yam na putra bahavash ca me tasyapi bahavo 'risha agacchanti kshanena vai shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; ekahone; daivenaby fate; dattah given; ayamHim; nanot; putrahsons; bahavahmany; caaslo; meof me; tasyaof Him; apialso; bahavahmany; arishahdangers; agacchanticome; kshanenaat every moment; vaicertainly. Shri Yashoda said: Fate has given me only one son. I do not have many sons. But to that one son many dangers come at every moment. Text 45 adya mrityu-mukhan mukto bhavishyat kim atah param kim karomi kva gacchami kutra vaso bhaved atah adyatoday; mrityuof death; mukhanfrom the mouth; muktahfreed; bhavishyatwould be; kimwhat?; atah paramthen; kimwhat?; karomiI do; kvawhere?; gacchamiI go; kutrawhere?; vasahresidence; bhavetwould be; atahthen. Today He escaped from death's mouth. If He had died what would have happened? What would I do? Where would I go? Where would I live then? Text 46 vajra-sarash ca ye daitya nirdaya ghora-darshanah vairam kurvanti me bale

daiva daiva kutah sukham vajraas a thunderbolt; sarahstrong; caaslo; yewhich; daityahdemons; nirdayahmerciless; ghoraterrible; darshanahto see; vairamhatred; kurvanti do; meto my; baleson; daivaO fate; daivaO fate; kutahwhere?; sukham happiness. Many demons who are strong as thunderbolts and terrible to see hate my son. O fate, fate, how will we be happy? Text 47 dhanam deho griham saudho ratnani vividhani ca sarvesham tu hy avashyam vai bhuyan me kushali shishuh dhanamwealth; dehahbody; grihamhome; saudhaha palace; ratnani jewels; vividhanivarious; caand; sarveshamof all; tucertainly; hiindeed; avashyaminevitably; vaiindeed; bhuyatmay become; meof me; kushali happy; shishuhchild. My wealth, body, palace, and many jewels are all only so my son will be happy. Text 48 harer arcam danam isham purtam devalayam shatam karishyami tada balo 'rishebhyo vijayi yada harehof Lord Hari; arcamworship; danamcharity; isham purtampublic welfare activities; devalayamtemples; shatama hundred; karishyamiI will do; tadathen; balahboy; arishebhyahover dangers; vijayiconquering; yada when. I will worship Lord Hari, give charity, do great public welfare works, and build a hundred temples. Then my boy will be victorious over all dangers. Text 49 eka-balena me saukhyam andha-yashir iva priye balam nitva gamishyami deshe rohini nirbhaye ekawith one; balenachild; meof me; saukhyamof happiness; andhaa blind; yashihstick; ivaas if; priyeO dear one; balamboy; nitvabringing; gamishyamiI will go; deshein the country; rohiniO Rohini; nirbhayewithout fear.

My son will make me happy. I will become like a blind stick immobile with bliss. O dear Rohini, I will take my son and go to the kingdom of fearlessness. Text 50 shri-narada uvaca tadaiva vipra vidvamsa agata nanda-mandiram yashodaya ca nandena pujita asana-sthitah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; evacertainly; viprahthe brahmanas; vidvamsahwise; agatahcame; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace; yashodayawith Yashoda; caand; nandenawith Nanda; pujitaworshiped; asanaon a seat; sthitahsituated. Shri Narada said: Then many learned brahmanas came to Nanda's palace. Nanda and Yashoda worshiped them and gave them seats. Text 51 shri-brahmana ucuh ma shocam kuru he nanda he yashode vrajeshvari karishyamah shisho raksham ciran-jivi bhaved ayam shri-brahmanah ucuhthe brahmanas said; madon't; shocamlamentation; kurudo; heO; nandaNanda; heO; yashodeYashoda; vrajeshvariO queen of Vraja; karishyamahwe will do; shishohof the boy; rakshamprotection; cirat a long time; jiviliving; bhavetwill be; ayamHe. The brahmanas said: O Nanda, O Yashoda queen of Vraja, don't lament. We will protect your son. He will live for a long time. Texts 52 and 53 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva dvija-mukhyas te kushagrair nava-pallavaih pavitra-kushalais toyair rig-yajuh-sama-jaih stavaih paraih svasty-ayanair yajnam karayitva vidhanatah agnim sampujya vidhi-vad raksham vidadhire shishoh

shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvasaying; dvija-mukhyah the great brahmanas; tethey; kusha-agraihwith tips of kusha grass; navapallavaihand new twigs; pavitrapure; kushalaihauspicious; toyaihwith water; rig-yajuh-sama-jaihfrom the Rig, Sama, and Yajur Vedas; stavaihwith prayers; paraihtranscendental; svasty-ayanaihwith blessings; yajnamsacrifice; karayitvaperforming; vidhanatahaccording to proper procedure; agnimfire; sampujyaworshiping; vidhi-vatproperly; rakshamprotection; vidadhiredid; shishohof the child. After saying this, the great brahmanas, with new twigs, kusha grass, pure sacred water, prayers from the Rig, Sama, and Yajur Vedas, and many auspicious blessings, properly performed a yajna and properly worshiped the sacred fire. In this way they established the protection of child Krishna. Text 54 shri-brahmana ucuh damodarah patu padau januni vistara-shravah uru patu harir nabhim paripurnatamah svayam shri-brahmanah ucuhthe brahmanas said; damodarahLord Damodara; patu may protect; padaufeet; januniknees; vistara-shravahLord Vistara-shravah; uruthighs; patumay protect; harihLord Hari; nabhimnavel; paripurnatamah svayamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. The brahmanas said: May Lord Damodara protect Your feet. May Lord Vistarashrava protect Your knees. May Lord Hari protect Your thighs. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead protect Your navel. Text 55 kaim radha-patih patu pita-vasas tavodaram hridayam padma-nabhash ca bhujau govardhanoddharah kaimhips; radha-patihthe Lord of Radha; patumay protect; pita-vasah who wears yellow garments; tavaYour; udaramabdomen; hridayamchest; padma-nabhahthe Lord whose navel is a lotus; caand; bhujauarms; govardhana-uddharahthe lifter of Govardhana Hill. May the Lord of Radha protect Your hips. May the Lord who wears yellow garments protect Your abdomen. May the Lord whose navel is a lotus flower protect Your chest. May the Lord who lifted Govardhana Hill protect Your arms. Text 56 mukham ca mathura-natho

dvarakeshah shiro 'vatu prishham patv asura-dhvamsi sarvato bhagavan svayam mukhamface; caand; mathura-nathahthe Lord of Mathura; dvarakeshah the Lord of Dvaraka; shirahhead; avatumay protect; prishhamback; patu may protect; asura-dhvamsithe killer of the demons; sarvatahcompletely; bhagavan svayamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. May the Lord of Mathura protect Your face. May the Lord of Dvaraka protect Your head. May the Lord who kills the demons protect Your back. May the Supreme Personality of Godhead give You all protection. Text 57 shloka-trayam idam stotram yah pahen manavah sada maha-saukhyam bhavet tasya na bhayam vidyate kvacit shloka-trayamthree verses; idamthis; stotramprayer; yahone who; pahet-recites; manavaha human being; sadaregularly; maha-saukhyamgreat happiness; bhavetwill be; tasyaof him; nanot; bhayamfear; vidyateis; kvacitat any time. A human being who regularly recites this prayer of three verses will always be very happy. He will never fear. Text 58 shri-narada uvaca nandas tebhyo gavam laksham suvarnam dasha-lakshakam sahasram nava-ratnanam vastra-laksham dadau param shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; nandahNanda; tebhyahto them; gavamof cows; lakshama hundred thousand; suvarnamgold; dasha-lakshakam a million; sahasrama thousand; navanew; ratnanamjewels; vastraof garments; lakshama hundred thousand; dadaugave; paramthen. Shri Narada said: To them Nanda gave a hundred thousand cows, a million gold coins, a thousand new jewels, and a hundred thousand opulent garments. Text 59 gateshu dvija-mukhyeshu nando gopan niyamya ca bhojayam asa sampujya

vastrair bhushair manoharaih gateshuwere gone; dvija-mukhyeshuwhen the great brahmanas; nandah Nanda; gopanthe gopas; niyamyaattaining; caalso; bhojayam asafed; sampujyaworshiping; vastraihwith garments; bhushaihwith ornaments; manoharaihbeautiful. When the great brahmanas had gone, Nanda invited the gopas, fed them sumptuously, honored them, and gave them many beautiful garments and ornaments. Text 60 shri-bahulashva uvaca trinavartah purva-kale ko 'yam sukrita-krin narah paripurnatame sakshac chri-krishne linatam gatah shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; trinavartahTrinavarta; purvakalein his previous time; kahwho?; ayamhe; sukrita-kritperformer of pious deeds; narahperson; paripurnatame sakshatin the Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishneShri Krishna; linatammerging; gatahattained. Shri Bahulashva said: What pious deeds did Trinavarta perform in his previous birth that he merged into Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead? Text 61 shri-narada uvaca pandu-deshodbhavo raja sahasrakshah pratapavan hari-bhakto dharma-nishho yajna-krid dana-tat-parah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; pandu-deshain the country of Pandu; udbhavahborn; rajaking; sahasrakshahSahasrakshaeyes; pratapavan powerful; hariof Lord Hari; bhaktaha devotee; dharma-nishhaha follower of religion; yajna-kritperformer of sacrifices; dana-tat-parahdevoted to giving charity. Shri Narada said: He was Sahasraksha, a powerful king of Pandu-desha. He was a devotee of Lord Hari, a follower of religion, a performer of yajnas, and a giver of charity. Text 62 reva-tae maha-divye lata-vetra-samakule narinam ca sahasrena

ramamano cakara ha revaof the Reva; taeon the bank; maha-divyevery splendid; lata-vetrasamakulefilled with vines; narinamof women; caalso; sahasrenawith a thousand; ramamanahenjoying; cakara hadid. On the shore of the Reva, in a very splendid place filled with flowering vines, he enjoyed pastimes with a thousand beautiful women. Text 63 durvasasam munim sakshad agatam na nanama ha tada munir dadau shapam rakshaso bhava durmate durvasasam munimDurvasa Muni; sakshatdirectly; agatamarrived; na not; nanama haoffered obeisances; tadathen; munihthe sage; dadaugave; shapama curse; rakshasaha demon; bhavabecome; durmateO evil-hearted one. When Durvasa Muni came there the king did not bow down to offer respects to him. Then the sage cursed him, "O evil-hearted one, become a demon!" Text 64 punas tad-anghryoh patitam nripam pradad varam munih shri-krishna-vigraha-sparshan muktis te bhavita nripa punahagain; tatof him; anghryohat the feet; patitamfallen; nripamto the king; pradatgave; varama blessing; munihthe sage; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; vigrahaof the body; sparshatby the touch; muktihliberation; teof you; bhavitawill be; nripaO king. When the king fell at his feet, the sage gave a blessing, "O king, the touch of Shri Krishna's form will give you liberation." Text 65 shri-narada uvaca so 'pi durvasasah shapat trinavarto 'bhavat bhuvi shri-krishna-vigraha-sparshat param moksham avapa ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sahhe; apialso; durvasasahof Durvasa; shapatfrom the curse; trinavartahTrinavarta; abhavatbecame; bhuvi

on earth; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; vigrahaof the form; sparshatby the touch; param mokshamliberation; avapaattained; hacertainly. Shri Narada said: Because of Durvasa's curse he became Trinavarta on the earth and by the touch of Shri Krishna's form he attained liberation.

Chapter Fifteen Nanda-patnya vishva-rupa-darshanam Revelation of the Universal Form to Nanda's Wife Text 1 shri-narada uvaca prenkhe harim kanaka-ratna-maye shayanam shyamam shishum jana-mano-hara-manda-hasam drishyarti-hari mashi-bindu-dharam yashoda svanke cakara dhrita-kajjala-padma-netram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; prenkheon the cradle; harimLord Hari; kanakaof gold; ratnaand jewels; mayemade; shayanamresting; shyamam dark; shishuminfant; janaof the people; manahthe hearts; haraenchanting; mandagentle;; hasamsmile; drishyaby a glance; artisufferings; hari removing; mashiof mashi; bindua dot; dharamwearing; yashodaYashoda; svankeon her lap; cakaradid; dhritaheld; kajjalaof black kajjala; padma lotus; netrameyes. Shri Narada said: Yashoda took dark Lord Hari, whose gentle smile enchants the people's hearts, whose glance takes away their troubles, who was decorated with dots of mashi, whose lotus eyes were anointed with black kajjala, and who was resting in a cradle of gold and jewels, on her lap. Text 2 padam pibantam ati-cancalam adbhutangam vakrair vinila-nava-komala-kesha-bandhaih shriman-nrikeshari-nakha-sphurad-ardha-candram tam lalayanty ati-ghrina mudam apa gopi padamfoot; pibantamdrinking; ati-ca 24calamvery restless; adbhuta wonderful; angamlimbs; vakraihwith curly; vinilablack; navanew; komala soft; kesha-bandhaihhair; shrimathandsome; nrikesharilion's; nakhanails; sphuratglistening; ardhahalf; candrammoon; tamHim; lalayantifondling; ati-ghrinawith kindness; mudamhappiness; apaattained; gopithe gopi. Filled with tender motherly love, the gopi attained great happiness as she caressed the restless child now licking His foot, decorated with a glittering halfmoon necklace of lion's nails, His limbs very wonderful, and handsome with curly new black hairs.

Text 3 balasya pita-payaso nripa jrimbhitasya tattvani casya vadane sakale 'virajan mata suradhipa-mukhaih prayutam ca sarvam drishva param bhayam avapa nimilitakshi balasyaof the infant; pitadrunk; payasahmilk; nripaO king; jrimbhitasya yawned; tattvanithe truths; caand; asyaof Him; vadanein the mouth; sakale all; avirajanmanifested; matathe mother; suradhipa-mukhaihby the great leaders of the demigods; prayutamjoined; caalso; sarvamall; drishva seeing; paramgreat; bhayamfear; avapaattained; nimilitaclosed; akshi eyes. O king, when the child, finished with drinking milk, yawned, all the elements of the universe suddenly appeared in His mouth. Seeing the entire universe and all the demigods suddenly present in her son's mouth, mother Yashoda, now closing her eyes, became very afraid. Text 4 rajan parasya paripurnatamasya sakshat krishnasya vishvam akhilam kapaena sa hi nasha-smritih punar abhut sva-sute ghrinarta kim varnayami sutapo bahu nanda-patnyah rajanO king; parasya paripurnatamasya sakshat krishnasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna; vishvamthe universe; akhilamthe entire; kapaenaas a trick; sashe; hiindeed; nashadestroyed; smritihmemory; punahagain; abhutbecame; sva-sutefor her son; ghrinawith material kindness; artaoverwhelmed; kimwhat?; varnayamiI say; sutapahthe great austerities; bahumany; nanda-patnyahof Nanda's wife. O king, her memory of seeing the entire universe destroyed by the Supreme Lord Krishna's illusory potency, she became overpowered with maternal love for her son. How can I describe the many great austerities Nanda's wife must have performed? Text 5 shri-bahulashva uvaca nando yashodaya sardham kim cakara tapo mahat yena shri-krishnacandro 'pi putri-bhuto babhuva ha shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; nandahNanda; yashodaya Yashoda; sardhamwith; kimwhat?; cakaradid; tapahausterities; mahat

great; yenaby which; shri-krishnacandrahLord Krishnacandra; apieven; putri son; bhuto babhuva habecame. Shri Bahulashva said: What great austerities did Nanda and Yashoda do that Shri Krishnacandra became their son? Text 6 shri-narada uvaca ashanam vai vasunam ca drono mukhyo dhara-patih anapatyo vishnu-bhakto deva-rajyam cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ashanameight; vaicertainly; vasunamof the Vasus; caalso; dronahDrona; mukhyahthe first; dhara-patih the husband of Dhara; anapatyahwithout children; vishnu-bhaktahdevoted to Lord Vishnu; deva-rajyamkingdom; cakara hadid. Shri Narada said: Nanda, Dhara's husband, was the best of the eight Vasus. Childless, and a great devotee of Lord Vishnu, he ruled a kingdom in the realm of the demigods. Text 7 ekada putra-kankshi ca brahmana nodito nripa mandaradrim gatas taptum dharaya bharyaya saha ekadaone day; putraa son; kankshidesiring; caalso; brahmanaby Brahma; noditahsent; nripaO king; mandaradrimto Mount Mandara; gatah gone; taptumto perform austerities; dharayaDhara; bharyayahis wife; saha with. He desired a child. Sent by the demigod Brahma, he went with his wife Dhara to Mount Mandara to perform austerities. Text 8 kanda-mula-phalaharau tatah parnashanau tatah jala-bhakshau tatas tau tu nirjalau nirjane sthitau kanda-mulaof roots; phalaand fruits; aharaueating; tatahthen; parna leaves; ashanaueating; tatahthen; jalawater; bhakshaueating; tatahthen; tauthey; tucertainly; nirjalauwithout water; nirjanein a secluded place; sthitaustayed.

First they ate only fruits and roots. Then they ate only leaves. Then they only drank water. Then, staying in a secluded place, they did not even drink water. Text 9 arshanam arbude yate tapas tat tapator dvayoh brahma prasannas tav etya varam bruhity uvaca ha varshanamof years; arbudea hundred million; yatepassed; tapah austerities; tatthat; tapatohperforming; dvayohboth; brahmaBrahma; prasannahpleased; tauboth; etyagoing; varambenediction; bruhiplease ask; itithus; uvacasaid; haindeed. After they has spent a hundred million years performing these austerities, the demigod Brahma, pleased with them, approached and said, "Ask a benediction". Text 10 valmikan nirgato drono dharaya bharyaya saha natva vidhim ca sampujya harshitah praha tam prabhum valmikanfrom an anthill; nirgatahemerged; dronahDrona; dharayaDhara; bharyayahis wife; sahawith; natvabowing down; vidhimBrahma; caand; sampujyaworshiping; harshitahhappy; prahasaid; tamto him; prabhum master. Emerging from an anthill with his wife, Dhara, jubilant Drona, bowing down and worshiping him, spoke to Lord Brahma. Text 11 shri-drona uvaca paripurnatame krishne putri-bhute janardane bhaktih syad avayor brahman satatam prema-lakshana shri-dronah uvacaShri Drona said; paripurnatameto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; krishneKrishna; putri-bhuteas a son; janardanethe Lord who removes His devotees' sufferings; bhaktihdevotion; syatmay be; avayohof us; brahmanO Brahma; satatameternally; premaby love; lakshana characterized. Shri Drona said: O Brahma, may Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, become our son, and may we both always have love and devotion for him, the Lord who removes the sufferings of His devotees.

Text 12 yayanjasa tarantiha dustaram bhava-sagaram nanyam param vanchitam syad avayos tapator vidhe yayaby whom; anjasaquickly; taranticross; ihahere; dustaramdifficult to cross; bhavaof repeated birth and death; sagaramthe ocean; nanot; anyam another; paramsuperior; vanchitamdesired; syatis; avayohof us; tapatoh performing austerities; vidheO Brahma. Love and devotion for Him enables the living entities to cross the impassable ocean of repeated birth and death. O Brahma, we two who are performing austerities desire nothing else. Text 13 shri-brahmovaca yuvabhyam yacitam yan me durghaam durlabham varam tathapi bhuyat sa-phalam yuvayor anya-janmani shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; yuvabhyamby you two; yacitam requested; yatwhat; mefor me; durghaamimpossible; durlabhamdifficult; varambenediction; tathapistill; bhuyatmay become; sa-phalamfruitful; yuvayohfor you both; anyain another; janmanibirth. Shri Brahama said: Although I myself cannot attain the benediction you request, I grant that your desire will be fulfilled in another birth. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca drono nando 'bhavad bhumau yashoda sa dhara smrita krishno brahma-vacah kartum prapto ghoshe pituh purat shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; dronahDrona; nandahNanda; abhavat became; bhumauon the earth; yashodaYashoda; sashe; dharaDhara; smritaremembered; krishnahKrishna; brahma-vacahthe words of Brahma; kartumto do; praptahattained; ghoshein Vraja; pituhof the father; purat from the city. Shri Narada said: Drona was born as Nanda on the earth and Dhara was born as Yashoda. To fulfill Brahma's words, Lord Krishna went from His father's palace to the village of Vraja.

Text 15 sudha-khandat param misham shri-krishna-caritam shubham gandhamadana-shringe vai narayana-mukhac chrutam sudha-khandatthan nectar; parammore; mishamsweet; shri-krishnacaritamShri Krishna's pastimes; shubhambeautiful; gandhamadana-shringeon the summit of Mount Gandhamadana; vaiindeed; narayana-mukhatfrom the mouth of Lord Narayana; shrutamheard. On the summit of Mount Gandhamadana I heard these beautiful, sweeter than nectar pastimes of Lord Krishna from the mouth of Narayana Rishi. Text 16 kripaya ca kritartho 'ham nara-narayanasya ca maya tubhyam ca kathitam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi kripayaby mercy; caalso; kritarthahsuccessful; ahamI; nara-narayanasya of Lord Nara-Narayana; caalso; mayaby me; tubhyamto you; caand; kathitamspoken; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasido you wish. By the mercy of Lord Nara-Narayana I attained the goal of life. I have told you what They said. What more do you wish to hear? Text 17 shri-bahulashva uvaca nanda-gehe harih sakshac chishu-rupah sanatanah kim cakara balenapi tan me bruhi maha-mune shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; nandaof Nanda; gehein the home; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; shishuof a child; rupahthe form; sanatanaheternal; kimwhat?; cakaradid; balenawith Balarama; apialso; tat that; meto me; bruhitell; maha-muneO great sage. Shri Bahulashva said: When He displayed His eternal form of a child in Nanda's home, what pastimes did Lord Hari enjoy with Balarama. O great sage, please tell me this. Text 18 shri-narada uvaca

ekada shishya-sahito gargacaryo maha-munih shaurina noditah sakshad ayayau nanda-mandiram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaone day; shishyadisciples; sahitahwith; gargacaryahGarga Acarya; maha-munihthe great sage; shaurina by Vasudeva; noditahsent; sakshatdirectly; ayayaucame; nanda-mandiram to Nanda's palace. One day, sent by Vasudeva, the great saint Garga Muni came with his disciples to Nanda's palace. Text 19 nandah sampujya vidhivat padyadyair muni-sattamam tatah pradakshini-kritya sashangam prananama ha nandahNanda; sampujyaworshiping; vidhivataccording to the rules of tradition; padya-adyaihbeginning with offering water to wash the feet; munisattamamthe great sage; tatahthen; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; sashangam prananama haoffered dandavat obeisances. Following the rules of tradition, Nanda worshiped the great sage, washing his feet and offering him many things. Then he circumambulated him and offered obeisances, falling down like a stick. Text 20 shri-nanda uvaca adya nah pitaro devah santusha agnayash ca nah pavitram mandiram jatam yushmac-carana-renubhih shri-nandah uvacaShri Narada said; adyatoday; nahwith us; pitarahthe Pitas; devahthe demigods; santushahpleased; agnayahthe fire-gods; ca also; nahour; pavitrampurified; mandiramhouse; jatamborn; yushmatof you; caranaof the feet; renubhihby the dust. Shri Nanda said: Today the pious forefathers, demigods, and fire-gods are all pleased with us. Our home is now purified by the dust of your feet. Text 21 mat-putra-nama-karanam kuru dvija maha-mune punyais tirthaish ca dushprapyam

bhavad-agamanam prabho matmy; putrason's; nama-karanamname-giving ceremony; kuruplease perform; dvijaO brahmana; maha-muneO great sage; punyaihsacred; tirthaih by pilgrimages; caalso; dushprapyamdifficult to attain; bhavatof you; agamanamthe arrival; prabhahO lord. O great brahmana sage, please perform my son's name-giving ceremony. O lord, even by many sacred pilgrimages one cannot attain what is attained by your visit. Text 22 shri-garga uvaca te putra-nama-karanam karishyami na samshayah purva-vartam gadishyami gaccha nanda rahah-sthalam shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; teyour; putrason's; nama-karanam name-giving ceremony; karishyamiI will perform; nano; samshayahdoubt; purvaprevious; vartamstory; gadishyamiI will tell; gacchago; nandaO Nanda; rahah-sthalamto a secluded place. Shri Garga Muni said: I will perform your son's name-giving ceremony. Of this there is no doubt. I will tell who He was before. O Nanda, go to a secluded place. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca utthaya gargo nandena balabhyam ca yashodaya ekante go-vraje gatva tayor nama cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; utthayarising; gargahGarga; nandena with Nanda; balabhyamwith the two boys; caand; yashodayawith Yashoda; ekanteto a secluded place; go-vrajein the barn; gatvagoing; tayohof Them; namathe name; cakara hadid. Garga Muni rose and went with Nanda, Yashoda, and the two boys, to a secluded place in the cow shed. There he performed the name-giving ceremony. Text 24 sampujya gananathadin grahan samshodhya yatnatah nandam praha prasannango gargacaryo maha-munih

sampujyaworshiping; gananatha-adinbeginning with Ganesha; grahanthe planets; samshodhyaappeasing; yatnatahcarefully; nandamto Nanda; praha said; prasannapleased; angahin every limb; gargacaryahGarga Muni; mahamunihthe great sage. After worshiping the deities headed by Ganesha, and after carefully appeasing the deities of the planets, the great saint Garga Muni, happy in every limb, spoke to Nanda. Texts 25 and 26 shri-garga uvaca rohini-nandanasyasya namoccaram shrinushva ca ramante yogino hy asmin sarvatra ramatiti va gunaish ca ramayan bhaktams tena ramam viduh pare garbha-sankarshanad asya sankarshana iti smritah shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; rohini-nandanasyasyaRohini's son; nama name; uccaramdeclaration; shrinushvaplease hear; caalso; ramanteare delighted; yoginahthe yogis; hiindeed; asminwith Him; sarvatrain all respects; ramatienjoys; itithus; vaor; gunaihwith His transcendental qualities; caalso; ramayandelighting; bhaktanthe devotees; tenaby this; ramamRama; viduhknow; pareothers; garbhafrom the womb; sankarshanat because of being pulled; asyaof Him; sankarshanaSankarshana; itithus; smritahremembered. Shri Garga Muni said: Please hear the explanation of Rohini's son's name. The yogis find their happiness (ramante) in Him, or he is the greatest enjoyer (ramati), or with His transcendental qualities He delights (ramayati) the devotees. For these reasons the sages know Him as Rama. Because He was pulled (sankarshana) from the womb He is also known as Sankarshana. Text 27 sarvavaseshadyam shesham baladhikyad balam viduh sva-putrasyapi namani shrinu nanda hy atandritah sarvaeverything; avasesharemaining; adyambeginning; sheshamShesha; bala-adhikyatbecause of great strength; balamBala; viduhknow; sva-putrasya of your own son; apialso; namanithe names; shrinuplease hear; nandaO Nanda; hiindeed; atandritahwithout being fatigued.

Because when the universe is annihilated He alone remains (avashesha), the sages know Him as Shesha. Because He is extremely strong (bala), they know Him as Bala. O Nanda, please be attentive and hear the names of your son. Text 28 sadyah prani-pavitrani jagatam mangalani ca ka-karah kamala-kanta ri-karo rama ity api sadyahat once; pranithe living entities; pavitranipurifying; jagatamof the universes; mangalanithe auspiciousness; caalso; ka-karahthe letter k; kamalakantahthe lover of the goddess of fortune; ri-karahthe letter ri; ramahthe enjoyer; itithus; apialso; His names at once purify the living entities. His names are the auspiciousness of all the universes. In His name the letter K stands for Kamala-kanta (the husband of the goddess of fortune). Ri stands for Rama (the supreme enjoyer). Text 29 sha-karah shad-guna-patih shvetadvipa-nivasa-krit na-karo narasimho 'yam a-karo hy aksharo 'gni-bhuk sha-karahthe letter sh; shad-guna-patihthe master of six opulences; shvetadvipa-nivasa-kritwho resides at Shvetadvipa; na-karahthe letter n; narasimhahLord Nrsimha; ayamthis; a-karahthe letter a; hiindeed; aksharah the immortal; agnithrough the fire; bhukeats. Sh stands for Shad-guna-pati (the master of six opulences) or Shvetadvipanivasa-krit (The Lord who resides in Shvetadvipa). N stands for Lord Nrisimha. A stands for Akshara (the immortal) or Agni-bhuk (the Lord who enjoys the offerings of agni-hotra yajnas). Text 30 visargau ca tatha hy etau nara-narayanav rishi sampralinash ca sha purna yasmin cchuddhe mahatmani visargauthe letter h; caalso; tathaso; hiindeed; etauThey; naranarayanauNara-Narayana Rishis; sampralinahentered; caalso; shasix; purnahfull; yasminin whom; shuddhepure; mahatmaniSupreme Person. The letter H stands for Nara-Narayana Rishi. In this way these six letters combine to become the name of the pure Supreme Person.

Note: In the Sanskrit alphabet the letter H is represented by two dots. An example follows in parenthesis (:). The two dots stand for the two sages NaraNarayana. Text 31 paripurnatame sakshat tena krishnah prakirtitah shuklo raktas tatha pito varno 'syanu-yugam dhritah paripurnatamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; tena by this; krishnahKrishna; prakirtitahis said; shuklahwhite; raktahred; tatha so; pitahyellow; varnahcolor; asyaof Him; anufollowing; yugamthe yugas; dhritahheld. In this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead is known as Krishnah. In white, red, and yellow forms He appears in the yugas one after another. Text 32 dvaparante kaler adau balo 'yam krishnatam gatah tasmat krishna iti khyato namnayam nanda-nandanah dvaparaof the Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; kalehof Kali-yuga; adauatb the beginning; balahboy; ayamHe; krishnatama dark complexion; gatah attained; tasmattherefore; krishnahKrishna; itithus; khyatahcelebrated; namnaby name; ayamHe; nandaof Nanda; nandanahthe son. Now, at the end of Dvapara-yuga and the beginning of Kali-yuga, He has a dark (krishna) complexion. For this reason He is named Krishna. He is this boy, the son of Nanda. Text 33 vasavash cendriyaniti tad devash cittam eva hi tasmin yas ceshate so 'pi vasudeva iti smritah vasavahvasu; caand; indriyanithe senses; itithus; tat devahdeva; cittamthe heart; evaindeed; hiindeed; tasminin that; yahwho; ceshate acts; sahHe; apialso; vasudevaVasudeva; itithus; smritahremembered.

The word "vasu" means "the senses", and the word "deva" means "the heart". Because He acts in the hearts and senses of the living entities, He is known as Vasudeva. Text 34 vrishabhanu-suta radha ya jata kirti-mandire tasyah patir ayam sakshat tena radha-patih smritah vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; sutathe daughter; radhaShri Radha; ya who; jataborn; kirtiof Kirti; mandirein the palace; tasyahof Her; patihthe husband; ayamHe; sakshatdirectly; tenaby that; radha-patihas Radha-pati; smritahremembered. He is the husband (pati) of Radha, King Vrishabhanu's daughter born in the palace of Queen Kirti, and therefore He is known as Radha-pati. Text 35 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishnah bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir goloke dhamni rajate paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; asankhya countless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe master; goloke dhamniin the abode of Goloka; rajateshines. He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishna, the master of countless universes. He is splendidly manifest in transcendental abode of Goloka. Text 36 so 'yam tava shiur jato bharavataranaya ca kamsadinam vadharthaya bhaktanam rakshanaya ca sah ayamthis person; tavayour; shiuhson; jatahborn; bharaburden; avataranayafor removing; caand; kamsa-adinamof the demons beginning with Kamsa; vadha-arthayafor killing; bhaktanamof the devotees; rakshanayafor protection; caalso. That same Supreme Personality of Godhead is now born as your child. He has come to remove the earth's burden, to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, and to protect the devotees.

Text 37 anantany asya namani veda-guhyani bharata lilabhish ca bhavishyanti tat-karmasu na vismayah anantaniendless; asyaof Him; namaninames; vedato the Vedas; guhyani confidential; bharataO descendent of KIng Bharata; lilabhihwith pastimes; ca also; bhavishyantiwill be; tat-karmasuin His deeds; nano; vismayah surprise. O descendent of King Bharata, according to His different pastimes Your son will have names without end, names that are secret even from the Vedas. Do not be surprised at what He is able to do. Text 38 aho bhagyam tu te nedam sakshac chri-purushottamah tvad-grihe vartamano 'yam shiu-rupah parat parah ahahah; bhagyamgood fortune; tucertainly; teof you; nanot; idam this; sakshatdirectly; shri-purushottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tvatof you; grihein the home; vartamanahbeing; ayamHe; shiuof a child; rupahin the form; parat parahgreater than the greatest. Ah, how fortunate you are! Appearing as a small child, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest, now stays in your home. Text 39 shri-narada uvaca ity uktvatha gate garge svatmanam purnam ashisham mene pramuditah patnya nanda-rajo maha-matih shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvasaying; athathen; gate gone; gargeGarga; svatmanamown; purnamperfect; ashishambenediction; meneconsidered; pramuditahjoyful; patnyawith his wife; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; maha-matihgreat hearted. Shri Narada said: Garga Muni said this and left. Then noble-hearted King Nanda, along with his wife, thought about the great blessing they had received. Text 40 atha gargo jnani-varo

jnana-do muni-sattamah kalindi-tira-shobhadhyam vrishabhanu-puram gatah athathen; gargahGarga; jnani-varahthe best of philosophers; jnana-dah great teacher; muni-sattamahgreat sage; kalindi-tiraon the sdhore of the Yamuna; shobha-adhyambeautiful; vrishabhanu-puramto the palace of King Vrishabhanu; gatahwent. Then the great philosopher, teacher, sage Garga Vrishabhanu's beautiful palace on the Yamuna's shore. Texts 41-45 chatrena shobhitam vipram dvitiyam iva vasavam dandena rajitam sakshad dharma-rajam iva sthitam tejasa dyotita-disham sakshat suryam ivaparam pustaki-mekhala-yuktam dvitiyam iva padmajam shobhitam shukla-vasobhir devam vishnum iva sthitam tam drishva muni-shardulam sahasotthaya sadaram pranamya shirasa sadyah sammukho 'bhut kritanjalih munim ca pihake sthapya padyadyair upacara-vit pujayam asa vidhivac chri-gargam jnaninam varam tatah pradakshini-kritya vrishabhanu-varo mahan chatrenawith a parasol; shobhitamdecorated; viprambrahmana; dvitiyam a second; ivalike; vasavamIndra; dandenawith a rod; rajitamglorious; sakshatdirectly; dharma-rajamYamaraja; ivalike; sthitamsituated; tejasa with glory; dyotitailluminated; dishamthe directions; sakshatdirectly; suryam the sun; ivalike; aparamanother; pustakia book; mekhalabelt; yuktam endowed; dvitiyama second; ivalike; padmajamBrahma; shobhitam decorated; shuklawhite; vasobhihwith garments; devamLord; vishnum Vishnu; ivalike; sthitamsituated; tamhim; drishvaseeing; muniof sages; shardulamthe tiger; sahasaat once; utthayarising; sawith; adaramrespect; pranamyaoffering obeisances; shirasawith his head; sadyahat once; sammukhahfacing; abhutbecame; kritanjalihwith folded palms; munimthe Muni went to King

sage; caalso; pihakeon a throne; sthapyaseating; padya-adyaihbeginning with water for washing his feet; upacaraworship; vitunderstanding; pujayam asa worshiped; vidhivataccording to the rules of tradition; shri-gargamShri Garga Muni; jnaninamof philosophers; varamthe best; tatahthen; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; vrishabhanu-varahKing Vrishabhanu; mahannoble. Seeing Garga Muni, who was the greatest of philosophers, who was the brahmana tiger of sages, who, decorated with a parasol was like a second King Indra, holding a stick was like a second Yamaraja, his bodily luster illuminating the directions was like a second sun-god, a great book at his belt was like a second Lord Brahma, and who, dressed in white garments, stood like Lord Vishnu Himself, noble King Vrishabhanu rose up at once with great respect, bowed his head, stood with folded hands, placed the sage on a great throne, washed his feet, presented many offerings, circumambulated him, and worshiped him according to the rules of scripture. Text 46 shri-vrishabhanur uvaca satam paryananam shantam grihinam shantaye smritam nrinam antas-tamo-hari sadhur eva na bhaskarah shri-vrishabhanuh uvacaShri Vrishabhanu said; satamof the saintly devotees; paryaanamthe wandering; shantampeaceful; grihinamof the householders; shantayefor peacefulness; smritamremembered; nrinamof men; antahin the heart; tamahthe darkness; hariremoving; sadhuhsaint; evacertainly; na not; bhaskarahthe sun. Shri Vrishabhanu said: The peaceful wandering of saints is meant to bring peace to householders. It is a saint, and not the sun, that removes the darkness in the hearts of men. Text 47 tirthi-bhuta vayam gopa jatas tvad-darshanat prabho tirthani tirthi-kurvanti tvadrishah sadhavah kshitau tirthi-bhutahgone on pilgrimage; vayamwe; gopahgopas; jatahborn; tvat of you; darshanatby the sight; prabhahO lord; tirthanithe places of pilgrimage; tirthi-kurvantimake places of pilgrimage; tvadrishahlike you; sadhavahsaints; kshitauon the earth. O lord, by seeing you we gopas have gone on pilgrimage. Saints like you sanctify the sacred places in this world. Text 48

he mune radhika-nama kanya me mangalayana kasmai varaya datavya vada tvam me su-nishcitam he muneO sage; radhikaof Shri Radha; namaname; kanyadaughter; me my; mangalaof auspiciousness; ayanathe abode; kasmaito what?; varaya husband; datavyashould be given; vadaplease tell; tvamyou; meme; sunishcitamopinion. O sage, my daughter is named Radhika. She is the abode of great auspiciousness. To whom should I give Her in marriage? Please tell me your opinion. Text 49 tvam paryaann arka iva tri-lokim divya-darshanah varo 'naya samo yo vai tasmai dasyami kanyakam tvamyou; paryaanwandering; arkahthe sun; ivalike; tri-lokimthe three worlds; divyasplendid; darshanahsight; varahhusband; anayawith Her; samahequal; yahwho; vaiindeed; tasmaito Him; dasyamiI will give; kanyakamdaughter. Like the sun, your goodness can travel everywhere in the three worlds. I wish to give my daughter to a splendid husband who will be Her equal. Text 50 shri-narada uvaca hastam grihitva shri-gargo vrishabhanor maha-munih jagama yamuna-tiram nirjanam sundara-sthalam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; hastamhand; grihitvataking; shrigargahShri Garga; vrishabhanohof Vrishabhanu; maha-munihthe great sage; jagamawent; yamunaof the Yamuna; tiramto the shore; nirjanamsecluded; sundarabeautiful; sthalamplace. Shri Narada said: Taking Vrishabhanu's hand, the great sage Shri Garga Muni went to a beautiful and secluded place on the Yamuna's shore. Text 51 kalindi-jala-kallolakolahala-samakulam tatropaveshya gopesham munindrah praha dharma-vit

kalindiof the Yamuna; jalawater; kallolawaves; kolahalatumult; samakulamfilled; tatrathere; upaveshyasitting; gopaof the gopas; ishamto the king; muniof sagesl indrahthe king; prahasaid; dharmathe truth of religion; vitknowing. Making the gopa-king Vrishabhanu sit down at a place where the Yamuna's waves made a great sound, Garga Muni, the king of sages and the knower of religion, spoke. Texts 52 and 53 shri-garga uvaca he gopa guptam akhyanam kathaniyam na ca tvaya paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishnah bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokeshah parat parah tasmat paro varo nasti jato nanda-grihe patih shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; he gopaO gopa; guptamsecret; akhyanamstory; kathaniyamto be told; nanot; caalso; tvayaby you; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; asankhya countless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe master; golokaof Goloka; ishah the master; parat parahgreater than the greatest; tasmatthan Him; parah better; varahhusband; nanot; astiis; jatahborn; nandaof Nanda; grihein the home; patihthe Lord. Shri Garga Muni said: O gopa, do not tell this secret. Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself, who is the master of countless universes, the king of Goloka, greater than the greatest, and the Lord than whom there is no better husband, has taken birth in Nanda's home. Text 54 shri-vrishabhanur uvaca aho bhagaym aho bhagyam nandasyapi maha-mune shri-krishnasyavatarasya sarvam tvam vada karanam shri-vrishabhanuh uvacaShri Vrishabhanu said; ahahah; bhagaymgood fortune; ahahah; bhagyamgood fortune; nandasyaof Nanda; apialso; mahamuneO great sage; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; avatarasyadescended; sarvameverything; tvamyou; vadaplease tell; karanamthe reason.

Shri Vrishabhanu said: How fortunate! How fortunate for Nanda! O great sage, please tell everything of why Shri Krishna has descended to this world. Text 55 shri-garga uvaca bhuvo bharavataraya kamsadinam vadhaya ca brahmana prarthitah krishno babhuva jagati-tale shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; bhuvahof the earth; bharathe burden; avatarayato remove; kamsa-adinamof the demons headed by Kamsa; vadhaya for killing; caalso; brahmanaby Brahma; prarthitahrequested; krishnah Krishna; babhuvahas taken birth; jagati-talein the world. Shri Garga Muni said: To remove the earth's burden and to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, on the demigod Brahma's request Lord Krishna has taken birth on the surface of the earth. Text 56 shri-krishna-paa-rajni ya goloke radhikabhidha tvad-grihe sapi sanjata tvam na janasi tam param shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; paa-rajnithe chief queen; yawho; golokein Goloka; radhikabhidhanamed Radhika; tvatof you; grihein the home; saShe; apialso; sanjatais born; tvamyou; nanot; janasiknow; tamHer; param supreme. Shri Radhika, who is Lord Krishna's chief queen in Goloka, has taken birth in your home. You do not understand Her exalted position. Text 57 shri-narada uvaca tada praharshito gopo vrishabhanuh su-vismitah kalavatim samahuya taya sardham vicarya ca shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; praharshitahdelighted; gopahthe gopa; vrishabhanuhVrishabhanu; su-vismitahastonished; kalavatim Kalavati; samahuyacalling; tayaher; sardhamwith; vicaryaconsidered; ca and.

Shri Narada said: Delighted and astonished, Vrishabhanu called Kalavati and they both thought (about what Garga Muni said). Text 58 radha-krishnanubhavam ca jnatva gopa-varah parah anandashru-kalam muncan punar aha maha-munim radhaof Radha; krishnaand Krishna; anubhavamgreat glory; caalso; jnatvaknowing; gopa-varahthe exalted gopa; parahgreat; anandaof bliss; ashru-kalamtears; muncanwiping; punahagain; ahasaid; mahagreat; munimto the sage. Understanding the exalted position of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna, and shedding tears of bliss, the exalted gopa spoke to the great sage. Text 59 shri-vrishabhanur uvaca tasmai dasyami he brahman kanyam kamala-locanam tvaya pantha darshito me tvaya karyo 'yam udvahah shri-vrishabhanuh uvacaShri Vrishabhanu said; tasmaito Him; dasyamiI will give; heO; brahmanbrahmana; kanyammy daughter; kamala-locanamlotuseyed; tvayaby you; panthathe path; darshitahrevealed; meto me; tvayaby you; karyahshould be performed; ayamthis; udvahahwedding. Shri Vrishabhanu said: O brahmana, I will give my lotus-eyed daughter to Him. You have revealed this path. You should perform the wedding ceremony. Text 60 shri-garga uvaca aham na karayishyami vivaham anayor nripa tayor vivaho bhavita bhandire yamuna-tae shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; ahamI; nanot; karayishyamiwill perform; vivahamthe wedding; anayohof Them; nripaO king; tayohof Them; vivahahthe wedding; bhavitawill be; bhandirein Bhandiravana; yamunaof the Yamuna; taeon the shore. Shri Garga Muni said: O king, I will not perform Their wedding ceremony. Their wedding will be in Bhandiravana by the Yamuna's shore.

Text 61 vrindavana-samipe ca nirjane sundara-sthale parameshhi samagatya vivaham karayishyati vrindavanaVrindavana; samipenear; caalso; nirjanesecluded; sundara in a beatiful; sthaleplaced; parameshhiBrahma; samagatyaarriving; vivaham the wedding; karayishyatiwill perform. The demigod Brahma will come and perform the wedding in a beautiful secluded place near Vrindavana forest. Text 62 tasmad radham gopa-vara viddhy ardhangim varasya ca loke cuda-manih sakshad rajnim goloka-mandire tasmatfrom that; radhamRadha; gopa-varaO best of gopas; viddhiplease know; ardhahalf; angimthe body; varasyaof Her husband; caand; lokein the world; cudathe crown; manihjewel; sakshatdirectly; rajnimqueen; goloka of Goloka; mandirein the palace. Because of this please know that Radha is half of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's body. In the palace of Goloka She is the queen of He who is the world's crest-jewel. Text 63 yuyam sarve 'pi gopala golokad agata bhuvi tatha gopi-gana gavo goloke radhikecchaya yuyamyou; sarveall; apialso; gopalahgopas; golokatfrom Goloka; agatahcome; bhuvito the earth; tathaso; gopi-ganahgopis; gavahcows; golokein Goloka; radhikaof Shri Radha; icchayaby the desire. You gopas have all come from Goloka. By Shri Radhika's wish the cows and gopis have also come from Goloka. Text 64 yad-darshanam durlabham eva durghaam devaish ca yajnair na ca janmabhih kim u sa-vigraham tam tava mandirajire

lakshyanti guptam bahu-gopa-gopikah yatof whom; darshanamthe sight; durlabhamdifficult to attain; eva indeed; durghaamimpossible; devaihby the demigods; caalso; yajnaihby sacrifices; nanot; caand; janmabhihby many births; kim uwhat to speak of?; sa-vigrahamtranscendental form; tamHer; tavayour; mandirain the palace; ajirein the courtyard; lakshyantisee; guptamhidden; bahumany; gopa gopas; gopikahand gopis. She whom even the demigods, what to speak of others who perform sacrifices for many births, cannot see, many gopas and gopis now see hidden in the courtyard of your palace. Text 65 shri-narada uvaca tada ca vismitau rajan dam-pati harshitau param radha-krishna-prabhavam ca shrutva shri-gargam ucatuh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; caalso; vismitau astonished; rajanO king; dam-patithe husband and wife; harshitaujoyful; paramthen; radha-krishnaof Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; prabhavamthe exalted position; caalso; shrutvahearing; shri-gargamto Shri Garga Muni; ucatuh said. Shri Narada said: O king, joyful and filled with wonder by hearing of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna's exalted glories, the husband and wife spoke to Shri Garga. Text 66 shri-dam-pati ucatuh radha-shabdasya he brahman vyakhyanam vada tattvatah tvatto na samshaya-cchetta ko 'pi bhumau maha-mune shri-dam-pati ucatuhthe husband and wife said; radhaRadha; shabdasyaof the word; heO; brahmanbrahmana; vyakhyanamthe story; vadaplease tell; tattvatahin truth; tvattahfrom you; nanot; samshayadoubt; cchetta cutting; ko 'pianyone; bhumauon the earth; mahagreat; muneO sage. The husband and wife said: O brahmana, please truthfully explain the meaning of the name Radha. O great sage, save for you, no one in this world can cut our doubts. Text 67 shri-garga uvaca

sama-vedasya bhavartham gandhamadana-parvate shishyenapi maya tatra narayana-mukhac chrutam shri-gargah uvacaShri Garga said; sama-vedasyaof the Sama Veda; bhavaarthamthe meaning; gandhamadana-parvateon Mount Gandhamadana; shishyenaby the disciple; apialso; mayaby me; tatrathere; narayana-mukhat from the mouth of Narayana Rishi; shrutamheard. Shri Garga Muni said: As a disciple I heard this from the mouth of Narayana Rishi as on Mount Gandhamadana He was explaining the Sama Veda: Text 68 ramaya tu ra-karah syad a-karas tv adi-gopika dha-karo dharaya hi syad a-karo viraja nadi ramayaas the goddess of fortune; tuindeed; ra-karahthe letter R; syatis; a-karahthe letter A; tuindeed; adi-gopikathe first gopi; dha-karahthe letter DH; dharayaby the earth; hiindeed; syatis; a-karahthe letter A; viraja nadi the Viraja river. R stands for Rama (the goddess of fortune), A stands for Adi-gopika (the forst of the gopis), DH stands for Dhara (the earth), and A stands for Viraja-nadi (the Viraja river). Text 69 shri-krishnasya parasyapi caturdha tejaso 'bhavat lila-bhuh shrish ca viraja catasrah patnya eva hi shri-krishnasyaof Lord Krishna; parasyathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; apialso; caturdhain four ways; tejasahpotency; abhavatbecame; lilaLila; bhuhBhu; shrishShri; caand; virajaViraja; catasrahfour; patnyahwives; evaindeed; hicertainly. The four potencies of Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, became His four wives: Lila, Bhu, Shri, and Viraja. Text 70 sampralinash ca tah sarva radhayam kunja-mandire paripurnatamam radham tasmad ahur manishinah

sampralinahentered; caalso; tahthey; sarvahall; radhayamRadha; kunjain the forest; mandirein the palace; paripurnatamamthe supreme goddess of fortune; radhamRadha; tasmattherefore; ahuhsay; manishinah the wise. Because all these goddesses have now entered the form of Shri Radha, the wise say that Shri Radha is the original supreme goddess of fortune. Text 71 shri-narada uvaca radha-krishneti he gopa ye japanti punah punah catushpadartham kim tesham sakshat krishno 'pi labhyate shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; radha-krishnaRadha-Krishna; itithus; he gopaO gopa; yewho; japantichant; punah punahagain and again; catushpadarthamthe four goals of life; kimwhat?; teshamof them; sakshat directly; krishnahKrishna; apieven; labhyateis attained. Shri Narada said: O gopa, they who again and again chant the names of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna attain Lord Krishna directly. What are the four goals of life to them? Text 72 tadati-vismito rajan vrishabhanuh priya-yutah radha-krishna-prabhavam tam jnatvananda-mayo hy abhut tadathen; ati-vismitahfilled with wonder; rajanO king; vrishabhanuh Vrishabhanu; priya-yutahwith his dear wife; radha-krishna prabhavamthe exalted position of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; tamthat; jnatvaunderstanding; ananda-mayahfilled with bliss; hiindeed; abhutbecame. O king, when they understood Shri Shri Radha-Krishna's exalted glories, King Vrishabhanu and his dear wife became filled with wonder and bliss. Text 73 ittham gargo jnani-varah pujitah vrishabhanuna jagama sva-griham sakshan munindrah sarva-vit kavih itthamthus; gargahGarga; jnaniof philosophers; varahthe best; pujitah worshiped; vrishabhanunaby Vrishabhanu; jagamawent; sva-grihamto his own

home; sakshatdirectly; muni-indrahthe king of sages; sarva-vitall knowing; kavihwise. Then, after King Vrishabhanu had worshiped him, all-knowing Garga Muni, who was the best of philosophers and the king of sages, went to his own home.

Chapter Sixteen Shri Radhika-vivaha-varnana Description of Shri Radhika's Wedding Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gash carayan nandanam anka-deshe samlalayan duratamam sakashat kalindaja-tira-samira-kampitam nando 'pi bhandiravanam jagama shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gahthe cows; carayanherding; nandanamson; anka-desheon the lap; samlalayancaressing; duratamamfor a long time; sakashatin the presence; kalindajaof the Yamuna; tiraon the shore; samirathe breeze; kampitammoving; nandahNanda; apieven; bhandiravanamBhandiravana; jagamawent. Herding the cows and holding His infant son in his arms, Nanda went to Bhandiravana, which trembled with the breezes coming from the Yamuna's shore. Text 2 krishnecchaya vegataro 'tha vato ghanair abhun meduram ambaram ca tamala-nipa-druma-pallavaish ca patadbhir ejadbhir ativa-bhikaih krishnaof Lord Krishna; icchayaby the desire; vegatarahquickly; atha then; vatahbreeze; ghanaihwith clouds; abhutbecame; meduram thick; ambaramthe sky; caand; tamalatamala; nipaand kadamba; druma trees; pallavaihwith twigs; caand; patadbhihfalling; ejadbhihtrembling; ativa very; bhikaihfrightening. Then, by Krishna's wish, the sky became filled with clouds and a strong wind fearfully moved the new tamala and kadamba twigs and made them fall.

Text 3 tad-andha-kare mahati prajate bale rudaty anka-gate 'ti-bhite nando bhayam prapa shishum sa bibhrad dharim paresham sharanam jagama tad-andha-kareblinding darkness; mahatigreat; prajatemanifest; balethe boy; rudaticrying; anka-gateon his arm; ati-bhitevery frightened; nandah Nanda; bhayamfear; prapaattained; shishuminfant; sahhe; bibhratholding; harimof Lord Hari; para-ishamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sharanam jagamatook shelter. When a great and blinding darkness came and the frightened infant in his arm cried, Nanda became afraid. Clutching his boy, he took shelter of Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 4 tadaiva koy-arka-samuha-diptir agacchativacalati dishasu babhuva tasyam vrishabhanu-putrim dadarsha radham nava-nanda-rajah tadathen; evaindeed; koimillions; arkaof suns; samuhamultitude; diptihsplendor; agacchaticame; ivaas if; acalatimoves; dishasuin the directions; babhuvabecame; tasyamin that; vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; putrimthe daughter; dadarshasaw; radhamRadha; nava-nanda-rajahNanda Maharaja, the king of the nine Nandas. Then, as an effulgence greater than millions of suns converged on him from all directions, Nanda Maharaja, the king of the nine Nandas, saw Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha, . . . Text 5 koindu-bimba-dyutim adadhanam nilambaram sundaram adi-varnam manjira-dhira-dhvani-nupuranam abibhratim shabdam ativa manjum

koimillions; indu-bimbaof moons; dyutimglory; adadhanammanifesting; nilablue; ambaramgarments; sundaramhandsome; adi-varnamfirst class; manjiraof anklets; dhirasoft; dhvanisound; nupuranamankle-bells; abibhratimwearing; shabdamsound; ativavery; manjumbeautiful. . . . who was fair and splendid as millions of moons, dressed in blue garments, decorated with anklets and anklebells that tinkled sweetly, . . . Text 6 kanci-kala-kankana-shabda-mishram haranguliyangada-visphurantim shri-nasika-mauktika-hamshikibhih shri-kanha-cuda-mani-kundaladhyam kanci-kalaof a belt; kankanabracelets; shabdasound; mishrammixed; hah necklace; anguliyarings; angadaarmlets; visphurantimsplendid; shri-nasika on Her nose; mauktikaa pearl; hamshikibhihwith anklets; shri-kanhaon Her neck; cudacrest; manijewel; kundalaearrings; adhyamopulent. . . . who wore tinkling bracelets and a tinkling belt, who was splendid with armlets, rings, and a necklace, and who was opulent with a nose-pearl, anklets, a necklacejewel, and earrings. Text 7 tat-tejasa dharshita ashu nando natvatha tam aha kritanjalih san ayam tu sakshat purushottamas tvam priyasya mukhyasi tadaiva radhe tatof Her; tejasaby the splendor; dharshitahoverwhelmed; ashuat once; nandahNanda; natvabowing; athathen; tamto Her; ahasaid; kritanjalih with folded hands; sanbeing; ayamHe; tuindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tvamYou; priyathe beloved; asyaof Him; mukhyamost important; asiare; tadathen; eva indeed; radheO Radha. Overwhelmed by Her effulgence, Nanda bowed down and with folded hands said, "He is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, and You, O Radha, are His first beloved.

Text 8 guptam tv idam garga-mukhena vedmi grihana radhe nija-natham ankat enam griham prapaya megha-bhitam vadami cettham prakriter gunadhyah guptamsecret; tucertainly; idamthis; garga-mukhenafrom Garga Muni's mouth; vedmiI know; grihanaplease take; radheO Radha; nijaYour own; nathamLord; ankatfrom my arms; enamHim; grihamhome; prapaya please take; meghaof the clouds; bhitamfrightened; vadamiI say; caand; itthamthus; prakritehof matter; gunawith the modes; adhyahenriched. "I know this secret from the mouth of Garga Muni. O Radha, please take Your Lord from my arms. Now that the clouds have frightened Him, please take Him home. As if I were a person controlled by the modes of material nature, I say this (that He is frightened). Text 9 namami tubhyam bhuvi raksha mam tvam krishna-priyasi prakriteh param tvam shrutva vacas tasya tadaiva radha candravali gopa-patim tam aha namamiI offer my respectful obeisances; tubhyamto You; bhuviin this world; rakshaplease protect; mamme; tvamYou; krishnaof Lord Krishna; priyathe beloved; asiYou are; prakritehthe modes of nature; parambeyond; tvamYou; shrutvahearing; vacahwords; tasyaof him; tadathen; eva indeed; radhaRadha; candraof moons; avalia host; gopaof the gopas; patim to the king; tamto him; ahasaid. "I offer my respectful obeisances to You. Please protect me in this world. You are Krishna's dearmost. You are beyond the modes of material nature." Hearing these words, Shri Radha, who was splendid as a host of moons, spoke to the king of the gopas. Text 10 shri-radhovaca varam param bruhi maha-mate tvam yathepsitam sarva-janair durapam aham prasanna tava bhakti-bhavan mad-darshanam durlabham eva nanda

shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; varambenediction; paramsupreme; bruhi please say; maha-mateO noble-hearted one; tvamyou; yathaas; ipsitam desired; sarvaby all; janaihpeople; durapamdifficult to attain; ahamI; prasannaam pleased; tavaof you; bhakti-bhavatby devotion; matof Me; darshanamsight; durlabhamdifficult to attain; evaindeed; nandaO Nanda. Then Shri Radha said: O noble-hearted one, ask for a benediction, for anything you wish, for anything impossible for anyone to attain. I am pleased by your sincere devotion. O Nanda it is very difficult for anyone to see Me. Text 11 shri-nanda uvaca yadi prasannasi tada bhaven me bhaktir dridha kau yuvayoh padabje satam ca bhaktis tava bhakti-bhajam sangah sada me 'tha yuge yuge ca shri-nandah uvacaShri Nanda said; yadiif; prasannapleased; asiYou are; tadathen; bhavetmay be; meto Me; bhaktihdevotion; dridhafirm; kauin this world; yuvayohof You both; pada-abjefor the lotus feet; satamof the devotees; caalso; bhaktihdevotion; tavato You; bhakti-bhajamwho have devotion; sangahassociation; sadaalways; meof me; athathen; yuge yuge millennium after millennium; caand. If You are pleased then let me have firm devotion for the lotus feet of You both, and let me have devotion for Your devotees, and let me have their company. Let me have this millennium after millennium. Text 12 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktvatha harim karabhyam jagraha radha nija-natham ankat gate 'tha nande pranate vrajeshe tada hi bhandiravanam jagama shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tathaso; astube it; caalso; uktva saying; athathen; harimLord Hari; karabhyamwith both hands; jagraha taking; radhaRadha; nija-nathamHer own Lord; ankatfrom the arms; gate gone; athathen; nandewhen Nanda; pranatebowing down; vrajaof Vraja; ishethe king; tadathen; hiindeed; bhandiravanamto Bhandiravana; jagama went.

Shri Narada said: Saying "So be it", with both hands Radha took Lord Hari from Nanda's arms. When Vraja's king Nanda offered his obeisances and left, She went to Bhandiravana forest. Text 13 goloka-lokac ca pura samagata bhumir nijam svam vapur adadhana ya padmaragadi-khacit-suvarna babhuva sa tat-kshanam eva sarva goloka-lokatfrom the realm of Goloka; caalso; purapreviously; samagata come; bhumihearth; nijamown; svamown; vapuhform; adadhana manifesting; yawho; padmaragarubies; adibeginning with; khacitstudded; suvarnagold; babhuvabecame; saShe; tat-kshanamat that moment; eva indeed; sarvaall. Then the spiritual ground came from the realm of Goloka. In a moment everything was golden and studded with rubies and many jewels. Text 14 vrindavanam divya-vapur dadhanam vrikshair varaih kama-dughaih sahaiva kalinda-putri ca suvarna-saudhaih shri-ratna-sopanamayi babhuva vrindavanamVrindavana; divyatranscendental and splendid; vapuhform; dadhanammanifesting; vrikshaihwith trees; varaihexcellent; kama-dughaih fulfilling all desires; sahawith; evaindeed; kalinda-putrithe Yamuna; caalso; suvarnagolden; saudhaihwith palaces; shribeautiful; ratnajewel; sopanamayi with staircases; babhuvabecame. Vrindavana forest manifested a splendid transcendental form with beautiful desire-trees, and the Yamuna's shore had jewel steps and golden palaces. Text 15 govardhano ratna-shilamayo 'bhut suvarna-shringaih paritah sphuradbhih mattalibhir nirjhara-sundaribhir

daribhir uccanga-kariva rajan govardhanahGovardhana; ratnajewel; shilastones; mayahmade of; abhut became; suvarnagolden; shringaihwith peaks; paritaheverywhere; sphuradbhihglistening; mattamaddened; alibhihwith bumblebees; nirjhara swiftly flowing mountain streams; sundaribhihbeautiful; daribhihwith caves; uccagreat; angabody; karielephant; ivalike; rajanO king. Govardhana was made of jewels and had glistening golden peaks everywhere, maddened bees, and caves beautiful with swiftly-flowing streams. O king, it was like a great, gigantic elephant. Text 16 tada nikunjo 'pi nijam vapur dadhat sabha-yutam prangana-divya-mandapam vasanta-madhurya-dharam madhuvratair mayura-paravata-kokila-dhvanim tadathen; nikunjahforest grove; apialso; nijamown; vapuhform; dadhat manifested; sabhaassembly-halls; yutamwith; pranganacourtyards; divya splendid; mandapampavilions; vasantaof spring; madhuryasweetness; dharamholding; madhuvrataihwith bees; mayurapeacocks; paravata paravatas; kokilaand cuckoos; dhvanimthe sound. Then the forest grove assumed its real form with many assembly houses, courtyards, splendid pavilions, bumblebees, and the cooing of peacocks, paravatas, and cuckoos. It was filled with the sweetness of spring. Text 17 suvarna-ratnadi-khacit-patair vritam patat-patakavalibhir virajitam sarah-sphuadbhir bhramaravalidhitair vicarcitam kancana-caru-pankajaih suvarnagold; ratnajewels; adibeginning with; khacitstudded; paaih woth roofs; vritamfilled; patatfluttering; pataka-avalibhihwith rows of flags; virajitamsplendid; saraha lake; sphuadbhihblossoming; bhramaraby bees; avalidhitaihlicked; vicarcitamanointed; ka 24canagolden; carubeautiful; pankajaihwith lotus flowers.

It was filled with roofs of gold and jewels, splendid with fluttering flags, and anointed with beautiful blossoming lake-growing golden lotuses licked by swarms of black bees. Text 18 tadaiva sakshat purushottamottamo babhuva kaishora-vapur ghana-prabhah pitambarah kaustubha-ratna-bhushano vamshi-dharo manmatha-rashi-mohanah tadathen; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; babhuvabecame; kaishoraadolescent; vapuhform; ghanaas a dark cloud; prabhahsplendor; pitayellow; ambarahgarments; kaustubha-ratnathe Kaustubha jewel; bhushanahdecoration; vamshithe flute; dharahholding; manmathaof Kamadevas; rashimultitude; mohanah enchanting. Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead became a teen-age youth splendid as a dark cloud, dressed in yellow garments, decorated with the Kaustubha gem, holding a flute, and more enchanting than a great host of Kamadevas. Text 19 bhujena sangrihya hasan priyam harir jagama madhye su-vivaha-mandapam vivaha-sambhara-yutah sa-mekhalam sudarbhamad-vari-ghaadi-manditam bhujenawith an arm; sangrihyataking; hasansmiling; priyamHis beloved; harihLord Hari; jagamawent; madhyeto the middle; subeautiful; vivaha marriage; mandapampavilion; vivahafor the marriage; sambhara paraphernalia; yutahwith; sa-mekhalamwith a belt; su-darbha-matwith kusha grass; variwater; ghaapots; adibeginning with; manditamdecorated. Smiling, Lord Hari took His beloved by the arm, and with the wedding paraphernalia went to the wedding-pavilion, which was decorated with mekhalas, kusha grass, waterpots, and many other things. Text 20 tatraiva simhasana udgate vare

parasparam sammalitau virejatuh param bruvantau madhuram ca dam-pati sphurat-prabhau khe ca tadid-ghanav iva tatrathere; evaindeed; simhasaneon a throne; udgatemanifested; vare excellent; parasparamtogether; sammalitaucaressing; virejatuhwere splendidly manifested; paramthen; bruvantauconversing; madhuramsweetly; caalso; dam-patihusband and wife; sphurat-prabhausplendid; khein the sky; caalso; taditlighting; ghanauand cloud; ivalike. Embracing and sweetly conversing on a beautiful throne there, They shone like a splendid lightning flash and a dark cloud in the sky. Text 21 tadambarad deva-varo vidhih prabhuh samagatas tasya parasya sammukhe natva tad-anghri hy ushati girabhih kritanjalish caru catur-mukho jagau tadathen; ambaratfrom the sky; deva-varahthe best of the demigods; vidhihBrahma; prabhuhLord; samagatahcame; tasyaof Him; parasyathe Supreme; sammukhefacing; natvabowing down; tad-anghriat His feet; hi" ushati girabhihwith sweet words; kritanjalihwith folded hands; carueloquently; catur-mukhahfour-headed Brahma; jagausaid. Then Lord Brahma, the best of the demigods, came from the sky. Bowing down before Lord Krishna, with folded hands he eloquently and sweetly spoke. Text 22 shri-brahmovaca anadim adyam purushottamottamam shri-krishnacandram nija-bhakta-vatsalam svayam tv asankhyanda-patim parat param radha-patim tvam sharanam vrajamy aham shri-brahma uvacaLord Barham said; anadimwithout beginning; adyamthe beginning; purushottamottamamthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnacandramShri Krishnacandra; nijaown; bhaktadevotees; vatsalam affectionate; svayampersonally; tuindeed; asankhyacountless; andaof universes; patimthe master; parat paramgreater than the greatest; radha-patim the master of Radha; tvamof You; sharanam vrajamy ahamI take shelter.

Shri Brahma said: I take shelter of You, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishnacandra, without beginning, the beginning of everything, affectionate to Your devotees, the master of countless universes, greater than the greatest, and the husband of Radha. Text 23 goloka-nathas tvam ativa-lilo lilavatiyam nija-loka-lila vaikunha-natho 'si yada tvam eva

lakshmis tadeyam vrishabhanuja hi

goloka-nathahthe master of Goloka; tvamYou; ativa-lilahplayful; lilavati playful; iyamshe; nijaown; lokarealm; lilapastimes; vaikunha-nathahthe master of Vaikunha; asiYou are; yadawhen; tvamYou; evaindeed; lakshmih Lakshmi; tadathen; iyamShe; vrishabhanujathe daughter of Vrishabhanu; hi certainly. You are the playful king of Goloka and She is Your playful companion. When You are the king of Vaikunha, She, the daughter of Vrishabhanu, is Goddess Lakshmi. Text 24 tvam ramacandro janakatmajeyam bhumau haris tvam kamalalayeyam yajnavataro 'si yada tadeyam shri-dakshina stri prati-patni-mukhya tvamYou; ramacandrahRamacandra; janakatmajathe daughter of Janaka; iyamShe; bhumauon the earth; harihLord Hari; tvamYou; kamalalayathe abode of Kamala; iyamShe; yaj 24avatarahYajna-avatara; asiYou are; yada when; tadathenl iyamShe; shri-dakshinaShri Dakshina; striwife; prati-patnimukhyathe best of wives. When in this world You are Ramacandra, She is Janaka's daughter Sita. When You are Lord Hari, She is Kamala. When You are Yajna-avatara, She is Shri Dakshina, the best of wives. Text 25 tvam narasimho 'si rama tadeyam narayanas tvam ca narena yuktah

tad tv iyam shantir ativa sakshac chayeva yata ca tavanurupa tvamYou; narasimhahNrisimha; asiYou are; ramaRama; tadathen; iyam She; narayanahNarayana; tvamYou; caand; narenawith Nara; yuktah accompanied; tatthen; tuindeed; iyamShe; shantihGoddess Shanti; ativa greatly; sakshatdirectly; chaya-a shadow; ivaas if; yatacome; caalso; tava You; anurupafollowing. When You are Nrisimha, She is Rama. When You are Nara's friend Narayana Rishi, She becomes Goddess Shanti and follows You like a shadow. Text 26 tvam brahma ceyam prakritis taastha kalo yademam ca viduh pradhanam mahan yada tvam jagad-ankuro 'si radha tadeyam sa-guna ca maya tvamYou; brahmaBrahman; caand; iyamShe; prakritihmaterial nature; taasthaborderline; kalahtime; yadawhen; imamShe; caalso; viduhthey know; pradhanampradhana; mahanmahat-tattva; yadawhen; tvamYou; jagatthe universe; ankurahsprouting; asiYou are; radhaRadha; tadathen; iyamShe; sa-gunawith the three modes; caalso; mayaillusory potency. When You are Brahman, She is Prakriti. When You are Time, the wise know She is Pradhana. When You are the Mahat-tattva, from which the universes have sprouted, Radha is the potency Maya, filled with the three modes. Text 27 yadantaratma viditash caturbhis tada tv iyam lakshana-rupa-vrittih yada virad-deha-dharas tvam eva tadakhilam va bhuvi dharaneyam yadawhen; antaratmawithin the heart; viditahknown; caturbhihby four; tadathen; tuindeed; iyamShe; lakshana-rupa-vrittihLakshana-vritti; yada when; virad-deha-dharahthe universal form; tvamYou; evaindeed; tadathen; akhilameverything; vaor; bhuvion the earth; dharanathe earth; iyamShe.

When You become the four things in the heart, She becomes the power of understanding something from a hint. When You become the universal form, which includes everything, She becomes the earth. Note: The four things in the heart are the heart, mind, intelligence, and falseego. Text 28 shyamam ca gauram viditam dvidha mahas tavaiva sakshat purushottamottamam goloka-dhamadhipatim paresham parat param tvam sharanam vrajamy aham shyamamdark; caand; gauramfair; viditamknown; dvidhain two; mahahsplendor; tavaof You; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamottamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; goloka-dhamathe abode of Goloka; adhipatimthe master; pareshamthe Supreme Lord; parat than the greatest; paramgreater; tvamYou; sharanam vrajamy ahamI take shelter. I take shelter of You, who are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of Goloka-dhama, and who now appear as a fair and a dark splendor. Text 29 sada pahed yo yugala-stavam param goloka-dhama-pravaram prayati sah ihaiva saundarya-samriddhi-siddhayo bhavanti tasyapi nisargatah punah sadaregularly; pahetrecites; yahwho; yugalaof the divine couple; stavamprayer; paramtranscendental; goloka-dhama-pravaramto the transcendental abode of Goloka; prayatigoes; sahhe; ihahere; evaindeed; saundaryawith beauty; samriddhiopulence; siddhayahperfections; bhavanti here; tasyaof him; apialso; nisargatah-naturally; punahagain. A person who regularly recites these prayers describing the divine couple will go to the transcendental abode of Goloka. Even in this world he will be endowed with handsomeness, opulence, and many perfections. Text 30

yada yuvam priti-yutau ca dam-pati parat parau tav anurupa-rupitau tathapi loka-vyavahara-sangrahad vidhim vivahasya tu karayamy aham yadawhen; yuvamfor You both; priti-yutauendowed with love; caalso; dam-patihusband and wife; parat paraugreater than the greatest; tauboth; anurupa-rupitausuitable for each other; tathapistill; loka-vyavahara-sangrahat according to the ways of this world; vidhimthe ceremony; vivahasyaof marriage; tucertainly; karayamiperform; ahamI. Greater than the greatest and perfect for each other, You are already a loving husband and wife. Still, following the ways of this world, I will now perform Your wedding-ceremony. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca tada sa utthaya vidhir hutashanam prajvalya kunde sthitayos tayoh purah shruteh kara-graha-vidhim vidhanato vidhaya dhata samavasthito 'bhavat shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; sahhe; utthayarising; vidhihBrahma; hutashanamthe sacred fire; prajvalyakindling; kundein a pit; sthitayos-standing; tayohThem; purahbefore; shrutehof the Vedas; kara hand; grahataking; vidhimthe ceremony; vidhanatahthe rules; vidhaya performing; dhataBrahma; samavasthitahstood; abhavatbecame. Then Brahma rose, ignited the sacred fire, and performed the Vedic weddingceremony of the divine couple. Text 32 sa vahayam asa harim ca radhikam pradakshinam sapta-hiranya-retasah tatash ca tau tam pranamayya veda-vit tau pahayam asa ca sapta-mantrakam sahHe; vahayam asamarried; harimLord Hari; caand; radhikamRadha; pradakshinamcircumambulation; sapta-hiranya-retasahof the fire; tatahthen; caalso; tauThem; tamthat; pranamayyamaking bow down; vedathe Vedas;

vitknowing; tauto Them; pahayam asarecited; caalso; saptaseven; mantrakammantras. Brahma performed the wedding-ceremony of Lord Hari and Shri Radhika. He had Them circumambulate the sacred fire and bow down before it, and then Brahma, the knower of the Vedas, recited the seven mantras. Text 33 tato harer vakshasi radhikayah karam ca samsthapya hareh karam punah shri-radhikayah kila prishha-deshake samsthapya mantramsh ca vidhih prapahayan tatahthen; harehof Lord Hari; vakshasion the chest; radhikayahof Radha; karamthe hand; caalso; samsthapyaplacing; harehof Lord Hari; karamon the hand; punahagain; shri-radhikayahof Shri Radha; kilacertainly; prishhadeshakeon the back; samsthapyaplacing; mantranmantras; caalso; vidhih Brahma; prapahayanreciting. Placing Shri Radhika's hand on Lord Hari's chest and Lord Hari's hand on Shri Radhika's back, Brahma recited many mantras. Text 34 radha karabhyam pradadau ca malikam kinjalkinim krishna-gale 'linadinim hareh karabhyam vrishabhanuja gale tatash ca vahnim pranamayya veda-vit radhaRadha; karabhyamwith both hands; pradadaugave; caalso; malikama garland; kinjalkinimof lotus flowers; krishna-galeon Krishna's neck; aliof bees; nadinimfilled with the humming; harehof Lord Hari; karabhyam with both hands; vrishabhanujathe daughter of Vrishabhanu; galeon the neck; tatahthen; caand; vahnimthe fire; pranamayyahaving bow down; veda-vit the knower of the Vedas. Then with both hands Shri Radha placed on Lord Krishna's neck a lotus garland filled the the humming of bees. Then with both hands Lord Hari placed on Shri Radha's neck a similar garland. Then Brahma had Them bow down before the sacred fire.

Text 35 samvasayam asa su-pihayosh ca tau kritanjali mauna-yutau pitamahah tau pahayam asa tu panca-mantrakam samarpya radham ca piteva kanyakam samvasayam asaplaced; su-pihayohon two thrones; caalso; tauThem; kritanjaliwith folded hands; mauna-yutausilent; pitamahahBrahma; tau Them; pahayam asarecited; tuindeed; panca-mantrakamfive mantras; samarpyagiving; radhamRadha; caand; pitaa father; ivalike; kanyakam a daughter. Placing the silent divine couple on two thrones, with folded hands Brahma recited five mantras. Then, as a father gives away his daughter, Brahma gave away Shri Radha. Text 36 pushpani deva vavrishus tada nripa vidyadharibhir nanrituh suranganah gandharva-vidyadhara-caranah kalam sa-kinnarah krishna-su-mangalam jaguh pushpaniflowers; devahthe demigods; vavrishuhshowered; tadathen; nripaO king; vidyadharibhihwith the Vidyadgharis; nanrituhdanced; suranganahthe demigoddesses; gandharvaGandharva; vidyadhara Vidyadhara; caranahand Caranas; kalamsweetly; sa-kinnarahwith thr Kinnaras; krishnafor Lord Krishna; su-mangalamgreat auspiciousness; jaguh sang. O king, then the demigods showered flowers, and the demigoddesses danced with the Vidyadharis. The Gandharvas, Vidyadharas, Caranas, and Kinnaras sang auspicious songs glorifying Lord Krishna. Text 37 mridanga-vina-muru-yashi-venavah shankhanaka dundubhayah sa-talakah nedur muhur deva-varair divi sthitair jayety abhun mangala-shabdam uccakaih

mridanga-vina-muru-yashi-venavahmridangas, vinas, murus, yashis, and venus; sankhanakashankhas and anakas; dundubhayahdundubhis; sa-talakah with talakas; neduhsounded; muhuhagain and again; deva-varaihby the great demigods; diviin heaven; sthitaihstaying; jayaglories!; iti-thus; abhutwas; mangalaauspicious; shabdamsound; uccakaihloudly. Again and again the great demigods in heaven sounded many mridangas, vinas, murus, yashis, venus, shankhas, anakas, and talakas. Calling out "Glory!" they made an auspicious sound. Text 38 uvaca tatraiva vidhim harih svayam yathepsitam tvam vada vipra dakshinam tada harim praha vidhih prabho me dehi tvad-anghryor nija-bhakti-dakshinam uvacasaid; tatrathere; evaindeed; vidhimto Brahma; harihLord Hari; svayampersonally; yathaas; ipsitamdesired; tvamyou; vadasay; vipraO brahmana; dakshinamreward; tadathen; harimto Lord Hari; prahasaid; vidhihBrahma; prabhahO Lord; meto me; dehiplease give; tvad-anghryoh for Your feet; nijaown; bhaktidevotion; dakshinamreward. When Lord Hari said to Brahma, "Please ask whatever you wish as dakshina," Brahma replied to Lord Hari, "O Lord, as dakshina please give me devotion for Your feet." Text 39 tathastu vakyam vadato vidhir hareh shri-radhikayash ca pada-dvayam shubham natva karabhyam shirasa punah punar jagama geham pranatah praharshitah tathaso; astube it; vakyamwords; vadatahsaying; vidhihBrahma; hareh of Lord Hari; shri-radhikayaof Shri Radha; caalso; pada-dvayamfeet; shubhamauspicious; natvabowing down; karabhyamwith both hands; shirasa with his head; punah punahagain and again; jagamawent; gehamhome; pranatahbowing down; praharshitahhappy. When Lord Hari said "So be it", Brahma again and again placed His head at the beautiful and auspicious feet of Lord Hari and Shri Radhika. Then, happy and humbly bowing down, Brahma left for his own home.

Text 40 tato nikunjeshu catur-vidhannam divyam manojnam priyaya pradattam jaghasa krishnah prahasan paratma krishnena dattam kramukam ca radha tatahthen; nikunjeshuin the forest groves; catur-vidhafour kinds; annam of food; divyamdivine; manojnamdelicious; priyayaby His beloved; pradattam given; jaghasaate; krishnahKrishna; prahasanlaughing; paratmathe Supreme Lord; krishnenaby Krishna; dattamgiven; kramukambetelnuts; ca also; radhaRadha. Then, in the forest groves the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna, ate four kinds of delicious divine foods His beloved offered, and Shri Radha chewed betelnuts Krishna offered. Text 41 tatah karenapi karam priyaya harir grihitva pracacala kunje jagama jalpan madhuram prapashyan vrindavanam shri-yamunam latash ca tatahthen; karenawith a hand; apialso; karamthe hand; priyayahof His beloved; harihLord Hari; grihitvataking; pracacalawent; ku 24jeto tyhe forest grove; jagamawent; jalpantalking; madhuramsweetly; prapashyanlooking; vrindavanamat Vrindavana; shri-yamunamShri Yamuna; latahthe flowering vines; caand. Taking His beloved's hand, Lord Hari walked in the forest grove. Taking sweetly as He gazed at the beautiful Yamuna, Vrindavana forest, and the many flowering vines, He walked. Text 42 shrimal-lata-kunja-nikunja-madhye niliyamanam prahasantam eva vilokya shakhantaritam ca radha jagraha pitambaram avrajanti

shrimatbeautiful; lataof flowering vines; kunjagrove; nikunjagrove; madhyein teh midst; niliyamanamentering; prahasantamsmiling; evaindeed; vilokyaseeing; shakhaa branch; antaritamhidden behind; caalso; radha Radha; jagrahagrasped; pitayellow; ambaramgrament; avrajantifollowing. Krishna laughed and disappeared in a grove of beautiful flowering vines. Seeing Him hiding behind a tree, Radha went up to Him and grasped His yellow garment. Text 43 dudrava radha hari-hasta-padmaj jhankaram anghryoh pratikurvati kau niliyamana yamuna-nikunje punar vrajanti hari-hasta-matrat dudravaran; radhaRadha; hariof Lord Hari; hastahand; padmatlotus; jhankaramtinkling; anghryohof the feet; pratikurvatidoing; kauon the ground; niliyamanadisappearing; yamuna-niku 24jein the grove by the Yamuna; punahagain; vrajantigoing; hari-hasta-matratonly by Lord Hari's hand. Fleeing from Lord Hari's lotus hand, Her feet thumping against the ground, She disappeared in a forest by the Yamuna, but was pulled out again by Lord Hari's hand. Text 44 yatha tamalah kala-dhauta-vallya ghane yatha cancalaya cakasti nilo 'dri-rajo nikashashma-khanya shri-radhayadyastu taya ramanya yathaas; tamalaha tamala tree; kala-dhauta-vallyawith a vine of golden flowers; ghanaha dark cloud; yathaas; cancalayawith lightning; cakasti shines; nilahdark; adriof mountains; rajahking; nikashashma-khanyawith a mine of nikasha stones; shri-radhayawith Shri Radha; adyanow; astuis; taya with Her; ramanyabeautiful. As a tamala tree with a vine of golden flowers, as a dark cloud with a lightning flash, and as a dark mountain with a mine of nikasha stones, so Lord Hari was with beautiful Shri Radha. Text 45

shri-rasa-range jana-varjite pare reme hari rasa-rasena radhaya vrindavane bhringa-mayura-kujallate caraty eva ratishvarah parah shribeautiful; rasaof the rasa dance; rangein the arena; janapeople; varjitewithout; paretranscendental; remeenjoyed; harihLord Hari; rasarasenawith the nectar of the rasa dance; radhayawith Radha; vrindavanein Vrindavana; bhringabees; mayurapeacocks; kujatcooing; latevine; carati moves; evaindeed; ratiof amorous pastimes; ishvarahthe master; parah transcendental. In the beautiful secluded rasa-dance arena Lord Hari enjoyed the nectar of the rasa dance with Shri Radha. Lord Hari, the transcendental master of amorous pastimes, walked in Vrindavana forest filled with flowering vines and the sounds of peacocks and bees. Text 46 shri-radhaya krishna-harih paratma nanarta govardhana-kandarasu mattalishu prasravanaih sarobhir virajitasu dyutimal-latasu shri-radhayawith Shri Radha; krishna-harihKrishna Hari; paratmathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nanartadanced; govardhanaof Govarhdana Hill; kandarasuin the caves; mattaintoxicated; alishubees; prasravanaihwith swiftly moving streams, rapids, and waterfalls; sarobhihwith lakes; virajitasu shining; dyutimatsplendid; latasuvines. The Supreme Lord, Krishna-Hari, danced with Shri Radha in the caves of Govardhana Hill, by the lakes and the swiftly moving streams, rapids, and waterfalls, and among the splendid flowering vines filled with intoxicated bumblebees. Text 47 cakara krishno yamunam sametya varam viharam vrishabhanu-putrya radha-karal laksha-dalam sa padmam dhavan grihitva yamuna-jaleshu

cakaradid; krishnahLord Krishna; yamunamto the Yamuna; sametya going; varamexcellent; viharampastime; vrishabhanu-putryawith King Vrishabhanu's daughter; radhaof Radha; karatfrom the hand; lakshaa hundred thousand; dalampetals; sahHe; padmama lotus flower; dhavanrunning; grihitvataking; yamunaof the Yamuna; jaleshuin the waters. When They came to the Yamuna, Krishna enjoyed a charming pastime with King Vrishabhanu's daughter. Taking the hundred-thousand-petal lotus from Radha's hand, He suddenly dove into the Yamuna's waters. Text 48 radha hareh pita-paam ca vamshim vetram grihitva sahasa hasanti dehiti vamshim vadato haresh ca jagada radha kamalam nu dehi radhaRadha; harehof Lord Hari; pitayellow; paamgarment; caand; vamshimflute; vetramand stick; grihitvataking; sahasasuddenly; hasanti laughing; dehigive; itithus; vamshimthe flute; vadatahsaying; harehof Lord Hari; caalso; jagadasaid; radhaRadha; kamalamthe lotus; nu certainly; dehigive. Laughing Radha quickly took Lord Hari's flute, stick, and yellow cloth. When Lord Hari said, "Give back My flute!" She mocked Him and said, "You give back My lotus!" Text 49 tasyai dadau deva-varo 'tha padmam radha dadau pita-paam ca vamshim vetram ca tasmai haraye tayoh punar babhuva lila yamuna-taeshu tasyaito Her; dadaugave; deva-varahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; athathen; padmamthe lotus; radhaRadha; dadaugave; pita-paamyellow cloth; caand; vamshimflute; vetramstick; caand; tasmaito Him; haraye Lord Hari; tayohof Them; punahagain; babhuvawas; lilapastime; yamunataeshuon the shore of the Yamuna. Lord Hari, the master of the demigods, gave Her the lotus, Radha gave Lord Hari His flute, stick, and yellow cloth, and They continued to enjoy pastimes by the Yamuna's shone.

Text 50 tatash ca bhandiravane priyayas cakara shringaram alam manojnam patravaliyavaka-kajjaladyaih pushpaih su-ratnair vraja-gopa-ratnah tatahthen; caalso; bhandiravanein Bhandiravana; priyayahof His beloved; cakaradid; shringaramdecoration; alamgreatly; manojnam beautiful; patrapictures and designs; avali-many; yavakared lac; kajjalablack kajjala; adyaihbeginning with; pushpaihwith flowers; su-ratnaihwith beautiful jewels; vrajaof Vraja; gopaof the cowherd people; ratnahthe jewel. Then, in Bhandiravana forest, with many flowers, beautiful jewels, and pictures drawn in red yavaka, black kajjala, and many other colors, He who is the jewel of the Vraja-gopas beautifully decorated His beloved. Text 51 haresh ca shringaram alam prakartum samudyata tatra yada hi radha tadaiva krishnas tu babhuva balo vihaya kaishora-vapuh svayam hi harehof Lord Hari; caand; shringaramdecoration; alamgreatly; prakartum to do; samudyataeager; tatrathere; yadawhen; hiindeed; radhaRadha; tadathen; evacertainly; krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; babhuvabecame; balahchild; vihayaabandoning; kaishorateen-age; vapuhform; svayam personally; hiindeed. As Radha was about to decorate Him, Lord Krishna suddenly abandoned His teen-age form and again became an infant. Text 52 nandena dattam shishum eva yadrisham bhumau luhantam prarudantam ayayau harim vilokyashu rurodha radhika tanoshi mayam nu katham hare mayi nandenaby Nanda; dattamgiven; shishumchild; evaindeed; yadrisham like which; bhumauon the ground; luhantamcrawling; prarudantam

crying; ayayauwent; harimLord Hari; vilokyaseeing; ashuat once; rurodha cried; radhikaRadha; tanoshiYou manifest; mayamillusion; nuindeed; kathamwhy?; hareO Lord Hari; mayito Me. He became an infant crawling on the ground and crying, just as Nanda had given Him before. When She saw Lord Hari in this way, Shri Radhika cried out, "O Lord Hari, why do You show this illusion to Me?" Text 53 ittham rudantim sahasa vishanam akasha-vag aha tadaiva radham shocam nu radhe iha ma kuru tvam manorathas te bhaviya hi pashcat itthamthus; rudantimweeping; sahasaat once; vishaamdespondent; akashafrom the sky; vaka voice; ahaspoke; tadathen; evaindeed; radham to Radha; shocamlamentation; nuindeed; radheO Radha; ihahere; ma don't; kurudo; tvamYou; manorathahdesire; teYour; bhaviyawill be fulfilled; hiindeed; pashcatlater. As despondent Radha wept, a voice from the sky said, O Radha, don't lament. In time Your desire will be fulfilled." Text 54 shrutvatha radha hi harim grihitva gatashu gehe vraja-raja-patnyah dattva ca balam kila nanda-patnya uvaca dattah pathi te ca bhartra shrutvahearing; athathen; radhaRadha; hiindeed; harimLord Hari; grihitvataking; gatawent; ashuat once; gehehome; vraja-raja-patnyahof the wife of Vraja's king; dattvagiving; caalso; balamthe infant; kilaindeed; nanda-patnyawith Nanda's wife; uvacaspoke; dattahplaced; pathion the pathway; teof you; caalso; bhartraby Your husband. Hearing this, Radha took Lord Hari and quickly went to the home of Vraja's queen. Giving the child to Nanda's wife, She said, "Your husband gave Him to Me on the path." Text 55

uvaca radham nripa-nanda-gehini dhanyasi radhe vrishabhanu-kanyake tvaya shishur me parirakshito bhayan meghavrite vyomni bhayaturo vane uvacasaid; radhamto Radha; nripa-nanda-gehinithe wife of King Nanda; dhanyafortunate; asiYou are; radheO Radha; vrishabhanu-kanyakeO daughter of Vrishabhanu; tvayaby You; shishuhchild; memy; parirakshitah protected; bhayatfrom danger; meghaby clouds; avritecovered; vyomni when the sky; bhayaturahfearful; vanein the forest. King Nanda's wife said to Radha, "O Radha, O daughter of King Vrishabhanu, You are fortunate. When the sky was covered with clouds and my child became frightened in the forest, You protected Him." Text 56 sampujita shlaghita-sad-gua sa su-nandita shri-vrishabhanu-putri tada hy anujnapya yashomatim sa shanaih sva-geham hi jagama radha sampujitaworshiped; shlaghitapraised; sattranscendental; guavirtues; saShe; su-nanditavery pleased; shri-vrishabhanu-putriShri Vrishabhanu's daughter; tadathen; hiindeed; anuj 24apyataking permission; yashomatim from Yashoda; saShe; shanaihslowly; svato Her own; gehamhouse; hi indeed; jagamawent; radhaRadha. After She was greatly honored and Her transcendental virtues praised, Shri Vrishabhanu's happy daughter, taking permission from Mother Yashoda, slowly returned to Her own home. Text 57 ittham harer gupta-katha ca varita radha-vivahasya su-mangalavrita shruta ca yair va pahita ca pahita tan papa-vrinda na kada sprishanti itthamthus; harehof Lord Hari; guptasecret; kathanarrative; caalso; varitadescribed; radhawith Radha; vivahasyaof the wedding; su-mangalaavritafilled with great auspiciousness; shrutaheard; caalso; yaihby whom; va

heard; pahitaread silently; caand; pahitaread aloud; tanto them; papavrindaa host of sins; nanot; kadaever; sprishantitouch. Sins will never touch they who hear, read silently, or recite aloud this auspicious and confidential narration of the wedding of Shri Radha.

Chapter Seventeen Dadhi-steya-varana Description of the Yogurt Theft Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atah balau krisha-ramau gaura-shyamau manoharau lilaya cakratur alam sundaram nanda-mandiram shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; atahthen; balauthe two boys; krisharamauKrisha and Balarama; gaura-shyamaufair and dark; manoharau charming; lilayawith pastimes; cakratuhdid; alammuch; sundaram handsome; nanda-mandiramNanda's palace. Shri Narada said: With Their pastimes the two handsome fair and dark boys, Krisha and Balarama, made Nanda's palace beautiful. Text 2 ringamanau ca janubhyam paibhyam saha maithila vrajatalpena kalena bruvantau madhuram vraje ringamanaucrawling; caalso; janubhyamwith knees; paibhyamhands; sahawith; maithilaO king of Mithila; vrajatagone; alpenaa little; kalena time; bruvantautalking; madhuramsweetly; vrajein Vraja. O king of Mithila, They crawled on Their hands and knees and soon They were speaking sweet words in Vraja.

Text 3 yashodaya ca rohiya lalitau poshitau shishu kada vinirgatav ankat kvacid ankam samasthitau yashodayaby Yashoda; caand; rohiyaRohii; lalitaucaressed; poshitau nourished; ishuthe two boys; kadawhen?; vinirgataugone; ankatfrom the lap; kvacitwhere?; ankama lap; samasthitaustaying. Yashoda and Rohii fed, fondled and caressed the two boys. When did the boys leave their laps? To whose lap did They go? Text 4 manjira-kinkini-ravam kurvantau tav itas tatah tri-lokim mohayantau dvau maya-balaka-vigrahau manjiraof anklets; kinkiniand bells; ravamsounds; kurvantaumaking; tau They; itas tatahhere and there; tri-lokimthe three worlds; mohayantau enchanting; dvauboth; mayaby the Yogamaya potency; balakachildren; vigrahauforms. Tinkling Their anklets and small bells, They enchanted the three worlds as They went here and there. By the influence of Their Yogamaya potency They manifested the forms of two small boys. Text 5 kridantam adaya shishum yashodajire luhantam vraja-balakaish ca tad-dhuli-lepavrita-dhusharangam cakre hy alam prokshaam adarea kridantamplaying; adayataking; shishumboy; yashoda Yashoda; ajirein the ourtyard; luhantamrolling about; vrajaof Vraja; balakaihwith the boys; ca and; tatof that; dhulidust; lepaointment; avritacovered; dhushara darkened; angamlimbs; cakreid; hiindeed; alamgreatly; prokshaam sprinkling; adareawith respect.

When her son's limbs were dark, anointed with dust by playing in the courtyard with the boys of Vraja, Yashoda took Him and bathed Him with great care. Text 6 janu-dvayabhyam ca samam karabhyam punar vrajan pranganam etya krishah matr-anka-deshe punar avrajan san babhau vraje keshari-bala-lilah janu-dvayabhyamboth knees; caand; samamwith; karabhyamboth hands; punahagain; vrajangoing; pranganamto the courtyard; etyagoing; krishahKrisha; matriof His mother; anka-desheon the lap; punahagain; avrajanreturning; sanbeing so; babhauwas splendidly manifested; vrajein Vraja; kesharilion; balacub; lilahpastimes. On His hands and knees crawling first to the courtyard and then to His mother's lap, Krisha was like a lion cub splendidly playing in Vraja. Text 7 tam sarvato haimana-citra-yuktam pitambaram kancukam adadhanam sphurat-prabham ratnamayam ca maulim drishva sutam prapa mudam yashoda tamHim; sarvatahcompletely; haimanagolden; citradesigns; yuktam endowed; pitambaram kancukamyellow garments; adadhanamwearing; sphurat-prabhamsplendid; ratnamayamjeweled; caand; maulimcrown; drishvaseeing; sutamher son; prapaattained; mudamhappiness; yashoda Yashoda. Gazing at her son dressed in yellow garments decorated with gold and splendid with a crown of jewels, Yashoda became happy. Text 8 balam mukundam ati-sundara-bala-kelim drishva param mudam avapur ativa gopyah shri-nanda-raja-vrajam etya griham vihaya sarvas tu vismrita-grihah sukha-vigrahas tah

balamchild; mukundamMukunda; ati-sundaravery handsome; bala childhood; kelimpastimes; drishvaseeing; paramgreat; mudamhappiness; avapuhattained; ativagreat; gopyahgopis; shri-nanda-raja-vrajamthe cowherd village of King Nanda; etyaattaining; grihamhome; vihayaleaving; sarvahall; tucertainly; vismritaforgotten; grihahhomes; sukhahappy; vigrahahforms; tahthey. Forgetting their homes, leaving them behind and coming to King Nanda's cowherd village, all the gopis gazed at the charming and playful child Mukunda and became very happy. Text 9 shri-nanda-raja-griha-kritrima-simha-rupam drishva vrajan pratiravan nripa bhiruvad yah nitva ca tam nija-sutam griham avrajantim gopyo vraje sa-ghriaya hy avadan yashodam shri-nanda-rajaof King Nanda; grihain the home; kritrimaartificial; simha lion; rupamform; drishvaseeing; vrajangoing; pratiravanroaring a challenge; nripaO king; bhiruvatfrightening; yahwho; nitvaleading; caand; tamHim; nijahis own; sutamson; grihamhome; avrajantimcoming; gopyah the gopis; vrajein Vraja; sa-ghriayawith compassion; hiindeed; avadan told; yashodamYashoda. When infant Krisha saw the statue of a lion at the entrance to King Nanda's home, He became frightened and began to cry. The gopis took Him inside and compassionately spoke to Yashoda. Text 10 shri-gopya ucuh kridartham capalam hy enam ma bahih karayanganat bala-kelim dugdha-mukham kaka-paksha-dharam shubhe shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; kridaplaying; arthamfor the purpose; capalamrestless; hiindeed; enamHe; madon't; bahihoutside; karayatake; anganatfrom the courtyard; balachild's; kelimplaying; dugdhamilk; mukham in His mouth; kakacrow's; pakshafeathers; dharamwearing; shubheO beautiful one.

The gopis said: O beautiful one, don't take this restless and playful boy decorated with crows' feathers and the milk still in His mouth out of the courtyard to play. Text 11 urdhva-danta-dvayam jatam purvam matula-dosha-dam asyapi matulo nasti te sutasya yashomati urdhvaupper; dantateeth; dvayamtwo; jatamborn; purvambefore; matulaof the maternal uncle; doshafault; damgiving; asyaof Him; apieven; matulahmaternal uncle; nanot; astiis; teof your; sutasyasun; yashomati O Yashoda. O Yashoda, your son's two front teeth have now appeared. Now his maternal uncle should perform a ceremony to ward off inauspiciousness, but your son has no maternal uncle. Text 12 tasmad danam tu kartavyam vighnanam nasha-hetave go-vipra-sura-sadhunam chandasam pujanam tatha tasmattherefore; danamcharity; tucertainly; kartavyamshould be given; vighnanamof obstacles; nashadestruction; hetavefor the cause; gahtp the cows; viprabrahmaas; surademigods; sadhunamand saintly devotees; chandasamVedic mantras; pujanamworship; tathaso. Therefore, to destroy all obstacles you should give charity, chant Vedic prayers, and worship the cows, brahmaas, demigods, and saintly devotees. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca tada yashoda-rohiyau suta-kalyana-hetave vastra-ratna-navannanam danam nityam ca cakratuh

shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; yashoda-rohiyauYashoda and Rohii; sutaof the son; kalyana-hetavefor the auspiciousness; vastra garments; ratnajewels; navanew; annanamand grains; danam-charity; nityam regularly; caand; cakratuhdid. Then, to bring auspiciousness to their sons, Yashoda and Rohii regularly gave garments, jewels, and new grains in charity. Text 14 atha vraje rama-krishau bala-simhavalokanau padbhyam calantau ghosheshu vardhamanau babhuvatuh athathen; vrajein Vraja; ramaBalarama; krishauand Krisha; bala-simha lion cubs; avalokanauglance; padbhyamwith their feet; calantauwalking; ghosheshuin the cowherds' homes; vardhamanaugrowing; babhuvatuh became. Now walking on their two feet among the gopas's homes, and their glances like those of a lion's cub, Krisha and Balarama grew in the village of Vraja. Text 15 shridama-subaladyaish ca vayasyair vraja-balakaih yamuna-sikate shubhre luhantau sa-kutuhalau shridama-subaladyaihheaded by Shridama and Subala; caalso; vayasyaih with friends; vraja-balakaihthe boys of Vraja; yamunaof the Yamuna; sikateon the beach; shubhrebeautiful; luhantauwandering; sa-kutuhalauplaying. With the boys of Vraja, Their friends headed by Shridama and Subala, They played on the Yamuna's sandy shore. Text 16 kalindy-upavane shyamais tamalaih sa-ghanair vrite

kadamba-kunja-shobhadhye ceratu rama-keshvau kalindiof the Yamuna; upavanein the gardens; shyamaihwith dark; tamalaihtamala trees; sa-ghanaihsturdy; vritefilled; kadambaof kadamba trees; kunjagrove; shobhabeauty; adhyerich; ceratuhmoved; rama-keshvau Krisha and Balarama. In the Yamuna's forests opulent with kadamba groves and sturdy black tamala trees, Krisha and Balarama walked. Text 17 janayan gopa-gopinam anandam bala-lilaya vayasyaish corayam asa navanitam ghritam harih janayancreating; gopa-gopinamof the gopas and gopis; anandambliss; bala-lilayawith childhood pastimes; vayasyaihwith friends; corayam asastole; navanitambutter; ghritamand ghee; harihLord Hari. Delighting the gopas and gopis with His childhood pastimes, with His friends Lord Hari stole butter and ghee. Text 18 ekada hy upanandasya patni namna prabhavati shri-nanda-mandiram prapta yashodam praha gopika ekadaonce; hiindeed; upanandasyaof Upananda; patnithe wife; namna by name; prabhavatiPrabhavati; shri-nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace; prapta come; yashodamto Yashoda; prahasaid; gopikathe gopi. One day Prabhavati-gopi, who was Upananda's wife, came to Nanda's palace and spoke to Yashoda. Text 19

shri-prabhavaty uvaca navanitam ghritam dugdham dadhim takram yashomati avayor bheda-rahitam tvat-prasadac ca me 'bhavat shri-prabhavati uvacaShri Prabhavati said; navanitambutter; ghritamghee; dugdhammilk; dadhimyogurt; takrambuttermilk; yashomatiYashoda; avayoh of us; bhedadifference; rahitamwithout; tvat-prasadatby your mercy; ca also; meof me; abhavatwas. Shri Prabhavati said: O Yashoda, for the two of us there is no separate property in butter, ghee, milk, yogurt, and buttermilk. By your kindness yours is also mine. Text 20 naham vadami canena steyam kutrapi shikshitam shiksham karoshi na sute navanita-mushi svatah nanot; ahamI; vadamisay; caalso; anenaby Him; steyamto be stolen; kutrapisomewhere; shikshitamtaught; shikshamteaching; karoshiyou do; na not; suteto your son; navanitabutter; mushistealing; svatahby Himself. I don't say you taught Him to steal. You didn't teach Him. Your son steals butter on His own. Text 21 yada maya krita shiksha tada dhrishas tavangajah gali-pradanam dattvayam dravati pranganan mama yadawhen; mayaby me; kritadone; shikshainstruction; tadathen; dhrishahbold; tavayour; angajahson; galibad words; pradanamgift; dattvagiving; ayamHe; dravatiruns; pranganatfrom the courtyard; mama my. When I try to give Him good instruction, Your arrogant son gives me bad words and runs from my courtyard.

Text 22 vrajadhishasya putro 'yam bhutva steyam samacaret na maya kathitam kincid yashode tava gauravat vrajadhishasyaof the king of Vraja; putrahthe son; ayamHe; bhutva having become; steyamtheft; samacaretmay perform; nanot; mayaby me; kathitamtold; kincitsomething; yashodeO Yashoda; tavafor you; gauravat out of respect. He is the son of Vraja's king. He should not steal. O Yashoda, there are some other things also that, out of respect for you, I have not told. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca shrutva prabhavati-vakyam yashoda nanda-gehini balam nirbhartsya tam aha samna prema-parayana shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; prabhavati-vakyam Prabhavati's words; nandaNanda's; gehiniwife; balamthe boy; nirbhartsya rebuking; tamto Him; ahasaid; samnawith sweet words; prema-parayanafull of love. Shri Narada said: After hearing Prabhavati's words, Yashoda, the wife of Nanda, rebuked her son, and with great love gently spoke to Prabhavati. Text 24 shri-yashodovaca gavam koir grihe me 'sti gorasair arditacala na jane dadhi-mun balo natti so 'tra kadacana shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; gavamof cows; koihten million; grihein the home; meof me; astiis; gorasaihwith milk; arditaovercome;

acalacannot move; nanot; janeI know; dadhimilk; mukin the mouth; balah child; nanot; attieats; sahHe; atrahere; kadacanaever. Shri Yashoda said: I have ten million cows. There is so much yogurt in the house I cannot move. I do not know why my little boy never drinks any of the yogurt here. Text 25 anena mushitam gavyam tat-samam tvam grihaa me te shishau me shishau bhedo nasti kincit prabhavati anenaby Him; mushitamstolen; gavyamyogurt; tat-samamlike that; tvam you; grihaagive; meto me; teyour; shishauboy; memy; shishauboy; bhedahdifference; nanot; astiis; kincitat all; prabhavatiO Prabhavati. Bring this yogurt-thief to me. O Prabhavati, there is no difference between your son and my son. Text 26 navanita-mukham cainam atra tvam hy anayishyasi tada shiksham karishyami bhartsanam bandhanam tatha navanita-mukhambutter on His mouth; caalso; enamHim; atrahere; tvam you; hiindeed; anayishyasiwill bring; tadathen; shikshama lesson; karishyamiI will do; bhartsanamrebuke; bandhanamtying up; tathathen. You bring that boy here with butter in His mouth and I will give Him a lesson. I will scold Him and tie Him up. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca shrutva vakyam tada gopi prasanna griham agata ekada dadhi-cauryartham krishas tasya griham gatah

shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; vakyamthese words; tadathen; gopithe gopi; prasannahappy; grihamhome; agatacame; ekada one day; dadhiof yogurt; cauryatheft; arthamfor the purpose; krishah Krisha; tasyaof her; grihamto the home; gatahwent. Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, the gopi became happy and went home. Then one day Krisha went to her home to steal yogurt. Text 28 vayasyair balakaih sardham parshva-kudye grihasya ca hastad dhastam sangrihitva shanaih krisho vivesha ha vayasyaihwith His friends; balakaihthe boys; sardhamwith; parshvaside; kudyeon the wall; grihasyaof the house; caalso; hastatby a hand; hastam to a hand; sangrihitvagrasping; shanaihgradually; krishahKrisha; vivesha ha entered. Grasping it with one hand after another, Krisha and His boy friends gradually scaled the outer wall and entered the courtyard. Text 29 shikya-stham gorasam drishva hastagrahyam harih svayam ulukhale pihake ca gopan sthapyaruroha tam shikya-sthamsuspended on ropes; gorasamyogurt; drishvaseeing; hastawith a hand; agrahyamnot graspable; harihLord Hari; svayampersonally; ulukhaleon a grinding-mortar; pihakefootstool; caand; gopanthe gopas; sthapyaplacing; arurohaclimbed; tamthat. Seeing the yogurt was in a jug hanging on ropes beyond His hand's reach, by arranging a footstool, a grinding mortar, and the gopa boys, Lord Hari climbed up to it. Text 30

tad api pramshunalabhyam gorasam shikya-samsthitam shridamna subalenapi dadenapi tatada ca tatthat; apiand; pramshunatall; alabhyamnot attainable; gorasam yogurt; shikya-samsthitamin the jug hanging on ropes; shridamnaby Shridama; subalenaby Subala; apialso; dadenawith a stick; apialso; tatadastruck; ca and. When even from that height the yogurt-jar hanging from ropes could not be reached, Shridama and Subala hit the jar with sticks. Text 31 bhagna-bhadat sarva-gavyam vahad bhumau manoharam jaghasa subalo markair balakaih saha madhavah bhagnabroken; bhadatfrom the jar; sarvaall; gavyamthe yogurt; vahat flowing; bhumauto the ground; manoharamcharming; jaghasaate; subalah Subala; markaihwith the monkeys; balakaihthe boys; sahawith; madhavah Krisha. As all the beautiful yogurt flowed from the broken jug to the ground, Krisha, Subala, the boys, and some monkeys, all ate it. Text 32 bhagna-bhada-svanam shrutva prapta gopi prabhavati palayiteshu baleshu jagraha shri-karam hareh bhagnabroken; bhadajug; svanamthe sound; shrutvahearing; prapta came; gopithe gopi; prabhavatiPrabhavati; palayiteshufled; baleshuwhen the boys; jagrahagrabbed; shri-karamthe beautiful hand; harehof Lord Hari. Hearing the sound of the jug breaking, the gopi Prabhavati came. As the boys fled, she grabbed Lord Hari's beautiful hand.

Text 33 nitva mrishashru bhirum ca gacchanti nanda-mandiram agre nandam sthitam drishva mukhe vastram cakara ha nitvabringing; mrishafalse; ashrutears; bhirumfrightened; caand; gacchantigoing; nandaNanda's; mandiramto the palace; agrebefore; nandamNanda; sthitamstanding; drishvaseeing; mukhein the mouth; vastramcloth; cakaradid; haindeed. As frightened Krisha shed false tears, she brought Him to Nanda's palace. Seeing Nanda standing there, she covered Krisha's face with the edge of His garment. Text 34 harir vicintayann ittham mata dadam pradasyati dadhara tad-bala-rupam svacchanda-gatir ishvarah harihLord Hari; vicintayanthinking; itthamthus; mataHis mother; dadam a stick; pradasyatigave; dadharamanifested; tad-bala-rupamthat child's form; svacchanda-gatihindependent; ishvarahSupreme Controller. Lord Hari thought, "My mother will hit Me with a stick." The Supreme Personality of Godhead, who can do whatever He likes, then manifested the form of Prabhavati's son. Text 35 sa yashoda sametyashu praha gopi rushanvita bhadam bhagni-kritam sarvam mushitam dadhy anena vai sashe; yashodaYashoda; sametyacoming; ashuquickly; prahasaid; gopi gopi; rushanvitaangry; bhadamthe jug; bhagni-kritambroken; sarvam everything; mushitamstolen; dadhiyogurt; anenaby Him; vaicertainly.

Yashoda quickly came. The angry gopi said, "He broke a jug and stole all the yogurt in it." Text 36 yashoda tat-sutam vikshya hasanti praha gopikam vastrantam ca mukhad gopi duri-kritya vadamhasah yashodaYashoda; tat-sutamher son; vikshyalooking; hasantilaughing; prahasaid; gopikamto the gopi; vastragarment; antamend; caand; mukhat from the mouth; gopithe gopi; duri-krityataking far away; vadatell; amhasah the offense. Seeing Her son, Yashoda smiled and said to the gopi, O gopi, take the edge of the garment from His face and tell the mischief He has done. Text 37 apavado yada deyo nirvasam kuru me purat yushmat-putra-kritam cauryam asmat-putra-kritam bhavet apavadahthe account of His offense; yadawhen; deyahgiven; nirvasam sending away; kurudo; meof me; puratfrom the house; yushmatyour; putra son; kritamdone; cauryamtheft; asmatmy; putrason; kritamdone; bhavetmay be. "When it may be said my son has done mischief you may throw Him out of my house. Your son did the theft you say my son did." Text 38 jana-lajja-samayukta duri-kritya mukhambaram sapi praha nijam balam vikshya vismita-manasa

janaof the people; lajjaembarrassment; samayuktawith; duri-krityaput far away; mukhaface; ambaramcloth; sashe; apialso; prahasaid; nijamto her own; balamboy; vikshyalooking; vismitasurprised; manasaheart. Ashamed of what people might think, she took the cloth from His face. Seeing her own son, she was surprised at heart and said: Text 39 nishpadas tvam kutah prapto vraja-saro 'sti me kare vadantittham ca tam nitva nirgata nanda-mandirat nishpadahwithout walking; tvamyou; kutahhow?; praptahcome; vrajaof Vraja; sarahthe treasure; astiis; meof me; karein the hand; vadantisaying; itthamthus; caand; tamhim; nitvabringing; nirgataleft; nandaof Nanda; mandiratthe palace. "How did you come here without walking? I have the treasure of Vraja in my hand!" Saying this, and taking him with her, she left Nanda's palace. Text 40 yashoda rohii nando ramo gopash ca gopikah jahasuh kathayantas te drisho 'nyayo vraje mahan yashodaYashoda; rohiiRohii; nandahNanda; ramahBalarama; gopah the gopas; caand; gopikahgopis; jahasuhlaughed; kathayantahtalking; te they; drishahseen; anyayahinjustice; vrajein Vraja; mahangreat. Yashoda, Rohii, Nanda, Balarama, and the gopas and gopis laughed, saying, "Today we saw a great injustice in Vraja." Text 41 bhagavams tu bahir vithyam bhutva shri-nanda-nandanah prahasan gopikam praha

dhrishangash cancalekshaah bhagavanthe Lord; tucertainly; bahihoutside; vithyamon the path; bhutvabecoming; shri-nanda-nandanahthe son of Nanda; prahasanlaughing; gopikamto a gopi; prahasaid; dhrishangahbold; cancalarestless; ikshaah eyes. On the path outside again becoming Nanda's son, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, smiling, confident, and His eyes restless, spoke to the gopi Prabhavati. Text 42 shri-bhagavan uvaca punar mam yadi grihasi kadacit tvam he gopike te bhartri-rupas tu tada bhavishyami na samshayah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; punahagain; mamto Me; yadiif; grihasiyou are kind; kadacitsometime; tvamyou; he gopikeO gopi; teof you; bhartriof the husband; rupahin the form; tu certainly; tadathen; bhavishyamiI will become; nanot; samshayahdoubt. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O gopi, if you capture Me again, I will take the form of your husband. There is no doubt of it. Text 43 shri-narada uvaca shrutva sa vismita gopi gata gehe 'tha maithila tada sarva-grihe gopyo na grihanti harim hriya shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; sashe; vismita struck with wonder; gopithe gopi; gatawent; gehehome; athathen; maithila O king of Mithila; tadathen; sarva-grihein every home; gopyahthe gopis; na not; grihantitook; harimLord Hari; hriyaout of embarrassment. O king of Mithila, when she heard this, the astonished gopi went home. From then on, in every home, impelled by fear of embarrassment, the gopis would not capture Krisha. .pa

Chapter Eighteen Brahmada-darshanam Vision of the Universal Form Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gopi-griheshu vicaran navanita-caurah shyamo manohara-vapur nava-kanja-netrah shri-bala-candra iva vriddhi-gato naraam cittam harann iva cakara vraje ca shobham shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gopiof the gopis; griheshuin the homes; vicaranthinking; navanitaof butter; caurahthe thief; shyamahdark; manoharacharming; vapuhform; navanew; kanjalotus; netraheyes; shri handsome; balarising; candrahmoon; ivalike; vriddhi-gatahfull; naraamof men; cittamthe heart; haranstealing; ivalike; cakaradid; vrajein Vraja; ca also; shobhambeauty. Shri Narada said: Wandering from one to another of the gopis' homes and stealing the hearts of the cowherd people, that charming, handsome, blossominglotus-eyed dark butter-thief, like a rising full moon, brought great beauty to Vraja. Text 2 shri-nanda-nandanam ativa calam grihitva geham nidhaya mumuhur nava-nanda-gopah sat-kandukaish ca satatam paripalayanto gayanta urjita-sukha na jagat smarantah shri-nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda; ativavery; calamrestless; grihitva taking; gehamhome; nidhayaplacing; mumuhuhbecame enchanted; navananda-gopahthe nine Nanda-gopas; sat-kandukaihwith toy balls; caand; satatamalways; paripalayantahprotecting; gayantahsinging; urjita-sukhah very happy; nanot; jagatthe world; smarantahremembering. Taking Nanda's restless ball-playing son into their homes, protecting Him, feeding Him, singing His glories, and so happy they did not remember anything else in the world, the nine Nanda-gopas were completely enchanted.

Text 3 shri-rajovaca navopananda-namani vada deva-rishe mama aho bhagyam tu yesham vai te purvam ke ihagatah tatha shad-vrishabhanunam karmai mangalani ca shri-raja uvacathe king said; nava-upananda-namaninamed the nine Upanandas; vadatell; deva-risheO sage of the demigods; mamato me; ahah Oh; bhagyamgood fortune; tuindeed; yeshamof whom; vaiindeed; tethey; purvambefore; kewho?; ihahere; agataharrived; tathaso; shadvrishabhanunamof the six Vrishabhanus; karmaiactivities; mangalani auspicious; caand. The king said: Who were the fortunate nine Upanandas in their previous birth? What were the auspicious deeds of the six Vrishabhanus? O sage of the demigods, please tell me. Texts 4 and 5 shri-narada uvaca gayash ca vimalah shrishah shridharo mangalayanah mangalo rangavallisho rangojir devanayakah nanda-nandash ca kathita babhuvur gokule vraje shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; gayahGaya; caand; vimalahVimala; shrishahShrisha; shridharahShridhara; mangalayanahMangalayana; mangalah Mangala; rangavallishahRangavallisha; rangojihRangoji; devanayakah Devanayaka; nava-nandahthe nine Nandas; caalso; kathitahsaid; babhuvuh were; gokulein Gokula; vrajein Vraja. Shri Narada said: Gaya, Vimala, Shrisha, Shridhara, Mangalayana, Mangala, Rangavallisha, Rangoji, and Devanayaka were the nine Nandas in Gokula Vraja. Text 6

vitihotro 'gni-bhuk sambah shrikaro gopatih shrutah vrajeshah pavanah shanta upanandah prakirtitah vitihotrahVitihotre; agnibhukAgnibhuk; sambahSamba; shrikarah Shrikara; gopatihGopati; shrutahSruta; vrajeshahVrajesa; pavanahPavana; shantas+Santa; upanandahthe Upanandas; prakirtitahwere said. Vitihotra, Agnibhuk, Samba, Shrikara, Gopati, Shruta, Vrajesha, Pavana, and Shanta were called the Upanandas. Text 7 nitivin margadah shuklah patango divyavahanah gopeshtash ca vraje rajan jatah shad-vrishabhanavah nitivinNitivin; margadahMargada; shuklahSukla; patangahPatanga; divyavahanahDivyavahana; gopeshtahGopesta; caand;' vrajein Vraja; rajan O king; jatahborn; shad-vrishabhanavahthe six Vrishabhanus. Nitivin, Margada, Shukla, Patanga, Divyavahana, and Gopesha were the six Vrishabhanus in Vraja, O king. Text 8 goloke krishacandrasya nikunja-dvaram ashritah vetra-hastah shyamalanga nava-nandash ca te smritah golokein Goloka; krishacandrasyaof Lord Krishacandra; nikunja-dvaram two groves. ashritahsheltered; vetra-hastahwith sticks in their hands; shyamalangahdark bodies; nava-nandahthe nine Nandas; caalso; tethey; smritahremembered. Smriti-shastra explains that the nine Nandas, who have dark complexions and hold sticks in their hands, reside in two forest-groves in Lord Krishacandra's Goloka.

Text 9 nikunje koisho gavas tasam palana-tat-parah vamshi-mayura-pakshadhya upanandash ca te smritah nikunjein the forest grove; koishahmillions; gavahof cows; tasamof them; palanato protection; tat-parahdevoted; vamshiflutes; mayura-paksha and peacock feathers; adhyahwealthy; upanandahthe Upanandas; caalso; te they; smritahremembered. Smriti-shastra explains that the nine Nandas, wealthy in flutes and peacock feathers, are devoted to protecting the millions of cows in their forest grove. Text 10 nikunja-durga-rakshayam dada-pasha-dharah sthitah shad-dvaram asthitah shad vai kathita vrishabhavanah nikunjathe forest grove; durgaof the fortress; rakshayamin protection; dadasticks; pashaand nooses; dharahholding; sthitahstanding; shaddvaramsix gates; asthitahsituated; shadsix; vaiindeed; kathitahcalled; vrishabhavanahthe Vrishabhanus. The men who, holding sticks and nooses, stand at six gates to protect the fortress of this forest grove are called the six Vrishabhanus. Text 11 shri-krishasyecchaya sarvam golokad agata bhuvi tesham prabhavam vaktum hi na samarthash catur-mukhah shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; icchayaby the desire; sarvamall; golokat from Goloka; agatahcame; bhuvito the earth; teshamof them; prabhavam the glory; vaktumto say; hiindeed; nanot; samarthahBrahma; catur-mukhah who has four mouths.

By Lord Krisha's wish they all went from Goloka to this earth. Even the demigod Brahma is not able to describe their glories. Text 12 aham kim u vadishyami tesham bhagyam mahodayam yesham aroham asthaya bala-kelir babhau harih ahamI; kim uhow?; vadishyamiwill describe; teshamof them; bhagyam the good fortune; maha-udayamgreat; yeshamof whom; arohamthe exalted position; asthayaaccepting; balachildhood; kelihpastimes; babhau manifested; harihLord Hari. How can I describe their good fortune? As He manifested His childhood pastimes, Lord Hari treated them with great respect. Text 13 ekada yamuna-tire mrit krishenavalidhita yashodam balakah prahur atti balo mridam tava ekadaone day; yamuna-tireon the shore of the Yamuna; mritclay; krishenaby Lord Krisha; avalidhitawas eaten; yashodamto Yashoda; balakah the boys; prahuhsaid; attiate; balahthe boy; mridamclay; tavayour. One day Krisha ate clay on the Yamuna's bank. The boys said to Yashoda, "Your boy ate clay." Text 14 balabhadre ca vadati tada sa nanda-gehini kare grihitva sva-sutam bhiru-netram uvaca ha balabhadrewhen Balarama; caalso; vadatisaid; tadathen; sashe; nanda-gehiniNanda's wife; kareby the hand; grihitvataking; svaown; sutam son; bhirufrightened; netrameyes; uvaca hasaid.

When Balarama also said it, Nanda's wife took her frightened-eyed son by the hand and spoke to Him. Text 15 shri-yasodovaca kasman mridam bhakshitavan rasajno bhavan vayasyash ca vadanti sakshat jyayan balo 'yam vadati prasiddham ma evam artham na jahati neshum shri-yasoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; kasmatwhy?; mridamclay; bhakshitavanate; rasajnahwho knows what is good to eat; bhavanYou; vayasyahfriends; caalso; vadantisay; sakshatdirectly; jyayanelder brother; balahBalarama; ayamHe; vadatisays; prasiddhamproved; maO mother; evamin this way; arthammeaning; nanot; jahatiabandons; neshumclay. Shri Yashoda said: Why did You, who know what is good to eat, eat clay? Your friends say You did. Your elder brother Balarama said, "O mother, it is true. He would not leave the clay." Text 16 shri-bhagavan uvaca sarve mrisha-vada-rata vrajarbhaka matar maya kvapi na mrit prabhakshita yada samicinam anena vak-patham tada mukham pashya madiyam anjasa shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; sarveall; mrisha-vada-ratahlying; vrajarbhakahthe boys of Vraja; matahO mother; mayaby Me; kvapiever; nanot; mritclay; prabhakshitaeaten; yadawhen; samicinamtruth; anenaby this; vak-pathamwords; tadathen; mukham mouth; pashyalook; madiyamMy; anjasaat once. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The boys of Vraja are all lying. I never ate clay. I speak the truth. Look in My mouth. Text 17

shri-narada uvaca atha gopi balakasya pashyanti sundaram mukham prasaritam ca dadrishe brahmadam racitam guaih shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; gopithe gopi; balakasyaof the boy; pashyantilooking; sundaramhandsome; mukhammouth; prasaritam manifested; caand; dadrishesaw; brahmadamthe universe; racitam created; guaihby the modes of nature. Shri Narada said: When the gopi looked in her boy's handsome mouth she saw the entire material universe created by the modes of nature. Texts 18 and 19 sapta-dvipan sapta-sindhun sa-khadan sa-girin dridhan a-brahmalokal lokams trin svatmabhih sa-vrajaih saha drishva nimilitakshi sa bhutva shri-yamuna-tae balo 'yam me harih sakshad iti jnanamayi hy abhut sapta-dvipanseven continents; sapta-sindhunseven oceans; sa-khadan with their divisions; sa-girinwith mountains; dridhangreat; a-brahmalokatfrom Brahmaloka; lokanplanets; trinthree; svatmabhihwith her relatives; sa-vrajaih the people of Vraja; sahawith; drishvaseeing; nimilitaclosed; akshieyes; sashe; bhutvabecoming; shri-yamuna-taeon the shore of the Yamuna; balah boy; ayamthis; memy; harihLord Hari; sakshatdirectly; itithus; jnanamayihaving the knowledge; hiindeed; abhutbecame. Seeing there the seven continents, seven oceans, the many countries and great mountain ranges, the three planetary systems up to Brahmaloka, her own relatives, and the people of Vraja, she closed her eyes as she stood by the Yamuna's shore. Then she understood, "My boy is Lord Hari Himself!" Text 20 tada jahasa shri-krisho mohayann iva mayaya yashoda vaibhavam drisham

na sasmara gata-smritih tadathen; jahasasmiled; shri-krishahLord Krisha; mohayanbewildering; ivaas if; mayayawith His Yogamaya potency; yashodaYashoda; vaibhavam glory; drishamseen; nanot; sasmararemembered; gatagone; smritih memory. Then, as if He were casting a spell on her with His Yogamaya potency, Shri Krisha smiled. From that moment Yashoda could not remember the glory and opulence she had seen. She forgot everything. .pa

Chapter Nineteen Yamalarjuna-bhanga Breaking of the Two Arjuna Trees Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada gokule gopyo mamanthur dadhi sarvatah grihe grihe pragayantyo gopala-caritam param shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaone day; gokulein Gokula; gopyahthe gopis; mamanthuhchurned; dadhiyogurt; sarvatahcompletely; grihe grihein home after home; pragayantyahsinging; gopalaof Gopala; caritamthe pastimes; paramtranscendental. Shri Narada said: Churning yogurt in their Gokula homes, the gopis sang of Lord Gopala's transcendental pastimes, Text 2 yashodapi samutthaya pratah shri-nanda-mandire bhade gavyam vinikshipya mamantha dadhi sundari yashodaYashoda; apialso; samutthayarising; pratahin the morning; shrinanda-mandirein Nanda's palace; bhadeon a jug; gavyammilk products; vinikshipyaplacing; mamanthachurned; dadhiyogurt; sundaribeautiful.

Rising early in Nanda's palace, beautiful Yashoda put yogurt in a jug and churned it. Text 3 manjira-ravam sankurvan balah shri-nanda-nandanah nanarta navanitartham gavyadana-kutuhalat manjiraof her anklets; ravamsound; sankurvanmaking; balahboy; shrinanda-nandanahNanda's son; nanartadanced; navanitabutter; arthamfor; gavyamilk products; adanataking; kutuhalatbecause of eagerness. His anklets jingling, Nanda's son eagerly danced to get some butter. Text 4 bala-kelir babhau nrityan matuh parshvam anubhraman sunadi-kinkini-sanghajhankaram karayan muhuh balachild; kelihpastimes; babhaumanifested; nrityandancing; matuhof His mother; parshvamthe side; anubhramanfollowing; sunadimelodious; kinkinitinkling ornaments; sanghamultitude; jhankaramtinkling; karayan making; muhuhagain and again. Dancing, following His mother, and making His ornaments jingle sweetly, He played as a child. Text 5 haiyangavinam satatam navinam yacan sa matur madhuram bruvan sah adaya haste 'shmasutam rusha su-dhir bibheda krisho dadhi-mantha-patram haiyangavinambutter; satatamrepeatedly; navinamfresh; yacanbegging; sahHe; matuhof His mother; madhuramsweetly; bruvansaying; sahHe; adayataking; hastein His hand; ashmasutamemerald; rushawith anger; su-

dhihintelligent; bibhedabroke; churning; patramjug.

krishahKrisha;

dadhiyogurt;

mantha

After again and again begging His mother for some fresh butter, intelligent Krisha finally took an emerald in His hand and angrily broke the yogurt-churn. Text 6 palayamanam sva-sutam yashoda prabhavati prapa na hasta-matrat yogishvaraam api yo durapah katham sa matur grahae prayati palayamanamfleeing; svaown; sutamson; yashodaYashoda; prabhavatisplendid; prapaattained; nanot; hastaa hand; matratonly; yogi of the yogis; ishvaraamof the kings; apialso; yahwho; durapahcannot be attained; kathamhow?; sahHe; matuhof His mother; grahaein the grip; prayatigoes. Beautiful Yashoda could not catch her fleeing son, for He was always a hand's length away. Even the kings of the yogis cannot attain Him. Why should He fall in His mother's grip? Text 7 tathapi bhakteshu ca bhakta-vashyata pradarshita shri-haria nripeshvara balam grihitva sva-sutam yashomati babandha rajjvatha rusha hy ulukhale tathapinevertheless; bhakteshuamong the devotees; caalso; bhaktaby the devotees; vashyatacontrol; pradarshitarevealed; shri-hariaby Lord Hari; nripa-ishvaraO king of kings; balamthe boy; grihitvagrasping; sva-sutamher own son; yashomatiYashoda; babandhabound; rajjvawith rope; athathen; rushaangrily; hiindeed; ulukhaleto the grinding mortar. O king of kings, then Lord Hari showed that He places Himself under the control of His devotees. Yashoda caught her son and angrily tied Him with rope to the grinding mortar. Text 8

adaya yad yad bahu dama tat tat sv-alpam prabhutam sva-sute yashoda guair na baddhah prakriteh paro yah katham sa baddho bhavatiha damna adayataking; yad yatwhatever; bahugreat; damarope; tat tatthat; su very; alpamsmall; prabhutambecome; sva-suteon her son; yashodaYashoda; guaihwith ropes; nanot; baddhahbound; prakritehthe material world; parah above; yahwho; kathamhow?; sahHe; baddhahbound; bhavatiis; iha here; damnawith rope. The ropes all became very small on her son. He who is beyond the material world cannot be bound with rope. How can He be bound with rope? Text 9 yada yashoda gata-bandhaneccha khinna nishaa nripa khinna-manasa asit tadayam kripaya sva-bandhe svacchanda-yanah sva-vasho 'pi krishah yadawhen; yashodaYashoda; gatagone; bandhanabinding; icchadesire; khinnadepressed; nishaamorose; nripaO king; khinnaunhappy; manasa at heart; asitwas; tadathen; ayamHe; kripayamercifully; sva-bandhein His bondage; svacchanda-yanahindependent; sva-vashahindependent; apieven; krishahKrisha. When, frustrated and depressed, Yashoda stopped trying, then independent Krisha kindly allowed her to bind Him. Text 10 esha prasado na hi vita-karmaam na jnaninam karma-dhiyam kutah punah matur yathabhun nripa esha tasman muktim vyadhad bhaktim alam na madhavah eshahthis; prasadahkindness; nanot; hiindeed; vitaabandoned; karmaamfruitive work; nanot; jnaninamof the philosophers; karmawork; dhiyamconception; kutahwhere? punahagain; matuhof His mother; yatha as; abhutbecame; nripaO king; eshahthis; tasmatfrom this; muktim liberation; vyadhatgave; bhaktimdevotional service; alamgreatly; nanot; madhavahKrisha.

O king, the mercy He gave His mother He never gave to the renunciants and philosophers, what to speak of the fruitive workers. Lord Krisha gives them liberation, not devotional service. Text 11 tadaiva gopyas tu samagatas tvaram drishvatha bhagnam dadhi-mantha-bhajanam ulukhale baddham ativa damabhir bhitam shishum vikshya jagur ghriaturah tadathen; evaindeed; gopyahgopis; tuindeed; samagataharrived; tvaramquickly; drishvaseeing; athathen; bhagnambroken; dadhiyogurt; manthachurning; bhajanamjug; ulukhaleon the grinding mortar; baddham bound; ativagreatly; damabhihwith ropes; bhitamfrightened; shishumchild; vikshyaseeing; jaguhsang; ghriawith kindness; aturahovercome. The gopis quickly came. Seeing the broken yogurt-churn and the frightened child tightly bound with ropes to the grinding mortar, they became filled with compassion and spoke. Text 12 shri-gopya ucuh asmad-griheshu patrai bhinatti satatam shishuh tad apy enam no vadamah karuyan nanda-gehini shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; asmatour; griheshuin the homes; patrai jugs; bhinattibreak; satatamalways; shishuhchild; tad apistill; enamHim; nanot; uindeed; vadamahwe say; karuyatout of compassion; nandaof Nanda; gehiniO wife. The gopis said: In our homes the children break these clay jugs all the time. O wife of Nanda, we say that you are not kind. Text 13 gata-vyathe hy akarue

yashode he vrajeshvari yashya nirbhartsito balas tvaya baddho ghaa-kshayat gatagone; vyatheanxiety; hiindeed; akarueunkind; yashodeO Yashoda; heO; vrajeshvariqueen of Vraja; yashyawith a stick; nirbhartsitah punished; balahboy; tvayaby you; baddhahbound; ghaaa jug; kshayat because of breaking. O cold, merciless Yashoda, O queen of Vraja, you beat this boy with a stick and tied Him up only because He broke a clay jug. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca ity uktayam yashodayam vyagrayam griha-karmasu karshann ulukhalam krisho balaih shri-yamunam yayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktayamsaid; yashodayam when Yashoda; vyagrayam-agitated; griha-karmasuin housework; karshan pulling; ulukhalamthe grinding mortar; krishahKrisha; balaihwith friends; shri-yamunamto the Yamuna; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: After this was spoken and Yashoda became absorbed in her housework, Krisha, dragging the mortar along, went with the boys to the Yamuna. Text 15 tat-tae ca maha-vrikshau puraau yamalarjunau tayor madhye gatah krisho hasan damodarah prabhuh tat-taeon its shore; caalso; maha-vrikshautwo great trees; puraauold; yamalatwin; arjunauarjuna trees; tayohof them; madhyein the middle; gatahgone; krishahKrisha; hasansmiling; damodarahHis belly bound by a rope; prabhuhthe Lord. His belly bound with a rope, smiling Lord Krisha wandered between two great old arjuna trees by the Yamuna's shore.

Text 16 cakarsha sahasa krishas tiryag-gatam ulukhalam karshaena sa-mulau dvau petatur bhumi-madale cakarshapulled; sahasaat once; krishahKrisha; tiryak-gatamsideways; ulukhalamgrinding mortar; karshaenaby pulling; sa-mulauwith their roots; dvauboth; petatuhfell; bhumi-madaleto the ground. Krisha tugged at the sideways grinding mortar. By His tug the two trees were uprooted and fell to the ground. Text 17 patatenapi sabdo 'bhut pracado vajra-patavat vinirgatau ca vrikshabhyam devau dvav edhaso 'gni-vat patatenaby the falling; apialso; shabdahsound; abhutwas; pracadah violent; vajra-patavatlike a thunderbolt; vinirgatauemerged; caalso; vrikshabhyamfrom the two trees; devaudemigods; dvautwo; edhasah agni-vat effulgent as fires. The violent sound of their falling was like thunder. From the two trees emerged two demigods splendid as fire. Text 18 damodaram parikramya padau sprishau sva-maulina kritanjali harim natva tau tu tat-sammukhe sthitau damarope; udarambelly; parikramyacircumambulating; padaufeet; sprishautouching; sva-maulinawith their helmets; kritanjaliwith folded hands; harimto Lord Hari; natvaoffering obeisances; tauthey; tuindeed; tatsammukhein His presence; sthitaustood.

Circumambulating Lord Damodara, touching His feet with their helmets, and offering obeisances to Him, the two demigods stood before Him with folded hands. Text 19 shri-devav ucatuh avam muktau brahma-dadat sadyas te 'cyuta darshanat mabhut te nija-bhaktanam helanam hy avayor hare shri-devau ucatuhthe demigods said; avamwe; muktauliberated; brahmadadatfrom the punishment of a brahmaa; sadyahat once; teby You; acyuta O infallible Lord; darshanatby the sight; manot; abhutwas; teof You; nijabhaktanamof the devotees; helanaminsult; hiindeed; avayohof us; hareO Lord Hari. The two demigods said: O infallible Lord, by seeing You we are now free from a brahmaa's punishment. We should not have offended Your devotees. Text 20 karua-nidhaye tubhyam jagan-mangala-shiline damodaraya krishaya govindaya namo namah karuaof mercy; tubhyamto You; jagatof the universes; mangala auspiciousness; shilinewhose nature; damodarayawhose belly is bound with a rope; krishayato Lord Krisha; govindayathe pleasure of the cows, land, and senses; namahobeisances; namahobeisances. Obeisances, obeisances to You, Lord Krisha, the pleasure of the cows, land, and senses, the auspiciousness of the worlds, an ocean of mercy, the Lord whose belly is bound with a rope! Text 21 shri-narada uvaca iti natva harim tau dvau udicim ca disham gatau tadaiva hy agatah sarve

nandadya bhaya-katarah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; natvaoffering obeisances; harimto Lord Hari; tau dvauto them; udicimnorth; caalso; dishamdirection; gataugone; tadathen; evaindeed; hiindeed; agatahcome; sarveall; nandadyahheaded by Nanda Maharaja; bhaya-katarahfrightened. Shri Narada said: Bowing down to Lord Hari, the two demigods left for the north. Then, headed by Nanda Maharaja, the frightened cowherd people arrived. Text 22 katham vrikshau prapatitau vina vatam vrajarbhakah vadatashu tada bala ucuh sarve vrajaukasah kathamhow?; vrikshautwo trees; prapatitauthrown down; vinawithout; vatamwind; vrajaof Vraja; arbhakahO children; vadataplease tell; ashuat once; tadathen; balahthe boys; ucuhsaid; sarveall; vrajain Vraja; okasah who had homes. When they were asked, "How did these two trees fall down without any wind? O children of Vraja, please tell us," the children of Vraja spoke. Text 23 shri-bala ucuh anena patitau vrikshau tabhyam dvau purushau sthitau enam natva gatav adya tav udicyam sphurat-prabhau shri-balah ucuhthe children said; anenaby Him; patitauthrown down; vrikshauthe two trees; tabhyamfrom them; dvautwo; purushaumen; sthitau standing; enamto Him; natvabowing down; gataugone; adyanow; tau they; udicyamto the north; sphurat-prabhaueffulgent. The children said: Krisha made the two trees fall. From the trees two effulgent men came. They bowed down to Krisha and then went to the north. Text 24

shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva vacas tesham na te shraddadhire tatah mumoca nandah svam balam damna baddham ulukhale shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; teshamof them; nanot; tethey; shraddadhirebelieved; tatahthen; mumocareleased; nandahNanda; svamown; balamboy; damnaby ropes; baddhambound; ulukhaleto the grinding mortar. Shri Narada said: The gopas did not believe what they heard from the boys. Then Nanda untied His boy bound to the grinding mortar with ropes. Text 25 samlalayan svanka-deshe samaghraya shishum nripa nirbhartsya bhaminim nando viprebhyo go-shatam dadau samlalayancaressing; svanka-desheon his lap; samaghrayasmelling; shishumhis boy; nripaO king; nirbhartsyarebuking; bhaminimhis wife; nandahNanda; viprebhyahto the brahmaas; gahof cows; shatama hundred; dadaugave. Then Nanda placed his boy on his lap, embraced Him, smelled Him, rebuked his wife, and gave a hundred cows in charity to the brahmaas. Text 26 shri-bahulashva uvaca kav imau purushau divyau vada devarshi-sattama kena doshea vrikshatvam prapitau yamalarjunau shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kauwho?; imauthey; purushaupersons; divyaueffulgent; vadatell; devarshi-sattamaO best of the demigod sages; kenaby what?; dosheafault; vrikshatvamthe state of being trees; prapitauattained; yamala-arjunautwo arjuna trees.

Shri Bahulashva said: Who were those two effulgent men? O best of the demigod sages, please tell me. Because of what sin did they become two arjuna trees? Text 27 shri-narada uvaca nalakuvara-maigrivau raja-raja-sutau parau jagmatur nandana-vanam mandakinyas tae sthitau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; nalakuvara-maigrivauNalakuvara and Maigrivau; raja-raja-sutauthe sons of the great king of kings; paraugreat; jagmatuhwent; nandana-vanamto the Nandana forest; mandakinyahof the celestial Ganges; taeon the shore; sthitausituated. Shri Narada said: They were the two demigods Nalakuvara and Maigriva, the two demigod sons of the great king (Kuvera). (One day) they both went to the Nandana forest by the shore of the celestial Ganges. Text 28 apsarobhir giyamanau ceratur gata-vasasau varui-madira-mattau yuvanau dravya-darpitau apsarobhihby apsaras; giyamanausung; ceratuhwent; gata-vasasau without clothing; varui-madiraby varui wine; mattauintoxicated; yuvanau young; dravyaof their possessions; darpitauproud. Drunk on varui wine and proud of their possesions, they walked naked as many apsaras sang to them. Text 29 kadacid devalo nama munindro veda-paragah nagnau drishva ca tav aha dusha-shilau gata-smriti

kadacitone time; devalahDevala; namanamed; muni-indrahthe king of sages; vedaof the Vedas; parato the farther shore; gahgone; nagnauthe two naked men; drishvaseeing; caand; tauto them; ahasaid; dusha-shilau wicked; gata-smritiforgetful. One day the great sage named Devala, who had gone to the farther shore of the Vedas, saw the two degenerate, naked, forgetful men and spoke to them. Text 30 shri-devala uvaca yuvam vriksha-samau drishau nirlajjau dravya-darpitau tasmad vrikshau tu bhuyas tam varshaam shatakam bhuvi shri-devalah uvacaShri Devala said; yuvamyou both; vrikshatrees; samau equal to; drishauseen; nirlajjauwithout shame; dravya-darpitauproud of possessions; tasmatthen; vrikshautrees; tuindeed; bhuyahbecome; tam that; varshaamof years; shatakama hundred; bhuvion the earth. Shri Devala Muni said: I see You two shameless and proud men have become like trees. For this reason you will now be trees for a hundred years on the earth. Text 31 dvaparante bharate ca mathure vraja-madale kalinda-nandini-tire mahavana-samipatah paripuratamam sakshat krisham damodaram harim goloka-natham tam drishva purva-rupau bhavishyathah dvapara-anteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; bharatein Bharata-varsha; ca also; mathurein Mathura; vraja-madalein the circle of Vraja; kalinda-nandinitireon the Yamuna's shore; mahavana-samipatahnear Mahavana forest; paripuratamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; krisham Krisha; damodaramDamodara; harimHari; goloka-nathamthe master of

Goloka; tamHim; drishvaseeing; purvaprevious; rupauform; bhavishyathah you will attain. At the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Bharata-varsha, in Mathura district, in the circle of Vraja, on the Yamuna's shore near Mahavana forest, you will see the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Krisha, who is the master of Goloka, and who is known as Damodara and Hari. When you see Him, you will regain your original forms. Text 33 ittham devala-shapena vrikshatvam prapitau nripa nalakuvara-maigrivau shri-krishena vimocitau itthamthus; devalaof Devala; shapenaby the curse; vrikshatvamthe state of being trees; prapitauattained; nripaO king; nalakuvaraNalakuvara; maigrivauand Maigriva; shri-krishenaby Lord Krisha; vimocitaureleased. In this way, by Devala Muni's curse, Nalakuvara and Maigriva became trees and were liberated by Lord Krisha.

Chapter Twenty Durvasaso maya-darshanam shri-nanda-nandana-stotra-varana Description of Durvasa Muni's Vision of the Maya Potency and Offering of Prayers to Nanda's Son Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada krishacandrasya darshanartham parasya ca durvasa muni-shardulo vraja-madalam ayayau shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ekada one day; krishacandrasya of Lord Krishacandra; darshana seeing; artham for the purpose; parasya the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca also; durvasa Durvasa; muni of sages; shardulah the tiger; vraja of Vraja; madalam to the circle; ayayau came.

One day Durvasa, the tiger of sages, came to the circle of Vraja to see Lord Krishacandra, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 2 kalindi-nikae puye saikate ramaa-sthale mahavana-samipe ca krisham arad dadarsha ha kalindi-nikae on the shore of the Yamuna; puye sacred; saikate sandy shore; ramaa beautiful; sthale place; mahavana-samipe near mahavana; ca also; krisham Krisha; arat near; dadarsha ha saw. Near Mahavana, in a beautiful place on the Yamuna's sandy shore, he saw Lord Krisha. Texts 3 and 4 shriman-madana-gopalam luhantam balakaih saha parasparam prayuddhyantam bala-kelim manoharam dhuli-dhusara-sarvangam vakra-kesham dig-ambaram dhavantam balakaih sardham harim vikshya sa vismitah shriman-madana-gopalam Lord Krisha, the cowherd boy more handsome than Kamadeva; luhantam rolling about on the ground; balakaih boys; saha with; parasparam each other; prayuddhyantam fighting; bala boy's; kelim game; manoharam charming; dhuli with dust; dhusara darkened; sarva all; angam limbs; vakra curly; kesham hair; dik with the directions; ambaram clothed; dhavantam running; balakaih the boys; sardham with; harim Lord Hari; vikshya seeing; sah he; vismitah astonished. Seeing Lord Hari a cowherd boy more handsome than Kamadeva, now rolling on the ground as He played at fighting with the other boys and now running with them, clothed only by the directions and all His limbs dark with dust, the sage became filled with wonder. Text 5

shri-munir uvaca sa ishvaro 'yam bhagavan katham balair luhan bhuvi ayam tu nanda-putro 'sti na shri-krishah parat parah shri-munih uvaca the sage said; sah He; ishvarah the supreme controller; ayam He; bhagavan the supremely opulent Personality of Godhead; katham why?; balaih with children; luhan rolling; bhuvi on the ground; ayam He; tu certainly; nanda-putrah Nanda's son; asti is; na not; shri-krishah Shri Krisha; parat parah who is greater than the greatest. The sage said: Why would the supremely opulent Personality of Godhead, who controls everything, roll on the ground with some children? This must be a boy who is the son of someone named Nanda. He is not the Shri Krisha who is greater than the greatest. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca ittham moham gate tatra durvasasi maha-munau kridan krishas tat-samipe tad-anke hy agatah svayam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ittham thus; moham bewilderment; gate attained; tatra there; durvasasi Durvasa; maha-munau the great sage; kridan playing; krishah Krisha; tat-samipe near him; tad-anke on the lap; hi indeed; agatah came; svayam of His own accord. Shri Narada said: As the great sage Durvasa was bewildered in this way, playing Krisha approached and of His own accord sat on the sage's lap. Text 7 punar vinirgato hy ankad bala-simhavalokanah hasan kalam bruvan krishah sammukhah punar agatah punah again; vinirgatah emerged; hi indeed; ankat from the lap; bala cub; simha lion; avalokanah glance; hasan smiling; kalam gently; bruvan

said; krishah Krisha; sammukhah in the presence; punah again; agatah came. Then He left the lap and then, gently laughing, speaking some words, and His glance like that of a lion cub, Krisha again approached. Text 8 hasatas tasya ca mukhe pravishah shvasanair munih dadarshanyam maha-lokam sarayam jana-varjitam hasatah laughing; tasya of Him; ca and; mukhe in the face; pravishah entered; shvasanaih with sighs; munih the sage; dadarsha saw; anyam another; maha-lokam great realm; sarayam shelter; jana people; varjitam without. As Krisha laughed the sage entered Lord Krisha's mouth as He breathed. There the sage saw a great realm where there were no people. Text 9 arayeshu bhramams tatra kutah prapta iti bruvan tadaivajagareapi nigiro 'bhun maha-munih arayeshu in forests; bhraman wandering; tatra there; kutah where?; praptah attained; iti thus; bruvan saying; tada then; eva indeed; ajagarea by a snake; api even; nigirah swallowed; abhut was; mahamunih the great sage. Wandering in many forests, he said, "Where am I?" It was as if the great sage was swallowed by a serpent. Text 10 brahmadam tatra dadrishe sa-lokam sa-bilam param bhraman dvipeshu sa munih sthito 'bhut parvate site

brahmadam the universe; tatra there; dadrishe saw; sa-lokam with many planets; sa-bilam with outer space; param greatly; bhraman wandering; dvipeshu on the continents; sah he; munih the sage; sthitah stood; abhut became; parvate on a mountain; site white. There he saw the entire universe, with its many planets and with outer space. Wandering the continents, he stood on a great white mountaintop. Text 11 tapas tatapa varshaam shata-kotih prabhum bhajan naimittikakhye pralaye prapte vishva-bhayankare agacchantah samudras te plavayanto dhara-talam vahams teshu ca durvasa na prapantam jalasya ca tapah austerities; tatapa performed; varshaam years; sata-kotih a billion; prabhum the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajan worshiping; naimittika regular; akhye named; pralaye t cosmic devastation; prapte attained; vishva the universe; bhayankare fearful; agacchantah coming; samudrah the oceans; te they; plavayantah flooding; dhara-talam the surface of the earth; vahan carrying; teshu in them; ca also; durvasa Durvasa; na not; prapa attained; antam end; jalasya of the water; ca and. Worshiping the Supreme Lord, he performed austerities for a billion years. When the scheduled time of cosmic devastation arrived, the universe became a fearful place. Rushing oceans flooded the earth's surface, and Durvasa could not find an end to all the water. Text 13 vyatite yuga-sahasre magno 'bhud vigata-smritih punar jaleshu vicarann adam anyam dadarsha ha vyatite passed; yuga of yugas; sahasre a thousand; magnah submerged; abhut was; vigata gone; smritih memory; punah again; jaleshu in the

waters; vicaran wandering; adam universe; anyam another; dadarsha ha saw. A thousand yugas passed. Submerged in the water, he had forgotten everything. As he wandered through the waters, he saw another universe. Text 14 tac-chidre ca pravisho 'sau divyam srishim gatas tatah tad-ada-murdhni lokeshu vidher ayuh-samam caran tat-chidre in that opening; ca also; pravishah entered; asau he; divyam divine; srishim creation; gatah attained; tatah then; tad-ada of that universe; murdhni at the top; lokeshu in the realms; vidheh of Brahma; ayuh life; samam equal; caran passing. He entered that universe and went to the heavenly planets within it. There, at the highest part of the universe, he passed a liftetime as long as Brahma's. Text 15 evam chidram tatra vikshya pravishat sa harim smaran bahir vinirgato hy adad dadarshashu maha-jalam evam thus; chidram opening; tatra there; vikshya seeing; pravishat entered; sah he; harim Lord Hari; smaran remembering; bahih outside; vinirgatah came; hi indeed; adat from the universe; dadarsha saw; ashu at once; maha-jalam a great ocean. He saw an opening and entered it. Meditating on Lord Hari, he went outside the universe. There he saw a great ocean. Text 16 tasmin jale tu lakshyante kotisho hy ada-rashayah tato munir jalam pashyan dadarsha virajam nadim

tasmin in that; jale water; tu indeed; lakshyante are seen; kotishah by the millions; hi indeed; ada of universes; rashayah multitudes; tatah then; munih the sage; jalam water; pashyan looking; dadarsha saw; virajam nadim the Viraja river. In that ocean he saw many millions of universes. Gazing at the ocean, the sage saw the Viraja river. Text 17 tat-param pragatah sakshad golokam pravishan munih vrindavanam govardhanam yamuna-pulinam shubham drishva prasannah sa munir nikunjam pravishat tada gopa-gopi-gaa-vritam gavam koibhir anvitam tat-param beyond that; pragatah went; sakshat directly; golokam to Goloka; pravishat entered; munih the sage; vrindavanam Vrindavana; govardhanam Govardhana; yamuna-pulinam the shore of the Yamuna; shubham beautiful; drishva seeing; prasannah happy; sah the; munih sage; nikunjam a forest grove; pravishat entered; tada then; gopa-gopi-gaavritam filled with gopas and gopis; gavam of cows; koibhih with millions; anvitam endowed. Crossing it, the sage entered the realm of Goloka. Gazing at Vrindavana forest, Govardhana Hill, and the Yamuna's shore, the sage became happy. Then he entered a forest grove that was filled with gopas, gopis, and millions of surabhi cows. Texts 19 and 20 asankhya-koi-martadajyotisham madale tatah divye laksha-dale padme sthitam radha-patim harim paripuratamam sakshac chri-krisham purushottamam asankhya-brahmada-patim golokesham dadarsha ha

asankhya countless; koi millions; martada of suns; jyotisham effulgence; madale in the circle; tatah there; divye splendid; laksha with a hundred thousand; dale petals; padme on a lotus flower; sthitam standing; radha-patim the husband of Radha; harim Lord Hari; paripuratamam the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshat directly; shri-krisham Shri Krisha; purushottamam the supreme person; asankhya countless; brahmada of universes; patim the master; goloka of Goloka; isham the master; dadarsha saw; ha indeed. There, in a circle of light splendid as countless millions of suns, on a splendid divine lotus of a hundred thousand petals, he saw Shri Krisha, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of Radha, the king of Goloka and of countless universes. Text 21 shri-krishasyapi hasatah pravishas tan-mukhe munih punar vinirgato 'pashyad balam shri-nanda-nandanam shri-krishasya of Shri Krisha; api also; hasatah laughing; pravishah entered; tan-mukhe in His mouth; munih the sage; punah again; vinirgatah emerged; apashyat saw; balam the child; shri-nanda of Shri Nanda; nandanam the son. As Shri Krisha was laughing, the sage within His mouth was expelled. The sage gazed at the boy who was Nanda's son. Text 22 kalindi-nikae puye saikate ramaa-sthale balakaih sahitam krisham vicarantam maha-vane tada munish ca durvasa jnatva krisham parat param shri-nanda-nandanam natva natva praha kritanjalih kalindi-nikae near the Yamuna; puye sacred; saikate on the sandy bank; ramaa-sthale in a beautiful place; balakaih boys; sahitam with; krisham

Krisha; vicarantam wandering; maha-vane in Mahavana; tada then; munih the sage; ca also; durvasa Durvasa; j 24atva understanding; krisham Krisha; parat param greater than the greatest; shri-nanda-nandanam the son of Nanda; natva natva bowing down again and again; praha said; kritanjalih with folded hands. Now understanding that Nanda's son, Krisha, who with some boys was wandering in a beautiful place on the Yamuna's sandy shore near Mahavana, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, Durvasa Muni bowed down to Him again and again and with folded hands spoke to Him some words. Text 24 shri-munir uvaca balam navina-shata-patra-vishala-netram bimbadharam sajala-megha-rucim manojnam manda-smitam madhura-sundara-manda-yanam shri-nanda-nandanam aham manasa namami shri-munih uvaca the sage said; balam a boy; navina new; shata-patra hundred petal lotus flower; vishala large; netram eyes; bimba bimba fruit; adharam lips; sajala-megha monsoon cloud; rucim glory; manojnam charming; manda gentle; smitam smile; madhura sweet; sundara handsome; manda gentle; yanam motion; shri-nanda-nandanam the son of Nanda; aham I; manasa with my heart; namami bow. The sage said: With all my heart I bow down before Nanda's gently-smiling, sweetly graceful, handsome son, whose large eyes are hundred-petal lotuses, whose lips are bimba fruits, and whose complexion is splendid as a monsoon cloud. Text 25 manjira-nupura-raan-nava-ratna-kancishri-hara-keshari-nakha-pratiyantra-sangham drishyarti-hari-mashi-bindu-virajamanam vande kalinda-tanuja-taa-bala-kelim manjira ornaments; nupura anklets; raat tinkling; nava nine; ratna jewels; ka 24ci belt; shri-hara beautiful necklaces; keshari lion's; nakha nails; pratiyantra-sangham a necklace; drishi whose glance; arti sufferings; hari removing; mashi musk; bindu dot; virajamanam glorious; vande I offer my respectful obeisances; kalinda-tanuja of the Yamuna; taa on the shore; bala child; kelim pastimes.

I offer my respectful obeisances to He who, decorated with jingling anklets and ornaments, a belt of nine jewels, a beautiful necklace, and a string of lion's nails, glorious with dots of black musk, and His glance removing all sufferings, plays as a child on the Yamuna's shore. Text 26 purendu-sundara-mukhopari kuncitagrah kesa navina-ghana-nila-nibhah sphuranti rajanta anata-shirah-kumudasya yasya nandatmajaya sa-balaya namo namas te pura full; indu moon; sundara handsome; mukha face; upari above; kuncita-agrah curly; kesah hairs; navina new; ghana clopuds; nila dark; nibhah like; sphuranti shines; rajante shine; anata bowed; shirah head; kumudasya of the lotus; yasya of which; nanda-atmajaya to nanda's son; sabalaya with Balarama; namah obeisances; namah obeisances; te to You. Obeisances, obeisances to You, who are Balarama's companion and Nanda's son, whose bowed head is a lotus flower, and above whose full-moon face curly locks of hair glisten like new dark monsoon clouds. Text 27 shri-nanda-nandana-stotram pratar utthaya yah pahet tan-netra-gocaro yati sanandam nanda-nandanah shri-nanda-nandana to Nanda's son; stotram prayer; pratah early; utthaya rising; yah one who; pahet recites; tat of him; netra of the eyes; gocarah in the range of perception; yati goes; sanandam happily; nanda-nandanah Nanda's son. Nanda's son happily comes within the vision of a person who rises early and recites these prayers glorifying Him. Text 28 shri-narada uvaca

iti praamya shri-krisham durvasa muni-sattamah tam dhyayan prajapan pragad badary-ashramam uttamam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; iti thus; praamya bowing; shrikrisham to Shri Krisha; durvasa Durvasa; muni of sages; sattamah the best; tam on Him; dhyayan meditating; prajapan chanting; pragat went; badary-ashramam to badari ashrama; uttamam north. Shri Narada said: Durvasa, the best of sages, bowed down before Lord Krisha and, meditating on Him and chanting His glories, went north to Badari-ashrama. Text 29 shri-garga uvaca ittham devarshi-varyea naradena mahatmana kathitam krisha-caritam bahulashvaya dhimate shri-garga uvaca Shri Garga said; ittham thus; devarshi-varyea by the best of divine sages; naradena by Narada; mahatmana the great soul; kathitam told; krisha-caritam Krisha's pastimes; bahulashvaya to Bahulashva; dhimate intelligent. In this way the great soul Narada, who was the best of the demigod-sages, narrated Lord Krisha's transcenbdental pastimes to intelligent King Bahulashva. Text 30 maya te kathitam brahman yashah kali-malapaham catushpadarthadam divyam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi maya by me; te to you; kathitam told; brahman O brahmaa; yashah the glory; kali of Kali-yuga; mala dirt; apaham removing; catushpadarthadam giving the four goals of life; divyam divine; kim what?; bhuyah more; shrotum to hear; icchasi you wish.

O brahmaa, now I have described to you Lord Krisha's splendid transcendental glories, which wash the sins of Kali-yuga and fulfill the four goals of life. What more do you wish to hear? Text 31 shri-shaunaka uvaca bahulashvo maithilendrah kim papraccha maha-munim naradam jnanadam shantam tan me bruhi tapo-dhana shri-shaunaka uvaca Shri Shaunaka said; bahulashvah Bahulashva; maithilendrah the king of Mithila; kim what?; papraccha asked; maha-munim naradam the great sage Narada; jnanadam giver of knowledge; shantam peaceful; tat that; me to me; bruhi tell; tapah austerity; dhana wealth. Shri Shaunaka said: What did Mithila's king Bahulashva then ask the great sage Narada, the peaceful teacher of transcendental knowledge? O sage whose wealth is austerity, please tell me that. Text 32 shri-garga uvaca naradam jnanadam natva manado maithilo nripah punah papraccha krishasya caritam mangalayanam shri-gargah uvaca Shri Garga Muni said; naradam Narada; jnanadam the giver of knowledge; natva bowing down; manadah respectful; maithilo nripah the king of Mithila; punah again; papraccha asked; krishasya of Lord Krisha; caritam pastimes; mangalayanam auspicious. Shri Garga Muni said: The respectful king of Mithila then bowed down before his teacher Narada and again asked about Lord Krisha's auspicious transcendental pastimes. Text 33 shri-bahulashva uvaca shri-krisho bhagavan sakshat

paramananda-vigrahah param cakara kim citram caritram vada me prabho shri-bahulashvah uvaca Shri Bahulashva said; shri-krishah Shri Krisha; bhagavan sakshat the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; paramananda transcendental bliss; vigrahah form; param then; cakara did; kim what?; citram wonderful; caritram activities; vada please tell; me me; prabhah O master. Shri Bahulashva said: What wonderful activities did Shri Krisha, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead then do? O master, please tell me that. Text 34 purvavataraish caritam kritam vai mangalayanam aparam kintu krishasya pavitram caritam param purva previous; avataraih by incarnations; caritam activities; kritam done; vai indeed; mangalayanam auspicious; aparam peerless; kintu however; krishasya of Lord Krisha; pavitram pure; caritam activities; param transcendental. The activities of the Lord's previous incarnations are all-auspicious. Still, Lord Krisha's activities are the most pure. Text 35 shri-narada uvaca sadhu sadhu tvaya prisham caritram mangalam hareh tat te 'ham sampravakshyami vrindaraye ca yad-yashah shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; sadhu well; sadhu well; tvaya by you; prisham asked; caritram activities; mangalam auspicious; hareh of Lord Hari; tat that; te to you; aham I; sampravakshyami will tell; vrindaraye in Vrindavana; ca also; yat of whom; yashah the glory. Shri Narada said: Good! Good! You have asked about Lord Hari's auspicious pastimes. I will tell you of the glory He showed in Vrindavana.

Text 36 idam goloka-khadam ca guhyam paramam adbhutam shri-krishena prakathitam goloke rasa-madale idam this; goloka of Goloka; khadam canto; ca also; guhyam confidential; paramam supreme; adbhutam wonderful; shri-krishena by Shri Krisha; prakathitam spoken; goloke in Goloka; rasa of the rasa dance; madale in the circle. Shri Krisha Himself spoke this very wonderful and confidential Goloka-khada in Goloka's rasa-dance circle. Text 37 nikunje radhikayai ca radha mahyam dadav idam maya tubhyam shravitam ca dattam sarvarthadam param nikunje in a forest grove; radhikayai to Shri Radha; ca and; radha Shri Radha; mahyam to me; dadau gave; idam this; maya by me; tubhyam to you; shravitam caused to hear; ca also; dattam given; sarvarthadam fulfilling all desires; param great. In a forest grove Lord Krisha gave to Shri Radha this Goloka-khada, which fulfills all desires. Radha gave it to me, and now I am have given it to you. Texts 38 and 39 idam pahitva vipras tu sarva-shastrartha-go bhavet shrutvedam cakravarti syat kshatriyash cada-vikramah vaishyo nidhi-patir bhuyac chudro mucyeta bandhanat nishkamo yo 'pi jagati jivan muktah sa jayate

idam this; pahitva having read; viprah a brahmaa; tu indeed; sarvashastrartha-gah learned in all the scriptures; bhavet becomes; shrutva hearing; idam this; cakravarti the ruler of the world; syat becomes; kshatriyash a kshatriya; cada-vikramah powerful; vaishyah a vaishya; nidhi of wealth; patih the master; bhuyat becomes; shudrah a shudra; mucyeta becomes released; bandhanat from the bonds of servitude; nishkamah who has no desires; yah one who; api also; jagati in the material world; jivan living; muktah liberated; sah he; jayate is born. By reading it a brahmaa becomes learned in all the scriptures, a powerful kshatriya becomes king of the world, a vaishya becomes a master of great wealth, a shudra becomes released from the bonds of service, and a person who has no desires becomes free from material bondage even while living in this world. Text 40 yo nityam pahate samyag bhakti-bhava-samanvitah sa gacchet krishacandrasya golokam prakriteh param yah who; nityam regularly; pahate reads; samyak-properly; bhakti-bhavasamanvitah with devotion; sah he; gacchet goes; krishacandrasya of Lord Krishacandra; golokam to Goloka; prakriteh the material world; param beyond. A person who reads it regularly, properly, and with devotion, goes to Lord Krishacandra's abode of Goloka beyond the material world. Canto Two Chapter One Vrindavanagamanodyoga-varnana Description of the Entrance in Vrindavana Text 1 krishna-tire kokila-keli-kire gunja-punje deva-pushpadi-kunje kambu-grivau kshipta-bahu calantau radha-krishnau mangalam me bhavetam

krishna of the Yamuna; tire on the shore; kokila cuckoos; keli pastimes; kire parrots; gunja of gunja; punje an abundance; deva of the demigods; pushpa flowers; adi beginning with; kunje in a grove; kambu conch-shell; grivau neck; kshipta tossed; bahu arms; calantau going; radha-krishnau Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; mangalam ayuspiciousness; me of me; bhavetam may be. May Shri Shri Radha-Krishna who, Their arms raised and their necks like conchshells, wander on the Yamuna's shore, where are many playful cuckoos and parrots, guna bushes, and groves of splendid flowers, grant auspiciousness to me. Text 2 ajnana-timirandhasya jnananjana-shalakaya cakshur unmilitam yena tasmai shri-gurave namah ajnana of ignorance; timirandhasya of the blinding darkness; jna of knowledge; ananjana-shalakaya with the anointing stick; cakshuh eyes; unmilitam opened; yena by whom; tasmai to him; shri-gurave my spiritual master; namah obeisances. I was born in thr darkness of ignorance, and my spiritual master opened my eyes with the torch of knowledge. I offer my respectful obeisances unto him.* Texts 3 and 4 shri-narada uvaca ekadopadravam vikshya nando nandan sahayakan vrishabhanupanandamsh ca vrishabhanu-varams tatha samahuya paran vriddhan sabhayam tan uvaca ha shri-nanda uvaca kim kartavyam tu vadatotpatah santi maha-vane shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ekada one day; upadravam calamity; vikshya seeing; nandah Nanda; nandan the Nandas; sahayakan helpful; vrishabhanupanandamsh the Vrishabhanus and the Upanandas; ca and;

vrishabhanu-varamh Vrishabhanu; tatha so; samahuya calling; paran others; vriddhan elder; sabhayam in the assembly; tan to them; uvaca said; ha indeed; shri-nanda Nanda; uvaca said; kim what?;; kartavyam should be done; tu indeed; vadata please tell; utpatah calamities; santi are; mahavane in Mahavana. Shri Narada said: One day, seeing that many great calamities had come, Nanda called his friends: the Vrishabhanus, the Upanandas, and other elders, and in the assembly he said to them, "Please tell what should be done. Many calamities have come to Mahavana." Text 5 shri-narada uvaca tesham shrutvatha sannando gopo vriddho 'ti-mantra-vit anke nitva rama-krishnau nanda-rajam uvaca ha shri-narada uvaca Shri Narada said; tesham of them; shrutva hearing; atha then; sannandah Sannanda; gopah gopa; vriddhah elder; ati-mantra-vit learned in giving good advice; anke on the lap; nitva placing; rama-krishnau Krishna and Balarama; nanda-rajam to King Nanda; uvaca said; ha indeed. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, the elderly gopa Sannanda, who was expert at giving advice, placed Krishna and Balarama on his lap and spoke to King Nanda. Text 6 shri-sannanda uvaca utthatavyam ito 'smabhih sarvaih parikaraih saha gantavyam canya-desheshu yatrotpata na santi hi shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; utthatavyam should be risen; itah from here; asmabhih by us; sarvaih all; parikaraih associates; saha with; gantavyam should gone; ca and; anya-desheshu to another place; yatra where; utpatah calamities; na not; santi are; hi indeed. Shri Sannanda said: All of us and all our friends should leave this place and go to another place where there are no calamities.

Text 7 balas te pranavat krishno jivanam vraja-vasinam vraje dhanam kule dipo mohano bala-lilaya balah a child; te your; pranavat like life; krishnah Krishna; jivanam life; vraja-vasinam of the residents of Vraja; vraje in Vraja; dhanamthe wealth; kule in the family; dipah a lamp; mohanah charming; bala-lilaya with childhood pastimes. This boy Krishna is your very life. He is the life of the residents of Vraja. He is the wealth of Vraja. He is the shining lamp of your family. He is charming with His child's playing. Text 8 ha bakya shakatenapi trinavartena balakah mukto 'yam druma-patena hy utpatam kim atah param ha alas; bakya by Putana; shakatena by the cart-demon; api also; trinavartena by Trnavarta; balakah the boy; muktah freed; ayam this; druma of trees; patena falling; hy indeed; utpatam calamity; kim what?; atah param next. This boy escaped Putana, an (overturned) cart, Trinavarta, and falling trees. What calamity will happen next? Text 9 tasmad vrindavanam sarvair gantavyam balakaih saha utpateshu vyatiteshu punar agamanam kuru tasmat therefore; vrindavanam to Vrindavana; sarvaih by all; gantavyam should be gone; balakaih the children; saha with; utpateshu in calamities; vyatiteshu gine; punah again; agamanam return; kuru do.

Therefore we and our children should go to Vrindavana. When the calamities have passed we will return. Text 10 shri-nanda uvaca kati-kroshair vistritam tad vanam vrindavanam vrajat tal-lakshanam tat-sukham ca vada buddhimatam vara shri-nanda uvaca Shri Nanda said; kati how many?; kroshaih kroshas; vistritam far; tat that; vanam forest; vrindavanam Vrindavana; vrajat from Vraja; tal-lakshanam that nature; tat-sukham that happiness; ca and; vada please tell; buddhimatam of the wise; vara O best. Nanda said: How many kroshas is Vrindavana forest from Vraja? O best of the wise, tell me what it is like and how it is a happy place. Text 11 shri-sannanda uvaca prag udicyam barhishado dakshinasyam yadoh purat pashcimayam shonapuran mathuram mandalam viduh shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; prag east; udicyam north; barhishadah of Barhishat; dakshinasyamsouth; yadoh of the Yadus; purat of the city; pashcimayam west; shonapuran of Sonapuri; mathuram Mathura; mandalam the circle; viduh they know.. Shri Sannanda said: The wise know that Mathura-mandala is northeast of the country of Barhishat, south of the Yadus' capitol city, and west of the city of Shona. Text 12 vimshad-yojana-vistirnam sardham yad yojanena vai mathuram mandalam divyam vrajam ahur manishinah

vimshat 20; yojana yojana; vistirnam extended; sardham with; yat which; yojanena by a yojana; vai indeed; mathuram mandalam the circle of Mathura; divyam transcendental; vrajam Vraja; ahuh said; manishinah the wise. The wise say the splendid transcendental land of Vraja Mathura-mandala is 21 yojanas in circumference. Text 13 mathurayam shauri-grihe gargacarya-mukhac chrutam mathuram mandalam divyam tirtha-rajena pujitam mathurayam in Mathura; shauri-grihe in the home of Vasudeva; gargacaryamukhat from the mouth iof Garga Muni; shrutam heard; mathuram mandalam Mathura-mandala; divyam transcendental; tirtha-rajena by the king of holy places; pujitam worshiped. In Vasudeva's palace I heard from Garga Muni's mouth that even Prayaga, the king of holy places, worships splendid and transcendental Mathura-mandala. Text 14 vanebhyas tatra sarvebhyo vanam vrindavanam varam paripurnatamasyapi lila-kridam manoharam vanebhyah than the forests; tatra there; sarvebhyah all; vanam forest; vrindavanam Vrindavana ; varam the best; paripurnatamasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api also; lila-kridam transcendental pastimes; manoharam charming. In that place is Vrindavana forest, which is the best of all forests and beautiful with the pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 15 vaikunthan naparo loko na bhuto na bhavishyati

ekam vrindavanam nama vaikunthac ca parat param vaikunthat than Vaikuntha; na not; aparah better; lokah planet; na not; bhutah was; na not; bhavishyati will be; ekam one; vrindavanam Vrindavana; nama named; vaikunthat than Vaikuntha; ca and; parat than the greatest; param greater. No place is better than Vaikuntha. There never was such a place, nor will there ever be. Still, better than Vaikuntha is the place named Vrindavana. . . Text 16 yatra govardhano nama giri-rajo virajate kalindi-nikate yatra pulinam mangalayanam yatra where; govardhanah Govardhana; nama named; giri-rajah the king of mountains; virajate is splendidly manifested; kalindi-nikate near the Yamuna; yatra where; pulinam the shore; mangalayanam is auspicious. . . . where a mountain named Govardhana is splendidly manifest, where the shores of the Yamuna are the abode of auspiciousness, . . . Text 17 brihat-sanur girir yatra yatra nandishvaro girih kroshanam ca catur-vimshadvistritaih kananair vritam brihat great; sanuh peak; girih mountain; yatra where; yatra where; nandishvarah Nandishvara; girih mountain; kroshanam of kroshas; ca also; catur-vimshat 24; vistritaih expanse; kananaih with forests; vritam filled. . . . where is the mountain Brihatsanu, where is the mountain Nandishvara, and where there are great forests for 24 kroshas. Text 18 pashavyam gopa-gopinam gavam sevyam manoharam

lata-kunjavritam tad vai vanam vrindavanam smritam pashavyam suitable for the cows; gopa-gopinam of the gopas and gopis; gavam by the cows; sevyam served; manoharam beautiful; lata vines; kunja groves; avritam filled; tat that; vai indeed; vanam forest; vrindavanam Vrindavana; smritam remembered. Beautiful Vrindavana forest is known to be an ideal place for the cows, gopas, and gopis, a place filled with vines and groves. Text 19 shri-nanda uvaca kada vrajo 'yam sannanda tirtha-rajena pujitah etad veditum icchami param kautuhalam hi me shri-nandah uvaca Shri Nanda said; kada when?; vrajah in Vraja; ayam this; sannanda Sannanda; tirtha-rajena by the king of holy places; pujitah worshiped; etat this; veditum to know; icchami I wish; param great; kautuhalam curiosity; hi certainly; me of me. Shri Nanda said: O Sannanda, when did the king of holy places worship Vraja? That I wish to know. I am very curious. Text 20 shri-sannanda uvaca shankhasuro maha-daityah pura naimittike laye svapato brahmanah so 'pi veda-drug daitya-pungavah jitva devan brahmalokad dhritva vedan gato 'rnave gateshu teshu vedeshu devanam ca gatam balam shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; shankhasurah Shankhasura; maha-daityah the great demon; pura before; naimittike at the regular; laye time of cosmic devastation; svapatah sleeping; brahmanah from Brahma; sah he; api even; veda of the Vedas; druk the enemy; daitya of demons;

pungavah the greatest; jitva defeating; devan the demigods; brahmalokat from Brahmaloka; dhritva taking; vedan the Vedas; gatah went; arnave in the ocean; gateshu gone; teshu them; vedeshu the Vedas; devanam of the demigods; ca also; gatam gone; balam the strength. Shri Sannanda said: As Brahma slept during a regularly scheduled period of cosmic devastation, the great conch demon Shankasura, a sworn enemy of the Vedas, defeated the demigods, stole the Vedas, and hid in the ocean. When the Vedas were gone the demigods' strength was also gone. Text 22 tada sakshad dharih purno dhritva matsyam vapuh param naimittika-layambhodhau yuyudhe tena yajna-rat tada then; sakshat directly; dharih Lord Hari; purnah perfect; dhritva taking; matsyam of Lord Matsya; vapuh the form; param transcendental; naimittika regular; laya of cosmic devastation; ambhodhau on the ocean; yuyudhe fought; tena with him; yajna-rat the king of yajnas. Then, assuming the form of a fish, perfect Lord Hari, the master of all yajnas, fought with him in the ocean of cosmic devastation. Text 23 shulam cikshepa haraye shankho daityo maha-balah sva-cakrena harih sakshat tac-chulam shatadhakarot shulam tridfent; cikshepa threw; haraye at Lord Hari; shankhah Shankhasura; daityah the demon; maha-balah very powerful; sva-cakrena with Hiis cakra; harih Lord Hari; sakshat directly; tac-chulam that trident; shatadha in a hundred pieces; akarot made. The very powerful demon Shankhasura threw a trident at Lord Hari. With His cakra Lord Hari broke the trident in a hundred pieces. Text 24

harim tatada shirasa shankho vishnum urah-sthale tasya murdha-praharena na cacala parat parah harim Lord Hari; tatada struck; shirasa with his head; shankhah Shankhasura; vishnum Lord Vishnu; urah-sthale on the chest; tasya of Him; murdha of the head; praharena with the blow; na not; cacala moved; parat than the greatest; parah greater. With his head Shankhasura struck Lord Vishnu on the chest. Although struck by his head, Lord Hari, who is greater than the greatest, did not waver. Text 25 tada gadam samadaya matsya-rupa-dharo harih prishthe jaghana tam daityam shankha-rupam maha-balam tada then; gadam a club; samadaya taking; matsya-rupa-dharah assuming the form of a fish; harih Lord Hari; prishthe on the back; jaghana struck; tam him; daityam the demon; shankha-rupam in the form of a conch; maha-balam very powerful. Taking a club, Lord Hari in the form of a fish struck the powerful conch demon on the back. Text 26 gada-prahara-vyathitah kincid-vyakula-manasah punar utthaya sarvesham mushtina sa tatada ha gada of the club; prahara by the blow; vyathitah wounded; kincit somewhat; vyakula distresed; manasah in mind; punah again; utthaya rising; sarvesham of all; mushtina with a fist; sa he; tatada struck; ha certainly. Wounded by the club, and now unhappy at heart, the demon rose again and with his fist struck the Lord.

Text 27 tada vishnuh sva-cakrena sa-shringam tac-chiro dridham jahara kupitah sakshad bhagavan kamalekshanah tada then; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; sva-cakrena with His cakra; sa-shringam with its horn; tac-chirah his head; dridham hard; jahara took; kupitah angry; sakshat directly; bhagavan the Supreme Personality of Godhead; kamalekshanah lotus eyed. With His cakra angry lotus-eyed Lord Vishnu then severed the demon's hard horned head. Text 28 jitva shankham deva-varaih sardham vishnur vrajeshvara prayagam etya sa harir vedams tan brahmane dadau jitva having defeated; shankham the conch demon; deva-varaih by the great demigods; sardham with; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; vrajeshvarah O king of Vraja; prayagam to Prayaga; etya going; sa He; harih Lord Hari; vedamh the Vedas; tan them; brahmane to Brahma; dadau gave. O king of Vraja, after defeating the conch demon, Lord Vishnu, accompanied by the great demigods, went to Prayaga and returned the Vedas to Brahma. Text 29 yajnam cakara vidhi-vat sarva-veda-ganaih saha prayagam ca samahuya tirtha-rajam cakara ha yajnam a yajna; cakara performing; vidhi-vat according to the Vedic rules; sarva-veda-ganaih with all the Vedas; saha with; prayagam to Ptayaja; ca and; samahuya calling; tirtha-rajam the king of holy places; cakara did; ha indeed.

Accompanied by all the Vedas, Brahma performed a Vedic yajna. Then, calling Prayaga, he crowned it king of the holy places. Text 30 tat sakshad akshaya-vatah krito lilatapatravat muni-bhanu-sute 'thormicamarais tam virejatuh tat that; sakshat directly; akshaya imperishable; vatah banyan tree; kritah made; lila toy; atapatra parasol; vat like; muni of a sage; bhanu of the sun-god; sute the daughters; atha then; urmi of waves; camaraih with camaras; tam him; virejatuh served. As if it were a toy parasol, an eternal banyan tree shaded Prayaga. The Ganges and Yamuna fanned it with camaras. Text 31 tadaiva sarva-tirthani jambudvipa-sthitani ca nitva balim samajagmus tirtha-rajaya dhimate tada then; eva ndeed; sarva all; tirthani holy places; jambudvipa-sthitani situated on Jambudviipa; ca and; nitva bringing; balim offerings; samajagmuh came; tirtha-rajaya to the kiing of holy places; dhimate wise. Then all the holy places in Jambudvipa came, bringing offerings to Prayag, the wise king of holy places. Text 32 tirtha-rajam ca sampujya natva tirthani sarvatah sva-dhamani yayur nanda harau devair gate sati

tirtha-rajam the king of holy places; ca and; sampujya worshiping; natva bowing down; tirthani the holy places; sarvatah in all respects; sva-dhamani to their own abodes; yayuh went; nanda O Nanda; harau when Lord Hari; devaih with the demigods; gate sati had left. Bowing down, the holy places worshiped Prayaga, the king of holy places. O Nanda, when Lord Hari and the demigods departed, the holy places returned to their own abodes. Text 33 tadaiva naradah prapto munindrah kalaha-priyah simhasane bhrajamanam tirtha-rajam uvaca ha tada then; eva indeed; naradah Narada; praptah attained; munindrah the king of sages; kalaha-priyah fond of a quarrel; simhasane on the throne; bhrajamanam shining; tirtha-rajam to the king of holy places; uvaca said; ha certainly. Then Narada, the king of sages, who is fond of a quarrel, approached and spoke to Prayaga, the king of holy places, as it gloriously sat on its throne. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca tirthaih prapujitas tvam vai tirtha-raja maha-tapah tubhyam ca sarva-tirthani mukhyaniha balim daduh shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; tirthaih by the holy places; prapujitah worshiped; tvam you; vai indeed; tirtha-raja O king of holy places; mahatapah great austerities; tubhyam to you; ca also; sarva-tirthani all holy places; mukhyani important; iha here; balim offerings; daduh gave. Shri Narada said: O very austere king of holy places, all the important holy places worshiped you and gave offerings to you. Text 35

vrajad vrindavanadini nagataniha te purah tirthanam raja-rajas tvam pramattais tais tiras-kritah vrajat from Vraja; vrindavanadini beginning with Vrindavana ; na not; agatani come; iha here; te you; purah before; tirthanam of holy places; raja-rajah the king of kings; tvam you; pramattaih mad; taih by them tiraskritah eclipsed. The holy places headed by Vrindavana did not come to you from Vraja. You who are the king of the kings of holy places were insulted by these madly proud places. Text 36 shri-sannanda uvaca iti prabhashya tam sakshad gate devarshi-sattame tirtha-rajas tada kruddho hari-lokam jagama ha shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; iti thus; prabhashya speaking; tam him; sakshat directly; gate gone; devarshi-sattame the best of demigod sages; tirtha-rajah the king of holy places; tada then; kruddhah angry; harilokam to the planet of Lord Hari; jagama ha went. Shri Sannanda said: After speaking these words, the great sage of the demigods left. Angry, the king of holy places went to the realm of Lord Hari. Text 37 natva harim parikramya purah sthitva kritanjalih sarva-tirthaih parivritah shri-natham praha tirtha-rat natva bowing down; harim to Lord Hari; parikramya circumambulating; purah in the presence; sthitva standing; kritanjalih with folded hands; sarvatirthaih by all the holy places; parivritah surrounded; shri-natham to the Lord of the goddess of fortune; praha said; tirtha-rat the king of holy places.

Bowing down before Lord Hari, the master of the goddess of fortune, circumambulating Him, and with folded hands standing before Him, in the company of all the holy places, Prayaga, the king of holy places, spoke. Text 38 shri-tirtha-raja uvaca he deva-deva prapto 'ham tirtha-rajas tvaya kritah balim dadur me tirthani mathura-mandalam vina shri-tirtha-rajah uvaca the king of holy places said; he O; deva-deva Lord of lords; praptah attained; aham II am; tirtha-rajah the king of holy places; tvaya by You; kritah made; balim offerings; daduh gave; me to me; tirthani holy places; mathura-mandalam Mathura-mandala; vina except for. The king of holy places said: O Lord of lords, You made me king of holy places. Except for Mathura-mandala, all holy places have brought offerings to me. Text 39 pramattair vraja-tirthaish ca tair aham tu tiraskritah tasmat tubhyam ca kathitum prapto 'ham tava mandire pramattaih mad with pride; vraja-tirthaish the holynplaces of Vraja; ca also; taih by them; aham I; tu indeed; tiraskritah insulted; tasmat therefore; tubhyam to You; ca also; kathitum to tell; praptah come; aham I; tava to Your; mandire palace. The holy places of Vraja have insulted me. I have come to Your palace to tell You. Text 40 shri-bhagavan uvaca dharayam sarva-tirthanam tvam kritas tirtha-ran maya kintu svasya grihasyapi na krito rat tvam eva hi

shri-bhagavan uvaca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dharayam on the earth; sarva-tirthanam of all holy places; tvam you; kritah made; tirtha-raj king of holy places; maya by Me; kintu however; svasya own; grihasya of the home; api even; na not; kritah made; rat king; tvam you; eva indeed; hi indeed. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I made you king of all holy places on earth, but I did not make you king of My own home. Text 41 kim tvam me mandiram lipsur mattavad bhashase vacah tirtha-raja griham gaccha shrinu vakyam shubham ca me kim why; tvam you; me My; mandiram home; lipsuh desiring to attain; mattavat as if mad with pride; bhashase you speak; vacah words; tirtha-raja O king of holy places; griham home; gaccha go; shrinu hear; vakyam words; shubham auspicious; ca and; me My. Why, as if you wish to become the place where I live, do you speak in this mad way? O king of holy places, hear My auspicious words, and then return to your home. Text 42 mathura-mandalam sakshan mandiram me parat param loka-trayat param divyam pralaye 'pi na samhritam mathura-mandalam Mathura-mandalam; sakshan directly; mandiram home; me My; parat than the greatest; param greater; loka-trayat than the three worlds; param supreme ; divyam transcendental; pralaye in cosmic devastation; api even; na not samhritam removed. Mathura-mandala is My home. It is My transcendental abode above the three worlds. At the time of cosmic devastation it is not destroyed. Text 43

shri-sannanda uvaca iti shrutva tirtha-rajo vismito 'bhud gata-smayah agatya natva sampujya mathuram vraja-mandalam shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; iti thus; shrutva hearing; tirtharajah the king of holy places; vismitah astonished; abhut became; gata gone; smayah pride; agatya arriving; natva bowing down; sampujya worshiping; mathuram Mathura; vraja-mandalam Vraja-mandala. Shri Sannanda said: Hearing this, the king of holy places was very surprised. His pride gone, he approached the Vraja-mandala of Mathura, bowed before it, and worshiped it. Text 44 tatah pradakshini-kritya sva-dhama gatavan punah dharaya mana-bhangartham purvam me tat-pradarshitam maya tavagre kathitam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi tatah then; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; sva-dhama own abode; gatavan went; punah again; dharayah of the earth; mana the pride; bhanga breaking; artham for the purpose; purvam previously; me of me; tatpradarshitam revealed; maya by me; tava of you; agre in the presence; kathitam spoken; kim what?; bhuyah more; shrotum to hear; icchasi you desire. He circumambulated it, and then returned to his own abode. I have now told you about Mathura Vraja-mandala, which I personally saw break the earth's pride. What more do you wish to hear? Text 45 shri-nanda uvaca dharaya mana-bhangartham kena purvam pradarshitam etan me vada gopesha mathuram vraja-mandalam

shri-nandah uvaca Shri Nanda said; dharaya of the earth; mana of pride; bhanga breaking; artham purpose; kena by whom?; purvam before; pradarshitam revealed; etan this; me to me; vada please tell; gopesha O king of the gopas; mathuram Mathura; vraja-mandalam Vraja-mandala. Shri Nanda said: Why did Mathura Vraja-mandala break the earth's pride. O king of the gopas, please tell me. Text 46 shri-sannanda uvaca adau varaha-kalpe 'smin harir varaha-rupa-dhrik rasatalat samuddhritya gam babhau damstraya prabhuh shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; adau in the beginning; varahakalpe in the Varaha-kalpa; asmin in this; harih Lord Hari; varaha of a boar; rupa the form; dhrik manifesting; rasatalat from Rasatala; samuddhritya lifting; gam the earth; babhau was splendidly manifested; damstraya with His tusks; prabhuh the Supreme Lord. Shri Sannanda said: In the beginning of this Varaha-kalpa, Lord Hari assumed the form of a boar. With His tusk lifting the earth from the realm of Rasatala, He shone with great splendor. Text 47 gacchantam vari-vrindeshu bhagavantam rameshvaram damstragre shobhita prithvi praha devam janardanam gacchantam going; vari-vrindeshu in the waters; bhagavantam the Lord; rameshvaram the master of the goddess of fortune; damstra of His tusk; agre on the tip; shobhita splendid; prithvi the earth; praha said; devam to the Lord; janardanam who saves the living entities from distress. Glorious on the tip of His tusk, the earth spoke to the Supreme Person, the goddess of fortune's husband and the deliverer from sufferings, as He traveled through the waters.

Text 48 shri-dharovaca deva kutra sthale tvam vai sthapanam me karishyasi jala-purnam jagat-sarvam drishyate vada he prabho shri-dhara uvaca the earth said; deva O Lord; kutra in what?; sthale place; tvam You; vai indeed; sthapanam placing; me of me; karishyasi will do; jala-purnam full of water; jagat-sarvam the entire universe; drishyate is seen; vada please tell; he O; prabhah Lord. The earth-goddess said: Where will You put me down? Please tell me, O Lord. I see the entire universe is flooded with water. Text 49 shri-varaha uvaca yada vrikshah pradrishta hi bhavanty udvegata jale tada te sthapana bhuyat pashyanti gaccha bhuruhan shri-varahah uvaca Shri Varaha said; yada when; vrikshah the trees; pradrishta are seen; hi indeed; bhavanty are; udvegata still; jale in the water; tada then; te of you; sthapana placing; bhuyat again; pashyanti looking; gaccha go; bhuruhan for trees. Shri Varaha said: When you see trees standing up from the water I will put you down. Look for trees. Text 50 shri-dharovaca sthavaranam tu racana mamopari samasthita anyasti kim va dharani tv aham hi dharanamayi shri-dhara uvaca the earth said; sthavaranam of steady places; tu indeed; racana created; mama- me; upari above; samasthita situated; anya

another; asti is; kim what?; va or; dharani the earth; tv indeed; aham I; hi indeed; dharanamayi steadfast. The earth-goddess said: All immovable things rest on me. What other thing is their steady resting-place? It is I on which all things rest. Text 51 shri-sannanda uvaca vadantittham dadarshagre jale vrikshan manoharan vikshya prithvi harim praha sarvato vigata-smaya shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; vadanti speaking; ittham thus; dadarsha saw; agre ahead; jale in the water; vrikshan trees; manoharan beautiful; vikshya seeing; prithvi the earth; harim to Lord Hari; praha sppoke; sarvatah completely; vigata gone; smaya her pride. Shri Sannanda said: As she spoke in this way she saw some beautiful trees just ahead. Her pride now gone, the earth-goddes glanced at Lord Hari and spoke. Text 52 shri-dharovaca deva kasmin sthale vrikshah santi hy ete sa-pallavah idam manasi me citram vada yajna-pate prabho shri-dhara uvaca the earth-goddess said; deva O Lord; kasmin in what?; sthale place; vrikshah these trees; santi are; hy indeed; ete they; sapallavah with twigs and leaves; idam this; manasi in the heart; me of me; citram wonder; vada tell; yajna-pate O Lord of sacrifices; prabhah O master. The earth-goddess said: Lord, in what place do these trees with twigs and leaves grow? They fill my heart with wonder. O Lord of yajnas, O master, please tell me. Text 53 shri-varaha uvaca mathuram mandalam divyam

drishyate 'gre nitambini goloka-bbumi-samyuktam pralaye 'pi na samhritam shri-varahah uvaca Lord Varaha said; mathuram Mathura; mandalam Mandala; divyam transcendental; drishyate is seen; agre ahead; nitambini O beautiful one; goloka-bbumi-samyuktam with the land of Goloka; pralaye at the time of cosmic devastation; api even; na not; samhritam is destroyed. Shri Varaha said: O beautiful one, you see transcendental Mathura-mandala, which is part of the realm of Goloka, and is not destroyed at the time of cosmic devastation. Text 54 shri-sannanda uvaca tac chrutva vismita prithvi gata-mana babhuva ha tasman nanda maha-baho vrajo 'yam sarvato 'dhikah shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; tac that; shrutva heart; vismita astonished; prithvi the earth; gata-mana whose pride was gone; babhuva ha became; tasman from that; nanda O Nanda; maha-bahah O great-armed one; vrajah Vraja; ayam this; sarvatah than all; adhikah greater. Shri Sannanda said: Hearing this the earth-goddess became both astonished and prideless. O great-armed Nanda, for this reason Vraja is the best of all places. Text 55 shrutvedam vraja-mahatmyam jivan mukto bhaven narah tirtha-rajat param viddhi mathuram vraja-mandalam shrutva hearing; idam this; vraja of Vraja; mahatmyam the glory; jivan living; muktah liberated; bhaven becomes; narah a person; tirtha of holy places; rajat than the king; param better; viddhi know; mathuram Mathuram; vraja-mandalam the circle of Vraja.

A person who hears this description of Vraja's glories becomes liberated even as he continues to live in this world. Please know that Mathura Vraja-mandala is more exalted than Prayaga, the king of holy places. .pa

Chapter Two Girirjotpatti-kathanam Description of Giriraja Govardhana's Birth Text 1 shri-nanda uvaca he sannanda maha-prajna sarvajno 'si bahu-shrutah vraja-mandala-mahatmyam vadatas te mukhac chrutam shri-nanda uvaca Shri Nanda said; he O; sannanda Sannanda; maha-prajna very intelligent; sarvajnah all-knowing; asi you are; bahu-shrutah have heard much; vraja-mandala-mahatmyam the glory of Vraja-mandala; vadatah speaking; te of you; mukhac from the mouth; chrutam heard. Shri Nanda said: O very intelligent Sannanda, you have heard much and you know everything. We have heard from your mouth the glories of Vraja-mandala. Text 2 girir govardhano nama tasyotpattim ca me vada kasmad enam giri-varam giri-rajam vadanti hi girir govardhanah Govardhana Hill; nama named; tasya of it; utpattim the birth; ca also; me to me; vada tell; kasmat why?; enam he; girivaramthe best of moutnains; giri-rajam the king of mountains; vadanti they say; hi indeed. Now please tell me about the birth of the mountain named Govardhana. Why do they call it the best of mountains and the king of mountains? Text 3

yamuneyam nadi sakshat kasmal lokat samagata tan-mahatmyam ca vada me tvam asi jnaninam varah yamuna the Yamuna; iyam it; nadi river; sakshat directly; kasmal from what?; lokat world; samagata come; tan-mahatmyam the glory of it; ca also; vada tell; me me; tvam you; asi are; jnaninam of the wise; varah the best. From what world did the Yamuna river come? You are the best of the wise. Please explain to me its glories. Text 4 shri-sannanda uvaca ekada hastinapure bhishmam dharma-bhritam varam papraccha pandur ittham tam jananam canushrinvatam shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; ekada one day; hastinapure in Hastinapura; bhishmam to Bhisma; dharma -bhritampious; varam benediction; papraccha asked; panduh Pandu; ittham thus; tam him; jananam of people; ca and; anushrinvatam listening; One day in Hastinapura, as many people listened, King Pandu asked pious Bhishma: Texts 5 and 6 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokadhipatih prabhuh bhuvo bharavataraya gacchan devo janardanah radham praha priye bhiru gaccha tvam api bhu-tale

paripurnatamah sakshat the Supreme Personality of Godhead shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; bhagavan the Lord; svayam Himself; asankhya countless; brahmanda of universes; patih the master; golokadhipatih the king of Goloka; prabhuh the Lord; bhuvah of the earth; bhara the burden; avataraya for removing; gacchan about to depart; devah Lord; janaradanah Janardana; radham to Radha; praha said; priye O beloved; bhiru frightened; gaccha go; tvam You; api also; bhu-tale to the earth. As the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishna, who is the king of Goloka and the master of countless universes was about to depart in order to remove the earth's burden, He said to Radha: O beloved, O frightened one, You should also go to the earth. Text 7 shri-radhovaca yatra vrindavanam nasti na yatra yamuna nadi yatra govardhano nasti tatra me na manah-sukham shri-radha uvaca Shri Radha said; yatra where; vrindavanam Vrindavana; na not; asti is; na not; yatra where; yamuna Yamuna; nadi river; yatra where; govardhanah Govardhana; na not; asti is; tatra there; me My; na not; manah of the heart; sukham happiness. Shri Radha said: My heart cannot be happy in a place where there is no Vrindavana forest, no Yamuna River, and no Govardhana Hill. Text 8 shri-sannanda uvaca veda-naga-krosha-bbumim sva-dhamnah shri-harih svayam govardhanam ca yamunam preshayam asa bhupari shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; veda-naga-krosha 47 kroshas; bbumim land; sva-dhamnah own abode; shri-harih Lord Hari; svayam personally; govardhanam Govardhana; ca and; yamunam Yamuna; preshayam asa sen; bhu-upari to the earth.

Shri Sannanda said: Then Lord Hari sent a 47 krosha portion of His own abode, along with Govardhana and the Yamuna, to the earth. Note: A krosha equals two miles. Text 9 veda-naga-krosha-bbumih sapi catra samagata catur-vimshad-vanair yukta sarva-lokaish ca vandita veda-naga-krosha-bbumih a land of 47 kroshas; sa that; api also; ca and; atra here; samagata come; catur-vimshat 24; vanaih forests; yukta with; sarva-lokaish by all the worlds; ca and; vandita worshiped. Worshiped by all the worlds and filled with 24 forests, that land of Vrindavana has now come to the earth. Text 10 bharatat pashcima-dishi shalmali-dvipa-madhyatah govardhano janma lebhe patnyam dronacalasya ca bharatat from Bharata; pashcima-dishi in the west; shalmali-dvipamadhyatah in the midst of Salmali-dvipa; govardhanah Govardhana; janma birth; lebhe attained; patnyam in the wife; dronacalasya of Dronacala; ca and. West of Bharata-varsha, in the middle of Shalmali-dvipa, Govardhana was born from the wife of Mount Drona. Text 11 govardhanopari surah pushpa-varsham pracakrire himalaya-sumerv-adyah shailah sarve samagatah

govardhana Govardhana; upari on; surah the demigods; pushpa-varsham a shower of flowers; pracakrire did; himalaya-sumerv-adyah headed by Himalaya and Sumeru; shailah the mountains; sarve all; samagatah came. The demigods showered flowers on Govardhana. Headed by Himalaya and Sumeru, all the mountains came. Text 12 natva pradakshini-kritya pujam kritva vidhanatah govardhanasya paramam stutim cakrur mahadrayah natva bowing down; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; pujam worshipo; kritva doiing; vidhanatah properly; govardhanasya of Govardhana; paramam great; stutim prayers; cakruh did; mahadrayah the great mountains. The great mountains bowed down, circumambulated, properly worshiped, and eloquently glorified Govardhana with these words: Text 13 shri-shaila ucuh tvam sakshat krishnacandrasya paripurnatamasya ca goloke go-ganair yukte gopi-gopala-samyute shri-shailah ucuh the mountains said; tvam you; sakshat directky; krishnacandrasya of Lord Krishnacandra; paripurnatamasya the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca and; goloke in Goloka; go-ganaih multitudes of cows; yukte with; gopi gopis; gopala gopas; samyute with. In Goloka, which is filled with gopas, gopis, and cows, you are the mountain of Lord Krishnacandra, the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 14 tvam hi govardhano nama vrindaranye virajase tvam no girinam sarvesham

giri-rajo 'si sampratam tvam you; hi indeed; govardhanah Govardhana; nama named; vrindaranye in Vrindavana; virajase shine; tvam you; nah of us; girinam mountains; sarvesham all; giri-rajah the king of mountains; asi are; sampratam now. You are named Govardhana. You are splendidly manifest in the world of Vrindavana and you are the king of all us mountains. Text 15 namo vrindavanankaya tubhyam goloka-mauline purna-brahmatapatraya namo govardhanaya ca namah obeisances; vrindavana of Vrindavana; ankaya on the lap; tubhyam to you; goloka-mauline the crown of Goloka; purna-brahma of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atapatraya the parasol; namah obeisances; govardhanaya to Govardhana; ca and. Obeisances to you, who are the crown of Goloka and who sit on Vrindavana's lap! Obeisances to Govardhana, the parasol of the Supreme Personality of Godhead! Text 16 shri-sannanda uvaca iti stutvatha girayo jagmuh svam svam griham tatah shailo giri-varo sakshad giri-raja iti smritah shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; iti thus; stutva offering prayers; atha then; girayah the mountains; jagmuh went; svam svam to their own; griham homes; tatah then; shailah the mountain; giri-varah the best of mountains; sakshat directly; giri-raja the king of mountains; iti thus; smritah remembered. After speaking these prayers the mountains returned to their homes. For this reason Govardhana is known as the best of mountains and the king of mountains.

Texts 17-20 ekada tirtha-yayi ca pulastyo muni-sattamah dronacala-sutam shyamam girim govardhanam varam madhavi-latika-pushpam phala-bhara-samanvitam nirjharair naditam shantam kandara-mangalayanam tapo-yogyam ratnamayam shata-shringam manoharam citra-dhatu-vicitrangam sa-tankam pakshi-sankulam mrigaih shakhamritair vyaptam mayura-dhvani-manditam mukti-pradam mumukshunam tam dadarsha maha-munih ekada one day; tirtha-yayi going on pilgrimage; ca and; pulastyah Pulastya Muni; muni-sattamah teh best of sages; dronacala of Mount Drona; sutam-the son; shyamam dark; girim mountain; govardhanam Govardhana; varam best; madhavi-latika-pushpam with flowers on madhavi vines; phalabhara-samanvitam filled with fruits; nirjharaih with mountain streams; naditam with the sounds; shantam peaceful; kandara-mangalayanam with auspicious caves; tapo-yogyam suitable for performing austerities; ratnamayam filled with jewels; shata-shringam with a hundred peaks; manoharam beautiful; citradhatu-vicitrangam with wonderfully colorful mineral pigments; sa-tankam with beautiful slopes; pakshi-sankulam filled with birds; mrigaih with deer; shakhamritaih with nectar trees; vyaptam filled; mayura-dhvani-manditam decorated with the sounds of peacocks; mukti-pradam giving liberation; mumukshunam to they who yearn for liberation; tam it; dadarsha saw; mahamunih the great sage. One day, as he was traveling to holy places, the great sage Pulastya saw Mount Drona's son Govardhana, who was filled with flowering madhavi vines, heavy with abundant fruits, filled with the sounds of gushing streams, peaceful, auspicious with many caves, suitable for performing austeritiies, filled with jewels, charming, wonderful with many colorful minerals, beautiful with graceful slopes, filled with many birds, deer, and nectar trees, and decorated with peacock calls, and which gave liberation for they who yearn for it. Text 21

tal-lipsur muni-shardulo drona-parshvam samagatah pujito drona-girina pulastyah praha tam girim tat him; lipsuh desiring to attain; muni-shardulah the tiger of sages; dronaparshvam to the side of Drona; samagatah went; pujitah worshiped; dronagirina by Mount Drona; pulastyah Pulastya; praha said; tam to him; girim the mountain. Pulastya, the tiger of sages, approached Mount Drona and, wishing to get his son, spoke. Text 22 shri-pulastya uvaca he drona tvam girindro 'si sarva-devaish ca pujitah divyaushadhi-samayuktah sada jivana-do nrinam shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastay said; he O; drona Drona; tvam you; girindrah the king of mountains; asi are; sarva-devaish by all the demigods; ca also; pujitah worshiped; divyaushadhi-samayuktah filled with transcendental medicinal herbs; sada always; jivana-dah giving life; nrinam to the people. Shri Pulastya said: O Drona, you are the king of mountains. You are worshiped by all the demigods. You are filled with transcendental medicinal herbs and thus you always restore the peoples' lives. Text 23 arthi tavantike praptah kashi-stho 'ham maha-munih govardhanam sutam dehi nanyair me 'tra prayojanam arthi wishing; tava of you; antike nearness; praptah attained; kashi-sthah staying in Varanasi; aham I;; maha-munih a great sage; govardhanam Govardhana; sutam son; dehi please give; na not; anyaih by others; me of me; atra here; prayojanam need. I come to you with a request. I am a great sage. I live in Kashi. Please give me your son Govardhana. I do not wish anything else.

Note: Kashi is a name of Varanasi. Text 24 vishveshvarasya devasya kashi-namna maha-puri yatra papi mritah sadyah param moksham prayati hi vishveshvarasya of Vishveshvara; devasya Lord; kashi-namna named kasi; maha-puri great city; yatra where; papi a sinner; mritah does; sadyah at once; param ultimate; moksham liberation; prayati attains; hi indeed. The great city named Kashi is the home of Lord Vish/veshvara. A sinner who dies there at once attains liberation. Text 25 yatra gangagata sakshad vishvanatho 'pi yatra vai tatraiva sthapayishyami yatra ko 'pi na parvatah yatra where; ganga the Ganes; agata come; sakshat directky; vishvanathah Vish/vanatha; api also; yatra where; vai indeed; tatra there; eva indeed; sthapayishyami I will place; yatra where; ko 'pi any; na not; parvatah mountain. The Ganges flows there, and Lord Vishvanatha resides there. There, where there is no mountain, I will place your son. Text 26 govardhane tava sute lata-vrksha-samakule tasmims tapah karishyami jato 'yam me manorathah

govardhane on Govardhana; tava your; sute son; lata-vrksha-samakule filled with trees and vines; tasmin there; tapah austerities; karishyami I will perform; jatah manifested; ayam this; me my; manorathah desire. I will perform austerities on your son Govardhana, who is filled with trees and vines. That is my desire. Text 27 shri-sannanda uvaca pulastya-vacanam shrutva sva-suta-sneha-vihvalah ashru-purno drona-giris tam munim vakyam abravit shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; pulastya-vacanam Pulastya's words; shrutva hearing; sva-suta-sneha with love for his son; vihvalah overwhelmed; ashru-purnah filled with tears; drona-girih Mount Drona; tam to him; munim the sage; vakyam words; abravit spoke. Shri Sannanda said: Hearing Pulastya's words, Drona became filled with love for his son. His eyes filled with tears, he spoke to the sage. Text 28 shri-drona uvaca putra-snehakulo 'ham vai putro me 'yam ati-priyah te shapa-bhaya-bhito 'ham vadamy enam maha-mune shri-dronah uvaca Shri Drona said; putra-snehakulah filled with love for my son; aham I am; vai indeed; putrah son; me my; ayam he; ati-priyah very dear; te of you; shapa of the curse; bhaya-bhitah afraid; aham I; vadamy say; enam this; maha-mune O great sage. Shri Drona said: I am filled with love for my son. My son is very dear to me. O great sage, I fear your curse. Let me speak to him. Text 29

he putra gaccha munina bharate karmake shubhe traivargyam labhyate yatra nribhir moksham api kshanat he O; putra son; gaccha go; munina with the sage; bharate to Bharatavarsa; karmake the land of karma; shubhe beautiful; traivargyam the three goals of life; labhyate are obrained; yatra where; nribhih by human beings; moksham liberation; api also; kshanat in a moment. O son, go with this sage to beautiful Bharata-varsha, the land of karma, where the people attain the three goals of life, and even liberation, in a single moment. Text 30 shri-govardhana uvaca mune katham mam nayasi lambitam yojanashtakam yojana-dvayam uccangam panca-yojana-vistritam shri-govardhanah uvaca Shri Govardhana said; mune O sage; katham how?; mam me; nayasi you take; lambitam extended; yojana yojanas; ashtakam eight; yojana-dvayam two yojanas; ucca tall; angam body; pancayojana five yojanas; vistritam extended. Shri Govardhana said: O sage, how will you take me? I am eight yojanas long, five yojanas wide, and two yojanas tall. Note: A yojana is eight miles. Text 31 shri-pulastya uvaca upavishya kare me tvam gaccha putra yatha-sukham vahayami kare tvam vai yavat kashim samagatah shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; upavishya sit; kare in the hand; me of me; tvam you; gaccha go; putra son; yatha-sukham as you wish; vahayami I will carry; kare in my hand; tvam you; vai indeed; yavat until; kashim Kasi; samagatah I arrive.

Shri Pulastya said: My son, please sit in my hand and I will carry you to Kashi. Text 32 shri-govardhana uvaca mune yatra sthale bbumyam sthapanam me karishyasi karishyami na cotthanam tad-bbumyah shapatho mama shri-govardhanah uvaca Shri Govardhana said; mune O sage; yatra where; sthale in the place; bbumyam on earth; sthapanam placing; me of me; karishyasi you will do; karishyami I will do; na not; ca again; utthanam rising; tad-bbumyah from that place; shapathah because of a vow; mama of mine. Shri Govardhana said: I will stay where you place me. I will not leave that place. I promise you this. Text 33 shri-pulastya uvaca aham a-shalmali-dvipan maryadi-kritya kaushalam na sthapanam karishyami shapathas te 'pi me pathi shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; aham I; a-shalmali-dvipan fropm Salmali-dvipa; maryadi-kritya crossing the boundary; kaushalam the country of Ayodhya; na not; sthapanam placing; karishyami I will do; shapathah promise; te to you; api also; me of me; pathi on the path. Shri Pulastya said: As I take you from Shalmali-dvipa to the country of Kaushala I will not put you down along the way. I promise you this. Text 34 shri-sannanda uvaca muneh kara-tale tasminn aruroha mahacalah

pranamya pitaram dronam ashru-purnakulekshanah shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; muneh of the sage; kara-tale in the plam of the hand; tasminn there; aruroha climbed; mahacalah the great miountain; pranamya bowing down; pitaram to his father; dronam Drona; ashru-purnakulekshanah his eyes filled with tears. Shri Sannanda said: His eyes filled with tears, the great mountain Govardhana bowed down before his father, Drona, and then climbed onto the sage's hand. Text 35 munis tam dakshina-kare dhritva gacchan chanaih shanaih sva-tejo darshayan nrinam prapto 'bhud vraja-mandale munih the sage; tam to him; dakshina-kare in the right hand; dhritva holding; gacchan going; shanaih shanaih little by little; sva-tejah his own power; darshayan showing; nrinam of the people; praptah attained; abhut became; vraja-mandale Vraja-mandala. Carrying the mountain in his right hand, he showed his great power to the people. Moving very slowly, he finally came to Vraja-mandala. Texts 36 and 37 jati-smaro giris tatra prahedam pathi cintayan paripurnatamah sakshac chrii-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir vraje 'travatarishyati bala-lilam ca kaishorim ceshtam gopala-balakaih jati previous birth; smarah remembering; girih the mountain; tatra there; praha said; idam thus; pathi on the path; cintayan thinking; paripurnatamah the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshac directly; chrii-krishnah Shri Krishna; bhagavan the Lord; svayam Himself; asankhya countless; brahmanda of universes; patih the master; vraje in Vraja; atra here; avatarishyati will

descend; bala-lilam childhood pastimes; ca and; kaishorim of a youth; ceshtam the activities; gopala-balakaih with cowherd boys. Remembering his previous life, as he traveled, Mount Govardhana said to himself: Shri Krishna, the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the master of countless universes, will decscend to this place, Vraja, and enjoy childhood playing with the cowherd boys, and then the pastimes of youth. Text 38 dana-lilam mana-lilam harir atra karishyati tasman maya na gantavyam bbumish ceyam kalindaja dana of paying a toll; lilam pastimes; mana of jealous anger; lilam pastimes; harih Lord Hari; atra here; karishyati will do; tasman therefore; maya by me; na not; gantavyam should be gone; bbumish earth; ca and; iyam this; kalindaja the Yamuna. Here Lord Hari will enjoy pastimes of paying a toll and pastimes of jealous anger. For this reason I should not leave this place where the Yamuna flows. Text 39 golokad radhaya sardham shri-krishno 'tragamishyati krita-krityo bhavishyami kritva tad-darshanam param golokat from Goloka; radhaya Radha; sardham with; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; atra here; agamishyati will come; krita-krityah successful; bhavishyami I will become; kritva having done; tad-darshanam the sight of Him; param great. From Goloka Shri Krishna will come here with Radha. By seeing Him I will make my life perfect. Text 40 evam vicarya manasa

bhuri bharam dadau kare tada munish ca shranto 'bhud bhuta-purvam gata-smritih evam thus; vicarya thinking; manasa in his mind; bhuri great; bharam burden; dadau gave; kare on the hand; tada then; munish the sage; ca and; shrantah exhausted; abhut became; bhuta-purvam done before; gata gone; smritih memory. Thinking this in his mind, Govardhana made himself very heavy in the sage's hand. Overcome with exhaustion, the sage could not remember what had happened before. Text 41 karad uttarya tam shailam nidhaya vraja-mandale laghu-shankajayartham hi gato 'bhud bhara-piditah karat from his hand; uttarya taking; tam him; shailam the mountain; nidhaya placing; vraja-mandale in Vraja-mandala; laghu-shankajayarthamto lighten the burden; hi iindeed; gatah gone; abhut became; bhara of the weight; piditah tormented. Tormented by the mountain's great weight, to lighten his burden the sage put him down in Vraja-mandala. Text 42 kritva shaucam jale snatva pulastyo muni-sattamah uttishtheti munih praha girim govardhanam param kritva having done; shaucam purification; jale in teh water; snatva having bathed; pulastyah Pulastya; muni-sattamah the best of sages; uttishtha rise up; iti thus; munih the sage; praha said; girim to the mountain; govardhanam Govardhana; param then. After bathing in the water there and becoming clean, the great sage Pulastya said to Mount Govardhana: "Stand up!"

Text 43 notthitam bhuri-bharadhyam karabhyam tam maha-munih sva-tejasa balenapi grihitum upacakrame na not; utthitam stood up; bhuri-bharadhyam very heavy; karabhyam with both hands; tam him; maha-munih the great sage; sva-tejasa by his potency; balenapi and strength; grihitum to take; upacakrame did. When the very heavy mountain did not stand up, the great sage grasped it with his mystic strength. Text 44 munina sangrihito 'pi giri-rajo girardraya na cacalangulim kincit tad api drona-nandanah munina by the sage; sangrihitah grasped; api although; giri-rajah the king of mountains; gira with words; ardraya sweet; na not; cacala moved; angulim a finger; kincit at all;; tat that; api also; drona-nandanah the son of Mount Drona. Although the sage embarced him and spoke sweet words, Mount Govardhana, the son of Drona, did not move even for the space of a finger. Text 45 shri-pulastya uvaca gaccha gaccha giri-shreshtha bharam ma kuru ma kuru maya jnato 'si rushtas tvam abhiprayam vadashu me shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; gaccha go; gaccha go; girishreshtha O best of mountains; bharam weight; ma don't; kuru do; ma don't; kuru do; maya by me; jnatah known; asi you are; rushtah angry; tvam you; abhiprayam reason; vada tell; ashu at once; me to me.

Shri Pulastya said: Come! Come! O best of mountains, don't make yourself heavy! Don't make yourself heavy! I know you are angry. Tell me why at once! Text 46 shri-govardhana uvaca mune 'tra me na dosho 'sti tvaya me sthapana krita karishyami na cotthanam purvam me shapathah kritah shri-govardhanah uvaca Shri Govardhana said; mune O sage; atra here; me O sage; na not; doshah fault; 'sti is; tvaya by you; me of me; sthapana establishing; krita done; karishyami I will do; na not; ca and; utthanam rising; purvam before; me of me; shapathah the promise; kritah done. Shri Govardhana said: O sage, there is no fault on my part. You have put me down, and now I will never move from this place. That was the promise I made to you. Text 47 pulastyo muni-shardulah krodhat pracalitendriyah sphurad-oshtho drona-puram shashapa vigatodyamah pulastyah Pulastya; muni-shardulah the tiger of sages; krodhat out of anger; pracalita trembling; indriyah senses; sphurat trembling; oshthah lips; drona-putram the son of Drona; shashapa cursed; vigata gone; udyamah effort. Then, abandoning his attempt (to move the mountain), Pulastya, the tiger of sages, his senses filled with anger and his lips trembling, cursed Govardhana, the son of Drona. Text 48 shri-pulastya uvaca gire tvayati-dhrishtena na krito me manorathah

tasmat tu tila-matram hi nityam tvam kshinatvam vraja shri-pulastyah uvaca Shri Pulastya said; gire O mountain; tvaya by you; atidhrishtena very arrogant; na not; kritah done; me to me; manorathah desire; tasmat therefore; tu indeed; tila-matram the size of a sesame seed; hi indeed; nityam always; tvam you; kshinatvam diminution; vraja go. Shri Pulastya said: O arrogant mountain, you would not fulfill my desire! Therefore every day you will become smaller by the size of a sesame seed. Text 49 shri-sannanda uvaca kashim gate pulastyarshav ayam govardhano girih nityam sankshiyate nanda tila-matram dine dine shri-sannandah uvaca Shri Sannanda said; kashim to Kasi; gate went; pulastyarshau when Pulastya Rishi; ayam he; govardhano girih Mount Govardhana; nityam always; sankshiyate diminishes; nanda O Nanda; tilamatram by the size of s sesame seed; dine day; dine after day. Shri Sannanda said: O Nanda, when Pulastya Rishi left for Kashi, Mount Govardhana beagn to shrink by the size of a sesame seed day after day. Text 50 yavad bhagirathi ganga yavad govardhano girih tavat kaleh prabhavas tu bhavishyati na karhicit yavat as; bhagirathi the the daughter of King Bhagiratha; ganga the Ganges; yavat as; govardhanah Govardhana; girih Mount; tavat so; kaleh of Kali-yuga; prabhavah the power; tu indeed; bhavishyati will be; na not; karhicit at all. As long as the Bhagirthi Ganges is present, and as long as Mount Govardhana is present, the power of Kali-yuga will not be present.

Text 51 govardhanasya prakatam caritram nrinam maha-papa-haram pavitram maya tavagre kathitam vicitram su-mukti-dam kau ruciram na citram govardhanasya of Givardhana; prakatam the manifestation; caritram the story; nrinam of men; maha-papa-haram m removes the greatest sins; pavitram pure; maya by me; tava of you; agre in the presence; kathitam told; vicitram wonderful; su-mukti-dam giving liberation; kau on the earth; ruciram beautiful; na not; citram a wonder. I have spoken to you the story of Mount Govardhana's appearance in this world, a sacred story that removes from human beings the greatest sins, that is very wonderful, and that gives the greatest liberation. It is not surprising that this story is so beautiful and glorious in this world.

Chapter Three Kalindy-agamana-varnana Description of the Yamuna's Arrival Text 1 shri-sannanda uvaca goloke harinajnapta kalindi saritam vara krishnam pradakshini-kritya gantum abhyudyatabhavat shri-sannandah uvacaShri Sannanda said; golokein Goloka; harinaby Lord Hari; jnaptainformed; kalindiYamuna; saritamof rivers; varathe best; krishnamLord Krishna; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; gantumto go; abhyudyataabout; abhavatbecame. Shri Sannanda said: Ordered by Lord Krishna in Goloka, Yamuna, the best of rivers, circumambulated the Lord and was about to go (to the earth). Text 2 tadaiva viraja sakshad

ganga brahma-dravodbhava dve nadyau yamunayam tu sampraline babhuvatuh tadathen; evacertainly; virajaViraja; sakshatdirectly; gangathe Ganges; brahma-dravodbhavaspiritual river; dvetwo; nadyaurivers; yamunayamin the yamuna; tuindeed; sampralinemerged; babhuvatuhbecame. Then the Viraja river and the spiritual Ganga river both entered the Yamuna. Text 3 paripurnatamam krishnam tasmat krishnasya nanda-rat paripurnatamasyapi patta-rajnim vidur janah paripurnatamamthe supreme; krishnamthe Yamuna; tasmatfrom that; krishnasyaof Krishna; nanda-ratKing Nanda; paripurnatamasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; apieven; patarajnimthe most important queen; viduh know; janahthe people. O king Nanda, for this reason the people know that the Yamuna is the greatest of rivers and the first queen of Lord Krishna. Text 4 tato vegena mahata kalindi saritam vara bibheda viraja-vegam nikunja-dvara-nirgata tatahthen; vegenawith power; mahatagreat; kalindithe Yamuna; saritam of rivers; varathe best; bibhedabroke; viraja-vegamthe current of the Viraja; nikunjaof a forest grove; dvarato the gate; nirgatagone. Then, with great force breaking through the current of the Viraja, the Yamuna left the gate of the transcendental forest grove. Text 5 asankhya-brahmanda-cayam

sprishva brahma-dravam gata bhindanti taj-jalam dirgham sva-vegena maha-nadi asankhya-brahmanda-cayamcountless universes; sprishvatouching; brahma-dravamthe spiritual river; gatagone; bhindantibreaking; taj-jalam that water; dirghamlong; sva-vegenaby its own power; maha-nadigreat river. Touching countless universes, she came to the spiritual Ganga. With great force the great Yamuna river broke through the Ganga's waters. Text 6 vama-padangushha-nakhabhinna-brahmanda-mastake shri-vamanasya vivare brahma-drava-samakule vamaleft; padangushhatoe; nakhanail; bhinnabroken; brahmandaof the universe; mastakeon the head; shri-vamanasyaof Lord Vamana; vivarein the opening; brahma-drava-samakulethrough which the spiritual Ganga flowed. Then the Yamuna came to an opening Lord Vamana's left toe had made in the top of a universe, an opening through which the spiritual Ganga flowed. Text 7 tasmin shri-gangaya sardham pravishabhut sarid-vara vaikunham cajita-padam samprapya dhruva-mandale tasminin that place; shri-gangayaShri Ganga; sardhamwith; pravisha abhutendered; sarid-varathe best of rivers; vaikunhamVaikuntha; caamd; ajitaof the unconquerable; padamthe abode; samprapyaattaining; dhruvaof Dhruva; mandalein the realm. With Shri Ganga entering that opening, the Yamuna, the best of rivers, then came to the unconquerable Lord's abode of Vaikunha in the planet of Maharaja Dhruva. Text 8

brahmalokam abhivyapya patanti brahma-mandalat tatah suranam shatasho lokal lokam jagama ha brahmalokamBrahmaloka; abhivyapyaattaining; patantifalling; brahmamandalatfrom the planet of Brahma; tatahthen; suranamof the demigods; shatashahhundreds; lokalfrom planet; lokamto planet; jagamawent; ha indeed. Then the Yamuna came to Brahmaloka. Falling from Brahma's planet, she went to the hundreds of planets of the demigods. She went from one planet to another. Text 9 tatah papata vegena sumeru-giri-murdhani giri-kuan atikramya bhittva ganda-shila-taan tatahthen; papatafell; vegenawith great force; sumeru-giri-murdhanion top of Mount Sumeru; giri-kuanthe mountain peaks; atikramyapassing; bhittva breaking; ganda-shila-taanthe stone face of the mountain. Then with great force she fell on Mount Sumeru. Flowing from its peaks, she broke the stones on its slope. Text 10 sumeror dakshina-disham gantum abhyuditabhavat tatah shri-yamuna sakshac chri-gangayam vinirgata sumerohfrom Sumeru; dakshina-dishamto the south; gantumto go; abhyudita abhavatbegan; tatahthen; shri-yamunaShri Yamuna; sakshat directly; shri-gangayamin Shri Ganga; vinirgataleft. Then, in order to go south from Mount Sumeru, Shri Yamuna left Shri Ganga's path. Text 11

ganga tu prayayau shailam himavantam maha-nadi krishna tu prayayau shailam kalindam prapya sa tada gangathe Ganga; tuindeed; prayayauwent; shailamto the mountains; himavantamHimalaya; maha-nadithe great river; krishnaYamuna; tuindeed; prayayauwent; shailamto mount; kalindamkalinda; prapyaattaining; sa she; tadathen. Then the Ganga went to Mount Himavat and the great river Yamuna went to Mount Kalinda. Texts 12 and 13 kalinditi samakhyata kalinda-prabhava yada kalinda-giri-sanunam ganda-shaila-taan dridhan bhittva luhanti bhu-khande krishna vegavati sati deshan punanti kalindi prapta vai khandave vane kalindithe daughter of Kalinda; itithus; samakhyatanamed; kalindafrom Kalinda; prabhavaborn; yadawhen; kalinda-giriof Mount Kalinda; sanunamof the peaks; ganda-shaila-taanthe slopes with stones; dridhanfirm; bhittva breaking; luhantimoving on the ground; bhu-khandeon the earth; krishnathe Yamuna; vegavatipowerful; satisacred; deshanthe countries; punanti purifying; kalindithe Yamuna; praptaattained; vaiindeed; khandave vanethe Khandava forest. Because she is thus Mount Kalinda's daughter, she is named Kalindi. Flowing from Mount Kalinda's peaks, and breaking the hard rocks on his slopes, the sacred Kalindi swiftly flowed on the earth, purifying the countries she passed. Then she entered the Khandava forest. Text 14 paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam varam icchanti

dhritva vapuh param divyam tapas tepe kalindaja paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshacdirectly; chrikrishnamShri Krishna; varamas her husband; icchantiwishing; dhritva manifesting; vapuha form; paramthen; divyamtranscendental; tapah austerity; tepeperformed; kalindajathe Yamuna. Wishing to attain Lord Krishna, the Original Supreme Personality of Godhead, as her husband, the Kalindi assumed a splendid spiritual form and performed great austerities. Text 15 pitra vinirmite gehe jale 'dyapi samashrita tato vegena kalindi praptabhud vraja-mandale pitraby her father; vinirmitemade; gehein a house; jalein the water; adya today; apieven; samashritasheltered; tatahthen; vegenawith force; kalindi the Kalindi; prapta abhutattained; vraja-mandaleVraja-mandala. Even today she stays in a water-house her father made for her. Then the Kalindi swiftly entered Vraja-mandala. Text 16 vrindavana-samipe ca mathura-nikae shubhe shri-mahavana-parshve ca saikate ramana-sthale vrindavanaVrindavana; samipenear; caand; mathuraMathura; nikae near; shubhebeautiful; shri-mahavanaof Shri Mahavana; parshveby the side; caand; sashe; ekatesecluded; ramanabeautiful; sthalein a place. Then she flowed through Vrindavana, beautiful Mathura, and beautiful secluded Mahavana. Text 17

shri-goloke ca yamuna yuthi-bhutvati-sundari shri-krishnacandra-rasartham nija-vasam cakara ha shri-golokeon Shri Goloka; caand; yamunaYamuna; yuthi-bhutva becoming a leader of many gopis; ativery; sundaribeautiful; shri-krishnacandra of Lord Krishnacandra; rasathe rasa dance; arthamfor the purpose; nijaown; vasamhome; cakaradid; haindeed. As the very beautiful leader of many gopis, Shri Yamuna made her home in Shri Goloka to perform the rasa dance with Shri Krishnacandra. Text 18 atho vrajad vrajanti sa vraja-vikshepa-vihvala premanandashru-samyukta bhutva pashcima-vahini athahthen; vrajatfrom Vraja; vrajantigoing; sashe; vrajaof Vraja; vikshepaleaving; vihvalaoverwhelmed; premaof love; anandaof bliss; ashru with tears; samyuktaendowed; bhutvabecoming; pashcimawest; vahini flowing. As she left Vraja she became overwhelmed by feelings of separation. Filled with tears of bliss and love, she turned west (and returned to Vraja). Text 19 tatas tri-varam vegena natvatho vraja-mandale deshan punanti prayayau prayagam tirtha-sattamam tatahthen; tri-varamthree times; vegenaquickly; natvabowing down; athahthen; vraja-mandalein Vraja-mandala; deshanto coutnries; punanti purifying; prayayauwent; prayagamto Prayag; tirtha-sattamamthe best of holy places. Then, bowing three times to Vraja-mandala, she went to very holy Prayaga, purifying the countries she passed.

Text 20 punah shri-gangaya sardham kshirabdhim sa jagama ha devah suvarsham pushpanam cakrur divi jaya-dhvanim punahagain; shri-gangayaShri Ganga; sardhamwith; kshirabdhimto the milk-ocean; sashe; jagamawent; haindeed; devahthe demigods; suvarsham a shower; pushpanamof flowers; cakruhdid; diviin heaven; jaya-dhvanim sounds of "victory!". When, flowing with Shri Ganga, she entered the Kshira ocean, the demigods in heaven showered flowers and exclaimed victory!" Text 21 krishna shri-yamuna sakshat kalindi saritam vara samudram etya shri-gangam praha gadgadaya gira krishnadark; shri-yamunaShri Yamuna; sakshatdirectly; kalindithe daughter of Mount Kalinda; saritamof rivers; varathe best; samudramto the ocean; etyagoing; shri-gangamto Shri Ganga; prahasaid; gadgadayachoked with emotion; girawith words. When dark Shri Yamuna, who was the best of rivers and the daughter of Mount Kalinda, entered the ocean, she spoke to Shri Ganga with words choked with emotion. Text 22 shri-yamunovaca he gange tvam tu dhanyasi sarva-brahmanda-pavani krishna-padabja-sambhuta sarva-lokaika-vandita shri-yamuna uvacaShri Yamuna said; heO; gangeGanga; tvamyou; tu indeed; dhanyafortunate; asiare; sarvaall; brahmandauniverses; pavani

purifying; krishnaof Lord Krishna; padabjafrom the lotus feet; sambhutaborn; sarvaby all; lokapeople; ekaalone; vanditaoffered respects. Shri Yamuna said: O Ganga, you are fortunate. You purify all the universes. You were born from Lord Krishna's lotus foot. Everyone bows down before you alone. Text 23 urdhvam yami harer lokam gaccha tvam api he shubhe tvat-samanam hi divyam ca na bhutam na bhavishyati urdhvamup; yamiI go; harehof Lord Hari; lokamto the world; gacchago; tvamyou; apialso; heO; shubhebeautiful one; tvatto you; samanam equal; hiindeed; divyamglorious; caand; nanot; bhutamwas; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be. Now I will ascend to Lord Hari's abode. O beautiful one, you come also. There never was, nor will there ever be, anyone as glorious as you. Text 24 shri-gangovaca sarva-tirtha-mayi ganga tasmat tvam pranamamy aham yat kincid va prakathitam tat kshamasva su-mangale shri-ganga uvacaShri ganga said; sarva-tirtha-mayiconsisting of all holy places; gangaGanga; tasmattherefore; tvamyou; pranamamibow down; ahamI; yatwhat; kincitsomething; vaor; prakathitamsaid; tatthat; kshamasvaplease forgive; su-mangaleO auspicious one. Shri Ganga said: I, the Ganga, who contain all holy places, bow down before you. O auspicious one, please forgive any improper words I may have said. Text 25 he krishne tvam tu dhanyasi sarva-brahmanda-pavani krishna-vamamsa-sambhuta

paramananda-rupini heO; krishnedark yamuna; tvamyou; tuindeed; dhanyafortunate; asi are; sarvaall; brahmandauniverses; pavanipurifying; krishnaof Lord Krishna; vamaleft; amsafrom the shoulder; sambhutaborn; paramatranscendental; anandabliss; rupinithe form. O dark Yamuna, you are the fortunate one. You purify all the universes. You were born from Lord Krishna's left shoulder. Your form is full of transcendental bliss. Text 26 paripurnatama sakshat sarva-lokaika-vandita paripurnatamasyapi shri-krishnasya mahatmanah paripurnatamamost perfect; sakshatdirectly; sarva-lokaika-vanditaoffered respect by all; paripurnatamasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; api also; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe great one. You are most perfect and complete. You are worshiped by all. You are dear to Shri Krishna, the great Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 27 paa-rajnim param krishne krishnam tvam pranamamy aham tirthair devair durlabham tvam goloke 'pi ca durghaa paa-rajnim paramthe most important queen; krishneO dark one; krishnam to the dark one; tvamyou; pranamamibow down; ahamI; tirthaihwith holy places; devaihwith demigods; durlabhamdifficult to attain; tvamyou; goloke in Goloka; apieven; caand; durghaadifficult to attain. O dark Yamuna, I bow down to you, the first queen of Lord Krishna. The holy places and demigods find it difficult to attain you. Even in Goloka it is difficult to attain you. Text 28

aham yasyami patalam shri-krishnasyajnaya shubhe tvad-viyogaturaham vai yanam kartum na ca kshama ahamI; yasyamiwill go; patalamto Patalaloka; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; ajnayaby the order; shubheO beautiful one; tvatfrom you; viyogaby separation; aturaafflicted; ahamI; vaiindeed; yanamjourney; kartumto make; nanot; caand; kshamaable. By Lord Krishna's order I must go to Patalaloka now. I am unhappy to leave you, but I cannot go with you. Text 29 yuthi-bhutva bhavishyami shri-vraje rasa-mandale yat kincin me prakathitam tat kshamasva hari-priye yuthia leader of many gopis; bhutvahaving become; bhavishyamiI will be; shri-vrajein Shri Vraja; rasa-mandalein the circle of the rasa dance; yatwhat; kincitsomething; meof me; prakathitamsaid; tatthat; kshamasvaplease forgive; hari-priyeO beloved of Lord Hari. I will become a leader of many gopis in the rasa-dance circle in Shri Vraja. O beloved of Lord Hari, please forgive any improper words I may have said. Text 30 shri-sannanda uvaca ittham parasparam natva dve nadyau yayatur drutam lokan pavitri-kurvanti patale svah-sarid gata shri-sannandah uvacaShri Sannanda said; itthamthus; parasparamto each other; natvabowing down; dvetwo; nadyaurivers; yayatuh-went; drutam quickly; lokanto the planets; pavitri-kurvantipurifying; pataleto Patala; svahsaritthe heavenly Ganga; gatawent.

Shri Sannanda said: Bowing down before each other, the two rivers then quickly went their respective ways. The heavenly Ganga went to Patalaloka, purifying the planets as she passed. Text 31 sapi bhogavati-namna babhau bhogavati-vane yaj-jalam sa-trinayanah shesho murdhna bibharti ha sashe; apialso; bhogavati-namnaby the name Bhagavati; babhauis manifested; bhogavati-vanein Bhogavati forest; yaj-jalamthe water of ehom; satrinayanahwith Lord Shiva; sheshahLord Shesha; murdhnaon His head; bibharticarries; hacertainly. There she is named Bhogavati, for she flows through the Bhogavati forest. Lord Shesha and Lord Shiva carry her water on Their heads. Text 32 atha krishna sva-vegena bhittva saptabdhi-mandalam sapta-dvipa-mahi-prishhe luhanti vegavat tara athathen; krishnathe Yamuna; sva-vegenaquickly; bhittvabreaking; saptabdhi-mandalamthe seven oceans; sapta-dvipa-mahi-prishheon the seven continents; luhantimoving; vegavattaraquickly. Quickly traversing the seven oceans, the dark Yamuna quickly flowed through the world of seven islands. Text 33 gatva svarnamayim bhumim lokalokacalam gata tat-sanu-ganda-shailanam taam bhittva kalindaja

gatvacoming; svarnamayimgolden; bhumimto the land; lokalokacalam Mount Lokaloka; gatagone; tat-sanuon its peaks; ganda-shailanamof rocks; taamslope; bhittvabreaking; kalindajathe Yamuna. Then the Yamuna flowed to the golden land and then Mount Lokaloka where, flowing from its peaks, she broke the rocks on its slopes. Text 34 tan-murdhni cotpapatashu spharavaj-jala-dharaya udgacchanti tad-urdhvam sa yayau svargam tu nakinam tan-murdhnion its head; caalso; utpapatarose; ashuquickly; spharavajjala-dharayaa great stream of water; udgacchantirising; tad-urdhvamabove that; sashe; yayauwent; svargamto Svargaloka; tuindeed; nakinamof the heavenly planets. Then she rose again to its peaks and, with a great stream of water, rose to Svargaloka in the heavenly worlds. Text 35 a-brahmalokam lokams tan abhivyapya hareh padam brahmanda-randhram shri-brahmadrava-yuktam sametya sa a-brahmalokamup to Brahmaloka; lokanthe planets; tanthem; abhivyapya passing; harehof Lord Hari; padamto the abode; brahmandaof universe; randhramthe opening; shri-brahma-drava-yuktamwith the Ganga; sametya meeting; sashe. She passed through the planets on the way to Brahmaloka and, meeting the Ganga at the opening in the universe, went to Lord Hari's abode. Text 36 pushpa-varsham pravarshatsu deveshu pranateshu ca

punah shri-krishna-golokam aruroha sarid-vara pushpaof flowers; varshama shower; pravarshatsushowering; deveshuas the demigods; pranateshubowing down; caand; punahagain; shri-krishnagolokamto Shri Krishna's Goloka; arurohaascended; sarid-varathe best of rivers. As the demigods showered flowers and bowed down to offer respects, Shri Yamuna, the best of rivers, returned to Shri Krishna's abode of Goloka. Text 37 kalinda-giri-nandini-nava-caritram etac chubham shrutam ca yadi pahitam bhuvi tanoti sanmangalam jano 'pi yadi dharayet kila pahec ca yo nityashah sa yati paramam padam nija-nikunja-lilavritam kalinda-giri-nandiniof the daughter of Mount Kalinda; navanew; caritram pastimes; etatthis; shubhamauspicious; shrutamheard; caand; yadiif; pahitamread; bhuvion earth; tanotigives; sanmangalamauspiciousness; janaha person; apieven; yadiif; dharayet remembers;kila pahecreads; ca or; yahwho; nityashahregularly; sahe; yatigoes; paramamto the supreme; padamabode; nijaown; nikunjaforest groves; lilawith pastimes; avritamfilled. If a person in this world hears or reads this auspicious and ever-new pastime of Mount Kalinda's daughter Yamuna, he will attain great auspiciousness. If one regularly reads or remembers this pastime, he will attain the transcendental forest groves where the Supreme Lord enjoys His pastimes. .pa

Chapter Four Vatsasura-moksha The Liberation of Vatsasura Text 1 sannandasya vacah shrutva gantum nandah samudyatah sarvair gopa-ganaih sardham mudito 'bhun maha-manah

sannandasyaof sannanda; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; gantumto go; nandahNanda; samudyatahabout; sarvaihwith all; gopa-ganaihthe ghopas; sardhamwith; muditahjoyful; abhutbecame; maha-manahnoblehearted. After hearing Sannanda's words, noble-hearted Nanda became happy. He decided to go there with all the cowherd people, . . . Text 2 yashodaya ca rohinya sarva-gopi-ganaih saha ashvai rathair vira-janair mandito vipra-mandalaih yashodayawith Yashoda; caand; rohinyawith Rohini; sarva-gopi-ganaih with all the gopis; sahawith; ashvaihorses; rathaihchariots; vira-janaih soldiers; manditahdecorated; vipra-mandalaihwith brahmanas. Decorated with Yashoda, Rohini, all the gopis, many horses, chariots, soldiers, and brahmanas, . . . Text 3 gobhish ca shakaair yukto vriddhair balais tathanugaih gayakair giyamanaish ca shankha-dundubhi-nihsvanaih gobhihcows; caand; shakaaihcarts; yuktahengaged; vriddhaihwith elder; balaihboys; tathaso; anugaihfollowing; gayakaihwith singers; giyamanaihsinging; caand; shankha-dundubhi-nihsvanaihwith sounds of shankhas and dundubhis. . . . with many cows, carts, adults followed by children, musicians playing shankhas and dundubhis, . . . Text 4 putrabhyam rama-krishnabhyam

nanda-rajo maha-matih ratham aruhya he rajan vanam vrindavanam yayau putrabhyamwith two sons; rama-krishnabhyamKrishna and Balaram; nandarajahKing Nanda; maha-matihnoble-hearted; rathamchariot; aruhya climbing; heO; rajanking; vanamforest; vrindavanamVrindavana; yayau went. . . . and with His two sons, Krishna and Balarama, noble-hearted King Nanda, riding on a chariot, went, O king, to Vrindavana forest. Texts 5 and 6 vrishabhanu-varo gopo gajam aruhya bharyaya anke nitva sutam radham giyamanash ca gayakaih mridanga-tala-vinanam venunam kala-nihsvanaih gopala-go-ganaih sardham vrindaranyam jagama ha vrishabhanu-varahVrishabhanu; gopahthe gopa; gajaman elephant; aruhya climbing; bharyayawith his wife; ankeon his lap; nitvaplaced; sutam daughter; radhamRadha; giyamanahbeing sun; caand; gayakaihby singers; mridanga-tala-vinanammridangas, talas and vinas; venunamflutes; kalanihsvanaihsweet sounds; gopalagopas; go-ganaihand cows; sardhamwith; vrindaranyamto Vrindavana forest; jagamawent; haindeed. Then, with his daughter on his lap and his wife by his side, and accompanied by many cows and gopas, King Vrishabhanu, riding on an elephant as many musicians sweetly played mridangas, talas, vinas, and flutes, also went to Vrindavana forest. Text 7 upanandas tatha nandas tatha shad vrishabhanavah sarvaih parikaraih sardham jagmur vrindavanam vanam upanandahUpananda; tathathen; nandahNanda; tathathen; satthe six; vrishabhanavahVrishabhanus; sarvaihwith all; parikaraihassociates; sardham with; jagmuhwent; vrindavanamto Vrindavana; vanamforest.

then the Nandas, the Upanandas, and the six Vrishabhanus, accompanied by all their associates, also went to Vrindavana forest. Text 8 vrindavane sampravishya gopah sarve sahanujah ghoshan vidhaya vasatir vasam cakrur itas tatah vrindavaneVrindavana forest; sampravishyaentering; gopahthe gopas; sarveall; sahanujahwith their associates; ghoshanresidences; vidhaya making; vasatihresidence; vasamresidence; cakruhdid; itahhere; tatahand there. When they entered Vrindavana forest all the gopas and their followers made homes for themselves here and there. Texts 9 and 10 sabha-mandapa-samyuktam sa-durgam parikha-yutam catur-yojana-vistirnam sapta-dvara-samanvitam sarovaraih parivritam raja-margam manoharam sahasra-kunjam ca puram vrishabhanur aciklpat sabhawith assembly rooms; mandapaand pavilions; samyuktamendowed; sa-durgamwith a fort; parikha-yutamwith a moat; catuhfour; yojanayojanas; vistirnamin size; sapta-dvara-samanvitamwith seven gates; sarovaraihwith lakes; parivritamsurrounded; raja-margama royal road; manoharambeautiful; sahasraa thousand; kunjamgroves; caand; purama city; vrishabhanuhKing Vrishabhanu; aciklpatbuilt. Maharaja Vrishabhanu built a beautiful city with many assembly-houses, pavilions, lakes, royal roads, and a thousand gardens. Everything was surrounded by a fortress with seven gates and a moat four yojanas around.

Text 11 shri-krishno nanda-nagare vrishabhanu-pure 'rbhakaih cacara kridana-paro gopinam pritim avahan shri-krishnahShri Krishna; nanda-nagarein the city of Nanda; vrishabhanupurein the city of Vrishabhanu; arbhakaihwith the boys; cacarawent; kridanaparahintent on playing; gopinamfor the gopis; pritimlove; avahanbearing. Filled with love for the gopis, and intent on enjoying many pastimes, Shri Krishna wandered in Nanda's city and Vrishabhanu's city with the boys. Text 12 atha vrindavane rajan sarva-gopala-sammatau babhuvatur vatsa-palau rama-krishnau manoharau athathen; vrindavanein Vrindavana; rajanO king; sarva-gopala-sammatau with all the gopas; babhuvatuhwere; vatsa-palauto protectors of the calves; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; manoharauhandsome. O king, then handsome Krishna and Balarama, as well as the other gopa boys, were given the duty of protecting the calves in Vrindavana. Text 13 carayam asatur vatsan grama-simny arbhakaih saha kalindi-nikae punye puline rama-keshavau carayam asatuhherded; vatsanthe calves; gramaof the village; simnion the outskirts; arbhakaihthe boys; sahawith; kalindiof the Yamuna; nikae near; punyesacred; pulineon the shore; ramaBalarama; keshavauand Krishna. Accompanied by the boys, Krishna and Balarama herded the calves on the sacred outskirts of the village near the Yamuna's shore.

Text 14 nikunjeshu ca kunjeshu sampralinav itas tatah ringamanau ca kutrapi nandantau ceratur vane nikunjeshuin gardens; caand; kunjeshuin groves; sampralinaventered; itahhere; tatahand there; ringamanaucrawling; caand; kutrapisomewhere; nandantauenjoyed; ceratuhwent; vanein the forest. Passing here and there through many groves and gardens, enjoying many pastimes as They went, and sometimes even crawing on the ground, Krishna and Balarama, walked in the forest. Text 15 kinkini-jala-samyuktau sinjan-manjira-nupurau nila-pitambara-dharau hara-keyura-bhushitau kinkiniof tinkling ornaments; jalawith a network; samyuktauendowed; sinjan-manjira-nupurauwith tinkling anklets; nila-pitambara-dharauwearing blue and yellow garments; hara-keyura-bhushitaudecorated with necklaces and bracelets. Wearing a network of tinkling ornaments and tinkling anklets, wearing garments of blue and yellow, decorated with necklaces and bracelets, . . . Text 16 kshepanaih kshipatau balair vamshi-vadana-tat-parau mukhena kinkini-shabdam kurvadbhir balakaish ca tau kshepanaihthrowing; kshipatauthrowing; balaihwith the boys; vamshivadana-tat-parauintently playing Their flutes; mukhenawith the mouth; kinkinishabdamtinkling sounds of the ornaments; kurvadbhihmaking; balakaihwith the boys; caand; tauThey.

. . . throwing things with the boys, intently playing Their flutes, along with the boys making an array of noises with their mouths, . . . Text 17 dhavantau pakshibhish chayam rejatu rama-keshavau mayura-paksha-samyuktau pushpa-pallava-bhushitau dhavantaurunning; pakshibhihwith the birds; chayamthe shadow; rejatu shone; rama-keshavauKrishna and Balarama; mayurapeacock; paksha feathers; samyuktauwith; pushpaflowers; pallavaand leaves; bhushitau decorated. . . . and chasing the birds' shadows, Krishna and Balarama, decorated with flowers, leaves, and peacock feathers, were very splendid and glorious. Text 18 ekada vatsa-vrindeshu praptam vatsasuram nripa kamsa-pranoditam jnatva shanais tatra jagama ha ekadaone time; vatsa-vrindeshuamong the calves; praptamattained; vatsasuramVastasura; nripaO king; kamsaby Kamsa; pranoditamsent; jnatvaunderstanding; shanaihslowly; tatrathere; jagamawent; hacertainly. O king, aware that the demon Vatsasura had entered among the calves on Kamsa's order, Krishna stealthily approached him. Text 19 dhavan gopeshu sarvatra langulam calayan muhuh daityah pashcima-padabhyam harim amse tatada ha dhavanrunning; gopeshuamong the gopas; sarvatraeverywhere; langulam his tail; calayanmoving; muhuhagain and again; daityahthe demon;

pashcima-padabhyamwith his hind legs; harimKrishna; amseon the shoulder; tatadastruck; hacertainly. Moving his tail as he ran among the gopas, with his hind legs the demon struck Krishna on the shoulder. Text 20 palayiteshu baleshu krishnas tam padayor dvayoh grihitva bhramayitvatha patayam asa bhu-tale palayiteshufled; baleshuas the boys; krishnahKrishna; tamhim; padayoh feet; dvayohboth; grihitvagrasping; bhramayitvawhirling about; athathen; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. As the boys fled, Krishna grasped the demon's two legs, whirled him about, and threw him to the ground. Text 21 punar nitva karabhyam tam kapitthe prahinod dharih tada mrityum gate daitye kapittho 'pi maha-drumah punahagain; nitvabringing; karabhyamwith both hands; tamhim; kapitthe into a kapittha tree; prahinotthrew; dharihKrishna; tadathen; mrityum death; gateattained; daityethe demon; kapitthahhapittha; apialso; mahadrumahgreat tree. Picking him up again, with both hands Krishna threw the demon into a kapittha tree. When the demon died the great kapittha tree . . . Text 22 kapitthan patayam asa tad adbhutam ivabhavat vismiteshu ca baleshu sadhu-sadhv-iti-vadishu

kapitthanthe kapittha trees; patayam asacausing top fall; tatthat; adbhutam wonder; ivalike; abhavatwas; vismiteshuastonished; caand; baleshu among the boys; sadhu-sadhuwell done! well done! itithus; vadishusaying. . . . made the other kapittha trees fall. As the astonished boys called out "Well done! Well done!", . . . Text 23 divi deva jaya-ravaih pushpa-varsham pracakrire tad daityasya mahaj jyotih krishne linam babhuva ha diviin heaven; devathe demigods; jaya-ravaihwith sounds of "Victory!"; pushpa-varshama shower of flowers; pracakriredid; tatthat; daityasyaof the demon; mahatgreat; jyotihlight; krishnein Krishna; linamentered; babhuva became; haindeed. . . . the demigods in heaven showered flowers amid shouts of "Victory!" Then from the demon came a great light then entered Lord Krishna. Text 24 shri-bahulashva uvaca aho purvam su-krita-krit ko 'yam vatsasuro mune shri-krishne linatam prapta shri-prapurne parat pare shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; ahahOh; purvamprevious; sukrita-kritgreat pious deeds done; kahwhat?; ayamthis; vatsasurahVatsasura; muneO sage; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatamentering; praptaattained; shri-prapurnethe full Supreme Personality of Godhead; paratthan the greatest; paregreater. Shri Bahulashva said: O sage, what pious deeds did Vatsasura do in his previous life so that now he is able to enter Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is greater than the greatest? Text 25

shri-narada uvaca muru-putro maha-daityah pramilo nama deva-jit vasishhasyashrame prapto nandinim gam dadarsha ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; muru-putrahthe son of Muru; mahadaityaha great demon; pramilahPramila; namanamed; deva-jitconquering the demigods; vasishhasyaof Vasishha; ashramein the ashrama; praptah attained; nandinimNandini; gam acow; dadarshasaw; haindeed. Shri Narada said: He was a great demon who was named Pramila and was the son of Muru. After conquering the demigods, he entered Vasishha Muni's ashrama and saw a cow named Nandini. Text 26 tal-lipsur brahmano bhutva yayace gam manoharam tushnim sthite gaur uvaca vasishhe divya-darshane tatthat; lipsuhdesiring; brahmanaha brahmana; bhutvabecoming; yayace begged; gamfor the cow; manoharambeautiful; tushnimsilence; sthite situated; gauhthe cow; uvacasaid; vasishheto vaishha; divya-darshane who had divine vision. Desiring that cow, the demon transformed himself into a brahmana and begged for the beautiful cow. As Vaishha, who had divine vision, stood silent, the cow spoke. Text 27 shri-nandiny uvaca muninam gam samahartum bhutva viprah samagatah daityo 'si muru-jas tasmad go-vatso bhava durmate shri-nandini uvacaShri Nandini said; muninamof the sages; gamthe cow; samahritumto take; bhutvabecome; vipraha brahmana; samagatahcome; daityaha demon; asiyou are; muru-jahthe son of Muru; tasmattherefore; govatsaha calve; bhavabecome; durmateO wicked-hearted one.

Shri Nandini said: You are a demon, Muru's son, and you have assumed the form of a brahmana to steal the sages' cow. Therefore, O wicked-hearted one, now you become a calf! Text 28 shri-narada uvaca tadaiva vatsa-rupo 'bhun muru-putro mahasurah vasishham gam parikramya natva trahity uvaca ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; evaindeed; vatsa-rupah the form of a calf; abhutbecame; muru-putrahthe son of Muru; mahasuraha great demon; vasishhamVasishha; gamthe cow; parikramya circumambulating; natvabowing down; trahiplease protect; itithus; uvaca said; hacertainly. The great demon that was Muru's son at once became a calf. He circumambulated Vasishha and the cow, bowed down, and said, "Please save me!" Text 29 shri-gaur uvaca dvaparante maha-daitya vrindaranye yada tava go-vatseshu gatasyapi tada muktir bhavishyati shri-gaur uvacathe cow said; dvaparaof Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; maha-daityaa great demon; vrindaranyein Vrindavana forest; yadawhen; tava of you; go-vatseshuamong the calves; gatasyagone; apialso; tadathen; muktihliberation; bhavishyatiwill be. The cow said: O great demon, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, when you go among many calves, you will attain liberation. Text 30 shri-narada uvaca paripurnatame sakshat krishne patita-pavane

tasmad vatsasuro daityo lino 'bhun na hi vismayah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; paripurnatamein the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; krishneShri Krishna; patita-pavane the savior of the fallen; tasmatfrom that; vatsasurahVatsasura; daityahthe demon; linahentered; abhutbecame; nanot; hiindeed; vismayahsurprise. Shri Narada said: For this reason the demon Vrindavana Vatsasura entered Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is not very surprising. .pa

Chapter Five Bakasura-moksha The Liberation of Bakasura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada carayan vatsan sa-ramo balakair harih yamuna-nikae praptam bakam daityam dadarsha ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaonce; carayanherding; vatsan the calves; sa-ramahwith Balarama; balakaihwith the boys; harihKrishna; yamuna-nikaenear the Yamuna; praptamattained; bakama duck; daityam demon; dadarshasaw; haindeed. Shri Narada said: One day, as He was herding the calves in the company of Balarama and the boys, Krishna saw a great duck demon by the Yamuna's shore. Text 2 shveta-parvata-sankasho brihat-pado ghana-dhvanih palayiteshu baleshu vajra-tundo 'grasad dharim

shveta-parvata-sankashahlike a great white mountain; brihat-padahwith gigantic feet; ghana-dhvanihthe rumbling of clouds; palayiteshufled; baleshu the boys; vajrathunderbolt; tundahbeak; agrasatswallowed; harimKrishna. Its form a white mountain, its feet gigantic, its quacking the rumbling of clouds, and its beak a thunderbolt, the demon swallowed Lord Krishna as the boys fled. Text 3 rudanto balakah sarve gata-prana ivabhavan ha-ha-karam tada kritva devah sarve samagatah rudantahcrying; balakahthe boys; sarveall; gata-pranatheir live breathj gone; ivaas if; abhavanbecame; ha-ha-karamalas! alas!; tadathen; kritva doing; devahthe demigods; sarveall; samagatahcame. All the boys wept as if they had lost their lives. All the demigods came and cried out, "Alas! Alas!" Text 4 indro vajram tada nitva tam tatada maha-balam tena ghaena patito na mamara samutthitah indrahIndra; vajramthunderbolt; tadathen; nitvabringing; tamit; tatada struck; maha-balamvery powerful; tenaby that; ghaenablow; patitah fallen; nanot; mamaradied; samutthitahstood up. Bringing his very powerful thunderbolt, Indra struck the demon. With that blow the demon fell, but he did not die. Again the demon stood up. Text 5 brahmapi brahma-dandena tam tatada rushanvitah tena ghaena patito murchito ghaika-dvayam

brahmaBrahma; apialso; brahma-dandenawith his brahma-weapon; tam him; tatadastruck; rushanvitahangry; tenaby that; ghaenablow; patitah fell; murchitahunconscious; ghaika-dvayamfor two ghatikas. Then Brahma became angry and with his brahma-danda struck the demon. With that blow the demon fell and was unconscious for two ghaikas. Note: One ghaika equals 24 minutes. Text 6 vidhunvan sva-tanum vegaj jrimbhitah punar utthitah na mamara tada daityo jagarja ghanavad bali vidhunvanshaking; sva-tanumhis body; vegatquickly; jrimbhitahyawned; punahagain; utthitahrose; nanot; mamaradied; tadathen; daityahthe demon; jagarjaroared; ghanavatlike a cloud; balipowerful. The demon powerful did not die. He shook his body, yawned, again stood up, and roared like a cloud. Text 7 trilocanas tri-shulena tam jaghana mahasuram chinnaika-paksho daityo 'pi na mrito 'ti-bhayankarah trilocanahShiva; tri-shulenawith his trident; tamhim; jaghanastruck; mahasuramthe great demon; chinnacut; ekaone; pakshahwing; daityah the demon; apieven; nanot; mritahdied; ati-bhayankarahvery fearful. With his trident Shiva struck the great demon. One wing was cut off, but still the very fearful demon did not die. Text 8

vayavyastrena vayus tam sanjaghana bakam tatah uccacala bakas tena punas tatra sthito 'bhavat vayavya-astrenawith his wind-weapon; vayuhVayu; tamhim; sanjaghana struck; bakamthe duck; tatahthen; uccacalaflew away; bakahthe duck; tena by that; punahagain; tatrathere; sthitahstood; abhavatbecame. With his wind-weapon Vayu struck the duck demon. The duck flew away and then returned. Text 9 yamas tam yama-dandena tadayam asa cagratah tena dandena na mrito bako vai canda-vikramah yamahYama; tamhim; yama-dandenawith his yama-danda; tadayam asa struck; caand; agratahfrom that; tenaby that; dandenaweapon; nanot; mritahdied; bakahthe duck; vaiindeed; canda-vikramahvery powerful. With his yama-danda Yama struck the demon. With that blow the very powerful duck did not die. Text 10 dando 'pi bhagnatam pragat sa kshato nabhavad bakah tadaiva cagratah praptas candamshush canda-vikramah dandahthe weapon; apieven; bhagnatamthe state of being broken; pragat attained; sahe; kshatahbroken; nanot; abhavatwas; bakahthe duck; tadathen; evaindeed; caand; agratahin the presence; praptahattained; candamshuhSurya; canda-vikramahpowerful. Indeed, the yama-danda became broken, but the duck was not hurt. Then powerful Surya approached. Text 11

shata-banair bakam daityam sanjaghana dhanur-dharah tikshnaih paksha-gatair banair na mamara bakas tatah shatahundred; banaihwith arrows; bakamthe duck; daityamdemon; sanjaghanastruck; dhanuha bow; dharahhilding; tikshnaihsharp; pakshagataihgone to the wing; banaihwith arrows; nanot; mamaradied; bakahthe duck; tatahthen. The archer Surya struck the demon duck with a hundred sharp arrows flying to his wing. The duck did not die. Text 12 dhanadas tam ca khadgena su-tikshnena jaghana ha chinna-dvitiya-paksho 'bhun na mrito daitya-pungavah dhanadahKuvera; tamhim; caand; khadgenawith a sword; su-tikshnena very sahrp; jaghanastruck; haindeed; chinnacut; dvitiyathe second; pakshah wing; abhunwas; nanot; mritahdied; daitya-pungavahthe best of demons. With a sharp sword Kuvera attacked the demon. His second wing was cut away, but the great demon did not die. Text 13 niharastrena tam somah sanjaghana maha-bakam shitarto murchito daityo na mritah punar utthitah nihara-astrenawith his ice-weapon; tamhim; somahSoma; sanjaghana struck; maha-bakamthe great duck; shitawith cold; artahpained; murchitah fainted; daityahthe demon; nanot; mritahdied; punahagain; utthitahstood. With his ice-weapon Soma struck the great duck. Tormented by the cold, the demon fainted, but then again he stood up.

Text 14 agneyyastrena tam hy agnih santatada maha-bakam bhasma-romabhavad daityo na mamara maha-khalah agneyya-astrenawith his fire-weapon; tamhim; hiindeed; agnihAgni; santatadastruck; maha-bakamthe great duck; bhasmaashes; romafeathers; abhavatbecame; daityahthe demon; nanot; mamaradied; maha-khalah very wicked. With his fire-weapon Agni struck the great duck. Even though his feathers were burned to ashes, the very wicked demon did not die. Text 15 apam patis tam pashena baddhva kau vicakarsha ha karshanat sa maha-papash chinno 'bhun na mritash ca vai apamof the waters; patihthe lord; tamhim; pashenawith a rope; baddhva bound; kauon the ground; vicakarshadragged; haindeed; karshanatfrom dragging; sahe; maha-papahgreat sinner; chinnahbroken; abhutwas; na not; mritahdead; caand; vaiindeed. Varuna bound him with a rope and dragged him across the ground. From the dragging the great sinner was hurt, but he did not die. Text 16 tatada gadaya tam vai bhadrakali tarasvini murchitas tat-praharena param kashmalatam yayau tatadastruck; gadayawith a club; tamhim; vaiindeed; bhadrakali Bhadrakali; tarasvinipowerful; murchitahfainted; tat-praharenaby the blow; paramgreat; kashmalatamcoma; yayauattained.

Then powerful goddess Bhadrakali struck him with a mace. With that blow he fainted and fell into a deep coma. Text 17 kshata-murdha samutthaya vidhunvan sva-tanum punah jagarja ghanavad viro bako daityo maha-khalah kshatawounded; murdhahead; samutthayarose; vidhunvanshaking; svatanumhis body; punahagain; jagarjaroared; ghanavatlike a cloud; virah heroic; bakahduck; daityahdemon; maha-khalahvery wicked. His head broken, the very wicked and powerful demon duck rose, shook his body, and roared like a thundering cloud. Text 18 tada shakti-dharah shaktim tasmai cikshepa sa-tvarah tayaika-pado bhagno 'bhun na mritah pakshinam varah tadathen; shakti-dharahkarttikeya; shaktimsakti; tasmaito him; cikshepa threw; sa-tvarahquickly; tayaby that; ekaone; padahfoot; bhagnah broken; abhunwas; nanot; mritahdied; pakshinamof birds; varahthe best. Then Karttikeya threw his shakti-weapon at him. Although one of his feet was cut, that demon, the best of birds, did not die. Text 19 tada krodhena sahasa dhavan daityas tadit-svanah devan vidravayam asa sva-cancva tikshna-tundaya tadathen; krodhenawith anger; sahasaat once; dhavanrunning; daityah the demon; tadit-svanahmaking a sound of thunder; devanthe demigods; vidravayam asaput to flight; sva-cancvawith his beak; tikshna-tundayavery sharp.

Then, roaring like thunder, the demon angrily chased the demigods and with his sharp beak made them flee. Text 20 agre palayitan devan anvadhavad bako 'mbare punas tatra gato daityo nadayan mandalam disham agreahead; palayitanfleeing; devandemigods; anvadhavatfollowed; bakahthe duck; ambarein the sky; punahagain; tatrathere; gatahwent; daityahthe demon; nadayanfilling with sound; mandalamthe circle; disham of the directions. The demigods flew into the sky and the demon, filling the circle of the directions with sound, flew after them. Text 21 tada devarshayah sarve sarve brahmarshayo dvijah shri-nanda-nandanayashu sa-phalam cashisham daduh tadathen; devarshayahthe devarshis; sarveall; sarveall; brahmarshayah the brahmarshis; dvijahthe brahmanas; shri-nanda-nandanayato the son of Nanda; ashuat ocne; sa-phalamwith results; caand; ashishamblessing; daduhgave. Then all the devarshis, brahmarshis, and brahmanas offered blessings to Nanda's son, Krishna. Text 22 tadaiva krishnas tan-madhye tatana vapur ujjvalam caccharda krishnam sahasa kshata-kanho maha-bakah

tadathen; evaindeed; krishnahKrishna; tan-madhyein the midst of the demon; tatanaexpanded; vapuhform; ujjvalamglorious; cacchardavomited; krishnamKrishna; sahasaat once; kshatabroken; kanhahthroast; mahathe great; bakahduck. Then, from inside the duck Krishna expanded His glorious form. His throat broken, the great duck at once vomited Krishna out. Text 23 punah krishnam samahartum tikshnaya tundayagatam pucche grihitva tam krishnah pothayam asa bhu-tale punahagain; krishnamKrishna; samahartumto grab; tikshnayawith his sharp; tundayagatambeak; pucchethe tail; grihitvagrasping; tamhim; krishnahKrishna; pothayam asathre; bhu-taleto the ground. When the duck came to catch Krishna in his beak, Krishna grasped the duck's tail and threw him to the ground. Text 24 punar utthaya tundam svam prasaryyavasthitam bakam dadara tunde hastabhyam krishnah shakham gajo yatha punahagain; utthayarising; tundambeak; svamown; prasaryyaopening; avasthitamsituated; bakamduck; dadarasplit; tundein the beak; hastabhyam with both hands; krishnahKrishna; shakhama tree-branch; gajahan elephant; yathaas. The duck stood up again and opened his beak. With both hands Krishna split the duck's beak as an elephant breaks a tree-branch. Text 25 tada mritasya daityasya jyotih krishne samavishat

devata vavrishuh pushpair jayaravaih samanvitah tadathen; mritasyadead; daityasyafrom the demon; jyotihlight; krishne in Lord Krishna; samavishatentered; devatathe demigods; vavrishuh showered; pushpaihflowers; jayaof victory; aravaihwith sounds; samanvitah with. Then the demon died. A light left his body and entered Lord Krishna. With shouts of "Victory!", the demigods showered flowers. Text 26 gopala vismitah sarve krishnam samshlishya sarvatah ucus tvam kusali-bhuto mukto mrityu-mukhat sakhe gopalahthe gopas; vismitahsurprised; sarveall; krishnamKrishna; samshlishyaembracing; sarvatahin all respects; ucuhsaid; tvamYou; kusalibhutahare well; muktahfreed; mrityuof death; mukhatfrom the mouth; sakheO friend. Filled with wonder, all the gopas embraced Krishna and said, "Friend, You are saved from death's mouth!" Text 27 evam krishno bakam hatva sa-balo balakaih saha go-vatsair harshito gayann ayayau raja-mandire evamthus; krishnahKrishna; bakamthe duck; hatvahaving killed; sa-balah with Balarama; balakaihthe boys; sahawith; go-vatsaihwith the calves; harshitahjoyful; gayansinging; ayayaucame; raja-mandireto the royal palace. After killing the duck, Krishna, cheerful and singing as He went, returned with the boys and calves to (His father's) palace. Text 28

paripurnatamasyasya shri-krishnasya mahatmanah jagur grihe gata balah shrutvedam te 'ti-vismitah paripurnatamasyasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnasya Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Lord; jaguhsang; grihein the home; gatahwent; balahthe boys; shrutvahearing; idamthis; tethey; ati-vismitah very surprised. When they entered the house, the boys told what Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, had done, and when the people heard it they became filled with wonder. Text 29 shri-bahulashva uvaca ko 'yam daityah purva-kale kasmat kena bako 'bhavat purna-brahmani sarveshe shri-krishne linatam gatah shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said: kahwho?; ayamthis; daityah demon; purva-kalein the previous time; kasmatwhy?; kenaby whom?; bakah a duck; abhavatbecame; purna-brahmaniin the Supreme Brahman; sarveshe the master of all; shri-krishneShri Krishna; linatammerging; gatahattained. Shri Bahulashva said: Who was this demon before? Why did he become a duck? Why was he able to enter Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the master of all? Text 30 shri-narada uvaca hayagriva-suto daitya utkalo nama he nripa rane 'maran vinirjitya shakra-cchatram jahara ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; hayagriva-sutahthe son of hayagriva; daityaa demon; utkalahUtkala; namanamed; heO; nripaking; ranein battle; amaranthe demigods; vinirjityadefeating; shakraof Indra; chatramthe parasol; jaharastole; hacertainly.

Shri Narada said: O king, he was a demon named Utkala, who was Hayagriva's son. He defeated many demigods in battle and he stole Indra's parasol. Text 31 tatha nrinam nripanam ca rajyam hritva maha-balah cakara varshani shatam rajyam sarva-vibhutimat tathaso; nrinamof men; nripanamof kings; caand; rajyamthe kingdom; hritvataking; maha-balahvery powerful; cakaradid; varshaniyears; shatam a hundred; rajyamkingdom; sarva-vibhutimathaving all opulences.

Stealing from the kingdoms of many human kings, for a hundred years this powerful demon ruled a kingdom full of all opulence. Text 32 ekada vicaran daityah sindhu-sagara-sangame jajaler muni-siddhasya parna-shala-samipatah ekadaone day; vicarangoing; daityahthe demon; sindhuof the river; sagaraand the ocean; sangameat the meeting; jajalehof jajali; muni-siddhasya the best of sages; parna-shala-samipatahnear a leaf-hut. One day the demon came near Jajali's Muni's leaf hut at the place where the Ganga meets the ocean. Text 33 jale nikshipya badisham minan akarshayan muhuh nishedhito 'pi munina namanyata sa durmatih

jalein the water; nikshipyathrowing; badisham a fishhook; minana fgish; akarshayancaught; muhuhagain and again; nishedhitahforbidden; apieven; muninaby the sage; nanot; amanyatarespected; sahe; durmatihwickedhearted. Casting a fishhook into the water, the demon caught a fish. Although forbidden again and again, the wicked-hearted demon gave no respect (to the sage's words). Text 34 tasmai shapam dadau siddho jajalir muni-sattamah bakavat tvam jhashan atsi tvam bako bhava durmate tasmaito him; shapama curse; dadaugave; siddhahperfect; jajalihJajali; muni-sattamahthe best of sages; bakavatlike a duck; tvamyou; jhashanfish; atsieat; tvamyou; bakaha duck; bhavabecome; durmateO demon. The perfect sage Jajali cursed him: "O demon, you eat fish like a duck, then become a duck!" Text 35 tat-kshanad baka-rupo 'bhud bhrasta-teja gata-smayah patitah padayos tasya natva praha kritanjalih tat-kshanatfrom that moment; bakaof a duck; rupahthe form; abhut became; bhrastabroken; tejapower; gatagone; smayahpride; patitahfallen; padayohat the feet; tasyaof him; natvabowing down; prahasaid; kritanjalih with folded hands. In a moment he became a duck. His powers lost and his pride and arrogance gone, he fell with folded hands at the sage's feet and spoke to him. Text 36 utkala uvaca na jane te tapash-candam

mune mam pahi jajale sadhunam bhavatam sangam moksha-dvaram param viduh utkalah uvacaUtkala said; nanot; janeI know; teyour; tapash-candam power of austerity; muneO sage; mamme; pahiprotect; jajaleO Jajali; sadhunamof saints; bhavatamof you; sangamassociation; mokshato liberation; dvaramthe door; paramgreat; viduhthey know. Utkala said: O sage, save me! I did not know the power of your austerities. (The wise) know that association with great saints like yourself is the great door to liberation. Text 37 mitre shatrau sama mane 'pamane hema-loshayoh sukhe duhkha-sama ye vai tvadrishah sadhavash ca te mitrefriend; shatrauand enemy; samathe same; manehonor; apamane and dishonor; hemagold; loshayohand a clod of earth; sukhein happiness; duhkhaand unhappiness; samathe same; yewho; vaiindeed; tvadrishah like you; sadhavahsaints; caand; tethey. Saints like yourself see friends and enemies equally. They see that honor and dishonor, gold and a clod of earth, and happiness and unhappiness are all the same. Text 38 kim kim na jatam mahatam darshanat kau mune nrinam parameshhyam ca samrajyam aindra-yoga-padam labhet kimwhat?; kimwhat?; nanot; jatamborn; mahatamof the saints; darshanatfrom the sight; kauon earth; muneO sage; nrinamof men; parameshhyamof Brahma; caand; samrajyamthe kingdom; aindra-yogapadamthe post of Indra; labhetmay obtain. O sage, what, what does one not obtain by seeing great saints? By seeing them one obtains Brahma's kingdom and Indra's station.

Text 39 jajale muni-shardula traivargyam kim abhuj janaih sadhunam kripaya sakshat purnam brahmapi labhyate jajaleO Jajali; muni-shardulaO tiger of sages; traivargyamthe three goals of life; kimwhat?; abhutbecome; janaihby men; sadhunamof sdaints; kripaya by the mercy; sakshatdirectly; purnamthe full; brahmaSupreme; apieven; labhyateis attained. O Jajali, O tiger of sages, what is the use of the three goals of life? By the mercy of great saints one can attain the Supreme Brahman. Text 40 shri-narada uvaca tada prasannah sa munir jajalis tam uvaca ha varsha-shashi-sahasrani tapas taptam ca yena vai shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; prasannahpleased; sahe; munihthe sage; jajalihJajali; tamto him; uvacasaid; haindeed; varsha years; shashi60; sahasranithousand; tapahausterities; taptamto perform; caand; yenaby that; vaiindeed. Shri Narada said: Pleased, Jajali Muni, who had performed austerities for sixtythousand years, spoke to him. Text 41 shri-jajalir uvaca vaivasvatantare prapte hy asha-vimshatime yuge dvaparante bharate 'pi mathure vraja-mandale shri-jajalir uvacaShri Jajali said; vaivasvata-antarein the Vaivasvatamanvantara; prapteattained; hiindeed; asha-vimshatimein the twenntyeighth; yugeyuga; dvaparaof the Dvapara-yuga; anteat the end; bharatein

Bharata-varsha; apialso; mathurein Mathura; vraja-mandalein the circle of Vraja. Shri Jajali said: In the Vaivasvata-manvantara, in the twenty-eighth yuga-cycle, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Bharata-varsha, in Mathura, in the circle of Vraja, . . . Text 42 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam vrindavane gavam vatsamsh carayan vicarishyati paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshacdirectly; chrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself vrindavanein Vrindavana; gavamof cows; vatsancalves; carayanherding; vicarishyatiwill walk. . . . Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will herd many calves in Vrindavana forest. Text 43 tada tan-mayatam krishne yasyasi tvam na samshayah hiranyakshadayo daityah vairenapi param gatah tadathen; tan-mayatamthe state of being of them; krishnein Krishna; yasyasiyou will attain; tvamyou; nano; samshayahdoubt; hiranyakshaadayahheaded by Biranyakas; daityahdemons; vairenawith hatred; apieven; paramthe Supreme; gatahattained. Then you will enter into Lord Krishna. Of this there is no doubt. Even by hating Him, many demons, such as Hiranyaksha, have already attained the Supreme. Text 44 ittham bakasuro daitya utkalo jajaler varat shri-krishne linatam praptah

sat-sangat kim na jayate itthamthus; bakasurahBakasura; daityathe demon; utkalahUtkala; jajaleh of Jajali; varatfrom the blessing; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatam entrance; praptahattained; satof great saints; sangatfrom the association; kim what?; nanot; jayateis born. In this way, by Jajali's blessing, the demon Utkala became Bakasura and entered into Shri Krishna. What is not possible by the association of great saints? .pa

Chapter Six Aghasura-moksha The Liberation of Aghasura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada balakaih sakam go-vatsamsh carayan harih kalindi-nikae ramye bala-kridam cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaonce; balakaihthe boys; sakam with; go-vatsanthe calves; carayanherding; harihKrishna; kalindi-nikaeon the shore of the Yamuna; ramyebeautiful; bala-kridamchildhood pastimes; cakaradid; haindeed. Shri Narada said: Once, as, near the beauitful Yamuna, with the boys He was herding the calves, Krishna enjoyed the pastimes of childhood. Text 2 aghasuro nama mahadaityas tatra sthito 'bhavat krosha-dirgham vapuh kritva prasarya mukha-mandalam aghasurahAghasura; named; namanamed; maha-daityaha great demon; tatrathere; sthitahsituated; abhavatwas; kroshatwo miles; dirghamlong; vapuhbody; kritvadoing; prasaryaopening; mukha-mandalamhis mouth.

A great demon named Aghasura stayed there. His body was two miles long and his mouth wide open. Text 3 durad yam parvatakaram vikshya vrindavane vane gopa jagmur mukhe tasya vatsaih kritvanjali-dhvanim duratfrom far away; yamwhat; parvatakaramthe body of a mountain; vikshyaseeing; vrindavanein Vrindavana; vaneforest; gopathe gopas; jagmuhwent; mukhein the mouth; tasyaof him; vatsaihwith the calves; kritvamaking; anjaliof the hands; dhvanimthe sound. From afar they saw him, his body like a great mountain. Approaching, and clapping their hands, they entered his mouth with the calves. Text 4 tad-rakshartham ca sa-balas tan-mukhe pravishad dharih nigirneshu sa-vatseshu baleshu tv ahi-rupina ha-shabdo 'bhut suranam tu daityanam harsha eva hi krishno vapuh svam vairajam tatanaghodare tatah tad-rakshartham-to protect them; caand; sa-balahwith the boys; tan-mukhe in his mouth; pravishatentered; harihLord Krishna; nigirneshuswallowed; savatseshuwith the calves; baleshuand boys; tvindeed; ahi-rupinain the form of a snake; haof ala; shabdahthe sound; abhutweas; suranamof the demigods; tuindeed; daityanamof the demons; harshajoy; evaindeed; hi indeed; krishnahKrishna; vapuhform; svamown; vairajamuniversal; tatana manifested; aghaof Agha; udarein the belly; tatahthen. To protect them, Krishna entered the mouth along with the boys. When the demon in the form of a snake had swallowed the boys and calves, the demigods cried out, "Alas!" and the demons became happy. Then Krishna expanded His universal form inside Aghasura's stomach.

Text 6 tasya samrodha-gah pranah shiro bhittva vinirgatah tan-mukhan nirgatah krishno balair vatsaish ca maithila tasyaof him; samrodha-gahstopped; pranahthe life breath; sirahhead; bhittvabreaking; vinirgatahleft; tan-mukhanfrom his mouth; nirgatahleft; krishnahKrishna; balaihwith the boys; vatsaihand calves; caand; maithilaO king of Mithila. It's movements stopped, the demon's life-breath broke through the demon's skull and left. Then Krishna and the boys and calves left his mouth, O king of Mithila. Text 7 sa-vatsakan shishun drishva jivayam asa madhavah taj-jyotih shri-ghana-shyame linam jatam tadid yatha sa-vatsakanwith the calves; shishunthe boys; drishvaseeing; jivayam asa restored to life; madhavahKrishna; taj-jyotihhis effulgence; shri-ghana-shyame in Krishna, who was dark as a monsoon cloud; linamentered; jatamborn; tadit lightning flash; yathalike. With a glance Krishna brought the boys and calves to life. Then a light that was like a lightning flash (left the demon's body) and entered Krishna, who was dark as a monsoon cloud. Text 8 tadaiva vavrishur devah pushpa-varshani parthiva evam shrutva muner vakyam maithilo vakyam abravit tadathen; evaindeed; vavrishuhshowered; devahthe demigods; pushpavarshaniwith showers of flowers; parthivaO king; evamthus; shrutvahearing;

munehof the sage; vakyamthe words; maithilahthe king of Mithila; vakyam words; abravitsaid. O king, then the demigods showered flowers. After hearing the sage's words, the king of Mithila spoke. Text 9 shri-rajovaca ko 'yam daityah purva-kale shri-krishne linatam gatah aho vairanubandhena shighram daityo harim gatah shri-raja uvacathe king said; kahwho?; ayamthis; daityahdemon; purvakalein the previous time; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatamentering; gatah attained; ahahOh; vaira-anubandhenawith hatred; shighramquickly; daityah the demon; harimLord Krishna; gatahattained. The king said: Who was this demon in his previous birth that he was able to enter Lord Krishna? Simply by hating Him, this demon quickly attained Lord Krishna. Text 10 shri-narada uvaca shankhasura-suto rajann agho nama maha-balah yuvati-sundarah sakshat kamadeva ivaparah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shankhasura-sutahthe son of Sankhasura; rajannO king; aghahAgha; namanamed; mahavery; balah powerful yuvayoung; ati-sundarahvery handsome; sakshatdirectly; kamadeva Kamadeva; ivalike; aparahanother. Shri Narada said: O king, he was Shankhacuda's son, and his name was Agha. He was young, strong, and very handsome. He was like another Kamadeva. Text 11

ashavakram munim yantam virupam malayacale drishva jahasa tam aghah ku-rupo 'yam iti bruvan ashavakram munimAshavakra Muni; yantamgoing; virupamdisfigured; malayacalein the Malaya Mountains; drishvaseeing; jahasalaughed; tamat him; aghahAgha; ku-rupahungly; ayamthis; itithus; bruvansaying. When he saw the disfigured sage Ashavakra Muni walking by the Malaya Hills, Agha laughed and said, "Who is this ugly person?" Text 12 tam shashapa maha-dusham tvam sarpo bhava durmate kurupa vakra-ga jatih sarpanam bhumi-mandale tamhim; shashapacursed; maha-dushamvery wicked; tvamyou; sarpah a snake; bhavabecome; durmateO wicked-hearted one; kurupaugly; vakragadifigured; jatihbirth; sarpanamof snakes; bhumi-mandaleon the circle of the earth. Then the sage cursed the demon Agha: "O wicked-hearted one, you will become a snake. You will be the ugliest snake in the circle of the earth." Text 13 tat-padayor nipatitam daityam dinam gata-smayam prasannah sa munir varam tasmai dadau punah tat-padayohat his feet; nipatitamfallen; daityamthe demon; dinampoor; gata-smayamhis arrogance gone; drishvaseeing; prasannahsatisfied; sahe; munihthe sage; varambenedication; tasmaito him; dadaugave; punah again. Seeing that the demon, his pride and arrogance now gone, had fallen at his feet, the sage became pleased with him and gave him a benediction.

Text 14 shri-ashavakra uvaca koi-kandarpa-lavanyah shri-krishnas tu tavodare yadagacchet sarpa-rupat tada muktir bhavishyati shri-ashavakra uvacaShri Ashavakra said; koi-kandarpa-lavanyah handsome as millions of Kamadevas; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; tuindeed; tava of you; udarein the stomach; yadawhen; agacchetenters; sarpa-rupatfrom the form of a snake; tadathen; muktihliberation; bhavishyatiwill be. Shri Ashavakta said: Shri Krishna, who is more handsome than many millions of Kamadevas, will enter your stomach. Then you will be free from having a snake's form. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca ashavakrasya shapena sarpo bhutva hy aghasurah tad-varat paramam moksham gato devaish ca durlabham shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; ashavakrasyaof Ashavakra; shapena by the curse; sarpaha snake; bhutvabecoming; hiindeed; aghasurah Aghasura; tad-varatby that benediction; paramamultimate; moksham liberation; gatahattained; devaihby the demigods; caand; durlabhamdifficult to attain. By Ashavakra's curse Aghasura became a snake, and by Ashavakra's blessing Aghasura attained a liberation even the demigods cannot attain. Text 16 vatsad baka-mukhan muktam tato muktam hy aghasurat shrutva kati-dinaih krishnam yashodabhud bhayatura vatsatfrom vatsasura; baka-mukhanfrom Baka's mouth; muktamfreed; tatahthen; muktamfreed; hiindeed; aghasuratfrom Aghasura; shrutva

hearing; kati-dinaihfor some days; krishnamKrishna; yashodaYashoda; abhut become; bhayawith fear; aturaovercome. Hearing how in only a few days Krishna was rescued from Vatsasura, Bakasura's beak, and now from Aghasura, Yashoda became filled with fears. Texts 17 and 18 kalavatim rohinim ca gopi-gopanvayadhikan vrishabhanu-varam gopam nandarajam vrajeshvaram navopanandan nandamsh ca vrishabhanun vrajeshvaran samahuya tad-agre ca vacah praha yashomati kalavatimKalavati; rohinimRohini; caand; gopi-gopanvayadhikanthe most important gopas and gopis; vrishabhanu-varamKing Vrishabhanu; gopamthe gopa; nandarajamKing Nanda; vrajeshvaramthe master of Vraja; navanine; upanandanUpanandas; nandanNandas; caand; vrishabhanunthe Vrishabhanus; vrajeshvaranthe rulers of Vraja; samahuyacalling; tad-agrein their presence; caand; vacahwords; prahasaid; yashomatiYashoda. Calling together Kalavati, Rohini, the most important gopas and gopis, the gopa king Vrishabhanu, Vraja's king Nanda, the nine Upanandas, the Nandas, the Vrishabhanus, and the various leaders of Vraja, Yashoda spoke to them. Text 19 shri-yashodovaca kim karomi kva gacchami kalyanam me katham bhavet mat-sute bahavo 'rishah agacchanti kshane kshane shri-yashoda uvacaShri Yashoda said; kimwhat?; karomishall I do?; kva where; gacchamishall I go; kalyanamauspiciousness; mefor me; katham how?; bhavetwill be; mat-sutefor my son; bahavahmany; arishah calamities; agacchanticome; kshanemoment Krishna; kshaneafter moment.

Shri Yashoda said: What shall I do? Where shall I go? How will I be happy? Moment after moment many calamities have fallen on my son. Text 20 purvam maha-vanam tyaktva vrindaranye gata vayam etat tyaktva kva yasyamo deshe vadata nirbhaye purvambefore; maha-vanamMahavana; tyaktvaleaving; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; gatagone; vayamwe; etatthis; tyaktvaleaving; kvawhere?; yasyamahwe will go; deshein a country; vadatatell; nirbhayethat will not be fearful. First we left Mahavana and came to Vrindavana. If we leave Vrindavana to what safe country, where there will be no fearful calamities, could we go? Please tell me. Text 21 cancalo 'yam balako me kridan dure prayati hi balakash cancalah sarve na manyante vaco mama cancalahrestless; ayamthjis; balakahboy; meof mine; kridanplaying; durefar away; prayatigoes; hiindeed; balakahboys; cancalahrestless; sarveall; nanot; manyanteare considered; vacahwords; mamamy. When He plays, my restless boy goes far away. All the boys are restless. I am not the only one to say that. Text 22 bakasurash ca me balam tikshna-tundo 'grasad bali tasman muktam tu jagraharbhakair dinam aghasurah bakasurahBakasura; caand; memy; balamboy; tikshna-tundaha sharp beak; agrasatswallowed; balipowerful; tasmanfrom that; muktamrescued; tu

indeed; jagrahagrabbed; arbhakaihwith the boys; dinamone day; aghasurah Aghasura. Powerful and sharp-beaked Bakasura swallowed my boy. Somehow He was rescued. Another day Aghasura swallowed my boy and all the other boys. Text 23 vatsasuras taj-jighamshuh so 'pi daivena maritah vatsartham sva-grihad balam na bahih karayamy aham vatsasuras-Vatsasura; taj-jighamshuhyearning to kill Him; sahhe; apieven; daivenaby fate; maritahwas killed; vatsarthamfor the sake of the calves; svagrihatfrom His own home; balamthe boy; nanot; bahihoutside; karayami cause to do; ahamI. When he tried to kill my boy, Vatsasura was himself killed by his own fate. Now I do not allow my boy to go outside to care for the calves. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca ittham vadantim satatam rudantim yashomatim vikshya jagada nandah ashvasayam asa su-garga-vakyair dharmartha-vid dharma-bhritam varishhah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; vadantimspeaking; satatamagain and again; rudantimweeping; yashomatimYashoda; vikshya seeing; jagadaspoke; nandahNanda; ashvasayam asacomforted; su-gargavakyaihwith the words of Garga Muni; dharmartha-vitwho understood the meaning of religion; dharma-bhritamof the pious; varishhahthe best. Shri Narada said: Glancing at Yashoda as she spoke these words and wept, Nanda, who was the best of the pious and who understood the true meaning of religion, spoke to her. He comforted her by repeating the words of Garga Muni. Text 25

shri-nandaraja uvaca garga-vakyam tvaya sarvam vismritam he yashomati brahmananam vacah satyam nasatyam bhavati kvacit shri-nandaraja uvacaNanda Maharaja said; gargaof Garga Muni; vakyam the words; tvayaby you; sarvamall; vismritamforgotten; he yashomatiO Yashoda; brahmananamof the brahmanas; vacahthe words; satyamtrue; na not; asatyamuntrue; bhavatiare; kvacitever. Nanda Maharaja said: O Yashoda, you have completely forgotten Garga Muni's words. The words of the brahmanas are always true. They are never untrue. Text 26 tasmad danam prakartavyam sarvarisha-nivaranam danat param tu kalyanam na bhutam na bhavishyati tasmattherefore; danamcharity; prakartavyamshould be given; sarvaall; arishacalamities; nivaranamdispeling; danatthan charity; parambetter; tu indeed; kalyanamgood fortune; nanot; bhutammanifested; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be. Therefore charity should be given. That will dispel all calamities. There has never been nor will there ever be a source of good fortune better than giving charity. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca tada yashoda viprebhyo nava-ratnam maha-dhanam svalankaramsh ca balasya sa-balasya dadau nripa shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; yashodaYashoda; viprebhyah to the brahmanas; nava-ratnamnine jewels; mahagreat; dhanamwealth; svalankaranown ornaments; caand; balasyaof the boy; sa-balasyawith Balarama; dadaugave; nripaO king.

Shri Narada said: O king, on behalf of her boy and Balarama, Yashoda then gave to the brahmanas great wealth, seven kinds of precious jewels, and even her own ornaments. Text 28 ayutam vrishabhanam ca gavam laksham manoharam dvi-laksham anna-bharanam nando danam dadau tatah ayutamten thousand; vrishabhanambulls; caand; gavamcows; laksham a hundred thousand; manoharambeautiful; dvi-laksamtwo hundred thousand; annaof grains; bharanambharas; nandahNanda; danamcharity; dadau gave; tatahthen. The Nanda gave in charity ten thousand bulls, a hundred thousand beautiful cows, and two hundred thousand bharas of grain. .pa

Chapter Seven Vatsa-vatsapala-harana Kidnapping of the Calves and Cowherd Boys Text 1 athanyac chrinu rajendra shri-krishnasya mahatmanah kaumare kridanam cedam paugande kirtanam yatha athathen; anyatanother; shrinuplease hear; rajendraO king of kings; shrikrishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kaumarein childhood; kridanamplaying; caand; idamthis; paugandein pauganda; kirtanamglory; yathaas. O king of kings, please listen as I describe other pastimes Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, enjoyed in His kaumara and pauganda years. Text 2

shri-krishno 'gha-mukhan mrityo rakshitva vatsa-vatsapan yamuna-pulinam gatva prahedam harsha-vardhanam shri-krishnahLord Krishna; agha-mukhatfrom Agha's mouth; mrityahfrom death; rakshitvasaving; vatsathe calves; vatsapanand the calfherd-boys; yamuna-pulinamto the shore of the Yamuna; gatvagoing; prahasaid; idam this; harshajoy; vardhanamincreasing. After rescuing the calves and gopas from death in Aghasura's mouth, Shri Krishna went to the Yamuna's shore and spoke the following delightful words: Texts 3-5 aho 'ti-ramyam pulinam priyam komala-valukam sharat-praphulla-padmanam paragaih paripuritam vayuna tri-vidhakhyena sugandhena sugandhitam madhupa-dhvani-samyuktam kunja-druma-latakulam atropavishya gopala dinaika-prahare gate bhojanasyapi samayam tasmat kuruta bhojanam ahahOh; ati-ramyamvery beautiful; pulinamshore; priyamfavorite; komalasoft; valukamsand; sharatautumn; praphullablooming; padmanam of lotuses; paragaihwith pollen; paripuritamfilled; vayunaby the breeze; trividhakhyenanamed trividha; sugandhenawith the fragrance; sugandhitam scented; madhupaof bees; dhvanithe sound; samyuktamwith; kunjaforest; drumatrees; latavines; akulamfilled; atrahere; upavishyaentering; gopala O gopas; dinaof the day; ekaone; praharea period of three hourse; gate passed; bhojanasyaof lunch; apialso; samayamthe time; tasmatfrom that; kurutado; bhojanamlunch. O gopas, let us go to this beautiful and pleasing riverbank of soft sands, which is flooded with pollen from the lotuses blossoming in autumn, fragrant with a breeze carrying three scents, and filled with trees, vines, and the humming of bees, and, now that three hours have passed and it is time for lunch, let us take our lunch here.

Text 6 atra bhojana-yogya bhur drishyate mridu-valuka vatsakah salilam pitva te carishyanti shadvalam atrahere; bhojana-yogyasuitable for lunch; bhuhplace; drishyatewas seen; mridusoft; valukasands; vatsakahthe calves; salilamwater; pitva drinking; tethey; carishyantiwill go; shadvalamto the new grasses. I see that this place with soft sands is a very good place for our lunch. The calves will drink the water here, and then they will go to the new grasses there. Text 7 iti krishna-vacah shrutva tathety ahush ca balakah prakartum bhojanam sarve hy upavishah sarit-tae itithus; krishnaof Krishna; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; tathaso be it; itithus; ahuhsaid; caand; balakahthe boys; prakartumto do; bhojanam lunch; sarveall; hiindeed; upavishahsat down; saritof the river; taeon the bank. Hearing Krishna's words, the boys said, "So be it." They all sat down on the riverbank to take lunch. Text 8 atha kecid balakash ca yesham parshve na bhojanam te tu krishnasya karnante jagadur dinaya gira athathen; kecitsome; balakahboys; caand; yeshamof them; parshve on the side; nanot; bhojanamlunch; tethey; tuindeed; krishnasyaof Krishna; karnantein the ear; jagaduhspoke; dinaya girawith a whisper. Some boys, who had not brought lunch, whispered in Krishna's ear:

Text 9 vayam tu kim karishyamo 'smat parshve na tu bhojanam nanda-gramam tu duram hi gacchamo vatsakair vayam vayamwe; tuindeed; kimwhat; karishyamahwill do; asmatof us; parshveon the side; nanot; tuindeed; bhojanamlunch; nandaof Nanda; gramamthe village; tuindeed; duramfar away; hiindeed; gacchamahwe go; vatsakaihwith the calves; vayamwe. We did not bring any lunch. With the calves we have come very far from Nanda's village. Text 10 iti shrutva harih praha ma shokam kuruta priyah aham dasyami sarvesham prayatnenapi bhojanam tasman mad-vakya-niratah sarve bhavata balakah itithus; shrutvahearing; harihKrishna; prahasaid; madon't; shokam lament; kurutado; priyahdear friends; ahamI; dasyamiwill give; sarvesham of all; prayatnenacarefully; apialso; bhojanamthe lunch; tasmattherefore; matof Me; vakyaon the words; niratahintent; sarveall; bhavatabecome; balakahO boys; Hearing this, Krishna said: Dear friends, don't lament. I will carefully give lunch to everyone. All you boys just follow My words. Text 11 iti krishnasya vacanat krishna-parshve ca te sthitah muktva shikyani sarve 'nye bubhujuh krishna-samyutah itithus; krishnasyaof Krishna; vacanatfrom the words; krishna-parshveat Krishna's side; caand; tethey; sthitahsituated; muktvagiving up; shikyani

ropes; sarveall; anyeothers; bubhujuhate; krishna-samyutahin Krishna's company. On Krishna's word all the boys assembled around Krishna, put down their goparopes, and ate their lunch in Krishna's company. Text 12 cakara krishnah kila raja-mandalim gopala-balaih puratah prapuritaih aneka-varnair vasanaih prakalpitair madhye sthito pita-paena bhushitah cakaramade; krishnahKrishna; kilaindeed; raja-mandalima royal circle; gopala-balaihwith gopa boys; puratahin the presence; prapuritaihfilled; anekavarnaihwith many different kinds; vasanaihwith garments; prakalpitaihmade; madhyein the middle; sthitahsituated; pita-paenawith a yellow garment; bhushitahdecorated. With the gopa boys dressed in garments of many colors, Krishna made a royal circle, with Himself, dressed in yellow, in the center. Text 13 reje tatah so vara-gopa-darakair yathamaresho hy amaraish ca sarvatah punar yathambhoruha-komalair dalair madhye tu vaideha suvarna-karnika rejeshone; tatahthen; sahHe; vara-gopa-darakaihwith the gopa boys; yathaas; amaraof the demigods; ishahthe king; hiindeed; amaraihwith the demigods; caand; sarvatahall; punahagain; yathaas; ambhoruhalotus; komalaihsoft; dalaihwith petals; madhyein the middle; tuindeed; vaidehaO king of Videha; suvarnagolden; karnikawhorl. O king of Videha, surrounded by the gopa boys as Indra is surrounded by the demigods or a lotus whorl is surrounded by many soft petals, Krishna shone with great splendor. Text 14

kusumair ankuraih kecit pallavaish ca dalaih phalaih hastair drishadbhih shigbhish ca jakshus te krita-bhajanah kusumaihwith flowers; ankuraihwith grass; kecitsome; pallavaihwith twigs; caand; dalaihwith leaves; phalaihwith fruits; hastaihwith hands; drishadbhihwith stones; shigbhihwith rope; caand; jakshuhate; tethey; kritahaving made; bhajanahdishes. Making lunch-trays out of flowers, grass, twigs, leaves, fruit, rocks, rope, or their hands, the boys ate. Text 15 tatraiko balakah shighram krishnaya kavalam dadau krishnas tu kavalam bhuktva sarvan pashyann idam jagau tatrathere; ekahone; balakahboy; shighramquickly; krishnayato Krishna; kavalama morsel; dadaugave; krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; kavalam the morsel; bhuktvaate; sarvanall; pashyannseeing; idamthis; jagausaid. Then one boy suddenly gave a morsel to Krishna. Krishna ate it, glanced at everyone, and said: Text 16 anyan nidarshayan svadu naham janami vai sakhe tathety uktva sa balash ca nitvanyan kavalan dadau anyanthe others; nidarshayanshowing; svadudelicious; nanot; ahamI; janamiknow; vaiindeed; sakheO friend; tathaso be it; itithus; uktva saying; saHe; balahthe boy; caand; nitvabringing; anyanothers; kavalan morsels; dadaugave. Showing the others, Krishna said: Friend, I do not know of anything more delicious than this. The boy said: It is so. Then the boy gave morsels of that food to the others.

Text 17 bhuktva te kathayam asuh prahasantah parasparam punas tatrapi subalo haraye kavalam dadau bhuktvaeating; tethey; kathayam asuhsaid; prahasantahlaughing; parasparamamong themselves; punahagain; tatrathere; apialso; subalah Subala; harayeto Krishna; kavalam amorsel; dadaugave. Joking and laughing, the boys ate. Then Subala gave a morsel of food to Krishna. Text 18 krishnas tu kavalam kincid bhuktva tatra jahasa ha ye bhukta-kavala balas te sarve jahasuh sphuam krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; kavalamthe morsel; kincita little bit; bhuktva eating; tatrathere; jahasalaughed; haAh!; yewho; bhuktaeating; kavalah the morsel; balahthe boys; tethey; sarveall; jahasuhlaughed; sphuam aloud. Krishna tasted the morsel and laughed. All the boys that tasted that food laughed aloud. Text 19 shri-bala ucuh yasya matamaha mudha shrinu nanda-kumaraka na jnanam bhojane tasya tasmat svadu na vidyate shri-balah ucuhthe boys said; yasyaof whom; matamahathe grandmother; mudhabewildered; shrinulisten; nandaof Nanda; kumarakaO son; nanot; jnanamknowledge; bhojanein eating; tasyaof him; tasmattherefore; svadu delicious; nanot; vidyateis.

The boys said: O son of Nanda, his bewildered grandmother does not know how to cook. That was not delicious. Text 20 tato dadau ca kavalam shridama madhavaya ca anyan sarvan bahu-shreshham jaguh sarve vrajarbhakah tatahthen; dadaugave; caand; kavalama morsel; shridamaShridama; madhavayato Krishna; caand; anyanthe others; sarvanall; bahu-shreshham the best; jaguhsaid; sarveall; vrajaof Vraja; arbhakahthe boys. Then Shridama gave a morsel to Krishna and the other boys. All the boys of Vraja declared, "This is the best." Text 21 punah krishnaya pradadau kavalam ca varuthapah anyan balams tatha sarvan kincit kincit prayatnatah punahagain; krishnayato Krishna; pradadaugave; kavalama morsel; ca and; varuthapahvaruthapa; anyanto the other; balanboys; tathathen; sarvan all; kincitsomething; kincitsomething; prayatnatahcarefully. Then Varuthapa earnestly gave a morsel to Krishna and all the other boys. Text 22 bhuktva tu jahasuh sarve shri-krishnadya vrajarbhakah shri-bala ucuh tadrisham bhojanam casya yadrisham subalasya vai bhuktvaeating; headed by Krishna; said; tadrishamlike which; subalasyaof tuindeed; jahasuhlaughed; sarveall; shri-krishnadya vrajarbhakahthe boys of Vraja; shri-balah ucuhthe boys that; bhojanamfood; caand; asyaof him; yadrishamlike Subala; vaiindeed.

When they ate it, Krishna and all the boys of Vraja laughed. The boys said, "This is like Subala's food. Text 23 bhuktvaty-udvigna-manasah sarve vayam atah kila evam prithak prithak sarve darshayantah sva-bhojanam bhuktvaeating; aty-udvigna-manasahvery unhappy at heart; sarveall; vayamwe; atahtherefore; kilaindeed; evamthus; prithak prithak individually; sarveall; darshayantahshowing; sva-bhojanamown lunch. "by eating this we have all become very unhappy at heart." In this way each boy showed his lunch to the others. Text 24 hasayanto hasantash ca cakruh kridam parasparam jaharasya pae venum vetram shringam ca kakshake hasayantahmaking others laugh; hasantahlaughing; caand; cakruhdid; kridampastimes; parasparamtogether; jaharasyaof the abdomen; paein the cloth; venumflute; vetramstick; shringamhorn; caand; kakshakein the hiding place. Laughing and making each other laugh, the boys enjoyed pastimes. Tucked into the cloth about His waist His flute, stick, and horn, . . . Text 25 vame panau ca kavalam hy angulishu phalani ca shirasa mukuam bibhrat skandhe pita-paam tatha

vamein the left; panauhand; caand; kavalama morsel of food; hi indeed; angulishuin the fingers; phalanifruits; caand; shirasaby the head; mukuama crown; bibhratholding; skandheon the shoulders; pita-paam yellow garments; tathaso. . . . in His left hand a morsel of food, on His fingers pieces of fruit, on His head a crown, over His shoulder a yellow cloth, . . . Text 26 hridaye vana-malam ca kaau kancim tathaiva ca padayor nupurau bibhrac chrivatsam kaustubham hridi hridayeon the chest; vana-malam a forest garland; caand; kaauon the hips; kancim abelt; tathaso; evaindeed; caand; padayohon His feet; nupurauanklets; bibhratwearing; shrivatsamShrivatsa; kaustubhamand Kautubha; hridiom His chest. . . . on His chest a forest garland, on His hips a belt, on His feet anklets, on His chest a Kaustubha jewel and Shrivatsa mark, . . . Text 27 tishhan madhye gopa-goshhyam hasayan narmabhih svakaih svarge loke ca mishati bubhuje yajna-bhug gharih tishhansituated; madhyein the center; gopa-goshhyamof the gopas; hasayanmaking laugh; narmabhihwith jokes; svakaihown; svargeon Svargaloka; lokeon the other planets; caand; mishatigazing; bubhuje enjoyed; yajna-bhukthe enjoyer of sacrifices; harihLord Krishna. . . . staying in the midst of the gopas and making them laugh with His joking words as the people of Svargaloka and the other planets gazed with wonder, Lord Krishna, the enjoyer of sacrifices, enjoyed many pastimes. Text 28 evam krishnatma-natheshu

bhunjaneshv arbhakeshu ca vivishur gahvare duram trina-lobhena vatsakah evamthus; krishnaKrishna; atmaown; natheshuLord; bhunjaneshu eating; arbhakeshuamong the boys; caand; vivishuhentered; gahvarethe deep forest; duramfar away; trina-lobhenaeager for grass; vatsakahthe calves. As the boys, for whom Krishna was the Lord of their lives, ate, the calves, greedy for more grass, went far away, deep in the forest. Text 29 vilokya tan bhaya-trastan gopan krishna uvaca ha yuyam gacchantu maham tu hy aneshye vatsakan iha vilokyaseeing; tanthem; bhaya-trastanfrightened; gopanteh gopas; krishnaKrishna; uvacasaid; haO; yuyamyou; gacchantugo; madon't; aham I; tuindeed; hiindeed; aneshyewill bring; vatsakanthe calves; ihahere. Seeing that the gopas were frightened, Krishna said to them, "Don't go. I shall bring the calves here." Text 30 ity uktva krishna utthaya grihitva kavalam kare vicikaya dari-kunjagahvare vatsakan svakan itithus; uktvasaying; krishnaKrishna; utthayarising; grihitvataking; kavalama morsel of food; karein His hand; vicikayato search; darithe caves; kunja-gahvareand forest groves; vatsakanthe calves; svakanown. Saying this, Krishna stood up, took a morsel of food in His hand, and left to search the caves and forests for the calves. Text 31

tadaiva cambhoja-bhavah samagato vilokya muktim hy agha-rakshasasya ca dadarsha krishnam puline yatha-ruci bhunjanam annam vraja-balakaih saha tadathen; evaindeed; caand; ambhoja-bhavahBrahma; samagatah came; vilokyaseeing; muktimliberation; hiindeed; agha-rakshasasyaof Aghasura; caand; dadarshasaw; krishnamKrishna; pulineon the shore; yatha-rucias He pleased; bhunjanameating; annamlunch; vraja-balakaihthe boys of Vraja; sahawith. Then the demigod Brahma, who had already seen the liberation of Aghasura, came and gazed at Krishna happily eating lunch with the boys on the riverbank. Text 32 drishva ca krishnam manasa sa uce tv ayam hi gopo na hi deva-devah harir yadi syad bahu-kutsitanne katham rato va vraja-gopa-balaih drishvaseeing; caand; krishnamKrishna; manasain his mind; sahe; ucesaid; tvindeed; ayamHe; hiindeed; gopaha gopa; nanot; hiindeed; deva-devahthe master of the demigods; harihLord Hari; yadiif; syatis; bahu very; kutsitawretched; annein food; kathamhow?; ratahenjoying; vaor; vraja-gopa-balaihwith Vraja's gopa boys. As he gazed at Krishna, Brahma said in his mind, "This must be a gopa. He cannot be Lord Hari, the Personality of Godhead. Why would Lord Hari enjoy such wretched food with the gopa boys of Vraja?" Text 33 ity uktva mohito brahma mayaya paramatmanah drashum manju mahattvam tu manash cakre hy aho nripa itithus; uktvaspeaking; mohitahbewildered; brahmaBrahma; mayayaby the illusory potency; paramatmanahof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; drashumto see; manjubeautiful; mahattvamglory; tuindeed; manahmind; cakredid; hiindeed; ahahOh; nripaking.

After speaking these words, Brahma became bewildered by the Lord's illusory potency. O king, he set his heart on seeing the beautiful glories of the Lord. Text 34 sarvan vastan ito gopan nitva khe 'vasthitah pura antardadhe vismito 'jo drishvaghasura-mokshanam sarvanall; vastanthe calves; itahfrom there; gopanthe gopas; nitva taking; khein the sky; avasthitahsituated; purabefore; antardadhe disappeared; vismitahsurprised; ajahBrahma; drishvahaving seen; aghasuramokshanamthe liberation of Aghasura. As he stood in the sky, Brahma, and who was very surprised to see Aghasura's liberation, stole all the calves and boys and disappeared. .pa

Chapter Eight Shri Krishna-darshana-varnana Description of Seeing Lord Krishna Text 1 shri-narada uvaca adrishva vatsakan etya vatsapan puline harih ubhau vicinvan vipine mene karma vidheh kritam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said: ; adrishvanot seeing; vatsakanthe calves; etyagoing; vatsapanto the gopas; pulineon the shore; harihKrishna; ubhauboth; vicinvansearching; vipinein the forest; menethought; karma the work; vidhehof Brahma; kritamdone. Shri Narada said: Not seeing the calves, returning to the riverbank and not seeing the gopas, and then searching in the forest for them both, Krishna thought, "This must be Brahma's work."

Text 2 tato gavam gopikanam mudam kartum sa lilaya sarvam tu vishva-kric cakre hy atmanam ubhayayitam tatahthen; gavamof the cows; gopikanamof the gopis; mudamhappiness; kartumto do; saHe; lilayaplayfully; sarvamall; tuindeed; vishva-kritthe creator of the universes; cakremade; hiindeed; atmanamHimself; ubhayayitamboth. Then, to please the cows and gopis, Lord Krishna, who is the creator of the universes, made Himself into (the calves and boys). Texts 3 and 4 yavat vatsapa-vatsanam vapuh pani-padadikan yavad yashi-visanadin yavac chila-gunadikan yavad bhushana-vastradin tavac chri-harina svatah sarvam vishnumayam vishvam iti vakyam pradarshitam yavatas; vatsapagopas; vatsanamand calves; vapuhforms; panipadadikanbeginning weith feet and hands; yavatas; yashisticks; visana horns; adinbeginning with; yavacas; shilacharacter; gunaand qualities; adikanbeginning with; yavatas; bhushana-vastradinbeginning with graments and ornaments; tavacso; chri-harinaby Lord Krishna; svatahpwrsonally; sarvamall; vishnumayamconsisting of Lord Vishnu; vishvamthe universe; iti thus; vakyamthe statement; pradarshitamdemonstrated. Whatever were the gopas' and calves' forms, with their hands, feet, and other parts, whatever were their sticks, horns, and other possessions, whatever were their characters, qualities, and other features, and whatever were their clothes, ornaments, and other things, Lord Krishna perfectly copied. In this way He proved the Vedic statement: "sarvam vishnumayam vishvam" (The entire universe is Lord Vishnu). Text 5

atma-vatsan atma-gopaish carayan kridaya harih pravishan nanda-nagaram asham-giri-gate ravau atmaself; vatsancalves; atmaself; gopaihwith gopas; carayanhering; kridayawith pastimes; harihKrishna; pravishanentered; nanda-nagaramthe village of Nanda; asham-giri-gateon the western horizon; ravauthe sun. As the sun was setting on the western horizon, Krishna, herding calves that were in truth Himself, and accompanied by gopas that were also Himself, playfully entered Nanda's village. Text 6 tat-tad-goshhe prithan nitva tat-tad-vatsan praveshya ca krishno 'bhavat tat-tad-atma tat-tad-geham pravishavan tat-tad-goshheto the various barns; prithakvariously; nitvabringing; tattad-vatsanthe various calves; praveshyabringin ginside; caand; krishnah Krishna; abhavatbecame; tat-tad-atmavarious; tat-tad-gehamvarious homes; pravishavanentered. The many gopas, who were all Krishna, led the various calves, who were also Krishna, to their respective barns. Then the gopas entered their own homes. Text 7 shrutva vamshi-ravam gopyah sambhramac chighram utthitah payamsi payayam asur lalayitva sutan prithak shrutvahearing; vamshiof the flute; ravamthe sound; gopyahthe gopis; sambhramatfainted; shighramat once3; utthitahstood up; payamsimilk; payayam asuhmade flow; lalayitvaembracing; sutansons; prithak individually. Hearing the sound of the flute, the gopis fainted and then suddenly stood up. As milk flowed from them, each embraced her son.

Text 8 svan svan vatmsams tatha gavo rambhamanan nirikshya ca lihantyo jihvayangani payamsi ca hy apayayan svan svantheir own; vatmsancalves; tathaso; gavahthe cows; rambhamananmooing; nirikshyaseeing; caand; lihantyahlicking; jihvayanganiiwth the tongue; payamsimilk; caand; hiindeed; apayayan made drink. Seeing their calves, the cows mooed. They licked the calves with their tongues, and made the calves drink their milk. Text 9 abhavan matarah sarva gopyo gavo harer aho ati-sneham ca vavridhe purvato hi catur-gunam abhavanbecame; matarahmothers; sarvaall; gopyahthe gopis; gavah cows; harehof Krishna; ahahOh; ati-snehamgreat love; caand; vavridhe expanded; purvatahthan before; hiindeed; catur-gunamfour times. In this way all the gopis and cows became Krishna's mothers. Their love for their children became four times what it had been. Text 10 sva-putran lalayitva tu majjanonmardanadibhih pashcad gopyash ca krishnasya darshanam kartum ayayuh sva-putranown sons; lalayitvaembracing; tuindeed; majjanabathing; unmardanamassaging; adibhihbeginning with; pashcatthen; gopyahthe gopis; caand; krishnasyaof Krishna; darshanamthe sight; kartumto do; ayayuhattained.

As they embraced, bathed, massaged, and in other ways served their sons, the gopis now gazed on Lord Krishna. Text 11 anekanam tu balanam udvahah krishna-rupinam babhuvus tah vraje vadhvo ratah krishne tu koishah anekanammany; tuindeed; balanamof boys; udvahahweddings; krishna Krishna; rupinamthe forms; babhuvuhwere; tahthey; vrajein Vraja; vadhvah the girls; ratahin love; krishnewith Krishna; tuindeed; koishahmillions. Then the millions of gopi girls, who were all deeply in love with Krishna, were married to the many gopa boys, who at that time were all forms of Krishna. Text 12 vatsa-pala-mishenapi svatmanam hy atmana hareh palito vatsarash caiko babhuva vraja-mandale vatsa-palaof being gopa boys; mishenaon the preText; apialso; svatmanam Himself; hiindeed; atmanaHimself; harehof Lord Krishna; palitahprotected; vatsarahyear; caand; ekahone; babhuvawas; vraja-mandalein the circle of Vraja. In the circle of Vraja one year passed with Krishna disguising Himself as both the calves and gopas. He was the calves and He was the gopas protecting the calves. Text 13 sa-ramash caikadha vatsamsh caranyam carayan yayau hayanapuranishv atra pancashasu ca ratrishu

sa-ramahwith Balaram; caand; ekadhaone day; vatsantrhe calves; ca and; aranyamto the forest; carayanherding; yayauwent; hayanaone year; apuranishuunfulfilled; atrathere; pancashasufive; caand; ratrishunights. On the day when there were only five nights remaining to complete the year, Krishna and Balarama went to the forest as They herded the calves. Text 14 tatrapi durac caratash ca gavo vatsan upavrajya giresh ca shringat lihanti cangani vilokayantyo hy apayayams ta amritani sadyah tatrapistill; duracfrom far away; caratahgoing; caand; gavahthe cows; vatsanto the calves; upavrajyaapproaching; girehfrom the mountain; caand; shringatfrom the top; lihantilicks; caand; anganilimbs; vilokayantyah gazing; hiindeed; apayayangave to drink; tathey; amritaninectar; sadyah at once. From far away on the summit of Govardhana Hill the cows ran to their calves, licked their bodies, gazed on them, and made them drink the nectar of their milk. Text 15 govardhanad adho vatsan pita-dugdhan vilokya ca snehavritah sthita gash ca gopala dadrishur nripa govardhanatGovardhana Hill; adhahbelow; vatsanthe calves; pitadrunk; dugdhanthe milk; vilokyaseeing; caand; snehavritahfilled with affection; sthitasituated; gahthe cows; caand; gopalagopas; dadrishuhsaw; nripaO king. O king, the cowherd men saw the calves, who had already drunk their (mothers') milk, staying below Govardhana Hill, and they saw the cows, overcome with love for their calves, also staying there. Text 16

tatah krodhena mahata parvatad avatirya ca tadanarthe sva-putranam ajagmuh kacchato drutam tatahthen; krodhenawith anger; mahatagreat; parvatatfrom the hill; avatiryadescending; caand; tadana-artheto punish; sva-putranamown sons; ajagmuhcame; kacchatahvicinity; drutamquickly. As the men came down from the hill to hit the cows, they suddenly came upon their own sons. Text 17 tadagata samipe tu putranam gopa-nayakah svan svan sutams tadonniya hy anke kritva milanti vai tadathen; agatahcome; samipenear; tuindeed; putranamof sons; gopanayakahthe gopa men; svan svanown; sutamhsons; tadathen; unniya placing; hiindeed; ankeon the lap; kritvadoing; milantimeet; vaiindeed. Meeting them, the gopa men immediately placed their sons on their laps. Text 18 yatha yuvano vriddhash ca snehad ashru-pariplutah svan svan pautran grihitva tu hy upavisha milanti hi yathaas; yuvanahyoung; vriddhahold; caand; snehatout of love; ashrupariplutahdrowning in tears; svanown; svanown; pautrangrandsons; grihitva taking; tuindeed; hiindeed; upavishasat; milantimeet; hiindeed. Young and old were flooded with tears of love. The men embraced their sons and grandsons and sat down with them. Text 19

evam prema-paran sarvan drishva sankarshano balah bahu-prakaram sandeham kritva manasi so 'bravit evamthus; prema-paranfilled with love; sarvanall; drishvaseeing; sankarshanahBalarama; balahpowerful; bahu-prakarammany kinds; sandehamdoubt; kritvadoing; manasiin the mind; sahHe; abravitsaid. Seeing everyone so affectionate, powerful Balarama had many doubts. In His mind he said: Text 20 aho kim vatsarat prapto na jnato 'pi vraje maya ati-snehas tu sarvesham vardhate ca dine dine ahah-Oh; kimwhat?; vatsaratfrom a year; praptahattained; nanot; jnatahunderstood; apieven; vrajein Vraja; mayaby Me; ati-snehahvery affectionate; tuindeed; sarveshamof all; vardhateincreases; caalso; dine dineday after day. I do not understand what has happened for the past year. Everyone is so affectionate, and their love increases day after day. Text 21 keyam maya samayata deva-gandharva-rakshasam nanya me mohini maya vina krishnasya sampratam kawhat?; iyamthis; mayaillusion; samayatacome; deva-gandharvarakshasamof the devas, gandharvas, and raksasas; nanot; anyaanother; me Me; mohinibewildering; mayaillusion; vinawithout; krishnasyaKrishna; sampratamnow. Is this an illusion made by the devas, gandharvas, or rakshasas? No one but Krishna can bewilder Me.

Text 22 evam vicarya ramas tu locane sve nyamilayat bhutam bhavyam bhavishyam ca divyakshabhyam dadarsha ha evamin this way; vicaryathinking; ramahBalarama; tuindeed; locane eyes; sveown; nyamilayatclosed; bhutamwas; bhavyamis; bhavishyamwill be; caand; divyatranscendental; akshabhyamwith eyes; dadarshasaw; ha indeed. Thinking this, Balarama closed His eyes. Then with transcendental eyes He looked at the past, present, and future. Text 23 sarvan vatsams tatha gopan vamshi-vetra-vibhushitan barhi-paksha-dharan shyaman bhrigv-anghri-krita-kautukan sarvanall; vatsanthe calves; tathaand; gopangopas; vamshi-vetravibhushitandecorated with flutes and sticks; barhi-paksha-dharanwearing peacock feathers; shyamandark; bhrigv-anghri-krita-kautukanwearing the mark of Bhrigu Muni's foot. He saw that all the calves and gopas had become dark boys, each decorated with a flute and stick, peacock feathers, Bhrigu Muni's footprint, . . . Text 24 jalakanam maninam ca gunjanam sragbhir eva ca padmanam kumudanam ca hy esham sragbhir vibhushitan jalakanamof flowers; maninamof jewels; caand; gunjanamof jewels; sragbhihwith necklaces; evaindeed; caand; padmanamof lotuses; kumudanamof water lilies; caand; hiindeed; eshamof them; sragbhihwith garlands; vibhushitandecorated. . . . necklaces of flowers, jewels, gunja, lotuses, and water lilies, . . .

Text 25 ushnishair mukuair divyaih kundalair alakair vritan ananda-varshan kurvanan sharat-padma-drishair api ushnishaihwith turbans; mukuaihcrowns; divyaihsplendid; kundalaih with earrings; alakaihwith curly locks of hair; vritancovered; anandaof bliss; varshanshowers; kurvanandoing; sharatautumn; padmalotus; drishaihwith eyes; apialso. . . . turbans, crowns, and splendid earrings, endowed with curly locks of hair, making showers of bliss with the glances of their autumn-lotus eyes, . . . Text 26 koi-kandarpa-lavanyan nasa-mautika-shobhitan sikha-bhushana-samyuktan pani-bhushana-bhushitan koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadevas; lavanyanhandsome; nasanose; mautikapearl; shobhitandecorated; shikha-bhushana-samyuktanwith ornaments on top of the head; pani-bhushana-bhushitandecorated with ornaments on Their hands. . . . more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, their noses decorated with pearls and their heads and hands decorated with many ornaments, . . . Text 27 dvi-bhujan pita-vastraish ca kanci-kaaka-nupuraih prabhatara-vikoinam shobhabhih shobhitan shubhan dvi-bhujantwo arms; pita-vastraihwith yellow garments; caand; kanciwith belts; kaakawith bracelets; nupuraihwith anklets; prabhatara-vikoinam splendid as millions of rising suns; shobhabhihwith splendor; shobhitanglorious; subhanglorious.

. . . having two arms, glorious with yellow garments, belts, bracelets, and anklets, and more glorious than millions of rising suns. Text 28 uttare giri-rajasya yamunayash ca dakshine acasha vrindakaranye sarvan krishnam halayudhah uttareon the top; giri-rajasyaof the king of mountains; yamunayahof the Yamuna; caand; dakshinein the south; acashasaw; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana; sarvanall; krishnamKrishna; halayudhahBalarama. Balarama saw that all these forms on top of Govardhana Hill, and in Vrindavana forest south of the Yamuna were all Krishna. Text 29 jnatva krishna-kritam karma tatha vidhi-kritam balah punar vatsan vatsapamsh ca pashyan krishnam uvaca ha jnatvaunderstanding; krishna-kritamdone by Krishna; karmawork; tatha so; vidhi-kritamdone by Brahma; balahBalarama; punahagain; vatsanthe calves; vatsapanthe gopas; caand; pashyanseeing; krishnamto Krishna; uvacasaid; haindeed. Understanding what Brahma had done and what Krishna had done, and looking again at the calves and gopas, Balarama said to Krishna: Text 30 brahmananto dharma indrah shivash ca sevante tam bhakti-yuktah sadaite svatmaramah purna-kamah pareshah srashum shaktah koisho 'ndani yah khe

brahmaBrahma; anantahAnanta; dharmayama; indrahIndra; sivah Shiva; caand; sevanteserve; tamhim; bhakti-yuktahwith devotion; sada always; etethey; svatmaramahself-satisfied; purna-kamahdesires always fulfilled; pareshahthe Supreme Lord; srashumto create; shaktahable; koishahmillions; andaniof universes; yahwho; khein the sky. The devotees Brahma, Ananta, Yama, Indra, and Shiva always worship the Supreme Lord, who is the controller of everything, who is self-satisfied, whose desires are always fulfilled, and who has the power to create many millions of universes in the sky. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca evam bruvati shri-rame tavat tatragato vidhih dadarsha krishnam ramam ca vatsakair vatsapaih samam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; bruvatisays; shri-rameas Balaram; tavatthen; tatrathere; agatahcame; vidhihBrahma; dadarsha saw; krishnamKrishna; ramamBalarama; caand; vatsakaihwith the calves; vatsapaihand gopas; samamwith. Shri Narada said: As Balarama was speaking, Brahma came there and saw Krishna, Balarama, the calves, and the gopas. Text 32 aho krishnena canita yatra sarve dhrita maya iti bruvan yayau sthane tatra sarvan dadarsha sah ahahOh; krishnenaby Krishna; caand; anitabrought; yatrawhere; sarve all; dhritaheld; mayaby me; itithus; bruvansaying; yayauwent; sthane in the place; tatrathere; sarvanall; dadarshasaw; sahhe. Saying, "Krishna brought back all the (calves and gopas) I took away," Brahma left and saw them all still there (where he had hid them). Text 33

drishva prasuptan sarvams tu sa agatya vraje punah vatsapalair harim vikshya manasi praha vismitah drishvaseeing; prasuptanasleep; sarvanall; tuindeed; saher; agatya coming; vrajeto Vraja; punahagain; vatsapalaihwith the gopas; harimLord Krishna; vikshyaseeing; manasiin his mind; prahasaid; vismitahastonished. Seeing them all still asleep, he returned to Vraja and gazed again at Krishna and the gopas. Astonished, in his mind he said: Text 34 aho vicitram te sarve kutra sthanat samagatah kridanto purvavac catra sakam krishnena kridanaih ahahO; vicitrama wonder; tethey; sarveall; kutrafrom what?; sthanat place; samagatahcome; kridantahplaying; purvavat-as before; caand; atra here; sakamwith; krishnenaKrishna; kridanaihwith pastimes; This is a great wonder. From where did all these boys come that now they are playing with Krishna just as before? Text 35 mat-truir vatsarash caiko vyatito 'bhun mahi-tale sarve prasannatam prapta na jnatah kenacit kvacit matof me; truiha moment; vatsarahyear; caand; ekahone; vyatitah passed; abhunhjas been; mahi-taleon the earth; sarveall; prasannatam happiness; praptaattained; nanor; jnatahunderstood; kenacithow; kvacit where. What is for me only a moment is a year on earth. I don't understand how they are still manifested as before.

Text 36 evam sammohayan brahma mohanam vishva-mohanam sva-mayayandha-karena sva-gatram naiva drishavan evamthus; sammohayanbewildering; brahmaBrahma; mohanam bewilderment; vishva-mohanambewilderment of the universe; svaown; mayaya by illusion; andha-karenawith blinding dsrkness; sva-gatramown body; na not; evaindeed; drishavansaw. In this way Brahma, who bewilders the entire universe, was so blinded by Krishna's illusion that he could not see even his own body. Text 37 vatsapalapaharanat kim abhuj jagatah pateh aho khadyota-vad vedha shri-krishna-ravi-sammukhe vatsapalaof the gopas; apaharanatfrom kidnapping; kimwhat?; abhut was; jagatahof the universe; patehthe master; ahahOh; khadyota-vatlike a firefly; vedhaBrahma; shri-krishnaShri Krishna; ravithe sun; sammukhe before. What happened to Brahma, the master of the universe, after he stole the gopas? The creator Brahma became like a firefly standing before the sun of Shri Krishna. Text 38 evam vimuhyati sati jadi-bhute ca brahmani sva-mayam kripayakrishya krishnah svam darshanam dadau evamthus; vimuhyatibewildered; satibeing so; jadi-bhutestunned; ca and; brahmaniBrahma; sva-mayamown illusion; kripayamercifully; akrishya pulling away; krishnahKrishna; svamown; darshanamsight; dadaugave.

As Brahma stood, stunned and bewildered, Krishna mercifully removed His own illusory potency and revealed Himself. Text 39 evam tatra sakrid brahma go-vatsan gopa-darakan sarvan acasha shri-krishnam bhaktya vijnana-locanaih evamthus; tatrathere; sakritat once; brahmaBrahma; go-vatsanthe calves; gopa-darakanthe gopas boys; sarvanall; acashasaw; shri-krishnam Shri Krishna; bhaktyawith devotion; vijnanaof knowledge; locanaihwith eyes. With eyes of knowledge Brahma devotedly gazed at the calves and gopa boys and saw that they were all Shri Krishna. Text 40 dadarshatha vidhis tatra bahir antah shariratah svatmana sahitam rajan sarvam vishnumayam jagat dadarshasaw; athathen; vidhihBrahma; tatrathere; bahihoutside; antah inside; shariratahthe body; svatmanaown self; sahitamwith; rajanO king; sarvameverything; vishnumayamconsisting of Lord Vishnu; jagatthe universe. O king, Brahma then saw that the entire universe, including all that was inside and outside his body, and including his own self, was all the potency of Lord Vishnu. Text 41 evam vilokya brahma tu jado bhutva sthiro 'bhavat vrindavad vrindakaranye pradrishyeta yatha tatha evamthus; vilokyaseeing; brahmaBrahma; tuindeed; jadahstunned; bhutvabecoming; sthirahstationary; abhavatbecame; vrindavatlike a tulasi plant; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana forest; pradrishyetawas seen; yathaas; tathaso.

Gazing at this, Brahma became stunned. He looked like an unmoving tulasi plant in Vrindavana forest. Text 42 svatmano mahimam drashum hy anise 'pi ca brahmani cacchada sapadi jnatva maya-javanikam harih svatmanahof his self; mahimamthe glory; drashumto see; hiindeed; aniseunable; apialthough; caand; brahmaniBrahma; cacchadapulled the cover; sapadiat once; jnatvaunderstanding; mayaof illusion; javanikamthe curtain; harihKrishna. Aware that Brahma had no power to continue gazing at the Lord's glories, Krishna at once pulled the curtain of His illusory potency. Text 43 tatah pralabdha-nayanah srasha supta ivotthitah unmilya nayane kricchrad dadarshedam sahatmana tatahfrom that; pralabdhabewildered; nayanaheyes; srashathe creator; suptaasleep; ivaas if; utthitahrose; unmilyaopening; nayanehis eyes; kricchratwith difficulty; dadarshasaw; idamthis; sahawith; atmanahimself. Then, his eyes covered, the creator Brahma became as if asleep. Awakening, and with difficulty opening his eyes, he saw Vrindavana and he also saw himself. Text 44 samahitas tatra bhutva sadyo 'pashyad disho dasha shrimad-vrindavanam ramyam vasanti-latikanvitam

samahitahcalm; tatrathere; bhutvahaving become; sadyahat once; apashyatsaw; dishahdirections; dashaten; shrimatbeautiful; vrindavanam Vrindavana; ramyamdelightful; vasanti-latikavasanti vines; anvitamwith. Now composed and peaceful, in the ten directions he saw, filled with flowering vasanti vines, charming and beautiful Vrindavana, . . . Text 45 shardula-balakair yatra kridanti mriga-balakah shyenaih kapota nakulaih sarpa vaira-vivarjitah shardulatiger; balakaihwith cubs; yatrawhere; kridantiplay; mrigabalakahfawns; syenaihwith eagles; kapotahdoves; nakulaihwith mongeese; sarpasnakes; vairaenmity; vivarjitahwithout. . . . where without any enmity fawns play with tiger cubs, doves play with eagles, and snakes play with mongeese. Text 46 tatash ca vrindakaranye sa-pani-kavalam vidhih vatsan sakhin vicinvantam ekam krishnam dadarsha sah tatahthen; caand; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana forest; sa-pani-kavalam with a handful of food; vidhihBrahma; vatsanthe calves; sakhinfriends; vicinvantamsearching; ekamalone; krishnamKrishna; dadarshasaw; sah he. Then Brahma saw Krishna, with a morsel of food in His hand, searching for His calves and friends in Vrindavana forest. Text 47 drishva gopala-veshena guptam goloka-vallabham jnatva sakshad dharim brahma

bhito 'bhut sva-kritena ca drishva-having seen; gopala-veshenain the form of a gopa; guptamhidden; goloka-vallabhamthe beloved of Goloka; jnatvaunderstanding; sakshatat once; harimLord Hari; brahmaBrahma; bhitahfrightened; abhutbecame; svakritenabecause of what he had done; caand. Gazing at Him, and suddenly understanding that Krishna was Lord Hari, the beloved of Goloka, the Supreme Personality of Godhead now disguised as an ordinary gopa, Brahma became afraid for what he had done. Text 48 tam prasadayitum rajan jvalantam sarvato disham lajjayavan-mukho bhutva hy avatirya sva-vahanat tamHim; prasadayitumto please; rajanO king; jvalantamshining; sarvatah in all; dishamdirections; lajjayawith embarrassment; avak-mukhahsilent; bhutvabecoming; hiindeed; avatiryadescended; sva-vahanatfrom his carrier. O king, to beg for pardon from the Lord, whose glory filled all directions, Brahma, speechless with embarrassment, descended from his swan-carrier. Text 49 shanair upasasaresham prasideti vadan naman sravad-varshashru-dattarghah sa papatatha dandavat shanaihslowly; upasasaraapproached; ishamthe Lord; prasidabe kind; iti thus; vadansaying; namanbowing down; sravatflowing; varshashower; ashrutears; dattaoffered; arghaharghya; sahe; papatafell down; atha then; dandavatlike a stick. Slowly he approached the Lord. Saying, "Please be kind", bowing down, and with a streams of tears offering arghya, he fell down like a stick. Text 50

utthayashvasya tam krishnah priyam priya iva sprishan suran su-bhuvi dura-sthan aluloka sudhardra-drik utthayarising; ashvasyaappeasing; tamHim; krishnahKrishna; priyam beloved; priyaa lover; ivalike; sprishantouching; suranthe demiogds; subhuvion the earth; dura-sthanfar away; alulokasaw; sudhanectar; ardra wet; drikeyes. Pulling Brahma up, comforting him, and gently touching him as a lover touches his beloved, Lord Krishna, His eyes wet with nectar, glanced at the many demigods now standing far away. Text 51 tato jaya-jayety-uccaih stuvatam namatam samam tad-dayadrisha-drishanam sanandah sambhramo 'bhavat tatahthen; jaya-jayety-uccaihwith loud calls of Victory! Victory!; stuvatam praying; namatambowing down; samamwith; tad-dayaHis mercy; adrishadrishanama slight glance; sanandahblissful; sambhramahrespectful; abhavat became. When the demigods received Lord Krishna's merciful glance they called out, "Glory! Glory!", bowed down, and offered prayers. Pleased with them, Krishna offered them all respect. Text 52 drishva harim tatra samasthitam vidhir nanama tam bhakti-manah kritanjalih stutim cakarashu sa dandaval luhan prahrisha-roma bhuvi gadgadaksharah drishvaseeing; harimKrishna; tatrathere; samasthitammanifested; vidhihBrahma; nanamabowed down; tamto Him; bhaktiwith devotion; manahin his heart; kritanjalihwith folded hands; stutimprayers; cakara offered; ashuat once; sahe; dandavatlike a stick; luhanfalling to the ground; prahrisha-romahhis bodily hairs erect; bhuvion the gorund; gadgadaaksharahin a choked voice.

Gaizing at Lord Krishna standing there, and his heart filled with devotion, with folded hands Brahma bowed down. Falling like a stick to the ground, the hairs of his body erect in ecstasy, and his voice choked with emotion, Brahma offered prayers.

Chapter Nine Brahma-stuti Brahma's Prayers Text 1 shri-brahmovaca krishnaya megha-vapushe capalambaraya piyusha-misha-vacanaya parat paraya vamshi-dharaya shikhi-candrikayanvitaya devaya bhratri-sahitaya namo 'stu tasmai shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; krishnayato Krishna; megha-vapushe whose form is a cloud; capalambarayawho wears garments of lightning; piyusha with nectar; mishasweet; vacanayawords; paratthan ther greatest; paraya greater; vamshi-dharayaholding a flute; shikhipeacock; candrikayafeather; anvitayawith; devayato the Lord; bhratri-sahitayaaccompanied by His brother; namahobeisances; astumaybe; tasmaito Him. Shri Brahma said: Obeisances to Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, holding a flute, wearing a peacock feather, staying in His brother's company, His form a monsoon cloud, His garments lightning, and His words sweet as nectar. Text 2 krishnas tu sakshat purushottamah svayam purnah pareshah prakriteh paro harih yasyavataramsha-kala vayam surah srijama vishvam kramato 'sya shaktibhih krishnahKrishna; tuindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; purnahperfect; pareshahthe supreme master; prakritehof the material energy; parahabove; harihLord Hari; yasya of whom; avataraincarnations; amshapartrs; kalaand parts of a part; vayam we; surahdemigods; srijamacreate; vishvamthe universe; kramatah accordingly; asyaof Him; shaktibhihwith the potencies. Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the perfect and complete supreme master, who stays above the material energy. We demigods, who are the parts of the parts of His incarnations, create this world with the aid of His potencies.

Text 3 sa tvam sakshat krishnacandravataro nandasyapi putratam agatah kau vrindaranye gopa-veshena vatsan gopair mukhyaish carayan bhrajase vai sahHe; tvamYou; sakshatdirectly; krishnacandravatarahthe incarnation Lord Krishnacandra; nandasyaof nanda; apieven; putratamin the status og being the son; agatahcome; kauto the earth; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; gopaveshenain the garments of a gopa; vatsanthe calves; gopaihwith the gopas; mukhyaihmost important; carayanherding; bhrajaseYou are splendidly manifested; vaicertainly. You are the same Lord Krishnacandra. You have come to the earth and become the son of Maharaja Nanda. Appearing like an ordinary cowherd boy, and herding the calves in the company of many gopas, You are splendidly manifest. Text 4 harim koi-kandarpa-lilabhiramam sphurat-kaustubham shyamalam pita-vastram vrajesham tu vamshi-dharam radhikesham param sundaram tam nikunje namami harimLord Hari; koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadevas; lilaplayfulness; abhiramamhandsomeness; sphuratglittering; kaustubhamKaustubha jewel; shyamalamdark; pita-vastramyellow garments; vrajeshamthe king of Vraja; tu indeed; vamshi-dharamholding a flute; radhikeshamthe master of Radha; paramsupreme; sundaramhandsome; tamHim; nikunjein the forest; namami I offer my respectful obeisances. In this forest grove I offer my respectful obeisances to handsome and dark Lord Hari, more playful and charming than millions of Kamadevas, decorated with yellow garments and glistening Kaustubha gem, clutching a flute, the king of Vraja and the Lord of Shri Radha. Text 5 tam krishnam bhaja harim adi-devam asmin kshetra-jnam kham iva vilipta-megham eva svacchangam param adhi-yajna-caitya-rupam bhakty-adyair vishada-viraga-bhava-sanghaih tamHim; krishnam bhajaworship; harimHari; adi-devamthe original Lord; asminhere; kshetrathe place; jnamknowing; khamthe sky; ivalike; viliptaanointed; meghamclouds; evaindeed; svacchasplendid; angam body; paramtranscendental; adhi-yajna-caitya-rupamthe form of the Lord of

sacrifices; bhakty-adyaihbeginning weith devotional service; vishadapure; viragarenunciation; bhavacondition; sanghaihwith multitudes. With devotion, purity, and renunciation, worship Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, pure as a cloudless sky, His limbs splendid, the master of sacrifices, the master of consciousness, the all-knowing Supersoul. Text 6 yavan manash ca rajasa prabalena vidvan sankalpa eva tu vikalpaka eva tavat tabhyam bhaven manasijas tv abhimana-yogas tenapi buddhi-vikritim kramatah prayanti yavatas; manashthe mind; caand; rajasawith passion; prabalena powerful; vidvanwise; sankalpaacceptance; evaindeed; tuindeed; vikalpaka rejection; evaindeed; tavatso; tabhyamwith them; bhavetmay be; manasijahthe desire for sense gratification; tvindeed; abhimanapride; yogah contact; tenaby that; apialso; buddhiof intelligence; vikritimruination; kramatahgradually; prayantiattain. O wise one, when the mind is influenced by passion it accepts the materially pleasant and rejects the materially unpleasant. By these two actions material desires and arrogant pride breed in the heart. In this way the intelligence is gradually disfigured. Text 7 vidyud-dyutis tv ritu-guno jala-madhya-rekha bhutolmukah kapaa-pantha-ratir yatha ca ittham tathasya jagatas tu mukham mrisheti duhkhavritam vishaya-ghurnam alata-cakram vidyutlightning; dyutihsplendor; tvindeed; rituof the seasons; gunahthe quality; jalawater; madhyamiddle; rekhaa line; bhutamanifested; ulmukah firebrand; kapaafalse; panthapath; ratihmaking; yathaas; caand; ittham thus; tathaso; asyaof this; jagatahmaterial universe; tuindeed; mukham tha face; mrishafalse; itithus; duhkhawith sufferings; avritamfilled; vishaya sense objects; ghurnamwhirling; alata-cakrama firebrand circle. Like a fleeting lightning flash, a ripple on the water, the passing seasons, and the false, blurred line of a moving spark, the face, filled with sufferings, of the material world is temporary and untrue. The whirl of sense happiness is the seemingstationary circle of a quickly-moving spark. Text 8 vriksha jalena calatapi cala ivatra netrena bhuri-calitena caleva bhush ca

evam gunaih prakriti-jair bhramato jana-stham satyam vaded guna-sukhad idam eva krishna vrikshahtrees; jalenaby the water; calatamoving; apieven; calamoving; ivalike; atrahere; netrenaby the eye; bhuri-calitenamoving greatly; cala moving; ivalike; bhushearth; caand; evamthus; gunaihby the modes; prakriti-jaihborn from matter; bhramatahbewildering; janain the people; stham situated; satyamtruth; vadetmay speak; gunaquality; sukhatout of happiness; idamthis; evaindeed; krishnaO Krishna. When water moves, the trees reflected on it seem to move also. When the eyes are tossed to and fro, the earth seems to move. O Krishna, bewildered by the modes of material nature, the people say material sense pleasures are real. Text 9 duhkham sukham ca manasa prabhavam ca supte mithya bhavet punar aho bhuvi jagare 'sya ittham viveka-ghaitasya janasya sarvam svapna-bhramadrita-jagat satatam bhaved dhi duhkhamsuffering; sukhampleasure; caand; manasaby the mind; prabhavambirth; caand; suptein a dream; mithyafalse; bhavetis; punah again; ahahOh; bhuvion the earth; jagareof a person awake; asyaof him; itthamthus; viveka-ghatitasyadiscriminating; janasyaof a person; sarvam everything; svapnaof a dream; bhramaillusion; adritahonored; jagatthe world; satatamalways; bhavetis; hicertainly. Pains and pleasures are created by the mind. A person awake knows what he saw in a dream is false. A wise man knows the entire material world is a dream. Text 10 jnani visrijya mamatam abhimana-yogam vairagya-bhava-rasikah satatam nirihah dipena dipa-kashatam ca yatha prajatam pashyet tathatma-vibhavam bhuvi caika-tattvam jnania wise man; visrijyarenouncing; mamatampossessiveness; abhimanayogamwith false-ego; vairagyarenunciation; bhavathe state; rasikah enjoying; satatamalways; nirihahwithout material activities; dipenawith a lamp; dipaof the lamp; kashatamthe light; caand; yathaas; prajatam masnifested; pashyetmay see; tathaso; atmaof the self; vibhavamglory; bhuvion the earth; caand; ekaone; tattvamprinciple. A wise man who stays aloof from material deeds, renounces the world, and tastes the nectar of spiritual love, can see, as one sees with the light of a lamp, the spiritual glory of the Supreme Lord, who stays as the Supersoul in this world.

Text 11 bhakto bhajed aja-patim hridi vasudevam nirdhuma-vahnir iva mukta-guna-sva-bhavah pashyan ghaeshu sa-jaleshu yathendum ekam etadrishah paramahamsa-varah kritarthah bhaktaha devotee; bhajetmay worship; aja-patimthe master of Brahma; hridiin his heart; vasudevamLord Vasudeva; nirdhumawithout smoke; vahnih fire; ivalike; muktafreed; gunafrom the modes of nature; sva-bhavah whose character; pashyanseeing; ghateshuin pots; sa-jaleshufilled with water; yathaas; indummoon; ekamone; etadrishahlike that; paramahamsa-varah the best of the swanlike saints; kritarthahwho has attained perfection. A devotee like a smokeless flame free from the touch of the material modes, who worships Lord Vasudeva in his heart and sees the one Lord Vasudeva present in everyone's heart as one moon is reflected in many pots of water, is perfect, the best of swanlike saints. Text 12 stuvanti vedah satatam ca yam sada harer mahimnah kila shodashim kalam kadapi jananti na te tri-loke vaktum gunamsh tasya jano 'sti kah parah stuvantioffer prayers; vedahthe Vedas; satatamalways; caand; yamto whom; sadaalways; harehof Lord Hari; mahimnahof the glory; kilaindeed; shodashimsixteenth; kalampart; kadapisometimes; janantiknow; nanot; te of You; tri-lokein the three woirlds; vaktumto say; gunanthe qualities; tasya of Him; janaha person; astiso; kahwho?; parahis able. Athough they always praise Him, the Vedas do not understand even one sixteenth of Lord Hari's glories. Who in the three worlds has the power to describe His qualities? Text 13 vaktaish caturbhis tv aham eva devah shri-pancavaktrah kila panca-vaktraih sahasrashirshas tu sahasra-vaktrair yam stauti sevam kurute ca tasya vaktaihwith mouths; caturbhihfour; tvindeed; ahamI; evaindeed; devah the lord; shri-pancavaktrahShiva; kilaindeed; pancawith five; vaktraih mouths; sahasrashirshahAnanta; tuindeed; sahasrawith a thousand; vaktraih mouths; yamwhom; stautipraise; sevamservice; kurutedo; caand; tasya of Him. Ananta praises Him with a thousand mouths, Shiva with five mouths and I with four mouths. We serve Lord Hari. Text 14

vishnush ca vaikunha-nivasa-kric ca kshiroda-vasi harir eva sakshat narayano dharma-sutas tathapi goloka-natham bhajate bhavantam vishnuhLord Vishnu; caand; vaikunha-nivasa-kricwho resides in Vaikunha; caand; kshiroda-vasiresiding on the milk-ocean; harihLord Hari; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; narayanahNarayana; dharma-sutahthe son of Dharma; tathapistill; goloka-nathamthe Lord of Goloka; bhajatewprships; bhavantamYou. Lord Vishnu who stays in Vaikunha, Lord Hari who stays on the milk-ocean, and Narayana Rishi, the son of Dharma, all worship You, the master of Goloka. Text 15 aho 'ti-dhanyo mahima murarer jananti bhumau munayo na manavah surasura va manavo budhah punah svapne 'pi pashyanti na tat-pada-dvayam ahahOh; ativery; dhanyahopulent; mahimaglory; murarehof Krishna; janantiknow; bhumauon the earth; munayahsages; nanot; manavah humans; surademigods; asurahdemons; vaor; manavahManus; budhah philosophers; punahagain; svapnein dream; apieven; pashyantisee; nanot; tat-pada-dvayamHis feet. Lord Krishna's glories are very great. Even in their dreams the sages, humans, demigods, demons, manus, and philosophers do not see His feet. Text 16 varam harim gunakaram su-mukti-dam parat param rameshvaram guneshvaram vrajeshvaram namamy aham varamgreat; harimLord Hari; gunakarama jewel mine of virtues; su-muktidamgranting liberation; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; ramaof the goddess of fortune; ishvaramthe master; gunaof transcendental virtues; ishvaramthe master; vrajaof Vraja; ishvaramto the master; namamyoffer obeisances; ahamI. I offer my respectful obeisances to Lord Hari, greater than the greatest, a jewel mine of transcendental virtues, the giver of liberation, the master of the goddess of fortune, the master of transcendental virtues, and the master of Vraja. Text 17 tambula-sundara-mukham madhuram bruvantam

bimbadharam smita-yutam sita-kunda-dantam nilalakavrita-kapola-manoharabham vande calat-kanaka-kundala-mandanarham tambulawith betelnuts; sundarahandsome; mukhamface; madhuram sweet; bruvantamspeaking; bimbadharambimba-fruit lips; smitaa smile; yutamwith; sitawhite; kundajasmine; dantamteeth; nilablack; alaka curling locks of hair; avritacovered; kapolacheeks; manoharacharming; abham glory; vandeI offer my respectful obeisances; calatmoving; kanakagold; kundalaearrings; mandana-arhamdecorated. I offer my respectful obeisances to smiling, sweetly speaking Lord Hari, His mouth handsome with betelnuts, His lips bimba fruits, His teeth white jasmine flowers, and His handsome cheeks covered by curly black locks and decorated with swinging gold earrings. Text 18 sundaram tu tava rupam eva hi manmathasya manaso haram param avirastu mama netrayoh sada shyamalam makara-kundalavritam sundaramhandsome; tuindeed; tavaYour; rupamform; evaindeed; hi indeed; manmathasyaof Kamadrva; manasahthe heart; haramenchanting; paramgreat; avirastumay appear; mamaof me; netrayohon the eyes; sada always; shyamalamdark; makara-kundalavritamwith shark-shaped earrings. May Your dark handsome form, decorated with shark-shaped earrings and stealing Kamadeva's heart, appear before my eyes. Text 19 vaikunha-lila-pravaram manoharam namas-kritam deva-ganaih param varam gopala-lilabhiyutam bhajamy aham goloka-natham shirasa namamy aham vaikunhain Vaikunha; lilapastimes; pravaramexcellent; manoharam charming; namas-kritamoffered obeisances; deva-ganaihby the demigods; paramsupreme; varamgreat; gopala-lilabhiyutamenjoying pastimes as a gopa; bhajamyworship; ahamI; goloka-nathamthe master of Goloka; shirasawith the head; namamybow down; ahamI. I bow my head before Goloka's handsome king, who plays as a gopa, enjoys in Vaikunha, and receives the demigods' obeisances. Text 20 yuktam vasanta-kalakanha-vihangamaish ca saugandhikam tvarana-pallava-shakhi-sangam

vrindavanam sudhita-dhira-samira-lilam gacchan harir jayati patu sadaiva bhaktan yuktamendowed; vasantaspring; kalakanhacuckoo; vihangamaihbirds; caand; saugandhikamfragrant; tvaranaquick; pallavabuds; shakhitrees; sangamcompany; vrindavanamVrindavana; sudhita-dhira-samira-lilamwith playful nectar breezes; gacchangoing; harihLord Hari; jayatiall glories; patu may protect; sadaalways; evacertainly; bhaktanthe devotees. Glory to Lord Hari, who walks in fragrant Vrindavana forest, which is filled with sweet-throated spring cuckoos, newly-budding trees, and gentle, playful, nectar breezes. May He always protect the devotees. Text 21 harati kamala-manam lola-muktabhimanam dharani-rasika-danam kamadevasya banam shravana-vidita-yanam netra-yugma-prayanam bhaja yad uta samaksham dana-daksham kaaksham haratiremoves; kamalaof the lotus; manamthe pride; lolamoving; mukta pearl; abhimanampride; dharanion the earth; rasikathey who taste nectar; danamgift; kamadevasyaof Kamadeva; banamthe arrow; shravanato the ears; viditaknown; yanamjourney; netra-yugmaeyes; prayanamjourney; bhajaworship; yatwhcih; utaindeed; samakshambefore the eyes; danadakshamexpert atgiving charity; kaakshamthe sidelong glance. Worship Krishna's sidelong glance, which eclipses the pride of the lotus and the moving string of pearls, which travels almost to His ears, which is Kamadeva's arrow, and which, laden with gifts for they who taste nectar in this world, is expert at giving charity. Text 22 sharac-candrakaram nakha-mani-samuham sukha-karam su-raktam hrit-purnam prakaita-tamah-khandana-karam bhaje 'ham brahmande sakala-nara-papabhidalanam harer vishnor devair divi bharata-khande stutam alam sharatautumn; candramoon; akaramform; nakhanails; manijewels; samuhammultitude; sukha-karamdelighting; su-raktamred; hritchest; purnamfull; prakaitamanifested; tamahdarkness; khandana-karam breaking; bhajeworship; ahamI; brahmandein the universe; sakalaall; nara people; papasins; abhidalanamdestruction; harehof Lord Hari; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; devaihby the the demigods; diviin heaven; bharata-khandeon the earth; stutampraised; alamgreatly.

I worship handsome Lord Vishnu's delightful reddish jewel nails, which fill the heart, break the darkness, crush the sins of everyone in the universe, and are praised on the earth and by the demigods in heaven. Text 23 maha-padme kim va paridhir iva cabhati satatam kadacid ity asphurjad-ratha-carana ittham dhvani-dharah yatha nyastam cakram shata-kirana-yuktam tu harina sphurac-chri-manjiram hari-carana-padme tv adhigatam maha-padmea great lotus; kimwhether?; vaor; paridhiha circle of light; ivalike; caand; abhatishines; satatamalways; kadacitsometimes; itythus; asphurjad-ratha-caranahasm chariot wheel; itthamthus; dhvani-dharahmaking sounds; yathaas; nyastamplaced; cakramcakra; shata-kirana-yuktamwith a hundred points of light; tuindeed; harinaby Lord Hari; sphuramanifest; shrimanjiramankles; hari-carana-padmeon Lord Hari's lotus feet; tvindeed; adhigatamunderstood. Is this a circle of light around a great lotus flower, a great rumbling chariot wheel, the Sudarshana-cakra, the sun with its hundred points of light, or the graceful anklets on Lord Hari's lotus feet? Text 24 kayam pitambaram divyam kshudra-ghanikayanvitam bhajamy aham citta-haram krishnasyaklisha-karmanah kayamon the hips; pitambaramyellow garments; divyamsplendid; kshudra-ghanikayanvitamdecorated with small bells; bhajamyworship; aham I; citta-haramcharming; krishnasyaof Krishna; aklisha-karmanahwhose actions are full of bliss. I worship the splendid, charming, decorated with small bells yellow garment on the hips of Lord Krishna, whose every act is full of bliss. Text 25 bhaje krishna-krode bhrigu-muni-padam shri-griham alam tatha shrivatsankam nikasha-ruci-yuktam dyuti-param gale hiraharan kanaka-mani-muktavali-dharan sphurat-tarakaran bhramara-vali-bharan dhvani-karan bhajeI worship; krishna-krodeon Krishna's chest; bhrigu-muni-padamthe footprint of Bhrigu Muni; shri-grihamthe homr of the goddess of fortune; alam greatky; tathathen; shrivatsankammarked with Shrivatsa; nikasha-ruci-yuktam with a gluttering golden streak; dyuti-paramsplendid; galeon the neck; hiraharandiamon necklaces; kanakagold; manijewels; muktavalipearls;

dharanwearing; sphurat-tarakaranglittering stars; bhramarabees; vali-bharan manifesting; dhvani-karanmaking a sound. On Lord Krishna's chest I worship Bhrigu Muni's footprint, Lakshmi-devi's home, the mark of Shrivatsa, the splendid golden nikasha line, and, suspended from His neck, the many necklaces of diamonds, gold, jewels, and pearls splendid as glistening stars, and the many flower garlands filled with buzzing bees. Text 26 vamshi-vibhushitam alam dvija-dana-shilam sindura-varnam ati-kicakarava-lilam hemanguliya-nikaram nakha-candra-yuktam hasta-dvayam smara kadamba-sugandha-priktam vamshiwith a flute; vibhushitamdecorated; alamgreatly; dvija-dana-shilam giving charity to the brahmanas; sindura-varnamthe color of red sindura; atikicakarava-lilamthe playful soundof the bamboos; hemanguliya-nikaramgolden rings; nakha-candra-yuktamwith the moons of the nails; hasta-dvayamtwo ahnds; smararemember; kadamba-sugandha-priktamwith the scent of a kadamba flower. Remember Krishna's hands, decorated with a flute, expert at giving charity to the brahmanas, the color of sindura, expert at playing the bamboo flute, with gold rings and moonlike fingernails, and fragrant with a kadamba flower. Text 27 shanaish calan manasa-raja-hamsagrivakritau kandhara ucca-deshe kadambini-mana-harau karau ca bhajami nityam hari-kaka-pakshau shanaihgradually; calangoing; manasaof the mind; raja-hamsathe royal swan; grivakritauin the form of a neck; kandharaneck; ucca-deshebroad; kadambiniof monsoon clouds; manathe pride; harauremoving; karauhands; caand; bhajamiI worship; nityamalways; hariof Lord Hari; kakacrow; pakshaufeathers. On the slowly-moving swan of Lord Hari's neck again and again I worship two black crow-feathers, which remove the pride of the black monsoon clouds. Text 28 kala-darpana-vad vishadam sukha-dam nava-yauvana-rupa-dharam nripatim mani-kundala-kuntala-shali-ratim bhaja ganda-yugam ravi-candra-rucim kala-darpana-vatlike a splendid mirror; vishadamclear; sukha-dam delightful; nava-yauvana-rupa-dharamnewly youthful; nripatimking; mani

jewel; kundalaearrings; kuntala-shalilocks of heari; ratimdelight; bhaja worship; ganda-yugamcheeks; ravi-candra-rucimsplendid as the sun and moon. Please worship the delightful young prince splendid as a glistening mirror, handsome with jewel earrings and curly locks of hair, and glorious as the sun and moon, that is Lord Hari's cheeks. Text 29 khacita-kanaka-mukta-rakta-vaidurya-vasam madana-vadana-lila-sarva-saundarya-rasam aruna-vidhu-sakasham koi-surya-prakasham ghaita-shikhi-su-vitam naumi vishnoh kiriam khacitastudded; kanakagold; muktapearls; raktared; vaiduryavaidurya jewels; vasamthe abode; madanaof Kamadeva; vadanaface; lilapastimes; sarvaall; saundaryahandsomeness; rasamthe rasa dance; arunared; vidhu moon; sakashamshining; koimillions; suryasuns; prakashamshining; ghaita-shikhi-su-vitamwith a peacock feather; naumiI glorify; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; kiriamthe crown. I praise Lord Vishnu's crown, deocrated with a peacock feather, glorious as a red moon, splendid as millions of suns, the home of gold, pearls, and vaidurya jewels, and the rasa circle of all of Kamadeva's playful handsomeness. Text 30 yad-dvari deshe na gatir guhendraganesha-taresha-divakaranam ajnam vina yanti na kunja-mandalam tam krishnacandram jagad-ishvaram bhaje yad-dvariat the door; deshein the place; nanot; gatihgoing; guha Karttikeya; indraIndra; ganeshaGanesha; tareshaCandra; divakaranamand Surya; ajnamthe order; vinawithout; yantigo; nanot; kunja-mandalamto the forest; tamHim; krishnacandramKrishnacandra; jagad-ishvaramthe master of the universes; bhajeI worship. I worship Krishnacandra, the master of the universes. Karttikeya, Indra, Ganesha, Candra, and Surya cannot enter the door to His realm. Without His permission no one can enter the circle of His forest. Text 31 iti kritva stutim brahma shri-krishnasya mahatmanah punah kritanjalir bhutva sva-vijnaptim cakara ha

itithus; kritvadoing; stutimprayers; brahmaBrahma; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahtyeh Supreme Personality of Godhead; punahagain; kritanjalihwith folded hands; bhutvabeing; sva-vijnaptimappeal; cakaradid; haindeed. After speaking these prayers, Brahma folded his hands and begged the Supreme Personality of Godhead: Text 32 aparadham tu putrasya matrivat tvam kshamasva ca aham tvan-nabhi-kamalat sambhavo 'ham jagat-pate aparadhamoffense; tuindeed; putrasyaof a son; matrivatlike a mother; tvamYou; kshamasvaplease forgive; caand; ahamI; tvatof You; nabhi navel; kamalatfrom the lotus; sambhavahbirth; ahamI; jagatof the universe; pateO master. O Lord of the universe, I was born from the lotus of Your navel. As a mother forgives her son's offense, please forgive me. Text 33 kvaham loka-patih kva tvam koi-brahmanda-nayakah tasmad vraja-pate deva raksha mam madhusudana kvawhere?; ahamI; loka-patihthe king of a planet; kvawhere?; tvam You; koi-brahmanda-nayakahthe ruler of millions of universes; tasmat therefore; vraja-pateO master of Vraja; devaO Lord; rakshaprotect; mamme; madhusudanaO Krishna. What am I, the king of one planet, in comparison to You, the ruler of many millions of universes? O master of Vraja, O Lord, O Krishna, please save me! Text 34 mayaya yasya muhyanti deva-daitya-naradayah sva-mayaya tan-mohaya murkho 'ham hy udyato 'bhavam mayayaby the illusory potency; yasyaof whom; muhyantibewidlered; deva demigods; daityademons; narahumans; adayahbeginning with; sva-mayaya by His own illusory potency; tan-mohayabewildering; murkhahbewildered; ahamI; hyindeed; udyatahengaged; abhavamhave become.

By Your illusory potency the demigods, demons, humans, and other living entities are bewildered. Bewildered by Your illusory potency, I diligently perform my duties. Text 35 narayanas tvam govinda naham narayano hare brahmandam tvam vinirmaya sheshe narayanah pura narayanahNarayana; tvamYou; govindaO Govinda; nanot; ahamI; narayanahNarayana; hareO Hari; brahmandama universe; tvamYou; vinirmayacreating; shesheon Shesha; narayanahNarayana. purain ancient times. O Govinda, O Hari, You are Narayana. I am not Narayana. You are the same Narayana that in ancient times created the universe and then rested on Ananta Shesha. Text 36 yasya shri-brahmani dhamni pranam tyaktva tu yoginah yatra yasyanti tasmims tu sa-kula putana gata yasyaof whom; shri-brahmaniin Brahman; dhamniin the abode; pranam life; tyaktvaabandoning; tuindeed; yoginahyogis; yatrawhere; yasyantiwill go; tasmimhin that; tuindeed; sa-kulawith their families; putanaPutana; gata went. Puitana and her family entered the same Brahman effulgence the yogis attain when they leave this life. Text 37 vatsanam vatsapanam ca kritva rupani madhava vicacara vane tvam tu hy aparadhan mama prabho vatsanamof the calves; vatsapanamand gopas; caand; kritvamaking; rupaniforms; madhavaO Krishna; vicacarawander; vanein the forest; tvam You; tuindeed; hyindeed; aparadhanoffenses; mamamy; prabhahO Lord. O Madhava, after creating the forms of the calves and gopas, You wandered in the forest. O Lord, please forgive my offenses.

Text 38 tasmat kshamasva govinda prasida tvam mamopari aganayyaparadham me sutopari pita yatha tasmattherefore; kshamasvaplease forgive; govindaO Govinda; prasida be merciful; tvamYou; mama uparito me; aganayyanot counting; aparadham the offense; meof me; suta uparito a son; pitaa father; yathaas. O Govinda, please forgive me. Please be merciful to me. As a father does not consider his son's actions an offense, please do not take offense with me. Text 39 tvad-abhakta rata jnane tesham klesho vishishyate parishramat karshakanam yatha kshetre tusharthinam tvad-abhaktahthey who are not Your devotees; rataengaged; jnanein impersonal speculation; teshamof them; kleshahsuffering; vishishyateis; parishramatout of fatigue; karshakanamof farmers; yathaas; kshetrein the firld; tusharthinamthreshing chaff. They who are not devoted to You but instead are earnestly engaged in impersonal speculation gain only trouble for all their efforts. They are like a farmers that thresh empty husks. Text 40 tvad-bhakti-bhave nirata bahavas tvad-gatim gatah yogino munayash caiva tatha ye vraja-vasinah tvad-bhakti-bhavein devotion to YTou; nirataengaged; bahavahmany; tvadgatimthe destination of You; gatahattained; yoginahyogis; munayahsages; caand; evaindeed; tathaso; yewho; vrajaof Vraja; vasinahthe residents. As many yogis and sages became devoted to You and attained You, so the residents of Vraja also became devoted to You and attained You. Text 41 dvidha ratir bhaved vara shrutac ca darshanac ca va aho hare tu mayaya babhuva naiva me ratih

dvidhatwo kinds; ratihlove; bhavetis; varaexcellent; shrutatfrom hearing; caand; darshanatfrom seeing; caand; vaiindeed; ahahOh; hare Lord Hari; tuindeed; mayayaby the illusory potency; babhuvabecame; na not; evaindeed; meof me; ratihlove. Love is created in two ways: by hearing and by seeing. O Lord Hari, bewildered by Your illusory potency, I have not attained love for You. Text 42 ity uktvashru-mukho bhutva natva tat-pada-pankajau punar aha vidhih krishnam bhaktya sarvam kshamapayan itythus; uktvaspeaking; ashrutears; mukhahon his face; bhutva becoming; natvabowing down; tat-pada-pankajauto His lotus feet; punah again; ahaspoke; vidhihBrahma; krishnamto Krishna; bhaktyawith devotion; sarvamall; kshamapayanappealing for forgiveness. Speaking these words, bowing before Krishna's lotus feet, and tears gliding down his face, Brahma earnestly begged for forgiveness. Text 43 ghosheshu vasinam esham bhutvaham tvat-padambujam yada bhajeyam su-gatis tada bhuyan na canyatha ghosheshuin the cowherd villages; vasinamof the residents; eshamof them; bhutvabecoming; ahamI; tvat-padambujamYour lotus feet; yada when; bhajeyamI worship; su-gatihan auspicious condition; tadathen; bhuyan will be; nanot; caand; anyathaotherwise. When I take birth among the residents of these cowherd villages, and when I worship Your lotus feet, then I will attain auspiciousness. Nothing else will be auspicious for me. Text 44 vayam tu gopa-desheshu samsthitash ca shivadayah sakrit krishnam tu pashyantas tasmad dhanyash ca bharate vayamwe; tuindeed; gopa-desheshuin the places of the gopas; samsthitashsituated; caand; shivadayahheaded by Lord Shiva; sakritonce;

krishnamKrishna; tuindeed; pashyantahseeing; tasmatfrom that; dhanyash fortunate; caand; bharateon the earth. When we demigods, who have Shiva as our leader, enter the lands of the gopas and once gaze on Lord Krishna, then we will be fortunate. Text 45 aho bhagyam tu shri-krishna mata-pitros tava prabho tatha ca gopa-gopinam purnas tvam drishyate vraje ahahOh; bhagyamgood fortune; tuindeed; shri-krishnaO Shri Krishna; mata-pitrohof the mother and father; tavaof You; prabhahO Lord; tathaso; caand; gopa-gopinamof the gopas and gopis; purnahperfect; tvamYou; drishyateare seen; vrajein Vraja. O Lord, how fortunate are Your parents, the gopas, and the gopis, who see You in Your original form in Vraja! Text 46 mukta-harah sarva-vishvopakarah sarvadharah patu mam vishva-karah lilagarah shuri-kanya-viharah kridaparah krishnacandravatarah muktaof pearls; harahwith a necklace; sarva-vishvopakarahthe maintainer of all the universes; sarvadharahthe resting place of everything; patumay protect; mamme; vishva-karahthe creator of the universes; lilagarahthe abode of transcendental pastimnes; shuri-kanyaby the Yamuna; viharahwho enjoys pastimes; kridaparahplayful; krishnacandravatarahthe descent of Lord Krishna. May Lord Krishna, who wears a pearl necklace, in whom everything rests, who creates and maintains all the universes, and who, enjoying by the Yamuna, is the playful abode of transcendental pastimes, protect me. Text 47 shri-krishna vrishni-kula-pushkara nanda-putra radha-pate madana-mohana deva-deva sammohitam vraja-pate bhuvi te 'jaya mam govinda gokula-pate paripahi pahi shri-krishnaO Shri Krishna; vrishni-kula-pushkaraO lotus flower in the family of Vrishni; nanda-putraO son of Nanda; radha-pateO Lord of Radha; madanamohanaO enchanter of Kama; deva-devaO master of the demigods; sammohitambewildered; vraja-pateO master of Vraja; bhuvion earth; teof

You; ajayaby the illusory potency; mamto me; govindaO Govinda; gokula-pate O master of Gokula; paripahiplease protect; pahiplease protect. O Shri Krishna, O lotus growing in King Vrishni's family, O son of Nanda, O Lord of Radha, O enchanter of Kamadeva, O master of the demigods, O king of Vraja, O king of Gokula, O Govinda, please protect, please protect me, who am now bewildered by Your illusory potency! Text 48 karoti yah krishna-hareh pradakshinam bhavej jagat-tirtha-phalam ca tasya tu te krishnalokam sukhadam parat param goloka-lokam pravaram gamishyati karotidoes; yahone who; krishna-harehof Lord Krishna; pradakshinam circumambulation; bhavet may be; jagatof the universe; tirthathe holy places; phalamthe result; caand; tasyaof him; tuindeed; teof You; krishnalokam Krishnaloka; sukhadamblissful; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; goloka of Goloka; lokamthe realm; pravarambest; gamishyatiwill go. A person who circumambulates Lord Krishna attains the result of visiting all the holy places in the universe. He will go to Your Krishnaloka, the best of spiritual realms. Text 49 shri-narada uvaca ity abhishuya govindam shrimad-vrindavaneshvaram natva tri-varam lokeshas cakara tu pradakshinam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; abhishuyaoffering prayers; govindamto Govinda; shrimatglorious; vrindavanaof Vrindavana; ishvaramto the master; natvabowing down; tri-varamthree times; lokeshahBrahma, the king of the worlds; cakaradid; tuindeed; pradakshinamcircumambulation. Shri Narada said: After offering these prayers and bowing down, three times Brahma circumambulated Lord Govinda, the glorious master of Vrindavana. Text 50 tatra calakshito bhutva vatsan balan pitamahah varam dattva prayanartham yacanam sa cakara ha tatrathere; caand; alakshitahinvisible; bhutvabecopming; vatsanthe calves; balanand boys; pitamahahBrahma; varambenediction; dattvagiving;

prayanadeparture; arthamfor the purpose; yacanamrequest; sahe; cakara did; haindeed. First becoming invisible, and then offerings blessing to the calves and boys, grandfather Brahma asked permission to leave. Text 51 tatash ca brahmane tasmai netrenajnam dadau harih punah pranamya svam lokam atma-bhuh pratyapadyata tatahthen; caand; brahmaneto Brahma; tasmaito him; netrenawith an eye; aj 24ampermission; dadaugivinmg; harihLord Hari; punahagain; pranamyabowing down; svamto his own; lokamplanet; atma-bhuhBrahma; pratyapadyatawent. With a glance Krishna gave His permission. Then Brahma bowed again and returned to his own world. Text 52 atha krishno vanac chighram anayam asa vatsakan yatrapi puline rajan gopanam raja-mandali athathen; krishnahKrishna; vanatfrom the forest; shighramquickly; anayam asaled; vatsakanthe calves; yatrawhere; apialso; pulineon the shore; rajanO king; gopanamof the gopas; raja-mandaliin a royal circle. O king, then Krishna quickly led the calves from the forest to the Yamuna's shore, where Krishna was in the midst of a glorious circle of gopas. Text 53 goparbhakash ca shri-krishnam vatsaih sardham samagatam kshanardham menire vikshya krishna-maya-vimohitah gopagopa; arbhakahboys; caand; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; vatsaih with the calves; sardhamwith; samagatamcome; kshanaa moment; ardham half; menireconsidered; vikshyaseeing; krishna-maya-vimohitahbewildered by Krishna's illusory potency. Bewildered by Krishna's yogamaya potency, when they saw Krishna with the calves, the gopa boys thought He had been gone for only half a moment. Text 54

ta ucur vatsakaih krishna tvaram tvam tu samagatah kurushva bhojanam catra kenapi na kritam prabho tethey; ucuhsaid; vatsakaihwith the calves; krishnaO Krishna; tvaram quickly; tvamYou; tuindeed; samagatahcome; kurushvaplease do; bhojanam lunch; caand; atrahere; kenapisomehow; nanot; kritamdone; prabhah O Lord. They said: O Krishna, You have come so quickly with the calves! O Lord, come and take lunch. Somehow we have not finished our lunch. Text 55 tatash ca vihasan krishno 'bhyavahrityarbhakaih saha darshayam asa sarvebhyas carmajagaram eva ca tatahthen; caand; vihasanlaughing; krishnahKrishna; abhyavahritya taking lunch; arbhakaih sahawityh the boys; darshayam asashowed; sarvebhyahto all; carmathe skin; ajagaramof the snake; evaindeed; ca also. Laughing, Krishna took lunch with the boys. Then He showed them the skin of the dead snake Aghasura. Text 56 sayam-kale sa-ramas tu krishno gopaih paravritah agre kritva vatsa-vrindam hy ajagama shanair vrajam sayam-kalein the evening; sa-ramahwith Balarama; tuindeed; krishnah Krishna; gopaihby the goppas; paravritahaccompanied; agrein the front; kritvaplacing; vatsa-vrindamthe calves; hyindeed; ajagamareturned; shanaihslowly; vrajamto Vraja. Then Krishna, placing the calves in front and accompanied by Balarama and the gopas, slowly returned to the village of Vraja in the evening. Text 57 go-vatsakaih sita-sitasita-pita-varnai raktadi-dhumra-haritair bahu-shila-rupaih gopala-mandala-gatam vraja-pala-putram vande vanat sukhada-goshhakam avrajantam

go-vatsakaihwith the calves; sitawhite; sitasitablack; pitayellow; varnaih with colors; raktared; adibeginning; dhumrasmokey; haritaihgreen; bahushila-rupaihwith many different forms and natures; gopala-mandala-gatamgone to the circle of gopas; vraja-palaof the king of Vraja; putramto the son; vandeI bow down; vanatfrom the forest; sukhadablissful; goshhakamto the gopa village; avrajantamreturning. As, encircled by gopas and by calves of many different forms and natures and of many colors beginning with white, black, yellow, red, green, and smokey, He returns from the forest to the blissful village of gopas, I bow down before Lord Krishna, the prince of Vraja. Text 58 anando gopikanam tu hy asit krishnasya darshane yasam yena vina rajan kshano yuga-samo 'bhavat anandahthe bliss; gopikanamof thr gopis; tuindeed; hyindeed; asitwas; krishnasyaof Lord Krishna; darshanein the sight; yasamof wehom; yenaby which; vinawithout; rajanO king; kshanaha moment; yuga-samahequal to a yuga; abhavatbecame. When they saw Krishna, the gopis became filled with bliss. O king, for them a moment's separation from Him seemed like a yuga. Text 59 kritva goshhe prithag vatsan balah svam svam grihan gatah jagush caghasura-vadham atmano rakshanam hareh kritvadoing; goshhein Vraja; prithagspecific; vatsancalves; balahboys; svam svameach their own; grihanhome; gatahwent; jaguhsang; cand; aghasuraof Aghasura; vadhamthe slaying; atmanahof themselves; rakshanamthe protection; harehof Lord Hari. After placing the calves in their barns, the boys went to their own homes. There they told how Krishna killed Aghasura and saved them.

Chapter Ten Shri Krishna-go-carana-varnana Description of Shri Krishna's Herding the Cows

Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gopecchaya rama-krishnau gopalau tau babhuvatuh gash carayantau gopalair vayasyaish ceratur vane shri-narada uvaca Shri Narada said; gopa of ther gopas; icchaya by teh desire; rama-krishnau Krishna and Balarama; gopalau gopas; tau They; babhuvatuh became; gah the cows; carayantau herding; gopalaih with the gopas; vayasyaih friends; ceratuh went; vane in the forest. Shri Narada said: By the wish of the adult gopas, Krishna and Balarama were placed in charge of protecting the cows. Herding the cows with Their gopa friends, Krishna and Balarama would walk in the forest. Text 2 agre prishhe tada gavas carantyah parshvayor dvayoh shri-krishnasya balasyapi pashyantyah sundaram mukham agre in front; prishhe behind; tada then; gavah the cpws; carantyah going; parshvayoh on the sides; dvayoh two; shri-krishnasya of Shri Krishna; balasya of Balarama; api and; pashyantyah seeing; sundaram handsome; mukham face. Walking before, behind, and on both sides, the cows gazed at Krishna and Balarama's handsome faces. Text 3 ghana-manjira-jhankaram kurvantyas ta itas tatah kinkini-jala-samyukta hema-mala-lasad-galah ghana bells; manjira anklets; jhankaram tinkling; kurvantyah doing; ta they; itah here; tatah and there; kinkini of small bells; jala with a network;

samyuktah endowed; hema golden; mala necklaces; lasat glistening; galah necks. The cows wore glittering golden necklaces, a network of small bells, and tinkling anklets. Text 4 mukta-gucchair barhi-picchair lasat-pucchaccha-kesharah sphuratam nava-ratnanam mala-jalair virajitah mukta of pearls; gucchaih with bunches; barhi-picchaih with peacock feathers; lasat-pucchaccha-kesharah splendid tails; sphuratam manifested; nava-ratnanam of nine jewels; mala-jalaih with many necklaces; virajitah splendid. Their tails were decorated with peacock feathers and bunches of pearls. They were splendid with necklaces of nine jewels. Text 5 shringayor antare rajan shiro-mani-manoharah hema-rashmi-prabha-sphurjacchringa-parshva-praveshanah shringayoh horns; antare between; rajan O king; shiro-mani-manoharah neautiful; wityh a crow jewel; hema gold; rashmi-prabha splendor; sphurjat shining; shringa horn; parshva side; praveshanah entered. O king, a crown jewel placed between their horns made them beautiful. Their horns were plated with gold. Text 6 arakta-tilakah kashcit pita-puccharunanghrayah kailasa-giri-sankashah shila-rupa-maha-gunah

arakta red; tilakah tilaka; kashcit some; pita yellow; puccha tails; aruna red; anghrayah feet; kailasa Kailasa; giri Mount; sankashah splendor; shila noble character; rupa beauty; maha-gunah virtues. Some had yellow tails and red hooves. They were decorated with red tilaka. They were like many Mount Kailasas. They had virtues, good character, and beauty. Text 7 sa-vatsa manda-gaminya udho-bharena maithila kundoghnyah paalah kashcil lakshantyo bhavya-murtayah sa-vatsa with calves; manda-gaminya walking slowly; udho-bharena with full milk-bags; maithila O King of Mithila; kundoghnyah with great udders; paalah red patala flowers; kashcil some; lakshantyah bhavya-murtayah beautiful forms. O king of Mithila, accompanied by their calves, they walked slowly, their udders full. Some were like great red paala flowers. They were very beautiful. Text 8 kashcit pita vicitrash ca shyamash ca haritas tatha tamra dhumra ghana-shyama ghana-shyame gatekshanah kashcit some; pita yellow; vicitrash multicolored; ca and; shyamash black; ca and; haritah green; tatha so; tamra brown; dhumra smokey; ghana-shyama the color of clouds; ghana-shyame on Krishna, who was dark as a cloud; gata gone; ikshanah eyes. Some were yellow, some multicolored, some black, some green, some smokecolored, and some cloud-colored. All their eyes were placed on Krishna, His form dark as a cloud. Text 9

laghu-shringyo dirgha-shringya ucca-shringyo vrishaih saha mriga-shringyo vakra-shringyah kapila mangalayanah laghu small; shringyah horns; dirgha long; shringya horns; ucca high; shringyah horns; vrishaih bulls; saha with; mriga deer; shringyah horns; vakra bent; shringyah horns; kapila brown; mangalayanah auspicious. Some had short horns, some long horns, some high horns, some bent horns, and some horns like a deer's antlers. Some were with many bulls. Some were brown and beautiful. Text 10 shadvalam komalam kantam vikshantyo 'pi vane vane koishah koisho gavas carantyah krishna-parshvayoh shadvalam grass; komalam soft; kantam desirable; vikshantyah seeing; api also; vane in forest; vane after forest; koishah millions; koishah on millions; gavah of cows; carantyah herded; krishna-parshvayoh by Krishna's side. Searching for tender and delicious grasses, millions and millions of cows walked at Krishna's side through forest after forest. Texts 11-13 punyam shri-yamuna-tiram tamalaih shyamalair vanam nipaih nimbaih kadambaish ca pravalaih panasair drumaih kadali-kovidaramrair jambu-bilvair manoharaih ashvatthaish ca kapitthaish ca madhavibhish ca manditam babhau vrindavanam divyam vasantartu-manoharam nandanam sarvato-bhadram kshipac caitraratham vanam

punyam sacred; shri-yamuna-tiram the shore of the Yamuna; tamalaih with tamala trees; shyamalaih dark; vanam forest; nipaih with nipa trees; nimbaih with nim trees; kadambaih with kadamba trees; ca and; pravalaih with pravala trees; panasaih with panasa trees; drumaih withb trees; kadali with kadali trees; kovidara with kovidara trees; amraih wityh mango trees; jambu with jambu trees; bilvaih with bilva trees; manoharaih beautiful; ashvatthaish with asvattha trees; ca and; kapitthaih with kappitha trees; ca and; madhavibhish with madhavi vines; ca and; manditam decorated; babhau was splendidly manifested; vrindavanam Vrindavana; divyam transcendental; vasantartu-manoharam beautiful in the springtime; nandanam nandana; sarvatobhadram Sarvatobhadram; kshipac eclisping; caitraratham Caitraratha; vanam forest. Its Yamuna shore very pure and sacred, and its groves decorated with many dark tamala trees and many beautiful nipa, nimba, kadamba, pravala, panasa, kadali, kovidara, mango, jambu, bilva, ashvattha, and kapittha trees, as well as many madhavi vines, beautiful in the springtime, and its glory eclipsing the nandana, sarvatobhadra, and caitraratha forests of heaven, transcendental Vrindavana forest was splendidly manifest. Texts 14-17 yatra govardhano nama su-nirjhara-dari-yutah ratna-dhatu-mayah shriman mandara-vana-sankulah shrikhanda-badari-rambhadevadaru-vaair vritah palasha-plakshashokaish carisharjuna-kadambakaih parijataih paalaish ca campakaih parishobhitah karanja-jala-kunjadhyah shyamair indrayavair vritah kalakanhaih kokilaish ca pums-kokila-mayura-bhrit gash carayams tatra krishno vicacara vane vane yatra where; govardhanah Govardhana; nama named; su-nirjhara-dariyutah with caves and streams; ratna-dhatu-mayah made of jewels; shriman beautiful; mandara-vana-sankulah filled with forests of mandara trees; shrikhanda-badari-rambha-devadaru-vaaih with shrikhanda, badari, rambha,

devadaru, and vaatrees; vritah filled; palasha-plakshashokaih with palasha, plaksha, and ashoka trees; ca and; arisharjuna-kadambakaih with arisha, arjuna, and kadambaka trees; parijataih with parijata trees; paalaish with patala trees; ca and; campakaih with campaka trees; parishobhitah beautiful; karanja-jala-kunjadhyah opulent with many karanja trees; shyamaih black; indrayavaih withj indrayava trees; vritah filled; kalakanhaih with kalkanthas; kokilaish kokilas; ca and; pums-kokila male kokilas; mayura peacocks; bhrit manifested; gash cows; carayamh herding; tatra there; krishnah Krishna; vicacara went; vane in forest; vane after forest. In Vrindavana forest, on the beautiful hill named Govardhana, which was made of precious gems, had many glorious caves and swiftly-moving streams, and was filled with many beautiful mandara, shrikhanda, badari, rambha, devadaru, vaa, palasha, plaksha, ashoka, arisha, arjuna, kadambaka, parijata, paala, campaka, karanja, and shyama-indrayava trees, and many kalakanhas, kokilas, pumskokilas, and peacocks, Krishna wandered from forest to forest as He herded the cows. Texts 18-22 vrindavane madhuvane parshve talavanasya ca kumud-vane bahule ca divya-kama-vane pare brihat-sanu-gireh parshve girer nandishvarasya ca sundare kokilavane kokila-dhvani-sankule ramye kushavane saumye lata-jala-samanvite maha-punye bhadravane bhandiropavane nripa lohargale ca yamunatire tire vane vane pita-vasah parikaro naa-vesho manoharah vetra-bhrid vadayan vamshim gopinam pritim avahan mayura-piccha-bhrin mauli sragvi krishno babhau nripa vrindavane in Vrindavana; madhuvane Madhuvana; parshve on the side; talavanasya of Talavana; ca and; kumud-vane Kumud-vana; bahule Bahula;

ca qand; divya-kama-vane splendid Kamavana; pare great; brihat-sanu-gireh on the top of the hill; parshve on the side; gireh of the hill; nandishvarasya of Nandisvara; ca and; sundare beautiful; kokilavane Kokilavana; kokiladhvani-sankule filled with the sounds of cuckoos; ramye beautiful; kushavane Kusavana; saumye beautiful; lata-jala-samanvite filled with vines; maha-punye very sacred; bhadravane bhadravana; bhandiropavane in Bhandiravana; nripa O king; lohargale in Lohargala; ca and; yamuna of the Yamuna; tire on the shore; tire on the shore; vane in forest; vane after forest; pita-vasah-parikarah dressed in yellow garments; naa-veshah dressed as a dancer; manoharah handsome; vetra-bhrit holding a stick; vadayan playing; vamshim the flute; gopinam of the gopis; pritim pleasure; avahan bringing; mayura-piccha-bhrin wearing a peacock feather; mauli with a crown; sragvi with a garland; krishnah Krishna; babhau shone; nripa O king. O king, in Vrindavana, Madhuvana, Talavana, Kumudvana, Bahulavana, Divyakamavana, on the summit and slopes of Nandishvara Hill, in beautiful Kokilavana, which was filled with the singing of cuckoos, in beautiful Kushavana, which was filled with many flowering vines, in beautiful and sacred Bhadravana, in Bhandiropavana, in Lohargala, in shore after shore by the Yamuna, and in forest after forest, handsome Krishna, in yellow garments, dressed as a dancer, holding a stick, decorated with peacock feathers, a crown, and many garlands, playing His flute, and delighting the gopis, was splendidly manifest. Text 23 agre kritva gavam vrindam sayam-kale harih svayam ragaih samirayan vamshim shri-nanda-vrajam avishat agre in front; kritva placing; gavam the cows; vrindam multitude; sayamkale in the evening; harih Krishna; svayam personally; ragaih with many melodies; samirayan playing; vamshim the flute; shri-nanda-vrajam to the gopa village of Nanda; avishat-entered. Placing the cows in front and playing many melodies on His flute, Krishna returned to Nanda's village in the evening. Texts 24 and 25 venu-vamshi-dhvanim shrutva shri-vamshivaa-margatah go-rajobhir nabho vyaptam vikshya gehad vinirgatah

duri-kartum hy adhibadham ahartum sukham uttamam vismartum na samarthas tam drashum gopyah samayayuh venu-vamshi-dhvanim the sound of the flute; shrutva hearing; shrivamshivaa-margatah from the path to Vamsivata; go-rajobhih with the dust of the cows; nabhah the air; vyaptam filled; vikshya seeing; gehat from their homes; vinirgatah left; duri-kartum to put far away; hy indeed; adhibadham anxiety; ahartum to attain; sukham happiness; uttamam the highest; vismartum to forget; na not; samarthah able; tam Him; drashum to see; gopyah the gopis; samayayuh went. Hearing the sound of the flute, and seeing the cows' dust fill the sky along the Vamshivaa path, the gopis, to put their anxieties far away and to taste the highest happiness, and unable to forget Him, went to see Krishna. Text 26 sankoca-vithishu na sangrihitah sanaish calan go-gana-sankulasu simhavaloko gaja-bala-lilair vadhu-janaih pankaja-patra-netrah su-manditam maithila go-rajobhir nilam param kuntalam adadhanah hemangadi mauli-virajamana a-karna-vakri-krita-drishi-banah go-dhulibhir mandita-kunda-harah karnopari sphurjita-karnikarah pitambaro venu-ninada-karah patu prabhur vo hrita-bhuri-bharah sankoca-vithishu on the paths; na not; sangrihitah taken; sanaish slowly; calan going; go-gana-sankulasu among the cows; simhavalokah with a lion's glance; gaja-bala-lilaih with the playfulness of a baby elephant; vadhu-janaih by the girls; pankaja-patra-netrah lotus-petal eyes; su-manditam decorated; maithila O King of Mithila; go-rajobhih with the cows' dust; nilam black; param then; kuntalam hair; adadhanah taking; hemangadi golden bracelets; maulivirajamana with a splendid crown; a-karna from His ears; vakri-krita crooked; drishi of glances; banah with arrows; go-dhulibhih with cows' dust; mandita decorated; kunda of jasmine flowers; harah garland; karnopari pn His ear; sphurjita-karnikarah the whorl of a blossomed lotus; pitambarah wearing yellow garments; venu-ninada-karah plkaying the flute; patu may protect; prabhuh

the Lord; vah you; hrita-bhuri-bharah who removed the great burden of the earth. May Lord Krishna, who did not leave the path, who slowly brought the cows with Him, whose glance was like a lion's, whose playfulness was like a baby elephant's, whose eyes were lotus petals, who was the object of the gopis' glances, who was decorated with cows' dust, who had handsome black hair, who wore golden armlets, who was glorious with a crown, who shot arrows of crooked glances from large eyes that seemed to touch His ears, whose jasmine-garland was decorated with cows' dust, who wore the whorl of a blossoming lotus on His ear, who wore yellow garments, who played the flute, and who removed the earth's great burden, protect you all. .pa

Chapter Eleven Dhenukasura-moksha The Liberation of Dhenukasura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada sa-balah krishnash carayan ga manoharah gopalaih sahitah sarvair yayau talavanam navam shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; ekada one day; sa-balah with Balarama; krishnash Krishna; carayan herding; ga the cows; manoharah beautiful; gopalaih with the gopas; sahitah with; sarvaih all; yayau went; talavanam to Talavana; navam new. One day, as He was herding the beautiful cows with Balarama and all the gopas, Krishna went to newly-blossoming Talavana forest. Text 2 dhenukasya bhayad gopa na gatas te vanantaram krishno 'pi na gatas tatra bala eko vivesha ha

dhenukasya of an ass; bhayat out of fear; gopa the gopas; na not; gatah went; te they; vanantaram to the forest; krishnah Krishna; api even; na not; gatah wednt; tatra there; bala Balarama; ekah alone; vivesha entered; ha indeed. Out of fear of an ass, Dhenuka, the gopas did not enter that forest. Even Krishna did not enter. Only Balarama entered. Text 3 nilambaram kaau baddhva baladevo maha-balah paripakva-phalartham hi tad-vane vicacara ha nila blue; ambaram garments; kaau on His hip; baddhva bound; baladevah Balarama; maha-balah very powerful; paripakva ripe; phala fruits; artham for the purpose; hi indeed; tad-vane to that forest; vicacara went; ha indeed. Tying the blue sash at His waist, very powerful Balarama entered that forest to get its ripe fruit. Text 4 bahubhyam kampayams talan phala-sangham nipatayan garjamsh ca nirbhayam sakshad ananto 'nanta-vikramah bahubhyam with both arms; kampayamh shaking; talan the tala trees; phala-sangham many fruits; nipatayan causing to fall; garjan roaring; ca and; nirbhayam without fear; sakshat directly; anantah Lord Ananta; anantavikramah whose strength had not limit. Roaring fearlessly, Balarama, who was Lord Ananta Himself, and whose strength had no limit, with both arms shook the tala trees and made many fruits fall. Text 5 phalanam patatam shabdam shrutva krodhavritah kharah

madhyahne svapa-krid dusho bhimah kamsa-sakho bali phalanam of the fruits3; patatam falling; shabdam the sound; shrutva heariung; krodha with anger; avritah filled; kharah the ass; madhyahne in the middle of the day; svapa-krit napping; dushah the demon; bhimah powerful; kamsa-sakhah a friend of Kamsa; bali strong. When he heard the sound of the falling fruits, the ass-demon Dhenuka, who was very powerful, who was a friend of Kamsa, and who had been taking his midday nap, became filled with anger. Texts 6-9 ayayau sammukhe yoddhum baladevasya dhenukah balam pashcima-padabhyam nihatytorasi sa-tvaram cakara khara-shabdam svam paridhavan muhur muhuh grihitva dhenukam shighram balah pashcima-padayoh cikshepa tala-vrikshe ca hastenaikena lilaya tena bhagnash ca talo 'pi talan parshva-sthitan bahun patayam asa rajendra tad adbhutam ivabhavat punar utthaya daityendro balam jagraha roshatah ayayau came; sammukhe in the presence; yoddhum to fight; baladevasya Balarama; dhenukah Dhenuka; balam Balarama; pashcima behind; padabhyam with both feet; nihatyta struck; urasi on the chest; sa-tvaram quickly; cakara did; khara-shabdam an ass sound; svam own; paridhavan running; muhuh again; muhuh and again; grihitva taking; dhenukam Dhenuka; shighram at once; balah Balarama; pashcima-padayoh by the hind hooves; cikshepa threw; tala-vrikshe into a tala tree; ca and; hastenaikena with one hand; lilaya playfully; tena by Him; bhagnash broken; ca and; talah the tala tree; api even; talan the tal trees; parshva-sthitan by its side; bahun many; patayam asa caused to fall rajendra O king of kings; tat that; adbhutam wonder; iva like; abhavat was; punah again; utthaya rising; daityendrah the king of demons; balam Balarama; jagraha grabbed; roshatah angrily.

Coming before the Lord to fight, with his hind hooves Dhenuka suddenly kicked Balarama's chest and neighed. Balarama chased Dhenuka, quickly caught his hind legs, and with one hand playfully threw him into a tala tree. When that tree fell it made and many other tala trees nearby also fall. O king of kings, all this was very surprising. Then that king of demons again stood up and angrily grabbed Balarama. Text 10 yojanam nodayam asa gajam prati gajo yatha grihitva tam balah sadyo bhramayitvatha dhenukam yojanam for eight miles; nodayam asa threw; gajam one elephant; prati to; gajah one elephant; yatha as; grihitva grabbing; tam him; balah Balarama; sadyah at once; bhramayitva whirling around; atha-then; dhenukam Dhenuka. Then Balarama suddenly grabbed Dhenuka, whirled him around, and, as one elephant throws another elephant, threw him for eight miles. Text 11 bhu-prishhe pothayam asa murcchito bhagna-mastakah kshanena punar utthaya krodha-samyukta-vigrahah bhu-prishhe on the ground; pothayam asa threw; murcchitah fainted; bhagna broken; mastakah head; kshanena in a moment; punah again; utthaya standing; krodha-samyukta-vigrahahhis body filled with anger. When Dhenuka struck the ground, his head became badly wounded, and he fell unconscious. In a moment he stood up, and this time his body was filled with anger. Text 12 murdhni kritva catuh-shringam dhritva rupam bhayankaram gopan vidravayam asa shringais tikshnair bhayankaraih

murdhni on his head; kritva making; catuh-shringam four horns; dhritva placing; rupam a form; bhayankaram terrifying; gopan the gopas; vidravayam asa making flee; shringaih with horns; tikshnaih sharp; bhayankaraih terrifying. Then Dheunka manifested a terrifying form with four horns. With his sharp and terrifying horns he made the gopas flee. Text 13 agre palayitan gopan dudravashu madotkaah shridama tam ca dandena subalo mushina tatha agre before; palayitan fleeing; gopan gopas; dudrava-chased; ashu quickly; mada-utkaah angry; shridama Shridama; tam him; ca and; dandena with a stick; subalah Subala; mushina with a fist; tatha then. When the boys fled, Dhenuka chased them. Angry Shridama hit Dhenuka with a stick, and Subala hit him with his fist. Text 14 stokah pashena tam daityam sa tatada maha-balam kshepanenarjuno 'mshush ca daityam lattikaya kharam stokah Stoka; pashena with a rope; tam him; daityam the demon; sa he; tatada hit; maha-balam very powerful; kshepanena by throwing; arjunah Arjuna; amshuh Amshu; ca and; daityam the demon; lattikaya kharam the ass. Stoka Krishna whipped the powerful demon with a rope. Arjuna and Amshu threw him far away. Text 15 vishalarshabha etyashu

padena sva-balena ca tejasvi hy ardhacandrena devaprasthash capeakaih vishala Vishala; rshabha amd Rishabha; etya coming; ashu at once; padena by the foot; sva-balena with their own strength; ca and; tejasvi Tejasvi; hi indeed; ardhacandrena by strangling; devaprasthash Devaprasdtha; capeakaih with slaps. Vishala and Rishabha kicked the demon. Tejasvi tried to strangle him. Devaprastha slapped him. Texts 16 and 17 varuthapah kandukena santatada maha-kharam atha krishno 'pi tam nitva hastabhyam dhenukasuram bhramayitvashu cikshepa giri-govardhanopari shri-krishnasya praharena murcchito ghaika-dvayam varuthapah Varuthapa; kandukena with a ball; santatada hit; mahakharam thge great ass; atha then; krishnah Krishna; api also; tam him; nitva taking; hastabhyam with both hands; dhenukasuram Dhenukasara; bhramayitva whirling about; ashu at once; cikshepa threw; girigovardhanopari onto Govardhana Hill; shri-krishnasya of Shri Krishna; praharena by the blow; murcchitah fainted; ghaika-dvayam for an hour. Varuthapa hit the great demon with a ball. Then Krishna grabbed Dhenukasura with both hands, whirled him around, and threw him onto Gocvardhana Hill. By the force of this the demon was unconscious for an hour. Text 18 punar utthaya sva-tanum vidhunvan darayan mukham shringabhyam shri-harim nitva dhavan daityo nabho-gatah punah again; utthaya raising; sva-tanum his own form; vidhunvan shaking; darayan breaking apart; mukham face; shringabhyam with horns;

shri-harim Krishna; nitva taking; dhavan runinng; daityah the demon; nabho-gatah went to the sky. Shaking off this form, the demon again manifested his original form. With his horns the demon grabbed Krishna and carried Him into the sky. Texts 19 and 20 cakara tena khe yuddham urdhvam vai laksha-yojanam grihitva dhenukam daityam shri-krishno bhagavan svayam cikshepadho bhumi-madhye curnitasthih sa murcchitah punar utthaya shringabhyam nadam kritvati-bhairavam cakara did; tena by him; khe in the sky; yuddham battle; urdhvam high; vai indeed; laksha-yojanam eight hundred thousand miles; grihitva taking; dhenukam Dhenuka; daityam the demon; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; bhagavan svayam the original Supreme Personality of Godhead; cikshepa threw; adhah below; bhumi-madhye to the earth; curnita broken; asthih bones; sa he; murcchitah fainted; punah again; utthaya rising; shringabhyam with two horns; nadam a sound; kritva making; ati-bhairavam veryy terrible. Eight hundred thousand miles in the sky they fought. Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, grabbed Dhenukasura and threw him to the earth. His bones broken, the demon fell unconscious. Again rising, the demon made a very terrible sound with his two horns. Text 21 govardhanam samutpaya shri-krishne prahinot kharah girim grihitva shri-krishnah prakshipat tasya mastake govardhanam Govardhana Hill; samutpaya uprotting; shri-krishne at Shri Krishna; prahinot threw; kharah Dhenukasura; girim the hill; grihitva taking; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; prakshipat threw; tasya on his; mastake head.

Uprooting Govardhana Hill, Dhenukasura threw it at Shri Krishna. Catching the hill, Krishna threw it at Dhenuka's head. Text 22 daityo girim grihitvatha shri-krishne prahinod bali krishno govardhanam nitva purva-sthane samakshipat daityah the demon; girim the hill; grihitva taking; atha then; shri-krishne at Shri Krishna; prahinot threw; bali strong; krishnah Krishna; govardhanam Govardhana; nitva taking; purva-sthane it its previous place; samakshipat threw. The demon caught the hill and threw it again at Shri Krishna. Krishna caught Govardhana Hill and threw it back to its former place. Text 23 punar dhavan maha-daityah shringabhyam darayan bhuvam balam pashcima-padabhyam tadayitva jagarja ha punah again; dhavan running; maha-daityah the great demon; shringabhyam with two horns; darayan braking apart; bhuvam the ground; balam Balarama; pashcima-padabhyam with his hind legs; tadayitva striking; jagarja roared; ha certainly. Breaking the gorund with his horns, the demon charged Balarama, kicked him with his hind hooves, and roared. Texts 24 and 25 nanada tena brahmandam praijad bhu-khanda-mandalam hastabhyam sangrihitva tam baladevo maha-balah bhu-prishhe pothayam asa murcchitam bhagna-mastakam

punas tatada tam daityam mushina hy acyutagrajah nanada sounded; tena by that; brahmandam the universe; praijat shook; bhu-khanda-mandalam to the earth; hastabhyam with both hands; sangrihitva grabbing; tam him; baladevah Balarama; maha-balah very powerful; bhuprishhe to the ground; pothayam asa threw; murcchitam fainted; bhagnamastakam his head broken; punah again; tatada struck; tam him; daityam the demon; mushina with a fist; hy indeed; acyuta of infallible Krishna; agrajah the elder brother. With that roar the universe echoed and the earth shook. Then with both hands powerful Balarama grabbed the demon and threw him to the ground. His head broken, the demon fell unconscious. Then Krishna's elder brother, Balarama, punched the demon with His fist. Text 26 tena mushi-praharena sadyo vai nidhanam gatah tadaiva vavrishur devah pushpair nandana-sambhavaih tena by that; mushi-praharena punch; sadyah at once; vai indeed; nidhanam to death; gatah went; tada then; eva certainly; vavrishuh showered; devah the demigods; pushpaih with flowers; nandana-sambhavaih grown in the nandana gardens. With that punch the demon died. Then the demigods showered flowers from the nandana gardens. Texts 27-31 dehad vinirgatah so 'pi shyamasundara-vigrahah sragvi pitambaro devo vana-mala-vibhushitah laksha-parshada-samyuktah sahasra-dhvaja-shobhitah sahasra-cakra-dhvani-bhrid dhayayuta-samanvitah laksha-camara-shobhadhyo

'runa-varno 'ti-ratna-bhrit divya-yojana-vistirno mano-yayi manoharah kinkini-jala-samyukto ghana-manjira-samyutah harim pradakshini-kritya sa-balam divya-rupa-dhrik divyam ratham samaruhya dyotayan mandalam disham jagama daityo he rajan golokam prakriteh param dehat from the body; vinirgatah gone; sah he; api also; shyamasundaravigrahah a handsome dark form like that of Lord Krishna; sragvi garlanded; pitambarah dressed in yellow graments; devah the Lord; vana-mala-vibhushitah decorated with forest flowers; laksha-parshada-samyuktah with a hundred thousand associates; sahasra-dhvaja-shobhitah splendid with a thousand flags; sahasra-cakra-dhvani-bhrit with a thousand rubling wheels; dhayayutasamanvitah drawn by ten thousand horses; laksha-camara-shobhadhyah splemndid with a hundred thousand camaras; aruna-varnah red; ati-ratna-bhrit studded with many jewels; divya-yojana-vistirnah eight miles long; mano-yayi traveling as fast as the mind; manoharah beautiful; kinkini-jala-samyuktah with a network of tinkling ornaments; ghana-manjira-samyutah with many bells; harim Krishna; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; sa-balam with Balarama; divya-rupa-dhrik a transcendental form manifesting; divyam transcendental; ratham chariot; samaruhya climbing; dyotayan glistening; mandalam the circle; disham the directions; jagama went; daityah the demon; he O; rajan king; golokam to Goloka; prakriteh the material world; param above. Leaving his body, Dhenuka manifested a splendid and handsome dark form wearing yellow garments and decorated with a forest flower garland. Then a chariot, filled with a hundred thousand of the Lord's associates, decorated with a thousand flags, rumbling with a thousand wheels, pulled by ten thousand horses, glorious with a hundred thousand camaras, yellow, studded with many jewels, eight miles long, beautiful, traveling as fast as the mind, and decorated with many bells and tinkling ornaments, suddenly appeared. O king, the demon circumambulated Krishna and Balarama, and then, filling the circle of the directions with light, he ascended the chariot and went to Goloka, far beyond the material realm. Text 32 shri-krishno dhenukam hatva sa-balo balakaih saha tad-yashas tu pragayadbhir babhau gokula-go-ganaih

shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; dhenukam Dhenuka; hatva killing; sa-balah with Balarama; balakaih the boys; saha with; tad-yashah His glories; tu indeed; pragayadbhih singing; babhau was manifested; gokula-go-ganaih with the cows of Gokula. When Dhenuka was killed, Krishna was surrounded by the cows, Balarama, and the boys, who were all singing His glories. Text 33 shri-rajovaca mune muktim katham praptah purvam ko dhenukasurah katham kharatvam apanna etan me bruhi tattvatah shri-raja uvaca the king said; mune O sage; muktim liberation; katham how?; praptah attained; purvam previous; kah who?; dhenukasurah Dhenukasura; katham why?; kharatvam the body of an ass; apanna attained; etat this; me to me; bruhi please tell; tattvatah in truth. The king said: O sage, Why did he attain liberation? Who was Dhenukasura in his previous birth? Why did he get the body of an ass? Please tell me this in truth. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca vairocaner baleh putro namna sahasiko bali narinam dasha-sahasrai reme vai gandhamadane shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; vairocaneh the son of Virocana; baleh of Bali; putrah the son; namna named; sahasikah Sahasika; bali powerful; narinam of women; dasha-sahasrai ten thousand; reme enjoyed; vai indeed; gandhamadane on Gandhamadana Mountain. Shri Narada said: He was the powerful son of King Bali, who was the son of Virocana, and his name was Sahasika. One time he enjoyed pastimes with ten thousand women on Gandhamadana Mountain.

Texts 35-37 vaditranam nupuranam shabdo 'bhut tad-vane mahan guhayam asthitasyapi shri-krishnam smarato mune durvasaso 'tha tenapi dhyana-bhagno babhuva ha nirgatah padukarudho durvasah krisha-vigrahah dirgha-shmashrur yashi-dharah krodha-punjanala-dyutih yasya shapad vishvam idam kampate sa jagada ha vaditranam of musical instruments; nupuranam of anklebells; shabdah the sound; abhut was; tad-vane in that forest; mahan great; guhayam in a cave; asthitasya situated; api even; shri-krishnam on Shri Krishna; smaratah meditating; muneh of a sage; durvasasah Durvasa; atha then; tena by that; api also; dhyana meditation; bhagnah broken; babhuva became; ha indeed; nirgatah left; paduka-arudhah wearing wooden sandals; durvasah Durvasa; krisha-vigrahah very thin; dirgha a long; shmashruh beard; yashi a stick; dharah holding; krodha-punja of great anger; anala with the fire; dyutih glowing; yasya of whom; shapat from the curse; vishvam teh universe; idam this; kampate trembles; sa he; jagada said; ha indeed. The sounds in that forest of the many musical instuments and ankle-bells broke the trance of Durvasa Muni, who in a cave nearby was meditating on Lord Krishna. Very thing, with a long beard, walking with wooden sandals, holding a stick, and glowing with flames of anger, Durvaasa, whose gurse makes the universe tremble, left his cave and spoke (to Sahasika). Texts 38 and 39 shri-durvasa uvaca uttishha gardabhakara gardabho bhava durmate varshanam tu catur-laksham vyatite bharate punah mathure mandale divye punye talavane vane baladevasya hastena muktis te bhavitasura

shri-durvasa uvaca Shri Durvasa said; uttishha rise; gardabhakara O you who have the form of an ass; gardabhah an ass; bhava become; durmate O fool; varshanam of years; tu indeed; catur-laksham four hundred thousand; vyatite past; bharate on the earth; punah again; mathure mandale in the circle of Mathura; divye transcendental; punye sacred; talavane in Talavan; vane forest; baladevasya of Lord Balarama; hastena by the hand; muktih liberation; te of you; bhavita will be; asura O demon. Fool! Ass-like person! Rise! Become an ass! O demon, after four hundred thousand years, in the transcendental circle of Mathura, in the sacred forest of Talavana, you will attain liberation by Lord Balarama's hand. Text 40 shri-narada uvaca tasmad balasya hastena shri-krishnas tam jaghana ha prahladaya varo datto na vadhyo me tavanvayah shri-naradah uvaca Shri Narada said; tasmat from that; balasya of Lord Balarama; hastena by teh hand; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; tam him; jaghana killed; ha indeed; prahladaya to Prahlada; varah benediction; dattah given; na not; vadhyah to be killed; me by Me; tava of you; anvayah the descendants. Shri Narada said: Because he had given Prahlada Maharaja the benediction, "Your descendents will not be killed by Me", Krishna arranged that Dhenukasura was killed by Lord Balarama's hand.

Chapter Twelve Kaliya-damanam davagni-panam Subduing Kaliya and Drinking the Forest Fire Text 1 shri-narada uvaca balam vinatha gopalais carayan ga harih svayam kalindi-kulam agatya yayau vari-vishavritam

shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; balamBalarama; vinawithout; atha then; gopalaihwith the gopas; carayanherding; gahthe cows; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; kalindi-kulamto the shore of the Yamuna; agatyacoming; yayauwent; variwater; vishawith poison; avritamfilled. Shri Narada said: One day, as in Balarama's absence He was herding the cows with the gopas as His company, Krishna came to the shore of the Yamuna, which at that time was filled with poisoned water. Text 2 kaliyena phanindrena jalam yatra vidushitam pitva nipetur vyasavo gavo gopa jalantike kaliyenaby Kaliya; phanindrenathe king of snakes; jalamthe water; yatra where; vidushitampolluted; pitvahaving drunk; nipetuhfell; vyasavahdead; gavahthe cows; gopagopas; jalathe water; antikenear. When they drank the water poisoned by the snake-king Kaliya, the cows and gopas at once fell dead at the water's edge. Text 3 tada tan jivayam asa drishya piyusha-purnaya ardra-citto harih sakshad bhagavan vrijinardanah tadathen; tanthem; jivayam asarestored to life; drishyawith aglance; piyusha-purnayafilled with nectar; ardramelting with compassion; cittahwhos eheart; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrijinafrom distresses; ardanahthe savior. Then with a nectar-filled glance Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the savior from distress, His heart melting with compassion, brought them back to life. Text 4

kaau pita-paam baddhva nipam aruhya madhavah papatottunga-viapat tat-toye visha-dushite kaauat His waist; pita-paamthe yellow sahs; baddhvatying; nipama kadamba tree; aruhyaclimbing; madhavahKrishna; papatadived; uttungaviapatfrom the tall tree; tat-toyeinto the water; visha-dushitepoisoned. Tightening the yellow sash about His waist and climbing a kadamba tree, Krishna dove from that tall tree into the poisoned water. Text 5 uccacala jalam dusham krishna-sanghata-ghurnitam tat-sarpa-mandire nadyam bhringi-bhutam babhuva ha uccacalarose; jalamthe water; dushampoisoned; krishna-sanghataghurnitamby the thrashing of Krishna; tat-sarpa-mandirein the abode of that snake; nadyamin the river; bhringi-bhutambecome a wasp; babhuvabecame; haindeed. As Krishna thrashed about, the poisoned water rose in great waves. Krishna was like a wasp that had entered the snake's river-palace. Text 6 tadaiva kaliyah kruddhah phani phana-shatavritah dashan dantaish ca bhujaya cacchada nripa madhavam tadathen; evaindeed; kaliyahKaliya; kruddhahangry; phanisnake; phana-shatavritahwith a hundred hoods; dashanbiting; dantaihwith many fangs; caand; bhujayawith coils; cacchadacovered; nripaO king; madhavam Krishna. Then the snake Kaliya, who had a hundred heads, coiled himself around Krishna and with many fangs bit Him.

Texts 7 and 8 krishno dirgham vapuh kritva bandhanan nirgatash ca tam pucche grihitva sarpendram bhramayitva tv itas tatah jale nipatya hastabhyam cikshepashu dhanuh-shatam punar utthaya sarpendro lelihano bhayankarah krishnahKrishna; dirghama long; vapuhform; kritvamanifesting; bandhananfrom the bondage; nirgatashgone; caand; tamhim; puccheon the tail; grihitvagrabbing; sarpendramthe king of snakes; bhramayitvawhirling about; tvindeed; itas tatahhere and there; jaleinto the water; nipatyafallen; hastabhyamwith both hands; cikshepathrew; ashusuddenly; dhanuh-shatam two hundred yards; punahagain; utthayarising; sarpendrahthe king of snakes; lelihanahlicking his tongue; bhayankarahterrifying. Expanding His form, Krishna broke free of the snake's clutches. With both hands grabbing its tail, Krishna whirled the snake-king and tossed it two hundred yards away in the water. When the terrifying snake-king rose again, it was licking its tongue. Text 9 vama-haste harim sarpo rusha jagraha madhavam harir dakshina-hastena grihitva tam maha-khalam vama-hastethe left hand; harimKrishna; sarpahthe snake; rushaangrily; jagrahagrabbed; madhavamKrishna; harihKrishna; dakshina-hastenawith His right hand; grihitvagrabbing; tamhim; maha-khalamthe great demon. The snake angrily grabbed Krishna's left hand. Then with His right hand Krishna grabbed the demon-snake. Text 10 taj-jale pothayam asa

suparna iva pannagam sarpo mukha-shatam dirgham prasarya punar agatah taj-jalein the water; pothayam asathrew; suparnaGaruda; ivalike; pannagama snake; sarpahthe snake; mukha-shatamwho had a hundred faces; dirghamlong; prasaryaopening; punahagain; agatahcame. Krishna threw the snake far away, as Garuda would have thrown it. Expanding its hundred hoods, the snake returned. Text 11 pucche grihitva tam krishnas cakarshashu dhanu-shatam krishna-hastad vinishkramya sarpas tam vyadashat punah puccheon the tail; grihitvagrabbing; tamhim; krishnahKrishna; cakarsha did; ashuat once; dhanu-shatamtwo hundred yards; krishna-hastatfrom Krishna's hand; vinishkramyaescaping; sarpahthe snake; tamHim; vyadashat bit; punahagain. Then Krishna grabbed the snake's tail and suddenly threw it two hundred yards away. As it was being thrown by Krishna's hand, the snake bit the Lord again. Text 12 tatada mushina sarpam trailokya-bala-dharakah krishna-mushi-praharena murcchito vigata-smritih tatadastruck; mushinawith a fist; sarpamthe sanke; trailokya-baladharakahwho had all the strength in the three worlds; krishnaof Krishna; mushi-praharenawith a punch; murcchitahfainted; vigata-smritih unconscious. Then Krishna, who has all the strength in the three worlds, punched the snake. With Krishna's punch, the snake fell unconscious. Texts 13-15

natam kritvanana-shatam sthito 'bhut krishna-sammukhe aruhya tat-phani-shatam mani-vrinda-manoharam nanarta naavat krishno naa-vesho manoharah gayan sapta-svarai ragam sangitam ca sa-talakam pushpair deveshu varshatsu tandave naa-raja-vat vadayan sa muda vinanakadundubhi-venukan natambowed down; kritvamasking; anana-shatamhundred heads; sthitah situated; abhutbecame; krishna-sammukhein Krishna's presence; aruhya climbing; tat-phani-shatamon the hundred hoods; mani-vrinda-manoharam beautiful with many jewels; nanartadanced; naavatlike a dancer; krishnah Krishna; naa-veshahappearing like a dancer; manoharahhandsome; gayan singing; sapta-svaraiwith the seven notes; ragammelody; sangitamsung; ca and; sa-talakamwith rhythm; pushpaihwith flowers; deveshuas the demigods; varshatsushowered; tandavein the agressive dancing; naa-raja-vatlike the king of dancers (Lord Shiva); vadayansounding; saHe; mudahappily; vinavinas; anakadundubhidrums; venukanand flutes. When the snake's heads were down, handsome Krishna climbed on its hundred jewel-decorated hoods. Singing melodies in the seven-note scale and playing the flute, drum, and vina, as the demigods showered flowers, Krishna furiously danced, as does Lord Shiva, the king of dancers. Text 16 sa-talam pada-vinyasais tat-phanan sojjvalan bahun babhanja shvasatah krishnah kaliyasya mahatmanah sa-talamwith rhythm; pada-vinyasaihwith steps; tat-phananthe hoods; sojjvalansplendid; bahunmany; babhanjabroke; shvasatahhissing; krishnah Krishna; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; mahatmanahthe great soul. With rhythmic dance-steps, Krishna broke the many splendid hoods of the great saint that was the hissing snake Kaliya.

Text 17 tadaiva naga-patnyas ta agata bhaya-vihvalah natva krishna-padam devam ucur gadgadaya gira tadathen; evaindeed; nagaof the snake; patnyahthe wives; tathey; agatacame; bhaya-vihvalahovercome with fear; natvabowing down; krishna of Krishna; padamto the feet; devamto the Lord; ucuhsaid; gadgadayawith choked up; girawords. Terrified, the snake's wives came. Bowing to Krishna's feet, with words choked with emotion, they spoke to the Lord. Text 18 shri-naga-patnya ucuh namah shri-krishnacandraya goloka-pataye namah asankhyandadhipataye paripurnatamaya te shri-naga-patnyah ucuhthe snake's wives said; namahobeisances; shrikrishnacandrayato Shri Krishnacandra; goloka-patayethe master of Goloka; namahobeisances; asankhyacountless; andaof universes; adhipatayeto the ruler; paripurnatamayathe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; teto You. The snake's wives said: Obeisances to You, Shri Krishnacandra, the master of Goloka! Obeisances to You, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of numberless universes! Text 19 shri-radha-pataye tubhyam vrajadhishaya te namah namah shri-nanda-putraya yashoda-nandanaya te shri-radha-patayethe master of Radha; tubhyamto You; vrajadhishayathe master of Vraja; teto You; namahobeisances; namahobeisances; shri-nandaputrayato the son of Nanda; yashoda-nandanayato the joy of Yashoda; teto You.

Obeisances to You, the master of Radha, the master of Vraja! Obeisances to You, the son of Nanda, the joy of Yashoda! Text 20 pahi pahi para-deva pannagam tvat-param na sharanam jagat-traye tvam parat parataro harih svayam lilaya kila tanoshi vigraham pahisave; pahisave; para-devaO Supreme Lord; pannagam this snake; tvat-paramdevoted to You; nanot; sharanamshelter; jagatworlds; trayein the three; tvamYou; paratthan the greatest; paratarahgreater; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; lilayawith pastimes; kilaindeed; tanoshimanifest; vigrahamthis form. Save, Save this snake, O Supreme Lord! In the three worlds there is no shelter but You! You are Lord Hari, who is greater than the greatest. As You enjoy Your pastimes You appear in many forms. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca naga-patni-stutah krishnah kaliyam vigata-smayam visasarja harih sakshat paripurnatamah svayam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; nagaof the snake; patniby the wives; stutahoffered prayers; krishnahKrishna; kaliyamKaliya; vigatagone; smayam pride; visasarjamade; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself. Shri Narada said: When the snake's wives offered these prayers, Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, made Kaliya completely prideless. Text 22 pahiti pravadantam tam kaliyam bhagavan harih pranatam sammukhe praptam

praha devo janardanah pahisave; itithus; pravadantamsaying; tamto him; kaliyamKaliya; bhagavanLord; harihKrishna; pranatambowed down; sammukhein the presence; praptamattained; prahasaid; devahthe Lord; janardanahthe savior from miseries. When Kaliya bowed down and said, "Please save me!" Lord Krishna, the savior from miseries, spoke to him. Text 23 shri-bhagavan uvaca dvipam ramanakam gaccha sa-kalatra-suhrid-vritah suparno 'dyatanat tvam vai nadyan mat-pada-lanchitam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dvipam ramanakam-Ramanaka-dvipa; gacchago; sa-kalatrawith wives; suhritfriends; vritahwith; suparnahgaruda; adyatanatfrom today; tvamyou; vaiindeed; nanot; adyatwill eat; mat-pada-lanchitamMy footprint. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: With Your wives and relatives go the Ramanaka-dvipa. From today on Garuda will not eat you, because you are marked with My footprints. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca sarpah krishnam tu sampujya parikramya pranamya tam kalatra-putra-sahito dvipam ramanakam yayau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; sarpahthe snake; krishnamto Krishna; tuindeed; sampujyaworshiping; parikramyacircumambulating; pranamya bowing down; tamto Him; kalatra-putra-sahitahwith his wives and children; dvipam ramanakamto Ramanaka-dvipa; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: After worshiping, circumambulating, and bowing down before Lord Krishna, the snake, with its wives and children, went to Ramanaka-dvipa.

Text 25 atha shrutva kaliyena sangrastam nanda-nandanam tatrajagmur gopa-gana nandadyah sakala janah athathen; shrutvaafter hearing; kaliyenaby Kaliya; sangrastamgrabbed; nanda-nandanamKrishna; tatrathere; ajagmuhcame; gopa-ganahthe gopas; nandadyahheaded by Nanda; sakalaall; janahthe people. Hearing that Krishna was captured by Kaliya, Nanda Maharaja and all the cowherd people came there. Text 26 jalad vinirgatam krishnam drishva mumudire janah ashlishya sva-sutam nandah param mudam avapa ha jalatfrom the water; vinirgatamemerged; krishnamKrishna; drishva seeing; mumudirerejoiced; janahthe people; ashlishyaembracing; sva-sutam his son; nandahNanda; paramsupreme; mudamhappiness; avapaattained; hacertainly. Seeing Krishna emerge from the water, the people rejoiced. As he embraced his son, Nanda attained the highest bliss. Text 27 sutam labdhva yashoda sa suta-kalyana-hetave dadau danam dvijatibhyah sneha-snuta-payodhara sutamson; labdhvaattaining; yashodaYashoda; sashe; suta-kalyanahetavefor the auspiciousness of her son; dadaugave; danamcharity; dvijatibhyahto the brahmanas; sneha-snuta-payodharamilk flowing from her breasts.

When Yashoda attained her son, milk flowed from her breasts. For her son's welfare she gave charity to the brahmanas. Text 28 tatraiva shayanam cakrur gopah sarve parishramat kalindi-nikae rajan gopi-gopa-ganaih saha tatrathere; evaindeed; shayanamrest; cakruhdid; gopahthe cowherd peoiple; sarveall; parishramatfrom exhaustion; kalindithe Yamuna; nikae near; rajanO king; gopi-gopa-ganaihthe gopas and gopis; sahawith. Then the exhausted gopas and gopis napped by the Yamuna's shore. Text 29 venu-sangharshanodbhuto davagnih pralayagni-vat nishithe sarvato gopan dagdhum agatavan sphuran venuof the bamboos; sangharshanaby the fricton; udbhutahborn; davagnih a forest fire; pralayagni-vatlike the fire at the time of cosmic devastation; nishithein the middle of the night; sarvataheverywhere; gopanthe gopas; dagdhumto burn; agatavancame; sphuranmanifesting. Born from the natural fricton of the bamboos, a forest fire like the great fire at the end of creation came in the middle of the night to consume the gopas. Text 30 gopa vayasyah shri-krishnam sa-balam sharanam gatah natva kritanjalim kritva tam ucur bhaya-katarah gopahthe gopas; vayasyahfriends of the same age; shri-krishnamto Shri Krishna; sa-balamwith Balarama; sharanamto the shelter; gatahwent; natva bowing down; kritanjalim kritvawith folded hands; tamto Him; ucuhsaid; bhaya-katarahovercome with fear.

Overcome with fear, the gopas took shelter of Krishna and Balarama. Bowing down and folding their hands, they spoke to Him. Text 31 shri-gopa ucuh krishna krishna maha-baho sharanagata-vatsala pahi pahi vane kashad davagneh sva-janan prabho shri-gopah ucuhthe gopas said; krishnaKrishna; krishnaKrishna; mahabahahO mighty-armed sharanagatato they who take shelter; vatsala affectionate; pahisave; pahisave; vanein the forest; kashatfrom calamity; davagnehforest fire; sva-jananyour own people; prabhahO Lord. The gopas said: Krishna! Krishna! O mighty-armed one! O Lord affectionate to the surrendered souls who take shelter of You! Save us! Save us, Your own people, from this terrible forest-fire! Text 32 sva-locanani mabhaisha nyamilayata madhavah ity uktva vahnim apibad devo yogeshvareshvarah sva-locananiyour eyes; madon't; abhaishabe afraid; nyamilayataclose; madhavahKrishna; itythus; uktvasaying; vahnimthe fire; apibatdrank; devahthe Lord; yogeshvareshvarahthe king of the kings of yoga. Saying, "Don't be afraid! Just close your eyes", Lord Krishna, the king of the kings of yoga, drank up the forest fire. Text 33 pratar gopa-ganaih sardham vismitair nanda-nandanah go-ganaih sahitah shrimadvraja-mandalam ayayau

pratahearly in the morning; gopa-ganaihthe gopas; sardhamwith; vismitaih astonished; nanda-nandanahNanda's son; go-ganaihthe cows; sahitahwith; shrimatbeautiful; vraja-mandalamto the circle of Vraja; ayayaucame. Then, early in the morning, with the cows and the astonished gopas, Krishna went to the pastures of Vraja. .pa

Chapter Thirteen Sheshopakhyana-varnana The Story of Shesha Text 1 shri-vaideha uvaca yad-rajo durlabham loke yoginam bahu-janmabhih tat-padabjam hareh sakshad babhau kaliya-murdhasu shri-vaidehah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; yatof whom; rajahthe dust; durlabhamdifficult to attain; lokein this world; yoginamby the yogis; bahu with many; janmabhihbirths; tatof Him; padafeet; abjamlotus; harehof Krishna; sakshatdirectly; babhauwas manifested; kaliya-murdhasuon the heads of Kaliya. Shri Bahulashva said: After many births even the great yogis in this world cannot attain the dust of the Lord's feet. Still, Lord Krishna placed His lotus feet directly on Kaliya's heads. Text 2 ko 'yam purvam kushala-krit kaliyo phaninam varah enam veditum icchami bruhi devarshi-sattama kahwho?; ayamhe; purvampreviously; kushala-krithaving done a pious deed; kaliyahkaliya; phaninamof snakes; varahthe best; enamthis; veditum to know; icchamiI wish; bruhiplease tell; devarshi-sattamaO best of the divine sages.

What pious deeds did Kaliya, the best of snakes, do in his previous birth? This I wish to know. Please tell me this, O best of divine sages. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca svayambhuvantare purvam namna vedashira munih vindhyacale tapo 'karshid bhrigu-vamsha-samudbhavah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; svayambhuvantarein the Svayambhuvamanvantara; purvambefore; namnaby name; vedashira munihVedasira Muni; vindhyacalein the Vindhya Hills; tapahausterities; akarshitperformed; bhriguvamsha-samudbhavahborn in the Bhrigu dynasty. Shri Narada said: In ancient times, during the Svayambhuva-manvantara, a sage named Vedashira Muni, who was a descendent of Bhrigu Muni, performed austerities in the Vindhya Hills. Text 4 tad-ashrame tapah kartum prapto hy ashvashira munih tam vikshya rakta-nayanah praha vedashira rusha tad-ashrameat his ashrama; tapahuasterities; kartumto do; praptah attained; hyindeed;; ashvashira munihAsvasira Muni; tamto him; vikshya seeing; rakta-nayanahred eyes; prahasaid; vedashiraVedasira; rushaangrily. Then, one day a sage named Ashvashira Muni came to perform austerities at this sage's ashrama. With red eyes staring at his guest, Vedashira Muni angrily spoke. Text 5 shri-vedashira uvaca mamashrame tapo vipra ma kuryah sukhadam na hi anyatra te tapo-yogya bhumir nasti tapo-dhana

shri-vedashira uvacaVedasira said; mamamy; ashramein the asrama; tapahausterities; vipraO brahmana; madon't; kuryahdo; sukhadamgiving happiness; nanot; hiindeed; anyatrain another place; teof you; tapo-yogya sutiable for yoga; bhumihplace; nanot; astiis; tapo-dhanaO sage whose wealth is austerity. Shri Vedashira said: O brahmana, don't perform austerities in my ashrama. O sage whose wealth is austerity, is there no other place where you can happily perform austerities? Text 6 shri-narada uvaca shrutvatha vedashiraso vakyam hy ashvashira munih krodha-yukto rakta-netrah praha tam muni-pungavam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; athathen; vedashirasahof Vedasira; vakyamthe words; hyindeed; ashvashiraAsvasira; munihMuni; krodha-yuktahangry; rakta-netrahhis eyes red; prahasaid; tam to him; muniof sages; pungavamthe best. Shri Narada said: When he heard Vedashira's words, Ashvashira Muni became angry. With red eyes he spoke to the best of sages. Text 7 shri-ashvashira uvaca maha-vishnor iyam bhumir na te me muni-sattama katibhir munibhish catra na kritam tapa uttamam shri-ashvashira uvacaAshvashira said; maha-vishnohof Lord maha-Vishnu; iyamthis; bhumihplace; nanot; teof you; meof me; muni-sattamaO best of sages; katibhihby how many?; munibhishsages; caand; atrahere; nanot; kritamdone; tapaausterities; uttamamgreat. Shri Ashvashira said: O best of sages, this place belongs to Lord Maha-Vishnu. It does not belong to you or me. Have not many sages already performed great austerities here?

Text 8 shvasan sarpa iva tvam bho vritha krodham karoshi hi tada sarpo bhava tvam hi bhuyat te garudad bhayam shvasanhissing; sarpaa snake; ivalike; tvamyou; bhahO; vritha uselessly; krodhamangry; karoshiare; hiindeed; tadathen; sarpaha snake; bhavabecome; tvamyou; hiindeed; bhuyatmay be; teof you; garudat from garuda; bhayamfear. You are angry for no reason. You hiss as if you were a snake. Become a snake! You will be terrified of Garuda. Text 9 shri-vedashira uvaca tvam maha-durabhiprayo laghu-drohe mahodyamah karyarthi kaka iva kau tvam kako bhava durmate shri-vedashira uvacaShri Vedasira said; tvamyou; maha-durabhiprayah don't understand anything; laghufor a slight; droheoffense; maha-great; udyamahendeavor; karyarthiwishing to do; kakaa crow; ivalike; kauon the earth; tvamyou; kakaha crow; bhavabecome; durmateO fool. Shri Vedashira said: Fool, for a slight offense you plot a great revenge! On this earth you are like a crow. Fool, become a crow! Text 10 shri-narada uvaca avirasit tato vishnur ittham ca shapatos tayoh sva-sva-shapad duhkhitayoh santvayam asa tau gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; avirasitappeared; tatahthen; vishnuh Lord Vishnu; itthamthus; caand; shapatohof the two cursing sages; tayoh

of them; sva-sva-shapateach from his own curse; duhkhitayohunhappy; santvayam asacomforted; tauthem both; girawith words. Shri Narada said: Then Lord Vishnu appeared and consoled the two sages, who were now unhappy with their curses. Texts 11-14 shri-bhagavan uvaca yuvam tu me samau bhaktau bhujav iva tanau muni sva-vakyam tu mrisha kartum samartho 'ham munishvarau bhakta-vakyam mrisha kartum necchami shapatho mama te murdhni he vedashiras caranau me bhavishyatah tada te garuda-bhitir na bhavishyati karhicit shrinu me 'shvashiro vakyam shocam ma kuru ma kuru kaka-rupo 'pi su-jnanam te bhavishyati nishcitam param trailokikam jnanam samyutam yoga-siddhibhih shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; yuvamyou both; tuindeed; meto Me; samauequal; bhaktaudevotees; bhujauarms; iva like; tanauon the body; munisages; sva-vakyamown words; tuindeed; mrishafalse; kartumto make; samarthahable; ahamI; munishvarauO kings of sages; bhaktaof a devotee; vakyamthe words; mrishafalse; kartumto do; nanot; icchamiI wish; shapathahas a vow; mamaof Me; teof you; murdhni on the head; heO; vedashirahVedasira; caranauthe feet; meof me; bhavishyatahwill be; tadathen; teof you; garuda-bhitihfear of Garuda; na not; bhavishyatiwill be; karhicitever; shrinuhear; meMe; ashvashirahO Asvasira; vakyamthe words; shocamlament; madon't; kurudo; madon't; kurudo; kaka-rupahthe form of a crow; apialthough; su-jnanam transcendental} knowledge; teof you; bhavishyatiwill be; nishcitamindeed; paramgreat; trailokikamin the three worlds; jnanamknowledge; samyutam with; yoga-siddhibhihthe mystic perfections. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: You are both equally devoted to Me. O sages, you are like the two arms of My body. O kings of the sages, I can make My

own words false, but I do not wish to allow the words of my devotees to become false. That is My vow. O Vedashira, I will place My footprints on your head. Because of them you will never fear Garuda. O Ashvashira, hear My words. Don't lament. Please don't lament. You will have the form of a crow, but you will have transcendental knowledge. You will have yoga-siddhis and the highest knowledge in the three worlds. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca ity uktvatha gate vishnau munir ashvashira nripa sakshat kaka-bhushundo 'bhud yogindro nila-parvate shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said: ; itythus; uktvasaying; athathen; gategon3; vishnauLord Vishnu; munir ashvashiraAsvasira Muni; nripaO king; sakshatdirectly; kaka-bhushundahthe crow Bhushunda; abhutbecame; yogindrahthe king of sages; nila-parvateon Mount Nila. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words, Lord Vishnu departed. O king, then the sage Ashvashira became the crow Bhushunda on Mount Nila. Text 16 rama-bhakto maha-tejah sarva-shastrartha-dipakah ramayanam jagau yo vai garudaya mahatmane ramaof Lord Ramacandra; bhaktaha devotee; maha-tejahvery powerful; sarvaof all; shastrascriptures; arthathe meaning; dipakaha lamp; ramayanamthe Ramayana; jagaurecited; yahwho; vaiindeed; garudayato mgaruda; mahatmanethe great soul. He was devoted to Lord Ramacandra. He was very powerful. He was a lamp shining on the meanings of all the scriptures. To Garuda he recited the Ramayana. Text 17 cakshushe hy antare prapte dakshah pracetaso nripa

kashyapaya dadau kanya ekadasha manoharah cakshushethe Caksusa-manvantara; hyindeed; antarein; prapteattained; dakshahDaksha; pracetasahto the prajapati; nripaO king; kashyapayato Kashyapa; dadaugave; kanyadaughters; ekadashaeleven; manoharah beautiful. O king, during the Cakshusha-manvantara Prajapati Daksha gave his eleven beautiful daughters in marriage to Kashyapa Muni. Text 18 tasam kadrush ca ya shreshha sadyaiva rohini smrita vasudeva-priya yasyam baladevo 'bhavat sutah tasamof them; kadruhKadru; caand; yawho; shreshhathe best; sa she; adyanow; evaeven; rohinias Rohini; smritais known; vasudeva-priya dear to King Vasudeva; yasyamin whom; baladevahBalarama; abhavat became; sutahthe son. Kadru was the best of them. Today Kadru is Rohini. She is dear to Maharaja Vasudeva. Lord Balarama was born as her son. Texts 19 and 20 sa kadrush ca maha-sarpan janayam asa koishah mahodbhaan visha-balan ugran panca-shatananan maha-mani-dharan kamshcid duhsahamsh ca shatananan tesham vedashira nama kaliyo 'bhud maha-phani sa-she; kadrushKadru; caand; maha-sarpangreat snakes; janayam asa gave birth; koishahmillions; mahodbhaanvery powerful; vishapoison; balan strong; ugranhorrible; panca-shatfive hundred; anananheads; mahagreat; manijewels; dharanhaving; kamshcitsome; duhsahamshinvincible; caand; shatananana hundred heads; teshamof them; vedashiraVedasira; nama named; kaliyahKaliya; abhutbecame; mahagreat; phanisnake.

Kadru gave birth to many millions of great, powerful, invincible jewel-decorated, and very poisonous snakes, some having five-hundred heads, and others having a hundred heads. Among them Vedashira became the great snake Kaliya. Text 21 tesham adau phanindro 'bhuc chesho 'nantah parat parah so 'dyaiva baladevo 'sti ramo 'nanto 'cyutagrajah teshamof them; adauthe first; phanindrahthe king of snakes; abhut became; sheshah anantahAnanta Shesha; paratthan the greatest; parah greater; sahHe; adyanow; evaindeed; baladevahBalarama; astiis; ramah Rama; anantahlimitless; acyutaof the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; agrajahthe elder brother. Ananta Shesha, the king of snakes, who is greater than the greatest, was the first of them. Today Ananta is Balarama, the elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 22 ekada shri-harih sakshad bhagavan prakriteh parah shesham praha prasannatma megha-gambhiraya gira ekadaone day; shri-harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; prakritehmatter; parahbeyond; sheshamto shesha; prahasaid; prasannapleased; atmaat heart; meghacloud; gambhiraya deep; girawith words. One day Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is beyond the worlkd of matter and is always happy at heart, with words like the rumbling of clouds, spoke to Ananta Shesha. Text 23 shri-bhagavan uvaca bhu-mandalam samadhatum

samarthyam kasyacin na hi tasmad enam mahi-golam murdhni tvam hi samuddhara shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; bhu-mandalam the earth; samadhatumto hold up; samarthyamability; kasyacitof someone; nanot; hiindeed; tasmatfrom that; enamthis; mahi-golamthe earth; murdhnion the head; tvamYou; hiindeed; samuddharaplease hold. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: No one else has the power to hold up the planets of Bhu-mandala. You please carry these planets on Your head. Text 24 ananta-vikramas tvam vai yato 'nanta iti smritah idam karyam prakartavyam jana-kalyana-hetave anantalimitless; vikramahpower; tvamYou; vaiindeed; yatahtherefore; anantalimitless; itithus; smritahknown; idamthis; karyamduty; prakartavyamshould be done; janaof the people; kalyana-hetavefor the welfare. Your power is endless, and therefore You are known as Ananta (the endless). Please accept this duty for the welfare of the people. Text 25 shri-shesha uvaca avadhim kuru yavat tvam dharoddharasya me prabho bhu-bharam dharayishyami tavat te vacanad iha shri-sheshah uvacaShri Shesha said; avadhimlimit; kuruplease do; yavat as; tvamYou; dhara-uddharasyaof holding up the planets; meof Me; prabhah O Lord; bhu-bharamthe burden of thre worlds; dharayishyamiI will hold; tavat so; teof You; vacanatfrom the words; ihahere. Shri Shesha said: O Lord, please put some limit on how long I must hold the world. Then, according Your word, I will hold up Bhu-mandala.

Text 26 shri-bhagavan uvaca nityam sahasra-vadanair uccaram ca prithak prithak mad-guna-sphuratam namnam kuru sarpendra sarvatah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; nityam always; sahasra-vadanaihwith a thousand heads; uccaramholding up; caand; prithak prithakspecific natures; mad-guna-sphuratamthe manifestation of My qualities; namnamof names; kurudo; sarpendraO king of snakes; sarvatahin all respects. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O king of snakes, with Your thousand mouths always chant My names, names that reveal My transcendental qualities. Text 27 man-namani ca divyani yada yanty avasanatam tada bhu-bharam uttarya phanis tvam su-sukhi bhava man-namaniMy names; caand; divyanitranscendental; yadawhen; yanty go; avasanatamto the end; tadathen; bhu-bharamburden; uttaryalifting; phanihsnake; tvamYou; su-sukhivery happy; bhavabecome. When You come to the end of all My transcendental names You can put down the burden of Bhu-mandala and relax. Text 28 shri-shesha uvaca adharo 'yam bhavishyami mad-adharash ca ko bhavet niradharah katham toye tishhami kathaya prabho shri-sheshah uvacaShri Shesha said; adharahholding up; ayamthat; bhavishyamiI will become; mad-adharahholding up Me; caand; kahwho?;

bhavetwill be; niradharahwithout someone to hold Me up; kathamhow?; toye in the water; tishhamiI will stand; kathayaplease tell; prabhahO Lord. Shri Shesha said: I will hold up Bhu-mandala. But who will hold Me up? Without support how can I stand in the water? O Lord, please tell Me. Text 29 shri-bhagavan uvaca aham ca kamaho bhutva dharayishyami te tanum maha-bhara-mayim dirgham ma shocam kuru mat-sakhe shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; ahamI; ca and; kamahaha turtle; bhutvahaving become; dharayishyamiI will hold up; te of You; tanumthe form; maha-bhara-mayimholding a great burden; dirgham long; madon't; shocamlament; kurudo; matMy; sakhefriend. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will become a turtle and then I will hold You up. O My friend, don't be unhappy to hold such a great burden for such a long time. Text 30 shri-narada uvaca tada sheshah samutthaya natva shri-garuda-dhvajam jagama nripa patalad adho vai laksha-yojanam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; sheshahShesha; samutthayarising; natvabowing; shri-garuda-dhvajamthe flag of Garuda; jagamawent; nripaO king; patalatfrom Patalaloka; adhahbelow; vaiindeed; laksha-yojanameight hundred thousand miles. Shri Narada said: O king, then Lord Shesha rose, bowed down before Lord Krishna who holds the flag of Garuda, and went eight hundred thousand miles below Patalaloka Text 31

grihitva sva-karenedam garishham bhumi-mandalam dadhara sva-pane shesho 'py ekasmimsh canda-vikramah grihitvaholding; sva-karenawith His own hand; idamthis; garishham great; bhumi-mandalamearth; dadharaheld; sva-panein His hand; sheshah Lord Shesha; apialso; ekasmimshin one; canda-vikramahvery powerful. Then very powerful Ananta Shesha picked up Bhu-mandala and held it in one hand. Text 32 sankarshane 'tha patale gate 'nante parat pare anye phanindras tam anu vivishur brahmanoditah sankarshanewhen Lord Sankarshana; athathen; pataleto palataloa; gate went; ananteLord Ananta; paratthan the greatest; paregreater; anyeother; phanindrahgreat snakes; tamhim; anu vivishuhfollowed; brahmanaof Brahma; uditahordered. When Sankarshana Ananta went to Patalaloka, by Brahma's order the other great snakes followed Him. Text 33 atale vitale kecit sutale ca mahatale talatale tatha kecit sampraptas te rasatale ataleAtale; vitaleVitala; kecitsome; sutaleSutala; caand; mahatale Mahatala; talataleTalatala; tathaso; kecitsome; sampraptahattained; te indeed; rasataleRasatala. Some went to Atalaloka and others to Sutalaloka, Mahatalaloka, Talatalaloka, and Rasatalaloka. Text 34

tebhyas tu brahmana dattam dvipam ramanakam bhuvi kaliya-pramukhas tasmin avasan sukha-samvritah tebhyahto them; tuindeed; brahmanaby Brahma; dattamgiven; dvipam ramanakamREamanaka-dvipa; bhuviin the world; kaliya-pramukhahheaded by Kaliya; tasminin that place; avasanlived; sukha-samvritahhappy. Many snakes headed by Kaliya happily lived in Ramanaka-dvipa, the home Brahma gave to them. Text 35 iti te kathitam rajan kaliyasya kathanakam bhuktidam muktidam saram kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi itithus; teto you; kathitamspoken; rajanO king; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; kathanakamthe story; bhuktidamgiving sense happiness; muktidamgiving liberation; saramthe best; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasi do you wish. O king, thus I have told you Kaliya's story, which grants both happiness in this world and also liberation. What more do you wish to hear?

Chapter Fourteeen Kaliyopakhyana-varnana Description of Kaliya's Story Text 1 shri-rajovaca dvipe ramanake brahman sarpananyan vina katham etan me bruhi sakalam kaliyasyabhavad bhayam

shri-raja uvacathe king said; dvipe ramanakeon Ramanaka-dvipa; brahman O brahmana; sarpasnakes; ananyanwithout other; vinawithout; kathamhow; etanthis; meto me; bruhitell; sakalamall; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; abhavat was; bhayamfear. The king said: If only snakes lived on Ramanaka-dvipa, why was Kaliya afraid. O brahmana, please tell me this. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca tatra nagantako nityam naga-sangham jaghana ha gata-kshobham caikadha te tarkshyam prahur bhayaturah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tatrathere; nagantakahGaruda, the killer of snakes; nityamalways; naga-sanghamthe snakes; jaghanakilled; ha Oh; gata-kshobhampeaceful; caand; ekadhaone day; tethey; tarkshyamto Garuda; prahuhsaid; bhaya-aturahfrightened. Shri Narada said: Garuda would go there and kill many snakes. One day, when Garuda was in a peaceful mood, the frightened snakes spoke to him. Text 3 naga ucuh he garutman namas tubhyam tvam sakshad vishnu-vahanah asman atsi yada sarpan katham no jivanam bhavet nagah ucuhthe snakes said; heO; garutmangaruda; namahobeisances; tubhyamto you; tvamyou; sakshatdirectly; vishnuof Lord Vishnu; vahanah the carrier; asmanto us; atsiyou eat; yadawhen; sarpansnakes; katham why?; nahof us; jivanamlife; bhavetwill be. O Garuda, obeisances to you! You are Lord Vishnu's personal carrier. If You eat all us snakes, how will we continue to live? Text 4

tasmad balim grihanashu mase mase grihat prithak vanaspati-sudhannanam upacarair vidhanatah tasmattherefore; baliman offering; grihanaplease accept; ashupromtly; masemonth; maseafter month; grihatfrom the home; prithakspecific; vanaspati-sudhannanamof the nectar of trees; upacaraihwith offerings; vidhanatahaccording to. Please accept from us each month an offering from a different house, an offering sweet as the honey of trees. Text 5 shri-garuda uvaca ekah sarpas tu me deyo bhavadbhir va grihat prithak katham pacami tam rite balim viakavat param shri-garudah uvacaShri Garuda said; ekahone; sarpahsnake; tuindeed; meto me; deyahshould be given; bhavadbhihby you; vaor; grihatfrom the house; prithakspecific; kathamwhy?; pacamiI shall eat; tamthat; rite without; balimoffering; viakavatlike betelnuts; paramgreat. Shri Garuda said: Give me one snake from a designated house. Why should I eat any snake but this offering sweet as betelnuts. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktas te sarve garudaya mahatmane go-pithayatmano rajan nityam divyam balim daduh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tathaso; astumay be; caand; uktah said; tethey; sarveall; garudayato Garuda; mahatmanethe great soul; gopithayafor protection; atmanahown; rajanO king; nityamregularly; divyam splendid; balimoffering; daduhgave.

Shri Narada said: To Garuda, the great soul, they all said, "So be it." In this way for their own protection they regularly gave a splendid offering. Text 7 kaliyasya grihasyapi samayo 'bhud yada nripa tada tarkshyam balim sarvam bubhuje kaliyo balat kaliyasyaof Kaliya; grihasyaof the home; apialso; samayahthe time; abhutcame; yadawhen; nripaO king; tadathen; tarkshyamto garuda; balim offering; sarvamall; bubhujeate; kaliyahKaliya; balatbecause of strength. When the time came for an offering from Kaliya's house, Kaliya himself forcibly ate the offering intended for Garuda. Text 8 tadagatah prakupito vegatah kaliyopari cakara pada-vikshepam garudash canda-vikramah tadathen; agatahcame; prakupitahangry; vegatahviolently; kaliyopari on kaliya; cakaradid; pada-vikshepamkicking; garudahGaruda; candavikramahpowerful. When powerful Garuda came he was very angry. He forcefully kicked Kaliya. Text 9 garudanghri-praharena kaliyo murchito 'bhavat punar utthaya jihvabhih pravalidham mukham shvasan garudanghri-praharenaby the kicks of Garuda; kaliyahKaliya; murchitah fainted; abhavatbecame; punahagain; utthayarising; jihvabhihwith tongues; pravalidhamlicking; mukhammouth; shvasanhissing.

Garuda kicked Kaliya unconscious. Then Kaliya again stood up, licking his tongue and hissing. Text 10 prasarya svam phana-shatam kaliyah phaninam varah vyadashad garudam vegad dadbhir vishamayair bali prasaryaexpanding; svamhis; phana-shatamhundred hoods; kaliyah Kaliya; phaninamof snakes; varahthe best; vyadashatbit; garudamGaruda; vegatstrongly; dadbhihwith many fangs; vishamayaihpoisonous; balistrong. Then Kaliya, the best of snakes, expanded his hundred hoods and with many fangs savagely bit Garuda. Text 11 grihitva tam ca tundena garudo divya-vahanah bhu-prishhe pothayam asa pakshabhyam tadayan muhuh grihitvataking; tamhim; caand; tundenaby teh beak; garudahGaruda; divya-vahanahthe transcendental carrier; bhu-prishheto the earth; pothayam asathrew; pakshabhyamwith both wongs; tadayanbeating; muhuhagain and again. With his beak the transcendental carrier Garuda grabbed Kaliya, threw him to the ground, and beat him with both wings again and again. Text 12 tundad vinirgatah sarpas tat-pakshan vicakarsha ha tat-padau veshayams tudyan phutkaram vyadadhan muhuh tundatfrom the beak; vinirgatahescaped; sarpahthe snake; tat-pakshan from the wiongs; vicakarshadragged; haindeed; tat-padauto his feet;

veshayansurrounding; tudyanstriking; doing; muhuhagain and again.

phutkaramspitting;

vyadadhan

Escaping from the beak, Kaliya attacked Garuda's wings. Coiling around Garuda's feet, he spat poison again and again. Text 13 kupito garudas tam vai nitva tundena kaliyam nipatya bhumyam sahasa tat-tanum vicakarsha ha kupitahanghry; garudahgaruda; tamhim; vaiindeed; nitvabringing; tundenawith the beak; kaliyamKaliya; nipatyathrowing; bhumyamto the ground; sahasaviolently; tat-tanumhis body; vicakarshadragged; haindeed. Then Garuda became angry. Taking Kaliya in his beak, he threw him to the ground and savagely dragged him here and there. Text 14 tada dudrava tat-tundat kaliyo bhaya-vihvalah tam anvadhavat sahasa pakshi-ra canda-vikramah tadathen; dudravaran; tat-tundatfrom the beak; kaliyahKaliya; bhayavihvalahterrified; tamhim; anvadhavatchased; sahasaquickly; pakshiof birds; rathe king; canda-vikramahvery powerful. Terrified Kaliya ran from Garuda's beak. Garuda, the king of birds, ardently chased him. Text 15 sapta-dvipan sapta-khandan sapta-sindhums tatah phani yatra yatra gatas tarkshyam tatra tatra dadarsha ha

sapta-dvipanthe seven dvipas; sapta-khandanthe seven khandas; saptasindhumhthe seven oceans; tatahthen; phanithe snake; yatra yatra wherever; gatahwent; tarkshyamGaruda; tatra tatrathere; dadarshasaw; ha indeed. Wherever he went in the seven dvipas, the seven khandas, and the seven oceans, the snake Kaliya saw Garuda. Text 16 bhurlokam ca bhuvarlokam svarlokam pragatah phani maharlokam tato dhavan janalokam jagama ha bhurlokamBhurloka; caaND; bhuvarlokamBhuvarloka; svarlokam Svarloka; pragatahwent; phanithe snake; maharlokamMaharloak; tatahthen; dhavanruninng; janalokamJanaloka; jagamawent; haindeed. The snake Kaliya fled to Bhurloka, Bhuvarloka, Svarloka, Maharloka, and Janaloka. Text 17 yatraiva garude prapte 'dho 'dho lokam punar gatah shri-krishnasya bhayat ke 'pi raksham tasya na sandadhuh yatrawhere; evaindeed; garudeGaruda; prapteattained; adhahlower; adhahand lower; lokamworlds; punahagain; gatahgone; shri-krishnasyaof Krishna; bhayatfrom the fear; ke apisomeone; rakshamprotection; tasyaof him; nanot; sandadhuhgave. Then he fled to the lower planets, going lower and lower. Wherever he went, Garuda was there. No one saved him from his fear of Lord Krishna's devotee. Text 18 kutrapi na sukhe jate kaliyo 'pi bhayaturah

jagama deva-devasya sheshasya caranantike kutrapisomewhere; nanot; sukhein happiness; jateborn; kaliyahKaliya; apieven; bhayaturahterrified; jagamawent; deva-devasyaof the master of the demigods; sheshasyaShesha; caranantiketo the feet. Kaliya could not find happiness. He was always afraid. Finally he approached the feet of Lord Ananta, the master of the demigods. Text 19 natva pranamya tam shesham parikramya kritanjalih dino bhayaturah praha dirgha-prishhah prakampitah natva pranamyabowing down; tamto Him; sheshamShesha; parikramya circumambulating; kritanalihfolded hands; dinahhumble; bhayaturah frightened; prahasaid; dirgha-prishhahthe snake; prakampitahtrembling. Bowing down before Lord Shesha and circumambulating Him with folded hands, the humbled, trembling, frightened snake spoke. Text 20 kaliya uvaca he bhumi-bhartar bhuvanesha bhuman bhu-bhara-hrit tvam hy asi bhuri-lilah mam pahi pahi prabhavishnu-purnah parat paras tvam purushah puranah kaliyah uvacaShri Kaliya said; heO; bhumi-bhartahmaintainer of the world; bhuvaneshaO master of the world; bhumanO Lord; bhu-bhara-hritO holder of thr worlds; tvamYou; hiindeed; asiare; bhuri-lilahenjoying many pastimes; mamme; pahiprotect; pahiprotect; prabhavishnu-purnahpowerful; parat than the greatest; parahgreater; tvamYou; purushahperson; puranah ancient. Kaliya said: O Lord, O master of the worlds, O maintainer of the worlds, O holder of the worlds' burden, You enjoy many pastimes. You are all-powerful. You are the ancient Supreme Person, greater than the greatest. Please, please protect me!

Text 21 shri-narada uvaca dinam bhayaturam drishva kaliyam shri-phanishvarah vaca madhuraya prinan praha devo janardanah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; dinamhumble; bhayaturamfrigthened; drishvaseeing; kaliyamKaliya; shri-phanishvarahthe king of snakes; vaca with words; madhurayasweet; prinanpleasing; prahasaid; devahLord; janardanahthe savior from miseries. Shri Narada said: Seeing Kaliya so frightened and humble, Lord Ananta, the king of snakes and the savior from miseries, spoke in a sweet voice pleasing to Kaliya. Text 22 shri-shesha uvaca * he kaliya maha-buddhe shrinu me paramam vacah kutrapi na hi te raksha bhavishyati na samshayah shri-shesha uvacaShri Shesha said; heO; kaliyaKaliya; maha-buddhevery intelligent; shrinuhear; memy; paramamsupreme; vacahwords; kutrapi somewhere; nanot; hiindeed; teof you; rakshaprotection; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. Shri Shesha said: Intelligent Kaliya, hear My divine words. There is no shelter for you anywhere. Of this there is no doubt.

Text 23 asit pura munih siddhah shaubharir nama namatah vrindaranye tapas tapto varshanam ayutam jale asitwas; purabefore; muniha sage; siddhahperfect; shaubharih Shaubhari; namanamed; namatahnamed; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; tapas

taptahperformed austerities; varshanamyears; ayutamten thousand; jalein the water. In ancient times there was a perfect sage named Shaurabhi Muni who performed austerities for ten thousand years in the waters in Vrindavana. Text 24 mina-raja-viharam yo vikshya geha-spriho 'bhavat sa uvaha maha-buddhir mandhatus tanuja-shatam minaof the fish; rajaof the king; viharamthe pastimes; yahwho; vikshya seeing; gehahousehold life; sprihahdesiring; abhavatbecame; sahe; uvaha married; maha-buddhihvery intelligent; mandhatuhof mandhata Muni; tanuja daughters; shatamhundred. Watching the king of fish enjoy pastimes, Shaurabhi Muni desired to become a householder. He then married the hundred daughters of Mandhata Muni. Text 25 tasmai dadau harih sakshat param bhagavatim shriyam vikshya tam nripa mandhata vismito 'bhud gata-smayah tasmaito him; dadaugave; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; paramgreat; bhagavatimlike the LOrd's; shriyamopulence; vikshyaseeing; tamit; nripaO king; mandhataMandhata; vismitahastonished; abhutbecame; gata-smayah humbled. Lord Krishna gave Shaurabhi divine wealth and opulence. O king, when Mandhata Muni saw that opulence, he became humbled and filled with wonder. Text 26 yamunantar-jale dirgham shaubhares tapatas tapah pashyatas tasya garudo

mina-rajam jaghana ha yamunaof the Yamuna; antahwithin; jalein the water; dirghamfor a long time; shaubharehof Shaubhari; tapatahperforming; tapahausterities; pashyatahseeing; tasyaof him; garudahGaruda; mina-rajamthe king of fish; jaghanakilled; haindeed. As, in the midst of his austerities, Shaurabhi Muni was watching, Garuda killed the king of the fish. Text 27 minan su-duhkhitan drishva duhkha-ha dina-vatsalah tasmai shapam dadau kruddhah shaubharir muni-sattamah minanthe fish; su-duhkhitanvery unhappy; drishvaseeing; duhkha-hathe destroyer of unhappiness; dina-vatsalahkind to the unhappy; tasmaito him; shapama curse; dadaugave; kruddhahangry; shaubharihShaurabhi; munisattamahthe best of sages. Seeing the fish stricken with grief, the great sage Shaurabhi Muni, who was kind to the suffering and eager to stop their troubles, became angry and cursed Garuda. Text 28 shri-shaubharir uvaca minan adyatanad atra yady atsi tvam balad dvi-ra tadaiva prana-nashas te bhuyan me shapatas tvaram shri-shaubharir uvacaShri ShaubhaRI SAID; minanthe fish; adyatanatfrom this day on; atrahere; yadiif; atsieat; tvamyou balatviolently; dvi-raO king of birds; tadathen; evaindeed; pranaof life; nashahdestruction; teof you; bhuyatwill be; meof me; shapatahby the curse; tvaramat once. Shri Shaubhari said: O Garuda, O king of birds, if from today on you eat the fish here you will die at once. That is my curse. Text 29

shri-shesha uvaca tad-dinat tatra nayati garudah shapa-vihvalah tasmat kaliya gacchashu vrindaranye harer vane shri-sheshah uvaca Shri Shesha said; tad-dinatfrom that day; tatrathere; nanot; ayaticomes; garudahGaruda; shapabecause of the curse; vihvalah agitated; tasmattherefore; kaliyaO Kaliya; gacchago; ashuat once; vrindaranyeto Vrindavana; harehof Lord Krishna; vanethe forest. Shri Shesha said: Afraid of the curse, from that day on Garuda has not come there. O Kaliya, for that reason you should go at once to Lord Krishna's forest of Vrindavana. Text 30 kalindyam ca nijam vasam kuru mad-vakya-noditah nirbhayas te bhayam tarkshyan na bhavishyati karhicit kalindyamin the Yamuna; caand; nijamown; vasamhome; kurudo; madvakya-noditahon My instruction; nirbhayahfearless; teof you; bhayamfear; tarkshyangaruda; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be; karhicitever. By My order make your home in the Yamuna. There you will be fearless. You will never fear Garuda. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca ity uktah kaliyo bhitah sa-kalatrah sa-putrakah kalindyam vasa-krid rajan shri-krishnena vivasitah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktahaddressed; kaliyah Kaliya; bhitahfrightened; sa-kalatrahwith his wives; sa-putrakahwith his children; kalindyamin the Yamuna; vasa-kritmasking his home; rajanO king; shri-krishnenaby Shri Krishna; vivasitahsent away.

Shri Narada said: When he was told this, Kaliya went with his wives and children to the Yamuna, where he lived until Shri Krishna sent him out. .pa

Chapter Fifteen Shri Radha-Krishna-premodyoga-varnana Description of Shri Radha-Krishna's Falling in Love Text 1 shri-narada uvaca idam maya te kathitam kaliyasyapi mardanam shri-krishna-caritam punyam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamtold; kaliyasyaof Kaliya; apialso; mardanamthe defeat; shri-krishnacaritamShri Krishna's pastimes; punyamsacred; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto her; icchasiyou wish. Shri Narada said: I have recounted to you Shri Krishna's sacred pastime of crushing Kaliya. What more do you wish to hear? Text 2 shri-bahulashva uvaca shri-krishnasya katham shrutva bhaktas triptim na yati hi yathamarah sudham pitva yathalih padma-karnikam shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; kathamthe topics; shrutvahearing; bhaktahthe devotee; triptimsatiation; na not; yatiattains; hiindeed; yathaas; amaraha demigod; sudhamnectar; pitvadrinking; yathaas; aliha bee; padmaof a lotus; karnikamthe whorl. Shri Bahulashva said: As a demigod never tires of drinking nectar and a bee never tires of drinking from the whorl of a lotus, so a devotee never tires of hearing Shri Krishna's pastimes.

Text 3 rasam kartum harau jate shishu-rupe mahatmani bhandire deva-vag aha shri-radham khinna-manasam rasamthe rasa dance; kartumto perform; harauwhen Lord Krishna; jate was manifested; shishu-rupein the form of a child; mahatmanithe Lord; bhandirein Bhandiravana; devaof a demigod; vakthe voice; ahasaid; shriradhamto Shri Radha; khinna-manasamwho was unhappy at heart. When Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, was a child, and Shri Radha was unhappy at heart because She yearned to enjoy the rasa dance with Him, in Bhandiravana forest a divine voice said: Text 4 shocam ma kuru kalyani vrindaranye manohare manorathas te bhavita shri-krishnena mahatmana shocamlamentation; madon't; kurudo; kalyaniO beautiful one; vrindaranyein Vrindavana forest; manoharebeautiful; manorathahdesire; te Your; bhavitawill be; shri-krishnenawith Lord Krishna; mahatmanathe Supreme Personality of Godhead. O beautiful one, don't lament. In beautiful Vrindavana forest Your desire to enjoy with Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will be fulfilled. Text 5 ittham deva-gira prokto manoratha-maharnavah katham babhuva bhagavan vrindaranye manohare itthamthus; deva-giraby the divine voice; proktahaddressed; manoratha of desires; mahaa great; arnavahocean; kathamhow?; babhuvabecame; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; manoharebeautiful.

After the divine voice spoke these words how did the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is a great ocean of fulfilled desires, come to beautiful Vrindavana forest?? Text 6 katham shri-radhaya sardham rasa-kridam manoharam cakara vrindakaranye paripurnatamah svayam kathamhow?; shri-radhayaShri Radha; sardhamwith; rasa-kridamthe rasa pastime; manoharambeautiful; cakaradid; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself. In beautiful Vrindavana forest how did the Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoy the rasa-dance pastime with Shri Radha? Text 7 shri-narada uvaca sadhu prishham tvaya rajan bhagavac-caritam shubham guptam vadami devaish ca lilakhyanam manoharam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; sadhuwell; prishhamasked; tvaya by you; rajanO king; bhagavac-caritamthe Lord's pastimes; shubham auspicious; guptamsecret; vadamiI tell; devaishby the demigods; caand; lilakhyanamthe story of pastimes; manoharambeautiful. Shri Narada said: O king, you have asked well. I will tell the Lord's beautiful and auspicious pastime, which is hidden even from the demigods. Text 8 ekada mukhya-sakhyau dve vishakha-lalite shubhe vrishabhanor griham prapya tam radham jagmatu rahah

ekadaone day; mukhya-sakhyauthe two most important friends; dvetwo; vishakha-laliteVishakha and Lalita; shubhebeautioful; vrishabhanohof King Vrishabhanu; grihamto the home; prapyaattaining; tamto Her; radham Radha; jagmatuwnet; rahahin private. One day Her two most intimate friends, beautiful Lalita and Vishakha, went to Maharaja Vrishabhanu's palace and approached Radha in private. Text 9 shri-sakhyav ucatuh yam cintayasi radhe tvam yad-gunam vadasi svatah so 'pi nityam samayati vrishabhanu-pure 'rbhakaih shri-sakhyau ucatuhthe two friends said; yamwhom; cintayasiYou meditate; radheO Radha; tvamYou; yad-gunamwhose virtues; vadasiYou say; svatahHimself; sahHe; apiaslo; nityamalways; samayaticomes; vrishabhanu-pureto the palace of King Vrishabhanu; arbhakaihwith many boys. The two friends said: He on whom You meditate and whose virtues You praise, with many boys again and again comes to King Vrishabhanu's palace. Text 10 prekshaniyas tvaya radhe darshaniyo 'ti-sundarah pashcimayam nishithinyam go-carana-vinirgatah prekshaniyahshould be seen; tvayaby You; radheO Radha; darshaniyah should be seen; ati-sundarahvery handsome; pashcimayamin the west; nishithinyamin the evening; go-caranafrom herding the cows; vinirgatah returning. O Radha, in the evening He comes from the west, returning with the cows. You should see Him. He is very handsome. Text 11

shri-radhovaca likhitva tasya citram hi darshayashu manoharam tarhi tat-prekshanam pashcat karishyami na samshayah shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; likhitvahaving drawn; tasyaHis; citram picture; hiindeed; darshayashow; ashuat once; manoharamhandsome; tarhi then; tat-prekshanamseeing Him; pashcatfrom the west; karishyamiI will do; nano; samshayahdoubt. Shri Radha said: Draw a handsome picture of Him. Then I will look for Him in the west. Of this there is no doubt. Text 12 shri-narada uvaca atha sakhyau vyalikhatam citram nanda-shishoh shubham nava-yauvana-madhuryam radhayai dadatus tvaram shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; sakhyauthe two friends; vyalikhatamdrew; citrama picture; nandaof Nanda; shishohof the son; shubhamhandsome; nava-yauvana-madhuryamsweet with new youth; radhayai to Radha; dadatuhgave; tvaramat once. The two friends drew a picture, handsome and filled with the sweetness of new youth, of Nanda's son, Krishna, and gave it to Radha. Text 13 tad drishva harshita radha krishna-darshana-lalasa citram kare prapashyanti sushvapananda-sankula tatthat; drishvaseeing; harshitahappy; radhaRadha; krishna-darshanalalasayearning to see Krishna; citrampicture; karein Her hand; prapashyanti gazing; sushvapafainted; anandawith bliss; sankulafilled. When Radha saw the picture She became very happy. Gazing at the picture in Her hand, yearning to see Krishna, and now overcome with bliss, She fainted.

Text 14 dadarsha krishnam bhavane shayana ghana-prabham pita-paam dadhanam bhandira-deshe yamunam sametya nrityantam arad vrishabhanu-putri dadarshasaw; krishnamKrishna; bhavanein Her home; shayanaresting; ghana-prabhamsplendid as a monsoon cloud; pita-paamwearing yellow garments; dadhanamwearing; bhandira-deshein Bhandiravana; yamunamto the Yamuna; sametyagoing; nrityantamdancing; aratnear; vrishabhanu-putri Vrishabhanu's daughter. As She slept in Her home, Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha dreamed of going to the Yamuna, where She gazed at Krishna, dark as a monsoon cloud, dressed in yellow garments, and dancing in Bhandiravana forest. Text 15 tadaiva radha shayanat samutthita parasya krishnasya viyoga-vihvala sancintayanti kamaniya-rupinam mene trilokim trinavad videha-ra tadathen; evaindeed; radhaRadha; shayanatfrom sleep; samutthita rising; parasyaof the Supreme; krishnasyaKrishna; viyoga-vihvalain the anguish of separation; sancintayantiremembering; kamaniya-rupinam handsome; meneconsidered; trilokimthe three worlds; trinavatlike a blade of grass; videha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, when Radha rose from sleep, She was filled with the anguish of separation from Krishna. Always thinking of His handsome form, She thought the three worlds had become like a single blade of grass. Text 16 tarhy avrajantam sva-vanad vrajeshvaram sankoca-vithyam vrishabhanu-paane gavaksham etyashu sakhi-pradarshitam drishva tu murccham samavapa sundari

tarhithen; avrajantamcoming; sva-vanatfrom His forest; vrajeshvaramthe king of Vraja; sankoca-vithyamon a narrow path; vrishabhanu-paanein Vrishabhanu's palace; gavakshamto the window; etyagoing; ashuat once; sakhiby Her friends; pradarshitamshown; drishvaseeing; tuindeed; murcchamfainting; samavapaattained; sundarithe beautiful girl. Going to a window and, as Her two friends pointed to Him, gazing at Krishna, the master of Vraja as He walked on the narrow path from His own forest to King Vrishabhanu's palace, beautiful Radha fainted. Text 17 krishno 'pi drishva vrishabhanu-nandinim surupa-kaushalya-yutam gunashrayam kurvan mano rantum ativa madhavo lila-tanuh sa prayayau sva-mandiram krishnahKrishna; apialso; drishvaseeing; vrishabhanu-nandinimthe daughter of Vrishabhanu; surupa-kaushalya-yutambeautiful; gunashrayam where many transcendental virtues are sheltered; kurvandoing; manahthe heart; rantumto rejoice; ativagreatly; madhavahKrishna; lila-tanuhpastime form; saHe; prayayauwent; sva-mandiramto His own palace. Glancing at Vrishabhanu's beautiful daughter Radha, who sheltered a host of transcendental virtues, and deciding in His heart to enjoy with Her, playful Krishna went on to His own palace. Text 18 evam tatah krishna-viyoga-vihvalam prabhuta-kama-jvara-khinna-manasam samvikshya radham vrishabhanu-nandinim uvaca vacam lalita sakhi vara evamthus; tatahfrom that; krishna-viyoga-vihvalamanxious in separation from Krishna; prabhuta-kama-jvaraby the flames of desire; khinnatormented; manasamheart; samvikshyaseeing; radhamRadha; vrishabhanu-nandinim Vrishabhanu's daughter; uvacasaid; vacamwords; lalitaLalita; sakhifriend; varabest. Seeing Her anguished by Krishna's absence and Her heart tortured by flames of love for Him, beautiful Lalita-sakhi spoke to Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha.

Text 19 shri-lalitovaca katham tvam vihvala radhe murcchitati-vyatham gata yadicchasi harim su-bhru tasmin sneham dridham kuru shri-lalita uvacaShri Lalita said; kathamwhy?; tvamYou; vihvala overcome; radheO Radha; murcchitati-vyathamfasinting; gataattained; yadi if; icchasiYou wish; harimto Krishna; su-bhruO girl with the beautiful eyebrows; tasminin Him; snehamlove; dridhamstrong. kurudo. Shri Lalita said: O Radha, why are You unconscious? O beautiful-eyebowed one, if You wish to attain Krishna, then give all Your love to Him. Text 20 lokasyapi sukham sarvam adhikrityasti sampratam duhkhagni-hrit pradahati kumbhakaragni-vac chubhe lokasyaof the world; apieven; sukhamthe happiness; sarvamall; adhikrityaattaining; astiis; sampratamnow; duhkhaof misery; agnifire; hrit heart; pradahatiburns; kumbhakaragni-vatlike a potter's fire; shubheO beautiful one. O beautiful one, even now that You have found the person that brings all happiness to the world, Your heart still burns like the fire in a potter's kiln. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca lalitayash ca lalitam vacah shrutva vrajeshvari netre unmilya lalitam praha gadgadaya gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; lalitayashof Lalita; caand; lalitam eloquent; vacahwords; shrutvahearing; vrajeshvarithe queen of Vraja; netre

eyes; unmilyaopening; lalitamto lalita; prahasaid; gadgadayachoked up; girawith a voice. Shri Narada said: Hearing Lalita's graceful words, Vraja's goddess, Radha, opened Her eyes and spoke in a faltering voice. Text 22 shri-radhovaca vrajalankara-caranau na praptau yadi me kila kadacid vigraham tarhi na hi svam dharayamy aham shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; vrajaof Vraja; alankarathe decoration;caranau nawhose feet; praptauattained; yadiif; meby Me; kila indeed; kadacitat some time; vigrahamthe form; tarhithen; nanot; hi indeed; svamown; dharayamiI maintain; ahamI. Shri Radha said: If I cannot attain His feet, which now decorate this land of Vraja, I will not keep My body alive. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva vacas tasya lalita bhaya-vihvala shri-krishna-parshvam prayayau krishna-tire manohare shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; tasyaof Her; lalitaLalita; bhayawith fear; vihvalaovercome; shrikrishna-parshvamto Lord Krishna's side; prayayauwent; krishna-tireon the Yamuna's shore; manoharebeautiful. Shri Narada said: Terrified by hearing these words, Lalita went to Krishna by the Yamuna's beautiful shore. Text 24 madhavi-jala-samyukte

madhura-dhvani-sankule kadamba-mule rahasi praha caikakinam harim madhaviof madhavi vines; jalawith a network; samyukteendowed; madhura-dhvani-sankulefilled with sweet sounds; kadamba-muleat the root of a kadamba tree; rahasiin a secluded place; prahasaid; caand; ekakinamall alone; harimto Krishna. Finding Krishna all alone under a kadamba tree in a solitary place laced with a network of flowering madhavi vines and filled with sweet sounds, Lalita spoke. Text 25 shri-lalitovaca yasmin dine ca te rupam radhaya drisham adbhutam tad-dinat stambhatam prapta putrikeva na vakti kim shri-lalita uvacaShri Lalita said; yasminin which; dineday; caand; teof You; rupamthe form; radhayaby Radha; drishamseen; adbhutamwonderful; tad-dinatfrom that day; stambhatamthe state of being stunned; prapta attained; putrikaa puppet; ivalike; nanot; vaktispeaks; kimwhy? Shri Lalita said: Since the day She first saw Your wonderful form, Radha has been stunned. She is like a motionless puppet. She does not even speak. Texts 26 and 27 alankaras tv arcir iva vastram bharja-rajo yatha sugandhih kauvad yasya mandiram nirjanam vanam pushpam banam candra-bimbam visha-kandam avehi bhoh tasyai sandarshanam dehi radhayai duhkha-nashanam alankarahan ornament; tvindeed; arcihthe sun; ivalike; vastram garments; bharja-rajahsparks; yathaas; sugandhihfragrance; kauvatas if bitter; yasyaof whom; mandiramthe placae; nirjanamsolitary; vanam wilderness; pushpamflower; banamarrow; candra-bimbamthe circle of the

moon; visha-kandama pot of poison; avehiknow; bhohO; tasyaito Her; sandarshanamsight; dehiplease give; radhayaito Radha; duhkhaof sufferings; nashanamdestruction. Please know that Her ornaments have become for Her like dazzling suns, Her clothing like a shower of sparks, Her perfumes bitter, Her palace a solitary wilderness, Her flowers sharp arrows, and the moon a pot of poison. O, please give to Radha the sight of You, a sight that will destroy Her sufferings. Text 28 te sakshinah kim viditam na bhu-tale srijasy alam pasi harasy atho jagat yada samano 'si janeshu sarvatas tathapi bhaktan bhajase pareshvara teof You; sakshinahwitness; kimwhether?; viditamknown; nanot; bhutaleon the surface of the earth; srijasiYou create; alamgreatly; pasiYou maintain; harasiYou remove; athahthen; jagatthe universe; yadawhen; samanahequal; asiYou are; janeshuto the people; sarvatahin all respects; tathapistill; bhaktanthe devotees; bhajaseYou worship; pareshvaraO Supreme Lord. You see everything. In this world what do You not know? You create, protect, and destroy the universe. O Supreme Lord. although You are equal to all, You worship Your devotees. Text 29 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva harih sakshal lalitam lalita-vacah uvaca bhagavan devo megha-gambhiraya gira shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; harih Krishna; sakshaldirectly; lalitamgarceful; lalitaof Lalita; vacahteh words; uvacasaid; bhagavanthe Lord; devahthe Lord; meghaof clouds; gambhiraya deep; girawith words. Shri Narada said: Hearing Lalita's graceful words, Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, spoke with words deep as thunder.

Text 30 shri-bhagavan uvaca sarvam hi bhavam manasah parasparam na hy ekato bhamini jayate tatah premaiva kartavyam ato mayi svatah premna samanam bhuvi nasti kincit shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; sarvamall; hi indeed; bhavamlove; manasahof theheart; parasparammutual; nanot; hi indeed; ekatahfrom one; bhaminiO noble lady; jayateis born; tatahtherefore; premalove; evaindeed; kartavyamshould be done; atahthen; mayiin Me; svatahpersonally; premnawith love; samanamequality; bhuviin the world; na not; astiis; kincitat all. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: We both feel this love in Our hearts. O noble girl, it is not that only one of Us feels it. She should love Me. In this world there is nothing equal to the love She bears for Me. Text 31 yatha hi bhandiravane manoratho babhuva tasya hi tatha bhavishyati ahaitukam prema ca sadbhir ashritam tac capi santah kila nirgunam viduh yathaas; hiindeed; bhandiravanein Bhandiravana; manorathahthe desire; babhuvawas; tasyaof Her; hiindeed; tathaso; bhavishyatiwill be; ahaitukamcauseless; premalove; caand; sadbhihby the saintly devotees; ashritamsheltered; tacthat; caand; apialso; santahthe devotees; kila indeed; nirgunambeyond the modes of nature; viduhknow. The desire She felt in Bhandiravana forest will be fulfilled. Saintly devotees take shelter of pure unalloyed love for Me. Saintly devotees know that love for Me is beyond the touch of the matter. Text 32 ye radhikayam mayi keshave manag bhedam na pashyanti hi dugdha-shauklavat ta eva me brahma-padam prayanti tad ahaituka-sphurjita-bhakti-lakshanah

yethey who; radhikayamin Radha; mayiin M; keshaveKrishna; managat all; bhedamdifference; nanot; pashyantisee; hiindeed; dugdhamilk; shauklawhite; vatlike; tethey; evaindeed; meMy; brahma-padamspiritual abode; prayantigo; tatthat; ahaituka-sphurjita-bhakti-lakshanahpure unalloyed devotees. Pure devotees who see no difference between Shri Radha and Myself, Lord Krishna, attain My spiritual abode, which is pure as the whitest milk. Text 33 ye radhikayam mayi keshave harau kurvanti bhedam ku-dhiyo jana bhuvi te kala-sutram prapatanti duhkhita rambhoru yavat kila candra-bhaskarau yewho; radhikayamin Shri Radha; mayiin Me; keshaveLord Krishna; harauLord Hari; kurvantido; bhedamdifference; ku-dhiyahfools; janah persons; bhuviin the world; tethey; kalaof time; sutramthe rope; prapatanti fall; duhkhitamiserable; rambhoruO girl whose thighs are like banana trees; yavatas; kilaindeed; candrathe moon; bhaskarauand the shining sun. Fools who see a difference between Shri Radha and Myself, Lord Krishna, fall onto the string of time. O girl with thighs like banana trees, they are tortured for as long the sun and moon exist. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca ittham shrutva vacah kritsnam natva tam lalita sakhi radham sametya rahasi praha prahasitanana shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; shrutvahearing; vacah words; kritsnamall; natvabowing down; tamto Him; lalitaLalita; sakhi friend; radhamto Radha; sametyagoing; rahasiin a secluded place; praha said; prahasitasmiling; ananaface. Shri Narada said: After hearing all these words, and after bowing before the Lord, Lalita-sakhi, her face full of smiles, approached Radha in a solitary place and spoke to Her.

Text 35 shri-lalitovaca tvam icchasi yatha krishnam tatha tvam madhusudanah yuvayor bheda-rahitam tejas tv aikam dvidha janaih shri-lalita uvacaShri Lalita said; tvamYou; icchasidesire; yathaass; krishnamKrishna; tathaso; tvamYou; madhusudanahKrishna; yuvayohof You both; bheda-rahitamwithout difference; tejahpower; tvindeed; aikam one; dvidhain two; janaihby the people. Shri Lalita said: As You desire Krishna, so Krishna desires You. There is no difference between You. You are one. Only fools think You are two. Text 36 tathapi devi krishnaya karma nishkaranam kuru yena te vanchitam bhuyad bhaktya paramaya sati tathapistill; deviO goddess; krishnayafor Krishna; karmawork; nishkaranamcauseless; kurudo; yenaby which; teof You; vanchitam desired; bhuyatmay be; bhaktyawith devotion; paramayagreat; satiO saintly one. O goddess, You should serve Krishna without any other desire. O saintly one, by serving Him with great devotion, Your desire will be fulfilled. Text 37 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva sakhi-vakyam radha raseshvari nripa candrananam praha sakhim sarva-dharma-vidam varam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said: ; itithus; shrutvahearing; sakhivakyamthe words of Her friend; radhaRadha; raseshvarithe goddess of the

rasa dance; nripaO king; candrananamto Candranana; prahasaid; sakhim friend; sarva-dharma-vidamof they who know all the principles of religion; varam the best. Shri Narada said: O king, after hearing Her friend's words, Shri Radha, the goddess of the rasa dance, spoke to Her friend Candranana, the best of the knowers of religion. Text 38 shri-radhovaca shri-krishnasya prasannartham param saubhagya-vardhanam maha-punyam vanchita-dam pujanam vada kasyacit shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; shri-krishnasyato Shri Krishna; prasannamaking happy; arthamfor the purpose; paramgreat; saubhagyagood fortune; vardhanamincrease; maha-punyamgreat piety; vanchitadesire; dam fulfilling; pujanamworship; vadaplease tell; kasyacitof someone. Shri Radha said: Please tell Me what kind of worship I should perform to please Shri Krishna, worship that will bring auspiciousness, piety, and the fulfillment of My desire. Text 39 tvaya bhadre dharma-shastram gargacarya-mukhac chrutam tasmad vratam pujanam va bruhi mahyam maha-mate tvayaby you; bhadreO beautiful one; dharma-shastramthe scriptures of religion; gargacarya-mukhatfrom the mouth of Garga Muni; shrutamheard; tasmatfrom that; vratamvow; pujanamworship; vaor; bruhitell; mahyam to Me; maha-mateO noble-hearted one. O beautiful one, You heard the religious scriptures from Garga Muni's own mouth. O noble-hearted one, please tell Me what vow or what worship I should perform.

Chapter Sixteen Tulasi-pujana The Worship of Tulasi Text 1 shri-narada uvaca radha-vakyam tatah shrutva rajan sarva-sakhi-vara candranana pratyuvaca samvicarya kshanam hridi shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; radha-vakyamthe words of Shri Radha; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; rajanO king; sarvaall; sakhifriends; varathe best; candrananaCandranana; pratyuvacareplied; samvicaryaconsidering; kshanamfor a moment; hridiin her heart. Shri Narada said: Hearing Radha's words, and reflecting on them in her heart for a moment, Candranana, the best of all friends, replied. Text 2 shri-candrananovaca param saubhagya-dam radhe maha-punyam vara-pradam shri-krishnasyapi labdhy-artham tulasi-sevanam matam shri-candranana uvacaShri Candranana said; paramgreat; saubhagya-dam giving good fortune; radheO Radha; maha-punyamvery sacred; vara-pradam granting blessings; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; apieven; labdhy-arthamto attain; tulasiof Tulasi; sevanamthe service; matamis considered. Shri Candranana said: O Radha, service to Tulasi gives the greatest piety, the greatest good fortune, and the greatest benediction. It gives Lord Krishna's association. Text 3 drisha sprishathava dhyata kirtita namita stuta ropita sincita nityam

pujita tulasisha-da drishaseen; sprishatouched; athavaor; dhyataremembered; kirtita glorified; namitabowed down; stutaoffered prayers; ropitaplanted; sincita watered; nityamalways; pujitaworshiped; tulasiTulasi; ishadesires; da granting. You should always gaze on Tulasi, touch her, remember her, glorify her, bow down before her, offer prayers to her, plant her, and worship her. Then she will grant Your desire. Text 4 navadha tulasi-bhaktim ye kurvanti dine dine yuga-koi-sahasrani te yanti sukritam shubhe navadhanine kinds; tulasi-bhaktimdevotional service to Tulasi; yewho; kurvantido; dineday; dineafter day; yugaof yugas; koiten million; sahasranithousands; tethey; yantiattain; sukritampiety; shubheO beautiful one. They who day after day serve Tulasi in these nine ways attain the result of pious deeds performed in many thousands of millions of yugas. Texts 5 and 6 yavac chakha-prashakhabhir bija-pushpa-dalaih shubhaih ropita tulasi martyair vardhate vasudha-tale tesham vamsheshu ye jata ye bhavishyanti ye gatah a-kalpa-yuga-sahasram tesham vaso harer grihe yavatas; chakhabranches; prashakhabhihand sub-branches; bijaseeds; pushpaflowers; dalaihleaves; shubhaihbeautiful and auspicious; ropita planted; tulasiTulasi; martyaihby human beings; vardhateincreases; vasudhataleon the surface of the earth; teshamof them; vamsheshuin the families; ye who; jataborn; yewho; bhavishyantiwill be; yewho; gatahhave gone; a-

kalpa-yuga-sahasrama thousand kalpa-yugas; residence; harehof Lord Hari; grihein the home.

teshamof

them;

vasah

A person who who plants Tulasi liberates his family. As many branches, subbranches, seeds, flowers, and leaves as are on the Tulasi he has planted, so many ancestors and descendents in his family for thousands of kalpa-yugas will go to Lord Krishna's transcendental abode. Text 7 yat phalam sarva-patreshu sarva-pushpeshu radhike tulasi-dalena caikena sarvada prapyate tu tat yatwhat; phalamresult; sarva-patreshuon all leaves; sarva-pushpeshuon all flowers; radhikeO Radha; tulasi-dalenaby a Tulasi leaf; caand; ekenaby one; sarvadaalways; prapyateis attained; tuindeed; tatthat. O Radha, by offering Lord Krishna a single Tulasi leaf one attains the result of offering Him every flower and leaf that exists. Text 8 tulasi-prabhavair patrair yo narah pujayed dharim lipyate na sa papena padma-patram ivambhasa tulasifrom Tulasi; prabhavaihgrown; patraihwith leaves; yahwho; narah a person; pujayetworships; harimKrishna; lipyateis touched; nanot; sahhe; papenaby sin; padma-patrama lotus leaf; ivalike; ambhasaby water. A person who with offerings of Tulasi-leaves worships Lord Krishna is not touched by sin as a lotus-leaf is not touched by water. Text 9 suvarna-bhara-shatakam rajatam yac-catur-gunam tat-phalam samavapnoti

tulasi-vana-palanat suvarnaof gold; bharabharas; shatakama hundred; rajatamsilver; yaccatur-gunamfour times; tat-phalamthat result; samavapnotiattains; tulasiof Tulasi; vanaof a forest; palanatfrom protection. By protecting a Tulasi forest one attains the result of giving in pious charity a hundred bharas of gold or four hundred bharas of silver. Text 10 tulasi-kananam radhe grihe yasyavatishhati tad-griham tirtha-rupam hi na yanti yama-kinkarah tulasiof Tulasi; kananama forest; radheO Radha; grihein the home; yasya of whom; avatishhatistays; tad-grihamthat home; tirthaof a pilgrimage place; rupamteh form; hinot; naindeed; yantigo; yamaof Yamaraja; kinkarahthe servants. A home in the midst of a Tulasi forest is a sacred pilgrimage place. Yamaraja's servants will never enter that home. Text 11 sarva-papa-haram punyam kamadam tulasi-vanam ropayanti narah shreshhas te na pashyanti bhaskarim sarvaall; papasins; haramremoving; punyamsacred; kamadamfulfilling desires; tulasiTulasi; vanamforest; ropayantiplants; narahpeople; shreshhahthe best; tethey; nanot; pashyantisee; bhaskarimYamaraja. They who plant a sacred Tulasi forest, which fulfills desires and removes all sins, are the best of people. They will never see Yamaraja. Text 12 ropanat palanat sekad

darshanat sparshanan nrinam tulasi dahate papam van-manah-kaya-sancitam ropanatfrom planting; palanatfrom maintaining; sekatfrom watering; darshanatfrom seeing; sparshananfrom touching; nrinamof men; tulasi Tulasi; dahateburns; papamsin; vakwords; manahmind; kayabody; sa{.sy 24citamaccumulated. For persons who plant, protect, water, see, or touch her, Tulasi burns the sins committed with the body, mind, and words. Text 13 pushkaradyani tirthani gangadyah saritas tatha vasudevadayo deva vasanti tulasi-dale pushkarawith Pushkara Lake; adyanibeginning; tirthaniholy places; ganga the Ganga; adyahbeginning with; saritahrivers; tathaso; vasudevawith Lord Vasudeva; adayahbeginning with; devaDeities; vasantireside; tulasi Tulasi; daleon a single leaf. On a single Tulasi leaf the holy places beginning with Pushkara, the sacred rivers beginning with the Ganga, and the Deities headed by Lord Vasudeva reside. Text 14 tulasi-manjari-yukto yas tu pranan vimuncati yamo 'pi nekshitum shakto yuktam papa-shatair api tulasi-manjari-yuktahwith a Tulasi-ma 24jari; yahone whop; tuindeed; prananlife; vimuncatiabandons; yamahYamaraja; apieven; nanot; ikshitum to see; shaktahis able; yuktamendowed; papaof sins; shataihwith hundreds; apieven. Even though stained with a hundred sins, a person who touches a Tulasi-manjari as he leaves this life does not see Yamaraja.

Text 15 tulasi-kashha-jam yas tu candanam dharayen narah tad deham na sprishet papam kriyamanam apiha yat tulasiTulasi; kashhawood; jamborn; yahone who; tuindeed; candanam sandal paste; dharayenwears; naraha person; tatthat; dehambody; na not; sprishettouches; papamsin; kriyamanamdoing; apieven; ihahere; yat which. Sin does not touch the the body of a sinner anointed with Tulasi-paste. Text 16 tulasi-vipina-cchaya yatra yatra bhavec chubhe tatra shraddham prakartavyam pitrinam dattam akshayam tulasiof Tulasi; vipinaof a forest; chayathe shade; yatra yatrawherever; bhavecmay be; shubheauspicious; tatrathere; shraddhamsraddha; prakartavyamshould be performed; pitrinamto the pitas; dattamoffered; akshayamakshaya. Wherever is the beautiful shade of a Tulasi forest, there shraddha should be offered. There akshaya should be offered to the pitas. Text 17 tulasyah sakhi mahatmyam adidevash catur-mukhah na samartho bhaved vaktum yatha devasya sharnginah tulasyahof Tulasi; sakhi) friend; mahatmyamthe glory; adidevash Brahma; catur-mukhahwho has four heads; nanot; samarthahis able; bhavet may be; vaktumto speak; yathaas; devasyaof the Lord; sharnginahwho carries the sharnga bow.

O friend, as four-faced Brahma cannot describe all the glories of Lord Krishna, who holds the sharnga bow, so he cannot descibe all the glories of Tulasi. Text 18 shri-krishnacandra-carane tulasim candanair yutam yo dadati puman stri va yathoktam phalam apnuyat shri-krishnacandra-caraneat the feet of Shri Krishnacandra; tulasimTulasi; candanaihwith sandal paste; yutamendowed; yahwho; dadatigives; puman man; striwoman; vaor; yathaas; uktamspoken; phalamresult; apnuyat attains. A man or woman who offers sandal-paste and Tulasi to Shri Krishnacandra's feet attains the results I have told to You. Text 19 tulasi-sevanam nityam kuru tvam gopa-kanyake shri-krishno vashyatam yati yena va sarvadaiva hi tulasito Tulasi; sevanamservice; nityamregularly; kurudo; tvamYou; gopa-kanyakeO gopi; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; vashyatamto control; yati will go; yenaby which; vaor; sarvadaalways; evaindeed; hicertainly. O gopi, serve Tulasi every day. Then Shri Krishna will always be Your submissive servant. Text 20 shri-narada uvaca ittham candranana-vakyam shrutva raseshvari nripa tulasi-sevanam sakshad arebhe hari-toshanam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; candranana-vakyamthe words of Candranana; shrutvahearing; raseshvarithe queen of the rasa dnace;

nripaO king; tulasi-sevanamthe service of Tulasi; sakshatdirectly; arebhe began; hari-toshanamto please Lord Hari. Shri Narada said: O king, after hearing Candranana's words, Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa dance, in order to please Lord Krishna, began to serve Shri Tulasi. Texts 21-25 ketaki-vana-madhye ca shata-hastam su-vartulam uccair hema-khacid-bhittipadmaraga-taam shubham harid-dhiraka-muktanam prakarena mahollasat sarvatas tolika-yuktam cintamani-su-manditam hema-dhvaja-samayuktam uttorana-virajitam haimair vitanaih parito vaijayantam iva sphurat etadrisham shri-tulasimandiram su-manoharam tan-madhye tulasim sthapya harit-pallava-shobhitam abhijin-nama-nakshatre samahutena gargena dishena vidhina sati tat-sevam sa cakara ha

ketakiof ketaki trees; vanathe forest; madhyein the middle; caand; shata-hastama hundred hastas; su-vartulamround; uccaihhigh; hemagold; khacitstudded; bhittiwall; padmaragarubies; taamsides; shubham beautiful; haritof emeralds; hirakadiamonds; muktanamand pearls; prakarena with an outer wall; mahollasatvery splendid; sarvataheverywhere; tolikayuktamwith gates; cintamaniwith cintamani gams; su-manditamnicely decorated; hema-dhvaja-samayuktamwith gold flags; uttorana-virajitamsplendid with archways; haimaihwith gold; vitanaihawnings; paritaheverywhere; vaijayantamIndra's palace; ivalike; sphuratmanifest; etadrishamlike that; shri-tulasiof Shri Tulasi; mandiramthe temple; su-manoharambeautiful; tanmadhyeinh the middle; tulasimTulasi; sthapyaplacing; haritgreen; pallava leaves; shobhitambeautiful; abhijin-nama-nakshatre the star named abhijit; tatsevamthe service of her; saShe; cakaradid; haindeed; samahutenacalled; gargenaby Garga Muni; dishenainstructed; vidhinaby the rules; satithe saintly girl.

Taking Tulasi, beautiful with many green leaves, to the middle of a ketaki forest, and placing her in a Tulasi-temple that was round, tall, a hundred hastas in size, beautiful with walls of gold and rubies, splendid with an outer wall of emeralds, diamonds, and pearls, decorated with cintamani gems, arched gateways, gold flags, and gold awnings everywhere, and glorious like Indra's palace, at the time of the star abhijit, saintly Radha, following Garga Muni's instructions, served Shri Tulasi. Text 26 shri-krishna-toshanarthaya bhaktya paramaya sati ishu-purnam samarabhya caitra-purnavadhi vratam shri-krishna-toshanarthayatom please Shri Krishna; bhaktyawith devotion; paramayagreat; satithe saintly girl; ishaSeptembehOctober; purnamfullmoon; samarabhyabeginning; caitraMarch-April; purnafull moon; avadhi until; vratamvow. Beginning with the full moon of the month of Ashvina (September-October), and ending with the full moon of the month of Caitra (March-April), to please Shri Krishna, saintly Radha followed a vow with great devotion. Texts 27 and 28 kritva nyasincad dugdhena tatha cekshu-rasena vai drakshayamra-rasenapi sitaya bahu-mishaya pancamritena tulasim mase mase prithak prithak udyapana-samarambham vaishakha-pratipad-dine kritvadoing; nyasincatwatered; dugdhenawith milk; tathaso; caand; ikshu-rasenawith sugar-cane juice; vaiindeed; drakshayawith grape; amrarasenawith mango juice; apialso; sitayacool; bahu-mishayawith many sweet liquids; pancamritenawith pancamrita; tulasimTulasi; masemonth; maseafter month; prithak prithakindividually; udyapanasamarambham vaishakhaof April-May; pratipad-dineon the first day after the full moon.

Month after month She sprinkled Tulasi with milk, sugar-cane juice, grape-juice, mango-juice, pancamrita, and many kinds of sweet and cool juice. On the first day of Vaishakha (April-May), She ended the vow. Text 29 garga-dishena vidhina vrishabhanu-suta nripa sha-pancashattamair bhogair brahmananam dvi-lakshakam garga-dishena vidhinawith the rules given by Garga Muni; vrishabhanu-suta Radha, the daughter of KIng Vrishabhanu; nripaO king; sha-pancashattamaih with fifty-six; bhogaihkinds of food; brahmananamof brahmanas; dvi-lakshakam two hundred thousand. O king, following Garga Muni's instructions, King Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha then pleased two hundred thousand brahmanas with a great feast of fifty-six courses. Text 30 santarpya vastra-bhushadyair dakshinam radhika dadau divyanam sthula-muktanam laksha-bharam videha-ra santarpyapleasing; vastrawith garments; bhushadyaihand ornaments; dakshinampriestly reward; radhikaRadha; dadaugave; divyanamsplendid; sthula-muktanamof great pearls; laksha-bharama hundred thousand; videha-ra O king of Videha. O king of Videha, then Radha gave them dakshina of a hundred-thousand splendid large pearls and many costly garments and ornaments. Text 31 koi-bharam suvarnanam gargacaryaya sa dadau shata-bharam suvarnanam muktanam ca tathaiva hi bhaktya paramaya radha

brahmane brahmane dadau koi-bharamten millions bharas; suvarnanamof gold; gargacaryayato Garga Muni; saShe; dadaugave; shata-bharama hundred bharas; suvarnanam of gold; muktanamof pearls; caand; tathaso; evacertainly; hicertainly; bhaktyadevotion; paramayawith great; radhaRadha; brahmane brahmaneto each brahmana; dadaugave. Radha gave ten million bharas of gold to Garga Muni. With great devotion She gave a hundred bharas of gold and pearls to each brahmana. Text 32 deva-dundubhayo nedur nanritush capsaro-ganah tan-mandiropari surah pushpa-varsham pracakrire devaof the demigods; dundubhayahthe drums; neduhsounded; nanritush danced; caand; apsaro-ganahthe apsaras; tan-mandiropariover the temple; surahthe demigods; pushpa-varshama shower of flowers; pracakriredid. The demigods' drums sounded and the apsaras danced. The demigods showered flowers on the Tulasi-temple. Text 33 tadavirasit tulasi hari-priya suvarna-pihopari shobhitasana caturbhuja padma-palasha-vikshana shyama sphurad-dhema-kiria-kundala tadathen; avirasitappeared; tulasiTulasi; hari-priyawho is dear to Lord Krishna; suvarna-pihoparion a golden pedestal; shobhitaglorious; asanaon a throne; caturbhujawith four arms; padma-palasha-vikshanawith lotus-petal eyes; shyamabeautiful; sphuratglittering; hemagolden; kiriacrown; kundala and earrings. Then, seated on a glorious throne on a gold pedestal, her eyes lotus petals, and her gold crown and earrings glittering, beautiful four-armed Tulasi, who is dear to Lord Krishna, appeared. Text 34

pitambarac chadita-sarpa-venim srajam dadhanam nava-vaijayantim khagat samuttirya ca ranga-valli cucumba radham parirabhya bahubhih pitambaratby a yellow cloth; chaditacovered; sarpasnake; venimbraids; srajamgarland; dadhanamwearing; navanew; vaijayantimvaijayanti; khagat from the sky; samuttiryarising; caand; ranga-vallibeautiful as a flowering vine; cucumbakissed; radhamRadha; parirabhyaembracing; bahubhihwith four arms. Descending from the sky, Tulasi, beautiful as a flowering vine, with her four arms embraced and then kissed Radha, who wore a new vaijayanti garland, and whose snake-braids were covered with a yellow cloth. Text 35 shri-tulasy uvaca aham prasannasmi kalavati-sute tvad-bhakti-bhavena jita nirantaram kritam ca loka-vyavahara-sangrahat tvaya vratam bhamini sarvato-mukham shri-tulasi uvacaShri Tulasi said; ahamI; prasannapleased; asmiam; kalavati-suteO daughter of Kalavati; tvatof You; bhakti-bhavenaby the devotion; jitadefeated; nirantaramalways; kritamdone; caand; lokavyavahara-sangrahataccording to the activities of the world; tvayaby You; vratamvow; bhaminiO beautiful one; sarvato-mukhampresent everywhere. Shri Tulasi said: O daughter of Kalavati, I am pleased with You. I am eternally conquered by Your loving devotion. O beautiful one, as if You were an ordinary human being, You very carefully followed this vow. Text 36 manorathas te sa-phalo 'tra bhuyad buddhindriyaish citta-manobhir agratah sadanukulatvam alam pateh param saubhagyam evam parikirtaniyam manorathahthe desire; teof You; sa-phalahfulfilled; atrahere; bhuyat will be; buddhiby the intelligence; indriyaihand senses; citta-manobhihby the

heart and mind; agratahin the presence; sadaalways; anukulatvamlove; alam great; patehof the Lord; paramgreat; saubhagyamgood fortune; evam thus; parikirtaniyamshould be said. The desire that fills Your heart, mind, intelligence, and senses, will be attained. Lord Krishna will be kind to You. You are very fortunate. Text 37 shri-narada uvaca evam vadantim tulasim hari-priyam natvatha radha vrishabhanu-nandini pratyaha govinda-padaravindayor bhaktir bhaven me vidita hy ahaituki shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; vadantimspeaking; tulasim to Tulasi; hari-priyamdear to Lord Krishna; natvabowing down; athathen; radhaRadha; vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; nandinithe daughter; pratyaha replied; govinda-padaravindayohfor the lotus feet of Lord Krishna; bhaktih devotion; bhavetmay be; meof me; viditaknown; hyindeed; ahaituki unmotivated. Shri Narada said: To Tulasi, who has spoken these words and who was dear to Lord Krishna, Radha, the daughter of King Vrishabhanu, bowed down and said: May I have unalloyed devotion for Lord Krishna's lotus feet. Text 38 tathastu cokta tulasi hari-priyathantardadhe maithila raja-sattama tathaiva radha vrishabhanu-nandini prasanna-citta sva-pure babhuva ha tathaso; astube it; caand; uktasaid; tulasiTulasi; hari-priyadear to Lord Krishna; athathen; antardadhedisappeared; maithilaO King of Mithila; raja-sattamaO best of kings; tathaso; evacertainly; radhaRadha; vrishabhanu-nandinithe daughter of King Vrishabhanu; prasannahappy; cittaat heart; sva-purein Her own home; babhuvawas; haindeed; Saying, "So be it", Krishna's beloved Tulasi disappeared. O ruler of Mithila, O best of kings, then Radha, King Vrishabhanu's daughter, went home happy at heart.

Text 39 shri-radhikakhyanam idam vicitram shrinoti yo bhakti-parah prithivyam traivargya-bhavam manasa sametya rajams tato yati narah kritarthatam shri-radhikaof Shri Radha; akhyanamstory; idamthis; vicitramwonderful; shrinotihears; yahwho; bhakti-parahdevoted; prithivyamon the earth; traivargya-bhavamthe three goals of life; manasaby the mind; sametya attaining; rajanO king; tatahthen; yatigoes; naraha person; kritarthatamto success. O king, a devotee who hears this wonderful story of Shri Radha attains first the three goals of material life and then the supreme spiritual goal of life. .pa

Chapter Seventeen Shri-Radha-Krishna-sangama The Meeting of Shri Radha-Krishna Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca radha-krishnasya caritam shrinvanto me mano mune na triptim yati sharadah pankaje bhramaro yatha shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; radha-krishnasyapf Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; caritamthe pastimes; shrinvantahhearing; meof me; manah the mind; muneO sage; nanot; triptimsatiated; yatigoes; sharadah autumn; pankajeto a lotus flower; bhramaraha bee; yathaas. O sage, as a bee never tires of autumn lotus flowers, so my mind does not tire as I hear the pastimes of Radha and Krishna. Text 2 raseshvarya krishna-patnya

tulasi-sevane krite yad babhuva tato brahmams tan me bruhi tapo-dhana rasaof the rasa dance; ishvaryawith the queen; krishna-patnyaKrishna's wife; tulasi-sevanein the service of Tulasi; kritedid; yatwhat; babhuvawas; tatahthen; brahmanO brahmana; tanthat; meto me; bruhiplease tell; tapodhanaO sage whose wealth is austerity. O brahmana whose wealth is austerity, please tell me what happened after Lord Krishna's wife Radha, who is the queen of the rasa dance, served Tulasi. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca radhikayash ca vijnaya tulasi-sevane tapah pritim parikshin chri-krishno vrishabhanu-puram yayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; radhikayashof Radha; caand; vijnaya understanding; tulasi-sevaneservice to Tulasi; tapahausterity; pritimlove; parikshitexamining; chri-krishnahShri Krishna; vrishabhanu-puramto Vrishabhanu's palace; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: Understanding the austerity Radha had undergone in Her service to Tulasi, and wishing to test Radha's love, Shri Krishna went to King Vrishabhanu's palace. Texts 4-9 adbhutam gopika-rupam calan-jhankara-nupuram kinkini-ghanika-shabdam anguliyaka-bhushitam ratna-kankana-keyuramukta-hara-virajitam balarkata-tanka-lasatkabari-pasha-kaushalam nasa-mauktika-divyabham shyama-kuntala-sankulam dhritvasau vrishabhanosh ca

mandiram sandadarsha ha prakara-parikha-yuktam catur-dvara-samanvitam karindraih kajjalakarair dvari dvari manoharam vayu-vegair mano-vegaish citra-varnais turangamaih hara-camara-samyuktam prollasan-mandapajiram gavam ganaih sa-vatsaish ca vrishair dharma-dhurandharaih gopala yatra gayante vamshi-vetra-dhara nripa adbhutamwonderful; gopika-rupamthe form of a gopi; calan-jhankaranupuramwith tinkling anklets; kinkini-ghanika-shabdamthe sound of tinkling bells; anguliyaka-bhushitamdecorated with rings; ratna-kankana-keyurawith jewel bracelets and armlets; muktapearl; haranecklace; virajitamsplendid; balarkatarising sun; tankasword; lasatglistening; kabari-pashabraids; kaushalambeautiful; nasanose; mauktikapearl; divyabhamsplendor; shyama-kuntala-sankulamwith dark hair; dhritvamanifesting; asauHe; vrishabhanohof Vrishabhanu; caand; mandiramto the palace; sandadarsha saw; haindeed; prakarawith walls; parikha-yuktamsurrounded by a moat; catur-dvara-samanvitamwith four gates; karindraihwith the kings of elephants; kajjalablack kajjala; akaraihwith forms; dvari dvariat each gate; manoharam beautiful; vayu-vegaihby teh breeze; mano-vegaishas fast as the mind; citravarnaihcolorful; turangamaihwith horses; harawith necklaces; camaraand camaras; samyuktamendowed; prollasan-mandapajiramsplendid pavilions and courtyards; gavamof cows; ganaihwith multitudes; sa-vatsaihwith calves; ca and; vrishaihwith bulls; dharma-dhurandharaihthe maintainers of religion; gopalacowherds; yatrawhere; gayantesing; vamshiflutes; vetraand sticks; dharahholding; nripaO king. O king, transforming Himself into a wonderfully beautiful gopi decorated with tinkling anklets, bells, rings, jewel bracelets, armlets, pearl necklaces, and a splendid nose-pearl, and with beautiful dark braids like a sword with the glory of sunrise, Krishna gazed at King Vrishabhanu's beautiful palace, which was surrounded by walls and a moat, which had four gates, each guarded by regal elephants black as kajjala, which had many colorful horses that could run as fast as the wind or the mind, and which had many necklaces, camaras, splendid pavilions, courtyards, cows, calves, saintly bulls, and cowherds that held flute and sticks and sang very sweetly. Text 10

vrishabhanu-varasyaivam pashyan mandira-kaushalam maya-yuvati-vesho 'sau tato hy antah-puram yayau vrishabhanu-varasyaof King Vrishabhanu; evamthus; pashyanseeing; mandiraof the palace; kaushalamthe glory; mayafalse; yuvatiof a young girl; veshahappearance; asauthen; tatahthen; hyindeed; antah-puraminside the palace; yayauwent. Magically assuming the appearance of a young girl, Krishna gazed at the glory of King Vrishabhanu's palace, and then entered the women's quarters, . . . Text 11 yatra koi-ravi-sphurjatkapaa-stambha-panktayah ratnajireshu shobhante lalana-ratna-samyutah yatrawhere; koiten million; ravisuns; sphurjatshining; kapaadoors; stambhaof pillars; panktayahrows; ratnajewel; ajireshuin courtyards; shobhanteshine; lalanawomen; ratnajewels; samyutahwith. . . . where there were many columns and doors splendid as ten million suns, where there were jewel courtyards in which many jewellike women glistened, . . . Text 12 vina-tala-mridangadin vadayantyo manoharah pushpa-yashi-samayuktah gayantyo radhika-gunam vinavinas; talakarayalas; mridangamrdangas; adinbeginning; vadayantyahplaying; manoharahbeautiful; pushpaflowers; yashisticks; samayuktahwith; gayantyahsinging; radhikaof Shri Radha; gunamvirtues. . . . and where beautiful women, holding flowers and playing vinas, karatalas, mridangas, and other instruments, sang of Shri Radha's virtues. Text 13

tasminn antah-pure divyam bhrajac copavanam mahat dadimi-kunda-mandaranimbunnata-drumavritam tasminin that; antah-pureinner apartments; divyamsplendor; bhrajac shining; caand; upavanama garden; mahatgreat; dadimipomegranate; kundajasmine; mandaramandara; nimbunimbu; unnata-drumavritamfilled with great trees. In those inner apartments of the palace there was a large and splendid garden filled with many great pomegranate, kunda, mandara, and nimbu trees, . . . Text 14 ketaki-malati-vrindair madhavibhir virajitam tatra radha-nikunjo 'sti kalpa-vriksha-sugandhi-bhrit ketakiketaki; malatimalati; vrindaihwith many; madhavibhihmadhavi vines; virajitamsplendid; tatrathere; radhaof Shri Radha; nikunjahthe garden; astiis; kalpa-vrikshawith kalpavriksha trees; sugandhi-bhritfragrant. . . . and splendid with many ketaki, malati, and madhavi vines. In that place was Shri Radha's garden, which was fragrant with many kalpa-vriksha trees, . . . Texts 15-17 patanti yatra bhramara madhumatta nripeshvara gandhaktah shitalo vayur manda-gami vahaty alam sahasra-dala-padmanam rajo vikshepayan muhuh pums-kokilah kokilash ca mayurah sarasah shukah kujante madhuram nadam nikunja-shikhareshu ca pushpa-shayya-sahasrani

jala-kulyah sahasrashah patantifly; yatrawhere; bhramarabees; madhumattamad after honey; nripeshvaraO king of kings; gandhaktahfragrant; shitalahcool; vayuhbreeze; manda-gamigentle; vahatyblows; alamgreatly; sahasra-dala-padmanamof thousand-petal lotuses; rajahthe pollen; vikshepayanscattreing; muhuhat every moment; pums-kokilahmale cuckoos; kokilahfermale cuckoos; caand; mayurahpeacocks; sarasahcranes; shukahparrots; kujantecoo; madhuram sweetly; nadamsound; nikunja-shikhareshuin the groves of trees; caand; pushpaflower; shayyacouches; sahasranithousands; jala-kulyahstreams; sahasrashahthousands. . . . where many bees, mad after honey, flew, where a fragrant, cool, gentle breeze blew, scattering the pollen of many thousand-petal lotus flowers, where cuckoo couples, peacocks, cranes, and parrots cooed sweetly in the groves, where there were thousands of flower-couches and thousands of artifical streams, O king of kings, . . . Texts 18 and 19 procchalanti sphurat-sphara yatra vai megha-mandire balarka-kundala-dharas citra-vastra varananah vartante koisho yatra sakhyas tat-karma-kaushalah tan-madhye radhika rajni bhramanti mandirajire procchalantishining; sphurat-spharavery splendid; yatrawhere; vai indeed; meghacloud; mandirein a palace; balarkathe rising sun; kundala earrings; dharahwearing; citracolorful; vastragarments; varabeautiful; ananahfaces; vartanteare; koishahmillions; yatrawhere; sakhyahfriends; tat-karma-kaushalahexpert workers; tan-madhyein their midst; radhikaRadha; raj 24iqueen; bhramantiwandering; mandiraof the palace; ajirein the courtyard. . . . and where there were many millions of glittering and expert gopi-friends, their faces very beautiful, their garments wonderfully colorful, and their earrings rising suns in a temple of clouds. In their midst Queen Radha wandered in the palace courtyard, . . . Text 20

kashmira-panka-samyukte sukshma-vastra-virajite shirisha-pushpa-kshitijadalair a-gulpha-purake malati-makarandanam ksharadbhir bindubhir vrite kashmirawith kunkuma; pankapaste; samyukteendowed; sukshma exquiaite; vastragarments; virajitesplendid; shirisha-pushpasirisa flowers; kshitija-dalaihwith petals; a-gulphaup to the ankles; purakefilled; malatiof malati flowers; makarandanamof honey; ksharadbhihflowing; bindubhihwith drops; vritefilled . . . which was anointed with kunkuma paste, splendid with fine curtains, and filled up to Her ankles with shirisha petals anointed with drops of malati honey.

Text 21 koi-candra-pratikasha tanvi komala-vigraha shanaih shanaih pada-padmam calayanti ca komalam koimillions; candraof moons; pratikashasplendid; tanvislender; komalavigrahadelicate form; shanaih shanaihvery languidly; padafeet; padmam lotus; calayantimoving; caand; komalamdelicate. There slender delicate Radha, glorious like many millions of moons, languidly moved Her delicate lotus feet. Text 22 samagatam tam mani-mandirajire dadarsha radha vrishabhanu-nandini yat-tejasa tal-lalana-hrita-tvisho jatas tvaram candramaseva tarakah samagatamarrived; tamHer; mani-mandirajirein the jewel courtyard of the palace; dadarshasaw; radhaRadha; vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; nandini the daughter; yat-tejasaby whose splendor; tal-lalanaof the other women; hritaeclipsed; tvishahthe splendor; jatahmanifested; tvaramat once; candramasaby the moon; ivalike; tarakahthe stars.

Then King Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha saw the disguised Krishna enter the palace courtyard. His splendor elipsed the splendor of all the other girls as the moon eclipses the stars. Text 23 vijnaya tad-gauravam uttamam mahad utthaya dorbhyam parirabhya radhika divyasane sthapya su-loka-ritya jaladikam carhanam arabhac chubham vijnayaunderstanding; tad-gauravamHis greatness; uttamamsupreme; mahatgreat; utthayarising; dorbhyamwith both arms; parirabhyaembracing; radhikaRadha; divyasaneon a splendid throne; sthapyaplacing; su-loka-ritya as an exalted person; jaladikambeginning with water; caand; arhanam worship; arabhatdid; shubhamglorious. Understanding the greatness of this visitor, with both arms Radha embraced the disguised Krishna, placed Him on a glorious throne, and worshiped Him with arghya and other objects as if He were a very important person. Text 24 shri-radhovaca svagatam te sakhi shubhe namadheyam vadashu me bhuri-bhagyam mamaivadya bhavatyagataya svatah shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; svagatamwelcome; teto You; sakhiO friend; shubhebeautiful; namadheyamname; vadaplease tell; ashuat once; meto Me; bhurigreat; bhagyamgood fortune; mamaof Me; evaindeed; adyatoday; bhavatyaby You; agatayacoming; svatahof Your own accord. Shri Radha said: Beautiful friend, welcome! Please tell Me Your name. I am very fortunate that today You have come. Text 25 tvat-samanam divya-rupam

drishyate na hi bhu-tale yatra tvam vartase su-bhru pattanam dhanyam eva tat tvat-samanamequal to You; divya-rupamsplendid form; drishyateis seen; nanot; hiindeed; bhu-taleon the earth; yatrawhere; tvamYou; vartase stay; su-bhruO girl with the beautiful eyebrows; pattanamcity; dhanyam fortunate; evaindeed; tatthat. On this earth I do not see anyone glorious like You. O girl with the beautiful eyebrows, the city where You stay is very fortunate. Text 26 vada devi sa-vistaram hetum agamanasya ca mama yogyam ca yat-karyam vaktavyam tat tvaya khalu vadatell; deviO goddess; sa-vistaramelaborately; hetumthe reason; agamanasyacome; caand; mamaof Me; yogyamproper; caand; yatkaryammission; vaktavyamshould be told; tatthat; tvayaby You; khalu certainly. O goddess, please elaborately explain why You have come. Please tell what I may do to assist You. Text 27 kaakshena su-diptya ca vacasa su-smitena vai gatya kritya shripativad drishyate sampratam maya katakshenawith a sidelong glance; su-diptyavery splendid; caand; vacasa with words; su-smitenawith a pleasing smile; vaiindeed; gatyawith gestures; krityadone; shripativatlike Lord Narayana, the husband of the goddess of fortune; drishyateis seen; sampratamnow; mayaby Me. I see that Your glistening splendor, Your sidelong glance, Your words, Your pleasing smile, and Your graceful motions are all like those of Lord Narayana, the husband of the goddess of fortune.

Text 28 nityam shubhe me milanartham avraja na cet sva-sanketam alam vidhehi yenaiva sango vidhina bhaved dhi vidhir bhavatya sa sada vidheyah nityamalways; shubheO beautiful one; meme; milanarthamfor the purpose of meeting; avrajacome; nanot; cetif; sva-sanketama meeting with You; alamgreatly; vidhehigive; yenaby which; evaindeed; sangahmeeting; vidhinaby arrangement; bhavetmay be; dhiindeed; vidhiharrangement; bhavatyaby You; sathat; sadaalways; vidheyahshould be done. O beautiful one, come here and meet with Me every day, or if not that, then give a place where We may meet. Arrange that We may always meet. Text 29 ayi tvad-atmati-param priyo me tvad-akritih shri-vraja-raja-nandanah yenaiva me devi hritam tu cetas tvaya nanandeva vadhur dadhami tam ayiO; tvatYou; atma-ati-paramgreater than My own self; priyahdear; me to Me; tvad-akritihYour form; shri-vraja-raja-nandanahthe son of Vraja's king; yenaby which; evaindeed; meof Me; deviO goddess; hritamenchanted; tu indeed; cetahheart; tvayaby You; nanandadelighted; ivalike; vadhuha woman; dadhamiI place; tamthat. You are more dear to Me than My own self. Your form is like that of Vraja's prince, who has captured My heart. I am happy as if I were with Him. Text 30 shri-narada uvaca evam radha-vacah shrutva maya-yuvati-vesha-dhrik uvaca bhagavan krishno radham kamala-locanam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; radha-vacahRadha's words; shrutvahearing; maya-yuvati-vesha-dhrikmagically disguised as a girl;

uvacasaid; bhagavanLord; krishnahKrishna; radhamto Radha; kamalalocanamlotus-eyed. Shri Narada said: After hearing Radha's words, Lord Krishna, who was magically transformed into a young girl, spoke to lotus-eyed Radha. Text 31 shri-bhagavan uvaca rambhoru nanda-nagare nanda-gehasya cottare gokule vasatir me 'sti namnaham gopadevata shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; rambhoruO girl whose thighs are like banana trees; nanda-nagarein the city of nanda; nandagehasyaof Nanda's home; caand; uttarein the north; gokulein Gokula; vasatihhome; meMy; astiis; namnaby name; ahamI; gopadevata Gopadevata. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O girl whose thighs are graceful as banana trees, I live in Gokula, just north of Nanda's palace in Nandanagara. My name is Gopadevata. Text 32 tvad-rupa-guna-madhuryam shrutam me lalita-mukhat tad drashum cancalapangi tvad-grihe 'ham samagata tvatYour; rupabeauty; gunaand virtues; madhuryamthe sweetness; shrutamheard; meby Me; lalitaof lalita; mukhatfrom the mouth; tatthat; drashumto see; cancalapangiO girl with the restless glance; tvad-griheto Your home; ahamI; samagatahave come. From Lalita's mouth I heard of the sweetness of Your beauty and virtues. O girl with the restless glance, now I have come to Your home to see it. Text 33

shrimal-lavanga-latika-sphua-modininam gunja-nikunja-madhupa-dhvani-kunja-punjam drisham shrutam nava-navam tava kanja-netre divyam purandara-pure 'pi na yat-samanam shrimatbeautiful; lavanga-latikalavanga vine; sphuamanifested; modininamfragrance; gu 24jagunja; nikunjagrove; madhupabees; dhvani sounds; kunjagroves; pu 24jamabundance; drishamseen; shrutamheard; nava-navamnewer and newer; tavaYour; kanja-netreO lotus-eyed one; divyam splendid; purandara-purein the city of Indra; apieven; nanot; yat-samanam the equal. O girl with the lotus eyes, You are a lotus flower with the fragrance of lavanga flowers and the buzzing of bees in a grove of gunja. Even in the city of Indra no one has ever seen or heard of anyone like You. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca evam tayor melanam tad babhuva mithileshvara pritim parasparam kritva vane tatra virejatuh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; tayohof Them; melanam the meeting; tatthat; babhuvawas; mithileshvaraO king of Mithila; pritim love; parasparammutual; kritvadoing; vanein the forest; tatrathere; virejatuhThey manifested. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, in that way They met. In that garden They fell in love Text 35 hasantyau te ca gayantyau pushpa-kanduka-lilaya pashyatyau vana-vrikshamsh ca ceratur maithileshvara hasantyaulaughing; teThey; caand; gayantyausinging; pushpaof flowers; kandukaballs; lilayawith playing; pashyatyauglancing; vana-vrikshan among the trees; caand; ceratuhwalking; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila.

O king of Mithila, laughing, singing, playing with a toy ball made of flowers, and glancing at each other, they walked among the trees in that garden. Text 36 kala-kaushala-sampannam radham kamala-locanam gira madhuraya rajan prahedam gopadevata kalain art; kaushalawioth expertise; sampannamendowed; radham Radha; kamala-locanamlotus-eyed; girawith words; madhurayasweet; rajan O king; prahasaid; idamthis; gopadevataGopadevata. With sweet words Gopadevata spoke to lotus-eyed, artistic Radha. Text 37 shri-gopadevatovaca dure vai nanda-nagaram sandhya jata vrajeshvari prabhate cagamishyami tvat-sakasham na samshayah shri-gopadevata uvacaShri Gopadevata said; durefar away; vaicertainly; nanda-nagaramin nandanagara; sandhyasunset; jatahas come; vrajeshvariO queen of Vraja; prabhateat sunrise; caand; agamishyamiI will come; tvatsakashamnear You; nano; samshayahdoubt. Shri Gopadevata said: O queen of Vraja, sunset has come. Nandanagara is far away. At sunrise I will return to You. Of this there is no doubt. Text 38 shri-narada uvaca shrutva vacas tasya tu tad vrajeshvari nikshipya sadyo nayanambu-santatim romanca-harshodgama-bhava-samvrita rambheva bhumau patita marud-dhata shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; vacahwords; tasya of Him; tuindeed; tatthat; vrajeshvarithe queen of Vraja; nikshipyacasting;

sadyahat once; nayanambu-santatimtears fgrom the eyes; romancaharshodgama-bhava-samvritahairs standing erect; rambhaa banana tree; iva like; bhumauto the ground; patitafell; marut-hatastruck by the wind. Shri Narada said: Hearing His words, Radha, the queen of Vraja began to weep. The hairs of her body erect, She fell to the ground like a banana tree struck by the wind. Text 39 shankagatas tatra sakhi-ganas tvaram su-vijayantyau vyajanair vyavasthitah shrikhanda-pushpa-drava-carcitamshukam jagada radham nripa gopadevata shankagatahworried; tatrathere; sakhi-ganahfriends; tvaramquickly; suvijayantyaufanning; vyajanaihwith fans; vyavasthitaharranged; shrikhanda sandal; pushpaflower; dravaliquid; carcitaanointed; amshukamgarments; jagadaspoke; radhamto Radha; nripaO king; gopadevataGopadevata. O king, Her worried friends quickly came and fanned Her with many fans. Then Gopadevata spoke to Radha, whose garments were anointed with sandal paste and the nectar of flowers. Text 40 shri-gopadevatovaca prabhate agamishyami ma shokam kuru radhike gosh ca bhratur go-rasasya shapatho me na ced idam shri-gopadevata uvacaShri Gopadevata said; prabhateat sunrise; agamishyamiI will come; madon't; shokamlament; kurudo; radhikeO Radha; gohof the cow; caand; bhratuhof the brother; go-rasasyaof milk; shapathahpromise; meof Me; nanot; cetif; idamthat. Shri Gopadevata said: At sunrise I will return. O Radha, don't lament. If I don't go I will break the promise I made to milk My brother's cow. Text 41

shri-narada uvaca evam uktva hari radham samashvasya nripeshvara maya-yuvati-vesho 'sau yayau shri-nanda-gokulam shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; uktvaspeaking; harih Krishna; radhamto Radha; samashvasyacomforting; nripeshvaraO king of kings; maya-yuvati-veshahmagically disguised as a young girl; asauHe; yayau went; shri-nanda-gokulamto Nanda-gokula. Shri Narada said: O king of kings, after comforting Radha with these words, Lord Krishna, who was magically transformed into a young woman, went to Nanda's Gokula. .pa

Chapter Eighteen Shri Krishnacandra-darshana The Sight of Shri Krishnacandra Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha ratryam vyatitayam maya-yoshid-vapur harih radha-duhkha-prashanty-artham vrishabhanor griham yayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; ratryamat night; vyatitayampassed; maya-yoshid-vapuhtrasnformed into a young woman; harih Krishna; radhaof Radha; duhkhato sufferings; prashantipacification; artham for the purpose; vrishabhanohof King Vrishabhanu; grihamto the home; yayau went. Shri Narada said: When the night had passed, Lord Krishna, again magically transformed into a woman, went to King Vrishabhanu's palace to quiet Radha's distress. Text 2

radha tam agatam vikshya samutthayati-harshita dattasana vidhanena pujayam asa maithila radhaRadha; tamHim; agatamarrived; vikshyaseeing; samutthaya rising; ati-harshitavery happy; dattaoffered; asanaa seat; vidhanena properly; pujayam asaworshiped; maithilaO king of Mithila. When She saw He had come, Radha became very happy. Standing up, She offered Him a seat and worshiped Him according to custom. Text 3 shri-radhovaca tvaya vinaham nishi duhkhitasam tvayy agatayam sakhi labdha-vastu-vat purvam hy apathyasya sukham yatha tato duhkham tatha bhamini sat-prasangatah shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; tvayaYou; vinawithout; ahamI; nishiat night; duhkhitaunhappy; asamwas; tvayyin You; agatayamcome; sakhiO friend; labdhaattained; vastuvaulable; vatlike; purvambefore; hyindeed; apathyasyaof what is not beneficial; sukhamhappiness; yathaas; tatahso; duhkhamunhappiness; tathaso; bhaminiO beautiful one; sat-prasangatah from the company. Shri Radha said: I was very unhappy at night without You. O friend, now that You have come I am like one who has found a great treasure. O beautiful one, first You made Me happy and then You made Me sad. Text 4 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutvatha tad-vakyam vimana gopadevata na kincid uce shri-radham duhkhiteva vyavasthita shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; athathen; tad-vakyamHer words; vimanasad; gopadevataGopadevata; nanot; kincit anything; ucesdaid; shri-radhamto Shri Radha; duhkhitaunhappy; ivaas if; vyavasthitasituated.

Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, Gopadevata became sad. As if She were morose, She did not say anything to Shri Radha. Text 5 vijnaya kheda-sampannam radhika gopadevatam sakhibhih samvicaryatha jagada sneha-tat-para vijnayaunderstanding; kheda-sampannamunhappy; radhikaRadha; gopadevatamGopadevata; sakhibhihby the friends; samvicaryaconsidered; athathen; jagadaspoke; sneha-tat-parafull of affection. Understanding that Gopadevata had become unhappy, Radha and Her friends considered the situation. Full of affection, Radha spoke. Text 6 shri-radhovaca vimanas tvam katham bhadre vada mam gopadevate matra bhartra nanandra va shvashra krodhena bhartsita shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; vimanahunhappy; tvamYou; katham why?; bhadreO beautiful one; vadatell; mamMe; gopadevateO Gopadevata; matraby Your mother; bhartrabrother; nanandrasister-in-law; vaor; shvashra sister; krodhenaangrily; bhartsitarebuked. Shri Radha said: Beautiful one, why are You unhappy? O Gopadevata, please tell Me. Did Your mother, brother, sister, or sister-in-law speak angry words to You? Text 7 sapatni-krita-doshena sva-bhartur virahena va anyatra lagna-cittena vimanah kim manohare

sapatniby a co-wife; kritadone; doshenaby a fault; sva-bhartuhof Your own brother; virahenaby separation; vaor; anyatrasomewhere else; lagna placed; cittenaheart; vimanahunhappy; kimwhy?; manohareO beautiful one. Did a co-wife fault You? Are You separated from Your brother? Does something else trouble Your heart? O beautiful one, why are You unhappy? Text 8 marga-khedena va kaccid vihvalabhud rujathava shighram vada maha-bhage svasya duhkhasya karanam margaon the path; khedenaby trouble; vaor; kaccitsomething; vihvala agitated; abhutbecame; rujawith sickness; athavaor; shighramfor a long time; vadatell; maha-bhageO beautiful one; svasyaown; duhkhasya suffering; karanamthe cause. Did some trouble happen on the way here? Do You have a sickness? O beautiful one, please tell me at length why You are unhappy. Text 9 krishna-bhaktam rite vipram yena kenapi kutsitam kathitam te 'tha rambhoru tac-cikitsam karomy aham krishnaof Lord Krishna; bhaktama devotee; ritewithout; viprama brahmana; yena kenapiby someone; kutsitamtreated with contempt; kathitam spoken; teby You; athathen; rambhoruO girl whose thighs are like banana trees; tac-cikitsamthe cure for that; karomydo; ahamI will. Did some brahmana who was not a devotee of Krishna speak ill to You? O girl whose thighs are like banana trees, describe it, and I will cure Your unhappiness. Text 10 gajashvadini ratnani vastrani ca dhanani ca

mandirani vicitrani grihana tvam yadicchasi gajaelephants; ashvahorses; adinibeginning with; ratnanijewels; vastrani garments; caand; dhananiwealth; caand; mandiranipalaces; vicitrani wonderful; grihanatake; tvamYou; yadiif; icchasiYou wish. If You wish, please take many elephants, horses, jewels, costly garments, coins, and wonderful palaces. Text 11 dhanam dattva tanum rakshet tanum dattva trapam vyadhat dhanam tanum trapam dadyan mitra-karyartham eva hi dhanam dattva ca satatam rakshet pranan nirantaram dhanamwealth; dattvahaving given; tanumbody; rakshetmay protect; tanumbody; dattvahaving given; trapammodesty; vyadhatmay give; dhanamwealth; tanumbody; trapammodesty; dadyanmay guve; mitrakaryarthamfor the benefit of a friend; evaindeed; hiindeed; dhanamwelath; dattvahaving given; caand; satatamalways; rakshetmay protect; pranan life; nirantaramalways. By giving wealth one preserves another's body. By preserving the body one gives modesty. For the welfare of a friend, one should give Her wealth and thus preserve Her body and Her modesty. By always giving wealth one always preserves the lives of Her friends. Text 12 yo mitratam nishkapaam karoti nishkaranam dhanyatamah sa eva vidhaya maitrim kapaam vidadhyat tam lampaam hetu-paam naam dhik yahone who; mitratamfriendship; nishkapaamsincere; karotidoes; nishkaranamunmotivated; dhanyatamahthe most fortunate; sash; eva indeed; vidhayaplacing; maitrimfriendship; kapaamfalse; vidadhyatplaces; tamthat; lampaamcheater; hetu-paamfalse reason; naamand actor; dhik fie.

One who is a sincere, unselfish friend is glorious. One who is not sincere in her friendship is a cheater, or an actor. Fie on her! Text 13 tasyah prema-vacah shrutva bhagavan gopadevata prahasann aha rajendra shri-radham kirti-nandinim tasyahof Her; prema-vacahwords of love; shrutvahearing; bhagavanthe Lord; gopadevataGopadevata; prahasannsmiling; ahasaid; rajendraO king; shri-radhamto Shri Radha; kirti-nandinimthe daughter of Kirti. O king, when He heard Her words of love, Lord Gopadevata smiled and spoke to Kirti's daughter Radha. Text 14 shri-gopadevatovaca radhe vrajan sanu-gires taishu sankoca-vithishu manoharasu yantim svato mam dadhi-vikrayartham rurodha marge nava-nanda-putrah shri-gopadevata uvacaShri Gopadevata said; radheO Radha; vrajangoing; sanu-girehof the mountain; taishuon the sides; sankocanarrow; vithishuon the path; manoharasubeautiful; yantimgoing; svatahpersonally; mamto Me; dadhiyogurt; vikrayaselling; arthamfor the purpose; rurodhastopped; marge om the path; nava-nanda-putrahNanda's son. Shri Gopadevata said: As He was walking on the beautiful narrow pathways by the hillside, and I was also walking there to sell some yogurt, Nanda's son, Krishna, stopped Me. Text 15 vamshi-dharo vetra-karah kare mam tvaram grihitva prahasan vilajjah mahyam karadana-dhanaya danam dehiti jalpan vipine rasajnah

vamshia flute; dharahholding; vetraa stick; karahin His hand; karein the hand; mamMe; tvaramquickly; grihitvataking; prahasanlaughing; vilajjah shameless; mahyamto Me; karadana-dhanayato pay atoll; danampayment; dehigive; itithus; jalpanspeaking; vipinein the forest; rasajnahexpert at tasting nectar. Carrying a flute and holding a stick in His hand, the shameless fellow grabbed My hand, laughed, and said: "Now You must pay a tax to Me!" Talking in this way, He enjoyed in the forest. Text 16 tubhyam na dasyami kadapi danam svayambhuve gorasa-lampaaya evam mayokte vacane 'tha bhandam nitva vishirni-kritavan sa dadhnah tubhyamto You; nanot; dasyamiI will give; kadapiever; danammoney; svayambhuveindependent; gorasafor milk products; lampaayagreedy; evam thus; mayaby Me; uktespoken; vacanewords; athathen; bhandamthe pot; nitvataking; vishirni-kritavanbroke; sahHe; dadhnahof yogurt. When I said, "I will never pay anything to You, a rake greedy after yogurt", He took the yogurt-pot and broke it. Text 17 bhandam sa bhittva dadhi kim ca pitva nitvottariyam mama ced uriyam nandishvaradrer vidisham jagama tenaham arad vimanah sma jata bhandamthe pot; saHe; bhittvabreaking; dadhiyogurt; kim ca furthermore; pitvadrinking; nitvataking; uttariyambodice; mamaMy; cetif; uriyamon the breasts; nandishvaradrehof Nandishvara Hill; vidishamin the direction; jagamawent; tenaby Him; ahamI; aratfrom afar; vimanah depressed; smaindeed; jatabecome. After breaking the pot, He drank the yogurt, grabbed My bodice, and then ran off toward Nandishvara Hill. That is why I am unhappy. Text 18

jatya sa gopah kila krishna-varno 'dhuni na viro na hi shila-rupah yasmims tvaya prema kritam su-shile tyajashu nirmohanam adya krishnam jatyaby birth; saHe; gopaha gopa; kilaindeed; krishna-varnaha shudra; adhuninow; nanot; virahhero; nanot; hiindeed; shila-rupahhandsome; yasminin which; tvayaby You; premalove; kritamdone; su-shileO saintly girl; tyajaabandon; ashuat once; nirmohanamfree from illusion; adyatoday; krishnamKrishna. Although by birth He is a gopa, today He has become a low-class shudra. He is not a hero, and He does not have good character. O saintly girl, today You should be free of illusion. Give up Your love for this Krishna. Text 19 ittham sa-vairam parusham vacas tac chrutva ca radha vrishabhanu-nandini su-vismita vakya-pade sarasvatipadam smayanti nijagada tam prati itthamthus; sa-vairamwith hatred; parushamharsh; vacahwords; tac that; chrutvahearing; caand; radhaRadha; vrishabhanuof King Vrishabhanu; nandinithe daughter; su-vismita; vakya-padein the words; sarasvatiof eloquence; padamthe words; smayantismiling; nijagadaspoke; tamHer; prati to. Surprised to hear these harsh and hateful words, King Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha smiled and eloquently spoke to Her. Texts 20 and 21 shri-radhovaca yat-praptaye vidhi-hara-pramukhas tapanti vahnau tapah paramaya nija-yoga-ritya dattah shukah kapila asurir angira yatpadaravinda-makaranda-rajah sprishanti tam krishnam adi-purusham paripurna-devam lilavataram ajam arti-haram jananam bhu-bhuri-hara-bharanaya satam shubhaya

jatam vinindasi katham sakhi durvinite shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; yat-praptayeto attain whom; vidhi-harapramukhahheaded by Brahma and Shiva; tapantiperform austerities; vahnau in the fire; tapahburning; paramayawith great; nija-yoga-rityayoga activities; dattahDattatreya; shukahShukadeva; kapilaKapila; asurihAsuri; angiraand Angira; yatof whom; padaravindaof the lotus feet; makaranda-rajahthe pollen; sprishantitouch; tamHim; krishnamKrishna; adi-purushamthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; paripurna-devamthe perfect Lord; lilavataram who has descended to enjoy transcendental pastimes; ajamunborn; artiof miseries; haramthe remover; jananamof the people; bhuof the earth; bhuri the great; bharaburden; haranayato remove; satamof the devotees; shubhayafor the welfare; jatamborn; vinindasiYou criticise; kathamwhy?; sakhiO friend; durviniteuncivilized and foolish. Shri Radha said: Foolish friend, why do You criticize Lord Krishna, the original and perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead who, to enjoy pastimes, remove the earth's burden, and bring auspiciousness to the devotees, has descended to the earth, to attain whom Brahma Shiva and all the demigods perform great yoga austerities, and the honey pollen of whose lotus feet Dattatreya, Shukadeva, Kapila, Asuri, and Angira touch? Text 22 gah palayanti satatam rajaso gavam ca gangam sprishanti na japanti gavam su-namnam prekshanty ahar-nisham alam su-mukham gavam ca jatih para na vidita bhuvi gopa-jateh gahthe cows; palayantiprotect; satatamalways; rajasahthe dust; gavam of the cows; caand; gangamthe Ganga; sprishantitouch; nanot; japanti chant; gavamof the cows; su-namnamthe names; prekshantysee; aharnishamday and night; alamgreatly; su-mukhamhandsome face; gavamof the cows; caand; jatihbirth; paragreater; nanot; viditaknown; bhuvion the earth; gopa-jatehthan birth as a gopa. The gopas protect the cows. Without touching water, they are covered by cows' dust. The chant the cows' names. Day and night they see the cows' beautiful faces. On this earth no birth better than a gopas' birth. Text 23 tat-krishna-varna-vilasat-su-kalam samikshya tasmin vilagna-manasa su-sukham vihaya

unmatta-vad vrajati dhavanti nilakanho bibhrat kaparda-visha-bhasma-kapala-sarpan tatof Him; krishnathe dark; varnacolor; vilasatglistening; su-kalam beautiful; samikshyaseeing; tasminin that; vilagnaattached; manasaminds; su-sukhamhappy; vihayagiving up; unmatta-vatlike a madman; vrajatigo; dhavantirun; nilakanhahShiva; bibhratholding; kapardamatted hair; visha poison; bhasmaashes; kapalaskulls; sarpanand snakes. Gazing at Krishna's dark handsomeness, Shiva became attached to Him. Giving up all normal happiness, wearing matted hair, drinking poison, covered with ashes, and decorated with snakes and skulls, Shiva now walks and runs about like a madman. Text 24 svarloka-siddha-muni-yaksha-marud-gananam palah samasta-nara-kinnara-naga-nathah yat-pada-padmam anisham pranipatya bhaktya labdha-shriyah kila balim pradaduh sma tasmai svarlokaof Svarloka; siddhathe siddhas; munimunis; yakshayaksas; marud-gananamand maruts; palahthe protector; samastaall; narahumans; kinnarakhinnbaras; nagaand nagas; nathahthe Lord; yat-pada-padmam whose lotus feet; anishamday and night; pranipatyabowing down; bhaktya with devotion; labdhaattained; shriyahglory; kilaindeed; balimofferings; pradaduhgave; smaindeed; tasmaito Him. He is the protector of the svarlokas, siddhas, munis, yakshas, and maruts. He is the master of all the humans, kinnaras, and nagas. Day and night the glorious great souls devotedly bow before His lotus feet and make offerings to Him. Text 25 vatsagha-kaliya-bakarjuna-dhenukanam acakravata-shakaasura-putananam esham vadhah kim uta tasya yasho murarer yah koisho 'nda-nicayodbhava-nasha-hetuh vatsaVatsasura; aghaAgha; kaliyaKaliya; bakaBaka; arjunathe arjuna trees; dhenukanamand Djenuka; acakravataTrnavarta; shakaasura Satakatasura; putananamand Putana; eshamof them; vadhahthe death; kim utaindeed; tasyaof Him; yashahglory; murarehof Krishna; yahhow great?;

koishahmany millions; anda-nicayauniverses; udbhavacreation; nashaand destruction; hetuhthe cause. He killed Vatsasura, Agha, Kaliya, Baka, the arjuna trees, Dhenuka, Trinavarta, Sakaasura, and Putana! How great are His glories? He is the creator and destroyer of many millions of universes! Text 26 bhaktat priyo na viditah purushottamasya shambhur vidhir na ca rama na ca rauhineyah bhaktan anuvrajati bhakti-nibaddha-cittas cuda-manih sakala-loka-janasya krishnah bhaktatthan a devotee; priyahmore dear; nanot; viditahknown; purushottamasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; shambhuhof shiva; vidhihBrahma; nanot; caand; ramathe goddess of fortune; nanot; caand; rauhineyahBalarama; bhaktanthe devotees; anuvrajatifollows; bhaktiwith devotion; nibaddhabound; cittahheart; cuda-manihthe crest jewel; sakalaloka-janasyaof all people; krishnahKrishna. To Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, no one is more dear than His devotee. Neither Shiva, Brahma, Lakshmi, nor Balarama is more dear. Lord Krishna, the crest-jewel of all persons, His heart now bound with love, becomes the humble follower of His devotees. Text 27 gacchan nijam janam anu prapunati lokan avedayan hari-jane sva-rucim mahatma tasmad ativa bhajatam bhagavan mukundo muktim dadati na kadapi su-bhakti-yogam gacchangoing; nijamto His own; janampeople; anufollowing; prapunati pruifies; lokanthe people; avedayanproclaiming; hari-janefor the devotees; sva-rucimHis own love; mahatmathe Lord; tasmatfrom that; ativagreatlly; bhajatamof the devotees; bhagavanthe Lord; mukundahMukunda; muktim liberation; dadatigives; nanot; kadapiever; su-bhakti-yogampure devotional service. Following His devotees here and there, He purifies the worlds. He loudly declares His love for His devotees. To those who worship Him, Lord Krishna easily gives liberation, but He does not easily give pure devotional service.

Text 28 shri-gopadevatovaca radhe tvadiya-dhishana dhishanam hasanti vanim shrutim prakushalena vidambayanti atragamishyati yadatha harih pareshah satyam dadati vacanam tava devi manye shri-gopadevata uvacaShri Gopadevata said; radheO Radha; tvadiyaof You; dhishanaintelligence; dhishanamBrihaspati; hasantilaughs; vanimwords; shrutimthe Vedas; prakushalenaexpertly; vidambayantimocking; atrahere; agamishyatiwill come; yadathen; athathen; harihthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; pareshahthe SZupreme Lord; satyamtruth; dadatigives; vacanam words; tavaof You; deviO goddess; manyeI think. O Radha, Your intelligence laughs at Brihaspati and Your works cleverly mock the Vedas. When the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself comes here and confirms Your words, only then will I believe them. Text 29 shri-radhovaca yathagamishyati yadadya harih pareshah kim karayami bhavatim vada tarhi su-bhru ced agamo na hi bhaved vana-malinah svam sarvam dhanam ca bhavanam na dadami tubhyam shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; yathaas; agamishyatiwill come; yada when; adyatoday; harih pareshahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kim what?; karayamiI will make; bhavatimYou; vadatell; tarhithen; su-bhruO girl with the beautiful eyebrows; cetif; agamahthe Vedas; nanot; hiindeed; bhavetmay be; vana-malinahof He who wears a forest garland; svamown; sarvamall; dhanamwealth; caand; bhavanamhome; nanot; dadamiI give; tubhyamto You. Shri Radha said: O girl with the beautiful eyebrows, tell Me, if the Supreme Personality of Godhead personally comes here, what will I do about You? If the Lord who wears a forest garland comes, I will not be able to give My palace and all My wealth to You. Text 30

shri-narada uvaca atha radha samutthaya natva shri-nanda-nandanam upavishyasane dadhyau dhyana-stimita-locana shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; radhaRadha; samutthaya rising; natvabowing; shri-nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda; upavishya asane giving a seat; dadhyaugave; dhyanain meditation; stimitaclosed; locana eyes. Shri Narada said: Radha stood up, bowed before Krishna, and gave Him a seat. Then She closed Her eyes in meditation. Texts 31 and 32 utkanhitam sveda-yuktam bashpa-kanhim priyam harih ashru-purna-mukhim vikshya bibhrat svam paurushim tanum pashyantinam sakhinam ca sahasa bhakta-vatsalah radham praha prasannatma megha-gambhiraya gira utkanhitamfilled with longing; sveda-yuktamperspiring; bashpatears; kanhimneck; priyambeloved; harihKrishna; ashruwith tears; purnafilled; mukhimface; vikshyaseeing; bibhratmanifesting; svamown; paurushim male; tanumform; pashyantinamlooking on; sakhinamfriends; caand; sahasa at once; bhaktato the devotees; vatsalahaffectionate; radhamto Radha; prahaspoke; prasannapleased; atmaat heart; meghaclouds; gambhiraya deep; girawith words. Watching His beloved perspiring and full of longings, and watching Her face fill with tears than ran down Her neck, as Her friends looked on, Lord Krishna, who is kind to His devotees, became pleased at heart with Her, suddenly manifested His own male form, and spoke to Her in a voice deep as thunder. Text 33 shri-krishna uvaca rambhoru candra-vadane vraja-sundarishe radhe priye navala-yauvana-mana-shile

unmilya netram api pashya samagatam mam turnam tvaya madhuraya ca giropahutam shri-krishna uvacaShri Krishna said; rambhoruO girl whose thighs are like banana trees; candra-vadaneO girl whose face is like the moon; vraja-sundarishe O queen of the beautiful girls of Vraja; radheO Radha; priyeO beloved; navalayauvana-mana-shileO girl with all the virtues of youth; unmilyaopening; netram eyes; apialso; pashyalook; samagatamcome; mamMe; turnamat once; tvayaby You; madhurayasweet; caand; girawithwords; upahutamcalled. Shri Krishna said: O girl whose thighs are like banana trees, O girl whose face is like the moon, O queen of the beautiful girls of Vraja, O Radha, O beloved, O girl with all the virtues of youth, open Your eyes! Look! Called by Your sweet words, I have come! Text 34 agaccha krishna iti vakyam atah shrutam me sadyo visrijya nija-gokula-gopa-vrindam vamshi-vaac ca yamuna-nikaat pradhavams tvat-pritaye 'tha lalane 'tra samagato 'smi agacchacome; krishnaO Krishna; itithus; vakyamwordw; atahthen; shrutamheard; meby Me; sadyahat once; visrijyaabandoning; nijaown; gokulaGokula; gopa-vrindamgopas; vamshi-vaatfrom vamshivaa; caand; yamuna-nikaatfrom the Yamuna's shore; pradhavanrunning; tvatYou; pritaye for the pleasure; athathen; lalaneO beautiful one; atrahere; samagatah come; asmiI am. When I heard You say, "O Krishna, please come", I at once left the gopas at Vamshivaa by the Yamuna's shore and ran here to please You. O beautiful one, I have come. Text 35 mayy agate sati gati gata sakhi-rupini ka yakshyasuri sura-vadhu kila kinnari va mayavati chalayitum bhavatim ca tasmad vishvasa eva na vidheya uranga-patnyam mayywhen I; agatehad come; satiO saintly girl; gatigone; gatagone; sakhi-rupiniin the form of a gopi firend; kawho?; yakshya yaksi; asuriand demoness; sura-vadhua demigoddess; kilakindeed; kinnarikinnari; vaor; mayavatia magician; chalayitumtocover; bhavatimYou; caand; tasmat

therefore; vishvasabelief; evaindeed; nanot; vidheyashould be done; uranga-patnyamin a snake-girl. O saintly one, I am here. What yakshi, asuri, demigoddess, or kinnari could have fooled You with magic as I have? You would not have believed them. Nor would You have believed a snake-goddess either. Text 36 shri-narada uvaca atha radha harim drishva natva tat-pada-pankajam mudam apa param rajan sadyah purna-manoratha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; radhaRadha; harimto Krishna; drishvaseeing; natvabowing down; tat-pada-pankajamto His lotus feet; mudamhappiness; apaattained; paramgreat; rajanO king; sadyahat once; purnafulfilled; manorathadesire. Shri Narada said: O king, Radha gazed at Krishna and bowed before His lotus feet. Her desires fulfilled, She was very happy. Text 37 evam shri-krishnacandrasya caritany adbhutani ca yah shrinoti naro bhaktya sa kritartho bhaven narah evamthus; shri-krishnacandrasyaof Shri Krishnacandra; caritanythe pastimes; adbhutaniwonderful; caand; yahwho; shrinotihears; naraha person; bhaktyawith devotion; sahe; kritarthahsuccessful; bhavenbecomes; naraha person. A person who with devotion hears these Krishnacandra attains the supreme goal of life. wonderful pastimes of Lord

Chapter Nineteen Rasa-krida The Rasa-dance Pastime

Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca radhayai darshanam dattva kritva prema-parikshanam agre cakara kam lilam bhagavan atma-lilaya shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; radhayaito Radha; darshanam sight; dattvagiving; kritvadoing; premalove; parikshanamtest; agre before; cakaradid; kamwhat?; lilampastime; bhagavanthe Lord; atma-lilaya with playfulness. Shri Bahulashva said: After He tested Radha's love and then revealed Himself to Her, what pastime did the Lord enjoy? Text 2 shri-narada uvaca madhavo madhave masi madhavibhih samakule vrindavane samarebhe rasam raseshvarah svayam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; madhavahKrishna; madhavein teh springtime; masimonth; madhavibhihwith madhavi vines; samakulefilled; vrindavanein Vrindavana; samarebhebegan; rasamthe rasa dance; raseshvarahthe king of the rasa dance; svayamHimself. Shri Narada said: In the month of Madhava (April-May), when Vrindavana forest was filled with blossoming madhavi vines, Lord Krishna, the king of the rasa dance, began the rasa-dance pastime. Text 3 vaishakha-masi pancamyam jate candrodaye shubhe yamunopavane reme raseshvarya manoharah

vaishakha-masiin the month of Madhava; pa 24camyamon the fifth day; jate manifested; candrodayethe moonrise; shubhebeautiful; yamunaby the Yamuna; upavanein a gardenb; remeenjoyed; raseshvaryawith thequeen of the rasa dance; manoharahhandsome Krishna. On the fifth day of the month of Madhava, as the moon beautifully rose, in a garden by the Yamuna's shore handsome Krishna enjoyed with Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa dance. Text 4 pura maithila golokad bhumir ya kau samagata sarva babhuva sauvarnapadmaragamayi tvaram purapreviously; maithilaO king of Mithila; golokatfrom Goloka; bhumihthe land; yawho; kauto the earth; samagatacome; sarvaall; babhuvabecame; sauvarnagold; padmaragamayimade of rubies; tvaramat once. O king of Mithila, in an instant the gold and ruby ground of Goloka came to the the earth. Text 5 vrindavanam divya-vapur dadhat kama-dughair drumaih madhavibhir latabhish ca prakshipan nanda-nandanam vrindavanamVrindavana; divyatranscendental; vapuhform; dadhat manifested; kama-dughaihwith kalpa-vriksha; drumaihtrees; madhavibhihwith madhavi; latabhihvines; caand; prakshipateclipsed; nanda-nandanamthe Nandana gardens of Indra. Then Vrindavana forest manifested its transcendental form. Filled with madhavi vines and kalpa-vriksha trees, it eclipsed the Nandana gardens of Indra. Text 6 ratna-sopana-sampanna

sphurat-sauvarna-tolika raraja yamuna rajan hamsa-padmadi-sankula ratnajewel; sopanastairways; sampannawith; sphuratglistening; sauvarnagolden; tolikaarchways; rarajashone; yamunathe Yamuna; rajan O king; hamsaswans; padmalotuses; adibeginning with; sankulafilled. O king, with jewel stairways, glittering golden arches, and many swans and lotuses, the Yamuna shone with great splendor. Texts 7 and 8 ratna-dhatu-mayah shrimadratna-shringa-sphurad-dyutih sa-pakshi-gana-samyukto lata-pushpa-manoharah nirjharaih sundaribhish ca daribhir bhramari-vritah reje govardhano nama giri-rajah karindra-vat ratna-dhatu-mayahmade of jewels; shrimatbeautiful; ratnajewel; shringa peaks; sphurad-dyutihglistening; sa-pakshi-gana-samyuktahwith many birds; latavines; pushpaflowers; manoharahbeautiful; nirjharaihwith swifty-moving streams; sundaribhihbeautiful; caand; daribhihwith caves; bhramari-vritah filled with bees; rejeshone; govardhanahGovardhana; namanamed; giri-rajah the king of mountains; karindra-vatlike the king of elephants. It's rocks jewels, its beautiful glittering peaks made of jewels, beautiful with many birds, flowering vines, swiftly-moving streams, beautiful caves, and many bumblebees, the king of mountains, which was named Govardhana, was splendidly manifest as if it were the king of elephants. Texts 9 and 10 sarve nikunjah parito rejur divya-vapur-dharah sabha-mandapa-vithibhih prangana-stambha-panktibhih patat-patakair divyabhair sauvarnaih kalashair nripa

shvetarunaih pushpa-dalaih pushpa-mandira-vartibhih sarveall; nikunjahthe forest groves; paritaheverywhere; rejuhshone; divya-vapur-dharaha transcendental form; sabhawith assembly-houses; mandapapavilions; vithibhihand pathways; pranganawith courtyards; stambha of columns; panktibhihwith rows; patatfluttering; patakaihwith flags; divyabhaihsplendid; sauvarnaihgold; kalashaihdomes; nripaO king; shveta white; arunaihand red; pushpa-dalaihwith flower petals; pushpa-mandiravartibhihwith flower palaces. Manifesting their spiritual forms, all the forest groves were splendidly manifest with many assembly-houses, pavilions, pathways, courtyards, rows of pillars, fluttering flags, and flower palaces with splendid golden domes and red and white flower petals. Texts 11 and 12 vasanta-madhurya-dharah kujat-kokila-sarasah paravatair mayuraish ca yatra tatra nikujitah radha-krishna-katham punyam gayamanair madhuvrataih patadbhir madhu-mattaish ca kunjah sarve virajitah vasantaof springtime; madhuryathe sweetness; dharahmanifesting; kujat cooing; kokilacuckoos; sarasahand cranes; paravataihwith paravatas; mayuraihpeacocks; caand; yatrawhere; tatrathere; nikujitahcooing; radhakrishna-kathamtopics of Shri Shri Radha-Krishna; punyamsacred; gayamanaih singing; madhuvrataihwith bees; patadbhihflying; madhu-mattaihintoxicated by drinking honey; caand; kunjahthe forest groves; sarveall; virajitah splendidly manifested. Filled with the sweetness of spring, with cooing cuckoos, cranes, paravatas, peacocks, and with honey-intoxicated bees singing the sacred stories of Shri Shri Radha and Krishna, all the forest groves shone with great glory. Text 13 puline shitalo vayur manda-gami vahaty alam sahasra-dala-padmanam rajo vikshepayan muhuh

pulineon the riverbank; shitalahcool; vayuhbreeze; manda-gamigentle; vahatyblows; alamgreatly; sahasra-dala-padmanamof the thousand-petal lotuses; rajahpollen; vikshepayantossing; muhuhagain and again. Carrying the pollen of thousand-petal lotuses, a gentle and cool breeze blew along the riverbank. Text 14 kashcid goloka-vasinyah kashcic chayyopakarikah shringara-prakarah kashcit kashcid vai dvara-palikah kashcitsome; goloka-vasinyahof the girls living in Gokula; kashcicsome; shaayyabeds; upakarikaharranging; shringara-prakarahdecorators; kashcit some; kashcitsome; vaiindeed; dvara-palikahguarding the entrances. Some of the gopis were residents of Goloka, some arranged the couches, some made decorations, some guarded the entrances, . . . Text 15 parshadakhyah sakhi-janas chatra-camara-panayah pushpabharana-karinyah shri-vrindavana-palikah parshada-akhyahcalled associates; sakhi-janahgopi friends; chatra-camarapanayahholding parasols and camaras in their hands; pushpaflower; abharana ornaments; karinyahin their hands; shri-vrindavana-palikahprotectors of Shri Vrindavana. . . . some were Radha's associates and friends, some carried parasols, camaras, and flower decorations in their hands, some were protectors of Vrindavana forest, . . . Text 16 govardhana-nivasinyah

kashcit kunja-vidhayikah tan-nikunja-nivasinyo nartakyo vadya-tat-parah govardhana-nivasinyahliving on Govardhana Hill; kashcitsome; kunjathe groves; vidhayikaharranging; tan-nikunja-nivasinyahresiding in the forest groves; nartakyahdancers; vadya-tat-parahinstrumentalists. . . . some lived on Govardhana Hill, some decorated the forest groves, some stayed in the forest groves, some were dancers, and some played musical instruments. Text 17 sarva vai candra-vadanah kishora-vayaso nripa asam dvadasha-yuthash cajagmuh shri-krishna-sannidhim sarvahall; vaiindeed; candra-vadanahfaces like the moon; kishora-vayasah youthful; nripaO king; asamof them; dvadashatwelve; yuthahgroups; ca and; ajagmuhcame; shri-krishna-sannidhimnear Shri Krishna. O king, they were all young and they all had faces glorious as the moon. In twelve groups they approached Shri Krishna. Text 18 tathaiva yamuna sakshad yuthi-bhutva samayayau nilambara ratna-bhusha shyama kamala-locana tathaso; evaindeed; yamunathe Yamuna; sakshatdirectly; yuthi-bhutva becoming a gopi; samayayaucame; nilambarain blue garments; ratna-bhusha decorated with jewels; shyamadark; kamalalotus; locanaeyes. Then the Yamuna became a dark-complexioned, lotus-eyed, dressed in blue and decorated with jewels leader of a group of gopis, and came there. Text 19

tathaiva jahnavi ganga yuthi-bhutva samayayau shvetambara shveta-varna muktabharana-bhushita tathaso; evaindeed; jahnavi gangathe Ganga;yuthi-bhutva samayayau becoming a gopi; shveta-varnawith a fair complexion; muktabharana-bhushita decorated with pearls. Then the Ganga became a fair-complexioned, dressed in white and decorated with pearls leader of a group of gopis, and she also came there. Text 20 tathayayau rama sakshad yuthi-bhutvarunambara candra-varna manda-hasa padmaraga-vibhushita tathaso; ayayaucame; ramathe goddess of fortune; sakshatdirectly; yuthi-bhutvabecome a gopi; arunambarawearing red garments; candraof the moon; varnathe color; manda-hasawith a gentle smile; padmaraga-vibhushita decorated with rubies. Then goddess Rama became a gently smiling, moon-complexioned, dressed in red and decorated with rubies leader of a group of gopis, and she also came there. Text 21 tathayayau krishna-patni namna ya madhu-madhavi padma-varna pushpa-bhusha yuthi-bhuta shubhambara tathathen; ayayaucame; krishna-patniLord Krishna's wife; namnaby the name; yawho; madhu-madhavimadhumadhavi; padmaof a lotus; varnathe color; pushpa-bhushadecorated with flowers; yuthi-bhutabecoming a gopi; shubhambarawith splendid garments. Then Lord Krishna's wife named Madhumadhavi become a lotus-complexioned, dressed in beautiful garments and decorated with flowers leader of a group of gopis, and she also came there.

Text 22 tathaiva viraja sakshad yuthi-bhutva samayayau harid-vastra gaura-varna ratnalankara-bhushita tathaso; evaindeed; virajathe Viraja; sakshatdirectly; yuthi-bhutva becoming a gopi; samayayaucame; harid-vastrain green garments; gaura-varna golden complexion; ratnalankara-bhushitadecorated with jewels. Then the Viraja river became a golden-complexioned, dressed in green and decorated with jewels leader of a group of gopis, and she also came there. Text 23 lalitaya vishakhaya maya-yuthah samayayau evam tv asha-sakhinam ca sakhinam kila shodasha lalitayahof lalita; vishakhayahof Vishakha; mayaof Goddess Lakshmi; yuthahthe groups; samayayaucame; evamthus; tvindeed; ashaeight; sakhinamof friends; caand; sakhinamof gopi friends; kilaindeed; shodasha sixteen. Then the groups led by Lalita, Vishakha, and goddess Lakshmi came. In this way the eight principal friends of Shri Radha came and sixteen more friends also came. Text 24 dva-trimshac ca sakhinam ca yutha sarve samayayuh raraja bhagavan rajan stri-ganai rasa-mandale dva-trimshatthirty-tw; caand; sakhinamof friends; caand; yuthagroups; sarveall; samayayuhcame; rarajashone; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; rajanO king; stri-ganaiwith the women; rasa-mandalein the rasa dance circle.

Then thirty-two more groups of gopis came. O king, accompanied by these many women, the Lord was splendidly manifest in the rasa-dance circle. Text 25 vrindavane yathakashe candras tara-ganair yatha pita-vasah-parikaro naa-vesho manoharah vrindavanein Vrindavana; yathaas; akashein the sky; candrahthe moon; tara-ganaihwith the stars; yathaas; pitayellow; vasahgarments; parikarah wearing; naa-veshahas a dancer; manoharahhandsome. Then in Vrindavana forest Lord Krishna became like a handsome dancer dressed in yellow garments. He became like a moon accompanied by many stars in the sky. Texts 26 and 27 vetra-bhrid vadayan vamshim gopinam pritim avahan mayura-paksha-bhrin-mauli sragvi kundala-manditah radhaya shushubhe rase yatha ratya ratishvarah evam gayan harih sakshat sundari-gana-samvritah vetraa stick; bhritholding; vadayanplaying; vamshimthe flute; gopinam of the gopis; pritimlove; avahanbearing; mayurapeacock; pakshafeather; bhritwearing; maulias a crown; sragvigarlanded; kundalawith earrings; manditahdecorated; radhayawith Radha; shushubheshone; rasein the rasa dance; yathaas; ratyawith Rati; ratishvarahKamadeva; evamso; gayan singing; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; sundari-gana-samvritahsurrounded by beautiful women. Holding a stick, wearing a garland, earrings, and a peacock-feather crown, playing the flute, singing, surrounded by the beautiful gopis, and full of love for them, Lord Krishna shone with Radha in the rasa dance, as Kamadeva shines with Rati. Text 28

yamuna-pulinam punyam ayayau radhaya yutah grihitva hasta-padmena padmabham sva-priya-karam yamuna-pulinamthe Yamuna's shore; punyamsacred; ayayaucame; radhayawith Radha; yutahwith; grihitvataking; hastahand; padmenalotus; padmabhamglorious as a lotus; sva-priya-karamHis beloved's hand. Taking His beloved Radha's lotus hand in His lotus hand, Lord Krishna went to the Yamuna's sacred shore. Text 29 nishasada harih krishnatire nira-manohare punar jalpan su-madhuram pashyan vrindavanam priyam nishasadasat down; harihKrishna; krishnaof the Yamuna; tireon the shore; nirawater; manoharebeautiful; punahagain; jalpanspeaking; sumadhuramsweetly; pashyanlooking; vrindavanamat Vrindavana; priyam dear. Looking at His beloved Vrindavana forest, and sweetly conversing, Lord Krishna sat down by the Yamuna's beautiful waters. Text 30 calan hasan radhikaya kunjam kunjam cacara ha kunje niliyamanam tam tvaram tyaktva priya-karam calanwalking; hasanlaughing; radhikayawith Radha; kunjamgrove; kunjamafter grove; cacarawalked; haindeed; ku 24jein a grove; niliyamanamdisappearing; tamHim; tvaramquickly; tyaktvaleaving; priyakaramthe hand of His beloved. Smiling and laughing, He walked with Radha from forest grove to forest grove. Suddenly slipping from His beloved's hand, He hid among the trees.

Text 31 vilokya shakhantaritam radha jagraha madhavam radha dudrava tad-dhastaj jhankaram kurvati pade vilokyaseeing; shakha-antaritamin the trees; radhaRadha; jagraha grabbed; madhavamKrishna; radhaRadha; dudravaran; tad-dhastatfrom His hand; jhankaramtinkling; kurvatidoing; padewith Her feet. Seeing Him hiding among the trees, Radha captured Krishna. Then Radha slipped from His hand and ran away, Her anklets tinkling. Text 32 niliyamana kunjeshu pashyato madhavasya ca dhavan harir gato yavat tavad radha tato gata niliyamanahiding; kunjeshuamong the trees; pashyatahlooking; madhavasyaKrishna; caand; dhavanrunning; harihKrishna; gatahwent; yavatas; tavatso; radhatranscendental; tatahthen; gatawent. Krishna looked as She hid among the trees. Wherever Radha ran, Krishna ran after Her. Text 33 vriksha-parshve hasta-matrad itash cetash ca dhavati tamalo hema-vally eva ghanash cancalaya yatha vrikshaof a tree; parshveby the side; hasta-matratonly a hand away; itah here; caand; itahthere; caand; dhavatirunning; tamalaha tamala tree; hemagold; vallivine; evaindeed; ghanaha monsoon cloud; ca 24calayawith lightning; yathaas.

Only a hand away, She ran among the trees. They were like a tamala tree and a golden vine or a monsoon cloud and a lightning flash. Text 34 hema-khanyeva niladri reje radhikaya harih radhaya vishva-mohinya babhau madana-mohanah hema-khanyaa gold mine; ivalike; nilaa dark; adrimountain; rejeshone; radhikayawith Radha; harihKrishna; radhayawith Radha; vishvathe universe; mohinyacharming; babhaushone; madanathan Kamadeva; mohanahmore charming. Like a dark mountain and a gold mine, Lord Krishna, who is more enchanting then Kamadeva, shone with Radha, the most enchanting girl in the world. Text 35 vrindavane rasa-range ratyeva madano yatha dhritva rupani tavanti yavanti vraja-yoshitah vrindavanein Vrindavana; rasa-rangein the rasa-dance arena; ratyawith Rati; ivalike; madanahKamadeva; yathaas; dhritvataking; rupanithe forms; tavantiso; yavantias; vraja-yoshitahthe women of Vraja. It was as if Kamadeva and Rati had taken the forms of Lord Krishna and the girls of Vraja in the rasa-dance arena. Text 36 nanarta rasa-range 'sau ranga-bhumyam nao yatha gayantyash capi nrityantyah sarva gopyo manoharah nanartadanced; rasa-rangein the rasa-dance arena; asauHe; rangabhumyamin the arena; naaha dancer; yathaas; gayantyahsinging; caand;

apialso; beautiful.

nrityantyahdancing;

sarvaall;

gopyahthe

gopis;

manoharah

Lord Krishna danced in the rasa-dance arena and all the beautiful gopis also sang and danced. Text 37 virejuh krishnacandraish ca yatha shakraih suranganah varam viharam krishnayam cakara madhusudanah virejuhthey shone; krishnacandraihwith many Krishnacandras; caand; yathaas; shakraihwith Indras; suranganahdemigoddesses; varamexcellent; viharampastime; krishnayamin the Yamuna; cakaradid; madhusudanah Krishna. The gopis shone with many Lord Krishnacandras as the demigoddesses shine with many Indras. Then Lord Krishna enjoyed pastimes in the Yamuna. Text 38 sarvair gopi-ganaih sardham yakshibhir yaksha-rad iva kabari-kesha-pashabhyam prasunaih pracyutaih shubhaih citra-varnair babhau krishno yathoshnin-mudrita tatha sarvaihwith all; gopi-ganaihthe gopis; sardhamwith; yaksibhihwith the yaksis; yaksha-radthe king of the yaksas; ivalike; kabari-kesha-pashabhyam with braids; prasunaihwith flowers; pracyutaihfalling; shubhaihbeautiful; citravarnaihcolorful; babhaushone; krishnahKrishna; yathaas; ushnik-mudrita marked with usnik; tathaso. Lord Krishna enjoyed pastimes with the gopis as the Yaksha king enjoys with many yakshis. Splendid with many wonderfully colorful and beautiful flowers fallen from the gopis' braids, Lord Krishna seemed to be marked with many verses written in the meter ushnik. Text 39

mridanga-talair madhura-dhvani-svanair jagur yashas ta madhusudanasya prapur mudam purna-manorathash calatprasuna-hara harina gata-vyathah mridangaof the mrdangas; talaihwith karatalas; madhura-dhvani-svanaih with sweet sounds; jaguhsang; yashahthe glory; tathey; madhusudanasyaof Lord Krishna; prapuhattained; mudamhappiness; purna-manorathahfulfilled desires; calatmoving; prasunaflower; haragarlands; harinawith Krishna; gata gone; vyathahdistress. Accompanied by the sweet sounds of mriangas and karatalas, and their flower garlands moving to and fro, they sang the glories of Lord Krishna. Free of troubles and their desires now fulfilled, they attained great happiness. Text 40 shri-hasta-santadita-vari-bindubhih spharasama-sphurjita-shikara-dyutih vrindavanesho vraja-sundaribhi reje gajibhir gaja-rad iva svayam shribeautiful; hastahand; santaditastruck; variof water; bindubhihwith drops; spharagreat; asamaunequalled; sphurjitamanifested; shikarasplash; dyutihsplendor; vrindavaneshahthe king of Vrindavana; vraja-sundaribhiwith the beautiful girls of Vraja; rejeshone; gajibhihwith female elephants; gaja-rad an elephant king; ivalike; svayampersonally. With His glorious hand splashing an unequalled shower of water drops, Lord Krishna, the king of Vrindavana, enjoyed with the beautiful girls of Vraja as an elephant king enjoys with many female elephants. Text 41 vidyadharyo deva-gandharva-patnyah pashyantyas ta rasa-rangam divi-sthah devaih sardham cakrire pushpa-varsham moham praptah prashlathad-vastra-nivyah vidyadharyahVidyadharis; devaof the devas; gandharvaand gandharvas; patnyahthe wives; pashyantyahlooking; tathey; rasaodf the rasa dance; rangamat the arena; divi-sthahstaying in the heavenly planets; devaihthe

demigods; sardhamwith; cakriredid; pushpa-varshama shower of flowers; mohamenchantment; praptahattained; prashlathatloosened; vastra garments; nivyahand belts. As in the sky they looked on, the wives of the vidyadharas, devas, and gandharvas became entranced and their garments and tight belts became loosened. With the demigods they showered flowers on the rasa-dance arena. .pa

Chapter Twenty Rasa-krida The Rasa-dance Pastime Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha krishno harir varililam kritva manoharah sarvair gopi-ganaih sardham girim govardhanam yayau shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; krishnahKrishna; harih Hari; variwater; lilampastimes; kritvadoing; manoharahhandsome; sarvaih with all; gopi-ganaihthe gopis; sardhamwith;; girimHill; govardhanam Govardhana; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: After enjoying water pastimes, handsome Lord Krishna went with the gopis to Govardhana Hill. Text 2 govardhane kandarayam ratna-bhumyam harih svayam rasam ca radhaya sardham raseshvarya cakara ha govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; kandarayamin a cave; ratna-bhumyamin a jeweled place; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; rasamrasa dance; caand; radhayaRadha; sardhamwith; raseshvaryathe queen of the rasa dance; cakara did; hacertainly.

On Govardhana Hill, in a cave where the ground was made of jewels, Lord Krishna enjoyed a rasa dance with Radha, the queen of the rasa dance. Text 3 tatra simhasane ramye tasthatuh pushpa-sankule tadid-ghanav iva girau radha-krishnau virejatuh tatrathere; simhasaneon a throne; ramyebeautiful; tasthatuhstayed; pushpa-sankulefilled with flowers; taditlightning; ghanauand a cloud; iva like; girauon a hill; radha-krishnauRadha and Krishna; virejatuhshone. Sitting on a flower throne, Shri Shri Radha and Krishna shone like a monsoon cloud and lightning on the hill. Text 4 svaminyas tatra shringaram cakruh sakhyo mudanvitah shrikhanda-kunkumadyaish ca yavakaguru-kajjalaih svaminyahof their mistress; tatrathere; shringaramdecoration; cakruh did; sakhyahthe friends; mudanvitahhappy; shrikhandasandal; kunkuma kunkuma; adyaihbeginning with; caand; yavakayavaka; aguruaguru; kajjalaihand kajjala. There the happy gopi friends decorated their queen, Radha, with sandal, kunkuma, yavaka, aguru, and kajjala. Text 5 makarandaih kirti-sutam samabhyarcya vidhanatah dadau shri-yamuna sakshad radhayai nupurany alam

makarandaihwith honey; kirti-sutamKirti's daughter; samabhyarcyaRadha; vidhanatahaccording to custom; dadaugave; shri-yamunaShri Yamuna; sakshatdirectly; radhayaito Radha; nupuranyanklebells; alamgreatly. The gopis worshiped Kirti's daughter Radha with offerings of honey. Shri Yamuna gave nupura anklets to Her. Text 6 manjira-bhushanam divyam shri-ganga jahnu-nandini shri-rama kinkini-jalam haram shri-madhu-madhavi manjira-bhushanammanjira anklets; divyamsplendid; shri-gangaShri Ganga; jahnu-nandinithe daughter of Jahnu Muni; shri-ramaShri Rama; kinkinijalama network of tinkling ornaments; harama necklace; shri-madhu-madhavi Shri Madhumadhavi. Shri Ganga gave splendid manjira anklets, Shri Rama gave a network of tinkling ornaments, and Madhumadhavi gave a necklace. Text 7 candra-haram ca viraja koi-candramalam shubham lalita kancuka-manim vishakha kanha-bhushanam candra-harama necklace of candrakanta jewels; caand; virajaViaraja; koicandramalamsplendid as millions of moons; shubhambeautiful; lalitaLalita; kancukabodice; manimjewels; vishakhaVishakha; kanha-bhushanam ornament for the neck. Viraja gave a beautiful candrakanta necklace splendid as millions of moons, Lalita gave a jewel bodice, and Vishakha gave a neck ornament. Text 8 anguliyaka-ratnani dadau candranana tada

ekadashi radhikayai ratnadhyam kankana-dvayam anguliyakarings; ratnanijewel; dadaugave; candrananaCandranana; tada then; ekadashiEkadashi; radhikayaito Radha; ratnadhyamopulent with jewels; kankana-dvayamtwo bracelets. Candranana gave many jewel rings and Ekadashi gave to Radha two bracelets rich with many jewels. Text 9 bhuja-kankana-ratnani shatacandranana dadau tasya madhumati sakshat sphurad-ratnangada-dvayam bhuja-kankanaarmlets; ratnanijewels; shatacandrananaShatacandranana; dadaugave; tasyaito Her; madhumatiMadhumati; sakshatdirectly; sphurat glittering; ratnajewel; angadaarmlets; dvayamtwo. Shatacandranana gave many jewel bhuja-kankana armlets, and Madhumati gave a pair of glittering angada armlets. Text 10 taanka-yugalam bandi kundale sukha-dayini anandi ya sakhi mukhya radhayai bhala-toranam taanka-yugalamearrings; bandibandi; kundaleearrings; sukha-dayini Sukhadayini; anandiAnandi; yawho; sakhifriend; mukhyafirst; radhayaito Radha; bhala-toranaman ornament for the forehead. Bandi gave taanka earrings, Sukhadayini gave kundala earrings, and the close friend Anandi gave a bhala-torana ornament to Radha. Text 11 padma sad-bhala-tilakam bindum candrakala dadau

nasa-mauktikam alolam dadau padmavati sati padmaPadma; sad-bhala-tilakamtilaka for the forehead; bindumdrop; candrakalaCandrakala; dadaugave; nasanose; mauktikampearl; alolam moving; dadaugave; padmavatiPadmavati; satisaintly. Padma gave beautiful forehead-tilaka, Candrakala gave a bindu, and Padmavati gave a nose-pearl that moved to and fro. Text 12 balarka-dyuti-samyuktam bhala-pushpam manoharam shri-radhayai dadau rajams candrakanta sakhi shubha balarkathe rising sun; dyutisplendor; samyuktamwith; bhalafor the forehead; pushpamflower; manoharambeautiful; shri-radhayaito Shri Radha; dadaugave; rajanO king; candrakantaCandrakanta; sakhifriend; shubha beautiful. O king, Her beautiful friend Candrakanta gave Radha a charming bhalapushpa splendid as the rising sun. Texts 13-16 shiromanim sundari ca ratna-venim praharshini bhushane candra-suryakhye vidyut-koi-sama-prabhe radhikayai dadau devi vrinda vrindavaneshvari evam shringara-samsphurjadrupaya radhaya harih giri-raje babhau rajan yajno dakshinaya yatha yatra vai radhaya rase shringaro 'kari maithila tatra govardhane jatam sthalam shringara-mandalam

atha krishnah sva-priyabhir yayau candra-sarovaram shiromanima crest jewel; sundariSundari; caand; ratna-venimbraid jewels; praharshiniPraharshini; bhushanetwo ornaments; candra-suryakhye named candra and surya; vidyut-koi-sama-prabhesplendid as ten million lightning flashes; radhikayaito Radha; dadaugave; devigoddess; vrinda Vrinda; vrindavaneshvarithe queen of Vrindavana; evamthus; shringarawith ornaments; samsphurjatshining; rupayaform; radhayawith Radha; harih Krishna; giri-rajeon the king of mountains; babhauwas splendidly manifest; rajan O king; yajnahYajna; dakshinayawith Dakshina; yathaas; yatrawhere; vai indeed; radhayawith r; rasein the rasa dance; shringarahdecoration; akari was; maithilaO king of Mithila; tatrather; govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; jatamborn; sthalamplace; shringara-mandalamshringara-mandalam; atha then; krishnahKrishna; sva-priyabhihwith his beloveds; yayauwent; candrasarovaramto Candra-sarovara. Sundari gave a crest-jewel, Praharshini gave a braid-jewel, and Goddess Vrinda, the queen of Vrindavana, gave candra and surya ornaments glittering like ten million lightning flashes. Accompanied by brilliantly decorated Radha on the king of mountains, Lord Krishna shone with great glory. The place on Govardhana Hill where Radha was decorated is known as shringara-mandala. Then, accompanied by His beloved gopis, Lord Krishna went to the lake Candra-sarovara. Texts 17-21 cakara taj-jale kridam gajibhir gaja-rad iva tatra candrah samagatya candrakantau mani shubhau sahasra-dala-padme dve svaminyai haraye dadau atha krishno harih sakshat pashyan vrindavana-shriyam prayayau bahulavanam lata-jala-samanvitam tatra sveda-samayuktam vikshya sarvam sakhi-janam ragam tu megha-mallaram jagau vamshi-dharah svayam sadyas tatraiva vavrishur megha ambu-kanams tatha tadaiva shitalo vayur

vavau gandha-manoharah tena gopi-ganah sarve sukham prapta videha-ra cakaradid; taj-jalein the water; kridampastimes; gajibhihwith female elephants; gaja-radan elephgant king; ivalike; tatrathere; candrahthe moon; samagatyaarriving; candrakantauCandrakanta; manitwo jewels; shubhau beautiful; sahasra-dala-padmethusand-petal lotuses; dvetwo; svaminyaito queen Radha; harayeto Krishna; dadaugave; athathen; krishnahKrishna; harihHari; sakshatdirectly; pashyanlooking; vrindavana-shriyamat the beauty of Vrindavana forest; prayayauwent; bahulavanamto bahulavana; latajala-samanvitamfilled with a network of vines; tatrathere; sveda-samayuktam perspiring; vikshyaseeing; sarvamall; sakhi-janamtHis gopi friends; ragam the raga; tuindeed; megha-mallarammegha-mallara; jagauplayged; vamshi the flute; dharahholding; svayampersonally; sadyahat once; tatrathere; eva indeed; vavrishuhrained; meghathe clouds; ambu-kanandrops of water; tathaso; tadathen; evaindeed; shitalahcool; vayuhbreeze; vavaublew; gandha-manoharahpleasantly fragrant; tenaby that; gopi-ganahthe gopis; sarveall; sukhamhappiness; praptaattained; videha-raO king of Videha. In the water there the Lord enjoyed pastimes with the gopis as the king of elephants enjoys with many female elephants. Then Candra came and offered two sahasra-dala (thousand-petal) lotuses and two beautiful candrakanta jewels to Radha and Krishna. After gazing at the beauty of Vrindavana forest, Krishna went to Bahulavana forest, which was filled with a network of flowering vines. Noticing that all the gopis were perspiring, He played the megha-mallara raga (cloud melody) on His flute, and at once many clouds rained fine drops of water. Then a fragrant cool breeze blew, and all the gopis became happy, O king of Videha. Text 22 jagur yashah shri-murarer uccais tatra samanvitah tasmat talavanam pragac chri-krishno radhika-patih jaguhsag; yashahthe gloriesd; shri-murarehof Shri Krishna; uccaihloudly; tatrathere; samanvitahwith; tasmatfrom that; talavanamto Talavaan; pragac went; chri-krishnahShri Krishna; radhika-patihthe Lord of Radha. The gopis loudly sang Shri Krishna's glories. Then Shri Krishna, the Lord of Radha, went to Talavana. Text 23

rasa-mandalam arebhe gayan vraja-vadhu-vritah tatra gopi-ganah sarve sveda-yuktas trishaturah rasa-mandalamthe rasa dance circle; arebhebegan; gayansinging; vrajavadhu-vritahaccompanied by the girls of Vraja; tatrathere; gopi-ganahthe gopis; sarveall; sveda-yuktahperspiring; trishawith thirst; aturahafflicted. Singing, the Lord formed a rasa-dance circle with the girls of Vraja. Then the gopis began to perspire. They were tortured with thirst. Text 24 ucu raseshvaram rase kritanjali-puah shanaih duram vai yamuna deva trisha jata param hi nah ucusaid; raseshvaramto the king of the rasa dance; rasein the rasa dance; kritanjali-puahwith folded hands; shanaihslowly; duramfar away; vai indeed; yamunaYamuna; devaO Lord; trishathirst; jataborn; paramgreatly; hiindeed; nahof us. Folding their hands in the middle of the rasa dance, the gopis slowly said to Lord Krishna, the master of the rasa dance: "O Lord, the Yamuna is far away, and we have become very thirsty. Text 25 kartavyam bhavatatraiva rase divyam manoharam varam viharam panam ca karishyamo hare vayam kartavyamshould be done; bhavataby You; atrahere; evaindeed; rasein the rasa dance; divyamsplendid; manoharambeautiful; varamwater; viharam pastimes; panamdrinking; caand; karishyamahdo; hareO Krishna; vayam we. "O Krishna, please do something so that in this rasa dance arena we may drink water and enjoy water pastimes.

Text 26 jagat-karta palakas tvam samharasyapi nayakah tac chrutva vetra-dandena krishno bhumim tatada ha jagat-kartathe creator of the universes; palakahthe protector; tvamYou; samharasyaof devastation; apialso; nayakahthe leader; tacthat; shrutva hearing; vetra-dandenawith His stick; krishnahKrishna; bhumimthe earth; tatadastruck; haindeed. "You are the creator, protector and destroyer of the worlds." Hearing this, Lord Krishna struck the ground with His stick. Text 27 tadaiva nirgatah shroto vetra-gangeti kathyate yaj-jala-sparsha-matrena brahma-hatya pramucyate tatra snatva narah ko 'pi golokam yati maithila tadathen; evaindeed; nirgatahcame; shrotaha stream; vetra-gangathe Vetra-ganga; itithus; kathyatecalled; yaj-jalathe water of which; sparsha touch; matrenaonly; brahma-hatyathe killing of a brahmana; pramucyateone becomes free; tatrathere; snatvabathing; naraha person; ko 'pisomeone; golokamto Goloka; yatigoes; maithilaO king of Mithila. At once a stream called the Vetra-ganga sprang up. Simply by touching it one becomes free of the sin of killing a brahmana. O king of Mithila, anyone who bathes there goes to Goloka. Text 28 gopibhi radhaya sardham shri-krishno bhagavan harih varam viharam kritavan devo madana-mohanah

gopibhiwith the gopis; radhayaRadha; sardhamwith; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; harihHari; varamwater; viharampastimes; kritavandid; devahthe Lord; madanathena Kamadeva; mohanahmore charming; Then Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is more charming than Kamadeva, enjoyed water pastimes with Shri Radha and the gopis. Text 29 tatah kumudvanam prapto lata-vrindam manoharam bhramara-dhvani-samyuktam cakre rasam sakhi-janaih tatahthen; kumudvanamKumudvana; praptahattained; lata-vrindamwith many vines; manoharambeautiful; bhramaraof bees; dhvanithe sound; samyuktamwith; cakredid; rasamthe rasa dance; sakhi-janaihwith gopi friends. Then Shri Krishna went to Kumudvana forest, which was filled with the sounds of humming bees, and again He enjoyed the rasa dance with the gopis. Text 30 radha tatraiva shringaram shri-krishnasya cakara ha pushpair nana-vidhair dravyaih pashyantinam vrajaukasam radhaRadha; tatrathere; evaindeed; shringaramdecoration; shrikrishnasyaof Shri Krishna; cakaradid; haindeed; pushpaihwith flowers; nana various; vidhaihkinds; dravyaihthings; pashyantinamlooking on; vrajaukasamof the residents of Vraja. Then, as the girls of Vraja looked on, Radha decorated Shri Krishna with many flowers and ornaments. Texts 31 and 32 campakodyat-parikarah svarna-yuthi-bhujangadah sahasra-dala-rajivakarnika-vilasac-chrutih mohini-malini-kundaketaki-hara-bhrid dharih

campakacampaka; udyatblossoming; parikarahbelt; svarna-yuthi svarnayuthi; bhujangadaharmlets; sahasra-dala-rajivathousand petal lotus; karnikawhorl; vilasatsplendid; shrutihears; mohinimohini; malinimalini; kundakunda; ketakiand ketaki; haragarland; bhritwearing; harihKrishna. In this way Lord Krishna' belt was decorated with campaka flowers, and His armlets with svarna-yuthi flowers. He wore a garland of mohini, malini, kunda, and ketaki flowers. His ears were made splendid with the whorls of thousand-petal lotuses. Text 33 kadamba-pushpa-vilasatkiria-kaakojjvalah mandara-pushpottariyapadma-yashi-dharah prabhuh kadamba-pushpakadamba flowers; vilasatsplendid; kiriacrown; kaaka bracelet; ujjvalahsplendid; mandaramandara; pushpaflowers; uttariyaupper garment; padmalotus; yashistick; dharahholding; prabhuhthe Lord. Lord Krishna's crown and bracelets were made splendid with kadamba flowers, His upper garment was decorated with mandara flowers, and His stick was decorated with lotuses. Texts 34-37 tulasi-manjari-yuktavana-mala-vibhushitah evam shringaratam praptah shri-krishnah priyaya svaya babhau kumudvane rajan vasanto harshito yatha mridanga-vina-vamshibhir muru-yashi-sukamsyakaih tala-sheshais talair yukta jagur gopyo manoharam bhairavam megha-mallaram dipakam malakoshakam shri-ragam capi hindolam ragam eva prithak prithak

asha-talais tribhir gramaih svaraih saptabhir agratah tulasi-manjari-yuktawith tulasi-ma 24jaris; vana-mala-vibhushitahdecorated with a forest garland; evamthus; shringaratamdecoration; praptahattained; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; priyayaby His beloved; svayaown; babhauwas splendidly manifest; kumudvanein Kumudvana forest; rajanO king; vasantah springtime; harshitahpleased; yathaas; mridanga-vinawith mridangas and vinas; vamshibhihwith flutes; muru-yashiwith muru drums; sukamsyakaih talasheshaih talaihkaratalas; yuktawith; jaguhsang; gopyahthe gopis; manoharambeautiful; bhairavambhairava-raga; megha-mallarammeghamallara-raga; dipakamdipaka; malakoshakammalakosam; shri-ragamshriraga; caalso; apiand; hindolamhindola; ragamraga; evaindeed; prithak prithakspecifically; ashaeight; talaihrhythms; tribhihthree; gramaih scales; svaraihwith notes; saptabhihseven; agratahin the presence. O king, then He was decorated with a garland of tulasi-manjaris and forest flowers. In this way Lord Krishna was decorated. Accompanied by His beloved, He was happy and splendid as if He were the Deity of springtime personified. Then, with mridangas, vinas, flutes, murus, yashis, and karatalas, the gopis played melodies in three scales of seven notes in the ragas bhairava, megha-mallara, dipaka, malakoshaka, shri-raga, and hindola. Texts 38 and 39 nrityair nana-vidhai ramyair hava-bhava-samanvitaih toshayantyo harim radham kaakshair vraja-gopikah gayan madhuvanam pragat sundari-gana-samvritah raseshvarya rasa-lilam cakre raseshvarah svayam nrityaihwith dancing; nana-vidhaiof various kinds; ramyaihbeautiful; havabhava-samanvitaihwith amorous gestures; toshayantyahpleasing; harim Krishna; radhamRadha; kaakshaihwith sidelong glances; vraja-gopikahthe vraja-gopis; gayansinging; madhuvanamto madfhuvana; pragatwent; sundarigana-samvritahaccompanied by the beautiful girls; raseshvaryawith the queen of the rasa dance; rasa-lilamthe rasa dance pastime; cakredid; raseshvarah the king of the rasa dance; svayampersonally. With many different dances, with amorous gestures, and with sidelong glances the gopis pleased Krishna. Then, accompanied by the gopis as He sang Shri Radha's

glories, Lord Krishna, the king of the rasa dance, went to Madhuvana forest, where He enjoyed a rasa dance with Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa dance. Texts 40 and 41 vaishakha-candra-kaumudya malati-gandha-vayuna sphurat-saugandha-kahlarapatat-renutkarena vai vikacan-madhavi-vrindaih shobhite nirjane vane reme gopi-ganaih krishno nandane vritra-ha yatha vaishakhaof Vaishakha; candraof the moon; kaumudyawith the light; malatiof malati flowers; gandhawith the scent; vayunawith a breeze; sphurat blossoming; saugandhafragrant; kahlaraof kahlara lotuses; patatflying; renu pollen; utkarenawith a multitude; vaiindeed; vikacatblossoming; madhavivrindaihwith madhavi vines; shobhitebeautiful; nirjanesecluded; vanein the forest; remeenjoyed; gopi-ganaihwith the gopis; krishnahKrishna; nandanein the Nandana gardens; vritra-haIndra; yathaas. In this way, during the month of Vaishakha (April-May), in a secluded forest beautiful with flowering malati vines and a breeze carrying the fragrance of malati flowers and the fragrant pollen of blossoming kahlara lotuses, Lord Krishna enjoyed with the gopis as Indra enjoys in the Nandana gardens. .pa

Chapter Twenty-one Rasa-krida The Rasa-dance Pastime Texts 1-4 ittham kundavane ramye malatinam vane shubhe amranam nagaranganam nimbunam sa-ghane vane dadiminam ca drakshanam badamanam vane nripa kadambanam shriphalanam

kuajanam tathaiva ca vaanam panasanam ca pippalanam vane shubhe tulasi-kovidaranam ketaki-kadali-vane karilla-kunja-bakulamandaranam vane harih caran kamavanam pragad rajan vraja-vadhu-vritah itthamthus; kundavanein Kundavana; ramyebeautiful; malatinamof malati flowers; vanein the forest; shubhebeautiful; amranamof mango trees; nagaranganamof orange trees; bindunamof lime trees; sa-ghanethick; vane in the forest; dadiminamof pomegranatesd; caand; drakshanamof grapes; badamanamof badamas; vanein the forest; nripaO king; kadambanamof kadambas; shriphalanamof shriphalas; kuajanamof kutajas; tathaso; eva indeed; caand; vaanamof banyan trees; panasanamof panasa trees; ca and; pippalanamof pippala trees; vanein the forest; shubhebeautiful; tulasi of tulasi; kovidaranamof kovidaras; ketakiof ketakis; kadaliof kadalis; vanein the forest; karillakarilla; ku 24jaforest; bakulabakula; mandaranamand mandaras; vanein the forest; harihKrishna; caranwalking; kamavanamto Kamavana; pragatwent; rajanO king; vrajaof Vraja; vadhuwith the girls; vritahaccompanied. O king, walking in the gopis' company in beautiful Kundavana forest, past many beautiful groves of malati, mango, orange, lime, pomegranate, grape, badamana, kadamba, shriphala, kuaja, banyan, panasa, pippala, tulasi, kovidara, ketaki, kadali, karilla, bakula, and mandara, Lord Krishna came to Kamavana forest. Text 5 tatraiva parvate krishno nanada murali-kalam murcchita vihvala jatas tan-nadena vrajanganah tatrathere; evaindeed; parvateon the hill; krishnahLord Krishna; nanada enjoyed; murali-kalamthe sweet sound of the flute; murcchitafainted; vihvala overcome; jatahmanifested; tan-nadenaby that sound; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja. On a hill there Lord Krishna sweetly played the flute. That music made the girls of Vraja faint.

Text 6 manoja-bana-bhinnangah shlathan-nivyah suraih saha kashmalam prayayu rajan vimaneshv amaranganah manojaof Kamadeva; banaby the arrow; bhinnangahwounded; shlathan loosened; nivyahbelts; suraihthe demigods; sahawith; kashmalamfainting; prayayuattained; rajanO king; vimaneshuin airplanes; amaranganahthe demigoddesses. O king, wounded by Kamadeva's arrows, and their tight belts now loosened, the demigoddesses also fainted because of that music as they flew in airplanes with the demigods. Text 7 catur-vidha jiva-sanghah sthavarair moham asthitah nadyo nadah sthiri-bhutah parvata dravatam gatah catuhfour; vidhahkinds; jiva-sanghahliving entities; sthavaraihwith immobile living entities; mohamfainting; asthitahattained; nadyahthe rivers; nadahstreams; sthiri-bhutahstunned; parvatathe hills; dravatammelting; gatahattained. Because of that music the four kinds of moving and unmoving living entities fainted, the rivers and streams became stunned, and the hills and mountains melted. Text 8 tat-pada-cihna-samyukto girih kamavane 'bhavat tasya darshana-matrena naro yati kritarthatam tat-pada-cihna-samyuktahendowed with His footprints; girihthe hill; kamavanein Kamavana forest; abhavatbecame; tasyaof Him; darshana-

matrenasimply by the sight; naraha person; yatigoes; kritarthatamto success. That hill in Kamavana became decorated with Lord Krishna's footprints. Simply by seeing that hill one attains the goal of life. Text 9 atha gopi-ganaih sakam shri-krishno radhika-patih nandishvara-brihat-sanutae rasam cakara ha athathen; gopi-ganaihthe gopis; sakamwith; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; radhika-patihthe master of Radha; nandishvaraof Nandishvara Hill; brihat-sanutaeon the great summit; rasama rasa dance; cakaradid; haindeed. Then Shri Krishna, the Lord of Radha, enjoyed a rasa dance with the gopis on the great peak of Nandishvara Hill. Text 10 tatra gopyo 'ti-maninyo babhuvur maithileshvara tas tyaktva radhaya sardham tatraivantardadhe harih tatrathere; gopyahthe gopis; ati-maninyahvery proud; babhuvuhbecame; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila; tahthem; tyaktvaabandoning; radhaya Radha; sardhamwith; tatrathere; evaindeed; antardadhedisappeared; harih Krishna. O king of Mithila, at that time the gopis became very proud, so Lord Krishna left them. He disappeared with Radha. Text 11 gopyash ca sarva virahatura bhrisham krishnam vina maithila nirjane vane ta babhramush cashru-kulakulakshyo yatha harinyash cakita itas tatah

gopyahthe gopis; caand; sarvaall; virahaturaovercome with feelings of separation; bhrishamgreatly; krishnamKrishna; vinawithout; maithilaO king of Mithila; nirjanein a secluded; vaneforest; tathey; babhramuhwandering; cashru-kulakulakshyahtheir eyes filled with tears; yathaas; harinyahdoes; cakitahfrightened; itah tatahhere and there. O king of Mithila, separated from Krishna, the gopis were overcome with sorrow. Their eyes filled with tears, they wandered here and there in the forest wilderness as if they were frightened deer. Text 12 krishnam hy apashyantya iti vyatham gata yatha karinyah karinam vane vane yatha kuraryah kuraram vrajanganah sarva rudantyo virahatura bhrisham krishnamKrishna; hyindeed; apashyantyanot seeing; itithus; vyatham distress; gataattained; yathaas; karinyahfemnale elephants; karinamto a male elephant; vane vanein forest after forest; yathaas; kuraryahfemale kurari birds; kuraramto a male kurari bird; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; sarva all; rudantyahcrying; virahaturaovercome with separation; bhrishamgreatly. Not seeing Krishna anywhere, they became filled with sorrow. They became like female elephants that cannot find their mate or kurari birds that cannot find their husband. Separated from Krishna, all the girls of Vraja wept. Text 13 unmattavad vriksha-lata-kadambakam sarva militva ca prithag vane vane papracchur aran nripa nanda-nandanam kutra sthitam tam vadatashu bhuruhah unmattamad; vatlike; vrikshatrees; lataand vines; kadambakammany; sarvaall; militvameeting; caand; prithagspecififc; vane vaneforest after forest; papracchuhasked; aratnearby; nripaO king; nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda; kutrawhere; sthitamsituated; tamHim; vadataplease tell; ashuat once; bhuruhahO trees.

O king, in forest after forest they approached the trees and vines and asked, as if they had become mad, "Where is the son of Nanda? O trees and plants, please tell us." Text 14 shri-krishna krishneti gira vadantyah shri-krishna-padambuja-lagna-manasah shri-krishna-rupas tu babhuvur anganas citram na peshas-kritam etya kia-vat shri-krishnaO Shri Krishna; krishnaO Krishna; itithus; girawith words; vadantyahspeaking; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; padafeel; ambujalotus; lagnaattached; manasahhearts and minds; shri-krishna-rupahShri Krishna's form; tuindeed; babhuvuhbecame; anganahthe girls; citramwonder; na not; peshas-kritamthe form; etyaattaining; kia-vatlike an insect. The girls called out, "O Shri Krishna! O Krishna!" their hearts paasionately attached to Shri Krishna's lotus feet. Then they pretended to have become Krishna. This is not surprising. They were like bumblebees attracted to Shri Krishna's glory. Text 15 shri-padukadhah-sthala-gopi-gopyah shri-padukabjam sharanam prapannah shri-padukathe feet; adhahbelow; sthalaplace; gopi-gopyahgopis; shripadukabjamto the lotus feet; sharanamsurrender; prapannahattained. Approaching Krishna's footprints on the ground, the gopis surrendered to His lotus feet. Text 16 tatas tu tat-prasadena tat-padarcana-darshanat dadrishur gam tada gopyo bhagavat-pada-cihnitam tatahthen; tuindeed; tat-prasadenaby His mercy; tatHis; padafeet; arcanaworship; darshanatbecause of seeing; dadrishuhsaw; gamthe earth;

tadathen; gopyahthe footprints of the Lord.

gopis;

bhagavat-pada-cihnitammarked

with

the

When He saw them worship His feet, the Lord became merciful. For this reason the gopis were able to see a place marked with the Lord's footprints. Text 17 shri-bahulashva uvaca radhesho radhaya sardham hitva gopir yayau kva bhoh tad-darshanam katham jatam gopinam vada me prabho shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; radheshahthe master oif Radha; radhayaRadha; sardhamwith; hitvaabandoniung; gopihteh gs; yayauwent; kvawhere?; bhohO; tad-darshanamby His sight; kathamhow?; jatam attained; gopinamof th4e gopis; vadatell; meme; prabhahO lord. Shri Bahulashva said: When He left the gopis, where did Krishna take Radha? How did the gopis again see Krishna? O lord, please tell me. Text 18 shri-narada uvaca shri-krishno radhaya sardham sanketa-vaam avishat priyayah kabari-pushparacanam sa cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; radhaya Radha; sardhamwith; sanketa-vaama banyan-forest rendezvous; avishat entered; priyayahof His beloved; kabari-pushpakabari flowers; racanam making; saHe; cakaradid; haindeed. Shri Narada said: Krishna and Radha entered a banyan forest. There Krishna decorated His beloved with kabari flowers. Text 19 shri-krishna-kuntale nile

vakratvam radhikakarot citra-patravalih krishnapurnendu-mukha-mandale shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; kuntaleon the hair; nileblack; vakratvam curliness; radhikaRadha; akarotdid; citra-patravalihmany wonderful pictures and designs; krishnaof Krishna; purnafull; indumoon; mukhaface; mandale on the circle. There Radha made curls on Krishna's black hair and wonderful pictures and designs on the circle of His full-moon face. Text 20 evam krishno bhadravanam khadiranam vanam mahat bilvanam ca vanam pashyan kokilakhyam vanam gatah evamthus; krishnahKrishna; bhadravanamto Bhadravana; khadiranam vanamKhadiravaan; mahatgreat; bilvanamBilvavana; caand; vanamforest; pashyanseeing; kokilakhyamnamed Kokila; vanamthe forest; gatahwent. Then, gazing at the great forests Bhadravana, Khadiravana, and Bilvavana as He went, Krishna entered the forest named Kokilavana. Text 21 gopyah krishnam vicinvantyo dadrishus tat-padani ca yava-cakra-dhvaja-cchatraih svastikankusha-bindubhih gopyahthe gopis; krishnamfor Krishna; vicinvantyahsearching; dadrishuh saw; tat-padaniHis footprints; caand; yavawith the barleycorn; cakracakra; dhvajaflag; chatraihand parasol; svastikasvastika; ankushaelephant-goad; bindubhihand bindus; As they searched for Krishna, the gopis found His footprints marked with a barleycorn, cakra, flag, parasol, svastika, elephant-goad, bindu, . . . Text 22

asha-konena vajrena padmenabhiyutani ca nila-shankha-ghaair matsyatri-koneshurdhva-dharakaih asha-konenaeight-pointed star; vajrenathunderbolt; padmenalotus; abhiyutaniendowed; caand; nilashankhaconchshell; ghaaihwaterpot; matsyafish; tri-konatirangle; ishuarrow; urdhva-dharakaihurdhva-rekha line. . . . eight-pointed star, thunderbolt, lotus, conchshell, waterpot, fish, triangle, urdhva-rekha line, . . . Text 23 dhanur-go-khura-candrardhashobhitani mahatmanah tat-padany anusarena vrajantyo gopikas tatah dhanuhbow; gahcow's; khurafootprint; candrammon; ardhahalf; shobhitanidecorated; mahatmanahof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tatpadanyHis footprints; anusarenafollwing; vrajantyahgoing; gopikahthe gopis; tatahthen. . . . bow, cow's hoofprint, and half-moon. As the gopis followed the Supreme Lord's footprints, . . . Text 24 tad-rajah satatam nitva dhritva murdhni vrajanganah padany anyani dadrishur anya-cihnanvitani ca tatHis; rajahdust; satatamagain and again; nitvataking; dhritvaholding; murdhnito the head; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; padanyfootprints; anyani other; dadrishuhsaw; anya-cihnanvitanimarked with other signs; caand. . . . and as they again and again took the dust from those footprints and placed it to their heads, the girls of Vraja saw another set of footprints marked with different signs, . . .

Text 25 ketu-padmatapatraish ca yavenathordhva-rekhaya cakra-candrardhankushakair bindubhih shobhitani ca ketuflag; padmalotus; atapatraihparasol; caand; yavenabarleycorn; athathen; urdhva-rekhayaurdhva-rekha line; cakracakra; candrardhahalfmoon; ankushakaihelephant-goad; bindubhihbindus; shobhitanibeautiful; ca and. . . . marked with a flag, lotus, parasol, barleycorn, urdhva-rekha line, cakra, halfmoon, elephant-goad, many bindus, . . . Text 26 lavanga-latikabhish ca vicitrani videha-ra gada-pahina-shankhaish ca giri-rajena shaktibhih lavanga-latikabhihclove ives; caand; vicitraniwonderful; videha-raO king of Videha; gadaclub; pahinafish; shankhaihconch; caand; giri-rajenathe king of mountains; shaktibhihsakti weapon. . . . many clove vines, a club, fish, conchshell, mountain-king, many shaktiweapons, . . . Text 27 simhasana-rathabhyam ca bindu-dvaya-yutani ca vikshya prahu radhikaya gato 'sau nanda-nandanah simhasanathrone; rathabhyamchariot; caand; bindu-dvaya-yutaniwith two bindus; caand; vikshyaseeing; prahusaid; radhikayawith Radha; gatah gone; asauHe; nanda-nandanahthe son of Nanda.

. . . throne, chariot, and two bindus. O king, looking at these wonderful footprints, the gopis said, "The son of Nanda has come here in Radha's company." Text 28 pashyantyas tat-pada-padmam kokilakhyam vanam gatah gopi-kolahalam shrutva radhikam praha madhavah pashyantyahlloking; tat-pada-padmamlotus feet; kokilakhyamnamed Kokila; vanamthe forest; gatahgone; gopiof the gopis; kolahalamthe tumult; shrutvahearing; radhikamto Radha; prahasaid; madhavahKrishna. The gopis followed these lotus footprints into Kokilavana forest. When He heard the tumultous sounds of the gopis as they came, Krishna said to Radha: Text 29 koi-candra-pratikashe radhe sarpa tvaram priye agata gopikah sarvas tvam neshyanti hi sarvatah koimillions; candraof moons; pratikasheglory; radheO Radha; sarpa go; tvaramquickly; priyeO beloved; agatacome; gopikahthe gopis; sarvah all; tvamYou; neshyantiwill lead; hiindeed; sarvatahin all respects. O Radha, O beloved, O girl splendid as ten million moons, go quickly, All these gopis have come to take You from Me. Text 30 tada manavati radha bhutva praha rama-patim rupa-yauvana-kaushalyashila-garva-samanvita tadathen; manavatiproud; radhaRadha; bhutvabecoming; prahasaid; rama-patimto Krishna, the master of the goddess of fortune; rupabeauty; yauvanayouth; kaushalyaintelligence; shilagood character; garvapride; samanvitawith.

Then Radha, feeling proud of Her beauty, youthfulness, intelligence, and good character, spoke to Lord Krishna, the husband of the goddess of fortune. Text 31 shri-radhovaca calitum na samarthaham mandiran na vinirgata sukumari sveda-yukta katham mam nayasi priya shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; calitumto move; nanot; samarthaable; ahamI am; mandiranfrom the palace; nanot; vinirgatacome; sukumari delicate; sveda-yuktaperspiring; kathamhow?; mamMe; nayasiYou will lead; priyaO beloved. I cannot move. I cannot leave this palace. I am only a delicate girl. I am perspiring. O beloved, how can You lead Me away from here? Text 32 shri-narada uvaca iti vakyam tatah shrutva shri-krishno radhikeshvarah pitambarena divyena vayum tasyai cakara ha shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; vakyamwords; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; radhikeshvarahthe master of Radha; pitambarenawith His yellow garments; divyenatranscendental; vayum a breeze; tasyaito Her; cakaradid; haindeed; Hearing these words, Shri Krishna, the master of Radha, made for Her a breeze by fanning Her with His yellow garments. Text 33 hastam grihitva tam aha gaccha radhe yatha-sukham krishnenapi tada prokta

na yayau tena vai punah hastamhand; grihitvataking; tamto Her; ahasaid; gacchago; radheO Radha; yatha-sukhamas You wish; krishnenain a moment; apialso; tadaten; proktaaddressed; nanot; yayauwent; tenawith Him; vaiindeed; punah again. Then Krishna took Her hand and said, "O Radha, walk as fast You like." Even though Krishna said this, still Radha did not move. Text 34 prishham dattvatha haraye tushnim-bhuta sthita punah priyam manavatim radham praha krishnam satam priyah prishhamback; dattvagiving; athathen; harayeto Lord Krishna; tushnimbhutasilent; sthitastanding; punahagain; priyamto His beloved; manavatim proud; radhamRadha; prahasaid; krishnahLord Krishna; satamof the devotees; priyahthe beloved. Turning Her back to Krishna, Radha stood silent. Then Krishna, who is dear to the saintly devotees, spoke to His proud beloved Radha. Text 35 shri-bhagavan uvaca vihaya gopir iha kamayana bhajamy aham manini cetasa tvam yat te priyam tat prakaromi radhe me skandham aruhya sukham vrajashu shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; vihaya abandoning; gopihthe gopis; ihahere; kamadesire; yanagoing; bhajamy worship; ahamI; maniniO proud one; cetasawith the mind; tvamYou; yat what; teof You; priyamdear; tatthat; prakaromiI will do; radheO Radha; me of Me; skandhamon the shoulders; aruhyaclimbing; sukhameasily; vraja go; ashuquickly. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Let us leave behind these gopis that wish to come with Us. O noble girl, I worship You with all My heart. O Radha, I will do

whatever You wish. Climb on My shoulders and You will quickly and easily flee from them. Text 36 shri-narada uvaca evam priyam priyatamah skandha-yanepsitam nripa vihayantardadhe krishno svacchanda-gatir ishvarah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; priyamdear; priyatamah most dear; skandhaon the shoulders; yanatraveling; ipsitamdesired; nripaO king; vihayaleaving; antardadhedisappeared; krishnahKrishna; svacchandagatihindependent; ishvarahSupreme Controller. Shri Narada said: O king, as Radha was about to climb His shoulders, Lord Krishna, the supremely independent Personality of Godhead suddenly disappeared. Text 37 gata-mana kirti-suta bhagavad-virahatura uccai ruroda rajendra kokilakhye vane pare gatagone; manapride; kirti-sutathe daughter of Kirti; bhagavatfrom the Lord; virahawith separation; aturadistressed; uccailoudly; rurodacried; rajendraO king of kings; kokilakhyenamed Kokila; vanein the forest; pare great. Distressed by Krishna's departure, and Her pride now gone, Radha loudly wept in Kokilavana forest. Text 38 tadaiva yutha samprapta gopinam maithileshvara tad-rodanam duhkhataram shrutva jagmus tapaturah

tadathen; evaindeed; yuthagroup of gopis; sampraptacame; gopinam of the gopis; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila; tad-rodanamHer weeping; duhkhatarammost unhappy; shrutvahearing; jagmuhwent; tapawith unhappiness; aturahafflicted. O king of Mithila, when the gopis came and heard Radha's sorrowful weeping they also became filled with sorrow. Text 39 kashcit tam makarandaish ca snapayam cakrur ishvarim candanaguru-kasturikunkuma-drava-sikaraih kashcitsome; tamHer; makarandaihwith honey; caand; snapayam cakruh bathed; ishvarimthe goddess; candanawith sandal; aguruaguru; kasturi musk; kunkumasaffron; dravaliquid; sikaraihwith drops. Some gopis showered Her with a spray of honey, sandal, aguru, musk, and saffron. Text 40 vayum cakrus tad-angeshu vyajanandola-camaraih ashvasya vagbhih paramam nananunaya-kovidaih vayuma breeze; cakruhdid; tad-angeshuon Her limbs; vyajanafans; andolamoving; camaraihwith camaras; ashvasyacomforting; vagbhihwith words; paramamgreatly; nanavarious; anunayacomforting words; kovidaih expert. Some made a breeze on Her limbs by fanning Her with fans and camaras, and some, expert at comforting others, comforted Her with many words. Text 41 tan-mukhan manino manam shrutva krishnasya gopikah

manavantyo maithilendra vismayam paramam yayuh tan-mukhatfrom the face; maninahproud; manampride; shrutvahearing; krishnasyaof Krishna; gopikahthe gopis; manavantyahproud; maithilendraO king of Mithila; vismayamastonishment; paramamgreat; yayuhattained. O king of Mithila, when they heard from Her mouth how arrogant Krishna treated Her badly, the proud gopis were astonished. .pa

Chapter Twenty-two Rasa-krida The Rasa-dance Pastime Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha krishna-gunan ramyan sametah sarva-yoshitah jagus tala-svarai ramyaih krishnagamana-hetave shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; krishna-gunanthe virtues of Krishna; ramyandelightful; sametahassembled; sarvaall; yoshitahthe women; jaguhsang; tala-svaraiwith karatalas; ramyaihdelightful; krishnaof Krishna; agamanathe arrival; hetaveto cause. Shri Narada said: Then, to attract Krishna there, all the girls came together and, sweetly playing the karatalas, sang songs about the beautiful virtues of Krishna. Text 2 shri-gopya ucuh lokabhirama jana-bhushana vishva-dipa kandarpa-mohana jagad-vrijinarti-harin ananda-kanda yadu-nandana nanda-suno svacchanda-padma-makaranda namo namas te shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; lokaof the worlds; abhirama) delight; janabhushanaornament of the people; vishva-dipalamp of the worlds; kandarpa-

mohanamore charming than Kamadeva; jagatof the worlds; vrijinasins; arti sufferings; harinremoving; anandaof bliss; kandaO root; yaduof the yadus; nandanaO joy; nanda-sunahO son of Nanda; svacchandaindependent; padma lotus; makarandanectar; namahobeisances; namahobeisances; teto You. The gopis said: O delight of the worlds, O decoration of the people, O lamp of the universe, O Lord more charming than Kamadeva, O Lord who removes the sufferings sins bring to the worlds, O root of bliss, O delight of the Yadus, O son of Nanda, O independent Lord, O Lord sweeter than honey from the lotus, obeisances, obeisances to You! Text 3 go-vipra-sadhu-vijaya-dhvaja deva-vandya kamsadi-daitya-vadha-hetu-kritavatara shri-nanda-raja-kula-padma-dinesha deva devadi-mukta-jana-darpana te jayo 'stu gahcows; viprabrahmanas; sadhusaints; vijayavictory; dhvajaflag; deva by the demigods; vandyahonored; kamsawith Kamsa; adibeginning; daitya demons; vadhakilling; hetufor the purpose; kritadone; avataraincarnation; shri-nanda-rajaof King Nanda; kulaof the family; padmathe lotus; dineshaO sun; devaO Lord; devadibeginning with the demigods; mukta-janathe liberated souls; darpanaeye; teto You; jayahglory; astumay be. O victory flag of the cows, brahmanas, and saints, O Lord honored by the demigods, O Lord who descended to this world to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, O sun who makes the lotus of King Nanda's family blossom wide, O eye of the demigods and the liberated souls, glories to You! Text 4 gopala-sindhu-para-mauktika-rupa-dharin gopala-vamsha-giri-nila-mane paratman gopala-mandala-sarovara-kanja-murte gopala-candana-vane kalahamsa-mukhya gopalaof the gopas; sindhuin the ocean; parathe supreme; mauktika pearl; rupaform; dharinmanifesting; gopalaof the gopas; vamshain the family; girimountain; nila-manesapphire; paratmanO Supreme Soul; gopala of the gopas; mandalain the circle; sarovarain the lake; ka 24jaof a lotus; murtein the form; gopalaof gopas; candanasandal; vanein the forest; kalahamsaswan; mukhyaO most important.

O supreme pearl in the ocean of the gopas, O sapphire in the mountain of the gopa dysnasty, O lotus in the lake of the gopas, O great swan in the sandal forest of the gopas, O Supreme Personality of Godhead! Text 5 shri-radhika-vadana-pankaja-shapadas tvam shri-radhika-vadana-candra-cakora-rupah shri-radhika-hridaya-sundara-candra-harashri-radhika-madhu-lata-kusumakaro 'si shri-radhikaof Shri Radha; vadanaface; pankajalotus; shapadahbee; tvamYou; shri-radhikaof Shri Radha; vadanaface; candramoon; cakora cakora bird; rupahform; shri-radhikaof Shri Radha; hridayaheart; sundara hnadsome; candraof canrakanti jewels; haranecklace; shri-radhikaof Shri Radha; madhu-lata-kusumakarahthe form of a madhavi flower; asiYou are. You are a bumblebee drawn to the lotus of Shri Radha's face. You are a cakora bird drawn to the moon of Shri Radha's face. You are a necklace of candrakanti jewels over Shri Radha's heart. You are Shri Radha's madhavi flower. Text 6 yo rasa-ranga-nija-vaibhava-bhuri-lilo yo gopika-nayana-jivana-mula-harah manam cakara rahasa kila manavatyam so 'yam harir bhavatu no nayanagra-gami yahwho; rasaof the rasa dance; rangain the arena; nijaown; vaibhava glory; bhurigreat; lilahwhose pastimes; yahwho; gopikaof the gopis; nayana for the eyes; jivanathe life; mulathe root; harahtaking; manampride; cakaradid; rahasain secret; kilaindeed; manavatyamin a proud girl; sah ayamHe; harihLord Krishna; bhavatumay be; nahof us; nayanathe eyes; agrabefore; gamigoing. May Lord Krishna, who enjoys glorious pastimes in the rasa dance arena, who brings life to the gopis' eyes, and who in a secret place roughly treated a girl filled with pride, appear before our eyes. Text 7

yo gopika-sakala-yutham alancakara vrindavanam ca nija-pada-rajobhir adrim yah sarva-loka-vibhavaya babhuva bhumau tam bhuri-lilam uragendra-bhujam bhajamah yahwho; gopika-sakala-yuthamall the gopis; alancakaradecorated; vrindavanamVrindavana; caand; nijaown; padafeet; rajobhihwith the dust; adrima mountain; yahwho; sarvaall; lokaworlds; vibhavayafor the glory; babhuvabecame; bhumauon the earth; tamthat; bhuri-lilamwho enjoys many pastimes; uragaof snakes; indraking; bhujamwhose arms; bhajamah we worship. We worship Lord Krishna, whose arms are two kings of serpents, who enjoys many pastimes, who came to the earth to show His glories to all the worlds, and who with the dust of His feet decorated Vrindavana forest, Govardhana Hill, and all the gopis. Text 8 candram pratapta-kirana-jvalanam prasannam sarvam vanantam asi-patra-vana-pravesham banam prabhanjanam ativa su-manda-yanam manyamahe kila bhavantam rite vyathartah candrama moon; pratapta-kirana-jvalanambriliant; prasannampleasing; sarvamall; vanaforests; antamend; asipatrasugarcane; vanaforest; praveshamentranbce; banamarrow; prabha 24janambreaking; ativagreat; su-manda-yanamslowly traveling; manyamahewe meditate; kilaindeed; bhavantamon You; ritewithout; vyathartahbeing distressed. Even when we are not filled with sorrow we meditate on You as a pleasing moon, a brilliant sun, a grove of sugarcane in the forest, a sharp arrow, and a gentle breeze. Text 9 saudasa-raja-mahishi-virahad ativa jatam sahasra-gunitam nala-paa-rajnah tasmat tu koi-gunitam janakatma-jayas tasmad anantam ati-duhkham alam hare nah saudasa-rajaof King Saudasa; mahishiof the queen; virahatfrom separation; ativagreat; jatamborn; sahasraa thousand times; gunitam multiplied; nalaof Nala; paa-raj 24ahof the king; tasmatfrom that; tu indeed; koi-gunitammultiplied ten million times; janakatma-jayahof Janaka's

daughter; tasmatfrom that; anantamlimitless; ati-duhkhamgreat suffering; alamgreat; hareO Krishna; nahof us. O Krishna, our sorrow is a thousand times greater than King Saudasa's queen felt away from her husband, ten million times greater than Nala's queen felt, and more without limit than King Janaka's daughter felt. Text 10 shri-uddhavah sakala-bhakta-shiro-manishas tat-pada-padma-vara-mukhy-adhikara-kari tasmad vayam ca caranau sharanam gatah smah shriman kripam kuru sharanya-pade saranye shri-uddhavahShri Uddhava; sakala-bhakta-shiro-manishahthe crest jewel of all devotees; tat-pada-padmaof Your lotus feet; varabest; mukhy-adhikara-kari most qualified; tasmatfrom that; vayamwe; caand; caranaufeet; sharanam shelter; gatahgone; smahhave; shrimanO glorious one; kripammercy; kuru do; sharanya-pade saranyeshelter. Shri Uddhava is the crest jewel of all the devotees. He is qualified to approach Your lotus feet. It is because of Him that we take shelter of Your feet. O glorious one, please be kind to us! Please give us shelter! Text 11 shri-narada uvaca ittham rajan rudantinam gopinam kamalekshanah avirbabhuva sahasa svayam artham ivatmanah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; rajanO king; rudantinam weeping; gopinamof the gopis; kamalalotus; ikshanaheyes; avirbabhuva became manifested; sahasasuddenly; svayampersonally; arthambenefit; iva as if; atmanahof the self. Shri Narada said: O king, as the gopis wept, lotus-eyed Krishna suddenly appeared, as if to fulfill their desire. Texts 12 and 13

sphurat-kiria-keyurakundalangada-bhushanam snigdhamala-sugandhadhyanila-kuncita-kuntalam agatam vikshya yugapat samuttasthur vrajanganah tan-matrani ca yam drishva yatha jnanendriyani ca sphuratglittering; kiriacrown; keyuraarmlets; kundalaearrings; angada bracelets; bhushanamornament; snigdhaglistening; amalapure; sugandha fragrant; adhyaopulent; nilablack; ku 24citacurly; kuntalamhair; agatam come; vikshyaseeing; yugapatat once; samuttasthuhstood up; vrajanganah the girls of Vraja; tan-matranithe tan-matras; caand; yamwhich; drishva seeing; yathaas; jnanaknowledge; indriyanisenses; caand. Seeing that Krishna, decorated with a glittering crown, armlets, earrings, bracelets, and His handsome glistening black curly hair very glorious, had come, the gopis at once stood up, as the senses stand up when they see the sense-objects. Text 14 harir nanarta tan-madhye vamshi-vadana-tat-parah radhaya sahito rajan yatha ratya ratishvarah harihLor5d k; nanartadanced; tan-madhyein their midst; vamshi-vadanatat-parahplaying the flute; radhayawith Radha; sahitahwith; rajanO king; yathaas; ratyawith Rati; ratishvarahKamadeva. Playing the flute in their midst, Lord Krishna danced with Radha as Kamadeva dances with Rati. Text 15 yavatir gopikah sarvas tavad rupa-dharo harih gacchams tabhir vraje reme svavasthabhir mano yatha

yavatihas many; gopikahgopis; sarvaha;;; tavatthat many; rupa-dharah manifesting forms; harihKrishna; gacchamhgoing; tabhihwith them; vrajein Vraja; remeenjoyed; svavasthabhihas they were; manahin the heart; yatha as. Then Lord Krishna expanded Himself into as many forms as there were gopis. Going among them, He enjoyed with them to their heart's content. Text 16 vanoddeshe sthitam krishnam gata-duhkha vrajanganah kritanjali-pua ucur gira gadgadaya harim vana-uddeshein the forest; sthitamsituated; krishnamto Krishna; gataduhkhatheir sorrows gone; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; kritanjali-puawith folded hands; ucuhsaid; girawith words; gadgadayafaltering; harimto Lord Krishna. Their sorrows gone, the girls of Vraja approached Krishna in the forest and with folded hands and faltering words spoke to Him. Text 17 shri-gopya ucuh kva gatas tvam vada hare tyaktva gopi-gano mahan sarvam jagat trini-kritya tvat-pade prapta-manasam shri-gopyah ucuhthe gopis said; kvawhere?; gatahgone; tvamYou; vada tell; hareO Krishna; tyaktvaleaving; gopi-ganahthe gopis; mahangreat; sarvamall; jagatthe universe; trini-krityamaking into a blade of grass; tvatpadeat Your feet; praptaattained; manasamheart. The gopis said: O Krishna, when You left us gopis the whole world became for us as important as a single blade of grass. Now we have again attained out heart's desire at Your feet. While You were gone where did You go? Please tell us. Text 18

shri-bhagavan uvaca he gopyah pushkara-dvipe hamso nama maha-munih samudre dadhi-mandode tatapantar-gatas tapah shri-bhagavan uvacaThe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; heO; gopyah gopis; pushkara-dvipeon Pushkara-dvipa; hamsahHamsa; namanamed; mahagreat; munihsage; samudrein the ocean; dadhi-mandodeof yogurt; tatapaperformed austerities; antar-gatahgone in; tapahausterities. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O gopis, on Pushkara-dvipa there is a great sage named Hamsa who performed austerities while submerged in the ocean of yogurt. Text 19 cakarahaitukim bhaktim mama dhyana-parayanah vyatitam tasya tapato gopyo manvantara-dvayam cakarahe did; ahaitukimunmotivated; bhaktimdevotional service; mama of Me; dhyanameditation; parayanahintent; vyatitampassed; tasyaof him; tapatahausterities; gopyahO gopis; manvantara-dvayamtwo manvantaras. O gopis, He spent two manvantaras meditating on Me in pure devotion. Text 20 am adyaivagrasan matsyo yojanardha-vapur dharah tan nirjagara paundus tu matsya-rupa-dharo 'surah tamhim; adyanow; evaindeed; agrasatswalloed; matsyaha fish; yojanardha-vapuhfour miles long; dharahholding; tatthat; nirjagara swallowed; paunduhwhite; tuindeed; matsya-rupa-dharahmanifesting the form of a fish; asuraha demon. Today a four-mile-long fish swallowed him. Then a demon in the form of an even larger white fish swallowed that fish.

Texts 21 and 22 evam samprapta-kashasya hamsasyapi muner aham gatvatha shighrena tayoh shirash chittvarina munim mocayitvatha gatavan shvetadvipe vrajanganah kshirabdhau shesha-paryanke shayanam tu maya kritam evamthus; sampraptaattained; kashasyacatastrophe; hamsasyapiof Hamsa; munehMuni; ahamI; gatvagoing; athathen; shighrenawith a very long; tayohof them both; shirahthe head; chittvacutting; arinawith a sword; munimthe sage; mocayitvaliberating; athathen; gatavanwent; shvetadvipe to Shvetadvipa; vrajanganahO gopis; kshirabdhauon the milk-ocean; shesha of Shesha; paryankeon the couch; shayanamresting; tuindeed; mayaby Me; kritamdone. With a very great knife I cut the heads of those two fish and saved the sage Hamsa from his distress. O gopis, then I went to Shvetadvipa and, lying down on the couch of Shesha in the ocean of milk, I took a nap. Text 23 duhkhita bhavatir jnatva nidram tyaktva tatah priyah sahasa bhakta-vashyo 'ham punar agatavan iha duhkhitaunhappy; bhavatihYou; j 24atvaunderstanding; nidramsleep; tyaktvaleaving; tatahthen; priyahO beloveds; sahasaat once; bhaktaby devotion; vashyahconquered; ahamI; punahagain; agatavancame; iha here. O My beloveds, when I became aware that You were suffering, I left my nap and came here at once. Your pure devotion has transformed Me into your submissive servant. Text 24

jananti santah sama-darshino ye danta mahantah kila nairapekshyah te nairapekshyam paramam sukham me jnanendriyadini yatha rasadin janantiknow; santahthe saintly devotees; sama-darshinahwho see equally; yewho; dantaself-controlled; mahantahgreat souls; kilaindeed; nairapekshyahneutral; tethey; nairapekshyamneutrality; paramamgreat; sukhamhappiness; meof Me; j 24anendriyadinithe senses; yathaas; rasa taste; adinbeginning with. Saintly devotees who have generous hearts, who see everyone equally, who control their senses, and who are aloof from material things, find in their renunciation a great happiness that I give to them. They find it just as the senses find happiness in the sensations that being with taste. Text 25 shri-gopya ucuh kshirabdhau shesha-paryanke yad rupam ca tvaya dhritam tad-rupa-darshanam dehi yadi prito 'si madhava shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; kshirabdhauon the ocean of milk; sheshaparyankeon the couch of Shesha; yatwhat; rupamform; casand; tvayaby You; dhritammanifested; tad-rupa-darshanamthe sight of that form; dehi please give; yadiif; pritahpleased; asiYou are; madhavaO Krishna. The gopis said: O Krishna, if You are pleased with us please show us the form You displayed as You rested on Shesha in the ocean of milk. Text 26 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktva bhagavan gopi-vyuhasya pashyatah dadharasha-bhujam rupam shri-radha-rupam eva ca shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; tathaso; astube it; coktvasaying; bhagavanthe Lord; gopi-vyuhasyaof the gopis; pashyatahlooking; dadhara

manifested; asha-bhujameight-armed; form of Shri Radha; evaindeed; caand.

rupamform;

shri-radha-rupamthe

Shri Narada said: The Lord said, "So be it." Then, as the gopis watched, Radha and Krishna changed Themselves into eight-armed forms of Lakshmi and Narayana. Text 27 tatra kshira-samudro 'bhul lola-kallola-manditah divyani ratna-saudhani babhuvur mangalani ca tatrathere; kshira-samudrahthe ocean of milk; abhutbecame; lolamoving; kallola-manditahdecorated with many waves; divyanisplendid; ratnajewel; saudhanipalaces; babhuvuhbecame; mangalanibeautiful; caand. That place suddenly became the milk-ocean decorated with many waves. Many beautiful jewel-palaces suddenly appeared. Text 28 tatra shesho bisa-shvetah kundali-bhuta-samsthitah balarka-mauli-sahasraphana-chatra-virajitah tatrathere; sheshahShesha; bisa-shvetahwith white coils; kundali-bhutasamsthitahcurled up; balarkaa rising sun; maulicrown; sahasrathousands; phanahoods; chatraparasol; virajitahsplendidly manifested. Then Sesha appeared. His white body was coiled around and around, and the splendid parasol of His thousand hoods was decorated with many crowns glorious as the rising sun. Text 29 tasmin vai shesha-paryanke sukham sushvapa madhavah tasya shri-rupini radha pada-sevam cakara ha

tasminin that; vaiindeed; shesha-paryankeon the Shesha couch; sukham happily; sushvapaslept; madhavahKrishna; tasyaof Him; shri-rupiniin the form of the goddess of fortune; radhaRadha; pada-sevamservice to His feet; cakaradid; hacertainly. Then Krishna happily slept on the couch of Shesha and Radha, in the form of goddess Lakshmi, served His feet. Text 30 tad-rupam sundaram drishva koi-martanda-sannibham natva gopi-ganah sarve vismayam paramam gatah tad-rupamthat form; sundaramhandsome; drishvaseeing; koiten million; martandasuns; sannibhamlike; natvabowing down; gopi-ganahthe gs; sarveall; vismayamastonishment; paramamgreat; gatahattained. Gazing at that handsome form splendid as ten million suns, all the gopis bowed down to offer their respects. They were filled with wonder. Text 31 gopibhyo darshanam dattam yatra krishnena maithila tatra kshetram maha-punyam jatam papa-pranashanam gopibhyahto the gopi; darshanamsight; dattamgiving; yatrawhere; krishnenaby Krishna; maithilaO king of Mithila; tatrathere; kshetramthat place; maha-punyamvery sacred; jatamborn; papasins; pranashanam destroying. O king of Mithila, the place where Lord Krishna showed this form is very sacred. It destroys all sins. Text 32 atha gopi-ganaih sardham

yamunam etya madhavah kalindi-jala-vegeshu jala-kelim cakara ha athathen; gopi-ganaihthe gopis; sardhamwith; yamunamto the Yamuna; etyagoing; madhavahLord Krishna; kalindi-jalaof the water if the Yamuna; vegeshuin the currents; jala-kelimwater pastimes; cakaradid; haindeed. Then Lord Krishna entered the Yamuna and enjoyed water pastimes with the gopis. Text 33 radha-karal laksha-dalam padmam nitvambaram tatha dhavan jaleshu gatavan prahasan madhavah svayam radhaof Radha; karatfrom the hand; laksha-dalamwith a hundred thousand petals; padmama lotus; nitvataing; ambaramnearby; tathathen; dhavan running; jaleshuin tyhe water; gatavanwent; prahasanlaughing; madhavah Krishna; svayampersonally. Snatching from Radha's hand a lotus of a hundred thousand petals and a cloth, Krishna ran, laughing, into the water. Text 34 radha hareh pita-paam vamshi-vetra-sphurat-prabham grihitva prahasanti sa gacchanti yamuna-jale radhaRadha; harehof Krishna; pita-paamyellow garment; vamshiflute; vetrastick; sphurat-prabhamsplendor; grihitvataking; prahasantilaughing; sa She; gacchantigoing; yamuna-jalein the water of the Yamuna. Snatching Krishna's flute, stick, and yellow cloth, Radha also ran, laughing, into the Yamuna's water. Text 35

vamshim dehiti vadatah shri-krishnasya mahatmanah radha jagada kamalam vaso dehiti madhava vamshimflute; dehigive; itithus; vadatahsaying; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; radhaRadha; jagada said; kamalamlotus; vasahgarment; dehigive; itithus; madhavaO Krishna. When Lord Krishna said, "Give back My flute!" Radha said, "Give back, O Krishna, My lotus and cloth!" Text 36 krishno dadau radhikayai padmam ambaram eva ca radha dadau pita-paam vetram vamshim mahatmane krishnahKrishna; dadaugave; radhikayaito Radha; padmamthe lotus; ambaramcloth; evaindeed; caand; radhaRadha; dadaugave; pita-paam yellow cloth; vetramstick; vamshimflute; mahatmaneto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Krishna returned the lotus and cloth to Radha, and Radha returned the flute, stick, and yellow cloth to the Lord. Text 37 atha krishnah kalam gayan malam a-janu-lambitam vaijayantim adadhanah shri-bhandiram jagama ha athathen; krishnahKrishna; kalamsweetly; gayansinging; malam garland; a-janu-lambitamhanging down to His knees; vaijayantimvaijayanti; adadhanahwearing; shri-bhandiramto Bhandiravana; jagamawent; ha indeed. Then Lord Krishna, wearing a vaijayanti garland that hung to His knees, and sweetly singing as He went, traveled to Bhandiravana forest.

Text 38 priyayas tatra shringaram cakara kushaleshvarah patravali-yavakagraih pushpaih kajjala-kunkumaih priyayahof His beloved; tatrathere; shringaramdecoration; cakaradid; kushaleshvarahthe master of all skilfull artists; patravalipictures and designs; yavakagraihwith red lac; pushpaihwith flowers; kajjalawith kajjala; kunkumaih and kunkuma. There Lord Krishna, the master of all skillful artists, decorated His beloved with many pictures and designs drawn with colors made from flowers, yavaka, kajjala, and kunkuma. Text 39 candanaguru-kasturi kesharadyair harer mukhe patram cakara shringare manojnam kirti-nandini candanacandana; aguruaguru; kasturimusk; kesaraand kesara; adyaih beginning with; harehof Lord Krishna; mukheon the face; patrama design; cakaradid; shringarein decoration; manoj 24ambeautiful; kirti-nandiniRadha. The Radha, the daughter of Kirti, decorated Lord Krishna's face with many beautiful designs drawn in sandal, aguru, musk, and kesara. .pa

Chapter Twenty-three Rasa-kridayam shankhacuda-vadhah The Killing of Shankhacuda During the Rasa-dance Pastime Text 1 shri-narada uvaca

atha krishno gopikabhir lohajanghavanam yayau vasanta-madhavibhish ca latabhih sankulam nripa shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; krishnahKrishna; gopikabhihwith the gopis; lohajanghavanamto Lohajanghavana; yayauwent; vasantaspringtime; madhavibhihwitn madhavi vines; caand; latabhihwith vines; sankulamfilled; nripaO king. Shri Narada said: O king, then Lord Krishna and the gopis went to Lohajanghavana forest, which was filled with flowering madhavi vines. Text 2 tat-pushpa-dhama-nicayaih sphurat-saugandhi-shalibhih sarvasam harina tatra kabaryo gumphitas tatah tat-pushpa-dhama-nicayaihwith the many flowers; sphurat-saugandhi-shalibhih very fragrant; sarvasamof all; harinaby Krishna; tatrathere; kabaryah braids; gumphitahtied; tatahthen. Lord Krishna decorated all the gopis' braids with the fragrant flowers there. Text 3 bhramara-dhvani-samyukte sugandhanila-vasite kalindi-nikae krishno vicacara priyanvitah bhramaraof bumblebees; dhvanithe sounds; samyuktewith; sugandha fragrant; anilabreeze; vasitescented; kalindithe Yamuna; nikaenear; krishnahKrishna; vicacarawent; priyaHis beloved; anvitahwith. With His beloved, Lord Krishna walked by the Yamuna, which was filled with the sounds of bees and scented with a fragrant breeze. Text 4

karillaih pilubhih shyamais tamalaih sankula-drumaih maha-punyavanam krishno yayau raseshvaro harih karillaihwith karilla; pilubhihpilu; shyamaihdark; tamalaihtamalas; sankula-drumaihwith many trees; mahavery; punyasacred; vanamforest; krishnahKrishna; yayauwent; raseshvarahthe king of the rasa dance; harih Lord Krishna. Lord Krishna, the king of the rasa dance, walked there in a very sacred forest filled with karilla, pilu, and black tamala trees. Text 5 tatra rasam samarebhe raseshvarya samanvitah giyamanash ca gopibhir apsarobhir sva-rad iva tatrathere; rasama rasa dance; samarebhebegan; raseshvaryawith the queen of the rasa dance; samanvitahwith; giyamanahsinging; caand; gopibhih with the gopi; apsarobhihwith the apsaras; sva-radthe king of heaven; iva like. Singing, the Lord started a rasa dance with Radha, the queen of the rasa dance, and with the many gopis. He danced as Indra, the king of Svargaloka, dances with the apsaras. Text 6 tatra citram abhud rajan shrinu tvam tan mukhan mama shankhacudo nama yaksho dhanadanucaro bali tatrathere; citrama wonder; abhutbecame; rajanO king; shrinuhear; tvamYou; tatthat; mukhatfrom the mouth; mamaof me; shankhacudah Shankhacuda; namanamed; yakshahuaksa; dhanadaof Kuvera; anucarah follower; balipowerful.

O king, then a wonderful thing happened. Please hear of it from my mouth. There once was a very powerful yaksha named Shankhacuda, who was a follower of Kuvera. Text 7 bhu-tale tat-samo nasti gada-yuddha-visharadah man-mukhad augrasenesh ca balam shrutva mahotkaam bhuof the earth; taleon the surface; tat-samahhis equal; nanot; astiis; gadaclub; yuddhafighting; visharadahexpert; mat-mukhatfrom my mouth; augrasenehof Kamsa; caand; balamthe strength; shrutvahearing; maha great; utkaamgreat. In fighting with a club no one was his equal on the surface of the earth. From my mouth he heard of Kamsa's great strength. Text 8 laksha-bhara-mayim gurvim gadam adaya yaksha-ra sva-sakashan madhu-purim ayayau canda-vikramah lakshaa hundred thousand; bharabharas; mayimconsisting of; gurvim heavy; gadamclub; adayataking; yaksha-rathe king of the yaksas; svasakashatfrom his own place; madhu-purimto Mathura; ayayauwent; candavikramahvery powerful. Taking a great club that weighed a hundred thousand bharas, this very strong yaksha king left his own home and went to Mathura City. Text 9 sabhayam asthitam praha kamsam natva madoddhatah gada-yuddham dehi mahyam trailokya-vijayi bhavan

sabhayamin the assembly; asthitamsituated; prahasaid; kamsamto kamsa; natvabowing down; madoddhatahfilled with pride; gadaclub; yuddham fight; dehiplease give; mahyamto me; trailokya-vijayiconqueror of the three worlds; bhavanyou. Filled with pride, he bowed before Kamsa in the royal assmebly and said, "O conqueror of the three worlds, please give a club-duel to me." Text 10 aham dasho bhaveyam vai bhavamsh ca vijayi yadi aham jayi codbhavantam dasam shighram karomy aham ahamI; dashahservant; bhaveyamwill be; vaiindeed; bhavanyou; ca and; vijayivictorious; yadiif; ahamI; jayivictorious; caand; udbhavantam manifested; dasamservant; shighramfor a long time; karomydo; ahamI. If You are victorious, I will become your servant. If I am victorious, I will make you my servant for a very long time. Text 11 tathastu coktva kamsas tu grihitva mahatim gadam shankhacudena yuyudhe ranga-bhumau videha-ra tathaso; astube it; caand; uktvasaying; kamsahKamsa; tuindeed; grihitvataking; mahatimgreat; gadamclub; shankhacudenawith Shankhacuda; yuyudhefought; ranga-bhumauin a fighting ground; videha-ra O king of Videha. O king of Videha, saying, "So be it," and taking up a very great club, in a fighting-ground Kamsa fought with Shankhacuda. Text 12 tayosh ca gadaya yuddham ghora-rupam babhuva ha

tadanac cacaa-shabdam kala-megha-tadid-dhvani tayohof them both; caand; gadayawith club; yuddhamfight; ghora-rupam horrible; babhuvawas; haindeed; tadanatfrom the blows; cacaa-shabdam the sound cacaa; kalablack; meghaclouds; tadid-dhvanithunder. They fought a terrible club-duel. The cacaa sound of their blows was like the lightning of black clouds. Text 13 shushubhate ranga-madhye mallau naye naav iva ibhendrav iva dirghangau mrigendrav iva codbhaau shushubhateshone; ranga-madhyein the fighting-ground; mallauwrestkers; nayein a dance; naaudancers; ivalike; ibhendrautwo elephant-kings; iva like; dirghalong; angaulimbs; mrigendraulion-kings; ivalike; caand; udbhaaufighters. The two fighters were very glorious. They were like two wrestlers in a fightingground, two dancers in a dance, two regal elephants, or two long-limbed lions. Text 14 dvayosh ca yudhyato rajan paraspara-jigishaya visphulingan ksharantyau dvau gade curni-babhuvatuh dvayohof the two of them; caand; yudhyatahfighting; rajanO king; paraspara-jigishayawith a desire to defeat each other; visphulingansparks; ksharantyauthrowing; dvauboth; gadeclubs; curni-babhuvatuhbroken into pieces. O king, as, each trying to defeat the other, they fought, sparks flew from their clubs. Their clubs were eventually broken into pieces. Text 15

kamsah prakupitam yaksham mushinabhijaghana ha shankhacudo 'pi tam kamsam mushina tam tatada ca kamsahKamsa; prakupitamto the angry; yakshamyaksa; mushinawith fists; ahijaghanahit; haindeed; shankhacudahShankhacuda; apialso; tam him; kamsamKamsa; mushinawith fists; tamhim; tatadapunched; caand. Then Kamsa punched the angry yaksha, and Shankhacuda punched Kamsa. Text 16 mushamushi tayor asid dinanam sapta-vimshatih dvayor akshina-balayor vismayam gatayos tatah mushamushihand to hand; tayohof them both; asitwas; dinanamof days; sapta-vimshatihtwenty-seven; dvayohof them both; akshina undiminished; balayohstrength; vismayamwonder; gatayohattained; tatahof them. They fought hand-to-hand for twenty-seven days. Neither one weakened. They were both amazed. Text 17 shankhacudam sangrihitva kamso daityadhipo bali balac cikshepa sahasa vyomni tam shata-yojanam shankhacudamShankhacuda; sangrihitvagrabbing; kamsahKamsa; daityadhipahthe king of demons; balistrong; balacviolently; cikshepathrew; sahasasuddenly; vyomniinto the sky; tamhim; shata-yojanameight-hundred miles. Grabbing Shankhacuda, the powerful demon-king Kamsa suddenly threw him eight-hundred miles into the sky.

Text 18 shankhacudah prapatitah kincid vyakula-manasah kamsam grihitva nabhasi cikshepayuta-yojanam shankhacudahShankhacuda; prapatitahfell; ki 24citsomewhat; vyakulamanasahdisturbed; kamsamto Kamsa; grihitvagrabbing; naqbhasiinto the sky; cikshepathrew; ayuta-yojanameighty-thousand miles. When Shankhacuda fell he was a somewhat disturbed. Grabbing Kamsa, Shankhacuda threw him eighty-thousand miles into the sky. Text 19 akashat patitah kamsah kincid vyakula-manasah yaksham grihitva sahasa patayam asa bhu-tale akashatfrom the sky; patitahfallen; kamsahKamsa; kincitsomewhat; vyakula-manasahdisturbed; yakshamthe yaksa; grihitvagrabbing; sahasa suddenly; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. When Kamsa fell he was a somewhat disturbed. Grabbing the yaksha Shankhacuda, Kamsa suddenly threw him to the ground. Text 20 shankhacudas tam grihitva pothayam asa bhu-tale evam yuddhe sampravritte cakampe bhumi-mandalam shankhacudahShankhacuda; tamhim; grihitvagrabbing; pothayam asa threw; bhu-taleto the ground; evamthus; yuddhein the fight; sampravritte manifested; cakampetrembled; bhumi-mandalamthe circle of the earth. Then Shankhacuda grabbed Kamsa and threw him to the ground. As they fought in this way, the circle of the earth trembled. Text 21

munindrah sarva-vit sakshad gargacaryah samagatah rangeshu vanditas tabhyam kamsam prahorjaya gira munindrahthe king of sages; sarva-vitall-knowing; sakshatdirectly; gargacaryahGarga MUni; samagatahcame; rangeshuto the fighting-ground; vanditahoffered obeisances; tabhyamby them both; kamsamto Kamsa; praha spoke; urjayawith strong; girawords. Then Garga Acarya, the all-knowing king of sages, came to the fighting-ground. The two fighters both offered respectful obeisances to him. With strong words he spoke to Kamsa. Text 22 shri-garga uvaca yuddham ma kuru rajendra viphalo 'yam rano 'tra vai tvat-samano hy ayam virah shankhacudo maha-balah shri-garga uvacaShri Garga said; yuddhamfight; madon't; kurudo; rajendraO king of kings; viphalahuseless; ayamthis; ranahbattle; atrahere; vaiindeed; tvat-samanahyour equal; hyindeed; ayamhe; virahwarrior; shankhacudahShankhacuda; maha-balahpowerful. Shri Garga said: O king of kings, don't continue this fight. This fight has no meaning. The powerful warrior Shankhacuda is your equal. Text 23 tava mushi-praharena bhrisham airavato gajah janubhyam dharanim sprishva kashmalam paramam yayau tavaof you; mushi-praharenaby the punches; bhrishamgreatly; airavatah Auravata; gajahthe elephant; janubhyamon both knees; dharanimthe earth; sprishvatouching; kashmalamdistress; paramamgreat; yayauhas attained.

The blows of your fists have made the elephant Airavata faint. His knees now touch the ground. Text 24 anye 'pi balino daitya mushina te mritim gatah shankhacudo na patitah sandeho nasti tac chrinu anyeother; apiindeed; balinahpowqerful; daityademons; mushinawith fists; tethey; mritimdeath; gatahattained; shankhacudahShankhacuda; na not; patitahfallen; sandehahdoubt; nanot; astiis; tatthat; shrinuhear. Other powerful demons would have died from your punches, but Shankhacuda has not even fallen. Of this there is no doubt. Please hear the reason. Text 25 paripurnatamo yo vai so 'pi tvam ghatayishyati tathainam shankhacudakhyam shivasyapi varorjitam paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; yahwho; vaiindeed; sahwho; apialso; tvamyou; ghatayishyatiwill kill; tathain the same way; enamhim; shankhacudakhyamnamed Shankhacuda; shivasyaof Shiva; api also; varaby the blessing; urjitampowerful. As the Supreme Personality of Godhead is destined to kill you, so He will also kill Shankhacuda, and as you are very strong by Lord Shiva's blessings, so is he. Text 26 tasmat prema prakartavyam shankhacude yadudvaha yaksha-ra ca tvaya kamse kartavyam prema nishcitam tasmattherefore; premalove; prakartavyamshould be done; shankhacude for Shankhacuda; yadudvahaO king of the Yadus; yaksha-rathe king of the yaksa; caand; tvayaby you; kamsefor Kamsa; kartavyamshould be done; premalove; nishcitamcertainly.

Therefore, O king of the Yadus, you should make friends with Shankhacuda, and you, O king of the yakshas should make friends with Kamsa. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca gargenoktau tada tau dvau militvapi parasparam paramam cakratuh pritim shankhacuda-yadudvahau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; gargenaby Garga Muni; uktau addressed; tadathen; tauthey; dvauboth; militvameeting; apialso; parasparamtogether; paramamgreat; cakratuhdid; pritimfriendship; shankhacuda-yadudvahauShankhacuda and Kamsa. Shri Narada said: In this way, by Garga Muni's words, Shankhacuda and Kamsa became great friends. Text 28 atha kamsam anujnapya griham gantum samudyatah gacchan marge 'shrinod ratrau rasa-ganam manoharam athathen; kamsamKamsa; anuj 24apyainviting; grihamhome; gantum to go; samudyatahbegun; gacchangoing; margeon the path; ashrinotheard; ratrauat night; rasa-ganamthe musico0f the rasa dance; manoharambeautiful. Then Shankhacuda invited Kamsa to his home. Traveling on the road at night, they heard the beautiful singing of the rasa dance. Text 29 tala-shabdanusarena sampraptau rasa-mandale raseshvarya samam rase 'pashyad raseshvaram harim

talaof the karatalas; shabdathe sound; anusarenafollowing; sampraptau attained; rasa-mandalethe circle of the rasa dance; raseshvaryathe queen of the rasa dance; samamwith; rasein the rasa dance; apashyatsaw; raseshvaramthe king of the rasa dance; harimLord Krishna. Following the sounds of the karatalas, they came to the rasa-dance circle, where they saw Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa dance, and Lord Krishna, the king of the rasa dance, . . . Text 30 shri-radhayalankrita-vama-bahum svacchanda-vakri-krita-dakshinanghrim vamshi-dharam sundara-manda-hasam bhru-mandalair mohita-kama-rashim shri-radhayaby Shri Radha; alankritadecorated; vamaleft; bahumarm; svacchandaas He wished; vakri-kritacrooked; dakshinaleft; anghrimfoot; vamshi-dharamholding a flute; sundara-manda-hasamwith a handsome smile; bhru-mandalaihwith the eyebrows; mohitabewildering; kamaof Kamadevas; rashimmany multitudes. . . . whose left arm was decorated by Shri Radha, whose left foot was playfully tilted, who held a flute, who had a handsome and gentle smile, whose eyebrows bewildered many multitudes of Kamadevas, . . . Text 31 vrajangana-yutha-patim vrajeshvaram su-sevitam camara-cchatra-koibhih vijnaya krishnam hy ati-komalam shishum gopim samahartum alam mano 'karot vrajangana-yutha-patimthe master of the girls of Vraja; vrajeshvaramtrhe master of Vraja; su-sevitamserved; camara-cchatra-koibhihwith ten million parasols and camaras; vijnayathinking; krishnamKrishna; hyindeed; atikomalamvery delicate; shishumboy; gopima gopi; samahartumto abduct; alamgreatly; manahmind; akarotdid. . . . who was the master of Vraja and Vraja's girls, and who was served with ten million parasols and camaras. Thinking Krishna only a fragile boy, Shankhacuda decided to kidnap one of the gopis.

Text 32 shri-bahulashva uvaca kim babhuva tato rase shankhacude samagate etan me bruhi viprendra tvam paravara-vittamah shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kimwhat?; babhuva happened; tatahthen; raseinm the rasa dance; shankhacudewhen Shankhacuda; samagatecame; etatthat; meto me; bruhitell; viprendraO king of brahmanas; tvamyou; paravara-vittamahthe best of they who know everything. Shri Bahulashva said: What happened when Shankhacuda came to the rasa dance. Please tell me that, O king of brahmanas, O best of the wise. Text 33 shri-narada uvaca vyaghrananam krishna-varnam tala-vriksha-dashocchritam bhayankaram lalaj-jihvam drishva gopyo 'pi tatrasuh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; vyaghratiger; ananamface; krishnavarnamblack complexion; tala-vrikshapalm trees; dashaten; ucchritamtall; bhayankaramfearsome; lalatmoving; jihvamtongue; drishvaseeing; gopyah the gopis; apialso; tatrasuhbecane afraid. Shri Narada said: When the gopis saw fearsome Shankhacuda, who was black, tall as ten palm trees, and who had a tiger's face with a lolling tongue, they became afraid. Text 34 dudruvuh sarvato gopyo mahan kolahalo 'bhavat ha-ha-karas tadaivasic chankhacude samagate

dudruvuhran; sarvataheverywhere; gopyahteh gopis; mahangreat; kolahalahtumult; abhavatwas; ha-ha-karahalas! alas!; tadathen; eva-indeed; asitwas; shankhacudewhen Shankhacuda; samagatecame. When Shankhacuda came there was a great commotion. Crying, "Alas! Alas!" the gopis ran in all directions. Text 35 shatacandrananam gopim grihitva yaksha-ra khalah dudravashuttaram asham nihsankah kama-piditah shatacandrananamShatacandranana; gopimgopi; grihitvataking; yaksharathe king of yaksas; khalahthe demon; dudravaran; ashuat once; uttaram ashamto the north; nihsankahfearless; kama-piditahoppressed by lust. Fearless, and tortured by lust, the Shatacandranana-gopi and ran to the north. Text 36 rudantim krishna krishneti kroshantim bhaya-vihvalam tam anvadhavac chri-krishnah shala-hasto rusha bhrisham rudantimscreaming; krishnaO Krishna; krishnetiO Krishna; kroshantim wailing; bhaya-vihvalamterrified; tamhim; anvadhavat-chased; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; shalawith a plam tree; hastahin His hand; rushaangry; bhrisham very. As terrified Shatacandranana-gopi screamed, "Krishna! Krishna!" Shri Krishna, a shala tree in His hand, angrily chased the demon. Text 37 yaksho vikshya tam ayantam kritantam iva durjayam gopim tyaktva jivitecchuh demon Shankhacuda grabbed

pradravad bhaya-vihvalah yakshahthe yaksa; vikshyaseeing; tamHim; ayantamcoming; kritantam death; ivalike; durjayaminvincible; gopimthe gopi; tyaktvaabandoning; jivita life; icchuhdesiring; pradravatran; bhaya-vihvalahovercome with fear. Seeing Krishna approaching like invicible death, the yaksha demon became afraid, left the gopi behind, and ran for his life. Text 38 yatra yatra gato dhavan shankhacudo maha-khalah tatra tatra gatah krishnah shala-hasto bhrisham rusha yatra yatrawherever; gatahwent; dhavanrunning; shankhacudah Shankhacuda; maha-khalahthe great demon; tatra tatrathere; gatahwent; krishnahKrishna; shala-hastaha sala tree in His hand; bhrishamvery; rusha angrily. Wherever the great demon Shankhacuda ran, angry Krishna, a shala tree in His hand, followed. Text 39 himacala-taam praptah shalam udyamya yaksha-ra tasthau tat-sammukhe rajan yuddha-kamo visheshatah himacala-taamthe Himalayas; praptahattained; shalama sala tree; udyamyataking; yaksha-rathe king of the yaksas; tasthaustood; tatsammukhefacing HIm; rajanO king; yuddha-kamahdesiring to fight; visheshatahspecifically. O king, when he came to the Himalayas, Shankhacuda uprooted a shala tree and, eager for a fight, stood before Krishna. Text 40 tasmai cikshepa bhagavan shala-vriksham bhujaujasa

tena ghatena patito vriksho vata-hato yatha tasmaiat him; cikshepathrew; bhagavanthe Lored; shala-vrikshamthe sala tree; bhujaujasawith the strength of His arms; tenaby that; ghatenablow; patitahfell; vrikshahthe tree; vataby the wind; hatahstruck; yathaas. With His mighty arm the Lord threw the shala tree at him. The demon fell like a tree struck by a hurricane. Text 41 punar utthaya vaikunham mushina tam jaghana ha jagarga sahasa dusho nadayan mandalam disham punahagain; utthayarising; vaikunhamto Lord Krishna; mushinawith a fist; tamHim; jaghanahit; haindeed; jagargaroared; sahasaat once; dushahthe demon; nadayanfiulling with sound; mandalam dishamall the directions. Getting up, the demon punched Krishna and roared with a great sound that echoed in the circle of the directions. Text 42 grihitva tam harir dorbhyam bhramayitva bhujaujasa patayam asa bhu-prishhe vatah padmam ivoddhritam grihitvagrabbing; tamhim; harihLord Krishna; dorbhyamwith both arms; bhramayitvawhirling around; bhujaujasawith the power of His arms; patayam asathrew; bhu-prishheto the ground; vatahwind; padmama lotus flower; ivalike; uddhritamuprooted. Grabbing him with His powerful arms, Krishna whirled the demon around and threw him to the ground as a hurricane uproots and throws a lotus flower. Text 43

shankhacudas tam grihitva pothayam asa bhu-tale evam yuddhe sampravritte cakampe bhumi-mandalam shankhacudahShankhacuda; tamHim; grihitvagrabbing; pothayam asa threw; bhu-taleto the ground; evamthus; yuddhein the fight; sampravritte engaged; cakampetrembled; bhumi-mandalamthe circle of the earth. Then Shankhacuda grabbed Krishna and threw Him to the ground. As they fought in this way the circle of the earth shook. Text 44 mushina tac-chirash chittva tasmac cuda-manim harih jagraha madhavah sakshat sukriti shevadhim yatha mushinawith a punch; tac-chirahhis head; chittvacutting; tasmacfrom that; cuda-manimthe crest jewel; harihKrishna; jagrahatook; madhavah Krishna; sakshatdirectly; sukritia pious man; shevadhima treasure; yathaas. With a great punch Krishna severed the demon's head. Then, as a pious man takes the great treasure he has earned, Krishna took the jewel from the demon's crown. Text 45 taj-jyotir nirgatam dirgham dyotayan mandalam disham shridamni shri-krishna-sakhe linam jatam vraje nripa taj-jyotihhis effulgence; nirgatamgone; dirghamfro a long time; dyotayan illuminating; mandalamthe circle; dishamof the directions; shridamniin Shri dama; shri-krishna-sakheShri Krishna's friend; linamentered; jatamborn; vraje in Vraja; nripaO king. O king, an effulgence left the demon's body and for a long time lit up the circle of the directions until it finally entered Shri Krishna's friend Shridama, who was born in Vraja.

Text 46 evam hatva shankhacudam bhagavan madhusudanah mani-panih punah shighram ayayau rasa-mandalam evamthus; hatvahaving killed; shankhacudamShankhacuda; bhagavan the Lord; madhusudanahKrishna; mani-panihthe jwel in His hand; punahagain; shighramafter a long time; ayayauarrived; rasa-mandalamat the circle of the rasa dance. Thus killing Shankhacuda, Lord Krishna, the jewel in His hand, returned to the circle of the rasa dance after a long time. Text 47 candrananayai ca manim dattva tam dina-vatsalah punar gopi-ganaih sardham rasam cakre harih svayam candrananayaito Candranana; caand; manimthe jewel; dattvagiviong; tamthat; dina-vatsalahkind to the poor; punahagain; gopi-ganaihthe gopis; sardhamwith; rasamthe rasa dance; cakredid; harihKrishna; svayam personally. After giving that jewel to Candranana-gopi, Lord Krishna continued His rasa dance with the gopis. .pa

Chapter Twenty-four Rasa-kridayam asury-upakhyanam The Story of Asuri Muni in the Rasa-dance Pastime Text 1 shri-narada uvaca

atha gopi-ganaih sardham pashyan shri-yamuna-taam vihartum ayayau krishno vrindaranyam manoharam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; gopi-ganaihwith ther gopis; sardhamwith; pashyanseeing; shri-yamunaof the Yamuna; taamthe shore; vihartumto enjoy pastimes; ayayaucame; krishnahKrishna; vrindaranyamto Vrindavana; manoharambeautiful. Shri Narada said: Noticing that He had come to the Yamuna's shore, Lord Krishna proceeded to beautiful Vrindavana forest to enjoy pastimes with the gopis. Text 2 vrindavane caushadhayo lina jata harer varat tah sarvash cangana bhutva yuthi-bhutva samayayuh vrindavanein Vrindavana; caand; aushadhayahthe plants; linaentered; jataborn; harehof Krishna; varatfrom the blessing; tahthey; sarvahall; ca and; anganagirls; bhutvabecoming; yuthi-bhutvajoining the groups of gopis; samayayuhcame. With Lord Krishna's blessing all the plants in Vrindavana became transformed into beautiful girls. Joining the gopis, they approached Krishna. Text 3 lata-gopi-samuhena citra-varnena maithila reme vrindavane rajan harir vrindavaneshvarah lata-gopi-samuhenawith the plants transformed into gopis; citra-varnena wonderful; maithilaO king of Mithila; remeenjoyed; vrindavanein Vrindavana; rajanO king; harihKrishna; vrindavaneshvarahthe king of Vrindavana. O king of Mithila, Lord Krishna, the master of Vrindavana, then enjoyed pastimes with the plants transformed into wonderful gopis.

Texts 4 and 5 kalinda-nandini-tire kadambac chadite shubhe tri-vidhena samirena sarvatah surabhi-krite vilasat-puline ramye vamshivaa-virajite sthito 'bhud radhaya sardham rasa-shrama-samanvitah kalinda-nandini-tireon the Yamuna's shore; kadambacfrom the kadamba tree; chaditeshaded; shubhebeautiful; tri-vidhenathree kinds; samirenawith breezes; sarvataheverywhere; surabhi-kritefragrant; vilasatsplendid; puline on ther shore; ramyebeautiful; vamshivaa-virajitesplendid with Vamsivata; sthitahsituated; abhutwas; radhayaRadha; sardhamwith; rasa-shramasamanvitahexhausted from the rasa dance. Exhausted from the rasa dance, Radha and Krishna rested in a kadamba tree's shade at beautiful Vamshivaa, fragrant with three kinds of breezes by the Yamuna's shore. Text 6 vina-tala-mridangadimuru-yashi-yutani ca vaditrany ambare neduh surair gopi-ganaih saha vina-tala-mridangadiwith vinas, karatalasa, mrdangas, and other instruments; muru-yashi-yutaniwith murus and yastis; caand; vaditranyinstruments; ambarein the sky; neduhsounded; suraihby the demigods; gopi-ganaihthe gopis; sahawith. Then the demigods in the sky and the gopis on earth played vinas, karatalas, mridangas, murus, yashis, and other musical instruments. Text 7 deveshu pushpam varshatsu jaya-dhvani-yuteshu ca toshayantyo harim gopyo

jagus tad-yasha uttamam deveshuas the demigods; pushpamflowers; varshatsushowered; jayadhvani-yuteshuwith sounds of Victory!; caand; toshayantyahpleasing; harim Krishna; gopyahthe gopis; jaguhsang; tad-yashaHis glory; uttamam transcendental. As the demigods showered flowers and called out Victory!" the gopis pleased Lord Krishna by singing songs about His transcendental glories. Texts 8 and 9 kashcid vai megha-mallaram dipakam ca tathaparah malakosham bhairavam ca shri-ragam ca tathaiva ca hindolam ca jaguh kashcid rajan sapta-svaraih saha kashcit tasam pramugdhash ca kashcin mugdhah striyo nripa kashcitsome; vaiindeed; megha-mallarammegha-mallara; dipakam dipaka; caand; tathaso; aparahothers; malakoshammalakosha; bhairavam bhairava; caand; shri-ragamshri-raga; caand; tathaso; evaindeed; ca and; hindolamhindola; caand; jaguhsang; kashcitsome; rajanO king; sapta-svaraihwith seven notes; sahawith; kashcitsome; tasamof them; pramugdhahwith the charm of youth; caand; kashcinsome; mugdhaha little older; striyahwomen; nripaO king. Some sang in the raga megha-mallara, and others in dipaka, malakosha, bhairava, shri-raga, and many melodies of seven notes. O king, some had the sweet charm of submissive youth, and some had the charm of being a little more independent. Text 10 kashcit praudhah prema-parah shri-krishne lagna-manasah jara-dharmena govindam kashcid gopyo bhajanti hi kashcitsome; praudhahagressive and independent; prema-parahfilled with love; shri-krishneto Shri Krishna; lagnaattached; manasahwhose hearts; jara-

dharmenawith the relationship of a paramour; govindamKrishna; kashcitsome; gopyahgopis; bhajantiworshiped; hiindeed. Some were agressive and independent, some were passionately in love, their hearts attached to Shri Krishna, and some worshiped Krishna as their paramour. Text 11 kashcic chri-krishna-sahitah kanduka-kridane ratah kashcit pushpaish ca harina kridam cakruh parasparam kashcitsome; shri-krishna-sahitahwith Shri Krishna; kanduka-kridanein playing ball; ratahattached; kashcitsome; pushpaihwith flowers; caand; harinawith Krishna; kridampastimes; cakruhdid; parasparamamong themselves. Some were attached to playing ball-games with Shri Krishna. Others played flower-games with Krishna. Text 12 kashcil latasu dhavantyah kvanan-nupura-mekhalah kashcit pibanti satatam balat krishnadharamritam kashcitsome; latasuamong the vines; dhavantyahrunning; kvanan-nupuramekhalahwith tinkling belts and anklets; kashcitsome; pibantidrink; satatam always; balatby force; krishnadharamritamthe nectar of Krishna's lips. Some, their belts and anklets tinkling, run with Him among the flowering vines. Again and again some passionately drink the nectar of His lips. Text 13 kashcid bhujabhyam shri-krishnam yoginam api durlabham sangrihitva prahasyarac cakrur alinganam mahat

kashcitsome; bhujabhyamwith both arms; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; yoginamof the yogis; apieven; durlabhamhard to attain; sangrihitvataking; prahasyasmiling; aratclose; cakruhdo; alinganamembrace; mahatgreat. Smiling, some tightly embrace Shri Krishna, whom even the great yogis cannot attain. Text 14 manojno yadu-rajash ca gopinam bhagavan harih kashmira-mudrito reme vane vrindavaneshvarah manojnahhandsome; yadu-rajathe king of the Yadus; caand; gopinamof the gopis; bhagavanLord; harihKrishna; kashmirawith kunkuma; mudritah anointed; remeenjoyed; vanein the forest; vrindavaneshvarahthe king of Vrindavana. Anointed with kunkuma, Shri Krishna, who is the Lord of the gopis, the master of Vrindavana, and the king of the Yadus, enjoyed pastimes in the forest. Text 15 kashcid vinam vadayantyah samam vamshi-dharena vai kashcin mridangam vadantyo gayantyo bhagavad-gunam kashcitsome; vinama vina; vadayantyahplaying; samamwith; vamshidharenaKrishna, who held a flute; vaiindeed; kashcinsome; mridangam mrdanga; vadantyahplaying; gayantyahsininging; bhagavad-gunamthe virtues of the Lord. Some played the vina as Krishna played the flute. Some played the mridanga and sang songs of Lord Krishna's glories. Text 16 kashcid vai madhuram talam

tadayantyo hareh purah mura-yashim sangrihitva harina madhavi-tale kashcitsome; vaiindeed; madhuramsweetly; talamthe karatalas; tadayantyahplaying; harehof Lord Krishna; purahagain; mura-yashimmurus and yastis; sangrihitvataking; harinawith Krishna; madhavi-taleamong the madhavi vines. Some sweetly play karatalas before Lord Krishna. Others play murus and yashis with Lord Krishna among the flowering madhavi vines. Texts 17 and 18 gayantyah su-sthira bhumau vismritya jagatah sukham kashcil latasu shri-krishnam bhuje bahum nidhaya ca vrindavanasya pashyantyo shobham rajann itas tatah gayantyahsinging; su-sthirawith steadiness; bhumauon the ground; vismrityaforgetting; jagatahthe worlds; sukhamhappily; kashcilsome; latasu among the vines; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; bhujein arm; bahumarm; nidhayaplacing; caand. Some gracefully sing Krishna's glories. O king, some, oblivious to all other happinesses in the universe, walk arm in arm with Krishna among the flowering vines and gaze at the beauty of Vrindavana forest. Texts 19-22 lata-jalaih samvalitam gopinam hara-sancayam prithak cakara govindah sprishva tasam urah-sthalam gopinam nasika-muktavalim tat-kuntalam svayam shanaih shanaih shobhanam tac cakre shri-nanda-nandanah tambulam carvitam hy ardham nitva sadyo 'tha gopikah

carvayantyah sugandhadhyam aho tasam tapo mahat kashcic chyama-kapoleshu dvy-angulena shanaih shanaih hasantyas tadayantyas tah kadambeshu balat prithak vrindavanasyaof Vrindavana; pashyantyahseeing; shobhambeauty; rajann O king; itahhere; tatahand there; lataof vines; jalaihwith networks; samvalitamsurrounded; gopinamof gopis; hara-sancayamgarlands; prithak specific; cakaradid; govindahKrishna; sprishvatouching; tasamof them; urah-sthalambreasts; gopinamof the gopis; nasika-mukta-nose pearl; avalim series; tat-kuntalamhair; svayampersonally; shanaih shanaihgradually; shobhanamdecoration; tacthat; cakredid; shri-nanda-nandanahKrishna; tambulambetelnuts; carvitamchewed; hyindeed; ardhamhalf; nitvataking; sadyahat once; athathen; gopikahthe gopis; carvayantyahchewing; sugandhadhyamfragrant; ahahOh; tasamof them; tapahausterity; mahat great; kashcicsome; chyamadark; kapoleshuon the cheeks; dvy-angulena with two fingers; shanaih shanaihgradually; hasantyahsmiling; tadayantyah stricking; tahthey; kadambeshuamong the kadamba trees; balatforcibly; prithakspecific. Hidden by the flowering vines, Krishna decorated some gopis, gently touching their hair, nose-pearl, and breasts. He gave very fragrant half-chewed betelnuts to some gopis and they chewed them. This happened because they had performed many pious activities in the past. Among the kadamba trees some gopis smiled and with two fingers stroked Krishna's dark cheeks. Text 23 pum-vesha-nayakah kashcin mauli-kundala-manditah nrityantyah krishna-puratah shri-krishna iva maithila radha-vesha-dhara gopyah satcandranana-prabhah toshayantyash ca radham tam tatha radha-patim jaguh pumof males; veshadress; nayakahheroes; kashcinsome; mauli-kundalamanditahdecorated with crown and earrings; nrityantyahdancing; krishnapuratahbefore Lord Krishna; shri-krishnaShri Krishna; ivalike; maithilaO kin gof Mithila; radha-vesha-dharadressed as Radha; gopyahgopis; satcandrananaprabhahsplendid as a hundred moons; toshayantyahpleasing; caand; radham Radha; tamHer; tathathen; radha-patimthe master of Radha; jaguhsang.

O king of Mithila, some gopis dressed as Lord Krishna, with crown and earrings, and danced before Lord Krishna, and some, glorious as a hundred moons, dressed as Radha, and by singing songs gave pleasure to Radha and Krishna. Text 24 kashcit tah sattvikair bhavaih samyuktah prema-vihvalah yogiva casthita bhumau paramananda-samplutah kashcitsome; tahthey; sattvikaihwith sattvika; bhavaihbhava; samyuktah endowed; prema-vihvalahovercome with love; yogia yogi; ivalike; caand; asthitasituated; bhumauon the ground; paramananda-samplutahfilled with bliss. Some, overcome with ecstatic love, sat down on the ground as if they were yogis filled with bliss. Text 25 kashcil latasu vriksheshu bhumyam vai viditasu ca pashyantyah shri-patim devam svasmin va maunam asthitah kashcitsome; latasuamong the vines; vriksheshuand trees; bhumyamon the ground; vaiindeed; viditasuknown; caand; pashyantyahlooking; shripatim devamat Lord Krishna, the master of the goddess of fortune; svasminown; vaindeed; maunamin silence; asthitahsituated. Some sat among the trees and vines and silently gazed as Lord Krishna, the master of the goddess of fortune. Text 26 evam rase gopa-vadhvah sarvah purna-manorathah babhuvur etya govindam sarvesham bhakta-vatsalam

evamthus; rasein the rasa dance; gopa-vadhvahthe gopis; sarvahall; purna-manorathahdesires fulfilled; babhuvuhbecame; etyaattaining; govindamLord Krishna; sarveshamthe master of all; bhakta-vatsalamkind to the devotees. In this way the gopis approached Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who dearly loves His devotees, and their desires were all fulfilled. Text 27 yat-prasadas tu gopinam prapto rajan maha-mate jnaninam api nasty evam karminam tu kutash ca sah yatof whom; prasadahthe mercy; tuindeed; gopinamof ther gopis; praptahattained; rajanO king; maha-mateO noble-hearted; jnaninamof the great philosophers; apialso; nanot; astiis; evamthus; karminamof the karmis; tuindeed; kutahwhere?; caand; sahHe. O noble-hearted king, the gopis attained mercy even the greatest philosophers, what to speak of fruitive workers, cannot attain. Text 28 evam shri-krishnacandrasya hare radha-pateh prabhoh rase citram yad babhuva tac chrinushva maha-mate evamthus; shri-krishnacandrasyaof Shri Krishna; hareLord Hari; radhapatehthe Lord of Shri Radha; prabhohthe master; rasein the rasa dance; citramwonder; yatwhat; babhuvahappened; tacthat; chrinushvaplease hear; maha-mateO great-hearted one. O noble-hearted one, please hear of a great wonder that happened in the rasa dance of Radha's master, Shri Krishna. Texts 29-31 munindra asurir nama

shri-krishnesho maha-tapah naradadrau tapas tepe harau dhyana-parayanah hrit-pundarike shri-krishnam jyotir-mandalam asthitam manojnam radhaya sardham nityam dhyane dadarsha ha ekada dhyana-madhye tu ratrau krishno na cagatah munindraa king of sages; asurihAsuri; namanamed; shri-krishneshaha devotee of Krishna; maha-tapahvery austere; naradadrauon Mount Narada; tapas tepeperformed austerities; haraufor Lord Hari; dhyana-parayanah intently meditation; hrit-pundarikeon the lotus of the heart; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; jyotir-mandalamin a circle of light; asthitamsituated; manojnam handsome; radhayaRadha; sardhamwith; nityamalways; dhyanein meditation; dadarshasaw; haindeed; ekadaone day; dhyana-madhyein the middle of his meditation; tuindeed; ratrauat night; krishnahKrishna; nanot; caand; agatahcamne. There was a very austere saint named Asuri Muni, who was a king of sages and a great devotee of Shri Krishna. He performed austerities on Narada Mountain and in his meditation he always saw handsome Shri Shri Radha-Krishna standing in a circle of light on the lotus of his heart. Then, one night, Krishna was suddenly no longer present in his meditation. Text 32 varam varam kritam dhyanam khinno jato maha-munih dhyanad utthaya sa munih krishna-darshana-lalasah varam varamagain and again; kritamdone; dhyanammeditation; khinnah morose; jatahbecame; maha-munihthe great sage; dhyanatfrom meditation; utthayarising; sahbe; munihthe sage; krishna-darshana-lalasahyearning to see Lord Krishna. Again and again he meditated. The great sage felt frustrated and depressed. Yearning to see Lord Krishna, he came out of his meditative trance. Text 33

narayanashramam pragad badari-khanda-manditam na dadarsha harim devam nara-narayanam munih narayanashramamto Narayanashrama; pragatwent; badari-khandamanditamdecorated with badari bushes; nanot; dadarshasaw; harim devam Lord Hari; nara-narayanam Nara-Narayana; munihthe sage. When the sage went to badari-decorated Narayana-ashrama, he could not find Lord Krishna in His form as Shri Nara-Narayana Rishi. Text 34 tadati-vismito vipro lokaloka-girim yayau sahasra-shirasam devam na dadarsha sa tatra vai tadathen; ati-vismitahvery surprised; viprahthe brahmana; lokaloka-girim to Lokaloka Mountain; yayauwent; sahasra-shirasamthousand-headed; devam the Lord; nanot; dadarshasaw; sahe; tatrathere; vaiindeed. Then the brahmana sage went to Lokaloka Mountain where, to his great surprise, he could not find thousand-headed Lord Shesha. Text 35 papraccha parshadams tatra kva gato bhagavan itah na vidmo bho vayam cokto munih khinna-manas tada papracchaasked; parshadamhthe associates; tatrathere; kvawhere?; gatahgone; bhagavanthe Lord; itahhere; nanot; vidmahwe know; bhah Oh; vayamwe; caand; uktahaddressed; munihthe sage; khinna-manah depressed; tadathen. When he asked the Lord's associates there, "Where did the Lord go?" they said, "We do not know." Then the sage became morose at heart.

Text 36 shvetadvipam yayau divyam kshira-sagara-shobhitam tatrapi shesha-paryanke na dadarsha harim punah shvetadvipamto Svetadvipa; yayauwent; divyamsplendid; kshira-sagarashobhitamglorious in the milk ocean; tatrapithere also; shesha-paryankeon the couch of Shesha; nanot; dadarshasaw; harimLord Krishna; punahagain. When he went to glorious Shvetadvipa in the milk ocean, again he could not find Lord Krishna reclining on the couch of Shesha. Text 37 tada munih khinna-manah premna pulakitananah papraccha parshadams tatra kva gato bhagavan itah tadathen; munihthe sage; khinna-manahdepressed; premnawith love; pulakitananahthe hair of his body erect; papracchaasked; parshadanthe associates; tatrathere; kvawhere; gatahgone; bhagavanthe Lord; itahfrom here. Depressed, and the hairs of his body erect with spiritual love, the sage asked the Lord's associates there, "Where did the Lord go?" Text 38 na vidmo bho vayam cokto munish cinta-parayanah kim karomi kva gacchami darshanam tat katham bhavet nanot; vidmahknow; bhahO; vayamwe; coktahaddrewsssed; munih the sage; cinta-parayanahthoughtful and anxious; kimwhat?; karomiI will do; kvawhere?; gacchamiI will go; darshanamsight; tatthat; kathamhow; bhavetmay be.

They said, "We do not know." Then the sage became anxious. He thought, "What sould I do, or where should I go in order to see the Lord?" Text 39 evam bruvan mano-yayi vaikunham praptavams tatah napashyat tatra devesham ramam vaikunha-vasinim evamthus; bruvanspeaking; mano-yayitraveling at the speed of mind; vaikunhamto Vaikunha; praptavamhwent; tatahthen; nanot; aapashyat saw; tatrathere; deveshamthe Supreme Lord; ramamthe goddess of fortune; vaikunha-vasinimwho resides in Vaikunha Thinking in this way, he traveled at the speed of mind to the spiritual world of Vaikunha. There he could not find Lord Narayana and goddess Lakshmi. Text 40 na drishas tatra bhakteshu muninasurina nripa tato munindro yogindro golokam sa jagama ha nanot; drishahseen; tatrathere; bhakteshuamong the devotees; munina asurinaby Asuri Muni; nripaO king; tatahthere; munindrahthe king of sages; yogindrahthe king of yogis; golokamto Goloka; sahe; jagamawent; ha certainly. Not finding Them, Asuri Muni, who was the king of sages and yogis, went, O king, to the world of Goloka. Text 41 vrindavane nikunje 'pi na dadarsha parat param tada munih khinna-manah shri-krishna-virahaturah vrindavanein Vrindavana; nikunjein the forest; apieven; nanot; dadarsha saw; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; tadathen; munihthe sage;

khinna-manahdepressed; shri-krishna-virahaturahanguished by separation from Shri Krishna. Even in Vrindavana forest he could not find the Supreme Lord. Then, separated from Lord Krishna, the sage became filled with anguish. Texts 42 and 43 papraccha parshadams tatra kva gato bhagavan itah ucus tam parshadas gopa vamanande manohare prishnigarbho yatra jatas tatraiva bhagavan svayam ity ukta asuris tasmad asmin ande samagatah papracchaasked; parshadamhthe associates; tatrathere; kvawhere?; gatahgone; bhagavanthe Lord; itahfrom here; ucuhsaid; tamto him; parshadahthe associates; gopagopas; vamanaof Lord Vamana; andein the univesre; manoharebeautiful; prishnigarbhahPrishnigarbha; yatrawhere; jatah born; tatrathere; evacertainly; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; ity thus; uktaaddressed; asurihAsuri; tasmatfrom there; asminin this; ande universe; samagatahcame. When he asked the Lord's gopa friends there, "Where did the Lord go?" they said, "The Lord went to the beautiful material universe where Vamana and Prishnigarbha appeared." Asuri Muni went at once to that universe. Text 44 harim hy apashyan pracalan kailasam praptavan munih tatra sthitam maha-devam krishna-dhyana-parayanam harimLord Krishna; hyindeed; apashyannot seeing; pracalangoing; kailasamto Mount Kailasa; praptavanwent; munihthe sage; tatrathere; sthitamsituated; maha-devamLord Shiva; krishna-dhyana-parayanamrapt in meditation on Lord Krishna.

Not finding Lord Krishna in that universe, the sage went to Mount Kailasa, where he did find Lord Shiva, who was rapt in meditation on Lord Krishna. Text 45 natva papraccha tad ratrau kinna-ceta maha-munih shri-asurir uvaca bhagavan sarva-brahmandam maya drisham itas tatah natvabowing down; papracchaasked; tatthat; ratraunight; kinna-ceta depressed; maha-munihthe great sage; shri-asurihShri Asuri; uvacasaid; bhagavanO Lord; sarva-brahmandamall the universes; mayaby me; drisham seen; itahhere; tatahand there. Unhappy at heart, the great sage bowed down before Lord Shiva and spoke. Shri Asuri said: O Lord, I have looked in all the universes . . . Text 46 a-vaikunhac ca golokad bhramata tad-didrkshuna kutrapi deva-devasya darshanam na babhuva me kutraste bhagavan adya vada sarva-vidam vara a-vaikunhatfrom Vaikuntha; caand; golokatfrom Goloka; bhramata wandering; tad-didrkshunayearning to see Him; kutrapisomewhere; devadevasyaof the master of the demigods; darshanamsight; nanot; babhuva was; meof me; kutrawhere?; asteis; bhagavanthe Lord; adyanow; vada please tell; sarva-vidam varaO best of the all-knowing. . . . and I went even to Vaikunha and Goloka looking for Him, but I could not find the Supreme Lord anywhere. Where is the Lord now? O best of all-knowing philosophers, please tell. Text 47 shri-mahadeva uvaca

dhanyas tvam asure brahman krishna-bhakto 'sy ahaiktukah didrkshuna tvayayasam kritam vedmi maha-mune shri-mahadeva uvacaShri Shiva said; dhanyahfortunate; tvamyou; asureO Asuri; brahmanO brahmana; krishna-bhaktaha devotee of Lord Krishna; asiyou are; ahaiktukahpure and unmotivated; didrkshunawithj a desire to see; tvaya by you; ayasameffort; kritamdone; vedmiI know; maha-muneO great sage. Shri Shiva said: O brahmana Asuri, you are fortunate. You are a pure devotee of Lord Krishna. O great sage, I know the trouble you have taken to find Lord Krishna. Texts 48 and 49 karmendriyaniha yatha rasadims tatha sa-kama munayah sukham yat manan na jananti janair apekshyam gudham param nirguna-lakshanam tat hamsam munim duhkha-gatam mahodadhau yah sarvato mocayitum gatas tvaram so 'dyaiva vrindavipine sakhi-janaih karoti rasam rasikeshvarah svayam karma-indriyanithe working senses; ihahere; yathaas; rasadimhthe obejcts, bgeinning with taste, of the senses, tathaso; sa-kamawith desire; munayahsages; sukhamhappiness; yatwhat; mananslightly; nanot; jananti know; janaihby the people; apekshyamnot seen; gudhamhidden; param very; nirguna-lakshanambeyond the modes of nature; tatthat; hamsam Hamsa; munimMuni; duhkha-gatamunhappy; mahodadhauin the great ocean; yahwho; sarvatahcompletely; mocayitumto rescue; gatahgone; tvaramat once; sahHe;. adyanow; evaindeed; vrindavipinein Vrindavana; sakhi-janaih with gopi friends; karotidoes; rasamthe rasa dance; rasikeshvarahthe king of the rasa dance; svayamHimself. The Supreme Personality of Godhead, whom the materialistic philosophers cannot enjoy as the working senses cannot enjoy the objects of the knowledgeacquiring senses, and who, being beyond the modes of material nature, cannot be seen by the people in genaral, went to save Hamsa Muni from great troubles in the great ocean. Now Lord Krishna has become the king of the rasa dance. Now He is enjoying a rasa dance with many gopis in Vrindavana forest. Text 50

shan-masiki cadya krita nishithini sva-mayaya deva-varena bho mune aham gamishyami tad eva drashum tvam eva gacchashu manoratham yatha shan-masikisix months long; caand; adyanow; kritamaking; nishithini the middle of the night; sva-mayayaby His maya potency; deva-varenaby the blessing ofg the Lord; bhahO; munesage; ahamI; gamishyamiwill go; tat that; evaindeed; drashumto see; tvamyou; evaindeed; gacchago; ashu at once; manorathamdesire; yathaas. By His maya potency the Lord has transformed the middle of the night into a period of six months. With the Lord's blessings I will now go there to see that dance. O sage, if you wish, you may also go. .pa

Chapter Twenty-five Rasa-krida The Rasa-dance Pastime Text 1 evam vicintya manasa shivo vasurina saha tau krishna-darishnarthaya jagmatur vraja-mandalam evamthus; vicintyaconsidering; manasawith his heart; shivahLord Shiva; vaor; asurinaAsuri Muni; sahawith; tauboth; krishnaof Lord Krishna; darishnathe sight; arthayafor the purpose; jagmatuhwent; vraja-mandalam to the circle of Vraja. Thinking in this way, Shiva and Asuri went to the circle of Vraja to see Lord Krishna. Text 2 divya-druma-lata-kunjatolika-punja-shobhitam pashyantau tau divya-bhumim

kalindi-nikae gatau divyasplendid; drumatrees; latavines; kunjagroves; tolikaarchways; pu 24jafilled; shobhitambeautified; pashyantauseeing; tauthey; divya-bhumim splendid transcendental place; kalindi-nikaenear the Yamuna; gatauwent. Near the Yamuna they went to a splendid transcendental place filled with splendid groves of trees, vines, and archways. Text 3 goloka-vasinyo naryo vetra-hasta maha-balah cakrur balat tan-nishedham marga-stha dvara-palikah goloka-vasinyahresiding in Goloka; naryahwomen; vetra-hastawith sticks in their hands; maha-balahvery strong; cakruhdid; balatforcibly; tan-nishedham forbidding them; marga-sthastanding on the path; dvara-palikahguarding the entrance. Many very powerful, stick-wielding women of Goloka guarded the entrance. Blocking the path, they and forbade them to enter. Text 4 tav ucatush cagatau svah krishna-darshana-lalasau tav ahur nripa-shardula marga-stha dvara-palikah tau ucatuhthey said; caand; agataucome; svahown; krishna-darshanalalasauyeanring to see Krishna; tauthey; ahuhsaid; nripa-shardulaO tiger of kings; marga-sthastanding on the path; dvara-palikahthe doorkeepers. The two of them said, "Yearning to see Lord Krishna, we have come here". O tiger of kings, as they blocked the path, the entrance-guards spoke to them. Text 5 shri-dvara-palika ucuh sarvato vrindakaranyam

koishah koisho vayam rasa-raksham sada kurmo nyasta krishnena bho dvijau shri-dvara-palika ucuhthe gatekeepers said; sarvataheverywhere; vrindakaranyamin Vrindavana; koishah koishahin millions and millions; vayamwe; rasa-rakshamprotecting the rasa dance; sadaalways; kurmahdo; nyastaplaced; krishnenaby Lord Krishna; bhahO; dvijaubrahmanas. The entrance guards said: There are many millions of millions of us everywhere in Vrindavana. Appointed by Lord Krishna, we eternally guard the rasa dance. Text 6 eko 'sti purushah krishno nirjane rasa-mandale anyo na yati rahasi gopi-yutham vina kvacit ekahone; astiis; purushahmale; krishnahKrishna; nirjanesecluded; rasamandalein the rasa-dance circle; anyahanother; nanot; yatigoes; rahasiin secret; gopi-yuthamgopis; vinawithout; kvacitanywhere. In this secluded rasa-dance circle Krishna is the only male. Except for Him there are only gopis here. Text 7 ced didrikshu yuvam tasya snanam mana-sarovare kurutam tatra gopitvam prapyashu vrajatam muni cetif; didrikshuwith a desire to see; yuvamyou; tasyaof Him; snanam bath; mana-sarovarein mana-sarivara lake; kurutamyou will do; tatrathere; gopitvamstatus of being gopis; prapyaattaining; ashuat once; vrajatamgo; muniO sages. O sages, if you wish to see Lord Krishna, then please bath in the Mana-sarovara lake. In that way you will become gopis, and then you may enter. Text 8

shri-narada uvaca ity uktau tau muni-shivau snatva mana-sarovare gopitvam prapya sahasa jagmatu rasa-mandale shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktauaddressed; tauthey; muni-shivauAsuri Muni and Lord shiva; snatvabathing; mana-sarovarein mana-sarivaras; gopitvamthe status of gopis; prapyaattaining; sahasaat once; jagmatuwent; rasa-mandaleto the rasa dance circle. Bathing in Mana-sarovara, and at once becoming gopis, Lord Siva and Asuri Muni went to the circle of the rasa dance. Text 9 sauvarna-prakhacit-padmaraga-bhumi-manohare madhavi-latika-vrindakadambacchadite shubhe sauvarnawith gold; prakhacitpaved; padmaragarubies; bhumi ground; manoharebeautiful; madhavi-latika-vrindawith madhavi kadambaand kadamba trees; acchaditeshaded; shubhebeautiful. vines;

In a beautiful place paved with gold and rubies, shaded by kadamba trees and flowering madhavi vines, . . . Text 10 vasanta-candra-kaumudya pradipte sarva-kaushale yamuna-ratna-sopanatolikabhir virajite vasanta-candra-kaumudya-with spring moonlight; pradipteillumined; sarvakaushaleausopicious and beautiful; yamunato the Yamuna; ratnajewel; sopanastairways; tolikabhihand arches; virajitesplendid. . . . filled with all beauty, splendid with spring moonlight, glorious with arches and jewel stairways leading to the Yamuna, . . .

Text 11 mayura-hamsa-datyuhakokilaih kujite pare yamunanila-nilaijattaru-pallava-shobhite mayurapeacocks; hamsaswans; datyuhadatyuhas; kokilaihcuckoos; kujitecooing; pareon the other shore; yamunaof the Yamuna; anilabreeze; niladark; aijatgoing; tarutrees; pallavaleaves; shobhitebeautiful. . . . filled with cooing peacocks, swans, datyuhas, and cuckoos, fanned by the Yamuna's breezes, beautiful with newly-blossoming trees, . . . Text 12 sabha-mandapa-vithibhih prangana-stambha-panktibhih patat-patakair divyabhaih sauvarnaih kalashair vrite sabha-mandapa-vithibhihwith assembly-houses; pranganacourtyards; stambha-panktibhihwith rows of columns; patat-patakaihwith fluttering flags; divyabhaihsplendid; sauvarnaihgolden; kalashaihwith domes; vritefilled. . . . filled with meeting houses that had courtyards with rows of pillars, splendid fluttering flags, and golden domes, . . . Text 13 shvetarunaih pushpa-sanghaih pushpa-mandira-vartmabhih ali-kolahalair vyapte vaditra-madhura-dhvanau shvetawhite; arunaihand red; pushpa-sanghaihflowers; pushpa-mandiravartmabhihwith the path to flower palaces; aliof bees; kolahalaihwith a tumult; vyaptefilled; vaditra-madhura-dhvanauwith the sweet sounds of musical instruments.

. . . filled with flower-palaces of red and white blossoms, the buzzing of bees, and sweet sounds of musical instruments, . . . Text 14 sahasra-dala-padmanam vayuna manda-gamina shitalena su-punyena sarvatah surabhi-krite sahasra-dala-padmanamthousand petal lotuses; vayunawith manda-gaminagentle; shitalenacool; su-punyenavery pure; everywhere; surabhi-kritescented. a breeze; sarvatah

. . . and fragrant with pure and cooling breezes carrying the scent of thousand-petal lotuses, . . . Texts 15-20 tasmin nikunje shri-krishnam koi-candra-prakashaya padminya hamsa-gaminya radhaya samalankritam stri-ratnair avritam shashvad rasa-mandala-madhya-gam koi-manmatha-lavanyam shyamasundara-vigraham vamshi-dharam pita-paam vetra-panim manoharam shrivatsankam kaustubhinam vana-mala-virajitam kvanan-nupura-manjirakanci-keyura-bhushitam hara-kankana-balarkakundala-dvaya-manditam koi-candra-pratikashamaulinam nanda-nandanam dana-dakshaih kaakshaish ca harantam yoshitam manah durad apashyatam rajann

asurishau kritanjali gopi-jananam sarvesham pashyatam nripa-sattama natva shri-krishna-padabjam ucatur harsha-vihvalau tasminin that; nikunjegrove; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; koi-candraprakashayawith the light of ten millions moons; padminyalike a lotus; hamsagaminyagraceful as a swan; radhayawith Radha; samalankritamdecorated; stri-ratnaihwith jewellike women; avritamsurrounded; shashvateternally; rasamandala-madhya-gamin the midde of the rasa dance; koi-manmatha-lavanyam more handsome than ten million kamadevas; shyamasundara-vigrahamwhose form is dark and handsome; vamshi-dharamholding a flute; pita-paamwearing yeellow garments; vetra-panima stick in His hand; manoharamcharming to the heart; shrivatsankammarked with Shrivatsa; kaustubhinamwearing the Kaustubha gem; vana-mala-virajitamsplendid with a forest garland; kvanan tinkling; nupura-ma 24jiraanklets; kancibelts; keyuraarmlet; bhushitam decorated; haranecklace; kankanabracelets; balarkathe rising sun; kundaladvayawith earrings; manditamdecorated; koi-candra-pratikashasplendid as ten million moons; maulinamwearing a crown; nanda-nandanamShri Krishna, the son of Nanda Maharaja; dana-dakshaihgenerous; kaakshaihwith sidelong glances; caand; harantamstealing; yoshitamof the women; manahthe hearts; duratfrom far away; apashyatamseeing; rajannO king; asurishau Asuri and Shiva; krita 24jaliwith folded hands; gopi-jananamof the gopis; sarveshamall; pashyatamseeing; nripa-sattamaO best of kings; natva bowing; shri-krishna-padabjamto Shri Krishna's lotus feet; ucatuhspoke; harshavihvalaufilled with joy. . . . bowing down to the lotus feet of Lord Krishna, who in that forest grove was splendid as as ten million moons, who was decorated by lotuslike, swan-graceful Shri Radha's company, who, surrounded by jewellike women, eternally stayed the middle of the rasa-dance circle, who was handsome as ten million Kamadevas, whose form was dark and handsome, who was dressed in yellow garments, who held a flute and stick in His hand, who bore the mark of Shrivatsa, who was decorated with the Kaustubha gem, who was splendid with a forest garland, who was decorated with tinkling anklets, belt, and armlets, and with necklaces, bracelets, and earrings splendid as two rising suns, who wore a crown splendid as ten million suns, who with generous sidelong glances stole the gopis' hearts, and whom the gopis gazed at from afar, Lord Shiva and Asuri Muni, now overcome with happiness, spoke. Text 21 dvav ucatuh krishna krishna maha-yogin deva-deva jagat-pate pundarikaksha govinda

garuda-dhvaja te namah dvau ucatuhthe two said; krishnaO Krishna; krishnaO Krishna; maha-yogin O great yogi; deva-devaO master of the demiogds; jagat-pateO master of the universes; pundarikalotus; akshaeyes; govindaO Govinda; garuda-dhvaja who holds the flag of Garuda; teto You; namahobeisances. The two of them said: O Krishna, O Krishna, O great yogi, O master of the demigods, O Lord of the universes, O lotus-eyed one, O Govinda, O Lord who carries a flag with the emblem of Garuda, obeisances to You! Text 22 janardana jagannatha padmanabha trivikrama damodara hrishikesha vasudeva namo 'stu te janardanaO savior from miseries; jagannathaO mastre of the universes; padmanabhaO lotus-naveled one; trivikramaO Lord who took three steps; damodaraO Lord bound at the waist by a rope; hrishikeshaO master of the sense; vasudevaO son of Vasudeva; namahobeisances; astuare; teto You. O savior from miseries, O Lord of the universes, O lotus-naveled one, O Lord who took three steps, O Lord bound at the waist with a rope, O master of the senses, O son of King Vasudeva, obeisances to You! Text 23 adyaiva deva paripurnatamas tu sakshad bhu-bhuri-bhara-haranaya satam shubhaya prapto 'si nanda-bhavane paratah paras tvam kritva hi sarva-nija-lokam ashesha-shunyam adyatoady; evaindeed; devaO Lord; paripurnatamahsupremely perfe4ct; tuindeed; sakshatdirectly; bhu-bhuri-bharathe great burden of the earth; haranayato remove; satamof the devotees; shubhayafor the welfare; praptah attained; asiYou are; nanda-bhavanein Nanda's home; paratahthan the greatest; parahgreater; tvamYou; kritvahaving done; hiindeed; sarva-nijalokamqll Your planets; ashesha-shunyamcompletely void.

O Supreme Personality of Godhead, leaving all Your transcendental abodes and making them devoid of Your presence, You have now come to Nanda's home to remove the earth's great burden and to bring auspiciousness to Your devotees. Text 24 amshamshakamsha-kalayabhirutabhiramam avesha-purna-nicayabhir ativa yuktah vishvam bibharshi rasa-rasam alankaroshi vrindavanam ca paripurnatamah svayam tvam amsha-amshaka-amsha-kalayawith a part of a part of a part of a part; abhiruta said; abhiramamdelightful; avesha-purna-nicayabhihwith avesa incvarnations; ativagreatly; yuktahendowed; vishvamuniverse; bibharshimaintain; rasarasamthe sweet rasa dance; alankaroshidecorate; vrindavanamVrindavana; caand; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam personally; tvamYou. You are the original and perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, glorious with incarnations that display a part, a part of a part, or a part of a part of a part of Your power. With Your many empowered inacarnations You maintain the universe. With the sweet rasa dance You decorate the forest of Vrindavana. Text 25 goloka-natha giriraja-pate paresha vrindavanesha krita-nitya-vihara-lila radha-pate vraja-vadhu-jana-gita-kirte govinda gokula-pate kila te jayo 'stu golokaof Goloka; nathaO master; giriraja-pateO Lord of the king of mountains; pareshaO Supreme Lord; vrindavaneshaO Lordf of Vrindavana; krita done; nityaeternal; vihara-lilapastimes; radha-pateO master of Radha; vrajavadhu-janaby the girls of Vraja; gitasung; kirtewhose glories; govindaO Govinda; gokula-pateO master of Gokula; kilaindeed; teto You; jayahglory; astuis. O master of Goloka, O master of the king of mountains. O supreme master, O master of Vrindavana, O enjoyer of eternal pastimes, O master of Radha, O master whose glories are sung by the girls of Vraja, O master of Gokula, O Govinda, all glories to You! Text 26

shriman-nikunja-latika-kusumakaras tvam shri-radhika-hridaya-kanha-vibhushanas tvam shri-rasa-mandala-patir vraja-mandalesho brahmanda-mandala-mahi-paripalako 'si shrimatbeautiful; nikunjaforest; latikavines; kusumaflowers; akarah form; tvamYou; shri-radhikaof Shri Radha; hridayaheart; kanhaand neck; vibhushanahornament; tvamYoiu; shri-rasa-mandala-patihthe master of the rasa dance circle; vraja-mandaleshahthe master if the circle of Vraja; brahmandamandala-mahi-paripalakahthe protector of the universes; asiYou are. You are decorated with beautiful flowers taken from Vrindavana's vines. You are the ornament Shri Radha wears on Her neck and over Her heart. You are the master of the rasa-dance circle. You are the master of the circle of Vraja. You are the protector of the circle of the universes. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca tada prasanno bhagavan radhaya sahito harih manda-smito munim praha megha-gambhiraya gira shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tadathyen; prasannahpleased; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; radhayaRadha; sahitahwith; harihKrishna; manda-smitahgently smiling; munimto the sage; prahasaid; megha-gambhirayadeep as thunder; girawith words. Shri Narada said: Pleased and gently smiling as He stood by Shri Radha's side, with words like thunder Lord Krishna spoke to the sage. Text 28 shri-bhagavan uvaca shashi-varsha-sahasrani yuvayos tapatos tapah mad-darshanam tena jatam sarvato nairapekshayoh shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shashi-varshasahasranisixty-thousand years; yuvayohof you both; tapatohausterities; tapah

austerities; mad-darshanamto see Me; tenaby sarvataheverywhere; nairapekshayohrenounced.

that;

jatamproduced;

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Renouncing everything, the two of you performed austerities for sixty-thousand years in order to see Me. Text 29 nishkincano yo shantash cajata-shatruh sa mat-sakha tasmad yuvabhyam manasa vriyatam ipsito varah nishkincanahwith no material wealth; yahone who; shantahpeaceful; ca and; ajatanot born; shatruhenemies; sahe; mat-sakhaMy friend; tasmat from that; yuvabhyamof you both; manasawith the heart; vriyatammay be chosen; ipsitahdesired; varahbenediction. You do not crave material wealth, you are peaceful, you do not think anyone your enemy, and you are my friends. Therefore, please choose a benediction. Choose whatever your hearts desire. Text 30 shivasuri ucatuh namo 'stu bhuman yuvayoh padabje sadaiva vrindavana-madhya-vasa na rocate no 'nyam atas tvad-anghrer namo yuvabhyam hari-radhikabhyam shivasuri ucatuhLord Sivaand Asuri Muni said; namahobeisances; astuare; bhumanO Lord; yuvayohof You; padabjeat the lotus feet; sadaeternally; eva indeed; vrindavana-madhya-vasa-O Lord who resides in Vrindavana; nanot; rocatepleases; nahnot; anyamanother; atahtherefore; tvad-anghrehof Your feet; namahobeisances; yuvabhyamto You both; hari-radhikabhyamShri Shri Radha-Krishna. Lord Shiva and Asuri Muni said: O Lord who resides in Vrindavana, we eternally offer our obeisances to Your lotus feet. Nothing other than Your lotus feet gives us any happiness. O Shri Shri Radha-Krishna, we offer our respectful obeisances to You!

Text 31 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktva bhagavan vrindaranye manohare kalindi-nikae rajan rasa-mandala-mandite nikunja-parshve puline vamshivaa-samipatah shivo 'pi casuri-munir nityam vasam cakara ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tathastuso be it; caand; uktvasaying; bhagavanthe Lord; vrindaranyein Vrindavana; manoharebeautiful; kalindinikaenear the Yamuna; rajanO king; rasa-mandala-manditedecorated by the circle of the rasa dance; nikunja-parshvein the side of the forest; pulineon the shore; vamshivaa-samipatahnear Vamsivata; shivahLord Shiva; apiand; ca and; asuri-munihAsuri Muni; nityameternally; vasamresidence; cakaradid; haindeed. The Lord then said, "So be it." From that moment Lord Shiva and Asuri Muni made their residence there, at Vamshivaa, where the forest grove by the Yamuna's shore is decorated with the circle of the rasa dance. Text 33 atha krishno rasa-lilam cakre padmakare vane patat-sugandhi-rajasi gopibhir bhramarakule athathen; krishnahLord Krishna; rasa-lilamrasa dance pastime; cakredid; padmakarein Padmakara; vaneforest; patat-sugandhi-rajasifilled with fragrant pollen; gopibhihwith the gopis; bhramara-akulefilled with bees. Then Lord Shri Krishna enjoyed a rasa dance with the gopis in Padmakara forest, which was filled with buzzing bees and fragrant flower pollen. Text 34 evam shan-masiki ratrih krita krishnena maithila

gopinam rasa-lilayam vyatita kshanavat sukhaih evamthus; shan-masikisix months; ratrihnight; kritadone; krishnena with Krishna; maithilaO kin gof Mithila; gopinamof the gopis; rasa-lilayamin the rasa pastime; vyatitapassed; kshanavatlike a moment; sukhaihhappily. O king of Mithila, although in truth it lasted for six months, the night Lord Krishna enjoyed the rasa dance with the gopis seemed to Them only a single moment of great happiness when it was over. Text 35 arunodaya-velayam sva-grihan vraja-yoshitah yuthi-bhutva yayu rajan sarvah purna-manorathah arunodaya-velayamat sunrise; sva-grihanto their own homes; vraja-yoshitah the girls of Vraja; yuthi-bhutvabecoming groups; yayuhwent; rajanO king; sarvahall; purnafulfilled; manorathahdesires. At sunrise all the gopis, their desires fulfilled, returned to their homes. Text 36 shri-nanda-mandiram sakshat prayayau nanda-nandanah vrishabhanu-puram pragad vrishabhanu-suta tvaram shri-nanda-mandiramShri Nanda's palace; sakshatdirectly; prayayauwent; nanda-nandanahKrishna; vrishabhanu-puramto King Vrishabhanu's palace; pragatwent; vrishabhanu-sutaRadha; tvaramquickly. Lord Krishna went to Nanda's palace and Shri Radha hurried to King Vrishabhanu's palace. Texts 37 and 38 evam shri-krishnacandrasya

rasakhyanam manoharam sarva-papa-haram punyam kama-dam mangalayanam trivargya-dam jananam tu mumukshunam su-mukti-dam maya tavagre kathitam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi evamthus; shri-krishnacandrasyaof Shri Krishnacandra; rasakhyanam named rasa; manoharambeautiful; sarva-papaall sins; haramremoving; punyampure; kama-damfulfilling desires; mangalayanamauspicious; trivargya-damgranting the three goals of life; jananamof the people; tuindeed; mumukshunamof they who desire liberation; su-mukti-damgiving liberation; mayaby me; tavaof you; agrein the presence; kathitamspoken; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. Thus I have described to You Shri Krishnacandra's beautiful and sacred rasa dance, which removes all sins, fulfills all desires, brings auspiciousness, gives to the people the three goals of life, and gives to they who yearn for liberation the highest kind of liberation. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Twenty-six Shankhacudopakhyanam The Story of Shankhacuda Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca aghasuradi-daityanam jyotih krishne samavishat shridamni sakhacudasya kasmal linam babhuva ha shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; aghasuradi-daityanamof the demons headed by Aghasura; jyotihthe light; krishnein Krishna; samavishat entered; shridamniin Shridama; sakhacudasyaof sankhacuda; kasmalwhy?; linammerging; babhuvawas; haindeed. The spiritual sparks that emerged from Aghasura and the other demons entered Lord Krishna. Why did the spark of light from Shankhacuda enter Shridama?

Text 2 etad vada maha-buddhe tvam paravara-vittama aho shri-krishnacandrasya caritam paramadbhutam etatthis; vadatell; maha-buddheO wise one; tvamYou; paravara-vittama the best of they who know everything; ahahOh; shri-krishnacandrasyaof Shri Krishna; caritamthe pastimes; paramadbhutamvery wonderful. O intelligent one, O best of they who know everything, please describe to me this very wonderful pastime of Lord Krishnacandra. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca pura goloka-vrittantam narayana-mukhac chrutam sarva-papa-haram punyam shrinu rajan maha-mate shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; purapreviously; goloka-vrittantamstory of Goloka; narayana-mukhatfrom the mouth of Narayana Rishi; shrutamheard; sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; punyamsacred; shrinuhear; rajanO king; maha-matenoble-hearted. Shri Narada said: O noble-hearted king, please hear this story, which describes pastimes that happened in Goloka, and which I heard from the mouth of Narayana Rishi. Text 4 radha shrir viraja bhush ca tisro patnyo 'bhavan hareh tasam radha priyativa shri-krishnasya mahatmanah radhaRadha; shrihShri; virajaViraja; bhuhBhu; caand; tisrahthree; patnyahwives; abhavanwere; harehof Lord Krishna; tasamof them; radha Radha; priyativathe most dear; shri-krishnasyaof Lord Krishna; mahatmanah the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Radha, Shri, Viraja, and Bhu were the four wives of Lord Krishna. Of them Radha was most dear to Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 5 radhika-samaya rajan koi-candra-prakashaya kunje virajaya reme ekante caikadha prabhuh radhika-samayaequal to Radha; rajanO king; koi-candra-prakashayathe splendor of ten million moons; kunjein theb forest; virajayaViaraj; reme enjoyed; ekantealone; caand; ekadhaonce; prabhuhthe Supreme Lord. O king, one day in a secluded forest grove the Lord enjoyed pastimes with Viraja, who was splendid as ten million moons and very much like Radha. Text 6 sapatni-sahitam krishnam radha shrutva sakhi-mukhat ativa vimana jata sapatni-saukhya-duhkhita sapatni-sahitamwith rivalry; krishnamKrishna; radhaRadha; shrutva hearing; sakhi-mukhatfrom a friend's mouth; ativavery; vimanajealous; jata bacme; sapatni-saukhya-duhkhitaunhappy at a rival's happiness. When from a friend's mouth She heard that Krishna had enjoyed pastimes with Her rival, Radha, unhappy at Her rival's happiness, became filled with jealous anger. Texts 7-9 shata-yojana-vistaram shata-yojanam urdhva-gam koty-ashvini-samayuktam koi-surya-sama-prabham vicitra-ratna-sauvarnamukta-dama-vilambitam

pataka-hema-kalashaih koibhir manditam ratham samaruhya sakhinam sa vetra-hastair dasharbudaih harim drashum jagamashu shri-radha bhagavat-priya shata-yojana-vistarameight hundred mills long; shata-yojanameight hundred miles; urdhva-gamhigh; kotyten million; ashvinihorses; samayuktamwith; koi-surya-sama-prabhamsplendid as ten million suns; vicitra-ratna-sauvarna with wonderful jewels and gold; mukta-dama-vilambitamwith strings of pearls; patakaflags; hemagold; kalashaihdomes; koibhihwith ten million; manditamdecorated; rathamchariot; samaruhyamounting; sakhinamof friends; saShe; vetra-hastaihwith a stick in and; dasharbudaihwith one billion; harimKrishna; drashumto see; jagamawent; ashuat once; shri-radhaShri Radha; bhagavat-priyaKrishna's beloved. Ascending a chariot made of wonderful jewels, gold, and pearls, and decorated with ten million flags and golden domes, clutching a stick, and accompanied by a billion gopi friends, the Lord's beloved, Shri Radha, rushed to see Lord Krishna. Text 10 tan-nikunje dvara-palam shridamanam maha-balam hari-nyastam samalokya tam nibhartsya sakhi-janaih tan-nikunjein that forest; dvara-palamthe guards of the door; shridamanam of Shridama; maha-balamgreat power; hariby Krishna; nyastamplaced; samalokyaseeing; tamhim; nibhartsyarebuking; sakhi-janaihby the gopis. Seeing powerful Shridama guarding the entrance by Krishna's order, Radha and Her friends rebuked him with many words. Text 11 vetraih santadya sahasa dvari gantum samudyata sakhi-kolahalam shrutva harir antaradhiyata

vetraihwith sticks; santadyahitting; sahasaat once; dvariat the door; gantumto go; samudyataabout; sakhiof the gopis; kolahalamcommotion; shrutvahearing; harihKrishna; antaradhiyatadisappeared. Eager to enter, Radha and Her friends began to hit Shridama with sticks. Hearing the great commotion the gopis were making, Lord Krishna disappeared. Text 12 radha-bhayac ca viraja nadi bhutvavahat tada koi-yojana-mayayam goloke sahasa nadi radha-bhayatot of fear of Radha; caand; virajaViaraja; nadia river; bhutvabecoming; avahatflowed; tadathen; koi-yojana-mayayameightymillion miles; golokein Goloka; sahasaat once; nadiriver. Out of fear of Radha, Viraja transformed herself into a river that flowed for eighty-million miles around Gokula. Text 13 sahasa kundali-kritva shushubhe 'bdhir ivavanim ratna-pushpair vicitranga yathoshnin-mudrita tatha sahasaat once; kundali-kritvaencircling; shushubheshone; abdhihan ocean; ivalike; avanimthe earth; ratna-pushpaihwith jewel flowers; vicitranga wonderful form; yathoshnin-mudritaas if crowned; tathathen. She then encircled Goloka as an ocean encircles a continent. She was glorious as if she were decorated with flowers and jewels and decorated with a crown. Text 14 harim gatam tam vijnaya nadi-bhutam ca tam tatha alokya tan-nikunjam ca sva-kunjam radhika yayau

harimKrishna; gatamgone; tamHim; vij 24ayaknowing; nadi-bhutam become a river; caand; tamHim; tathaso; alokyaseeing; tan-nikunjamthat forest; caand; sva-ku 24jamown forest; radhikaRadha; yayauwent. Looking at the forest there and the river (that Viaraja had become), and thinking that Lord Krishna had gone, Shri Radha went to Her own forest grove. Text 15 atha krishno nadi-bhutam virajam virajambaram sa-vigraham cakarashu sva-varena nripeshvara athathen; krishnahKrishna; nadi-bhutambecome a river; virajamto Viuraja; virajambaramdressed in splendid garments; sa-vigrahamwith form; cakaradid; ashuat once; sva-varenaby His blessing; nripeshvaraO king of kings. O king of kings, then Lord Krishna transformed Viraja from being a river to being a girl dressed in glittering garments. Text 16 punar virajaya sardham viraja-tiraje vane nikunja-vrindakaranye cakre rasam harih svayam punahagain; virajayaViraja; sardhamwith; viraja-tirajeborn on the Viraja's shore; vanein the forest; nikunja-vrindakaranyein Vrindavana; cakredid; rasamrasa dance; harihKrishna; svayampersonally. Then Lord Krishna again enjoyed a rasa dance with Viraja in the forest by the Viraja river. Text 17 virajayam sapta suta babhuvuh krishna-tejasa

nikunjam te hy alancakruh shishavo bala-lilaya virajayamin Viaraj; saptaseven; sutasons; babhuvuhwere; krishna-tejasa by Lord Krishna's power; nikunjamthe forest; tethey; hyindeed; alancakruh ornamented; shishavahboys; bala-lilayawith childhood games. By Lord's Krishna's power seven sons were born to Viraja. With their childhood games they decorated the forest there. Text 18 ekada taih kalir abhul laghur jyeshhaish ca taditah palayamano bhaya-bhrin matuh krode jagama ha ekadaone day; taihby them; kalih a quarrel; abhulwas; laghuhyounger; jyeshhaihelder; caand; taditahhit; palayamanahfleeing; bhaya-bhrin frightened; matuhof his mother; krodeon the lap; jagamawent; haindeed. One day they quarreled. Hit by his elders, the youngest boy fled to his mother's lap. Text 19 tal-lalanam samarebhe samashvasya sutam sati tada vai bhagavan sakshat tatraivantaradhiyata tal-lalanamcaressing; samarebhebegan; samashvasyacomforting; sutam son; satipious lady; tadathen; vaiindeed; bhagavanthe Lord; sakshat directly; tatrathere; evaindeed; antaradhiyatadisappeared. As the pious lady hugged and consoled her son, Lord Krishna suddenly disappeared. Text 20 rusha sutam shashapeyam

shri-krishna-virahatura tvam jalam bhava durbuddhe krishna-viccheda-karakah rushawith anger; sutamto her son; shashapacursed; iyamshe; shrikrishna-virahawith separation form Shri Krishna; aturaupset; tvamyou; jalam water; bhavabecome; durbuddhefool; krishna-viccheda-karakahthat separated me from Krishna. Grieving over her separation from Krishna, she cursed her son, "Fool that separated me from Krishna, become water!" Text 21 kadapi taj-jalam martya na pibantu kadacana jyeshhan chashapa vrajata medinim kali-karakah kadapiever; taj-jalamthatwater; martyahuman beings; nanot; pibantu drink; kadacanaever; jyeshhanelder; shashapacursed; vrajatago; medinim to the earth; kali-karakahmaking a quarrel. "The people will never drink your water." The older sons she cursed with the words, "Quarrelsome children, go to the earth! Text 22 jala-rupah prithag-yana na sameta bhavishyatha naimittikam ca bhavatam melanam syat sada laye jala-rupahthe form of water; prithag-yanagoing; nanot; sametamet; bhavishyathawill be; naimittikamregular; caand; bhavatamwill be; melanam meeting; syatis; sadaalways; layein devastation. "You will become bodies of water, each in his own place. You will not meet. Only at the time of cosmic devastation will you meet." Text 23

shri-narada uvaca ittham te matri-shapena dharanim vai samagatah priyavrata-rathanganam parikhasu samasthitah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; tethus; matri-shapenaby their mother's curse; dharanimto the earth; vaiindeed; samagatahwent; priyavrata-rathanganamof the chariot wheels of King Priyavrata; parikhasuin the ruts; samasthitahsituated. Shri Narada said: In this way, by their mother's curse, they went to the earth. They lived in the ruts left by the wheels of King Priyavrata's chariot. Text 24 lavanekshu-sura-sarpirdadhi-dugdha-jalarnavah babhuvuh sapta te rajann akshobhyash ca duratyayah lavanasalt; ikshusugar cane juice; suraliquor; sarpihghee; dadhiyogurt; dugdhamilk; jalaand fresh-water; arnavahoceans; babhuvuhbecame; sapta seven; tethey; rajannO king; akshobhyahundisturbed; caand; duratyayah difficult to cross. The seven boys became seven peaceful and impaasable oceans of salt-water, sugarcane juice, liquor, ghee, yogurt, milk, and fresh-water. Text 25 durvigahyash ca gambhira ayamam laksha-yojanat dvi-gunam dvi-gunam jatam dvipe dvipe prithak prithak durvigahyahimpassable; caand; gambhiradeep; ayamamextent; lakshayojanateight-hundred-thousand miles; dvi-gunamdoubled; dvi-gunamdoubled; jatammanifest; dvipeisland; dvipeafter island; prithakone; prithaafter the other.

They were deep and impassable. The first ocean was a eight-hundred-thousand miles across, the next one was double that size, and each succeeding one was double the size of the one before. Text 26 atha putreshu yateshu putra-snehati-vihvala sva-priyam tam virahinim etya krishno varam dadau athathen; putreshuwhen her sons; yateshuwere gone; putra-snehativihvalaovercomewith love for her sons; sva-priyamown beloved; tamher; virahinimunhappy in separation; etyagoing; krishnahKrishna; varam benediction; dadaugave. After her sons had departed, she became filled with love for them. Then Lord Krishna approached His beloved Viraja, who was unhappy to be separated from her sons. The Lord gave her a benediction. Text 27 kada na te me vicchedo mayi bhiru bhavishyati sva-tejasa sva-putranam sada raksham karishyasi kadawhen?; nanot; teof you; meof me; vicchedahseparation; mayiin Me; bhiruO frightened one; bhavishyatiwill be; sva-tejasaown power; svaputranamof sons; sadaalways; rakshamprotection; karishyasiyou will do. "O frightened one, you will never be separated from Me. Still, with your own power you will always protect your sons." Text 28 atha radham virahinim jnatva krishno harih svayam shridamna saha vaideha tan-nikunjam samayayau

athathen; radhamto Radha; virahinimanguished in separation; jnatva knowing; krishnahKrishna; harihthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam personally; shridamnaShridama; sahawith; vaidehaO king of Videha; tannikunjamto Her forest; samayayauwent. O king of Videha, aware that Radha was suffering in His separation, Lord Krishna went with Shridama to Her forest. Text 29 nikunja-dvari sampraptam sa-sakham prana-vallabham vikshya manavati bhutva radha praha harim vacah nikunja-dvariat the entrance to the forest; sampraptamcome; sa-sakham with friend; prana-vallabhammore dear than life; vikshyaseeing; manavati jealkous; bhutvabecoming; radhaRadha; prahasaid; harimto Krishna; vacah words. Seeing that Krishna, who is more to hear than Her own life, had come with His friend to to door of Her forest grove, Radha became filled with jealous anger. She spoke the following words to Lord Krishna. Text 30 shri-radhovaca tatraiva gaccha yatrabhut snehas te nutano hare nadi-bhuta hi viraja nado bhavitum arhasi kuru vasam tan-nikunje maya te kim prayojanam shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; tatrathere; evaindeed; gacchago; yatra where; abhutwas; snehahaffection; tefor you; nutanahnew; hareO Krishna; nadi-bhutabecome a river; hiindeed; virajaViraja; nadaha river; bhavitumto become; arhasiYou deserve; kurudo; vasamresidence; tannikunjein this forest; mayawith Me; tefor You; kimwhat?; prayojanamis the need. Shri Radha said: O Krishna, go where Your love is. Viraja has become a river. You become a river also. Why would You want to stay with Me in this forest?

Text 31 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutvatha bhagavams tan-nikunjam jagama ha shri-krishna-mitrah shridama radham praha rusha vacah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvathahearing; bhagavan the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tan-nikunjamto that forest; jagama went; haindeed; shri-krishna-mitrahShri Krishna's friend; shridamaShridama; radhamto Radha; prahasaid; rushawith anger; vacahwords. Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, Lord Krishna went to Viraja's forest. Then Krishna's friend Shridama angrily spoke to Radha. Text 32 shri-shridamovaca paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokesho virajate shri-shridama uvacaShri Shridama said; paripurnatamah sakshatthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanLord; svayamHimself; asankhya-brahmanda-patihthe master of countless universes; golokeshahthe master of Goloke; virajateis splendidly manifested. Shri Shridama said: Shri Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is the master of countless universes. He is the master of Goloka. Text 33 tvadrishih koishah shaktih kartum shaktah parat parah na vinindasi radhe tvam manam ma kuru ma kuru tvadrishihof Him; koishahmany millions; shaktihpotencies; kartumto do; shaktahable; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; nanot; vinindasiYou

criticize; radheO Radha; tvamYou; manamjealous anger; madon't; kurudo; madon't; kurudo. He has many millions of transcendental potencies. He can do whatever He likes. He is greater than the greatest. O Radha, please don't, don't criticize Him. Text 34 shri-radhovaca he mudha pitaram stutva mataram mam vinindasi rakshaso bhava durbuddhe golokac ca bahir bhava shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; heO; mudhafool; pitaramfather; stutva praise; matarammother; mamMe; vinindasicriticize; rakshasaha demon; bhavabecome; durbuddhefool; golokacfrom Goloka; caand; bahihoutside; bhavabe. Shri Radha said: O fool, you praise your father and criticize Me, your mother. Fool, leave Goloka and become a demon! Texts 35 and 36 shri-shridamovaca anukulena krishnena jatam manam shubhe tava tasmad bhuvi parat krishnat paripurnatamat prabhoh shata-varsham te viyogo bhavishyati na samshayah shri-shridama uvacaShri Shridama said; anukulenafavorable; krishnenaby Krishna; jatamborn; manamjealous anger; shubheO beautiful one; tavaof You; tasmattherefore; bhuvion the earth; paratsupreme; krishnatfrom Krishna; paripurnatamat prabhohthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; shatavarshamfor a hundred years; teof You; viyogahseparation; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. Shri Shridama said: O beautiful one, even though Lord Krishna was kind to You, still You were angry and jealous. Therefore You will go to the earth and for a

hundred years be separated from Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Of this there is no doubt. Text 37 shri-narada uvaca evam parasparam shapat sva-kritad bhaya-bhitayoh ativa cintam gatayor avirasit svayam prabhuh shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; parasparameach other; shapatfrom the cursing; sva-kritatdone themselves; bhaya-bhitayoh frightened; ativavery; cintamanxiety; gatayohattained; avirasitappeared; svayampersonally; prabhuhthe Lord. Shri Narada said: When they had thus cursed each other they became anxious and frightened. At that moment the Lord appeared there. Text 38 shri-bhagavan uvaca vacanam vai sva-nigamam duri-kartum kshamo 'smy aham bhaktanam vacanam radhe duri-kartum na ca kshamah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; vacanam words; vaiindeed; sva-nigamamspoken by Me; duri-kartumto put far away; kshamahable; asmiI am; ahamI; bhaktanamof the devotees; vacanam words; radheO Radha; duri-kartumto put far away; nanot; caand; kshamah able. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O Radha, I have the power to negate My own words and throw them far away, but I do not have the power to negate and throw away the words of My devotees. Text 39 ma shocam kuru kalyani varam me shrinu radhike masam masam viyogante

darshanam me bhavishyati madon't; shocamlament; kurudo; kalyaniO beautiful one; varam benediction; meof Me; shrinuhear; radhikeO Radha; masammonth; masam after month; viyoganteat the end of the period of separation; darshanamsight; meof Me; bhavishyatiwill be. O beautiful one, don't lament. O Radha, please hear the blessing I give to You: After many months, when the period of Our separation is over, You will see Me again. Text 40 bhuvo bharavataraya kalpe varaha-samjnake bhaktanam darshanam datum gamishyami tvaya saha bhuvahof the earth; bharaof the burden; avatarayafor removal; kalpein the kalpa; varaha-samjnakenamed Varaha; bhaktanamof the devotees; darshanamthe sight; datumto give; gamishyamiI will go; tvayaYou; saha with. At the time of the Varaha-kalpa, I will go with You to the earth to relieve the earth's burden and allow the devotees to see Me. Text 41 shridaman chrinu me vakyam amshena tv asuro bhava vaivasvatantare rase helanam me karishyasi shridamanO Shridama; chrinuhear; meMy; vakyamwords; amshena with a part; tvindeed; asuraha demon; bhavabecome; vaivasvatantarein the Vaivasvata-manvantara; rasein the rasa dance; helanamfight; mewith Me; karishyasiwill be. O Shridama, hear My words. By a partial expansion of yourself you will become a demon. During the Vaivasvata-manvantara you will fight with Me. Text 42

mad-dhastena ca te mrityur bhavishyati na samshayah punah sva-vigraham purvam prapsyasi tvam varan mama mad-hastenaby My hand; caand; teof you; mrityuhthe death; bhavishyati will be; nano; samshayahdoubt; punahagain; sva-vigrahamown form; purvamas before; prapsyasiyou will attain; tvamyou; varanby the benediction; mamaMy. You will then die by My hand. Of this there is no doubt. By My blessings You will again attain the form you had before. Text 43 shri-narada uvaca evam shapena shridama pura punyajanalaye sudhanasya grihe janma lebhe rajan maha-tapah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; shapenaby the curse; shridamaShridama; purabefore; punyajanalayein the abode of the yaksas; sudhanasyaof Sudhana; grihein the home; janmabirth; lebheattained; rajan O king; maha-tapahvery austere. Shri Narada said: O austere king, because of this curse Shridama took birth among the yakshas in the home of Sudhana. Text 44 shankhacuda iti khyato dhanadanucaro 'bhavat tasmac chridamni taj-jyotir linam jatam videha-ra shankhacudaShankhacuda; itithus; khyatahknown; dhanadanucaraha follower of Kuvera; abhavatbecame; tasmacfrom that; shridamniinto Shridama; taj-jyotihhis light; linamentrance; jatammanifested; videha-raO king of Videha.

He was named Shankhacuda and he became a follower of Kuvera. O king of Videha that is why the spark of light from Shankhacuda entered the body of Shridama. Text 45 svatmaramo lilaya sarva-karyam svasmin dhamni hy advitiyah karoti yah sarveshah sarva-rupo mahatma citram nedam naumi krishnaya tasmai svatmaramahhappy in the self; lilayaby pastimes; sarva-karyamown activity; svasminin His own; dhamniabode; hyindeed; advitiyahwithout a second; karotidoes; yahwho; sarveshahthe Lord of all; sarva-rupahwho has all forms; mahatmathe Supreme Lord; citramwonder; nanot; idamthis; naumi glorify; krishnayaShri Krishna; tasmaiHim. I glorify Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who is one without a second, for whom nothing is surprising, who has the power to assume any form, who is self-satisfied, who enjoys transcendental pastimes, and who stays in His own abode. Text 46 idam maya te kathitam manoharam vaideha vrindavana-khandam agratah shrinoti caitac caritam naro varah param padam punyatamam prayati sah idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; manoharam beautiful; vaidehaO king of Videha; vrindavana-khandamVrindavana-khanda; agratahbefore; shrinotihears; caand; etatthis; caritampastime; narah person; varahbest; paramsupreme; padamabode; punyatamammost sacred; prayatiattains; sahhe. O king of Videha, thus I have spoken to you the beautiful Vrindavana-khanda. A person who hears these pastimes attains the most pure and sacred supreme transcendental abode.

Canto Three

Chapter One Shri Giriraja-puja-vidhi The Worship of Shri Giriraja Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca katham dadhara bhagavan girim govardhanam varam ucchilindhram yatha balo hastenaikena lilaya shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kathamwhy?; dadharalifted; bhagavanthe Lord; girimHill; govardhanamGovardhana; varambest; ucchilindhrama mushroom; yathaas; balahachild; hastenaikenawith one hand; lilayaplayfully. Shri Bahulashva said: Why did Lord Krishna lift Govardhana Hill as a child playfully lifts a mushroom. Text 2 paripurnatamasyasya shri-krishnasya mahatmanah vadaitac caritam divyam adbhutam muni-sattama paripurnatamasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; asyaof Him; shrikrishnasyaShri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme; vadaplease tell; etat that; caritampastime; divyamtranscendental and glorious; adbhutam wonderful; muni-sattamaO best of sages. O best of sages, please tell that wonderful and glorious transcendental pastime of Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca

varshikam hi karam rajne yatha shakraya vai tatha balim dadu pravrid-ante gopah sarve krishivalah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; varshikamannual; hiindeed; karam tribute; rajneto the king; yathaas; shakrayato Indra; vaiindeed; tathaso; balimoffering; daduhgave; pravrid-anteat thne end of the monsoon season; gopahthe gopas; sarveall; krishivalahfarmers. Shri Narada said: As citizens pay an annual tax to their king, so the gopas, farmers all, at the end of each monsoon season offered a tribute to Indra. Text 4 mahendra-yaga-sambharacayam drishtvaikada harih nandam papraccha sadasi ballavanam ca shrinvatam mahendra-yaga-sambhara-cayamthe arrangements for the indra-yajna; drishtvaseeing; ekadaone day; harihKrishna; nandamto Nanda; papraccha asked; sadasiin the assmbly; ballavanamof gopas; caand; shrinvatam listening. Noticing the arrangements for the indra-yajn, as the gopas listened, Krishna asked a question of King Nanda. Text 5 shri-bhagavan uvaca shakrasya pujanam hy etat kim phalam casya vidyate laukikam va vadanty etad athava para-laukikam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shakrasyaof Indra; pujanamworship; hyindeed; etatthis; kimwhat?; phalamresult; ca and; asyaof this; vidyateis; laukikamof the material world; vaor; vadanty say; etatthis; athavaor; para-laukikambeyond the material world. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: What is the result of this worship of Indra? Do they say it brings a material result or a spiritual result?

Text 6 shri-nanda uvaca shakrasya pujanam hy etad bhukti-mukti-karam param etad vina naro bhumau jayate na sukhi kvacit shri-nandah uvacaShri Nanda said; shakrasyaof Indra; pujanamworship; hy indeed; etatthis; bhukti-mukti-karamgives sense gratification and liberation; paramfurther; etatthis; vinawithout; naraha person; bhumauon the earth; jayateis born; nanot; sukhihappi; kvacitat all. Shri Nanda said: Worship of Indra brings both sense gratification and liberation. Without it a person cannot be happy in this world. Text 7 shri-bhagavan uvaca shakradayo deva-ganash ca sarvato bhunjanti ye svarga-sukham sva-karmabhih vishanti te martya-padam shubha-kshaye tat-sevanam viddhi na mukti-karanam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shakradayah of Indra; deva-ganashthe demigods; caand; sarvatahin all respewcts; bhunjantienjoy; yewho; svarga-sukhamheavenly happiness; sva-karmabhih by their own karma; vishantienter; tethey; martya-padamthe world of human beings; shubhaof good karma; kshayeon the exhaustion; tat-sevanamthat service; viddhiknow; nanot; mukti-karanamthe cause of liberation. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Indra and the other demigods enjoy living in Svargaloka because of their past karma. When their good karma is exhausted they again enter the world of humans. Please understand that worshiping them does not bring liberation. Text 8 bhayam bhaved vai parameshthino yato

varta tu ka kau kila tat-kritatmanam tasmat param kalam anantam eva hi sarvam balishtham su-budha viduh pare bhayamfear; bhavetis; vaiindeed; parameshthinahof Brahma; yatah because; vartamessage; tuindeed; kawhat?; kauon the earth; kilaindeed; tat-kritatmanamof they who have done that; tasmatfrom that; paramgreater; kalamtime; anantamendless; evaindeed; hiindeed; sarvamall; balishtham strongest; su-budhavery wise; viduhknow; pareothers. Even the demigod Brahma is afraid of that, so what may be said of fruitive workers on the earth? They are are actually wise say that endless time is the most powerful, the supreme. Text 9 tatas tam ashritya su-karmabhih param bhajed dharim yajna-patim sureshvaram vishrjya sarvam manasa kriteh phalam vrajet param moksham asau na canyatha tatahthen; tamhim; ashrityataking shelter; su-karmabhihby karma; paramsuopreme; bhajetworship; dharimLord Hari; yajna-patimthe master of sacrifices; sureshvaramthe master of the demigods; vishrjyaabandoning; sarvamall; manasaby the mind; kritehdone; phalamresult; vrajetobtains; paramultimate; mokshamliberation; asauhe; nanot; caand; anyatha otherwise. With all their heart renouncing all material pious results, the wise take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and worship Him with the best of pious deeds. They, and not others, attain final liberation. Text 10 go-vipra-sadhv-agni-surah shrutis tatha dharmash ca yajnadhipater vibhutayah dhishnyeshu caiteshu harim bhajanti ye sa tv ihamutra sukham vrajanti te gahcows; viprabrahmanas; sadhusaintly persons; agnifire-gods; surah demigods; shrutihVedas; tathaso; dharmashreligion; caand; yajnadhipateh of the Lord of sacrifices; vibhutayahpotencies; dhishnyeshuin places; caand; eteshuthese; harimthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajantiworship; ye who; saand; tuindeed; ihahere; amutrain the next life; sukham happiness; vrajantiattain; tethey.

The cows, saintly persons, fire-gods, demigods, Vedas, and principles of religion are all potencies of Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They who, instead of worshiping the demigods, worship Lord Hari, attain happiness in this life and the next. Text 11 samutthito 'sau hari-vakshaso girir govardhano nama girindra-raja-rat samagato hy atra pulastya-tejasa yad-darshanaj janma punar na vidyate samutthitahborn; asauit; hariof Lord Krishna's; vakshasahchest; girir govardhanahGovardhana Hill; namanamed; girindrathe king of moutnains; raja-ratthe king of the king; samagatahcame; hyindeed; atrahere; pulastyatejasaby the power of Pulastya Muni; yad-darshanatby seeing it; janmabirth; punahagain; nanot; vidyateis. The hill named Govardhana is the king of the kings of the kings of mountains. It was born from Lord Hari's own chest. It has come here by the power of Pulastya Muni. By seeing it one becomes free from having to take birth again in this world. Text 12 sampujya go-vipra-suran mahadraye datavyam adyaiva param hy upayanam esha priyo me makha-raja eva hi na ced yathecchasti tatha kuru vraja sampujyaworshiping; go-vipra-suranthe cows, brahmanas, and demigods; mahadrayeto the great hill; datavyamshould be given; adyanow; evaindeed; paramgreat; hyindeed; upayanammethod; eshathis; priyahdear; meto Me; makha-rajathe king of sacrifices; evaindeed; hiindeed; nanot; cetif; yathaas; icchadesire; astiis; tathaso; kurudo; vrajago. First worship the cows, brahmanas, and demigods, and then make a great offering to Govardhana Hill. That offering is the king of yajnas and it is very dear to Me. If you do not desire to make that offering, then do whatever you wish. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca

tesham madhye 'tha sannando gopo vriddho 'ti-niti-vit ati-prasannah shri-krishnam aha nandasya shrinvatah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; teshamof them; madhyein the midst; athathen; sannandahSannanda; gopahgopa; vriddhahelderly; ati-niti-vit learned in the principles of proper conduct; ati-prasannahvery happy; shrikrishnamto Shri Krishna; ahasaid; nandasyaof Nanda; shrinvatahlistening. Shri Narada said: Among them the elderly gopa Sannanda, who throughly knew the real principles of religion, became very pleased. As bewildered Nanda listened, Sannanda spoke to Lord Krishna. Text 14 shri-sannanda uvaca he nanda-suno he tata tvam sakshaj jnana-shevadhih kartavya kena vidhina pujadrer vada tattvatah shri-sannanda uvacaShri Sannanda said; heO; nanda-sunahson of Nanda; heO; tatadear one; tvamYou; sakshajdirectly; jnanaof knowledge; shevadhihthe treasure; kartavyashould be done; kenaby what?; vidhina method of worship; pujathe worship; adrehof the hill; vadaplease tell; tattvatahin truth. Shri Sannanda said: Dear son of Nanda, You are wealthy with a great treasury of transcendental knowledge. How should the hill be worshiped? Please truthfully tell. Text 15 shri-bhagavan uvaca alipya go-mayenapi giri-raja-bhuvam hy adhah dhritvatha sarva-sambharam bhakti-yogo jitendriyah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; alipya anointing; go-mayenawith cow-dung; apieven; giri-raja-bhuvamthe ground of

the king of mountains; hyindeed; adhahbeneath; dhritvathaaccepting; sarvasambharamall ingredients; bhakti-yogahdevotional service; jitaconquered; indriyahthe senses. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: A person who controls his senses and engages in devotional service should collect the ingredients for the worship, anoint Govardhana Hill with cow-dung, . . . Text 16 sahasra-shirsha-mantrenadraye snanam ca karayet ganga-jalena yamunajalenapi dvijaih saha sahasra-shirsha-mantrenawith the mantra for the thousand-headed Purusha; adrayethe hill; snanambathing; caand; karayetshould do; gangaGanga; jalenawith water; yamunaYamuna; jalenapiwith water; dvijaihbrahmanas; sahawith. . . . and, as he chants the mantras for the thousand-headed Purusha, with other brahmanas bathe the hill with Ganga water and Yamuna water. Text 17 shukla-go-dugdha-dharabhis tatah pancamritair girim snapayitva gandha-pushpaih punah krishna-jalena vai shuklawhite; gahcows'; dugdhamilk; dharabhihwith streams; tatah then; pancamritaihwith pancamrta; girimthe hill; snapayitvabathing; gandhapushpaihwioth fragrant flowers; punahagain; krishna-jalenawith Yamuna water; vaiindeed. Then he should bathe the hill with streams of white milk, panamrita, fragrant flowers, and then Yamuna water again. Text 18 vastram divyam ca naivedyam asanam sarvato 'dhikam

malalankara-nicayam dattva dipavalim param vastramgarments; divyamsplendid; caand; naivedyamfood; asanama seat; sarvatahthan all; adhikambetter; malagarlands; alankaraornaments; nicayammany; dattvagiving; dipavalima series of lamps; paramgreat. Then he should offer splendid garments, food, a great throne, many garlands and ornaments, and many lamps. Text 19 tatah pradakshinam kuryan namaskuryat tatah param kritanjali-puto bhutva tv idam evam udirayet tatahthen; pradakshinamcircumambulation; kuryanshould do; namaskuryatoffer obeisances; tatahthen; paramthen; kritanjali-putahwith folded hands; bhutvabecoming; tvindeed; idamthis; evamthus; udirayet should recite. Then he should circumambulate the hill, offer obeisances, and with folded hands recite this mantra: Text 20 namo vrindavanankaya tubhyam goloka-mauline purna-brahmatapatraya namo govardhanaya ca namahobeisances; vrindavanankayato the lap of Vrindavana; tubhyamto You; goloka-maulinethe crowen of Goloka; purna-brahmaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atapatrayathe umbrella; namahobeisances; govardhanayato Govardhana Hill; caand. Obeisances to you, who are Goloka's crown and the lap where Vrindavana forest grows! Obeisances to Govardhana Hill, the Supreme Personality of Godhead's parasol! Text 21

pushpanjalim tatah kuryan nirajanam atah param ghanta-kamsya-mridangadyair vaditrair madhura-svanaih pushpaof flowers; anjalimhandful; tatahthen; kuryanshould do; nirajanam arati; atah paramthen; ghanta-kamsyakaratals; mridangamrdangas; adyaih beginning with; vaditraihwith musical instruments; madhura-svanaihwith sweet sounds. Then he should offer a handful of flowers and then, as mridangas, karatalas and other musical instruments make sweet sounds, he should offer arati to Govardhana Hill. Text 22 vedaham etam mantrena varsha-lajaih samacaret tat-samipe canna-kutam kuryac chraddha-samanvitah vedaknow; ahamI; etamthis; mantrenawith mantra; varsha-lajaihwith a shower of grains; samacaretshould worship; tat-samipenear it; caand; anna of food; kutama hill; kuryacshould do; chraddha-samanvitahwith faith. Then he should chant the mantra that begins with vedaham", and then he should throw a shower of grains. In this way he should worship the hill. Then with great faith he should place a hill of food near Govardhana Hill. Note: The mantra here is Shri Shvetashvatara Upanishad 3.8: vedaham etam purusham mahantam aditya-varnam tamasah purastat tam eva viditvati-mrityum eti nanyah pantha vidyate 'yanaya "I know that Supreme Personality of Godhead who is transcendental to all material conceptions of darkness. Only he who knows Him can transcend the bonds of birth and death. There is no way for liberation other than this knowledge of the Supreme Person."*

Text 23 kacolanam catuh-shashtipanca-pankti-samanvitam tulasi-dala-misraish ca shri-ganga-yamuna-jalaih kacolanamof cups; catuh-shashti-panca-pankti-samanvitamwith rows of four, six and five; tulasi-dala-misraishmixed with tulasi leaves; caand; shri-gangayamuna-jalaihwith Ganga and Yamuna water. Then he should offer four, six, and five cups of Ganga and Yamuna water mixed with tulasi leaves. Text 24 shat-pancashattamair bhagair kuryat sevam samahitah tato 'gnin brahmanan pujya gah suran gandha-pushpakaih shat-pancashattamaihwith fifty-six; bhagaihkinds; kuryatshould do; sevam service; samahitahwith a peaceful heart; tatahthen; agninthe fire-gods; brahmananthe brahmanas; pujyaworshipinf; gahthe cows; suranthe demigods; gandha-pushpakaihwith fragrant flowers. Then, with a peaceful heart, he should serve Govardhana Hill by offering it a feast of fifty-six kinds of food. Then with fragrant flowers he should worship the firegods, brahmanas, cows, and demigods. Text 25 bhojayitva dvija-varan saugandhair mishta-bhojanaih anyebhyash cashvapakebhyo dadyad bhojanam uttamam bhojayitvaafter feeding; dvija-varanthe brahmana; saugandhaihwith fragrant; mishta-bhojanaihdelicious food; anyebhyashothers; caand; ashvapakebhyahdown to the dogeaters; dadyatshould give; bhojanamfood; uttamamthe best.

After feeding the exalted brahmanas with fragrant and delicious foods, he should also give excellent foods to the others, even down to the dogeaters. Text 26 gopi-gopala-vrindaish ca gavam nrityam ca karayet mangalair jaya-shabdaish ca kuryad govardhanotsavam gopi-gopala-vrindaihby the gopas and gopis; caand; gavamof the cows; nrityamdancing; caand; karayetshould make; mangalaihauspicious; jaya victory; shabdaihwith sounds; caand; kuryatshould do; govardhanafor Govardhana Hill; utsavama festival. Then he should have the gopas and gopis dance among the cows and call out "Victory!" In this way he should perform a festival to worship Govardhana Hill. Text 27 yatra govardhanabhavas tatra puja-vidhim shrinu go-mayair vardhanam kuryat tad-akaram paronnatam yatrawhere; govardhanaGovardhana Hill; abhavahis not; tatrathere; puja-vidhimthe method of worship; shrinuhear; go-mayaihwith cow-dung; vardhanamincreased; kuryatshould do; tad-akaramthe form of Govardhana Hill; para-unnatamlofty. Now please hear how this worship should be performed when one is not near Govardhana Hill. One should make from cow-dung a model of Govardhana Hill. Text 28 pushpa-vyuhair lata-jalair ishikabhih samanvitah pujaniyah sada martyair girir govardhano bhuvi

pushpa-vyuhaihwith many flowers; lata-jalaihwith a network of vines; ishikabhihwith grass; samanvitahwith; pujaniyahthe object of worship; sada always; martyaihby human beings; girih govardhanahGovardhana Hill; bhuvi on the earth. Human beings on this earth should decorate thet model with many flowers, blades of grass, and a network of vines, and regularly offer worship to it. Text 29 shila-samanam puratam kshiptvadrau tac-chilam nayet grihniyad yo vina svarnam sa maha-rauravam vrajet shila-samanamnuggets; puratamgold; kshiptvaignoring; adrauon the hill; tac-chilamthe stone; nayettakes; grihniyatmay take; yahwho; vinawithout; svarnamgold; sahe; maha-rauravamto a great hell; vrajetgoes. A person who has a mountain of gold but does not use it to worship a stone he has taken from Govardhana Hill, goes to a terrible hell. Text 30 shalagramasya devasya sevanam karayet sada patakam na sprishet tam vai padma-patram yatha jalam shalagramasyaof Shalagrama; devasyaof the Lord; sevanamservice; karayetshould do; sadaregularly; patakamto hell; nanot; sprishetmay touch; tamhim; vaiindeed; padmalotus; patramleaf; yathaas; jalam water. A person who regularly worships the Lord's form as Shalagrama-shila is not touched by hell as a lotus leaf is not touched by water. Text 31 giri-raja-shila-sevam yah karoti dvijottamah sapta-dvipa-mahi-tirtha-

vagaha-phalam eti sah giri-rajaof Govardhana Hill; shilastone; sevamservice; yahone who; karoti does; dvijottamahthe best of brahmanas; sapta-dvipaof the seven continents; mahi-tirthain the great holy places; avagahaof bathing; phalamthe result; eti attains; sahhe. An exalted brahmana who reularly serves a stone from Govardhana Hill attains the result of having bathed in all the holy rivers and lakes in the seven worlds. Text 32 giri-raja-maha-pujam varshe varshe karoti yah iha sarva-sukham bhuktvamutra moksham prayati sah giri-rajaof Govardhana Hill; mahagreat; pujamworship; varsheyear; varsheafter year; karotidoes; yahwho; ihahere; sarva-sukhamall happiness; bhuktva-enjoying; amutrain the next life; mokshamliberation; prayatiattains; sahhe. A person who year after year elaborately worships Govardhana Hill attains all happiness in this life and liberation in the next. .pa

Chapter Two Shri Giriraja-mahotsava The Great Festival of Shri Giriraja Text 1 shri-narada uvaca shrutva vaco nanda-sutasya sakshac chri-nanda-sannanda-vara vrajeshah su-vismitah purva-kritam vihaya pracakrire shri-giriraja-pujam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; nanda-sutasyaof Nanda's son; sakshacdirectly; shri-nanda-sannanda-vara Nanda and Sannanda; vrajeshahthe rulers of Vraja; su-vismitahstruck with

wonder; purva-kritampreviously done; vihayaplacing; pracakriredid; shrigiriraja-pujamthe worship of Govardhana Hill. Shri Narada said: Hearing Shri Krishna's words, Nanda, Sannanda, and the other rulers of Vraja were filled with wonder. Abandoning what they had done, they performed the worship of Govardhana Hill. Text 2 nitva balin maithila nanda-rajah sutau samaniya ca rama-krishnau yashodaya shri-giri-pujanartham samutsuko garga-yutah prasannah nitvataking; balinofferings; maithilaO king of Mithila; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; sutausons; samaniyabringing; caand; ramaBalarama; krishnauand Krishna; yashodayawith Yashoda; shri-giri-pujanarthamto worship Govardhana Hill; samutsukaheager; garga-yutahwith Garga Muni; prasannahhappy. O king of Mithila, taking many offerings, King Nanda, Yashoda, their two sons Krishna and Balarama, and Garga Muni, all eager and joyful, went to worship Govardhana Hill. Text 3 tvaram samaruhya mahonnatam gajam vicitra-varnam dhrita-hema-shrinkhalam govardhanantam prayayau gavam ganaih sharad-dhanaih shakra iva priya-yutah tvaramatb once; samaruhyamounting; mahonnatama tall; gajam elephant; vicitra-varnamwonderfully colored; dhritawearing; hemagolden; shrinkhalamshackles; govardhanantamthe edge of Govardhana Hill; prayayau approached; gavamof cows; ganaihwith the herds; sharad-dhanaihwith the wealth of the autumn harvest; shakrahIndra; ivalike; priya-yutahwith his beloved. Quickly climbing on a wonderfully decorated great elephant chained with golden shackles, Nanda went, with the many cows and with the wealth of the autumn harvest, to the edge of Govardhana Hill. He looked like Indra Himself, accompanied by his beloved.

Text 4 nandopananda vrishabhanavash ca putraish ca pautraish ca sahanganabhih samayayuh shri-giriraja-parshvam sarvam samaniya ca yajna-bharam nanda-upanandahthe Nandas and Upanandas; vrishabhanavahthe Vrishabhanus; caand; putraihwith children; caand; pautraihwith grandchildren; caand; sahawith; anganabhihwives; samayayuhwent; shrigiriraja-parshvamto the side of Govardhana Hill; sarvamall; samaniyataking; caand; yajna-bharamingredients for the yajna. Bringing the ingredients for the performing the yajna, the Nandas, Upanandas, and Vrishabhanus, along with their wives, children, and grandchildren, went to Govardhana Hill. Text 5 sahasra-balarka-parisphurad-dyutim aruhya radha shibikam sakhi-ganaih shaciva divyambara-ratna-bhushana babhau cakori-bhramari-samakula sahasraa thousand; balarkarising suns; parisphurad-dyutimsplendid; aruhyaclimbing; radhaRadha; shibikama palanquin; sakhi-ganaihwith Her friends; shaciShaci; ivalike; divyambara-ratna-bhushanawith splendid garmenbts and ornaments; babhaushone; cakori-bhramari-samakula accompanied by cakoris and beees. Dressed in splendid garments and jewel ornaments, and eager as a cakori bird or a bumblebee, as She rode in a palanquin with Her friends, Radha looked like Shaci herself. Text 6 samagate parshva-gate sv-alankrite rajan sakhi-koti-samavrite pare sakhyau vibhate lalita-vishakhe candranane calita-caru-camare samagatecome; parshva-gateto the side of the hill; sv-alankritenicely devorated; rajanO king; sakhi-koti-samavritesurrounded by millions of friends;

paresupreme; sakhyaufriends; vibhatemanifested; lalita-vishakheLalita and Vishakha; candrananetheir faces shining like the moon; calitamoving; caru beautiful; camarecamaras. O king, nicely decorated, gracefully moving two beautiful camaras, accompanied by millions of gopi friends, and their faces splendid as two moons, Radha's best friends, Lalita and Vishakha, gloriously stood by Her side. Text 7 evam rama vai viraja ca madhavi maya ca krishna nripa jahnu-nandini dva-trimshad-ashtau ca tatha hi shodasha sakhyash ca tasam kila yutha agatah evamthus; ramaRama; vaiindeed; virajaViraja; caand; madhavi Madhavi; mayaMaya; caand; krishnaYamuna; nripaO king; jahnu-nandini Ganga; dva-trimshat32; ashtaueight; caand; tatha hifurthermore; shodasha 16; sakhyahfriends; caand; tasamof them; kilaindeed; yuthagroups; agataharrived. Then Rama, Viraja, Madhavi, Maya, Yamuna, and Ganga, accompanied by thirtytwo, eight, and sixteen groups of gopis, arrived. Text 8 shri-maithilanam kila kosalanam tatha shrutinam rishi-rupa-karanam tatha tv ayodhya-pura-vasininam shri-yajna-sita-vana-vasininam shri-maithilanamof the residents of Mithila; kilaindeed; kosalanamof the residents of Kosala; tathaso; shrutinamof personified Vedas; rishi-rupakanam of the sages; tathaso; tvindeed; ayodhya-pura-vasininamof the residnts of Ayodhya; shri-yajna-sitaof the Yajna-Sitas; vanaof the forest; vasininamof the residents. In their previous births these gopis had been the women of Mithila, the women of Kosala, the personified Vedas, the great sages, the women of Ayodhya, the YajnaSitas, the women of the forest, . . . Text 9

ramadi-vaikuntha-nivasininam tathordhva-vaikuntha-nivasininam mahojjvala-dvipa-nivasininam dhruvadi-lokacala-vasininam ramawith rama; adibeginning; vaikuntha-nivasininamthe women of Vaikuntha; tathaso; urdhva-vaikuntha-nivasininamthe women of the highest Vaikuntha planet; mahojjvala-dvipa-nivasininamthe women of the most splendid continents; dhruvaDhruvaloka; adibeginning with; lokacalaLokacalka; vasininamresidents. . . . the women of Vaikuntha, who have Rama as their leader, the women of the highest Vaikuntha realm, the women of various effulgent realms, the women of Dhruvaloka and Lokacala, . . . Text 10 samudraja-divya-guna-trayanam adivya-vaimanikajausadhinam jalandharinam ca samudra-kanyabarhishmatija-sutala-sthitanam samudraja-divya-guna-trayanamthe goddess of fortune's friends, who have three transcendental virtues; adivya-vaimanikajathe women riding in airplanes; ausadhinamthe vines and plants; jalandharinamthe Jalandharis; caand; samudra-kanyathe daughters of the ocean; barhishmatijathe daughters of King barhishmati; sutala-sthitanamthe women of Sutalaloka. . . . Lakshmi's friends splendid with three transcendental virtues, the women riding in airplanes, vines and plants, jalandharis, the daughters of the ocean, the daughters of King Barhishmati, the women of Sutalaloka, . . . Text 11 tathapsarah-sarva-phanindra-janam asam ca yutha-vraja-vasininam samayayuh shri-giriraja-parshvam sv-alankritah pani-bali-pradipah tathaso; apsarahapsaras; sarva-phanindra-janamall the daughters of then king of serpents; asamof them; caand; yuthagroups; vrajaof Vraja; vasininamof the residents; samayayuhcame; shri-giriraja-parshvamto the side

of Govardhana Hill; sv-alankritahnicely offerings; pradipahsplendid.

decorated;

panihands;

baliwith

. . . the apsaras, and all the serpent king's daughters. Now, as girls of Vraja, nicely decorated, and their hands splendid with many offerings, they approached Govardhana Hill. Text 12 gopash ca vriddhah shishavo yuvanah pitambaroshnishaka-barha-manditah shri-hara-gunja-vana-malikabhi rejuh sameta nava-yashti-venubhih gopahgopas; caand; vriddhahadults; shishavahboys; yuvanahyouths; pitayellow; ambaragarments; ushnishakaturbans; barhawith peacock feathers; manditahdecorated; shri-harabeautiful necklaces; gunjagunja; vana forest; malikabhihwith garlands; rejuhshone; sametaassembled; navanew; yashtisticks; venubhihand flutes. Then the gopa men, adolescents, and boys, dressed in yellow garments, wearing turbans crowned with peacock feathers, decorated with beautiful necklaces, gunja, and forest garlands, and holding new flutes and sticks, came. Text 13 shrutvotsavam shaila-varasya man-mukhad ganga-dharo baddha-kaparda-mandalah kapala-bhrinn asthija-bhasma-rushitah sarpali-mala-valayair vibhushitah shrutvahearing; utsavamthe festival; shaila-varasyaof the king of mountains; man-mukhatfrom my mouth; ganga-dharahcarrying the Ganges; baddha-kaparda-mandalahmatted hair; kapala-bhrinnwith a necklace of skulls; asthija-bhasma-rushitahanointed with dust from bones; sarpaliserpents; malavalayaihwith garlands and bracelets; vibhushitahdecorated; Hearing of the Govardhana festival from my mouth, carrying the Ganga in his matted locks, wearing a necklace of skulls, his body anointed with the powder of bones, decorated with a necklace and bracelets of many snakes, . . . Text 14

dhattura-bhanga-visha-pana-vihvalo himadri-putri-sahito ganavritah aruhya nandishvaram adi-vahanam samayayau shri-giriraja-mandalam dhattura-bhanga-visha-pana-vihvalahagitated by haviung drunk dhattura poison; himadri-putri-sahitahaccompasnied by Parvati; ganavritahaccompanied by many associates; aruhyaclimbing; nandishvaramNandi; adi-vahanamhis transcendental carrier; samayayaucame shri-giriraja-mandalamto the circle of Govardhana Hill. . . . reeling from having drunk dhattura poison, acompanied by Parvati and his many associates, and riding on his carrier Nandi, Lord Shiva came to the circle of Govardhana Hill. Text 15 rajarshi-viprarshi-surarshayash ca siddhesha-yogeshvara-hamsa-mukhyah ajagmur arad giri-darshanartham sahasrasho vipra-ganah sametah rajarshi-viprarshi-surarshayahthe rajarshis, viprarshis, and surarshis; caand; siddhesha-yogeshvara-hamsathe siddheshas, yogeshvaras, and hamsas; mukhyahheaded by; ajagmuhcame; aratnear; giri-darshanarthamto see Govardhana Hill; sahasrashahmany thousands; vipra-ganahbrahmanas; sametahcome. Many thousands of rajarshis, viprarshis, surarshis, siddheshas, yogeshvaras, paramahamsas, and brahmanas came to see Govardhana Hill. Text 16 govardhano ratna-shila-mayo 'bhut suvarna-shringaih paritah sphuradbhih mattalibhir nirjhara-sundaribhir daribhir uccanga-kariva rajan govardhanahGovardhana Hill; ratna-shila-mayahwhose stones were jewels; abhutbecame; suvarna-shringaihwith golden peaks; paritaheverywhere; sphuradbhihsplendid; mattalibhihwith intoxicated bees; nirjhara-sundaribhih with beautiful flowing streams; daribhihwith caves; uccangalofty; kari elephant; ivalike; rajanO king.

O king, its stones jewels, its many peaks golden, and its form splendid with intoxicated bees, beautiful caves,and swiftly-flowing streams, Govardhana Hill was like a great elephant. Text 17 tadaiva shailah kila murtimantah sopayana meru-himacaladyah nemur girim mangala-panayas tam govardhanam rupa-dharam girindrah tadathen; evaindeed; shailahthe hill; kilaindeed; murtimantah personified; sawith; upayanaartival; meruMeru; himacalathe Himlayas; adyahbeginning with; nemuhbowed down; girimto the hill; mangala-panayah with auspicious offerings in their hands; tamto it; govardhanamGovardhana Hill; rupa-dharamhaving a form; giriof mountains; indrahthe kings. Then, manifesting humanlike forms and bearing auspicious gifts in their hands, the mountain kings, headed by Mount Meru and Mount Himalaya, offered their respectful obeisances, bowing down to the humanlike form of Govardhana Hill. Text 18 dvijaish ca govardhana-deva-pujanam kritvacyutoktam dvija-vahni-go-dhanam sampujya dhritva sudhanam maha-dhanam balim dadau shri-giraye vrajeshvarah dvijaihby the brahmanas; caand; govardhanaof Govardhana Hill; devaof the Deity; pujanamthe worship; kritvahaving done; acyutaof the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; uktamsaid; dvijabrahmanas; vahnifire-gods; go-dhanamand cows; sampujyaworshiping; dhritvaholding; sudhanam mahadhanam baliman offering of great wealth; dadaugave; shri-girayeto Govardhana Hill; vrajeshvarahthe king of Vraja. Following Krishna's instruction, Nanda, the king of Vraja, had many brahmanas worship Govardhana Hill. Then Nanda worshiped the brahmanas, fire-gods, and cows, and then gave a very opulent offering to Govardhana Hill. Text 19

nandopanandair vrishabhanubhish ca gopi-ganair gopa-ganaih praharshitah gayadbhir anartana-vadya-tat-parais cakara krishno 'dri-vara-pradakshinam nandaby the Nandas; upanandaihUpanandas; vrishabhanubhish Vrishabhanu; caand; gopi-ganaihgopis; gopa-ganaihgopas; praharshitah delighted; gayadbhihsinging; anartanadancing; vadyaand instrumental; music; tat-paraihearnest; cakaradid; krishnahKrishna; adri-varathe best of mountains; pradakshinamcircumambulation. Pleased by the earnestly singing Nandas, Upanandas, Vrishabhanus, gopas, and gopis, Lord Krishna circumambulated Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains. Text 20 deveshu varshatsu ca pushpa-varsham janeshu varshatsu ca laja-sangham reje maha-raja ivadhvare janair govardhano nama girindra-raja-rat deveshuas the demigods; varshatsushowered; caand; pushpa-varshama shower of flowers; janeshuthe people; varshatsushowering; caand; lajasanghamgrains; rejeshone; maha-rajaa great king; ivaas; adhvarein the yajna; janaihby the people; govardhanahGovardhana Hill; namanamed; girindra-raja-ratthe king of the kings of the kings of mountains. As the demigods showered flowers and the Vrajavasis showered grains, Govardhana Hill, the great king of the kings of the kings of mountains, glistened with great glory, as if it were a great monarch in the midst of a yajna. Text 21 krishno 'pi sakshad vraja-shaila-madhyad dhritvati-dirgham kila canya-rupam shailo 'smi lokan iti bhashayan san jaghasa sarvam kritam anna-kutam krishnahLord Krishna; apialso; sakshatdirectly; vraja-shaila-madhyatfrom the midst of the hill of Vraja; dhritvamanifesting; ati-dirghamvery tall; kila indeed; caand; anyaanother; rupamform; shailahthe hill; asmiI am; lokato the people;n itithus; bhashayanproclaiming; sanbeing so; jaghasaate; sarvamall; kritamdone; annaof food; kutamthe hill.

Manifesting a gigantic form different from His own, Lord Krishna appeared from the midst of Govardhana Hill. Declaring, I am this hill," He ate the entire hill of food that was offered. Text 22 gopala-gopi-gana-vrinda-mukhya ucuh svayam vikshya gireh prabhavam datum varam tatra samudyatam tam su-vismita harshita-manasas te gopalagopas; gopigopis; gana-vrindamultitudes; mukhyageaded by; ucuhsaid; svayampersonally; vikshyaseeing; girehof the hill; prabhavam the power; datumto give; varamblessing; tatrathere; samudyatameager; tamthat; su-vismitaastonished; harshitadelighted; manasahat heart; te they. Seeing Govardhana Hill's great power and opulence, and their hearts full of joy and wonder, the gopas and gopis asked the hill to grant them a benediction. Text 23 jnato 'si gopair giriraja-devah pradarshito nanda-sutena sakshat no go-dhanam va kila bandhu-varyo vriddhim samayatu dine dine kau jnatahknown; asiYou are; gopaihby the gopas; giriraja-devahthe Deity of the kings of mountains; pradarshitahseen; nanda-sutenaby Nanda's son; sakshatdirectly; nahof us; go-dhanamthe cows; vaor; kilaindeed; bandhuvaryahbest friend; vriddhimprosperity; samayatumay attain; dineday; dine after day; kauon this earth. They said, "The gopas know that You are the Deity worshiped by the kings of mountains. Nanda's son Krishna has shown Your true nature to us. Please grant that day after day our relatives, friends, and cows may prosper." Text 24 tathastu coktva giriraja-rajo

govardhano divya-vapur dadhanah kirita-keyura-manoharangah kshanena tatrantaradhiyatarat tathaso; astube it; caand; uktvasaying; giriraja-rajahthe king of the kings of mountains; govardhanahGovardhana Hill; divya-vapuha transcendental form; dadhanahmanifesting; kiritacrown; keyuraarmlets; manohara handsome; angahlimbs; kshanenain a moment; tatrathere; antaradhiyata disappeared; aratfar away. Manifesting a handsome divine form decorated with crown and armlets, Govardhana Hill, the king of the kings of mountains, said, "So be it," and suddenly disappeared. Texts 25 and 26 nandopananda vrishabhanavash ca balah sucandro vrishabhanu-rajah shri-nanda-rajash ca harish ca gopa gopyash ca sarva nija-go-dhanaish ca dvijash ca yogeshvara-siddha-sanghah sivadayash canya-janash ca sarve natvatha sampujya girim prasannah svam svam griham jagmur anicchaya ca nandopanandathe Nandas and Upanandas; vrishabhanavashthe Vrishabhanus; caand; balahthe boy; sucandrahSucandra; vrishabhanu-rajah King Vrishabhanu; shri-nanda-rajashKing Nanda; caand; harishKrishna; ca and; gopathe gopas; gopyashand gopis; caand; sarvaall; nija-go-dhanaih with their cows; caand; dvijahthe brahmanas; caand; yogeshvara-siddhasanghahthe siddhas and the masters of yoga; sivadayashheaded by Lord Shiva; caand; anya-janahother people; caand; sarveall; natvabowing down; atha then; sampujyaworshiping; girimthe hill; prasannahhappy; svam svam each to their own; grihamhom; jagmuhwent; anicchayawithout any further desires; caand. The Nandas, Upanandas, Vrishabhanus, Balarama, Sucandra, King Vrishabhanu, King Nanda, Krishna, all the gopas, gopis, and cows, the brahmanas, the siddhas and yogeshvaras headed by Lord Shiva, as well as everyone else bowed down and worshiped Govardhana Hill. Then, happy at heart, and all their desires fulfilled, they returned to their own homes. Text 27

shri-krishnacandrasya param caritram girindra-rajasya mahotsavam ca maya tavagre kathitam vicitram nrinam maha-papa-haram pavitram shri-krishnacandrasyaof Shri Krishnacandra; paramtranscendental; caritram pastime; girindra-rajasyaof the king of the kings of mountains; mahotsavam the great festuival; caand; mayaby me; tavaof you; agrein th epresence; kathitamspoken; vicitramwonderful; nrinamof people; maha-papagreat sins; haramremoving; pavitrampurifying. In this way I have described to you Shri Krishnacandra's transcendental pastime of offering a great festival to worship Govardhana Hill, the king of the kings of mountains. This wonderful and purifying narration frees the people from the greatest sins. .pa

Chapter Three Shri Govardhanoddharana The Lifting of Shri Govardhana Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha man-mukhatah shrutva svatma-yagasya nashanam govardhanotsavam jatam kopam cakre purandarah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; man-mukhatahfrom my mouth; shrutvahearing; svatma-yagasyaof his own yajna; nashanamthe destruction; govardhanotsavama festival for Govardhana Hill; jatammanifested; kopamanger; cakredid; purandarahIndra. Shri Narada said: When from my mouth he heard that his sacrifice had been stopped and a festival for Govardhana Hill performed in its place, Indra became furious. Text 2

samvartakam nama ganam pralaye mukta-bandhanam indro vraja-vinashaya preshayam asa sa-tvaram samvartakamSamvartaka; namanamed; ganamclouds; pralayeat cosmic devastation; mukta-bandhanamfreed from bondage; indrahIndra; vrajaof Vraja; vinashayafor the destruction; preshayam asasent; sa-tvaramat once. Unleashing the samvartaka clouds used at the time of cosmic destruction, Indra sent them to destroy Vraja. Text 3 atha megha-ganah kruddha dhvanantash citra-varninah krishnabhah pitabhah kecit kecic ca harita-prabhah athathen; megha-ganahthe clouds; kruddhaangry; dhvanantash thundering; citra-varninahwonderfully colored; krishnabhahblack; pitabhah yellow; kecitsome; kecicsome; caand; harita-prabhahgreen. The clouds thundered with anger. They were many wonderful colors, some black, some yellow, some green, . . . Text 4 indragopa-nibhah kecit kecit karpuravat-prabhah nana-vidhash ca ye megha nila-pankaja-su-prabhah indragopa-nibhahthe color of an indrgopa insect; kecitsome; kecitsome; karpuravat-prabhahthe color of camphor; nanavarious; vidhahkinds; caand; yewhich; meghaclouds; nila-pankaja-su-prabhahthe color of a blue lotus. . . . some the color of an indragopa insect, some the color of camphor, and some the color of blue lotuses. Text 5

hasti-tulyan vari-bindun vavrishus te madoddhatah hasti-shunda-samabhish ca dharabhish cancalash ca ye hastito an elephant; tulyanequal; vari-bindunraindrops; vavrishuhrained; tethey; madoddhatahfurious; hastielephant; shundatrunks; samabhih equal to; caand; dharabhishwith streams; cancalahlightning; caand; ye which. Furious, they showered raindrops as big as elephants and thunderbolts as big as elephants' trunks. Text 6 nipetuh kotishash cadrikuta-tulyopala bhrisham vata vavuh pracandash ca kshepayantas tarun grihan nipetuhfell; kotishashmillions; caand; adrimountain; kutatops; tulya equal to; upalahstones; bhrishamgreatly; vatathe wind; vavuhblew; pracandahfruious; caand; kshepayantahthrowing; taruntrees; grihan houses. Big as mountain peaks, millions of rocks fell. The wind threw away many trees and houses. Text 7 pracando vajra-patanam meghanam anta-karinam maha-shabdo 'bhavad bhumau maithilendra bhayankarah pracandahferocious; vajra-patanamof thunder; meghanamof the clouds; anta-karinamputting an end to all; mahagreat; shabdahsound; abhavatwas; bhumauon the earth; maithilendraO king of Mithila; bhayankarahfearful. O king of Mithila, the earth was filled with ferocious, terrifying, and devastating sounds of thunder.

Text 8 nanada tena brahmandam sapta-lokair bilaih saha vicelur dig-gajas tara hy apatan bhumi-mandalam nanadasounded; tenaby that; brahmandamthe universe; sapta-lokaih with seven planetary systems; bilaihoutser space; sahawith; viceluhshook; dig-gajahthe elephants holding the directions; tarathe stars; hyindeed; apatan fell; bhumi-mandalamto the circle of the earth. The entire universe, with the seven planetary systems and the expanses of outer space, echoed with the sounds of thunder. The elephants holding the directions trembled. The stars fell to the circle of the earth. Text 9 bhaya-bhita gopa-mukhyah sa-kutumba jigishavah shishun svan svan puraskritya nanda-mandiram ayayuh bhaya-bhitaterrified; gopa-mukhyahthe gopas; sa-kutumbawith their families; jigishavahwishing to be safe; shishunchildren; svan svanpown; puraskrityaplacing in front; nanda-mandiramto Nanda's palace; ayayuhcame. Wishing to save themselves, the gopas and their families, with the children in front, ran to Nanda's palace. Text 10 shri-nanda-nandanam natva sa-balam parameshvaram ucur vrajaukasah sarve bhayartah sharanam gatah shri-nanda-nandanamto Nandas's son; natvabowing down; sa-balamwith Balarama; parameshvaramthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ucuhsaid; vrajaukasahthe residents of Vraja; sarveall; bhayartahterrified; sharanam shelter; gatahtook.

Terrified, the people of Vraja bowed down before the two Supreme Lords, Krishna and Balarama, surrendered to Them, and took shelter of Them. Text 11 shri-gopa ucuh rama rama maha-baho krishna krishna vrajeshvara pahi pahi maha-kashthad indra-dattan nijan janan shri-gopah ucuhthe gopas said; ramaBalarama; ramaBalarama; mahabahahO mighty-armed; krishnaKrishna; krishnaKrishna; vrajeshvaraO Lord of Vraja; pahisave; pahisave; maha-kashthatfrom great calamities; indradattanbrought by Indra; nijanYour own; jananpeople. The gopas said: Balarama! Balarama! O mighty-armed! Krishna! Krishna! O master of Vraja! Save, save Your people from these calamities brought by Indra! Text 12 hitvendra-yagam tvad-vakyat krito govardhanotsavah adya shakre prakupite kartavyam kim vadashu nah hitvaabandoning; indra-yagamthe indra-yajna; tvad-vakyatbecause of Your word; kritahdone; govardhanotsavaha festival for Govardhana Hill; adyanow; shakreIndra; prakupiteangry; kartavyamshould be done; kimwhat?; vada tell; ashuat once; nahus. By Your word we stopped the indra-yajna and offered a festival for Govardhana Hill. Now Indra is angry. What should we do? Please tell us! Text 13 shri-narada uvaca vyakulam gokulam vikshya gopi-gopala-sankulam sa-vatsakam gokulam ca gopan aha nirakulah

shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said: ; vyakulamagitated; gokulamGokula; vikshyaseeing; gopi-gopala-sankulamthe gopas and gopis; sa-vatsakamwith the calves; gokulamthe cows; caand; gopanto the gopas; ahasaid; nirakulah peaceful at heart. Seeing the gopas, gopis, cows, calves, and all of Gokula very upset, calm and peaceful Krishna spoke to the gopas. Text 14 shri-bhagavan uvaca ma bhaishta yatadri-tatam sarvaih parikaraih saha vah puja prahrita yena sa raksham samvidhasyati shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead saod; madon't; bhaishtabe afraid; yatago; adri-tatamto Govardhana Hill; sarvaihwith all; parikaraihassociates; sahawith; vahof us; pujaworship; prahritaaccepted; yenaby whom; saHe; rakshamprotection; samvidhasyatiwill offer. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Don't be afraid. With your dependents go to Govardhana Hill. He accepted our worship. He will protect us. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva sva-janaih sardham etya govardhanam harih samutpatya dadharadrim hastenaikena lilaya shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said: ; itythus; uktvasaying; sva-janaihwith his own people; sardhamwith; etyagoing; govardhanamto Govardhana Hill; harihKrishna; samutpatyalifting; dadharaheld; adrimthe hill; hastenahand; ekenawith one; lilayaplayfully. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words, Lord Krishna went, with His own people, to Govardhana Hill. Lifting the hill, Krishna playfully held it aloft with one hand.

Text 16 yathocchilindhram shishur ashramo gajah sva-pushkarenaiva ca pushkaram girim dhritva babhau shri-vraja-raja-nandanah kripa-karo 'sau karunamayah prabhuh yathaas; ucchilindhrama mushroom; shishuhof a child; ashramahwithout fatigue; gajahand elephant; sva-pushkarenawith a lotus; evaindeed; caand; pushkarama lotus; girimthe hill; dhritvaholding; babhaushone; shri-vrajaraja-nandanahthe prince of Vraja; kripa-karahkind; asauHe; karunamayah compassionate; prabhuhthe Lord. As a child effortlessly holds a mushroom, or as an elephant holds a lotus in its tongue, so Shri Krishna, the prince of Vraja, the kind Supreme Personality of Godhead, held Govardhana Hill. Text 17 athaha gopan vishatadri-gartam he tata matar vraja-ballaveshah sopaskaraih sarva-dhanaish ca gobhir atraiva shakrasya bhayam na kincit athathen; ahasaid; gopanto the gopas; vishataenter; adriof the hill; gartamthe opening; heO; tatafather; matahmother; vrajaof Vraja; ballava of the gopas; ishahO kings; sawith; upaskaraihwith househo,d paraphernalia; sarva-dhanaishwith all your wealth; caand; gobhihwith your cows; atrathere; evaindeed; shakrasyaof Indra; bhayamfear; nanot; kincitat all. Lord Krishna said to the gopas: Father, mother, kings of the gopas, take your relatives, associates, household paraphernalia, wealth, and cows, and go beneath the hill. There you need not fear Indra. Text 18 ittham harer vacah shrutva gopa go-dhana-samyutah sa-kutumbopaskaraish ca vivishuh shri-gires talam itthamthus; harehof Lord Krishna; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; gopa the gopas; go-dhana-samyutahwith their cows; sa-kutumbawith their

familites; upaskaraihwith their household paraphernaila; caand; vivishuh entered; shri-gireh talamunder the hill. When they heard Lord Krishna word's, the gopas took their families, cows, and household paraphernalia, and went under the hill. Text 19 vayasya balaka sarve krishnoktah sa-bala nripa svan svamsh ca lagudan adrer avashtambhan pracakrire vayasyahfriends; balakaboys; sarveall; krishnaby Krishna; uktahtoild; sa-balawith Balarama; nripaO king; svan svantheir own; caand; lagudan sticks; adrehof the hill; avashtambhanholding up; pracakriredid. O king, when Krishna asked, Balarama and all the boys His age steadied the the hill with their sticks. Text 20 jalaugham agatam vikshya bhagavams tad-girer adhah sudarshanam tatha shesham manasajnam cakara ha jalaof water; aughama flood; agatamcome; vikshyaseeing; bhagavan the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tad-girehthe hill; adhahbeneath; sudarshanamSudarshana-cakra; tathaso; sheshamShesha; manasawith the mind; aj{.sy 24amorder; cakaradid; hacertainly. Seeing a great flood of water coming, in His mind Lord Krishna ordered Lord Shesha and the Sudarshana-cakra to come under the hill. Text 21 koti-surya-prabham cadrer urdhvam cakram sudarshanam dhara-sampatam apibad agastya iva maithila

koti-surya-prabhamsplendid as ten million suns; caand; adrehthe hill; urdhvamabove; cakramthe cakra; sudarshanamShudarshana; dhara streams; sampatamfalling; apibatdrank; agastyaAgastya Muni; ivalike; maithilaO king of Mithila. Brilliant as ten million suns, the Sudarshana-cakra hovered above the hill and drank up the falling streams of water as Agastya Muni drank up the ocean. Text 22 adho 'dhas tam gireh sheshah kundali-bhuta asthitah rurodha taj-jalam dirgham yatha vela mahodadhim adhah adhahlower and lower; tamthat; girehof the hill; sheshahShesha; kundali-bhutacoiled up; asthitahstood; rurodhastopped; taj-jalamthat water; dirghamgreat; yathaas; velathe shoreline; mahodadhimthe great ocean. Coiling Himself around the hill, Shesha stopped the incoming flood as a shoreline stops the waters of an ocean. Text 23 saptaham su-sthiras tashthau govardhana-dharo harih shri-krishnacandram pashyantah cakora iva te sthitah saptafor seven; ahamdays; su-sthirahsteady; tashthaustood; govardhana-dharahholding Govardhana Hill; harihLord Krishna; shrikrishnacandramat Shri Krishnacandra; pashyantahgazing; cakoracakora birds; ivalike; tethey; sthitahstood. For seven days Lord Krishna steadily held Govardhana Hill. As if they had become cakora birds, the stunned gopas gazed at Lord Krishnacandra. Text 24 mattam airavatam nagam samaruhya purandarah

sa-sainyah krodha-samyukto vraja-mandalam ayayau mattamangry; airavatamAiravata; nagamwelephant; samaruhya climbing; purandarahIndra; sa-sainyahwith his army; krodha-samyuktahangry; vraja-mandalamto the circle of Vraja; ayayaucame. Mounting his maddened elephant Airavata, and accompanied by his armies, furious Indra went to the circle of Vraja. Text 25 durac cikshepa vajram svam nanda-goshtha-jighamsaya stambhayam asa shakrasya sa-vrajam madhavo bhujam duratfrom far away; cikshepathrew; vajramthunderbolt; svamown; nandagoshtha-jighamsayawishing to destroy Nanda's village; stambhayam asa paralyzed; shakrasyaof Indra; sa-vrajamwith the thunderbolt; madhavah Krishna; bhujamarm. Wishing to destroy Nanda's village, Indra threw his thunderbolt from far away. Krishna suddenly paralyzed both the thunderbolt and the arm that threw it. Text 26 bhaya-bhitas tada shakrah samvartaka-ganaih saha dudrava sahasa devaih yathebhah simha-taditah bhaya-bhitahterrified; tadathen; shakrahIndra; samvartaka-ganaihwith the samvartaka clouds; sahawith; dudravafled; sahasaat once; devaihwith the demigods; yathaas; ibhahan elephant; simhaby a lion; taditahwounded. Terrified, Indra fled with the demigods and samvartaka clouds as if he were an elephant wounded by a lion. Text 27

tadaivarkodayo jato gata megha itas tatah vata uparatah sadyo nadyah sv-alpa-jala nripa tadathen; evaindeed; arkasun; udayahrising; jatahmanifested; gata gone; meghathe clouds; itahhere; tatahand there; vatawinds; uparatah stopped; sadyahat once; nadyahthe streams; sv-alpa-jalawith very littel water; nripaO king. Suddenly the sun rose. The clouds were gone, the winds stopped, and the streams carried very little water. Text 28 vipankam bhu-talam jatam nirmalam kham babhuva ha catushpadah pakshinash ca sukham apus tatas tatah vipankamfree of mud; bhu-talamthe ground; jatammanifested; nirmalam spotless; khamthe sky; babhuvabecame; haindeed; catushpadahthe animals; pakshinashthe birds; caand; sukhamhappiness; apuhattained; tatahthen; tatahthen. The ground dried up, the sky became clear, and the animals and birds became happy. Text 29 harinoktas tada gopa niryayur giri-gartatah svam svam dhanam go-dhanam ca samadaya shanaih shanaih harinaby Krishna; uktahtold; tadathen; gopateh gopas; niryayuhleft; giri-gartatahfrom under the hill; svam svamtheir own; dhanamwealth; godhanamcows; caand; samadayataking; shanaih shanaihslowly. By Krishna's order the gopas, taking their wealth and cows with them, slowly emerged from under the hill. Text 30

niryateti vayasyamsh ca praha govardhanoddharah te tam ahush ca nirgaccha dharayamo 'drim ojasa niryatahleave; itithus; vayasyamshfriends; caand; prahasaid; govardhanoddharahthe lifter of Govardhana Hill; tethey; tamto Him; ahush said; caand; nirgacchaYou go; dharayamahwe will hold; adrimth hill; ojasa with our power. Then Krishna, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, said to His friends, "Go out." They said to Him, "You go first. We will hold the hill with our own strength." Text 31 iti vada-paran gopan govardhana-dharo harih tad-ardham ca girer bharam pradat tebhyo maha-manah itithus; vada-parantalkative; gopanto the gopas; govardhana-dharahthe lifter of Govardhana Hill; harihLord Krishna; tad-ardhamhalf; caand; girehof the hill; bharamthe weight; pradatgave; tebhyahto them; maha-manah noble-hearted. Then Lord Krishna, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, shifted half of the hill's weight to the talkative gopa boys. Text 32 patitas tena bharena gopa-balash ca nirbalah patitahfallen; tenaby that; bharenaweight; gopa-balashthe gopa boys; ca and; nirbalahdevastated. That burden made the gopa boys fall, devastated, to the ground. Text 33

karena tan samutthaya sva-sthane purvavad girim sarvesham pashyatam krishnah sthapayam asa lilaya karenawith one hand; tanthem; samutthayapullingup; sva-sthanein its own place; purvavatas before; girimthe hill; sarveshamof all; pashyatam watching; krishnahKrishna; sthapayam asaplaced; lilayaplayfully. With one hand Krishna picked them all up. Then, as everyone watched, with a playful flourish Krishna set the hill down where it was before. Text 34 tadaiva gopi-gana-gopa-mukhyah sampujya krishnam nripa nanda-sunum gandhakshatadyair dadhi-dugdha-bhogair jnatva param nemur ativa sarve tadathen; evaindeed; gopi-gana-gopa-mukhyahthe gopoas and gopis; sampujyaworshiping; krishnamKrishna; nripaO king; nanda-sunumthe son of Nanda; gandhawith fragrances; akshatawith unbroken grains of rice;dyaih dadhi-dugdha-bhogaihwith many foods made with milk and yogurt; jnatva understanding; paramto be the Supreme; nemuhbowed down; ativagreatly; sarveall. O king, the gopas and gopis, now understanding that Nanda's son Krishna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, worshiped Him, showered Him with unbroken grains of rice, offered Him many foods made with milk and yogurt, and humbly bowed down before Him. Text 35 nando yashoda nripa rohini ca balash ca sannanda-mukhash ca vriddhah alingya krishnam pradadur dhanani shubhashisha samyuyujur ghrinartah nandahnanda; yashodawith Yashoda; nripaO king; rohiniRohini; caand; balashBalarama; caand; sannanda-mukhashthe gopas headed by Sannanda; caand; vriddhahadult; alingyaembracing; krishnamKrishna; pradaduh gave; dhananiwealkth; shubhashishawith blessings; samyuyujuhplaced; ghrinartahfilled with kindness.

O king, then Nanda, Yashoda, Rohini, and the gopa elders headed by Sannanda, embraced Krishna, gave Him great wealth, and, filled with kindness and love, spoke many benedictions blessing Him. Text 36 samshlaghya tam gayana-vadya-tat-para nrityanta aran nripa nanda-nandanam ajagmur eva sva-grihan vrajaukaso harim puraskritya manoratham gatah samshlaghyapraising; tamHim; gayana-vadya-tat-paraearnestlky singing and playing muscial instruments; nrityantadancing; arannear; nripaO king; nanda-nandanamto Nanda's son; ajagmuhcame; evaindeed; sva-grihanfrom the own homes; vrajaukasahthe residents of Vraja; harimto Lord Krishna; puraskrityaworshiping; manorathamdesire; gatahattained. O king, singing, dancing, and playing musical instruments, the people of Vraja approached Lord Krishna and worshiped Him. In this way all their desires were fulfilled. Text 37 tadaiva deva vavrishuh praharshitah pushpaih shubhaih sundara-nandanodbhavaih jagur yashah shri-giriraja-dharino gandharva-mukhya divi siddha-sanghah tadathen; evaindeed; devathe demigods; vavrishuhshowered; praharshitahjubilant; pushpaihwith flowers; shubhaihbeautiful; sundara beautiful; nandanain the Nandana gardens; udbhavaihgrown; jaguhsang; yashahthe glories; shri-giriraja-dharinahof the lifter of Govardhana Hill; gandharva-mukhyathe Gandharvas; diviin heaven; siddha-sanghahthe siddhas. Then the jubilant demigods showered beautiful flowers grown in the beautiful Nandana gardens, and the Gandharvas and Siddhas in the higher planets sang the glories of Shri Krishna, the lifter of Govardhana Hill. .pa

Chapter Four

Shri Krishnabhisheka The Coronation-Bathing of Shri Krishna Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha deva-ganaih sardham shakras tatra samagatah gatamano girau krishnam rahasi prananama ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; deva-ganaihthe demigods; sardhamwith; shakrahIndra; tatrathere; samagatahcame; gatamanah going; girauon the hill; krishnamto Krishna; rahasiin a secluded place; prananamabowed down; haindeed. Shri Narada said: Then, accompanied by the demigods, Indra went to a secluded place on Govardhana Hill and bowed down before Lord Krishna. Text 2 shri-indra uvaca tvam deva-devah parameshvarah prabhuh purnah puranah purushottamottamah parat paras tvam prakriteh paro harir mam pahi pahi dyu-pate jagat-pate shri-indrah uvacaShri Indra said; tvamYou; deva-devahthe master of the demigods; parameshvarahthe supreme controller; prabhuhthe master; purnah perfect; puranahthe oldest; purushottamottamahthe supreme person; parat than the greatest; parahgreater; tvamYou; prakritehto material nature; parah superior; harihLord Hari; mamme; pahiplease save; pahiplease save; dyupateO Lord of the spiritual sky; jagat-pateO master of the universes. Shri Indra said: You are the master of the demigods, the supreme controller, the Lord who is perfect and complete, the oldest, the supreme person greater than the greatest and above the material energy, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Hari. O master of the spiritual sky, O master of the universes, please save me! Please save me! Text 3 dashavataro bhagavams tvam eva

rirakshaya dharma-gavam shrutesh ca adyaiva jatah paripurna-devah kamsadi-daityendra-vinashanaya dashaten; avatarahincarnations; bhagavamhLord; tvamYou; eva indeed; rirakshayawith a desire to protect; dharma-gavamthe cow of religion; shrutehthe Vedas; caand; adyatoday; evaindeed; jatahborn; paripurnadevahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kamsadiheaded by Kamsa; daityendrathe kings of the demons; vinashanayato destroy. You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, perfect and complete, who descends as the ten avataras. Desiring to protect the Vedic scriptures and the cows of piety, and desiring also to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, You have taken birth in this world. Text 4 tvan-mayaya mohita-citta-vrittim madoddhatam helana-bhajanam mam piteva putram dyu-pate kshamasva prasida devesha jagan-nivasa tvan-mayayaby Your illusory potency; mohitabewilderd; cittaof the mind; vrittimthe cations; madoddhataminflated with pride and anger; helanaof insults; bhajanama reservoir; mamme; pitaa father; ivalike; putramto a son; dyu-pateO master of the spiritual sky; kshamasvaplease forgive; prasida please be kind; deveshaO master of the demigods; jagan-nivasaO home of the universes. O master of the spiritual sky, as a father forgives his son, please forgive me, a proud fool bewildered by Your illusory potency, a fool who has become a great reservoir of offenses to You. O master of the demigods, O home where the universes dwell, please be kind to me. Text 5 om namo govardhanoddharanaya govindaya gokula-nivasaya gopalaya gopalapataye gopi-jana-bhartre giri-gajoddhartre karuna-nidhaye jagad-vidhaye jaganmangalaya jagan-nivasaya jagan-mohanaya koti-manmatha-manmathaya vrishabhanu-suta-varaya shri-nanda-raja-kula-pradipaya shri-krishnaya paripurnatamaya te 'sankhya-brahmanda-pataye goloka-dhama-dhishanadhipataye svayam-bhagavate sa-balaya namas te namas te. omOm; namahobeisances; govardhanaof Govardhana Hill; uddharanaya to the lifter; govindayathe pleasure of the cows, land, and senses; gokula-

nivasayawho resides in Gokula; gopalayaa gopa boy; gopala-patayethe master of the gopas; gopi-jana-bhartrethe husband of the gopis; giri-gajoddhartre the lifter of Govardhana Hill, the great elephant of mountains; karuna-nidhaye an ocean of mercy; jagad-vidhayethe creator of the universes; jagan-mangalaya the auspiciiusness of the universes; jagan-nivasayathe home where the universes dwell; jagan-mohanayaHe who charms the universes; koti-manmathamanmathayawho bewilders many millions of Kamadevas; vrishabhanu-sutavarayathe lover of Shri Radha; shri-nanda-raja-kula-pradipayathe lamp of King nanda's family; shri-krishnayaShri Krishna; paripurnatamayathe perfect and complete one; teto You; asankhyacountless; brahmandaof universes; pataye to the master; goloka-dhama-dhishanadhipatayeto the master of the abode of Goloka; svayam-bhagavatethe Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself; sabalayawith Balarama; namahobeisances; teto You; namahobeisances; teto You. Om. Obeisances! Obeisances to You! Obeisances to You, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, the pleasure of the cows, land, and senses, the Lord who resides in Gokula as the protector of the cows, the master of the gopas, the husband of the gopis, the lifter of the elephant among mountains, an ocean of mercy, the creator of the universes, the auspiciousness of the universes, the home where the universes dwell, the enchanter of the universes, the enchanter of many millions of Kamadevas, the lover of King Vrishabhanu's daughter, a lamp shining in King Nanda's family, all-attractive Shri Krishna, the perfect and complete original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of countless universes, the master of the transcendental abode of Goloka, the companion of Balarama! Text 6 shri-narada uvaca iti shakra-kritam stotram pratar utthaya yah pathet sarva siddhir bhavet tasya sankatan na bhayam bhavet shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shakra-kritamdone by Indra; stotramprayer; pratahin the morning; utthayarising; yahone who; pathet recites; sarvaall; siddhihperfection; bhavetis; tasyaof him; sankatatfrom danger; nanot; bhayamfear; bhavetis. Shri Narada said: A person who, rising in the morning, recites these prayers of Indra attains all perfections. Dangers will not make him fear. Text 7

iti stutva harim devam sarvair deva-ganaih saha kritanjali-puto bhutva prananama purandarah itithus; stutvapraying; harimto Lord Krishna; devamthe Lord; sarvaih with all; deva-ganaihthe demigods; sahawith; kritanjali-putahfolded hands; bhutvabecoming; prananamabowed down; purandarahIndra. After offering these prayers, Indra folded his hands and, accompanied by all the demigods, bowed down before Lord Krishna. Text 8 atha govardhane ramye surabhir gauh samudra-ja snapayam asa gopesham dugdha-dharabhir atmanah athathen; govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; ramyebeautiful; surabhih surabhi; gauhcow; samudra-jaborn from the ocean of milk; snapayam asa bathed; gopaof the gopas; ishamthe king; dugdha-dharabhihwith streams of milk; atmanahown. Then, on beautiful Govardhana Hill, the surabhi cow born from the milk-ocean bathed the gopa-king Krishna with great streams of milk. Text 9 shunda-dandaish caturbhish ca dyu-ganga-jala-puritaih shri-krishnam snapayam asa matta airavato gajah shunda-dandaihwith trunks; caturbhishfour; caand; dyu-ganga-jala-puritaih filled with water from the celestial Ganga; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; snapayam asabathed; mattaintoxicated; airavatahAiravata; gajahelephant. Its four trunks filled with celestial Ganga water, the intoxicated elephant Airavata bathed Lord Krishna. Text 10

rishibhih shrutibhih sarvair deva-gandharva-kinnarah tushtuvus te harim rajan harshitah pushpa-varshinah rishibhihby the sages; shrutibhihby the Vedas; sarvaihall; deva-gandharvakinnarahby the devas gandharvas and kinnaras; tushtuvuhoffered prayers; te they; harimto Krishna; rajanO king; harshitahhappy; pushpa-varshinah showering flowers. Then the joyful devas, kinnaras, gandharvas, rishis, and personified Vedas offered prayers to Lord Krishna and showered HIm with flowers. Text 11 krishnabhisheke sanjate giri-govardhano mahan dravi-bhuto 'vahad rajan harshanandaditas tatah krishnaof Lord Krishna; abhishekethe coronation bathing; sanjate completed; giri-govardhanahon Govardhana Hill; mahangreat; dravi-bhutah become liquid; avahatflowed; rajanO king; harshanandaditahfrom the bliss; tatahthen. When the coronation bathing of Shri Krishna was completed noble Govardhana Hill became to melt with joy. Text 12 prasanno bhagavams tasmin kritavan hasta-pankajam tad-dhastam cihnam adyapi drishayte tad-girau nripa prasannahpleased; bhagavamhthe Lord; tasminin that; kritavandid; hasta-pankajamlotus hand; tad-dhastamHis hand; cihnammark; adyatoday; apieven; drishayteis seen; tad-girauon that hill; nripaO king. Pleased, the Lord left the mark of His lotus hand on the melting hill. O king, even today that handprint can be seen on Govardhana Hill.

Text 13 tat tirtham ca param bhutam naranam papa-nashanam tad eva pada-cihnam syat tat tirtham viddhi maithila tatthat; tirthamholy place; caand; paramgreat; bhutambecome; naranamof human beings; papa-nashanamdestroying sins; tatthat; eva indeed; pada-cihnamfootprint; syatis; tatthat; tirthamholy place; viddhi know; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, know that the footprints Krishna left there are a great holy place that destroys the people's sins. Text 14 etavat tasya tatraiva pada-cihnam babhuva ha surabheh pada-cihnani babhuvus tatra maithila etavatlike that; tasyaof Him; tatrathere; evaindeed; pada-cihnam footprint; babhuvawas; haindeed; surabhehof the surabhi cow; pada-cihnani hoofprints; babhuvuhwere; tatrathere; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, next to Lord Krishna footprints were the surabhi cow's hoofprints. Text 15 dyu-ganga-jala-patena krishna-snanena maithila tatra vai manasi ganga girau jatagha-nashini dyucelestial; gangaGanges; jalawater; patenafalling; krishnaLord Krishna; snanenabathing; maithilaO king of Mithila; tatrathere; vaiindeed; manasi gangathe Manasa-ganga; girauon Govardhana Hill; jatamanifested; aghasins; nashinidestroying.

O king of Mithila, the celestial Ganga water that bathed Lord Krishna on Govardhana Hill became the Manasa-ganga lake, which destroys all sins. Text 16 surabher dugdha-dharabhir govinda-snanato nripa jato govinda-kundo 'drau maha-papa-harah parah surabhehof the surabhin cow; dugdha-dharabhihwith streams of milk; govinda-snanatahfrom bathing Krishna; nripaO king; jatahborn; govindakundahGovinda-kunda; adrauon the hill; maha-papa-harahdestroying the greatest sins; parahgreat. O king, the streams of the surabhi cow's milk that bathed Lord Krishna on Govardhana Hill became the Govinda-kunda lake, which destroys the greatest sins. Text 17 kadacit tasmin dugdhasya svadutvam pratipadyate tatra snatva narah sakshad govinda-padam apnuyat kadacitsometimes; tasminthgere; dugdhasyaof milk; svadutvam deliciousness; pratipadyateis manifested; tatrathere; snatvahaving bathed; naraha person; sakshatdirectly; govinda-padamthe feet of Lord Krishna; apnuyatattains Sometimes the water in that lake tastes like delicious milk. One who bathes there attains Lord Krishna's feet. Text 18 pradakshini-kritya harim pranamya vai dattva balims tatra purandaradayah jaya-dhvanim kritya su-pushpa-varshino yayuh surah saukhya-yutas trivishtapam

pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; harimLord Krishna; pranamyabowing down; vaicertainly; dattvagivving; balimhofferings; tatrathere; purandara by Indra; adayahheaded; jayavictory; dhvanimsound; krityadoing; supushpa-varshinahshowering flowers; yayuhwent; surahthe demigods; saukhya-yutahhappy; trivishtapamto the celestial worlds. Circumambulating Lord Krishna, bowing down, making many offerings, calling out, "All glories!" and showering Him with flowers, the happy demigods returned to their celestial abode. Text 19 krishnabhishekasya katham shrinoti yo dashashvamedhavabhrithadhikam phalam prapnoti rajendra sa eva bhuyasah param padam yati parasya vedhasah krishnaof Lord Krishna; abhishekasyaof the ceremonial bathing; katham narration; shrinotihears; yahone who; dashaten; ashvamedhaasvamedhayajnas; avabhrithabathing; adhikammore; phalamresult; prapnotiattains; rajendraO king of kings; sahe; evaindeed; bhuyasahbetter; param padam the supreme abode; yatiattains; parasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vedhasahthe creator. A person who hears this narration of Shri Krishna's ceremonial bathing attains a result much greater than the result of ten ashvamedha-yajnas. He attains the supreme creator's transcendental abode. .pa

Chapter Five Gopa-vivada The Dispute Among the Gopas Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ekada sarva-gopala gopyo nanda-sutasya tat adbhutam caritam drishtva nandam ahur yashomatim

shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; ekadaone day; sarva-gopalaall the gopas; gopyahgopis; nanda-sutasyaof Krishna; tatthat; adbhutamwonderful; caritampastimes; drishtvaseeing; nandamto nanda; ahuhsaid; yashomatim Yashoda. Shri Narada said: Having seen Krishna wonderful and surprising pastimes, the gopas and gopis said to Nanda and Yashoda: Text 2 he gopa-raja tvad-vamshe ko 'pi jato na cadri-dhrik na kshamas tvam shilam dhartum saptaham he yashomati heO; gopaof the gopas; rajaking; tvad-vamshein your family; ko 'pi someone; jatahborn; nanot; caand; adria hill; dhriklifter; nanot; kshamahable; tvamyou; shilama rock; dhartumto hold; saptafor seven; ahamdays; heO; yashomatiYashoda. O king of the gopas, no one in your family could lift a hill. O Yashoda, you could not hold even a single rock for seven days. Text 3 kva sapta-hayano balah kvadri-rajasya dharanam tena no jayate shanka tava putre maha-bale kvawhere; sapta-hayanahseven years old; balahboy; kvawhere?; adrirajasyathe king of mountains; dharanamholding; tenaby that; nahof us; jayateis born; shankadoubt; tavaof you; putrein the son; maha-balevery powerful. What is the strength of a seven-year-old boy? How strong must one be to lift Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains? We have begun to doubt the identity of your unnaturally strong boy. Text 4

ayam bibhrad giri-varam kamalam gaja-rad iva ucchilindhram yatha balo hastenaikena lilaya ayamHe; bibhratholding; giri-varamthe greatest of mountains; kamalama lotus flower; gaja-radthe king of elephants; ivalike; ucchilindhrama mushroom; yathaas; balaha boy; hastena ekenawith one hand; lilaya playfully. With one hand He playfully held up the greatest of mountains as an elephant holds up a lotus flower or a child holds up a mushroom. Text 5 gaura-varna yashoda tvam nanda tvam gaura-varna-dhrik ayam jata krishna-varna etat-kula-vilakshanam gaura-varnafair; yashodaYashoda; tvamyou; nandaNanda; tvamyou; gaura-varna-dhrikfair; ayamHe; jataborn; krishna-varnadark; etat-kulain this family; vilakshanamunusual. O Yashoda, your complexion is fair. O Nanda, your complexion is also fair. This boy is very dark. He is different from the rest of the family. Text 6 yad vastu kshatriyanam tu bala etadrisho yatha balabhadre na doshah syac candra-vamsha-samudbhave yatwhat; vaor; astumay be; kshatriyanamof the kshatriyas; tuindeed; balaboy; etadrishahlike this; yathaas; balabhadrefor Balarama; nanot; doshaha fault; syacis; candra-vamsha-samudbhaveborn in the ksatriya dynasty of the moon-god. This boy is like a kshatriya. For Balarama a kshatriya's nature is not unexpected. He was born in a kshatriya family descended from the moon-god.

Text 7 jnates tyagam karishyamo yadi satyam na bhashase gopeshu casya votpattim vada cen na kalir bhavet jnatehof the family; tyagamrenunciation; karishyamahwe will do; yadiif; satyamtruth; nanot; bhashaseyou tell; gopeshuamong the gopas; caand; asyaof Him; vaor; utpattimbirth; vadatell; cenif; nanot; kaliha quarrel; bhavetmay be. If you don't tell us the truth, we will leave the community. Was this boy really born in a family of gopas? If you don't tell us, there will be a great quarrel. Text 8 shri-narada uvaca shrutva gopala-vacanam yashoda bhaya-vihvala nanda-rajas tada praha gopan krodha-prapuritan shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearings; gopala-vacanamthe gopas' words; yashodaYashoda; bhaya-vihvalaovercome with fear; nanda-rajah King Nanda; tadathen; prahasaid; gopanto the gopas; krodha-prapuritan filled with anger. Shri Narada said: As she heard the gopas' words, Yashoda became gripped with fear. Then King Nanda spoke to the angry gopas. Text 9 shri-nanda uvaca gargasya vakyam he gopa vadishyami samahitah yena gopa-gana yuyam bhavatashu gata-vyathah shri-nanda uvacaShri Nanda said; gargasyaof Garga Muni; vakyamthe words; heO; gopagopas; vadishyamiI will speak; samahitahattentive; yena by which; gopa-ganaO gopas; yuyamyou; bhavatawill be; ashuat once; gatavyathahfree of distress.

Shri Nanda said: O gopas, I will carefully tell you what Garga Muni said. O gopas, by his words you wil be quickly free of your anxiety. Garga Muni said to me: Text 10 ka-karah kamala-kanto ri-karo rama ity api sha-karah shad-guna-patih shvetadvipa-nivasa-krit ka-karahthe letter k; kamala-kantahthe lover of the goddess of fortune; rikarahr; ramaRama; itythus; apialso; sha-karahsh; shad-guna-patihthe Lord who has six transcendental opulences; shvetadvipa-nivasa-kritthe Lord who resides in Shvetadvipa. In the word "Krishna" the letter "k" means "the lover of the goddess of fortune", "ri" means Lord Ramacandra", "sh" means "the Lord of six opulences" or "the Lord who resides in Shvetadvipa". Text 11 na-karo narasimho 'yam a-karo hy aksharo 'gni-bhuk visargau ca tatha hy etau nara-narayanav rishi na-karahn; narasimhahLord Nrisimha; ayamHe; a-karahhya;; aksharah the eternal; agni-bhukHe who enjoys what is offered int he sacrificial fire; visargauh; caand; tathaso; hyindeed; etauboth; nara-narayanau rishi Nara-Narayana Rishi. "N" means "Lord Nrisimha", "a" means "the eternal one" or "the Lord who enjoys what is offered in the sacrifical fire", and "h" means "the Nara-Narayana Rishis". Text 12 sampralinash ca shat-purna yasmin chabde mahatmani paripurnatame sakshat tena krishnah prakirtitah

sampralinahentered; caand; shatsix; purnafull; yasminin which; chabde sopund; mahatmanithe Supreme Personality of Godhead; paripurnatame perfect and complete; sakshatdirectky; tenaby that; krishnahKrishna; prakirtitahis called. These six letters combine to form the name of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is perfect and complete. That is why this boy is named Krishna. Text 13 shuklo raktas tatha pito varno 'syanu-yugam dhritah dvaparante kaler adau balo 'yam krishnatam gatah shuklahwhite; raktahred; tathaso; pitahyellow; varnahcolors; asyaof Him; anu-yugamin each yuga; dhritahheld; dvaparanteat the end of Dvaparayuag; kalehof kali-yuga; adauat the beginning; balahboy; ayamthis; krishnatamthe state of being dark-complexioned Krishna; gatahattains. In the other yugas He is white, red, or yellow, but at the end of Dvapara-yuga and the beginning of Kali-yuga, this boy becomes dark-complexioned (krishna). Texts 14 and 15 tasmat krishna iti khyato namnayam nanda-nandanah vasavash cendriyaniti tad devash citta eva hi tasmin yash ceshtate so 'pi

vasudeva iti smritah

tasmattherefore; krishnaKrishna; itithus; khyatahnamed; namnaby the name; ayamHe; nanda-nandanahthe son of Nanda; vasavashthe Vasus; ca and; indriyanithe senses; itithus; tatthat; devashLord; cittain the heart; evaindeed; hiindeed; tasminin that; yashwho; ceshtateacts; sahHe; api indeed; vasudevavasudeva; itithus; smritahremembered. That is why Nanda's son has the name Krishna. Because He is the Lord (deva) that rules over the eight vasus (the heart, mind, intelligence, and the five senses), He is also called Vasudeva.

Text 16 vrishabhanu-suta radha ya jata kirti-mandire tasyah patir ayam sakshat tena radha-patih smritah vrishabhanu-sutaKing Vrishabhanu's daughter; radhaRadha; yawho; jata is born; kirti-mandirein Kirti's palace; tasyahof Her; patihthe Lord; ayamHe; sakshatdirectly; tenaby Him; radha-patihthe Lord of Radha; smritah remembered. Because He is the husband (pati) of King Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha, who was born in the palace of Kirti-devi, He is also called Radha-pati. Text 17 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir goloke dhamni rajate paripurnatamahperfect and complete; sakshacdirectly; chri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; asankhyacountless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe master; golokein Goloka; dhamniin the abode; rajateis gloriously manifested. Shri Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is perfect and complete. He is the master of countless universes. In the transcendental abode of Goloka He shines with transcendental glory. Text 18 so 'yam tava shishur jato bharavataranaya ca kamsadinam vadharthaya bhaktanam palanaya ca sahHe; ayamthat very person; tavaof you; shishuhthe son; jatahborn; bharavataranayato relieve the burden; caand; kamsadinamof the demons headed by Kamsa; vadharthayafor killing; bhaktanamof the devotees; palanaya for protection; caand.

In order to relieve the earth of its burden, kill the demons headed by Kamsa, and protect the devotees, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead has now become your son. Text 19 anantany asya namani veda-guhyani bharata lilabhish ca bhavishyanti tat-karmasu na vismayah anantaniendless; asyaof Him; namaninames; veda-guhyanihidden from the Vedas; bharataO descendent of Bharata; lilabhishwith pastimes; caand; bhavishyantiwill be; tat-karmasuin His deeds; nanot; vismayahwonder. O descendent of Bharata, His names are endless. His names are hidden even from the Vedas. His transcendental pastimes will show what His names are. Do not be surprised by them. Text 20 iti shrutvatmaje gopah sandeham na karomy aham veda-vakyam brahma-vacah pramanam hi mahi-tale itithus; shrutvahearing; atmajeabout his son; gopahthe gopas; sandeham doubt; nanot; karomydid; ahamI; veda-vakyamthe words of the Vedas; brahma-vacahthe words of a brahmana; pramanamevidence; hiindeed; mahitaleon the earth. When I heard Garga Muni say this about my son, I did not doubt his words. The words of the Vedas and the words of a brahmana are the final proof of what is true in this world. Text 21 shri-gopa ucuh yady agatas tava grihe gargacaryo maha-munih tat-kshane nama-karane

nahuta jnatayas tvaya shri-gopah ucuhthe gopas said; yadyif; agatahcome; tavaof you; grihe in thebhome; gargacaryahGarga Muni; maha-munihthe great sage; tat-kshane at that moment; nama-karanein the name-giving ceremony; nanot; ahuta called; jnatayahrelatives; tvayaby you. Ther gopas said: If the great sage Garga Muni actually came to your home and performed the name-giving ceremony, why did you not call your relatives to come and witness it? Text 22 sva-grihe nama-karanam bhavata ca kritam shishoh tava caitadrishi ritir guptam sarvam grihe 'pi yat sva-grihein the home; nama-karanamthe name-giving ceremony; bhavata by you; caand; kritamdone; shishohof the child; tavaof you; caand; etadrishilike this; ritihmethod; guptamhidden; sarvamall; grihein the home; apieven; yatwhat. You kept the name-giving ceremony a secret even when it was performed in your own home! Text 23 shri-narada uvaca evam vadantas te gopa nirgata nanda-mandirat vrishabhanu-varam jagmuh krodha-purita-vigrahah shri-naradah uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; vadantahspeaking; te the; gopagopas; nirgataleft; nanda-mandiratfrom Nanda's palace; vrishabhanu-varamto King Vrishabhanu; jagmuhwent; krodha-purita-vigrahah their bodies filled with anger. Shri Narada said: Their bodies filled with anger as they spoke these words, the gopas left Nanda's palace and went to King Vrishabhanu.

Text 24 vrishabhanu-varam sakshan nanda-raja-sahayakam prahur gopa-ganah sarve jnater mada-samanvitah vrishabhanu-varamto King Vrishabhanu; sakshandirectlky; nanda-rajasahayakamKing Nanda's assistant; prahuhsaid; gopa-ganahthe gopas; sarve all; jnatehfor their relative; mada-samanvitahfilled with anger. Filled with anger for their kinsman Nanda, all the gopas spoke to Nanda's friend, King Vrishabhanu. Text 25 shri-gopa ucuh vrishabhanu-vara tvam vai jnati-mukhyo maha-manah nanda-rajam tyaja jnater he gopeshvara bhu-pate shri-gopah ucuhthe gopas said; vrishabhanu-varaO King Vrishabhanu; tvam you; vaiindeed; jnati-mukhyahthe best of the family; maha-manahnoblehearted; nanda-rajamKing Nanda; tyajareject; jnatehof the relative; heO; gopeshvaraking of the gopas; bhu-pateO king. The gopas said: O King Vrishabhanu, you have a noble heart. You are the best person in our community. O king, O leader of the gopas, you should sever your ties of friendship with King Nanda. Text 26 shri-vrishabhanu-vara uvaca ko dosho nanda-rajasya jnates tvam santyajamy aham gopeshto jnati-mukuto nanda-rajo mama priyah shri-vrishabhanu-vara uvacaKing Vrishabhanu said; kahwhat?; doshahis the fault; nanda-rajasyaof King Nanda; jnatehof the kinsman; tvamyou; santyajamyI shall abandon; ahamI; gopeshtahworshiped by the gopas; jnati

of the family; mukutahthe crown; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; mamato me; priyah dear. Shri Vrishabhanu said: What wrong has King Nanda done that I should sever my ties of friendship with him? King Nanda is worshiped by the gopas. He is the crown that gloriously decorates our community. He is my dear friend. Text 27 shri-gopa ucuh na cet tyajasi tam rajams tyajamas tvam vrajaukasah tvad-grihe vardhita kanyodvaha-yogya maha-mune shri-gopah ucuhthe gopas said; nanot; cetif; tyajasiyou reject; tamhim; rajamhO king; tyajamahwe reject; tvamyou; vrajaukasahthe residents of Vraja; tvad-grihein your home; vardhitaincreased; kanyaof the daughter; udvahafor marriage; yogyasuitable; maha-muneO thoughtful one. The gopas said: O king, if you do not sever your ties of friendship with him, we, the people of Vraja, will sever our ties of friendship with you. O thoughtful one, in your home you have a grown-up daughter of marriageable age. Text 28 bhavata jnati-mukhyena sampad-unmada-salina na datta vara-mukhyaya kalusham tava vidyate bhavataby you; jnati-mukhyenathe first person in the community; sampadunmada-salinamad with opulence; nanot; dattagiven; vara-mukhyayato a bridegroom; kalushamfault; tavaof you; vidyatewill be. If you, the first person in our community, who have now become maddened with your wealth and opulences, find yourself unable to give Her in marriage to a suitable bridegroom, the fault will be yours alone. Text 29

adya tvam jnati-sambhrashtam prithan manyamahe nripa na cec chighram nanda-rajam tyaja tyaja maha-mate adyanow; tvamyou; jnatifrom the community; sambhrashtamfallen; prithanspecific; manyamahewe think; nripaO king; nanot; cecif; chighram for a long time; nanda-rajamKing nanda; tyajareject; tyajareject; maha-mate O noble-hearted one. If you do not for a long time sever your ties of friendship with King Nanda, we will ostracize you from our community. O noble-hearted one, reject, reject King Nanda. Text 30 shri-vrishabhanu-vara uvaca gargasya vakyam he gopa vadishyami samahitah yena gopa-gana yuyam bhavatashu gata-vyathah shri-vrishabhanu-vara uvacaKing Vrishabhanu said; gargasyaof Garga; vakyamthe words; heO; gopagopas; vadishyamiI will tell; samahitah careful; yenaby which; gopa-ganaO gopas; yuyamyou; bhavatawill become; ashuat once; gata-vyathahfree of anxiety. Shri Vrishabhanu said: O gopas, I will repeat for you Garga Muni's words. Those words will make you free of all these anxieties. Garga Muni said: Text 31 asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokeshah parat parah tasmat paro varo nasti jato nanda-grihe shishuh asankhya-brahmanda-patihthe master of countless universes; golokeshah themaster of Goloka; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; tasmatthan Him; paro varahgreate; nanot; astiis; jatahborn; nanda-grihein nanda's home; shishuhthe boy. The boy that was born in Nanda's home is the master of countless universes. He is the master of Goloka. He is greater than the greatest. No one is greater than Him.

Text 32 bhuvo bharavataraya kamsadinam vadhaya ca brahmana prarthitah krishno babhuva jagati-tale bhuvahof the earth; bharavatarayato remove the burden; kamsadinam beginning with Kamsa; vadhayafor killing; caand; brahmanaby Brahma; prarthitahrequested; krishnahKrishna; babhuvabecame; jagati-taleon the earth. On the demigod Brahma's request, Krishna came to this universe to remove the earth's burden and kill the demons headed by Kamsa. Text 33 shri-krishna-pata-rajni ya goloke radhikabhidha tvad-grihe so 'pi sanjata tvam na janasi tam param shri-krishna-paa-rajniShri Krishna's frist queen; yawho; golokein Goloka; radhikabhidhanamed Radha; tvad-grihein your home; sahHe; apialso; sanjataborn; tvamyou; nanot; janasiknow; tamthat; paramgreat. Shri Radha, who in the realm of Goloka is Shri Krishna's first queen, has taken birth in your home. You do not know how exalted She is. Text 34 aham na karayishyami vivaham anayor nripa tayor vivaho bhavita bhandire yamuna-tae ahamI; nanot; karayishyamiwill arrange; vivahamthe marriage; anayoh of Them; nripaO king; tayohof Them; vivahahthe marriage; bhavitawill be; bhandirein Bhandiravana; yamunaof the Yamuna; taeon the shore.

I will not arrange the marriage of Radha and Krishna. They will be married in Bhandiravan forest by the Yamuna's shore. Text 35 vrindavana-samipe ca nirjane sundare sthale parameshhi samagatya vivaham karayishyati vrindavana-samipenear Vrindavana forest; caand; nirjanein a secluded spot; sundarebeautiful; sthaleplace; parameshhithe demigod Brahma; samagatyacoming; vivahamthe marriage; karayishyatiwill perform. In a beautiful secluded place near Vrindavana forest the demigod Brahma will perform their wedding. Text 36 tasmad radham gopa-vara viddhy ardhangim parasya ca loka-cuda-maneh sakshad rajnim goloka-mandire tasmattherefor3; radhamRadha; gopa-varaO best of gopas; viddhyknow; ardhangimhalf of the body; parasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca and; lokaof the worlds; cudathe crest; manehjewel; sakshatdirectly; rajnim the queen; goloka-mandirein the palace of Goloka. O best of the gopas, please understand that, in the palace of Goloka, Radha is the first queen of Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the crest jewel of the worlds. Text 37 yuyam sarve 'pi gopala golokad agata bhuvi tatha gopi-gana gavo gokule radhikecchaya

yuyamyou; sarveall; apialso; gopalaO gopas; golokatfrom Goloka; agatacome; bhuviin the earth; tathaso; gopi-ganathe gopis; gavahthe cows; gokulein Gokula; radhikaof Shri Radha; icchayaby the desire. From Goloka all you gopas have come to the earth. The gopis and cows have also come, by Radha's wish from Goloka. Text 38 evam uktva gate sakshad gargacarye maha-munau tad-dinad atha radhayam sandeham na karomy aham evamthus; uktvaspeaking; gategone; sakshatdirectlky; gargacarye Garga Muni; maha-munaugreat sage; tad-dinatfrom that day; athathen; radhayamin Radha; sandehamdoubt; nanot; karomydo; ahamI. After speaking these words, the great sage Garga Muni left. From that day I have not doubted Radha's exalted position. Text 39 veda-vakyam brahma-vacah pramanam hi mahi-tale iti vah kathitam gopah kim bhuyah shrotum icchatha veda-vakyamthe words of the Vedas; brahma-vacahthe words of a brahmana; pramanamevidence; hiindeed; mahi-taleon the earth; itithus; vahby us; kathitamspoken; gopahO gopas; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchathado you wish. The words of the Vedas and the words of a brahmana are the final proof of what is true in this world. O gopas, now I have explained all this to you. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Six Shri Hari-parikshana

The Test of Shri Krishna Text 1 shri-narada uvaca vrishabhanu-varasyedam vacah shrutva vrajaukasah ucuh punah shanti-gata vismita mukta-samshayah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; vrishabhanu-varasyaof zking Vrishabhanu; idamthis; vacahstatement; shrutvahearing; vrajaukasahthe residents of Vraja; ucuhsaid; punahagain; shanti-gatapeaceful; vismita astonished; mukta-samshayahfree from doubt. Shri Narada said: After hearing King Vrishabhanu's words, the surprised people of Vraja became peaceful and free of all doubts. Text 2 shri-gopa ucuh samicinam varo rajan radheyam tu hari-priya tat-prabhavena te dirgham vaibhavam drishyate bhuvi shri-gopa ucuhthe gopas said; samicinamtruth; varahbest; rajanO king; radhaRadha; iyamShe; tuindeed; hari-priyadear to Lord Hari; tatprabhavenaby His power; teindeed; dirghamlong; vaibhavamglory; drishyateis seen; bhuvion the earth. The gopas said: O king, you speak the truth. Radha is Lord Hari's beloved. His potencies have made you become opulent and glorious in this world. Texts 3-5 sahasrasho gaja mattah koisho 'shvash ca cancalah rathash ca deva-dhishnyabhah shibikah koishah shubhah koishah koisho gavo hema-ratna-manoharah

mandirani vicitrani ratnani vividhani ca sarvam saukhyam bhojanadi drishyate sampratam tava kamso 'pi dharshito jato drishva te balam adbhutam sahasrashahthousands; gajaelephants; mattahmaddened; koishah millions; ashvahhorses; caand; cancalahrestless; rathahchariots; caand; deva-dhishnyabhahsplendid as the homes of the demigods; shibikahpalanquins; koishahmillions; shubhahglory; koishahmillions; koishahand millions; gavahcows; hema-ratna-manoharahbeautiful with gold and jewels; mandirani palaces; vicitraniwonderful; ratnanijewels; vividhanivarious; caand; sarvam all; saukhyamhappiness; bhojanadibeginning with enjoymwent; drishyateis seen; sampratamnow; tavaof you; kamsahKamsa; apieven; dharshitah defeated; jatahborn; drishvaseeing; teof you; balamthe strength; adbhutamwonderful. We see that you have thousands of intoxicated elephants, tens of millions of restless horses, tens of millions of chariots glorious as the demigods' airplanes, tens of millions of beautiful palanquins, many millions and millions of cows beautiful with gold and jewels, many wonderful jewel palaces, and all possible pleasures. Even Kamsa himself is defeated when he sees your wonderful strength. Text 6 kanyakubja-pateh sakshad bhalandana-nripasya ca jamata tvam maha-vira kuvera iva koshavan kanyakubja-patehthe king of Kanyakubja; sakshatdirectly; bhalandananripasyaof King Bhalandana; caand; jamatathe son-in-law; tvamyou; mahaviraOgreat hero; kuveraKuvera; ivalike; koshavanrich. You are the son-in-law of King Bhalandana, the ruler of Kanyakubja. You are as rich as Kuvera. Text 7 tvat-samam vaibhavam nasti nanda-raja-grihe kvacit krishivalo nanda-rajo

go-patir dina-manasah tvatto you; samamequal; vaibhavamglory; nanot; astiis; nanda-rajagrihein the home of King Nanda; kvacitanywhere; krishivalahfarmer; nandarajahKing Nanda; go-patihthe matser of cows; dina-manasahunhappy at heart. Even King Nanda's home does not have wealth and opulence equal to yours. The farmer King Nanda, who is the master of many cows, is poor-hearted in comparison to you. Text 8 yadi nanda-sutah sakshat paripurnatamo harih sarvesham pashyatam nas tat pariksham karaya prabho yadiif; nanda-sutahnanda's son; sakshatdirectiy; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; harihLord Hari; sarveshamof all; pashyatam looking on; nahof us; tatof Him; parikshama test; karayaplease make; prabhahO lord. O master, if Nanda's son is in truth the Supreme Personality of Godhead, then please put Him to a test that will reveal His divinity as we all watch. Text 9 shri-narada uvaca tesham vakyam tatah shrutva vrishabhanu-varo mahan cakara nanda-rajasya vaibhavasya parikshanam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; teshamof them; vakyamthe wprds; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; vrishabhanu-varahKing Vrishabhanu; mahan great; cakaradid; nanda-rajasyaof King Nanda; vaibhavasyaof the opulence; parikshanamtest. Shri Narada said: Hearing their words, King Vrishabhanu devised a test to determine the extent of King Nanda's wealth. Texts 10 and 11

koi-damani muktanam sthulanam maithileshvara ekaika yeshu muktash ca koi-maulyah sphurat-prabhah nidhaya tani patreshu vrinanaih kushalair janaih preshayam asa nandaya sarvesham pashyatam nripa koiten million; damanistrings; muktanamof pearls; sthulanamgreat; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila; ekaikaone by one; yeshuin which; muktash pearls; caand; koi-maulyahten million crowns; sphurat-prabhahsplendid; nidhayaplacing; tanithem; patreshuin caskets; vrinanaihwith messengers bearing a proposal of marriage; kushalaihhandsome; janaihby men; preshayam asasent; nandayato Nanda; sarveshamof all; pashyatamwatching; nripaO king. O king of Mithila, as everyone watched, King Vrishabhanu took ten million necklaces of giant pearls, each pearl splendid as ten million glittering crowns, placed them in many jewel caskets, and had many handsome men take them to King Nanda with a proposal for his son's marriage. Text 12 nanda-raja-sabham gatva vrinanah kushalah bhrisham nidhaya dama-patrani nandam ahuh pranamya tam nanda-raja-sabhamto King Nanda's assembly; gatvagoing; vrinanahthe men bearin ghe marriage-proposal; kushalahhandsome; bhrishamgreatly; nidhayaplacing; dama-patranithe caskets of pearls; nandamto Nanda; ahuh said; pranamyabowing down; tamto him. Entering King Nanda's assembly, bowing down, and presenting the caskets of pearls, the handsome men bearing the marriage-proposal spoke to Nanda. Texts 13 and 14 vrinana ucuh vivaha-yogyam nava-kanja-netram koindu-bimba-dyutim adadhanam

vijnaya radham vrishabhanu-mukhyas cakre vicaram su-varam vicinvan tavangajam divyam ananga-mohanam govardhanoddharana-doh-samudbhaam samvikshya casman vrishabhanu-vanditah sampreshayam asa vishampate prabho vrinana ucuhthe men bearing the marriage-proposal; vivahafor marriage; yogyamsuitable; nava-kanja-netramwhose eyes are new lotus flowers; koiten million; indumoons; bimbacircles; dyutimsplendor; adadhanamtaking; vijnayaunderstanding; radhamRadha; vrishabhanu-mukhyahKing Vrishabhanu; cakredid; vicaramconsideration; su-varama suitable husband; vicinvanselected; tavaof you; angajamthe son; divyamglorious; anangamohanammore charming than Kamadeva; govardhanaGovardhana Hill; uddharanalifting; doharm; samudbhaampower; samvikshyaseeing; ca and; asmanus; vrishabhanu-vanditahglorious King Vrishabhanu; sampreshayam asasent; vishampateO king of the vaishyas; prabhahO master. The men bearing a marriage-proposal said: Aware that his daughter Radha, who is splendid as ten million moons and whose eyes are like new lotus flowers, is now old enough to be married, King Vrishabhanu has given some thought to who should be Her husband. He has decided on your son, who is charming as Kamadeva himself, and whose powerful arm lifted Govardhana Hill. O master, O king of the vaishyas, seeing us, glorious King Vrishabhanu sent us with this message. Text 15 varasya canke bharanaya purvam mukta-phalanam nicayam grihana itash ca kanyartham alam pradehi saisha hi casmat kulaja prasiddhih varasyaof the bridegroom; caand; ankeon the lap; bharanayafor holding; purvambefore; mukta-phalanamof pearls; nicayamabundance; grihana please take; itahfrom this; caand; kanyagirl; arthamwealth; alamgreat; pradehiplease give; sashe; eshaShe; hiindeed; caand; asmatfrom that; kulajarespectable; prasiddhihglorious. Please accept these pearls as a wedding-gift. Please give a similar gift to this girl. She is very respectable and glorious. Text 16 shri-narada uvaca

drishva dravyam paro nando vismito 'pi vicarayan prashum yashodam tat-tulyam nitva cantah-puram yayau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; drishvaseeing; dravyamthing; parah great; nandahNanda; vismitahastonished; apieven; vicarayanconsidering; prashumto ask; yashodamYashoda; tat-tulyamequal to that; nitvabringing; caand; antah-puramto the inner rooms of the palace; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: Gazing at the precious gift, Nanda became filled with wonder. Thinking to ask Yashoda if they had anything equal to that gift, he went to the palace's inner rooms. Text 17 ciram dadhyau tada nando yashoda ca yasashvini etan-mukta-samanam tu dravyam nasti grihe mama cirama long time; dadhyaugave; tadathen; nandahNanda; yashoda Yashoda; caand; yasashviniglorious; etan-muktato those pearls; samanam equal; tuindeed; dravyamsomething; nanot; astiis; grihein the homne; mamamy. Thinking for a long time, King Nanda and glorious Yashoda came to the same conclusion: "In our home there is nothing equal to these pearls. Text 18 loke lajja gata sarva hasah syac ced dhanodbhritam kim kartavyam tat prati yac chri-krishnodvaha-karmani lokebefore the people; lajjaembarrassment; gataattained; sarvaall; hasahlaughter; syacwill be; cetif; dhanawealth; udbhritamheld; kim what?; kartavyamshould be done; tatthat; pratito; yacwhat; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; udvahamarriage; karmaniin the deed.

"If we do not give a proper gift we will be embarrassed before everyone. Everyone will laugh at us. What should we do? What can we give on the occasion of Shri Krishna's wedding?" Texts 19-21 tato 'yogyam tad-grahanam pashcat karyam dhanagame evam cintayatas tasya nandasyaiva yashodaya alakshya agatas tatra bhagavan vrijinardanah nitva dama-shatam teshu bahih-kshetreshu sarvatah mukta-phalani caikaikam prakshipat sva-karena vai yatha bijani cannanam sva-kshetreshu krishivalah tatahthen; ayogyamunsuitable; tad-grahanamacceptance of that; pashcat then; karyamto be done; dhanawealth; agamein the arrival; evamthus; cintayatahthinking; tasyaof him; nandasyaKing Nanda; evaindeed; yashodayawith Yashoda; alakshyaseeing; agatahcome; tatrathere; bhagavanthe Lord; vrijinardanahthe savior from sins; nitvataking; damashatama hundred necklaces; teshuin them; bahih-kshetreshuin the fields; sarvataheverywhere; mukta-phalanipearls; caand; eka-ekamone by one; prakshipatthrew; sva-karenawith His own hand; vaiindeed; yathaas; bijani seeds; caand; annanamof grains; sva-kshetreshuin His own fields; krishivalah a farmer. Observing that Nanda and Yashoda thought they had nothing suitable to give in return, Lord Krishna, the savior from distress, took one hundred of the pearl necklaces and, with His own hand, planted the pearls one by one as if He were a farmer planting grains. Text 22 atha nando 'pi ganayan kalika-nicayam punah shatam nyunam ca tad drishva sandeham sa jagama ha athathen; nandahNanda; apialso; ganayancounting; kalika-nicayamthe pearl necklaces; punahagain; shatamone hundred; nyunamdiminished; ca

and; tatthat; drishvaseeing; sandehamdoubt; sahe; jagamaattained; ha indeed. When he again counted the pearl necklaces, and found they were one hundred necklaces less, Nanda became filled with doubt. Text 23 shri-nanda uvaca nasti purvam yat-samanam tatrapi nyunatam gatam aho kalanko bhavita jnatishu sveshu sarvatah shri-nanda uvacaShri Nanda said; nanot; astiis; purvambefore; yatsamanamequal to that; tatrathere; apialso; nyunatamdiminution; gatam attained; ahahOh; kalankahfault; bhavitawill be; jnatishuamong the relatives; sveshuown; sarvatahin al, respects. Shri Nanda said: There are fewer necklaces than before. Alas, this is the fault of my own relatives! Text 24 athava kridanartham hi krishno yadi grihitavan baladevo 'thava balas tau pricche dina-manasah athavaor; kridanarthamin order to play; hiindeed; krishnahKrishna; yadi if; grihitavantook; baladevahBaladeva; athavaor; balahboys; tauThey; priccheI will ask; dina-manasahpoor at heart. Now I am unhappy at heart. I will ask whether Krishna or Balarama took the necklaces for their playing. Text 25 shri-narada uvaca ittham vicarya nando 'pi krishnam papraccha sadaram

prahasan bhagavan nandam praha govardhanoddharah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; vicaryaconsidering; nandahNanda; apialso; krishnamKrishna; papracchaasked; sadaram respectfully; prahasanlaughing; bhagavanthe Lord; nandamto Nanda; praha said; govardhanoddharahthe lifter of Govardhana Hill. Shri Narada said: Thinking in this way, Nanda asked Krishna. Lord Krishna, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, smiled and respectfully spoke to King Nanda. Text 26 shri-bhagavan uvaca krishivala vayam gopah sarva-bija-prarohakah kshetre mukta-prabijani vikirni-krita-vahanam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; krishivala farmers; vayamwe; gopahgopas; sarva-bijaall seeds; prarohakahplanting; kshetrein the fields; mukta-prabijaniseeds of pearls; vikirni-krita-vahanam scattering. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: We gopas are farmers. We plant all kinds of seeds. I planted some pearls in the fields. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca shrutvatha svatmajenoktam tam nirbhartsya vrajeshvarah tani netum tat-sahitas tat-kshetrani jagama ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shrutvahearing; athathen; svatmajenaby his own son; uktamspoken; tamHim; nirbhartsyarebuking; vrajaof Vraja; ishvarahthe king; tanithem; netumto bring; tat-sahitahwith Him; tat-kshetranito the fields; jagamawent; haindeed. Shri Narada said: Hearing his son's words, and rebuking Him, Nanda, the king of Vraja, went with Him to the fields to retrieve the pearls.

Text 28 tatra mukta-phalanam tu shakhinah shatashah shubhah drishyate dirgha-vapusho harit-pallava-shobhitah tatrathere; mukta-phalanamof pearls; tuindeed; shakhinahtrees; shatashahhundreds; shubhahbeautiful; drishyateis seen; dirgha-vapushah tall; haritgreen; pallavaleaves; shobhitahhandsome. There they saw hundreds of beautiful, tall, green-leaved pearl trees. Text 29 muktanam stabakanam tu koishah koisho nripa sangha vilambita rejur jyotimsiva nabhah-sthale muktanamof pearls; stabakanamclusters; tuindeed; koishahten millions; koishahten millions; nripaO king; sanghamultitude; vilambitahanging; rejuh shone; jyotimsistars; ivalike; nabhah-sthalein the sky. O king, in that place millions upon millions of bunches of pearls shone like many stars in the sky. Text 30 tadati-harshito nando jnatva krishnam pareshvaram mukta-phalani divyani purva-sthula-samani ca tadathen; ativery; harshitahpleased; nandahNanda; jnatvaunderstood; krishnamKrishna; pareshvaramthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; muktaphalanipearls; divyaniglittering; purva-sthula-samanibigger than the previous ones; caindeed. Then the dlighted Nanda could understand that Krishna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These glittering pearls were bigger even than the first ones.

Text 31 tesham tu koi-bharani nidhaya shakaeshu ca dadau tebhyo vrinanebhyo nanda-rajo vrajeshvarah teshamof them; tuindewed; koi-bharanimillions of bharas; nidhaya placing; shakaeshuon carts; caand; dadaugave; tebhyahthem; vrinanebhyahto messengers bearing amrriage proposal; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; vrajeshvarahthe king of Vraja. Placing many millions of bharas of these pearls on many wagons, Nanda, the king of Vraja, gave them to the men carrying the marriage-proposal. Text 32 te grihitvatha tat sarvam vrishabhanu-varam gatah sarvesham shrinvatam nandavaibhavam prajagur nripa tethey; grihitvataking; athathen; tatthat; sarvamall; vrishabhanuvaramto King Vrishabhanu; gatahwent; sarveshamof all; shrinvatamhearing; nanda-of Nanda; vaibhavamthe wealth; prajaguhglorified; nripaO king. They took the gift and gave it all to King Vrishabhanu. O king, everyone who saw this pastime praised the great wealth of King Nanda. Text 33 tadati-vismitah sarve jnatva nanda-sutam harim vrishabhanu-varam nemur nihsandeha vrajaukasah tadathen; ati-vismitahastonished; sarveall; jnatvaunderstanding; nandasutamNanda's son; harimLord Hari; vrishabhanu-varamto King Vrishabhanu; nemuhbowed down; nihsandehafree from doubt; vrajaukasahthe residents of Vraja.

Filled with wonder, free of doubt, and now convinced that Nanda's son really was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all the people of Vraja bowed down before King Vrishabhanu. Text 34 radha hareh priya jnata radhayash ca priyo harih jnato vraja-janaih sarvais tad-dinan maithileshvara radhaRadha; harehof Lord Hari; priyabeloved; jnataunderstood; radhayahof Radha; caand; priyahbeloved; harihLord Hari; jnatah understood; vraja-janaihby the people of Vraja; sarvaihall; tad-dinanfrom that day; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, from that day on everyone in Vraja understood that Radha was Krishna's beloved and Krishna was Radha's beloved. Text 35 mukta-kshepah krito yatra harina nanda-sununa mukta-sarovaras tatra jato maithila tirtha-ra muktathe pearls; kshepahtossing; kritahdid; yatrawhere; harinaby Lord Hari; nanda-sununathe son of Nanda; mukta-sarovarahMukta-sarovara; tatra there; jatahmanifested; maithilaO king of Mithila; tirthaof holy places; ra the king. O king of Mithila, the place where Nanda's son planted pearls became the lake Mukta-sarovara, the king of holy places. Text 36 ekam mukta-phalasyapi danam tatra karoti yah laksha-mukta-dana-phalam samapnoti na samshayah

ekamone; mukta-phalasyaof a pearl; apieven; danama string; tatra there; karotidoes; yahwho; lakshaa hundred thousand; muktapearls; dana gift; phalamresult; samapnotiattains; nano; samshayahdoubt. A person who at that place gives in charity a single pearl attains the result of giving a hundred thousand pearls. Of this there is no doubt. Text 37 evam te kathito rajan giriraja-mahotsavah bhukti-mukti-prado nrinam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi evamthus; teto you; kathitahspoken; rajanO king; giriraja-mahotsavah the festival of the king of mountains; bhuktisense gratification; muktiand liberation; pradahgiving; nrinamof human beings; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. O king, in this way I have described to you Govardhana Hill's festival, which brings with it both sense gratification and liberation. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Seven Shri Giriraja-tirtha The Holy Places of Shri Giriraja Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca kati mukhyani tirthani giriraje mahatmani etad bruhi maha-yogin sakshat tvam divya-darshanah shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; katihow many; mukhyani important; tirthaniholy places; girirajeon Govardhana Hill; mahatmanithe great soul; etatthat; bruhiplease tell; maha-yoginO great yogi; sakshat directly; tvamyou; divya-darshanahtranscendental vision.

Shri Bahulashva said: How many holy places are on noble-hearted Govardhana Hill? O great yogi, you have transcendental vision. Please tell me this. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca rajan govardhanah sarvah sarva-tirtha-varah smritah vrindavanam ca golokamukuo 'drih prapujitah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; rajanO king; govardhanahGovardhana Hill; sarvahall; sarva-tirtha-varahthe best of all holy places; smritah considered; vrindavanamVrindavana; caand; golokaof Goloka; mukuahthe crown; adrihthe hill; prapujitahworshiped. Shri Narada said: O king, Vrindavana forest and Govardhana Hill, which is the crown of Goloka, are both worshiped as the best of holy places. Text 3 gopa-gopi-gavam rakshapradam krishna-priyo mahan purna-brahmatapatro yas tasmat tirtha-varas tu kah gopa-gopi-gavamof the gopas, gopis, and cows; rakshaproetction; pradam giving; krishna-priyahdear to Lord Krishna; mahangreat; purnafull; brahma of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atapatrahthe parasol; yahwho; tasmat from that; tirtha-varahthe best of holy places; tuindeed; kahwhat? Noble Govardhana Hill is dear to Lord Krishna. It is the Supreme Personality of Godhead's parasol. It protects the cows, gopas, and gopis. What holy place is better than Govardhana Hill? Text 4 indra-yagam vinirbhartsya sarvair nija-janaih saha yat-pujanam samarebhe bhagavan bhuvaneshvarah

indrafor Indra; yagamthe sacrifice; vinirbhartsyacriticizing; sarvaihby all; nija-janaihHis own people; sahawith; yatof which; pujanamthe worship; samarebheperformed; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuvaneshvarahthe master of the worlds. Lord Krishna, the master of all the worlds, mocked the indra-yajna. Accompanied by His relatives, He worshiped Govardhana Hill. Text 5 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokeshah parat parah paripurnatamahsupremely perfect; sakshacdirewctly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; asankhyacountless; brahmandaof universes; patihthe master; golokeshah the master of Goloka; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater. Shri Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of Goloka, the ruler of countless universes. Text 6 yasmin sthitah sada kridam arbhakaih saha maithila karoti tasya mahatmyam vaktum nalam catur-mukhah yasminin whom; sthitahsituated; sadaalways; kridampastimes; arbhakaih with boys; sahawith; maithilaO king of Mithila; karotidoes; tasyaof it; mahatmyamthe glory; vaktumto say; nanot; alamable; catur-mukhahfourfaced Brahma. O king of Mithila, even the demigod Brahma cannot properly glorify Govardhana Hill, where Lord Krishna eternally plays with the gopa boys, . . . Text 7 yatra vai manasi ganga

maha-papaugha-nashini govinda-kundam vishadam shubham candra-sarovaram yatrawhere; vaiindeed; manasi gangathe Mabasa Ganga; maha-papaughanashiniwhich destroys the greatest sisn; govinda-kundamGovinda-kunda; vishadampure; shubhambeautiful; candra-sarovaramCandra-sarivara. . . . where are the Manasa-ganga, which destroys a flood of the greatest sins, pure Govinda-kunda, beautiful Candra-sarovara, . . . Text 8 radha-kundah krishna-kundo lalita-kunda eva ca gopala-kundas tatraiva kusumakara eva ca radha-kundahRadha-kunda; krishna-kundahShyama-kunda; lalita-kunda Lalita-kunda; evaindeed; caand; gopala-kundahGopala-kunda; tatrathere; evaindeed; kusumakaraKusuma-sarovara; evaindeed; caand. . . . Radha-kunda, Shyama-kunda, Lalita-kunda, Gopala-kunda, and Kusumasarovara. Text 9 shri-krishna-mauli-samsparshan mauli-cihna shilabhavat tasya darshana-matrena deva-maulir bhavej janah shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; maulithe crown; samsparshatfrom the touch; mauliof the crown; cihnathe mark; shilastone; abhavatwas; tasyaof that stone; darshana-matrenasimply by seeing; deva-maulihthe Lord's crown; bhavet is; janaha person. By the touch of Shri Krishna's crown a certain stone was marked with the sign of a crown. Anyone who sees that stone becomes the crown of the Supreme Lord. Text 10

yasyam shilayam krishnena citrani likhitani ca adyapi citrita punya namna citra-shila girau yasyamon which; shilayamstone; krishnenaby Lord Krishna; citrani pictures; likhitanidrawn; caand; adyatoday; apieven; citritadrawn; punya sacred; namnaby name; citra-shilaCitra-shila; girauon the hill. Even today on Govardhana Hill is a sacred stone marked with pictures originally drawn by Lord Krishna, and now named Citra-shila (the picture-stone). Text 11 yam shilam arbhakaih krishno vadayan kridane ratah vadani sa shila jata maha-papaugha-nashini yamwhich; shilamstone; arbhakaihwith the boys; krishnahKrishna; vadayanmaking to sound; kridanein pastimes; ratahattached; vadani sa shila vadanishila; jatamanifested; maha-papaugha-nashinidestroying a flood of great sins. When Krishna was intently playing with the boys, He played musical rhythms on a certain stone. That stone, named vadani-shila (the musical stone), destroys the greatest sins. Text 12 yatra shri-krishnacandrena gopalaih saha maithila krita vai kanduka-krida tat-kshetram kandukam smritam yatrawhere; shri-krishnacandrenaby Shri Krishna; gopalaihwith the gopas; sahawith; maithilaO king of Mithila; kritadone; vaiindeed; kandukaof ball; kridaa game; tat-kshetramthat field; kandukamthe ball; smritam remembered. The place where Krishnacandra played ball-games with the boys is called kanduka-kshetra (the ballgame-field).

Text 13 drishva shakra-padam yati natva brahma-padam ca tat viluhan yasya rajasa sakshad vishnu-padam vrajet drishvaseeing; shakra-padamthe abode of Indra; yatiattains; natva bowing down; brahma-padamto the abode of Brahman; caand; tatthat; viluhanrolling on the gorund; yasyaof which; rajasawith the dust; sakshat directly; vishnu-padamthe abode of Lord Vishnu; vrajetattains. A person who sees the place Indra-pada on Govardhana Hill, bows down at the place Brahma-pada, or rolls about in the dust of these places, attains the abode of Lord Vishnu. Text 14 gopanam ushnishany atra corayam asa madhavah aushnisham nama tat tirtham maha-papa-haram girau gopanamof the gopas; ushnishanythe turbans; atrahere; corayam asa stole; madhavahKrishna; aushnishamaushnisha; namanamed; tatthat; tirthamholy place; maha-papa-haramremoving the greatest sins; girauon the hill. The place on Govardhana Hill where Lord Krishna stole the gopas' turbans is called Aushnisha-tirtha. It removes the greatest sins. Text 15 tatraikada vai dadhi-vikrayartham vinirgato gopa-vadhu-samuhah shrutva kvanan-nupura-shabdam arad rorodha tan-margam ananga-mohi tatrathere; ekadaonce; vaiindeed; dadhi-vikrayarthamto sell yogurt; vinirgatahgone; gopa-vadhu-samuhahthe gopis; shrutvahearing; kvanannupura-shabdamtinkling anklets; aratnearby; rorodhastopped; tan-margam their pathway; ananga-mohimore charming than Kamadeva.

One day, hearing tinkling anklets as the gopis walked nearby on their way to sell yogurt, Krishna, who is more charming than Kamadeva, stopped them on the path. Text 16 vamshi-dharo vetra-varena gopaih purash ca tasam vinidhaya padam mahyam karadana-dhanaya danam dehiti gopir nijagada marge vamshi-dharahholding a flute; vetra-varenawith a stick; gopaihwith the gopas; purahahead; caand; tasamof them; vinidhayaplacing; padamfoor; mahyamto me; karadana-dhanaya danama toll; dehigive; itithus; gopihto the gopis; nijagadasaid; margeon the pathway. Holding a flute and a stick, and going ahead of the gopas, Krishna confronted the gopis on the path and demanded, "You must pay a toll to Me." Text 17 shri-gopya ucuh vakras tvam evasi samasthitah pathi goparbhakair gorasa-lampao bhrisham matra ca pitra saha karayamo balad bhavantam kila kamsa-bandhane shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; vakrahcrooked; tvamYou; evaindeed; asi are; samasthitahstanding; pathion the path; goparbhakaihwith the gopa boys; gorasa-lampaahgreedy for yogurt; bhrishamgreatly; matraby Your mother; caand; pitrafather; sahawith; karayamahwe will do; balatforcibly; bhavantamYou; kilaindeed; kamsa-bandhanein the bonds of Kamsa. The gopis said: You are crooked. You and Your gopa boys now block our path. You are greedy after yogurt. We will see to it that You, Your mother, and Your father are all locked up in Kamsa's prison. Text 18 shri-bhagavan uvaca kamsam hanishyami mahogra-dandam

sa-bandhavam me shapatho gavam ca evam karishyami yadoh pure balan neshye sadaham giriraja-bhumeh shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; kamsam Kamsa; hanishyamiI will kill; mahogra-dandamferocious; sa-bandhavamwith his friends; meof Me; shapathaha vow; gavamof the cows; caand; evam thus; karishyamiI will do; yadohof the Yadus; purein the city; balanforcibly; neshyeI will bring; sadaalways; ahamI; giriraja-bhumehon Govardhana Hill. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will kill ferocious Kamsa and all his friends. That is My solemn vow. Every day I will take the cows from Mathura to Govardhana Hill. Text 19 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva dadhi-patrani balair nitva prithak prithak bhu-prishhe pothayam asa sanandam nanda-nandanah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktvaspeaking; dadhi-patrani the pots of yogurt; balaihwith the boys; nitvataking; prithak prithaksepcific; bhu-prishheon tyhe ground; pothayam asaplaced; sanandamwith joy; nandanandanahNanda's son. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words, Krishna and the boys took the jars of yogurt and joyfully placed them on the ground. Texts 20 and 21 aho esha param dhrisho nirbhayo nanda-nandanah nirankusho bhashaniyo vane virah pure 'balah bruvamahe yashodayai nandaya ca kiladya vai evam vadantyas ta gopyah sa-smitah prayayur grihan ahahoh; eshaHe; paramvery; dhrishaharrogant; nirbhayahfearless; nanda-nandanahNanda's son; nirankusahmerciless; bhashaniyahtalkative;

vanein the forest; viraha hero; purein the city; abalaha weakling; bruvamahewe will tell; yashodayaiYashoda; nandayaNanda; caand; kila certainly; adyanow; vaiindeed; evamthus; vadantyahspeaking; tahthe; gopyahgopis; sa-smitahsmiling; prayayuhwent; grihanto their homes. Saying "Krishna is a bold, fearless, ferocious, and talkative hero here in the secluded forest, but in the city, surrounded by many men, He is only a weakling. We will certainly tell Nanda and Yashoda what He has done," the smiling gopis went to their homes. Text 22 nipa-palasha-patranam kritva dronani madhavah jaghasa balakaih sardham picchalani dadhini ca nipa-palasha-patranamnipa and palasa leaves; kritvamaking; dronanicups; madhavahKrishna; jaghasaate; balakaihthe boys; sardhamwith; picchalani picchala; dadhiniyogurt; caand. Then, making cups of nipa and palasha leaves, Krishna and the boys ate the yogurt and picchala. Text 23 dronakarani patrani babhuvuh shakhinam tada tat-kshetram ca maha-punyam dronam nama nripeshvara dronakaranicups; patranileaves; babhuvuhwere; shakhinamof the trees; tadathen; tat-kshetramthat place; caand; maha-punyamvery sacred; dronamDrona; namanamed; nripeshvaraO king of kings. O king of kings, that very sacred place, where the trees' leaves became cups, is called Drona-tirtha. Text 24 dadhi-danam tatra kritva

pitva patra-dhritam dadhi namaskuryan naras tasya golokan na cyutir bhavet dadhiof yogurt; danamthe giving; tatrathere; kritvadoing; pitva drinking; patra-dhritamheld in a leaf-cup; dadhiyogurt; namaskuryat-bowing down; naraha person; tasyaof him; golokatfrom Goloka; nanot; cyutih falling; bhavetwill be. A person who at this place gives yogurt in charity, drinks yogurt from a leaf-cup, and then bows down to offer his respectful obeisances, never falls from Goloka. Text 25 netre tv acchadya yatraiva lino 'bhun madhavo 'rbhakaih tatra tirtham laukikam ca jatam papa-pranashanam netreeyes; tuindeed; acchadyacovering; yatrawhere; evaindeed; linah disappeared; abhutbecame; madhavahKrishna; arbhakaihwith the boys; tatrathere; tirthamthe holy place; laukikamin this world; caand; jatam manifested; papa-pranashanamdestroying sins. The place where Krishna and the boys played games of closing their eyes and hiding is called Laukika-tirtha. It destroys all sins. Text 26 kadamba-khanda-tirtham ca lila-yuktam hareh sada tasya darshana-matrena naro narayano bhavet kadamba-khanda-tirthamKadamba-khanda-tirtha; caand; lila-yuktamwith pastimes; harehof Lord Hari; sadaalways; tasyaof Him; darshana-matrena simply by seeing; naraha pewrson; narayanahlike Lord Narayana; bhavet becomes. Simply by seeing Kadamba-khanda-tirtha, where Krishna enjoyed pastimes, a person attains a form like that of Lord Narayana Himself. many

Text 27 yatra vai radhaya rase shringaro 'kari maithila tatra govardhane jatam sthale shringara-mandalam yatrawhere; vaiindeed; radhayawith Radha; rasein the rasa dance; shringarahdecoration; akaridid; maithilaO king of Mithila; tatrathere; govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; jatammanifested; sthalein the place; shringara-mandalamShringara-mandala. O king of Mithila, the place on Govardhana Hill where Radha was decorated during the rasa dance is called Shringara-mandala (the decoration place). Text 28 yena rupena krishnena dhrito govardhano girih tad rupam vidyate tatra nripa shringara-mandalam yenaby which; rupenaform; krishnenaby Krishna; dhritahheld; govardhanahGovardhana Hill; girihthe hill; tatthat; rupamform; vidyateis; tatrathere; nripaO king; shringara-mandalamShringara-mandala. O king, the form Lord Krishna showed as He lifted Govardhana Hill is still present at Shringara-mandala. Texts 29 and 30 abdash catuh-sahasrani tatha cashau shatani ca gatas tatra kaler adau kshetre shringara-mandale giriraja-guha-madhyat sarvesham pashyatam nripa svatah-siddham ca tad-rupam hareh pradurbhavishyati abdahyears; catuh-sahasranifour thousand; tathaso; caand; ashau eight; shatanihundred; caand; gatahgone; tatrathere; kalehof Kali-yuga;

adauat the beginning; kshetrein the place; shringara-mandaleShringaramandala; girirajaof Govardhana Hill; guha-madhyatfrom a cave; sarveshamas all; pashyatamwatch; nripaO king; svatah-siddhamperfect; caand; tadrupamHis form; harehof Lord Hari; pradurbhavishyatiwill be manifested. O king, 4,108 years after the beginning of Kali-yuga, as everyone watches, Lord Krishna will emerge from a cave on Govardhana Hill and reveal His transcendental form at Shringara-mandala. Text 31 shri-natham deva-damanam tam vadishyanti saj-janah govardhane girau rajan sada lilam karoti yah shri-nathamShrinatha; deva-damanamthe master of the demigods; tam Him; vadishyantiwill call; saj-janahthe saintly devotees; govardhane girauon Govardhana Hill; rajanO king; sadaalways; lilampastimes; karotidoes; yah who. O king, the saintly devotees will call this form of the Lord Shrinatha. He will always enjoy pastimes on Govardhana Hill. Text 32 ye karishyanti netrabhyam tasya rupasya darshanam te kritartha bhavishyanti maithilendra kalau janah yewho; karishyantiwill do; netrabhyamwith both eyes; tasyaof Him; rupasyathe form; darshanamthe sight; tethey; kritarthasuccessful; bhavishyantiwill become; maithilendraO king of Mithila; kalauin Kali-yuga; janahpeople. O king of Mithila, the people in Kali-yuga who with their eyes see this form of the Lord will attain all spiritual success. Text 33

jagan-natho ranga-natho dvaraka-natha eva ca badri-nathash catush-kone bharatasyapi parvate jagan-nathahJagan-natha; ranga-nathahRanga-natha; dvaraka-natha Dvaraka-natha; evaindeed; caand; badri-nathahBadri-natha; catush-konein the four corners; bharatasyaof Bharata-varsha; apialso; parvateon the mountain. On the four corners of Govardhana Hill are the forms of Lord Jagannatha, Lord Ranganatha, Lord Dvarakanatha, and Lord Badrinatha. Text 34 madhye govardhanasyapi natho 'yam vartate nripa pavitre bharate varshe panca nathah sureshvarah madhyein the middle; govardhanasyaof Govardhana Hill; apialso; nathah Lord; ayamthis; vartateis; nripaO king; pavitrepure; bharate varshein Bharata-varsha; pancafive; nathahLords; sureshvarahthe masters of the demigods. Shrinatha is in the middle of Govardhana Hill. O king, these five forms of the Lord are manifested in sacred Bharata-varsha. Text 35 sad-dharma-mandapa-stambha arta-trana-parayanah tesham tu darshanam kritva naro narayano bhavet sad-dharmaof eternal reliugion; mandapaof the temple; stambhapillars; arta-trana-parayanahintent on protecting from troubles; teshamof Them; tu indeed; darshanamthe sight; kritvahaving done; naraha person; narayanah like Lord Narayana; bhavetbecomes. These four Deities are four pillars in the temple of eternal religion. They are determined to protect Their devotees from all troubles. A person who sees Them attains a transcendental form like that of Lord Narayana Himself.

Text 36 caturnam bhuvi nathanam kritva yatram narah sudhih na pashyed deva-damanam sa na yatra-phalam labhet caturnamof the four; bhuviin the world; nathanamof the Lords; kritva having done; yatramjourney; naraha person; sudhihintelligent; nanot; pashyetmay see; deva-damanamthe Supreme Lord; sahe; nanot; yatraof the pilgrimage; phalamthe result; labhetattains. An intelligent person who visits the places of these Deities but does not see the Lord there does not attain the real result of his visit. Text 37 shri-natham deva-damanam pashyed govardhane girau caturnam bhuvi nathanam yatrayah phalam apnuyat shri-nathamShrinatha; deva-damanamLord; pashyetsees; govardhane girauon Govardhana Hill; caturnamof the four; bhuvion the earth; nathanam Lords; yatrayahof the visit; phalamthe result; apnuyatattains. A person who sees Lord Shrinatha attains the result of seeing all four Deities on Govardhana Hill. Text 38 airavatasya surabheh pada-cihnani yatra vai tatra natva narah papi vaikunham yati maithila airavatasyaof Airavata; surabhehof Surabhi; pada-cihnanithe footprints; yatrawhere; vaicertainly; tatrathere; natvabowing down; naraha person; papisinful; vaikunhamto Vaikunha; yatigoes; maithilaO king of Mithila.

O king of Mithila, a sinner who bows down before the footprints of Airavata and Surabhi on Govardhana Hill goes to Vaikunha. Text 39 hasta-cihnam pada-cihnam shri-krishnasya mahatmanah drishva natva narah kashcit sakshat krishna-padam vrajet hasta-cihnamhandprint; pada-cihnamfootprint; shri-krishnasyaof Lord Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; drishvaseeing; natvabowing down; naraha person; kashcitsomeone; sakshatdirectly; krishna-padamthe abode of Lord Krishna; vrajetgoes. A person who sees the handprint and footprint of Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and bows down to offer respects to them, goes to Lord Krishna's transcendental abode. Text 40 etani nripa tirthani kundadyayatanani ca angani girirajasya kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi etanithese; nripaO king; tirthanithe holy places; kundawith lakes; adya beginning; ayatananimanifested; caand; anganithe limbs; girirajasyaof Govardhana Hill; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. O king, these are the lakes and other holy places that are the limbs of Govardhana Hill. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Eight Shri Giriraja-vibhuti The Opulences of Shri Giriraja Text 1

shri-bahulashva uvaca keshu keshu tad-angeshu kim kim tirtham samashritam vada deva maha-deva tvam paravara-vittamah shri-bahulashvah uvacaShri Bahulashva said; keshu keshuon which?; tadangeshuof its limbs; kim kimwhat?; tirthamholy place; samashritam sheltered; vadatell; devaO Lord; maha-devaO great Lord; tvamYou; paravara-vittamahthe best of they who know everything. Shri Bahulashva said: What holy places are situated on what limbs? O great master, O best of the wise, please tell. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca yatra yasya prasiddhih syat tad-angam paramam viduh kramato nasty anga-cayo girirajasya maithila shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; yatrawhere; yasyaof that; prasiddhih fame; syatis; tad-angamof its limb; paramamgreat; viduhknow; kramatah one by one; nanot; astyis; anga-cayahlimbs; girirajasyaof Govardhana Hill; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, the sages know only the most famous limbs of Govardhana Hill. They do not know them all, one by one. Text 3 yatha sarva-gatam brahma sarvangani ca tasya vai vibhuter bhavatah shashvat tatha vakshyami manada yathaas; sarva-gatamall-pervading; brahmaBrahman; sarvanganiall limbs; caand; tasyaof it; vaiindeed; vibhutehof thr opulence; bhavatah being so; shashvatdirectly; tathaso; vakshyamiI will tell; manadaO noble one.

As Brahman is present everywhere, so the opulences of the Lord are always present on all the limbs of Govardhana Hill. O noble one, I will now describe them to you. Text 4 shringara-mandalasyadho mukham govardhanasya ca yatranna-kuam kritavan bhagavan vraja-vasibhih shringara-mandalasyaShringara-mandala; adhahbelow; mukhamthe mouth; govardhanasyaof Govardhana Hill; caand; yatrawhere; anna-kuam the hill of food; kritavanmade; bhagavanthe Lord; vraja-vasibhihwith the residents of Vraja. Below Shringara-mandala is Govardhana Hill's mouth, where the Lord and the people of Vraja made a hill of food. Text 5 netre vai manasi ganga nasa candra-sarovarah govinda-kundo hy adharas cibukam krishna-kundakah netreeyes; vaiindeed; manasi gangaManasa-ganga; nasanose; candrasarovarahCandra-sarovara; govinda-kundahGovinda-kunda; hyindeed; adharahlips; cibukamchin; krishna-kundakahShyama-kunda. Manasa-ganga is Govardhana Hill's eyes, Candra-sarovara its nose, Govindakunda its lips, Shyama-kunda its chin, . . . Text 6 radha-kundam tasya jihva kapolau lalita-sarah gopala-kundah karnash ca karnantah kusumakarah

radha-kundamRadha-kunda; tasyaits; jihvatongue; kapolaucheeks; lalitasarahLalita-kunda; gopala-kundahGopasla-kunda; karnahears; caand; karnantahwithin the ear; kusumakarahKusuma-sarovara. . . . Radha-kunda its tongue, Lalita-kunda its cheeks, Gopala-kunda its ears, Kusuma-sarovara its inner ear, . . . Text 7 mauli-jihva shila tasya lalaam viddhi maithila sirash citra-shila tasya griva vai vadani shila mauli-jihvamarked with Krishna's crown; shilastone; tasyaofit; lalaam the forehead; viddhiplease know; maithilaO king of Mithila; sirahthe head; citra-shilathe picture stone; tasyaof it; grivathe n3eck; vaiindeed; vadani shilathe musical stone. O king of Mithila, please know that the stone marked with Lord Krishna's crown (mauli-shila) is Govardhana Hill's forehead, the stone decorated with pictures (citrashila) is its head, and the musical stone (vadani shila) is its throat. Text 8 kandukam parshva-desham ca aushnisham kair ucyate drona-tirtham prishha-deshe laukikam codare smritam kandukamKanduka-tirtha; parshva-deshamsides; caand; aushnisham aushnisha-tirtha; kaihhips; ucyateis said; drona-tirthamDrona-tirtha; prishha-desheback; laukikamLaukika-tirtha; caand; udarebelly; smritam considered. Kanduka-tirtha is said to be its two sides, Aushisha-tirtha its waist, Drona-tirtha its back, and Laukika-tirtha its belly. Text 9 kadamba-khandam urasi

jivah shringara-mandalam shri-krishna-pada-cihnam tu manas tasya mahatmanah kadamba-khandamKadamba-khanda; urasichest; jivahlife; shringaramandalamShringara-mandala; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; pada-cihnam footprint; tuand; manahthe heart; tasyaof it; mahatmanahnoble-hearted. Kadamba-khanda is its chest, and Shringara-mandala is its life. Shri Krishna's footprint is the heart of noble-hearted Govardhana Hill. Text 10 hasta-cihnam tatha buddhir airavata-padam padam surabheh pada-cihneshu pakshau tasya mahatmanah hasta-cihnamhandprint; tathaof it; buddhihintelligence; airavata-padam the footprint of Airavata; padamthe feet; surabhehof Surabhi; pada-cihneshuin the footprints; pakshauwings; tasyaof it; mahatmanahnoble-hearted. Lord Krishna's handprint is its intelligence, and Airavata's footprint is its feet. Surabhi's hoofprints are the wings of noble-hearted Govardhana Hill. Text 11 puccha-kunde tatha puccham vatsa-kunde balam smritam rudra-kunde tatha krodham kamam shakra-sarovare puccha-kundePuccha-kunda; tathaso; pucchamtail; vatsa-kundeVatsakunda; balamstrength; smritamconsidered; rudra-kundeRudra-kundas; tatha so; krodhamanger; kamamdesire; shakra-sarovareShakra-sarovara. Puccha-kunda is its tail, Vatsa-kunda its strength, Rudra-kunda its anger, and Shakra-sarovara its desire. Text 12 kuvera-tirtham codyogam

brahma-tirtham prasannatam yama-tirthe hy ahankaram vadantittham pura-vidah kuvera-tirthamKuvera-tirtha; caand; udyogamdetermination; brahmatirthamBrahma-tirtha; prasannatamcheerfulness; yama-tirtheYama-tirtha; hy indeed; ahankaramego; vadantisay; itthamthus; pura-vidahthe wise. The wise say that Kuvera-tirtha is Govardhana Hill's determination, Brahmatirtha its cheerfulness, and Yama-tirtha its ego. Text 13 evam angani sarvatra girirajasya maithila kathitani maya tubhyam sarva-papa-harani ca evamthus; anganithe limbs; sarvatraeverywhere; girirajasyaof Govardhana Hill; maithilaO king of Mithila; kathitanidescribed; mayaby me; tubhyamto you; sarva-papa-haraniremoving all sins; caand. O king of Mithila, in this way I have described to you Govardhana Hill's limbs, which remove all sins. Text 14 giriraja-vibhutim ca yah shrinoti narottamah sa gacched dhama paramam golokam yogi-durlabham girirajaof Govardhana Hill; vibhutimtyhe glory and opulence; caand; yah one who; shrinotihears; narottamahthe best of men; sahe; gacchetattains; dhamathe abode; paramamsupreme; golokamGoloka; yogi-durlabhamwhich even the greatest yogis cannot attain. One who hears about the glories and opulences of Govardhana Hill becomes the best of persons and goes to Goloka, the supreme abode, which even the greatest yogis cannot attain. Text 15

samutthito 'sau hari-vakshaso girir govardhano nama girindra-raja-ra samagato hy atra pulastya-tejasa yad-darshanaj janma punar na vidyate samutthitahrisen; asauit; hari-vakshasahfrom Lord Krishna's chest; girih govardhanahGovardhana Hill; namanamed; girindra-raja-rathe king of the kings of the kings of mountains; samagataharrived; hyindeed; atrahere; pulastya-tejasaby the power of Pulastya Muni; yad-darshanatby seeing which; janmabirth; punahagain; nanot; vidyateis. By seeing Govardhana Hill, which was born from Lord Hari's chest, which is the king of the kings of the kings of mountains, and which was brought to the earth by Pulastya Muni's power, one becomes free from taking birth again in this world. .pa

Chapter Nine Shri Girirajotpatti The Birth of Shri Giriraja Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca aho govardhanah sakshad girirajo hari-priyah tat-samanam na tirtham hi vidyate bhu-tale divi shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; ahahOh; govardhanah Govardhana Hill; sakshatdirectly; girirajahthe king of mountains; harito Krishna; priyahdear; tat-samanamequal to it; nanot; tirthamholy place; hi indeed; vidyateis; bhu-taleon the earth; diviin heaven. Shri Bahulashva said: Govardhana Hill is dear to Lord Hari. It is the king of mountains. No holy place in the earthly or heavenly planets is equal to it. Text 2 kada babhuva shri-krishna-

vakshaso 'yam girishvarah etad vada maha-buddhe tvam sakshad dhari-manasah kadawhen?; babhuvawas manifested; shri-krishna-of Shri Krishna; vakshasahfrom the chest; ayamit; girishvarahthe king of mountains; etat this; vadatell; maha-buddheO intelligent one; tvamyou; sakshatdirectly; hari-manasahthe heart of Lord Krishna. When was Govardhana Hill born from Lord Krishna's chest? O wise and intelligent one, please tell me that. You know what is in Lord Krishna's heart. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca golokopatti-vrittantam shrinu rajan maha-mate catush-padartha-dam nrinam adya-lila-samanvitam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; golokaof Goloka; upattithe birth; vrittantamthe stoory; shrinuhear; rajanO king; maha-matenoble-hearted; catush-padartha-damgranting the four goals of life; nrinamof human beings; adya-lila-samanvitamwith the first pastimes. Shri Narada said: O noble-hearted king, please hear the story of Goloka's birth, a story that brings to human beings the four goals of life, a story filled with transcendental pastimes. Text 4 anadir atma purusho nirgunah prakriteh parah paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan prabhuh anadihbeginningless; atmaself; purushahperson; nirgunahfree from the material modes of nature; prakritehmatter; parahabove; paripurnatamah perfect and complete; sakshatdirectly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; prabhuhHimself.

Shri Krishna is the Supreme Lord. He is a person. He has no beginning. He is perfect and complete. He is the master of all opulences. He is beyond the modes of nature. He is above the realm of matter. Text 5 pratyag-dhama svayam-jyoti ramamano nirantaram yatra kalah kalayatam ishvaro dhama-maninam pratyag-dhamain His own abode; svayam-jyotiself-effulgent; ramamanah enjoying; nirantarameternally; yatrawhere; kalahtime; kalayatammanifest; ishvarahable; dhama-maninamconsidering the abode. Time has no existence in the transcendental abode where the self-effulgent Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoys pastimes eternally. Text 6 rajan na prabhaven maya na mahamsh ca gunah kutah na vishanti kvacid rajan manash citto matir hy aham rajanO king; nanot; prabhavenhas power; mayaillusion; nanot; mahamhthe mahat-tattva; caand; gunahthe modes; kutahwhere?; nano; vishantienter; kvacitsomehwre; rajanO king; manahheart; cittahmind; matihintelligence; hyindeed; ahamego. O king, illusion has no power in that realm. Neither do the mahat-tattva, nor the material modes of nature have any power there. How can they? O king, the material heart, mind, intelligence and false-ego cannot enter there. Text 7 sva-dhamni brahma sakaram icchaya vyaracikarat prathamam cabhavac chesho bisha-shveto brihad-vapuh svaown; dhamniin the abode; brahmaBrahman; sakaramwho has form; icchayawith a desire; vyaracikaratcreated; prathamamfirst; caand; abhavat

was; sheshahShesha; bisha-shvetahwith white coils; brihad-vapuha great body. In His own abode the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose form is spiritual, desired to expand, and so He manifested the form of Lord Shesha, who has gigantic white coils. Text 8 tad-utsange maha-loko goloko loka-vanditah yam prapya bhakti-samyuktah punar avartate na hi tad-utsangeon His lap; maha-lokahthe great realm; golokahGoloka; lokavanditahworshiped by all the worlds; yamwhich; prapyaattaining; bhaktisamyuktaha devotee; punahagain; avartatereturns; nanot; hiindeed. The Lord's realm, Goloka, is worshiped by all the worlds. A devotee who goes there never returns to the world of birth and death. Text 9 asankhya-brahmanda-pater golokadhipateh prabhoh punah padabja-sambhutah ganga tri-patha-gamini asankhya-brahmanda-patehthe master of countless universes; golokadhipateh the ruler of Goloka; prabhohof the Lord; punahagain; padabja-sambhutah manifested from the lotus feet; gangathe Ganges; tri-patha-gaminitraveling through the three worlds. The Ganga, which travels through the three material worlds, was born from the lotus feet of Lord Krishna, who is the master of countless material universes and the ruler of the spiritual realm of Goloka. Text 10 punar vamamshatas tasya krishnabhut saritam vara

reje shringara-kusumair yathoshnin-mudrita nripa punahagain; vamaleft; amshatahfrom the shoulder; tasyaof Him; krishna the Yamuna; abhutwas; saritamof rivers; varathe best; rejeshone; shringara-kusumaihwith flower decorations; yathaas; ushnin-mudritawearing a turban; nripaO king. O king, the Yamuna, the best of rivers, who wore a turban and many flower ornaments, was manifested from Lord Krishna's left shoulder. Text 11 shri-rasa-mandalam divyam hema-ratna-samanvitam nana-shringara-patalam gulphabhyam shri-hareh prabhoh shri-rasa-mandalamthe rasa dance circle; divyamsplendid; hema-ratnasamanvitamwith gold and jewels; nanavarious; shringara-patalamwith many decorations; gulphabhyamfrom the ankles; shri-harehof Lord Krishna; prabhoh the Lord. The splendid rasa-dance circle, made of gold and jewels, and decorated with many ornaments, was manifested from Lord Krishna's ankles. Texts 12 and 13 sabha-prangana-vithibhir mandapaih pariveshitah vasanta-madhurya-dharah kujat-kokila-sankulah mayuraih shapadair vyaptah sarobhih parishevitah jato nikunjo janghabhyam shri-krishnasya mahatmanah sabhaassembly-houses; pranganacourtyards; vithibhihwith pathways; mandapaihwith pavilions; pariveshitahfilled; vasantaspringtime; madhurya sweetness; dharahflooded with streams; kujat-kokila-sankulahfilled with cooing cuckoos; mayuraihwith peacocks; shapadaihbeees; vyaptahfilled; sarobhih with lakes; parishevitahdecorated; jatahborn; nikunjahforest; janghabhyam

from the legs; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Filled with assembly-houses, courtyards, pathways, pavilions, peacocks, bees, and cooing cuckoos, flooded with the sweetness of spring, and decorated with many lakes, a forest grove was manifested from Lord Krishna's legs. Text 14 vrindavanam ca janubhyam rajan sarva-vanottamam lila-sarovarah sakshad urubhyam paramatmanah vrindavanamVrindavana; caand; janubhyamfrom the knees; rajanO king; sarva-vanottamamthe best of all forests; lila-sarovarahLila-sarivara; sakshat directly; urubhyamfrom the thighs; paramatmanahof the Supreme Personality of Godhead. O king, Vrindavana, the best of all forests, was manifested from Lord Krishna's knees, and Lila-sarovara lake was manifested from His thighs. Text 15 kai-deshat svarna-bhumer divya-ratna-khacit-prabha udare roma-rajish ca madhavyo vistrita latah kai-deshatfrom His hips; svarna-bhumeha golden land; divya-ratna-khacitprabhasplendid with glittering jewerls; udareon the belly; roma-rajihthe line of hairs; caand; madhavyahmadhavi; vistritaexpanded; latahvines. A golden place splendid with gold and jewels was manifested from His hips. Many flowering madhavi vines were manifested from the line of hairs on His abdomen. Text 16 nana-pakshi-ganair vyapta dhvanad-bhramara-bhushitah

su-pushpa-phala-bharaish ca natah sat-kulaja iva nana-pakshi-ganaihwith many different birds; vyaptafilled; dhvanadbhramara-bhushitahdecorated with humming bees; su-pushpa-phala-bharaih with many fruits and flowers; caand; natahbowed down; sat-kulajasaintly girls; ivalike. These vines were filled with many different birds and decorated with buzzing bees. Burdened with many flowers and fruits, they bowed down as if they were many saintly girls. Text 17 shri-nabhi-pankajat tasya pankajani sahasrashah sarahsu hari-lokasya tani rejur itas tatah shri-nabhi-pankajatfrom the lotus navel; tasyaof Him; pankajanilotuses; sahasrashahthousands; sarahsuin lakes; hariof Lord Krishna; lokasyaof the realm; tanithey; rejuhshone; itahhere; tatahand there. From the Lord's lotus navel many thousands of lotus flowers were manifested. They shone very splendidly in the many lakes of Lord Krishna's transcendental abode. Text 18 tri-bali-prantato vayur manda-gamy ati-shitalah jatru-deshac chubha jata mathura dvaraka-puri tri-bali-prantatahfrom the three folds of skin; vayuhthe breeze; manda-gamy gentle; ati-shitalahcooling; jatru-deshatfrom the collar; shubhabeautiful; jata born; mathuraMathura; dvaraka-puriDvaraka City; From the three folds of skin at the Lord's waist was manifested a gentle and cooling breeze. From His collar were manifested the cities of Mathura and Dvaraka. Text 19

bhujabhyam shri-harer jata shridamady-asha-parshadah nandash ca mani-bandhabhyam upanandah karagratah bhujabhyamfrom the arms; shri-harehof LordKrishna; jataborn; shridamady-asha-parshadahthe eight close friends headed by Shridama; nandah Nanbda; caand; mani-bandhabhyamfrom the wrists; upanandahUpananda; karagratahfrom the hands. From Lord Krishna's arms were manifested His eight friends headed by Shridama. From the Lord's wrists Nanda was manifested, and from the Lord's hands Upananda was manifested. Text 20 shri-krishna-bahu-mulabhyam sarve vai vrishabhanavah krishna-roma-samudbhutah sarve gopa-gana nripa shri-krishna-bahu-mulabhyamfrom Shri Krishna's shoulder blades; sarveall; vaiindeed; vrishabhanavahthe Vrishabhanus; krishna-roma-samudbhutahfrom the hairs of Lord Krishna's body; sarveall; gopa-ganathe gopas; nripaO king. O king, from Shri Krishna's shoulder-blades all the Vrishabhanus were manifested. From the hairs of Shri Krishna's body all the gopas were manifested. Text 21 shri-krishna-manaso gavo vrisha dharma-dhurandharah buddher yavasa-gulmani babhuvur maithileshvara shri-krishna-manasahfrom Shri Shri Krishna's mind; gavahcows; vrisha bulls; dharma-dhurandharahthe upholderers of religion; buddhehfrom the intelligence; yavasagrass; gulmaniand bushes; babhuvuhwere; maithileshvara O king of Mithila.

O king of Mithila, from Shri Krishna's mind were manifested the cows and bulls, the upholders of religion. From Shri Krishna's intelligence were manifested the grass, plants, and shrubs. Text 22 tad-vamamshat samudbhutam gauram tejah sphurat-prabham lila shrir bhush ca viraja tasmaj jata hareh priyah tad-vamamshatfrom the left shoulder; samudbhutammanifested; gauram fair; tejahsplendor; sphurat-prabhamglistening; lilaLila; shrihShri; bhush Bhu; caand; virajaViraja; tasmajfrom that; jataborn; harehof Lord Krishna; priyahthe beloveds. From the Lord's left shoulder was manifested a golden splendor that was His beloveds: Lila, Shri, Bhu, and Viraja. Text 23 lilavati priya tasya tam radham tu viduh pare shri-radhaya bhujabhyam tu vishakha lalita sakhi lilavatiLilavati; priyabloved; tasyaof Him; tamHer; radhamRadha; tu indeed; viduhknow; pareothers; shri-radhayaof Shri Radha; bhujabhyam fromn the arms; tuindeed; vishakhaVishakha; lalitaLalita; sakhifriend. One of His beloveds is Lilavati. The wise know His dearest beloved is Radha. From Radha's arms are manifested Her friends Lalita and Vishakha. Text 24 sahacaryas tatha gopyo radha-romodbhava nripa evam goloka-racanam cakara madhusudanah

sahacaryahassistants; tathathen; gopyahgopis; radha-romodbhava manifested from the hairs of Radha's body; nripaO king; evamthus; golokaof Goloka; racanamcreation; cakaradid; madhusudanahLord Krishna. O king, Her gopi-assistants were manifested from the hairs of Radha's body. In this way Lord Krishna manifested the world of Goloka. Text 25 vidhaya sarvam nija-lokam ittham shri-radhaya tatra raraja rajan asankhya-lokanda-patih paratma parah pareshah paripurna-devah vidhayaplacing; sarvameverything; nija-lokamHis own realm; itthamthus; shri-radhayawith Radha; tatrathere; rarajashone; rajanO king; asankhyalokanda-patihthe Lord of countless universes; paratmathe Supreme Self; parah the Supreme; pareshahthe master oif all; paripurna-devahtheperfect Lord. After thus manifesting His own abode, Lord Krishna, the perfect and complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the master of countless universes, shone with great glory in Shri Radha's company there. Texts 26-28 tatraikada sundara-rasa-mandale spurat-kvanan-nupura-shabda-sankule su-cchatra-mukta-phala-damajavritasravad-brihad-bindu-virajitangane shri-malatinam su-vitana-jalatah svatah-sravat-san-makaranda-gandhite mridanga-tala-dhvani-venu-nadite su-kanha-gitadi-manohare pare shri-sundari-rasa-rase manorame madhya-sthitam koi-manoja-mohanam jagada radha-patim urjaya gira kritva kaaksham rasa-dana-kaushalam tatrathere; ekaone; sundara-rasa-mandalein the beautiful rasa-dance circle; spurat-kvanan-nupura-shabda-sankulefilledwith the tinkling of anklets; succhatraa glorious parasol; mukta-phala-damajastrings of pearls; avritafilled; sravad-brihad-binduwith great drops; virajitaglorious; anganecourtyard; shri-

malatinamof malati vines; su-vitana-jalatahfroma great network; svatah-sravatsan-makarandawith spontaneously flowing nectar; gandhitefragrant; mridangatala-dhvani-venu-naditefilled with the sounds of flute and mridanga; su-kanhagitadiwith beautiful songs from beautiful necks; manoharebeautiful; pare other; shri-sundari-rasa-rasein the nectar of the rasa dance of beautiful girlws; manoramebeautiful; madhya-sthitamstaying in the middle; koi-manojamohanammore charming than ten million Kamadevas; jagadaspoke; radhapatimto the aLord of Radha; urjayawithg earnest; girawords; kritvadoing; kaakshama sidelong glance; rasa-dana-kaushalamexpert at giving nectar. One day, in the beautiful rasa-dance circle, which was filled with the tinkling of anklets and with courtyards splendid with pearls and parasols, awnings of flowering malati vines fragrant with nectar honey, sounds of flute and mridanga, and beautiful singing from beautiful throats, and which was beautiful with many beautiful girls, Radha cast a sidelong glance at Lord Krishna, who is more charming that many millions of Kamadevas, and who generously gives the sweetest nectar. She spoke to Him the following words. Text 29 shri-radhovaca yadi rase prasanno 'si mama premna jagat-pate tadaham prarthanam tvam tu karomi manasi sthitam shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; yadiif; rasein the rasa dance; prasannah pleased; asiYou are; mamaof Me; premnawith the love; jagat-pateO Lord of the worlds; tadathen; ahamI; prarthanamrequest; tvamto You; tu indeed; karomiI do; manasiin the heart; sthitamsituated. Shri Radha said: O Lord of the worlds, if You are pleased with My love in this rasa-dance, then there is a desire in My heart I would like to place before You. Text 30 shri-bhagavan uvaca iccham varaya vamoru ya te manasi vartate na deyam yadi yad vastu premna dasyami tat priye shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; iccham desire; varayaplease choose; vamoruO girl with the beautiful thighs; yawhat;

teof You; manasiin the heart; vartateis; nanot; deyamto be given; yadiif; yatwhat; vastuthings; premnawith love; dasyamiI will give; tatthat; priye O beloved. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O girl with the beautiful thighs, You may ask for whatever Your heart desires. O beloved, if I have not already given it, I will lovingly give whatever You wish. Text 31 shri-radhovaca vrindavane divya-nikunja-parshve krishna-tae rasa-rasaya yogyam rahah-sthalam tvam kurutan manojnam manoratho 'yam mama deva-deva shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; vrindavanein Vrindavan; divya-nikunjaparshvein the splendid groves; krishnaof the Yamuna; taeon the shore; rasarasayafor the nectar of a rasa dance; yogyamsuitable; rahah-sthalamsecluded place; tvamYou; kurutanmay do; manojnambeautiful; manorathahdesire; ayamthis; mamaMy; deva-devaO Lord of lords. Shri Radha said: In splendid Vrindavana forest, in a beautiful and secluded place by the Yamuna's shore, please make an arena for a nectar rasa-dance. O Lord of lords, this is My desire. Text 32 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktva bhagavan raho-yogyam vicintayan sva-netra-pankajabhyam tu hridayam sandadarsha ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tathastuso be it; caand; uktvasaying; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; raho-yogyamsecluded; vicintayanconsidering; sva-netra-pankajabhyamwith His lotus eyes; tuundeed; hridayamheart; sandadarshasaw; haindeed. Shri Narada said: Saying, "So be it", the Lord meditated. With His lotus eyes he looked inside His heart.

Text 33 tadaiva krishna-hridayad gopi-vyuhasya pashyatah nirgatam sa-jalam tejo 'nuragasyeva cankuram tadathen; evacertainly; krishna-hridayatfrom Lord Krishna's heart; gopivyuhasyaa host of gopis; pashyatahwatching; nirgatamcame out; sa-jalam with water; tejahfire; anuragasyaof love; ivalike; caand; ankurama sprout. As the gopis watched, Krishna's love, in a form of fire and water, came from His heart as a sprout comes up from the ground. Text 34 patitam rasa-bhumau tad vavridhe parvatakriti ratna-dhatu-mayam divyam su-nirjhara-dari-vritam patitamfallen; rasa-bhumauon the ground of the rasa-dance; tatthat; vavridhegrew; parvatakritiin the form of a mountain; ratna-dhatu-mayam made of jewels; divyamsplendid; su-nirjhara-dari-vritamfilled with caves and mountain-streams. Falling onto the ground of the rasa-dance circle, that love grew into a great mountain filled with many caves and swiftly-moving streams, . . . Text 35 kadamba-bakulashokalata-jala-manoharam mandara-kunda-vrindadhyam su-pakshi-gana-sankulam kadambakadamba; bakulabakula; ashokaasoka; latavines; jalanetwork; manoharambeautiful; mandaramandara; kundakunds; vrindamultitudes; adhyamopulent; su-pakshi-gana-sankulamfilled with birds.

. . . beautiful with kadamba, bakula, and ashoka trees and a great network of flowering vines, opulent with mandara and kunda flowers, and filled with graceful birds. Text 36 kshana-matrena vaideha laksha-yojana-vistritam shata-koir yojananam lambitam sheshavat punah kshana-matrenain onlky a moment; vaidehaO king of Videha; laksha-yojanavistritameight hundred thousand miles; shata-koihone billion; yojananam yojanas; lambitamin extent; sheshavatlike Shesha; punahagain. O king of Videha, in a single moment that mountain became eight hundred thousand miles wide and eight billion miles long. It was like another Ananta Shesha. Text 37 urdhvam samunnatam jatam pancashat-koi-yojanam karindra-vat sthitam shashvat pancashat-koi-vistritam urdhvamup; samunnatamraised; jatamborn; pancashat-koi-yojanam 4,000,000,000 miles; karindra-vatlike the king of elephants; sthitamsituated; shashvateternally; pancashat-koi-vistritamfive hundred million. It was four billion miles tall. It is four billion miles tall eternally. It was like a gigantic elephant. Text 38 koi-yojana-dirghangaih shringanam shatakaih sphurat uccakaih svarna-kalashaih prasadam iva maithila koi-yojanaeithy million miles; dirghatall; angaihwith limbs; shringanam of peaks; shatakaihwith a hundred; sphuratmanifested; uccakaihtall; svarna-

kalashaihwith many golden domes; prasadama palace; ivalike; maithilaO king of Mithila. It had a hundred eighty-million-mile-tall peaks. O king of Mithila, it was like a great palace with many golden domes. Text 39 govardhanakhyam tac cahuh shata-shringam tathapare evam-bhutam tu tad api vardhitam manasotsukam govardhanakhyamnamed Govardhana Hill; tatthat; caand; ahuhsaid; shata-shringamhundred peaks; tathaso; apareothers; evam-bhutamin this way; tuindeed; tatthat; apialso; vardhitamincreased; manasaof the heart; utsukamthe eagerness. Some called this mountain Govardhana and others called it Shatashringa (a hundred peaks). The mountain expanded as much as its heart wished. Text 40 kolahale tada jate goloke bhaya-vihvale vikshyotthaya harih sakshad dhastenashu tatada tam kolahalechaos; tadathen; jatewas maniufested; golokeinj Goloka; bhayavihvalefilled with fear; vikshyaseeing; utthayarising; harihKrishna; sakshat directly; hastenawith one hand; ashuat once; tatadastruck; tamit. As the mountain expanded, Goloka became filled with fear and there was a great uproar. Lord Krishna at once stood up and slapped the mountain with His hand Text 41 kim vardhase bho pracchinnam lokam acchadya tishhasi kim va na caite vasitum tac-chantim akarod dharih

kimwhy?; vardhasedo you expand; bhahO; pracchinnamcovered; lokam realm; acchadyacoving; tishhasiyou stand; kimwhy?; vaor; nanot; ca and; etethey; vasitumto reside; tat-shantimpeace; akarotdid; harih Krishna. He said, "Why do You expand so much? You have covered the entire realm! Why do you not stop at once?" In this way Krishna stopped the mountain from growing any further. Text 42 samvikshya tam giri-varam prasanna bhagavat-priya tasmin rahah-sthale rajan raraja harina saha samvikshyaseeing; tamthis; giri-varambest of mountains; prasanna pleased; bhagavat-priyathe Lord's beloved; tasminin that; rahah-sthalein a secluded pkace; rajanO king; rarajashone; harinaKrishna; sahawith. Gazing at this best of mountains, Lord Krishna's beloved Radha was very pleased. O king, She enjoyed pastimes with Krishna in a secluded place on that mountain. Text 43 so 'yam giri-varah sakshac chri-krishnena pranoditah sarva-tirtha-mayah shyamo ghana-shyamah sura-priyah sahthis; ayamthis; giri-varahthe best of mountains; sakshacdirectly; shrikrishnenaby Krishna; pranoditahsent; sarva-tirtha-mayahconsisting of all holy places; shyamahdark; ghana-shyamahdark as a cloud; sura-priyahdear to the Lord. In this way Govardhana Hill, which is the best of mountains, which is dear to the Lord, which is dark as a monsoon cloud, and which contains within itself all holy places, was manifested by Lord Krishna. Text 44

bharatat pashcima-dishi salmali-dvipa-madhyatah govardhano janma lebhe patnyam dronacalasya ca bharatatfrom Bharata varsa; pashcima-dishiin the w4est; salmali-dvipamadhyatahin Slamali-dvipa; govardhanahGovardhana Hill; janmabirth; lebhe attained; patnyamin the wife; dronacalasyaof Mount Drona; caand. In Shalmali-dvipa, to the west of Bharata-varsha, Govardhana Hill was born from the wife of Mount Drona. Text 45 pulastyena samanito bharate vraja-mandale vaideha tasyagamanam maya tubhyam puroditam pulastyenaby Pulastya Muni; samanitahbrought; bharateto Bharata varsa; vraja-mandalein Vraja-mandala; vaidehaO king of Videha; tasyaof him; agamanamthe arrival; mayaby me; tubhyamto you; purabefore; uditam described. Pulastya Muni brought Govardhana to Bharata-varsha. O king of Videha, I have already described this to you. Text 46 yatha pura vardhitum utsuko 'yam tathapidhanam bhavita bhuvo va vicintya shapam munina paresho dronatmajayeti dadau kshayartham yathaas; purabefore; vardhitumto 3expand; utsukaheager; ayamthis; tathaso; apidhanamcovered; bhavitawill be; bhuvahof the earth; vaor; vicintyaconsidering; shapamcurse; muninaby the sage; pareshahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dronatmajayato the son of Mount Drona; iti thus; dadaugave; kshayarthamto decrease.

Because Govardhana Hill had been so eager to expand unlimitedly, Lord Krishna arranged that the sage Pulastya curse it to decrease day by day. .pa

Chapter Ten Shri Giriraja-mahatmya The Glory of Shri Giriraja Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atraivodaharantimam itihasam puratanam yasya shravana-matrena maha-papam pranashyati shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; atrahere; evaindeed; udaharantisay; imamthus; itihasamhistory; puratanamancient; yasyaof which; shravanamatrenasimply by hearing; maha-papamgreat sin; pranashyatiis destroyed. Shri Narada said: This is the most ancient history of Goloka. When one hears it, all his sins are destoryed. Text 2 vijayo brahmanah kashcid gotami-tira-vasa-krit ayayau svam rinam netum mathuram papa-nashinim vijayahVijaya; brahmanahbrahmana; kashcita certain; gotami-tira-vasa-krit residing on the bank of the Gotami river; ayayauwent; svamown; rinamdebt; netumto repay; mathuramto Mathura; papa-nashinimdestroyer of sins. One day, in order to repay the debt he owed the sages and ancestors, a certain brahmana named Vijaya went to Mathura, the holy place that removes all sins. Text 3

kritva karyam griham gacchan govardhana-taim gatah vartulam tatra pashanam caikam jagraha maithila kritvadoing; karyamduty; grihamhome; gacchangoing; govardhana-taim to Govardhana Hill; gatahwent; vartulamround; tatrathere; pashanam stone; caand; ekamone; jagrahatook; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, after performing his religious duties, he went to Govardhana Hill and took one of the stones there. Text 4 shanaih shanair vanoddeshe nirgato vraja-mandalat agre dadarsha cayantam rakshasam ghora-rupinam shanaih shanaihgradually; vanoddeshein the forest; nirgatahwent; vrajamandalatfrom the circle of Vraja; agrebefore; dadarshasaw; caand; ayantam coming; rakshasama raksasa; ghora-rupinamhorrible. Going in a leisurely way from forest to forest, he finally left the circle of Vraja. At that moment he saw a horrible rakshasa monster approaching. Text 5 hridaye ca mukham yasya trayah padah bhujash ca sha hasta-trayam ca sthuloshho nasha hasta-samunnata hridayein the chest; caand; mukhamface; yasyaof whom; trayahfear; padahfeet; bhujasharms; caand; shasix; hasta-trayamthree hands; ca and; sthuloshhahhuge lips; nashanose; hasta-samunnataraised hands. The monster had three heads, three chests, six arms, six legs, three hands, huge lips, and a huge nose. His hands were raised in the air. Text 6

sapta-hasta lalaj-jihva kanakabhas tanuruhah arune akshini dirghe danta vakra bhayankarah sapta-hastaseven hands; lalaj-jihvalolling tongue; kanakabhahlike a thorn bush; tanuruhahthe hairs of the body; arunered; akshinieyes; dirghelong; dantateeth; vakracurved; bhayankarahfearsome. His seven-hands-long tongue moved to and fro, the hairs of his body were like a tangle of thorns, his eyes were red, and he had long, curved, frightening fangs. Text 7 rakshaso ghurghura-shabdam kritva capi bubhukshitah ayayau sammukhe rajan brahmanasya sthitasya ca rakshasahthe monster; ghurghura-shabdama snorting sound; kritva making; caand; apiand; bubhukshitahwishing to eat; ayayaucame; sammukhein the presence; rajanO king; brahmanasyaof the brahmana; sthitasyastanding there; caand. O king, wishing to eat him, the snorting monster approached the brahmana. Text 8 girirajodbhavenasau pashanena jaghana tam giriraja-shila-sparshat tyaktvasau rakshasim tanum girirajaon Govardhana Hill; udbhavenamanifested; asauhe; pashanena the stone; jaghanahit; tamhim; giriraja-shilaof the stone from Govardhana Hill; sparshatfrom the touch; tyaktvagave up; asauhe; rakshasimof the monster; tanumthe body. With his Govardhana-stone the brahmana struck the monster. Hit by the Govardhana-stone, the monster gave up his body.

Texts 9 and 10 padma-patra-vishalakshah shyamasundara-vigrahah vana-mali pita-vasa mukui kundalanvitah vamshi-dharo vetra-hastah kamadeva ivaparah bhutva kritanjalir vipram prananama muhur muhuh padmalotus; patrapetal; vishalalarge; akshaheyes; shyamadark; sundarahandsome; vigrahahform; vana-maliwearing a forest garland; pitavasayellow garments; mukuiwearign a crown; kundalanvitahwearing earrings; vamshia flute; dharahholding; vetra-hastaha stick in his hand; kamadevaKamadeva; ivalike; aparahanother; bhutvabecoming; kritanjalih with folded hands; vipramto the brahmana; prananamaoffered obeisances; muhuhagain; muhuhand again. Suddenly transformed into a handsome dark person with large lotus-petal eyes, dressed in yellow garments, garlanded with forest flowers, wearing a crown and earrings, holding a flute and stick, glorious as another Kamadeva, and his features like those of Lord Krishna, with folded hands he bowed before the brahmana again and again. Text 11 shri-siddha uvaca dhanyas tvam brahmana-shreshha para-trana-parayanah tvaya vimocito 'ham vai rakshasatvan maha-mate shri-siddha uvacathe liberated soul said; dhanyahfortunate; tvamyou; brahmana-shreshhaO best of brahmanas; para-trana-parayanahdevoted to the protection of others; tvayaby you; vimocitahfreed; ahamI am; vaiindeed; rakshasatvatfrom the state of being a monster; maha-mateO noble-hearted one. The liberated soul said: O best of brahmanas, you earnestly work for the salvation of others. O noble-hearted one, you have rescued me from a monster's life.

Text 12 pashana-sparsha-matrena kalyanam me babhuva ha na ko 'pi mam mocayitum samartho hi tvaya vina pashanaof the stone; sparshaby the touch; matrenasimply; kalyanam auspiciousness; meof me; babhuvabecame; haOh; nanot; ko 'pianyone; mamme; mocayitumto deliver; samarthahis able; hiindeed; tvayafor you; vinaexcept. Good fortune has come to me simply by the touch of this stone. No one but you could have delivered me. Text 13 shri-brahmana uvaca vismitas tava vakye 'ham na tvam mocayitum kshamah pashana-sparshana-phalam na jane vada suvrata shri-brahmana uvacathe brahmana said; vismitahsurprised; tavaof you; vakyethe words; ahamI am; nanot; tvamyou; mocayitumto deliver; kshamaham able; pashana-sparshana-phalamthe result of a stone's touch; na not; janeI understand; vadaplease tell; suvrataO saintly one. The brahmana said: I am astonished by your words. I have no power to deliver you. I don't know how, simply by a stone's touch, this has happened. O saintly one, please tell me how this happened. Text 14 shri-siddha uvaca girirajo hare rupam shriman govardhano girih tasya darshana-matrena naro yati kritarthatam shri-siddha uvacathe liberated souls said; girirajahthe king of mountains; hareof Lord Krishna; rupamthe form; shrimanglorious; govardhanah

Govardhana Hill; girihhill; tasyaof it; darshana-matrenasimply by seeing; naraha person; yatibecomes; kritarthatamsuccessful. The liberated soul said: Glorious Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains, is the person form of Lord Krishna. Simply by seeing it, a person attains the supreme goal of life. Text 15 gandhamadana-yatrayam yat phalam labhate narah tasmat koi-gunam punyam girirajasya darshane gandhamadana-yatrayamon a journey to Gandhamadama Mountain; yat what; phalamresult; labhateattains; naraha person; tasmatthan that; koigunammultiplied millions of times; punyampiety; girirajasyaof Govardhana Hill; darshanein seeing. By seeing Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result many millions of times greater than the result of a pligrimage to Mount Gandhamadana. Text 16 panca-varsha-sahasrani kedare yat tapah-phalam tac ca govardhane vipra kshanena labhate narah panca-varsha-sahasranifive thousand years; kedareon Mount Kedara; yat what; tapah-phalamthe result of austerities; tacthat; caand; govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; vipraO brahmana; kshanenain a moment; labhateattains; naraha person. O brahmana, the same result one attains by performing austerities for five thousand years on Mount Kedara is attained in a single moment on Govardhana Hill. Text 17 malayadrau svarna-bharadanasyapi ca yat phalam

tasmat koi-gunam punyam giriraje hi masikam malayadrauin the Malaya Hills; svarnaof gold; bharaof a bhara; danasya of charity; apieven; caand; yatthat; phalamresult; tasmatthan that; koigunammultiplied millions of times; punyampiety; girirajeon Govardhana Hill; hiindeed; masikamone month. By staying for one month on Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result many millions of times greater than the result of giving in charity a bhara of gold in the Malaya Hills. Text 18 parvate mangala-prasthe yo dadyad dhema-dakshinam sa yati vishnu-sarupyam yuktah papa-shatair api parvate mangala-prastheon Mount Mangala; yahone who; dadyatgives; dhema-dakshinamgold in daksina; sahe; yatiattains; vishnu-sarupyama form like Lord Vishnu's; yuktahengaged; papa-shataihwith hundreds of sins; api even. Even though he has committed hundreds of sins, a person who on Mount Mangala gives gold in charity attains a spiritual form like Lord Vishnu's. Text 19 tat padam hi naro yati girirajasya darshanat giriraja-samam punyam anyat tirtham na vidyate tatthat; padamstate; hiindeed; narahaperson; yatiattains; girirajasya of Govardhana Hill; darshanatfrom seeing; giriraja-samamlike Govardhana Hill; punyampiety; anyatanother; tirthamholy place; nanot; vidyateis. That same result is attained simply by seeing Govardhana Hill. No other holy place is as sacred as Govardhana Hill. Texts 20 and 21

rishabhadrau kuakadrau kolakadrau tatha narah suvarna-shringa-yuktanam gavam koir dadati yah maha-punyam labhet so 'pi vipran sampujya yatnatah tasmal laksha-gunam punyam girau govardhane dvija rishabhadrauon Mount Rishabha; kuakadrauon Mount kuaka; kolakaon Mount Kolaka; tathaso; naraha person; suvarnagold; shringahorns; yuktanamwith; gavamof cows; koihtewn million; dadatigives; yahone who; maha-punyamgreat piety; labhetattains; sahhe; apialso; vipran brahmanas; sampujyaworshiping; yatnatahcarefully; tasmalthan that; lakshagunama hunbdred thousand times; punyampiety; girau govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; dvijaO brahmana. O brahmana, simply by visiting Govardhana Hill one attains piety a hundred thousand times greater than the piety he would attain if on the sacred mountains Rishabha, Kuaka, and Kolaka he had worshiped many brahmanas and given in charity ten million cows with golden horns. Texts 22 and 23 rishyamukasya sahyasya tatha deva-gireh punah yatrayam labhate punyam samastaya bhuvah phalam girirajasya yatrayam tasmat koi-gunam phalam giriraja-samam tirtham na bhutam na bhavishyati rishyamukasyaof Rishyamuka; sahyasyaborne; tathaso; deva-girehof Devagiri; punahagain; yatrayamon pilgrimage; labhateattains; punyam piety; samastayaall; bhuvahof tyhe world; phalamthe result; girirajasyaof Govardhana Hill; yatrayamon pilgrimage; tasmatthan that; koi-gunam multiplied ten million times; phalamresult; giriraja-samamequal to Govardhana Hill; tirthamholy place; nanot; bhutamwas; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be. By going on pilgrimage to Govardhana Hill one attains piety ten million times greater than the piety he would attain by going on pilgrimage to Rishyamuka or

Devagiri. There never was, nor will there ever be a holy place equal to Govardhana Hill. Texts 24 and 25 shri-shaile dasha varshani kunde vidyadhare narah snanam karoti sukriti shata-yajna-phalam labhet govardhane pucche-kunde dinaikam snana-krin narah koi-yajna-phalam sakshat punyam eti na samshayah shri-shaileon Shri Saila; dashaten; varshaniyears; kunde vidyadharein Vidyadhara-kunda; naraha person; snanambath; karotidoes; sukritipious; shata-yajna-phalamthe result of a hundred yajnas; labhetattains; govardhane on Govardhana Hill; pucche-kundein Puccha-kunda; dinaikamone day; snanakrinbathing; naraha person; koi-yajna-phalamthe result of ten million yajnas; sakshatdirect; punyampiety; etiattains; nano; samshayahdoubt. By bathing every day for ten years in Vidyadhara-kunda on Shri Shaila, one attains the result of a hundred yajnas. By once bathing in Puccha-kunda on Govardhana Hill one attains the result of ten million yajnas. Of this there is no doubt. Texts 26 and 27 venkatadrau vari-dhare mahendre vindhya-parvate yajnam kritva hy ashvamedham naro naka-patir bhavet govardhane 'smin yo yajnam kritva dattva su-dakshinam nake padam samvidhaya sa vishnoh padam avrajet venkatadrauon Venkata Hill; vari-dhareon Mounta Varidhara; mahendreon Mount Mahendra; vindhya-parvatein the Vindhya mountains; yajnama yajna; kritvaperforming; hyindeed; ashvamedhamasvamedha; naraha person; naka-patihthe king of heaven; bhavetbecomes; govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; asminthere; yahwho; yajnama yajna; kritvaperforms; dattvagiving; su-dakshinamdaksina; nakein the heaven; padamthe realm;

samvidhayasurpassing; sahe; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; padamthe abode; avrajetattains. A person who performs an ashvamedha-yajna on the mountains Venkaa, Varidhara, Mahendra, or Vindhya, attains the post of King Indra. A person who performs an ashvamedha-yajna on Govardhana Hill and gives proper dakshina goes beyond the realm of Indra and attains the abode of Lord Vishnu. Texts 28-30 citrakue payasvinyam shri-rama-navami-dine pariyatre tritiyayam vaishakhasya dvijottama kukuradrau ca purnayam niladrau dvadashi-dine indrakile ca saptamyam snanam danam tapah kriya tat sarvam koi-gunitam bhavatittham hi bharate govardhane tu tat sarvam anantam jayate dvija citrakueon Citrakua; payasvinyamin Payasvini; shri-rama-navami-dineon Shri Rama-navami day; pariyatrepilgrimage; tritiyayamon the third; vaishakhasyaduring Visakha; dvijottamaO best of brahmanas; kukuradrauon Mount Kukura; caand; purnayamduring the full moon day; niladrauon Mount Nila; dvadashi-dineon the dvadasi day; indrakileon Indrakila; caand; saptamyamon the saptami; snanambath; danamcharity; tapahasterity; kriya pious deed; tatthat; sarvamall; koi-gunitammultiplied by ten million times; bhavatiis; itthamthus; hiindeed; bharatein Bharata varsa; govardhaneon Govardhana Hill; tubut; tatthat; sarvamall; anantamendless; jayateis manifested; dvijaO brahmana. O best of brahmanas, bathing in sacred rivers, giving charity, performing austerities, and performing pious deeds, all these performed during Shri Ramanavami on Mount Citrakua, during the third day of Vishakha on Pariyatra, during the full-moon on Mount Kukura, during Dvadashi on Mount Nila, or during Saptami at Indrakila bring a great pious result. That pious result is multiplied ten million times by visiting Bharata-varsha. It is multiplied unlimited times by visiting Govardhana Hill. Texts 31-37

godavaryam girau simhe mayapuryam tu kumbhage pushkare pushya-nakshatre kurukshetre ravi-grahe candra-grahe tu kashyam vai phalgune naimishe tatha ekadashyam shukare ca kartikyam gana-mukti-de janmashamyam madhoh puryam khandave dvadashi-dine kartikyam purnimayam tu vaeshvara-maha-vae makararke prayage tu barhishmatyam hi vaidhritau ayodhya-sarayu-tire shri-rama-navami-dine evam shiva-caturdashyam vaijanatha-shubhe vane tatha darshe soma-vare ganga-sagara-sangame dashamyam setubandhe ca shri-range saptami-dine eshu danam tapah snanam japo deva-dvijarcanam tat sarvam koi-gunitam bhavatiha dvijottama tat-tulyam punyam apnoti girau govardhane vare godavaryamin thre Godavari; girau simhein Mount Simha; mayapuryamin Mayapuri; tuindeed; kumbhageduring kumbhaga; pushkareduring puskara; pushya-nakshatreduring pusya-naksatra; kurukshetreat Kuruksetra; ravi-grahe on Sunday; candra-graheduring the moon; tuindeed; kashyamat Varanasi; vaiindeed; phalgunein the month of Phalguna; naimishein Naimisaranya; tatha so; ekadashyamduting ekadashi; shukarein siukara; caand; kartikyamin kartika; gana-mukti-degiving liberation; janmashamyamin janmastami; madhoh puryamin Mathura City; khandavein the khandava forest; dvadashi-dine on Dvadasi; kartikyamin Kartika; purnimayamon the full moon; tuindeed; vaeshvara-maha-vaeat the great vatesvara banyan tree; makararkein markara; prayagein Prayaga; tuindeed; barhishmatyamin Barhismati; hi indeed; vaidhritauin Vaidhrti; ayodhya-sarayu-tireon ther shore of the Sarayu at Ayodhya; shri-rama-navami-dineon Shri Rama-navami; evamthus; shivacaturdashyamon Siva caturdasi; vaijanatha-shubhe vanein brautiful vaijanatha

forest; tathaso; darshein darsa; soma-vareon monday; ganga-sagarasangameat Ganga-sagara; dashamyamon dasami; setubandheat Setubandha; caand; shri-rangeat Shri Ranga; saptami-dineon saptami; eshuin these; danamcharity; tapahausterity; snanambathing; japahchanting mantras; deva-dvijarcanamworshiping the Lord and the ds; tatthat; sarvamall; koi ten million times; gunitammultitplied; bhavatiis; ihahere; dvijottamaO best of brahmana; tat-tulyamequal to that; punyampiety; apnotiattains; girau govardhane vareon Govardhana Hill. By giving charity, performing austerities, bathing in sacred rivers, chanting sacred mantras, or worshiping the brahmanas and the Supreme Personality of Godhead at the Godavari, Mount Simha, Mayapuri, Kumbhaga, Pushkara, Pushyanakshatra, Kurukshetra, Ravi-graha, Candra-graha, Kashi, Phalguna, Naimisha, Ekadashi, Shukara, Kartiki, Ganamuktida, Janmashami, Madhupuri, Khandava, Dvadashi, Kartiki, Purnima, Vaeshvara-maha-vaa, Makararka, Prayaga, Barhishmati, Vaidhriti, Ayodhya-sarayu-tira, Shri Rama-navami-dina, Shivacaturdashi, vaijanatha-shubha-vana, Darsha, Soma-vara, Ganga-sagara-sangama, Dashami, Setubandha, Shri Ranga, or Saptami-dina, on attains a great pious result. O best of brahmanas, by visiting Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result ten million times greater than all those pious deeds together. Text 38 govinda-kunde vishade yah snati krishna-manasah prapnoti krishna-sarupyam maithilendra na samshayah govinda-kundeGpvinda-kunda; vishadesacred; yahwho; snatibathes; krishna-manasahthinking og Krishna; prapnotiattains; krishna-sarupyama form like Krishnas's; maithilendraO king of Mithila; nano; samshayahdoubt. One who, thinking of Lord Krishna, bathes in sacred Govinda-kunda, attains a transcendental form like Lord Krishna's. O king of Mithila, of this there is no doubt. Text 39 ashvamedha-sahasrani rajasuya-shatani ca manasi-gangaya tulyam na bhavanty atra no girau ashvamedha-sahasranithousand asvamedha-yajnas; rajasuya-shatania hundred rajasuya-yajnas; caand; manasi-gangayawith manasa-ganga; tulyam

equal; nanot; Govardhana Hill.

bhavantyis;

atrahere;

nanot;

uindeed;

girauon

Neither a thousand ashvamedha-yajnas nor a hundred rajasuya-yajnas are equal to visiting Manasa-ganga on Govardhana Hill. Text 40 tvaya vipra kritam sakshad girirajasya darshanam sparshanam ca tatah snanam na tvatto 'py adhiko bhuvi tvayaby you; vipraO brahmana; kritamdone; sakshatdirectly; girirajasya of Govardhana Hill; darshanamsight; sparshanamtouch; caand; tatah there; snanambath; nanot; tvattahthan you; apieven; adhikahgreater; bhuvion the earth. O brahmana, you have directly seen and touched Govardhana Hill. You have bathed in its sacred waters. In this world no one is more fortunate than you. Text 41 na manyase cen mam pashya maha-patakinam param govardhana-shila-sparshat krishna-sarupyatam gatah nanot; manyaseyou consider; cenif; mamme; pashyalook; mahapatakinamgreat sinner; paramgret; govardhanaGovardhana; shilastone; sparshatby the touch; krishna-sarupyatamteh state of having a transcendental form like Lord Krishna's; gatahattained. If you don't believe my words, consider the story of the great sinner who, because he was touched by a Govardhana-stone, attained a transcendental form like Lord Krishna's. .pa

Chapter Eleven Shri Giriraja-prabhava

The Power of Shri Giriraja Text 1 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva siddha-vakyam brahmano vismayam gatah punah papraccha tam rajan giriraja-prabhava-vit shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; siddha-vakyam the words of the liberated soul; brahmanahof the brahmana; vismayam wonder; gatahattained; punahagain; papracchaasked; tamhim; rajanO king; giriraja-prabhava-vitthe knower of the powers of Govardhana Hill. Shri Narada said: When he heard the liberated soul's words, the brahmana became struck with wonder. Then he asked another question of the liberated soul, who knew the power and glory of Govardhana Hill. Text 2 shri-brahmana uvaca pura janmani kas tvam bhos tvaya kim kalusham kritam sarvam vada maha-bhaga tvam sakshad-divya-darshanah shri-brahmana uvacathe brahmana said; purabefore; janmanibirth; kah who?; tvamyou; bhohOh; tvayaby you; kimhow?; kalushamsin; kritam done; sarvamall; vadatell; maha-bhagaO fortunate one; tvamyou; sakshaddivya-darshanahcan see everything perfectly. The brahmana said: Who were you in your previous birth? What sin did you commit. O fortunate one, you have spiritual eyes to see all this directly. Text 3 shri-siddha uvaca pura janmani vaishyo 'ham dhani vaishya-suto mahan a-balayad dyuta-nirato via-goshhi-visharadah

shri-siddha uvacathe liberated soul said; puraprevious; janmanibirth; vaishyaha vaisya; aham-I; dhaniwealthy; vaishyaof a vaisya; sutahthe son; mahangreat; a-balayatfrom childhood; dyuta-niratahaddicted to gambling; via-goshhi-visharadaha rake. The liberated soul said: In my previous birth I was a wealthy vaishya's son. From childhood I was a compulsive gambler. I became a great rake. Text 4 veshya-ratah ku-margo 'ham madira-mada-vihvalah matra pitra bharyayapi bhartsito 'ham sada dvija veshyawith a prostitute; ratahin love; ku-margahon the wrong path; aham I; madira-mada-vihvalaha drunkard; matraby my mother; pitrafather; bharyayawife; apiand; bhartsitahrebuked; ahamI; sadaalways; dvijaO brahmana. I became a drunkard addicted to chasing prostitutes. O brahmana, my father, mother, and wife rebuked me again and again. Text 5 ekada tu maya vipra pitarau garadanatah maritau ca tatha bharya khadgena pathi marita ekadaone day; tuindeed; mayaby me; vipraO brahmana; pitarau parents; garada-anatahpoisoned; maritaudied; caand; tathathen; bharya wife; khadgenawith a sword; pathion the highway; maritakilled. Then one day with poison I killed my parents and with a sword I killed my wife on a pathway. Text 6 grihitva tad-dhanam sarvam

veshyaya sahitah khalah dakshinasham ca gatavan dasyu-karmati-nirdayah grihitvataking; tad-dhanamthat wealth; sarvamall; veshyayawith a prostitute; sahitahwith; khalahrascal; dakshinashamto the south; caand; gatavanwent; dasyu-karmati-nirdayaha merciless thief. Then I took all their money and went with my prostitute beloved to the south, where I became a merciless thief. Text 7 ekada tu maya veshya nihkshipta hy andha-kupake dasyuna hi maya pashair maritah shatasho narah ekadaone day; tuindeed; mayaby me; veshyathe prostitute; nihkshipta thrown; hyindeed; andha-kupakeinto a blind well; dasyunaby a thief; hi indeed; mayaby me; pashaihwith ropes; maritahkilled; shatashahhundreds; narahpeople. One day I threw the prsotitute into a blind well and left her there to die. Indeed, with ropes I killed many hundreds of people as I robbed them. Text 8 dhana-lobhena bho vipra brahma-hatya-shatam kritam kshatra-hatya vaishya-hatyah shudra-hatyah sahasrashah dhana-lobhenagreedy; bhahO; viprabrahmana; brahma-hatya-shatam killing hunderds of brahmana; kritamdone; kshatra-hatyathe murder of ksatriyas; vaishya-hatyahthe murder of vaisyas; shudra-hatyahthe murder of sudras; sahasrashahthousands. O brahmana, I was so greedy after money that as a highwayman I murdered many hundreds of brahmanas and many thousands of kshatriyas, vaishyas, and shudras.

Text 9 ekada mamsam anetum mrigan hantum vane gatam sarpo 'dashat pada sprisho dusham mam nidhanam gatam ekadaone day; mamsammeat; anetumto get; mrigandeer; hantumto kill; vanein the forest; gatamwent; sarpahsnake; adashatbit; padaby the foot; sprishahtouched; dushamwicked; mamme; nidhanamto death; gatamwent. One day, as I was hunting deer in the forest, I stepped on a snake. The snake bit me and I died. Text 10 santadya mudgarair ghorair yamaduta bhayankarah baddhva mam narakam ninyur maha-patakinam khalam santadyabeating; mudgaraihwith clubs; ghoraihterrible; yamadutathe yamadutas; bhayankarahfeearsome; baddhvabinding; mamme; narakamto hell; ninyuhled; maha-patakinamgreat sinner; khalamwicked. Fearsome Yamadutas beat me with terrible clubs, tied me up, and dragged me, a great sinner, to hell. Text 11 manvantaram tu patitah kumbhipake maha-khale kalpaikam tapta-surmau ca maha-duhkham gatah khalah manvantaramfor a manvantara; tucertainly; patitahfallen; kumbhipake into Kumbhipaka; maha-khalegreat hell; kalpa ekamfor one kalpa; tapta molten; surmauthe iron form of a woman; caand; maha-duhkhamtormented; gatahattained; khalahwicked.

I fell into the terrible hell named Kumbhipaka and I stayed there for a manvantara. For a kalpa I was forced to embrace the red-hot iron statue of a woman. I, a great sinner, suffered greatly. Text 12 catur-ashiti-lakshanam narakanam prithak prithak varsham varsham nipatito nirgato 'ham yamecchaya catur-ashiti-lakshanameight million four hundred thousand; narakanamof hells; prithakone; prithakafter another; varshamplace; varshamafter place; nipatitahfallen; nirgatahwent; ahamI; yama-icchayaby the desire of Yamaraja. By the desire of Yamaraja I was thrown into eight million four-hundred thousand different hells. Text 13 tatas tu bharate varshe prapto 'ham karma-vasanam dasha-varam sukaro 'ham vyaghro 'ham shata-janmasu tatahthen; tuindeed; bharate varshein Bharata-varsa; praptahattained; ahamI; karma-vasanamby the karma; dasha-varamten times; sukarah pig; ahamI; vyaghrahI tiger; ahamI; shata-janmasuin a hundred births. Then my karma took me to Bharata-varsha. For ten births I was a pig, and for a hundred births I was a tiger. Text 14 ushro 'ham janma-shatakam mahishah shata-janmasu sarpo 'ham janma-sahasram marito dusha-manavaih ushraha camel; ahamI; janma-shatakamfor a hundred births; mahishah a buffalo; shata-janmasufor a hundred births; sarpaha snake; ahamI; janma-

sahasramfor a hundred births; maritahkilled; dusha-manavaihby wicked men. For a hundred births I was a camel. For another hundred births I was a buffalo. For a thousand births I was a snake. Wicked men killed me again and again. Text 15 evam varshayutante tu nirjale vipine dvija rakshasash cedrisho jato vikaralo maha-khalah evamthus; varshyears; ayutaten thousand; anteat the end; tuindeed; nirjale vipinein a desert; dvijaO brahmana; rakshasasha manoster; caand; idrishahlike this; jatahborn; vikaralahgruesome; maha-khalahwicked. O brahmana, after ten thousand years of these births I was born in a desert as a grotesque and wicked monster. Text 16 kasya shudrasya deham vai samaruhya vrajam gatah vrindavanasya nikae yamuna-nikaac chubhat kasya shudrasyaof a sudra; dehamthe body; vaiindeed; samaruhya taking; vrajamto Vraja; gatahwent; vrindavanasyaVrindavana forest; nikae near; yamuna-nikaatnear the Yamuna; shubhatsacred. One day I assumed the form of a shudra and I went to Vraja. I came near to Vrindavana and the sacred Yamuna. Text 17 samutthita yashi-hastah shyamalah krishna-parshadah tais tadito dharshito 'ham vraja-bhumau palayitah

samutthitarisen; yashi-hastahwith sticks in their hands; shyamalah handsome; krishna-parshadahKrishna's associates; taihby them; taditah beaten; dharshitahdefeated; ahamI; vraja-bhumaufrom Vraja; palayitahfled. With sticks in their hands, some of Lord Krishna's handsome friends beat me severely and I fled from the land of Vraja. Text 18 bubhukshito bahu-dinais tvam khaditum ihagatah tavat tvaya tadito 'ham girirajashmana mune bubhukshitahhungry; bahu-dinaihfrom many days; tvamyou; khaditumto eat; ihahere; agatahcame; tavatfrom then; tvayaby you; taditahhit; aham I; girirajaof Govardhana Hill; ashmanaby a stone; muneO sage. Hungry for many days, I came here to eat you. Then you hit me with a stone from Govardhana Hill. Text 19 shri-krishna-kripaya sakshat kalyanam me babhuva ha shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; kripayaby the mercy; sakshatdirectly; kalyanamauspiciousness; meof me; babhuvabecame; haindeed. Then, by Lord Krishna's kindness, I became very fortunate. Text 20 shri-narada uvaca evam pravadatas tasya golokac ca maha-rathah sahasraditya-sankasho hayayuta-samanvitah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; pravadatahspeaking; tasya of him; golokatfrom Goloka; caand; maha-rathaha great chariot;

sahasraditya-sankashahsplendid as a thousand suns; hayayuta-samanvitah drawn by ten thousand horses. Shri Narada said: As the liberated soul was speaking these words, a chariot, splendid as a thousand suns and drawn by ten thousand horses, came from Goloka. Text 21 sahasra-cakra-dhvani-bhril laksha-parshada-manditah manjira-kinkini-jalo manoharataro nripa sahasraa thousand; cakrawheels; dhvani-bhritwith the sound; lakshaparshada-manditahdecorated with a hundred thousand associates of the Lord; manjira-kinkini-jalahwith a network of bells and thinkling ornamentsd; manoharatarahextremely beautiful; nripaO king. The chariot rumbled with a thousand wheels. It was decorated with a hundred thousand associates of the Lord. It had a great network of bells and tinkling ornaments. It was extremely beautiful. Text 22 pashyatas tasya viprasya tam anetum samagatah tam agatam ratham divyam nematur vipra-nirjarau pashyatahlooking on; tasyaof him; viprasyathe brahmana; tamhim; anetumto take; samagatahcame; tamthat; agatamwent; rathamchariot; divyamsplendid; nematuhbowed down; viprathe brahmana; nirjarauand the liberated soul. As the brahmana looked one, the chariot approached. The brahmana and the liberated soul bowed down before the chariot. Text 23 tatah samaruhya ratham sa siddho viranjayan maithila mandalam disham

shri-krishnalokam prayayau parat param nikunja-lila-lalitam manoharam tatahthen; samaruhyaascending; rathamthe chariot; sahe; siddhahthe liberated soul; viranjayanrenouncing; maithilaO king of Mithila; mandalam dishamthe material world; shri-krishnalokamto the planet of Shri Krishna; prayayauwent; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; nikunja-lila-lalitam beautiful with pastime forests; manoharampleasing to the heart. Climbing the chariot, and at that moment losing all interest in his heart to stay in the material world, the liberated soul went to Shri Krishna's beautiful abode, graceful with many pastime gardens, the highest of all spiritual realms. Text 24 vipro 'pi tasmat punar agato girim govardhanam sarva-girindra-daivatam pradakshini-kritya punah pranamya tam yayau griham maithila tat-prabhava-vit viprahthe brahmana; apieven; tasmatfrom that; punahagain; agatah went; girim govardhanamto Govardhana Hill; sarva-girindra-daivatamthe Deity of the kings of mountains; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; punahagain; pranamyabowing down; tamto it; yayauwent; grihamhome; maithilaO king of Mithila; tat-prabhava-vitaware of the power of Govardhana Hill. Then the brahmana returned to Govardhana Hill, the Deity worshiped by the kings of mountains. Circumambulating the hill, bowing down before it, and now aware of its great power and glory, the brahmana went to his home. Text 25 idam maya te kathitam pracandam su-mukti-dam shri-giriraja-khandam shrutva janah papy api na pracandam svapne 'pi pashyed yamam ugra-dandam idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamtold; pracandamgreat; sumukti-damgranting liberation; shri-girirajaof Govardhana Hill; khandamcanto; shrutvahearing; janaha person; papia sinner; apieven; nanot; pracandam ferocious; svapnein dream; apieven; pashyetsees; yamamyamaraja; ugra fearsome; dandampunishment.

Now I have spoken to you the glorious Shri Giriraja-khanda, which brings liberation. Anyone, even if he is very sinful, who hears this khanda, will never see fearsome Yamaraja, even in a dream. Text 26 yah shrinoti giriraja-yasashyam gopa-raja-nava-keli-rahasyam deva-raja iva so 'tra sameti nanda-raja iva shantim amutra yahone who; shrinotihears; giriraja-yasashyam the glory of Govardhana Hill; gopa-rajaof the king of gopas; navanew; kelipastimes; rahasyamsecret; deva-rajathe king of the demigods; ivalike; sahhe; atrahere; sameti attains; nanda-rajaKing Nanda; ivalike; shantimpeace; amutrain the next life. One who hears the glories of Govardhana Hill, glories that are filled with the secrets of Lord Krishna's ever-new transcendental pastimes, will become as fortunate as King Indra in this life, and as fortunate as King Nanda in the next.

Canto Four Chapter One Sruti-rupopakhyana The Story of the Personified Vedas Text 1 asati-kusumopameya-kantir yamuna-kula-kadamba-madhya-varti nava-gopa-vadhu-vilasa-shali vana-mali vitanotu mangalani asati-kusumaand asati flower; upameyalike; kantihglory; yamuna-kulakadamba-madhya-vartistaying on the Yamuna's shore; nava-gopa-vadhuwith the young gopis; vilasa-shalipastimes; vana-malia forest garland; vitanotumay grant; mangalaniauspiciousness.

Glorious as an atasi flower, garlanded with forest flowers, and enjoying pastimes with the youthful gopis in a kadamba forest by the Yamuna's shore, may Lord Krishna grant auspiciousness to us. Text 2 parikari-krita-pita-patam harim shikhi-kirita-nati-krita-kandharam lakuta-venu-karam cala-kundalam patutaram nata-vesha-dharam bhaje parikari-kritaa sash; pitayellow; patamcloth; harimKrishna; shikhi peacock feather; kiritacrown; nati-kritasloping; kandharamneck; lakutaa stick; venuand flute; karamin hand; cala-kundalamswinging earrings; patutarammost expert; nataof a dancer; vesaappearance; dharamwearing; bhajeI worship. Dressed as a dancer, with a yellow sash, a peacock-feather crown, swinging earrings, a graceful neck, and a stick and flute in His hand, Lord Krishna is the object of my worship. Text 3 shri-bahulashva uvaca shruti-rupadayo gopyo bhuta-purva varan mune katham shri-krishnacandrena jatah purna-manorathah shri-bahulashva uvacaSri Bahulashva said; shruti-rupadayahheaded by the Personified Vedas; gopyahthe gs; bhuta-purvabefore; varatfrom a benediction; muneO sage; kathamhow?; shri-krishnacandrenaby Sri Krishna; jatahborn; purnafulfilled; manorathahdesires. Sri Bahulashva said: O sage, how did Sri Krishnacandra fulfill the desires of the personified Vedas that were blessed to take birth as gopis? Text 4 gopala-krishna-caritam pavitram paramadbhutam etad vada maha-buddhe tvam paravara-vittamah

gopala-krishna-caritamthe pastimes of Gopala Krishna; pavitramsacred; paramadbhutamvery wonderful; etatthis; vadaplease tell; maha-buddheO wise one; tvamyou; paravara-vittamahthe best of they who know everything. O wise one, you are the best of they who know everything. Please tell this sacred and wonderful pastime of Lord Gopala Krishna. Text 5 shri-narada uvaca shruti-rupash ca ya gopyo gopanam su-kule vraje lebhire janma vaideha sheshashayi-varac chrutat shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; shruti-rupahthe personified Vedas; ca and; yawhich; gopyahgopis; gopanamof gopas; su-kulein good families; vrajein Vraja; lebhireattained; janmabirth; vaidehaO king of Videha; sheshashayi-varatby the benediction of Seshashayi Vishnu; shrutatfrom hearing. Sri Narada said: O king of Videha, because of a benediction given by Lord Seshashayi Vishnu, some personified Vedas took birth as gopis in the sainty gopa families of Vraja. Text 6 kamaniyam nanda-sutam vikshya vrindavane ca tah vrindavaneshvarim vrindam lebhire tad-varecchaya kamaniyamhandsome; nanda-sutamKrishna; vikshyaseeing; vrindavane in Vrindavana; caand; tahthey; vrindavaneshvarimthe queen of Vrindavana; vrindamVrinda; lebhireattained; tad-varecchayaby that benediction. In Vrindavana forest seeing handsome Krishna, and yearning to attain Him, they approached Vrinda-devi, the ruler of Vrindavana. Text 7

vrinda-dattad varad ashu prasanno bhagavan harih nityam tasam grihe yati rasartham bhakta-vatsalah vrindaby Vrnda; dattatgiven; varatfrom the benediction; ashuat once; prasannahpleased; bhagavanLord; harihKrishna; nityamalways; tasamof them; grihein the home; yatigoes; rasarthamto enjoy the rasa dance; bhaktavatsalahkind to the devotees. Pleased with Vrinda's benediction, Lord Krishna, who is always kind to His devotees, every day entered the gopis homes to enjoy the rasa dance. Text 8 ekada tu nishithinya vyatite prahara-dvaye rasartham bhagavan krishnah praptavams tad-grihan nripa ekadaonce; tuindeed; nishithinyaof the night; vyatitepassed; praharadvayesix hours; rasarthamto enjoy the rasa dance; bhagavanLord; krishnah Krishna; praptavamhwent; tad-grihanto their homes; nripaO king. O king, once, when six hours of the night had already passsed, Lord Krishna came, very late, to their homes. Text 9 tada utkanthita gopyah kritva tat-pujanam param papracchuh paraya bhaktya gira madhuraya prabhum tadathen; utkanthitaaqnxious; gopyahthe gopis; kritvamaking; tatpujanamHis worship; paramgreat; papracchuhasked; parayawith great; bhaktyadevotion; girawith words; madhurayasweet; prabhumthe Lord. The anxious gopis worshiped Him and with sweet words asked a question. Text 10

shri-gopya ucuh katham na cagatah shighram no grihan vrijinardana utkanthitanam gopinam tvayi candre cakora-vat shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; kathamwhy?; nanot; caand; agatah come; shighramlong; nahour; grihanhomes; vrijinardanaO savior from distress; utkanthitanamanxious; gopinamgopis; tvayito You; candreto the moon; cakora-vatlike a cakora bird. The gopis said: O savior from troubles, why did You not come sooner? As cakora birds yearn to see the moon, we gopis always yearn to see You. Text 11 shri-bhagavan uvaca yo yasya citte vasati na sa dure kadacana khe suryam kamalam bhumau drishtvedam sphutati priyah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; yahwho; yasyaof whom; cittein the heart; vasatiresides; nanot; saHe; durefar away; kadacanaever; khein the sky; suryamthe sun; kamalama lotus; bhumauon the earth; drishtvaseeing; idamthis; sphutatiblooms; priyahO beloveds. The Supreme Lord said: O My beloveds, a person who lives in someone's heart is never far away. Gazing at the sun in the sky, a lotus on the earth is inspired to blossom wide. Text 12 bhandire me guruh sakshad durvasa bhagavan munih agato 'dya priyas tasya sevartham gatavan aham bhandirein Bhandiravan; meMy; guruhguru; sakshatdirectly; durvasa Durvasa; bhagavanLord; munihMuni; agatahcome; adyatoday; priyahO beloveds; tasyaof him; sevarthamto serve; gatavanwent; ahamI.

O My beloveds, today My spiritual master, Lord Durvasa Muni, came to Bhandiravana forest, and I went to serve him. Text 13 gurur brahma gurur vishnur guru devo maheshvarah guruh sakshat param brahma tasmai shri-gurave namah guruhthe guru; brahmaBrahma; guruhthe guru; vishnuhVishnu; guru the guru; devahLord; maheshvarahSiva; guruhthe guru; sakshatdirectly; param brahmathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasmaito him; shri-gurave Sri Guru; namahobeisances. The spiritual master is like Lord Brahma. The spiritual master is like Lord Vishnu. The spiritual master is like Lord Siva. The spiritual master is like the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I offer my respectful obeisances to my glorious spiritual master. Text 14 ajnana-timirandhasya jnananjana-shalakaya cakshur unmilitam yena tasmai shri-gurave namah ajnanaof ignorance; timirandhasyathe blinding darkness; jnanaof knowledge; a 24janathe ointment; shalakayathe surgical tool; cakshuheyes; unmilitamopened; yenaby whom; tasmaito him; shri-guravemy spiritual master; namahobeisances. I was born in the darkest ignorance, and My spiritual master opened my eyes with the torch of knowledge. I offer My respectful obeisances to him.* Text 15 sva-gurum mam vijaniyan navamanyeta karhicit na martya-buddhya seveta sarva-deva-mayo guruh

sva-gurumthe spiritual master; mamMyself; vijaniyanone should know; na avamanyetaone should never disrespect; karhicitat any time; nanever; martya-buddhyawith the ideas of being an ordinary man; sevetashould consider; sarva-devaof all the demigods; mayahthe representative; guruhthe spiritual master. One should know the spiritual master as Myself and never disrespect him in any way. One should not envy him, thinking him an ordinary man, for he is the representative of all the demigods.* Text 16 tasmat tat-pujanam kritva natva tat-pada-pankajam agato 'ham vilambena bhavatinam grihan priyah tasmattherefore; tat-pujanamhis worship; kritvadoing; natvabowing down; tat-pada-pankajamto his lotus feet; agatahcome; ahamI; vilambena with a delay; bhavatinamof you; grihanto the homes; priyahO beloveds. O My beloveds, I worshiped him and offered respects to his lotus feet. That is why I was late in coming to your homes. Text 17 shri-narada uvaca shrutva tat paramam vakyam gopyah sarvas tu vismitah kritanjali-puta ucuh shri-krishnam namra-kandharah shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; shrutvahearing; tatthat; paramam supreme; vakyamwords; gopyahthe gs; sarvahall; tuindeed; vismitahfilled with wonder; kritanjali-putahwith folded hands; ucuhsaid; shri-krishnamto Sri Krishna; namra-kandharahwith bowed heads. Sri Narada said: Filled with wonder to hear these words, with bowed heads and folded hands the gopis spoke to Lord Krishna. Text 18

shri-gopya ucuh paripurnatamasyapi durvasas te guruh smritah aho tad-darshanam kartum mano nash codyatam prabho shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; paripurnatamasyaof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; apieven; durvasahDurvasa Muni; teof You; guruhthe guru; smritahconsidered; ahahOh; tad-darshanamto see him; kartumto do; manah heart; nahof us; caand; udyatamyearns; prabhahO Lord. The gopis said: You are the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead. Durvasa Muni is Your spiritual master! O Lord, our hearts yearn to see him. Text 19 adya deva nishithinya vyatite prahara-dvaye katham tad-darshanam bhuyad asmakam parameshvara adyanow; devaO Lord; nishithinyaof the night; vyatitepassed; praharadvayesix hours; kathamhow?; tad-darshanamthe sight of him; bhuyatmay be; asmakamof us; parameshvaraO Supreme Lord. O Supreme Lord, how can we see him now that six hours of the night have passed? Text 20 tatha madhye dirgha-nadi yamuna pratibandhika katham tat-taranam navam rite deva bhavishyati tathaso; madhyein the middle; dirgha-nadithe great river; yamuna Yamuna; pratibandhikaan obstaclke; kathamhow?; tat-taranamcrossing it; navama boat; ritewithout; devaO Lord; bhavishyatiwill be. The great Yamuna river is a great obstacle. O Lord, how can we cross it without a boat?

Text 21 shri-bhagavan uvaca avashyam eva gantavyam bhavatibhir yada priyah yamunam etya caitad vai vaktavyam marga-hetave shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; avashyam unavoidably; evaindeed; gantavyamshould be gone; bhavatibhihby you; yada when; priyahO beloveds; yamunamthe Yamuna; etyacrossing; caand; etat this; vaiindeed; vaktavyamshould be said; marga-hetaveto make a path. The Supreme Lord said: O My beloveds, you must go to see him. When you come to the Yamuna, speak these words: Text 22 yadi krishno bala-yatih sarva-dosha-vivarjitah tarhi no dehi margam vai kalindi saritam vare yadiif; krishnahKrishna; bala-yatiha brahmacari; sarva-dosha-vivarjitah completely faultless; tarhithen; nahto us; dehigive; margama path; vai indeed; kalindiO Yamuna03; saritamof rivers; varethe best. O Yamuna, O best of rivers, if Krishna is a perfect and faultess brahmacari, then please give us a path to cross you. Text 23 ity ukte vacane krishna margam vo dasyati svatah sukhena tena vrajata yuyam sarva vrajanganah itithus; uktesaid; vacanewords; krishnathe Yamuna; margama path; vahto you; dasyatiwill give; svatahpersonally; sukhenahappily; tenaby that; vrajatago; yuyamyou; sarvaall vrajanganahgirls of Vraja.

When you speak these words, the Yamuna will give you a path. O girls of Vraja, then you may easily cross. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutvatha tad-vakyam patrair dirghair vrajanganah shat-pancashattaman bhogan nitva sarvah prithak prithak shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; athathen; tadvakyamHis words; patraihwith post; dirghaihgreat; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; sat-pancashattamanfifty-six; bhoganfoods; nitvabringing; sarvahall; prithak prithakspecifically. Hearing these words, the girls of Vraja filled fifty-six great pots with many different kinds of foods. Text 25 yamunam etya hary-uktam jagur anata-kandharah sadyah krishna dadau margam gopibhyo maithileshvara yamunamto the Yamuna; etyagoinbg; hary-uktamKrishna's words; jaguh said; anata-kandharahwith bowed heads; sadyahat once; krishnathe Yamuna; dadaugave; margama path; gopibhyahto the gs; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, they went to the Yamuna and with bowed heads repeated Krishna's words. The Yamuna at once gave a path to the gopis. Texts 26 and 27 tena gopyo gatah sarva bhandiram cati-vismitah tatah pradakshini-kritya munim durvasasam ca tah

natva tad-darshanam cakruh puro dhritvashanam bahu me purvam capi me purvam annam bhojyam tvaya mune tenaby that; gopyahthe gopis; gatahwent; sarvaall; bhandiramto Bhandiravana; caand; ati-vismitahfilled with wonder; tatahthen; pradakshinikrityacircumambulating; munimthe sage; durvasasamDurvasa; caand; tah they; natvabowing down; tad-darshanamthe sight of him; cakruhdid; purah before; dhritvaplacing; ashanamfood; bahuabundant; memine; purvam first; caand; apiand; memine; purvamfirst; annamfood; bhojyamshould be eaten; tvayaby you; muneO sage. Filled with wonder, the gopis went to Bhandiravana forest. where they saw Durvasa Muni, bowed down before him, circumambulated him, and, each of them saying, "O sage, the food I have brought should be tasted first," placed many foods before him. Text 28 evam vivadamananam gopinam bhakti-lakshanam vijnaya muni-shardulah provaca vimalam vacah evamthus; vivadamananamagruing; gopinamof the gopis; bhaktilakshanamthe nature of devotional service; vijnayaunderstanding; munishardulahthe tiger of sages; provacaspoke; vimalamsweet; vacahwords. Understanding the pure devotion of the quarreling gopis, Durvasa, the tiger of sages, spoke sweetly to them. Text 29 shri-munir uvaca gopyah paramahamso 'ham krita-krityo hi nishkriyah tasman mukhe me datavyam svam svam capy ashanam karaih shri-munir uvacathe sage said; gopyahO gopis; paramahamsaha paramahamsa; ahami am; krita-krityahattained thre goal of life; hiindeed; nishkriyahwithout material activities; tasmantherefore; mukhein the mouth;

meof me; datavyamshould be given; svam svamown; caand; apialso; ashanamfood; karaihby the hands. The sage said: O gopis, I am a paramahamsa. I have attained the highest goal in life. I never do any material action. For this reason each of you should with her own hand place in my mouth the food she has brought. Text 30 shri-narada uvaca evam vidarite tena mukhe gopyo 'ti-harshitah shat-pancashattaman bhogan svan svan sarvah samakshipan shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; evamthus; vidariteopened; tenaby him; mukhein the mouth; gopyahthe gopis; ati-harshitahvery happy; satpancashattamanthe fifty-six; bhoganfoods; svan svantheir own; sarvahall; samakshipanplaced. Sri Narada said: The jubilant gopis then placed in his wide-open mouth all the fifty-six kinds of food they had brought. Text 31 kshipantinam ca gopinam pashyantinam munishvarah jaghasa kotisho bharan bhogan sarvan kshudaturah kshipantinamplacing; caand; gopinamgopis; pashyantinamlooking; munishvarahthe king of sages; jaghasaate; kotishahthousands; bharanof bharas; bhoganoif food; sarvanall; kshudaturahtormented with hunger. As the gopis fed him and watched what he did, Durvasa, the king of sages, ate thousands of bharas of food as if he were tormented with hunger. Text 32 vismitanam ca gopinam pashyantinam parasparam

ittham shunyani patrani babhuvur nripa-sattama vismitanamastonished; caand; gopinamof the gopis; pashyantinam looking; parasparamat each other; itthamthus; shunyaniempty; patranipots; babhuvuhbecame; nripa-sattamaO best of kings. O best of kings, when all the pots were emptied the gopis looked at each other with astonishment. Text 33 atha gopyo munim shantam natva tam bhakta-vatsalam vismitah pranatah prahuh sarvah purna-manorathah athathen; gopyahthe gopis; munimto the dage; shantampeaceful; natva bowing down; tamto him; bhakta-vatsalamkind to the devotees; vismitah astonished; pranatahbowing down; prahuhsaid; sarvahall; purna-manorathah their desires fulfilled. The astonished gopis. their desires now fulfilled, bowed down before the peaceful sage, who was always kind to the devotees, and spoke. Text 34 shri-gopya ucuh mune agamanat purvam krishnokta-vacasa nadim tirtvagatas tvat-samipam darshanartham shubhecchaya shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; muneO sage; agamanatfrom the arrival; purvambefore; krishnokta-vacasaby Krishna's words; nadimthe river; tirtva crossing; agatahcome; tvat-samipambefore you; darshanarthamto see; shubhecchayaby teh desire for auspiciousness. The gopis said: O sage, when we came here to see you, we were able to cross the river by repeating some words Krishna told us. Text 35

itah katham gamishyamah sandeho 'yam mahan abhut tad vidhehi namas tubhyam yena pantha laghur bhavet itahthen; kathamhow?; gamishyamahwe will go; sandehahdoubt; ayam this; mahangreat; abhutwas; tatthat; vidhehiplease give; namah obeisances; tubhyamto you; yenaby which; panthathe path; laghuheasy; bhavetwill be. How will we return? Now we are filled with doubt. We offer our respects to you. Please give us a way to cross the Yamuna. Text 36 shri-munir uvaca sukhenatah pragantavyam bhavatibhir yada svatah yamunam etya caitad vai vaktavyam marga-hetave shri-munir uvacathe sage said; sukhenaeasily; atahthen; pragantavyam should be traveled; bhavatibhihby you; yadawhen; svatahpersonally; yamunamto the Yamuna; etyacoming; caand; etatthis; vaiindeed; vaktavyamshould be said; marga-hetaveto make a pathway. The sage said: i will give you something to say that will give you easy passage across the Yamuna. Texts 37 and 38 yadi durvasasam pitva durvasah kevalam kshitau vrati niranno nirvari vartate prithivi-tale tarhi no dehi margam vai kalindi saritam vare ity ukte vacane krishna margam vo dasyati svatah

yadiif; durvasasamdurva grass juice; pitvadrinking; durvasahDurvasa; kevalamonly; kshitauon the earth; vratifollows the vow; nirannahwithout eating food; nirvariwithout drinking water; vartateis; prithivi-taleon the earth; tarhithen; nahto us; dehigive; margama path; vaiindeed; kalindiO aymuna; saritamof rivers; varethe best; itithus; uktesaying; vacanein the words; krishnathe Yamuna; margama path; vahto you; dasyatiwill give; svatahpersonally. O Yamuna, O best of rivers, if Durvasa Muni carefully follows his vow of living only by drinking durva grass juice and never eats or drinks anything else, then please give us a path to cross you. When you speak these words, the Yamuna will give you a path to cross her. Text 39 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva vaco gopyo natva tam muni-pungavam yamunam etya muny-uktam coktva tirtva nadim nripa shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; gopyahthe gopis; natvabowing; tamto him; muni-pungavamthe great sage; yamunamto the Yamuna; etyagoing; muny-uktamthe sage's words; ca and; uktvasaying; tirtvacrossing; nadimthe river; nripaO king. Sri Narada said: O king, hearing these words, the gopis bowed down before the great sage, went to the Yamuna, repeated the sage's words, and easily crossed the river. Text 40 shri-krishna-parshvam ajagmur vismita mangalayanah shri-krishna-parshvamto Sri Krishna's astonished; mangalayanahauspiucious. side; ajagmuhwent; vismita

Astonished, the saintly gopis approached Lord Krishna. Text 41

atha rase gopa-vadhvah sandeham manasotthitam papracchuh shri-harim vikshya rahah purna-manorathah athathen; rasein the rasa dance; gopa-vadhvahthe gs; sandehamdoubt; manasain the heart; utthitamrisen; papracchuhasked; shri-harimKrishna; vikshyaseeing; rahahin a secluded place; purna-manorathahtheir desires fulfilled. Then a doubt rose in the gopis' hearts. During the rasa dance, in a secluded place, when their desires were all fulfilled, the gopis asked a question of Sri Krishna. Text 42 shri-gopya ucuh durvasaso darshanam bhoh kritam asmabhir agratah yuvayor vakyatash catra sandeho 'yam prajayate shri-gopya ucuhthe gs said; durvasasahof Durvasa Muni; darshanamthe sight; bhohOh; kritamdone; asmabhihby us; agratahin tyhe presence; yuvayohof You both; vakyatahfrom the words; caand; atrahere; sandehah a doubt; ayamthis; prajayateis born. The gopis said: We saw Durvasa Muni, but now a doubt about what You and he told us has risen in our hearts. Texts 43 and 44 yatha gurus tatha shishyo mrisha-vadi na samshayah jaras tvam asi gopinam rasiko balyatah prabho katham bala-yatis tvam vai vada tad-vrijinardana katham durvasasam pitva durvasa bahu-bhun munih no jata esha sandehah pashyantinam vrajeshvara

yathaas; guruhthe guru; tathaso; shishyahthe disciple; mrisha-vadi speaking lies; nanot; samshayahdoubt; jaraha rake; tvamYou; asiare; gopinamof the gopis; rasikahan enjoyer of nectar pastimes; balyatahsince childhood; prabhahO Lord; kathamhow; bala-yatiha brahmacari; tvamYou; vaiindeed; vadatell; tad-vrijinardanaO sdavior from troubles; kathamhow?; durvasasamdurvasa juice; pitvadrinking; durvasaDurvasa; bahu-bhukeating a great feast; munihthe sage; nahof us; jataborn; eshathis; sandehah doubt; pashyantinamlooking on; vrajeshvaraO master of Vraja. As the spiritual master acts, so the disciple follows. If the spiritual master speaks lies, then the disciple will also speak lies. O Lord, You are a rake. You are the gopis' lover. Since childhood you have enjoyed nectar pastimes with the gopis. How are You a brahmacari? O savior from troubles, please tell us. How is Durvasa a sage that lives only by drinking durva-grass juice? We personally saw him eat an enormous feast. O master of Vraja, this is our doubt. Text 45 shri-bhagavan uvaca nirmamo nirahankarah samanah sarvagah parah sada vaishamya-rahito nirguno 'ham na samshayah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; nirmamah free of material possesiveness; nirahankarahfree of material ego; samanah equal; sarvagahall-pervading; parahthe Supreme; sadaeternally; vaishamyarahitahfaultless; nirgunahfree of the material modes; ahamI am; nano; samshayahdoubt. The Supreme Lord said: I am the Supreme Personality of Godhead. i am allpervading, faultless, and equal to all. I am free of the material defects of possessiveness and false-ego. I am free of the modes of material nature. Text 46 tathapi bhaktan bhajato bhaje 'ham vai yatha tatha tathaiva sadhur jnani vai vaishamya-rahitah sada tathapinevertheless; bhaktanthe devotees; bhajatahworshiping; bhaje worship; ahamI; vaiindeed; yathaas; tathaso; tathaso; evaindeed;

sadhuha devotee; jnaniwise; vaiindeed; vaishamya-rahitahfaultless; sada always. As My devotees serve Me, I also serve them in reciprocation. As I reciprocate in this way, so a wise and faultless devotee also reciprocates. Text 47 na buddhi-bhedam janayed ajnanam karma-sanginam joshayet sarva-karmani vidvan yuktah samacaran nado not; buddhi-bhedamdisrupt the intelligence; janayetdo; ajnanamof the foolish; karma-sanginamattached to fruitive work; joshayetdovetailed; sarva all; karmaniwork; vidvanlearned; yuktahall engaged; samacaran practicing. Let not the wise disrupt the minds of the ignorant who are attached to fruitive action. They should not be encouraged to refrain from work, but to engage in work in the spirit of devotion.* Text 48 yasya sarve samarambhah kama-sankalpa-varjitah jnanagni-dagdha-karmanam tam ahuh panditam budhah yasyaone whose; sarveall sorts of; samarambhahin all attempts; kama desire for sense gratification; sankalpadetermination; varjitahare devoid of; jnanaof perfect knowledge; agnifire; dagdhabeing burnt by; karmanamthe performer; tamhim; ahuhdeclare; panditamlearned; budhahthose who know. One is understood to be in full knowledge whose every act is devoid of desire for sense gratification. He is said by sages to be a worker whose fruitive action is burned up by the fire of perfect knowledge.* Text 49

nirashir yata-cittatma tyakta-sarva-parigrahah shariram kevalam karma kurvan napnoti kilbisham nirashihwithout desire for results; yatacontrolled; citta-atmamind and intelligence; tyaktagiving up; sarvaall; parigrahahsense of proprietorship over all possessions; shariramin keeping body and soul together; kevalamonly; karmawork; kurvandoing so; nanever; apnotidoes not acquire; kilbisham sinful reactions. Such a man of understanding acts with mind and intelligence perfectly controlled, gives up all sense of proprietorship over his possessions and acts only for the bare necessities of life. Thus working, he is not affected by sinful reactions.* Text 50 na hi jnanena sadrisham pavitram iha vidyate tat svayam yoga-samsiddhah kalenatmani vindati nanever; hicertainly; jnanenawith knowledge; sadrishamin comparison; pavitramsanctified; ihain this world; vidyateexists; tatthat; svayamitself; yogadevotion; samsiddhahmatured; kalenain course of time; atmaniin himself; vindatienjoys. In this world, there is nothing so sublime and pure as transcendental knowledge. Such knowledge is the mature fruit of all mysticsm. And one who has achieved this enjoys the self within himself in due course of time.* Text 51 brahmany adhaya karmani sangam tyaktva karoti yah lipyate na sa papena padma-patram ivambhasa brahmanithe Supreme Personality of Godhead; adhayaresigning unto; karmaniall works; sangamattachment; tyaktvagiving up; karotiperforms; yahwho; lipyateis affected; nanever; sahe; papenaby sin; padma-patram a lotus life; ivalike; ambhasain the water.

One who performs his duty without attachment, surrendering the results unto the Supreme God, is not affected by sinful action, as the lotus leaf is untouched by water.* Text 52 tasman munis tu durvasah bahu-bhuk tvad-dhite ratah na tasya bhojaneccha syad durva-rasa-mitashanah tasmattherefore; munihthe sage; tuindeed; durvasahDurvasa; bahu-bhuk eating a great feast; tvad-dhitefor your sake; ratahengaged; nanot; tasya of him; bhojanato eat; icchathe desire; syatis; durva-rasa-mitashanahwho only eats a small amount of durva grass juice. Durvasa Muni ate that great feast for your sake. He did not desire to eat it. He lives by drinking a little durva-grass juice. Text 53 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva vaco gopyah sarvas tash chinna-samshayah shruti-rupa jnana-mayyo babhuvur maithileshvara shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahaving heard; vacah these words; gopyahthe gs; sarvahall; tahthey; chinnabroken; samshayah doubt; shruti-rupathe personified Vedas; jnana-mayyahfilled with knowledge; babhuvuhbecame; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila. Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, when they heard these words, the gopis that had been personified Vedas became filled with transcendental knowledge. Their doubt was broken. .pa

Chapter Two Rishi-rupakhyana The Story of the Gopis That Had Been Sages

Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gopinam rishi-rupanam akhyanam shrinu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam krishna-bhakti-vivardhanam shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; gopinamof the gopis; rishi-rupanamin the form of sages; akhyanamthe story; shrinuhear; maithilaO king of Mithila; sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; punyamsacred; krishna-bhaktivivardhanamincreasing love for Lord Krishna. Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the gopis that had been sages, a sacred story that removes all sins and increases one's love for Lord Krishna. Text 2 bangeshu mangalo nama gopa asin maha-manah lakshmivan chruta-sampanno nava-laksha-gavam patih bangeshuin east Bengal; mangalahMangala; namanamed; gopagopa; asinwas; maha-manahnoble-hearted; lakshmivanwealthy; shruta-sampannah learned; nava-laksha-gavamof nine-hundred thousand cows; patihthe master. In east Bengal lived a noble-hearted, learned, and wealthy gopa named Mangala. He was the master of nine-hundred-thousand cows. Text 3 bharyah panca sahasrani babhuvus tasya maithila kadacid daiva-yogena dhanam sarvam kshayam gatam bharyahwives; panca sahasranifive thousand; babhuvuhwere; tasyaof him; maithilaO king of Mithila; kadacitat a certain time; daiva-yogenaby destiny; dhanamwealth; sarvamall; kshayamto destruction; gatamwent.

O king of Mithila, he had five thousand wives. One day all his wealth was destroyed by fate. Text 4 corair nitas tasya gavah kashcid rajna hrita balat evam dainye ca samprapte duhkhito mangalo 'bhavat coraihby thieves; nitahtaken; tasyahis; gavahcows; kashcitsome; rajna by the king; hritataken; balatby force; evamtyhus; dainyepoverty; ca indeed; samprapteattained; duhkhitahunhappy; mangalahMangala; abhavat became. Some of his cows were stolen by thieves and the rest were forcibly taken by the king. Now a pauper, Mangala was filled with sorrow. Text 5 tada shri-ramasya varad dandakaranya-vasinah rishayah stritvam apanna babhuvus tasya kanyakah tadathen; shri-ramasyaof Lord rama; varatfrom the benediction; dandakaranya-vasinahliving in Danaka forest; rishayahsages; stritvam womanhood; apannaattained; babhuvuhbecame; tasyaof him; kanyakahthe daughters. Ths sages of Dandakaranya, who by Lord Ramacandra's blessing were destined to become gopis, became the daughters of Mangala. Text 6 drishtva kanya-samuham sa duhkhi gopo 'tha mangalah uvaca dainya-duhkhadhya adhi-vyadhi-samakulah

drishtvaseeing; kanya-samuhammany daughters; sahe; duhkhiunhappy; gopahthe gopa; athathen; mangalahMangala; uvacasaid; dainyaduhkhadhyahunhappy with his poverty; adhi-vyadhi-samakulahtormented with headaches and illnesses. When he saw his many daughters, Mangala-gopa became filled with sorrow. Miserable in his poverty and tormented with headaches and diseases, Mangala spoke. Text 7 shri-mangala uvaca kim karomi kva gacchami ko me dukham vyapohati shrir na bhutir nabhijano na balam me 'sti sampratam shri-mangalah uvacaSri Mangala said; kimwhat?; karomiwill I do; kva where?; gacchamiwill I go; kahwho; meof me; dukhamthe suffering; vyapohatiremoves; shrihwealth; nanot; bhutihopulebce; nanot; abhijanah family; nanot; balamstrength; memy; astiis; sampratamnow. Sri Mangala said: What shall I do? Where shall I go? Who will take away my sufferings? Now I have no wealth, no opulences, no dynasty, and no strength. Text 8 dhanam vina katham casam vivaho ha bhavishyati bhojane yatra sandeho dhanasha tatra kidrishi dhanamwelath; vinawithout; kathamhow?; caand; asamof the girls; vivahahwedding; haindeed; bhavishyatiwill be; bhojanein eatiung; yatra where; sandehahdoubt; dhanaof wealth; ashahope; tatrathere; kidrishilike what? How will my daughters marry if I have no wealth? If even the next meal is uncertain, where is the hope to gain wealth? Texts 9 and 10

sati dainye kanyakah syuh kaka-taliyavad grihe tasmat kasyapi rajnas tu dhanino balinas tv aham dasyamy etah kanyakash ca kanyanam saukhya-hetave kadarthi-kritya tah kanya evam buddhya sthito 'bhavat tadaiva mathurad deshad gopash caikah samagatah satibeing; dainyepoor; kanyakahthe girls; syuhare; kaka-taliyavat unexpectedly; grihein the home; tasmatfrom that; kasyapiof someone; rajnah a king; tuindeed; dhaninahwealthy; balinahpowerful; tucertainly; ahamI; dasyamiwill give; etahthese; kanyakahgirls; caand; kanyanamof girls; saukhya-hetavefor the happiness; kadarthi-krityabecome unhappy; tahthem; kanyathe girls; evamthus; buddhyathinking; sthitahsituated; abhavat became; tadathen; evaindeed; mathuratfrom Mathura; deshatprovince; gopahgopa; caand; ekahone; samagatahcome. Now that I am suddenly poor, how will I make my daughters happy by marrying them to wealthy and powerful kings? As Mangala was thinking in this way, a gopa from Mathura district came to his home. Text 11 shri-narada uvaca tirtha-yayi jayo nama vriddho buddhimatam varah tan-mukhan nanda-rajasya shrutam vaibhavam adbhutam shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; tirtha-yayia pilgrim; jayahjaya; nama named; vriddhahelderly; buddhimatamof the wise; varahthe best; tan-mukhan from his mouth; nanda-rajasyaof King Nanda; shrutamheard; vaibhavamthe opulences; adbhutamwonderful. Sri Narada said: From an elderly pilgrim named Jaya, who was the wisest of the wise, Mangala had heard of the fabulous wealth of King Nanda. Text 12

nanda-rajasya valaye mangalo dainya-piditah vicintya preshayam asa kanyakash caru-locanah nanda-rajasyaof King Nanda; valayein the circle; mangalahmangala; dainya-piditahsuffering in poverty; vicintyaconsidering; preshayam asasent; kanyakahdaughters; caru-locanahbeautiful-eyed. After some thought, the pauper Mangala sent his beautiful-eyed daughters to King Nanda's circle. Text 13 ta nanda-rajasya grihe kanyaka ratna-bhushitah gavam gomaya-harinyo babhuvur go-vrajeshu ca tahthey; nanda-rajasyaof King Nanda; grihein the home; kanyakathe daughters; ratna-bhushitahdecorated with jewels; gavamof cows; gomayaharinyahtaking the milk; babhuvuhbecame; go-vrajeshuin the barns; caand. In King Nanda's home the girls, now decorated with jewels, milked the cows in the barns. Text 14 shri-krishnam sundaram drishtva kanya jati-smarash ca tah kalindi-sevanam cakrur nityam shri-krishna-hetave shri-krishnamSri Krishna; sundaramhandsome; drishtvaseeing; kanyathe girls; jati-smarahremembering their previous birth; caand; tahthey; kalindiof the Yamuna; sevanamservice; cakruhdid; nityamregularly; shri-krishna-hetave to attain Sri Krishna. Gazing at handsome Sri Krishna, and remembering their previous birth, the girls daily worshiped the Yamuna to attain Krishna.

Text 15 athaikada shyamalangi kalindi dirgha-locana tabhyah sva-darshanam dattva varam datum samudyata athathen; ekadaone day; shyamalangidark-limbed; kalindiYamuna; dirgha-locanawith large eyes; tabhyahto them; sva-darshanamown sight; dattvagiving; varamblessing; datumto give; samudyataeager. One day the large-eyed and dark-complexioned goddess Yamuna appeared before them and offered to give them a benediction. Text 16 ta vavrire vrajeshasya putro bhuyat patish ca nah tathastu coktva kalindi tatraivantaradhiyata tathey; vavrirechose; vrajeshasyaof the king of Vraja; putrahthe son; bhuyatmay be; patihthe husband; caand; nahof us; tathaso; astube it; caand; uktvasaying;i tatrathere; evaindeed; antaradhiyatadisappeared. They said, "May Sri Krishna, the son of Vraja's king, become our husband." Yamuna replied, "So be it," and suddenly disappeared. Text 17 tah prapta vrindakaranye kartikyam rasa-mandale tabhih sardham hari reme suribhih surarad iva tahthey; praptaattained; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana forest; kartikyamin the month of Kartika; rasa-mandalein the rasa dnace circle; tabhihwith them; sardhamwith; hariKrishna; remeenjoyed; suribhihwith the demigoddesses; suraradthe king of heaven; ivaas. Later, in the month of Karttika, in the rasa-dance circle, Lord Krishna enjoyed with them as King Indra enjoys with many heavenly girls.

.pa

Chapter Three Maithily-upakhyana The Story of the Mithila Women Text 1 shri-narada uvaca maithilinam goipikanam akhyanam shrinu maithila dashashvamedha-tirthasya phaladam bhakti-vardhanam shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; maithilinamof the women of Mithila; goipikanamof the gopis; akhyanamthe stopry; shrinuhear; maithilaO king of Mithila; dashashvamedha-tirthasyaof the holy place dasasvamedha; phaladam giving the result; bhakti-vardhanamincreasing devotion. Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the Mithila women that become gopis, a story that brings the result of visiting sacred Dashashvamedha-tirtha, a story the increases one's love for Lord Krishna. Text 2 shri-ramasya varaj jata nava-nanda-griheshu yah kamaniyam nanda-sunum drishtva ta moham asthitah shri-ramasyaof Lord Ramacandra; varatfrom the blessing; jataborn; navananda-griheshuin the homes of the nine Nandas; yahwho; kamaniyam handsome; nanda-sunumthe son of Nanda; drishtvaseeing; tathey; moham enchantment; asthitahattained. Because of Lord Ramacandra's benediction they took birth in the homes of the nine Nandas. When they saw handsome Krishna, they became bewildered with love for Him. Text 3

margashirshe shubhe masi cakruh katyayani-vratam upacaraih shodashabhih kritva devim mahi-mayim margashirshemargasirsa; shubheauspicous; masiin the month; cakruh did; katyayani-vratama vow to worship goddess Durga; upacaraihwith offerings; shodashabhihsixteen; kritvadoing; devimto the goddess; mahi-mayima deity made of clay. During the auspicious month of Margashirsha (November-December) they observed a vow to worship goddess Katyayani. They made a clay deity of the goddess and worshiped her with sixteen offerings. Text 4 arunodaya-velayam snatah shri-yamuna-jale nityam sameta ajagmur gayantyo bhagavad-gunan arunodaya-velayamat sunrise; snatahbathing; shri-yamuna-jalein the Yamuna's water; nityamregularly; sametamet; ajagmuhwent; gayantyah singing; bhagavatof Lord Krishna; gunanthe virtues. Singing Lord Krishna's glories as they went, every morning they would bathe in the Yamuna's waters. Text 5 ekada tah sva-vastrani tire nyasya vrajanganah vijahrur yamuna-toye karabhyam sincatir mithah ekadaonce; tahthey; sva-vastranitheir garments; tireon the riverbank; nyasyaplacing; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; vijahruhplayed; yamuna-toye in the Yamuna's waters; karabhyamwith their hands; sincatihsplashing; mithah each other.

Once, placing their garments on the riverbank, the girls of Vraja, played in the Yamuna's waters, splashing each other with both hands. Text 6 tasam vasamsi sanniya bhagavan pratar agatah tvaram kadambam aruhya cauravan maunam ashthitah tasamof them; vasamsithe garments; sanniyataking; bhagavanthe Lord; pratahin the morning; agatahcome; tvaramquickly; kadambama kadamba tree; aruhyaclimbing; cauravatlike a thief; maunam ashthitahsilent. Coming there that morning, Lord Krishna silently stole their garments and climbed a kadamba tree. Text 7 ta na vikshya sva-vasamsi vismita gopa-kanyakah nipa-sthitam vilokyatha sa-lajja jahasur nripa tahthey; nanot; vikshyaseeing; sva-vasamsitheir garments; vismita surprised; gopa-kanyakahteh gopis; nipain a kadamba tree; sthitamstaying; vilokyaseeing; athathen; sa-lajjawith shyness; jahasuhsmiled; nripaO king. Not seeing their clothes, the gopis were surprised. O king, when they saw Krishna in the tree they shyly smiled. Text 8 praticchantu sva-vasamsi sarva agatya catra vai anyatha na hi dasyami vrikshat krishna uvaca ha praticchantumay desire; sva-vasamsiown garments; sarvaall; agatya approaching; caand; atrahere; vaiindeed; anyathaotherwise; nanot; hi indeed; dasyamiI will give; vrikshatfrom the tree; krishnaKrishna; uvacasaid; haindeed.

From the tree Krishna said: All who wish their garments, come here and take them. If you do not come, I will not give them. Text 9 rajantyas tah shita-jale hasantyah prahur anatah rajantyahsplendidly beautiful; tahthey; shitain the cold; jalewater; hasantyahgiggling; prahuhsaid; anatahwith bowed heads. Bowing their heads as they stood in the cold water, the smiling girls spoke. Text 10 shri-gopya ucuh he nanda-nandana manohara gopa-ratna gopala-vamsha-nava-hamsa maharti-harin shri-shyamasundara tavoditam adya vakyam kurmah katham vivasanah kila te 'pi dasyah shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; heO; nanda-nandanason of Nanda; manoharahandsome; gopa-ratnajewel of the gopas; gopalaof the gopas; vamshain the family; navayoung; hamsaswan; maharti-harinremover of sufferings; shri-shyamasundaraO dark and handsome one; tavaby You; uditam spoken; adyanow; vakyamwords; kurmahwe do; kathamhow?; vivasanah without garments; kilaindeed; teof you; apicertainly; dasyahthe maidservants. The gopis said: O handsome son of Nanda, O jewel of the gopas, O young swan in the gopa dynasty, O destroyer of sufferings, O handsome dark one, how can we follow Your order? We are Your maidservants, but we have no clothes. Text 11 gopangana-vasana-mun navanita-hari jato vraje 'ti-rasikah kila nirbhayo 'si vasamsi dehi na hi cen mathuradhipaya vakshyamahe 'nayam ativa kritam tvayatra

gopangana-vasana-muka theif of the gopis garments; navanita-haria theif of butter; jatahborn; vrajein Vraja; ati-rasikahthe enjoyer of nectar; kilaindeed; nirbhayahfearless; asiYou are; vasamsigarments; dehiplease give; nanot; hiindeed; cetif; mathuradhipayato the King of Mathura; vakshyamahewe will tell; anayammisdeed; ativagreat; kritamdone; tvayaby You; atrahere. You are a thief of butter and thief of gopis' garments. You are a fearless rake in the village of Vraja. Give us our garments. If You don't we will tell King Kamsa, the ruler of Mathura, the evil You have done here. Text 12 shri-bhagavan uvaca dasyo mamaiva yadi sundara-manda-hasa icchantu vaitya kila catra kadamba-mule no cet samasta-vasanani nayami gehams tasmat karishyatha mamaiva vaco 'vilambat shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dasyah maidservants; mamaMy; evaindeed; yadiif; sundara-manda-hasaO sweetlysmiling girls; icchantudesire; vaor; etyaapproaching; kilaindeed; caand; atrahere; kadamba-muleat the root of this kadamba tree; nanot; uindeed; cetif; samasta-vasananiallthe garments; nayamiI will take; gehamhto your homes; tasmattherefore; karishyathayou should do; mamaMy; evaindeed; vacahwords; avilambatwithout delay. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O sweetly-smiling girls, if you actually are My maidservants, and if you actually want your garments, then come to the roots of this kadamba tree. If you do not come, I will bring all these garments to your homes. Because I will do that you should follow My orders without delay. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca tada ta nirgatah sarva jalad gopyo 'ti-vepitah anata yonim acchadya panibhyam shita-karshitah shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; tadathen; tathey; nirgatahwent; sarva all; jalatfrom the water; gopyahthe gopis; ati-vepitahtrembling; anatawith bowed heads; yonimthe pubic area; acchadyacovering; panibhyamwith both hands; shita-karshitahtormented by the cold.

Sri Narada said: Shivering with the cold, bowing their heads, and covering their pubic areas with both hands, all the gopis emerged from the water. Text 14 krishna-dattani vasamsi dadhuh sarva vrajanganah mohitash ca sthitas tatra krishne lajjayitekshanah krishna-dattanigiven by Krishna; vasamsithe garments; dadhuhplaced; sarvahall; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; mohitahbewildered; caand; sthitah stood; tatrathere; krishnefor Krishna; lajjayitashy; ikshanahglances. Taking their garments from Krishna, all the girls of Vraja dressed themselves. Bewildered with love, they shyly gazed at Lord Krishna. Text 15 jnatva tasam abhiprayam parama-prema-lakshanam aha manda-smitah krishnah samantad vikshya ta vacah jnatvaunderstanding; tasamof them; abhiprayamthe intention; paramaprema-lakshanamthe highest love; ahasaid; mandagently; smitahsmiling; krishnahKrishna; samantatat all of them; vikshyaglancing; tathem; vacah words. Aware of the great love in their hearts, Krishna gently smiled. Placing His eyes on all of them, He spoke. Text 16 shri-bhagavan uvaca bhavatibhir margashirshe kritam katyayani-vratam mad-artham tac ca sa-phalam bhavishyati na samshayah

shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; bhavatibhih with you; margashirshein the month of Margashirsha; kritamdone; katyayani to worship goddess Katyayani; vratama vow; matof Me; arthamfor the sake; tatthat; caand; sa-phalamfruitful; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayah doubt. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: To attain Me, during the month of Margashirsha you followed a vow to worship goddess Katyayani. Your vow will bear its fruit. There is no doubt of that. Text 17 parashvo 'hani catavyam krishna-tire manohare yushmabhish ca karishyami rasam purna-manoratham parashvahafter tomorrow; ahanion the day; caand; atavyamin the forest; krishna-tireon the Yamuna's shore; manoharebeautiful; yushmabhihwith you; caand; karishyamiI will do; rasama rasa dance; purna-manorathamthat will fulfill all your desires. The day after tomorrow, on the Yamuna's beautiful shore, I will enjoy with You a rasa dance that will fulfill all your desires. Text 18 ity uktvatha gate krishne paripurnatame harau praptananda manda-hasa gopyah sarva grihan yayuh itithus; uktvaspeaking; athathen; gategone; krishneKrishna; paripurnatamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; harauLord Hari; prapta attained; anandahbliss; mandagentle; hasahsimles; gopyahthe gopis; sarvahall; grihanto their homes; yayuhwent. After speaking these words, Lord Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, left. Then all the gopis, gently smiling and their hearts filled with bliss, went to their homes. .pa

Chapter Four Kaushalopakhyana The Story of the Kaushala Women Text 1 shri-narada uvaca kaushalanam gopikanam varnanam shrinu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam shri-krishna-caritamritam shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; kaushalanamof the women of Kausala; gopikanamof thegopis; varnanamthe description; shrinuplease hear; maithila O king of Mithila; sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; punyamsacred; shrikrishna-caritamritamfilled with the nectar of Sri Krishna's pastimes. Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the Kaushala womwn that became gopis, a sacred story that removes all sins and is filled with the nectar of Lord Krishna's pastimes. Text 2 navopananda-geheshu jata rama-varad vraje parinita gopa-janaih ratna-bhushana-bhushitah navopananda-geheshuin the homes of the nine Upanandas; jataborn; ramavaratby the blessing of Lord Rama; vrajein Vraja; parinitamarried; gopa-janaih by the gopas; ratna-bhushana-bhushitahdecorated with jewel ornaments. By Lord Ramacandra's blessing they were born in the homes of the nine Upanandas. Decorated with jewel ornaments, they were married to various gopas. Text 3 purna-candra-pratikasha nava-yauvana-samyutah padminyo hamsa-gamanah padma-patra-vilocanah

purna-candra-pratikashasplendid as the full moon; nava-yauvana-samyutah in full bloom of youth; padminyahbeautiful and graceful as lotus flowers; hamsagamanahgraceful as swans; padma-patra-vilocanahwith lotus-petal eyes. They were young, glorious as full moons, delicate as lotus flowers, and graceful as swans. Their eyes were like lotus petals. Text 4 jara-dharmena su-sneham su-dridham sarvato 'dhikam cakruh krishne nanda-sute kamaniye mahatmani jaraof a paramour; dharmenawith the nature; su-snehampassionate love; su-dridhamvery intense; sarvatahthan everything; adhikamgreater; cakruh did; krishnefor Lord Krishna; nanda-sutethe son of Nanda; kamaniye handsome; mahatmanithe Supreme Personality of Godhead. They had fallen passionately in love with Nanda's handsome son Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They loved Him as a paramour. Text 5 tabhih sardham sada hasyam vraja-vithishu madhavah smitaih pita-patadanaih karshanaih sa cakara ha tabhihthem; sardhamwith; sadaalways; hasyamjoking; vraja-vithishuon the pathways of Vraja; madhavahKrishna; smitaihwith smiles; pita-patadanaih with yellow garments; karshanaihwith tugging; saHe; cakaradid; haindeed. Smiling, and tugging at their yellow garments, Krishna teased them and joked with them on the pathways of Vraja. Text 6 dadhi-vikrayartham yantyas tah krishna krishneti cabruvan

krishne hi prema-samyukta bhramantyah kunja-mandale dadhiyogurt; vikrayaselling; arthamfor the purpose; yantyahgoing; tah they; krishnaO Krishna; krishnaO Krishna; itithus; caand; abruvansaid; krishnefor Krishna; hiindeed; prema-samyuktafull of love; bhramantyah wandering; kunja-mandalein the forest. In the market selling yogurt, they did not call out, Yogurt! Yogurt!" Instead they called "Krishna! Krishna!" Overcome with love for Krishna, they wandered the forests searching for Him. Text 7 khe vayau cagni-jalayor mahyam jyotir dishasu ca drumeshu jana-vrindeshu tasam krishno hi lakshyate khein space; vayauin air; caand; agniin fire; jalayohin water; mahyam in the mahat-tattva; jyotihin light; dishasuin the directions; caand; drumeshuin the trees; jana-vrindeshuin the people; tasamof them; krishnah Krishna; hiindeed; lakshyateis seen. When they looked at the different objects of the creation made of ether, air, fire, and water, when they looked in the different directions, when they looked at the luminaries in the sky, when they looked at trees, and when they looked at people, they did not see them. They only saw Krishna. Text 8 prema-lakshana-samyuktah shri-krishna-hrita-manasah ashtabhih sattvikair bhavaih sampannas tash ca yoshitah prema-lakshana-samyuktahfilled with love; shri-krishna-hrita-manasahtheir hearts fixed on Krishna; ashtabhihsituated; sattvikair bhavaihwith ecstatic love; sampannahendowed; tahthey; caand; yoshitahthe women. They were filled with love for Krishna. Krishna had stolen their hearts. They could not help but display many symptoms of love for Him.

Text 9 premna paramahamsanam padavim samupagatah krishnanandah pradhavantyo vraja-vithishu ta nripa premnawith love; paramahamsanamof the paramahamsas; padavimthe path; samupagatahtaken; krishnaof Krishna; anandahbliss; pradhavantyah running; vraja-vithishuon the pathways of Vraja; tathey; nripaO king. Filled with love, they followed the path of the paramahamsas. Filled with bliss, they ran along Vraja's pathways. Text 10 jada jadam na janantyo jadonmatta-pishaca-vat abruvantyo bruvantyo va gata-lajja gata-vyathah jadahinert; jadamthe inert; nanot; janantyahundersatnding; jadonmattapishaca-vatas if haunted by a ghost; abruvantyahnot speaking; bruvantyah speaking; vaor; gata-lajjawithout embarrassment; gata-vyathahwithout care. Sometimes they were stunned, sometimes they could not understand that inanimate objects were actually not alive, sometimes they were silent, and sometimes they spoke on and on without care or shyness. Text 11 evam kritarthatam praptas tan-maya yash ca gopikah balad akrishya krishnasya cucumbur mukha-pankajam evamin this way; kritarthatamthe real goal of life; praptahattained; tanmayarapt in thought of Krishna; yahwho; caand; gopikahgopis; balat forcibly; akrishyaattracting; krishnasyaof Krishna; cucumbuhkisssed; mukhapankajamthe lotus mouth.

Rapt in thinking of Krishna, they attained the highest goal of life. Irresistibly attracted to Krishna, they could not help but kiss His lotus lips. Text 12 tasam tapah kim kathayami rajan purne pare brahmani vasudeve yash cakrire prema hrid-indriyadyair visrijya loka-vyavahara-margam tasamof them; tapahausterity; kimwhat; kathayamiI say; rajanO king; purneperfect; pare brahmanithe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vasudeve Lord Vasudeva; yahwho; cakriredid; premalove; hrid-indriyadyaihwith the heart and senses; visrijyaabandoning; loka-vyavahara-margamthe path of what is ordinarily desirable. O king, how can I describe the austerities they must have performed? Abandoning the path of what is ordinarily thought desireable in this world, with all their heart and senses they loved Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 13 ya rasa-range vinidhaya bahum krishnamsayoh prema-vibhinna-cittah cakrur vashe krishnam alam tapas tad vaktum na shakto vadanaih phanindrah yawho; rasa-rangein the arena of the rasa dance; vinidhayaplacing; bahum an arm; krishnamsayohon Krishna's shoulders; prema-vibhinnaovercome with love; cittahtheir hearts; cakruhdid; vashein control; krishnamk; alam greatly; tapahausterity; tatthat; vaktumto say; nanot; shaktahable; vadanaihwith many mouths; phanindrahLord Sesha, the king of serpents. Overcome with love, and placing an arm around His shoulders in the rasa dance, they made Krishna their surrendered servant. Even Lord Sesha with His many mouths cannot describe the auterities they must have performed. Text 14 yogena sankhyena shubhena karmana nyayadi-vaisheshika-tattva-vittamaih

yat prapyate tac ca padam videha-rat samprapyate kevala-bhakti-bhavatah yogenawith yoga; sankhyenawith sankhya; shubhenawith auspicious; karmanawork; nyayanyaya; adibeginning with; vaisheshikavaisesika; tattva the truth; vittamaihby they who know; yatwhat; prapyateis attained; tat that; caand; padamstate; videha-ratO king of Videha; samprapyateis attained; kevala-bhakti-bhavatahby pure love for Lord Krishna. O king of Videha, whatever good result may be attained by yoga, sankhya, good deeds, or the study of logic and philosophy, is at once attained simply by loving Lord Krishna. Text 15 bhaktyaiva vashyi harir adi-devah sada pramanam kila catra gopyah sankhyam ca yogam na kritam kadapi premnaiva yasya prakritim gatah syuh bhaktyaby devotion and love; evaindeed; vashyibrought under control; harihKrishna; adi-devahth4e Supreme Personality of Godhead; sadaalways; pramanamevidence; kilaindeed; caand; atrahere; gopyahthe gopis; sankhyamsankhya; caand; yogamyoga; nanot; kritamdone; kadapiat any time; premnaby love; evaindeed; yasyaof whom; prakritimthe nature; gatah syuhattained. Love and devotion make Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, into one's surrendered servant. The gopis are the proof. They followed neither sankhya nor yoga. Only because they loved Him did they gain His company. .pa

Chapter Five Ayodhya-pura-vasiny-upakhyana The Story of the Ayodhya Women Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ayodhya-vasininam tu gopinam varnanam shrinu

catushpadartha-dam sakshat krishna-prapti-karam param shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; ayodhya-vasininamof the women of Ayodhya; tuindeed; gopinamof the gopis; varnanamdescription; shrinu please hear; catushpadartha-dambringing the four goals of life; sakshatdirectly; krishna-prapti-karambringing the attainment of Lord Krishna; paramgreat. Sri Narada said: Please hear the story of the Ayaodhya women that became gopis, a story that grants the four goals of life and brings the company of Lord Krishna. Text 2 sindhu-desheshu nagari campaka nama maithila babhuva tasyam vimalo raja dharma-parayanah sindhu-desheshuin Sindhu-desha; nagaria city; campakaCampaka; nama named; maithilaO king of Mithila; babhuvawas; tasyamin that city; vimalah Vimala; rajaking; dharma-parayanahsaintly. O king of Mithila, in Sindhu-desha there was a city named Campaka. The saintly king there was Vimala. Text 3 kuvera iva kosadhyo manasvi mrigarad iva vishnu-bhaktah prashantatma prahlada iva murtiman kuveraKuvera; ivalike; kosadhyahwealthy; manasvichivalorus; mrigarat a lion; ivalike; vishnu-bhaktah adevotee of Lord Vishnu; prashantatma peaceful at heart; prahladaPrahlada; ivalike; murtimanpersonified. Like Kuvera he was wealthy. Like a lion he was noble and chivalrous. Like Prahlada he was a peaceful-hearted devotee of Lord Vishnu. Text 4

bharyanam shat-sahasrani babhuvus tasya bhu-pateh rupavatyah kanja-netra vandhyatvam tah samagatah bharyanamof wives; shat-sahasranisix thousand; babhuvuhwere; tasyaof him; bhu-patehthe king; rupavatyahbeautiful; kanja-netrahlotus-eyed; vandhyatvambarrenness; tahthey; samagatahattained. However, King Vimala's six thousand beautiful, lotus-eyed wives were all barren. Text 5 apatyam kena punyena bhuyan me 'tra shubham nripa evam cintayatas tasya bahavo vatsara gatah apatyama child; kenaby what?; punyenapious deed; bhuyanmay be; me of me; atrahere; shubhamauspiciousness; nripaO king; evamthus; cintayatahthinking; tasyaof him; bahavahmany; vatsarayears; gatah passed. He spent many years wondering, "What pious deed with bring me a child?" Text 6 ekada yajnavalkyas tu munindras tam upagatah tam natvabhyarcya vidhivan nripas tat-sammukhe sthitah ekadaonce; yajnavalkyahYaj 24avalkya; tuindeed; munindrahthe king of sages; tamhim; upagatahattained; tamto him; natvabowing; abhyarcya worshiping; vidhivatproperly; nripahthe king; tat-sammukhebefore him; sthitahstood. One day Yajnavalkya, the king of sages, visited. The king bowed down, worshiped him, and stood respectfully before him. Text 7

cintakulam nripam vikshya yajnavalkyo maha-munih sarva-jnah sarva-vic chantah pratyuvaca nripottamam cintakulamanxiou; nripamthe king; vikshyaseeing; yajnavalkyah Yajnavalkya; maha-munihthe great sage; sarva-jnahall-knowing; sarva-vitallknowing; chantahpeaceful; pratyuvacaspoke; nripottamamto the best of kings. Seeing the king was very anxious, the peaceful and all-knowing sage Yajnavalkya spoke. Text 8 shri-yajnavalkya uvaca rajan krisho 'si kasmat tvam ka cinta te hridi sthita saptasv angeshu kushalam drishyate sampratam tava shri-yajnavalkya uvacaYajnavalkya said; rajanO king; krishahdistraught; asi you are; kasmatwhy?; tvamyou; kawhat?; cintaanxiety; teof you; hridi in the heart; sthitasituated; saptasvin seven; angeshulimbs; kushalam auspiciousness; drishyateis seen. sampratamnow; tavaof you. Sri Yajnavalkya said: O king, why are you distraught? What is the worry in your heart? I can see the seven limbs of your body are marked with all auspiciousness. Text 9 shri-vimala uvaca brahmams tvam kim na janasi tapasa divya-cakshusha tathapy aham vadishyami bhavato vakya-gocarat shri-vimala uvacaSri Vimala said; brahmamhO brahmana; tvamof you; kim what?; nanot; janasiyou know; tapasaby austerity; divya-cakshushawith spiritual eyes; tathapistill; ahamI; vadishyamiwill tell; bhavatahof you; vakya-gocaratin words.

Sri Vimala said: O brahmana, what do you not know? Because you have spiritual eyes attained by great austerities, you know everything. Still I will tell you my worry. Text 10 anapatyena duhkhena vyapto 'ham muni-sattama kim karomi tapo danam vada yena bhavet praja anapatyena-with childlessness; duhkhenawith happiness; vyaptahpervaded; ahami am; muni-sattamaO best of sages; kimwhat?; karomiwill I do; tapah austerity; danamcharity; vadatell; yenaby which; bhavetmay be; prajaa child. Because I have no child I am filled with grief. O best of sages, please describe the austerity or charity that will bring me a child. Text 11 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva yajnavalkyo dhyana-stimita-locanah dirgham dadhyau muni-shreshtho bhutam bhavyam vicintayan shri-naradah uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; yajnavalkyah Yaj 24avalkya; dhyanameditation; stimitaclosed; locanaheyes; dirghamfor a long time; dadhyauplaced; muni-shreshthahthe best of sages; bhutampast; bhavyamand future; vicintayanmeditating. Sri Narada said: Hearing this, the great sage Yaj 24avalkya for a long time closed his eyes. Meditating in trance, he looked into the past and future. Text 12 shri-yajnavalkya uvaca asmin janmani rajendra putro naiva ca naiva ca putryas tava bhavishyanti kotisho nripa-sattama

shri-yajnavalkya uvacaSri Yajnavalkya said; asminin this; janmanibirth; rajendraO king of kings; putraha son; nanot; evaindeed; caand; nanot; evaindeed; caand; putryahmany daughters; tavaof you; bhavishyantiwill be; kotishahmillions; nripa-sattamaO best of kings. Sri Yajnavalkya said: O best of kings, in this birth you have no son. No son at all. You will have ten million daughters. Text 13 shri-rajovaca putram vina purva-rinan na ko 'pi pramucyate bhumi-tale munindra sada hy aputrasya grihe vyatha syat param tv ihamutra sukham na kincit shri-raja uvacathe king said; putrama son; vinawithout; purva-rinan previous devts; nanot; ko 'pianyone; pramucyateis liberated; bhumi-taleon the earth; munindraO king of sages; sadaalways; hiindeed; aputrasya without a son; grihein the home; vyathatrouble; syatis; paramgreat; tv indeed; ihain this world; amutraand in the next; sukhamhappiness; nanot; kincitanything. The king said: O king of sages, without a son no one in this world can become free of his many debts (to the sages, demigods, and forefathers) and become liberated. Without a son there is always trouble at home. Without a son there can be no happiness in either this life or the next. Text 14 shri-yajnavalkya uvaca ma khedam kuru rajendra putryo deyas tvaya khalu shri-krishnaya bhavishyaya param dayadikaih saha shri-yajnavalkyah uvacaSri Yajnavalkya said; madon't; khedam unhappiness; kurudo; rajendraO king of kings; putryahdaughters; deyahto be given; tvayaby you; khaluindeed; shri-krishnayaof Sri Krishna; bhavishyaya in the future; paramgreat; dayadikaiha great dowery; sahawith.

Sri Yajnavalkya said: O king, don't be unhappy. With a great dowry you will give all your daughters in marriage to Lord Krishna. Text 15 tenaiva karmana tvam vai devarshi-pitrinam rinat vimukto nripa-shardula param moksham avapsyasi tenaby this; evaindeed; karmanaaction; tvamyou; vaiindeed; devarshipitrinamthe demigods, sages, and ancestors; rinatfrom the debt; vimuktah free; nripaof kings; shardulaO tiger; paramfinal; mokshamliberation; avapsyasiyou will attain. O tiger of kings, by doing that you will be free of your debts to the demigods, sages, and ancestors, and you will attain liberation. Text 16 shri-narada uvaca tadati-harshito raja shrutva vakyam maha-muneh punah papraccha sandeham yajnavalkyam maha-munim shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; tadathen; ati-harshitahvery happy; raja the king; shrutvahearing; vakyamthe words; maha-munehof the great sage; punahagain; papracchaasked; sandehama doubt; yajnavalkyamto Yaj 24avalkya; maha-munimthe great sage. Sri Narada said: Very happy to hear these words, the king asked Yajnavalkya Muni the following question. Text 17 shri-rajovaca kasmin kule kutra deshe bhavishyah shri-harih svayam kidrig rupash ca kim varno varshaish ca katibhir gataih

shri-raja uvacathe king said; kasminin what?; kulefamily; kutrain what?; deshecountry; bhavishyahwill be; shri-harihLord Krishna; svayampersonally; kidrigwhat?; rupahform; caand; kimwhat?; varnahvarna; varshaihwith years; caand; katibhihhow many?; gataihgone. The king said: In what country will Lord Krishna appear? In what family? What will be His form? What will be His caste? How many years hence will He come? Texts 18-21 shri-yajnavalkya uvaca dvaparasya yugasyasya tava rajyan maha-bhuja avasheshe varsha-shate tatha panca-dashe nripa tasmin varshe yadu-kule mathurayam yadoh pure bhadre budhe krishna-pakshe dhatrarkshe harshane vrishe vave 'shtamyam ardha-ratre nakshatresha-mahodaye andhakaravrite kale devakyam shauri-mandire bhavishyati harih sakshad aranyam adhvare 'gni-vat shrivatsanko ghana-shyamo vana-maly-ati-sundarah shri-yajnavalkya uvacaSri Yajnavalkya said; dvaparasyaof the Dvapara; yugasyayuga; asyaof that; tavaof you; rajyatwill be manifested; maha-bhuja O mighty-armed one; avashesheat the end; varsha-shateof a hundred years; tathaso; panca-dashefifteen; nripaO king; tasminin this; varshevarsa; yadu-kulein the Yadu family; mathurayamin Mathura; yadohof the Yadus; pure in the city; bhadrein the month of Bhadra; budheon Wednesday; krishnapaksheduring the dark fortnight; dhatrarkshein the star Rohini; harshanein harsana-yoga; vrishein Taurus; vavedirectly after midnight; ashtamyamon the eighth day; ardha-ratrein the middle of the night; nakshatresha-mahodayein the rising of the moon; andhakaravritefilled with blinding darkness; kaleat the time; devakyamin Devaki shauri-mandirein the house of Vasudeva; bhavishyatiwill be; harihLord Krishna; sakshatdirectly; aranyamin the arani wood; adhvare in the fire; agnifire; vatlike; shrivatsankahmarked withb Srivatsa; ghanashyamahdark as a monsoon cloud; vana-maliwearing a forest garland; atisundarahvery handsome.

Sri Yajnavalkya said: O mighty-armed king, in the Dvapara-yuga, when you have reigned for 115 years, in this (Bharata) varsha, in Mathura, the city of the Yadus, in the Yadu family, during the month of Bhadra (August-September), on a Monday that is the eighth-day of the dark-moon, in the middle of a very dark night, just as the moon is rising, when Taurus and the star Rohini are prominent, and when the stars are in harshana-yoga, in Vasudeva's palace, handsome Lord Krishna, dark as a monsoon cloud, decorated with a forest garland, and marked with Srivatsa, will appear in Devaki's womb as fire appears in a yajna's arani sticks. Text 22 pitambarah padma-netro bhavishyati catur-bhujah tasmai deya tvaya kanya ayus te 'sti na samshayah pitambarahwearing yellow garments; padma-netrahwith lotus eyes; bhavishyatiwill be; catur-bhujahfour arms; tasmaito him; deyashould be given; tvayaby you; kanyathe daughters; ayuhlife; teof you; astiwill be; na no; samshayahdoubt. You will give your daughters in marriage to Lord Krishna, who has four arms, lotus eyes, and yellow garments. In this way you will attain the supreme goal of life. Of this there is no doubt. .pa

Chapter Six Ayodhya-pura-vasiny-upakhyana The Story of the Ayodhya Women Text 1 shri-narada uvaca evam uktva gate sakshad yajnavalkye maha-munau ativa harsham apanno vimalash campaka-patih shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; evamthus; uktvaspeaking; gategone; sakshatdirectly; yajnavalkyeYajnavalkya; maha-munauthe great sage; ativa

great; harshamhappiness; apannahattained; vimalahVimala; campaka-patih the king of Campaka. Sri Narada said: Then the great sage Yajnavalkya left. Vimala, the king of Campaka, was very happy. Text 2 ayodhya-pura-vasinyah shri-ramasya varac ca yah babhuvus tasya bharyasu tah sarvah kanyakah shubhah ayodhya-pura-vasinyahthe women of Ayodhya; shri-ramasyaof Sri Rama; varatfrokm the benediction; caand; yahwho; babhuvuhbecame; tasyaof him; bharyasuin the wives; tahthey; sarvahall; kanyakahdaughters; shubhah beautiful. Then the Ayodhya women blessed by Lord Ramacandra took birth as the very beautiful daughters of Vimala and his wives. Text 3 vivaha-yogyas ta drishtva cintayamsh campaka-patih yajnavalkya-vacah smritva dutam aha nripeshvarah vivaha-yogyahat the proper age for marriage; tathey; drishtvaseeing; cintayanthinking; campaka-patihthe king of Campaka; yajnavalkya-vacahthe words of Yajnavalkya; smritvaremembering; dutamto give; ahasaid; nripeshvarahthe great king. Seeing that his daughters had come to a marriagable age, and remembering Yajnavalkya's words, King Vimala spoke. Text 4 shri-vimala uvaca mathuram gaccha duta tvam gatva shauri-griham shubham

darshaniyas tvaya putro vasudevasya sundarah shri-vimala uvacaSri Vimala said; mathuramto Mathura; gacchago; dutaO messenger; tvamyou; gatvahaving gone; shauriof Vasudeva; grihamto tyhe home; shubhambeautiful; darshaniyahshould be seen; tvayaby you; putrah the son; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; sundarahhandsome. Sri Vimala said: O messenger, go to Mathura, enter Vasudeva's palace, and look for Vasudeva's handsome son. Text 5 shrivatsanko ghana-shyamo vana-mali catur-bhujah yadi syat tarhi dasyami tasmai sarvah su-kanyakah shrivatsankahmarked with Srivatsa; ghana-shyamahdark as a cloud; vanamaliwearing a forest garland; catur-bhujahwith four arms; yadiif; syatis; tarhithen; dasyamiI will give; tasmaito Him; sarvahall; su-kanyakahmy beautiful daughters. He is dark as a monsoon cloud, has four arms, is marked with Srivatsa, and wears a forest garland. If He is there, I will give Him all my beautiful daughters. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca iti vakyam tatah shrutva duto 'sau mathuram gatah papraccha sarvabhiprayam mathuramsh ca mahajanan shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; vakyamthe words; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; dutahthe messenger; asauhe; mathuramto Mathura; gatah went; papracchaasked; sarvabhiprayamall knowledge; mathuranthe people of Mathura; caand; mahajanangreat souls. Sri Narada said: Hearing these words, and going to Mathura, the messenger asked the great souls there if they had seen Vasudeva's son.

Text 7 tad-vakyam mathurah shrutva kamsa-bhitah su-buddhayah tam dutam rahasi prahuh karnante manda-vag yatha tad-vakyamhis words; mathurahthe peole of Mathura; shrutvahearing; kamsa-bhitahafraid of Kamsa; su-buddhayahintelligent; tamto him; dutam the messenger; rahasiin private; prahuhsaid; karnantein the ear; manda-vag whispering; yathaas. Hearing these words, the intelligent people of Mathura, who were all afraid of Kamsa, took him to a secluded place and whispered in his ear. Text 8 shri-mathura ucuh vasudevasya ye putrah kamsena bahavo hatah ekavashishtavaraja kanya sapi divam gata shri-mathura ucuhthe people of Mathura said; vasudevasyaof vasudeva; ye who; putrahthe sons; kamsenaby Kamsa; bahavahmany; hatahkilled; ekavashishtavarajaone remaining; kanyaa dauighter; sapishe; divamto heaven; gatawent. The people of Mathura said: Vasudeva's many sons were all killed by Kamsa. Only a daughter, who went to the heavenly planets, survived. Text 9 vasudevo 'sti catraiva hy aputro dina-manasah idam na kathaniyam hi tvaya kamsa-bhayam pure vasudevahVasudeva; astiis; caand; atrahere; evaindeed; hiindeed; aputrahsonless; dina-manasahunhappy at heart; idamthus; nanot; kathaniyamto be spoken; hiindeed; tvayaby you; kamsa-bhayamout of fear of Kamsa; purein the city.

Now sonless, Vasudeva is unhappy at heart. Because of the danger of Kamsa, you should not repeat these words in this city. Text 10 shauri-santana-vartam yo vakti cen mathura-pure tam dandayati kamso 'sau shaury-ashtama-shisho ripuh shauriof Vasudeva; santanathe family; vartamthe story; yahwho; vakti speaks; cetif; mathura-purein Mathura City; tamhim; dandayatipunishes; kamsahKamsa; asauhe; shaury-ashtama-shishohof Vasudeva's eighth son; ripuhthe enemy. If in Mathura-puri someone speaks this story of Vasudeva's sons, then Kamsa, the sworn enemy of Vasudeva's eighth son, punishes him severely. Text 11 shri-narada uvaca jana-vakyam tatah shrutva duto vai campaka-purim gatvatha kathayam asa rajne karanam adbhutam shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; jana-vakyamthe words of the people; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; dutahthe messenger; vaiindeed; campaka-purim to the4 city of Campaka; gatvagoing; athathen; kathayam asaspoke; rajne to the king; karanamthe reason; adbhutamsurprising. Sri Narada said: After hearing the people's words, the messenger returned to the city of Campaka and told the very surprising story to the king. Text 12 shri-duta uvaca mathurayam asti shaurir anapatyo 'ti-dinavat tat-putras tu pura jatah kamsena nihatah shrutam

shri-duta uvacathe messenger said; mathurayamin Mathura; astiis; shaurih Vasudeva; anapatyahchildless; ati-dinavatlike a very wretched person; tatputrahhis sons; tuindeed; purapreviously; jatahborn; kamsenaby Kamsa; nihatahkilled; shrutamheard. The messenger said: Unhappy and childless, Vasudeva stays in Mathura. I heard that all his sons were killed by Kamsa. Text 13 ekavashishta kanyapi kham gata kamsa-hastatah evam shrutva yadu-puran nirgato 'ham shanaih shanaih ekaone; avashishtaremaining; kanyadaughter; apialso; khamto heaven; gatawent; kamsa-hastatahby Kamsa's hand; evamthus; shrutva hearing; yadu-puratfrom the city of the Yadus; nirgatahcome; ahamI; shanaih shanaihvery slowly. One a daughter who, struck by Kamsa's hand, went to the heavenly planets, remains. Hearing this, I slowly left the Yadus' city. Text 14 caran vrindavane ramye kalindi-nikate shubhe akasmal latika-vrinde drishtah kashcic chishur maya caranwalking; vrindavanein Vrindavana; ramyebeautiful; kalindi-nikateby the Yamuna's shore; shubhebeautiful; akasmalsuddenly; latika-vrindeamong many vines; drishtahseen; kashcicsomeone; chishuha boy; mayaby me. As I walked by the Yamuna's shore in beautiful Vrindavana forest I saw a boy among some vines. Text 15 tal-lakshana-samo rajan

go-gopa-gana-madhyatah shrivatsanko ghana-shyamo vana-maly ati-sundarah tal-lakshana-samahthe same characteristsics; rajanO king; go-gopa-ganamadhyatahamong many cows and gopas; shrivatsankahmarked with Srivatsa; ghana-shyamahdark as a monsoon cloud; vana-maliwearing a forest garland; ati-sundarahvery handsome. O king, He had all the features you described. He was handsome, dark as a monsoon cloud, marked with Srivatsa, and decorated with a forest garland. He was the midst of many cows and gopas. Text 16 dvi-bhujo gopa-sunush ca param tv etad vilakshanam tvaya catur-bhujash cokto vasudevatmajo harih dvi-bhujahtwo artms; gopa-sunuha gopa's son; caand; paramthen; tv indeed; etatthis; vilakshanamextraordinary; tvayaby you; catur-bhujahfour arms; caand; uktahsaid; vasudevatmajahVasudeva's son; harihKrishna. There is one difference. He had two arms and Vasudeva's son had four arms. Text 17 kim kartavyam vada nripa muni-vakyam mrisha na hi yatra yatra yatheccha te tatra mam preshaya prabho kimwhat?; kartavyamshould be don; vadatell; nripaO king; muni-vakyam the sage's words; mrishafalse; nanot; hiindeed; yatrawhere; yatrawhere; yathaas; icchathe desire; teof you; tatrathere; mamme; preshayaplease send; prabhahO lord. What should be done? Tell me, O king. It cannot be that the sage's words are untrue. O master, send me wherever you wish. Text 18

shri-narada uvaca iti cintayatas tasya vismitasya nripashya ca gajahvayat sindhu-deshan jetum bhishmah samagatah shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; cintayatahthinking; tasyaof him; vismitasyasurprised; nripasyaof the king; caand; gajahvayatfrom Hastinapura; sindhu-deshanto Sindhu-desa; jetumto conquer; bhishmah Bhishma; samagataharrived. Sri Narada said: As the king was thinking about what to do, Bhishma, on his way to conquer Sindhu-desha, came from Hastinapura. Text 19 tam pujya vimalo raja dattva tasmai balim bahu papraccha sarvabhiprayam bhishmam dharma-bhritam varam tamhim; pujyaworshiping; vimalahVimala; rajaKing; dattvagiving; tasmaito him; balima gift; bahugreat; papracchaasked; sarvabhiprayam who knows everything; bhishmamBhishma; dharma-bhritamof pious men; varamthe best. After worshiping him and giving him many gifts, King Vimala asked a question of all-knowing Bhishma, the best of pious men. Text 20 shri-vimala uvaca yajnavalkyena purvokto mathurayam harih svayam vasudevasya devakyam bhavishyati na samshayah shri-vimala uvacaSri Vimala said; yaj 24avalkyenaby yajnavalkya; purvoktah previously said; mathurayamin mathura; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; devakyamin Devaki; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt.

Sri Vimala said: Yajnavalkya Muni told me that Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, will become the son of Vasudeva and Devaki in Mathura. Of this there is no doubt. Text 21 na jato vasudevasya sakashe 'dya harih parah rishi-vakyam mrisha na syat kasmai dasyami kanyakah nanot; jatahborn; vasudevasyaof Vasudeva; sakashein the presence; adyanow; harihthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; parahsupreme; rishivakyamthe words of the sage; mrishafalse; nanot; syatare; kasmaito whom?; dasyamiI will give; kanyakahmy daughters. Although the sage's words cannot be untrue, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has not taken birth as Vasudeva's son. To whom shall I give my daughters in marriage? Text 22 maha-bhagavatah sakshat tvam paravara-vittamah jitendriyo balya-bhavad viro dhanvi vasuttamah etad vada maha-buddhe kim kartavyam mayatra vai maha-bhagavataha great devotee; sakshatdirectly; tvamyou; paravaravittamahall-knowing; jitendriyahconquering the senses; balya-bhavatfrom childhood; viraha hero; dhanvia bowman; vasuttamahthe best of the Vasus; etatthis; vadaplease tell; maha-buddheO intelligent one; kimwhat?; kartavyamshould be done; mayaby me; atrahere; vaiindeed. You are a great devotee. You know everything. Your senses are carefully controlled. From childhood you have been a heroic warrior. You are an expert archer and the best of the Vasus. O very intelligent one, please say what I should do. Text 23

shri-narada uvaca vimalam praha gangeyo maha-bhagavatah kavih divya-drig dharma-tattva-jnah shri-krishnasya prabhava-vit shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; vimalamto Vimala; prahasaid; gangeyah Bhishma; maha-bhagavatahgreat devotee; kavihphilosopher; divya-drigwith transcendental vision; dharma-tattva-j 24ahunderstanding the truth of religion; shri-krishnasyaof Sri Krishna; prabhavathe glory; vitknowing. Sri Narada said: The great devotee philosopher Bhishma, who had spiritual vision, understood the truth of religion, and was fully aware of Lord Krishna's glories, spoke to King Vimala. Text 24 shri-bhishma uvaca he rajan guptam akhyanam vedavyasa-mukhac chrutam sarva-papa-haram punyam shrinu harsha-vivardhanam shri-bhishma uvacaSri Bhisma said; heO; rajanking; guptamhidden; akhyanamstory; vedavyasaof Vedavyasa; mukhatfrom the mouth; shrutam heard; sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; punyamsacred; shrinupleasehear; harsha-vivardhanamdelightful. Sri Bhishma said: O king, please hear this secret I heard from Vyasa's mouth, a holy and delightful secret that removes all sins. Text 25 devanam rakshanarthaya daityanam hi vadhaya ca vasudeva-grihe jatah paripurnatamo harih devanamof the demigods; rakshanarthayafor protection; daityanamof the demons; hiindeed; vadhayafor killing; caand; vasudeva-grihein Vasudva's home; jatahborn; paripurnatamo harihthe Supreme Personality of Godhead.

To protect the devotees and kill the demons, the Supreme Personality of Godhead has taken birth in Vasudeva's home. Text 26 ardha-ratre kamsa-bhayan nitva shaurish ca tam tvaram gatva ca gokule putram nidhaya shayane nripa ardha-ratrein the middle of the night; kamsa-bhayanout of fear of Kamsa; nitvabringing; shaurihVasudeva; caand; tamHim; tvaramquickly; gatva gone; caand; gokulein Gokula; putramson; nidhayaplacing; shayanein bed; nripaO king. O king, out of fear of Kamsa, Vasudeva took his son to Gokula and placed Him in Yashoda's bed. Text 27 yashoda-nandayoh putrim mayam nitva puram yayau vavridhe gokule krishno gupto jnato na kair nribhih yashoda-nandayohof Nadna and Yashoda; putrimthe daughter; mayam Maya; nitvataking; puramto the city; yayauwent; vavridheincreased; gokule in Gokula; krishnahKrishna; guptahhidden; jnatahknown; nanot; kair nribhihby anyone. Then to Mathura City he took Nanda's and Yashoda's daughter, who was the goddess Maya. As Krishna grew up on Gokula, no one understood His real identity. Text 28 so 'dyaiva vrindakaranye harir gopala-vesha-dhrik ekadasha samas tatra gudho vasam karishyati daityam kamsam ghatayitva prakatah sa bhavishyati

sahHe; adyatoday; evaeven; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana forest; harih Krishna; gopala-vesha-dhrikdressed as a gopa; ekadashaeleven; samahyears; tatrathere; gudhahhidden; vasamresidence; karishyatiwill do; daityamthe demon; kamsamKamsa; ghatayitvakilling; prakatahrevealed; saHe; bhavishyatiwill be. Today the Supreme Personality of Godhead is living as a gopa in Vrindavana. He will stay there, carefully concealed, for eleven years and then He will kill the demon Kamsa and His true identity will be revealed. Text 29 ayodhya-pura-vasinyah shri-ramasya varac ca yah tah sarvas tava bharyasu babhuvuh kanyakah shubhah ayodhya-pura-vasinyahthe women of Ayodhya; shri-ramasyaof Lord Rama; varatfrom the blessing; caand; yahwho; tahthey; sarvahall; tavaof you; bharyasuin the wives; babhuvuhwere; kanyakahdaughters; shubhah beautiful. Because they were blessed by Lord Ramacandra, many women of Ayodhya, took birth as the beautiful daughters born from you and your wives Text 30 gudhaya deva-devaya deyah kanyas tvaya khalu na vilambah kvacit karyo dehah kala-vasho hy ayam gudhayaconcealed; deva-devayato the Supreme Personality of Godhead; deyahshould be given; kanyahdaughters; tvayaby you; khaluindeed; na not; vilambahdelay; kvacitat all; karyahshould be done; dehahbody; kalavashahsubject to time; hiindeed; ayamthis. Marry your daughters to the carefully concealed Supreme Personality of Godhead. Don't delay. This body is subject to the ravages of time. Text 31

ity uktvatha gate bhishme sarvajne hastinapuram dutam svam preshayam asa vimalo nanda-sunave itithus; uktvaspeaking; athathen; gategone; bhishmeBhishma; sarvajne all-knowing; hastinapuramto Hasintapura; dutammessenger; svamown; preshayam asasent; vimalahVimala; nanda-sunaveto Nanda's son, Krishna. All-knowing Bhishma spoke these words and then left for Hastinapura. Then King Vimala sent his messenger to Nanda's son, Lord Krishna. .pa

Chapter Seven Ayodhya-pura-vasiny-upakhyana The Story of the Ayodhya Women Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha dutah sindhu-deshan mathuran punar agatah caran vrindavane krishnatire krishnam dadarsha ha shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; athathen; dutahthe messenger; sindhudeshanto Sindu-desa; mathuranto Mathura; punahagain; agatahcame; caran walking; vrindavanein Vrindavana; krishna-tireby the Yamuna's shore; krishnamKrishna; dadarshasaw; haindeed. Sri Narada said: The messenger traveled from Sindhu-desha to the province of Mathura. Walking by the Yamuna's shore in Vrindavana, he saw Krishna. Text 2 krishnam pranamya rahasi kritanjali-putah shanaih pradakshini-kritya duto vimaloktam uvaca sah

krishnamto Krishna; pranamyabowing down; rahasiin a secluded place; kritanjali-putahwith folded hands; shanaihslowly; pradakshini-kritya circumambulating; dutahthe messenger; vimalaof Vimala; uktamthe words; uvacaspoke; sahhe. In a secluded place, after bowing down before Lord Krishna and slowly circumambulating Him, the messenger repeated King Vimala's words. Text 3 shri-duta uvaca svayam param brahma parah pareshah parair adrishyah paripurna-devah yah punya-sanghaih satatam hi duras tasmai namah saj-jana-gocaraya shri-duta uvacathe messenger said; svayampersonally; paramthe Supreme; brahmaBrahman; parahthe supreme; pareshahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; paraihby the great souls; adrishyahnot seen; paripurnadevahthe perfect Lord; yahwho; punya-sanghaihby many pious deeds; satatamagain and again; hiindeed; durahfar away; tasmaito Him; namah obeisances; saj-jana-gocarayaseen by the saintly devotees. The messenger said: I offer my respectful obeisances to You, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, who are seen only by the saintly devotees, and who cannot be approcahed by performing even a great host of ordinary pious deeds. Text 4 go-vipra-deva-shruti-sadhu-dharmarakshartham adyaiva yadoh kule 'jah jato 'si kamsadi-vadhaya yo 'sau tasmai namo 'nanta-gunarnavaya gahthe cows; viprabrahmanas; devademigods; shrutiVedas; sadhu saints; dharmaand religion; rakshaprotection; arthamfor the purpose; adya now; evacertainly; yadohof the Yadus; kulein the family; ajahunborn; jatah born; asiYou are; kamsadi-vadhayato kill the demons headed by Kamsa; yah who; asauthe person; tasmaito Him; namahobeisances; anantaendless; gunavirtues; arnavayaan ocean. I offer my respectful obeisances unto You, who are an ocean of transcendental virtues and who, to protect the cows, brahmanas, demigods, Vedas, saintly

devotees, and principles of religion, and to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, have taken birth in the Yadu dynasty, even though You are unborn. Text 5 aho param bhagyam alam vrajaukasam dhanyam kulam nanda-varasya te pituh dhanyo vrajo dhanyam aranyam etad yatraiva sakshat prakatah paro harih ahahOh; paramsupreme; bhagyamgood fortune; alamgreat; vrajaukasam of the people of Vraja; dhanyamfortune; kulamfamily; nanda-varasyaof King Nanda; teof You; pituhof the father; dhanyahfortunate; vrajahVraja; dhanyamfortunate; aranyamthe forest; etatthis; yatrawhere; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; prakatahmanifested; parahthe Supreme; harihLord Hari. Supremely fortunate are the people of Vraja. Fortunate is the family of Your father, King Nanda. Fortunate is the village of Vraja. Fortunate is the forest of Vrindavana, where the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Hari, is now visible to our eyes. Text 6 yad radhika-sundara-kantha-ratnam yad gopika-jivana-mula-rupam tad eva man-netra-pathi prajatam kim varnaye bhagyam atah svakiyam yatwhat; radhikaof Sri Radha; sundarahandsome; kanthaneck; ratnam jewel; yatwhat; gopikaof the gopis; jivanaof the life; mulathe root; rupam the form; tatthat; evaindeed; man-netra-pathion the pathway of my eyes; prajatamborn; kimwhat?; varnayecan I say; bhagyamgood fortune; atah then; svakiyamown. He who is the life of the gopis and the gloriously handsome jewel at Radha's neck has entered the pathway of my eyes. How can I describe my own good fortune? Text 7 gupto vraje gopa-mishena casi kasturikamoda iva prasiddhah yashash ca te nirmalam ashu shukli-

karoti sarvatra gatam tri-lokim guptahhidden; vrajein Vraja; gopa-mishenadisguised as an ordinary gopa; caand; asiYou are; kasturikaof musk; amodathe scent; ivalike; prasiddhah famous; yashahfame; caand; teof Yoiu; nirmalampure; ashuat once; shukli-karotipurifies; sarvatraeverywhere; gatamgone; tri-lokimthe three worlds. Even though You are now pretending to be an ordinary cowherd boy, Your sacred fame, going everywhere, purifies the three worlds, as the perfume musk fills the directions with a sweet fragrance. Text 8 janasi sarvam jana-caittya-bhavam kshetra-jna atma kriti-vrinda-sakshi tathapi vakshye nripa-vakyam uktam param rahasyam rahasi sva-dharmam janasiYou understand; sarvameverything; jana-caittya-bhavamthat is in the hearts of the living entities; kshetrathe field of activities; jnahknowing; atma the Supersoul; kriti-vrindaof pious actions; sakshithe witness; tathapistill; vakshyeI will say; nripa-vakyamthe king's words; uktamspoken; paramthen; rahasyamsecret; rahasiin a secret place; sva-dharmamown religion. As the Supersoul You are the witness that looks into everyone's heart. You know everything. Still, in this secluded place I will repeat King Vimala's confidential message. Text 9 ya sindhu-desheshu puri prasiddha shri-campaka nama shubha yathaindri tat-palako 'sau vimalo yathendras tvat-pada-padme krita-citta-vrittih yawhat; sindhu-desheshuin Sindhu-desa; puria city; prasiddhafamous; shri-campakaSri Campaka; namanamed; shubhabeautiful; yathaas; aindri the city of Indra; tat-palakahit's king; asauhe; vimalahVimala; yathaas; indrahIndra; tvat-pada-padmeat Your lotus feet; krita-citta-vrittihplaces all his thoughts.

In Sindhu-desha is a city named Sri Campaka, which is glorious as Indra's city, Amaravati. Vimala, who is glorious as Indra, is the king of that city. his thoughts are always placed at Your lotus feet. Text 10 sada kritam yajna-shatam tvad-artham danam tapo brahmana-sevanam ca tirtham japam yena su-sadhanena tasmai param darshanam eva dehi sadaalways; kritamdone; yajna-shatama hundred yajnas; tvad-arthamfor Your sake; danamcharity; tapahausterity; brahmana-sevanamservice to the brahmanas; caand; tirthampilgrimage; japamchanting mantras; yenaby which; su-sadhanenaspiritual practices; tasmaito him; paramgreat; darshanamsight; evaindeed; dehiplease. For Your sake again and again He performs hundreds of yajnas, gives charity, performs austerities, serves the brahmanas, visits holy places, and chants sacred mantras. Because he is engaged in these spiritual activities, O Lord, please appear before him. Text 11 tat-kanyakah padma-vishala-netrah purnam patim tvam mrigayantya arat sada tvad-artham niyama-vrata-sthas tvat-pada-seva-vimali-kritangah tathis; kanyakahdaughters; padma-vishala-netrahwith large lotus eyes; purnamperfect; patimhusband; tvamYou; mrigayantyahsearching; arat from afar; sadaalways; tvad-arthamfor Your sake; niyama-vrata-sthah following austerities and vows; tvat-padaYour feet; sevaservice; vimalikritangahbecome purified. Their large eyes like lotus flowers, his daughters have been long searching for You, their perfect husband. To be eligible to serve Your lotus feet, they have purified their bodies with many vows and austerities. Text 12 grihana tasam vraja-deva panin

dattva param darshanam adbhutam svam gacchashu sindhun vishadi-kuru tvam vimrishya kartavyam idam tvaya hi grihanaplease accept; tasamthem; vraja-devaO Lord of Vraja; paninthe hands; dattvagiving; paramgreat; darshanamsight; adbhutamwonderful; svamown; gacchaplease go; ashuat once; sindhunto Sindhu-desa; vishadikuruplease purify; tvamYou; vimrishyaconsidering; kartavyamwhat should be done; idamthis; tvayaby You; hiindeed. O Lord of Vraja, please give them your wonderful audience and accept their hands in marriage. Pkease consider what should be done, and then please quickly go and purify Sindhu-desha with Your presence. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca duta-vakyam ca tac chrutva prasanno bhagavan harih kshana-matrena gatavan sa-dutash campakam purim shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; duta-vakyamthe words of the messenger; caand; tacthat; chrutvahearing; prasannahpleased; bhagavanLord; harih Krishna; kshana-matrenain a single moment; gatavangone; sa-dutahwith the messenger; campakamCXampaka; purimto the city. Sri Narada said: Pleased to hear the messenger's words, Lord Krishna went with him to the city of Campaka, traveling there in a single moment. Text 14 vimalasya maha-yajne veda-dhvani-samakule sa-dutah krishna akashat sahasavatatara ha vimalasyaof King Vimala; maha-yajnein a great yajna; veda-dhvani-samakule filled with the sounds of the Vedas; sa-dutahwith the messenger; krishnahLord Krishna; akashatfrom the sky; sahasasuddenly; avatataradescended; ha certainly.

As King Vimala was performing a great yajna filled with the sounds of the Vedas, Lord Krishna and the messenger suddenly descended from the sky. Texts 15 and 16 shrivatsankam ghana-shyamam sundaram vana-malinam pitambaram padma-netram yajna-vatagatam harim tam drishtva sahasotthaya vimalah prema-vihvalah papata caranopante romanci san kritanjalih shrivatsawith Srivatsa; ankammark; ghana-syamamdark as a monsoon cloud; sundaramhandsome; vana-malinamwearing a forest garland; pitambaramdressed in yellow garments; padma-netramwith lotus eyes; yajnavatato the place of the yajna; agatamcome; harimLord Krishna; tamHim; drishtvaseeing; sahasaat once; utthayarising; vimalahVimala; premavihvalahovercome with love; papatafell down; carana-upanteat the Lord's feet; romancithe hairs of his body erect with ecstasy; sanbeing so; kritanjalih with folded hands. Seeing handsome, lotus-eyed Lord Krishna, dark as a monsoon cloud, dressed in yellow garments, decorated with a forest garland, and marked with Srivatsa, enter the place of the yaj 24, King Vimala suddenly stood up, his hands respectfully folded and the hairs of his body erect with joy. Then, overwhelmed with love, he fell at the Lord's feet. Text 17 samsthapya pithake divye ratna-hema-khacit-pade stutva sampujya vidhi-vad raja tat-sammukhe sthitah samsthapyaplacing; pithakeon a throne; divyesplendid; ratna-hema-khacitpademade of gold and jewels; stutvaoffering prayers; sampujyaworshiping; vidhi-vatproperly; rajathe king; tat-sammukhein the Lord's presence; sthitah stood. After offering Him a seat on a throne of gold and jewels, offering prayers, and properly worshiping Him, King Vimala stood before the Lord.

Text 18 gavakshebhyah prapashyantih sundarir vikshya madhavah uvaca vimalam krishno megha-gambhiraya gira gavakshebhyahfrom the windows; prapashyantihlooking; sundarihthe beautiful girls; vikshyaseeing; madhavahLord Krishna; uvacasaid; vimalam to Vimala; krishnahKrishna; megha-gambhirayadeep as thunder; girawith words. As He glanced at the beautiful girls gazing at Him from the many windows, in a voice like thunder Lord Krishna spoke to King Vimala. Text 19 shri-bhagavan uvaca maha-mate varam bruhi yat te manasi vartate yajnavalkyasya vacasa jatam mad-darshanam tava shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; maha-mateO noble-hearted one; varambenediction; bruhiplease ask; yatwhat; teof you; manasiin the heart; vartateis; yajnavalkyasyaof Yajnavalkya; vacasaby the words; jatamborn; mad-darshanamthe sight of Me; tavaby you. The Supreme Lord said: O noble-hearted one, please ask a boon. Ask for whatever is in your heart. the words of Yaj 241)avalkya have brought Me before you. Text 20 shri-vimala uvaca mano me bhramari-bhutam sada tvat-pada-pankaje vasam kuryad deva-deva nanyeccha me kadacana shri-vimala uvacaSri Vimala said; manahthe heart; meof me; bhramaribhutamhas become a bumblebee; sadaalways; tvat-pada-pankajeat Your lotus

feet; vasamresidence; kuryatmay be; deva-devaO Lord of lords; nanot; anya another; icchadesire; meof me; kadacanaat any time. Sri Vimala said: O Lord of lords, please make my heart a bumblebee always staying at Your lotus feet. I shall never have any desire but this. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva vimalo raja sarvam kosha-dhanam mahat dvipa-vaji-rathaih sardham cakre atma-nivedanam shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; uktvaspeaking; vimalahVimala; rajaKing; sarvamall; kosha-dhanamwealth; mahatgreat; dvipaelephants; vajihorses; rathaihand chariots; sardhamwith; cakredid; atma-nivedanam offering himself. Sri Narada said: After speaking these words, King Vimala gave the Lord all the wealth in his treasury and all his elephants, horses, and chariots. He surrendered to the Lord with all his heart. Text 22 samarpya vidhina sarvah kanyakah haraye nripa namash cakara krishnaya vimalo bhakti-tat-parah samarpyaoffering; vidhinaproperly; sarvahall; kanyakahdaughters; harayeto Lord Krishna; nripaO king; namahobeisances; cakaraoffered; krishnayato Krishna; vimalahVimala; bhakti-tat-paraha great devotee. O king, after giving his daughters to Lord Krishna, the great devotee Vimala bowed down to offer his respectful obeisances. Text 23 tada jaya-jayaravo babhuva jana-mandale

vavrishuh pushpa-varshani devata gagana-sthitah tadathen; jaya-jayaravahsounds of Jaya! Jaya!; babhuvawere; janamandalein the circle of the people; vavrishuhshowered; pushpaof flowers; varshanishowers; devatathe demigods; gagana-sthitahin the sky. Then the people shouted, "Jaya! Jaya!" and the demigods in the sky showered flowers. Text 24 tadaiva krishna-sarupyam prapto 'nanga-sphurad-dyutih shata-surya-pratikasho dyotayan mandalam disham tadathen; evaindeed; krishna-sarupyama spiritual form like Lord Krishna's; praptahattained; ananga-sphurad-dyutihsplendid as Kamadeva; shata hundred; suryasuns; pratikashahsplendid; dyotayanilluminating; mandalam dishamthe circle of the directions. Then King Vimala attained a spiritual form like Lord Krishna's. Glorious as Kamadeva, and splendid as a hundred suns, the king illuminated the circle of the directions. Text 25 vainateyam samaruhya natva shri-garuda-dhvajam sa-bharyah pashyatam nrinam vaikuntham vimalo yayau vainateyamon Garuda; samaruhyaclimbing; natvabowing down; shrigaruda-dhvajamto He who carries a flag bearing the sign of garuda; sa-bharyah with his wives; pashyatamlooking on; nrinamas the people were; vaikuntham to vaikuntha; vimalahVimala; yayauwent. As the people looked on, King Vimala and his wives offered respectful obeisances to Lord Krishna, climbed on the back of Garuda, and went to the spiritual world of Vaikuntha.

Text 26 dattva muktim nri-pataye shri-krishno bhagavan svayam tat-sutah sundarir nitva vraja-mandalam ayayau dattvagiving; muktimliberation; nri-patayeto the king; shri-krishnahSri Krishna; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; tatsutahhis daughters; sundarihbeautiful; nitvataking; vraja-mandalamto the circle of Vraja; ayayauwent. After granting him liberation, Lord Krishna took the king's beautiful daughters to the circle of Vraja. Text 27 tatra kamavane ramye divya-mandira-samyute kridantyah kandukaih sarvas tashthuh krishna-priyah shubhah tatrathere; kamavanein Kamavana; ramyebeautiful; divya-mandirasamyuteina splendid palace; kridantyahplaying; kandukaihwith balls; sarvah all; tashthuhstayed; krishna-priyahthe beloveds of Lord Krishna; shubhah beautiful. There, in Kamavana forest, in a splendid palace, Lord Krishna's beautiful wives stayed, passing the time by playing games. Text 28 yavatish ca priya mukhyas tavad rupa-dharo harih raraja rase vraja-rad ranjayams tan-manah prabhuh yavatihas many; caqand; priyawives; mukhyahimportant; tavatso many; rupa-dharahassuming the forms; harihLord Krishna; rarajawas splendidly manifested; rasein the rasa dance; vraja-radthe king of Vraja; ranjayandelighting; tan-manahthe heart; prabhuhthe Lord.

Expanding Himself into as many forms as there were wives, and delighting their hearts, Lord Krishna was splendidly manifest in the rasa dance. Text 29 rase vimala-putrinam ananda-jala-bindubhih cyutair vimala-kundo 'bhut tirthanam tirtham uttamam rasein thew rasa dance; vimala-putrinamthe daughters of King Vimala; anandaof bliss; jala-bindubhihwith drops of perspiration; cyutaihfallen; vimalakundahVimala-kunda; abhutbecame; tirthanamof holy places; tirthamthe holy place; uttamamthe best. As they enjoyed the happiness of the rasa dance, King Viumala's daughters perspired. Their perspiration became Vimala-kunda, the best of holy places. Text 30 drishtva pitva ca tam snatva pujayitva nripeshvara chittva meru-samam papam golokam yati manavah drishtvaseeing; pitvadrinking; caand; tamthat; snatvabathing; pujayitvaworshiping; nripeshvaraO king of kings; chittvabreaking; merusamamequal to Mount Meru; papamsin; golokamto Goloka; yatigoes; manavaha person. O king of kings, by seeing, drinking, bathing in, or worshiping that sacred lake, a person breaks a host of sins as great as Mount Meru and goes to Goloka. Text 31 ayodhya-vasininam tu katham yah shrinuyan narah sa vrajed dhama paramam golokam yogi-durlabham ayodhya-vasininamof the women of Ayodhya; tucertainly; kathamthe story; yahwho; shrinuyanhears; narahas person; sahe; vrajetgoes; dhama

paramamto the supreme abode; golokamGoloka; yogi-durlabhamwhich even the great yogis cannot attain. A person who hears this story of the Ayodhya women goes to the supreme abode of Goloka, which even the great yogis cannot attain. .pa

Chapter Eight Yajna-sitopakhyana ekadashi-mahatmya In the Story of the Yajna-sitas, the Glories of Ekadashi Text 1 shri-narada uvaca gopinam yajna-sitanam akhyanam shrinu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam kamadam mangalayanam shri-naradah uvacaSri Narada said; gopinamof the gopis; yajna-sitanamof the yajna-sitas; akhyanamthe story; shrinuplease hear; maithilaO king of Mithila; sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; punyamsacred; kamadamfufilling desirews; mangalayanamauspicious. Sri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the yajna-sitas that beame gopis, a sacred and auspicious story that fulfills all desires and removes all sins. Text 2 ushinaro nama desho dakshinasyam dishi sthitah ekada tatra parjanyo na vavarsha sama dasha ushinarahUsinara; namanamed; deshaha country; dakshinasyamin the sounth; dishidirection; sthitahsituated; ekadaone day; tatrathere; parjanyah rain; nanot; vavarsharained; samayears; dashaten.

In the south is a country named Ushinara, where for ten years it did not rain. Text 3 dhanavantas tatra gopa anavrishti-bhayaturah sa-kutumba go-dhanaish ca vraja-mandalam ayayuh dhanavantahwealthy; tatrathere; gopagopas; anavrishti-bhayaturah fearful of the lack of rain; sa-kutumbawith families; go-dhanaihwith cows; ca and; vraja-mandalamto the circle of Vraja; ayayuhcame. Fearful that it would never rain, the wealthy gopas there traveled, with their families and cows, to the circle of Vraja. Text 4 punye vrindavane ramye kalindi-nikate shubhe nanda-raja-sahayena vasam te cakrire nripa punyesacred; vrindavanein Vrindavana; ramyebeautiful; kalindi-nikateby theYamuna; shubhebeautiful; nanda-rajaof King Nanda; sahayenawith the help; vasamresidence; tethey; cakriredid; nripaO king. O king, with the help of King Nanda, they made their homes in beautiful and sacred Vrindavana by the shore of the beautiful Yamuna. Text 5 tesham griheshu sanjata yajna-sitash ca gopikah shri-ramasya vara divya divya-yauvana-bhushitah teshamof them; griheshuin the homes; sa 24jatahborn; yajna-sitahthe yajna-sitas; caand; gopikahgopis; shri-ramasyaof Lord Ramacandra; vara blessing; divyasplendid; divya-yauvana-bhushitahdecorated with splendid youth.

The yajna-sitas, who had recieved a blessing from Lord Ramacandra, took birth in their homes as beautiful gopis decorated with splendid youthfulness. Text 6 shri-krishnam sundaram drishtva mohitas ta nripeshvara vratam krishna-prasadartham prashtum radham samayayuh shri-krishnamLord Krishna; sundaramhandsome; drishtvaseeing; mohitah enchanted; tathey; nripeshvaraO king of kings; vratama vow; krishnaprasadarthamto attain the mercy of Lord Krishna; prashtumto ask; radhamSri Radha; samayayuhapproached. O king of kings, when they saw handsome Lord Krishna, they becamne bewildered with love for Him. To ask what vow they might follow to attain Krishna's mercy, they approached Sri Radha. Text 7 shri-gopya ucuh vrishabhanu-sute divye he radhe kanja-locane shri-krishnasya prasadartham vada kincid vratam shubham shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; vrishabhanu-suteO daughter of King Vrishabhanu; divyesplendid; heO; radheRadha; kanja-locanelotus-eyed; shrikrishnasyaof Sri Krishna; prasadarthamto attain the favor; vadaplease tell; kincitwhat; vratamvow; shubhamauspicious. The gopis said: O Radha, O beautiful, lotus-eyed daughter of King Vrishabhanu, please tell us what vow we may follow to attain Lord Krishna's favor. Text 8 tava vashyo nanda-sunur devair api su-durgamah tvam jagan-mohini radhe sarva-shastrartha-para-ga

tavaof you; vashyahunder the control; nanda-sunuhthe son of Nanda; devaihby the demigods; apieven; su-durgamahunapproachable; tvamyou; jagan-mohinithe most beautiful girl in the worlds; radheO Radha; sarvashastrartha-para-gawho has gone to the far shore of all the scriptures. O Radha, You have made Lord Krishna, whom even the great demigods cannot approach, into Your submissive servant. You are the most beautiful girl in all the worlds. You have crossed to the farther shore of the deep meaning of all the scriptures. Text 9 shri-radhovaca shri-krishnasya prasadartham kurutaikadashi-vratam tena vashyo harih sakshad bhavishyati na samshayah shri-radha uvacaSri Radha said; shri-krishnasyaof Sri Krishna; prasadartham to attain the favor; kurutafollow; ekadashi-vratamthe vow of ekadashi; tena by that; vashyahbrought under cotnrol; harihLord Krishna; sakshatdirectly; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. Sri Radha said: To attain Lord Krishna's mercy you should follow the vow of fasting on ekadashi. In that way You will make Lord Krishna into your submissive servant. Of this there is no doubt. Text 10 shri-gopya ucuh samvatsarasyaikadashya namani vada radhike mase mase vratam tasyah kartavyam kena bhavatah shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; samvatsarasyaof a year; ekadashyaof ekadashi; namanithe names; vadaplease tell; radhikeO Radha; mase mase month after month; vratamthe vow; tasyahof that; kartavyamshould be done; kenaby what?; bhavatahaccording to the nature. The gopis said: O Radha, please tell us the names of the different ekadashis throughout the year. Month after month, how should the different ekadashis be observed?

Text 11 shri-radhovaca margashirshe krishna-pakshe utpanna vishnu-dehatah mura-daitya-vadharthaya tithir ekadashi vara shri-radha uvacaSri Radha said; margashirshein margasirsa; krishna-pakshe during the dark fortnight; utpannaUtpanna; vishnu-dehatahfrom the body of Lord Vishnu; mura-daitya-vadharthayato kill the demon Mura; tithihthe day; ekadashiekadashi; varavara. Sri Radha said: During the dark fortnight of the month of Margashirsha (November-December), in order to kill the demon Mura, the holy day of ekadashi was born from the body of Lord Vishnu. Text 12 mase mase prithag-bhuta saiva sarva-vratottama tasyah shad-vimshatim namnam vakshyami hita-kamyaya mase masemonth after month; prithag-bhutaseaprately manifested; sa that; evaindeed; sarva-vratottamathe best of holy vows; tasyahof that; shadvimshatim26; namnamnames; vakshyamiI will tell; hita-kamyayadesiring your welfare. Desiring your welfare, I will tell you the names of the twenty-six most sacred ekadashis that appear in the differnet months. Text 13 utpattish ca tatha moksha sa-phala ca tatah param putrada shat-tila caiva jaya ca vijaya tatha

utpattihUtpatti; caand; tathaso; mokshamoksa; sa-phalasaphala; ca and; tatahthen; paramthen; putradaPutrada; shat-tilasat-tila; caand; eva indeed; jayaJaya; caand; vijayaVijaya; tathaso. Their names are: 1. utpatti, 2. moksha, 3. sa-phala, 4. putrada, 5. shat-tila, 6. jaya, 7. vijaya, . . . Text 14 amalaki tatah pashcan namna vai papa-mocani kamada ca tatah pashcat kathita vai varuthini amalakiamalaki; tatahthen; pashcanafter; namnanames; vaiindeed; papa-mocanipapa-mocani; kamadakamada; caand; tatahthen; pashcat after; kathitasaid; vaiindeed; varuthinivaruthini. . . . 8. amalaki, 9. papa-mocani, 10. kamada, 11. varuthini, . . .

Text 15 mohini capara prokta nirjala kathita tatah yogini deva-shayani kamini ca tatah param mohinimohini; caand; aparaapara; proktasaid; nirjalanirjala; kathita said; tatahthen; yoginiyogini; deva-shayanideva-sayani; kaminikamini; ca and; tatahthen; paramafter. . . . 12. mohini, 13. apara, 14. nirjala, 15. yogini, 16. deva-shayani, 17. kamini, . . . Text 16 pavitra capy aja padma indira ca tatah param pashankusha rama caiva tatah pashcat prabodhini

pavitrapavitra; caand; apialso; ajaaja; padmapadma; indiraindira; ca and; tatahthen; paramthen; pashankushapasankusa; ramarama; caand; evaindeed; tatahthen; pashcatafter; prabodhiniprabodhini. . . . 18. pavitra, 19. aja, 20. padma, 21. indira, 22. pashankusha, 23. rama, 24. prabodhini. Text 17 sarva-sampat-prada caiva dve prokte malamasa-je evam sad-vimshatim namnam ekadashyah pathec ca yah samvatsara-dvadashinam phalam apnoti so 'pi hi sarva-sampat-pradagranting all auspoiciousness; caand; evaindeed; dve two; proktesaid; malamasa-jeborn from malamasa; evamthus; shadvimshatim26; namnamnames; ekadashyahof ekadashi; pathetrecites; ca and; yahwhoever; samvatsara-dvadashinama year of ekadashi; phalamthe result; apnotiattaiuns; sahhe; apiindeed; hiindeed. There are also two more ekadashis, both named sarva-sampat-prada, during the extra month of leap-year. In this way there are twenty-six ekadashis in all. A person who chants the names of these twenty-six ekadashis attains the result of following ekadashi for one year. Text 18 ekadashyash ca niyamam shrinutatha vrajanganah bhumi-shayi dashamyam tu caika-bhukto jitendriyah ekadashyahof ekadashi; caand; niyamamrestrictions; shrinutathaplease hear; vrajanganahO girls of Vraja; bhumi-shayiresting on the ground; dashamyamon the dasami; tuand; caalso; ekaonly once; bhuktaheating; jitaconquered; indriyahthe senses. O girls of Vraja, please hear the rules for observing ekadashi. On ekadashi one should control the senses and sleep on the ground. On dvadashi one should eat only once.

Text 19 eka-varam jalam pitva dhauta-vastro 'ti-nirmalah brahme muhurta utthaya caikadashyam harim natah eka-varamone time; jalamwater; pitvadrinking; dhauta-vastrahclean garments; ati-nirmalahvery pure; brahme muhurteduring brahma-muhurta; utthayarising; caand; ekadashyamon ekadashi; harimto Lord Krishna; natah bow down. During ekadashi one should be pure-hearted and very clean, wear clean garments, drink water only once, rise for brahma-muhurta, and bow down to Lord Krishna Text 20 adhamam kupika-snanam vapyam snanam tu madhyamam tadage cottamam snanam nadyah snanam tatah param adhamamworst; kupikawell; snanambath; vapyamin a pond; snanam bath; tuindeed; madhyamamintermediate; tadagein a lake; caand; uttamam the best; snanambath; nadyahin a river; snanambath; tatahthan that; parameven better. Bathing with well-water is an inferior kind of bath. Bathing in a pond is better, bathing in a lake is better than that, and bathing in a river is better still. Text 21 evam snatva nara-varah krodha-lobha-vivarjitah nalapet tad-dine nicams tatha pakhandino naran evamthus; snatvabathing; nara-varahan exalted person; krodha-lobhavivarjitahfree of greed and anger; nanot; alapetshould talk; tad-dineon that day; nicanto degraded people; tathaso; pakhandinahto offenders; naran people.

In this way one should bathe. On ekadashi day one should be free of greed and anger, and one should not talk to sinful people, atheists, and offenders. Texts 22 and 23 mithya-vada-ratamsh caiva tatha brahmana-nindakan anyamsh caiva duracaran agamyagamane ratan para-dravyapaharamsh ca para-darabhigaminah durvrittan bhinna-maryadan nalapet sa vrati narah mithya-vada-ratanto liers; caand; evacertainly; tathaso; brahmananindakanto they who have offended brahmanas; anyanto others; caand; eva indeed; duracaranmisbehaved; agamya-agamaneto illicit sex; ratanattached; paraof others; dravyathe property; apaharanstealing; caand; paraof others; darathe wives; abhigaminahapproasching; durvrittanwicked; bhinnamaryadanwho break the rules of morality; nanot; alapetshould talk; sahe; vratifollowing the vow; naraha person. A person who follows the vow of ekadashi should not talk to liers, offenders of brahmanas, sinners, debauchees, thieves, adulterers, and the ill-behaved and immoral. Text 24 keshavam pujayitva tu naivedyam tatra karayet dipam dadyad grihe tatra bhakti-yuktena cetasa keshavamLord Krishna; pujayitvaworshiping; tuindeed; naivedyam prasadam food; tatrathere; karayetshould do; dipama lamp; dadyatshould offer; grihein the home; tatrathere; bhakti-yuktenawith devotion; cetasain the heart. In the home one should, with devotion in the heart, worship Lord Krishna, and offer Him food and a lamp.

Text 25 kathah shrutva brahmanebhyo dadyat sad-dakshinam punah ratrau jagaranam kuryad gayan krishna-padani ca kathahstories; shrutvahaering; brahmanebhyahfrom the brahmana; dadyat should give; sad-dakshinamdaksina; punahagain; ratrauat night; jagaranam staying awake; kuryatshould do; gayansinging; krishna-padaniverses praising Lord Krishna; caand. From the brahmanas one should hear the stories of Lord Krishna. One should offer dakshina to them. One should keep a vigil, singing the glories of Lord Krishna throughout the night. Texts 26 and 27 kamsyam mamsam masurams ca kodravam canakam tatha shakam madhu parannam ca punar bhojana-maithunam vishnu-vrate tu kartavye dashamyam dasha varjayet dyutam kridam ca nidram ca tambulam danta-dhavanam kamsyambrass utensils; mamsammeat; masuranmasura dal; caand; kodravamkodrava; canakamchick-peas; tathaso; shakamvegetables; madhu honey; parannamthe food of others; caand; punahagain; bhojanaeating; maithunamsex; vishnu-vratewhen the vow of ekadashi; tuindeed; kartavye have been completed; dashamyamon the dasami; dashathese ten; varjayet should avoid; dyutamgambling; kridamplaying; caand; nidramsleeping; ca and; tambulambetelnuts; danta-dhavanambrushing the teeth. When ekadashi is ended, and the dashami day has come, one should avoid these ten things: 1. eating from a brass dish, 2. eating flesh, 3. masura dal, 4. kodrava grains, 5. chick-peas, 6. spinach, 7. honey, 8. and the food of others, 9. eating twice, and 10. sex. One should also avoid gambling, playing, sleeping, chewing betelnuts, and brushing the teeth. Text 28

parapavadam paishunyam steyam himsam tatha ratim krodhadhyam hy anritam vakyam ekadashyam vivarjayet paraothers; apavadamrebuking; paishunyamslander; steyamtheft; himsamviolence; tathaso; ratimsex; krodhadhyamanger; hiindeed; anritamlies; vakyamwords; ekadashyamon ekadashi; vivarjayetone should avoid. On ekadashi one should avoid harsh speech, slander, theft, violence, sex, anger, and speaking lies. Text 29 kamsyam mamsam suram kshaudram tailam vitatha-bhashanam pushti-shashti-masuramsh ca dvadashyam parivarjayet kamsyambrass sish; mamsamflesh; suramliquor; kshaudramhoney; tailamoil; vitatha-bhashanamspeaking lies; pushti-shashti-masuramhpushti, shashti, and masura; caand; dvadashyamon the dvadasi; parivarjayetone should avoid. On the dvadashi one should avoid brass utensils, flesh, liquor, honey, oil, speaking lies, pushti, shashti, and masura. Text 30 anena vidhina kuryad dvadashi-vratam uttamam anenaby thgese; vidhinarules; kuryatone should do; dvadashi-vratamthe vow of ekadashi and dvadashi; uttamamgreat. By following these rules one should observe the great vow of ekadashi and dvadashi. Text 31

shri-gopya ucuh ekadashi-vratasyasya kalam vada maha-mate kim phalam vada tasyas tu mahatmyam vada tattvatah shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; ekadashi-vratasya asyaof the vow of ekadashi; kalamthe time; vadaplease tell; maha-mateO noble-hearted one; kimwhat?; phalamthe result; vadaplease tell; tasyahof that; tuindeed; mahatmyamteh glories; vadaplease tell; tattvatahin truth. The gopis said: O noble-hearted one, please tell us when the vow of ekadashi should be observed. What is the result of following ekadashi? Please tell us. Please tell us in truth the glories of ekadashi. Text 32 shri-radhovaca dashami panca-pancashad ghatika cet pradrishyate tarhi caikadashi tyajya dvadashim samuposhayet shri-radha uvacaSri Radha said; dashamithe dashami; panca-pancashat fifty-five; ghatikaghatikas; cetif; pradrishyateis seen; tarhithen; caand; ekadashiekadashi; tyajyaabandoning; dvadashimthe dvadashi; samuposhayet one should fast. If dvadashi starts within the first twenty-two hours of ekadashi, one should not fast on ekadashi, but on dvadashi instead. Note: One ghatika equals twenty-four minutes. Fifty-five ghatikas equal twentytwo hours. Text 33 dashami phala-matrena tyajya caikadashi tithih madira-bindu-patena tyajyo ganga-ghato yatha

dashamidashami; phala-matrenaby the resutl alone; tyajyashould be abandoned; caand; ekadashiekadashi; tithihday; madiraof liquor; bindua drop; patenaby falling; tyajyahshould be rejected; ganga-ghataha jar of Ganges water; yathaas. As one avoids drinking a cup of Ganga water into which a drop of wine has fallen, so one should avoid fasting on such an ekadashi. Text 34 ekadashi yada vriddhim dvadashi ca yada gata tada para hy uposhya syat purva vai dvadashi-vrate ekadashiekadashi; yadawhen; vriddhimcomplete; dvadashidvadashi; ca and; yadawhen; gatagone; tadathen; paragreat; hiindeed; uposhya fasting; syatshould be; purvabefore; vaiindeed; dvadashi-vrateon the vow of dvadashi. When ekadashi goes to its completion, and dvadashi arrives at the proper time, then one should fast on ekadashi. Text 35 ekadashi-vratasyasya phalam vakshye vrajanganah yasya shravana-matrena vajapeya-phalam labhet ekadashi-vratasya asyaof the vow of ekadashi; phalamthe result; vakshyeI will say; vrajanganahO girls of Vraja; yasyaof which; shravanaby hearing; matrenasimply; vajapeya-phalamthe result of an vajapeya-yajna; labhetone attains. O girls of Vraja, now I will tell you the result of following ekadashi. Simply by hearing this description one attains the reuslt of performing a vajapeya-yajna. Text 36 ashtashiti-sahasrani

dvijan bhojayate tu yah tat kritam phalam apnoti dvadashi-vrata-krin narah ashtashiti-sahasranieighty-eight; dvijanbrahmanas; bhojayatefeeds; tu indeed; yahone who; tatthat; kritamdone; phalamresult; apnotiattains; dvadashi-vrata-krinwho follows the vow of ekadashi and dvadashi; naraha person. A person who follows the vow of ekadashi and dvadashi attains the same pious result one attains by feeding eighty-eight brahmanas. Text 37 sa-sagara-vanopetam yo dadati vasundharam tat-sahasra-gunam punyam ekadashya maha-vrate sa-sagara-vanopetammixed with the ocean; yahone who; dadatidoes; vasundharamthe earth; tat-sahasraa thousand; gunamtimes; punyampiety; ekadashyaof ekadashi; maha-vrateon the great vow. A person who follows ekadashi attains a pious result thousands of times greater than the pious result attained by performing the ritual of mixing the earth and the ocean. Text 38 ye samsararnave magnah papa-panka-samakule tesham uddharanarthaya dvadashi-vratam uttamam yethey who; samsaraof birth and death; arnavein the ocean; magnah drowning; papa-panka-samakulefilled with the mud of sins; teshamof them; uddharanarthayato deliver; dvadashi-vratamthe vow of following ekadashi and dvadashi; uttamamis the best. For they who are drowning in the ocean of repeated birth and death, an ocean muddy with many sins, the vow of fasting on ekadashi is the best means of deliverance.

Text 39 ratrau jagaranam kritvaikadashi-vrata-krin narah na pashyati yamam raudram yuktah papa-shatair api ratrauat night; jagaranamstaying awake; kritvadoing; ekadashi-vrata-krit following ekadashi; naraha person; nanot; pashyatisees; yamamYamaraja; raudramangry; yuktahengaged; papa-shataihwith hundreds of sins; apieven. Even though contaminated with hundreds of sins, a person who keeps a nighttime vigil while following the vow of ekadashi never sees angry Yamaraja. Text 40 pujayed yo harim bhaktya dvadashyam tulasi-dalaih lipyate na sa papena padma-patram ivambhasa pujayetworships; yahone who; harimLord Krishna; bhaktyawith devotion; dvadashyamon dvadasi; tulasi-dalaihwith tulasi leaves; lipyateis touched; na not; sahe; papenawith sin; padma-patrama lotus leaf; ivalike; ambhasaby water. As a lotus leaf is never touched by water, so a person who worships Lord Krishna with tulasi leaves on dvadashi is never touched by sin. Text 41 ashvamedha-sahasrani rajasuya-shatani ca ekadashy-upavasasya kalam narhanti shodashim ashvamedha-sahasranithousand asvamedha-yajnas; rajasuya-shatania hundred rajasuya-yajnas; caand; ekadashy-upavasasyaof one who fasts on ekadashi; kalama part; nanot; arhantiis equal; shodashimsixteenth.

The results of a thousand ashvamedha-yajnas and a hundred rajasuya-yajnas are not equal to even a sixteenth part of the result of fasting on ekadashi. Text 42 dasha vai matrike pakshe tatha vai dasha paitrike priyaya dasha pakshe tu purushan uddharen narah dashaten; vaiindeed; matrike paksheon the mother's side; tathaso; vai indeed; dashaten; paitrikeon the father's side; priyayaof the wife; dashaten; paksheon the side; tuindeed; purushanpeople; uddharetdelivers; naraha person. A person who follows ekadashi delivers ten generations of his mother's family, ten generations of his father's family, and ten generations on his wife's family. Text 43 yatha shukla tatha krishna dvayosh ca sadrisham phalam dhenuh shveta tatha krishna ubhayoh sadrisham payah yathaas; shuklalight; tathaso; krishnadark; dvayohof them both; ca and; sadrishamequality; phalamresult; dhenuha cow; shvetawhite; tatha so; krishnablack; ubhayohof them both; sadrishamthe same; payahmilk. As a white cow and a black cow both give the same kind of milk, so the ekadashi of the bright fortnight and the ekadashi of the dark fortnight both bring the same result. Text 44 meru-mandara-matrani papani shata-janmasu ekam caikadashim gopyo dahate tula-rashi-vat

meru-mandara-matranilike a Mount Meru or a Mount Mandara; papanisins; shata-janmasuin a hundred births; ekamone; caand; ekadashimekadashi; gopyahO gopis; dahateburns; tula-rashi-vatlike a great pile of cotton. O gopis, a fire burns a great pile of cotton, so a single ekadashi burns the great Mount Meru of sins committed in a hundred births. Text 45 vidhivad vidhi-hinam va dvadashyam danam eva ca sv-alpam va su-kritam gopyo meru-tulyam bhavec ca tat vidhivatfollowing rules; vidhi-hinamnot following rules; vaor; dvadashyam on dvadasi; danamcharity; evaindeed; caand; sv-alpamslight; vaor; sukritamnicely done; gopyahO gopis; meru-tulyamequal to Mount Meru; bhavet may be; caand; tatthat. O gopis, when, either following the proper method or not following it, and whether it is great or small, one gives charity on dvadashi, that charity becomes as great as a Mount Meru of charity. Text 46 ekadashi-dine vishnoh shrinute yo hareh katham sapta-dvipavati-dane yat phalam labhate ca sah ekadashi-dineon the ekadashi day; vishnohof Lord Vishnu; shrinutehears; yahone; harehof Lord Hari; kathamthe story; sapta-dvipavati-danegiving charity to the seven continents; yatwhat; phalamresult; labhateis obtained; ca and; sahit. A person who on ekadashi hears the stories of Lord Krishna attains the same pious result he would attain by giving great charity everywhere on the seven continents. Text 47 shankhoddhare narah snatva

drishtva devam gadadharam ekadashy-upavasasya kalam narhanti shodashim shankhoddhareat Sankhoddhara-tirtha; naraha person; snatvabathing; drishtvaseeing; devamthe Lord; gadadharamwho holds a club; ekadashyupavasasyafasting on ekadashi; kalama part; nanot; arhantiis equal; shodashimsixteenth. A person who bathes at Sankhoddhara-tirtha and gazes at the Deity of Lord Gadadhara there does not attain even one sixteenth of the piety one attains by fasting on ekadashi. Texts 48 and 49 prabhase ca kurukshetre kedare badrikashrame kashyam ca shukara-kshetre grahane candra-suryayoh sankrantinam catur-laksham danam dattam ca yan naraih ekadashy-upavasasya kalam narhanti shodashim prabhaseat Prabhasa; caand; kurukshetreat Kuruksetra; kedareat Kedara; badrikashrameat Badarikasrama; kashyamat Varanasi; caand; shukara-kshetreat Sukara-ksetra; grahaneduring the eclipse; candra-suryayoh of the sun or moon; sankrantinamof sankrantis; catur-lakshamfour-hundred thousand; danamchashrity; dattamgiven; caand; yanwhat; naraihby people; ekadashy-upavasasyaof fasting on ekadashi; kalampart; nanot; arhantiis equal; shodashimsixteenth. A person who makes four-hundred thousand pilgrimages to Prabhasa, Kurukshetra, Kedara, Badarikashrama, Varanasi, and Sukarakshetra during eclipses of the sun or moon and gives great charity there does not attain even one sixteenth of the piety one attains by fasting on ekadashi. Text 50 naganam ca yatha sheshah pakshinam garudo yatha devanam ca yatha vishnur varnanam brahmano yatha

vrikshanam ca yathashvatthah patranam tulasi yatha vratanam ca tatha gopyo vara caikadashi tithih naganamof serpents; caand; yathaas; sheshahSesha; pakshinamof birds; garudahGaruda; yathaas; devanamthe demigods; caand; yathaas; vishnuhLord Vishnu; varnanamof castes; brahmanaha brahmana; yathaas; vrikshanamof trees; caand; yathaas; ashvatthahthe banyan tree; patranam of leaves; tulasiTulasi; yathaas; vratanamof vows; caand; tathaso; gopyahO gopis; varathe best; caand; ekadashiekadashi; tithihday. O gopis, as Lord Sesha is the best of serpents, as Garuda is the best of birds, as Lord Vishnu is the best of Deities, as the brahmanas are the best of castes, as the banyan is the best of trees, and as a tulasi leaf is the best of leaves, so fasting on ekadashi day is the best of sacred vows. Text 52 dasha-varsha-sahasrani tapas tapyati yo narah tat-tulyam phalam apnoti dvadashi-vrata-krin narah dasha-varsha-sahasranifor ten thousand years; tapahausterities; tapyati perfroms; yahwho; naraha person; tat-tulyamequal to that; phalama result; apnotiattains; dvadashi-vrata-kritfollowing ekadashi; naraha person. A person who follows ekadashi attains the result of performing austerities for ten thousand years. Text 53 ittham ekadashinam ca phalam uktam vrajanganah kurutashu vratam yuyam kim bhuyah shrotum icchatha itthamthus; ekadashinamof the ekadashis; caand; phalamthe result; uktamspoken; vrajanganahO girls of Vraja; kurutaplease perform; ashuat once; vratamthis vow; yuyamyou; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchathado you wish.

O girls of Vraja, now I have described to you the result of following the vow of ekadashi. Please follow the vow of ekadashi at once. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Nine Sri Ekadashi-mahatmya The Glories of Sri Ekadashi Text 1 shri-gopya ucuh vrishabhanu-sute su-bhru sarva-shastrartha-para-ge vidambayanti tvam vaca vacam vacaspater muneh shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; vrishabhanu-suteO daughter of King Vrishabhanu; su-bhruO girl with the beautiful eyebrows; sarva-shastrarthathe meanings of all the scriptures; para-geO You who travel to the farther shore; vidambayantiimitating; tvamYou; vacawith words; vacamthe words; vacaspatehof Brhaspati; munehthe sage. The gopis said: O beautiful-eyebrowed daughter of King Vrishabhanu, O girl who has traveled to the farther shore of the deep meanings of all the scriptures, Your words are like Brihaspati Muni's words. Text 2 ekadashi-vratam radhe kena kena pura kritam tad bruhi no visheshena tvam sakshaj jnana-shevadhih ekadashi-vratamthe vow od ekadashi; radheO Radha; kenaby whom?; kena by whom?; purabefore; kritamdone; tatthat; bruhiplease tell; nahto us; visheshenaspecifically; tvamYou; sakshatdirectly; jnana-shevadhihfilled with knowledge.

O Radha, what great souls followed ekadashi in ancient times? Please tell us. You know all this. Texts 3 and 4 shri-radhovaca adau devaih kritam gopyo varam ekadashi-vratam bhrashta-rajyasya labhartham daityanam nashanaya ca shri-radha uvacaSri Radha said; adauin the beginning; devaihwith the demigods; kritamdone; gopyahO gopis; varamblessing; ekadashi-vratamthe vow of ekadashi; bhrashta-rajyasyalost kingdom; labharthamto attain; daityanamof the demigods; nashanayafor the destruction; caand. Sri Radha said: O gopis, in the beginning of creation the demigods followed ekadashi to destroy the demons and regain their lost kingdom. Text 4 vaishantena pura rajna kritam ekadashi-vratam sva-pitus taranarthaya yamaloka-gatasya ca vaishantenaby Vaishanta; purabefore; raj 24aKing; kritamdone; ekadashi-vratamthe vow of ekadashi; sva-pituhof his father; taranarthayato rescue; yamaloka-gatasyagone to the realm of Yama; caand. In ancient times King Vishanta followed ekadashi to rescue his father from the world of Yamaraja. Text 5 akasmal lumpakenapi jnati-tyaktena papina ekadashi krita yena rajyam lebhe sa lumpakah akasmatsuddenly; lumpakenaby Lumpaka; apialso; jnatiby his relatives; tyaktenaabandoned; papinasinful; ekadashiekadashi; kritadone;

yenaby whom; Lumpaka.

rajyamkingdom;

lebheattaineded;

sahe;

lumpakah

A sinner named Lumpaka, who abandoned his relatives, followed ekadashi and attained a great kingdom. Text 6 bhadravatyam ketumata kritam ekadashi-vratam putra-hinena sad-vakyat putram lebhe sa manavah bhadravatyamin Bhadravati; ketumataby Ketuman; kritamdone; ekadashivratamthe vow of ekadashi; putra-hinenawithout a son; sad-vakyatby the words of a saint; putrama son; lebheattained; sahe; manavahthe person. In the city of Bhadravati, King Ketuman was sonless. Following ekadashi on a great saint's advice, he obtained a son. Text 7 brahmanyai deva-patnibhir dattam ekadashi-vratam tena lebhe svarga-saukhyam dhana-dhanyam ca manushi brahmanyaito a brahmani; deva-patnibhihby the wives of the demigods; dattamgiven; ekadashi-vratamthe vow of ekadashi; tenaby that; lebhe attained; svarga-saukhyamthe happiness of Svargaloka; dhana-dhanyamgreat wealth; caand; manushithe woman. Once the demigoddesses gave ekadashi to a brahmani. By following ekadashi that brahmani attained great wealth and happiness like that on Svargaloka. Text 8 pushpadanti-malyavantau shakra-shapat pishacatam praptam kritam vratam tabhyam punar gandharvatam gatau

pushpadanti-malyavantauPushpadanti and Malyavan; shakra-shapatby the curse of Indra; pishacatamthe state of being demons; praptamattained; kritam done; vratamvow; tabhyamby them; punahagain; gandharvatamthe state of being Gandharvas; gatauattained. Cursed by Indra, Pushpadanti and Malyavan became demons, but by following ekadashi they again became Gandharvas. Text 9 pura shri-ramacandrena kritam ekadashi-vratam samudre setubandhartham ravanasya vadhaya ca purabefore; shri-ramacandrenaby Lord Sri Rama; kritamdone; ekadashivratamekadashi; samudrein the ocean; setubandharthamto build a bridge; ravanasyaof Ravana; vadhayato kill; caand. To build a bridge on the ocean and kill Ravana, in ancient times even Lord Ramacandra followed ekadashi. Text 10 layante ca samutpanna dhatri-vriksha-tale surah ekadashi-vratam cakruh sarva-kalyana-hetave layanteat the end of the cosmic devastation; caand; samutpanna manifested; dhatri-vriksha-taleon the tree of the creator; surahthe demigods; ekadashi-vratamekadashi; cakruhdid; sarva-kalyana-hetaveto attain all auspiciousness. When, after the period of cosmic devastation had ended, the demigods were again manifested from the tree of creation, they followed ekadashi to attain all auspiciousness. Text 11 vratam cakara medhavi

dvadashyah pitri-vakyatah apsarah-sparsha-doshena mukto 'bhun nirmala-dyutih vratamvow; cakaradid; medhaviMedhavi; dvadashyahof dvadasi; pitrivakyatahby the words of his father; apsarahof the apsara; sparshaof the touch; doshenafrom the fault; muktahfreed; abhutbecame; nirmala-dyutih pure and splendid. Following ekadashi on Pita's advice, Medhavi became free from the sin of touching an apsara and became pure and splendid again. Text 12 gandharvo lalitah patnya gatah shapat sa rakshatam ekadashi-vratenapi punar gandharvatam gatah gandharvahthe Gandharva; lalitahLalita; patnyawith his wife; gatahwent; shapatfrom the curse; sahe; rakshatamto the state of being a demon; ekadashi-vratenaby following ekadashi; apialso; punahagain; gandharvatam the state of being a Gandharva; gatahattained. Transformed into demons by a curse, Lalita and his wife followed ekadashi and became Gandharvas again. Text 13 ekadashi-vratenapi mandhata svar-gatim gatah sagarash ca kakutsthash ca mucukundo maha-matih ekadashi-vratenaby following ekadashi; apialso; mandhatamandhata; svargatimto Svargaloka; gatahwent; sagarahSagara; caand; kakutsthah Kakutstha; caand; mucukundahMucukunda; maha-matihnoble-hearted. By following ekadashi, Mandhata, Mucukunda attained Svargaloka. Text 14 Sagara, Kakutstha, and noble-hearted

dhundhumaradayash canye rajano bahavas tatha brahma-kapala-nirmukto babhuva bhagavan bhavah dhundhumarawith Dhundhumara; adayahbeginning; caand; anyeother; rajanahkings; bahavahmany; tathaso; brahmaof brahmanas; kapalaof the skulls; nirmuktahfreed; babhuvabecame; bhagavanLord; bhavahSiva. By following ekadashi Dhundhumara and many other kings also attained Svargaloka. By following ekadashi Lord Siva was able to put down his necklace of brahmanas' skulls. Text 15 dhrishtabuddhir vaishya-putro jnati-tyakto maha-khalah ekadashi-vratam kritva vaikuntham sa jagama ha dhrishtabuddhihDhrishtabuddhi; vaishya-putrahthe son of a vaisya; jnatityaktahabandoned his relatiuves; maha-khalaha sinner; ekadashi-vratam ekadashi; kritvadid; vaikunthamto Vaikuntha; sahe; jagamawent; ha indeed. The sinner Dhrishtabuddhi, who was a vaishya's son, and who abandoned his own relatives, followed ekadashi and went to Vaikuntha. Text 16 rajna rukmangadenapi kritam ekadashi-vratam tena bhu-mandalam bhuktva vaikuntham sa-puro yayau rajnaby the king; rukmangadenaRukmangada; apialso; kritamdone; ekadashi-vratamekadashi; tenaby that; bhu-mandalamthe earth; bhuktva enjoying; vaikunthamto Vaikuntha; sa-purahwith his city; yayauwent. By following ekadashi King Rukmangada was able to rule the circle of the earth and go, taking with him the citizens of his kingdom, to Vaikuntha.

Text 17 ambarishena rajnapi kritam ekadashi-vratam nasprishad brahma-shapo 'pi yo na pratihatah kvacit ambarishena rajnaby King Ambarisha; apialso; kritamdone; ekadashivratamekadashi; nanot; asprishattouced; brahmaof a brahmana; shapah the curse; apieven; yahwho; nanot; pratihatahrepelled; kvacitat all. Even though he did nothing to protect himself from it, King Ambarisha, a follower of ekadashi, was untouched by a brahmana's curse. Text 18 hemamali nama yakshah kushthi dhanada-shapatah ekadashi-vratam kritva candra-tulyo babhuva ha hemamaliHemamali; namanamed; yakshaha yaksa; kushthia leper; dhanada-shapatahby the curse of Kuvera; ekadashi-vratamekadashi; kritva following; candra-tulyahlike the moon; babhuvabecame; haindeed. A yaksha named Hemamali, who became a leper by Kuvera's curse, followed ekadashi and became cured. He became splendid as the moon. Text 19 mahijita nripenapi kritam ekadashi-vratam tena putram shubham labdhva vaikuntham sa jagama ha mahijitaby Mahijit; nripenaKing; apialso; kritamdone; ekadashi-vratam ekadashi; tenaby that; putrama son; shubhamgood; labdhvaattaining; vaikunthamto Vaikuntha; sahe; jagamawent; haindeed. By following ekadashi, King Mahijit attained a good son and then went to Vaikuntha.

Text 20 harishcandrena rajnapi kritam ekadashi-vratam tena labdhva mahi-rajyam vaikuntham sa-puro yayau harishcandrena rajnaby King hariscandra; apialso; kritamdone; ekadashivratamekadashi; tenaby that; labdhvaattaining; mahi-rajyama great kingdom; vaikunthamto Vaikuntha; sa-purahwith his citizens; yayauwent. By following ekadashi, King Harishcandra attained a great kingdom and, taking all his subjects with him, went to Vaikuntha. Text 21 shri-shobhano nama pura krite yuge jamatriko 'bhun mucukunda-bhubhritah ekadashim yah samuposhya bharate praptah sa devaih kila mandaracale shri-shobhanahSri Sobhana; namanamed; purabefore; kritein Satyayuga; yugeyuag; jamatrikahthe son-in-law; abhutwas; mucukunda-bhubhritah of King Mucukunda; ekadashimekadashi; yahwho; samuposhyafasting; bharatein Bharata; praptahattained; saher; devaihby the demigods; kila indeed; mandaracaleon Mount Mandara In Satya-yuga King Sobhana, who was Mucukunda's son-in-law, fasted on ekadashi and went to Mount Mandara with the demigods. Text 22 adyapi rajyam kurute kuvera-vad rajna yuto 'sau kila candrabhagaya ekadashim sarva-tithishvarim param janitha gopyo na hi tat-samanya adyapieven now; rajyamkingdom; kurutedoes; kuvera-vatlike Kuvera; rajnaking; yutahengaged; asauhe; kilaindeed; candrabhagayawith Candrabhaga; ekadashimekadashi; sarva-tithishvarimthe queen of holy days; paramgreat; janithaknow; gopyahO gopis; nanot; hiindeed; tat-samanya equal;

Even today one can attain a kingdom like Kuvera's simply by following ekadashi. O gopis, please know that ekadashi is the queen of all holy days. No other holy day is her equal. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca iti radha-mukhac chrutva yajna-sitash ca gopikah ekadashi-vratam cakrur vidhivat krishna-lalasah shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; itithus; radha-mukhacfrom Radha's mouth; chrutvahearing; yajna-sitahthe yajna-sitas; caand; gopikahgopis; ekadashi-vratamekadashi; cakruhdid; vidhivatproperly; krishna-lalasah yearing to attain Sri Krishna. Sri Narada said: After hearing from Sri Radha's mouth the glories of ekadashi, the gopis that had been yajna-sitas, and who were now yearning to attain Sri Krishna, carefully followed ekadashi. Text 24 ekadashi-vratenapi prasannah shri-harih svayam margashirshe purnimayam rasam tabhish cakara ha ekadashi-vratenaby ekadashi; apieven; prasannahpleased; shri-harihSri Krishna; svayampersonally; margashirshein Margasirsa; purnimayamon the sull moon day; rasamin thr rasa dance; tabhihwith them; cakaradid; ha indeed. Pleased by their observance of ekadashi, Krishna enjoyed a rasa dance with these gopis on the full-moon night of the month of Margashirsha (NovemberDecember). .pa

Chapter Ten

Pulindakopakhyana The Story of the Pulinda Women Text 1 shri-narada uvaca pulindakanam gopinam karishye varnanam hy atah sarva-papa-haram punyam adbhutam bhakti-vardhanam shri-narada uvacaSri Narada said; pulindakanamPulindas; gopinamof the gopis; karishyeI will; varnanamdescribe; hiindeed; atahthen; sarva-papaharamremoving all sins; punyamsacred; adbhutamwonderful; bhaktivardhanamincreasing love. Sri Narada said: Now I will tell you the story of the Pulinda women that become gopis, a wonderful and sacred story that removes all sins and increases one's love for Lord Krishna. Text 2 pulinda udbhatah kecid vindhyadri-vana-vasinah vilumpanto raja-vasu dinanam na kadacana pulindahPulindas; udbhatahexalted; kecitsome; vindhyadri-vana-vasinah living in the forests of the Vindhya Hills; vilumpantahrobbing; rajaroyal; vasu wealth; dinanamof the poor; nanot; kadacanaever. Living in the forests of the Vindhya Hills, many Pulinda highwaymen stole the kings wealth, although they never stole from the poor. Text 3 kupitas teshu balavan vindhya-deshadhipo bali akshauhinibhyam tan sarvan pulindan sa rurodha ha

kupitahangry; teshuat them; balavanpowerful; vindhya-deshadhipahthe king of Vindhya-desa; balipowerful; akshauhinibhyamwith two aksauhinis; tan them; sarvanall; pulindanthe Pulindas; sahe; rurodhastopped; haindeed. Very angry, the powerful king of Vindhya-desha took two akshauhini divisions of soldiers, and confronted all the Pulindas. Text 4 yuyudhas te 'pi khadgaish ca kuntaih shulaih parashvadhaih shakty-rishtibhir bhushundibhih sharaih kati dinani ca yuyudhahfought; tethey; apialso; khadgaihwith swords; caand; kuntaih with kuntas; shulaihspears; parashvadhaihwith battle-axes; shaktiwith double-edged swords; rishtibhihwith spears; bhushundibhihwith bhusundis; sharaihwith arrows; katifor how many?; dinanidays; caand. For how many days did they fight with swords, kunta and shula spears, battleaxes, shaktis, rishtis, and bhushundis? Text 5 patram te preshayam asuh kamsaya yadu-bhubhrite kamsa-pranodito daityah pralambo balavams tada patrama letter; tethey; preshayam asuhsent; kamsayato Kamsa; yadubhubhritethe yadu king; kamsa-pranoditahsent by Kamsa; daityaha demon; pralambahPralaba; balavanpowerful; tadathen. To the Yadu-king Kamsa the Pulindas sent a letter begging for aid. Kamsa sent a powerful demon named Pralamba. Text 6 yojana-dvayam uccangam kala-megha-sama-dyutim kirita-kundala-dharam sarpa-hara-vibhushitam

yojana-dvayamsixteen miles; uccangamtall; kala-megha-sama-dyutimthe color fo a dark cloud; kiritahelmet; kundalaand earrings; dharamwearing; sarva-hara-vibhushitamgarlanded with a serpent. He was sixteen miles tall, dark as a cloud, decorated with helmet and earrings, and garlanded with a serpent. Text 7 padayoh shrinkhalayuktam gada-panim kritantavat lalaj-jihvam ghora-rupam patayantam girin druman padayohof the feet; shrinkhalayuktamwith a chain; gada-panima club in hand; kritantavatlike death personified; lalaj-jihvama lolling tongue; ghorarupamugly and horrible; patayantammade fall down; girinthe hills; druman and trees. With chains around his ankles, a club in his hand, a tongue moving to and fro, and a horribly ugly form, he looked like death personified. When he walked he flattened the hills and made the trees fall. Texts 8 and 9 kampayantam bhuvam vegat pralambam yuddha-durmadam drishtva pradarshito raja sa-sainyo rana-mandalam tyaktva dudrava sahasa simham vikshya gajo yatha pralambas tan samaniya mathuram ayayau punah kampayantammaking tremble; bhuvamthe earth; vegatpowerfully; pralambamPralamba; yuddha-durmadamintoxicated with the idea of fighting; drishtvaseeing; pradarshitahrevealed; rajathe king; sa-sainyahwithj hisarmy; rana-mandalamthe battlefield; tyaktvaleaving; dudravafled; sahasa quickly; simhama lion; vikshyaseeing; gajahan elephant; yathaas; pralambahPralamba; tanthem; samaniyabringing; mathuramto Mathura; ayayaucame; punahagain.

Staring at Pralamba, who was drunk with the idea of a fight, and who made the earth shake, the king and his army fled the battlefield as an elephant flees when it sees a lion. Then Pralamba took the Pulindas to Mathura. Text 10 pulindas te 'pi kamsasya bhrityatvam samupagatah sa-kutumbah kama-girau vasam cakrur nripeshvara pulindahthe Pulindas; tethey; apialso; kamsasyaof Kamsa; bhrityatvam servitude; samupagatahattained; sa-kutumbahwith their families; kama-girau on Kamagiri; vasamresidence; cakruhdid; nripeshvaraO king of kings. O king of kings, the Pulindas and their families all became Kamsa's servants. They lived at Kamagiri. Text 11 tesham griheshu sanjatah shri-ramasya varat parat pulindyah kanyaka divya rupinyah shrir ivarcita teshamof them; griheshuin the homes; sa 24jatahborn; shri-ramasyaof Lord Ramacandra; varatfrom the beneciction; parattranscendental; pulindyah Pulinda; kanyakadaughters; divyasplendid; rupinyahbeautiful; shrihthe goddess of fortune; ivalike; arcitaworshiped. By Lord Ramacandra's blessing many Pulinda women took birth as their splendidly beautiful daughters. They were glorious and worshipable as the goddess of fortune herself. Text 12 tad-darshana-smara-rujah pulindyah prema-vihvalah shrimat-pada-rajo dhritva dhyayantyas tam ahar-nisham

tad-darshanaby seeing Him; smara-rujahoverciem with passion; pulindyah Pulinda girls; prema-vihvalahfilled with love; shrimat-pada-rajahthe dust of His feet; dhritvataking; dhyayantyahmeditating; tamon Him; ahar-nishamday and night. Simply by seeing Lord Krishna, they were overcome with passionate love for Him. They embraced the dust that had touched His feet. They thought of Him day and night. Text 13 tash capi rase sampraptah shri-krishnam parameshvaram paripurnatamam sakshad golokadhipatim prabhum tahthey; caand; apiand; rasein the rasa dance; sampraptahattained; shri-krishnamSri Krishna; parameshvaramthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; paripurnatamamperfect; sakshatdirectly; golokadhipatimthe ruler of Goloka; prabhumthe Lord. During the rasa dance they attained the association of Lord Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, the ruler of Goloka. Text 14 shri-krishna-caranambhojarajo devaih su-durlabham aho bhagyam pulindinam tasam praptam visheshatah shri-krishna-caranambhoja-rajahthe dust of Lord Krishna's lotus feet; devaih by the demigods; su-durlabhamdifficult to attain; ahahOh; bhagyamgood fortune; pulindinamof the PUlinda girls; tasamof them; praptamattained; visheshatahspecifically. The great good fortune of these Pulinda girls is that they attained the dust of Sri Krishna's lotus feet, dust that even the great demigods cannot attain. Text 15

yah parameshthyam akhilam na mahendra-dhishnyam no sarvabhaumam anisham na rasadhipatyam no yoga-siddhim abhito na punar bhavam va vanchaty alam parama-pada-rajah sa bhaktah yahon ewho; parameshthyamthe post of Brahma; akhilamall; nanot; mahendra-dhishnyamthe post of Indra; nanot; uindeed; sarvabhaumam sivereignty over the world; anishamday and night; nanot; rasaof Patalaloka; adhipatyamrulership; nanot; uindeed; yoga-siddhimuoga perfections; abhitahcompletely; nanot; punahagain; bhavambirth; vaor; vanchati desires; alamat all; parama-pada-rajahthe dust of the feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sahe; bhaktaha devotee. A person who does not desire the post of Brahma, the post of Indra, a great royal kingdom, the kingdom of Patalaloka, mystic powers, or even freedom from the world of birth and death, but desires only the dust of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's feet, is a true devotee of the Lord. Text 16 nishkincanah sva-krita-karma-phalair viraga yat tat padam hari-jana munayo mahantah bhakta jushanti hari-pada-rajah-prasaktah anye vadanti na sukham kila nairapekshyam nishkincanahwithout any material possessions; sva-krita-karma-phalaihwith the results of their actions; viragarenunciation; yatwhat; tatthat; padamfeet; hari-janathe devotees of the Lord; munayahthe sages; mahantahthe great souls; bhaktathe devotees; jushanti hari-pada-rajah-prasaktah anye vadanti na sukham kila nairapekshyam Aloof from material possessions and free from past karma, the sages and saintly devotees who love the dust of Lord Krishna's feet say there is no real happiness in any other place. Chapter Eleven Shri Rama-vaikuntha-shvetadvipordhva-vaikunthajita-pada-shri-lokacala-vasini-shrisakhinam upakhyanam The Story of the Gopis That were Residents of Rama-vaikuntha, Shvetadvipa, Urdhva-vaikuntha, Ajita-pada, and Shri Lokacala Text 1

shri-narada uvaca anyasam caiva gopinam varnanam shrinu maithila sarva-papa-haram punyam hari-bhakti-vivardhanam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; anyasamof the other; caand; eva indeed; gopinamgopis; varnanamdescription; shrinuplease hear; maithilaO king of Mithila; sarva-papaall sins; haramremoving; punyamsacred; haribhakti-vivardhanamincreasing devotion for Lord Krishna. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the other gopis, a sacred story that removes all sins, and increases one's love for Lord Krishna. Text 2 niti-vin margadah shuklah patango divya-vahanah gopeshtash ca vraje rajan jata shad vrishabhanavah niti-vitNitivit; margadahMargada; shuklahSukla; patangahPatanga; divyavahanahDivyavahana; gopeshtashGopesta; caand; vrajein Vraja; rajanO king; jataborn; shadthe six; vrishabhanavahVrishabhanus. O king, the six Vrishabhanus: Nitivit, Margada, Shukla, Patanga, Divyavahana, and Gopeshta, were born in Vraja. Texts 3 and 4 tesham griheshu sanjata lakshmi-pati-varat prajah rama-vaikuntha-vasinyah shri-sakhyo 'pi samudra-jah urdhvam vaikuntha-vasinyas tathajita-padashritah shri-lokacala-vasinyah shri-sakhyo 'pi samudra-jah teshamof them; griheshuin the homes; sanjatahborn; lakshmi-pati-varat from the blessing of Lord Narayana, the husband of the goddess of fortune; prajah daughters; rama-vaikuntha-vasinyahthe residents of Rama-Vaikuntha; shri-

sakhyahthe friends of the goddess of fortune; apieven; samudra-jahborn from the ocean; urdhvam vaikuntha-vasinyahthe residents of Urdhva-Vaikuntha; tathajita-padashritahthey who had taken shelter of Lord Ajita; shri-lokacalavasinyahthe residents of Lokacala; shri-sakhyahthe friends of the goddess of fortune; apialso; samudra-jahborn from the ocean. In their homes, by a benediction granted by Lord Narayana, were born the girls of Rama-Vaikuntha, Urdhva-Vaikuntha, Lokacala, and Ajitapada, who had all been born from the ocean of milk and who were all friends of the goddess of fortune. Text 5 cintayantyah sada shrimadgovinda-caranambujam shri-krishnasya prasadartham tabhir magha-vratam kritam cintayantyahmeditating; sadaalways; shrimad-govinda-caranambujamon Lord Krishna's lotus feet; shri-krishnasyaof Lord Krishna; prasadarthamto gain the favor; tabhihby them; magha-vratamthe vow of Magha; kritamwas performed. Always thinking of Lord Krishna's lotus feet, to gain His favor they followed the vow of Magha-vrata. Text 6 maghasya shukla-pancamyam vasantadau harih svayam tasam prema-parikshartham krishno vai tad-grihan gatah maghasyaof the month of Magha; shukla-pancamyamon the fifth day of the bright fortnight; vasantadauat the beginning of spring; harihKrishna; svayam personally; tasamof them; premathe love; pariksha-arthamto test; krishnah Krishna; vaiindeed; tad-grihanto their homes; gatahwent. On the fifth day of the bright fortnight of the month of Magha (January-February), as springtime was about to begin, to test their love for Him, Lord Krishna went to these gopis' homes Text 7

vyaghra-carmambaram bibhran jata-mukuta-manditah vibhuti-dhusaro venum vadayan mohayan jagat vyaghra-carmambarama tiger's sking garment; bibhranwearing; jatamukuta-manditahwith matted locks; vibhutiopulences; dhusarahcovered; venumflute; vadayanplaying; mohayancharming; jagatthe universe. Dressed in a tigerskin, His hair matted, and His natural opulences concealed, by playing the flute he enchanted all the worlds. Text 8 tasam vithishu sampraptim vikshya gopyo 'pi sarvatah ayayur darshanam kartum mohitah prema-vihvalah tasamof them; vithishuon the opathways; sampraptimattainment; vikshya seeing; gopyahthe gopis; apialso; sarvatahin all respects; ayayuharrived; darshanamseeing; kartumto do; mohitahenchanted; prema-vihvalah overcome with love. Seeing Him on the path, the enchanted gopis were overcome with love. To gaze at Him, they came close. Text 9 ativa sundaram drishtva yoginam gopa-kanyakah ucuh parasparam sarvah premananda-samakulah ativavery; sundaramhandsome; drishtvaseeing; yoginamthe yogi; gopakanyakahthe gopis; ucuhsaid; parasparamamong themselves; sarvahall; premananda-samakulahfilled with bliss. As they gazed at this very handsome yogi, the blissful gopis spoke among themselves. Text 10

shri-gopya ucuh ko 'yam shishur nanda-sutakritir va kasyapi putro dhanino nripasya nari-ku-vag-bana-vibhinna-marma jato virakto gata-kritya-karma shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; kahwho?; ayamthis; shishuhboy; nandasutakritihthe from of Nanda's son; vaor; kasyapiof someone; putrahthe son; dhaninahof a wealthy man; nripasyaof a king; nariof a woman; kuharsh; vag words; banaarrows; vibhinnabroken; marmaheart; jatahborn; viraktah renounced; gata-kritya-karmaperformed pious deeds. Thwe gopis said: Who is this? Is this Nanda's son or the song of a wealthy king? Is He renounced because His heart was broken by a woman's harsh words or because He has performed many pious deeds? Text 11 ativa-ramyah sumkumara-deho manoja-vad-vishva-mano-haro 'yam aho katham jivati casya mata pita ca bharya bhagini vinainam ativa-ramyahvery handsome; sumkumara-dehahdelicate features; manoja Kamadeva; vatlike; vishvaof everyone; manahthe herarts; harahenchanting; ayamHe; ahahOh; kathamhow?; jivatilives; caand; asyaof Him; mata the mother; pitafather; caand; bharyawife; bhaginisister; vinawithout; enamHim. He is very handsome. His features are graceful and delicate. Like Kamadeva, He charms the hearts of the entire world. Ah! How can He live without mother, father, sister, and wife? Text 12 evam tah sarvato yuthibhutva sarva vrajanganah papracchus tam yogi-varam vismitah prema-vihvalah evamthusd; tahthey; sarvatahall; yuthi-bhutvagtahered together; sarva all; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; papracchuhasked; tamHim; yogi-varam

the best of yogis; vismitahstruck with wonder; prema-vihvalahovercome with love. Filled with wonder and love, the assembled girls of Vraja asked many questions. Text 13 shri-gopya ucuh kas tvam yogin nama kim te kutra vasas tu te mune ka vrittis tava ka siddhir vada no vadatam vara shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; kahwho?; tvamYou; yoginO yogi; nama name; kimwhat?; teof You; kutrawhere; vasahresidence; tuindfeed; teof You; muneO sage; kawhat?; vrittihactivity; tavaof You; kawhat?; siddhih perfection; vadatell; nahto us; vadatamof speakers; varaO best. The gopis said: O yogi, who are You? What is Your name? O sage, where do You live? What do You do? What mystic powers have You attained? O best of eloquent speakers, please tell us. Text 14 shri-siddha uvaca yogeshvaro 'ham me vasah sada mana-sarovare namna svayamprakasho 'ham nirannah sva-balat sada shri-siddha uvacathe perfect yogi said; yogeshvaraha master of yoga; aham I; meof Me; vasahthe residence; sadaalways; mana-sarovarein Manasarovara; namnaby name; svayamprakashahSvayamprakasha; ahamI; nirannahfasting; sva-balatby My own power; sadaalways. The perfect yogi said: I am a master of yoga. I always stay at Mana-sarovara. My name is Svayamprakasha. I never eat. My own mystic power keeps Me alive. Text 15 sarthe paramahamsanam

yamy aham te vrajanganah bhutam bhavyam vartamanam vedmy aham divya-darshanah sarthein the treasure; paramahamsanamof the great swans; yamyI go; ahamI; tethese; vrajanganahO girls of Vraja; bhutampast; bhavyamfuture; vartamanampresent; vedmyI know; ahamI; divya-darshanahspiritual vision. O girls of Vraja, I have attained the great treasure of the paramahamsas. I have spiritual eyes. I can see the past, present, and future. Text 16 uccatanam maranam ca mohanam stambhanam tatha janami mantra-vidyabhir vashi-karanam eva ca uccatanamruin; maranamdeath; caand; mohanambewilderment; stambhanambeing stunned; tathaso; janamiI know; mantra-vidyabhihwith the knowledge of mantras; vashi-karanamto bring under control; evaindeed; ca also. I know mantras that can ruin people, kill them, bewilder them, paralyze them, or bring them under My control. Text 17 shri-gopya ucuh yadi janasi yogims tvam vartam kala-trayodbhavam kim vartate no manasi vada tarhi maha-mate shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; yadiif; janasiYou know; yogimhO yogi; tvamYou; vartamnews; kalatime; trayathree phases; udbhavam manifested; kimwhat?; vartateis; nahof us; manasiin the mind; vada please tell; tarhithen; maha-mateO wise one. Thw gopis said: O wise yogi, if You know the past, present, and future, then please tell us one thing: What are we thinking at this moment?

Text 18 shri-siddha uvaca bhavatinam ca karnante kathaniyam idam vacah yusmad-ajnaya va vakshye sarvesham shrinvatam iha shri-siddha uvacathe perfect yogi said; bhavatinamof you; caand; karnante whispered into the ear; kathaniyamshould be spoken; idamthis; vacahword; yusmad-ajnayaby your order; vaor; vakshyeI will speak aloud; sarveshamof all; shrinvatamlistening; ihahere. The perfect yogi said: The answer to this question I will now whisper in each girl's ear, or, if you request, I will speak it aloud so all may hear. Texts 19 and 20 shri-gopya ucuh satyam yogeshvaro 'si tvam tri-kala-jno na samshayah vashi-karana-mantrena sadyah pathana-matratah yadi so 'traiva cayati cintito yo 'sti vai mune tada manyamahe tvam vai mantrinam pravaram param shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; satyamthe truth; yogeshvarahthe master of yoga; asiare; tvamYou; tri-kala-jnahunderstanding the three phases of time; nano; samshayahdoubt; vashi-karana-mantrenaby a mantra to bring others under Your control; sadyahat once; pathana-matratahsimply by reciting; yadi if; sahHe; atrahere; evaindeed; caand; ayatigoes; cintitahconsidered; yahone who; astiis; vaiindeed; muneO sage; tadathen; manyamahewe consider; tvamYou; vaiindeed; mantrinamof mantra-chanters; pravaram paramthe best. The gopis said: O sage, if it is true that You are a master of yoga, and if without doubt that You know the past, present, and future, and if by merely chanting a mantra You can actually bring others under Your control, then we think You must be the best of all mantra-chanters. Text 21

shri-siddha uvaca durlabho durghato bhavo yusmabhir gaditah striyah tathapy aham karishyami vakyam na calate satam shri-siddha uvacathe perfect yogi said; durlabhahunattainable; durghatah impossible; bhavahnature; yusmabhihby you; gaditahsaid; striyahO women; tathapystill; ahamI; karishyamiwill do; vakyamwords; nanot; calate wavers; satamof the saintly devotees. The perfect yogi said: Any impossible thing you ask, I can do. The words of saintly persons do not prove false. Text 22 nimilayata netrani ma shocam kuruta striyah bhavishyati na sandeho yushmakam karyam eva ca nimilayataclosing; netranieyes; madon't; shocamlament; kurutado; striyahO girls; bhavishyatiwill be; nanot; sandehahdoubt; yushmakamof you; karyamto be done; evaindeed; caand. O girls, don't lament. Close your eyes and you will attain your wish. Of this there is no doubt. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca tatheti militakshishu gopishu bhagavan harih vihaya tad-yogi-rupam babhau shri-nanda-nandanah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tathaso be it; itithus; militaclosed; akshishueyes; gopishugopis; bhagavanLord; harihHari; vihayataking; tadyogi-rupamthat yogi's form; babhaumanifested; shri-nanda-nandanahthe son of nanda.

Shri Narada said: As the gopis stood with closed eyes, the Lord abandoned the form of a yogi and again became Krishna, the son of Nanda. Text 24 netrany unmilya dadrishuh sanandam nanda-nandanam vismitas tat-prabhava-jna harshita moham agatah netranyeyes; unmilyaopening; dadrishuhsaw; sanandamwith bliss; nanda-nandanamthe son of Nanda; vismitahfilled with wonder; tat-prabhavajnahunderstanding His transcendental power; harshitadelighted; moham enchantment; agatahattained. Opening their eyes, they happily gazed at Krishna, the son of Nanda. Delighted, filled with wonder, and now aware of His transcendental powers, the gopis fainted unconscious. Text 25 magha-mase maha-rase punye vrindavane vane tabhih sardham hari reme suribhih sura-rad iva magha-masein the month of Magha; maha-rasein the great rasa dance; punyedascred; vrindavanein Vrindavana; vaneforest; tabhihthem; sardham with; harihLord Krishna; remeenjoyed; suribhihwith the demiugoddesses; sura-radthe king of heaven; ivalike. As Indra enjoys with the girls of Suraloka, so Lord Krishna enjoyed with these gopis in a great rasa-dance in sacred Vrindavana forest during the month of Magha.

Chapter Twelve Shri Holikotsave divya-tri-guna-vritti-bhumi-gopy-upakhyanam The Story of the Gopis That In the Holi Festival Displayed Three Transcendental Virtues Text 1

idam maya te kathitam gopinam caritam shubham anyasam caiva gopinam varnanam shrinu maithila idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; gopinamof the gopis; caritamactivities; shubhambeautiful; anyasamof others; caand; eva indeed; gopinamgopis; varnanamdescription; shrinuplease hear; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, now that I have described the beautiful activities of these gopis, please hear the story of some other gopis. Text 2 vitihotro 'gnibhuk sambah shrikaro gopatih shrutah vrajeshah pavanah shanta upanandah vrajebhavah vitihotrahVitihotra; agnibhukAgnibhuk; sambahSamba; shrikarah Shrikara; gopatihGopati; shrutahSruta; vrajeshahVrajesa; pavanahPavana; shantaSanta; upanandahthe Upanandas; vrajebhavahborn in Vraja. Born in Vraja, the Upanandas were: Vitihotra, Agnibhuk, Samba, Shrikara, Gopati, Shruta, Vrajesha, Pavana, and Shanta. Text 3 dhanavanto rupavantah putravanto bahu-shrutah shiladi-guna-sampannah sarve dana-parayanah dhanavantahwealthy; rupavantahhandsome; putravantahthew fathers of many children; bahu-shrutahlearnbed; shiladi-guna-sampannahendowed with noble character and many virtues; sarveall; dana-parayanahcharitable. They were all wealthy, handsome, learned, noble, virtuous, charitable, and the fathers of many children.

Text 4 teshu griheshu sanjatah kanyaka deva-vakyatah kashcid divya adivyash ca tatha tri-guna-vrittayah teshuthere; griheshuin the homes; sanjatahborn; kanyakadaughters; deva-vakyatahby the word of the Lord; kashcitsome; divyafrom the heavenly planets; adivyahnot from the heavenly p;lanets; caand; tathaso; tri-gunavrittayahendowed with three virtues. Following the orders of the demigods, these girls, endowed with three virtues, some from the celestial planets, and some not from the celestial planets, took birth in the homes of the Upanandas. Text 5 bhumi-gopyash ca sanjatah punyair nana-vidhaih kritaih radhika-sahacaryas tah sakhyo 'bhuvan videha-rat bhumi-gopyah gopis on the earth; caand; sanjatahborn; punyaihwith pious deeds; nana-vidhaihmany kinds; kritaihdone; radhika-sahacaryah Radha's friends; tahthey; sakhyahfriends; abhuvanbecame; videha-ratO king of Videha. O king of Videha, having performed many pious deeds, these gopis were born on the earth and became the friends of Shri Radha. Text 6 ekada maninim radham tah sarva vraja-gopikah ucur vikshya harim praptam holikaya mahotsave ekadaone day; maninimfilled with jealous anger; radhamRadha; tahthey; sarvaall; vraja-gopikahthe vraja-gopis; ucuhsaid; vikshyaseeing; harim Krishna; praptamattained; holikayaof holi; mahotsavethe great festival.

Noticing that Krishna was ready to celebrate the great Holi festival, these gopis approached Radha, who was then filled with jealous anger, and spoke to Her. Text 7 shri-gopya ucuh rambhoru candra-vadane madhu-maninishe radhe vacah su-lalitam lalane shrinu tvam shri-holikotsava-viharam alam vidhatum ayati te pura-vane vraja-bhushano 'yam shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; rambhoruO girl whose thighs are like banana trees; candra-vadaneO moon-faced girl; madhu-maniniO girl sweet as honey; isheO queen; radheRadha; vacahwords; su-lalitamgraceful; lalaneO girl; shrinuplease hear; tvamYou; shri-holikotsava-viharamthe pastime of the Holi festuival; alamgreatly; vidhatumto place; ayaticomes; teof You; pura-vane in the forest; vraja-bhushanahthe ornament of Vraja; ayamHe. The gopis said: O moon-face, banana-tree thigh, sweet as honey Queen Radha, please hear these pleasing words. Shri Krishna, the ornament of Vraja, has come to Your forest to celebrate the Holi festival. Text 8 shri-yauvanonmada-vighurnita-locano 'sau nilalakali-kalitamsa-kapola-golah sat-pita-kancuka-ghanantam asheshm arad acalayan dhvani-mata sva-padarunena shri-yauvana-by youthfulness; unmadaintoxication; vighurnitarolling; locanah eyes; asauHe; nilalakalidark locks of hair; kalitamsaon His shoulders; kapola-golahand cheeks; sat-pita-kancuka-ghanantamthe edge of the yellow garment; asheshamall; aratnear; acalayanmoving; dhvani-matasound; svapadawith His foot; arunenared. His eyes rolling in the intoxication of glorious youth, His black locks resting on His cheeks and shoulders covered with a yellow shawl, He walks here, the anklets tinkling on His reddish feet. Text 9 balarka-mauli-vimalangada-haram udyad-

vidyut-kshipan-makara-kundalam adadhanah pitambarena jayati dyuti-mandalo 'sau bhu-mandale sa-dhanusheva ghano divi-sthah balarkathe rising sun; maulicrown; vimalaglistening; angadaarmlets; haramnecklaces; udyatrising; vidyutlightning; kshipateclipsing; makara shark; kundalamearrings; adadhanahwearing; pitambarenawith yellow garments; jayatiis glorious; dyuti-mandalahin a circle of light; asauHe; bhumandaleon the circle of the earth; sa-dhanushawith its bow; ivalike; ghanah a cloud; divi-sthahin the sky. Wearing glittering armlets, yellow garments, a crown like the rising sun, and shark earrings that eclipse lightning, He is splendid and glorious as a monsoon cloud and a rainbow. Text 10 abira-kunkuma-rasaish ca vilipta-deho haste grihita-nava-secana-yantra arat prekshams tavashu sakhi vatam ativa radhe tvad-rasa-ranga-rasa-keli-ratah sthitah sah abira-kunkuma-rasaihwith red kunkuma; caand; viliptaanointed; dehah body; hastehand; grihitataken; navanew; secana-yantrasprinkling device; aratnear; prekshamhseeing; tavaof You; ashuat once; sakhifriend; vatam courtyard garden; ativagreat; radheO Radha; tvad-rasa-ranga-rasa-keli nectar rasa-dance pastimes; rataheager; sthitahsituated; sahHe. Eager to enjoy a rasa-dance with You, His body anointed with red kunkuma, and a sprinkler in His hand, He fixes His gaze on as You stay nearby in this courtyardgarden. Text 11 nirgaccha phalguna-mishena vihaya manam datavyam adya ca yashah kila holikayai kartavyam ashu nija-mandira-ranga-varipatira-panka-makaranda-cayam ca turnam nirgacchago; phalgunathe month of Phalguna (February-March) mishenaon the preText; vihayaabandoning; manamjealous anger; datavyamshould be given; adyanow; caand; yashahfame; kilaindeed; holikayaito Holi; kartavyamshould be done; ashuat once; nijaown; mandirapalace; ranga

red; variwater; patirasandal; pankapaste; makaranda-cayamflower-nectar; caand; turnamat once. Give up Your jealous anger, and celebrate the glorious Holi festival. Go at once and get water mixed with red dye, sandal paste, and flower-pollen. Text 12 uttishtha gaccha sahasa nija-mandalibhir yatrasti so 'pi kila tatra maha-mate tvam etadrisho 'pi samayo na kadapi labhyah prakshalitam kara-talam viditam pravahe uttishtharise; gacchago; sahasaat once; nija-mandalibhihwith Your associates; yatrawhere; astiis; sahHe; apialso; kilaindeed; tatrathere; maha-mateO generous one; tvamYou; etadrishahlike this; apieven; samayahoccasion; nanot; kadapiever; labhyahis attainable; prakshalitam washed; kara-talamhand; viditamknown; pravahein the flood. Stand up! Go at once! O noble-hearted one, with Your friends go to where He is! An opportunity like this will not come again. Wash Your hand in the stream of the Holi festival. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca atha manavati radha manam tyaktva samutthita sakhi-sanghaih parivrita prakartum holikotsavam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; manavatifilled with jealous anger; radhaRadha; manamjealous anger; tyaktvaabandoning; samutthita risen; sakhi-sanghaihwith Her friends; parivritasurrounded; prakartumto do; holikotsavamto Holi festival. Shri Narada said: Then angry Radha put aside Her jealous anger, stood up, and, accompanied by Her friends, went to celebrate the Holi festival. Text 14

shrikhandaguru-kasturiharidra-kunkuma-dravaih puritabhir dritibhish ca samyuktas ta vrajanganah shrikhandasandal; aguruaguru; kasturimusk; haridraturmeric; kunkuma kunkuma; dravaihliquid; puritabhihfilled; dritibhihwith sprinklers; caand; samyuktahendowed; tathey; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja. The girls of Vraja carried sprinklers filled with water mixed with sandal, aguru, musk, yellow turmeric, and red kunkuma. Text 15 rakta-hastah pita-vastrah kujan-nupura-mekhalah gayantyo holika-gitir galibhir hasya-sandhibhih rakta-hastahred hands; pita-vastrahyellow garmentsh; kujan-nupuramekhalahtinkling anklets and belts; gayantyahsinging; holika-gitihwith Holi songs; galibhihwith arrogant words; hasyawith laughter; sandhibhihmixed. With red hands and yellow garments, and with rowdy songs and laughter, they sang about the glories of Holi. Text 16 abiraruna-curnanam mushtibhis ta itas tatah kurvatyash carunam bhumim dig-antam cambaram tatha abiraruna-curnanamwith red powder; mushtibhihwith fists; tathey; itah tatahhere and there; kurvatyashdoing; caand; arunamred; bhumimearth; dig-antamthe directions; caand; ambaramthe sky; tathaso. Throwing fistfulls of red powder, they reddened the sky, the earth, and all the directions. Text 17

kotishah kotishas tatra sphuranty abira-mushtayah su-gandharuna-curnanam kotishah kotishas tatha kotishah kotishahmillions and millions; tatrathere; sphurantymanifested; abira-mushtayahred fists; su-gandhafragrant; aruna-curnanamred powder; kotishah kotishahmillions and millions; tathaso. There were millions and millions of reddish fists. Millions and millions of times they threw fragrant red powder. Text 18 sarvato jagrihuh krishnam karabhyam vraja-gopikah yatha megham ca daminyah sandhyayam shravanasya ca sarvatahfrom everywhere; jagrihuhgrabbed; krishnamKrishna; karabhyam with both hands; vraja-gopikahthe vraja-gopis; yathaas; megham a cloud; caand; daminyahlightning; sandhyayammeeting; shravanasyaof the month of Sravana; caand. As lightning flashes surround a cloud in the month of Shravana (July-August), so the vraja-gopis surrounded Krishna and held Him tightly with both hands. Text 19 tan-mukham ca vilimpantyo 'thabiraruna-mushtibhih kunkumakta-dritibhis tam ardri-cakrur vidhanatah tan-mukhamHis face; caand; vilimpantyahanointing; athathen; abiraaruna-mushtibhihwith fists filled with red powder; kunkumakta-dritibhihwith sprinklers filled with kunbkuma water; tamHim; ardri-cakruhsprinkled; vidhanatahaccordingly. With fistfulls of red powder they anointed His face. With sprinklers of kunumawater they drenched Him.

Text 20 bhagavan api tatraiva yavatir vraja-yoshitah dhritva rupani tavanti vijahara nripeshvara bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; apialso; tatrathere; eva indeed; yavatihas many; vraja-yoshitahVraja girls; dhritvamanifesting; rupani forms; tavantithat many; vijaharaenjoyed pastimes; nripeshvaraO king of kings. O king of kings, then the Supreme Personality of Godhead expanded into as many forms as there were vraja-gopis. Text 21 radhaya sushubhe tatra holikaya mahotsave varshasandhyakshane krishnah saudaminya ghano yatha radhayawith Radha; sushubheshone; tatrathere; holikayaof Holi; mahotsavein the great festival; varshasandhyakshaneduring a rainfall; krishnah Krishna; saudaminyawith lightning; ghanaha cloud; yathaas. As a cloud touched by lightning in the rain, so Krishna was splendidly manifest with Radha in the Holi festival. Text 22 krishno 'pi tad-dhasta-kritakta-netro dattva svakiyam navam uttariyam tabhyo yayau nanda-griham paresho deveshu varshatsu ca pushpa-varsham krishnahLord Krishna; apieven; tatby Her; dhastahand; kritakta anointed; netraheyes; dattvagiving; svakiyamown; navamnew; uttariyam upper garment; tabhyahfrom them; yayauwent; nanda-grihamto Nanda's home; pareshahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; deveshuas the demigods; varshatsushowered; caand; pushpa-varshama rain of flowers.

Taking a new upper garment, and His eyes now anointed by Radha's hand, Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, left the gopis and went to King Nanda's palace as the demigods showered flowers. .pa

Chapter Thirteen Devajana-stry-upakhyana The Story of the Demigoddesses Text 1 atha devangananam ca gopinam varnanam shrinu catushpadarthadam nrinam bhakti-vardhanam uttamam athanow; devangananamof the demigoddesses; caand; gopinamof ther gopis; varnanamthe description; shrinuplease hear; catushpadarthadamgiving the four goals of life; nrinamof the people; bhakti-vardhanamincreasing devotion; uttamamgreat. Now please hear the story of the demigoddesses that became gopis, a story that grants the four goals of life and increases one's love for Lord Krishna. Text 2 babhuva malave deshe gopo nando divas-patih bharya-sahasra-samyukto dhanavan nitiman parah babhuvawas; malave deshein Malava-desa; gopaha gopa; nandahNanda; divas-patihking; bharyaof wives; sahasraa thousand; samyuktahwith; dhanavanwealthy; nitimanmoral; parahgreat. In Malava-desha there was a great gopa-king named Nanda-divaspati. He was righteous and wealthy, and he had a thousand wives. Text 3

tirtha-yatra-prasangena mathurayam samagatah nanda-rajam vrajadhisham shrutva shri-gokulam yayau tirtha-yatra-prasangenaby going on pilgrimage; mathurayamin Mathyra; samagatahcome; nanda-rajamto King Nanda; vrajadhishamthe king of Vraja; shrutvahearing; shri-gokulamShri Gokula; yayauwent. As he was going on pilgrimage, he arrived in Mathura. When he heard of Vraja's King Nanda, he went to Gokula. Text 4 militva gopa-rajam sa drishtva vrindavana-shriyam nanda-rajajnaya tatra vasam cakre maha-manah militvameeting; gopa-rajamthe gopa king; sahe; drishtvaseeing; vrindavana-shriyamthe beauty of Vrindavana; nanda-rajaof King Nanda; ajnaya by the request; tatrathere; vasamresidence; cakremade; maha-manah noble-hearted. He met King Nanda, and he saw the beauty of Vrindavana. With Nanda's permission, the noble-hearted king made his residence there. Text 5 yojana-dvayam ashritya ghosham cakre gavam punah mudam prapa vraje rajan jnatibhih sa divas-patih yojana-dvayamsixteen miles; ashrityataking shelter; ghoshama place for the cows; cakredid; gavamof cows; punahagain; mudamhappiness; prapa attained; vrajein vraja; rajanO king; jnatibhihwith relatives; sahe; divas-patih Divaspati. Having made a sixteen-mile place for his cows, King Divaspati and his relatives lived happily.

Text 6 tasya devala-vakyena sarva devajana-striyah jatah kanya maha-divya jvalad-agni-shikhopmah tasyaof him; devala-vakyenaby the words of Devala Muni; sarvaall; devajana-striyahthe demigoddesses; jatahborn; kanyagirls; maha-divyavery splendid; jvalad-agni-shikhopmahlike flames of a blazing fire. By Devala Muni's words, all the demigoddesses were born as his daughters, daughters splendid like flames in a blazing fire. Text 7 shri-krishnam sundaram drishtva mohitah kanyakash ca tah damodarasya prapty-artham cakrur magha-vratam param shri-krishnamShri Krishna; sundaramhandsome; drishtvaseeing; mohitah enchanted; kanyakashthe daughters; caand; tahthey; damodarasyaof Krishna; prapty-arthamto attain; cakruhdid; magha-vratamthe magha-vrata vow; paramgreat. When they saw handsome Krishna they were bewildered with love for Him. To attain Him they performed the great vow of Magha-vrata. Text 8 ardhodaye 'rke yamunam nityam snatva vrajanganah uccair jaguh krishna-lilam premananda-samakulah ardhodayehalf-risen; arkewhen the sun was; yamunamin the Yamuna; nityamregularly; snatvabathing; vrajanganahthe girls ofVraja; uccaihloudly; jaguhsang; krishna-lilamof Krishna's pastimes; premananda-samakulah overcome with love.

As they bathed at sunrise in the Yamuna, these girls of Vraja, who had fallen in love with Krishna, every day loudly sang of Lord Krishna's pastimes. Text 9 tasam prasannah shri-krishno varam bruhity uvaca ha ta ucus tam param natva kritanjali-putah shanaih tasamwith them; prasannahpleased; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; varam boon; bruhiplease ask; itithus; uvaca said;ha taindeed; ucuhsaid; tamto Him; paramthen; natvabowing down; kritanjali-putahwith folded hands; shanaihslowly. Pleased with them, Lord Krishna said to them, "Please ask for a benediction." Slowly bowing down with folded hands, these girls spoke to Krishna. Text 10 shri-gopya ucuh yogishvaranam kila durlabhas tvam sarveshvarah karana-karano 'si tvam netra-gami bhavatat sada no vamsi-dharo manmatha-manmathangah shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; yogishvaranamof the masters of yoga; kila indeed; durlabhahdifficult to attain; tvamYou; sarveshvarahthe Lord of all; karana-karanahthe cause of causes; asiare; tvamYou; netra-gamicome before the eyes; bhavatathave; sadaalways; nahof us; vamsi-dharahholding a flute; manmatha-manmathangahmore handsome than Kamadeva. The gopis said: Even the great kings of the yogis cannot attain You. You are the master of all, the first cause of all causes. Holding a flute, and more handsome than Kamadeva, please always stay before our eyes. Text 11 tathastu coktva harir adi-devas tasam tu yo darshanam atatana bhuyat sada te hridi netra-marge tatha sa ahuta ivashu citte

tathaso; astube it; caand; uktvasaying; harihKrishna; adi-devahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasamof them; tuindeed; yahwho; darshanamthe sight; atatanagave; bhuyatgreatly; sadaalways; tethey; hridiin the heart; netra-margeon the poathway of the eyes; tathaso; sahe; ahutacalled; ivalike; ashuat once; cittein the heart. Lord Krishna said, "So be it." He was always before them. He appeared in their heart and He appeared before their eyes as if they had just called Him. Text 12 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno nanya eva hi eka-karyartham agatya koti-karyam cakara ha paripurnatamahthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshat directly; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; nanot; anyahanother; evaindeed; hi indeed; eka-karyarthamfor one purpose; agatyacoming; koti-karyammillions of purposes; cakaradid; haindeed. Shri Krishna, and no one else, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Coming to this world to do one thing, He did millions of other things as well. Text 13 parikari-krita-pita-patam harim shikhi-kirita-nati-krita-kandharam lakuta-venu-karam cala-kundalam patutaram nata-vesha-dharam bhaje parikari-krita-pita-patamwearing a yellow sash; harimKrishna; shikhi-kiritaa peacock-feather crown; nati-kritagraceful; kandharamshoulders; lakuta-venukaramholding a stick and a flute; cala-kundalamwith swinging earrings; patutaramvery intelligent; nata-vesha-dharamdressed as a dancer; bhajeI worship. I worship most intelligent Krishna who, with a peacock-feather crown, swinging earrings, a yellow sash about His waist, and a stick and flute in His hand, is dressed as a graceful-shouldered dancer. Text 14

bhaktyaiva vashyo harir adi-devah sada pramanam kila catra gopyah sankhyam ca yogam na kritam kadapi premnaiva yasya prakritim gatah syuh bhaktyaby devotional service; evaindeed; vashyahmade submissive; harih Krishna; adi-devahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sadaalways; pramanamevidence; kilakindeed; caand; atrahere; gopyahgopis; sankhyamsankhyam; caand; yogamyoga; nanot; kritamdid; kadapiever; premnawith love; evaindeed; yasyaof whom; prakritimnature; gatah attained; syuhdid. Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is conquered by love and devotion. These gopis are the proof of this. Although they never followed the paths of yoga or sankhya, they attained Lord Krishna's company. .pa

Chapter Fourteen Jalandhary-upakhyana The Story of the Jalandharis Text 1 shri-narada uvaca jalandharinam gopinam janmani shrinu maithila karmani ca maha-raja papa-ghnani nrinam sada shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; jalandharinamja;andharais; gopinam gopi; janmanibirths; shrinuplease hear; maithilaO king of Mithila; karmani activities; caand; maha-rajaO great king; papa-ghnanidestriying sins; nrinam of the people; sadaalways. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of the births and deeds of the Jalandharis that became gopis, a story that again and again removes the people's sins. Text 2

rajan sapta-nadi-tire ranga-patanam uttamam sarva-sampad-yutam dirgham yojana-dvaya-vartulam rajanO king; sapta-nadi-tireon the shore of seven rivers; ranga-paanam Ranga-pattana; uttamamgreat; sarva-sampatall opulences; yutamwith; dirghamlarge; yojana-dvaya-vartulamsixteen miles in circumference. O king, on the shore of seven rivers there was a great city named Rangapaana. Sixteen miles around, it was filled with all opulences. Text 3 rangojis tatra gopalah puradhisho maha-balah putra-pautra-samayukto dhana-dhanya-samriddhiman rangojihRangoji; tatrathere; gopalaha gopa; puradhishahthe king; mahabalahvery powerful; putra-pautra-samayuktahwith many children and grandchildren; dhana-dhanya-samriddhimanvery wealthy. A gopa named Rangoji was the king of that city. He was very powerful and wealthy, and He had many children and grandchildren Text 4 hastinapura-nathaya dhritarashraya bhubhrite haimanam arbuda-shatam varshikam sa dadau sada hastinapura-nathaya dhritarashraya varshikam sa dadau sada bhubhrite haimanam arbuda-shatam

Text 5 ekada tatra varshante vyatite kila maithila

varshikam tu karam rajne na dadau sa madotkaah ekadaone day; tatrathere; varshanteat the end of the year; vyatite passed; kilakindeed; maithilaO king of Mithila; varshikamannual; tuindeed; karamtax; rajneto the king; nanot; dadaugave; sahe; madotkaah overrcome with pride and folly. O king, once, at the year's end, Rangoji, overcome with pride and foolishness, did not pay his annual tribute to emperor Dhritarashra. Text 6 milanartham na cayate rangojau gopa-nayake vira dasha sahasrani dhritarashrita-pranoditah milanameeting; arthamfor the purpose; nanot; caand; ayatecome; rangojauRangoji; gopa-nayakethe gopa-kings; virawarriors; dashaten; sahasranithousand; dhritarashrita-pranoditahsent by Dhritarashra. When the gopa-king Rangoji would not even go to meet him, emperor Dhritarashra sent an army of ten thousand soldiers. Text 7 baddhva tam damabhir gopam ajagmus te gajahvayam kati varshani rangojih karagare sthito 'bhavat baddhvabinding; tamhim; damabhihwith ropes; gopamthe gopa; ajagmuhcame; tethey; gajahvayamto hastinapura; katihow many?; varshani years; rangojihRangoji; karagarein prison; sthitahstaying; abhavatwas. They bound Rangoji with ropes and took him to Hastinapura. How many years was he in prison? Text 8

san niruddhas tadito 'pi lobhi bhirur na cabhavat na dadau sa dhanam kincid dhritarashraya bhubhrite sanbeing; niruddhahbound; taditahbeaten; apieven; lobhigreedy; bhiruhfrightened; nanot; caand; abhavatwas; nanot; dadaugave; sahe; dhanamwealth; kincitanyhting; dhritarashrayato Dhritarashra; bhubhrite the emperor. Although he was beaten in prison, he was unafraid. He was so greedy he still would not give any money to emperor Dhritarashra. Text 9 karagaran maha-bhimat kadacit sa palayitah ratrau ranga-puram pragad rangojir gopa-nayakah karagaratfrom the prison; maha-bhimathorrible; kadacitonce; sahe; palayitahescaped; ratrauat night; ranga-puramto his city; pragatwent; rangojihRangoji; gopa-nayakahthe gopa king. One night the gopa-king Rangoji escaped from the prison and returned to his own city. Text 10 punas tam hi samahartum dhritarashra-pranoditam akshauhini-trayam rajan samartha-bala-vahanam punahagain; tamhim; hiindeed; samahartumto caspture; dhritarashrapranoditamsent by Dhrtrastra; akshauhini-trayamthree aksauhinis; rajanO king; samartha-bala-vahanamable to capture by force. Then Dhritarashra sent three akshuahini divisions to recapture Rangoji. Text 11

tena sardham hi banaughais tikshna-dharaih sphurat-prabhaih yuyudhe damshito yuddhe dhanus tankarayan muhuh tenahim; sardhamwith; hiindeed; banaof arrows; aughaihwith a flood; tikshna-dharaihsharp; sphurat-prabhaihsplendid; yuyudhefought; damshitah wounded; yuddhein the battle; dhanuhbow; tankarayantwanging; muhuh again and again. Although wounded by a flood of arrows, he continued to fight, again and again shooting his bow. Text 12 shatrubhish chinna-kavacas chinna-dhanva hata-svakah puram etya mridham cakre rangojih katibhir dinaih shatrubhihby enemies; chinnabroken; kavacaharmor; chinnabroken; dhanvabow; hatakilled; svakahassociates; puramto the city; etyagoing; mridhamfight; cakredid; rangojihRngoji; katibhihfor how many?; dinaih days. Even after his enemies broke his armor and bow and killed his soldiers, for how many days did Rangoji fight? Text 13 anathah sharanam cecchan kamsaya yadu-bhubhrite dutam svam preshayam asa rangojir bhaya-piditah anathahhopeless; sharanamshelter; caand; icchandesiring; kamsayato Kamsa; yadu-bhubhritethe king of the Yadus; dutama messenger; svamown; preshayam asasent; rangojihRangoji; bhaya-piditahtoretured with fear. When all was hopeless, he sent a messenger to Kamsa, the king of the Yadus.

Text 14 dutas tu mathuram etya sabham gatva natananah kritanjalish caugrasenim natva praha girardraya dutahthe messenger; tuindeed; mathuramto Mathura; etyagoing; sabhamassembling; gatvagoing; natananahwith bowed head; kritanjalihand folded hands; caand; augrasenimto Kamsa; natvabowing; prahasaid; gira with words; ardrayachoked with emotion. The messenger went to Mathura, entered the royal assembly, with folded hands and bowed head offered obeisances to King Kamsa, and in a voice choked with emotion spoke the following words. Text 15 rangoji-nama nripa ranga-paane gopo 'sti nitijna-varah puradhipah sva-shatru-samruddha-puro mahadhi-bhrid alabdha-nathah sharanam gatas tava rangoji-namanamed Rangoji; nripaO king; ranga-paanein ranga-pattana; gopaha gopa; astiis; nitijna-varahthe best of the righteous; puradhipahthe ruler of the city; sva-shatru-samruddha-purahhis army defeated; mahadhi-bhrit distressed; alabdha-nathahwithout shelter; sharanamshelter; gatahattained; tavaof you. O king, a righteous gopa named Rangoji is the ruler of the city Ranga-paana. His army defeated, he is now distressed and without a shelter. Now he takes shelter of you. Text 16 tvam dina-duhkharti-haro mahi-tale bhaumadi-sangita-guno maha-balah surasuran udbhaa-bhumi-palakan vijitya yuddhe sura-rad iva sthitah tvamyou; dina-duhkharti-harahremoving the troubles of the troubled; mahitaleon the earth; bhaumadi-sangita-gunahwhose virtues are sung on the earth; maha-balahvery powerful; surasuranthe demigods and demons; udbhaa-

bhumi-palakanruling the earth; vijityaconquering; yuddhein battle; sura-rad the king of heaven; ivalike; sthitahsituated. You remove the troubles of they whgo suffer in this world. Your virtues are sung everywhere. Having defeated the demigods and demons, you rule the earth. You are like Indra, the king of the demigods. Text 17 candram cakorash ca ravim kusheshayam yatha sharac-chikaram eva catakah kshudhaturo 'nnam ca jalam trishaturah smaraty asau shatru-bhaye tatha tvam candramthe moon; cakorasha cakora bird; caand; ravimthe sun; kusheshayamthe lotus flowers; yathaas; sharac-chikaramthe autumn rains; evaindeed; catakahcataka bird; kshudhaturahhungry; annamfood; caand; jalamwater; trishaturahthirsty; smaratyremembers; asauhe; shatru-bhaye in fear of the enemies; tathaso; tvamyou. As a cakora bird thinks of the moon, as a lotus flower thinks of the sun, as a cataka bird thinks of the autumn rains, as a hungry man thinks of food, and as a thirsty man thinks of water, so King Rangoji, frightened in battle, thinks of you. Text 18 shri-narada uvaca ittham shrutva vacas tasya kamso vai dina-vatsalah daitya-koi-samayukto mano gantum samadadhe shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; shrutvahearing; vacah words; tasyaof him; kamsahKamsa; vaiindeed; dinaof the distressed; vatsalahthe friend; daitya-koi-samayuktahwith ten million demons; manaha mind; gantumto go; samadadhehad. Shri Narada said: After hearing these words, Kamsa, the friend of the distressed, decided to go there with ten million demons. Texts 19 and 20

go-mutra-caya-sindurakasturi-patra-bhrin mukham vindhyadri-sadrisham shyamam mada-nirjhara-samyutam pade ca shrinkhalajalam nadantam ghanavad bhrisham dvipam kuvalayapidam samaruhya madotkaah go-mutracow's urine; cayaabundant; sindurasindura; kasturimusk; patrabhritdecorated with designs; mukhamface; vindhyadri-sadrishamlike the Vindhya mountains; shyamamblack; mada-nirjhara-samyutamwith gushing streams of passionate anger; padeon its foot; caand; shrinkhalajalamchains; nadantamjingling; ghanavatlike a cloud; bhrishamgreatly; dvipamelephant; kuvalayapidamKuvalayapida; samaruhyamounting; madotkaahburning with passion. Burning with passion, Kamsa climbed on Kuvalayapida elephant, who was black and enormous like the Vindhya mountains, who gushed with streams of rut, whose face was decorated with designs drawn with gomutra, musk, and red sindura, whose feet were covered with a network of chains, and who trumpeted like thunder. Text 21 canura-mushikadyaish ca keshi-vyoma-vrishasuraih sahasa damshitah kamsah prayayau ranga-paanam canura-mushikadyaihheaded by Canura and Mustika; caand; keshi-vyomavrishasuraihwith Kesi, Vyomasura, and Aristasura; sahasaat once; damshitah protected; kamsahKamsa; prayayauwent; ranga-paanamto Ranga-pattana. Accompanied by Canura, Mushika, Keshi, Vyoma, Arishasura, and a host of other demons, Kamsa quickly traveled to Ranga-paana. Text 22 yadunam ca kurunam ca balayos tu parasparam banaih khadgais trishulaish ca ghoram yuddham babhuva ha

yadunamof the Yadus; caand; kurunamthe Kurus; caand; balayohof the armies; tuindeed; parasparammutual; banaihwith arrows; khadgaihwith swords; trishulaihwith tridents; caand; ghoramhorrible; yuddhambattle; babhuvawas; haindeed. Armed with arrows, swords, and tridents, the armies of the Yadus and Kurus fought a gory battle. Text 23 banandhakare sanjate kamso nitva maha-gadam vivesha kuru-senasu vane vaishvanaro yatha banaof arrows; andhakareblinding darkness; sanjatemanifested; kamsah Kamsa; nitvabringing; maha-gadamgreat club; viveshaentered; kuru-senasu the Kuru armies; vanein the forest; vaishvanarahfire; yathaas. The sky became dark with a great shower of arrows. Then, as a fire enters a forest, so Kamsa, armed with a great club, penetrated the Kuru army. Text 24 kamshcid viran sa-kavacan gadaya vajra-kalpaya patayam asa bhu-prishhe vajrenendro yatha girim kamshcitsome; viranwarriors; sa-kavacanwith their armor; gadayawith the club; vajra-kalpayalike lightning; patayam asamade fall; bhu-prishheto the ground; vajrenawith the thunderbolt; indrahIndra; yathaas; girima mountain. As King Indra with his thunderbolt knocks down a great mountain, so Kamsa with his thunderbolt club, knocked many armored warriors to the ground. Text 25 rathan mamarda padabhyam

parishni-ghatena ghonakan gaje gajam tadayitva gajan pronniya canghrishu rathanchariots; mamardacrushed; padabhyamwith both feet; parishnighatenawith his heel; ghonakanhorses; gajeelephant; gajamelephant; tadayitvastriking; gajanelephants; pronniyaleading away; caand; anghrishu at the feet. Kicking them with his feet, Kamsa destroyed many chariots. Kicking them with his heel, Kamsa killed many horses. He beat many elephants and many he overturned, their feet kicking in the air. Text 26 skandhayoh kakshayor dhritva sa-nidan ratna-kambalan kamshcid balad bhramayitva cikshepa gagane bali skandhayohon the shoulders; kakshayohon the armpits; dhritvagrabbing; sa-nidanwith saddles; ratna-kambalandecorated with jewels; kamshcitsome; balatforcibly; bhramayitvawhirling around; cikshepathrew; gaganeinot the sky; balipowerful. Grabbing them at the root of their forelegs, powerful Kamsa picked up many jewel-saddled elephants, whirled them around, and threw them into the sky. Text 27 gajan chundasu conniya lola-ghana-samavritan cikshepa sammukhe rajan mridhe vyomasuro bali gajanelephants; shundasuby the thrunks; caand; unniyapicking up; lolaghana-samavritanwith jingling bells; cikshepathrew; sammukhein the face; rajanO king; mridhein the battle; vyomasurahVyomasura; balipowerful. O king, Vyomasura picked up many bell-decorated elephants and threw them in the faces of the enemy army.

Text 28 rathan grihitva sashvamsh ca shringabhyam bhramayan muhuh cikshepa dikshu balavan daityo dusho vrishasurah rathanchariots; grihitvataking; sashvamshwith their horses; caand; shringabhyamwith its horns; bhramayanwhirling around; muhuhagain and again; cikshepathrew; dikshuin all directions; balavanpowerful; daityah demon; dushahwicked; vrishasurahAristasura. In its horns the powerful demon Arishasura picked up many great chariots and their horses, whirled them around, and threw them in all directions. Text 29 balat pashcima-padabhyam viran ashvan itas tatah patayam asa rajendra keshi daityadhipo bali balatforcibly; pashcima-padabhyamwith its hind legs; viranheroic; ashvan horses; itahhere; tatahand there; patayam asathrowing down; rajendraO king of kings; keshiKesi; daityadhipahthe king of demons; balipowerful. O king of kings, kicking them with its hind legs, the great demon Keshi threw many powerful horses to the ground. Text 30 evam bhayankaram yuddham drishva vai kuru-sainikah shesha bhayatura vira jagmus te 'pi disho dasha evamthus; bhayankaramfearsome; yuddhambattle; drishvaseeing; vai indeed; kuru-sainikahthe Kuru soldiers; sheshathe remnant; bhayatura frightened; virawarriors; jagmuhfled; tethey; apialso; dishahin the directions; dashaten.

When they saw the fearsome nature of this battle, the remaining Kuru soldiers became frightened and fled in the ten directions. Text 31 rangojim sa-kuumbam tam nitva kamso 'tha daitya-ra mathuram prayayau viro nadayan dundubhin chanaih rangojimRangoji; sa-kuumbamwith his family; tamhim; nitvataking; kamsahKamsa; athathen; daitya-rathe king of the demons; mathuramto Mathura; prayayauwent; virahhero; nadayansounding; dundubhindrums; shanaihslowly. Taking Rangoji and his family with him, the demon-king Kamsa triumphantly entered Mathura as the drums played a slow march. Text 32 shrutva parajayam svasya kauravah krodha-murchitah daityanam samayam drishva sarve vai maunam asthitah shrutvahearing; parajayamthe victory; svasyaown; kauravahthe Kurus; krodha-murchitahfainting with anger; daityanamof the demons; samayamthe right time; drishvaseeing; sarveall; vaiindeed; maunamsilent; asthitah stood. Hearing of their own defeat, the Kurus were overcome with anger. Seeing that things were now favorable for the demons, everyone became silent. Text 33 puram barhishadam nama vraja-simni manoharam rangojaye dadau kamso daityanam adhipo bali

purama city; barhishadamBarhisat; namanamed; vraja-simnion the outskirts of Vraja; manoharambeautiful; rangojayeto rangoji; dadaugave; kamsahKamsa; daityanamof the demons; adhipahthe king; balipowerful. Then the powerful demon-king Kamsa gave to Rangoji a beautiful city named Barhishat, which stood on the outskirts of Vraja. Text 34 vasam cakara tatraiva rangojir gopa-nayakah babhuvus tasya bharyasu jalandharyo harer varat vasamresidence; cakaradid; tatrathere; evaindeed; rangojihRangoji; gopa-nayakahthe gopa-king; babhuvuhdid; tasyaof him; bharyasuin wives; jalandharyahJalandharis; harehof Lord Krishna; varatfrom the boon. The gopa-king Rangoji made his home there. There, by Lord Krishna's benediction, the Jalandharis were born from his many wives. Text 35 parinita gopa-janai rupa-yauvana-bhushitah jara-dharmena su-sneham shri-krishne tah pracakrire parinitamarried; gopa-janaito the gopas; rupa-yauvana-bhushitah decorated with beauty and youthfulness; jara-dharmenaas apoaramour; susnehamgreat love; shri-krishnefor Shri Krishna; tahthey; pracakriredid. Decorated with beauty and youth, they were married to various gopas. They loved Lord Krishna as their paramour. Text 36 caitra-mase maha-rase tabhih sakam harih svayam punye vrindavane ramye reme vrindavaneshvarah

caitra-masein the month of Caitra; maha-raseinj the great rasa dance; tabhih them; sakamwith; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; punyesacred; vrindavanein Vrindavana; ramyebeautiful; remeenjoyed; vrindavaneshvarah the king of Vrindavana. During the month of Caitra (March-April), and in the beautiful and sacred forest of Vrindavana, Lord Krishna enjoyed a great rasa dance with them. .pa

Chapter Fifteen Barhishmati-pur-anghry-apsarah-sutala-vasini-nagendra-kanyopakhyana The Story of the Women of Barhishmati-pura, the Apsaras, and the Women of Sutala and Nagendra Text 1 shri-narada uvaca vraje shonapuradhisho gopo nando dhani mahan bharyah panca sahasrani babhuvus tasya maithila shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; vrajein Vraja; shonapuradhishahthe king of Sonapura; gopaha gopa; nandahNanda; dhaniwealthy; mahan exalted; bharyahwives; panca sahasranifive thousand; babhuvuhwere; tasya of him; maithilaO king of Mithila. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, in Vraja lived a righteous and wealthy gopa named Nanda, who had been the king of Shonapura. He had five thousand wives. Text 2 jata matsya-varat tas tu samudre gopa-kanyakah tathanyash ca vicitrah prithivya dohanan nripa jataborn; matsya-varatby the blessings of Lord Matsya; tahthey; tu indeed; samudrein the ocean; gopa-kanyakahgopis; tathaso; anyahothers;

caand; vicitrahvarious plants; apialso; prithivyaof the earth; dohanatfrom the milking; nripaO king. He had many daughters. Some had previously been born from the milk-ocean and had been the goddess of fortune's friends, and now were born as gopis by Lord Matsya's benediction, and others had been the plants the sprouted when the earth was milked. Text 3 barhishmati-pur-andhryo ya jata jati-smarah parah tathanyapsaraso 'bhuvan varan narayanasya ca barhishmati-pur-andhryahthe girls of Bharismati-pura; yawho; jataborn; jati-smarahremembering their previous birth; parahothers; tathaso; anya others; apsarasahapsaras; abhuvanbecasme; varanby the benediction; narayanasyaof Lord Narayana; caand. Some had been the women of Barhishmati-pura. They remembered their previous birth. Others had been apsaras and became gopi by the blessings of Narayana Rishi Text 4 tatha sutala-vasinyo vamanasya varat striyah tatha nagendra-kanyash ca jatah shesha-varat parat tathaso; sutala-vasinyahthe residents of Sutala; vamanasyaof Lord Vamana; varatby the blessing; striyahwomen; tathaso; nagendraof the serpent-king; kanyahthe daughters; caand; jatahborn; shesha-varatby the blessing of Lord Shesha; paratgreat. Some had been the women of Sutalaloka and became gopis by the blessings of Lord Vamana. Others had been the daughters of the king of the Nagas and they became gopis by the spiritual blessings of Lord Shesha. Text 5

tabhyo durvasasa dattam krishna-pancangam adbhutam tena sampujya yamunam vavrire shripatim varam tabhyahto them; durvasasaby Durvasa Muni; dattamgiven; krishnapancangamfive ways to worship Lord Krishna; adbhutamwonderful; tenaby that; sampujyaworshiping; yamunamthe Yamuna; vavrireattained; shripatim Krishna; varamas their husband. Durvasa Muni gave them the wonderful krishna-pancanga method of worship. Following it, they worshiped the Yamuna and attained Lord Krishna as their husband. Texts 6-8 ekada shri-haris tabhir vrindaranye manohare yamuna-nikae divye pums-kokila-taru-vraje madhupa-dhvani-samyukte kujat-kokila-sarase madhu-mase manda-vayau vasanta-latikavrite dolotsavam samarebhe harir madana-mohanah kadamba-vrkshe rahasi kalpa-vrkshe manohare ekadaonce; shri-harihShri Krishna; tabhihwith them; vrindaranyein Vrindavana forest; manoharebeautiful; yamuna-nikaeby the Yamuna shore; divyesplendid; pums-kokila-taru-vrajeamong trees filled with cuckoos; madhupa-dhvani-samyuktefilled with the humming of bees; kujatwarbling; kokilacuckoos; saraseand cranes; madhu-masein the month of Madhu; manda-vayauwith a gentle breeze; vasanta-latikavritefilled with madhavi vines; dolaswing; utsavamfestival; samarebhedid; harihKrishna; madana-mohanah more charming than Kamadeva; kadamba-vrkshein a kadamba tree; rahasiin a secluded place; kalpa-vrkshein a desire tree; manoharebeautiful. Once, during the month of Caitra (March-April), Lord Krishna, who is more charming than Kamadeva, enjoyed a swing festival with these gopis in a kadamba kalpa-vriksha tree in a beautiful and secluded place in beautiful Vrindavana forest, a

place filled with trees and madhavi vines, buzzing bees, cooing cuckoos and cranes, and a gentle breeze from the nearby Yamuna. Text 9 kalindi-jala-kallolakolahala-samakule tad-dola-khelanam cakrus ta gopyah prema-vihvalah kalindiof the Yamuna; jalawater; kallolawaves; kolahalauproar; samakule filled; tad-dola-khelanamswinging pastime; cakruhdid; tathey; gopyah gopis; prema-vihvalahfilled with love. As the Yamuna was filled with waves, these gopis, deeply in love with Krishna, enjoyed pastimes on a swing. Text 10 radhaya kirti-sutaya candra-koi-prakashaya reje vrindavane krishno yatha ratya ratishvarah radhayawith Radha; kirti-sutayathe daughter of Kirti; candra-koi-prakashaya splendid as millions of moons; rejeshone; vrindavanein Vrindavana forest; krishnahKrishna; yathaas; ratyawith Rati; ratishvarahKamadeva. As Kamadeva shines with Rati by His side, so in Vrindavana forest Lord Krishna shone with Kirti's daughter Radha, who was more beautiful and glorious than millions of moons, by His side. Text 11 evam praptash ca yah sarvah shri-krishnam nanda-nandanam paripurnatamam sakshat tasam kim varnyate tapah evamthus; praptashattained; caandf; yahwho; sarvahall; shri-krishnam Shri Krishna; nanda-nandanamNanda's son; paripurnatamamthe Supreme

Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; tasamof them; kimwhat?; varnyate is described; tapahausterities. All these gopis attained Nanda's son, Lord Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, as their lover. Who can describe the austerities they must have performed? Text 12 nagendra-kanya yah sarvas caitra-mase manohare balabhadram harim praptah krishna-tire tu tah shubhah nagendra-kanyathe daughters of the Naga king; yahwho; sarvahall; caitramasein ther month of Caiutra; manoharebeautuful; balabhadramBalarama; harimLord Hari; praptahattained; krishna-tireon the Yamuna's shore; tu indeed; tahthey; shubhahbeautiful. During the beautiful month of Caitra (March-April), by the Yamuna's shore, the beautiful gopis that had been the daughters of the Naga-king attained the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Balarama, as their lover. Text 13 idam maya te kathitam gopinam caritam shubham sarva-papa-haram punyam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; gopinamof the gs; caritamactivities; shubhambeautiful; sarva-papaall sins; haramremoving; punyam sacred; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasido you wish. Now I have told you the beautiful and sacred story of the gopis, a story that removes all sins. What more do you wish to hear? Text 14 shri-bahulashva uvaca yamunayash ca pancangam

dattam durvasasa mune gopibhyo yena govindah praptas tad bruhi mam prabho shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; yamunayashof the Yamuna; ca and; pancangampangangam worship; dattamgiven; durvasasaby Durvasa; muneO sage; gopibhyahto the gs; yenaby which; govindahLord Krishna; praptahattained; tatthat; bruhiplease tell; mamto me; prabhahO lord. Shri Bahulashva said: O sage, please describe to me the pancanga method of worshiping the Yamuna that Durvasa gave to the gopis and that they followed to attain Lord Krishna. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca atraivodaharantimam itihasam puratanam yasya shravana-matrena papa-hanih para bhavet shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; atrahere; evaindeed; udaharanti describing; imamthis; itihasamstory; puratanamancient; yasyaof whom; shravana-matrenasimply by hearing; papasins; hanihdestorying; paragreat; bhavetis. Shri Narada said: Simply by hearing this ancient story one becomes free of all sins. Texts 16 and 17 ayodhyadhipatih shriman mandhata raja-sattamah mrigayam vicaran praptah saubharer ashramam shubham vrindavane sthitam sakshat krishna-tire manohare natva jamataram raja saubharim praha manadah ayodhyaof Ayodhya; adhipatihtrhe king; shrimanglorious; mandhata Mandhata; raja-sattamahthe best of kings; mrigayamin hunting; vicarangoing; praptahattained; saubharehof Saubhari Muni; ashramamthe asrama;

shubhamauspicious; vrindavanein Vrindavana; sthitamsituated; sakshat directlky; krishna-tireby ther Yamuna's shore; manoharebeautiful; natva bowing down; jamataramto his son-in-law; rajathe king; saubharimto saubhari; prahasaid; manadahrespectful. As glorious Mandhata, the king of Ayodhya, was hunting, he wandered into Saubhari Muni's auspicious ashrama, which was in beautiful Vrindavana forest by the Yamuna's shore. Bowing down before his son-in-law, the respectful king spoke to Saurabhi. Text 18 shri-mandhatovaca bhagavan sarva-vit sakshat tvam paravara-vittamah lokanam tamaso 'ndhanam divya-surya ivaparah shri-mandhatovacaShri Mandhata said; bhagavanO lord; sarva-vitknowing everything; sakshatdirectly; tvamyou; paravara-vittamahthe best of the allknowing; lokanamof the worlds; tamasahof the darkness; andhanamdarkened; divya-suryaa splendid sun; ivalike; aparahanother. Shri Mandhata said: O Lord, O best of the all-knowing, You are like a second sun that lights up the darkness of the worlds. Text 19 iha loke bhaved rajyam sarva-siddhi-samanvitam amutra krishna-sarupyam yena syat tad vadashu me ihain this; lokeworld; bhavetmay be; rajyama kinbgdom; sarva-siddhisamanvitamwith all perfections; amutrain the next world; krishnaof Lord Krishna; sarupyamwith a form like His; yenaby which; syatmay be; tatthat; vadaplease tell; ashuat once; meto me. Please tell me how in this life I may attain a great kingdom and in the next life a spiritual form like that of Lord Krishna. Text 20

shri-saubharir uvaca yamunayash ca pancangam vadishyami tavagratah sarva-siddhi-karam shashvat krishna-sarupya-karakam shri-saubharir uvacaShri Saubhari said; yamunayashof the Yamuna; caand; pancangampancangam; vadishyamiI will speak; tava agratahto you; sarvasiddhi-karamgrantiung all perfection; shashvatalways; krishna-sarupya-karakam granting a spiritual form like Lord Krishna's. Shri Saubhari said: I will describe to you the pancanga method of worshiping the Yamuna. This worship brings all perfection. It gives one a spiritual form like that of Lord Krishna. Text 21 yavat surya udeti sma yavac ca pratitishhati tavad rajya-pradam catra shri-krishna-vasha-karakam yavatas long as; suryahthe sun; udetirises; smaindeed; yavacas long as; caand; pratitishhatistays; tavatso long; rajyakingdom; pradamgives; caand; atrahere; shri-krishnaShri Krishna; vashaunder control; karakam doing. This worship brings one a kingdom that lasts for as long as the sun rises and shines in the sky. This worship makes Lord Krishna into one's submissive servant. Text 22 kavacam ca stavam namnam sahasram paalam tatha paddhatim surya-vamshendra pancangani vidur budhah kavacamarmor; caand; stavamprayer; namnamof names; sahasrama thousand; paalampaala; tathaso; paddhatimpaddhati; surya-vamshendra O king of the Surya dynasty; pancanganithe five parts; viduhknow; budhahthe wise.

The wise know that the five parts of pancanga worship are: 1. kavaca, 2. stava, 3. sahasra-nama, 4. paala, and 5. paddhati.

Chapter Sixteen Sri Yamuna-kavaca The Sri Yamuna Armor Text 1 shri-mandhatovaca yamunayah krishna-rajnyah kavacam sarvato 'malam dehi mahyam maha-bhaga dharayisyamy aham sada shri-mandhata uvaca - Sri Mandhata sdaid; yamunayah - of the Yamuna; krishnarajnyah - Lord Krishna's queen; kavacam - the armor; sarvatah - everywhere; amalam - pure; dehi - please give; mahyam - to me; maha-bhaga - O fortunate one; dharayisyamy - will keep; aham - I; sada - always. Sri Mandhata said: O fortunate one, please give to me the supremely splendid kavaca of Sri Yamuna, Lord Krishna's queen. I will always keep in very carefully. Text 2 shri-caurabhir uvaca yamunayac ca kavacam sarva-raksakaram nrnam catus-padartha-dam saksac chrnu rajan maha-mate shri-caurabhir uvaca - Sri Saurabhi said; yamunayac - of the Yamuna; ca - and; kavacam - kavaca; sarva-raksakaram - protecting from all; nrnam - of people; catuspadartha-dam - granting the four goals opf life; saksac - directly; crnu - please hear; rajan - O king; maha-mate - noble-hearted. Sri saurabhi said: O noble-hearted king, please hear the Yamuna-kavaca, which protects one from all dangers and brings to one the four goals of life. Text 3

krishnam catur-bhujam cyamam pundarika-daleksanam ratha-stham sundarim dhyatva dharayet kavacam tatah krishnam - dark; catur-bhujam - four arms; cyamam - dark; pundarikadaleksanam - with lotus petal eyes; ratha-stham - seated on a chariot; sundarim beautiful; dhyatva - meditsting; dharayet - should meditate; kavacam - kavaca; tatah - then. One should meditate on dark, four-armed, beautiful, lotus-petal-eyed Yamuna, who is seated on a chariot. Then one should meditate on the Yamuna-kavaca. Text 4 snatah purva-mukho mauni krta-sandhyah kucasane kucair baddha-cikho viprah pathed vai svastikasanah snatah - bathed; purva-mukhah - facing east; mauni - silent; krta-sandhyah having offered sandhya prayers; kucasane - on a kuca seat; kucaih - with kuca; baddha - bound; cikhah - hair; viprah - a brahmana; pathet - should recite; vai indeed; svastikasanah - sitting in svasita-asana. A brahmana should bathe, face the east, refrain from conversation, offer the sandhya prayers, sit in the svastika-asana posture on a kuca mat, tie his hair with kuca grass, and recite the following words. Text 5 yamuna me cirah patu krishna netra-dvayam sada cyama bhru-bhagga-decam ca nasikam naka-vasini yamuna - Yamuna; me - my; cirah - head; patu - may protect; krishna - Krishna; netra-dvayam - two eyes; sada - always; cyama - Syama; bhru-bhagga-decam eyebrtows; ca - and; nasikam - nose; naka-vasini - she who lives in heaven. May Yamuna always protect my head. May Krishna always protect my eyes. May Syama always protect my eyebrows. May Nakavasini always protect my nose.

Text 6 kapolau patu me saksat paramananda-rupini krishna-vamamsa-sambhuta patu karna-dvayam mama kapolau - cheeks; patu - may protect; me - my; saksat - directly; paramanandarupini - she who has a form of bliss; krishna-vamamsa - from Lord Krishna's left shoulder; sambhuta - born; patu - may protect; karna-dvayam - ears; mama - my May Paramananda-rupini always protect my cheeks. May Krishna-vamamsasambhuta always protect my ears. Text 7 adharau patu kalindi cibukam surya-kanyaka yama-svasa kandharam ca hrdayam me maha-nadi adharau - lips; patu - may protect; kalindi - Kalindi; cibukam - chin; suryakanyaka - the daughter of the sun-god; yama-svasa - the sister of Yamaraja; kandharam - neck; ca - and; hrdayam - chest; me - my; maha-nadi - the great river. May Kalindi always protect my lips. May Surya-kanyaka always protect my chin. May Yama-svasa always protect my neck. May Maha-nadi always protect my chest. Text 8 krishna-priya patu prsthim tatini me bhuja-dvayam croni-tatam ca su-croni katim me caru-darcana krishna-priya - Lord Krishna's beloved; patu - may protect; prsthim - back; tatini - sides; me - my; bhuja-dvayam - arms; croni-tatam - thighs; ca - and; su-croni beautiful-thighed; katim - hips; me - my; caru-darcana - beautiful to see.

May Krishna-priya always protect my back. May Tatini always protect my arms. May Sucroni always protect my loins. May Caru-darcana always protect my hips. Text 9 uru-dvayam tu rambhorur januni tv agghri-bhedini padau papa-praharini

gulphau rasecvari patu

uru-dvayam - thighs; tu - indeed; rambhoruh - banana-tree thighs; januni knees; tv - indeed; agghri-bhedini - dividing the feet; gulphau - ankles; rasecvari queen of the rasa dance; patu - may protect; padau - feet; papa-praharini removing sins. May Rambhoru always protect my thighs. May Agghri-bhedini always protect my knees. May Rasecvari always protect my ankles. May Papa-praharini always protect my feet. Text 10 antar bahir adhac cordhvam dicasu vidicasu ca samantat patu jagatah paripurnatama-priya antah - within; bahih - without; adhac - below; ca - and; urdhvam - above; dicasu - in the four directions; vidicasu - in the four intermediate directions; ca - and; samantat - everywhere; patumay protect; jagatah - from the universe; paripurnatama-priya - the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. May Paripurnatama-priya always protect me from everything that is inside, outside, above, below, in the eight directions, and in the entire universe. Text 11 idam shri-yamunayac ca kavacam paramadbhutam daca-varam pathed bhaktya nirdhano dhanavan bhavet idam - this; shri-yamunayac - of Sri Yamuna; ca - and; kavacam - the armor; paramadbhutam - supremely wonderful; daca-varam - ten times; pathet - may

recite; bhaktya - with devotion; nirdhanah - pauper; dhanavan - wealthy; bhavet becomes. A pauper who ten times recites with devotion this very wonderful Yamunakavaca becomes wealthy. Text 12 tribhir masaih pathed dhiman brahmacari mitacanah sarva-rajyadhipatyam ca prapyate natra samcayah tribhih - for three; masaih - months; pathet - recites; dhiman - wise; brahmacari celibzate; mitacanah - eating frugally; sarva-rajyadhipatyam - a great kingdom; ca and; prapyate - attains; na - not; atra - here; samcayah - doubt. A wise brahmacari who eats little and for three months recites this kavaca attains a great kingdom. Of this there is no doubt. Text 13 dacottara-catam nityam tri-masavadhi bhaktitah yah pathet prayato bhutva tasya kim kim na jayate dacottara-catam - 110; nityam - regularly; tri-masavadhi - for three months; bhaktitah - with devotion; yah - one who; pathet - recites; prayatah - mostly; bhutva - b3ecoming; tasya - of him; kim - what?; kim - what?; na - not; jayate - is born. What is not attained by a person who within three months chants this kavaca 110 times with devotion? Text 14 yah pathet pratar utthaya sarva-tirtha-phalam labhet ante vrajet param dhama golokam yogi-durlabham

yah - who; pathet - recites; pratah - early in the morning; utthaya - rising; sarvatirtha-phalam - the result of all pilgrimages; labhet - attains; ante - at the end; vrajet - goes; param - to the supreme; dhama - abode; golokam - Goloka; yogi-durlabham which even the great yogis cannot attain. A person who rises early and recites this kavaca attains the result of all pilgrimages. At the end of his life he goes to Sri Goloka, the supreme abode, which even the great yogis cannot attain. .pa

Chapter Seventeen Sri Yamuna-stava Prayers to Sri Yamuna Text 1 shri-mandhatovaca yamunayah stavam divyam sarva-siddhi-karam param saubhare muni-cardula vada ma krpaya tvaram shri-mandhata uaca - Sri Mandhata said; yamunayah - of the Yamuna; stavam prayer; divyam - splendid; sarva-siddhi-karam - granting all perfections; param great; saubhare - O Saubhari; muni-cardula - tigerof the sages; vada - please tell; ma - to me; krpaya - kindly; tvaram - at once. Sri Mandhata said: O Saubhari, O tiger among sages, please kindly tell me the transcendental Yamuna-stava, which brings all perfection. Text 2 shri-saubharir uvaca martanda-kanyakayas tu stavam crnu maha-mate sarva-siddhi-karam bhumau catur-vargya-phala-pradam

shri-saubharir uvaca - Sri saubhari said; martanda-kanyakayah - of the Yamuna; tu - indeed; stavam - the prayer; crnu - please hear; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one; sarva-siddhi-karam - granting all perfections; bhumau - on the earth; caturvargya-phala-pradam - granting the four goals of life. Sri Saubhari said: O noble-hearted one, please hear the Yamuna-stava, which grants all perfection and brings the four goals of life. Text 3 krishna-vamamsa-bhutayai krishnayai satatam namah namah shri-krishna-rupinyai krsne tubhyam namo namah krishna-vamamsa-bhutayai - born from Lord Krishna's left shoulder; krishnayai to the Yamuna; satatam - always; namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances; shrikrishna-rupinyai - who has a form like Sri Krishna; krsne - O Yamuna; tubhyam - to you; namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances. Obeisances to Sri Yamuna, who was bron from Sri Krishna's left shoulder! Obeisances to Sri Yamuna, who has a spiritual form like that of Lord Krishna! O Sri Yamuna, obeisances to you! Obeisances to you! Text 4 yah papa-pagkambu-kalagka-kutsitah kami kudhih satsu kalim karoti hi vrndavanam dhama dadati tasmai nadan-milindadi-kalinda-nandini yah - one who; papa - of sin; pagkambu - with the mud; kalagka-kutsitah defiled; kami - lusty; kudhih - foolish; satsu - with the devotees; kalim - quarrel; karoti - does; hi - indeed; vrndavanam - Vrndavana; dhama - abode; dadati - does; tasmai - to him; nadat - humming; milinda - bees; adi - beginning with; kalindanandini - the Yamuna. To a person that is lusty, foolish, polluted with many sins, and fond of quarreling with the devotees, Sri Yamuna, who is filled with many buzzing bees, gives residence in the transcendental abode of Goloka. Text 5

krsne saksat krishna-rupa tvam eva vegavarte vartase matsya-rupi urmav urmau kurma-rupi sada te bindau bindau bhati govinda-devah krsne - O Yamuna; saksat - directky; krishna-rupa - the form of Lord Krishna; tvam - you; eva - indeed; vegavarte - swift currents; vartase - you are; matsya-rupi in the form of Lord Matsya; urmau - in the waves; urmau - in the waves; kurma-rupi - in the form of Lord Kurma; sada - always; te - of you; bindau - in drop; bindau after drop; bhati - shines; govinda-devah - Lord Krishna. O Yamuna, you have a spiritual form like that of Sri Krishna. In your whirlpools Lord Matsya appears. In your waves Lord Kurma appears. In each drop of your water, Lord Krishna is splendidly manifest. Text 6 vande lilavatim tvam sa-ghana-ghana-nibham krishna-vamamsa-bhutam vegam vai vairajakhyam sakala-jala-cayam khandayantim balat svat chittva brahmanda-bharat sura-nagara-nagan ganda-cailadi-durgan bhittva bhu-khanda-madhye tata-nidhrtavatir bhumi-malam prayantim vande - I offer obeisances; lilavatim - playful; tvam - to you; sa-ghana-ghananibham - splendid as monsoon clouds; krishna-vamamsa-bhutam - born from Lord Krishna's left shoulder; vegam - swift; vai - indeed; vairajakhyam - named Viraja; sakala-jala-cayam - filled with all waters; khandayantim - breaking; balat - forcibly; svat - own; chittva - breaking; brahmanda-bharat - the universes; sura-nagara - of the cities of the demigods; nagan - the Nagas; ganda-caila - of mountains; adi beginning with; durgan - fortresses; bhittva - breaking; bhu-khanda-madhye - in the midts of the earth; tata-nidhrtavatih - with graceful sides; bhumi-malam - the garland of the earth; prayantim - going. I offer my respectful obeisances unto you, who are playful, who are dark as a monsoon cloud, who were born from Lord Krishna's left shoulder, who move swiftly, who are also named Viraja, who carry all waters, who break the coverings of the universe, who break great mountains and fortresses, who flow through the earth, who have beautiful shores, and who are a garland decorating the earth. Text 7 divyam kau namadheyam crutam atha yamune dandayaty adri-tulyam papa-vyuham tv akhandam vasatu mama giram mandale tu ksanam tat dandyamc cakarya-dandyan sakrd api vacasa khanditam yad grhitam

bhratur martanda-sunor atati puri drdhas te pracandeti dandah divyam - divine; kau - on the earth; namadheyam - name; crutam - heard; atha then; yamune - O Yamuna; dandayaty - punishes; adri - mountain; tulyam - equal; papa-vyuham - sins; tv - indeed; akhandam - unbroken; vasatu - may reside; mama - of me; giram - of the words; mandale - in the circle; tu - that; ksanam - momwent; tat - that; dandyamc - to be punished; ca - and; akarya-dandyan - to be punished; sakrt - friend; api - even; vacasa - with words; khanditam - broken; yat - what; grhitam - taken; bhratuh - of the brother; martanda-sunoh - of the son of the sun; atati - goes; puri - in the city; drdhah - firm; te - of you; pracanda - powerful; iti -thus; dandah - fearsome. O Yamuna, when it is heard on this earth, your holy name desrtoys a great mountain of sin. When your name is spoken it again destroys a great host of sins. May your holy name stay in the circle of my words. In the city of your brother, Yamaraja, who is the son of the sun-god, you are known by the name Pracanda. Text 8 rajjur va visayandha-kupa-tarane papakhu-darvi-kari veny-usnik ca viraja-murti-ciraso malasti va sundari dhanyam bhagyam atah param bhuvi nrnam yatradi-krd vallabha goloke 'py ati-durlabhati-cubhaga bhaty advitiya nadi rajjuh - a rope; va - or; visaya - of the senses; andha - blind; kupa - well; tarane delivering; papa - of sin; akhu - the mouse; darvikari - snake; veni - braids; usnikthe meter usnik; ca - and; viraja - of the universe; murti - of the form; cirasah - of the head; mala - grland; asti - is; va - or; sundari - beautiful; dhanyam - wealth; bhagyam - good fortune; atah - then; param - after; bhuvi - in the earth; nrnam - of the people; yatra - where; adi - first; krt - doing; vallabha - dear; goloke - in Goloka; api - even; ati-durlabha - very rare; ati-cubhaga - very glorious; bhaty - shines; advitiya - without a rival; nadi - river. Sri Yamuna is a rope to pull one out of the blind well of sense gratification. Sri Yamuna is a snake to eat the rat of sin. Sri Yamuna is a beautiful crown of flowers on the usnik poems that are the hair on the head of the Lord's universal form. Sri Yamuna gives wealth and good fortune to the people of this world. Even is Goloka, Sri Yamuna is dear, rare, glorious, and without any rival. Text 9 gopi-go-kula-gopa-keli-kalite kalindi krishna-prabhe tvat-kule jala-lola-gola-vicalat-kallola-kolahalah tvat-kantara-kutuhalali-kula-krj-jhagkara-kekakulah

kujat-kokila-sagkulo vraja-latalagkara-bhrt patu mam gopi - of the gopis; go-kula - cows; gopa - and gopas; keli-kalite - pastimes; kalindi - Yamuna; krishna-prabhe - in the glory of Sri Krishna; tvat - of you; kule - on the shore; jala - waters; lola-gola - restless; vicalat - moving; kallola - waves; kolahalah - turbulence; tvat-kantara - in the forest by your shores; kutuhala tumult; ali-kula - bees; krt - done; jhagkara - buzzing; keka - peacocks' cries; akulah - filled; kujat - cooing; kokila - cuckoos; sagkulah - filled; vraja - of Vraja; lata - the vines; alagkara-bhrt - decorated; patu - may protect; mam - me. O Yamuna, O place where the gopis, gopas, and cows enjoy pastimes, O glory of Lord Krishna, by your shores is a great tumult of swiftly moving waves, by your shores is a great forest filled with the buzzing of bees and the calls of the peacocks, by your shores is a host of cooing cuckoos. May Sri Yamuna, who is decorated with the flowering vines of Vraja, protect me. Text 10 bhavanti jihvas tanu-roma-tulya giro yada bhu-sikata ivacu tad apy alam yanti na te gunantam santo mahantah kila cesa-tulya bhavanti - are; jihvah - tongues; tanu-roma-tulya - like the hairs on the body; girah - words; yada - when; bhu-sikata - sandy shores; iva - like; acu - at once; tat that; apy - also; alam - greatly; yanti - goes; na - not; te - of you; gunantam - the virtues; santah - saintly devotees; mahantah - great souls; kila - indeed; cesa-tulya equal to Lord Sesa. Even if they have as many tongues as there are hairs on their bodies or grains of sand on the beach, or even if they are as powerful as Lord Sesa, the most exalted devotees still cannot properly descibe all your virtues. Text 11 kalinda-giri-nandini-stava usasy ayam vaparah crutac ca yadi pathito bhuvi tanoti san-maggalam jano 'pi yadi dharayet kila pathec ca yo nityacah sa yati paramam padam nija-nikunja-lilavrtam kalinda-giri-nandini - the daughter of Mount Kalinda; stava - prayers; usasi - at sunrise; ayam - one who; va - or; aparah - another; crutac - heard; ca - and; yadi if; pathitah - recited; bhuvi - on the earth; tanoti - gives; san-maggalam auspiciousness; janah - a person; api - even; yadi - if; dharayet - meditates; kila -

indeed; pathec - recites; ca - and; yah - who; nityacah - regularly; sa - he; yati goes; paramam - to the supreme; padam - abode; nija-nikunja - your own forest; lila - with pastimes; avrtam - filled. A person who at sunrise hears or recites these prayers glorifying Sri Yamuna attains transcendental auspiciousness. A person who regularly hears and remembers these prayers attains the supreme transcendental abode, where the Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoys pastimes in the forests by the Yamuna's shore. .pa

Chapter Eighteen Patala-paddhati-varnana The Names and Worship of Sri Yamuna Text 1 shri-mandhatovaca krishnayah patalam punyam kamadam paddhatim tatha vada mam muni-cardula tvam saksaj jnana-cevadhih shri-mandhata uvaca - Sri Mandhata said; krishnayah - of the Yamuna; patalam the patala; punyam - sacred; kamadam - fulfilling desires; paddhatim - the paddhati; tatha - so; vada - please tell; mam - to me; muni-cardula - O tiger among sages; tvam - you; saksat - directly; jnana-cevadhih - filled with knowledge. Sri Mandhata said: O tiger among sages, you are filled with transcendental knowledge. Please describe to me the Yamuna-patala and the Yamuna-paddhati, which fulfill all desires. Text 2 shri-saubharir uvaca patalam paddhatim vaksye yamunaya maha-mate krtva crutvatha japtva va jivan-mukto bhaven narah

shri-saubharir uvaca - Sri Saubhari said; patalam - patala; paddhatim - paddhati; vaksye - I will speak; yamunaya - of the Yamuna; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one; krtva - having done; crutva - having heard;, atha - then; japtva - having chanted; va - or; jivat - while alive in this world; muktah - liberated; bhaven - may be; narah - a person. Sri Saubhari said: I will now describe to you the Yamuna-patala and the Yamunapaddhati. One who performs them, hears them, or chants them becomes liberated even in this life. Text 3 pranavam purvam uddhrtya maya-bijam tatah param rama-bijam tatah krtva kama-bijam vidhanatah pranavam - Om; purvam - first; uddhrtya - reciting; maya-bijam - the maya-bija; tatah - then; param - then; rama-bijam - the Rama-bija syllable; tatah - then; krtva doing; kama-bijam - the Kama-bija syllable; vidhanatah - accordingly. First one says Om, then the Maya-bija, then the Rama-bija, and then the Kamabija. Text 4 kalinditi caturthy ante devi-padam atah param namah paccat samvidharya japen mantram imam narah kalindi - Kalindi; iti - thus; caturthy - in the dative case; ante - at the end; devipadam - the word devi; atah param - then; namah - namah; paccat - then; samvidharya - placing; japen - chanting; mantram - mantram; imam - this; narah - a person. Then one takes the word Kalindi, places the word devi after it, places these words in the dative case, and then adds the word namah. This is the mantra that one chants. Note: The mantra then becomes, "Om hrim shrim klim kalindyai devyai namah".

Text 5 japtvaikadaca laksani mantra-siddhir bhaved bhuvi janaih prarthyac ca ye kamah sarve prapyah svatac ca te japtva - chanting; ekadaca laksani - eleven syllables; mantra-siddhih - perfect mantra; bhavet - is; bhuvi - on the earth; janaih - by people; prarthyah requested; ca - and; ye - which; kamah - desires; sarve - all; prapyah - to be attained; svatah - spontaneously; ca - and; te - they. They who chant this eleven-syllable mantra attain perfection. They attain all their desires. Text 6 vidhaya sodaca-dalam padmam simhasane cubhe karnikayam ca kalindim nyasec chri-krishna-samyutam vidhaya - placing; sodaca-dalam - sixteen petal; padmam - lotus; simhasane - on a throne; cubhe - beautiful; karnikayam - in the whorl of a lotus; ca - and; kalindim Yamuna; nyasec - places; chri-krishna-samyutam - with Sri Krishna. In a sacred circle one should draw a sixteen-petal lotus flower. In the whorl of the lotus one should write the words Sri Krishna and Kalindi. Texts 7 and 8 jahnavim virajam krishnam candrabhagam sarasvatim gomatim kaucikim venim sindhum godavarim tatha veda-smrtim vetravatim catadrum sarayum tatha pujayen manava-crestha rsi-kulyam kakudminim prthak prthak tad-dalesu namoccarya vidhanatah

jahnavim-Jahnavi; virajam - Viraja; krishnam - Krishna; candrabhagam Candrabhaga; sarasvatim - Sarasvati; gomatim - Gomati; kaucikim - Kauciki; venim Veni; sindhum - Sindhu; godavarim - Godavari; tatha - then; veda-smrtim - Vedasmrti; vetravatim - Vetravati; catadrum - Satadrum; sarayum - Sarayu; tatha - then; pujayen - should worship; manava-crestha - best of men; rsi-kulyamRsi-kulya; kakudminim - Kakudmini; prthak prthak - specifically; tad-dalesu - on the leaves; nama - names; uccarya - writing; vidhanatah - in order. On the petals one should write the names Jahnavi, Viraja, Krishna, Candrabhaga, Sarasvati, Gomati, Kauciki, Veni, Sindhu, Godavari, Vedasmrti, Vetravati, Satadru, Sarayu, Rsi-kulya, and Kakudmini. Then an exalted person should worship the lotus flower. Text 9 vrndavanam govardhanam vrndam ca tulasim tatha catur-diksu vidhayacu pujayen namabhih prthak vrndavanam - Vrndavana; govardhanam - Govardhana; vrndam - Vrnda; ca and; tulasim - Tulasi; tatha - then; catur-diksu - in the four directions vidhaya placing; acu - at once; pujayen - should worship; namabhih - with names; prthak specific. Then one should write the names Vrndavana, Govardhana, Vrnda, and Tulasi in the four directions. Then one should worship the lotus with these names. Text 10 om namo bhagavatyai kalinda-nandinyai surya-kanyakayai yama-bhaginyai shrikrishna-priyayai yuthi-bhutayai svaha, anena mantrenavahanadi-sodacopacaran samahita upaharet. om - Om; namah - obeisances; bhagavatyai - to the goddess; kalinda-nandinyai the daughter of Mount Kalinda; surya-kanyakayai - the daughter of the sun; yamabhaginyai - the sister of Yamaraja; shri-krishna-priyayai - the beloved of Krishna; yuthi-bhutayai - who has become a gopi; svaha, - Svaha; anena - by this; mantrena mantra; avahanadi - taking; codacopacaran - sixteen objects of worship; samahita careful; upaharet - should worship. Then one should chant the mantra, "om namo bhagavatyai kalinda-nandinyai surya-kanyakayai yama-bhaginyai shri-krishna-priyayai yuthi-bhutayai svaha

(Obeisances to goddess Yamuna, the daughter of Mount Kalinda, the daughter of the sun-god, the sister of Yamaraja, the gopi-beloved of Sri Krishna)." Then, offering sixteen articles one should carefully offer worship. Texts 11 and 12 ity evam patalam viddhi tubhyam vaksyami paddhatim yavat sampurnatam yati puraccaranam eva hi tavad bhaved brahmacari japen mauna-vrati dvijah yava-bhoji bhumi-cayi patra-bhug jita-manasah ity - thus; evam - thus; patalam - patala; viddhi - know; tubhyam - to you; vaksyami - I will speak; paddhatim - the paddahti; yavat - as; sampurnatam completion; yati - attains; puraccaranam - preparatory ritual; eva - indeed; hi indeed; tavat - so; bhavet - is; brahmacari - brahmacari; japen - should chant; mauna-vrati - silent; dvijah - brahmana; yava-bhoji - eating barley; bhumi-cayi taking rest on the ground; patra-bhug - eating leaves; jita-manasah - controlling the mind. Please know that what I have just spoken is the patala. Now I will speak to you the paddhati. After the puraccarana is completed one should live as a brahmacari brahmana, keeping a vow of silence, eating leaves and barley, sleeping on the ground, controlling one's mind, and chanting mantras. Text 13 kamam krodham tatha lobham moham dvesam visrjya sah bhaktya paramaya rajan vartamanas tu decakah kamam - lust; krodham - anger; tatha - so; lobham - greed; moham - ilussion; dvesam - hatred; visrjya - abandoning; sah - he; bhaktya - with devotion; paramaya - great; rajan - O king; vartamanah - staying; tu - indeed; decakah - devotee. O king, one should free oneself from lust, anger, bewilderment, and hatred, and with great devotion one should chant mantras.

Text 14 brahme muhurta utthaya dhyatva devim kalindajam arunodaya-velayam nadyam snanam samacaret brahme muhurta - at brahma-muhurta; utthaya - rising; dhyatva - meditating; devim - on the goddess; kalindajam - Yamuna; arunodaya-velayam - at sunrise; nadyam - in the river; snanam - bathing; samacaret - should perform. During brahma-muhurta one should meditate on goddess Yamuna and at sunrise one should bathe in the Yamuna. Text 15 madhyahne capi sandhyayam sandhya-vandana-tat-parah samapte niyame rajan kalindi-tiram asthitah madhyahne - at midday; capi - and; sandhyayam - at sunset; sandhya-vandanatat-parah - offering obeisances; samapte - completed; niyame - restriction; rajan O king; kalindi-tiram - on the Yamuna's shore; asthitah - situated. At midday and sunset one should again offer obeisances to the Yamuna. O king, when this vow of worshiping the Yamuna is completed, one should stand at the Yamuna's shore. Text 16 daca-laksam brahmananam sa-putranam mahatmanam pujayitva gandha-puspair dattva tebhyo su-bhojanam daca-laksam - a million; brahmananam - brahmanas; sa-putranam - with their sons; mahatmanam - great souls; pujayitva - worshiping; gandha - fragrant; puspaih - with flowers; dattva - giving; tebhyah - to them; su-bhojanam - delicious food. Then one should worship one million exalted brahmana along with their sons. One should offer them fragrant flowers and delicious foods.

Text 17 vastra-bhusana-sauvarnapatrani prasphuranti ca daksinac ca cubha dadyat tatah siddhir bhavet khalu vastra - garments; bhusana - ornaments; sauvarna - golden; patrani - dishes; prasphuranti - manifest; ca - and; daksinac - daksina; ca - and; cubha - auspicious; dadyat - should offer; tatah - then; siddhih - perfect; bhavet - is; khalu - indeed. Then one should offer them garments, ornaments, and golden cups. In this way one should offer them daksina. Then one's observance of this vow is properly completed. Text 18 iti te paddhatih prokta maya rajan maha-mate kuru tvam niyamam sarvam kim bhuyah crotum icchasi iti - thus; te - to you; paddhatih - paddhati; prokta - spoken; maya - by me; rajan - O king; maha-mate - noble-hearted; kuru - please do; tvam - you; niyamam - vow; sarvam - all; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; crotum - to hear; icchasido you wish. O noble-hearted king, in this way I have described to you the Yamuna-paddhati. Please follow this vow in all respects. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Nineteen Sri Yamuna-sahasra-nama-kathana A Thousand Names of Sri Yamuna Text 1 shri-mandhatovaca namnam sahasram krishnayah

sarva-siddhi-karam param vada mam muni-cardula tvam sarvajno niramayah shri-mandhata uvaca - Sri Mandhata said; namnam - of names; sahasram thousand; krishnayah - of the Yamuna; sarva-siddhi-karam - granting all perfection; param - great; vada - please tell; mam - to me; muni-cardula - O tiger among the sages; tvam - you; sarvaj 24ah - all-knowing; niramayah - free from illusion. Sri Mandhata said: O tiger among the sages, you know everything. You are never bewildered. Please tell me the thousand names of Sri Yamuna, names that bring all perfection. Text 2 shri-saubharir uvaca namnam sahasram kalindya mandhatas te vadamy aham sarva-siddhi-karam divyam shri-krishna-vaca-karakam shri-saubharir uvaca - Sri Saubhari said; namnam - of names; sahasram thousand; kalindya - of Shri Yamuna; mandhatah - O Mandhata; te - to you; vadamy - speak; aham - I; sarva-siddhi-karam - granting all perfection; divyam transcendental; cri-krishna-vaca-karakam - making Lord Krishna into one's submissive servant. Shri Saubhari said: O King Mandhata, now I will tell you the thousand transcendental names of Shri Yamuna, names that bring all perfection, names that make Lord Krishna into one's submissive servant. Text 3 a om asya cri-kalindi-sahasra-nama-stotra-mantrasya saubharirsih cri-yamuna devatah anusthup-chandah maya-bijam iti kilakam rama-bijam iti caktih cri-kalinda-nandini-prasada-siddhy-arthe jape viniyogah. om - Om; asya - of this; cri-kalindi-sahasra-nama-stotra-mantrasya - Shri Yamuna-sahastra-nama mantra; saubhari-rsih - the sage is Saubhari; cri-yamuna Shri Yamuna; devatah - is the deity; anusthup-chandah - anustup is the meter; maya-bijam - the maya-bija; iti - thus; kilakam - kilaka; rama-bijam - rama-bija; iti thus; sakhih - sakti; cri-kalinda-nandini-prasada-siddhy-arthe - to attain the mercy of Shri Yamuna; viniyogah - engaged.

Om. Here follows the Shri Yamuna-sahasra-nama-mantra. The seer is Shri Saubhari Muni. The deity is Shri Yamuna. The meter is anustup. The kilaka is mayabija. The cakti is rama-bija. The purpose is to attain Shri Yamuna's mercy. Text 3 b atha dhyanam cyamam ambhoja-netram sa-ghana-ghana-rucim ratna-manjira-kujatkanci-keyura-yuktam kanaka-mani-maye bibhratim kundale dve bhrajac-chri-nila-vastra-sphurad-amala-calad-dhara-bharam manojnam dhyayen martanda-putrim tanu-kirana-cayoddipta-dipabhiramam iti dhyanam. atha - now; dhyanam - meditation; cyamam - dark; ambhoja-netram - lotus eyed; sa-ghana-ghana-rucim - splendid as a hose of dark clouds; ratna-manjira - with tinkling anklets; kujat - tinkling; kanci - belt; keyura - armlets; yuktam - with; kanaka - gold; mani - and jewels; maye - made of; bibhratim - wearing; kundale - earrings; dve - two; bhrajat - wearing; cri - beautiful; nila - blue; vastra - garemnts; sphurat splendid; amala - pure; calat - moving; hara - bharam - necklaces; manojnam beautiful; dhyayet - should meditate; martanda - of the sun-god; putrim - the daughter; tanu-kirana-caya - filled with light; uddipta - blazing; dipa - lamp; abhiramam - beautiful; iti - thus; dhyanam - the meditation. The meditation: One should meditate on the sun-god's beautiful Yamuna, who is splendid as a host of dark clouds and and who wears jewel anklets, tinkling bracelets and jewels, splendidly beautiful blue garments, and splendid fro. Thus ends the meditation. Text 4 om. kalindi yamuna krishna krishnarupa sanatani krishna-vamamsa-sambhuta paramananda-rupini Om. Shri Yamuna (Yamuna) is the daughter of Mount Kalinda (kalindi). She is dark (krishna), has a dark form (krishnarupa), is eternal (sanatani), was born from Lord Krishna's left shoulder (krishna-vamamsa-sambhuta), has a form of transcendental bliss (paramananda-rupini), . . . lotus-eyed daughter, Shri glorious as a blazing lamp, belt, earrings of gold and necklaces that move to and

Text 5 goloka-vasini cyama vrndavana-vinodini radha-sakhi rasa-lila rasa-mandala-mandani . . . resides in Goloka (goloka-vasini), is dark (cyama), enjoys pastimes in Vrndavana (vrndavana-vinodini), is Radha's friend (radha-sakhi), dances in the rasalila (rasa-lila), is an ornament in the rasa-dance circle (rasa-mandala-mandani), . . . Text 6 nikunja-vasini valli ragga-valli manohara cri-rasa-mandali-bhuta yuthi-bhuta hari-priya . . . stays in the forest groves (nikunja-vasini), is graceful as a flowering vine (valli and ragga-valli), is beautiful (manohara), stays in the rasa-dance circle (cri-rasamandali-bhuta), is a gopi (yuthi-bhuta), is Lord Krishna's beloved (hari-priya), . . . Text 7 goloka-tatini divya nikunja-tala-vasini dirghormi-vega-gambhira puspa-pallava-vahini . . . stays in Goloka (goloka-tatini), is glorious (divya), stays in the forest (nikunjatala-vasini), is long (dirgha), filled with great waves and currents (urmi-vegagambhira), and decorated with flowers and leaves (puspa-pallava-vahini), . . . Text 8 ghana-cyama megha-mala balaka padma-malini paripurnatama purna

purna-brahma-priya para . . . is dark as a cloud (ghana-cyama), is dark as a garland of clouds (megha-mala), is the home of many cranes (balaka), is garlanded with many lotus flowers (padmamalini), is the most perfect (paripurnatama), is perfect (purna), is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead's beloved (purna-brahma-priya), is transcendental (para), . . . Text 9 maha-vegavati saksannikunja-dvara-nirgata maha-nadi manda-gatir viraja-vega-bhedini . . . is very powerful (maha-vegavati), stands at the entrance to Vrndavana forest (saksan-nikunja-dvara-nirgata), is a great river (maha-nadi), is gentle (manda-gatir), eclipses the Viraja river (viraja-vega-bhedini), . . . Text 10 aneka-brahmanda-gata brahma-drava-samakula gagga-micra nirmalabha nirmala saritam vara . . . is present in many universes (aneka-brahmanda-gata), is filled with spiritual water (brahma-drava-samakula), joins with the Gagga (gagga-micra), is pure (nirmalabha and nirmala), is the best of rivers (saritam vara), . . . Text 11 ratna-baddhobhaya-tati hamsa-padmadi-sagkula nadi nirmala-paniya sarva-brahmanda-pavani . . . has jewel shores (ratna-baddhobhaya-tati), is filled with swans, lotuses, and many other beautiful birds and flowers (hamsa-padmadi-sagkula), is a flowing river

(nadi), has pure and sacred water (nirmala-paniya), purifies all the universes (sarvabrahmanda-pavani), . . . Text 12 vaikuntha-parikhi-bhuta parikha papa-harini brahmaloka-gata brahmi svarga svarga-nivasini . . . is a moat surrounding the spiritual world (vaikuntha-parikhi-bhuta and parikha), removes sins (papa-harini), stays in the spiritual world (brahmaloka-gata, brahmi, svarga, and svarga-nivasini), . . . Text 13 ullasanti protpatanti meru-mala mahojjvala cri-gaggambhah-sikharini ganda-caila-vibhedini . . . is splendid and playful (ullasanti), is filled with great waves (protpatanti), is glorious as a garland of Mount Merus (meru-mala), is very glorious (mahojjvala), is more sacred than the Gagga (cri-gaggambhah-sikharini), flows with such force that she breaks great boulders (ganda-caila-vibhedini), . . . Text 14 decan punanti gacchanti vahanti bhumi-madhya-ga martanda-tanuja punya kalinda-giri-nandini . . . purifies the lands where she flows (decan punanti), flows swiftly (gacchanti and vahanti), flows on the earth (bhumi-madhya-ga), is the sun-god's daughter (martanda-tanuja), is sacred (punya), is Mount Kalinda's daughter (kalinda-girinandini), . . . Text 15

yama-svasa manda-hasa su-dvija racitambara nilambara padma-mukhi caranti caru-darcana . . . is Yamaraja's sister (yama-svasa), smiles gently (manda-hasa), has beautiful teeth (su-dvija), wears beautiful garments (racitambara), wears blue garments (nilambara), has a lotus face (padma-mukhi), walks gracefully (caranti), is beautiful to see (caru-darcana), . . . Text 16 rambhoruh padma-nayana madhavi pramadottama tapac-caranti su-croni kujan-nupura-mekhala . . . has thighs graceful as banana trees (rambhoru), has lotus eyes (padmanayana), is Lord Krishna's beloved (madhavi), is the best of beautiful women (pramadottama), is austere (tapac-caranti), has beautiful hips (su-croni), wears tinkling anklets and belt (kujan-nupura-mekhala), . . . Text 17 jala-sthita cyamalaggi khandavabha viharini gandi-vibhasini vanya cri-krishnam varam icchati . . . stays in the water (jala-sthita), has dark limbs (cyamalaggi), is sweet as khandava-candy (khandavabha), is playful (viharini), spoke to Arjuna (gandivibhasini), is filled with sacred water (vanya), desires Lord Krishna as her husband (cri-krishnam varam icchati), . . . Text 18 dvarakagamana rajni pattarajni paraggata maha-rajni ratna-bhusa gomati tira-carini

. . . stays in Dvaraka (dvarakagamana), is Lord Krishna's queen (rajni, pattarajni, and maha-rajni), attained the Supreme Personality of Godhead as her husband (paraggata), wears jewel ornaments (ratna-bhusa), is glorious (gomati), is a great river (tira-carini), . . . Text 19 svakiya ca sukha svartha sva-bhakta-karya-sadhini navalaggabala mugdha varagga vama-locana . . . is Lord Krishna's wife (svakiya), is happy (sukha), has attained her desires (svartha), fulfills the desires of they who worship her (sva-bhakta-karya-sadhini), has a youthful form (navalagga), is a beautiful girl (abala, mugdha, and varagga), has beautiful eyes (vama-locana), . . . Text 20 ajata-yauvana dina prabha-kantir dyutic cchavih su-cobha parama kirtih kucalajnata-yauvana . . . is eternally young (ajata-yauvana), is humble (dina), is glorious (prabha-kanti, dyuti, cchavi, and su-cobha), is transcendental (parama), is famous (kirti), is beautiful and auspicious (kucala), is a girl whose eternal youth cannot be understood by conditioned souls (ajnata-yauvana), . . . Text 21 navodha madhyaga madhya praudhih praudha pragalbhaka dhiradhira dhairya-dhara jyestha crestha kulaggana . . . is a new bride (navodha), is sometimes proud and sometimes gentle (madhyaga and madhya), is sometimes proud (praudhih, praudha, and pragalbhaka), is sometimes peaceful and thoughtful (dhira and dhairya-dhara), is

sometimes wildly passionate (adhira), is the most exalted (jyestha and crestha), is saintly (kulaggana), . . . Text 22 ksana-prabha cancalarca vidyut saudamini tadit svadhina-patika laksmih pusta svadhina-bhartrka . . . is splendid as a lightning flash (ksana-prabha, ca 24calarca, vidyut, saudamini, and tadit), dominates her husband (svadhina-patika and svadhina-bhartrka), is beautiful (laksmih), is glorious (pusta), . . . Text 23 kalahantarita bhirur iccha-protkanthitakula kasipu-stha divya-cayya govinda-hrta-manasa . . . sometimes quarrels with Krishna and refuses to see Him (kalahantarita), is shy (bhiru), yearns to see Krishna (iccha, protkanthita, and akula), reclines on a splendid pillow (kasipu-stha and divya-cayya), is a girl whose heart has been captured by Lord Govinda (govinda-hrta-manasa), . . . Text 24 khanditakhanda-cobhadhya vipralabdhabhisarika viraharta virahini nari prosita-bhartrka . . . is sometimes separated from Krishna (khandita, vipralabdha, viraharta, virahini, and prosita-bhartrka), is very beautiful (akhanda-cobhadhya), meets Krishna again (abhisarika), is Krishna's beloved (nari), . . . Text 25 manini manada prajna mandara-vana-vasini

jhagkarini jhanat-kari ranan-manjira-nupura . . . is glorious (manini), gives all honor to others (manada), is intelligent (prajna), lives in a mandara forest (mandara-vana-vasini), wears tinkling ornaments (jhagkarini and jhanat-kari), wears tinkling anklets (ranan-manjira-nupura), . . . Text 26 mekhalamekhala kanci kancani kancanamayi kancuki kancuka-manih crikanthadhya maha-manih . . . wears a sash (mekhala and kanci), sometimes does not wear a sash (amekhala), has a golden complexion (ka 24cani and kancanamayi), wears a beautiful bodice (kancuki), wears a jewel bodice (kancuka-mani), has a beautiful neck (crikanthadhya), is splendid as a great jewel (maha-mani), . . . Text 27 cri-harini padma-hara mukta mukta-phalarcita ratna-kagkana-keyura sphurad-agguli-bhusana . . . wears a beautiful necklace (cri-harini), wears a lotus garland (padma-hara), is splendid as a pearl (mukta), wears a pearl necklace (mukta-phalarcita), wears jewel bracelets and armlets (ratna-kagkana-keyura), wears beautiful rings on her fingers (sphurad-agguli-bhusana), . . . Text 28 darpana darpani-bhuta dusta-darpa-vinacini kambu-griva kambu-dhara graiveyaka-virajita . . . is proud (darpana and darpani-bhuta), destroys the demons' pride (dustadarpa-vinacini), has a neck graceful as a conchshell (kambu-griva), wears

conchshell ornaments (kambu-dhara), wears a splendid locket (graiveyakavirajita), . . . Text 29 tatagkini danta-dhara hema-kundala-mandita cikha-bhusa bhalapuspa nasa-mauktika-cobhita . . . wears beautiful earrings (tatagkini), has beautiful teeth (danta-dhara), wears golden earrings (hema-kundala-mandita), wears an ornament in her hair (cikhabhusa), is decorated with a bhalapuspa (bhalapuspa), is beautiful with a nose-pearl (nasa-mauktika-cobhita), . . . Text 30 mani-bhumi-gata devi raivatadri-viharini vrndavana-gata vrnda vrndaranya-nivasini . . . resides in a realm made of jewels (mani-bhumi-gata), is a goddess (devi), enjoys pastimes on Mount Raivata (raivatadri-viharini), stays in Vrndavana forest (vrndavana-gata and vrndaranya-nivasini), is the leader of many gopis (vrnda), . . Text 31 vrndavana-lata madhvi vrndaranya-vibhusana saundarya-lahari laksmir mathura-tirtha-vasini . . . stays among the flowering vines in Vrndavana forest (vrndavana-lata), is sweet and charming (madhvi), is decorated with the forest ornaments of Vrndavana (vrndaranya-vibhusana), is splashed by waves of beauty (saundarya-lahari), is glorious (laksmi), stays in the holy place of Mathura (mathura-tirtha-vasini), . . . Text 32

vicranta-vasini kamya ramya gokula-vasini ramana-sthala-cobhadhya mahavana-maha-nadi . . . stays at Vicranta-tirtha (vicranta-vasini), is beautiful (kamya and ramya), stays in Gokula (gokula-vasini), is very beautiful as she stays in Ramana-sthala (ramanasthala-cobhadhya), is a great river flowing through Mahavana (mahavana-mahanadi), . . . Text 33 pranata pronnata pusta bharati bharatarcita tirtha-raja-gatir gotra gagga-sagara-saggama . . . is meek and humble (pranata), is exalted (pronnata and pusta), is eloquent (bharati and bharatarcita), stays at the king of holy places (tirtha-raja-gatir), was born in the most exalted family (gotra), flows to the place where the Gagga meets the ocean (gagga-sagara-saggama), . . . Text 34 saptabdhi-bhedini lola sapta-dvipa-gata balat luthanti cailan bhidyanti sphuranti vegavattara . . . flows into the seven seas (saptabdhi-bhedini), is restless and fickle (lola), forcibly touches the seven continents (sapta-dvipa-gata balat), rolls about in the ground in ecstasy (luthanti), breaks the greatest mountains (cailan bhidyanti), is glorious (sphuranti), is the most powerful and swift (vegavattara), . . . Text 35 kancani kancani-bhumih kancani-bhumi-bhavita loka-drstir loka-lila lokalokacalarcita

. . . has a golden complexion (kancani), resides in a realm of gold (kancani-bhumih and kancani-bhumi-bhavita), is now visible in this world (loka-drstir), enjoys pastimes in this world (loka-lila), is worshiped on Mount Lokaloka (lokalokacalarcita), . . . Text 36 cailodgata svarga-gata svargarca svarga-pujita vrndavani vanadhyaksa raksa kaksa tati-pati . . . resides on a mountaintop (cailodgata), resides in the spiritual world (svargagata), is worshiped in the spiritual world (svargarca and svarga-pujita), resides in Vrndavana (vrndavani), is the goddess of Vrndavana (vanadhyaksa), is the great protector (raksa), wears a beautiful sash (kaksa), wears beautiful garments (tatipati), . . . Text 37 asi-kunda-gata kaccha svcacchandocchalitadi-ja kuhara-stha ratha-prastha prastha cantataratura . . . stays at Asi-kunda (asi-kunda-gata), wears a beautiful sash (kaccha), is independent (svcacchanda), is exalted (ucchalita), was present at the beginning of creation (adi-ja), flows even in the lower realms (kuhara-stha), travels on an chariot (ratha-prastha), travels widely (prastha), is most peaceful (cantatara), yearns to attain Krishna (atura), . . . Text 38 ambu-cchata cikarabha dardura darduri-dhara papagkuca papa-simhi papa-druma-kutharini . . . is filled with water (ambu-cchata and cikarabha), nourishes a host of towns and villages (dardura and darduri-dhara), is a hook to chase sins away (papagkuca), is a

lion to chase sins away (papa-simhi), is an ax to cut down the tree of sins (papadruma-kutharini), . . . Text 39 punya-saggha punya-kirtih punya-da punya-vardhini madhor-vana-nadi mukhyatula talavana-sthita . . . is pure and sacred (punya-saggha and punya-kirtih), brings sanctity and purification (punya-da and punya-vardhini), flows through Madhuvana (madhorvana-nadi), is great (mukhya), is peerless (atula), flows through Talavana (talavanasthita), . . . Text 40 kumudvana-nadi kubja kumudambhoja-vardhini plava-rupa vegavati simha-sarpadi-vahini . . . flows through Kumudvana (kumudvana-nadi), flows in a winding course (kubja), nourishes many lotuses and water lilies (kumudambhoja-vardhini), is filled with water (plava-rupa), flows swiftly (vegavati), nourishes lions, snakes, and many other wild animals (simha-sarpadi-vahini), . . . Text 41 bahula bahuda bahvi bahula vana-vandita radha-kunda-kalaradhya krishna-kunda-jalacrita . . . appears in many forms (bahuli and bahula), is generous (bahuda), is great (bahvi), is worshiped by all forests (vana-vandita), worships Radha-kunda (radhakunda-kalaradhya), takes shelter of Syama-kunda (krishna-kunda-jalacrita), . . . Text 42

lalita-kunda-ga ghanta vicakha-kunda-mandita govinda-kunda-nilaya gopa-kunda-taraggini . . . stays at Lalita-kunda (lalita-kunda-ga), flows with a sound like the tinkling of bells (ghanta), is decorated with Vicakha-kunda (vicakha-kunda-mandita), is the home of Govinda-kunda (govinda-kunda-nilaya), is the home of Gopa-kunda (gopakunda-taraggini), . . . Text 43 cri-gagga manasi gagga kusumambara-bhavini govardhini go-dhanadhya mayuri vara-varnini . . . is also known as Shri Gagga (cri-gagga), is known as manasa-gagga (manasi gagga), is decorated with flower-garments (kusumambara-bhavini), flows by Govardhana Hill (govardhini), nourishes the cows (go-dhanadhya), nourishes many peacocks (mayuri), is glorious (vara-varnini), . . . Text 44 sarasi nila-kanthabha kujat-kokila-potaki giriraja-prasur bhurir atapatratapatrini . . . has many lakes (sarasi), has a complexion like Lord Siva's (nila-kanthabha), is filled with warbling baby cuckoos (kujat-kokila-potaki), is the daughter of the king of mountains (giriraja-prasu), is great (bhuri), is a great parasol (atapatra), holds a parasol (atapatrini), . . . Text 45 govardhanagka go-danti divyausadhi-nidhih srtih paradi paradamayi naradi caradi bhrtih

. . . carries the mark of Govardhana Hill (govardhanagka), nourishes the cows (godanti), has a great treasury of spendid transcendental plants (divyausadhi-nidhi), flows gracefully (srti), brings one to the farther shore of the ocean of repeated birth and death (paradi and paradamayi), delivers the living entities (naradi), is splendid in the autumn (caradi), is decorated with splendid ornaments (bhrti), . . . Text 46 cri-krishna-caranagka-stha kama kamavanancita kamatavi nandini ca nanda-grama-mahi-dhara . . . bears the footprints of Lord Krishna (cri-krishna-caranagka-stha), is beautiful (kama), flows by Kamavana (kamavana 24cita and kamatavi), is blissful (nandini), flows by Nandicvara Hill (nanda-grama-mahi-dhara), . . . Text 47 brhat-sanu-dyutih prota nandicvara-samanvita kakali kokilamayi bhandira-kuca-kaucala . . . is a great mountain-peak of glory (brhat-sanu-dyutih-prota), flows by Nandicvara Hill (nandicvara-samanvita), is filled with the warbling of birds (kakali), is filled with cuckoos (kokilamayi), brings happiness to the grass of Bhandiravana (bhandira-kuca-kaucala), . . . Text 48 lohargala-prada kara kacmira-vasanavrta barhisadi conapuri curaksetra-puradhika . . . is filled with dark waves (lohargala-prada), is active (kara), is filled with the fragrance of kunkuma (kacmira-vasanavrta), flows by Barhisadi-pura (barhisadi),

flows by Sonapura (conapuri), flows by Suraksetra (curaksetra-pura), is exalted (adhika), . . . Text 49 nanabharana-cobhadhya nana-varna-samanvita nana-nari-kadambadhya nana-ragga-mahiruha . . . is splendid with many ornaments (nanabharana-cobhadhya), assumes many different features (nana-varna-samanvita), is glorified by the women of Vraja (nananari-kadambadhya), has shores decorated with many trees (nana-raggamahiruha), . . . Text 50 nana-loka-gatabhyarcir nana-jala-samanvita stri-ratnam ranta-nilaya lalana-ratna-rajini . . . gives shelter to the people (nana-loka-gata), is glorious (abhyarci), is filled with water (nana-jala-samanvita), is the jewel of women (stri-ratna), is the home of many jewels (ranta-nilaya), is splendid with many jewellike women (lalana-ratnarajini), . . . Text 51 raggini ragga-bhumadhya ragga ragga-mahiruha raja-vidya raja-guhya jagat-kirtir ghanaghana . . . provides a place for Lord Krishna's rasa-dance (raggini, ragga-bhumadhya, ragga, and ragga-mahiruha), knows the king of knowledge (raja-vidya), knows the great secret of all knowledge (raja-guhya), is glorified throughout the universes (jagat-kirti), is dark as a monsoon cloud (ghana), is filled with water (aghana), . . . Text 52

vilola-ghanta krishnagga krishna-deha-samudbhava nila-pagkaja-varnabha nila-pagkaja-harini . . . is decorated with tinkling bells (vilola-ghanta), stays by Lord Krishna's side (krishnagga), was born from Lord Krishna's body (krishna-deha-samudbhava), ia dark as a blue lotus (nila-pagkaja-varnabha), is decorated with blue lotuses (nilapagkaja-harini), . . . Text 53 nilabha nila-padmadhya nilambhoruha-vasini nagavalli nagapuri nagavalli-dalarcita . . . has a dark complexion (nilabha), is splendid with blue lotuses (nilapadmadhya), is the home of many blue lotuses (nilambhoruha-vasini), nourishes many betelnut plants (nagavalli), became the home of the Kaliya serpent (nagapuri), is worshiped with betelnut leaves (nagavalli-dalarcita), . . . Text 54 tambula-carcita carca makaranda-manohara sa-kesara kesarini keca-pacabhicobhita . . . chews betelnuts (tambula-carcita), is anointed with fragrances (carca), is sweet as honey (makaranda-manohara), has beautiful hair (sa-kesara, kesarini, and kecapacabhicobhita), . . . Text 55 kajjalabha kajjalakta kajjali kalitanjana alakta-carana tamra lala tamri-krtambara

. . . wears black mascara (kajjalabha, kajjalakta, kajjali, and kalitanjana), decorates her feet with red lac (alakta-carana), has a dark complexion (tamra), is affectionate (lala), wears dark garments (tamri-krtambara), . . . Text 56 sinduritalipta-vani sucrih crikhanda-mandita patira-pagka-vasana jata-mamsi srag-ambara . . . marks her hair with red sindura (sinduritalipta-vani), is beautiful (sucri), is anointed with sandal paste (crikhanda-mandita and patira-pagka-vasana), has beautiful hair (jata-mamsi), wears splendid garlands and garments (sragambara), . . . Text 57 agary aguru-gandhakta tagaracrita-maruta sugandhi-taila-rucira kuntalalih su-kuntala . . . is glorious as the moon (agari), is fragrant with aguru (aguru-gandhakta), is the home of breezes bearing the scent of tagara (tagaracrita-maruta), is fragrant with scented oil (sugandhi-taila-rucira), has beautiful hair (kuntalali and su-kuntala), . . . Text 58 cakuntalapamsula ca pativratya-parayana surya-prabha surya-kanya surya-deha-samudbhava . . . is the home of many birds (cakuntala), is devoted and faithful to Lord Krishna (apamsula and pativratya-parayana), is glorious like the son (surya-prabha), is the sun-god's daughter (surya-kanya), was born from the sun-god (surya-dehasamudbhava), . . .

Text 59 koti-surya-pratikaca suryaja surya-nandini samjna samjna-suta sveccha samjna moda-pradayini . . . is glorious as millions of suns (koti-surya-pratikaca), is the sun-god's daughter (suryaja and surya-nandini), is transcendental knowledge personified (samjna), is Samjna's daughter (samjna-suta), is independent (sveccha), is above the realm of mere knowledge (asamj 24a), brings happiness to others (moda-pradayini), . . . Text 60 samjna-putri sphurac-cchaya tapati tapa-karini savarnyanubhava devi vadava saukhya-dayini . . . is Samjna's daughter (samjna-putri), is glorious (sphurac-cchaya), is austere (tapati and tapa-karini), is like Shri Krishna (savarnyanubhava), is a goddess (devi), is a brahmani (vadava), gives happiness (saukhya-dayini), . . . Text 61 canaiccaranuja kila candra-vamca-vivardhini candra-vamca-vadhuc candra candravali-sahayini . . . is the younger sister of Sanaiccara (canaiccaranuja), is glorious (kila), increases the glory of the moon-god's dynasty (candra-vamca-vivardhini), married into the moon-god's dynasty (candra-vamca-vadhu), is glorious like the moon (candra), is Candravali's friend (candravali-sahayini), . . . Text 62 candravati candra-lekha candrakantanugamcuka

bhairavi piggalacagki lilavaty agarimayi . . . is glorious like the moon (candravati, candra-lekha, and candrakanta), is a faithful follower of Lord Krishna (anuga), is dressed in splendid garments (amcuka), can become ferocious (bhairavi), has a dark complexion (piggala), is fearless (acagki), is playful (lilavati), is fragrant with agara (agarimayi), . . . Text 63 dhana-crir deva-gandhari svar-manir guna-vardhini vraja-malla bandha-kari vicitra jaya-karini . . . is wealthy and glorious (dhana-cri), is splendid and fragrant (deva-gandhari), is a celestial jewel (svar-mani), is virtuous (guna-vardhini), enjoys wrestling pastimes in Vraja (vraja-malla), binds Lord Krishna with ropes of love (bandha-kari), is wonderful (vicitra), is victorious (jaya-karini), . . . Text 64 gandhari manjari todi gurjary asavari jaya karnati ragini gauri vairati gaura-vatika . . . sings in the raga gandhara (gandhari), sings in the raga mannjari (manjari), sings in the raga todi (todi), sings in the raga gurjari (gurjari), sings in the raga asavari (asavari), sings in the raga jaya (jaya), sings in the raga karnati (karnati), sings in the raga ragini (ragini), sings in the raga gauri (gauri), sings in the raga vairati (vairati), sings in the raga gaura-vatika (gaura-vatika), . . . Text 65 catuc-candra kala heri tailaggi vijayavati tali tala-svara gana kriya-matra-prakasini

. . . sings in the raga catuc-candra (catuc-candra), sings in the raga kala (kala) sings in the raga heri (heri), sings in the raga tailaggi (tailaggi), sings in the raga vijayavati (vijayavati), sings with graceful rhythms (tali and tala-svara), sings beautifully (gana), sings expertly (kriya-matra-prakasini), . . . Text 66 vaicakhi cancala carur macari ghughati ghata vaihagari sorathica kaidari jala-dharika . . . sings in the ragas vaicakhi (vaicakhi), cancala (cancala), caru (caru), macari (macari), ghughati (ghughati), ghata (ghata), vaihagari (vaihagari), sorathi (sorathi), ica (ica), kaidari (kaidari), jala-dharika (jala-dharika), . . . Text 67 kamakara-crih kalyani gauda-kalyana-micrita raja-sanjivini hela mandari kama-rupini . . . sings in the ragas kamakara-cri (kamakara-cri), kalyani (kalyani), gaudakalyana-micrita (gauda-kalyana-micrita), raja-sanjivini (raja-sanjivini), hela (hela), mandari (mandari), and kama-rupini (kama-rupini), . . . Text 68 saraggi maruti hodha sagari kama-vadini vaibhasi maggala candri rasa-mandala-mandana . . . sings in the ragas saraggi (saraggi), maruti (maruti), hodha (hodha), sagari (sagari), kama-vadini (kama-vadini), vaibhasi (vaibhasi), and maggala (maggala), is glorious like the moon (candri), is an ornament for the rasa-dance circle (rasamandala-mandana), . . . Text 69

kama-dhenuh kama-lata kamada kamaniyaka kalpa-vrksa-sthali sthula sudha-saudha-nivasini . . . is like a Kamadhenu cow (kama-dhenu), is like a desire-vine (kama-lata), fulfills all desires (kamada), is beautiful (kamaniyaka), is the home of many desire trees (kalpa-vrksa-sthali), is great (sthula), is the home of many nectar palaces (sudhasaudha-nivasini), . . . Text 70 goloka-vasini cubhrur yasti-bhrd dvara-palika crggara-prakara crgga svaccha cayyopakarika . . . resides in Goloka (goloka-vasini), has beautiful eyebrows (cubhru), carries a staff (yasti-bhrd), protects the gateway (dvara-palika), decorates Lord Krishna (crggara-prakara), is exalted (crgga), is pure (svaccha), decorates the Lord's bed (cayyopakarika), . . . Text 71 parsada su-sakhi-sevya cri-vrndavana-palika nikunja-bhrt kunja-punja gunjabharana-bhusita . . . is the Lord's companion (parsada), is served by many gopi friends (su-sakhisevya), protects Shri Vrndavana (cri-vrndavana-palika), protects the forest of Vrndavana (nikunja-bhrt), flows through many forests (kunja-punja), is decorated with gunja (gunjabharana-bhusita), . . . Text 72 nikunja-vasini prosya govardhana-tati-bhava vicakha lalita rama niruja madhu-madhavi

. . . resides in the forest (nikunja-vasini), is sometimes separated from Lord Krishna because He has gone to a foreign country (prosya), flows near Govardhana Hill (govardhana-tati-bhava), is dear to Vicakha (vicakha), is dear to Lalita (lalita), is a goddess (rama), never becomes ill (niruja), enjoys pastimes with Lord Krishna in the springtime (madhu-madhavi), . . . Text 73 eka naika-sakhi cukla sakhi-madhya maha-manah cruti-rupa rsi-rupa maithilah kaucalah striyah . . . is without equal (eka), has many friends (naika-sakhi), is splendid (cukla), is surrounded by many friends (sakhi-madhya), has a noble heart (maha-manah), is like the personified Vedas (cruti-rupa), is like a sage (rsi-rupa), is like the girls of Mithila (maithilah), is like the girls of Kaucala (kaucalah striyah), . . . Text 74 ayodhya-pura-vasinyo yajna-sitah pulindakah rama-vaikuntha-vasinyah cvetadvipa-sakhi-janah . . . is like the girls of Ayodhya (ayodhya-pura-vasinyah), is like the Yajna-sitas (yajna-sitah), is like the Pulindas (pulindakah), is like the girls of Rama-vaikuntha (rama-vaikuntha-vasinyah), is like the girls of Svetadvipa (cvetadvipa-sakhi-janah), . .. Text 75 urdhva-vaikuntha-vasinyo divyajita-padacritah cri-lokacala-vasinyah cri-sakhyah sagarodbhavah . . . is like the girls of Urdhva-vaikuntha (urdhva-vaikuntha-vasinyah), is like the girls of Divyajita (divyajita-padacritah), is like the girls of Lokaloka (cri-lokacala-

vasinyah), is like the friends of the goddess of fortune (cri-sakhyah), is like the girls born from the ocean of milk (sagarodbhavah), . . . Text 76 divya adivya divyagga vyaptas tri-guna-vrttayah bhumi-gopyo deva-naryo lata ausadhi-virudhah . . . is like the divya-gopis (divya), is like the adivya-gopis (adivya), is like the girls of Svargaloka (divyagga), is like the girls that stay in many places at once (vyapta), is like the tri-guna-vrtti-gopis (tri-guna-vrttayah), is like the bhumi-gopis (bhumigopyah), is like the demigoddesses (deva-naryah), is like the flowering vines that became gopis (latah), is like the plants that became gopis (ausadhi-virudhah), . . . Text 77 jalandharyah sindhu-sutah prthu-barhismati-bhavah divyambara apsarasah sautala naga-kanyakah . . . is like the Jalandharis (jalandharyah), is like the daughters of the ocean (sindhusutah), is like the prthu-barhismati girls that became gopis (prthu-barhismatibhavah), is like the divyambara gopis (divyambara), is like the apsaras that became gopis (apsarasah), is like the girls of Sutalaloka that became gopis sautalah), is like the snake-girls that became gopis (naga-kanyakah), . . . Text 78 param dhama param brahma paurusa prakrtih para tata-stha guna-bhur gita gunagunamayi guna . . . is the beloved of He who is the Supreme Abode (param dhama), is the beloved of He who is the Supreme Brahman (param brahma), is the beloved of the Supreme Person (paurusa), is the transcendental potency of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (prakrtih para and tata-stha), is virtuous (guna-bhu), is glorified in song

(gita), has virtues that are beyond the touch of the three modes of material nature (gunagunamayi), is virtuous (guna), . . . Text 79 cid-ghana sad-asan-mala drstir drcya gunakari mahat-tattvam ahagkaro mano buddhih pracetana . . . is spiritual (cid-ghana), is the beloved of He who stands at the beginning of the string of causes and effects (sad-asan-mala), has transcendental vision (drsti), is beautiful (drcya), is virtuous (gunakari), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mahat-tattva (mahat-tattvam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the falseego (ahagkaro), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mind (manah), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the intelligence (buddhi and pracetana), . . . Text 80 ceto vrttih svantaratma caturthi catur-aksara catur-vyuha catur-murtir vyoma-vayur ado jalam . . . is the beloved of He who is the origin of the mind (cetah), is the beloved of He who is the origin of action (vrtti), is the beloved of He who is the Supersoul in everyone's heart (svantaratma), is the beloved of He who stands beyond wakefulness, dream, and dreamless sleep (caturthi), is the beloved of He who is designated by the sacred syllable Om (catur-aksara), is the beloved of He who expands as Vasudeva, Sagkarsana, Pradyumna, and Aniruddha (catur-vyuha and catur-murti), is the beloved of he who stays in the spiritual sky (vyoma-vayu), is the beloved of He who stays is the ocean at the bottom of the material universe (ado jalam), . . . Text 81 mahi cabdo raso gandhah sparco rupam anekadha karmendriyam karmamayi jnanam jnanendriyam dvidha

. . . is the beloved of He who is the origin of the earth (mahi), is the beloved of He who is the origin of sound (cabda), is the beloved of He who is the origin of taste (rasa), is the beloved of He who is the origin of smell (gandha), is the beloved of He who is the origin of touch (sparca), is the beloved of He who is the origin of form (rupam), is the beloved of He who appears in many forms (anekadha), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the working senses (karmendriyam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of action (karmamayi), is the beloved of He who is the origin of knowledge (jnanam), is the beloved of He who is the origin of the knowledge-acquiring senses (j 24anendriyam), is the beloved of He who appears in two features (dvidha), . . . Text 82 tridhadhibhuta-madhyatmam adhidaivam adhisthitam jnana-caktih kriya-caktih sarva-devadhidevata . . .is the beloved of He who appears in three features (tridha), is the beloved of He who appears as the adhibhautika-purusa (ahibhutam), is the beloved of He who appears as the adhyatma-purusa (adhyatmam), is the beloved of He who appears as the adhidaiva-purusa (adhidaivam), is the beloved of He who is the original creator (adhisthitam), is the beloved of He who is the master of knowledge (jnanacakti), is the beloved of He who is the master of pious deeds (kriya-cakti), is the beloved of He who is the master of all the demigods (sarva-devadhidevata), . . . Text 83 tattva-saggha virag-murtir dharana dharanamayi crutih smrtir veda-murtih samhita garga-samhita . . . is the beloved of He who is the supreme truth (tattva-saggha), is the beloved of He who is the universal form (virag-murti), is the beloved of He who is the supreme object of meditation (dharana and dharanamayi), is the beloved of He who is the object of the Sruti-castra (cruti), is the beloved of He who is the object of the Smrticastra (smrti), is the beloved of He who is the Vedas personified (veda-murti), is the beloved of He who who is glorified by the samhitas (samhita), is the beloved of He who is glorified by the Garga-samhita (garga-samhita), . . . Text 84

paracari saiva srstih parahamsi vidhatrka yajnavalki bhagavati crimad-bhagavatarcita . . . is the beloved of He who appeared as Paracara's son (paracari), is the beloved of He who is the original creator (srsti and vidhatrka), is the beloved of He who is the original paramahamsa (parahamsi), is the beloved of He who is worshiped by Yajnavalkya (yajnavalki), is the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (bhagavati), is the beloved of He who is worshiped in Shrimad-Bhagavatam (crimadbhagavatarcita), . . . Text 85 ramayanamayi ramya purana-purusa-priya purana-murtih punyagga castra-murtir mahonnata . . . is the beloved of He who is glorified in the Ramayana (ramayanamayi0, is the beloved of He who is the most handsome (ramya), is the beloved of He who the ancient Supreme Person (purana-purusa-priya and purana-murti), is pure and sacred (punyagga), is the Vedas personified (castra-murti), is exalted (mahonnata), . . . Text 86 manisa dhisana buddhir vani dhih cemusi matih gayatri veda-savitri brahmani brahma-laksana . . . is wise and thoughtful (manisa), is eloquent (dhisana and vani), is intelligent (buddhi, dhih, cemusi, and mati), chants the gayatri mantra (gayatri and vedasavitri), is transcendental (brahmani and brahma-laksana), . . . Text 87 durgarpana sati satya parvati candikambika

arya daksayani daksi daksa-yajna-vighatini . . . is difficutl to approach (durga), is a great devotee of Lord Krishna (arpana), is saintly (sati and satya), is born from a mountain (parvati), is sometimes ferocious (candika), is sometimes filled with maternal love (ambika), is noble-hearted (arya), is expert (daksayani and daksi), is dear to she who destroyed the Daksa-yajna (daksa-yajna-vighatini), . . . Text 88 pulomaja cacindrani devi deva-vararpita vayuna dharini dhanya vayavi vayu-vega-ga . . . is dear to Puloma Muni's daughter (pulomaja), is dear to Saci (caci and indrani), is a goddess (devi), was offered in marriage to Lord Krishna, the master of the demigods (deva-vararpita), is the object of Vayu's meditation (vayuna dharini), is glorious (dhanya), flows as swiftly as the wind (vayavi and vayu-vega-ga), . . . Text 89 yamanuja samyamani samnja chaya sphurad-dyutih ratna-devi ratna-vrnda tara tarani-mandala . . . is Yamaraja's younger sister (yamanuja), sometimes visits Samyamani-pura (samyamani), is dear to Samjna (sam 24ja), is dear to Chaya (chaya), is glorious (sphurad-dyuti), is splendid with many jewels (ratna-devi and ratna-vrnda), is splendid as a star (tara), is the daughtrer of the sun-god (tarani-mandala), . . . Text 90 rucih cantih ksama cobha daya daksa dyutis trapa tala-tustir vibha pustih santustih pusta-bhavana

. . . is glorious (ruci), peaceful (canti), patient (ksama), beautiful (cobha), merciful (daya), expert (daksa), splendid (dyuti), shy (trapa), satisfied with a handful (talatusti), glorious (vibha), exalted (pusti), satisfied (santusti), glorious (pusta-bhavana), ... Text 91 catur-bhuja caru-netra dvi-bhujasta-bhujabala cagkha-hasta padma-hasta cakra-hasta gada-dhara . . . sometimes has four arms (catur-bhuja), has beautiful eyes (caru-netra), sometimes has two arms (dvi-bhuja), sometimes has eight arms (asta-bhuja), is delicate (abala), holds a conchshell in her hand (cagkha-hasta), holds a lotus in her hand (padma-hasta), holds a cakra in her hand (cakra-hasta), holds a club (gadadhara), . . . Text 92 nisagga-dharini carmakhadga-panir dhanur-dhara dhanus-tagkarani yodhi daityodbhata-vinacini . . . carries a quiver of arrows (nisagga-dharini), holds a sword and chield in her hands (carma- khadga-pani), holds a bow (dhanur-dhara), shoots many arrows with a loud sound (dhanus-tagkarani), is a great warrior (yodhi), destroys the demonic armies (daityodbhata-vinacini), . . . Text 93 ratha-stha garudarudha cri-krishna-hrdaya-sthita vamci-dhara krishna-vesa sragvini vana-malini . . . rides on a chariot (ratha-stha), rides on Garuda (garudarudha), stays in Lord Krishna's heart (cri-krishna-hrdaya-sthita), is the beloved of Lord Krishna, who plays the flute (vamci-dhara), stays by Lord Krishna (krishna-vesa), is decorated with a

garland of flowers (sragvini), is decorated with a garland of forest flowers (vanamalini), . . . Text 94 kirita-dharini yana manda-manda-gatir gatih candra-koti-pratikaca tanvi komala-vigraha . . . wears a crown (kirita-dharini), travels to many places (yana), walks gracefully (manda-manda-gati and gati), is splendid as millions of moons (candra-kotipratikaca), is slender (tanvi), is delicate (komala-vigraha), . . . Text 95 bhaismi bhisma-suta bhima rukmini rukma-rupini satyabhama jambavati satya bhadra sudaksina . . . is dear to Rukmini (bhaismi, bhisma-suta, bhima, rukmini, and rukma-rupini), is dear to Satyabhama (satyabhama), is dear to Jambavati (jambavati), is dear to Satya (satya), is dear to Bhadra (bhadra), is dear to Sudaksina (sudaksina), . . . Text 96 mitravinda sakhi-vrnda vrndaranya-dhvajordhvaga crggara-karini crgga crgga-bhuh crgga-da khaga . . . is dear to Mitravinda (mitravinda), is dear to the gopis (sakhi-vrnda), is a flag decorating Vrndavana (vrndaranya-dhvaja), is exalted (urdhvaga), is expert at decorating Radha and Krishna (crggara-karini), is exalted (crgga, crgga-bhuh, and crgga-da), is a goddess (khaga), . . . Text 97

titikseksa smrtih spardha sprha craddha sva-nirvrtih ica trsna bhida pritir himsa yacna klama krsih . . . is tolerant (titiksa), had beautiful eyes (iksa), is thoughtful (smrti), competes to attain Lord Krishna (spardha), yearns to attain Lord Krishna (sprha), trusts Lord Krishna (craddha), is happy (sva-nirvrti), is a goddess (ica), thirsts to attain Lord Krishna (trsna), is sometimes separated from Lord Krishna (bhida), loves Lord Krishna (priti), is sometimes ferocious (himsa), begs to attain Lord Krishna (yacna), is sometimes fatigued (klama), is attracted to Lord Krishna (krsi), . . . Text 98 aca nidra yoga-nidra yogini yogadanuga nistha pratistha samitih sattva-prakrtir uttama . . . hopes to attain Lord Krishna (aca), sometimes sleeps (nidra), sleeps in a mystic trance (yoga-nidra) is a yogini (yogini and yogadanuga), has faith in Lord Krishna (nistha), takes shelter of Lord Krishna (pratistha), is peaceful (samiti), is situated in transcendental goodness (sattva-prakrti), is exalted (uttama), . . . Text 99 tamah-prakrtir durmarsi rajah-prakrtir anatih kriyakriya krtir glanih sattviky adhyatmiki vrsa . . . sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of darkness (tamah-prakrti), sometimes is ferocious (durmarsi), sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of passion (rajah-prakrti), is humble (anati), sometimes is active (kriya), sometimes is nactive (akriya), is saintly (krti), destroys the impious (glani), sometimes appears to they who are in the mode of goodness (sattviki), is spiritual (adhyatmiki), is religion personified (vrsa), . . . Text 100 seva-cikha-manir vrddhir

ahutih piggalodbhava naga-bhasa naga-bhusa nagari nagari naga . . . is the crest-jewel of devotees (seva-cikha-mani), is exalted (vrddhi), calls out to Lord Krishna in her prayers (ahuti), has a dark complexion (piggalodbhava), is a river that speaks the language of snakes (naga-bhasa), is a river decorated with snakes (naga-bhusa), is a graceful and beautiful gopi (nagari and nagari), is a river with many trees on its shore (naga), . . . Text 101 naur nauka bhava-naur bhavya bhava-sagara-setuka manomayi darumayi saikati sikatamayi . . . is a boat to cross the ocean of repeated birth and death (nau, nauka, and bhava-nau), is the proper object of meditation (bhavya), is a bridge to cross the ocean of repeated birth and death (bhava-sagara-setuka), is thoughtful (manomayi), is a river with many trees on its shore (darumayi), is a river with many beaches (saikati and sikatamayi), . . . Text 102 lekhya lepya manimayi pratihema-vinirmita caila caila-bhava cila cikarabha calacala . . . is a gopi decorated with colorful designs and pictures (lekhya), is anointed with fragrances (lepya), is decorated with jewel ornaments (manimayi), is decorated with gold ornaments (pratihema-vinirmita), is the daughter of Mount Kalinda (caila and caila-bhava), is virtuous (cila), is filled with spray from its turbulent waves (cikarabha), sometimes flows swiftly (cala), sometimes is almost motionless (acala), ... Text 103 asthita su-sthita tuli vaidiki tantriki vidhih

sandhya sandhyabhra-vasana veda-sandhih sudhamayi . . . sometimes is restless (asthita), sometimes is peaceful (su-sthita), is an expert painter (tuli), is learned in the Vedas (vaidiki), is learned in the Tantras (tantriki), is learned in the rules of religion (vidhi), meets Lord Krishna at a rendezvous (sandhya), dresses for a rendezvous with Lord Krishna (sandhyabhra-vasana), is learned in the Vedas (veda-sandhi), is sweet as nectar (sudhamayi), . . . Text 104 sayantani cikhavedhya suksma jiva-kalakrtih atma-bhuta bhavitanvi prahvi kamala-karnika . . . meets Lord Krishna in the evening (sayantani), is splendid as a burning flame (cikha), is eternal and can never be harmed (avedhya), is transcendental (suksma), is a jiva-kala expansion of Lord Krishna (jiva-kalakrti), is born from Lord Krishna (atma-bhuta), is the proper object of meditation (bhavita), is transcendental (anvi), is humble (prahvi), is beautiful as the whorl of a lotus (kamala-karnika), . . . Text 105 nirajani maha-vidya kandali karya-sadhani puja pratistha vipula punanti para-laukiki . . . offers arati to Lord Krishna (nirajani), is very learned (maha-vidya), has many newly blossoming flowers by her shores (kandali), fulfills the devotees' desires (karya-sadhani), is the proper object of worship (puja), is a goddess (pratistha), is great (vipula), is sacred and purifying (punanti), brings one to the spiritual world (para-laukiki), . . . Text 106 cukla-caktir mauktiki ca pratitih paramecvari virajosnig virad-v/eni venuka venu-nadini

. . . is the Lord's spiritual potency (cukla-cakti), gives liberation (mauktiki), has faith in Lord Krishna (pratiti), is the beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead (paramecvari), is supremely pure (viraja), is glorified with prayers written in the meter usnik (usnik), is the hair of the Lord's universal form (virad-v/eni), expertly plays the flute (venuka and venu-nadini), . . . Text 107 avartini vartikada varta vrttir vimanaga rasadhya rasini rasa rasa-mandala-vartini . . . is a river that has many whirlpools (avartini), is a messenger (vartikada and varta), is active in Lord Krishna's service (vrtti), travels in airplanes (vimanaga), is expert in the rasa-dance (rasadhya, rasini, rasa, and rasa-mandala-vartini), . . . Text 108 gopa-gopicvari gopi gopi-gopala-vandita go-carini gopa-nadi gopananda-pradayini . . . is a leader of the gopas and gopis (gopa-gopicvari), is a gopi (gopi), is worshiped by the gopas and gopis (gopi-gopala-vandita), herds the cows (go-carini), is a river that helps the gopas (gopa-nadi) and gives happiness to the gopas (gopananda-pradayini), . . . Text 109 pacavyada gopa-sevya kotico go-ganavrta gopanuga gopavati govinda-pada-paduka . . . nourishes the cows (pacavyada), is served by the gopas (gopa-sevya), is a place where millions of cows meet (kotico go-ganavrta), is a place where many

gopas meet (gopanuga and gopavati), is a place where Lord Krishna places His feet (govinda-pada-paduka), . . . Text 110 vrsabhanu-suta radha cri-krishna-vaca-karini krishna-pranadhika cacvadrasika rasikecvari . . . is a friend of Vrsabhanu's daughter (vrsabhanu-suta and radha), has brought Lord Krishna under her dominion (cri-krishna-vaca-karini), is a girl for whom Lord Krishna is more dear than life (krishna-pranadhika), eternally enjoys nectar pastimes with Lord Krishna (cacvad-rasika), is a queen of they who enjoy nectar pastimes with Lord Krishna (rasikecvari), . . . Text 111 avatoda tamraparni krtamala vihayasi krishna veni bhimarathi tapi reva mahapaga . . . is a friend of the Avatoda river (avatoda), is a friend of the Tamraparni river (tamraparni), is a friend of the Krtamala river (krtamala), is a friend of the Vihayasi river (vihayasi), is a friend of the Krishna river (krishna), is a friend of the Veni river (veni), is a friend of the Bhimarathi river (bhimarathi), is a friend of the Tapi river (tapi), is a friend of the Reva river (reva), is a friend of the Mahapaga river (mahapaga), . . . Text 112 vaiyasaki ca kaveri tuggabhadra sarasvati candrabhaga vetravati rsikulya kakudmini . . . is a friend of the Vaiyasaki river (vaiyasaki), is a friend of the Kaveri river (kaveri), is a friend of the Tuggabhadra river (tuggabhadra), is a friend of the Sarasvati river (sarasvati), is a friend of the Candrabhaga river (candrabhaga), is a

friend of the Vetravati river (vetravati), is a friend of the Rsikulya river (rsikulya), is a friend of the Kakudmini river (kakudmini), . . . Text 113 gautami kauciki sindhur bana-gaggatisiddhida godavari ratnamala gagga mandakini bala . . . is a friend of the Gautami river (gautami), is a friend of the Kauciki river (kauciki), is a friend of the Sindhu river (sindhu), is a friend of the Bana-gagga river (bana-gagga), is a friend of the Atisiddhida river (atisiddhida), is a friend of the Godavari river (godavari), is a friend of the Ratnamala river (ratnamala), is a friend of the Gagga river (gagga), is a friend of the Mandakini river (mandakini), is a friend of the Bala river (bala), . . . Text 114 svarnadi jahnavi vela vaisnavi maggalalaya bala visnu-padi prokta sindhu-sagara-saggata . . . is a friend of the Svarnadi river (svarnadi), is a friend of the Jahnavi river (jahnavi), is a friend of the Vela river (vela), is a friend of the Vaisnavi river (vaisnavi), is auspicious (maggalalaya), is youthful (bala), is a place where Lord Krishna places His feet (visnu-padi), is described in the scriptures (prokta), is a friend of the holy place Sindhu-sagara (sindhu-sagara-saggata), . . . Text 115 gagga-sagara-cobhadhya samudri ratnada dhuni bhagirathi svar-dhuni bhuh cri-vamana-pada-cyuta . . . is glorious like Gagga-sagara (gagga-sagara-cobhadhya), flows into the ocean (samudri), is full of jewels (ratnada), is a beautiful river (dhuni), is a friend of the Gagga (bhagirathi, svar-dhuni, bhuh, and cri-vamana-pada-cyuta), . . .

Text 116 laksmi rama ramaniya bhargavi visnu-vallabha sitarcir janaki mata kalagka-rahita kala . . . is glorious (laksmi), delightful (rama), beautiful (ramaniya), is a friend of Bhrgu Muni's daughter (bhargavi), is dear to Lord Vishnu (visnu-vallabha), is a friend of Sita (sita and janaki), is glorious as a flame (arci), is like the mother of the world (mata), is sublimely pure (kalagka-rahita), is a kala expansion of Lord Krishna (kala), ... Text 117 krishna-padabja-sambhuta sarva tri-patha-gamini dhara vicva-bharananta bhumir dhatri ksamamayi . . . was born from Lord Krishna's lotus feet (krishna-padabja-sambhuta), has all glories (sarva), travels through the three worlds (tri-patha-gamini), nourishes the worlds (dhara and vicva-bhara), is limitless (ananta), flows on the earth (bhumi), maintains the earth (dhatri), is very tolerant (ksamamayi), . . . Text 118 sthira dharitri dharani urvi cesa-phana-sthita ayodhya raghava-puri kauciki raghu-vamsa-ja . . . is steady and peaceful (sthira), maintains the earth (dharitri, dharani, and urvi), stays under Sesa's hoods (cesa-phana-sthita), stays in Ayodhya (ayodhya and raghava-puri), is worshiped by Vicvamitra (kauciki), worships Lord Ramacandra (raghuvamsaja), . . . Text 119 mathura mathuri pantha

yadavi dhruva-pujita mayayur bilva-niloda gagga-dvara-vinirgata . . . flows by Mathura (mathura and mathuri), flows in a beautiful course (pantha), flows by the city of the Yadavas (yadavi), is worshiped by Dhruva (dhruva-pujita), gave a long life to Mayasura (mayayuh), has waters dark as bilva leaves (bilvaniloda), flows from Haridvara (gagga-dvara-vinirgata), . . . Text 120 kucavarta-mayi dhrauvya dhruva-mandala-madhya-ga kaci civa-puri cesa vindhya varanasi civa . . . flows by Kucavarta (kucavarta-mayi), is worshiped by Dhruva (dhrauvya), flows through Dhruvaloka (dhruva-mandala-madhya-ga), flows by Varanasi (kaci, civapuri, and varanasi), is perfect (cesa), flows by the Vindhya Hills (vindhya), is auspicious (civa), . . . Text 121 avantika devapuri projjvalojjayini jita dvaravati dvara-kama kuca-bhuta kucasthali . . . flows by Avantika-puyra (avantika), flows by Devapuri (devapuri), is splendid (projjvala), flows by Ujjayini (ujjayini), is victorious (jita), flows by Dvaraka (dvaravati, kuca-bhuta, and kucasthali), fulfills all desires (dvara-kama), . . . Text 122 maha-puri sapta-puri nandi-grama-sthala-sthita calagrama-ciladitya cambhala-grama-madhyaga . . . flows by many great cities (maha-puri), flows by seven cities (sapta-puri), flows by Nanda-grama (nandi-grama-sthala-sthita), is a friend of the Gandaki river, where

the Salagrama-cilas are manifest (calagrama-ciladitya), flows by Sambhala-grama (cambhala-grama-madhyaga), . . . Text 123 vamca-gopalini ksipta hari-mandira-vartini barhismati hastipuri cakra-prastha-nivasini . . . worships the flutist Krishna (vamca-gopalini), has renounced the material world (ksipta), is a palace for Lord Krishna's pastimes (hari-mandira-vartini), flows by Barhismati-pura (barhismati), flows by Hastinapura (hastipuri), flows by King Indra's residence (cakra-prastha-nivasini), . . . Text 124 dadimi saindhavi jambuh pauskari puskara-prasuh utkalavarta-gamana naimisi naimisavrta . . . nourishes many pomegranate trees (dadimi), flows to the ocean (saindhavi), is a friend of the Jambu river (jambu), is a friend of Puskara-tirtha (pauskari and puskara-prasu), flows through Orissa (utkalavarta-gamana), flows by Naimisaranya (naimisi and naimisavrta), . . . Text 125 kurujaggala-bhuh kali haimavaty-arbudi budha cukara-ksetra-vidita cveta-varaha-dharita . . . flows through Kurujaggala (kurujaggala-bhu), has a dark complexion (kali), is born from the Himalayas (haimavati), is dark as a cloud (arbudi), is wise (budha), flows by Sukara-ksetra (cukara-ksetra-vidita), is maintained by Lord Sveta-varaha (cveta-varaha-dharita), . . . Text 126

sarva-tirthamayi tirtha tirthanam tirtha-karini harini sarva-dosanam dayini sarva-sampadam . . . contains all holy places within her waters (sarva-tirthamayi and tirtha), makes the holy places sacred (tirthanam tirtha-karini), removes all sins (harini sarvadosanam), gives all good fortune (dayini sarva-sampadam), . . . Text 127 vardhini tejasam saksad garbha-vasa-nikrntani goloka-dhama-dhanini nikunja-nija-manjari . . . brings glory and power (vardhini tejasam), has directly appeared in this world (saksat), ends the need to again be born in a mother's womb (garbha-vasanikrntani), is the opulence of Goloka (goloka-dhama-dhanini), is a graceful flower to decorate her own transcendental forest (nikunja-nija-ma 24jari), . . . Text 128 sarvottama sarva-punya sarva-saundarya-crgkhala sarva-tirthopari-gata sarva-tirthadhidevata . . . is the greatest (sarvottama), is supremely sacred (sarva-punya), has all beauty (sarva-saundarya-crgkhala), is the best of all holy places (sarva-tirthopari-gata), is the deity worshiped by all holy places (sarva-tirthadhidevata), . . . Text 129 crida crisa cri-nivasa cri-nidhih cri-vibhavana svaksa svagga catananda nanda jyotir ganecvari

. . . gives beauty, glory, and wealth (crida), is the queen of beauty, glory, and wealth (crisa), is the abode of beauty, glory, and wealth (cri-nivasa), is a treasury of beauty, glory, and wealth (cri-nidhih and cri-vibhavana), has beautiful eyes (svaksa), has beautiful limbs (svagga), has a hundred blisses (catananda), is filled with happiness (nanda), is splendid (jyoti), and is a leader of the gopis (ganecvari). Text 130 namnam sahasram kalindyah kirtidam kamadam param maha-papa-haram punyam ayur-vardhanam uttamam namnam - of names; sahasram - thousand; kalindyah - of the Yamuna; kirtidam giving fame; kamadam - fulfilling desires; param - great; maha-papa - great sins; haram - removing; punyam - sacred; ayur-vardhanam - increasing life; uttamam transcendental. These thousand sacred names of Shri Yamuna bring fame and fulfill all desires. They remove the greatest sins. They increase the span of life. Text 131 eka-varam pathed ratrau caurebhyo na bhayam bhavet dvi-varam prapathen marge dasyubhyo na bhayam kvacit eka - one; varam - time; pathet - recites; ratrau - at night; caurebhyah - from thieves; na - not; bhayam - fear; bhavet - will be; dvi-varam - two times; prapathet recites; marge - on the path; dasyubhyah - from highwaymen; na - not; bhayam fear; kvacit - in any way. A person who once recites these names need not fear thieves at night. A person who twice recites these names need not fear highwaymen. Texts 132 and 133 dvitiyam tu samarabhya pathet purnavadhim dvijah daca-varam idam bhaktya

dhyatva devim kalindajam rogi rogat pramucyeta baddho mucyeta bandhanat gurvini janayet putram vidyarthi pandito bhavet dvitiyam - second; tu - indeed; samarabhya - beginning; pathet - recites; purnavadhim - full; dvijah - brahmana; daca-varam - ten times; idam - this; bhaktya - with devotion; dhyatva - meditating; devim - on goddess Yamuna; kalindajam - the daughter of Mount Kalinda; rogi - dioseased; rogat - from disease; pramucyeta freed; baddhah - imprisoned; mucyeta - is freed; bandhanat - from prison; gurvini desiring children; janayet - will beget; putram - a son; vidyarthi - desiring knowledge; panditah - a scholar; bhavet - will become. A brahmana who chants these names ten times as he devotedly meditates on Shri Yamuna, if he is diseased becomes free of his disease, if he is imprisoned becomes released from prison, if he wishes a son begets a son, if he wishes knowledges, becomes a learned scholar, . . . Text 134 mohanam stambhanam cacvad vaci-karanam eva ca uccatanam ghatanam ca cosanam dipanam tatha mohanam - bewilderment; stambhanam - paralysis; cacvat - always; vacikaranam - being under the conmtrol of others; eva - indeed; ca - and; uccatanam exile; ghatanam - viloent attacks; ca - and; cosanam - withering; dipanam - panic; tatha - so. . . . and becomes free from bewilderment, paralysis, being under others' control, forced exile, being attacked by others, withering away, panic, . . . Text 135 unmadanam tapanam ca nidhi-darcanam eva ca yad yad vanchati cittena tat tat prapnoti manavah unmadanam - madness; tapanam - suffering; ca - and; nidhi-darcanam - seeing wealth; eva - indeed; ca - and; yad yat - whatever; va 24chati - desires; cittena - in his heart; tat tat - thAT; prapnoti - attains; manavah - a person.

. . . madness, and suffering. He attains great wealth. He attains whatever he desires in his heart. Text 136 brahmano brahma-varcasvi rajanyo jagati-patih vaicyo nidhi-patir bhuyac chudrah crutva tu nirmalah brahmanah - a brahmana; brahma-varcasvi - brahminical power; rajanyah kings; jagati-patih - the master of the world; vaicyah - a vaisya; nidhi-patih - the master of great welath; bhuyat - may be; cudrah - a sudra; crutva - hearing; tu indeed; nirmalah - pure. By hearing these thousand names a brahmana attains great brahminical power, a ksatriya becomes king of the world, a vaicya becomes the master of great wealth, and a cudra becomes pure in heart. Text 137 puja-kale tu yo nityam pathate bhakti-bhavatah lipyate na sa papena padma-patram ivambhasa puja-kale - at the time of worship; tu - indeed; yah - one who; nityam - regularly; pathate - recites; bhakti-bhavatah - with devotion; lipyate - is touched; na - not; sa he; papena - by sin; padma-patram - a lotus leaf; iva - like; ambhasa - by water. A person who when he worships the Lord recites these thousand names of Shri Yamuna is never touched by sin as a lotus leaf is never touched by water. Texts 138 and 139 cata-varam pathen nityam varsavadhim atah param patalam paddhatim krtva stavam ca kavacam tatha sapta-dvipa-mahi-rajyam

prapnuyan natra samcayah cata-varam - a hundred times; pathen - recites; nityam - regularly; varsavadhim for a year; atah - then; param - from; patalam - patalam; paddhatim - paddhati; krtva - doing; stavam - stava; ca - and; kavacam - kavaca; tatha - so; sapta-dvipamahi-rajyam - the kingdom of the seven continents; prapnuyat - attains; na - not; atra - here; samcayah - doubt. A person who for one year every day recites these names one hundred times and every day performs the Yamuna-patala, Yamuna-paddhati, Yamuna-stava, and Yamuna-kavaca, becomes king of the seven dvipas. Of this there is no doubt. Text 140 niskaranam pathed yas tu yamuna-bhakti-samyutah traivargyam etya sukrti jivan-mukto bhaved iha niskaranam - without motive; pathet - recites; yah - one who; tu - indeed; yamuna-bhakti-samyutah - with devotion fro Shri Yamuna; traivargyam - the three goals of life; etya - attaining; sukrti - pious; jivan-muktah - liberated in this life; bhavet - becomes; iha - in this world. A person who, devoted to Shri Yamuna and free of material motives, recites these prayers, attains the three goals of life, becomes saintly, and becomes liberated even in this world. Text 141 nikunja-lila-lalitam manoharam kalindaja-kula-lata-kadambakam vrndavanonmatta-milinda-cabditam vrajet sa golokam idam pathec ca yah nikunja - in the forest groves; lila - pastimes; lalitam - charming; manoharam beautiful; kalindaja-kula - by the Yamuna's shore; lata-kadambakam - vines; vrndavana - og Vrndavana; unmatta - intoxicated; milinda - of bumblebees; cabditam - filled with the sounds; vrajet - goes; sa - he; golokam - to Goloka; idam this; pathet - reads; ca - and; yah - one who.

A person who recites these hundred names goes to Goloka, the beautiful realm filled with flowering vines by the Yamuna's shore, the sound of intoxicated bees, and the charming pastimes of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. .pa

Chapter Twenty Pralamba-vadha The Killing of Pralamba Text 1 cri-narada uvaca iti krishna-stavam crutva mandhata nrpa-sattamah ayodhyam prayayau viro natva cri-saubharim munim cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; krishna-stavam - Shri Yamunastava; crutva - hearing; mandhata - King Mandhata; nrpa - of kings; sattamah - the best; ayodhyam - to Ayodhya; prayayau - went; virah - hero; natva - bowing down; cri-saubharim - to Shri Saubhari; munim - the sage. Shri Narada said: After hearing these prayers glorifying Shri Yamuna, and after offering his respectful obeisances to Shri Saubhari Muni, the great king Mandhata went to Aytodhya. Text 2 idam maya te kathitam gopinam caritam cubham maha-papa-haram punyam kim bhuyah crotum icchasi idam - this; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; gopinam - of the gopis; caritam - the pastimes; cubham - beautiful; maha-papa-haram - removing the greatest sins; punyam - sacred; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; crotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish. I have now told you the beautiful story of the gopis, a sacred story that removes the greatest sins. What more do you wish to hear?

Text 3 cri-bahulacva uvaca crutam tava mukhad brahman gopinam varnanam param yamunayac ca pancaggam maha-pataka-nacanam cri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; crutam - heard; tava - from you; mukhat - mouth; brahman - O brahmana; gopinam - of the gopis; varnanam description; param - great; yamunayac - of Shri Yamuna; ca - and; pancaggam pancanga; maha-pataka - great sins; nacanam - destroying. Shri Bahulacva said: O brahmana, now I have heard from your mouth the story of the gopis and the description of the pa 24agga worship of Shri Yamuna, worship that destroys the greatest sins. Text 4 cri-krishnah sa-balah saksad golokadhipatih prabhuh agre cakara kam lilam lalitam vraja-mandale cri-krishnah - Shri Krishna; sa-balah - accompanied by Balarama; saksat directly; golokadhipatih - the king of Goloka; prabhuh - the Lord; agre - in the presence; cakara - did; kam - what?; lilam - pastimes; lalitam - charming; vrajamandale - in the circle of Vraja. What charming pastimes did Lord Krishna, the king of Goloka, then enjoy with Balarama in the circle of Vraja? Text 5 cri-narada uvaca ekada carayan gah svah sa-balo gopa-balakaih bhandire yamuna-tire bala-lilam cakara ha cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; ekada - one day; carayan - herding; gah the cows; svah - own; sa-balah - with Balarama; gopa-balakaih - with the gopa

boys; bhandire - in Bhandiravana; yamuna-tire - by the Yamuna's shore; bala-lilam childhood pastimes; cakara - did; ha - indeed. Shri Narada said: One day, as He was herding His cows in Bhandiravana forest by the Yamuna's shore, Krishna played many childhood games with Balarama and the gopa boys. Text 6 viharam karayan balair vahya-vahaka-laksanam vijahara vane krsno darcayan ga manoharah viharam - playing; karayan - doing; balaih - with the boys; vahya-vahakalaksanam - the carried and the carriers; vijahara - played; vane - in the forest; krishnah - Krishna; darcayan - showing; gah - the cows; manoharah - beautiful. Keeping an eye on the beautiful cows, Krishna played a game of carried and carriers with the boys. Text 7 tatragato gopa-rupi pralambah kamsa-noditah na jnato balakaih so 'pi harina vidito 'bhavat tatra - there; agatah - come; gopa-rupi - in the form of a gopa; pralambah Pralamba; kamsa-noditah - sent by Kamsa; na - not; jnatah - known; balakaih - by the boys; sah - he; api - although; harina - by Krishna; viditah - known; abhavat was. Sent by Kamsa, and now assuming the form of a gopa, the demon Pralamba came there. Although the gopas did not know who he really was, Krishna did. Text 8 vihare vijayam ramam netum ko 'pi na manyate uvaha tam pralambo 'sau bhandirad yamuna-tatam

vihare - in the game; vijayam - victorious; ramam - Balarama; netum - to carry; ko 'pi - someone; na - not; manyate - is considered; uvaha - carried; tam - Him; pralambah - Pralamba; asau - he; bhandirat - from Bhandiravana; yamuna-tatam to the Yamuna's shore. When Balarama won in the game there was no one to carry Him. Pralamba offered to carry Him. Pralamba carried Him out of Bhandiravana forest, far away to the Yamuna's shore. Text 9 avarohanato daityo mathuram gantum udyatah dadhara ghanavad rupam girindra iva durgamah avarohanatah - descending; daityah - the demon; mathuram - to Mathura; gantum - to go; udyatah - beginning; dadhara - held; ghanavat - like a cloud; rupam - a form; girindra - the king of mountains; iva - like; durgamah - imposing. Suddenly assuming a monstrous form like a great cloud or an impassible king of mountains, the demon went in the direction of Mathura. Text 10 babhau balo daitya-prsthe sundaro lola-kundalah akaca-stha purna-candrah sa-tadij-jalato yatha babhau - was splendidly manifest; balah - Balarama; daitya-prsthe - on the demon's back; sundarah - handsome; lola-kundalah - swinging earring; akaca - in the sky; stha - situated; purna-candrah - a full moon; sa-tadij-jalatah - a cloud with lightning; yatha - as. Riding on the demon's back, handsome Balarama was splendid as a moving earring, a full moon in the sky, or a glittering lightning flash. Text 11 daityam bhayagkaram viksya

baladevo maha-balah rusahanan mustina tam cirasy adrim yathadri-bhit daityamthe demon; bhayagkaram - a monstrous form; viksya - seeing; baladevah - Balarama; maha-balah - very powerful; rusa-angrily; ahanat - hit; mustina - with a fist; tam - him; cirasy - on the head; adrim - a mountain; yatha like; adri-bhit - Indra. As King Indra hits a mountain with his thundersbolt, so powerful Balarama, noticing that His carrier had become a monster, punched Pralamba's head with His fist. Text 12 vicirna-mustako daityo yatha vajra-hato girih papata bhumau sahasa calayan vasudha-talam vicirna - broken; mustakah - head; daityah - the demon; yatha - as; vajra-hatah hit by a thunderbolt; girih - a mountain; papata - fell; bhumau - to the ground; sahasa - at once; calayan - shaking; vasudha-talam - the earth. Falling the ground as a mountain hit by Indra's thunderbolt falls, the demon, his head broken, made the earth tremble. Text 13 taj-jyotir nirgatam dirgham bale linam babhuva ha tadaiva vavrsur devah puspair nandana-sambhavaih taj-jyotih - his light; nirgatam - left; dirgham - long; bale - in Balarama; linam entered; babhuva - was; ha - indeed; tada - then; eva - indeed; vavrsuh - showered; devah - the demigods; puspaih - with flowers; nandana-sambhavaih - grown in the Nandana gardens. A great effulgence left the demon and merged into Lord Balarama. Then the demigods showered flowers from the Nandana gardens.

Text 14 abhuj jaya-jayaravo divi bhumau nrpecvara evam cri-baladevasya caritam paramadbhutam maya te kathitam rajan kim bhutah crotum icchasi abhut - was; jaya-jayaravah - the sound of Victory! Vicotry!; divi - in the sky; bhumau - on the earth; nrpecvara - O king of kjings; evam - thus; cri-baladevasya of zBalarama; caritam - the pastime; paramadbhutam - very wonderful; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; rajan - O king; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; crotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish. O king of kings, then sounds of "Victory! Victory!" filled the heaven and earth. O king, now that I have recounted for you this wonderful pastime of Lord Balarama, what more do you wish to hear? Text 15 cri-bahulacva uvaca ko 'yam daityah purva-kale pralambo rana-durmadah baladevasya hastena muktim prapa katham mune cri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; kah - who?; ayam - this; daityah demon; purva-kale - in previous time; pralambah - Pralamba; rana-durmadah ferocious; baladevasya - pf Lord Balarama; hastena - by the fist; muktim - liberation; prapa - qattained; katham - how?; mune - O sage. Shri Bahulacva said: O sage, who was the ferocious demon Pralamba in his previous birth that he was able to attain liberation by Lord Balarama's hand? Text 16 cri-narada uvaca civasya pujanartham hi yaksa-rat sva-vane cubhe karayam asa puspanam raksam yaksair itas tatah

cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; civasya - of Lord Suva; pujanartham - for the worship; hi - indeed; yaksa-rat - the king of the Yaksas; sva-vane - in his own forest; cubhe - beautiful; karayam asa - made; puspanam - of flowers; raksam - raksa; yaksaih - by yaksas; itas tatah - here and there. Shri Narada said: To worship Lord Siva, one day the yaksa-king Kuvera had the yaksas place here and there in his berautiful forest many raksa-amulets made of flowers. Text 17 tad apy asyapi jagrhuh puspani prasphuranti ca tatah kruddho dadau capam yaksa-rad dhanado bali tat - that; apy - also; asya - of that; api - also; jagrhuh - took; puspani - flowers; prasphuranti - maniufest; ca - and; tatah - then; kruddhah - angered; dadau - gave; capam - a curse; yaksa-rad - the yaksa-king; dhanadah - Kuvera; bali - powerful. When the some of the flowers were stolen, the powerful yaksa-king Kuvera spoke a curse. Text 18 ye grhnanty asya puspani sve canye sura-manavah bhavitaro 'surah sarve mac-chapat sahasa bhuvi ye - whoever; grhnanty - takes; asya - of this; puspani - the flowers; sve - own; ca - and; anye - in another; sura - demigod; manavah - or human; bhavitarah - will become; asurah - demons; sarve - all; mac-chapat - by my curse; sahasa - at once; bhuvi - on the earth. He said: Any demigod or human that takes any of these flowers will become a demon. That is my curse. Text 19 huhu-suto 'atha vijayo

vicarams tirtha-bhumisu vanam caitraratham prapto gayan visnu-gunan pathi huhu-sutah - the son of Huhu; atha - then; vijayah - Vijaya; vicaran - walking; tirtha-bhumisu - to holy places; vanam - to the forest; caitraratham - Caitraratha; praptah - attained; gayan - singing; visnu-gunan - the glories of Lord Vishnu; pathi on the path. Then the gandharva Vijaya, who was the son of Huhu, walking on a pilgrimage to many holy places, and singing Lord Vishnu's glories as he went, came to Caitraratha forest. Text 20 vina-panir ajanan vai gandharvah sumanamsi ca grhitva so 'suro jato gandharvatvam vihaya tat vina - a vina; panih - in his hand; ajanan - unaware; vai - indeed; gandharvah the gandharva; sumanamsi - sumanah flowers; ca - and; grhitva - taking; sah - he; asurah - a demon; jatah - born; gandharvatvam - his gandharvahood; vihaya leaving behind; tat - that. Unaware of the curse, the gandharva, vina in hand, took some of the sumanah flowers there. At once he left his gandharva body and became a demon. Text 21 tadaiva caranam praptah kuverasya mahatmanah natva tat-prarthanam cakre krtanjali-putah canaih tada - then; eva - indeed; caranam - shelter; praptah - attained; kuverasya - of Kuvera; mahatmanah - the great soul; natva - bowing down; tat-prarthanam - a prayer to him; cakre - did; krtanjali-putah - with folded hands; canaih - slowly. At once he took shelter of the great soul Kuvera. With folded hands he bowed down and presented his appeal.

Text 22 tasmai prasanno rajendra kuvero 'pi varam dadau tvam visnu-bhaktah cantatma ma cokam kuru manada tasmai - with him; prasannah - pleased; rajendra - O king of kings; kuverah Kuvera; api - also; varam - a boon; dadau - gave; tvam - you; visnu-bhaktah - a devotee of Lord Vishnu; cantatma - peaceful at heart; ma - don't; cokam - lament; kuru - do; manada - O respectful one. Pleased with him, Kuvera blessed him: You are a peaceful-hearted devotee of Lord Vishnu. O respectful one, please don't lament. Text 23 dvaparante ca te muktir baladevasya hastatah bhavisyati na sandeho bhandire yamuna-tate dvaparante - at the end of Dvapara-yuga; ca - and; te - of you; muktih liberation; baladevasya - of Lord Balarama; hastatah - by the hand; bhavisyati - will be; na - not; sandehah - doubt; bhandire - in Bhanmdiravana; yamuna-tate - by the Yamuna's shore. At the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Bhandiravaana forest by the Yamuna's shore, you will attain liberation by Lord Balarama's hand. Of this there is no doubt. Text 24 cri-narada uvaca huhu-sutah sa gandharvah pralambo 'bhun mahasurah kuverasya varad rajan param moksam jagama ha cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; huhu-sutah - the son of Huhu; sa - he; gandharvah - gandharva; pralambah - Pralamba; abhut - became; mahasurah - a great demon; kuverasya - of Kuvera; varat - by the nl; essing; rajan - O kingl; param moksam - liberation; jagama - attained; ha - indeed.

Shri Narada said: In this way Huhu's gandharva son became a great demon and, by Kuvera's grace, attained liberation. .pa

Chapter Twenty-one Davagni-moksa-vipra-patni-darcana Lord Krishna Extinguishes the Forest Fire and Reveals Himself to the Brahmana's Wives Text 1 cri-narada uvaca atha krida-prasaktesu gopesu sa-balesu ca trna-lobhena vivicur gavah sarvah mahad vanam cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; atha - then; krida-prasaktesu - intent on playing; gopesu - when the gopas; sa-balesu - with Balarama; ca - amd; trnalobhena - eager for grass; vivicuh - entered; gavah - the cows; sarvah - all; mahat the great; vanam - forest. Shri Narada said: As Balarama and the gopas intently played, all the cows, hungry for more grass, went far into the forest. Text 2 ta anetum gopa-balah prapta munjatavim param sambhutas tatra davagnih pralayagni-samo mahan tah - them; anetum - to bring back; gopa-balah - the gopa boyas; prapta attained; mu 24jatavim - Munjatavi forest; param - great; sambhutah - manifested; tatra - there; davagnih - a forest fire; pralayagni-samah - like the fire at the time of cosmic anihilation; mahan - great. When to bring them back the gopa boys went to Mu 24jatavi forest, a great forest fire, like the fire at the end of the universe, suddenly flared up.

Text 3 gobhir gopah sametas te cri-krishnam sa-balam harim vadantah pahi pahiti bhayartah caranam gatah gobhih - the cows; gopah - the gopas; sametah - with; te - they; cri-krishnam - to Shri Krishna; sa-balam - and Balarama; harim - Lord Krishna; vadantah - saying; pahi - save!; pahiti - save!; bhayartah - frightened; caranam - shelter; gatah - went. Followed by the cows, and calling out "Save us! Save us!", the frightened gopas took shelter of Krishna and Balarama. Text 4 viksya vahni-bhayam svanam krsno yogecvarecvarah nyamilayata ma bhaista locanananity abhasata viksya - seeing; vahni - of the fire; bhayam - the fear; svanam - of His devotees; krishnah - Krishna; yogecvarecvarah - the master of yoga; nyamilayata - close; ma - don't; bhaista - fear; locananani - eyes; iti - thus; abhasata - said. Seeing that His friends were afraid of the fire, Krishna, the master of all yoga powers, said to them, "Close your eyes. Don't be afraid." Text 5 tatha-bhutesu gopesu tam agnim bhaya-karakam apibad bhagavan devo devanam pacyatam nrpa tatha-bhutesu - doing that; gopesu - the gopas; tam - that; agnim - fire; bhayakarakam - terrifying; apibat - drank; bhagavan - the Lord; devah - the master; devanam - of the dmeigods; pacyatam - looking on; nrpa - O king. As the gopas closed their eyes and the demigods looked on, Lord Krishna drank up that terrifying fire.

Text 6 evam pitva maha-vahnim nitva gopala-go-ganam prapto 'bhud yamuna-pare cubhacoka-vane harih evam - thus; pitva - having drunk; maha-vahnim - the great fire; nitva - bringing; gopala-go-ganam - the gopsas and cows; praptah - attained; abhut - was; yamunapare - on the other shore of thr Yamuna; cubha - beautiful; acoka - of asoka trees; vane - in the forest; harih - Lord Krishna. After drinking up the great fire, Lord Krishna took the cows and gopas to a beautiful acoka forest on the Yamuna's farther shore. Text 7 tatra ksut-pidita gopah cri-krishnam sa-balam harim krtanjali-puta ucuh ksudhartah sma vayam prabho tatra - there; ksut-pidita - tormented with hunger; gopah - the gopas; crikrishnam - to Shri Krishna; sa-balam - and Balarama; harim - Krishna; krtanjali-puta - with folded hands; ucuh - said; ksudhartah - tormented with hunder; sma - indeed; vayam - we are; prabhah - O master. Tormented with hunger, the gopas, respectfully folding their hands said to Krishna and Balarama, "O Lord, we are tormented with hunger." Text 8 tada tan presayam asa yajna aggirase harih te gatva tam yajna-varam natvocur vimalam vacah tada - then; tan - them; presayam asa - sent; yajne aggirase - to an angirasayajna; harih - Krishna; te - they; gatva - going; tam - this; yajna-varam - to the brahmana assembled for the yajna; natva - bowing down; ucuh - spoke; vimalam sweet; vacah - words.

Lord Krishna sent them to a place where an aggirasa-yaj 24a was being performed. The boys went to the yajna, bowed down before the performers of the yajna, and spoke many sweet words. Text 9 cri-gopa ucuh gopala-balaih sa-balah samagato gac carayan chri-vraja-raja-nandanah ksut-samyuto 'smai sa-ganaya bhusurah prayacchatacv annam anagga-mohine cri-gopa ucuh - the gopas said; gopala-balaih - with gopa boys; sa-balah - with Balarama; samagatah - come; gac - cows; carayan - herding; cri-vraja-rajanandanah - the prince of Vraja; ksut-samyutah - hungry; asmai - to Him; sa-ganaya and His company; bhusurah - O brahmanas; prayacchata - please give; acu - now; annam - food; anagga-mohinemore charming than Kamadeva. The gopas said: Herding the cows in the company of Balarama and many gopa boys, Shri Krishna, the prince of Vraja, who is more handsome than Kamadeva, is now hungry. O brahmanas, please give some food to Him and His companions. Text 10 cri-narada uvaca na kincid ucus te sarve vacah crutva dvija nrpa gopa niraca agatya ity ucuh sa-balam harim cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; na - not; ki 24cit - anything; ucuh - said; te they; sarve - all; vacah - words; crutva - hearing; dvija - the brahmanas; nrpa - O king; gopa - the gopas; niraca - giving up hope; agatya - returning; ity - thus; ucuh - said; sa-balam - with Balarama; harim - to Lord Krishna. Shri Narada said: Although they heard these words, the brahmanas did not say anything in reply. Giving up hope, the gopas returned and told all this to Krishna and Balarama. Text 11 cri-gopa ucuh

tvam asy adhico vraja-mandale bali cri-gokule nanda-puro 'gra-danda-dhrk na vartate dandam alam madhoh puri pracanda-candamsu-mahas tava sphurat cri-gopa ucuh - the gopas said; tvam - You; asy - are; adhicah - the Lord; vrajamandale - in the circle of Vraja; bali - powerful; cri-gokule - in Shri Gokula; nandapurah - in Nanda-pura; agra-danda-dhrk - the right punish others; na - not; vartate is; dandam - punishment; alam - enough; madhoh puri - in Mathura; pracandacandamsu-mahah - glorious and powerful as the blazing sun; tava - by You; sphurat - manifested. The gopas said: You are the powerful ruler in the circle of Vraja. In Shri Gokula and in Nandapura You have the right to punish others. In this land of Mathura You are glorious and powerful and the blazing son. There is not punishment enough that You can give to these people. Text 12 cri-narada uvaca punas tan presayam asa tat-patnibhyo harih svayam yajna-vatam punar gatva natva vipra-priyas tada krtanjali-puta ucur gopah krishna-pranoditah cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; punah - again; tan - them; presayam asa sent; tat-patnibhyah - to their wives; harih - Krishna; svayam - personally; yaj 24avatam - tp the place of the yajna; punah - again; gatva - going; natva - bowing down; vipra-priyah - to the brahmanas' wives; tada - then; krtanjali-puta - with folded hands; ucuh - said; gopah - the gopas; krishna - by Lord Krishna; pranoditah sent. Lord Krishna sent them again, this time to the brahmanas' wives. Arriving at the place of the yajna, the gopas sent by Krishna bowed down before the brahmanas' wives and, respectfully folding their hands, spoke. Text 13 cri-gopa ucuh gopala-balaih sa-balah samagato gac carayan chri-vraja-raja-nandanah

ksut-samyuto 'smai sa-ganaya cagganah prayacchatacv annam anagga-mohine cri-gopa ucuh - the gopas said; gopala-balaih - with gopa boys; sa-balah - with Balarama; samagatah - come; gac - cows; carayan - herding; cri-vraja-rajanandanah - the prince of Vraja; ksut-samyutah - hungry; asmai - to Him; sa-ganaya and His company; ca - and; agganah - O ladies; prayacchata - please give; acu now; annam - food; anagga-mohinemore charming than Kamadeva. The gopas said: Herding the cows in the company of Balarama and many gopa boys, Shri Krishna, the prince of Vraja, who is more handsome than Kamadeva, is now hungry. O ladies, please give some food to Him and His companions. Texts 14 and 15 cri-narada uvaca krishnam samagatam crutva krishna-darcana-lalasah cakrus tathannam patresu nitva sarva dvijagganah tyaktva sadyo loka-lajjam krishna-parcvam samayayuh acokanam vane ramye krishna-tire manohare cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; krishnam - Lord Krishna; samagatam come; crutva - hearing; krishna-darcana - to see Lord Krishna; lalasah - eager; cakruh - became; tatha - then; annam - food; patresu - in vessals; nitva - taking; sarva - all; dvijagganah - the brahmanis; tyaktva - abandoning; sadyah - at once; loka-lajjam - shyness of what people may think; krishna-parcvam - to Lord Krishna's side; samayayuh - went; acokanam - of asoka trees; vane - in the forest; ramye beautiful; krishna-tire - on the Yamuna's shore; manohare - beautiful. Shri Narada said: When they heard that Krishna had come, the brahmana women became very eager to see Him. Taking different kinds of food in many containers, and not thinking of how they might be criticized for their actions, they all went to Krishna in the beautiful acoka forest by the Yamuna's beautiful shore. Text 16 yatha crutam tatha drstam cri-hareh rupam adbhutam prapyanandam gatah sarvas

turiyam yogino yatha yatha - as; crutam - heard; tatha - so; drstam - seen; cri-hareh - of Shri Krishna; rupam - teh form; adbhutam - wonderful; prapya - attaining; anandam - blissed; gatah - attained; sarvah - all; turiyam - the transcendental position; yoginah - yogis; yatha - as. When they saw Lord Krishna's wonderful form, which was just as they had heard it described, they became filled with bliss. They all attained the transcendental platform attained by the greatest yogis. Text 17 cri-bhagavan uvaca dhanya yuyam darcanartham agata he dvijagganah pratiyata grhan chighram nihcagka bhumi-devatah cri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dhanya fortunate; yuyam - you all; darcanartham - to see; agata - come; he - O; dvijagganah - brahmana women; pratiyata - please return; grhan - to your homes; cighram - at once; nihcagka - without fear; bhumi-devatah - - O brahmanas. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O brahmanis, you are all very fortunate to have come here to see Me. Now, without any fear, please return to your homes. Texts 18 and 19 yusmakam tu prabhavena patayo vo dvijatayah sadyo yajna-phalam prapya yusmabhih saha nirmalah gamisyanti param dhama golokam prakrteh param atha natva harim sarva ajagmur yajna-mandale yusmakam - of you; tu - indeed; prabhavena - by the power; patayah - husbands; vah - of you; dvijatayah - brahmanas; sadyah - at once; yajna-phalam - the result of the yajna; prapya - attaining; yusmabhih - with you all; saha - with; nirmalah pure; gamisyanti - will go; param - to the supreme; dhama - abode; golokam -

Goloka; prakrteh - the material energy; param - above; atha - then; natva - bowing; harim - to Lord Hari; sarva - all; ajagmuh - returned; yajna-mandale - to the circle of the yajna. After attaining the result of this yajn, your pure-hearted brahmana husbands will go, by Your spiritual power, to the supreme abode of Goloka, which is beyond the world of matter. Then all the women offered their respectful obeisances to Lord Krishna and returned to the circle of the yajna. Text 20 cri-narada uvaca ta drstva brahmanah sarve svatmanam dhik pracakrire didrksavas te cri-krishnam kamsad bhita na cagatah cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; ta - they; drstva - seeing; brahmanah - the brahmanas; sarve - all; svatmanam - to themselves; dhik - rebuke; pracakrire - did; didrksavah - yearning to see; te - they; cri-krishnam - Shri Krishna; kamsat - of Kamsa; bhita - afraid; na - not; ca - and; agatah - went. Shri Narada said: When they saw their wives, the brahmanas rebuked themselves. Although they also yearned to see Lord Krishna, out of fear of Kamsa they did not go to see Him. Text 21 bhuktvannam sa-balah krsno gopalaih saha maithila gah palayan ajagama vrndaranyam manoharam bhuktva - eating; annam - the food; sa-balah - with Balarama; krishnah - Krishna; gopalaih - with ther gopas; saha - with; maithila - O king of Mithila; gah - the cows; palayan - protecting; ajagama - came; vrndaranyam - to Vrndavana forest; manoharam - beautiful. O king of Mithila, when they had finished eating, Krishna, Balarama, and the gopas took the cows to beautiful Vrndavana forest. .pa

Chapter Twenty-two Nandadi-vaikuntha-darcanam Nanda and the Gopas See the Realm of Vaikuntha Text 1 ekada nanda-rajo 'sau krtva caikadaci-vratam dvadacyam yamunam snatum gopalair jalam avicat ekada - one day; nanda-rajah - King Nanda; asau - he; krtva - making; ca - and; ekadaci-vratam - the vow of ekadashi; dvadacyam - on dvadasi; yamunam - the Yamuna; snatum - to bathe; gopalaih - with the gopas; jalam - the water; avica - t entered. Once, after following the vow of ekadaci, on dvadaci King Nanda and the gopas entered the Yamuna to to bathe. Text 2 tam grhitva paci-bhrtyah pacilokam jagama ha tada kolahale jate gopanam maithilecvara tam - him; grhitva - taking; paci-bhrtyah - the servants of varuna; pacilokam - to Varunaloka; jagama - went; ha - indeed; tada - then; kolahale - an uproar; jate - was manifested; gopanam - among thre gopas; maithilecvara - O king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, at that moment the servants of Varuna grabbed King Nanda and, amind the gopas' loud protests, dragged him away to Varunaloka. Text 3 acvasya sarvan bhagavan gatavan varunim purim bhasmi-cakara sahasa

puri-durgam harih svayam acvasya - comforting; sarvan - everyone; bhagavan - the Lord; gatavan - went; varunim purim - to the city of Varuna; bhasmi-cakara - turning to ashes; sahasa - at once; puri-durgam - the fortress; harih - Krishna; svayam - Himself. After reassuring everyone, Lord Krishna traveled to Varuna's city. There He quickly burned to ashes the city's outer walls. Text 4 koti-martanda-sagkacam drstva prakupitam harim natva krtanjalih paci parikramyaha dharsitah koti-martanda-sagkacam - brilliant as millions of suns; drstva - seeing; prakupitam - angry; harim - Krishna; natva - bowing down; krtanjalih - with folded hands; paci - Varuna; parikramya - circumambulating; aha - said; dharsitah defeated. Seeing angry Krishna blazing with the splendor of millions of suns, and realizing that he was now defeated, Varuna bowed before the Lord with folded hands and then respectfully circumambulated Him. Text 5 cri-varuna uvaca namah cri-krishnacandraya paripurnatamaya ca asagkhya-brahmanda-bhrte goloka-pataye namah cri-varuna uvaca - Shri Varu.na said; namah - obeisances; cri-krishnacandraya to Shri Krishnacanbdra; paripurnatamaya - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ca - and; asagkhya-brahmanda-bhrte - the maintainer of countless universes; golokapataye - to the master of Goloka; namah - obeisances. Shri Varuna said: Obeisances to Shri Krishnacandra, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead! Obeisances to the Lord of Goloka, the maintainer of numberless universes!

Text 6 catur-vyuhaya mahase namas te sarva-tejase namas te sarva-bhavaya parasmai brahmane namah catur-vyuhaya - who expands in four features; mahase - glorious; namah obeisances; te - to You; sarva-tejase - supremely splendid; namah - obeisances; te to You; sarva-bhavaya - the creator of all; parasmai - to the Supreme; brahmane Brahman; namah - obeisances. Obeisances to You, the splendid Lord who expands as the four vyuha incarnations! Obeisances to You, the glorious Supreme Lord, the original cause of all causes! Text 7 kenapi mudhena mamanugena krtam param helanam atra eva tat ksamyatam bhoh caranam gatam mam pareca bhuman paripahi pahi kenapi - by a certain; mudhena - fool; mama - of me; anugena - a follower; krtam - done; param - great; helanam - offense; atra - here; eva - indeed; tat - that; ksamyatam - may be forgiven; bhoh - O; caranam - shelkter; gatam - attained; mam - to me; pareca - O Supreme Lord; bhuman - O Lord; paripahi - please protect; pahi - please protect. A foolish servant of mine greatly offended You. O Lord please forgive us. O Supreme Lord, I take shelter of You. Please protect me! Please protect me! Text 8 cri-narada uvaca iti prasanno bhagavan nandam nitva su-jivitam saukhyam prakacayan bandhun vraja-mandalam ayayau cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; prasannah - pleased; bhagavan the Lord; nandam - Nanda; nitva - taking; su-jivitam - alive; saukhyam - happiness;

prakacayan - showing; bandhun - to friends; vraja-mandalam - to the circle of Vraja; ayayau - went. Shri Narada said: Pleased, and clearly showing His happiness, Lord Krishna took Nanda back to the circle of Vraja. Text 9 nanda-raja-mukhac chrutva prabhavam cri-hares tu tam gopi-gopa-gana ucuh cri-krishnam nanda-nandanam nanda-raja - of King Nanda; mukhat - from the mouth; crutva - hearing; prabhavam - the prowess; cri-hareh - of Lord Krishna; tu - indeed; tam - to Him; gopi-gopa-gana - the gopas and gopis; ucuh - said; cri-krishnam - to zKrishna; nanda - of Nanda; nandanam - the son. When from Nanda's mouth they heard of Lord Krishna's great power, the gopas and gopis approached Shri Krishna, the son of Nanda, snd said to Him: Text 10 yadi tvam bhagavan saksal loka-palaih su-pujitah darcayacu param lokam vaikuntham tarhi nah prabho yadi - if; tvam - You; bhagavan - are the Supreme Personality of Godhead; saksal - directly; loka-palaih - by the demigods; su-pujitah - worshiped; darcaya - please show; acu - at once; param lokam - supreme abode; vaikuntham - Vaikuntha; tarhi then; nah - to us; prabhah - O Lord. O Lord, if You are in truth the Supreme Personality of Godhead worshiped by all the demigods, then please show us Your supreme abode, the world of Vaikuntha. Text 11 nitva sarvams tatah krishna etya vaikuntha-mandiram darcayam asa rupam svam

jyotir-mandala-madhyagam nitva - taking; sarvan - all; tatah - then; krishna - Krishna; etya - going; vaikuntha-mandiram - to the abode of Vaikuntha; darcayam asa - showed; rupam form; svam - own; jyotir-mandala-madhyagam - ina circle of light. Then Lord Krishna took them all to the realm of Vaikuntha, where He showed them a form surrounded by a great circle of light, . . . Text 12 sahasra-bhuja-samyuktam kirita-katakojjvalam cagkha-cakra-gada-padmavana-mala-virajitam sahasra-bhuja-samyuktam - with a thousand arms; kirita - with crown; kataka golden bracelets; ujjvalam - splendid; cagkha - conch; cakra - disc; gada - club; padma - lotus; vana - forest; mala - garland; virajitam - splendid. . . . a form that had thousands of arms, that was splendid with a crown, golden bracelets, forest garland, cocnh, disc, club, and lotus, . . . Text 13 asagkhya-koti-martandasagkacam cesa-samsthitam camarandola-divyabham brahmadyaih parisevitam asagkhya - countless; koti - millions; martanda - of suns; sagkacam - splendor; cesa-samsthitam - resting on Sesa; camarandola-divyabham - fanned with camaras; brahmadyaih - by the demigods headed by Brahma; parisevitam - served. . . . that was splendid as numberless millions of suns, that reclined on Lord Sesa, that was served by Brahma and the demigods, fanning it with camaras, . . . Text 14 tadaiva tan gopa-ganan parsadas te gada-dharah rjum krtva natim krtva

dure sthapya prayatnatah tada - then; eva - indeed; tan - them; gopa-ganan - the gopas; parsadah - the associates; te - they; gada-dharah - holding clubs; rjum - straight; krtva - doing; natim - obeisances; krtva - doing; dure - far away; sthapya - staying; prayatnatah carefully. From a distance the associates of the Lord of Vaikuntha, who were all carrying great clubs, respectfully offered dandavat obeisances to the gopas. Text 15 cakitan iva tan viksya procus te parsada gira re re tusnim prabhavata ma vaktavyam vanecarah cakitan - frightened; iva - as if; tan - them; viksya - seeing; procuh - said; te they; parsada - the associates; gira - with words; re re - Oh! Oh!; tusnim - silence; prabhavata - do; ma - not; vaktavyam - should be spoken; vanecarah - O you who dwell in the forest. Seeing that the gopas felt intimidated, the associates of the Lord of Vaikuntha said, "O people of the forest, please be silent. Please do not speak." Text 16 bhasanam ma prakuruta na drsta kim sabha hareh veda vadanti catraiva saksad deve sthite prabhau bhasanam - speech; ma - don't; prakuruta - do; na - not; drsta - seen; kim whether?; sabha - the assembly; hareh - of Lord Krishna; veda - the Vedas; vadanti say; ca - and; atra - here' eva - indeed; saksat - directly; deve - the Lord; sthite standing; prabhau - the Lord. "Please don't speak. Don't you already have the Lord's company? The Supreme Personality of Godhead, whom the Vedas glorify, stands in your midst." Text 17

iti ciksam gata gopa harsita maunam asthitah manasy ucur ayam krishna ucca-simhasane sthitah iti - thus; ciksam - instruction; gata - attained; gopa - the gopas; harsita pleased; maunam - silence; asthitah - did; manasy - in the heart; ucuh - said; ayam - this; krishna - Krishna; ucca-simhasane - on a great throne; sthitah - is situated. Hearing these words of instruction, the gopas were happy and silent. In their hearts they said to themselves, "Our Krishna is seated on a great throne!" Text 18 asman durad adhah krtvasmabhir vakti na karhicit tasmad vrajad varam nasti ko 'pi loko na saukhya-dah asman - from us; durat - far; adhah - below; krtva - placing; asmabhih - with us; vakti - speaks; na - not; karhicit - ever; tasmat - therefore; vrajat - from Vraja; varam - better; na - not; asti - is; ko 'pi - any; lokah - world; na - not; saukhya-dah giving happiness. "He is up above, and we are way below. He does not speak to us a single word. From this we can understand that no place is better than Vraja. No place is happier than Vraja." Text 19 yatranena sva-bhratrapi varta syad dhi parasparam iti pravadatas tan vai nitva cri-bhagavan harih vrajam agatavan rajan

paripurnatamah prabhuh

yatra - where; anena - by Him; sva-bhratra - His brother; api - also; varta - news; syat - is; hi - indeed; parasparam - mutual; iti - thus; pravadatah - speaking; tan - to them; vai - indeed; nitva - taking; cri-bhagavan - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; harih - Lord Krishna; vrajam - personally; agatavan - come; rajan - O king; paripurnatamah prabhuh - the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

O king, then they said among themselves, "The Supreme Personality of Godhead and His brother have come to Vraja!" .pa

Chapter Twenty-three Sudarcanopakhyana The Story of Sudarcana Text 1 cri-narada uvaca ekada nrpa gopalah cakatai ratna-puritaih vrsabhanupanandadya ajagmuc cambikavanam cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; ekada - one day; nrpa - O king; gopalah - the gopas; cakatai - with their carts; ratna - with jewels; puritaih - filled; vrsabhanu - by King Vrsabhanu; upananda - and Upananda; adyah - headed; ajagmuc - came; ca and; ambikavanam - to Ambikavana. One day the gopas, headed by Upananda and King Vrsabhanu, took many carts filled with jewels to Ambikavana forest. Text 2 bhadrakalim pacupatim pujayitva vidhanatah dadur danam dvijatibhyah suptas tatra sarit-tate bhadrakalim - goddess Durga; pacupatim - and Lord Siva; pujayitva worshiping; vidhanatah - according to the rules; daduh - gave; danam - gift; dvijatibhyah - to the brahmanas; suptah - slept; tatra - there; sarit-tate - by the riverbank. After worshiping Lord Siva and goddess Durga, and after giving charity to the brahmanas, they slept on by the riverbank there. Text 3

tatraiko nirgato ratrau sarpo nandam pade 'grahit krishna krsneti cukroca nando 'ti-bhaya-vihvalah tatra - there; ekah - one; nirgatah - came; ratrau - at night; sarpah - snake; nandam - to Nanda; pade - the feet; agrahit - grabbed; krishna - O Krishna; krishna O Krishna; iti - thus; cukroca - cried; nandah - Nanda; ati-bhaya-vihvalah - terrified. In the middle of the night a snake came and grabbed Nanda's feet. Terrified, Nanda cried out, "Krishna! Krishna!" Text 4 tadolmukair gopa-balas todur ajagaram nrpa padam so 'pi na tatyaja sarpo 'tha sva-manim yatha tada - then; ulmukaih - with torches; gopa-balah - the gopa boys; toduh - struck; ajagaram - the snake; nrpa - O king; padam - the foor; sah - it; api - also; na - not; tatyaja - abandoned; sarpah - tyhe snake; atha - then; sva-manim - its own jewel; yatha - as. The gopa boys beat the snake with torches, but it would not leave Nanda any more than it would leave the jewel growing from its head. Text 5 tatada sva-pada sarpam bhagaval loka-pavanah tyaktva tadaiva sarpatvam bhutva vidyadharah krti natva krishnam parikramya

krtanjali-puto 'vadat

tatada - kicked; sva-pada - with His foot; sarpam - the snake; bhagavan - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; loka-pavanah - the purifier of the worlds; tyaktva leaving; tada - then; eva - indeed; sarpatvam - the state of being a snake; bhutva becoming; vidyadharah - a vidyadhara; krti - pious; natva - bowing down; krishnam - to Krishna; parikramya - circumabulating; krtanjali-putah - with folded hands; avadat - spoke.

Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the purifier of the worlds, kicked the snake. That soul at once left his snake body and became a pious vidyadhara. With folded hands the vidyadhara bowed before Lord Krishna, circumambulated Him, and then spoke. Text 6 cri-sudarcana uvaca aham sudarcano nama vidyadhara-varah prabho astavakram munim drstva hasito 'smi maha-balah cri-sudarcana uvaca - Shri Sudarcana said; aham - I; sudarcanah - Sudarcana; nama - named; vidyadhara-varah - a great vidyadhara; prabhah - O Lord; astavakram - Astavakra; munim - the sage; drstva - seeing; hasitah - laughed; asmi - I; maha-balah - very powerful. Shri Sudarcana said: My name is Sudarcana. I am a great vidyadhara. When I saw the sage Astavakra, I laughed at him. Text 7 mahyam capam dadau so 'pi tvam sarpo bhava durmate tac-chapad adya mukto 'ham krpaya tava madhava mahyam - to me; capam - acurse; dadau - gave; sah - he; api - also; tvam - you; sarpah - a snake; bhava - become; durmate - O fool; tat-capat - from his curse; adya - today; muktah - free; aham - I am; krpaya - by the mercy; tava - of You; madhava - O Krishna. He cursed me, "Fool! Now become a snake!" O Krishna, by Your mercy I am today freed from that curse. Text 8 tvat-pada-padma-makaranda-rajah-kananam sparcena divya-padavim sahasagato 'smi tasmai namo bhagavate bhuvanecvaraya yo bhuri-bhara-haranaya bhuvo 'vatarah

tvat - Your; pada - feet; padma - lotus; makaranda - nectar; rajah-kananam-of the pollen; sparcena - by the touch; divya - the transcendental; padavim - abode; sahasa - at once; agatah - attained; asmi - I have; tasmai - to Him; namah obeisances; bhagavate - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuvanecvaraya the master of the worlds; yah - one who; bhuri - great; bhara - burden; haranaya for the removal; bhuvah - on the earth; avatarah - incarnation. The touch of the the nectar pollen of Your lotus feet has made me a demigod again. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the worlds, who has desceneded to this world to relieve the earth of its burden. Text 9 cri-narada uvaca iti natva harim krishnam rajan vidyadharas tu sah jagama vaishnavam lokam sarvopadrava-varjitam cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; natva - speaking; harim - to Lord Krishna; krishnam - Krishna; rajan - O king; vidyadharah - the vidyahdara; tu indeed; sah - he; jagama - went; vaishnavam lokam - to Vishnuloka; sarva - all; upadrava - obstacles; varjitam - without. Shri Narada said: O king, after bowing down before Lord Krishna, the vidyadhara departed for the spiritual world of Vishnuloka. Text 10 nandadyah vismitah sarve jnatva krishnam parecvaram ambikavanatah cighram ayayur vraja-mandalam nanda-adyah - headed by Nanda; vismitah - astonished; sarve - everyone; jnatva - understanding; krishnam - Krishna; parecvaram - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; ambikavanatah - from Ambikavana; cighram - quickly; ayayuh - came; vraja-mandalam - to the circle of Vraja. Astonished, and now acutely aware of Krishna's divinity, Nanda and the gopas left Ambikavana and quickly returned to the circle of Vraja.

Text 11 idam maya te kathitam cri-krishna-caritam cubham sarva-papa-haram punyam kim bhuyah crotum icchasi idam - thus; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; cri-krishna-caritam Shri Krishna's pastimes; cubham - beautiful; sarva-papa - all sins; haram removing; punyam - sacred; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; crotum - to hear; icchasi you wish. Now I have described to you Shri Krishna's beautiful and sacred pastimes, which remove all sins. What more do you wish to hear? Text 12 cri-bahulacva uvaca aho cri-krishnacandrasya caritam paramadbhutam crutva mano me tac chrotum atrptam punar icchati cri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; ahah - - Oh; cri-krishnacandrasya - of Lorr Krishnacandra; caritam - the pastimes; paramadbhutam - very wonderful; crutva - heashring; manah - the heart; me - of me; tat - that; chrotum - to hear; atrptam - unsatiated; punah - again; icchati - desires. Shri Bahulacva said: My heart never tires of hearing Lord Krishnacandra's very wonderful pastimes. It yearns to hear them again and again. Text 13 agre cakara kam lilam lilaya vraja-mandale harir vrajecah paramo vada devarsi-sattama agre - before; cakara - did; kam - what?; lilam - pastime; lilaya - playfully; vrajamandale - in the circle of Vraja; harih - Lord Krishna; vrajecah - the king of Vraja; paramah - supreme; vada - please tell; devarsi-sattama - O best of the divine sages.

Before that what pastime did Lord Krishna, the king of Vraja, enjoy in the circle of Vraja? O best of the divine sages, please tell me that pastime. .pa

Chapter Twenty-four Vyomasuraristasura-vadha The Killing of Vyomasura and Aristasura Text 1 cri-narada uvaca ekada caila-decesu sa-balo bhagavan harih krtva vilapana-kridam caura-palaka-laksanam cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; ekada - one day; caila-decesu - on the hill; sa-balah - with Balarama; bhagavan - Lord; harih - Krishna; krtva - doing; vilapanakridam - the pastime of disappearing; caura - thieves; palaka - police; laksanam characterized by. Shri Narada said: One day on Govardhana Hill Krishna, Balarama, and the boys played a game of theives and police. Text 2 tatra vyomasuro daityo balan mesayitan bahun nitva nitvadri-daryam ca viniksipya punah punah tatra - there; vyomasurah - Vyomasura; daityah - demon; balan - the boys; mesayitan - pretending to be lambs; bahun - many; nitva - stealing; nitva - raking; adri-daryam - to a mountain cave; ca - and; viniksipya - placing; punah - again; punah - and again. The demon Vyomasura came there and, one by one, took away the boys pretending to be lambs and imprisoned them in a mountain cave.

Text 3 cilaya pidadhe dvaram maya-putro maha-balah satya-cauram ca tam jnatva bhagavan madhusudanah cilaya - with a rock; pidadhe - covered; dvaram - the entrance; maya-putrah - teh son of Maya; maha-balah - very powerful; satya-cauram - a real thief; ca - and; tam him; jnatva - understanding; bhagavan madhusudanah - Lord Krishna. Then Vyoma, the son of Mayasura, blocked the cave's entrance with a giant boulder. The Lord Krishna could understand that Vyomasura was not pretending, but he had actually stolen the boys. Text 4 grhitva patayam asa bhujabhyam bhumi-mandale grhitva - grabbing; patayam asa - threw; bhujabhyam - with both arms; bhumimandale - to the ground. Krishna grabbed him in both arms and threw him to the gorund. Text 5 tada mrtyum gato daityas taj-jyotir nirgatam sphurat daca-diksu bhramad rajan cri-krsne linatam gatam tada - then; mrtyum - death; gatah - attained; daityah - the demon; taj-jyotih his light; nirgatam - left; sphurat - glistening; daca-diksu - in the ten directions; bhramat - wandered; rajan - O king; cri-krsne - into Shri Krishna; linatam - merged; gatam - attained. When the demon died an effulgence left his body and wandered in the ten directions until it finally merged into Lord Krishna.

Text 6 tada jaya-jayaravo divi bhumau babhuva ha puspani vavrsur devah paramananda-samvrtah tada - then; jaya-jayaravah - sounds of Victory! Victory!; divi - in the sky; bhumau - on the earth; babhuva - were; ha - indeed; puspani - flowers; vavrsuh showered; devah - the demigods; paramananda-samvrtah - filled with bliss. Sounds of "Victory! Victory!" filled the sky and the earth. The happy demigods showered flowers. Text 7 cri-bahulacva uvaca ko 'yam purvam kucala-krd vyomo namatha tad vada yena krsne ghana-cyame lino 'bhud damini yatha cri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; kah - who?; ayam - he; purvam previously; kucala-krt - performed pious deeds; vyomah - Vyoma; nama - named; atha - then; tat - that; vada - please tell; yena - by which; krsne - into Lord Krishna; ghana-cyame - dark as a monsoon cloud; linah - merged; abhut - was; damini lightning flash; yatha - like. Shri Bahulacva said: What pious deeds had Vyomasura done in his previous birth that he was able to merge into Lord Krishna as a lightning flash merges into a dark raincloud? Text 8 cri-narada uvaca asit kacyam bhimaratho raja dana-parayanah yajna-krn mana-do dhanvi visnu-bhakti-parayanah cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; asit - was; kacyam - in Varanasi; bhimarathah - Bhimaratha; raja - King; dana - to charity; parayanah - devoted; yajna-krt - a performer of yajnas; mana-dah - respectful top others; dhanvi - an expert archer; visnu-bhakti-parayanah - a great devotee of Lord Vishnu.

Shri Narada said: He was a great king named Bhimaratha, who lived in the city of Varanasi. He was charitable, a performer of many yajnas, respectful, an expert archer, and a great devotee of Lord Vishnu. Text 9 rajye putram sannivecya jagama malayacalam tapas tatra samarebhe varsanam laksam eva hi rajye - in the kingdom; putram - his son; sannivecya - placing; jagama - went; malayacalam - to the Malaya hills; tapah - austerities; tatra - there; samarebhe performed; varsanam - of years; laksam - a hundred thousand; eva - indeed; hi indeed. After some time he gave his kingdom to his son and went to the Malaya Hills, where he performed austerities for a hundred thousand years. Text 10 tasyacrame pulastyo 'sau cisya-vrndaih samagatah tam drstva notthito mani rajarsir na nato 'bhavat tasya - of him; acrame - in the asrama; pulastyah - Pulastya Muni; asau - he; cisya-vrndaih - with many disciples; samagatah - came; tam - him; drstva - seeing; na - not; utthitah - stood up; mani - proud; rajarsih - the royal sage; na - not; natah bowed down; abhavat - did. One day the great sage Pulastya Muni, accompanied by many disciples, came to the king-sage's acrama. The king-sage, filled with pride, neither stood up nor bowed down to greet his guest. Text 11 capam dadau pulastyo 'pi daityo bhava maha-khala tatas tam caranopante patitam caranagatam

capam - a curse; dadau - gave; pulastyah - Pulastya; api - also; daityah - a demon; bhava - become; maha-khala - rascal; tatah - then; tam - to him; caranopante - at the feet; patitam - fallen; caranagatam - taking shelter. Pulastya cursed him, "Wretch! Now become a demon!" The king then fell at the sage's feet and surrendered to him. Text 12 uvaca muni-cardulah pulastyo dina-vatsalah dvaparante mathure ca punye cri-vraja-mandale yadu-vamca-pateh saksac chri-krishnasya bhujaujasa ipsita yogibhir muktir bhavisyati na samcayah uvaca - spoke; muni-cardulah - the tiger of sages; pulastyah - Pulastya; dinavatsalah - compassionate on the suffering; dvaparante - at the end of Dvaparayuga; mathure - in Mathura; ca - and; punye - sacred; cri-vraja-mandale - in the circle of Vraja; yadu-vamca-pateh - from the king of the Yadu dynasty; saksac directly; cri-krishnasya - of zKrishna; bhuja - of the arms; ojasa - by the strength; ipsita - desired; yogibhih - by the yogis; muktih - lberation; bhavisyati - will be; na no; samcayah - doubt. Then Pulastya, the tiger among the sages, who is kind to the suffering, said: At the end of Dvapara-yuga, in the district of Mathura, in the circle of Vraja, the strength of the arms of Shri Krishna, the king of the Yadu dynasty, will give you the liberation desired by the yogis. Of this there is no doubt. Text 14 cri-narada uvaca so 'yam bhimaratho raja maya-daitya-suto 'bhavat cri-krishna-bhuja-vegena muktim prapa videha-rat cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; sah - he; ayam - he; bhimarathah Bhimaratha; raja - King; maya-daitya-sutah - the son of Mayasura; abhavat -

became; cri-krishna-bhuja-vegena - by the power of Lord Krishna's arm; muktim liberation; prapa - attained; videha-rat - O king of Videha. Shri Narada said: O king of Videha, then King Bhimaratha became the son of the demon Mayasura, and the power of Lord Krishna's arms gave him liberation. Text 15 ekada gopa-balesu daityo 'risto maha-balah agato nadayan kham gam tatac chrggair vidarayan ekada - one day; gopa-balesu - among the gopa boys; daityah - a demon; aristah - Arista; maha-balah - very powerful; agatah - came; nadayan - filling with sound; kham - the sky; gam - the earth; tatat - from the sides; crggaih - with horns; vidarayan - tearing up. One day a demon bull named Arista, his bellowing filling the earth and sky with sound and his horns tearing up great mountains, charged the gopa boys. Text 16 gopyo gopa go-ganac ca viksya tam dudruvur bhayat bhagavan daitya-ha devo ma bhaistety abhayam dadau gopyah - the gopis; gopa - gopas; go-ganac - cows; ca - and; viksya - seeing; tam - him; dudruvuh - fled; bhayat - out of fear; bhagavan - the Lord; daitya - of demons; ha - the slayer; devah - the Lord; ma - don't; bhaista - fear' iti thus; abhayam - fearlessness; dadau - gave. Seeing the demon-bull, the gopas, gopis, and cows all fled in fear. Then Lord Krishna, the slayer of demons, reassured them, saying, "Don't be afraid." Text 17 grhitva tam tu crggesu nodayam asa madhavah so pi tam nodayam asa

cri-krishnam yojana-dvayam grhitva - taking; tam - it; tu - indeed; crggesu - by the horns; nodayam asa threw; madhavah - Lord Krishna; sah - he; api - also; tam - Him; nodayam asa threw; cri-krishnam - Shri Krishna; yojana-dvayam - sixteen miles. Grabbing its horns, Lord Krishna threw the demon sixteen miles. Then the demon also threw Shri Krishna sixteen miles. Text 18 pucche grhitva tam krsno bhramayitva bhujaujasa bhu-prsthe pothayam asa kamandalum ivarbhakah pucche - the tail; grhitva - grabbing; tam - him; krishnah - Shri Krishna; bhramayitva - whirling around; bhujaujasa - by the power of His arms; bhu-prsthe to the ground; pothayam asa - threw; kamandalum - a kamandalu; iva - like; arbhakah - a child. Grabbing its tail, and whirling it around and around, with the power of His arms Lord Krishna threw the demon to the ground as a child throws a kamandalu. Text 19 aristah punar utthaya krodha-samrakta-locanah crggaic ca rohitam cailam samutpatya maha-khalah aristah - Arista; punah - again; utthaya - rising; krodha-samrakta-locanah - its eyes red with anger; crggaic - with horns; ca - and; rohitam - tall; cailam - mountain; samutpatya - uprooting; maha-khalah - great demon. Its eyes red with anger, Arista stood up again. Then with its horns it uprooted a great mountain. Text 20 garjayan ghanavad virah

krsnopari samaksipat krishnah cailam saggrhitva tasyopari samaksipat garjayan - roaring; ghanavat - like thunder; virah - the warrior; krsnopari - on Lord Krishna; samaksipat - threw; krishnah - Krishna; cailam - the mountain; saggrhitva - catching; tasyopari - on the demon; samaksipat - threw. Roaring like thunder, the demon threw the mountain at Lord Krishna. Krishna caught it and threw it back at the demon. Text 21 cailasyapi praharena kincid vyakula-manasah bhumau tatada crggagran nirgatam tair jalam bhuvah cailasya - of the mountain; api - also; praharena - by the blow; kincit - somewhat; vyakula-manasah - disturbed at heart; bhumau - on the ground; tatada - struck; crggagran - horns; nirgatam - gone; taih - by them; jalam - water; bhuvah - on the gorund. Hit by the mountain, the demon became a little agitated. It struck the ground. With its horns it tore the earth and splashed the water. Text 22 cri-krishnas tam ca crggesu grhitva bhramayan muhuh bhu-prsthe pothayam asa vatah padmam ivoddhrtam cri-krishnah - Shri Krishna; tam - it; ca - and; crggesu - horns; grhitva - grabbing; bhramayan - whirling around; muhuh - again and again; bhu-prsthe - to the ground; pothayam asa - threw; vatah - a great wind; padmam - a lotus; iva - like; uddhrtam - uproots. Grabbing its horns, and whirling it around and around, Shri Krishna threw the demon to the ground as a great wind picks up and throws a lotus flower. Text 23

tadaiva vrsa-rupatvam tyaktva vipra-vapur-dharah natva cri-krishna-padabjam praha gadgadaya gira tada - then; eva - indeed; vrsa-rupatvam - the form of a bull; tyaktva banadoning; vipra-vapur-dharah - manifesting the form of a brahmana; natva bowing down; cri-krishna-padabjam - to Lord Krishna's lotus feet; praha - spoke; gadgadaya - choked with emotion; gira - with words. Leaving the form of a demon-bull, that soul assumed the form of a brahmana. Bowing before Lord Krishna's lotus feet, he spoke words choked with emotion. Text 24 cri-dvija uvaca brhaspatec ca cisyo 'ham varatantur dvijottamah brhaspati-samipe ca pathitum gatavan aham cri-dvija uvaca - the brahmana said; brhaspatec - of Brhaspati; ca - and; cisyah the dsiciple; aham - I am; varatantuh - Varatantu; dvijottamah - a great brahmana; brhaspati-samipe - near Brhaspati; ca - and; pathitum - to study; gatavan - went; aham - I. The brahmana said: I am a brahmana. I am a student of Brhaspati. My name is Varatantu. I approached Brhaspati to study under him. Text 25 padau krtva sthito 'bhuvam pacyatas tasya sammukhe tada rusaha sa munir vrsavat tvam sthitah purah padau - feet; krtva - doing; sthitah - situated; abhuvam - I was; pacyatah seeing; tasya - of him; sammukhe - in the presence; tada - then; rusa - angrily; aha - said; sa - he; munih - the sage; vrsavat - like a bull; tvam - you; sthitah - stand; purah - in my presence.

One day I sat with my feet facing him. Angry, the sage said, "You sit as a bull sits. Text 26 guru-helena-krt tasmat tvam vrso bhava durmate tasya capad vrso 'bhuvam bagga-decesu madhava guru - your guru; helena-krt - an offender; tasmat - therefore; tvam - you; vrsah a bull; bhava - become; durmate - fool; tasya - of you; capat - from the curse; vrsah - a bull; abhuvam - I became; bagga-decesu - in East Bengal; madhava - O Krishna. "You have offended your guru. Fool, now become a bull!" O Krishna, by his curse I became a bull in East Bengal. Text 27 asuranam prasaggenasuratvam gatavan aham tvat-prasadad vimukto 'ham capato 'sura-bhavatah asuranam - of the demons; prasaggena - by the association; asuratvam - the state of being a demon; gatavan - attained; aham - I; tvat-prasadat - by Your mercy; vimuktah - freed; aham - I am; capatah - from the curse; asura-bhavatah - of being a demon. By associating with demons, I became a demon also. By Your mercy I am now freed from that curse of being a demon. Text 28 cri-krishnaya namas tubhyam vasudevaya te namah pranata-kleca-nacaya govindaya namo namah cri-krishnaya - to Shri Krishna; namah - obeisances; tubhyam - to You; vasudevaya - to the son fo Vasudeva; te - to Youi; namah - obeisances; pranata - of

the surrndered souls; kleca - the sufferings; nacaya - to the destroyer; govindaya to Lord Krishna; namah - obeisances; namah - obeisances. Obeisances to You, Shri Krishna! Obeisances to You, the son of Vasudeva! Obeisances to You, Lord Govinda, who destroys the sufferings of the surrendered devotees! Text 29 cri-narada uvaca ity uktva cri-harim natva saksac chisyo brhaspateh dyotayan bhuvanam rajan vimanena divam yayau cri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; ity - thus; uktva - saying; cri-harim - to Lord Krishna; natva - bowing; saksac - directly; chisyah - the student; brhaspateh - of Brhaspati; dyotayan - spreading light; bhuvanam - on the worlds; rajan - O king; vimanena - by airplane; divam - to heaven; yayau - went. Shri Narada said: O king, after speaking these words, the student of Brhaspati bowed before Lord Krishna. His effulgence filling the worlds with light, he went by heavenly airplane to the higher worlds. Text 30 idam maya te kathitam khandam madhuryam adbhutam sarva-papa-haram punyam krishna-prapti-karam param idam - this; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; khandam - canto; madhuryam - sweet; adbhutam - wonderful; sarva-papa-haram - removing all sins; punyam - sacred; krishna-prapti-karam - granting the attainment of Lord Krishna; param - transcendental. Thus I have spoken to you the wonderful Madhura-khanda, which removes all sins and gives one the association of Lord Krishna. Text 31

kamadam pathatam cacvat kim bhuyah crotum icchasi kamadam - granting desires; pathatam - toi they who read; cacvat - always; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; crotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish. This khanda fulfills the desires of they who read it. What more do you wish to hear?

Canto Five Chapter One Kamsa-mantra Advice to Kamsa Text 1 shri-narada uvaca vasudeva-sutam devam kamsa-canura-mardanam devaki-paramanandam krishnam vande jagad-gurum shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; vasudeva-sutamthe son of Vasudeva; devamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kamsa-canura-mardanamwho defeated Kamsa and Canura; devaki-paramanandamwho gave bliss to Devaki; krishnamShri Krishna; vandeI offer my respectful obeisances; jagad-gurumtbe master of the universes. Shri Narada said: I offer my respectful obiesances to Shri Krishna, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the universes, the crusher of Kamsa and Canura, the son of Vasudeva, and the bliss of Devaki. Text 2

shri-bahulashva uvaca mathurayam kim caritram kritavan bhagavan mune katham jaghana kamsakhyam etan me bruhi tattvatah shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; mathurayamin Mathura; kim what?; caritrampastimes; kritavandid; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; muneO sage; kathamhow?; jaghanakilled; kamsakhyamKamsa; etanthis; meto me; bruhiplease tell; tattvatahin truth. Shri Bahulashva said: O sage, what pastimes did the Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoy in Mathura? How did He kill Kamsa? Please tell me this in truth. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca athaikadaham mathuram purim param vilokitum cagatavan nripeshvara kartum param daitya-vadhodyamam hareh parasya sakshan manasa pranoditah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; ekadaone day; ahamI; mathuram purimto Mathura City; paramgreat; vilokitumto see; caand; agatavanwent; nripeshvaraO king of kings; kartumto do; paramgreat; daitya-vadhodyamamkilling of demons; harehof Lord Krishna; parasyathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshandirectly; manasawith a mind; pranoditahsent. Shri Narada said: O king of kings, one day, inspired by Lord Krishna in my heart, I went to Mathura City both to see it and to arrange for Lord Krishna's pastime of killing many demons. Text 4 simhasane ca prahrite purandarat sitatapatre cala-caru-camare sthitam nripam kamsam uranga-duhsaham pravocam evam shrinu tat-prapujitah simhasaneon a throne; caand; prahritetaken; purandaratfrom Indra; sitatapatrewith a white parasol; calamoving; carubeautiful; camarecamaras; sthitamsituated; nripamthe king; kamsamKamsa; urangaas a serpent;

duhsahamvenemous; pravocamI spoke; evamthus; shrinuplease hear; tatprapujitahworshiped by him. After he had worshiped me, and as, fanned with beautiful camaras, he sat on a white-parasol throne stolen from Indra, I spoke to Kamsa, who was poisonous like a snake. Please hear what I said. Text 5 yasodayah suta jata ya tvad-dhastad divam gata devakyam krishna utpanno rohini-nandano balah yasodayahof Yashoda; sutathe daughter; jataborn; yawho; tvad-dhastat by your hand; divamto heaven; gatagone; devakyamin Devaki; krishna Krishna; utpannahborn; rohini-nandanahRohini's son; balahBalarama. The girl who fled to heaven from your hand was actually the daughter of Yashoda. Devaki actually had a son: Krishna, and Rohini also had a son: Balarama. Text 6 sva-mitre nanda-raje ca nyastau putrau bhavad-bhayat tavari rama-krishnau dvau vasudevena daitya-rat sva-mitrewith his friend; nanda-rajeKing Nanda; caand; nyastauplacing; putrauthe two sons; bhavatof you; bhayatfrom fear; tavaof you; arithe two enemies; ramaBalarama; krishnauand Krishna; dvauboth; vasudevenaby King Vasudeva; daitya-ratO king of the demons. O king of the demons, afraid of what you might do to them, Vasudeva placed his sons, Krishna and Balarama, who are your enemies, under the care of his friend Nanda Maharaja. Text 7 putanadya hy arishtanta daitya ye tvad-balotkatah

yabhyam hata vanoddeshe te mrityu tau smritau kila putanadyabeginning weith Putana; hyindeed; arishtantaending with Arista; daityademons; yewho; tvatof you; balotkatahhaving great strength; yabhyamby whom; hatakilled; vanoddeshein the forest; tethey; mrityudeaths; tauThey; smritauconsidered; kilaindeed. In the forest these two boys killed the host of very powerful demons, beginning with Putana and ending with Arishta, that you sent there. Those two boys are like death personified. Text 8 evam ukto bhoja-patih krodhac calita-vigrahah jagraha nishitam khadgam shaurim hantum sabha-tale evamthus; uktahaddressed; bhoja-patihthe king of the Bhojas; krodhac angrily; calita-vigrahahhis body trembling; jagrahagrabbed; nishitama sharp; khadgamsword; shaurimVasudweva; hantumto kill; sabha-talein the assembly. When he heard these words, Kamsa trembled with anger. He grabbed a sharp sword to kill Vasudeva in the royal assembly. Text 9 maya nivaritah so 'pi vistritair nigadair dridhaih baddhva tam bharyaya sardham karagare rurodha ha mayaby me; nivaritahforbidden; sahhe; apialso; vistritaihwith great; nigadaihchains; dridhaihfirm; baddhvabinding; tamhim; bharyayawith his wife; sardhamwith; karagareinto a prison cell; rurodhalocked up; haindeed. When I forbade him to do that, with great chains he tightly bound Vasudeva and his wife, and locked them in a prison cell. Text 10

ity uktva tam mayi gate keshinam daitya-pungavam rama-krishna-vadharthaya preshayam asa daitya-rat itythus; uktvaspeaking; tamto him; mayiin me; gategone; keshinam toKesi; daitya-pungavamthe best of demons; rama-krishnaKrishna and Balarama; vadharthayato kill; preshayam asasent; daitya-ratthe king of demons. I spoke to Kamsa and then I left. When I was gone Kamsa sent the great demon Kesi to kill Krishna and Balarama. Text 11 canuradin samahuya maha-matram dvipasya ca karya-bhara-karal lokan prahedam bhoja-rad bali canuradinheaded by Canmura; samahuyacalling; maha-matramthe elephant trainer; dvipasyaof the elephant; caand; karya-bhara-karanservants; lokanpeople; prahasaid; idamthis; bhoja-radKamsa; balipowerful Kamsa. Calling together his many servants, headed by Canura and his elephant-trainer, Kamsa spoke to them the following words. Text 12 kamsa uvaca he kuta he toshalaka he canura maha-bala rama-krishnau ca me mrityu darshitau naradena tu kamsaKamsa; uvacasaid; heO; kutaKuta; heO; toshalakaTosala; he O; canuraCanura; maha-balavery powerful; ramaBalarama; krishnauand Krishna; caand; memy; mrityudeath; darshitaurevealed; naradenaby Narada; tuindeed. Kamsa said: O Kuta, O Toshala, O powerful Canura, Narada Muni has reveled to me that Krishna and Balarama are destined to kill me.

Text 13 bhavadbhir iha sampraptau hanyetam malla-lilaya malla-bhumim ca samyuktam kurutashu shubhavaham bhavadbhihby you; ihahere; sampraptauattained; hanyetamshould be killed; malla-lilayain wrestling games; malla-bhumimthe wrestling arena; ca and; samyuktamwith; kurutashould do; ashuat once; shubhavaham auspicious. When They come here you should kill Them in the wrestling games. In this way you will bring auspiciousness to our wrestling arena. Text 14 dvipam kuvalayapidam ranga-dvari madotkatam prasthapya tena hantavyau maha-matra mahahitau dvipamthe elephant; kuvalayapidamKuvalayapida; ranga-dvariat the gate; madotkatammaddened; prasthapyaplacing; tenaby it; hantavyauwill be killed; maha-matraO elephant trainer; mahahitaumy two enemies. O elephant-trainer, placed the enraged elephant Kuvalayapida at the gateway and it will kill my two enemies. Text 15 caturdashyam tu kartavyo dhanur-yagah prashantaye amavasya-dine loka malla-yuddham bhaved iha caturdashyamon Caturdasi; tuindeed; kartavyahwill be; dhanur-yagahthe Dhanur-yajna; prashantayeto pacify; amavasya-dineon the new-moon day; loka O people; malla-yuddhamwrestling match; bhavetwill be; ihahere.

O people, to ensure that there is peace in our land, on the fourteenth day of the moon we will celebrate a Dhanur-yajna ritual. Then, on the new-moon day we will celebrate a festival of wrestling matches. Text 16 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva sva-janan kamso 'kruram ahuya sa-tvaram rahasi praha rajendra mantram mantri-jana-priyam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktvaspeaking; sva-jananto his people; kamsahKamsa; akruramAkrura; ahuyacalling; sa-tvaramat once; rahasiin private; prahasaid; rajendraO king of kings; mantramadvice; mantri-jana-priyamdear to the counselors. Shri Narada said: O king of kings, after speaking these words to his people, Kamsa called for Akrura and in private gave the following counsel, a counsel that 168pleased Akrura, the wisest of counselors. Text 17 kamsa uvaca bho bho dana-pate mantrin chrinu me paramam vacah gaccha nanda-vrajam pratah kuru karyam maha-mate kamsa uvacaKamsa said; bhahO; bhahO; dana-patebest of the generous persons; mantrinO counselor; chrinuplease hear; meof me; paramamgreat; vacahwords; gacchago; nanda-vrajamto Nanda's Vraja; pratahin the morning; kurudo; karyamduty; maha-mateO noble-hearted one. Kamsa said: O counselor, O best of the generous, please hear my noble words. In the morning you should go to Nanda's Vraja. O noble-hearted one, then you should execute the mission I give to you. Text 18 asate tatra me shatru vasudeva-sutau kila

darshitau naradenapi deva-devarshina bhrisham asatearrived; tatrathere; memy; shatrutwo enemies; vasudeva-sutau the two sons of Vasudeva; kilaindeed; darshitaurevealed; naradenaBy Narada; apialso; deva-devarshinathe sage of the demigods; bhrishamgreatly. My two enemies, the sons of Vasudeva, have gone there. Devarshi Narada revealed that to me. Text 19 sopayanair gopa-ganair nanda-rajadibhih saha mathura-darshana-mishad rathenanaya mam ciram sa-upayanaihwith giftsd; gopa-ganaihwith the gopas; nanda-rajadibhih hgeaded by King Nanda; sahawith; mathura-darshana-mishaton the pretext of seeing Mathura; rathenaby chariot; anayavring; mamto me; ciramat once. One pretext of bringing Them to see Mathura City bring, accompanied by King Nanda and the gopas bearing gifts, the two of Them to me at once. Text 20 dvipena va maha-mallair ghatayishyami tau shishu tat-pashcan nanda-rajam ca vasudeva-sahayakam dvipenawith the elephant; vaor; maha-mallaihby the great wretslers; ghatayishyamiI will kill; tauThem; shishuthe boys; tat-pashcanafter that; nanda-rajamKing Nanda; caand; vasudeva-sahayakamVasudeva's friend. I will have the two boys killed, either by the elephant Kuvalayapida, or by the great wrestlers, and then I will kill Vasudeva's friend Nanda Maharaja. Text 21 vrishabhanu-varam pashcan

nava-nandopanandakan pashcac chaurim hanishyami devakam tat-sahayakam vrishabhanu-varamVrishabhanu; pashcanthen; nava-nandopanandakanthe nine Nandas and Upanandas; pashcacthen; chaurimVasudeva; hanishyamiI will kill; devakamDevaka; tat-sahayakamhis friend. Then I will kill King Vrishabhanu, and then the nine Nandas and Upanandas, and then Vasudeva, and then Vasudeva's friend Devaka. Text 22 ugrasenam ca pitaram vriddham rajya-samutsukam tat-pashcad yadavan sarvan hanishyami na samshayah ugrasenamUgrasenba; caand; pitaramfather; vriddhamold; rajyasamutsukamstill eager to rule his kingdom; tat-pashcatafter that; yadavanthe Yadavas; sarvanall; hanishyamiI will jkill; nano; samshayahdoubt. Then I will kill my old father, who still yearns to rule his kingdom, and then I will kill all the Yadavas. Of this there is no doubt. Text 23 ete deva-ganah sarve jata mantrin mahi-tale shakunir me maha-mitro bali candravati-patih etethe; deva-ganahdemigods; sarveall; jataborn; mantrinO counselor; mahi-taleon the earth; shakunih me maha-mitro bali candravati-patih O counselor, all the demigods are now born on the earth. Still, Shakuni, the powerful king of Canravati, is my great friend. Text 24 bhuta-santapano hrishto

vrikah shambara eva ca kalanabho mahanabho harishmashrus tathaiva ca bhutasantapanahBhutasantapana; hrishtahHrishta; vrikahVrika; shambara Shambara; evaindeed; caand; kalanabhahKalanabha; mahanabhah Mahanabho; harishmashruhHarishmashru; tathaso; evaindeed; caand. Bhutasantapana, Hrishta, Vrika, Harishmashru are also my friends. Text 25 ete mitrani me santi mad-artham pranada balat shvashuro 'pi jarasandho dvivido me sakha smritah etethey; mitranifriends; memy; santiare; mad-arthamfor my sake; pranadagiving their lives; balatforcibly; shvashurahfather-in-law; apieven; jarasandhahJarasandha; dvividahDvivido; memy; sakhafriend; smritahis considered. They are all my friends. They would give up their lives for my sake. Jarasandha is my father-in-law. Dvivida is also my friend. Text 26 banasurash ca narako mayy eva krita-sauhridah ete sarvam mahim jitva baddhva devan sa-vasavan banasurahBanasura; caand; narakahNaraka; mayyin me; evaindeed; krita-sauhridahbecome friends; etetheye; sarvamall; mahimthe earth; jitva conquering; baddhvabinding; devanthe demigods; sa-vasavanwith Indra. Banasura and Narakasura are also my friends. My friends will counquer all the worlds. They will put Indra and the demigods in chains. Text 27 Shambara, Kalanabha, Mahanabha, and

kshiptva meru-guha-durge kuveram dravya-nayakam trailokya-rajyam tu sada karishyanti na samshayah kshiptvathrowing; meru-guha-durgein a fortress-cave in Mount Meru; kuveramKuvera; dravya-nayakamthe treasurer; trailokyaof the three worlds; rajyamthe kingdom; tuindeed; sadaalways; karishyantiwill do; nano; samshayahdoubt. They will imprison the heavenly treasurer Kuvera in a cave on Mount Meru. They will rule the three worlds. Of this there is no doubt. Text 28 kavinam tvam kavir iva giram gishpati-vad bhuvi etat karyam ca kartavyam tvaya dana-pate tvaram kavinamof wise men; tvamyou; kavihthe wisest; ivaas if; giramof words; gishpati-vatlike Brihaspati; bhuvion the earth; etatthis; karyam mission; caand; kartavyamshould be done; tvayaby you; dana-pateO generous one; tvaramat once. You are the wisest of wise men. In this world you are eloquent like Brihaspati. O generous one, please execute this mission at once. Text 29 shri-akrura uvaca tvaya krito yadu-pate manoratha-maharnavah daivecchayayam bhavati goshpadam tad vinarnavah shri-akrura uvacaShri Akrura said; tvayaby you; kritahdone; yadu-pateO king of the Yadavas; manoratha-maharnavaha great ocean of desires; daivaof destiny; icchayaby the desire; ayamthis; bhavatiis; goshpadama cow's hoofprint; tatthat; vinawithout; arnavahan ocean.

Shri Akrura said: O king of the Yadavas, you have a great ocean of desires. If destiny wishes, you will cross that ocean as one crosses a the puddle in a cow's hoofprint. If destiny does not wish, your desires will remain an impassable ocean. Text 30 kamsa uvaca visrijya daivam kurute balishtho daivam samashritya hi nirbalash ca kalatmanor nitya-gayo prabhavan nirakulas tishthatu karma-yogi kamsa uvacaKamsa said; visrijyarejecting; daivamdestiny; kurutedoes; balishthaha strong man; daivamdestiny; samashrityatakign shelter; hi indeed; nirbalashthe weak; caand; kalaof time; atmanohand the Supersoul; nitya-gayahalways going; prabhavanby the power; nirakulahfree from troubles; tishthatustands; karma-yogia karma-yogi. Kamsa said: A strong man rejects destiny. He makes his own destiny. Only the weak lean on destiny. Protected by the power of his own work, a strong man is never troubled by eternal time and the eternal Supersoul. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca evam uktva mantri-varam samutthaya sabha-sthalat kincit prakupitah kamsah shanair antah-puram yayau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; uktvasaying; mantri-varam to the great counselor; samutthayarising; sabha-sthalatfrom the assembly; kincitsomewhat; prakupitahangry; kamsahKamsa; shanaihslowly; antahpuramto the inner part of the palace; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words to his counselor, agitated Kamsa stood up, left the room, and slowly walked to the inner rooms of the palace. .pa

Chapter Two Keshi-vadha

The Killing of Keshi Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atah keshi maha-daityo haya-rupi madotkatah etya vrindavanam ramyam jagarja ghanavad bali shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; atahthen; keshiKesi; maha-daityah the great demon; haya-rupiin the form of a horse; madotkatahwild; etyagoing; vrindavanamto Vrindavana; ramyambeautiful; jagarjaneighed; ghanavatlike a cloud; balipowerful. Shri Narada said: Then the powerful and ferocious demon Keshi assumed the form of a wild horse. Neighing like thunder, he entered beautiful Vrindavana. Text 2 yasya pada-pratadena nipetuh shakhino dridhah puccha-ghatena gagane khandam khandam yayur ghanah yasyaof whom; pada-pratadenaby the steps; nipetuhfell; shakhinahthe trees; dridhahsolid; pucchaof the tial; ghatenaby the swishing; gaganein the sky; khandam khandambroken apart; yayuhwent; ghanahthe clouds. His footsteps made the great trees fall. The swishing of his tail broke apart the clouds in the sky. Text 3 tam vikshya duhsaha-javam gopa-gopi-gana bhrisham bhayatura maithilendra shri-krishnam saranam yayuh tamhim; vikshyaseeing; duhsaha-javamrunning with unstoppable speed; gopa-gopi-ganathe gopas and gopis; bhrishamgreatly; bhayaturaafraid; maithilendraO king of Mithila; shri-krishnamto Shri Krishna; saranamfor shelter; yayuhwent.

When they saw him fiercely charge at them, the terrified gopas and gopis ran to Shri Krishna for shelter. Text 4 ma bhaishtety abhayam dattva bhagavan vrijinardanah katau pitambaram baddhva hantum daityam pracakrame madon't; bhaishtabe afraid; itithus; abhayamfearlessness; dattva giving; bhagavanthe Lord; vrijinardanahthe deliverer from miseries; katauat His waist; pitambaramthe yellow garment; baddhvatying; hantumto kill; daityamthe demon; pracakramewent. Saying, "Don't be afraid", the Lord removed their fears. Then, tightening the yellow sash at His waist, the Supreme Lord, the deliverer from troubles, went to kill the demon. Text 5 harim pashcima-padabhyam santatada mahasurah calayan prithivim rajan nadayan vyoma-mandalam harimKrishna; pashcima-padabhyamwith his hind legs; santatadahit; mahasurahthe great demon; calayanshaking; prithivimthe ground; rajanO king; nadayanneighing; vyoma-mandalamthe circle of the sky. O king, then, shaking the ground, and making the sky echo with his neighing, with his hind legs the great demon kicked Lord Krishna. Text 6 grihitva padayor daityam bhramayitva bhujena khe cikshepa yojanam krishno vatah padmam ivoddhritam

grihitvagrabbing; padayohof the legs; daityamthe demon; bhramayitva whrling around; bhujenawith an arm; kheinto the sky; cikshepathrew; yojanam eight miles; krishnahKrishna; vatahwind; padmama lotus flower; ivalike; uddhritamuprooted. Grabbing the demon's legs and whirling him around and around, with one arm Lord Krishna threw the demon eight miles into the sky as a great wind uproots and throws a lotus flower. Text 7 punar agatavan so 'pi krodha-purita-vigrahah pucchena shri-harim devam santatada vrajangane punahagain; agatavancome; sahhe; apialso; krodha-purita-vigrahah filled with angfer; pucchenawith his tail; shri-harimLord Krishna; devamthe Lord; santatadahit; vrajanganein the courtyard of Vraja. Filled with anger, the demon returned to the courtyards of Vraja and with his tail violently struck Lord Krishna. Text 8 pucche grihitva tam krishno bhramayitva bhujaujasa yojananam shatam rajan cikshepa gagane balat pucchethe tail; grihitvagrabbing; tamhim; krishnahKrishna; bhramayitva whirling; bhujaujasawith the power ofHis arms; yojananameight miles; shatam a hundred; rajanO king; cikshepathrew; gaganeinto the sky; balatforcibly. Grabbing that tail, and whirling the demon around and around, with the strength of His arms Lord Krishna threw him eighty miles into the sky. Text 9 akashat patitah so 'pi kincid vyakula-manasah samutthaya punar daityo

jagarja ghanavad bali akashatfrom the sky; patitahfallen; so 'pihe; kincitsomewhat; vyakulamanasahagitated at heart; samutthayastanding up; punahagain; daityahthe demon; jagarjaneighed; ghanavatlike a cloud; balipowerful; When he fell from the sky, the powerful demon was somewhat disturbed at heart. Standing up again, he neighed like thunder. Text 10 sata vidhunvan romani balam khe calayan muhuh mahim vidarayan padair utpapata hareh purah satamane; vidhunvanshaking; romanithe hairs; balamtail; khein the sky; calayanmoving; muhuhagain and again; mahimthe earth; vidarayan breaking; padaihwith hooves; utpapatajumped; harehLord Krishna; purahin front of. Shaking his mane, swishing his tail in the sky, and breaking the ground with his hooves, the demon-horse jumped before Lord Krishna. Text 11 tatada mushtina tam vai bhagavan madhusudanah tasya mushti-praharena murcchito ghatika-dvayam tatadahit; mushtinawith a fist; tamhim; vaiindeed; bhagavanthe Lord; madhusudanahKrishna; tasyaof Him; mushti-praharenaby the puch; murcchitahunconscious; ghatika-dvayamfor an hour. Then Lord Krishna punched him, and the demon was unconscious for an hour. Text 12 mastakena galoddeshe samudhritya harim hayah

bhu-mandalad utpapata gagane laksha-yojanam mastakenaby the head; galoddesheon the neck; samudhrityagrabbing; harimLord Krishna; hayahthe horse; bhu-mandalatfrom the earth; utpapata threw; gaganeinto the sky; laksha-yojanam800,000 miles. Then, grabbing His neck, the demon-horse pulled Lord Krishna eight hundred thousand miles into the sky. Text 13 tayor yuddham abhud ghoram gagane prahara-dvayam padair dadbhih satabhish ca puccha-tikshna-khurair nripa tayohof them; yuddham battle; abhutwas; ghoramhorrible; gaganein the sky; prahara-dvayamfor six hours; padaihwith feet; dadbhihwith teeth; satabhishwith mane; caand; pucchatail; tikshna-sharp; khuraihrazor; nripa O king. For six hours they fought fiercely. With his hooves, teeth, mane, and the sharp razor of his tail, the demon-horse attacked the Lord. Text 14 grihitva tam harir dorbhyam bhramayitva tv itas tatah akashat patayam asa kamandalum ivarbhakah grihitvagrabbing; tamhim; harihLord Krishna; dorbhyamwith both arms; bhramayitvawhirling around; tvindeed; itas tatahherew and there; akashat from the sky; patayam asathrew; kamandaluma kamandalu; ivalike; arbhakah a child. Suddenly grabbing him, and whirling him around and around, with both arms Lord Krishna threw the demon to the earth as a child throws a kamandalu. Text 15

bhujam praveshayam asa tan-mukhe bhagavan harih tasyodare gato bahur vavridhe rogavad bhrisham bhujamHis arm; praveshayam asainserting; tan-mukhein the demon's mouth; bhagavanLord; harihKrishna; tasyodarein his belly; gatahwnet; bahuhthe arm; vavridheexpanded; rogavatlike a disease; bhrishamgreatly. Then Lord Krishna thrust His arm in the demon's mouth. Pushed into the demon's belly, the arm expanded like an incurable disease. Text 16 tada tu lendam kritavan ruddha-vayur mahasurah khandi-bhutodarah sadyo mamara haya-rupa-dhrik tadathen; tuindeed; lendamstool; kritavanpassing; ruddha-vayuhhis life-breath stopped; mahasurahthe great demon; khandi-bhutodarahhis stomach broken; sadyahat once; mamaradied; haya-rupa-dhrikhaving the form of a horse. Then, passing stool and urine, his life breath stopped, and his stomach broken by Lord Krishna's arm, the horse-demon suddenly died. Text 17 dehad vinirgatah sadyo mukuti kundalanvitah divya-rupa-dharam krishnam pranjalih prananama ha dehatfrom the body; vinirgatahcome; sadyahsuddenly; mukuticrowned; kundalanvitahdecorated with earrings; divya-rupaa splendid form; dharam manifesting; krishnamto Lord Krishna; pranjalihwith folded hands; prananama bowed down; hacertainly. From the demon's body suddenly emerged a being wearing a crown and earrings. With folded hands he bowed down before glorious Lord Krishna.

Text 18 shri-kumuda uvaca shakrasyanucaro 'ham vai kumudo nama madhava tejasvi rupavan viro jishnush chatra-bhramim dadhan shri-kumuda uvacaShri Kumuda said; shakrasyaof Indra; anucaraha follower; ahamI am; vaiindeed; kumudahKumuda; namanamed; madhava O Krishna; tejasvipowerful and splendid; rupavanhandsome; virahheroic; jishnuhglorious; chatra-bhramimthe parasol; dadhanholding. Shri Kumuda said: O Lord Krishna, my name is Kumuda and I am a servant of King Indra. I am powerful, handsome, heroic, and glorious. I carry Indra's parasol. Text 19 vritrasura-vadhe purvam brahma-hatya-prashantaye yajnam cakara nakesho vajimedham kratuttamam vritrasuraof Vritrasura; vadhein the killing; purvampreviously; brahmahatya-prashantayeto become free of the sin of killing a brahmana; yajnama yajna; cakaradid; nakeshahIndra; vajimedhamvajimedha; kratuttamamthe best of yajnas. When Vritrasura was killed, to become free of the sin of killing a brahmana, Indra performed an ashvamedha-yajna, the best of sacrifices. Text 20 ashvamedha-hayam shubhram shyama-karnam mano-javam tam arurukshur dushto 'ham corayitva talam gatah ashvamedha-hayamthe ashvamedha horse; shubhramhandsome; shyamakarnamwith black ears; mano-javamrunning as fast as the mind; tamthat; arurukshuhwishing to ride; dushtahwicked; ahamI; corayitvastealing; talam to Talaloka; gatahwent.

Yearning to ride it, I stole the splendid sacrificial horse, which had one black ear and ran as fast as the mind, and went to Talaloka. Text 21 tato marud-ganair nitam pasha-baddham maha-khalam sashapa mam balaratis tvam raksho bhava durmate tatahfrom there; marud-ganaihby the Maruts; nitambrought; pashabaddhambound with ropes; maha-khalama great iffender; sashapacursed; mamme; balaratihIndra, the enemy of Bala; tvamyou; rakshaha raksasa; bhavabecome; durmateO wicked one. The Maruts bound me with ropes and brought me back. Indra cursed me, "Wretch! Become a demon! Text 22 hayakritis te sambhuyad bhumau manvantara-dvayam tac-chapad adya mukto 'ham sadyas tvat-sparshanat prabho hayakritihthe form of a horse; teof you; sambhuyatwill be; bhumauon the earthj; manvantara-dvayamfor two manvantaras; tac-chapatfrom that curse; adyatoday; muktahfreed; ahamI am; sadyahat once; tvat-sparshanatby Your touch; prabhahO Lord. "For two manvantaras you will have a horse's form on the earth." O Lord, today Your touch has freed me from that curse. Text 23 kinkaram kuru mam deva tvad-anghrau lagna-manasam namas tubhyam bhagavate sarva-lokaika-sakshine

kinkarama servant; kuruplease make; mamme; devaO Lord; tvadanghrauat Your feet; lagna-manasamthe mind is placed; namahobeisances; tubhyamto You; bhagavatethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarva-lokaikasakshinethe sole witness of all. O Lord please make me Your servant. My heart is fixed on Your feet. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul who is the witness of all. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca pradakshini-kritya harim pareshvaram vimanam aruhya mahojjvalam param vaikunthalokam kumudo yayau tvaram virajayan maithila mandalam disham shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; harimLord Krishna; pareshvaramthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vimanam an airplane; aruhyaclimbing; mahojjvalamvery glorious; param transcendental; vaikunthalokamVaikunthaloka; kumudahKumuda; yayauwent; tvaramat once; virajayanfilling with light; maithilaO king of Mithila; mandalam the circle; dishamof the directions. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, after circumambulating Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kumuda entered a celestial airplane and at once flew to Vaikunthaloka, filling the circle of the directions with light as he went. .pa

Chapter Three Akruragamana Akrura's Arrival Text 1 shri-narada uvaca akruro ratham aruhya kartum karyam nripasya vai praharshito maithilendra prayayau nanda-gokulam

shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; akrurahAkrura; rathama chariot; aruhyaclimbing; kartumto do; karyamthe mission; nripasyaof the king; vai indeed; praharshitahjoyful; maithilendraO king of Mithila; prayayauwent; nanda-gokulamto Nanda's Gokula. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, happy to execute King Kamsa's mission, Akrura climbed on a chariot and went to Nanda's Gokula. Text 2 param bhaktim hy upagatah shri-krishne purushottame evam vicarayan buddhya pathi gacchan maha-matih paramsupreme; bhaktimdevotion; hyindeed; upagatahattained; shrikrishnefor Shri Krishna; purushottamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; evamthus; vicarayanthinking; buddhyawith intelligence; pathion the road; gacchangoing; maha-matihthe noble-hearted one. As he traveled on the road, noble-hearted Akrura meditated on Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He was filled with devotion for the Lord. Text 3 shri-akrura uvaca kim bharate va sukritam kritam maya nishkaranam danam alam kratuttamam tirthatanam va dvija-sevanam shubham yenadya drakshyami harim pareshvaram shri-akrura uvacaShri Akrura said; kimwhat; bharatein Bharata-varsa; va or; sukritampious deed; kritamdone; mayaby me; nishkaranamcauseless; danamgift; alamgreat; kratuttamamthe best of yajnas; tirthatanam pilgrimage; vaor; dvija-sevanamserving the brahmanas; shubhambeautiful; yenaby which; adyatoday; drakshyamiI will see; harimLord Krishna; pareshvaramthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Shri Akrura said: How many pious deeds did I perform in the sacred land of Bharata-varsha? What unselfish charity did I give? How many great yajnas did I perform? How many pilgrimages did I make? How many brahmanas did I diligently serve? What did I do that today I will be able to see Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead?

Text 4 tapah su-taptam kim alam pura kritam sat-sevanam bhakti-yutam maya kritam yenaiva me darshanam adya durlabham shri-krishnadevasya puro bhavishyati tapah su-taptamperformed great austerities; kimwhat?; alamgreat; pura before; kritamdone; sat-sevanamserving the great souls; bhakti-yutamwith devotion; mayaby me; kritamdone; yenaby which; evaindeed; meof me; darshanamthe sight; adyatoday; durlabhamdifficult to attain; shrikrishnadevasyaof Lord Krishnadeva; purahin the presence; bhavishyatiwill be. What great austerities did I perform in my previous births? What saintly devotees did I earnestly serve? What did I do that today I will become able to see Lord Krishnadeva, who is so difficult to see? Text 5 tesham bhavo me sa-phalo mahi-tale yan-netra-gami bhagavan sureshvarah kritvatha tad-darshanam adya durlabham sadyah kritartho bhavitasmi sarvatah teshamof them; bhavahthe birth; meof me; sa-phalahfruitful; mahi-tale on this earth; yan-netra-gamicoming before my eyes; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sureshvarahthe master of the demigods; kritvadoing; athanow; tad-darshanamthe sight of Him; adyatoday; durlabhamrare; sadyahat once; kritarthahsuccessful; bhavitawill become; asmiI; sarvatah in all respects. My birth on this earth has now borne its perfect fruit, for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the demigods, will come before my eyes. When I see Him, the Lord who is so difficult to see, my life will attain the greatest success. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca iti sancintayan krishnam pashyan chakunam uttamam

sandhyayam gokulam prapto ratha-stho gandini-sutah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; sancintayanthinking; krishnam Krishna; pashyanseeing; shakunam uttamama good omen; sandhyayamat sunset; gokulamGokula; praptahattained; ratha-sthahriding on a chariot; gandini-sutahAkrura. Shri Narada said: Thinking of Krishna in this way, and seeing a very auspicious omen, at sunset Akrura entered Gokula. Text 7 krishna-padabja-cihnani yavankusha-yutani ca tad-raga-yuk-paragani rajamsi sa dadarsha kau krishna-padabja-cihnaniLord Krishna's lotus footprints; yavankusha-yutani marked with a barleycorn adn elephant-goad; caand; tad-raga-yuk-paragani mixed with kunkuma; rajamsithe dust; sahe; dadarshasaw; kauon the ground. Then in the dust He saw Lord Krishna's lotus footprints marked with the signs of a barleycorn and elephant-goad and sprinkled with kunkuma powder. Text 8 tad-darshanautsukya-bhaktibhavananda-samakulah rathat samutpatya teshu luthamsh cashru mumoca ca tatHim; darshanato see; autsukyaeagerness; bhaktidevotion; bhava love; anandaand bliss; samakulahagitated; rathatfrom the chariot; samutpatyadescending; teshuin them; luthamshrolling about; caand; ashru tears; mumocashed; caand. Shedding tears, and overcome with bliss, love, and great yearning to see the Lord, Akrura jumped from the chariot and rooled about in those footprints. Text 9

yesham shri-krishnadevasya bhaktih syad dhridi maithila tesham a-brahmanah sarvam trinavaj jagatah sukham yeshamof whom; shri-krishnadevasyaof Shri Krishnadeva; bhaktihdevotion; syatis; hridiin the heart; maithilaO king of Mithila; teshamof them; abrahmanahup to Lord Brahmna; sarvamall; trinavatlike a piece of straw; jagatahof the world; sukhamthe happiness. O king of Mithila, they who in their hearts love Krishna think all this material world's happiness, even up Brahma's happiness, is like a a handful of dry straw. Text 10 ratharudhas tato 'krurah kshanan nanda-puram gatah ghoseshu sa-balam krishnam agacchantam dadarsha ha ratharudhahriding on a chariot; tatahthen; akrurahAkrura; kshanatin a moment; nanda-puramnanda's village; gatahattained; ghoseshuamong the cows; sa-balamwith Balarama; krishnamKrishna; agacchantamcoming; dadarshasaw; haindeed. Riding on his chariot, in a moment Akrura entered Nanda's village and saw Krishna and Balarama approaching him. Texts 11 and 12 devau puranau purushau pareshau padmekshanau shyamala-gaura-varnau yathendranila-dhvaja-vajra-shailau samashritau tau pathi rama-krishnau balarka-mauli vasanam tadid-dyuti varshasharan-megha-rucam dadhanau drishtva sa turnam sva-rathad gato 'dhao tayor nato bhakti-yutah papata devauthe Lord; puranauancient; purushaupersons; pareshauthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; padmekshanaulotus eyed; shyamala-gaurafair and dark; varnaucolors; yathaas; indranilaof sapphires; dhvajaa flag; vajraof

diamonds; shailaua mountain; samashritautaken shelter; tauThey; pathion the path; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; balarkarising sun; mauli crowns; vasanamgarments; taditlightning; dyutisplendor; varshasharanmegha-rucamthe color of an autumn cloud; dadhanauwearing; drishtva seeing; sahe; turnamat once; sva-rathatfrom hus chariot; gatahcome; adhah below; tayohboth; natahbowed down; bhakti-yutahwith devotion; papata fell. Seeing on the pathway the two ancient Supreme Persons, Their eyes lotus flowers, Their complexions fair and dark like a sapphire flag and a diamond mountain, wearing crowns like the rising sun and garments splendid as lightning and autumn clouds, Akrura, overcome with love, jumped from his chariot and fell down before Them to offer his respects. Text 13 tad-ananam bashpa-kulakulekshanam romancitam vikshya harih pareshvarah dorbhyam samutthapya ghrinaturo 'shru mumoca bhaktam parirabhya madhavah tad-ananamhis face; bashpa-kulawith tears; akulafilled; ikshanameyes; romancitamhairs standing erect; vikshyaseeing; harihKrishna; pareshvarah the Supreme Personality of Godhead; dorbhyamwith both arms; samutthapya rising; ghrinaturahovercome with mercy; ashrutears; mumocashed; bhaktam the devotee; parirabhyaembraced; madhavahLord Krishna. Gazing at Akrura's face and seeing his eyes filled with tears and the hairs of his body erect with joy, Lord Krishna, overcome with feelings of compassion, and shedding tears Himself, picked Akrura up and with both arms embraced His devotee. Text 14 evam militva sa-balash ca tam harih sadyah samaniya varasanam dadau nivedya gam catithaye su-bhojanam rasavritam prema-yuto hy upaharat evamin this way; militvameeting; sa-balashwith Balarama; caand; tam Him; harihKrishna; sadyahat once; samaniyataking; varasanama nice seat; dadaugave; nivedyaoffering; gameloqurnt words; caand; atithayefor a guest; su-bhojanamfood; rasavritamdelicious; prema-yutahfilled with love; hy indeed; upaharatoffered.

Krishna and Balarama offered him a comfortable seat, welcomed him with eloquent words, and offered Their guest a delicious meal. Text 15 tam aha nandah parirabhya dorbhyam aho katham jivasi kamsa-rajye gata-trapo yo nijaghana balan svasuh katham so 'nya-janeshu mohi tamto him; ahasaid; nandahNanda; parirabhyaembracing; dorbhyam with both arms; ahahOh; kathamhow?; jivasiyou live; kamsaof Kamsa; rajye in the kingdom; gata-trapahshameless; yahwho; nijaghanakilled; balan chuldren; svasuhof his sister; kathamhow?; sahhe; anya-janeshuother people; mohikind. Nanda embraced Akrura with both arms and said, "You are kind to others. How can you live in the kingdom of Kamsa, who killed the sons of his own sister? Text 16 griham gate nanda-vare haris tam papraccha sarvam kushalam sva-pitroh tatha yadunam kila bandhavanam kamsasya sarvam viparita-buddhim grihamto the home; gategone; nanda-varewhen King Nanda; harih Krishna; tamhim; papracchaasked; sarvamall; kushalamwelfare; sva-pitroh of His father; tathathen; yadunamof the Yadavas; kilaindeed; bandhavanam kinsmen; kamsasyaof Kamsa; sarvamall; viparita-buddhimwickedness. When Nanda had gone, Krishna asked about the welfare of His father and His kinsmen, the Yadavas, and about the wicked deeds of Kamsa. Text 17 shri-akrura uvaca parashvo 'hani he deva hantum shaurim samudyatah khadga-panir bhoja-rajo naradena nivaritah

shri-akrura uvacaShri Akrura said; parashvo 'hanithe day after tommorrow; heO; devaLord; hantumto kill; shaurimVasudeva; samudyataheager; khadga-panihwith a sword in hand; bhoja-rajahKamsa; naradenaby Narada; nivaritahforbidden. Shri Akrura said: The day before yesterday Kamsa, sword in hand, was about to kill Vasudeva until Narada Muni stopped him. Text 18 duhkhitah bandhavah sarve yadava bhaya-vihvalah sa-kutumbah kamsa-bhayad bhuman deshantaram gatah duhkhitahunhappy; bandhavahkinsmen; sarveall; yadavaYadavas; bhaya-vihvalahfrightened; sa-kutumbahwith their familites; kamsa-bhayatout of fear of Kamsa; bhumanO Lord; deshantaramto other countries; gatahgone. O Lord, unhappy and terrified of Krishna, your kinsmen, the Yadavas, have fled with their families to other countries. Text 19 adyaiva yadavan hantum devan jetum samudyatah anyat kim api kau kartum icchate daitya-rad bali adyanow; evaindeed; yadavanthe Yadavas; hantumto kill; devanthe demigods; jetumto defeat; samudyataheager; anyatanother; kim api something; kauon the earth; kartumto do; icchatedesires; daitya-radthe demon-king; balipowerful. Now the powerful demon-king Kamsa wants to kill the Yadavas, conquer the demigods, and perform more atrocities on this earth. Text 20 tasmad bhavadbhyam gantavyam

kushalam kartum avyayam bhavantau hi vina karyam kincin na syat satam prabhu tasmattherefore; bhavadbhyamby You both; gantavyamshould be gone; kushalamauspiciousness; kartumto do; avyayameternal; bhavantauYou; hi indeed; vinaexcept for; karyamthe duty; kincitsomething; nanot; syatis; satamof the devotees; prabhuO Lord. Therefore You two Lords should go there and bring eternal auspiciousness to Your devotees. O my Lords, no one but You can bring auspiciousness to Your devotees. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca atha tasya vacah shrutva sa-balo bhagavan harih nanda-raja-matenaha gopan karya-karan idam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; tasyaof him; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; sa-balahwith Balarama; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; harihKrishna; nanda-raja-matenaafter conferring with King Nanda; ahasaid; gopanto the gopas; karya-karaneager to do what He says; idamthis. After hearing Akrura's words, and after conferring with Balarama and King Nanda, Lord Krishna addressed the gopas, who were eager to follow His command. Texts 22 and 23 shri-bhagavan uvaca nanda-rajo 'pi sa-balo vriddhair gopa-ganair aham nanda navopanandash ca tatha shad vrishabhanavah mathuram tu gamishyanti sarve pratah samutthitah sarve tu gorasam tasmad dadhi-dugdha-ghritadikam

shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; apialso; sa-balahwith Balarama; vriddhaihwith the adult; gopa-ganaih gopas; ahamI; nandathe Nandas; navanine; upanandahUpanandas; ca and; tathaso; shadthe six; vrishabhanavahVrishabhanus; mathuramto Mathura; tuindeed; gamishyantiwill go; sarveall; pratahin the morning; samutthitahrisen; sarveall; tuindeed; gorasammilk products; tasmatfrom that; dadhi-dugdha-ghritadikambeginning with yogurt, milk, and ghee. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: King Nanda, Balarama, the nine Nandas and Upanandas, the six Vrishabhanus, and all the adult gopas will rise early tommorrow morning and, taking gifts of milk, yogurt, ghee, and other milk products, will go to Mathura City. Text 24 grihitvaikatra kartavyam sopayanam atah param rathamsh ca shakataih sardham samarthan kurutashu vai grihitvataking; ekatrain one place; kartavyamto be done; sopayanamwith gifts; atahthen; paramthern; rathanchariots; caand; shakataihcarts; sardhamwith; samarthanable; kurutashould do; ashuat once; vaiindeed. These gifts should now be placed on all the chariots and wagons. Text 25 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva karya-kara gopah sarve grihe grihe shrinvantinam gopikanam ucuh sarvam yathoditam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; karya-kara the servants; gopahgopas; sarveall; griheat home; griheafter home; shrinvantinamhearing; gopikanamof the gopis; ucuhsaid; sarvamall; yatha as; uditamsaid. Shri Narada said: When they heard these words, all the gopas repeated them to the gopis in home after home.

Text 26 tac chrutvodvigna-hridaya gopyo viraha-vihvalah parasparam vakyam ucuh sarvas ta hi grihe grihe tatthat; shrutvahearing; udvignaagitated; hridayahhearts; gopyahthe gopis; viraha-vihvalahoverwhelmed by the thought of separation; parasparam among themselves; vakyamwords; ucuhspoke; sarvahall; tathey; hi indeed; grihein home; griheafter home. Agitated at heart to hear these words, and fearing a separation from Lord Krishna, in home after home all the gopis talked among themselves. Text 27 prasthanasya ca varteyam shri-krishnasya mahatmanah vrishabhanu-varasyapi grihe prapta nripeshvara prasthanasyagone away; caand; vartathe news; iyamthius; shrikrishnasyaof Shri Krishna; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrishabhanu-varasyaof King Vrishabhanu; apialso; grihein the home; prapta attained; nripeshvaraO king of kings. O king of kings, the news that Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, would go on a journey, also entered the home of King Vrishabhanu. Text 28 gamishyato bhartur ativa-duhkhitah shrutvatha vartam sadasi hy akashmat samprapa murcham vrishabhanu-nandini rambheva bhumau patita marud-dhata gamishyatahabout to depart; bhartuhthe husband; ativa-duhkhitahvery unhappy; shrutvahearing; athathen; vartamthe news; sadasiin the assembly; hyindeed; akashmatsuddenly; samprapaattained; murcham fainting; vrishabhanu-nandinithe daughter of King Vrishabhanu; rambhaa banana tree; ivalike; bhumauto tyhe ground; patitafallen; marud-dhatastuck by the wind.

When in the royal assembly She heard that Her master would go on a journey, King Vrishabhanu's daughter, Shri Radha, at once fainted. She was like a banana tree struck by a great wind. Text 29 kashcit parimlana-mukha-shriyo 'bhavan prakankani-bhuta-karanguliyakah sadyah shlathad-bhushana-kesha-bandhanas citrarpitarambha ivavatasthire kashcitsome; parimlanawithered; mukhaof the face; shriyahthe beauty; abhavanbecame; prakankani-bhutabecome brcaelets; karanguliyakahfingerrings; sadyahat once; shlathatloosened; bhushanaornaments; keshaof the hair; bandhanahtying; citrarpitarambhahpainted pictures; ivalike; avatasthire stood. Some gopis, the beauty of their faces suddenly withered away, the rings slipping like bracelets from their suddenly emaciated fingers, their ornaments falling, and their hair dishevelled, were stunned and motionless as if they were painted pictures. Text 30 shri-krishna govinda hare murare kashcid vadantyah sva-grihe 'ti-vihvalah visrijya karmani grihasya sarvato yogiva cananda-gata nripeshvara shri-krishnaShri Krishna; govindaGovinda; hareHari; murareMaurari; kashcitsome; vadantyahsaying; sva-grihein their own home; ati-vihvalah very upset; visrijyaabandoning; karmanitheir duties; grihasyaof the home; sarvataheverywhere; yogia yogi; ivalike; caand; anandabliss; gatah attained; nripeshvaraO king of kings. O king of kings, some gopis became very upset. In their homes they called out, "O Shri Krishna! O Govinda! O Hari! O Murari!" Neglecting their household duties they sat down like yogis fixed in a trance of bliss. Text 31

kashcit samarthas tu parasparam vacah sametya rajan yugapat sakhi-janam ucuh skhalad-gadgada-kantha-vacah svatah sravad-bashpa-kala-vahad-drishah kashcitsome; samarthahable; tu indeed; parasparamamong themselves; vacahwords; sametyameeting; rajanO king; yugapatat the same moment; sakhi-janamto their friends; ucuhsaid; skhalad-gadgada-kantha-vacahtheir throats filled with broken words; svatahpersonally; sravatflowing; bashpa tears; kaladrops; vahatflowing; drishaheyes. O king, some met and talked among themselves, their throats choked with stuttering words and their eyes with streams of tears. Text 32 shri-gopya ucuh aho 'ti-nirmohi-janasya citram param caritram gaditum na yogyam mukhena canyam hridi bhavyam anyad devo na janati kuto manushyah shri-gopya ucuhthe gopis said; ahahOh; ati-nirmohi-janasyaof the unbewildered philosophgers; citramwonderful; paramtranscendental; caritram pastimes; gaditumto describe; nanot; yogyamproper; mukhenafor the mouth; caand; anyamanother; hridiin the heart; bhavyammay be; anyat another; devahdemigod; nanot; janatiknows; kutahwhere?; manushyah human. The gopis said: Even the philosophers free of all illusion cannot with their mouths describe the wonderful transcendental pastimes of Lord Krishna or meditate on them in their hearts. Even the great demigods cannot understand Lord Krishna's pastimes. How can ordinary human beings understand them? Text 33 rase 'pi yad yad gaditam tu tat tad vihaya gantum samavasthito 'yam gate purim prana-patav aho 'smin kim kim na kashtam bata no 'bhavishyat raseduring the rasa dance; apialso; yad yatwhatever; gaditamspoken; tu indeed; tat tatthat; vihayaabandoning; gantumto go; samavasthitahis prepared; ayamHe; gatewhen He is gone; purimto the city; pranaof our

lives; patauthe master; ahahOh; asminHe; kimwhat?; kimwhat?; nanot; kashtamcalamity; bataalas; nahof us; abhavishyatcould be. Turning His back on the words of love He spoke to us during the rasa dance, He is now about to leave us. Alas! If He, the Lord of our lives, goes to Mathura City, what calamity will not fall on us? .pa

Chapter Four Shri Mathura-prayana The Journey to Shri Mathura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca rajann evam vadantinam gopinam viraham param vijnaya bhagavan devah shighram tasam grihan yayau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; rajanO king; evamthus; vadantinam speaking; gopinamof the gopis; virahamthe separation; paramgreat; vijnaya understanding; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; devahthe Lord; shighramat once; tasamof them; grihanto the homes; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: Aware of the anguish felt by the gopis that spoke these words, the Supreme Personality of Godhead quickly went to their homes. Text 2 yavantyo yoshito rajams tavad rupa-dharo harih svayam sambodhayam asa vagbhih sarvah prithak prithak yavantyahas many; yoshitahwomen; rajanO king; tavatso many; rupadharahmanifesting the forms; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; sambodhayam asaenlightened; vagbhihwith words; sarvahall; prithak prithakindividually.

Expanding into as many forms as there were gopis, Lord Krishna spoke words of instruction to each gopi individually. Text 3 shri-radha-mandiram gatva drishtva radham ca murchitam rahah-sthitam sakhi-sange nanada muralim kalam shri-radhaof Shri Radha; mandiramto the palace; gatvagoing; drishtva seeing; radhamRadha; caand; murchitamfaibnted; rahahin secluded place; sthitamsituated; sakhi-sangein the company of Her friends; nanadaplayed; muralimthe flute; kalamsweetly. Going to Shri Radha's palace and seeing Radha fallen unconscious, in a secluded place, and in the company of Her friends, Lord Krishna played sweet and soft notes on His flute. Text 4 shrutva vamshi-dhvanim radha sahasotthaya chatura netra unmilya dadrishe shri-govindam samagatam shrutvahearing; vamshi-dhvanimthe sound of the flute; radhaRadha; sahasaat once; utthayarising; caand; aturaagitated; netreeyes; unmilya opening; dadrishesaw; shri-govindamShri Krishna; samagatamcome. When She heard the flute-music, Radha became conscious again. Agitated, She opened Her eyes and saw that Lord Krishna had come. Text 5 padminiva gatanandam padmini padmini-patim vikshyotthayagata tasmai sadarenasanam dadau padminilotus flowers; ivalike; gataattained; anandambliss; padmini lotus flowers; padmini-patimthe sun; vikshyaseeing; utthayarising; agata come; tasmaito Him; sawith; adarenarespect; asanama seat; dadaugave.

She gazed at Him as a lotus flower gazes at the sun. Approaching Him, She respectfully offered Him a seat. Text 6 ashru-purna-mukhim dinam radham kamala-locanam shocantim bhagavan aha megha-gambhiraya gira ashruwith tears; purnafilled; mukhimface; dinampoor; radhamRadha; kamala-locanamlotus-eyed; shocantimweeping; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; ahasaid; megha-gambhirayadeep as thunder; gira with words. Gazing at poor, weeping, lotus-eyed Radha, Her face filled with tears, the Supreme Personality of Godhead spoke with words deep as thunder. Text 7 shri-bhagavan uvaca vimanas tvam katham bhadre ma shocam kuru radhike athava gantu-kamam mam shrutvasi virahatura shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vimanahunhappy; tvamYou; kathamwhy?; bhadreO beautiful one; madon't; shocamlament; kurudo; radhikeO Radha; athavaor; gantu-kamamwishing to go; mamMe; shrutvaheard; asiYou are; virahaby the separation; aturadistressed. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Why are You unhappy, beautiful one? O Radha, please don't cry. Are You unhappy because You heard that I want to go away? Text 8 bhuvo bharavataraya kamsadinam vadhaya ca brahmana prarthitah sakshaj jato 'ham vai tvaya saha

bhuvahof the earth; bharathe burden; avatarayato remove; kamsadinam of the demons headed by Kamsa; vadhayafor the killing; caand; brahmanaby Brahma; prarthitahrequested; sakshatdirectly; jatahborn; ahamI am; vai indeed; tvayaYou; sahaalong with. To remove the earth's burden and to kill the demons headed by Kamsa, on Brahma's request I have taken birth here with You as My companion. Text 9 mathuram hi gamishyami harishyami bhuvo bharam shighram atragamishyami karishyami shubham tava mathuramto Mathura; hiindeed; gamishyamiI will go; harishyamiI will remove; bhuvahof the earth; bharamthe burden; shighramquickly; atrahere; agamishyamiI will return; karishyamiI will do; shubhamthe happiness; tava of You. I will go to Mathura and remove the earth's burden. Then I will quickly return here and make You happy. Text 10 shri-narada uvaca ity uktavantam jagad-ishvaram harim radha patim praha viyoga-vihvala davagnina dava-lateva murchita su-kampa-romancita-bhava-samvrita shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktavantamspeaking; jagadishvaramSupreme Personality of Godhead; harimKrishna; radhaRadha; patim Lord; prahasaid; viyoga-vihvalaanxious about Their separation; davagnina with a forest fire; davaon fire; lataa flowering vine; ivalike; murchitafainted; su-kampatrembling; romancitaand hairs erect; bhavasymptoms of love; samvritafilled with. Shri Narada said: Then, filled with love, trembling, and Her bodily hairs erect, Radha, who was like a flowering vine caught fire in a conflagration of anxiety about Their separation, spoke to Her master, Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 11 shri-radhovaca bhuvo bharam hartum alam purim vraja kritam param me shapatham shrinu tvatah gate tvayi prana-pate ca vigraham kadacid atraiva na dharayamy aham shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; bhuvahof the earth; bharamthe burden; hartumto remove; alamgreatly; purimto the city; vrajago; kritamdone; paramthen; meto Me; shapathamvow; shrinuplease hear; tvatahfrom You; gategone; tvayiwhen You; prana-pateO Lord of My life; caand; vigraham form; kadacitsometime; atrahere; evaindeed; nanot; dharayamymaintain; ahamI. Shri Radha said: Go to the city to remove the earth's burden. But please hear the vow I make. O master of My life, while You are gone I will not keep this body alive. Text 12 yadattha me tvam shapatham na manyase dvitiya-varam pradadami vak-patham prano 'dhare gantum ativa-vihvalah karpura-dhuleh kanavad gamishyati yadawhen; atthaYou said; meto Me; tvamYou; shapathamvow; na not; manyasethink; dvitiya-varama second time; pradadamiI give; vakof words; pathamthe path; pranahlife-breath; adhareon the lips; gantumto go; ativa-vihvalahvery agitated; karpura-dhulehof a speck of camphor; kanavat like a single grain; gamishyatiwill go. If You no not believe I will keep this vow, I say it for a second time: The anxious breath that appears on these lips will be extinguished like a speck of camphor devoured by a flame. Text 13 shri-bhagavan uvaca vacanam me sva-nigamam duri-kartum kshamo 'smy aham bhaktanam vacanam radhe

duri-kartum na ca kshamah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; vacanam words; meof Me; sva-nigamamassertion; duri-kartumfar away; kshamaham able; asmyam; ahamI; bhaktanamof the devotees; vacanamthe words; radheO Radha; duri-kartumto throw far away; nanot; caand; kshamahable. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I can break My own vow, but I have no power to break the vow of My devotees. Text 14 shridama-shapat purvasmad goloke kalahan mama shata-varsham te viyogo bhavishyati na samshayah shridamaof Shridama; shapatbecause of the curse; purvasmatprevious; golokein Goloka; kalahanfroma quarrel; mamaof Me; shata-varshama hundred years; teof You; viyogahseparation; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. Because of a quarrel in Goloka, Shridama cursed You to be separated fgrom Me. You must be separated from Me for a hundred years. Of this there is no doubt. Text 15 ma shokam kuru kalyani varam me smara radhike masam masam viyoge te darshanam me bhavishyati madon't; shokamlament; kurudo; kalyaniO beautiful one; varamlover; meMe; smararemember; radhikeO Radha; masammonth; masamafter month; viyogein separation; teof You; darshanamthe sight; meof Me; bhavishyatiwill be. Beautiful one, don't cry. O Radha, remember Me always as Your lover. Month after month You will still see Me, even though We are separated. Text 16

shri-radhovaca masam prati viyoge me datum svam darshanam hare cen nagamishyasi tadasun duhkhat santyajamy aham shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; masam pratievery month; viyogein separation; meto Me; datumto give; svamown; darshanamsight; hareO $; cenif; nanot; agamishyasiYou will return; tadathen; asunlife; duhkhatout of unhappiness; santyajamyrenounce; ahamI. Shri Radha said: If every month You do not return to let Me see You I will grieve and give up My life. Text 17 lokabhirama jana-bhushana vishva-dipa kandarpa-mohana jagad-vrijinarti-harin ananda-kanda yadu-nandana nanda-suno adyagamasya shapatham kuru me puras tvam lokaof the worlds; abhiramaO happiness; janaof the people; bhushanaO ornament; vishvaof the universe; dipaO lamp; kandarpaas kamadeva; mohana charming; jagatof the universes; vrijinaof the sins; artithe sufferings; harin O remover; ananda-kandaO source of bliss; yadu-nandanaO descendent of Yadu; nanda-sunahO son of Nanda; adyatoday; agamasyaof the return; shapathamvow; kurudo; meof Me; purahin the presence; tvamYou. O happiness of the worlds, O ornament of the people, O lamp lighting the universe, O youth more handsome than Kamadeva, O Lord who removes the world's sufferings, O root from which all bliss has blossomed, O descendent of King Yadu, O son of Nanda, promise Me that You will return. Text 18 shri-bhagavan uvaca rambhoru masam prati te viyoge cen nagamishye shapatham gavam me nihsamshayam nishkapatam vacas tvam avehi radhe kathitam maya yat shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; rambha banana tree; uruthighs; masammonth; pratievery; teof You; viyogein separation; cenif; nanot; agamishyereturn; shapathampromise; gavamof

the cows; meof Me; nihsamshayamwihtout doubt; nishkapatamwithout duplicity; vacahwords; tvamYou; avehiplease understand; radheO Radha; kathitamspoken; mayaby Me; yatwhich. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O girl with thighs graceful as banana trees, every month I will return. I vow this on all My cows. O Radha, please believe that My words are not a lie. Text 19 yo mitratam nishkapatam karoti nishkarano dhanyatamah sa eva vidhaya maitrim kapatam vidadhyat tam lampatam hetu-patam natam dhik yahwho; mitratamto friendship; nishkapatamsincere; karotidoes; nishkaranahunselfish; dhanyatamahmost fortunate; sahe; evaindeed; vidhayaplacing; maitrimfriendship; kapataminsincere; vidadhyatshould place; tamthat; lampatama debauchee; hetureason; patamdressed; natam an actor; dhikfie! An unselfish and sincere friend is the most fortunate of persons. Fie on one who is only an actor pretending to be a friend! Text 20 karmendriyaniha yatha rasadims tatha sa-kama munayah sukham yat manan na jananti hi nairapeksham gudham param nirguna-lakshanam tat karmaworking; indriyanisenses; ihahere; yathaas; rasadimhbeginning with the tongue; tathaso; sa-kamawith desire; munayahthe sages; sukham happiness; yatwhich; manakslightly; nanot; janantiknow; hiindeed; nairapekshamaloofness; gudhamhidden; paramgreat; nirguna-lakshanam beyond the modes of nature; tatthat. Philosophers that still desire the objects of the material senses cannot at all understand the great secret of renunciation, a secret untouched by the three modes of nature. Text 21

jananti santah sama-darshino ye danta mahantah kila nairapekshah te nairapekshyam paramam sukham me jnanendriyadini yatha rasadin janantiknow; santahthe saintly devotees; sama-darshinahseeing equally; yewho; dantaself-controlled; mahantahgreat souls; kilaindeed; nairapekshah renounced; tethey; nairapekshyamrenunciation; paramamsupreme; sukham happiness; meof Me; jnanendriyadinibeginning with the knowledge-acquiring senses; yathaas; rasadinbeginning with taste. Saintly devotees, who control their senses and see everyone equally, know the great happiness of renunciation. They taste Me with their tongues and the directly experience Me with their other senses. Text 22 sarvam hi bhavam manasah parasparam na hy ekato bhamini jayate tatah premaiva kartavyam ato mayi svatah premna samanam bhuvi nasti kincit sarvamall; hiindeed; bhavamlove; manasahof the heart; parasparam mutual; nanot; hyindeed; ekatahalone; bhaminiO beautiful one; jayateis born; tatahthen; premalove; evaindeed; kartavyamshould be done; atah then; mayifor Me; svatahspontaneously; premnawith love; samanamequal; bhuviin the world; nanot; astiis; kincitanything. O beautiful one, they love Me with all their hearts. The living entities should love Me. In this world nothing is equal to love for Me. Text 23 yatha hi bhandira-vate manoratho babhuva radhe hi tatha bhavishyati ahaitukam prema ca sadbhir ashritam tac capi santah kila nirgunam viduh yathaas; hiindeed; bhandira-vatein Bhandiravana; manorathahdesire; babhuvawas; radheO Radha; hiindeed; tathaso; bhavishyatiwill be; ahaitukamcausless; premalove; caand; sadbhihby the devotees; ashritam

taken shelter; tacthat; caand; apieven; santahthe devotees; kilaindeed; nirgunambeyond the modes; viduhknow. O Radha, as in the past I fulfilled Your desires in Bhandiravana forest, so in the future I will fulfill them again. The saintly devotees love Me selflessly. They stand on the spiritual platform, above the three modes of material nature. Text 24 ye radhikayam tvayi keshave mayi bhedam na kurvanti hi dugdha-sauklyavat ta eva me brahma-padam prayanti tad ahaituka-sphurjita-bhakti-lakshanah yewho; radhikayamin Radha; tvayiin You; keshavein Krishna; mayiin Me; bhedamdifference; nanot; kurvantido; hiindeed; dugdhamilk; sauklya and whiteness; vatlike; tathey; evaindeed; meof Me; brahma-padamthe spiritual abode; prayantiattain; tatthat; ahaitukaselfless; sphurjitamanifest; bhaktidevotional service; lakshanahcharacterized. They who know that as milk and its quality of whiteness cannot be separated, so there is no difference between You, Radha, and Me, Krishna, are My selfless devotees. They go to My transcendental abode. Text 25 ye radhikayam tvayi keshave mayi pashyanti bhedam ku-dhiyo nara bhuvi te kala-sutram prapatanti duhkhita rambhoru yavat kila candra-bhaskarau yewho; radhikayamin Radha; tvayiin You; keshavein Krishna; mayiin Me; pashyantisee; bhedamdifference; ku-dhiyahfools; narahpeople; bhuvi in this world; tethey; kala-sutramthe rope of time; prapatantifall; duhkhita unhappy; rambhabanana trees; uruthighs; yavatas; kilaindeed; candrathe moon; bhaskarauand the sun. They who see a difference etween You, Radha, and Me, Krishna, are fools. O girl with thighs graceful as banana trees, they fall into the line of time and suffer there for as long as the sun and the moon shine in the sky. Text 26

shri-narada uvaca evam ashvasya tam radham sarvam gopi-ganam tatha ayayau nanda-bhavanam bhagavan naya-kovidah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; ashvasyacomforting; tam Her; radhamRadha; sarvamall; gopi-ganamthe gopis; tathaso; ayayau went; nanda-bhavanamto Nanda's palace; bhagavanthe Lord; naya-kovidah the greatest philosopher. Shri Narada said: After thus comforting Radha and the gopis, the Lord, who is the wisest of philosophers, returned to Nanda's palace. Text 27 atha suryodaye jate nandadyah shakatair balim nitva rathan samaruhya sarve shri-mathuram yayuh athathen; suryodayeat sunrise; jatemanifested; nandadyahheaded by nanda; shakataihwith wagons; balimofferings; nitvataking; rathanchariots; samaruhyaclimbing; sarveall; shri-mathuramto Mathura; yayuhwent. The next morning at sunrise Nanda and all the gopas put their offerings in many wagons, themselves climbed onto many chariots, and went to Mathura. Text 28 aruhya rama-krishnabhyam svam ratham gandini-sutah prayanam akarod rajan mathuram drashtum udyatah aruhyaclimbing; rama-krishnabhyamwith Krishna and Balarama; svamown; rathamchariot; gandini-sutahAkrura; prayanamthe journey; akarotdid; rajan O king; mathuramto Mathura; drashtumto see; udyatahprepared. O king, Akrura climbed on his chariot and with Krishna and Balarama went to see Mathura.

Text 29 kotisah kotisho gopyo marge marge samasthitah pashyantyas tan-nirgamanam krodhadhya moha-vihvalah kotisah kotishahmillions and millions; gopyahof gopis; margeon path; margeafter path; samasthitahstood; pashyantyahgazing; tan-nirgamanamat the departure; krodhadhyafilled with anger; moha-vihvalahovercome with bewilderment. Angry and bewildered, millions and millions of gopiss stood on every path, staring at the Lord's departure. Text 30 krura krureti cakruram vadantyah parusham vacah rurudhuh sarvato yanam yatharkam sa-ratham ghanah kruracruel; kruracruel; itithus; caand; akruramto Akrura; vadantyah saying; parushamharsh; vacahwords; rurudhuhblocked; sarvatah everywhere; yanamthe journey; yathaas; arkamthe sun; sa-rathamwith chariot; ghanaha cloud. Calling out, "Cruel! Cruel!" they jeered Akrura. As clouds block the sun-god's chariot, they blocked every path Text 31 akrurasya ratham rajan nijaghnur yashtibhir bhrisham ashvams tatha sarathim ca bhagavad-virahaturah akrurasyaof Akrura; rathamthe chariot; rajanO king; nijaghnuhhit; yashtibhihwith sticks; bhrishamgreatly; ashvanthe horses; tathaso; sarathim the charioteer; caand; bhagavad-virahaturahdistraught with separation from the Lord.

O king, anguished by their imminent separation from the Lord, with sticks the gopis whipped Akrura's chariot, horses, and chariot driver. Text 32 ashvas tatra samutpetus taditas ta itas tatah gopi-dvy-anguli-ghatena sarathih patito rathat ashvahthe horses; tatrathere; samutpetuhbolted; taditahbeated; ta they; itahhere; tatahand there; gopiof the gopis; dvitwo; angulifingers; ghatenaby the blow; sarathihthe charioteer; patitahfell; rathatfrom the chariot. The whipped horses suddenly bolted, running here and there. Pushed by two gopi fingers, the charioteer fell from the chariot. Text 33 vihaya lajjam lokasya samakrishya rathad balat kankanais tedur akruram pashyatoh krishna-ramayoh vihayagiving up; lajjamthe shame; lokasyaof the world; samakrishya pulling; rathatfrom the chariot; balatby force; kankanaihwith bracelets; teduh beat; akruramAkrura; pashyatohlooking on; krishna-ramayohKrishna and Balarama. Throwing their shyness far away, they dragged Akrura from the chariot and beat him with their bracelets as Krishna and Balarama passively looked on. Text 34 gopi-yutha-balam drishtva sa-balo bhagavan harih gopih sambodhayam asa rakshitva gandini-sutam

gopi-yuthaof the gopis; balamthe power; drishtvaseeing; sa-balahwith Balarama; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; harihKrishna; gopih to the gopis; sambodhayam asaaddressed; rakshitvaprotecting; gandini-sutam Akrura. Seeing how strong the gopis were, Lord Krishna and Balarama interceded on Akrura's behalf and protected him. Lord Krishna said to the gopis: Text 35 sandhyayam agamishyami ma shokam kurutanganah pashyatash casya mad-dhasyam ma kurvantu vrajaukasah sandhyayamat sunset; agamishyamiI will return; madon't; shokam lament; kurutado; anganahO girls; pashyatahlooking; ca-and; asyaof him; mad-dhasyamtroubling; manot; kurvantushould do; vrajaukasahthe people of Vraja. Girls, don't cry. At sunset I will return. The people of Vraja should not trouble Akrura. Text 36 ity evam uktva sarathah samagato 'krurena krishno baladeva-samyutah turangamair vegamayair manoharair yayau purim yadava-vrinda-manditam itythus; evamthus; uktvaspeaking; sarathahriding in a chariot; samagatahcome; akrurenawith Akrura; krishnahKrishna; baladeva-samyutah with Balarama; turangamaihwith the horses; vegamayaihfast; manoharaih handsome; yayauwent; purimto the city; yadava-vrinda-manditamdecorated with the Yadavas. After speaking these words, Lord Krishna, accompanied by Balarama and Akrura, journeyed in the chariot pulled by many fast and handsome horses to the great city Mathura, which had the Yadavas as its splendid decoration. Text 37

yavad rathah ketur utashva-renur alakshyate tavad ativa-mohat sthita hy abhuvan pathi citravat tah

smritva harer vakyam utagatashah

yavatas; rathahthe chariot; ketuhthe flag; utaindeed; ashvaof the horses; renuhthe dust; alakshyatewas seen; tavatso; ativagreat; mohat from illusion; sthitasituated; hyindeed; abhuvanwas; pathion the path; citravatlike a picture; tah they; smritvaremembering; harehof Lord Krishna; vakyamthe words; utaindeed; agatareturned; ashahhope. As long as the chariot, it's flag, or the cloud of dust the running horses made could be seen, the stunned gopis stood like painted pictures on the path. Then, remembering Lord Krishna's words, they became hopeful. .pa

Chapter Five Mathurayam Shri Krishna-praveshah Shri Krishna's Entrance Into Mathura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca harir akrura-ramabhyam mathuropavanam gatah yamuna-nikatam sthitva vari pitva ratham yayau shri-narada uvaca; harihShri Narada said; akrura-ramabhyamwith Akrura and Balarama; mathuropavanamto the graden of Mathura; gatahwnet; yamunanikatamnear the Yamuna; sthitvastaying; varithe water; pitvadrinking; rathamto the chariot; yayauwent; Shri Narada said: Accompanied by Balarama and Akrura, Krishna went to Mathura's gardens by the Yamuna's shore, drank some water, and returned to the chariot. Text 2 akruras tav anujnapya snatum shri-yamunam gatah

nitya-naimittikam kartum vivesha vimale jale akrurahAkrura; tavThem; anujnapyaobtaining permission; snatumto bath; shri-yamunamto Shri Yamuna; gatahwent; nitya-naimittikamhis regular bath; kartumto do; viveshawntereed; vimalethe pure; jalewater. Atter taking permission from Krishna and Balarama, Akrura went to the Yamuna and entered the water to take his regular bath. Text 3 jale cagadha-gambhire maha-varta-samakule dadarsha rama-krishnau tau vadantau gandini-sutah jalein the water; caand; agadha-gambhirevery deep; maha-vartasamakulevery turbulent; dadarshasaw; ramaBalarama; krishnauand Krishna; tauThem; vadantauspeaking; gandini-sutahAkrura. In the deep and turbulent water Akrura saw Krishna and Balarama conversing. Text 4 vismitas tau rathe 'pashyat punar vari sthitau nripa dadarsha tatra sarpendram kundali-bhutam asthitam vismitahastonished; tauThem; ratheon the chariot; apashyatsaw; punah again; variin the water; sthitaustanding; nripaO king; dadarshasaw; tatra there; sarpendramthe king of snakes; kundali-bhutamcoiled-up; asthitam situated. O king, when he looked and saw Them both sitting on the chariot, Akrura was very surprised. He looked again into the water and saw Ananta Shesha coiled again and again, . . . Text 5

tasyotsange maha-lokam golokam loka-vanditam govardhanadrim yamunam vrindaranyam manoharam tasyaof Him; utsangeon the lap; maha-lokamthe great planet; golokam Goloka; loka-vanditamworshiped by the worlds; govardhanadrimGovardhana Hill; yamunamtye y; vrindaranyamVrindavana; manoharambeautiful. On Shesha's lap he saw Vrindavana forest, the Yamuna, Govardhana Hill, and the transcendental realm of Goloka, which is worshiped by all the worlds. Text 6 asankhya-koti-martandajyotisham mandalam prabhum paripurnatamam sakshac chri-krishnam purushottamam asankhyacountless; kotimillions; martandaof suns; jyotishameffulgence; mandalamcircle; prabhumthe Lord; paripurnatamamthe perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshacdirectly; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; purushottamamthe Supreme Person. On Shesha's lap Akrura also saw Lord Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, glorious as countless millions of suns, . . . Text 7 koti-manmatha-lavanyam rasa-mandala-madhya-gam radhaya sahitam devam tatrakruro dadarsha ha kotimillions; manmathaof Kamadevas; lavanyamhandsomeness; rasamandala-madhya-gamin the middle of theb rasa-dance circle; radhayawith Radha; sahitamwith; devamthe Lord; tatrathere; akrurahAkrura; dadarsha saw; haindeed. . . . and more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, standing with Radha in the rasa-dance circle.

Text 8 jnatva krishnam param brahma natva natva punah punah kritanjali-puto 'krurah stutim cakre 'ti-harshitah jnatvaunderstanding; krishnamLord Krishna; paramthe Supreme; brahma Brahman; natvabowing; natvaand bowing; punahagain; punahand again; kritanjali-putahwith folded hands; akrurahAkrura; stutimprayers; cakredid; ati-harshitahjubilant. Aware that Shri Krishna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Akrura bowed down again and again and again. Filled with joy, he folded his hands and spoke many prayers. Text 9 shri-akrura uvaca namah shri-krishnacandraya paripurnatamaya ca asankhyandadhipataye goloka-pataye namah shri-akrura uvacaShri Akrura said; namahobeisances; shri-krishnacandraya to Shri Krishnacandra; paripurnatamayathe perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead; caand; asankhyanumberless; andaof universes; adhipatayethe master; goloka-patayethe master of Goloka; namahobeisances. Shri Akrura said: Obeisances to Shri Krishnacandra, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead! Obeisances to Shri Krishna, the master of numberless universes, the master of Goloka! Text 10 shri-radha-pataye tubhyam vrajadhishaya te namah namah shri-nanda-putraya yashoda-nandanaya ca shri-radha-patayethe master of Radha; tubhyamto You; vrajadhishayathe king of Vraja; teto You; namahobeisances; namahobeisances; shri-nandaputrayathe son of Nanda; yashoda-nandanayathe son of Yashoda; caand.

Obeisances to You, the master of Radha and the king of Vraja! Obeisances to You, the son of Nanda and Yashoda! Text 11 devaki-suta govinda vasudeva jagat-pate yaduttama jagan-natha pahi mam purushottama devaki-sutaO son of Devaki; govindaO Govinda; vasudevaO son of Vasudeva; jagat-pateO master of the universes; yaduttamaO best of the Yadavas; jagan-nathaO master of the universes; pahiplease protect; mamme; purushottamaO Supreme Person. O son of Devaki and Vasudeva, O Govinda, O best of the Yadavas, O master of the universes, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, please protect me! Text 12 vani sada te guna-varnane syat karnau kathayam mama dosh ca karmani manah sada tvac-caranaravindayor drishau sphurad-dhama-vivesha-darshane vaniwords; sadaalways; teof You; guna-varnanedescribing the virtues; syatis; karnauthe ears; kathayamin the narrations; mamamy; dosharms; caand; karmaniin the works; manahmind; sadaalways; tvaccaranaravindayohin Your lotusa feet; drishaueyes; sphurad-dhama-viveshadarshanein seeing Your glory. May my words always describe Your transcendental qualities, my ears always hear descriptions of You, my arms always work for You, my mind always think of Your lotus feet, and my eyes always see the splendid glory of Your transcendental form. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca evam samstuvatas tasya

pashyato vismitasya ca tatraivantardadhe krishnah sa-loko bhagavan prabhuh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; samstuvatahpryaing; tasya of him; pashyatahgazing; vismitasyaastonished; caand; tatrathere; eva indeed; antardadhedisappeared; krishnahLord Krishna; sa-lokahwith His realm; bhagavan prabhuhthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Shri Narada said: As astonished Akrura was speaking these prayers, the Supreme Lord Krishna in His transcendental realm suddenly disappeared. Text 14 natva tam ca tadakrurah kritva naimittikam vidhim jnatva krishnam param brahma vismito ratham ayayau natvabowing down; tamto Him; caand; tadathen; akrurahAkrura; kritva doing; naimittikamregular; vidhimduties; jnatvaknowing; krishnamKrishna; paramthe Supreme; brahmaBrahman; vismitahastonished; rathamto the chariot; ayayauwent. Bowing down, finishing his regular duties, and now acutely aware of Lord Krishna's divinity, astonished Akrura returned to the chariot. Text 15 dinatyaye rama-krishnav anayad gandini-sutah rathena vayu-vegena snigdha-gambhira-nadina dinaof the day; atyayeat the end; rama-krishnavKrishna and Balarama; anayatled; gandini-sutahAkrura; rathenaby chariot; vayuwind; vegenawith the speed; snigdhagambhira-nadinawith a sound like thunder. Driving a chariot that rumbled like thunder and went as fast as the wind, at the day's end Akrura took Krishna and Balarama to the gardens outside Mathura. Text 16

purasyopavane tatra vikshya nandam yaduttamah akruram praha vihasan megha-gambhiraya gira purasyaof ther city; upavanein the gardens; tatrathere; vikshyaseeing; nandamNanda; yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; akruramto Akrura; praha said; vihasansmiling; megha-gambhirayalike thunder; girawith words. When He saw Nanda there in Mathura's gardens, Lord Krishna smiled and spoke to Akrura with words like thunder. Text 17 shri-bhagavan uvaca mathurayam hi gantavyam bhavata sva-rathena vai gopalaih sahitah pashcad agamishyami manada shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; mathurayam in Mathura; hiindeed; gantavyamshould be gone; bhavataby you; sva-rathena by your chariot; vaiindeed; gopalaihwith the gopas; sahitahwith; pashcat after; agamishyamiI will come; manadaO respectful one. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Humble Akrura, please take your chariot inside Mathura City. Accompanied by the gopas, I will enter the city later. Text 18 shri-akrura uvaca deva-deva jagan-natha govinda purushottama sahagrajah sa-gopalo gaccha me mandiram prabho shri-akrura uvacaShri Akrura said; deva-devaO master of the dfemigods; jagan-nathaO master of the universes; govindaO Govinda; purushottamaO Supreme Person; sahagrajahwith Your elder brother; sa-gopalahwith the gopas; gacchaplease; memy; mandiramhome; prabhahO Lord.

Shri Akrura said: O master of the demigods, O master of the universes, O Govinda, O Supreme Person, taking with You Your elder brother and Your gopa friends, please agree to visit my home. Text 19 padaravinda-rajasa pavitri-kuru mad-griham tvam vina na gamishyami mandiram svam jagat-pate padafeet; aravindalotus; rajasawith the dust; pavitri-kuruplease purify; mad-grihammy home; tvamYou; vinaexcept for; nanot; gamishyamiI will go; mandiramhome; svamown; jagat-pateO master of the worlds. Please purify my home with the pollen of Your lotus feet. O master of the worlds, I will not return to my home unless I can take You with me. Text 20 shri-bhagavan uvaca griham tavagamishyami hatva vai yadavahitam sa-balo bandhavaih sardham karishyami tava priyam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; grihamhome; tavayour; agamishyamiI will come; hatvahaving killed; vaiindeed; yadavahitamthe person that harms the Yadavas; sa-balahwith Balarama; bandhavaihwith My kinsmen; sardhamwith; karishyamiI will do; tavaof You; priyamthe favor. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: After I have killed the king that harms the Yadavas, I will visit your home. Accompanied by Balarama and My kindsmen, I will satisfy your desire. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca atha tatra sthite krishne so 'kruro mathuram gatah nivedya cedam kamshaya

tatah sva-bhavanam yayau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; tatrathere; sthitesituated; krishneKrishna; sahHe; akrurahAkrura; mathuramto Mathura; gatahgone; nivedyainforming; caand; idamthis; kamshayato Kamsa; tatahthen; svabhavanamto his home; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: Leaving Lord Krishna there, Akrura entered Mathura, informed King Kamsa of what had happened, and then returned to his home. Text 22 athaparahne sa-balam govindam balakaih purim drashtum abhyuditam vikshya nando vakyam athabravit athathen; aparahnein the afternoon; sa-balamwith Balarama; govindam Krishna; balakaihwith the boys; purimthe city; drashtumto see; abhyuditam eager; vikshyaseeing; nandahNanda; vakyamwords; athathen; abravit spoke. Noticing that afternoon that Krishna, Balarama, and the boys were eager to see Mathura City, Nanda spoke the following words. Text 23 arjavena purim vikshyagantavyam bhavata kila na gokulam viddhi cainam kamsa-rajye maha-bhaye arjavenain a strauightforward way; purimthe city; vikshyaseeing; agantavyamshould be returned; bhavataby You; kilaindeed; nanot; gokulam Gokula; viddhiknow; caand; enamthis; kamsa-rajyethe kingdom of Kamsa; maha-bhayevery fearful. Look at the city and then quickly return. Know that this is not Gokula. This is the fearful kingdom of Kamsa. Text 24

tathastu coktva bhagavan vriddhair nanda-pranoditaih gopalair balakaih sardham sa-balo gatavan purim tathaso; astube it; caand; uktvasaying; bhagavanthe Lord; vriddhaih with the elder; nanda-pranoditaihsent by nanda; gopalaihgopas; balakaih boys; sardhamwith; sa-balahwith Balarama; gatavanwent; purimto the city. Saying, "So be it", and accompanied by Balarama, the boys, and some adult gopas sent by Nanda, Lord Krishna entered Mathura City, . . . Text 25 prasadair gagana-sparshair hema-ratna-khacid-grihaih shobhitam durga-samyuktam devadhanim iva sthitam prasadaihwith palaces; gaganathe sky; sparshaihtouching; hema-ratnakhacid-grihaihwith mansions of gold and jewels; shobhitamsplendid; durgasamyuktamwith walls; devadhanimthe capitol of the demigods; ivalike; sthitam-situated. . . . which was surrounded by high walls, and filled with mansions of gold and jewels and great palaces that touched the sky, which was like a great city in the celestial planets, . . . Text 26 kalindim ratna-sopanaish calad-urmi-kutuhalaih alakam iva shobhadhyam divya-nari-narair yutam kalindimthe Yamuna; ratnawith jewel; sopanaishstairs; calad-urmikutuhalaihwith turbulent waves; alakamlocks of hair; ivalike; shobhadhyam beautiful; divya-nari-naraihbeauitful men and women; yutamwith. . . . which was filled with handsome men and beautiful women, and decorated with jewel staircases leading down to the Yamuna's turbulent waves splendid as black locks of hair.

Text 27 prekshan chri-mathuram krishno dhaninam mandirani ca pashyan gopalakaih sardham raja-margam vivesha ha prekshanlooking; shri-mathuramat Shri Mathura; krishnahKrishna; dhaninamof the wealthy; mandiranithe mansions; caand; pashyanseeing; gopalakaihthe gopas; sardhamwith; raja-margamthe royal road; vivesha entered; haindeed. As they gazed at the palaces of the wealthy and the other opulences of Mathura, Krishna and the gopas started to walk on the king's road. Text 28 shrutvagatam tam vasudeva-nandanam bahushruta vai mathura-puranganah tyaktvatha karmani visrijya tah shishun drashtum vyadhavann udadhim yathapagah shrutvahearing; agatamarrived; tamHim; vasudeva-nandanam Vasudeva's son; bahushrutalearned; vaiindeed; mathura-puranganahthe women of Mathura; tyaktvaleaving; athathen; karmaniduties; visrijya leaving; tahthey; shishunchildren; drashtumto see; vyadhavanrunning; udadhimto the ocean; yathalike; apagahrivers. Hearing that Vasudeva's son had come, the learned women of Mathura at once left their children and all their household duties and ran to see Krishna as rivers run into the ocean. Text 29 kashcit tu harmyat kila jala-deshat kudyat tu kashcit patato gavakshat vinirgata dvara-kapata-deshat tac catvarat tam dadrishuh purandhryah kashcitsome; tuindeed; harmyatfrom the plaace; kilaindeed; jala-deshat from the lattice; kudyatfrom the wall; tuindeed; kashcitsome; patatahfrom

the curtains; gavakshatfrom the window; vinirgatagone; dvara-kapata-deshat from the doors; tatthat; catvaratfrom the courtyard; tamHim; dadrishuhsaw; purandhryahthe women of the city. Some from palaces, some from behind latticeworks, some from the tops of walls, some from behind curtains, some from windows, some from doorways, and some from courtyards, the women of Mathura gazed at Lord Krishna. Texts 30-32 ekam calat-kuntalam anane sve kim agra-ganam tu manamsi hartum pashcat kritam mauli-tale dadhanam kim prishtha-ganam haranam dvitiyam pitambarardham balinam sphurat katav ardham tad-amse jalade yatha tadit padmam kare sve hridi vaijayantim srajam dadhanam vasudeva-nandanam vilokya sarva mumuhuh pura-striyo vilola-pathina-navina-kundalam balarka-hemangada-bahu-mandalam rajann asankhyanda-patim parat param ekamone; calat-kuntalammoving locks of hair; ananeon the face; sve own; kimwhat?; agra-ganamgoing ahead; tuindeed; manamsithe hearts; hartumto steal; pashcatbehind; kritamdone; mauli-taleon the crown; dadhanamplacing; kimwhjat?; prishtha-ganamgoing behind; haranamtaking; dvitiyamsecond; pitambarardhamhalf of His yellow garment; balinampowerful; sphuratmanifest; katavon the waist; ardhamhalf; tad-amseon His shoulder; jaladea cloud; yathaas; taditlightning; padmama lotus flower; kareon His hand; sveown; hridion the chest; vaijayantima vaijayanti; srajamgarland; dadhanamwearing; vasudeva-nandanamVasudeva's son; vilokyaseeing; sarva aqll; mumuhuhbecame enchanted; pura-striyahthe women of the city; vilolamoving; pathinashark; navinanew; kundalamearrings; balarkathe rising sun; hemagold; angadasrmlets; bahu-mandalamthe arms; rajannO king; asankhyanda-patimthe master of numberless universes; parat paramgreater than the greatest. O king, as they gazed at Lord Krishna, the master of numberless universes, His face decorated in the front with moving locks of hair and in the back with a glittering crown, wearing a yellow cloth wrapped around His waist and over His shoulder, splendid as a dark cloud with a lightning flash, a vaijayanti galrand on His chest and a lotus in His hand, wearing swinging shark-shaped earrings and golden armlets splendid as the rising sun, and stealing their hearts as He walked before Him, all the women of Mathura City fell hopelessly in love with Him.

Text 33 shri-purandhrya ucuh aho vrindavanam ramyam yatra sannihito hy ayam dhanya gopa-ganah sarve pashyanty enam manoharam shri-purandhrya ucuhthe women of Mathura said; ahahOh; vrindavanam Vrindavana; ramyambeautiful; yatrawhere; sannihitahstays; hyindeed; ayamHe; dhanyafortunate; gopa-ganahthe gopas; sarveall; pashyantysee; enamHim; manoharamhandsome. The women of Mathura City said: Ah, all the gopas in beautiful Vrindavana are very fortunate again and again to see such a handsome person. Text 34 dhanya gopa-ramanyas tas tabhih kim sukritam kritam pibanti ya rasa-range muhush casyadharamritam dhanyahfortunate; gopa-ramanyahthe gs; tahthey; tabhihwith them; kim what?; sukritampious deeds; kritamdone; pibantidrink; yahwho; rasarangein the rasa dance; muhushagain and again; caand; asyaof Him; adhara of the lips; amritamthe nectar. The gopis are very fortunate. What pious deeds must they have performed that in the rasa-dance they could again and again drink the nectar of Krishna's lips? Text 35 shri-narada uvaca raja-marge ranga-karam rajakam yantam unmadam gopalanumatenaiva praha tam madhusudanah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; raja-margeon the royal road; rangakarama dyer of cloth; rajakama washerman; yantamgoing; unmadamfrantic;

gopalanumatenaivawith the permission of the gopas; prahasaid; tamto him; madhusudanahLord Krishna. Shri Narada said: To please the gopas, Lord Krishna spoke the following words to a washerman and cloth-dyer that was frantically going on the king's road. Text 36 dehi no mitra vasamsi rucirani maha-mate datus te hi param sreyo bhavishyati na samshayah dehigive; nahto us; mitraO friend; vasamsigarments; ruciranibeautiful; maha-mateO noble-hearted one; datuhof the giver; teof you; hiindeed; paramgreat; sreyahbenefit; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. O noble hearted friend, give these beautiful graments to us. If you give them, you will get a great gift in return. Of this there is no doubt. Text 37 prajvalan krishna-vakyena ghritenagnir yatha bhrisham kamsa-bhrityo maha-dushtah prahedam pathi madhavam prajvalaninflamed; krishna-vakyenaby Lord Krishna's words; ghritenaby ghee; agnihfire; yathaas; bhrishamgreatly; kamsaof Kamsa; bhrityaha servant; maha-dushtaha great demon; prahaspoke; idamthis; pathion the road; madhavamto Lord Krishna. Inflamed by Lord Krishna's words as fire is inflamed by ghee, the washerman, who was a great demon and servant of Kamsa, spoke to Lord Krishna in the middle of the road. Text 38 rajaka uvaca idrishany eva vastrani pitribhir vah pitamahaih

dharitani kim udvrittas te tu kaupina-dharakah rajaka uvacathe washerman said; idrishanylike this; evaindeed; vastrani garments; pitribhihby the fathers; vahof You; pitamahaihby the grandfathers; dharitaniworn; kimwhat?; udvrittahproud; tethey; tuindeed; kaupinadharakahthe wearers of kaupinas. The washerman said: O proud wearers of kaupinas, did Your fathers or grandfathers ever wear clothes like these? Text 39 yatashu vanya nagarat sarve vai jivitecchaya karagare karayami yushman vastra-haran aham yatago; ashuat once; vanyaO frest-dwellers; nagaratfrom the city; sarve all; vaiindeed; jivitafor life; icchayawith a desire; karagarein prison; karayamiI will put; yushmanyou; vastra-haranfor stealing garments; ahamI. O uncivilized people who live in the forest, if you value your lives, then flee from this city! If you do not, then I will have you put in jail for stealing my garments. Text 40 shri-narada uvaca evam pravadatas tasya rajakasya yaduttamah jahara mastakam sadyah karagrenaiva lilaya shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; pravadatahspeaking; tasya of him; rajakasyathe washerman; yaduttamahLord Krishna; jahararemoved; mastakamthe head; sadyahat once; karagrenawith the edge of His hand; eva indeed; lilayaplayfully. Shri Narada said: As soon as these words were spoken, with the edge of His hand Lord Krishna playfully beheaded the washerman. Texts 41 and 42

taj-jyotih shri-ghana-shyame linam jatam videha-rat sadyas tad-anugah sarve vasah-koshan visrijya vai dudruvuh sarvato rajan sharat-kale yatha ghanah grihitvatma-priye vastre sthitayo rama-krishnayaoh taj-jyotihhis light; shri-ghana-shyamein the dark cloud of Shri Krishna; linam merged; jatamwas; videha-ratO king of Videha; sadyahat once; tad-anugah the washerman's followers; sarveall; vasah-koshanthe wealth of garments; visrijyaabandoning; vaiindeed; dudruvuhran; sarvatahin all directions; rajan O king; sharat-kalein the autumn season; yathaas; ghanahclouds; grihitva taking; atma-priyethat they like; vastregarments; sthitayahstanding; ramakrishnayaohof Krishna and Balarama. O king of Videha, then an effulgence left the washerman's dead body and entered the dark cloud of Lord Krishna. At once the washerman's assistants dropped the great treasury of opulent gamrnets and fled in all directions as monsoon clouds flee with the coming of autumn. Calmly standing there, Krishna and Balarama took what they liked from the pile of garments. Text 43 jagrihur gopa-balas te raja-marga-jana api tad-dharanavido bala vasamsi rucirani ca asta-vyastam paridadhuh shri-krishnasya prapashyatah jagrihuhtook; gopa-balahthe gopa boys; tethey; raja-marga-janathe people on the king's road; apialso; tad-dharana-vidahaware; balathe boys; vasamsigarments; ruciranibeautiful; caand; asta-vyastamleft; paridadhuh took; shri-krishnasyaas Shri Krishna; prapashyatahwatched. The gopa boys took what they wanted, and other boys walking on the king's road, unaware of what had happened, also took from the pile of beautiful clothes as Krishna and Balarama placidly looked on. Text 44

vikshya tau vayakah kashcic chri-krishna-baladevayoh vicitra-varnair vasobhir divyam vesham cakara ha vikshyaseeing; tauThem; vayakahweaver; kashcica certain; shri-krishnabaladevayohof Shri Krishna and Balarama; vicitrawonderful; varnaihwith colors; vasobhihwith garments; divyamsplendid; veshamdress; cakaramade; haindeed. Then a weaver noticed Krishna and Balarama and at once dressed Them in beautiful and colorful garments. Text 45 tathanyesham shishunam ca yatha-yogyam vidhaya sah rajan paramaya bhaktya punah krishnam dadarsha ha tathathen; anyeshamof other; shishunamboys; caand; yatha-yogyam as; vidhayaplacing; sahhe; rajanO king; paramayawith great; bhaktya devotion; punahagain; krishnamto Krishna; dadarshasaw; haindeed. He also dressed the other gopa boys. Then with great devotion he again gazed at Lord Krishna. Text 46 prasanno bhagavams tasmai pradat sarupyam atmanah balam shriyam tathaishvaryam baladevo dadau punah prasannahpleased; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasmai to him; pradatgave; sarupyama transcendental form like His own; atmanah like His own; balamstrength; shriyamhandsomeness; tathaso; aishvaryam opulence; baladevahBalarama; dadaugave; punahagain. Pleased with Him, Lord Krishna gave the weaver a transcendental form like His own. Then Lord Balarama gave him transcendental strength, handsomeness, and opulence like His own.

.pa

Chapter Six Shri Mathura-darshana Seeing Shri Mathura Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha gopalakaih sardham shri-krishno nanda-nandanah griham jagama sa-balah sudamno dama-malinah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; gopalakaihwith the gopas; sardhamwith; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; nanda-nandanahthe son of Nanda; grihamto the home; jagamawent; sa-balahwith Balarama; sudamnahof Sudama; dama-malinaha garland-maker. Then, accompanied by Balarama and the gopas, Shri Krishna, the son of Nanda, went to the florist Sudama's home. Text 2 drishtva tau sa samutthaya namaskritya kritanjalih pushpa-simhasane sthapya praha gadgadaya gira drishtvaseeing; tauKrishna and Balarama; sahe; samutthayarising; namaskrityabowing down; kritanjalihwith folded hands; pushpa-simhasaneon a throne of flowers; sthapyaplacing; prahasaid; gadgadayachoked with emotion; girawith words. When he saw Krishna and Balarama, Sudama at once stood up and then bowed down with folded hands. Placing Them on a flower throne, he stuttered words choked with emotion. Text 3

shri-sudamovaca dhanyam kulam me bhavanam ca janma tvayy agate deva kulani sapta matuh pituh sapta tatha priyaya vaikunthalokam gatavanti manye shri-sudama uvacaShri Sudama siad; dhanyamfortunate; kulamfamily; me my; bhavanamhome; caand; janmabirth; tvayyin You; agatecome; deva O Lord; kulanithe relatives; saptaseven; matuhof the mother; pituhof the father; saptaseven; tathaso; priyayaof the wife; vaikunthalokamto Vaikunthaloka; gatavantigone; manyeI think. Shri Sudama said: O Lord, now that you have come my family, my home, and my birth in this world have all become blessed. I think seven generations of ancestors in the families of my father, mother, and wife have now gone to Vaikunthaloka. Text 4 bhu-bharam ahartum alam yadoh kule jatau yuvam purnatamau pareshvarau namo yuvabhyam mama dina-dinam griham gatabhyam jagad-ishvarau parau bhuof the earth; bharamthe burden; ahartumto remove; alamgreatly; yadohof King Yadu; kulein the dynasty; jatauborn; yuvamYou both; purnatamauthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; pareshvarauthe Supreme Lords; namahobeisances; yuvabhyamto You both; mamaof me; dina-dinam the poorest of the poor; grihamthe hone; gatabhyamcome; jagad-ishvarauthe controllers of the universes; parausupreme. You are both the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, who have taken birth in King Yadu's dynasty to remove the earth's burden. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, the two controllers of all the worlds, who have now come to my very poor home. Text 5 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva pushpa-racanalankaran madhupa-dhvanin nivedya makarandamsh ca mala-karo nanama ha

shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktvasaying; pushpa-racana- made of flowers; lankaranornaments; madhupaof bees; dhvaninwith the sounds; nivedyaoffering; makarandanwith nectar; caand; mala-karahthe florist; nanamabowed down; haindeed. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words, the florist offered Krishna and Balarama many nectar flower ornaments filled with the humming of bees. Then he bowed down to offer his respects. Text 6 dhritva tat pushpa-nicayam sa-balo bhagavan harih dattva gopebhya arat tam praha prahasitananah dhritvaseeing; tatthat; pushpa-nicayamabundance of flowers; sa-balah with Balarama; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; harihKrishna; dattvagiving; gopebhyahto the gopas; aratnear; tamto him; prahasaid; prahasitasmiling; ananahHis face. Seeing that great abundance of flowers, Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, gave them to the gopas. Smiling, He spoke the following words: Text 7 gariyasi mat-padabje bhaktir bhuyat sada tava mad-bhaktanam tu sangah syan mat-svarupam ihaiva hi gariyasigreat; mat-padabjefor My lotus feet; bhaktihdevotion; bhuyatmay be; sadaalways; tavaof you; mad-bhaktanamof My devotees; tuindeed; sangahthe association; syanmay be; mat-svarupamMy form; ihahere; eva indeed; hiindeed. You will have great devotion for My lotus feet. You will have the company of My devotees. Even in this world you will have a transcendental form like My own. Text 8

baladevo dadau tasmai shriyam canvaya-vardhinim utthaya tau tato rajann anyam vithim prajagmatuh baladevahLord Balarama; dadaugave; tasmaito him; shriyam handsomeness and opulence; canvaya-vardhinimeternally increasing; utthaya rising; tauKrishna and Balarama; tatahthen; rajannO king; anyamanother; vithimroad; prajagmatuhwent. Then Lord Balarama gave him the gift of eternally increasing handsomeness and opulence. O king, then Krishna and Balarama stood up and left. Now They traveled on a different road. Text 9 yantim shriyam padma-netram patiralepa-bhajanam bibhratim yuvatim kubjam pathi papraccha madhavah yantimgoing; shriyambeautiful; padma-netramlotus-eyed; patiralepabhajanamcarrying a cup of sandal paste; bibhratimcarrying; yuvatimyoung; kubjamhunchback girl; pathion the path; papracchaasked; madhavahLord Krishna. Then Lord Krishna posed a question to a young, beautiful, and lotus-eyed hunchback girl carrying a cup of sandal-paste as she walked on the road. Text 10 shri-bhagavan uvaca ka tvam kasya priya su-bhru kasyartham candanam tv idam dehy avayor yena tava ciram shreyo bhavishyati shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kawho?; tvam are you; kasyaof whom; priyathe beloved; su-bhruO girl with beautiful eyebrows; kasyaof whom; arthamfor the sake; candanamsandal paste; tv indeed; idamthis; dehyplease give; avayohto Us; yenaby which; tavaof you; cirameternal; shreyahgood fortune; bhavishyatiwill be.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Who are you? Who is the man that loves you? For whom do you carry this sandal paste? Give it to Us. If you do, you will attain eternal good fortune. Text 11 shri-sairandhry uvaca dasy asmi sundara-vara kubja nama maha-mate mad-dhastottham ca patiram jatam bhoja-pateh priyam shri-sairandhry uvacathe serving-girl said; dasya maidsevant; asmiI am; sundara-varaO most handsome of men; kubjaKubja; namanamed; maha-mate O noble-hearted one; mad-dhastotthammade by my own hand; caand; patiramsandal paste; jatamborn; bhoja-patehof the Bhoja king Kamsa; priyam favorite. The maidservant said: O most handsome of men, I am a maidservant. O noblehearted one, My name is Kubja. I made this sandal paste with my own hand. Kamsa, the king of the Bhojas, likes it very much. Text 12 adyapi kamsa-dasy asmi sampraptam tava cagratah hasti-shunda-danda-same bhuja-dande 'sti me manah adyanow; apialso; kamsa-dasyKamsa's maidservant; asmiI am; sampraptamattained; tavaof You; caand; agratahthe presence; hastian elephant's; shunda-dandatrunk; samelike; bhuja-dandetwo arms; astiis; me of me; manahthe mind. I am Kamsa's maidservant, but now that I have met You I can think only of Your two broad arms like two great elephant's trunks. Text 13 yuvam vina ko 'nyatamo 'nulepam kartum arhati yuvayos tu samam rupam trailokye na hi vidyate

yuvamYou two; vinawithout; kahwho; anyatamoelse; anulepamsandal paste; kartumto do; arhatideserves; yuvayohof You both; tuindeed; samam equal; rupamform; trailokyein the three worlds; nanot; hiindeed; vidyate is. Who deserves this sandal paste more than You two? In the three worlds no one is as handsome as You two. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca ubhabhyam sa dadau sandram harshita hy anulepanam atha tav angaragena rama-krishnau virejatuh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; ubhabhyamto Them both; sashe; dadaugave; sandramgreat; harshitajoyful; hyindeed; anulepanamsandal paste; athathen; tavThem both; angaragenawith the ointment; rama-krishnau Krishna and Balarama; virejatuhwere splendid. Shri Narada said: Very happy, she gave the thick sandal paste to Them. Anointed with it, Krishna and Balarama shone with great splendor. Text 15 jagrihush candanam divyam kincit kincid vrajarbhakah tri-vakram atha tam krishno rijvim kartum mano dadhe jagrihuhtook; candanamthe sandal paste; divyamsplendid; kincit kincit some; vrajarbhakahthe boys of Vraja; tri-vakramthe hunchback girl bewnt in three places; athathen; tamto her; krishnahKrishna; rijvima straight girl; kartumto make; manahthe mind; dadheplaced. Then the boys of Vraja also took some of the splendid sandal paste. At that moment Lord Krishna decided to transform the hunchback girl bent in three places into a beautiful straight girl. Text 16

akramya padbhyam prapade 'nguli-dvayam prottana-hastena vibhuh pareshvarah pragrihya nrinam cibuke prapashyatam vakram tanum tam udaninamad dharih akramyastepping; padbhyamwith both feet; prapadeon the toes; angulidvayamwith two fingers; prottana-hastenawith an extended hand; vibhuhthe Lord; pareshvarahthe supreme controller; pragrihyagrasping; nrinamas the people; cibukethe chin; prapashyatamwatched; vakramthe crooked; tanum body; tamhere; udaninamatpulled; harihLord Krishna. With both feet stepping on her toes, and with two fingers of an outretched hand grasping her chin, Lord Krishna, the almighty Supreme Personality of Godhead, as everyone watched, suddenly jerked her crooked body. Text 17 tadaiva sa yashti-samana-vigraha diptya ca rambham kshipativa rupini bhutva grihitvaha harim tu vasasi shuci-smita jata-manoja-vihvala tadathen; evaindeed; sashe; yashti-samana-vigrahawith a body as straight as a stick; diptyawith splendor; caand; rambhama banana tree; kshipatitrhows; ivaas if; rupinibeautiful; bhutvabecoming; grihitvataking; ahasaid; harimtop Lord Krishna; tuindeed; vasasigarments; shuci-smita with a sweet smile; jata-manoja-vihvalaovercome with lust. She suddenly became a beautiful girl straight as a stick, her straightness eclipsing the graceful straightness of the banana tree. Sweetly smiling, and now tormented with amorous desires, she clutched Lord Krishna's garment. Text 18 shri-sairandhry uvaca gacchashu he sundara-varya mad-griham tyaktum bhavantam kila notsahe 'ham prasida sarvajna rasajna manada tvaya bhrisham pronmathitam mano mama shri-sairandhri uvacathe maidservant said; gacchago; ashuat once; heO; sundara-varyamost handsome of men; mad-grihamto my home; tyaktumto leave; bhavantamYou; kilaindeed; nanot; utsaheam eager; ahamI; prasida

please be kind; sarvajnaO all-knowing one; rasajnaO taster of nectar; manada O respectful one; tvayawith You; bhrishamgreatly; pronmathitamagitated; manahheart; mamamy. The maidservant said: O most handsome of men, please come to my house. I cannot leave You. O all-knowing one, O You who know the sweet taste of nectar, O You who humbly give all honor to others, please be kind to me. My heart is tormented with love for You. Text 19 shri-narada uvaca tadaiva gopa jahasuh parasparam aho kim etat kara-tala-nihsvanaih prahasya ramasya harih prapashyatas tad yacyamano hy avadat param vacah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; evaindeed; gopathe gopas; jahasuhlaughed; parasparamamong themselves; ahahOh; kimwhat?; etat this; kara-tala-nihsvanaihwith clapping of hands; prahasyalaughing; ramasya of Balarama; harihKrishna; prapashyatahlooking on; tatthat; yacyamanah being requested; hyindeed; avadatsaid; paramthen; vacahwords. Shri Narada said: Then the gopas burst into laughter and clapped their hands. Lord Krishna smiled and, as Balarama looked on, spoke the following words. Text 20 shri-bhagavan uvaca aho 'ti-dhanya mathura puriyam vasanti yatraiva janas tu saumyah ye 'jnata-panthan sva-griham nayanti drishtva purim dhama tavagamishye shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; ahahOh; ati very; dhanyaopulent; mathuraMathura; puriCity; iyamthis; vasantireside; yatrawhere; evaindeed; janahpeople; tuindeed; saumyahbeautiful; ye who; ajnata-panthanwhose path is not known; sva-grihamto their own home; nayantitake; drishtvaseeing; purimthe city; dhamathe abode; tavaof you; agamishyeI will come. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Very beautiful and kind people, who take even strangers to be guests at their homes, live here. That is why Mathura City is blessed with such opulences. After I have finished sightseeing in the city I will surely visit your home.

Text 21 shri-narada uvaca evam uktvottariyantam samakrishya girardraya raja-margam vrajan krishno vaishyan adhyan dadarsha ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; uktvaspeaking; uttariyantamthe edge of His chadar; samakrishyatugging; girawith words; ardrayamelting with emotion; raja-margamthe king's road; vrajangoing; krishnahKrishna; vaishyanvaishyas; adhyanwealthy; dadarshasaw; ha indeed. Shri Narada said: After speaking these affectionate words, Lord Krishna pulled at His upper garment and continued on the king's road. Then He saw a group of wealthy vaishyas. Text 22 pushpa-tambula-gandhadhyaih phalair dugdha-phalair harim sampujya svasane sthapya nemur agrya-dhiyo vishah pushpawith flowers; tambulabetelnuts; gandhaand scents; adhyaih opulent; phalaihwith fruits; dugdha-phalaihwith milk; harimKrishna; sampujya worsiping; svasaneon a throne; sthapyaplacing; nemuhbowed down; agryadhiyahattentive; vishahvaishyas. Worshiping Him with flowers, betenuts, scents, fruits, and milk, and placing Him on a throne, the vaishyas bowed down before Lord Krishna. Text 23 shri-vaishya ucuh bhavec ced atra te rajyam tavakan smaratat tada vayam tava praja deva rajye prapte na kah smaret

shri-vaishya ucuhthe vaishyas said; bhavecmay be; cetif; atrahere; te of You; rajyamthe kingdom; tavakanYours; smaratatshould remember; tada then; vayamwe; tavaof You; prajathe citizens; devaO Lord; rajyein the kingdom; prapteattained; nanot; kahwho?; smaretwill remember. The vaishyas said: If You become the king here, then please remember Your own people. We are Your subjects. O Lord, who, on attaining a kingdom, will forget his own people? Text 24 shri-narada uvaca papraccha su-smito vaishyan ko-danda-sthanam acyutah na te tam ucuh su-dhiyah ko-dande bhanga-shankaya shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; papracchaasked; su-smitahsmiling; vaishyanthe vaishyas; ko-dandaof the bow; sthanamthe place; acyutah Krishna; nanot; tethey; tamto Him; ucuhsaid; su-dhiyahintelligent; kodandeof the bow; bhangabreaking; shankayawith the fear. Shri Narada said: Sweetly smiling, the Lord asked where the great bow was kept. Fearing the Lord would break it, the intelligent vaishyas did not tell Him. Text 25 tad-rupa-guna-madhuryamohita ye ca mathurah kumara pashyaihi dhanur ity ucus tad-didrikshavah tatHis; rupahandsomeness; gunavirtues; madhuryaand sweetness; mohitacharmed; yewho; caand; mathurahpeople of Mathura; kumaraO boy; pashyalook; ehicome; dhanuhthe bow; itythus; ucuhsaid; taddidrikshavaheager to see Him. Charmed by the Lord's handsomeness, virtue and sweetness, and hoping to see the Lord break the bow, some boys of Mathura said, "Child, come. Look. Here is the bow." Text 26

tair drishtetena patha krishnah pravishto dhanushah sthalam maitrim kurvan vayasyaish ca mathuraih pura-balakaih taihby them; drishtetenashowed; pathathe path; krishnahKrishna; pravishtahentered; dhanushahof the bow; sthalamthe place; maitrim frindship; kurvandoing; vayasyaishwith the boys His age; caand; mathuraih residing in Mathura; pura-balakaihthe boys of the city. At once becoming friends with these boys, the Lord followed their directions and came to the place of the bow. Text 27 yathaindram hema-citradhyam ko-dandam sapta-talakam purushaih panca-sahasrair netum yogyam brihad-bharam yathaas; aindramof Indra; hema-citradhyamwonderfully opulkent with gold; ko-dandamthe bow; sapta-talakamseven palm trees; purushaihwith men; panca-sahasraihfive thousand; netumto bring; yogyamproper; brihadbharamvery heavy. Seven talas long and wonderful with gold, the bow was like the bow of Indra himself. It was so heavy five thousand men were needed to carry it. Text 28 ashta-dhatu-mayam klishtam laksha-bhara-samam param caturdashyam paura-janair arcitam yajna-mandape ashta-dhatu-mayammade of eigth metals; klishtamheavy; laksha-bharasamamheavy as a hundred thousand bharas; paramgreat; caturdashyamon caturdasi; paura-janaihby the poeople of the city; arcitamworshiped; yajnamandapein the sacrificial arena. It was made of eight metals and weighed a hundred thousand bharas. On caturdashi the people of the city worshiped it is the yajna-mandapa.

Text 29 bhargavena pura dattam yadu-rajaya madhavah dadarsha kundali-bhutam sakshac chesham iva sthitam bhargavena-by Parashurama; purapreviously; dattamgiven; yadu-rajayato the king of the Yadavas; madhavahKrishna; dadarshasaw; kundali-bhutam coiled around; sakshacdirectky; sheshamLord Shesha; ivalike; sthitam situated. Long ago Lord Parashurama gave this bow to King Kamsa. Lord Krishna looked at the bow and thought it was like Lord Shesha, His coils wound around and around. Text 30 varyamano nribhih krishnah prasahya dhanur adade pashyatam tatra pauranam sajjam kritvatha lilaya varyamanahstopped; nribhihby the people; krishnahKrishna; prasahya overcoming; dhanuhthe bow; adadetook; pashyatamwatching; tatrathere; pauranamby the people of the city; sajjamstringing; kritvadoing; athathen; lilayaplayfully. Overcoming the people's attempt to stop Him, Lord Krishna picked up the bow. As the people of the city watched, He easily strung it. Text 31 akrishya karna-paryantam dor-dandabhyam harir dhanuh babhanja madhyato rajann ikshu-dandam gajo yatha akrishyadrawing bakc; karna-paryantamto His ear; dor-dandabhyamwith both hands; harihLord Krishna; dhanuhthe bow; babhanjabroke; madhyatah in the middle; rajannO king; ikshu-dandamsugar-cane; gajahan elephant; yathaas.

Grasbing the bow with both hands, and drawing the string to His ears, Lord Krishna broke the bow in the middle, as an elephant breaks a sugarcane stalk. Text 32 bhajyamanasya dhanushas tankaro 'bhut tadit-svanah nanada tena brahmandam sapta-lokair bilaih saha bhajyamanasyabroken; dhanushahof the bow; tankarahthe sound; abhut was; tadit-svanahthunder; nanadaresounded; tenaby that; brahmandamthe universes; sapta-lokaihwith seven lokas; bilaihwith outer space; sahawith. The sound of the bow breaking was like thunder. It echoed in the universe of seven lokas. Text 33 vicelur dig-gajas tara rajad-bhu-khanda-mandalam tadaiva badhiri-bhuta prithivyam jana-mandali viceluhtrembled; dig-gajahthe elphants of the directions; tarathe stars; rajad-bhu-khanda-mandalamthe circle of the earth; tadathen; evaindeed; badhiri-bhutadeafened; prithivyamon the earth; jana-mandalithe people. The earth, the stars, and the elephants holding up the directions all shook. The people on the earth were deafened by the sound. Text 34 kamsasya hridayam shabdo vidadara ghati-dvayam tad-rakshinah prakupita utthita atatayinah

kamsasyaof Kamsa; hridayamthe heart; shabdahthe sound; vidadara broke; ghati-dvayamfor an hour; tad-rakshinahthe guards; prakupitahangry; utthitarose up; atatayinahtrying to kill. That sound shattered Kamsa's heart. For two hours the guards at that place attacked Krishna. Texts 35 and 36 grihitu-kamah shri-krishnam pratyucur badhyatam iti atha tan agatan vikshya sa-shastran bala-keshavau ko-danda-sakale nitva jaghnatur durmadan bhrisham sakalati-praharena kecid viras tu murchitah grihitu-kamahwishing to grab; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; pratyucuhsaid; badhyatambind Him; itithus; athathen; tanthem; agatancome; vikshya seeing; sa-shastranwith weapons; bala-keshavauKrishna and Balarama; kodanda-sakalethe bow; nitvataking; jaghnatuhstruck; durmadanthe wicked; bhrishamgreatly; sakalati-praharenaby that blow; kecitsome; virahsoldiers; tuindeed; murchitahfell unconscious. Eager to grab Krishna, the demon soldiers called out, Tie Him up!" Seeing them coming with weapons, Krishna and Balarama took up the bow and struck them so ferociously than many fell unconscious. Text 37 bhinna-pada bhinna-nakhah kecic chinnamsa-bahavah virah panca-sahasrani nipetur bhumi-mandale bhinna-padabroken feet; bhinna-nakhahbroken nails; kecicsome; chinnamsa-bahavahbroken arms and shoulders; virahsoldiers; panca-sahasrani five thousand; nipetuhfell; bhumi-mandaleto the gound. Their feet, nails, arms, or shoulders broken, five thousand soldiers fell to the ground.

Text 38 vicelur mathurah sarve dudruvus tad-didrikshavah puryam kolahale jate nrinam jatam mahad bhayam viceluhshook; mathurahthe people of Mathura; sarveall; dudruvuhran; tad-didrikshavahwishingt to see; puryamin the city; kolahalea tumult; jate was manifested; nrinamofthe people; jatammanifested; mahatgreat; bhayam fear. Trembling, the people ran to see it. There was a great uproar in the city. The people were very afraid. Text 39 bhoja-raja-sabha-cchatram akasman nipapata ha gopalaih sa-balah krishno dhavan capa-sthalan nripa ayayau nanda-nikate

sandhya-kale 'ti-bhita-vat

bhoja-rajaof Kamsa; sabhaof the assembly; cchatramthe parasol; akasman suddenly; nipapatafell; haindeed; gopalaihwith the gopas; sa-balahwith Balarama; krishnahKrishna; dhavanrunning; capa-sthalanfrom the place of the bow; nripaO king; ayayaucame; nanda-nikateto Nanda; sandhya-kaleat sunset; ati-bhita-vatas if He were very afraid. At that moment the royal parasol over Kamsa's throne suddenly fell to the ground. O king, Krishna and the gopas fled from the place of the bow. Finding Nanda at sunset, Lord Krishna seemed to be very afraid. Text 40 nirikshya govinda-su-rupam adbhutam vimohita vai mathura-puranganah visrashta-vasah-kabarah smaradhayah parasparam prahur idam sakhi-janam nirikshyaseeing; govindaLord Krishna's su-rupamhandsome form; adbhutamwonderful; vimohitaenchanted; vaiindeed; mathuraof Mathura;

puranganahthe women; visrashtadishevelled; vasahgarments; kabarahand hair; smaradhayahtormented with amorous desires; parasparamamong themselves; prahuhsaid; idamthis; sakhi-janamto their friends. Gazing at Lord Krishna's wonderfully handsome form, the women of Mathura were bewildered with feelings of love. Tormented with amorous desires, and their hair and garments in disarray, they spoke among themselves. Text 41 shri-purandhrya ucuh kandarpa-koti-dyutim aharams tvaram svairam caran vai mathura-pure harih nirikshyate yabhir ativa sakshad angeshu sarveshv api nah samavishat shri-purandhrya ucuhthe women of the city said; kandarpa-koti-dyutimthe splendor of millions of Kamadevas; aharaneclipsing; tvaramat once; svairam independent; caranwalking; vaiindeed; mathura-purein Mathura City; harih Lord Krishna; nirikshyateis seen; yabhihby whom; ativagreatly; sakshat directly; angeshuon the limbs; sarveshvall; apialso; nahof us; samavishat entered. The women of Mathura City said: As we gaze on Lord Krishna, eclipsing the glory of millions of Kamadevas and wandering as He likes in Mathura City, amorous desires esuddenly enter all limbs of our bodies. Text 42 shri-kushala ucuh krurah striyah kim na hi santi patane nirikshyate yabhir ananga-mohitah angeshu sarveshv api sarva-sundaro nasmabhir anandamayo nirikshyate shri-kushala ucuh krurah striyah kim na hi santi paane nirikshyate yabhir ananga-mohitah angeshu sarveshv api sarva-sundaro nasmabhir anandamayo nirikshyate Thw wise women of Mathura said: Are women hard-hearted? Not in this city. Gazing at Lord Krishna, we have become bewildered with love for Him. We have never seen limbs as handsome and delightful as His.

Text 43 kasyaika-deshe madhuratvam ikshyate tatrasti netram prapatat-patangavat yas tv eva sarvanga-manoharah sakhi sa eva netrena katham samikshyate kasyaof whom?; ekain one; desheplace; madhuratvamsweetness; ikshyateis seen; tatrathere; astiis; netramthe eye; prapatatflying; patanga a moth; vatlike; yahwho; tvindeed; evaindeed; sarvanga-manoharahthe charm of all limbs; sakhiO friend; saHe; evaindeed; netrenaby the eye; kathamhow?; samikshyateis seen. How can there be so much sweetness in a single place? Gazing at Him, our eyes have become like moths flying into a fire. O friend, how do my eyes have the power to see someone so handsome? Text 44 ange hy ange sundare nanda-sunoh praptam praptam yatra yatrapi netram tasmat tasman namaval labdha-saukhyam lavanyabdhau magnaval lagna-cittam angeon limb; hyindeed; angeafter limb; sundarehandsome; nanda-sunoh of Nanda's son; praptamattained; praptamattained; yatrawhere; yatra where; apialso; netrameye; tasmatfrom that; tasmanfrom that; namaval like the name; labdha-saukhyamattained happiness; lavanyabdhauin an ocean of handsomeness; magnavalas if plunged; lagnaplaced; cittammind. As our eyes gaze on each of Shri Krishna's limbs we become filled with bliss and our thoughts become plunged in the ocean of His handsomess. Text 45 shri-narada uvaca drishva dine yam vraja-raja-nandanam svapne 'pi tadvad dadrishuh pura-striyah gopyah katham tam madhuram na sasmarur yabhih kritam maithila rasa-mandalam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; drishvaseeing; dinein the day; yam Him; vraja-raja-nandanamto the prince of Vraja; svapnein dream; apialso;

tadvatin that way; dadrishuhsaw; pura-striyahthe women of the city; gopyah the gopis; kathamhow?; tamHim; madhuramsweet; nanot; sasmaruh thought; yabhihby whom; kritamdone; maithilaO king of Mithila; rasamandalamthe circle of the rasa-dance. Shri Narada said: As they saw Him in the day, the women of Mathura City also so Lord Krishna in their dreams. O king of Mithila, they thought, "What did the gopis do to attain the company of such an enhcanting boy in the rasa-dance circle?" .pa

Chapter Seven Kuvalayapida-vadha The Killing of Kuvalayapida Text 1 shri-narada uvaca rajakasya shirash-chedam kamso vai rakshinam vadham dhanur-bhangam tatah shrutva param trasam upagamat shri-narada uvaca-Shri Narada said; rajakasyaof the washerman; shirashchedamthe beheading; kamsahKamsa; vaiindeed; rakshinamof the guards; vadhamthe killing; dhanur-bhangamthe breaking of the bow; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; paramthen; trasamfear; upagamatattained. Shri Narada said: When he heard how the washerman was beheaded, the guards killed, and the bow broken, Kamsa became filled with fear. Text 2 tat-kshanad dur-nimittani vamanga-sphuranani ca prapashyann anga-bhangani na nidram prapa daitya-ra tat-kshanatfrom that moment; dur-nimittanievil omens; vamanga-sphuranani trembling on the left side of his body; caand; prapashyannseeing; angabhanganithe breaking of the body; nanot; nidramsleep; prapaattained; daitya-rathe demon king.

From that moment Kamsa saw many evil omens. The left side of his body trembled. In dreams he saw his limbs broken. Then he could not sleep. Text 3 svapne pretaih samayuktas tailabhyakto dig-ambarah japa-sran mahisarudho dakshinasham jagama sah svapnein dreams; pretaihby ghosts; samayuktahpossessed; tailabhyaktah anointed with oil; dig-ambarahnaked; japaof roses; srakwearing a garland; mahisarudhahrising on a huffalo; dakshinashamto the south; jagamawent; sah he. Then he dreamed of being attacked by ghosts, of being anointed with oil, of walking about naked, of being garlanded with roses, and of rising south on a buffalo. Text 4 pratah-kale samutthaya karya-bhara-karan janan ahuya karayam asa malla-krida-mahotsavam pratah-kalein the morning; samutthayarising; karya-bhara-karanto his servants; jananpeople; ahuyacalling; karayam asaarranged; malla-kridamahotsavama great festival of wrestling matches. Rising in the morning, he called for his servants and had them make arrangements for the day's wrestling festival. Text 5 vishalajira-samyukte hema-stambha-samanvite sabha-mandapa-deshagre ranga-bhumir babhuva ha

vishalajira-samyuktewith a great arena; hema-stambha-samanvitewith golden pillars; sabha-mandapa-deshagrebefore the royal assmebly; ranga-bhumih the arena; babhuvawas; haineed. Before the royal assembly building was a sports arena with a huge field and many golden pillars. Text 6 vitanair hema-sankashair mukta-dama-vilambibhih sopanair hema-mancaish ca ranga-bhumir babhau nripa vitanaihwith awnings; hema-sankashaihof gold; mukta-dama-vilambibhih decorated with pearls; sopanaihwith stairs; hema-mancaihgolden grandstands; caand; ranga-bhumiha field; babhauwas manifested; nripaO king. Om king, there were golden awnings decorated with pearls, great stairways, golden viewer's boxes, and a great field. Text 7 raja-mance ratna-maye makarandarcite shubhe shakra-simhasanam tatra sopabarhana-mandalam raja-mancein the oryal box; ratna-mayegolden; makarandarcitedecorated with jasmine flowers; shubhebeautiful; shakraof Indra; simhasanamthe throne; tatrathere; sopabarhana-mandalamin a circle of cushions. In the splendid, golden, jamine-decorated royal box was Indra's throne holding a great circle of cushions. Text 8 atapatrena divyena candra-mandala-caruna hamsabhair vyajanair yuktais camarair vajra-mushibhih

atapatrenawith a parasol; divyenasplendid; candra-mandala-caruna beautiful as the circle of the moon; hamsabhaihwith swan; vyajanaihfans; yuktaihendowed; camaraihwith camaras; vajra-mushibhihwith diamond handles. Over the throne was a splendid parasol graceful as the circle of the moon, and by it were swan fans and camaras with diamond handles. Text 9 dasha-hastocchritam sashvad vishvakarma-vinirmitam tadaruhya babhau kamso 'dri-shringe mrigarad iva dasha-hastaten hastal ucchritamexpanded; sashvatalways; vishvakarmavinirmitammade by Vishvakarma; tadathen; aruhyaascending; babhauwas manifested; kamsahKamsa; adri-shringeon a mountaintop; mrigarada lion; iva like. It was ten hastas high and was made by Vishvakarma. At that moment Kamsa ascended the throne. He was like a lion on a mountaintop. Note: One hasta is the distance between the elbow and the middle finger. Text 10 gayakah prajagus tatra nanritur vara-yoshitah nedur mridanga-paahatala-bherya-nakadayah gayakahsingers; prajaguhsang; tatrathere; nanrituhdanced; varayoshitahprostitutes; neduhsounded; mridanga-paaha-tala-bherya-nakadayah mridangas, paahas, talas, bheryas, nakas, and other instruments. Suddenly the singers sang, the dancing-girls danced, and the mridangas, paahas, talas, bheryas, nakas, and other musical instruments were sounded. Text 11

rajano mandaleshash ca paura janapada nripa dadrishur malla-yuddham te mance mance samasthitah rajanahthe kings; mandaleshashgovernors of provinces; caand; paurathe people of the city; janapadathe people; nripaO king; dadrishuhsaw; mallayuddhamthe wrestling; tethey; mance mancein viewers box after viewers box; samasthitahsituated. In the many grandstands and viwers' boxes many kings, provincial governors, and the people of the city, observed the wrestling games. Text 12 canuro mushikah kuah shalas toshala eva ca vyayama-mudgarair yukta yuyudhus te paraspaaram canurahCanura; mushikahMustika; kuahKuta; shalahSala; toshala Tosala; evaindeed; caand; vyayama-mudgaraihwith clubs; yuktaendowed; yuyudhuhfought; tethey; paraspaaramamong themselves. Then Canura, Mushika, Kua, Shala, and Toshala entered and began to fight each other with clubs. Text 13 nanda-rajadayo gopah kamsahuta natananah dattva balim param tasma ekasmin manca ashritah nanda-rajadayahheaded by King Nanda; gopahthe gopas; kamsahutacalled by Kamsa; natananahwith bowed heads; dattvaoffered; balimgift; param great; tasmaito him; ekasminin one; mancastand; ashritahsituated. Called forward by Kamsa, King Nanda and the other gopas bowed their heads and placed their gifts before him. Then they went to their own box.

Texts 14 and 15 banasura-jarasandhanarakanam puran nripa anyesham shambaradinam sakashad bhubhujam tatha balayash cayayu rajan yadu-rajaya tatra vai atha tau rama-krishnau dvau maya-balaka-vigrahau malla-lila-darshanartham yayatu ranga-mandapam banasura-jarasandha-narakanamof Banasura, Jarasandha, and Naraka; puran from the city; nripaO king; anyeshamof others; shambaradinamheaded by Sambara; sakashatin the presence; bhubhujamof the kings; tathaso; balayah offerings; caand; ayayuhcame; rajanO king; yadu-rajayato Kamsa; tatra there; vaiindeed; athathen; tauThey; ramaBalarama; krishnauand Krishna; dvauboth; maya-balaka-vigrahauappearing like ordinary boys; malla-liladarshanartham yayatu ranga-mandapam Many offerings also came to Kamsa from Banasura, Jarasandha, Naraka, Shambara, and many other kings. Krishna and Balarama, who seemed to be ordinary human boys, also approached the arena to see the wrestling games. Texts 16 and 17 gomutra-caya-sindurakasturi-patra-bhrin-mukham manditam gajam kuvalayapidam ranga-dvaram avasthitam vikshya krishno maha-matram praha gambhiraya gira gomutra-cayawith abundant gomutra; sindurasindura; kasturimusk; patra cups; bhritholding; mukhamface; sravatflowing; mada-maha-mattam maddened; ratna-kundala-manditamdecorated with jewel earrings; gajam elephant; kuvalayapidamKuvalayapida; ranga-dvaramthe entrance to the arena; avasthitamstanding; vikshyaseeing; krishnahKrishna; maha-matramto the elphant trainer; prahasaid; gambhirayain a deep; giravoice.

sravan-mada-maha-mattam

ratna-kundala-

Seeing the maddened elephant Kuvalayapida anointed with gomutra, sindura, and musk, decorated with jewel earrings, and its ichor flowing, blocking the entrance to the arena, in a deep voice Lord Krishna said to the elephant trainer: Text 18 akarshayanga nagendram margam kuru mamecchaya no cet tvam patayishyami sa-nagam bhumi-mandale akarshayapull back; angasir; nagendramthis great elephant; margama path; kurumake; mamaof Me; icchayaby the desire; nahnot; cetif; tvam you; patayishyamiI will make fall; sa-nagamthe elephant; bhumi-mandaleto the ground. Sir, please pull back this great elephant, and give Me a path as I wish. If you do not, I will throw you and your elephant to the ground. Text 19 maha-matras tada kruddho nodayam asa tam gajam citkaram utkaam dikshu kurvantam nanda-sunave maha-matrahthe elerphant trainer; tadathen; kruddhahangry; nodayam asamade to charge; tamhim; gajamthe elaphant; citkaramtrumpeting; utkaamgreat; dikshuin the directions; kurvantamdoing; nanda-sunaveat Krishna. Angered, the elephant-trainer made the elephant, trumpeting in all directions, charge Lord Krishna, the son of Nanda. Text 20 grihitva tam harim sadyah shunda-dandena naga-ra ujjahara tatas tasman nirgato bhara-bhrid dharih

grihitvataking; tamHim; harimLord Krishna; sadyahat once; shundadandenawith its trunk; naga-rathe king of elephants; ujjaharalifted; tatah then; tasmanfrom there; nirgatahgone; bhara-bhritholding the burden; harih Lord Krishna. The regal elephant grabbed Krishna in its trunk and lifted Him high, but in a moment Krishna slipped from the elephant's grasp. Text 21 tat-padeshu vilino 'bhut prabhraman sann itas tatah vrindavana-nikunjeshu vriksheshu ca yatha harih tat-padeshuamong its feet; vilinahhiding; abhutwas; prabhraman wandering; sannwas; itahhere; tatahand there; vrindavana-nikunjeshuin the forests of Vrindavana; vriksheshuamong the trees; caand; yathaas; harih Krishna. As He used to do among the trees in Vrindavana's forests, Krishna, quickly going here and there, played hide-and-seek behind the elephant's legs. Text 22 kare jagraha tam nagah shunda-dandena canghrishu nishpidya shundam hashabhyam harih pashcad vinirgatah karein the trunk; jagrahagrabbed; tamHim; nagahthe elephant; shundadandenawith its trunk; caand; anghrishuamong its feet; nishpidyapressing; shundamthe trunk; hashabhyamwith both hands; harihKrishna; pashcat behind; vinirgatahwent. Pushing its trunk between its legs, the elephant grabbed Krishna. Pressing the trunk hard with both hands, Krishna ran behind the elephant. Text 23 tiryag-bhutash ca tam nago

grihitum upacakrame mushina tam ghatayitva puro dudrava madhavah tiryag-bhutahdisoriented; caand; tamHim; nagahthe elephant; grihitum to grab; upacakrameapproached; mushinawith a fish; tamit; ghatayitva punching; purahin front; dudravaran; madhavahKrishna. Its trunk and body twisted into an awkward position, the disoriented elephant tried to grab Krishna, but Krishna punched it with His fist and ran to the front. Text 24 tam anvadhavan nagendro mathurayam videha-ra kolahale tada jate haris tasmad ito yayau tamHim; anvadhavanchasing; nagendrahthe royal elephant; mathurayam in Mathura; videha-raO king of Videha; kolahalea tumult; tadathen; jate was manifested; harihKrishna; tasmatfrom it; itahhere; yayauwent. O king of Videha, when Krishna fled and the elephant chased Him through Mathura City, there was great uproar. Text 25 pucche grihitva tam nagam baladevo maha-balah cakarsha bhuja-dandabhyam phaninam garudo yatha pucchethe tail; grihitvagrabbing; tamthat; nagamelephant; baladevah Balarama; maha-balahvery strong; cakarshadragged; bhuja-dandabhyamwith both arms; phaninama snake; garudahGaruda; yathaas. Then very powerful Lord Balarama grabbed the elephant's tail and with both arms dragged it here and there as Garuda drags a snake. Text 26

prahasan bhagavan krishno grihitva tam kare balat cakarsha bhuja-dandabhyam kupa-rajjum yatha narah prahasanlaughing; bhagavanLord; krishnahKrishna; grihitvagrabbing; tamit; kareon the trunk; balatforcibly; cakarshadragged; bhuja-dandabhyam with both arms; kupa-rajjumthe rope in a well; yathaas; naraha person. Laughing, Lord Krishna grabbed the elephant's trunk and pulled it with both hands as one pulls the rope in a well. Text 27 dvayor akarshanan nago vihvalo 'bhun nripeshvara maha-matras tada sapta ruruhus tam gajam balat dvayohof the Two of Them; akarshananby the pulling; nagahthe elephant; vihvalahagitated; abhutbecame; nripeshvaraO king of kings; maha-matrah the elephant-trainer; tadathen; saptaseven; ruruhuhgrew; tamthat; gajam elephant; balatforcibly. O king of kings, pulled in both directions by Krishna and Balarama, the elephant was in great distress. Seven elephant trainers quickly came to its rescue. Texts 28 and 29 nita gajas tatha canyaih krishnam hantum shata-trayam ankushasphalanat kruddham mattebham punar agatam shri-krishno pashyatah shunda-dande sangrihitva bhramayitva tv itas tatah patayam asa bhu-prishhe kamandalum ivarbhakah nitabrought; gajahelephants; tathathen; caand; anyaihbyu others; krishnamKrishna; hantumto kill; shata-trayamthree hundred; ankushasphalanathit with goads; kruddhamangry; mattebhammaddened; punahagain; agatamcome; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Supreme

bhagavan

sakshad

baladevasya

Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; baladevasyaas Balarama; pashyatah watched; shunda-dandethe trunk; sangrihitvagrabbing; bhramayitvawhirling around; tvindeed; itahhere; tatahand there; patayam asathrew; bhuprishheto the ground; kamandaluma kamandalu; ivaas; arbhakaha child. Then other trainers brought three hundred elephants to kill Lord Krishna. As Lord Balarama watched, Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, approached the elephant maddened by the pinching goad, grabbed it by the trunk, whirled around and around, and finally threw it to the ground as a small child throws a kamandalu. Text 31 dure prapatitas tasya maha-matra itas tatah satam prapashyatam nagah sadyo vai nidhanam gatah durefar away; prapatitahthrown; tasyaof it; maha-matrathe trainer; itah here; tatahand there; satamas the saintly people; prapashyatamwatched; nagahthe elephgant; sadyahat once; vaiindeed; nidhanamdeath; gatah attained. As the saintly people of Mathura watched and the trainer fled, the elephant suddenly died. Text 32 taj-jyotih shri-ghana-shyame linam jatam videha-ra dantav utpatya tasyapi rama-krishnau maha-balau yatha

nijaghnatur

maha-matran

mrigan

kesharinau

taj-jyotihits effulgence; shri-ghana-shyamedark as a cloud; linamentered; jatammanifested; videha-raO king of Videha; dantauthe two tusks; utpatya uprooting; tasyaof it; apialso; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; mahabalauvery powerful; nijaghnatuhattacked; maha-matranthe elephnat-trainers; mrigandeer; kesharinautwo lions; yathaas. O king of Videha, an effulgence left the elephant's dead body and suddenly entered Lord Krishna, who is dark as a monsoon cloud. Then very powerful Krishna

and Balarama uprooted the elaphant's tusks and with them as weapons attacked the elephant-trainers as two lions attack a flock of deer. Text 33 dvipe hate 'pi ye canye maha-matra itas tatah vidudruvur yatha megha varsha-kale gate sati dvipewhen the elephant; hatewas killed; apieven; yewho; caand; anye other; maha-matraelephant-trainers; itahhere; tatahand there; vidudruvuh ran; yathaas; meghaclouds; varsha-kaleduring the monsoon; gatecome; sati is. When the elephant was killed, the trainers fled in all directions as rainclouds flee at the end of the monsoon. Texts 34 and 35 evam hatva dvipam gopaih sheshais taih prekshanotsukaih jayaravai rama-krishnau shrama-vari-madankitau parishramaruna-mukhau rangam vivishatur tvaram danta-pani maha-vegau yathasham anilanalau evamthus; hatvahaving killed; dvipamthe elepbant; gopaihwith the gopas; sheshaihremaining; taihwith them; prekshanotsukaiheager to see; jayaravaihwith sounds of Victory!; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; shrama-vari-madankitauanopinted with drops of perspiration and elephant's rut; parishramaruna-mukhauTheir faces red with exhaustion; rangamthe arena; vivishatuhentered; tvaramquickly; danta-paniwith the tusks in Their hands; maha-vegauvery powerful; yathaas; ashamin the dirtection; anilafanned by the wind; analautwo fires. After killing the elephant, very powerful Krishna and Balarama, covered with perspiration and elephant's rut, clutching the two elephant's tusks, and Their faces red with stress, quickly entered the arena like two forest-fires fanned by great winds. Following Them were the remaining gopas, who loudly called out "Victory!" and were eager to see what would happen next.

Texts 36 and 37 mallash ca mallam ca nara narendram striyah smaram gopa-gana vrajesham pita sutam danda-dharam hy asanto mrityum ca kamso vibudha virajam tattvam param yogi-varash ca bhoja devam tada ranga-gatam balena prithak prithag bhavanaya hy apashyan sarve janas tam paripurna-devam mallahthe wrestlers; caand; mallama wrestler; caand; narathe people; narendrama king; striyahthe women; smaramKamadeva; gopa-ganahthe gopas; vrajeshamthe master of Vraja; pitaHis father; sutama son; dandadharamYamaraja; hyindeed; asantahthe impious; mrityumdeath; caand; kamsahKamsa; vibudhathe wise; virajama renounced sage; tattvamthe truth; paramsupreme; yogi-varashthe great yogis; caand; bhojathe Bhojas; devamthe Lord; tadathen; ranga-gatamcome to the arena; balenawith Balarama; prithak prithakeach in their own way; bhavanayawith the ideaq; hy indeed; apashyansaw; sarveall; janahthe people; tamHim; paripurna-devam the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When, accompanied by Balarama, Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, entered the arena, the people saw Him in different ways. The wrestlers saw Him as a wrestler, the people in general saw Him as a great king, the women saw Him as Kamadeva, the gopas saw Him as the master of Vraja, King Nanda saw Him as his son, the impious saw Him as Yamaraja, Kamsa saw Him as death personified, the wise saw Him as a great renounced sage, the yogis saw Him as the Supreme Truth, and the members of the Bhoja dynasty saw Him as their Lord. Text 38 hatam dvipam vikshya ca tau maha-balau kamso manasvi bhayam apa cetasi manca-sthita harshita-manasash ca candram cakora iva te sukham yayuh hatamkilled; dvipamthe elephant; vikshyaseeing; caand; tauThey; maha-balauvery powerful; kamsahKamsa; manasvithoughtful; bhayamfear; apaattained; cetasiin the heart; manca-sthitathe people in the grandstands; harshita-manasashtheir hearts filled with joy; caand; candramthe moon; cakorahcakora birds; ivalike; tethey; sukhamhappiness; yayuhattained.

When Kamsa saw that the elephant had been killed, he became pensive and frightened at heart. When the people in the grandstands saw it, they became happy at heart like cakora birds gazing at the moon. Text 39 karne ca karnam vinidhaya nagara mahotsukas te hy avadan parasparam etau ki sakshat parameshvarau parau babhuvatur vai vasudeva-nandanau karneear; caand; karnamto ear; vinidhayaplacing; nagarathe people; mahotsukaheager; tethey; hyindeed; avadansaid; parasparamamong themselves; etauThey; kiindeed; sakshatdirectly; parameshvarauthe two Supreme Personality of Godheads; parauthe Supremes; babhuvatuhhave become; vaiindeed; vasudeva-nandanauthe two sons of Vasudeva. The eager people whispered in each other's ears, The Supreme Personality of Godhead has become the two sons of Vasudeva." Text 40 aho 'ti-ramyam vraja-mandalam param yatraisha sakshad vicacara madhavah kritva hi yad-darshanam adya durlabham vayam kritarthas tu bhavema sarvatah ahahOh; ati-ramyamvery beautiful; vraja-mandalamthe circle of Vraja; paramgreat; yatrawhere; eshaHe; sakshatdirectly; vicacarawalked; madhavahKrishna; kritvadoing; hiindeed; yad-darshanamthe sight of whom; adyanow; durlabhamrare; vayamwe; kritarthahsucessful; tuindeed; bhavemahave become; sarvatahin all respects. We are now gazing on Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who wandered in the beautiful circle of Vraja, and who is so difficult to see. Now our lives have become a perfect success. Text 41 shri-narada uvaca vadatsu paura-lokeshu

nadat-turyeshu maithila canuras tav upavrajya rama-krishnav uvaca ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; vadatsuspeaking; paura-lokeshuthe people of the city; nadat-turyeshuas the turyas sounded; maithilaO mking of Mithila; canurahCanura; tavThem; upavrajyaapproaching; rama-krishnav Krishna and Balarama; uvacasaid; hacertainly. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, as the people of Mathura spoke in this way, and as the turyas sounded, Canura approached Krishna and Balarama and addressed Them with these words. Text 42 canura uvaca he rama he krishna yuvam maha-balau rajnah puro vai kurutam mridham balat praharshite rajani ced yaduttame kim kim na bhadram bhavatiha vash ca nah canura uvacaCanura said; heO; ramaBalarama; heO; krishnaKrishna; yuvamYou both; maha-balauvery powerful; rajnahof the king; purahin the presence; vaiindeed; kurutamplease do; mridhama fight; balatpowerfully; praharshitepleased; rajaniwhen the king; cetif; yaduttamethe best of the Yadavas; kimwhat?; kimwhat?; nanot; bhadramgood thing; bhavatiwill be; ihahere; vashof You; caand; nahof us. Canura said: O Balarama, O Krishna, You are both very strong. Please fight with us before the king. If King Kamsa is pleased what good thing will not come both to You and to us. Text 43 shri-bhagavan uvaca puraiva bhadram nripateh prasadato bala vayam tulya-balaish ca balakaih bhuyan mridho no balavan yathocitam adharma-yuddham kila ma bhaved iha shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; purabefore; evaindeed; bhadramgood; nripatehof the king; prasadatahby the mefcy; balaboys; vayamwe; tulya-balaishwith boys that Our equal; caamd; balakaih with boys; bhuyanmay be; mridhahfight; nahnot; balavanpowerful; yatha

as; ucitamproper; adharmairreligious; yuddhamfight; kilaindeed; manot; bhavetshould be; ihahere. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: By the king's grace we will happily fight with other boys that are our equals in strength. It is not right for Us to fight with those who are much stronger than We. There should not be such an impious fight. Text 44 canura uvaca bhavan na balo na ca va kishoro balash ca sakshad balinam baliyan sahasra-mattebha-balam dadhano dvipo bhavadbhyam nihatah sa-lilam canura uvaca-Canura said; bhavanYou; nanot; balaha boy; nanot; ca and; vaor; kishoraha youth; balashthe strength; caand; sakshatdirectly; balinamthan the strngest; baliyanstroinger; sahasra-mattebha-balamthe strength of a thousand maddened elephants; dadhanahplacing; dvipahthe elephant; bhavadbhyamby You two; nihatahkilled; sa-lilameasily. Canura said: You are not a boy. Nor are You a youth. You are stronger than the strongest. The two of You easily killed an elephant stronger than thousands of furious elephants. Text 45 shri-narada uvaca evam tasya vacah shrutva bhagavan vrijinardanah canurenapi yuyudhe mushikena balo bali shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; tasyaof him; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrijinardanahwho removes all distress; canurenawith Canura; apialso; yuyudhefought; mushikenawith Mustika; balahBalarama; balistrong. Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who removes all troubles, proceeded to fight with Canura. Then Balarama proceeded to fight with Mushika.

Text 46 akarshanam nodanam ca bhujabhyam bhuja-dandayoh cakratuh pashyatam nrinam gajav iva jigishaya akarshanampulling; nodanampushing; caand; bhujabhyamwith both arms; bhuja-dandayohof the arms; cakratuhdid; pashyatamwatching; nrinam of the people; gajavtwo elephants; ivalike; jigishayawishing victory. As the people watched, Krishna and Canura wrestled, pulling and pushing each other with both arms. They were like two elephants trying to defeat each other. Text 47 hastabhyam vapur utthapya canurasya harih svayam atolayad deha-bharam punya-bharam yatha vidhih hastabhyamwith both hands; vapuhform; utthapyalifting; canurasyaof Canura; harihKrishna; svayampersonally; atolayatweighed; deha-bharamthe heaviness of the body; punya-bharamthe weight of pious deeds; yathaas; vidhih Brahma. Picking him up with both arms, Krishna weighed Canura, as the demigod Brahma weighs the heaviness of someone's pious deeds. Text 48 canuras tam harim devam karenaikena lilaya ujjahara maha-viro bhu-khandam naga-rad iva canurahCanura; tamHim; harimKrishna; devamteh Supreme Personality of Godhead; karenaikenawith one hand; lilayaplayfully; ujjaharalifted; mahavirahvrey heroic; bhu-khandamthe earth; naga-radthe kinbg of serpents; iva as.

As Lord Shesha, the king of serpents, picks up the earth, with one hand Canura playfully picked up Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 49 grivayam kila canuram bhuja-vegena madhavah kayam coddhritya sahasa patayam asa bhu-tale grivayamon the neck; kilaindeed; canuramCanura; bhuja-vegenawith the power of His arms; madhavahKrishna; kayamon the waist; caand; uddhritya lifting; sahasasuddenly; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. With one hand on his neck and the other on his waist, Krishna suddenly picked up Canura and threw him to the gound. Text 50 hastaish ca janubhih padair bhujair anguli-mushibhih jaghnatuh krishna-canurau tathaiva bala-mushikau hastaihwith hands; caand; janubhihwith knees; padaihwith feet; bhujaih with arms; anguli-mushibhihwith fingers and fists; jaghnatuhhit; krishnacanurauKrishna and Canura; tathaso; evaindeed; bala-mushikauBalarama and Mustika. Hitting each other with Their hands, knees, feet, arms, fingers, and fists, Krishna and Canura fought. Balarama and Mushika also fought in the same way. Text 51 shrama-vari-yute drishva shri-mukhe rama-krishnayoh sanukampas tada prahur gavaksha-sthah nripa-striyah shrama-vari-yutewith drops of perspiration; drishvaseeing; shri-mukheon the handsome face; rama-krishnayohof Krishna and Balarama; sanukampah filled with compassion; tadathen; prahuhsaid; gavaksha-sthahstaying in the windows; nripa-striyahthe king's women.

Gazing at the handsome perspiring faces of Krishna and Balarama, the women of the palace became filled with compassion for Them. Standing in the palace windows, they spoke. Text 52 shri-striya ucuh aho adharmah su-mahat-sabhayam jatah puro rajani vartamane kva vajra-tulyanga-vritau hi mallau kva pushpa-tulyau bata rama-krishnau shri-striya ucuhthe women said; ahahOh; adharmahimpiois; su-mahatsabhayamin the great assembly; jatahmanifested; purahbefore; rajanithe king; vartamanebeing so; kvawhere?; vajra-tulyanga-vritauthweir bodies like thunderbolts; hiindeed; mallautwo wrestlers; kvawhere?; pushpa-tulyaulike two flowers; bataindeed; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama. The women said: An impious fight is now happening in the royal assembly in the king's presence. How can Krishna and Balarama, who are like two flowers, be an equal match with these two wrestlers, who have bodies like thunderbolts? Text 53 aho hy abhagyam hi puraukasam no yuddhe tayor darshanam adya jatam aho 'ti-dhanyam bata bhuri-bhagyam vanaukasam rasa-rasena jatam ahahOh; hyindeed; abhagyamill fortune; hiindeed; puraukasamof the people in the city; nahnot; yuddhein the fight; tayohof Them; darshanamin the sight; adyanow; jatamborn; ahahOh; ati-dhanyamgreat good fortune; bataindeed; bhuri-bhagyamgreat good fortune; vanaukasamof the people of the forest; rasa-rasenaby the nectar pastimes of the rasa-dance; jatamborn. The people of Mathura City are very unfortunate that they must see such a fight. The girls in the forest were fortunate. They could taste the nectar of the rasa-dance with Lord Krishna. Text 54

aho sthite rajani dusha-citte na ko 'pi vaktum kshama eva sakhyah tasmad dhi nah punya-balena cet tau tvaram mridhe vai jayatam arin svan ahahOh; sthitesituated; rajanithe king; dusha-cittewicked at heart; na not; ko 'pisomeone; vaktumto say; kshamaable; evaindeed; sakhyah friends; tasmatfrom this; dhiindeed; nahof us; punya-balenaby the power of piety; cetif; tauThey; tvaramquickly; mridhein the fight; vaiindeed; jayatammay be victory; arinenemies; svanown. Friends, while this wicked king is present no one dare say anything. We simply pray that by the power of Their pious deeds these two boys will defeat Their enemies. .pa

Chapter Eight Kamsa-vadha The Killing of Kamsa Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ardra-cittam nanda-rajam vanitanam manoratham smritva shatrun hantu-kamas cakre yuddham balad dharih shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; ardra-cittammelting hearts; nanda-rajam King Nanda; vanitanamof the women; manorathamthe desire; smritva remembering; shatrunthe enemies; hantu-kamahwishing to kill; cakredid; yuddhamthe fight; balatpowerfully; harihLord Krishna. Shri Narada said: Thinking of how King Nanda's heart was melting and how the women were praying in this way, Lord Krishna, yearning to kill them, ferociously attacked His opponents. Text 2 grihitva bhuja-dandabhyam

canuram gagane balat cikshepa sahasa krishno vatah padmam ivoddhritam grihitvagrabbing; bhuja-dandabhyamwith both arms; canuramCanura; gaganeinto the sky; balatforcibly; cikshepathrew; sahasasuddenly; krishnah Lord Krishna; vatahwind; padmama lotus; ivalike; uddhritamlifted. Suddenly grabbing him with both hands, Lord Krishna threw Canura into the sky, as a great wind uproots and throws a lotus flower. Text 3 akashat patitah so 'pi tarakena hy adho-mukhah utthaya mushina krishnam tadayam asa vegatah akashatfrom the sky; patitahfallen; sahhe; apialso; tarakaa star; iva like; hyindeed; adho-mukhahface downward; utthayarising; mushinawith afist; krishnamKrishna; tadayam asapunched; vegatahforcefully. Like a comet Canura fell headfirst from the sky. Standing up, he violently punched Krishna. Text 4 tasya mushi-praharena na cacala parat parah sadyo grihitva canuram patayam asa bhu-tale tasyaof him; mushi-praharenaby the punch; nanot; cacalawavered; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; sadyahat once; grihitvagrabbing; canuram-Canura; patayam asathrew; bhu-taleto the ground. Unmoved by the punch, Lord Krishna, who is greater than the greatest, suddenly grabbed Canura and threw him to the ground. Text 5 bhinna-dantas tu canurah

krodha-yukto madotkaah mushi-dvayena shri-krishnam tatada hridi maithila bhinnabroken; dantahteeth; tuindeed; canurahCanura; krodha-yuktah angry; madotkaahferocious; mushi-dvayenawith both fists; shri-krishnam Shri Krishna; tatadahit; hridion the chest; maithilaO kin gof Mithila. O king of Mithila, mad with anger, and his teeth now broken, with both fists Canura pounded Lord Krishna's chest. Text 6 grihitva karayos tam vai karabhyam bhagavan svayam kamsasyagre bhramayitva sarvesham pashyatam nripa grihitvagrabbing; karayohof hands; tamindeed; vaiindeed; karabhyam with both ahnds; bhagavanthe Lord; svayamHimself; kamsasyaof Kamsa; agre in the presence; bhramayitvawhirling around; sarveshamof all; pashyatam watching; nripaO king. O king, grabbing both his hands, Lord Krishna whirled Canura around and around as Kamsa and everyone else looked on. Text 7 patayam asa bhu-prishhe kamandalum ivarbhakah shri-krishnasya praharena canuro bhinna-mastakah udvaman rudhiram rajan sadyo vai nidhanam gatah patayam asathrew; bhu-prishheto the gound; kamandaluma kamandalu; ivalike; arbhakaha child; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; praharenaby the blow; canurahCanura; bhinna-mastakahhis head broken; udvamanvomiting; rudhiramblodd; rajanO king; sadyahsuddenly; vaiindeed; nidhanamdeath; gatahattained. As a child throws a kamandalu, Lord Krishna threw Canura to the ground. O king, vomiting blood, and his head broken, Canura suddenly died.

Texts 8 and 9 tathaiva mushikam mallam mushibhir yudhi durgamam dhritvanghrau bhramayitva khe baladevo maha-balah patayam asa bhu-prishhe phaninam garudo yatha mushiko nidhanam prapa mukhat prodvaman rudhiram

tathaso; evacertainly; mushikamMustika; mallamwrestler; mushibhih with fists; yudhiin the fight; durgamaminvincible; dhritvagrabbing; anghrau both feet; bhramayitvawhirling; khein the sky; baladevahBalarama; mahabalahvery strong; patayam asathrew; bhu-prishheto the ground; phaninam a snake; garudahgaruda; yathaas; mushikahMustika; nidhanamdeath; prapaattained; prodvamanvomiting; rudhiramblood; mukhatfrom his mouth. In the same way powerful Lord Balarama grabbed the feet of invincible Mushika, whirled him around, and threw him to the ground as Garuda throws a snake. O king, vomiting blood from his mouth, Mushika suddenly died. Text 10 kuam samagatam vikshya baladevo maha-balah mushina patayam asa vajrenendro yatha girim kuamKuta; samagatamcome; vikshyaseeing; baladevahBalarama; maha-balahstrong; mushinawith afist; patayam asahit; vajrenawith a thunderbolt; indrahIndra; yathaas; girima mountain. Seeing Kua coming, with a single punch Lord Balarama knocked him to the ground as with his thunderbolt Indra knocks down a mountain. Text 11 praptam shalam nanda-sunur lattaya tam tatada ha tikshnaya tundaya rajan

kadrujam garudo yatha praptamattained; shalamSala; nanda-sunuhKrishna; lattayawith a latta; tamhim; tatadahit; haindeed; tikshnayasharp; tundayawith a beak; rajan O king; kadrujama snake; garudahGaruda; yathaas. When Shala approached, Lord Krishna attacked him as with his beak Garuda attacks a snake. Text 12 grihitva toshalam krishno madhyatah samvidarya ca prakshipat kamsa-mancagre viapam sindhuro yatha grihitvagrabbing; toshalamTosala; krishnahKrishna; madhyatahin the middle; samvidaryaripping; caand; prakshipatthrew; kamsa-mancagreinto Kamsa's box; viapama tree; sindhurahan elephant; yathaas. Then Krishna grabbed Toshala, ripped him in two at the waist, and threw the two pieces into Kamsa's box as an elephant breaks and throws a tree. Text 13 ete nipatita range sadyo vai nidhanam gatah tesham jyotimsi vaikunhe vivishuh pashyatam satam etethey; nipatitafallen; rangein the arena; sadyahat once; vaiindeed; nidhanamdeath; gatahattained; teshamof them; jyotimsithe lights; vaikunhein Vaikunha; vivishuhentered; pashyatamlooking on; satamof the saintly devotees. As the saintly people of Mathura looked on, the effulgent souls of the wrestlers killed in the arena entered the spiritual world of Vaikunha. Text 14 evam shri-rama-krishnabhyam

malleshu nihateshu ca sheshah pradudruvur malla bhayarta jivanecchaya evamthus; shri-rama-krishnabhyamof Krishna and Balarama; malleshu among the wrestlers; nihateshukilled; caand; sheshahthe remainder; pradudruvuhfled; mallawrestlers; bhayartafrightened; jivanecchayawishing to stay alive. After many wrestlers were thus killed by Krishna and Balarama, the others, terrified and intent on staying alive, fled. Text 15 shridamadin vayasyamsh ca gopan akrishya madhavah taih sardham yuddham arebhe sarvesham pashyatam satam shridamadinheaded by Shridama; vayasyanfriends; caand; gopangopas; akrishyapulling; madhavahKrishna; taihthem; sardhamwith; yuddham fight; arebhebegan; sarveshamof all; pashyatamwatching; satamthe saintly devotees. Then, calling Shridama and His other gopa friends, Krishna began to fight with them as the saintly people of Mathura looked on. Text 16 kiria-kundala-dharau rama-krishnau saharbhakaih viharantau vikshya range visismuh pura-vasinah kiria-kundala-dharauwearing crowmns and earrings; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; saharbhakaihwith the boys; viharantauplaying; vikshyaseeing; rangein the arena; visismuhbecame astonished; pura-vasinahthe people of Mathura. As Krishna and Balarama, wearing crowns and earrings, played with the gopa boys in the arena, the people of Mathura gazed at Them and became filled with wonder.

Text 17 kamsam vina sarva-mukhaj jaya-shabdo vinirgatah sadhu sadhv iti vado 'bhun nedur dundubhayas tatah kamsamKamsa; vinaexcept for; sarva-mukhatfrom every mouth; jayashabdahthe sound of Victory!"; vinirgatahleft; sadhuwell done; sadhvwell done; itithus; vadahthe word; abhutwas; neduhsounded; dundubhayathe dundubhis; tatahthen. From every mouth, except Kamsa's, came the words Victory!" and "Bravo! Bravo!" Then all the dundubhi drums sounded. Text 18 svasyajayam vikshya kamso maha-krodha-samakulah varjayitva turya-ghosham praha prasphuritadharah svasyaof his own men; ajayamthe defeat; vikshyaseeing; kamsahKamsa; maha-krodha-samakulahovercome with anger; varjayitvastopping; turyaghoshamthe sound of the turyas; prahasaid; prasphuritatrembling; adharah lips. Seeing his own men defeated, Kamsa will filled with anger. Stopping the turya drums, he spoke, his lips trembling. Text 19 kamsa uvaca durbuddhi-yuktau vasudeva-nandanau prasahya nihsarayatashu mat-purat harantu sarvam vraja-vasinam dhanam badhnita nandam sahasati-durmatim kamsa uvacaKamsa said; durbuddhi-yuktauunintelligent; vasudevanandanauthe two sons of Vasudeva; prasahyaforcibly; nihsarayatathrow out; ashuat once; mat-puratfrom my city; harantushould take; sarvamall; vraja-

vasinamof the people of Vraja; dhanamthe wealth; badhnitabind; nandam Nanda; sahasa-at once; ati-durmatimwicked-hearted Kamsa said: I order that the two fools that are Vasudeva's sons should at once be thrown out of my city. The wealth of Vraja's people should be plundered. Wickedhearted Nanda should be bound and imprisoned. Text 20 adyograsenasya pituh ku-buddheh shaureh sirash cashu hi chindhi chindhi kau yatra tatrapi tathatra vrishnijatan suramshan kila sudayadhvam adyatoday; ugrasenasyaof Ugrasena; pituhfather; ku-buddhehfoolish; shaurehof Vasudeva; sirashthe head; caand; ashuat once; hiindeed; chindhicut; chindhicut; kauon the earth; yatrawhere; tatrathere; apialso; tathaso; atrahere; vrishni-jatanborn in the Vrishni dynasty; suramshan incarnations of the demigods; kilaindeed; sudayadhvamshould kill. Ugrasena, my foolish father, and foolish Vasudeva should both be beheaded. Wherever they are on this earth, the Vrishnis, who are incarnations of the demigods, should be killed. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca evam vikathamanasya kamsasya yadu-nandanah sahasotpatya tam mancam aruhat krodha-puritah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; vikathamanasyaspeaking wildly; kamsasyaof Kamsa; yadu-nandanahKrishna; sahasasuddenly; utpatya leaping; tamthat; mancambox; aruhatentered; krodha-puritahfilled with anger. Shri Narada said: As Kamsa was speaking in this wild way, Lord Krishna, filled with anger, suddenly jumped into his box. Text 22

mrityum samagatam vikshya mancad utthaya sa-tvaram madoddhato bhartsayams tam jagrihe khadga-carmani mrityumdeath; samagatamcome; vikshyaseeing; mancatfrom the box; utthayagoing; sa-tvaramquickly; madoddhatahwildly; bhartsayanrebuking; tamHim; jagrihegrabbed; khadgaa sword; carmaniand shield. Seeing that his death had come, Kamsa jumped from the box and, wildly rebuking Krishna, grabbed a sword and shield. Text 23 agrahit sahasa kamsam dorbhyam carmasi-samyutam yatha tunda-vibhagabhyam sa-visham phaninam vira agrahitgrabbed; sahasasuddenly; kamsamKamsa; dorbhyamwith both arms; carmasi-samyutamwith sword and shield; yathaas; tunda-vibhagabhyam with his beak; sa-vishampoisonous; phaninamsnake; viraGaruda. As Kamsa tried to defend himself with sword and shield, Lord Krishna suddenly grabbed him with both arms as Garuda grabs a poisonous snake in his beak. Text 24 patat-khadgash calac-carma bhuja-bandhad balad bali viniryayau tarkshya-tundat pundariko yatha phani patatfalling; khadgahsword; calatmoving; carmashiled; bhuja-bandhat from the bondage of His arms; balatforcibly; balistrong; viniryayaue4scaped; tarkshya-tundatfrom Garuda's beak; pundarikahPundarika; yathaas; phani the snake. Fighting with his sword and shield, Kamsa escaped Lord Krishna's arms as the snake Pundarika escaped Garuda's beak.

Text 25 mance tau balinau vegan mardayantau parasparam shaila-shringe yatha simhau sushubhate yatha-tatham mancein the box; tauboth; balinaustrong; veganstrongly; mardayantau hitting; parasparameach other; shaila-shringeon a mountaintop; yathaas; simhautwo lions; sushubhatesplendid; yatha-tathamso. In the box again, the two strong opponents hit each other very hard. They were like two splendid lions fighting on a mountaintop. Text 26 utpatantam balat kamsam shata-hastam mahambare agrahic cotpatan krishno syenam syeno yathambare utpatantamjumping; balatstrongly; kamsamKamsa; shata-hastama hundred hastas; mahambarein the sky; agrahitgrabbed; caand; utpatan jumping; krishnahKrishna; syenamto an eagle; syenahan eagle; yathaas; ambarein the sky. When Kamsa jumped a hundred hastas into the sky, Lord Krishna jumped after him and grabbed him. They both fought like two eagles in the sky. Text 27 grihitva bhuja-dandabhyam pracandam daitya-pungavam trailokya-bala-dhrig devo bhramayitva tv itas tatah grihitvagrabbing; bhuja-dandabhyamwith both arms; pracandampowerfulk; daitya-pungavamthe great demon; trailokya-bala-dhrikthe strongest in the three worlds; devahthe Lord; bhramayitvawhirling about; tvindeed; itahhere; tatahand there. Then Lord Krishna, who is the strongest person in the three worlds, with both hands grabbed the ferocious demon Kamsa and whirled him around and around.

Text 28 akashat patayam asa mancopari rushanvitah bhagna-dando 'bhavan mancas tadit-pate yatha drumah akashatfrom the sky; patayam asathrew; mancopariinto the box; rushanvitahangry; bhagna-dandahbroken; abhavatbecame; mancahthe box; tadit-patein a thunderbolt; yathaas; drumaha tree. Angry Krishna then threw him into the box at the arena. The box shattered like a tree struck by lightning. Text 29 patito 'pi sa vajrangah kincid vyakula-manasah sahasotthaya yuyudhe shri-krishnena mahatmana patitahfallen; apieven though; sahe; vajrangahwith a body as hard ans lightning; kincita little; vyakula-manasahagitated at heart; sahasasuddenly; utthayarising; yuyudhefought; shri-krishnenawith Shri Krishna; mahatmana the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Kamsa, his body hard as thunderbolts and his mind a little agitated by all this, jumped from the box and continued to fight with Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 30 nitva tam bhuja-dandabhyam mance kshiptva punah prabhuh aruhya hridayam tasya maulim jagraha madhavah nitvabringing; tamhim; bhuja-dandabhyamwith both arms; mancein the box; kshiptvathrowing; punahagain; prabhuhthe Lord; aruhyaclimbing; hridayamthe chest; tasyaof him; maulimthe crown; jagrahagrabbed; madhavahKrishna.

Grabbing him with both hands, throwing him again into the box, and knocking away his crown, Lord Krishna straddled Kamsa's chest. Text 31 sadyah pragrihya kesheshu rangopari harih svayam mancat tam patayam asa shailad ganda-shilam iva sadyahat once; pragrihyagrabbing; kesheshuhis hair; rangopariin the arena; harihLord Krishna; svayamHimself; mancatfrom the box; tamhim; patayam asathrew; shailatfrom a mountain; ganda-shilama great boulder thrown down by a thunderstorm; ivalike. Then, grabbing his hair, Lord Krishna threw Kamsa from the box into the arena as a thunderstorm throws a great boulder from a mountaintop. Text 32 tasyoparishhac chri-krishnah sarvadharah sanatanah nipapata svayam vegad ananto 'nanta-vikramah tasyaof him; uparishhaton top; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; sarvadharah the maintainer of everything; sanatanaheternal; nipapatafell; svayam personally; vegatwith great force; anantahlimitless; ananta-vikramahwhose power is limitless. The Lord Krishna, the eternal, limitless, and unlimitedly powerful Supreme Personality of Godhead, who maintains everyone, jumped on the demon Kamsa. Text 33 ittham dvayor nipatena nimnam bhu-khanda-mandalam sthaliva sahasa rajan cakampe ghaika-dvayam

itthamthus; dvayohof the two; nipatenaby the falling; nimnamcracked; bhu-khanda-mandalamthe circle of the earth; sthalithe earth; ivaas if; sahasa suddenly; rajanO king; cakampeshook; ghaika-dvayamfor an hour. As the two of them fought the earth cracked. O king, for two hours the earth shook. Text 34 samparetam bhoja-rajam bhumau tam vicakarsha ha yatha mrigendro nagendram sarvesham pashyatam nripa samparetamdead; bhoja-rajamKamsa; bhumauon the ground; tamhim; vicakarshadragged; haindeed; yathaas; mrigendraha lion; nagendraman elephant; sarveshamof all; pashyatamlooking; nripaO king. O king, as everyone looked on, Lord Krishna dragged the dead Kamsa across the ground as a lion drags a great elephant. Text 35 ha-ha-karas tadaivasid dhavatam bhubhujam nripa vaira-bhavena devesham bhajan kamso maha-balah jagama tasya sarupyam bhringinah kiako yatha ha-ha-karahthe sound ofAlas! Alas!; tadathen; evaindeed; asitwas; dhavatamrunning; bhubhujamof the kings; nripaO king; vaira-bhavenawith enmity; deveshamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhajanworshiping; kamsahKamsa; maha-balahvery strong; jagamawent; tasyaof Him; sarupyamthe same form; bhringinahof a bee; kiakaha kitaka insect; yatha as. O king, the many kings ran here and there, exclaiming, Alas! Alas!" Then because in the rasa of hatred he had worshiped Lord Krishna, the master of the demigods, Kamsa attained a spiritual form resembling the Lord's, as a kiaka insect attains the form of it's enemy, the bee.

Texts 36 and 37 kamsam prapatitam drishva bhrataro 'shau maha-balah sunama-srishi-nyagrodhapalakah suhuna kanka-shankubhyam krodha-prasphuritadharah khadga-carma-dhara yoddhum krishnopari samayayuh kamsamKamsa; prapatitamfallen; drishvaseeing; bhratarahbrothers; ashaueight; maha-balahvery strong; sunama-srishi-nyagrodha-tushimadrashrapalakahSunama, Srishi, Nyagrodha, Tushiman, Rashra-palaka; suhuna with Suhu; kanka-shankubhyamwith Kanka and Shanku; krodhaprasphuritadharahtheir lips trembling with rage; khadga-carma-dharaholding swords and shields; yoddhumto fight; krishnopariKrishna; samayayuh approached. Seeing that Kamsa had fallen, Kamsa's eight brothers, Srishi, Nyagrodha, Tushiman, Rashrapalaka, Suhu, Kanka, and Shanku, clutching swords and shields, and their lips trembling with rage, rushed Shri Krishna to fight with Him. Text 38 vikshya tan mudgaram nitva rohini-nandano balah arac cakara hunkaram yatha simho mrigan prati vikshyaseeing; tanthem; mudgaram aclub; nitvataking; rohini-nandanah Balarama; balahpowerful; aracnear; cakaradid; hunkaram a scream; yatha as; simhaha lion; mrigandeer; pratito. Seeing them coming, Lord Balarama took up a club and roared like a lion to herd of deer. Text 39 hunkarenaiva shastrani tesham hastebhya abhayat petur amra-phalaniva danda-ghataish ca maithila

tushimad-rashra-

hunkarenaby the roar; evaindeed; shastranithe eapons; teshamof them; hastebhyafrom the hands; abhayatout of fear; petuhfell; amra-phalani mangoes; ivalike; danda-ghataihwith a stick; caand; maithilaO king of Mithila. The brothers were terrified by that roar. Their weapons suddenly fell, as mangoes fall when hit by a stick. Text 40 nihshastras te maha-vira mushibhih sarvato balam teduh shailam yatha nagah shunda-dandair itas tatah nihshastrahunarmed; tethey; maha-viraheroes; mushibhihwith fists; sarvatahin all respects; balamstrength; teduhhit; shailama mountain; yatha as; nagahelephants; shunda-dandaihwith their trunks; itahhere; tatahand there. Now weaponless, the ferocious fighters attacked Lord Balarama with their fists. They were like many elephants whipping a great mountain with their trunks. Text 41 srishim tatha sunamanam mudgarena balo 'hanat nyagrodham bhuja-vegena kankam vama-karena vai srishimSrishi; tathathen; sunamanamSunama; mudgarenawith a club; balahBalarama; ahanatkilled; nyagrodhamNyagrodha; bhuja-vegenawith His arms; kankamKanka; vama-karenawith His left hand; vaiindeed. With the club Lord Balarama killed Srishi and Sunama, with His arms He killed Nygrodha, and with His left hand He killed Kanka. Text 42 shankum suhum tushimantam

vama-padena madhavah rashrapalam dakshinena padenabhijaghana ha shankumSanku; suhumSuhu; tushimantamTustiman; vama-padenawith His left foot; madhavahKrishna; rashrapalamRastrapalaka; dakshinenawith His right; padenafoot; abhijaghanakilled; haindeed. With His left foot Lord Krishna killed Shanku, Suhu, and Tushiman, and with His right foot He killed Rashrapalaka. Text 43 ashau nipetuh sahasa vriksha vata-hata iva tesham jyotir bhagavati linam jatam videha-ra ashauthe eight; nipetuhfell; sahasasuddenly; vrikshatrees; vata-hata struck by the wind; ivalike; teshamof them; jyotihlight; bhagavatiin the Supreme Personality of Godhead; linamentered; jatammanifested; videha-ra O king of Videha. The eight brothers quickly fell like tress struck by a great wind. O king of Videha, sparks of light left their corpses and merged in the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 44 deva-dundubhayo nedur jaya-dhvanir abhut tada sadyo vai vavrishur devah pushpair nandana-sambhavaih deva-dundubhayahthe dundubhis of the demigods; neduhsounded; jayadhvanihwith sounds of jaya; abhutwas; tadathen; sadyahat once; vai indeed; vavrishuhshowered; devahthe demigods; pushpaihwith flowers; nandana-sambhavaihgrown in the Nandana gardens. Suddenly the dundubhi drums of the demigods sounded and the demigods showered flowers from the Nandana gardens.

Text 45 vidyadharyash ca gandharvyo nanritur harsha-vihvalah vidyadharash ca gandharvah kinnaras tad-yasho jaguh vidyadharyathe Vidyadharis; caand; gandharvyahthe gandharvis; nanrituh danced; harsha-vihvalahfilled with happiness; vidyadharahthe Vidyadharas; caand; gandharvahthe Gandharvas; kinnarahthe Kinnaras; tad-yashahHis glories; jaguhsang. The Vidyadhara and Gandharva women danced as the Vidyadhara, Gandharva, and Kinnara men sang the glories of Krishna and Balarama. Text 46 brahmadya munayah siddha vimanair drashum agatah tushuvu rama-krishnau tau vagbhih shruti-parayanah brahmadyahheaded by Brahma; munayahthe sages; siddhathe siddhas; vimanaihwith airplanes; drashumto see; agatahcame; tushuvuoffered prayers; rama-krishnauto Krishna and Balarama; tauThem; vagbhihwith words; shruti-parayanahdevoted to the Vedas. The sages and perfect beings, headed by Brahma and all learned in the Vedas, came to see. With eloquent words they offered prayers to Krishna and Balarama. Text 47 tadayantya uro hastair asti-prapty-adayah striyah vinirgatas ta rurudur jata-vaidhavya-duhkhitah tadayantyahbeating; urahtheir chests; hastaihwith their hands; asti-praptyadayahheaded by Asti and Prapti; striyahthe women; vinirgatahcame out; ta they; ruruduhcried; jata-vaidhavya-duhkhitahfilled with grief.

Kamsa's wives, headed by Asti and Prapti, beat their chests and wailed with grief. Text 48 striya ucuh ha natha he yuddha-pate trailokya-vijayi sakshad devanam api durjayah kva gato 'si maha-bala

striya ucuhthe wives said; haO; nathalord; heO; yuddha-pate master of battle; kvawhere?; gatahgone; asiyou have; maha-balaO powerful one; trailokya-vijayithe conqueror of the three worlds; sakshatdirectly; devanamof the demigods; apieven; durjayahunconquerable. Thw wives said: O lord, O master of battle, O powerful one, where have you gone? You conquered the three worlds. Even the demigods could not defeat you. Text 49 jata-matrah svasuh putra nirghrinena tvaya hatah anirdasha nirdashash capare 'pi nihata balat jata-matrahas soon as they were born; svasuhof your sister; putrathe sons; nirghrinenawithout mercy; tvayaby you; hatahkilled; anirdashanot more than ten days old; nirdashahten days old; caand; apareothers; apialso; nihatakilled; balatforcibly. You mercilessly killed your sisters sons when they were ten days old. Some were not even ten days old. Some you killed the moment they were born. Text 50 tena papena ghorena dasham etadrishim gatah tenaby this; papenasin; ghorenahorrible; dashamstate; etadrishimlike this; gatahattained. That horrible sin has brought you to this.

Text 51 shri-narada uvaca evam ashru-mukhir dina ashvasya nripa-yoshitah vidhaya yamuna-tire citah shrikhanda-samyutah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; ashru-mukhihfaces filled with tears; dinapathetic; ashvasyacomforting; nripa-yoshitahthe queens; vidhayaplacing; yamuna-tireon the Yamuna shore; citaha funeral pyre; shrikhanda-samyutahmade of sandal wood. Shri Narada said: After consoling the poor tear-faced queens, the Lord built a sandalwood funeral pyre on the Yamuna's shore. Text 52 hatanam karayitvasau kriyam vai para-laukikim sarvan sambodhayam asa bhagaval loka-bhavanah hatanamof the dead; karayitvaperforming; asauHe; kriyamthe rites; vai indeed; para-laukikimfor the next world; sarvanall; sambodhayam asaspoke; bhagavanthe Lord; loka-bhavanahthe master of the worlds. Then Lord Krishna, the master of the all the worlds, performed the funeral ceremony and recited the funeral mantras. Chapter Nine Yadu-saukhyam The Happiness of the Yadus Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha devau rama-krishnau devaki-vasudevayoh samipam jagmatuh sakshad

vrishinbhih parivaritau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; devauthe two Lords; ramakrishnauKrishna and Balarama; devaki-vasudevayohof Devaki and Vasudeva; samipamnear; jagmatuhwent; sakshatdirectly; vrishinbhihwith the Vrindavanarsnis; parivaritauaccompanied. Shri Narada said: Then, accompanied by the Vrishnis, Krishna and Balarama, the two Supreme Personalities of Godhead, approached Devaki and Vasudeva. Text 2 svatas tayor bandhanani yayuh shithilitam nripa tau vikshya garudam praptam naga-pasha-guna yatha svatahpersonally; tayohof Them; bandhananithe bonds; yayuhwent; shithilitamto looseness; nripaO king; tauThem; vikshyaseeing; garudam Garuda; praptamattained; naga-pasha-gunathe snake ropes; yathaas. O king, seeing their condition, Lord Krishna at once untied their bonds, as Garuda unties a knotted rope of snakes. Text 3 sva-prabhava-vidau vikshya pitarau sa-balo harih sadyas tatana svam mayam jagan-moha-karim balat sva-prabhava-vidauaware of His own power; vikshyaseeing; pitarauthe parents; sa-balahwith Balarama; harihKrishna; sadyahat once; tatana expanded; svamown; mayamillusion; jagan-moha-karimwhich bewilders the universes; balatby His power. Seeing that Their parents had become aware of Their transcendental power, Krishna and Balarama at once bewildered them with His illusory potency, which bewilders all the worlds. Text 4

rama-krishnau sutau jnatva shaurir moha-samakulah devakya sahasotthaya sasvaje cashru-puritah rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; sutauthe two sons; jnatva understanding; shaurihVasudeva; moha-samakulahbewildered; devakyawith Devaki; sahasaat once; utthayarising; sasvajeembraced; caand; ashruwith tears; puritahfilled. Now thinking Krishna and Balarama his own sons, bewildered Vasudeva suddenly stood up. His eyes filled with tears, he and Devaki embraced their two sons. Text 5 tav ashvasya harih sadyo vrishnibhih parivaritah matamaham tugrasenam cakara mathuradhipam tauthem; ashvasyaconsoling; harihLord Krishna; sadyahat once; vrishnibhihthe Vrsnis; parivaritahwith; matamahamHis maternal grandfather; tuindeed; ugrasenamUgrasena; cakaramade; mathuradhipamthe king of Mathura. Accompanied by the Vrishnis, Lord Krishna consoled His parents. Then He crowned king of Mathura His maternal grandfather, Ugrasena. Text 6 ahuya yadavan kamsabhayad deshantaram gatan premna nivasayam asa sa-kuumban yadoh puri ahuyacalling; yadavanthe Yadavas; kamsaof Kamsa; bhayatout of fear; deshantaramto other countries; gatangone; premnawith love; nivasayam asa gave homes; sa-kuumbanwith their families; yadohof the Yadavas; puriin the city.

Calling together the Yadavas that had fled to other countries out of fear of Kamsa, Lord Krishna affectionaltely gave homes in Mathura to them and their families. Text 7 nanda-rajam gopa-ganaih sva-grihan gantum udyatam natva tam sa-balah praha mohayann iva mayaya nanda-rajamKing Nanda; gopa-ganaihwith the gopas; sva-grihanown homes; gantumto go; udyatamprepared; natvabowing; tamto him; sa-balah with Balarama; prahasaid; mohayannbewildering; ivaas if; mayayawith His illusory potency. Then, bewildering them with Their illusory potency, Krishna and Balarama bowed down before King Nanda and ther gopas, who were now eager to return to theor homes. Krishna said to them: Text 8 atraiva vasam kuru tata puryam gantum yadiccha manasotthita syat pashcad aham vai sa-balo yadun va vidhaya parshvam tava cagamishye atrahere; evaindeed; vasamresidence; kurudo; tataO father; puryam in the city; gantumto go; yadiif; icchathe desire; manasaby the mind; utthita risen; syatmay be; pashcatthen; ahamI; vaiindeed; sa-balahwith Balarama; yadunto the Yadavas; vaindeed; vidhayaplacing; parshvamat the side; tavaof you; caand; agamishyeI will come. Father, please stay here in Mathura for a while. If the desire to leave has risen in your heart, then please return to Vraja. Balarama and I, with the Yadavas at Our side, will return there after a little while. Text 9 shri-narada uvaca evam shri-rama-krishnabhyam nanda-rajah prapujitah

alingya shaurim gopalair yayau prematuro vrajam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; shri-rama-krishnabhyam with Krishna and Balarama; nanda-rajahKing Nanda; prapujitahworshiped; alingyaembraced; shaurimVasudeva; gopalaihwith the gopas; yayauwent; prematurahovercome with love; vrajamto Vraja. Shri Narada said: After being worshiped by Krishna and Balarama, affectionate King Nanda embraced Vasudeva and then returned with the gopas to Vraja. Text 10 dattam shri-krishna-janmarkshe dhenunam niyutam pura brahmanebhyo dadau shaurir vastra-mala-sv-alankritam dattamgiven; shri-krishna-janmarksheon Lord Krishna's birthday; dhenunam ifcows; niyutama million; purapreviously; brahmanebhyahto the Balaramas; dadaugave; shaurihVasudeva; vastra-mala-sv-alankritamgarments and ornaments. Then Vasudeva gave a million cows, along with many valuable garments and ornaments, in charity to the brahmanas. This was the charity that previously he gave in meditation on the day of Lord Krishna's birth. Text 11 shaurir gargam samahuya shri-krishna-baladevayoh yajnopavitam vidhi-vat karayam asa dharma-vit shaurihVasudwva; gargamGarga Muni; samahuyacalling; shri-krishnabaladevayohof Shri Krishna and Balarama; yajnopavitamgiving the sacred thread; vidhi-vataccording to the rules; karayam asadid; dharma-vitknowing the truth of religion. Then pious Vasudeva called Garga Muni and had him perform the sacred-thread ceremony for Krishna and Balarama.

Text 12 rama-krishnau sarva-vidyadhyayanam kartum udyatau guroh sandipaneh parshvam jagmatur janavat parau rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; sarva-vidyaof all knowledge; adhyayanamthe study; kartumto do; udyataueager; gurohof the guru; sandipanehSandipani Muni; parshvamat the side; jagmatuhwent; janavatas ordinary persons; parauthe two Supreme Personalities of Godhead. Then, as if They were ordinary boys eager to learn all things, the two Supreme Personalities of Godhead, Krishna and Balarama, went to the home of Their guru, Sandipani Muni. Text 13 kritva param guroh sevam laghu-kalena madhavau sarva-vidyam jagrihatuh sarva-vidya-vidam varau kritvadoing; paramgreat; gurohof the guru; sevamservice; laghu-kalena in a short time; madhavauKrishna and Balarama; sarva-vidyamall knowledge; jagrihatuhgrasped; sarva-vidya-vidamof the knowers of all knowledge; varau the best. After rendering excellent service to Their guru, in a very short time Krishna and Balarama, who were already the best of all-knowing philosophers, became learned in everything. Text 14 gurave dakshinam datum udyatau tau kritanjali mritam putram dakshinayam tabhyam vavre gurur dvijah guraveto Their guru; dakshinamdaksina; datumto give; udyataueager; tauThey; kritanjaliwith folded hands; mritamdead; putramson; dakshinayam in daksina; tabhyamto Them; vavrechose; guruhof the guru; dvijahthe brahmana.

When Krishna and Balarama approached with folded hands to offer daksina, Their brahmana guru chose the return of his dead son as his dakshina. Text 15 ratham aruhya tau dantau shatakumbha-paricchadam prabhase cabdhi-nikaam jagmatur bhima-vikramau rathamchariot; aruhyaclimbing; tauThey; dantauaustere; shatakumbhaparicchadammade of gold; prabhaseat Prabhasa-ksetra; caand; abdhithe ocean; nikaamnear; jagmatuhwent; bhima-vikramauvery powerful. Riding in a golden chariot, powerful Krishna and Balarama came to Prabhasakshetra by the shore of the ocean. Text 16 sadyah prakampitah sindhu ratnopayanam uttamam nitva tac-caranopante nipapata kritanjalih sadyahat once; prakampitahtrembling; sindhuthe ocean; ratnaof jewels; upayanamgift; uttamamgreat; nitvabringing; tat-caranopanteat Their feet; nipapatafell; kritanjalihwith folded hands. At once the deity of the ocean appeared. Trembling, he offered a gift of jewels to Krishna and Balarama and with folded hands fell at Their feet. Text 17 tam aha bhagavan shighram putram dehi guror mama pracandormi-ghaaopais tvaya tad-grahanam kritam tamto him; ahasaid; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; shighramat once; putramthe son; dehigive; gurohof the guru; mamaof Me;

pracandormi-ghaaopaihwith powerful waves; tvayaby you; tad-grahanam tha taking of him; kritamdone. To him Lord Krishna said, "Return at once My guru's son, whom you took with your powerful waves." Text 18 shri-samudra uvaca bhagavan deva-devesha na maya balako hritah hritah pancajanenasau shankha-rupasurena vai shri-samudra uvacathe ocean said; bhagavanO Lord; deva-deveshaO master of the demigods; nanot; mayaby me; balakahthe boy; hritahtaken; hritahtaken; pancajanenaby Pancajana; asauhe; shankha-rupasurenaa demon in the form of a conch; vaicertainly. The ocean deity said: O Lord, O master of the demigods, I did not take the boy. The conch-demon Pancajana took him. Text 19 vasan sada mad-udare balishho daitya-pungavah jetum yogyas tvaya deva devanam bhaya-karakah vasanresiding; sadaalways; mad-udarein my belly; balishhahpowerful; daitya-pungavahgreat demon; jetumto defeat; yogyahproper; tvayaby You; devaO Lord; devanamof the demigods; bhaya-karakahthe bringer of fear. O Lord, You are so powerful that You frighten even the demigods. Therefore it is proper that You defeat this very strong demon that always stays in my abdomen. Text 20 shri-narada uvaca tenokto bhagavan krishno vaso baddhva kaau dridham

nipapata maha-vegat samudre bhima-nadini shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tenaby him; uktahaddressed; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; krishnahKrishna; vasah garment; baddhvatying; kaauat His waist; dridhamfirm; nipapatadived; maha-vegatquickly; samudrein the ocean; bhima-nadiniwith terrible waves. Shri Narada said: When He heard these words, Lord Krishna tightened the sash at His waist and dove into the ocean of terrible waves. Text 21 shri-krishnasya nipatena tri-loki-bhara-dharinah cakampe 'bdhir bhrisham vajrakueneva videha-ra shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; nipatenaby the dive; tri-loki-bhara-dharinah holding the three worlds; cakampetrembled; abdhihthe ocean; bhrisham greatly; vajra-kuenawith a thunderbolt; ivalike; videha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, when Lord Krishna dove into it, the ocean, which holds up the three worlds, trembled as if it had been struck by a thunderbolt. Text 22 tatah pancajano daityo yoddhum shri-krishna-sammukhe agatah sahasa virah shulam cikshepa madhave tatahthen; pancajanahPancajana; daityahthe demon; yoddhumto fight; shri-krishna-sammukhefacing Shri Krishna; agatahcame; sahasaat once; virah ferocious; shulama spear; cikshepathrew; madhaveat Lord Krishna. Eager to fight, the ferocious demon Pancajana at once came before Lord Krishna and threw a spear at Him. Text 23

haste grihitva tac-chulam tenaivabhijaghana tam tad-ghatena prapatito murchito vari-mandale hastein one hand; grihitvataking; tac-chulamthat spear; tenawith it; eva indeed; abhijaghanastruck; tamhim; tad-ghatenaby that blow; prapatitah fell; murchitahunconscious; vari-mandalein the waters. Catching the spear in one hand, Lord Krishna threw it back at the demon. Wounded by the spear, the demon fell unconscious into the waters. Text 24 sahasotthaya devesham kincid vyakula-manasah murdhna tatada pakshindram sva-phanena phani yatha sahasaat once; utthayarising; deveshamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; kincita little; vyakula-manasahagitated at heart; murdhnawith his head; tatadastruck; pakshindramGaruda; sva-phanenawith his cvoils; phani a snake; yathaas. Suddenly getting up, and now a little agitated at heart, with his head the demon struck Lord Krishna as with its hood a snake strikes Garuda. Text 25 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan harih kruddho murdhani vegena mushina tam tatada ha paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; shrikrishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; harihHari; kruddhahangry; murdhanion the head; vegenapowerful; mushinawith a punch; tamhim; tatadastruck; haindeed. Now angry, Lord Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, ferociously punched the demon on his head.

Text 26 krishna-mushi-praharena sadyo vai nidhanam gatah taj-jyotih shri-ghanashyame linam jatam vidheha-ra krishnaof Shri Krishna; mushi-praharenaby the punch; sadyahat once; vai indeed; nidhanamdeath; gatahattained; taj-jyotihhis light; shrighanashyamein the dark cloud of Lord Krishna; linammerged; jatamattained; vidheha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, with that punch the demon died. The light from his body then merged into the dark monsoon cloud of Lord Krishna. Text 27 evam hatva pancajanam shankham nitva tad-angajam maharnavan nirgato 'sau sahasa ratham agamat evamthus; hatvahaving killed; pancajanamPancajana; shankhamthe conch; nitvataking; tad-angajamborn from his body; maharnavatfrom the ocean; nirgatahcame; asauHe; sahasaat once; rathamto the chariot; agamat came. After killing the demon, Lord Krishna took the demon's shell, left the great ocean, and returned to His chariot. Text 28 vayu-vegena yanena rama-krishnau manoharau jagmatuh shamanasyapi dirgham samyamanim purim vayu-vegenaas fast as the wond; yanenawith traveling; rama-krishnau Krishna and Balarama; manoharauhandsome; jagmatuhwent; shamanasyaof Yama; apialso; dirghamlong; samyamanim purimSamyamani Puri.

Traveling as fast as the wind for a long time, glorious Krishna and Balarama came to Samyamani Puri, the city of Yamaraja. Text 29 pancajanya-dhvanir lokam pracando megha-ghosha-vat purayam asa tam shrutva cakampe sa-sabho yamah pancajanya-dhvanihwith the sound of the Pancajana conchshell; lokamthe world; pracandahferocious; megha-ghosha-vatlike thunder; purayam asafilled; tamthat; shrutvahearing; cakampetrembled; sa-sabhahwith his assembly; yamahYamaraja. Blowing the conchshell that had been Pa 241)cajana's outer body, powerful Lord Krishna filled the world with a sound like thunder. When they heard it, Yamaraja and his assembly trembled. Text 30 catur-ashiti-laksheshu narakeshu nipatitah yair yaih shruta dhvanis te te jagmur moksham tu papinah catur-ashiti-laksheshueight million four hundred thousand; narakeshuinto the hellish worlds; nipatitahfallen; yaih yaihby whomever; shrutaheard; dhvanih the sound; te tethey; jagmuhattained; mokshamliberation; tuindeed; papinahsinners. Any of the sinners fallen in the eight million four hundred thousand hells there that heard that sound at once attained liberation. Text 31 yamah sadyo balim nitva shri-krishna-baladevayoh papata caranopante dharshitah san kritanjalih

yamahYama; sadyahat oince; baliman offering; nitvabringing; shrikrishna-baladevayohto Krishna and Balarama; papatafell; caranopanteat the feet; dharshitahhumbled; sanbeing; kritanjalihwith folded hands. Bringing an offering in his folded hands, humble Yamaraja fell down at the feet of Krishna and Balarama. Text 32 shri-yama uvaca he hare he kripa-sindho rama rama maha-bala asankhya-brahmanda-pati paripurnatamau yuvam shri-yama uvacaShri yamaraja said; heO; hareKrishna; heO; kripasindhahocean of mercy; ramaO Balarama; ramaBalarama; maha-balavery powerful; asankhya-brahmanda-patithe two master of numberless universes; paripurnatamauthe two Supreme Personalities of Godhead; yuvamYou. Shri Yamaraja said: O Krishna, O ocean of mercy! O Balarama! O powerful Balarama! You are the two masters of numberless universes. You are the two Supreme Personalities of Godhead. Text 33 devau puranau purushau mahantau sarveshvarau sarva-jagaj-janeshau adyaiva sarvopari vartamanau gira nijajnam vadatam pareshau devauSupreme Lords; puranauancient; purushauSupreme Persons; mahantaugreat; sarveshvarauthe masters of all; sarva-jagatof all universes; janaof the peoples; ishauthe masters; adyatoday; evaindeed; sarvopari above all; vartamanaubeing; girawith words; nijaown; ajnamcommand; vadatamplease speak; pareshautwo Lords. You are the two ancient Supreme Persons, the masters of everything, the rulers of all beings in all the worlds, the two Supreme Lords who stand above all others. Please order me as You wish. Text 34

shri-bhagavan uvaca guru-putram loka-pala anayasva maha-mate rajyam kuru yathanyayam mad-uktam manayan kvacit shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; guru-putram the son of My guru; loka-palaO portector of the worlds; anayasvabring; mahamateO noble-hearted one; rajyama kingdom; kuruplease do; yathaas; anyayamin another; matby Me; uktamspoken; manayanhonoring; kvacit somewhere. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O protector of the worlds, O noblehearted one, bring to Me my guru's son. You should rule your kingdom by obeying My words. Text 35 shri-narada uvaca tadaiva tenopanitam guru-putram harih svayam grihitvavantikam etya dadau shri-gurave shishum shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; evaindeed; tenaby him; upanitambrought; guru-putramthe guru's son; harihKrishna; svayam personally; grihitvabringing; avantikamnear; etyacoming; dadaugave; shriguraveto His guru; shishumthe boy. Shri Narada said: Lord Krishna then returned the boy to His guru. Text 36 gurv-ashisha samyutau tau natva tam hi kritanjali ratham aruhya mathuram agatau yadu-pujitau guruof His guru; ashishawith the blessings; samyutauendowed; tauThey; natvabowing down; tamto him; hiindeed; kritanjaliwith folded hands; ratham chariot; aruhyamounting; mathuramto Mathura; agataucame; yadu-pujitau worshiped by the Yadavas.

After receiving Their guru's blessings, Krishna and Balarama bowed before him with folded hands. When, riding a chariot, They returned to Mathura, the Yadavass greeted Them with honor and worship. Text 37 ekada sa-balah krishnah sarva-karana-karakah pandavan samsmaran bhaktan akrura-bhavanam yayau ekadaone day; sa-balahwith Balarama; krishnahKrishna; sarva-karanakarakahthe cause of all causes; pandavanto the Pandavas; samsmaran remembering; bhaktanHis devotees; akrura-bhavanamto Akrura's home; yayau went. Then, one day, remembering His devotees the Pandavas, Lord Krishna, the cause of all causes, went with Balarama to Akrura's home. Text 38 akrurah sahasotthaya parirabhya mudanvitah upacaraih shodashabhih pujayitvatha tau nripa akrurahAkrura; sahasaat once; utthayarising; parirabhyaembracing; mudanvitahwith joy; upacaraihwith offerings; shodashabhihsixteen; pujayitva worshiping; athathen; tauThem; nripaO king. Akrura at once stood up and embraced Them. O king, he worshiped Them with sixteen offerings. Text 39 kritanjalih purah sthitva jata-purna-manorathah uvacananda-janitam muncan bashpa-kalam nripa

kritanjalihwith folded hands; purahbefore; sthitvastanding; jata-purnamanorathahall his desires fulfilled; uvacasaid; ananda-janitamblissful; muncan shedding; bashpa-kalamtears; nripaO king. O king, standing before Them with folded hands, shedding tears of joy, and all his desires now fulfilled, Akrura spoke the following words. Text 40 shri-akrura uvaca yuvabhyam rama-krishnabhyam tabhyam nityam namo namah yabhyam marge yad-uktam me purnam tac ca kritam prabhu shri-akrura uvacaShri Akrura said; yuvabhyamto You two; ramakrishnabhyamKrishna and Balarama; tabhyamto Them; nityamalways; namah obeisances; namahobeisances; yabhyamwhom; margeon the path; yaduktamspoken; meto me; purnamperfect; tatthat; caand; kritamdone; prabhuthe two Supreme Personalities of Godhead. Shri Akrura said: O Krishna and Balarama, again and again I offer my respectful obeisances to You. O my two Lords, what You told me on the path has now all become true. Text 41 lokabhiramau jana-bhushanottamau cantar bahih sarva-jagat-pradipakau go-vipra-sadhu-shruti-dharma-devatarakshartham adyaiva yadoh kule gatau lokaof the worlds; abhiramauthe happinesses; jana-bhushanottamauthe best of ronaments ofr the people; caand; antahinside; bahihoutside; sarvajagatall the worlds; pradipakauthe two lamps; gahthe cows; vipra brahmanas; sadhudevotees; shrutiVedas; dharmareligion; devataand the demigods; rakshaof protection; arthamfor the purpose; adyanow; eva indeed; yadohof the Yadavass; kulein the dynasty; gataugone. You are the two joys of the worlds, the two ornaments of the people, the two lamps that light up all the universes and the realms beyond the universes. To protect the cows, brahmanas, devotees, demigods, Vedas, and the principles of religion, You have both taken birth in the Yadava dynasty.

Text 42 kamsadi-daityendra-vinasha-hetave goloka-lokat paripurna-tejasau samagatau bharata-bhumi-mandale yuvam pareshau satatam nato 'smy aham kamsaby Kamsa; adiheaded; daityendrathe great demons; vinasha-hetave to destroy; goloka-lokatfrom the realm of Goloka; paripurnaperfect; tejasau power and glory; samagataucome; bharata-bhumi-mandaleto the earth; yuvam You; pareshauthe Supreme Lords; satatamalways; natahbowed down; asmy am; ahamI. To kill the demons headed by Kamsa, You have now come to this earth. You are the two Lords filled with power and glory. O two Supreme Personalities of Godhead, I bow down before You again and again. Text 43 shri-bhagavan uvaca tvam arya-vriddho dhritiman aham tava purah shishuh santo nah svatmanah shlaghyam kurvanti hi maha-mate shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; tvamyou; arya-vriddhahO the elder leader of the saintly; dhritimanthoughtful; ahamI; tavaof you; purahin the presence; shishuha child; santahthe devotees; na not; svatmanahof the self; shlaghyampraised; kurvantido; hiindeed; mahamateO noble-hearted one. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: You are a thoughtful and respected elder, and I am only a boy standing before you. O noble-hearted one, even the great saints cannot praise you enough. Text 44 pandavanam hi kushalam drashum gaccha gajahvayam shighram agaccha tan drishva sarvan dana-pate bhavan

pandavanamof the Pandavas; hiindeed; kushalamthe welfare; drashum to see; gacchago; gajahvayamto hastinapura; shighramat once; agaccha return; tanthem; drishvaseeing; sarvanall; dana-pateO leader of they who are generous; bhavanyou. Go at once to Hastinapura and see whether the Pandavas are happy and prosperous. O leader of the kind and generous, when you have seen everything, then quickly return here. Text 45 shri-narada uvaca evam uktva tadakruram bhagavan bhakta-vatsalah sa-balah shauri-bhavanam ayayau sarva-karya-krit shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; uktvaspeaking; tadathen; akruramto Akrura; bhagavanthe Lord; bhaktato the devotees; vatsalah affectionate; sa-balahwith Balarama; shauri-bhavanamto vasudeva's home; ayayauwent; sarva-karya-kritdoing everything. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words to Akrura, Lord Krishna, the supreme controller, who is kind to His devotees, went with Balarama to Vasudeva's palace. Text 46 kauravendra-puram gatvakruro drishvatha pandavan punar agatya krishnaya vartam sarvam avarnayat kauravendra-puramto the palace of the king of the Kauravas; gatvahaving gone; akrurahAkrura; drishvahaving seen; athathen; pandavanthe Pandavas; punahagain; agatyareturning; krishnayato Krishna; vartamthe news; sarvamall; avarnayatdescribed. Akrura went to Hastinapura, saw the Pandavas, returned, and related to Lord Krishna all he had seen.

Text 47 shri-akrura uvaca vina yuvam ko 'pi na pandavanam sahaya-krit kaurava-duhkha-bhoginam mrite ca pandau bhavatoh padambuje vilagna-citta hi prithatmaja ye shri-akrura uvacaShri Akrura said; vinawithout; yuvamYou both; ko 'pi someone; nanot; pandavanamof the pandavas; sahayahelp; kritdoing; kauravafrom the Kauravas; duhkha-bhoginamsuffering; mritedead; caand; pandauPandu; bhavatohof You both; padambujeat the lotus feet; vilagna ppaced; cittahearts; hiindeed; prithatmajathe sons of Draupadi; yewho. Shri Akrura said: Harassed by the Kauravas, the Pandavas have placed all their thoughts at Your lotus feet. Now that King Pandu is dead, no one but You can help them. Text 48 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutvakrura-mukhat shri-krishno bhagavan harih ardham rajyam pandavebhyah kauravanam balad dadau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; akrura-mukhat from Akrura's mouth; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanLord; harihHari; ardhamhalf; rajyamthe kingdom; pandavebhyahto the Pandavas; kauravanam of the Kauravas; balatforcibly; dadaugave. Shri Narada said: After hearing this from Akrura's mouth, Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, forced the Kauravas to give half their kingdom to the Pandavas. Text 49 athoktam vacanam smritva tadoddhava-samanvitah maha-mangala-samyuktam kubjaya bhavanam yayau

athathen; uktamspoken; vacanamwords; smritvaremembering; tada then; uddhava-samanvitahwithj Uddhava; maha-mangala-samyuktamvery auspicious; kubjayaof Kubja; bhavanamto the home; yayauwent. Then, remembering His promise, the Lord went with Uddhava to Kubja's home. Text 50 drishvarac chri-harim praptam kubja rupavati tvaram bhaktya samarhayam asa padyadyaih prana-vallabham drishvaseeing; aratnear; shri-harimShri Krishna; praptamattained; kubja Kubja; rupavatibeautiful; tvaramat once; bhaktyawith devotion; samarhayam asaworshiped; padyadyaihwith padya and other offerings; pranavallabhammore dear than life. Seeing that Lord Krishna, who was more dear than life to her, had come, beautiful Kubja worshiped Him with padya and other offerings. Text 51 hema-ratna-khacit-kudye kubjaya bhavanottame babhau harih rupavatya vaikunhe ramaya yatha hemawith gold; ratnaand jewels; khacittudded; kudyewith walls; kubjaya of Kubja; bhavanottamein the palace; babhauwas splendidly manifested; harih Lord Krishna; rupavatyabeautiful; vaikunhein Vaikunha; ramayawith the goddess of fortune; yathaas. As in Vaikunha He is glorious with the goddess of fortune, so in her palace of gold and jewels, Lord Krishna was handsome and glorious, beautiful Kubja by His side, Text 52 paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayam yasyah patir abhud rajann aho tasyas tapo mahat

paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan svayamLord Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead; yasyahof whom; patihthe lover; abhut became; rajannO king; ahahOh; tasyahof her; tapahausterity; mahat great. O king, Kubja must have performed many great austerities to obtain Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, as her lover. Text 53 tatra sthitva harir devo dinany ashau videha-ra ayayau shauri-bhavanam lila-manusa-vigrahah tatrathere; sthitvastaying; harihLord Krishna; devahthe Lord; dinany days; ashaueight; videha-raO kin gof Videha; ayayaucame; shauribhavanamto Vasudweva's palace; lila-manusa-vigrahahthe Lord who enjoys pastimes as a human being. O king of Videha, after staying there for eight days, Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead who enjoys pastimes like those of a human being, returned to Vasudeva's palace. Texts 54 and 55 iti shri-krishna-caritam mathurayam videha-ra sarva-papa-haram punyam ayur-vardhanam uttamam catush-padartha-dam nrinam shri-krishna-vasa-karakam maya te kathitam prisham kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi itithus; shri-krishna-caritamthe pastimes of Shri Krishna; mathurayamin Mathura; videha-raO king of Videha; sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; punyamsacred; ayur-vardhanamprolonging life; uttamamtranscendental; catus-padartha-dambringing the four goals of life; nrinamto human beings; shrikrishna-vasa-karakambringing Lord Krishna under one's control; mayaby me; te to you; kathitamspoken; prishamasked; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotum to hear; icchasiyou wish.

In answer to your questions I have described Lord Krishna's pastimes in Mathura City. This sacred description removes all sins, prolongs life, grants the four goals of life, and makes Lord Krishna into one's submissive servant. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Ten Rajaka-vayaka-sudamopakhyana The Stories of the Washerman, Weaver, and Florist Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca shri-krishna-caritam punyam maya tava mukhac chrutam punah shrotum manash cadya trishito va jalam gatah shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; shri-krishna-caritamShri Krishna's pastimes; punyamsacred; mayaby me; tavaof you; mukhatfrom the mouth; shrutamheard; punahagain; shrotumto hear; manahheart; ca and; adyanpow; trishitahthirsty; vaor; jalamto water; gatahgone. Shri Bahulashva said: Although my heart has already heard Lord Krishna's sacred pastimes from your mouth, it thirsts to hear them again. Although it has already drunk this nectar, it thirsts to drink it again. Text 2 kamsasya janma-karmani tvayoktani shrutani me keshy-adi-daitya-varyanam purva-janma-kritam shrutam kamsasyaof Kamsa; janma-karmanithe birth and deeds; tvayaby you; uktanispoken; shrutaniheard; meby me; keshy-adi-daitya-varyanamof the demons headed by Kesi; purva-janma-kritamdone in the previous birth; shrutam heard.

I have already heard from you the description of the deeds of Kamsa in his previous birth and the deeds of Keshi and other demons in their previous births. Text 3 ko 'yam tu rajakah purvam avadhid yam harih katham aho yasya mahaj-jyotih krishne linam babhuva ha kahwho?; ayamhe; tuindeed; rajakahthe washerman; purvambefore; avadhitkilled; yamwhom; harihKrishna; kathamwhy?; ahahOh; yasyaof whom; mahaj-jyotihthe greqat light; krishnein Lord Krishna; linammerged; babhuvawas; hacertainly. Who was the washerman in his previous birth? Why did Lord Krishna kill him? Why did his spiritual effulgence merge in Lord Krishna's body? Text 4 shri-narada uvaca treta-yuge tv ayodhyayam rama-rajye videha-ra caranam shrinvatam kashcid rajako hy avadat priyam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; treta-yugein Treta-yuga; tvindeed; ayodhyayamin Ayodhya; rama-rajyein Lord Rama's kingdom; videha-raO king of Videha; caranamof ther king's spies; shrinvatamhearing; kashcit someone; rajakahwasherman; hiindeed; avadatsaid; priyamto his wife. Shri Narada said: O king of Videha, in Treta-yuga, in Lord Rama's kingdom, in Ayodhya, as Lord Rama's spies overheard, this same washerman said to his wife: Text 5 naham bibharmi tvam dusham ushatim para-veshma-gam stri-lobhi bibhryat sitam ramo naham bhaje punah

nanot; ahamI; bibharmimaintain; tvamyou; dushamwicked; ushatim at sunrise; para-veshma-gamreturning from another's house; striafter His wife; lobhigreedy; bibhryatmay maintain; sitamSita; ramahRama; nanot; aham I; bhajedo; punahagain. I will not maintain you, a sinner that returns at dawn from another's house. Ramacandra, who is greedy to enjoy with His wife, may continue to maintain His Sita, but I am not like Him. Text 6 iti lokad bahu-mukhad vakyam shrutvatha raghavah sitam tatyaja sahasa vane lokapavadatah itithus; lokatfrom the people; bahu-mukhatmany mouths; vakyamthe words; shrutvahearing; athathen; raghavahLord Rama; sitamSita; tatyaja rejected; sahasaat once; vanein the forest; lokaof the people; apavadatah because of the criticsm. Hearing from many mouths that the people were criticizing Him, Lord Ramacandra at once exiled Sita to the forest. Text 7 tasmai dandam datum iccham na cakre raghavottamah mathurayam dvaparante rajakah sa babhuva ha tasmaito him; dandampunishment; datumto give; icchamdesire; nanot; cakredid; raghavottamahLord Rama; mathurayamin Mathura; dvaparanteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; rajakahwasherman; sahe; babhuvabecame; ha indeed. Lord Ramacandra had no wish to punish him, and in due course this person became a washerman in Mathura at the end of Dvaspara-yuga. Text 8

ku-vakya-dosa-shanty-artham tam jaghana harih svayam tad api pradadau moksham tasmai shri-karuna-nidhih ku-vakyaof bad words; doshathe fault; shantipeace; arthamfor the purpose; tamhim; jaghanakilled; harihKrishna; svayamHimself; tatthat; api also; pradadaugave; mokshamliberation; tasmaito him; shri-karuna-nidhih an ocean of mercy. To stop his blasphemy, however, Lord Krishna killed him. Then the Lord, who is an ocean of mercy, gave him liberation. Text 9 dayaloh krishnacandrasya caritram paramadbhutam etat te kathitam rajan kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi dayalohmerciful; krishnacandrasyaof Lord Krishna; caritramthe pastimes; paramadbhutamvery wonderful; etatthis; teto you; kathitamspoken; rajan O king; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. O king, now I have spoke to you Lord Krishnacandra's very wonderful pastimes. What more do you wish to hear? Text 10 shri-bahulashva uvaca pura vai vayakah ko 'pi nitaram muni-sattama yasmai dadau ca sarupyam shri-krishno bhagavan harih shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; purabefore; vaiindeed; vayakahthe weaver; kahwho?; apialso; nitaramgreatly; muni-sattamaO best of sages; yasmaito whom; dadaugave; caand; sarupyama form like His; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; harih Krishna. Shri Bahulashva said: O best of sages, in his previous life who was the weaver that received from Lord Krishna a transcendental form like His own?

Texts 11 and 12 shri-narada uvaca mithila-nagare purvam vayako hari-bhakti-krit shri-ramodvaha-samaye shiradhvaja-nripajnaya rama-lakshmana-veshartham vasamsi racayan kila laghu-sutraih parivayan kushalo vastra-karmasu shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; mithila-nagarein Mithila City; purvam before; vayakaha weaver; hari-bhakti-krita devotee of Lord Krishna; shriramodvaha-samayeat the time of Lord Rama's wedding; shiradhvaja-nripajnaya by the order of King Siradhvaja; rama-lakshmanafor Rama and Lakshmana; vesharthamfor garments; vasamsigarments; racayanmaking; kilaindeed; laghu-sutraihwith fine threads; parivayanweaving; kushalahexpert; vastrakarmasuin making garments. Shri Narada said: In his previous life he was a weaver in Mithila City. A great devotee of the Lord and an expert weaver, on King Shiradhvaja's order he made very fine garments for Rama and Lakshmana to wear on Lord Rama's wedding day. Text 13 koi-kandarpa-lavanyau sundarau rama-lakshmanau tau vikshya vayako rajan mohito 'bhun maha-manah koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadevas; lavanyauhandsome; sundarau handsome; rama-lakshmanauRama and Lakshmana; tauThem; vikshyaseeing; vayakahthe weaver; rajanO king; mohitahcharmed; abhut; maha-manah noble-hearted. O king, when he saw Rama and Lakshmana, who are more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, the noble-hearted weaver became enchanted. Text 14

aham sva-hastair vastrani tayor angeshu sarvatah paridhanam karayami cakre cettham manoratham ahamI; sva-hastaihwith my own hand; vastranigarments; tayohof Them; angeshuon the limbs; sarvatahin all respects; paridhanamplacing; karayamiI will cause; cakredid; caand; itthamthus; manorathamthe desire. In his heart he desired, "I wish with my own hands I could make garments to place on Their limbs." Text 15 manasapi varam ramo dadau tasma ashesha-vit dvaparante bharate ca bhavishyati manorathah manasawith a thought; apialso; varambenediction; ramahLord Rama; dadaugave; tasmato him; ashesha-vitomniscient; dvaparanteat the ende of Dvapara-yuga; bharateion Bharata-varsa; caand; bhavishyatiwill be; manorathahthe desire. In His heart all-knowing Lord Rama blessed him that his desire would be fulfilled in Bharata-varsha at the end of Dvapara-yuga. Text 16 shri-ramasya varat so 'yam mathurayam babhuva ha tayor vesham karayitva tat-sarupyam jagama ha shri-ramasyaof Lord Rama; varatfrom the blessing; sahhe; ayamhe; mathurayamin Mathura; babhuvabecame; haindeed; tayohof Them; vesham the garment; karayitvamaking; tat-sarupyama transcendental form like Theirs; jagamaattained; haindeed. By the blessings of Lord Rama he took birth in Mathura City. He personally made garments for Krishna and Balarama, and he attained a transcendental form like Theirs.

Text 17 shri-bahulashva uvaca sudamna malina brahman kim kritam sukritam vada yad-griham jagmatuh sakshad rama-krishnau manoharau shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; sudamnaSudama; malinathe florist; brahmanO brahmana; kimwhat?; kritamdone; sukritampious deed; vadaplease tell; yad-grihamin whose home; jagmatuhwent; sakshatdirectly; rama-krishnauKrishna and Balarama; manoharauhansome. Shri Bahulashva said: O brahmana, what pious deeds did the florist Sudama perform that handsome Krishna and Balarama personally came to his home? Please describe that to me. Text 18 shri-narada uvaca raja-raja-vanam ramyam namna caitraratham shubham tasya vai pushpa-bauko hemamaliti-nama-bhak shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; raja-raja-vanamthe forest of Kuvera; ramyambeautriful; namnaby name; caitrarathamCaitraratha; shubham glorious; tasyaof that; vaiindeed; pushpa-baukaha puspa-batuka; hemamali Hemamali; itithus; nama-bhaknamed. In Kuvera's beautiful Caitraratha gardens there was a florist named Hemamali. Text 19 vishnu-bhakti-ratah shanto dani sat-sanga-krin mahan shri-vishnudeva-prapty-artham deva-pujam cakara ha vishnu-bhakti-ratahdevoted to Lord Vishnu; shantahpeaceful; dani generous; sat-sanga-krinasscoiating with devotees; mahannoble; shri-

vishnudeva-prapty-arthamto attain Lord Vishnu; deva-pujamthe worship of the demigods; cakaradid; haindeed. He was peaceful, generous, and devoted to Lord Vishnu. He associated with saintly persons. He worshiped Lord Shiva to attain the company of Lord Vishnu. Text 20 samah panca-sahasrani padmanam ca shata-trayam nityam nitva dhurjaaye puro dhritva nanama ha samahyears; panca-sahasranifive thousdand; padmanamof lotus flowers; caand; shata-trayamthree hundred; nityamalways; nitvataking; dhurjaaye to Lord Shiva; purahbefore; dhritvataking; nanamabowed; hacertainly. For five thousand years he daily took three hundred lotus flowers, placed them before Lord Shiva, and bowed down. Text 21 ekadati-prasanno 'bhut try-abjakah karuna-nidhih malakara maha-buddhe varam bruhity uvaca ha ekadaone day; ati-prasannahvery pleased; abhutbecame; try-abjakah Lord shiva; karuna-nidhihan ocean of mercy; malakaraO garland-maker; mahabuddheintelligent; varama blessing; bruhiask; itithus; uvacasaid; ha indeed. Lord Shiva, who is an ocean of mercy, was very pleased. One day he said, "Intelligent florist, ask for a boon." Text 22 hemamali tada devam namaskritya kritanjalih pradakshini-kritya purah sthitva praha natananah

hemamaliHemamali; tadathen; devamto the Lord; namaskrityabowing; kritanjalihwith folded hands; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; purah before; sthitvastanding; prahasaid; natananahhis head bowed. With folded hands bowing before Lord Shiva, circumambulating him, and standing before him with bowed head, Hemamali spoke. Text 23 shri-hemamaly uvaca paripurnatamam krishnam kvacin no griham agatam pashyami drigbhyam tam sakshat tvad-varena bhaved idam shri-hemamaly uvacaShri Hemamali said; paripurnatamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; krishnamKrishna; kvacinsomewhere; nahof us; grihamhome; agatamcome; pashyamiI see; drigbhyamwith both eyes; tam Him; sakshatdirectly; tvad-varenaby Your blessing; bhavetmay be; idam this. Shri Hemamali said: By your blessings may I be able to see with my own eyes the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna, enter my home. Text 24 shri-mahadeva uvaca dvaparante bharate ca mathurayam maha-mate manorathas te sa-phalo bhavishyati na samshayah shri-mahadeva uvacaLord Shuva said; dvaparanteat the end of Dvbaparayuga; bharatein Bharata-varsa; caand; mathurayamin Mathura; maha-mate O noble-hearted one; manorathahthe desire; teof you; sa-phalahfruitful; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. Lord Shiva said: O noble-hearted one, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Bharatavarsha, in Mathura City, your desire will bear fruit. Of this there is no doubt. Text 25

shri-narada uvaca maheshvara-varenasau hemamali maha-manah malakaro dvaparante sudama sambabhuva ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; maheshvaraof Lord shuva; varenaby the blessings; asauhe; hemamaliHemamali; maha-manahnoble-hearted; malakarahflorist; dvaparanteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; sudamaSudama; sambabhuvabecame; haindeed. Shri Narada said: By Lord Shiva's blessings, at the end of Dvapara-yuga noblehearted Hemamali was born as the florist Sudama. Text 26 tasmad asya griham sakshaj jagmatu rama-keshavau shiva-vakyam ritam kartum kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi tasmatbecause of that; asyaof him; grihamto the home; sakshajdirectlky; jagmatucame; rama-keshavauKrishna and Balarama; shiva-vakyamthe words of Lord Shiva; ritamtrue; kartumto do; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. To keep Lord Shiva's promise, Krishna and Balarama entered Sudama's home. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Eleven Kubja-kuvalayapida-varnana The Stories of Kubja and Kuvalayapida Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca sairandhrya kim kritam purvam tapah parama-durghaam yena prasannah shri-krishno

devair api su-durlabhah shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; sairandhryaby the maidservant Kubja; kimwhat?; kritamdone; purvambefore; tapahausterities; paramadurghaamvery difficult; yenaby which; prasannahpleased; shri-krishnah Shri Krishna; devaihbythe demigods; apieven; su-durlabhah-difficult to attain. Shri Bahulashva said: What severe austerities did the maidservant Kubja perform in her previous birth that she so pleased Lord Krishna, whom even the demigods cannot attain? Text 2 pancavatyam sthitam ramam koi-kandarpa-sannibham vikshya shurpanakha namni rakshasi mohita bhrisham pancavatyamin Pancavati; sthitamsituated; ramamLord Rama; koikandarpa-sannibhamsplendid as millions of Kamadevas; vikshyaseeing; shurpanakhaShurpanakha; namninamed; rakshasidemoness; mohita bewildered; bhrishamgreatly. Gazing at Lord Rama in Pancavati forest, a demonness name Shurpanakha fell passionately in love with Him. Text 3 nirmoham raghavam drishvathaika-patni-vrata-sthitam krodhat sitam bhakshayitum dhavati ravana-svasa nirmohamnot falling in love with her; raghavamLord Rama; drishva seeing; athathen; eka-patni-vrata-sthitamtaking a vow of accepting only one wife; krodhatout of anger; sitamSita; bhakshayitumto devour; dhavati running; ravana-svasa-Ravana's sister. Seeing that Lord Rama had vowed to accept only one wife, and had not fallen in love with her, Ravana's sister Shurpanakha angrily ran to devour Sita-devi. Text 4

khadgena shita-dharena lakshmano raghavanujah jahara tasyah karnau ca nasam sadyo rushanvitah khadgenawith a sword; shita-dharenawith a sharp edge; lakshmanah Lakshmana; raghavanujahLord Rama's younger brother; jaharatook; tasyahof her; karnauthe ears; caand; nasamnose; sadyahat once; rushanvitah angry. At this Lord Rama's younger brother Lakshmana became angry and with a sharpedged sword quickly cut away her ears and nose. Text 5 chinna-nasa gata lankam ravanaya nyavedayat bhuyah pushkara-tirthe sa jagama vimana bhrisham chinna-nasacut away nose; gataattained; lankamto Lanka; ravanayafor Ravana; nyavedayatinformed; bhuyahgreatly; pushkara-tirtheat Puskaratirtha; sashe; jagamawent; vimanadisconsolate; bhrishamvery. Her nose cut away, she went to Lanka and told Ravana what had happened. Then, unhappy at heart, she went to Pushkara-tirtha. Text 6 tapash cakre shurpanakha varshanam ayutam jale dhyayanti try-ambakam devam shri-ramam varam icchati tapahausterities; cakredid; shurpanakhaShurpanakha; varshanamof years; ayutamten thousand; jalein the water; dhyayantimeditating; tryambakam devamon Lord Shiva; shri-ramamLord Rama; varamhusband; icchatiwishing. Wishing to get Lord Rama as her husband, for ten thousand years Shurpanakha stayed underwater and meditated on Lord Shiva.

Text 7 tatah prasanno bhagavan deva-deva uma-patih etya tat pushkaram tirtham varam bruhity uvaca ha tatahthen; prasannahpleased; bhagavanthe Lord; deva-devathe master of the demigods; uma-patihthe husband of Uma; etyacoming; tatthat; pushkaram tirthamto Pushkara-tirtha; varamblessing; bruhispeak; itithus; uvacasaid; haindeed. Pleased by this, Lord Shiva, who is the master of the demigods and the husband of Uma, came to Pushkara-tirtha and said, "Ask for a boon." Text 8 shurpanakhovaca shri-ramo me varo bhuyad varam dehi satam priyah tvam deva-deva paramah sarvasam ashisham prabhuh shurpanakha uvacaShurpanakha said; shri-ramahShri rama; meof me; varahthe husbvand; bhuyatmay be; varamboon; dehiplease give; satamof the saintly persons; priyahdear; tvamyou; deva-devathe master ofthe demigods; paramahgreat; sarvasamof all; ashishamblessings; prabhuhthe master. Shurpanakha said: You are the great master of the demigods. You are dear to the great saints. You have the power to give all benedictions. Please grant me that Shri Rama will become my husband. Text 9 shri-shiva uvaca adyaiva sa-phalo na syad varas te shrinu rakshasi dvaparante mathure ca bhavishyati na samshayah shri-shiva uvacaLord shuva said; adyatoday; evaindeed; sa-phalah fruitful; nanot; syatmay be; varahboon; teof you; shrinuplease hear;

rakshasiO demonness; dvaparanteat the end of Dvapara-yuga; mathurein Mathura; caand; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. Lord Shiva said: O demonness, please listen. At the present time your boon cannot be granted. In the future, at the end of Dvapara-yuga, in Mathura City, it will be granted to you. Of this there is no doubt. Text 10 shri-narada uvaca saiva shurpanakha nama rakshasi kama-rupini abhuc chri-mathurayam tu kubja-nama maha-mate shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; sashe; evaindeed; shurpanakha Shurpanakha; nama named; rakshasidemonness; kama-rupinitaking any form she wished; abhutbecame; shri-mathurayamin Shri Mathura; tuindeed; kubjanamanamed Kubja; maha-mateO noble-hearted one. Shri Narada said: O noble-hearted one, in Mathura City the demonness Shurpanakha, who could assume any form at will, became the girl named Kubja. Text 11 mahadeva-varenapi shri-krishnasya priyabhavat idam maya te kathitam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi mahadeva-varenaby Lord Shiva's boon; apialso; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; priyathe beloved; abhavatbecame; idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. By Lord Shiva's blessing she became Lord Krishna's beloved. Now I have explained this to you. What more do you wish to hear? Text 12 shri-bahulashva uvaca ko 'yam kuvalayapidah

purva-janmani narada katham gajatvam apannah shri-krishne linatam gatah shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; kahwho?; ayamhe; kuvalayapidahKuvaslayapida; purva-janmaniin his previous birth; naradaO Narada; kathamwhy?; gajatvamthe status of an elephant; apannahattained; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatammerged; gatahattained. Shri Bahulashva said: O Narada, who was Kuvalayapida in his previous birth? Why did he become an elephant? Why did he merge into Shri Krishna? Text 13 shri-narada uvaca bali-putro maha-kayo namna mandagatir bali sarva-shastra-bhritam shreshho laksha-naga-samo bali shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; bali-putrahthe son of Bali; maha-kayah with a great body; namnaby name; mandagatihMandagati; balipowerful; sarva-shastra-bhritamof they who wield weapons; shreshhahthe best; lakshanaga-samahequal to a hundred thousand elephants; balistrong. Shri Narada said: Bali Maharaja's son was a giant named Mandagati. Strong as a hundred thousand elephants, he was the best of warriors bearing weapons. Text 14 ekada nirgatah so 'pi ranga-yatram janeshu ca mattebha-vaj janan vegad bhujabhyam parimardayan ekadaone day; nirgatahgone; sahhe; apialso; ranga-yatramon a pilgrimage to Ranga-ksetra; janeshuamong the people; caand; mattebha-vaj like a maddened elephant; jananthe people; vegatforcibly; bhujabhyamwith both arms; parimardayancrushing. One day, when he was on a pilgrimage to Ranga-kshetra, he pushed his way through a crowd, pressing people with both arms as if he were a maddened wild elephant.

Text 15 tad-bahu-vegat patitah pathi vriddhas trito munih kruddhah sashapa tam mattam balishham bali-nandanam tad-bahu-vegatby the power of his arms; patitahfallen; pathion the path; vriddhahelderly; tritahTrita; munihMuni; kruddhahangry; sashapacursed; tamhim; mattammaddened; balishhampowerful; bali-nandanamthe son of Bali. Pushed to the ground in this way, the elderly sage Trita Muni became angry and cursed Bali's wild and powerful son. Text 16 shri-trita uvaca gajavat tvam madonmatto 'bhur janan parimardayan vicaran ranga-yatrayam tvam gajo bhava durmate shri-trita uvacaShri Trita said; gajavatlike an elephant; tvamyou; madonmattahwild; abhuhhave become; jananthe people; parimardayan pushing; vicarangoing; ranga-yatrayaman a pilgrimage ot Ranga-ksheyra; tvam you; gajahan elephant; bhavabecome; durmatefool. Shri Trita said: Pushing the people on the way to Ranga-kshetra, you have become like a wild elephant. Fool, then I curse you to become an elephant. Text 17 evam shaptas tada daityo namna mandagatir bali patat kancuka-vad deho bhrasha-teja babhuva ha evamthus; shaptahcursed; tadathen; daityahthe Daitya; namnaby name; mandagatihMandagati; balipowerful; patatfalling; kancuka-vatlike a garment; dehahthe body; bhrasha-tejalost its splendor; babhuvabecame; ha indeed.

Cursed in this way, the powerful Daitya named Mandagati at once shed his body as one sheds a garment. Now his power and splendor were all gone. Text 18 muneh prabhava-vit sadyo daityo bhutva kritanjalih natva pradakshini-kritya tritam munim uvaca ha munehof the sage; prabhava-vitknowing the power; sadyahat once; daityahthe Daitya; bhutvabecoming; kritanjalihwith folded hands; natva bowing; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; tritamTrita; munimMuni; uvaca said; haindeed. Now aware of the sage's great power, Mandagati bowed with folded hands before him, circumambulated him, and then spoke. Text 19 mandagatir uvaca he mune he kripa-sindho tvam yogindro dvijottamah gajatvan me kada muktir bhavishyati vadashu mam mandagatihMandagati; uvacasaid; heO; munesage; heO; kripa-sindhah ocean of mercy; tvamyou; yogindrahthe king of yogis; dvijottamahthe best of brahmanas; gajatvatfrom being an elephant; meof me; kadawhen?; muktih freedom; bhavishyatiwill be; vadaplease tell; ashunow; mamto me. Mandagati said: O sage, O ocean of mercy, You are the king of yogis. You are the the best of brahmanas. When will I become free from being an elephant. Please tell me. Text 20 tvadrishanam satam mabhud dhelanam me kvacin mune tvadrisha munayo brahman

samartha vara-shapayoh tvadrishanamlike you; satamof saints; mashould not; abhuthave been; helanamoffense; meof me; kvacinat any time; muneO sage; tvadrishalike you; munayahsages; brahmanO brahmana; samarthaable; vara-shapayohto bless or to curse. O sage, I should never have offended a great saint like yourself. O brahmana, sages like yourself have the power to bless or to curse. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca evam prasaditas tena trito nama maha-munih gata-krodho 'bravid daityam kripalur brahmanottamah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; prasaditahpacified; tena by that; tritahTrita; namanamed; maha-munihthe great sage; gata-krodhah his anger gone; abravitspoke; daityamto the Daitya; kripaluhmerciful; brahmanottamahthe best of brahmanas. Shri Narada said: Pacified by this, and his anger now gone, the kind and exalted brahmana sage Trita Muni spoke to the Daitya. Text 22 shri-trita uvaca vacanam me mrisha na syat tvad-bhaktya harshito 'smy aham te dasyami varam divyam devanam api durlabham shri-trita uvacaShri Trita said; vacanamwords; meof me; mrishafalse; na not; syatmay be; tvad-bhaktyaby your devotion; harshitahpleased; asmi am; ahamI; teto youi; dasyamiI will give; varamblessing; divyam transcendental; devanamby the demigods; apieven; durlabhamunattainable. Shri Trita said: I am pleased by your devotion. Still, my words cannot become false. I will give you a transcendental blessing even the demigods cannot attain.

Text 23 ma shokam kuru daityendra mathurayam hareh puri shri-krishna-hastat te muktir bhavishyati na samshayah madon't; shokamlamentation; kurudo; daityendraO king of the Daityas; mathurayamin Mathura; harehof Lord Krishna; purithe city; shri-krishnaof Shri Krishna; hastatby the hand; teof you; muktihliberation; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt. O king of the Daityas, don't lament. In Lord Krishna's city of Mathura you will attain liberation from Lord Krishna's own hand. Text 24 shri-narada uvaca so 'yam mandagatir daityo gajo 'bhud vindhya-parvate namna kuvalayapido nagayuta-samo bale shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; sahhe; ayamhe; mandagatih mandagati; daityahthe Daitya; gajahan elephant; abhutbecame; vindhyaparvatein the Vindya mountains; namnaby the name; kuvalayapidah Kuvalayapida; nagayuta-samahequao to tne thousand elephants; balein strength. Shri Narada said: In this way the Daitya Mandagati became an elephant in the Vindhya Hills. He was as strong as ten thousand other elephants. Text 25 grihito magadhendrena balal laksha-gajair vane so 'yam dattas tu kamshaya paribarhe videha-ra grihitahtaken; magadhendrenaby the king of Magadha; balalforcibly; laksha-gajaihwith a hundred thousand elephants; vanein the forest; so 'yam he; dattahgiven; tuindeed; kamshayato Kamsa; paribarheas a wedding present; videha-raO king of Videha.

O king of Videha, with the aid of a hundred thousand elephants King Jarasandha captured him and eventually gave him to Kamsa as a wedding present. Text 26 trita-vakyat tasya dhama shri-krishne linatam gatam idam maya te kathitam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi tritaof Trita; vakyatfrom the statement; tasyaof him; dhamathe abode; shri-krishnein Shri Krishna; linatammerging; gatamattained; idamthis; maya by me; teto you; kathitamspoken; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. Because of the blessing spoken by Trita Muni, he merged into Shri Krishna. Now I have told you this pastime. What more do you wish to hear?

Chapter Twelve Pancajana-purvakhyana Pancajana's Previous Birth Text 1 shri-bahulacva uvaca canuradyac ca ye mallas te ke purvam ihagatah aho shri-krishnacandrena yesam yuddham babhuva ha shri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; canuradyah - headed by Canura; ca and; ye - which; mallah - wrestlers; te - they; ke - who?; purvam - previously; iha here; agatah - come; ahah - Oh; shri-krishnacandrena - by Shri Krishna; yesam - of whom; yuddham - the fight; babhuva - was; ha - indeed.

Shri Bahulacva said: In their previous births who were Canura and the other wrestlers that fought with Lord Krishna? Text 2 shri-narada uvaca rajan puramaravatyam utathyo 'sti maha-munih tasyabhavan panca putrah kamadeva-sama-prabhah shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; rajan - O king; pura - previously; amaravatyam - - in Amaravati; utathyah - Utathya; asti - is; maha-munih - a great sage; tasya - of him; abhavan - were; pa 24ca - five; putrah - sons; kamadeva-samaprabhah - handsome as Kamadeva. Shri Narada said: O king, in ancient times there was a great sage named Utathya, who lived in Amaravati. He had five sons handsome as Kamadeva. Text 3 hitva vidyam cadhyayanam japam tena sahaiva te gatva baler malla-yuddham sadaciksan madoddhatah hitva - abandoning; vidyam - knowledge; ca - and; adhyayanam - study; japam chanting; tena - by him; saha - with; eva - indeed; te - they; gatva - going; baleh of Bali; malla-yuddham wrestling; sada always; aciksan - studied; madoddhatah - wild. Abandoning their studies and mantra-chanting, these wild sons went to King Bali's wrestling camp and studied wrestling daily. Text 4 brahma-karma-paribhrastan vedadhyayana-varjitan rusa praha sa tan mattan utathyo muni-sattamah

brahma-karma-paribhrastan abandoning their brahminical duties; vedadhyayana-varjitan - not studying the Vedas; rusa - angrily; praha - said; sa he; tan - to them; mattan - wild; utathyah - Utathya; muni-sattamah - the best of sages. Utathya, the best of sages, angrily spoke to his sons, who had neglected their Vedic studies and brahminical duties. Text 5 shri-utathya uvaca camo damas tapah caucam ksantir arjavam eva ca jnanam vijnanam astikyam brahma-karma sva-bhava-jam shri-utathya uvaca - Shri Uatathya said; camah - peacefulness; damah - selfcontrol; tapah - austerity; caucam - purity; ksantih - tolerance; arjavam - honesty; eva - certainly; ca - and; jnanam - wisdom; vijnanam - knowledge; astikyam religiousness; brahma - of a brahmana; karma - duty; sva-bhava-jam - born of his own nature. Shri Utathya said: Peacefulness, self-control, austerity, purity, tolerance, honesty, wisdom, knowledge, and religiousness-these are the qualities by which the brahmanas work.* Text 6 cauryam tejo dhrtir daksyam yuddhe capy apalayanam danam icvara-bhavac ca ksatram karma sva-bhava-jam cauryam - heroisom; tejah - power; dhrtih - determination; daksyam resourcefulness; yuddhe - in battle; ca - also; api - and; apalayanam - not fleeing; danam - generosity; icvara - leadership; bhavah - nature; ca - and; ksatram ksatriya; karma - duty; sva-bhava-jam - born of his own nature. Heroism, power, determination, resourcefulness, courage in battle, generosity, and leadership are the qualities of work for the ksatriyas.* Text 7

krsi-go-raksya-vanijyam vaicya-karma sva-bhava-jam paricaryatmakam karma cudrasyapi sva-bhava-jam krsi - plowing; gah - cows; raksya - protection; vanijyam - trade; vaicya - vaicya; karma-duty; sva-bhava-jam - born of his own nature; paricarya - service; atmakam nature; karma - duty; cudrasya - of the cudra; api - also; sva-bhava-jam - born of his own nature. Farming, cow-protection, and business are the qualities of work for the vaicyas, and for the cudras there is labor and service to others.* Text 8 brahma-karma-parityakta bhavanto brahmanah sutah malla-yuddham ksatra-yuddham katham kuruta durjanah brahma-karma-parityakta - abandoned brahminical duties; bhavantah - you; brahmanah - of a brahmana; sutah - the sons; malla-yuddham - wrestling; ksatrayuddham - ksatriya fighting; katham - why?; kuruta - do; durjanah - rogues. Rogues, why do you, a brahmana's sons, reject your brahminical duties and engage in wrestling, a ksatriya's work. Text 9 tasmad bhavanto bhuyasur malla vai bharatajire asuranam prasaggena durjana bhavatacu hi tasmat - therefore; bhavantah - you; bhuya asuh - become; malla - wrestlers; vai - indeed; bharatajire - in Bharata; asuranam - of demons; prasaggena - with the association; durjana - wicked; bhavata - become; acu - at once; hi - indeed. I curse you to become wrestlers in Bharata-varsa. By associating with demons you will become demons yourselves.

Text 10 shri-narada uvaca utathyasya sutas te vai jata malla mahi-tale shri-krishnagga-sparca-matrat param moksam yayur nrpa shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; utathyasya - Utathya; sutah - the sons; te they; vai - indeed; jata - born; malla - wrestlers; mahi-tale - on the earth; shrikrishnagga-sparca-matrat - by the touch of Shri Krishna; param - great; moksam liberation; yayuh - attained; nrpa - O king. Shri Narada said: In this way Utathya's sons were born as wrestlers on the earth. O king, simply by the touch of Lord Krishna's body they attained liberation. Text 11 canuro mustikah kutah calas tocala eva ca esam caritram kathitam kim bhuyah crotum icchasi canurah - Canura; mustikah - mustika;kutah - Kuta; calah - Sala; tocala - Tocala; eva - indeed; ca - and; esam - of them; caritram - activities; kathitam - described; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; crotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish. In this way I have described the activities of Canura, Mustika, Kuta, Sala, and Tocala. What more do you wish to hear? Text 12 shri-bahulacva uvaca kamsanuja bhrataro 'stau kagka-nyagrodhakadayah te ke purvam vada mune ye 'pi moksam param gatah shri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; kamsanuja bhratarah - the younger brothers of Kamsa; astau - eight; kagka-nyagrodhaka-adayah - headed by Kanka and Nyagrodha; te - they; ke - who?; purvam - before; vada - please tell; mune - O sage; ye - who; api - also; moksam - liberation; param - great; gatah - attained.

Shri Bahulacva said: Kamsa's had eight younger brothers, headed by Kagka and Nyagrodha, who attained liberation. Who were they in their previous births. O sage, please tell me this. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca alakayam pura yakso devayaksa iti smrtah jnani jnana-paro manyah civa-bhaktya maha-dyutih shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; alakayam - in Alaka-puri; pura - previously; yaksah - Yaksa; devayaksa - Devayaksa; iti - thus; smrtah - considered; jnani - wise; jnana-parah - devoted to knowledge; manyah - honorable; civa-bhaktya - with devotion to Lord Siva; maha-dyutih - very splendid. Shri Narada said: In ancient times there was a Yaksa named Devayaksa, who lived in Alaka-puri. He was wise, learned, glorious, and sincerely devoted to Lord Siva. Text 14 tasya castau suta jata devakuto mahagirih gando dandah pracandac ca khando 'khandah prthus tatha tasya - of him; ca - and; astau - eight; suta - sons; jata - born; devakutah Devakuta; mahagirih - Mahagiri; gandah - Ganda; dandah - Danda; pracandah Pracanda; ca - and; khanda - Khanda; akhandah - Akhanda; prthuh - Prthu; tatha so. He had eight sons, who were named Devakuta, Mahagiri, Ganda, Danda, Pracanda, Khanda, Akhanda, and Prthu. Text 15 ekada civa-pujayam devayaksena noditah

sahasram pundarikani cahartum arunodaye ekada - one day; civa-pujayam - in the worship of Lord Siva; devayaksena - by Devayaksa; noditah - sent; sahasram - a thousand; pundarikani - lotuses; ca and; ahartum - to take; arunodaye - at sunrise. One time Devayaksa sent them to pick, for the worship of Lord Siva, a thousand lotus flowers at sunrise. Text 16 puspani manasan nitva cabditani madhu-vrataih aghraya gandha-lobhena dadus te janakaya vai puspani - the flowers; manasat - from Manasa-sarovara; nitva - taking; cabditani - with the sounds; madhu-vrataih - of bees; aghraya - smelling; gandha - for the fragrance; lobhena - with greed; daduh - gave; te - they; janakaya - to their father; vai - indeed. From Manasa-sarovara, they took many flowers filled with the humming of bees. After greedily smelling them, they gave them to their father. Text 17 ucchisti-krta-dosena civa-puja tiras-krta asurim yonim apanna mudhas te janmabhis tribhih ucchisti-krta - of being remnants; dosena - with the fault; civa-puja - the worship of Lord Siva; tiras-krta - upset; asurim - demonic; yonim - birth; apannah - attained; mudhah - bewildered; te - they; janmabhih - with births; tribhih - three. The worship of Lord Siva became ruined by offering these already-smelled flowers. The foolish sons became demons for three births. Text 18

hastabhyam sagkarabhyam ca baladevasya maithila param moksam gatas te vai dosan mukta videha-rat hastabhyam - with both hands; sagkarabhyam - auspicious; ca - and; baladevasya - of Balarama; maithila - O king of Mithila; param - great; moksam liberation; gatah - attained; te - they; vai - indeed; dosat - from the sin; mukta freed; videha-rat - O king of Videha. O king of Videha, by the touch of Lord Balarama's auspicious hands the sons became free of their sin and attained liberation. Text 19 kamsanujanam vyakhyanam purva-janma-bhavam nrpa idam maya te kathitam kim bhuyah crotum icchasi kamsanujanam - of the younger brothers of Kamsa; vyakhyanam - the account; purva-janma-bhavam - of the previous births; nrpa - O king; idam - this; maya - by me; te - to you; kathitam - spoken; kim - what?; bhuyah - more; crotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish. O king, in this way I have described to you the previous births of Kamsa's eight younger brothers. What more do you wish to hear? Text 20 shri-bahulacva uvaca ko 'yam pura pancajano daityah cagkha-vapur-dharah tasya cagkho babhau brahman shri-krishna-kara-pagkaje shri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; kah - who?; ayam - he; pura before; pa 24cajanah - Pancajana; daityah - the demon; cagkha-vapur-dharah having the form of a conch; tasya - of him; cagkhah - the conch; babhau - became; brahman - O brahmana; shri-krishna-kara-pagkaje - in Lord Krishna's lotus hand.

Shri Bahulacva said: The demon Pancajana, who had the body of a conch, became the conchshell in Lord Krishna's lotus hand. Who was he in his previous birth? Text 21 shri-narada uvaca puraivaitany upaggani cakradini videha-rat trailokya-nathasya harer babhuvus tejasa hrtah shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; pura - before; eva - indeed; etani - these; upaggani - addittions; cakradini - beginning with the disc; videha-rat - O king of Videha; trailokya - of the three worlds; nathasya - of the master; hareh - Lord Krishna; babhuvuh - became; tejasa - by the power; hrtah - taken. Shri Narada said: O king of Videha, Lord Krishna, the master of the three worlds, obtained His conch and other paraphernalia long ago by His own prowess. Text 22 tesam cagkhah pancajanyah prapto rajan mahat-padam papau tan-mukha-lagno 'sau shri-krishnasyadharamrtam tesam - of them; cagkhah - the conch; pa 24cajanyah - Pancajanya; praptah attained; rajan - O king; mahat-padam - exalted; papau - drank; tan-mukha-lagnah touching His lips; asau - he; shri-krishnasyadharamrtam - the nectar of Shri Krishna's lips. O king, among them the conchshell Pancajanya was especially exalted. Touching His mouth, again and again he would drink the nectar of Lord Krishna's lips. Text 23 akaroc caikada manam manasi praha cagkha-rat grhito 'ham hi harina rajahamsa-sama-dyutih

akarot - did; ca - and; ekada - one day; manam - pride; manasi - in his heart; praha - said; cagkha-rat - the king of conchshells; grhitah - taken; aham - I am; hi indeed; harina - by Lord Krishna; rajahamsa-sama-dyutih - as glorious as the king of swans. Then one day he became proud and in his heart he said to himself: "I am the king of conchshells. I am effulgent as the king of swans. Lord Krishna personally holds me. Text 24 shri-krsno daksinavartam dadhmau mam vijaye sati yad durlabham cabdhi-putryah shri-krishnasyadharamrtam shri-krishnah - Shri Krishna; daksinavartam - in tyhe south; dadhmau - blows; mam - me; vijaye - in victory; sati - being so; yat - what; durlabham - difficult to attain; ca - and; abdhi-putryah - for the goddess of fortune; shri-krishnasyadharamrtam - the nectar of Lord Krishna's lips. "When He is victorious, Shri Krishna points me to the south and makes a great sound through me. At that moment I drink the nectar of Lord Krishna's lips, which is diificult even for the goddess of fortune to obtain. Texts 25 and 26 tat tasmat sarva-mukhyo 'smi pibamy aham ahar-nicam iti mana-yutam cagkham pancajanyam videha-rat cacapa laksmis tam krodhat tvam daityo bhava durmate so 'pi pancajano nama daityo 'bhut saritam patau tat - that; tasmat - therefore; sarva-mukhyah - the most important of all; asmi - I am; pibami - drink; aham - I; ahar-nicam - day and night; iti - thus; manayutamproud; cagkham - the conchshell; pa{ - .sy 24cajanyam - Pancajanya; videharat - O king of Videha; cacapa - cursed; laksmih - the goddess of fortune; tam - him; krodhat - angrily; tvam - you; daityah - a demon; bhava - become; durmate - fool; sah - he; api - even; pancajanah - Pancajana; nama - namewd; daityah - a demon; abhut - became; saritam - of rivers; patau - in the king.

"Therefore I am the most important of all. Day and night I drink the nectar of Lord Krishna's lips." The goddess of fortune then angrily cursed him, Fool! Become a demon! You will become a demon named Pa 24cajana and you will live in the ocean." Text 27 vaira-bhavena devecam punah prapto darecvarah jyotir linam tu devece vapur yasya kare babhau aho bhagyam viddhi tasya icchasi

kim bhuyah crotum

vaira-bhavena - with enmity; devecam - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; punah - again; praptah - attained; darecvarah - the king of conches; jyotih - line; linam - merged; tu - indeed; devece - in the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vapuh - form; yasya - of whom; kare - in the hand; babhau - is manifested; ahah - Oh; bhagyam - the good fortune; viddhi - know; tasya - of him; kim - what?; bhuyah more; crotum - to hear; icchasi - you wish. As the king of conches, he approached the Lord as an enemy. Although at first he merged into the Lord, he again became the conchshell in the Lord's hand. You should know that he is very fortunate. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Thirteen Shri Uddhavagamana The Arrival of Shri Uddhava Text 1 shri-bahulacva uvaca agre cakara kim karyam mathurayam yaduttamah nivasayitva sva-jnatin vadaitan muni-sattama shri-bahulacva uvaca - Shri Bahulacva said; agre - before; cakara - did; kim what?; karyam - duty; mathurayam - in Mathura; yaduttamah - the best of the

Yadavas; nivasayitva - giving homes; sva-jnatin - to His relatives; vada - please tell; etat - that; muni-sattama - O best of sages. Shri Bahulacva said: After He gave homes in Mathura to His relatives, what did Lord Krishna do then? O best of sages, please tell me that. Text 2 shri-narada uvaca paripurnatamah saksad bhagavan bhakta-vatsalah sasmara gokulam dinam gosa-gopala-sagkulam shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; paripurnatamah - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; saksat - directly; bhagavan - the Lord; bhakta - to the devotees; vatsalah - affectionate; sasmara - remembered; gokulam - Gokula; dinam - poor; gosa-gopala-sagkulam - filled with cows and cowherd people. Shri Narada said: Then the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who loves His devotees, remembered unhappy Gokula, filled with cows and cowherd people. Text 3 ekadahuya rahasi sakhayam bhaktam uddhavam uvaca bhagavan devah prema-gadgadaya gira ekada - one day; ahuya - calling; rahasi - in private; sakhayam - His friend; bhaktam - and devotee; uddhavam - Uddhava; uvaca - said; bhagavan - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; devah - the Lord; prema-gadgadaya - choked up; gira - with words. One day, calling His devotee and friend Uddhava to a private room, the Supreme Personality of Godhead spoke with words choked with emotion. Text 4 shri-bhagavan uvaca gaccha cighram vrajam he sakhe sundaram

shri-lata-kunja-punjadibhir manditam caila-krishna-prabha-caru-vrndavanam gopa-gopi-ganair gokulam sagkulam shri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; gaccha - go; cighram - at once; vrajam - to Vraja; he - O; sakhe - friend; sundaram - beautiful; shri-lata-kunja-pu 24jadibhih - with many beautiful forests and flowering vines; manditam - decorated; caila - Govardhana Hill; krishna - the Yamuna; prabha - glory; caru - beautiful; vrndavanam - Vrndavana; gopa-gopi-ganaih - with many gopas and gopis; gokulam - Gokula; sagkulam - filled. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Friend, please go at once to beautiful Vraja, which is decorated with many beautiful forest groves and flowering vines, which has beautiful Vrndavana forest glorious with Govardhana Hill and the Yamuna, and which is filled with gopas and gopis. Text 5 eka-patram tu nandaya vai diyatam va dvitiyam yacoda-kare caiva bhoh va trtiyam tv idam radhikayai sakhe tatra gatva hi tan-mandiram sundaram eka-patram - one letter; tu - indeed; nandaya - to Nanda; vai - indeed; diyatam should be given; va - or; dvitiyam - a second; yacoda-kare - in Yacoda's hand; ca and; eva - inded; bhoh - Oh; va - or; trtiyam - a third; tv - indeed; idam - this; radhikayai - to Radha; sakhe - O friend; tatra - there; gatva - having gone; hi - inded; tan-mandiram - to the palace; sundaram - beautiful. There please give a letter to King Nanda. Place a second letter in Yacoda's hand. Then, O friend, go to Radha's beautiful palace and give a letter to Radha. Text 6 va caturtham sakhibhyah cicubhyah cubham kaucalam diyatam patram evam prthak gopikanam catebhyac ca yuthebhya unmohitanam ca deyani patrani ca va - or; caturtham - a fourth; sakhibhyah - to the friends; cicubhyah - boys; cubham - beautiful; kaucalam - auspicious; diyatam - should be given; patram letter; evam - thus; prthak - one; gopikanam - of the gopis; catebhyah - to hundreds; ca - and; yuthebhya - groups; unmohitanam - bewildered with love; ca and; deyani - should be given; patrani - many letters; ca - and.

Give a fourth splendid and auspicious letter to My childhood gopa friends. Give letters to each of the hundreds of groups of gopis bewildered with love for Me. Text 7 me pita nanda-rajo ghrni man-mana me ca mata yacoda smaraty acu mam vakya-vrndaih cubhair niti-vit tvam tayor me param pritim arad dvayor avaha me - My; pita - father; nanda-rajah - King Nanda; ghrni - kind; man-mana - his mind fixed on Me; me - My; ca - and; mata - mother; yacoda - Yacoda; smarati remembers; acu - at once; mam - Me; vakya-vrndaih - with many words; cubhaih beautiful; niti-vit - wise; tvam - you; tayoh - of them; me - and; param - great; pritim - love; arat - near; dvayoh - both; avaha - bring. My kind father, King Nanda, places all his thoughts on Me. My mother, Yacoda, always thinks of Me. You are expert in speaking many graceful words. Please carry My love to them. Text 8 mat-priya radhika mad-viyogatura manyate mam vina kham jagan mohatah mad-viyogadhim asya mad-uktaih padair mocaya tvam bhavan daksino vak-pathe mat - My; priya - beloved; radhika - Radha; mad-viyogatura - overcome with separation fropm Me; manyate - thinks; mam - of Me; vina - without; kham - sky; jagat - the universe; mohatah - from bewilderment; mad-viyogadhim - tormented in My absence; asya - of Her; mad-uktaih - with My words; padaih - with words; mocaya - please release; tvam - you; bhavan - you; daksinah - expert; vak-pathe - in the path of words. Radha, My beloved, is tortured by My absence. In My absence She thinks the entire world is a great expanse of empty sky. Speak My words to Her and free Her from Her suffering in My absence. You are expert in walking on the path of eloquent words. Text 9

gopa-balah sudamadayo mat-priya mam sakhayam vina te 'pi mohaturah dehi tesam sukham mitra-vac chri-vraje sv-alpa-kalena tatragamisyamy aham gopa-balah - the gopa boys; sudamadayah - headed by Sudama; mat-priya dear to Me; mam - to Me; sakhayam - friend; vina - without; te - they; api - also; mohaturah - bewildered; dehi - give; tesam - of the them; sukham - happiness; mitra-vat - like a friend; shri-vraje - in beautiful Vraja; sv-alpa-kalena - in a little time; tatra - there; agamisyami aham - I will come. The gopa boys are also very dear to Me. Without Me, their friend, they are bewildered and unhappy. As a friend does, make them happy. Very soon I will return to beautiful Vraja. Text 10 gopika mad-viyogadhi-vegatura man-manaskac ca mat-prapta-dehasavah ya mad-arthe ca santyakta-lokabalas tah katham natra mantrin bibharmi svatah gopikah - the gopis; mad-viyogadhi-vegatura - tortured by My absence; manmanaskah - their thoughts fixed on Me; ca - and; mat-prapta - placed in Me; deha their bodies; asavah - and life; ya - who; mad-arthe - for My sake; ca - and; santyakta - renounced; loka - the world; abalah - women; tah - they; katham how?; na - not; atra - here; mantrin - O counselor; bibharmi - I maintain; svatah personally. The gopis are tortured by My absence. Their thoyghts are fixed on Me. Their bodies and lives are dedicated to Me. For My sake they have renounced the entire world. Counselor, how can I not protect and maintain them? Text 11 ta asun tyaktum atrodyata uddhava yabhir adyapi krcchrair ghrtac casavah mad-viyogadhim asam mad-uktaih padair mocaya tvam bhavan daksino vak-pathe tah - they; asun - life; tyaktum - to abandon; atra - here; udyata - about; uddhava - O Uddhava; yabhih - by whom; adya - now; api - even; krcchraih - with difficulty; ghrtah - held; ca - and; asavah - life; mad-viyogadhim - the torment of

being separated from Me; asam - of them; mad-uktaih - with My words; padaih with words; mocaya - release; tvam - you; bhavan - you; daksinah - expert; vakpathe - on the path of words. O Uddhava, they are on the verge of giving up their lives. It is very difficult for them to remain alive. Speak My words to them and free them from their suffering in My absence. You are expert in walking on the path of eloquent words. Texts 12-14 yena purvam vrajad agato 'ham sakhe tam ratham sacva-sutam ranad-ghantikam me ca sarupyam adyaiva pitambaram vaijayantim sahasra-cchadam pagkajam kundale divya-ratna-prabha-mandite koti-balarka-diptam manim kaustubham me maha-nadini caru-vamcim cubham puspa-yuktam ca yastim jagan-mohinim candanam sundaram divya-gandhavrtam barha-malladi-vesam kvanan-nupuram maulim evam grhanaggade uddhava gaccha gacchacu cadyaiva mad-vakyatah yena - by which; purvam - before; vrajat - from Vraja; agatah - come; aham - I; sakhe - O friend; tam - you; ratham - chariot; sa - with; acva - horses; sutam - and charioteer; ranad-ghantikam - with tinkling bells; me - of Me; ca - and; sarupyam the same form; adya - now; eva - indeed; pitambaram - yellow garments; vaijayantim - a vaijayanti garland; sahasra-cchadam pagkajam - a thousand-petal lotus. kundale divya-ratna-prabha-mandite koti-balarka-diptam manim kaustubham me maha-nadini caru-vamcim cubham puspa-yuktam ca yastim jagan-mohinim candanam sundaram divya-gandhavrtam barha-malladi-vesam kvanan-nupuram maulim evam grhanaggade uddhava gaccha gacchacu cadyaiva mad-vakyatah Take the chariot on which I left Vraja, decorate it with tinkling bells, take a charioteer and horses, take a form like My own, take My yellow garments, vaijayanti garland, thousand-petal lotus, splendid jewel earrings, Kaustubha jewel more glorious than millions of rising suns, beautiful flute filled with sweet music, flowerdecorated stick that charms all the worlds, beautiful, splendidly fragrant sandal paste, ornaments of jasmine flowers and peacock feathers, tinkling anklets, crown, and armlets, and then go at once, go now, on My word, to Vraja. Text 15

shri-narada uvaca ity ukta uddhava cighram namaskrtya krtanjalih krishnam pradaksini-krtya ratharudho vrajam yayau shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; iti - thus; ukta - addressed; uddhava Uddhava; cighram - at once; namaskrtya - offering obeisances; krtanjalih - with folded hands; krishnam - Lord Krishna; pradaksini-krtya - circumambulating; ratharudhah - riding on a chariot; vrajam - to Vraja; yayau - went. Hearing these words, with folded hands Uddhava bowed before Lord Krishna, circumambulated Him, and at once rode on a chariot to Vraja. Text 16 koticah kotico gavah yatra yatra manoharah cveta-parvata-sagkaca divya-bhusana-bhusitah koticah - millions; koticah - and miullions; gavah - cows; yatra - where; yatra where; manoharah - beautiful; cveta-parvata - white mountains; sagkaca - splendid; divya-bhusana-bhusitah - decorated with splendid ornaments. Wherever he went in Vraja there were millions and millions of beautiful cows glorious as great white mountains and decorated with splendid ornaments. Text 17 payasvinyas tarunyac ca cila-rupa-gunair yutah sa-vatsah pita-pucchac ca vrajantyo bhavya-murtikah payasvinyah - full of milk; tarunyah - young; ca - and; cila-rupa-gunaih - virtuous; yutah - endowed; sa-vatsah - with calves; pita-pucchah - yellow tails; ca - and; vrajantyah - going; bhavya-murtikah - beautiful forms. They were young, virtuous, full of milk, and accompanied by their calves. They were beautiful and their tails were yellow.

Text 18 ghanta-manjita-jhagkarah kigkini-jala-manditah hema-tulya hema-crggyo hara-malah sphurat-prabhah ghanta-manjita-jhagkarah - with tinkjling bells and ornamnets; kigkini-jalamanditah - decorated with a network of tinkling ornaments; hema-tulya - like gold; hema-crggyah - with gold horns; hara-malah - with necklaces and garlands; sphuratprabhah - splendid. They were deocrated with networks of tinkling bells and ornaments and with garlands and necklaces. Their bodies and horns were like gold. Text 19 patalah haritas tamra pitah cyama vicitritah dhumrah kokila-varnac ca yatra gavas tv anekadha patalah - pink; haritah - green; tamra - brown; pitah - yellow; cyama - black; vicitritah - different colors; dhumrah - smokey; kokila-varnah - the color of cuckoos; ca - and; yatra - where; gavah - cows; tv - indeed; anekadha - many. Some cows were pink, some green, some brown, some multi-colored, some yellow, some smoke-colored, and some the color of cuckoos. Text 20 samudra-vad dugdha-dac ca taruni-kara-citritah kuragga-vad vilagghadbhir go-vatsair manditah cubhah samudra-vat - like an ocean; dugdha-dah - giving milk; ca - and; taruni-karacitritah - decorated with girls' handprints; kuragga-vat - like deer; vilagghadbhih leaping; go-vatsaih - with calves; manditah - decorated; cubhah - beautiful and auspicious.

They were decorated with pictures of girls' handprints. They gave milk that was like an ocean. They were decorated with calves leaping like deer. Text 21 itas tatac calantac ca go-ganesu maha-vrsah dirgha-kandhara-crggadhya yatra dharma-dhurandharah itas tatah - here and there; calantah - going; ca - and; go-ganesu - among the cows; maha-vrsah - great bulls; dirgha - long; kandhara - shoulders; crgga - horns; adhyah - opulent; yatra - where; dharma-dhurandharah - carrying the principles of religion. Wandering here and there among the cows were great bulls with broad shoulders and long horns, bulls bearing the principles of religion. Text 22 gopala vetra-hastac ca cyama-vamci-dharah parah krishna-lilah pragayanto ragair madana-mohanaih gopala - gopas; vetra-hastah - with stick in hand; ca - and; cyama-vamci-dharah holding black flutes; parah - great; krishna - of Lord Krishna; lilah pastimes; pragayantah - singing; ragaih - with ragas; madana-mohanaih - charming Kamadeva. There were many gopas playing black flutes and, with melodies that could charm Kamadeva himself, singing of Lord Krishna's pastimes Text 23 durat tam agatam viksya jnatva krishnam vrajarbhakah ucuh parasparam te vai krishna-darcana-lalasah durat - from far away; tam - him; agatam - coming; viksya - seeing; jnatva understanding; krishnam - Krishna; vrajarbhakah - the boys of Vraja; ucuh - said;

parasparam - among themselves; te - they; vai - indeed; krishna-darcana-lalasah yearning to see Krishna. Seeing Uddhava coming, and thinking he was Krishna Himself, the gopa boys, eager to see Krishna, spoke among among themselves. Text 24 shri-gopa ucuh nanda-sunuh kilayati sakha yo 'yam na samcayah megha-cyamah pita-vasah sragvi kundala-manditah shri-gopa ucuh - the gopas said; nanda-sunuh - Nanda's son; kila - indeed; ayati comes; sakha - friend; yah - who; ayam - He; na - not; samcayah - doubt; meghacyamah - dark as a cloud; pita-vasah - with yellow garments; sragvi - garlanded; kundala-manditah - decorated with earrings. The gopas said: Nanda's son is coming. It is our friend Krishna. There is no doubt of it. He is dark as a monsoon cloud. He wears yellow garments. He is decorated with earrings and a garland. Text 25 kaustubhi kundali bibhrat sahasra-dala-pagkajam tad eva mukutam bibhrat koti-martanda-sannibham kaustubhi - kaustubha; kundali - earrings; bibhrat - carrying; sahasra-dalapagkajam - a thousand petal lotus; tat - that; eva - indeed; mukutam crown; bibhrat - wearing; koti-martanda-sannibham - splendid as a million suns. He wears earrings and a Kastubha jewel. He holds a thousand-petal lotus. He wears a crown splendid as millions of suns. Text 26 ta evacva rathah so 'yam kigkini-jala-manditah

balo nasti rathe casminn ekaki nanda-nandanah te - they; eva - indeed; acvah - horses; rathah - chariot; sah - He; ayam - He; kigkini-jala-manditah - decorated with a network of tinkling ornaments; balah Balarama; na - not; asti - is; rathe - on the chariot; ca - and; asmin - in this; ekaki alone; nanda-nandanah - Krishna. These are the same horses. It is the same chariot decorated with a network of tinkling ornaments. Balarama is not on it. Nanda's son has come alone. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca evam vadanto gopalah cridamadya videha-rat krishnakrtim krishna-sakham ayayuh sarvato ratham shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; evam - thus; vadantah - saying; gopalah the gopas; cridamadya - headed by Shridama; videha-rat - O king of Videha; krishna - of Lord Krishna; akrtim - the form; krishna-sakham - Lord Krishna's friend; ayayuh came; sarvatah - from everywhere; ratham - the chariot. Shri Narada said: O king of Videha, speaking in this way, the gopas headed by Shridama surrounded the chariot Krishna's friend, whose form was like Krishna's. Text 28 krsno nastiti vadatah ko 'yam saksat tad-akrtih tan namaskrtyaupagavih parirabhyavadat pathi krishnah - Krishna; na - not; asti - is; iti - thus; vadatah - saying; kah - who?; ayam - he; saksat - directly; tad-akrtih - His form; tan - to them; namaskrtya bowing; aupagavih - Uddhava; parirabhya - embracing; avadat - spoke; pathi - on the path. The gopas said, "He is not Krishna. Who is he? His form is like Krishna's." Then, in the middle of the road, Uddhava bowed before the gopas and embraced them all.

Text 29 shri-uddhava uvaca grhana patram cridaman krishna-dattam na samcayah cokam ma kuru gopalaih kucaly aste harih svayam shri-uddhava uvaca - Shri Uddhava said; grhana - take; patram - this letter; cridaman - O Shridama; krishna-dattam - given by Krishna; na - not; samcayah doubt; cokam - lament; ma - don't; kuru - do; gopalaih - with gopas; kucali - welfare; aste - is; harih - Krishna; svayam - Himself. Shri Uddhava said: O Shridama, please take this letter. Krishna gave it. Of this there is no doubt. Don't lament. Krishna takes a personal interest in the welfare of the gopas. Text 30 yadavanam mahat karyam krtvatha sa-balah prabhuh hrasva-kalena catrapi bhagavan agamisyati yadavanam - of the Yadavass; mahat - great; karyam - deed; krtva - doing; atha then; sa-balah - with Balarama; prabhuh - the Lord; hrasva - short; kalena - time; ca - and; atra - here; api - also; bhagavan - the Lord; agamisyati - will return. After He has fulfilled His responsibilities to the Yadavas, Lord Krishna and Balarama will quickly erturn to Vraja. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca pathitva tad-dhasta-patram cridamadya vrajarbhakah bhrcam acruni muncantah prahur gadgadaya gira shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; pathitva - after reading; tad-dhasta-patram - the letter in his hand; cridamadya - headed by Shridama; vrajarbhakah - the boys of Vraja; bhrcam - greatly; acruni - tears; mu 24cantah - shedding; prahuh - said; gadgadaya - choked with emotion; gira - with words.

Shri Narada said: After reading the letter in their hands, the boys of Vraja burst into tears. Then, their voices choked with emotion, they spoke. Text 32 shri-gopa ucuh pantheti nirmohini nanda-sunau tanur vibhutic ca dhanam balam ca sarva dhiyah krishnam rte vraje nah cunyam prajatam hi jagat samastam shri-gopah ucuh - the gopas said; pantha - O traveller; iti - thus; nirmohini - free from illusion; nanda-sunau - Nanda's son; tanuh - the body; vibhutih - opulence; ca and; dhanam - wealth; balam - strength; ca - and; sarva - all; dhiyah - intelligence; krishnam - Krishna; rte - without; vraje - in Vraja; nah - of us; cunyam - void; prajatam - born; hi - indeed; jagat - the universe; samastam - all. The gopas said: O traveler, Krishna's body, opulence, wealth, strength, intelligence are never thwarted or bewildered. For us people of Vraja, to be without Krishna is to live in a world that is a desert. Text 33 ksano yugatvam va ghati maha-mate prayati manvantaratam vrajaukasam yamac ca kalpam ca dinam vina harim viyoga-duhkhair dvi-parardhatam gatam ksanah - a second; yugatvam - the status of a yuga; va - or; ghati - a half-hour; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one; prayati - attains; manvantaratam - the status of a manvantara; vrajaukasam - of the people of Vraja; yamah - three hours; ca - and; kalpam - a kalpa; ca - and; dinam - day; vina - without; harim - Krishna; viyogaduhkhaih - with the suffering of separation; dvi-parardhatam - a lifetime of Brahma; gatam - attains. O noble-hearted one, for the people of Vraja suffering in Krishna's absence, a moment has become a yuga, a half-hour has become a manvantara, three hours has become a kalpa, and a day has become a lifetime of Brahma. Text 34

ahar-nicam tam na hi vismaramahe dusta ghati sa prayayau yaya hi sah mano harann uddhava no vanaukasam vayasya-bhavena sada krtagasam ahar-nicam - day and night; tam - that; na - not; hi - indeed; vismaramahe - we forget; dusta - wicked; ghati - half-hour; sa - that; prayayau - goes; yaya - by which; hi - inbdeed; sah - He; manah - the mind; harann - stealing; uddhava - O Uddhava; nah - of us; vanaukasam - the people of Vraja; vayasya-bhavena - with friendship; sada - always; krtagasam - sinners. Day and night we cannot forget Him. The treacherous half-hours pass, but He does not return. O Uddhava, He has stolen all the thoughts of the people of Vraja. Thinking He was just our friend, we must have offended Him again and again. .pa

Chapter Fourteen Shri Nanda-rajoddhava-melana The Meeting of King Nanda and Uddhava Text 1 shri-narada uvaca evam prema-bharan gopan chri-krishna-virahaturan uvaca prema-samyukta uddhavo gata-vismayah shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; evam - thus; prema-bharan - great love; gopan - the gopas; shri-krishna - of Shri Krishna; virahaturan - tormented with separation; uvaca - said; prema-samyukta - filled with love; uddhavah - Uddhava; gata-vismayah - not astonished. Shri Narada said: Uddhava, who dearly loved Lord Krishna, was not surprised to hear all this. Then he spoke to the gopas, who were overcome with love for Krishna and were tornmented by His absence. Text 2 shri-uddhava uvaca aham shri-krishna-daso 'smi

tat-priyas tad-rahaskarah bhavatam kucalam drastum presito harina tvaram shri-uddhava uvaca - Shri Uddhava said; aham - I; shri-krishna-dasah - Shri Krishna's servant; asmi - am; tat-priyah - dear to Him; tad-rahaskarah - His confiant; bhavatam - of you; kucalam - auspiciousness; drastum - to sxee; presitah - sent; harina - by Krishna; tvaram - quickly. Shri Uddhava said: I am Shri Krishna's servant. i am His close friend. He sent me here to see if you were happy. Text 3 purim gatvatha haraye nivedya viraham tu vah tam prasannam karisyami tad-agghrau netra-varibhih purim - to the city; gatva - having gone; atha - then; haraye - to Krishna; nivedya - speaking; viraham - separation; tu - indeed; vah - of you; tam - Him; prasannam pleased; karisyami - I will do; tad-agghrau - His feet; netra-varibhih - with tears. I will return to Mathura City, tell Lord Krishna how you suffer in His absence, and soften His heart by placing my tears at His feet. Text 4 natva harim hi bhavatam samipam he vrajaukasah agamisyamy aham cighram capatho na mrsa mama natva - boweing; harim - to Krishna; hi - indeed; bhavatam - of you; samipam near; he - O; vrajaukasah - people of Vraja; agamisyami - will return; aham - I; cighram - quickly; capathah - of the promise; na - not; mrsa - false; mama - of me. O people of Vraja, I will bow down before Lord Krishna and then I will quickly bring Him to you. My promise will not become false. Text 5

yuyam prasanna bhavata ma cokam kurutatha vai asmin vraje 'pi gopala draksyatha shri-patim harim yuyam - you; prasanna - pleased; bhavata - be; ma - don't; cokam - lament; kuruta - do; atha - then; vai - indeed; asmin - in this; vraje - Vraja; api - even; gopala - Gopas; draksyatha - will see; shri-patim - the husband of the goddess of fortune; harim - Lord Krishna. Be happy. Don't lament. O gopas, in this land of Vraja you will again see Shri Krishna, the husband of the goddess of fortune. Text 6 shri-narada uvaca evam acvasya gopalan ratha-stho yadu-nandanah cridamadyaic ca gopalaih sahito harsa-puritah viveca nanda-nagaram surye sindhu-gate sati shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; evam - thus; acvasya - comforting; gopalan - the gopas; ratha-sthah - on the chariot; yadu-nandanah - the descendent of Yadu; cridamadyaih - headed by Shridama; ca - and; gopalaih - the gopas; sahitah - with; harsa-puritah - filled with joy; viveca - entered; nanda-nagaram - Nanda's village; surye - as the sun; sindhu-gate sati - was setting in the west. Shri Narada said: In this way Uddhava comforted the gopas. Then, as the sun was setting in the west, cheerful Uddhava, accompanied by Shridama and the gopas, entered Nanda's village. Text 7 agatam hy uddhavam crutva nanda-rajo maha-matih parirabhya muda cighram

pujayam asa harsitah

agatam - come; hi - indeed; uddhavam - Uddhava; crutva - hearing; nanda-rajah - King Nanda; maha-matih - noble-hearted; parirabhya - embracing; muda - joyfully; cighram - at once; pujayam asa - worshiped; harsitah - happy.

Hearing that he had come, King Nanda happily embraced and worshiped Uddhava. Text 8 kacipu-stham sthitam cantam uddhavam krta-bhojanam kacipu-stho nanda-rajah praha gadgadaya gira kacipu-stham - on a cushion; sthitam - seated; cantam - peaceful; uddhavam Uddhava; krta-bhojanam - havign eaten; kacipu-sthah - on the cushion; nanda-rajah - King Nanda; praha - said; gadgadaya - choked; gira - with words. When Uddhava was comfortably seated on a soft cushion and fed a nice meal, King Nanda, also seated on a cushion, spoke many words choked with emotion. Text 9 shri-nanda uvaca kaccit sakha me puri curasena aste sva-putaih kucali maha-mate kamse mrte yadava-puggavanam jatam sakhe saukhyam atah param bhuvi shri-nanda uvaca - Shri Narada said; kaccit - something; sakha - friend; me - ofg me; puri - in the towen; curasena - SuraSENA; aste - IS; sva-putraih - with his own sons; kucali - happy; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one; kamse - now that Kamsa; mrte - is dead; yadava-puggavanam - of the best of the Yadavas; jatam - born; sakhe - O friend; saukhyam - happiness; atah param - then; bhuvi - on the earth. Shri Nanda said: O noble-hearted one, are my friend Surasena and his sons happy in Mathura City? Now that Kamsa is dead the Yadavas must be very happy. Text 10 kaccit kadacit sa-balo hi madhavah smaraty asau va jananim yacomatim gopala-govardhana-go-ganan vrajam vrndavanam va pulinam taragginim

kaccit - whether?; kadacit - sometimes; sa-balah - with Balarama; hi - indeed; madhavah - Krishna; smarati - remembers; asau - He; va - or; jananim - mother; yacomatim - Yascoda; gopala-govardhana-go-ganan - the cows, gopas, and Govardhana Hill; vrajam - Vraja; vrndavanam - Vrndavana; va - or; pulinam - the shore; taragginim - of the Yamuna. Do Krishna and Balarama sometimes remember Their mother, Yacoda? Do They remember the gopas, the cows, Vraja, Govardhana Hill, Vrndavana forest, and the shore of the Yamuna? Text 11 ha daiva kasmin samaye sva-nandanam bimbadharam sundaram ambujeksanam draksyamy aham mandira-catvarajire 'rbhakair luthantam sa-balam muhur muhuh ha - O; daiva - destiny; kasmin - at what?; samaye - time; sva-nandanam - own son; bimbadharam - bimba fruit lips; sundaram - handsome; ambujeksanam - lotus eyes; draksyami - will see; aham - I; mandira-catvarajire - in the courtyard; arbhakaih - with the boys; luthantam - rolling about; sa-balam - with Balarama; muhuh - again; muhuh - and again. O destiny, when will I see my handsome, lotus-eyed, bimba-lip son playing again and again in the courtyard with Balarama and the boys? Text 12 kunjo nikunjo yamuna maha-nadi govardhano 'ranyam idam vanani grhair lata-vrksa-gavam ganaih saha vina mukundam visavat tv idam jagat kunjo nikunjah - the forest groves; yamuna - the Yamuna; maha-nadi - the great river; govardhanah - Govardhana; aranyam - forest; idam - the; vanani - the forests; grhaih - with homes; lata-vrksa-gavam - of trees, vines, and cvows; ganaih multitudes; saha - with; vina - without; mukundam - Krishna; visavat - like poison; tv - indeed; idam - this; jagat - world. Without Krishna the groves and gardens, the great Yamuna river, Govardhana Hill, this forest, the other forests, our homes, the cows, trees, and flowering vines, and this entire universe are flooded with poison.

Text 13 dhig jivanam me cayanam ca bhojanam krishnam vina padma-dalayateksanam candram vina bhumi-tale cakoravaj jivami tasyagamanacaya bhrcam dhik - fie; jivanam - life; me - my; cayanam - sleeping; ca - and; bhojanam eating; krishnam - Krishna; vina - without; padma - lotus; dala - petal; ayata - large; iksanam - eyes; candram - moon; vina - without; bhumi-tale - on the earth; cakoravat - like a cakora bird; jivami - I live; tasya - of Him; agamana - the return; acaya - with the hope; bhrcam - great. This life of eating and sleeping without Krishna, whose eyes are like great lotus petals. is wretched and miserable. I am like a cakora bird that cannot see the moon. I stay alive only by hoping that Krishna will return. Text 14 hartum bhuvo bharam ativa daivataih samprarthitam purnatamam maha-mate jatam satam raksana-tat-param svayam manye hi krishnam sa-balam parat param hartum - to do; bhuvah - of the earth; bharam - the burden; ativa - great; daivataih - by Brahma; samprarthitam - requested; purnatamam - most perfect; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one; jatam - born; satam - of the devotees; raksanatat-param - for the protection; svayam - own; manye - I think; hi - certainly; krishnam - Krishna; sa-balam - with Balarama; parat - than the greatest; param greater. I think that Lord Krishna is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, and that, requested by the demigod Brahma, He has come here with Balarama to protect the devotees and remove the earth's burden. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca samsmrtya samsmrtya harim parecam babhuva tusnim nava-nanda-rajah ciro nidhayapy upabarhane sve hy utkantha-romancita-vihvalaggah

shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; samsmrtya - remembering; samsmrtya and remembering; harim - Krishna; parecam - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; babhuva - became; tusnim - silence; nava-nanda-rajah - King Nanda; cirah - head; nidhaya - placing; api - also; upabarhane - on the cushion; sve - own; hi - indeed; utkantha-romancita-vihvalaggah - the hairs of his body erect with longing. Shri Narada said: Thinking again and again of Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, King Nanda became silent. The hairs of his body erect with his longing to see Krishna, he rested his head on a pillow. Text 16 shri-nanda-netrambuja-vari-santati rajams tada krishna-sakhasya pacyatah cayyam sa-vastram upabarhanantam krtvardratam praggana acacala shri-nanda - of Nanda; netrambuja-vari-santati - th etears; rajamh - O king; tada then; krishna - of Shri Krishna; sakhasya - of the friend; pacyatah - looking; cayyam - on the couch; sa-vastram - with his cloth; upabarhanantam - at the edge of the pillow; krtva - making; ardratam - wet; praggane - - in the courtyard; acacala walked. As Krishna's friend Uddhava looked on, King Nanda drenched the pillow, his garments, and the chair with tears from his eyes. Then Nanda went into the courtyard. Text 17 crutvoddhavam shri-mathura-puragatam kapatam etyacu yacomati sati crnvanty alam svasya sutasya varnanam sneha-sravat-su-stana-netra-pagkaja crutva - hearing; uddhavam - Uddhava; shri-mathura-puragatam - had come from Mathura; kapatam - at the door; etya - coming; acu - at once; yacomati Yacoda; sati - chaste; crnvanti - hearing; alam - greatly; svasya - own; sutasya - of the son; varnanam - the sdescription; sneha - love; sravat - flowing; su-stana - from her breasts; netra-pagkaja - and lotus eyes.

Hearing that Uddhava had come from Mathura City, saintly Yacoda rushed to the door. Milk flowing from her breasts and tears flowing from her lotus eyes, she overheard the description of her son. Text 18 vihaya lajjam ghrnaya sutasya sa papraccha sarvam kucalam tadoddhavam aproksya vastrena drg-acru-santatim sthite ca nande hari-bhava-vihvale vihaya - abandoning; lajjam - shame; ghrnaya - with tenderness; sutasya - of her son; sa - she; papraccha - asked; sarvam - all; kucalam - welfare; tada - then; uddhavam - Uddhava; aproksya - sprinkling; vastrena - with garments; drg-acrusantatim - many tears; sthite - situated; ca - and; nande - Nanda; hari-bhavavihvale - overcome with love for Krishna. Rejecting all shyness, and overcome with love for her son, she asked Uddhava everything about Krishna's well-being. Meanwhile Nanda was overcome with love. He wept, drenching his garments with tears from his eyes. Text 19 shri-yacodovaca kvacit smarati mam krsno nanda-rajam athapi va bhrataram nanda-rajasya sannandam darcanotsukam shri-yacoda uvaca - Shri Yacoda said; kvacit - whether?; smarati - remembers; mam - me; krishnah - Krishna; nanda-rajam - King Nanda; atha - then; api - also; va - or; bhrataram - brother; nanda-rajasya - of King Nanda; sannandam - Sannanda; darcanotsukam - eager to see Him. Shri Yacoda said: Does Krishna remember me? Does He remember King Nanda? Does He remember Nanda's brother, Sannanda, who yearns to see Him? Text 20 nandan navopanandamc ca vrsabhanun vrajesu sat yesam aroham asthaya

bala-kelir vane vane nandan - the Nandas; nava - the nine; upanandan - Upanandas; ca - and; vrsabhanun - the Vrsabhanus; vrajesu - in Vraja; sat - six; yesam - of whom; aroham - climbing; asthaya - staying; bala-kelih - childhood pastimes; vane - in forest; vane after forest. Does He remember the Nandas, the nine Upanandas, and the six Vrsabhanus of Vraja? Doe He remember the boys He played with in forest after forest? Text 21 kanduka-kridaya reme sanandam nanda-nandanah tan gopan sneha-samyuktan kadacit smarati svatah kanduka-kridaya - withball-games; reme - enjoyed; sanandam - with bliss; nanda-nandanah - Krishna; tan - them; gopan - gopas; sneha-samyuktan affectionate; kadacit - sometimes; smarati - remembers; svatah - personally. Does He sometimes remember the affectionate gopa boys with whom He enjoyed playing ball-games? Text 22 eko 'yam me sutah prapto na suta bahavac ca me so 'pi mam jananim dinam yayau tyaktva dig-antaram ekah - one; ayam - H; me - my; sutah - son; praptah - attained; na - not; suta many sons; bahavah - many; ca - and; me - of me; sah - He; api - also; mam - me; jananim - mother; dinam - poor; yayau - goes; tyaktva - leaving; dig-antaram - far away. I have only one son. I do not have many sons. Abandoning His poor mother, my son has gone away. Text 23

aho kastam snehavatam durnivaram maha-mate kim karomi vina putram katham jivami manada ahah - O; kastam - a calamity; snehavatam - of they who love; durnivaram cannot be stopped; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one; kim - what?; karomi - I do; vina - without; putram - son; katham - how?; jivami - I live; manada - O respectful one. O noble-hearted one, for they who love Him, this is a great calamity. O gentle one, what will I do without my son? How can I live? Text 24 matar mahyam dehi dadhi matar haiyaggavam navam evam vadan sa madhuram hatham cakre sada grhe matah - O mother; mahyam - to Me; dehi - give; dadhi - yogurt; matah - mother; haiyaggavam - butter; navam - fresh; evam - thus; vadan - saying; sah - He; madhuram - sweet; hatham - mischief; cakre - did; sada - always; grhe - in the house. "Mother, give Me yogurt. Mother, give Me fresh butter." He would always speak these sweet words, and He would always do mischief in the house. Text 25 madhyahne sa katham krsno bhojanam kartum arhati mamatmajo 'yam shri-krsno jivanam vraja-vasinam vraje dhanam kule dipo

mohano bala-lilaya

madhyahne - at midday; sa - He; katham - how?; krishnah - Krishna; bhojanam eating; kartum - to do; arhati - able; mama - my; atmajah - son; ayam - he; shrikrishnah - Shri Krishna; jivanam - the life; vraja-vasinam - of the people of Vraja; vraje - in Vraja; dhanam - the wealth; kule - in the family; dipah - the lamp; mohanah - charming; bala-lilaya - with childhood pastimes. How He could eat at lunchtime! My son, Shri Krishna, is the wealth of Vraja, the life of Vraja's people, and a brilliant lamp shining in His family. He is so sweet and so playful.

Text 26 lalanaih palanais tasya dinam me ksanavad gatam tad dinam kalpavaj jatam vinaho nanda-nandanam lalanaih - with caresses; palanaih - with protection; tasya - of Him; dinam - the day; me - my; ksanavat - like a moment; gatam - gone; tat - that; dinam - day; kalpavat - like a kalpa; jatam - become; vina - without; ahah - O; nanda-nandanam Nanda's son. Protecting and caressing Him, I thought each day was a single moment. Without Krishna my day is like a kalpa. Text 27 vatsan varayitum krsno grama-simni nadi-tate na karito 'rbhakaih sardham sa caho mathuram gatah vatsan - the calves; varayitum - to keep; krishnah - Shri Krishna; grama-simni within the village; nadi-tate - at the shore of the river; na - not; karitah - made; arbhakaih - the boys; sardham - with; sa - He; ca - and; ahah - O; mathuram Mathura; gatah - went. No longer do Krishna and the boys keep the calves on this side of the river, still close to the village. Now Krishna has gone to Mathura. Text 28 he mohaneti durat tam agkam nitvatha lalanam cakara nanda-rajo 'yam tam vina khinnatam gatah he - O; mohana - charming boy; iti - thus; durat - from afar; tam - Him; agkam on the lap; nitva - placing; atha - then; lalanam - caress; cakara - did; nanda-rajah King Nanda; ayam - he; tam - Him; vina - without; khinnatam - sadness; gatah attained.

From far away King Nanda would call "Sweet boy!", place Him on his lap, and caress Him. Without Him, Nanda is filled with sadness. Text 29 aho damna maya baddho nirmohinyaikada cicuh bhande bhagni-krte dadhnah cocami caritam ca tat ahah - O; damna - with a rope; maya - by me; baddhah - bound; nirmohinya careful; ekada - once; cicuh - the boy; bhande - when a pot; bhagni-krte - broken; dadhnah - of yogurt; cocami - I lament; caritam - the action; ca - and; tat - that. One day the boy broke a yogurt pot and I carefully tied Him with a rope. Oh, how I regret that. Text 30 tat-pragganam sarva-sabha ca mandiram dvarac ca vithir vraja-harmya-prsthayah cunyam samas tam mama jivanam dhig vina mukundam visavat tv idam jagat tat-pragganam - the courtyard; sarva-sabha - the assembly; ca - and; mandiram - the palace; dvarah - the door; ca - and; vithih - the path; vraja-harmya-prsthayah the palaces of Vraja; cunyam - empty; samah - equal; tam - Him; mama my; jivanam - life; dhig - alas!; vina - without; mukundam - Krishna; visavat - like poison; tv - indeed; idam - this; jagat - world. Without Krishna the courtyard, the assembly-house, my palace, the gateway, the pathway, and all the other palaces of Vraja have become an empty desert. Krishna is my whole life. Without Him this world is like a flood of poison. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca yacoda-nandayor viksya paramam prema-laksanam uddhavo nitaram rajan vismito 'bhud gata-smayah

shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; yacoda-nandayoh - of Nanda and Yacoda; viksya - seeing; paramam - the great; prema - of love; laksanam - symptoms; uddhavah - Uddhava; nitaram - greatkly; rajan - O king; vismitah - astonished; abhut - became; gata-smayah - astonished. Shri Narada said: O king, when he saw Nanda's and Yacoda's great love, Uddhava became filled with wonder. Text 32 shri-uddhava uvaca roma-matram mama tanau jihva cej jayate tv aho yuvayos tad api clagham kartum nalam maha-prabhu shri-uddhava uvaca - Shri Uddhava said; roma-matram - hairsd erect; mama my; tanau - on the body; jihva - the tongue; cet - if; jayate - is born; tv indeed; ahah - Oh; yuvayoh - of you two; tat - that; api - also; clagham - praise; kartum - to do; na - not; alam - enough; maha-prabhu - O great masters. Shri Uddhava said: You two are my masters. Even if the hairs on my body stood erect in ecstasy, my tongue would still not have the power to praise you properly. Texts 33 and 34 paripurnatame saksac chri-krsne purusottame idrci ca krta bhaktir yuvabhyam prema-laksana tirthatana-tapo-danasagkhya-yogaic ca durlabha cacvati yuvayoh prapta ya bhaktih prema-laksana paripurnatame - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; saksac - directly; chrikrsne - Shri Krishna;purusottame - the Supreme Person; idrci - like this; ca - and; krta - did; bhaktih - devotion; yuvabhyam - you both; prema-laksana - the signs of love; tirthatana - pilgrimage; tapah - austerity; dana - chrity; sagkhya sankhya; yogaih - goga; ca - and; durlabha - dificult to attain; cacvati - eternal; yuvayoh - of you both; prapta - attained; ya - which; bhaktih - devotion; premalaksana - characterized by love.

The eternal love and devotion you both feel for Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, cannot be attained by pilgrimages, austerity, charity, sagkhya, or yoga. Text 35 ma cokam kuru re nanda he yacode vrajecvari patra-dvayam grhanacu krishna-dattam na samcayah ma - don't; cokam - lament; kuru - do; re - O; nanda - Nanda; he - O; yacode yacoda; vrajecvari - queen of Vraja; patra-dvayam - two letters; grhana - please take; acu - at once; krishna-dattam - guiven by Krishna; na - no; samcayah - doubt. O Nanda, don't lament. O Yacoda, O queen of Vraja, take these two letters. They are letters from Krishna. Of this there is no doubt. Text 36 sahagrajo nanda-sunuh kucaly aste yadoh puri yadavanam mahat karyam krtvatha sa-balah prabhuh hrasva-kalena catrapi bhagavan agamisyati saha - with; agrajah - His elder brother; nanda-sunuh - Krishna; kucali - happy; aste - is; yadoh - of the Yadavas; puri - in the city; yadavanam - of the Yadavas; mahat - great; karyam - duty; krtva - doing; atha - then; sa-balah - with Balarama; prabhuh - the Lord; hrasva-kalena - soon; ca - and; atra - here; api - also; bhagavan - the Lord; agamisyati - will come. Krishna and Balarama are happy in the city of the Yadavas. When Their mission is successfully completed, Krishna and Balarama will return here at once. Texts 37 and 38 paripurnatamam viddhi shri-krishnam nanda-nandanam raksanaya ca

kamsadinam

vadharthaya

bhaktanam

brahmana prarthitah krsno 'vatatara grhe tava jata-matro 'dbhutam lilam cakara sa-balo harih paripurnatamam - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; viddhi - know; shrikrishnam - Shri Krishna; nanda-nandanam - Nanda's son; kamsadinam - beginning with Kamsa; vadharthaya - to kill; bhaktanam - of the devotees; raksanaya - for protection; ca - and; brahmana - by Brahma; prarthitah - requested; krishnah Krishna; avatatara - descended; grhe - in the home; tava - of you; jata-matrah born; adbhutam - wonderful; lilam - pastimes; cakara - did; sa-balah - with Balarama; harih - Krishna. Know that Nanda's son, Krishna, is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. Requested by the demigod Brahma, and in order to protect the devotees and kill the demons led by Kamsa, He descended to your home. Since the moment of His birth, He and Balarama enjoyed many wonderful pastimes. Text 39 putana-prana-haranam cakatasya nipatanam trnavarta-nipatac ca yamalarjuna-bhanjanam putana - of Putana; prana-haranam - removing the life; cakatasya - of the cart; nipatanam - overturning; trnavarta - of Trnavarta; nipatah - the fall; ca and; yamalarjuna - of the yamalarjuna trees; bha 24janam - the breaking. He drew out Putana's life, overturned the cart, made Trnavarta fall, and broke the yamalarjuna trees. Text 40 sva-mukhe ca yacodayai vicva-rupasya darcanam vrndavane ca bhagavan go-vatsamc carayan prabhuh sva-mukhe - in His mouth; ca - and; yacodayai - to yacoda; vicva-rupasya - of the universal form; darcanam - the sight; vrndavane - in Vrndavana; ca - and; bhagavan - the Lord; go-vatsan - the cakves; carayan - herding; prabhuh - the Lord.

The Lord showed to Yacoda the universal form in His mouth. The Lord herded the calves in Vrndavana forest. Text 41 vadham cakara gopanam pacyatam baka-vatsayoh aghasurasya ca vadho dhenukasya vimardanam vadham - the death; cakara - did; gopanam - as the gopas; pacyatam - were watching; baka-vatsayoh - of Vakasura and Vatsasura; aghasurasya - of Aghasura; ca - and; vadhah - the death; dhenukasya - of Dhenukasura; vimardanam - crushing. As the gopas Dhenukasura. Text 42 mardanam kaliyasyapi vahni-panam cakara ha pralambasya vadham paccad baladevac cakara ha mardanam - the defeat; kaliyasya - of Kaliya; api - also; vahni - the fire; panam drinking; cakara - did; ha - indeed; pralambasya - of Pralamba; vadham - the killing; paccat - then; baladevah - Balarama; cakara - did; ha - indeed. He defeated Kaliya and then he drank up the forest fire. Then Balarama killed Pralambasura. Text 43 govardhanam samutpatya hastenaikena lilaya yusmakam pacyatam bibhrat puskaram gaja-rad iva govardhanam - Govardhana Hill; samutpatya - lifting; hastena ekena - with one hand; lilaya - playfully; yusmakam - of you; pacyatam - looking; bibhrat - holding; puskaram - a lotus; gaja-rad - the king of elephants; iva - like watched, He killed Bakasura, Vatsasura, Aghasura, and

As you all watched, He playfully lifted Govardhana Hill as the king of elephants lifts a lotus flower. Text 44 cuda-manim sagkhacudaj jahara jagatam patih aristasya vadham krtva kecinam nijaghana ha cuda-manim - the crest jewel; sagkhacudat - from Sankhacuda; jahara - took; jagatam - of the universes; patih - the master; aristasya - of Arista; vadham - the death; krtva - doing; kecinam - Kesi; nijaghana - killed; ha - indeed. Lord Krishna, the master of the universes, frocibly took Sagkhacuda's crown jewel. Then He killed Keci and Aristasura. Text 45 vyomasuram maha-daityam mustina tam mamarda ha tatha vai mathurayam tu cakre citram maha-mate vyomasuram - Vyomasura; maha-daityam - the great demon; mustina - with fist; tam - him; mamarda - killed; ha - indeed; tatha - then; vai - indeed; mathurayam - in Mathura; tu - indeed; cakre - did; citram - wonder; maha-mate - O noble-hearted one. With His fist He killed the great demon Vyomasura. O noble-hearted one, in Mathura City He did many wonderful deeds. Text 46 vikathyamanam rajakam karenabhijaghana tam pracandam kamsa-kodandam madhyatas tad babhanja ha iksu-dandam yatha nagah nrnam

sarvesam pacyatam

vikathyamanam - speaking badly; rajakam - a washerman; karena - with a hand; abhijaghana - killed; tam - him; pracandam - great; kamsa - of Kamsa; kodandam the bow; madhyatah - in the middle; tat - that; babhanja - broke; ha - indeed; iksudandam - like sugarcane; yatha - as; nagah - an elephant; sarvesam - of all; pacyatam - watching; nrnam - the people. With one hand He killed an insulting washerman. As everyone watched, He broke Kamsa's great bow in the middle as an elephant breaks a stalk of sugarcane. Text 47 dvipam kuvalayapidam nagayuta-samam bale cunda-dande saggrhitva patayam asa bhu-tale dvipam - the elephant; kuvalayapidam - Kuvalayapida; nagayuta-samam - equal to ten thousand other elephants; bale - in strength; cunda-dande - the trunk; saggrhitva - grabbing; patayam asa - threw; bhu-tale - to the ground. Grabbing the trunk of Kuvalayapida elephant, who was a strong as ten thousand other elephants, Krishna threw it to the ground. Text 48 canuram mustikam kutam calam tocalam eva ca patayam asa bhu-prsthe malla-yudhena madhavah canuram - Canura; mustikam - Mustika; kutam - Kuta; calam - Sala; tocalam Tosala; eva - indeed; ca - and; patayam asa - threw; bhu-prsthe - to the ground; malla-yudhena - in wrestling; madhavah - Lord Krishna. As He wrestled with them, Lord Krishna threw Canura, Mustika, Kuta, Sala, and Tocala to the ground. Texts 49 and 50 kamsam madotkatam daityam naga-laksa-samam bale

mancad grhitva tam krsno bhramayitva bhujaujasa patayam asa bhu-prsthe kamandalum ivarbhakah ibhopari yatha simhas tasyopari papata sah kamsam - Kamsa; madotkatam - wild with pride; daityam - demon; naga-laksasamam - equal to a hundred thousand elephants; bale - in strength; mancat - from the viwewer's box; grhitva - grabbing; tam - Him; krishnah - Krishna; bhramayitva whirling; bhujaujasa - with the power of His arms; patayam asa - threw; bhu-prsthe to the ground; kamandalum - a kamandalu; ivarbhakah - like; ibha - an elephant; upari - on; yatha - as; simhah - a lion; tasya - him; upari - on; papata - fell; sah - He. From the viewer's box Lord Krishna dragged Kamsa, who was as strong as a hundred thousand elephants, whirled around with the power of His arms, and thew him to the ground as a child throws a kamandalu. Then Krishna jumped on him as a lion jumps on an elephant. Text 51 kamsanujamc ca kagkadin baladevo maha-balah mamarda mudgarenacu mrgan vai mrga-rad iva kamsanujan - Kamsa's younger brothers; ca - and; kagkadin - headed by Kanka; baladevah - Balarama; maha-balah - very strong; mamarda - killed; mudgarena with a club; acu - at once; mrgan - deer; vai - indeed; mrga-rad - a lion; iva - like. Then with a club Lord Balarama killed Kamsa's younger brothers, headed by Kagka, as a lion kills a herd of deer. Text 52 gurave daksinam datum samutpatya maharnave cagkha-rupam pancajanam nijaghana harih svayam gurave - to His guru; daksinam - kasina; datum - to giv; samutpatya - jumping; maharnave - in the ocean; cagkha-rupam - teh form of a conch; pa 24cajanam Pancajana; nijaghana - killed; harih - Krishna; svayam - Himself.

Then, so He could offer daksina to His guru, Lord Krishna dove into the ocean and killed Pancajana, who had the form of a conch. Text 53 adbhutani caritrani caitani shri-harim vina kah karoti maha-nanda tasmai shri-haraye namah adbhutani - wonderful; caritrani - pastimes; ca - and; etani - these; shri-harim Shri Krishna; vina - without; kah - who?; karoti - does; maha-nanda - O great Nanda; tasmai - to Him; shri-haraye - Shri Krishna; namah - obeisances. Who but Krishna could perform these wonderful pastimes? O great King Nanda, I offer my respectful obesiances to Shri Krishna. .pa

Chapter Fifteen Shri Radha-darcana Seeing Shri Radha Text 1 shri-narada uvaca evam hi nandoddhavayor hareh kathayatoh katham vyatita ksanavad rajan ksanada harsa-vardhini shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; evam - thus; hi - indeed; nanda - of Nanda; uddhavayoh - and Uddhava; hareh - of Krishna; kathayatoh - talking; katham topics; vyatita - passed; ksanavat - like a moment; rajan - O king; ksanada - giving a festival; harsa-vardhini - increasing happiness. Shri Narada said: O king, as they talked about Lord Krishna, Nanda and Uddhava enjoyed a great festival of happiness, and the time seemed to pass like a single moment.

Text 2 brahme muhurte cotthaya gopyah sarva grhe grhe dehaly-agganam alipya dipams tatra nirupya ca brahme muhurte - at brahma-muhutra; ca - and; utthaya - rising; gopyah - the gopis; sarva - all; grhe - in home; grhe - after home; dehali - doorway; agganam cortyard; alipya - anointing; dipan - lamps; tatra - there; nirupya - seeing; ca - and. In each home the gopis rose at brahma-muhurta, anointed the doorways and courtyards, arranged the lamps, . . . Text 3 praksalya hasta-padau ca methyam netram nidhaya ca mamanthuh sarvato yuktah picchilani dadhini tah praksalya - washing; hasta-padau - hands and feet; ca - and; mathnyam - on the churning stick; netram - eye; nidhaya - placing; ca - and; mamanthuh - churned; sarvatah - completely; yuktah - engaged; picchilani - cream; dadhini - yogurt; tah they. . . . washed their hands and feet, looked for their churning-sticks, and began churning cream and yogurt. Text 4 netrakarsa-calad-bharabhuja-kagkana-kigkinih venibhyo vigata-puspah sphurat-kundala-manditah netra - the churning rope; akarsa - pulling; calat - moving; bhara - weight; bhuja arms; kagkana - bracelets; kigkinih - tinkling ornaments; venibhyah - braids; vigata fallen; puspah - flowers; sphurat-kundala-manditah - decorated with glistening earrings.

As with their arms they pulled the churning-rope, their bracelets and other ornaments tinkled, their earrings glistened, and flowers fell from their braids. Texts 5 and 6 candra-mukhyah kanja-netras citra-varnair manoharah maggalani caritrani shri-krishna-baladevayoh gayantyah prema-samyukta yatra tatra grhe grhe ghose ghose cubha gavo rambhamana itas tatah candra - moon; mukhyah - faces; kanja-netrah - lotus eyes; citra-varnaih - with various colors; manoharah - beautiful; maggalani - auspicious; caritrani - pastimes; shri-krishna-baladevayoh - of Shri Krishna and Balarama; gayantyah - singing; prema-samyukta - with love; yatra - where; tatra - there; grhe - in home; grhe - after home; ghose - in barn; ghose - after barn; cubha - beautiful; gavah - cows; rambhamana - mooin; itah - here; tatah - and there. As in every home they churned, the lotus-eyed, moon-faced, colorfully-dressed, beautiful, affectionate gopis sang with love about the auspicious pastimes of Krishna and Balarama. Then in every barn the beautiful cows began to moo. Text 7 sarvatra gopika-gitam dadhi-cabdena micritam vithyam vithyam tatah crnvan vismitac coddhavo 'bravit sarvatra - everywhere; gopika-gitam - the gopis' song; dadhi-cabdena - with the sound of yougrt; micritam - mixed; vithyam - on path; vithyam - after path; tatah then; crnvan - hearing; vismitah - astonished; ca - and; uddhavah - Uddhava; abravit - said. Hearing on every path the gopis' songs and the sounds of yogurt being churned, Uddhava, filled with wonder, said: Text 8

aho vai nanda-nagare bhaktir nrtyati yatra ca evam vadan bahir gramad yayau snatum nadi-jale ahah - Oh; vai - indeed; nanda-nagare - in nanda's village; bhaktih - devotion; nrtyati - dances; yatra - where; ca - and; evam - thus; vadan - saying; bahih - out; gramat - from the village; yayau - went; snatum - to bathe; nadi-jale - in the river water. "Love for Krishna dances in Nanda's village." After speaking these words, Uddhava left the village to bathe in the river. Text 9 shri-gopya ucuh kasyayam adyatra rathah samagato 'kruro 'thava krura utagatah punah yenaiva nito mathuram maha-purim shri-nanda-sunur nava-kanja-locanah shri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; kasya - of whom?; ayam - this; adya - now; atra - here; rathah - chariot; samagatah - come; akrurah - Akrura; athava - or; krura cruel; uta - indeed; agatah - come; punah - again; yena - by whom' eva indeed; nitah - taken; mathuram - to Mathura; maha-purim - the great city; shrinanda-sunuh - Shri Krishna; nava-ka 24ja-locanah - His eyes new lotus flowers. The gopis said: Whose chariot is this? Has cruel Akrura, who took lotus-eyed Krishna to Mathura City returned? Text 10 kasmin ku-kale janani sasarja yam datum satam snehavatam pratapanam kadrur yatha naga-cayam visavrtam hantum vrtha loka-janan itas tatah kasmin - in what?; ku-kale - bad time; janani - mother; sasarja - created; yam whom; datum - to give; satam - of the devotees; snehavatam - loving; pratapanam pain; kadruh - Kadru; yatha - as; naga-cayam - snakes; visavrtam - poisonous; hantum - to kill; vrtha - useless; loka-janan - the people; itah - here; tatah - and there.

At what inauspicious moment did his mother, in order to give pain to the loving devotees, give birth to Akrura? She did it as Kadru, in order randomly to kill people here and there, gave birth to the species of snakes. Text 11 kamsartha-krt kamsa-sakho 'ti-nirghrno so 'yam punah kim vraja-mandalam gatah bhartur mrtasyapi hi para-laukikim asmabhir adyaiva karisyati kriyam kamsartha - for Kamsa's sake; krt - doing; kamsa-sakhah - friend of Kamsa; atinirghrnah - merciless; so ayam - he; punah - again; kim - what?; vraja-mandalam to the circle of Vraja; gatah - gone; bhartuh - his master; mrtasya - dead; api - also; hi - indeed; para-laukikim - the next world; asmabhih - by us; adya - now; eva indeed; karisyati - will do; kriyam - act. Has Kamsa' cruel friend and servant, Akrura, come again to the circle of Vraja? Will he now perform his dead master Kamsa's funeral rites for us? Text 12 shri-narada uvaca evam vadantyo vraja-gopa-vadhvah santadya sutam ca mukhe 'ggulibhyam papracchur arad gata-buddhim artam tvaram vadaitat kila kasya yanam shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; evam - thus; vadantyah - speaking; vrajagopa-vadhvah - the vraja-gopis; santadya - hitting; sutam - the charioteer; ca and; mukhe - on the fice; aggulibhyam - with fingers; papracchuh - asked; arat near; gata-buddhim - fool; artam - pained; tvaram - at once; vada - tell; etat - that; kila - indeed; kasya - of whom?; yanam - chariot. Shri Narada said: Speaking these words, and slapping his face, the gopis asked the pained and bewildered charioteer, Whose chariot is this? Tell us at once!" Texts 13-15 ghana-prabham padma-dalayateksanam krishnakrtim koti-manoja-mohanam

pitambaram satpada-saggha-sagkulam malam dadhanam nava-vaijayantim sphurat-sahasra-cchada-padma-panim vamci-dharam vetra-karam manoharam balarka-koti-dyuti-mauli-mandanam maha-manim kundala-manditanam gaty-akrti-shri-tanu-hasa-su-svaraih shri-krishna-sarupya-dharam tam uddhavam vilokya sarva nrpa vismitas tato vijnaya govinda-sakham yayuh purah ghana-prabham - splendid as a monsson cloud; padma-dalayateksanam - lotuspetal eyes; krishnakrtim - a form like Shri Krishna's; koti-manoja - than millions of Kamadevas; mohanam - more charming; pitambaram - yellow garments; satpadasaggha-sagkulam - filled with bees; malam - garland; dadhanam - wearing; nava new; vaijayantim - vaijayanti; sphurat-sahasra-cchada-padma - a splendid thousandpetal lotus; panim - in his hand; vamci-dharam - holding a flute; vetra-karam - a stick in his hand; manoharam - handsome; balarka-koti-dyuti - the splendor of millions of rising suns; mauli-mandanam - with crown and ornaments; maha-manim - great jewel; kundala-manditanam - decorated with earrings; gaty-akrti-shri-tanuhasa-su-svaraih - with gentle laughter; shri-krishna-sarupya-dharam - having a form like Shri Krishna's; tam - him; uddhavam - Uddhava; vilokya - seeing; sarva - all; nrpa - O king; vismitah - astonished; tatah - then; vijnaya - knowing; govindasakham - Krishna's friend; yayuh - went; purah - in the presence. At that moment seeing Uddhava, splendid as a monsoon cloud, His eyes lotus petals, His form like Shri Krishna's, more handsome than millions of Kamadevas, dressed in yellow garments, wearing a new vaijayanti garland filled with bumblebees, holding in his hands a stick, flute, and thousand-petal lotus, wearing a crown and ornaments glorious as the rising sun, decorated with earrings and a great jewel, and gently laughing, the gopis became filled with wonder. O king, aware that this must be Shri Krishna's friend, they approached him. Text 16 jnatvatha sandeca-haram hareh prabhoh su-vakya-nitya paramadarena tam guptam hi prastum kucalam satam pateh nitvoddhavam tah kadali-vanam gatah jnatva - knowing; atha - then; sandeca-haram - carrying a letter; hareh - of Krishna; prabhoh - Lord; su-vakya-nitya - with a sweet voice; paramadarena - with great respect; tam - that; guptam - confidential; hi - indeed; prastum - to ask; kucalam - the welfare; satam - of the devotees; pateh - of the master; nitva -

bringing; uddhavam - to Uddhava; tah - to them; kadali-vanam - in a forest of banana trees; gatah - went. Aware that he was carrying a letter from Lord Krishna, the gopis brought Uddhava to a secluded banana tree forest to ask him with sweet and respectful words about the welfare of Lord Krishna, the master of the devotees. Text 17 yatraiva radha vrsabhanu-nandini krishna-tate caru-nikunja-mandire samasthita tad-virahatura bhrcam kham manyate sa tu jagad dharim vina yatra - where; eva - indeed; radha - Radha; vrsabhanu-nandini - Vrsabhanu's daughter; krishna-tate - on the shore of the Yamuna; caru-nikunja-mandire - in a beautful forest cottage; samasthita - situated; tad-virahatura - afllicted with separation; bhrcam - greatly; kham - the void; manyate - considered; sa - and; tu indeed; jagat - the universe; harim - Lord Krishna; vina - without. King Vrsabhanu's daughter Radha, who thought the entire universe an empty void in Lord Krishna's absence, was there, in a beautiful forest-cottage by the Yamuna's shore. Texts 18 and 19 rambha-dalaic candana-pagka-sancayam spharasphurac-chitala-megha-mandiram krishna-calac-caru-taragga-sikaram svatah sudha-racmi-galat-sudha-cayam etadrcam yat kadali-vanam ca tad radha-viyoganala-varcasa bhrcam babhuva sarvam satatam hi bhasmasat krishnagam acatma-tanum hi raksati rambha-dalaih - with banana leaves; candana-pagka-sa 24cayam - with sandal paste; spharasphurac-citala-megha-mandiram - with cooling clouds; krishna - of the Yamuna; calat - moving; caru - beautiful; taragga - waves; sikaram - mist; svatah own; sudha-racmi-galat-sudha-cayam - nectar moonlight; etadrcam - like this; yat that; kadali-vanam - banana forest; ca - and; tat - indeed; radha-viyoganala-varcasa - with the flames of Radha's feelings of separation; bhrcam - greatly; babhuva became; sarvam - all; satatam - always; hi - indeed; bhasmasat - into ashes;

krishnagam - Krishna's return; aca - hope; atma - own; tanum - body; hi - indeed; raksati - protects. There, in the banana-tree forest, in a cooling monsoon-cloud banana-leaf cottage anointed with sandal paste and cooled by nectar moonlight and mist from the Yamuna's graceful and restless waves, Shri Radha was burned by flames of separation from Shri Krishna. Only the hope that Shri Krishna would return kept Her alive. Text 20 crutvoddhavam krishna-sakham samagatam cakara radha sva-sakhibhir adaram jalacanadyair madhuparka-maggalaih shri-krishna krsneti muhur vadanty alam crutva - hearing; uddhavam - Uddhava; krishna-sakham - Krishna's friend; samagatam - come; cakara - did; radha - Radha; sva-sakhibhih - with Her friends; adaram - respect; jalacanadyaih - with water, a seat, and other things; madhuparkamaggalaih - with madhuparka; shri-krishna - Shri Krishna; krishna - Krishna; iti thus; muhuh - again and again; vadanti - saying; alam - greatly. Hearing that Krishna's friend Uddhava had come, Radha and Her friends greeted him with great respect. She offered him a seat, water, madhuparka, and many other things. Again and again She said, "Shri Krishna! O Shri Krishna!" Text 21 radham hi govinda-viyoga-khinnam kuhvam yatha candra-kalam tadoddhavah natam krcaggim krta-hasta-samputah pradaksini-krtya jagada harsitah radham - to Radha; hi - indeed; govinda-viyoga-khinnam - sufdfering in Krishna's separation; kuhvam - on the new moon; yatha - as; candra-kalam - the crescent moon; tada - then; uddhavah - Uddhava; natam - bowing down; krcaggim slender; krta-hasta-samputah with folded hands; pradaksini-krtya circumambulating; jagada - spoke; harsitah - joyful. Radha, tormented in separation from Lord Krishna, and now slender as the new moon, bowed before Uddhava. With folded hands Uddhava circumambulated Her and cheerfully spoke.

Text 22 shri-uddhava uvaca sadasti krishnah paripurna-devo radhe sada tvam paripurna-devi shri-krishnacandrah krta-nitya-lilo lilavati tvam krta-nitya-lila shri-uddhava uvaca - Shri Uddhava said; sada - always; asti - is; krishnah Krishna; paripurna-devah - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; radhe - O Radha; sada - always; tvam - You; paripurna-devi - His perfect goddess; shri-krishnacandrah - Shri Krishna; krta-nitya-lilah - enjoys eternal pastimes; lilavati - playful; tvam - You; krta-nitya-lila - enjoy transcendental pastimes. Shri Uddhava said: Eternally Shri Krishna is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead. Eternally You are His supreme goddess. Eternally Shri Krishna enjoys transcendental pastimes. Eternally You enjoy transcendental pastimes with Him. Text 23 krsno 'sti bhuma tvam asindira sada brahmasti krishnas tvam asi svara sada krishnah civas tvam ca civa civartha visnuh prabhus tvam kila vaisnavi para krishnah - Krishna; asti - is; bhuma - Lord Narayana; tvam - You; asi - are; indira - Goiddess Laksmi; sada - eternally; brahma - Brahma; asti - is; krishnah - Krishna; tvam - You; asi - are; svara - Sarasvati; sada - eternally; krishnah - Krishna; civah Siva; tvam - You; ca - and; civa - Parvati; civartha - auspicious; visnuh - Lord Vishnu; prabhuh - the Lord; tvam - You; kila - indeed; vaisnavi - the devotee; para the best. Eternally Krishna is Lord Narayana. Eternally You are Goddess Laksmi. Eternally Krishna is Lord Brahma. Eternally You are Goddess Sarasvati. Eternally Krishna is Lord Siva. Eternally You are Goddess Parvati. Eternally Krishna is the auspicious Supreme Personality of Godhead. Eternally You are His greatest devotee. Text 24 kaumara-sargi harir adi-devata tvam eva hi jnanamayi smrtih cubha layambhasa kridana-tat-paro harir

yajno varaho vasudha tvam eva hi kaumara-sargi - the father of the four Kumaras; harih - Krishna; adi-devata - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tvam - You; eva - indeed; hi - indeed; jnanamayi filled with knowledge; smrtih - trhe Vedas; cubha - auspicious; layambhasa - with the water of devastation; kridana-tat-parah - fond of playing; harih - Krishna; yajnah varahah - Yajna varaha; vasudha - the earth; tvam - You; eva - indeed; hi - indeed. Krishna is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the father of the four Kumaras. You are the auspicious Sruti-castra. Krishna is Yajna Varaha, who plays on the ocean of devastation. You are the earth goddess. Text 25 devarsi-varyo manasa harih svayam tvam tatra saksan nija-hasta-vallaki narayano dharma-suto narena hi cantis tada tvam jana-canti-karini devarsi-varyah - the best of the demigod sages; manasa - by the mind; harih Krishna; svayam - Himself; tvam - You; tatra - there; saksat - directly; nija-hastavallaki - the vina in His hand; narayanah - Narayana; dharma-sutah - the son of Dharma; narena - with Nara; hi - indeed; cantih - canti; tada - then; tvam - You; jana-canti-karini - who brings peace to the living entities. Krishna is Narada, the best of divine sages. You are the vina in His hand. Krishna is Narayana Rsi, the son of Dharma and the companion of Nara. You are Santi, who bring peace to the living entities. Text 26 krishnas tu saksat kapilo mahaprabhuh siddhis tvam evasi ca siddha-sevita dattas tu krsno 'sti maha-municvaro radhe sada jnanamayi tvam eva hi krishnah - Krishna; tu - indeed; saksat - directly; kapilah - Kapila; mahaprabhuh the Lord; siddhih - Siddhi; tvam - You; eva - indeed; asi - are; ca - and; siddha-sevita - served by the perfect beings; dattah - Datta; tu - indeed; krishnah - Krishna; asti is; maha-municvarah - the king of the great sages; radhe - O Radha; sada - always; j 24anamayi - filled with knowledge; tvam - You; eva - indeed; hi - indeed.

Krishna is Lord Kapila. You are the mystic perfections served by the Siddhas. Krishna is Dattatreya, the king of the great sages. You are the perfection of transcendental knowledge eternally. Text 27 yajno haris tvam kila daksina harir urukramas tvam hi sada jayanty atah prthur yada sarva-nrpecvaro harir arcis tada tvam nrpa-patta-kamini yajnah - Yajna; harih - Krishna; tvam - You; kila - indeed; daksina - Daksina; harih - Krishna; urukramah - Urukrama; tvam - You; hi - indeed; sada - eternally; jayanti Jayanti;atah - then; prthuh - Prthu; yada - when; sarva-nrpecvarah - the master of all kings; harih - Krishna; arcih - Arci; tada - then; tvam - You; nrpa-patta-kamini - the beautiful queen. Krishna is Yajna. You are Daksina. Krishna is Urukrama. You are Jayanti eternally. Krishna is Prthu, the master of all kings. You are beautiful Queen Arci. Text 28 cagkhasuram hantum abhud harir yada matsyavataras tvam asi crutis tada kurmo harir madara-sindhu-manthane netri-krta tvam cubhada hi vasuki cagkhasuram - Sagkhasura; hantum - to kill; abhut - was; harih - Krishna; yada when; matsyavatarah - the Matsya incarnation; tvam - You; asi - are; crutih - the Vedas; tada - then; kurmah - Kurma; harih - Krishna; madara-sindhu-manthane - in churning the ocean of milk; netri-krta - the churning-rope; tvam - You; cubhada auspicious; hi - indeed; vasuki - Vasuki. When Krishna appeared as Matsyavatara to kill Sagkhasura, You became the Four Vedas. When, during the churning of the milk-ocean, Krishna appeared as Kurma, You became Vasuki, the auspicious churning-rope. Text 29 dhanvantaric carti-haro harih paras tvam ausadhi divya-sudhamayi cubhe shri-krishnacandras tu babhuva mohini tvam mohini tatra jagad-vimohini

dhanvantarih - Dhanvantari; ca - and; arti-harah - removing troubles; harih Krishna; parah - Supreme; tvam - You; ausadhi - medicine; divya-sudhamayi - full of transcendental nectar; cubhe - O beautiful one; shri-krishnacandrah - Shri Krishna; tu - indeed; babhuva - became; mohini - Mohini; tvam - You; mohini - Mohini; tatra there; jagad-vimohini - bewildering the worlds. O beautiful one, when Krishna became Dhanvantari, the physician who cures all sufferings, You became His medicine of transcendental nectar. When Krishna became Mohini, You also became Mohini, the beautiful girl that bewilders all the worlds. Text 30 harir nrsimhas tu nrsimha-lilaya lila tada tvam nija-bhakta-vatsala babhuva krishnas tu yada hi vamanah kirtis tada tvam nija-loka-kirtita harih - Krishna; nrsimhah - Nrsimha; tu - indeed; nrsimha-lilaya - with the pastime of Nrsimha; lila - the pastime; tada - then; tvam - You; nija-bhakta - His own devotee; vatsala - affectionate; babhuva - became; krishnah - Krishna; tu - indeed; yada - when; hi - indeed; vamanah - vamana; kirtih - fame; tada - then; tvam - You; nija-loka-kirtita - glorified by all the worlds. When Krishna became Nrsimha You became His man-lion pastimes, which were so kind to His devotee. When Krishna became Vamana, You became His fame, which is chanted by the devotees. Text 31 harir yada bhargava-rupa-dhrk puman dhara kutharasya tada tvam eva hi shri-krishnacandro raghu-vamca-candrama yada tada tvam janakasya nandini harih - Krishna; yada - when; bhargava-rupa-dhrk - the form of Paracurama; puman - man; dhara - the sharpness; kutharasya - of His ax; tada - then; tvam - You; eva - indeed; hi - indeed; shri-krishnacandrah - Shri Krishna; raghu-vamca-candrama - the moon of the Raghu dynasty; yada - when; tada - then; tvam - You; janakasya - of Janaka; nandini - the daughter.

When Krishna became Paracurama You became the sharpness of His ax. When Krishna became Rama, the moon of the Raghavas, You became Sita, the daughter of King Janaka. Text 32 shri-cargga-dhanva muni-badarayano vedanta-krt tvam kila veda-laksana sagkarsano madhava eva vrsnisu tvam revati brahma-bhava samasthita shri-cargga-dhanva - holding the cargga bow; muni-badarayanah - Vyasa; vedanta-krt - the author of Vedanta; tvam - You; kila - indeed; veda-laksana - the explanations of the Vedas; sagkarsanah - Sagkarsana; madhava - Krishna; eva indeed; vrsnisu - among the Vrsnis; tvam - You; revati - Revati; brahma-bhava Brahma-bhava; samasthita - situated. When Krishna, who holds the Sargga bow, becomes the sage Vyasa and writes the Vedanta-sutra, You become His commentary on the Vedas. When Krishna becomes Balarama among the Vrsnis, You become Brahma-bhava Revati. Text 33 buddho yada kaunapa-moha-karako buddhis tada tvam jana-moha-karini kalki yada dharma-patir bhavisyati haris tada tvam sukrtir bhavisyati buddhah - Buddha; yada - when; kaunapa-moha-karakah - bewildering the atheists; buddhih - intelligence; tada - then; tvam - You; jana-moha-karini bwildering the people; kalki - Kalki; yada - when; dharma-patih - the master of religion; bhavisyati - will be; harih - Krishna; tada - then; tvam - You; sukrtih - piety; bhavisyati - will be. When Krishna becomes Buddha and bewilders the atheists, You will become the intelligence by which He bewilders them. When Krishna becomes Kalki, the master of religion, You will become His pious deeds. Text 34 shri-krishnacandro 'sti hi candra-mandale radhe sada candra-mukhiti candrika

shri-krishna-suryo divi surya-mandale surya-prabha tvam paridhi-pratisthita shri-krishnacandrah - Shri Krishna; asti - is; hi - indeed; candra-mandale - in the circle of the moon; radhe - O Radha; sada - always; candra-mukhi - moon-faced; iti thus; candrika - moonlight; shri-krishna-suryah - the sun of Krishna; divi - in the sky; surya-mandale - in the circle of the sun; surya-prabha - the sunlight; tvam - You; paridhi-pratisthita - the effulgence. O moon-faced Radha, Shri Krishna is a moon, and You are His moonlight eternally. Shri Krishna is a sun, and You are His sunlight eternally. Text 35 indrah sadaste kila yadavendras tatraiva radhe tu caci cacicvari hiranya-reta hi harih parecvaro hetih sada tvam hi hiranmayi para indrah - Indra; sada - always; aste - is; kila - indeed; yadavendrah - the king of the Yadavas; tatra - there; eva - indeed; radhe - O Radha; tu - indeed; caci - Saci; cacicvari - saintly queen; hiranya-reta - fire; hi - indeed; harih - Krishna; parecvarah - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hetih - light; sada - always; tvam - You; hi indeed; hiranmayi - golden; para - transcendental. Krishna, the king of the Yadavas, is Indra, and You are His saintly queen Saci eternally. Krishna is a fire, and You are eternally His splendid light. Text 36 shri-raja-rajo hi virajate harir virajase tvam tu nidhau nidhicvari ksirabdhi-rupi tu haris tvam eva hi taraggita-ksauma-sita taraggini shri-raja-rajah - the king pf kings; hi - indeed; virajate - shines; harih - Krishna; virajase - You shine; tvam - You; tu - indeed; nidhau - in the treasury; nidhicvari the queen of Kuvera; ksirabdhi-rupi - the form of themilk ocean; tu - indeed; harih Krishna; tvam - You; eva - indeed; hi - indeed; taraggita-ksauma-sitawhite as silk; taraggini - filled with waves. Krishna is Kuvera, and You are the queen of His treasury. Krishna is the ocean of milk, and You are the silk-white waves on the ocean of milk.

Text 37 bibhrad vapuh sarva-patir yada yada tada tada tvam viditanurupini jagan-mayo brahma-mayo harih svayam jagan-mayi brahma-mayi tvam eva hi bibhrat - manifesting; vapuh - a form; sarva-patih - the master of all; yada when; yada - when; tada - then; tada - then; tvam - You; viditanurupini - a corresponding form; jagan-mayah - who is the universe; brahma-mayah - who is Brahman; harih - Krishna; svayam - personally; jagan-mayi - become the universe; brahma-mayi - becomes Brahman; tvam - You; eva - indeed; hi - indeed. Whenever Lord Krishna, the master of all, assumes another form, You follow Him and assume the form of His companion. When He is the universal form or the impersonal Brahman, You also become the universal form or the impersonal Brahman. Text 38 athaiva so 'yam vraja-raja-nandano jatasi radhe vrsabhanu-nandini yabhyam krta sattva-mayi pracantaye lila-caritrair lalitadi-lilaya atha - then; eva - indeed; sah ayam - He; vraja-raja-nandanah - the prince of Vraja; jata - born; asi - You are; radhe - O Radha; vrsabhanu-nandini - the dauighter of King Vrsabhanu; yabhyam - by both; krta - done; sattva-mayi - transcendental goodness; pracantaye - to pacify; lila-caritraih - with transcendental pastimes; lalitadi-lilaya - with playful and charming pastimes. Now He is the son of Vraja's king, so now You are born as Vrsabhanu's daughter. With Your charming pastimes You bring peace and happiness to Your devotees. Text 39 krishnah svayam brahma param purano lila tad-iccha-prakrtis tvam eva parasparam sandhita-vigrahabhyam namo yuvabhyam hari-radhikabhyam krishnah - Krishna; svayam - personally; brahma - Brahman; param - Supreme; puranah - ancient; lila - pastimes; tad-iccha-prakrtih - the potency that fulfills His

desires; tvam - You; eva - indeed; parasparam - together; sandhita-vigrahabhyam wioth forms; namah - obeisances; yuvabhyam - to You; hari-radhikabhyam - Radha and Krishna. Krishna is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, and You are His pastimes and the potency that fulfills His desires. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, Shri Shri Radha and Krishna, the Supreme, whose forms are eternal. Text 40 grhana patram nija-natha-dattam cokam param ma kuru radhike tvam hrasvena kalena vidhaya karyam tatragamisyami tad-ukta-vakyam grhana - please take; patram - letter; nija-natha-dattam - given by Your Lord; cokam - lament; param - great; ma - don't; kuru - do; radhike - O Radha; tvam - You; hrasvena - soon; kalena - time; vidhaya - placing; karyam - duty; tatra - there; agamisyami - I will return; tad-ukta-vakyam - His words. O Radha, please take this letter. Don't lament. Krishna said, "Soon I will finish My duties here. Then I will return." Text 41 grhnidhvam adyaiva catani krishnadattani patrani su-maggalani praty-arpitam yutha-catam ca gopyah krishna-priyanam vraja-sundarinam grhnidhvam - please take; adya - today; eva - indeed; catani - hundreds; krishna - by Krishna; dattani - given; patrani - letters; su-maggalani - very auspoicious; praty-arpitam - given to each; yutha-catam - hundred groups; ca - and; gopyah - gs; krishna-priyanam - dear to Krishna; vraja-sundarinam - of the beautiful girls of Vraja. Please also take these hundred very auspicious letters, one for each of the hundred groups of beautiful girls in Vraja. .pa

Chapter Sixteen

Shri Radha-gopy-acvasana Comforting Shri Radha and the Gopis Text 1 radha patram saggrhitva ciro netre tatha ca hrt nidhaya vacayitva tat smrtva tat-pada-pagkajam radhaRadha; patram - the letter; saggrhitva - taking; cirah - head; netre - eyes; tatha - so; ca - and; hrt - heart; nidhaya - placing; vacayitva - reading; tat - taht; smrtva - remembering; tat-pada-pagkajam - His lotus feet. Taking the letter, placing it over Her head, eyes, and heart, and remembering Krishna's lotus feet, Radha read the letter aloud. Text 2 ati-prematura rajan mocayitvacru-santatim murcham apa param radha yadavasya prapacyatah ati-prematura - overcome with love; rajan - O king; mocayitva - shedding; acrusantatim - many tears; murcham - faintying; apa - attained; param - great; radha Radha; yadavasya - as Uddhava; prapacyatah - watched. O king, as Uddhava watched, Radha, overcome with love, shed many tears, and then fainted unconscious. Text 3 kugkumaguru-patiradvaraih puspa-rasaic ca sa arcita camarandolaih punac chaitanyatam gatah kugkumaguru-patira-dvaraih - with kunkuma, aguru, and sandal; puspa-rasaih with the nectar of flowers; ca - and; sa - She; arcita - worshiped; camara - camaras; andolaih - swinging; punah - again; chaitanyatam - consciousness; gatah - attained.

Anointed with kugkuma, aguru, sandal, and flower-nectar, and fanned with camaras, Radha regained consciousness. Text 4 viyoga-sindhu-sammagnam radham kamala-locanam viksyoddhavas tatah gopyo mumucuc cacru-santatim viyoga - of separataion; sindhu - into an ocean; sammagnam - plunged; radham Radha; kamala-locanam - lotus-eyed; viksya - seeing; uddhavah - Uddhava; tatah then; gopyah - the gopis; mumucuh - shed; ca - and; acru-santatim - many tears. Seeing lotus-eyed Radha drowning in an ocean of despair by Lord Krishna's absence, Uddhava and the gopis shed many tears. Text 5 tasam acru-pravahena rajan vrndavane vane sadyah kahlara-samyukto jato lila-sarovarah tasam - of them; acru-pravahena - by the stream of tears; rajan - O king; vrndavane - in Vrndavana; vane - forest; sadyah - at once; kahlara-samyuktah - with flowers; jatah - born; lila-sarovarah - Lila-sarovara. O king, from the stream of their tears Lake Lila-sarovara, filled with many lotus flowers, was created at that moment. Text 6 drstva pitva ca su-snatva crutva cemam katham narah karma-bandha-vinirmuktah shri-krishnam prapnuyan nrpa drstva - seeing; pitva - drinking; ca - and; su-snatva - bathing; crutva - hearing; ca - and; imam - this; katham - narration; narah - a person; karma - of karma;

bandha - from the bondage; vinirmuktah - freed; shri-krishnam - Shri Krishna; prapnuyat - attains; nrpa - O king. O king, a person who sees, drinks from, or bathes in that lake, or who listens to this story, becoms free from the bonds of karma and attains Lord Krishna. Text 7 athoddhava-mukhac chrutva shri-krishnagamanam punah papracchuh kucalam sarvam shri-krishnasya mahatmanah atha - then; uddhava - of Uddhava; mukhat - from the mouth; chrutva - jhearing; shri-krishna - of Lord Krishna; agamanam - of the return; punah - again; papracchuh - asked; kucalam - welfare; sarvam - all; shri-krishnasya - of Shri Krishna; mahatmanah - the Supreme Personality of Godhead. After hearing from Uddhava's mouth that Lord Krishna would return, the gopis asked about Lord Krishna's welfare. Text 8 shri-radhovaca ananda-dam shri-vraja-raja-nandanam draksyami kasmin samaye ghana-prabham ghanam mayuriva samutsuka bhrcam candram cakoriva tad-iksanotsuka shri-radha uvaca - Shri Radha said; ananda-dam - giving bliss; shri-vraja-rajanandanam - the prince of Vraja; draksyami - I will see; kasmin - at what; samaye time; ghana-prabham - splendid as a monsoon cloud; ghanam - a cloud; mayuri - a peacock; iva - like; samutsuka - eager; bhrcam - greatly; candram - the moon; cakori - a cakori bird; iva - like; tad-iksanotsuka - eager to see. Shri Radha said: When will I see Vraja's delightful prince splendid as a monsoon cloud? I yearn to see Him as a peacock yearns to see a monsoon cloud or a cakori bird yearns to see the moon. Text 9

kasmin ku-kale viraho babhuva me yenaiva kau kalpa-samah ksanah ksanah nicithiniyam dvi-parardha-helanam karoti govinda-pada-dvayam vina kasmin - at what?; ku-kale - wretched time; virahah - separation; babhuva - was; me - of Me; yena - by which; eva - indeed; kau - on the earth; kalpa-samah - like a kalpa; ksanah - moment; ksanah - moment; nicithini - night; iyam - the; dviparardha - Brahma's lifetime; helanam - mocking; karoti - does; govinda-padadvayam - Lord Krishna's feet; vina - without. Since that painful time when I was separated from Him, every moment has become a kalpa. Without Krishna's feet, every night mocks the span of Brahma's life. Text 10 kaccit kadacid vrajam agamisyati karoti kim tatra harir vadacu me adyaiva yatnena dhrtah kilasavah prasahya niryanti mrsa-giraturah kaccit - whether?; kadacit - sometime; vrajam - to Vraja; agamisyati - will return; karoti - does; kim - what?; tatra - there; harih - Krishna; vada - tell; acu - at once; me - to Me; adya - now; eva - indeed; yatnena - with care; dhrtah - held; kila indeed; asavah - life-breath; prasahya - forcibly; niryanti - leaves; mrsa-gira - by lies; aturah - troubled. Will Krishna return? What does He do there. Please tell Me. With a great struggle I have held onto My life-breath. If you torture it with many lies, it will quickly escape. Text 11 drstva ksanam tvam mama hrc ca citalam jatam prasannasmi samagate tvayi yatha prasanna janakatmaja pura lagka-puram vayu-sute samagate drstva - seeing; ksanam - for a moment; tvam - you; mama - My; hrt - heart; ca and; citalam - coolness; jatam - manifested; prasanna - satisfied; asmi - I am; samagate - attained; tvayi - you; yatha - as; prasanna - satisfied; janakatmaja Sita-devi; pura - in ancient times; lagka-puram - to the city of Lanka; vayu-sute when Hanuman; samagate - came.

When I first saw you My feverish heart became cool. Now that you have come, I am happy. I am happy as Sita was happy when Hanuman came to Lagka City. Text 12 acam vidhaya nija-moha-dhanam visrjya visrjya vakya-gaditam mathuram gato yah tasyapi patra-likhitam hy amrtam na manye tam canayasva kila mantra-vidam varistha acam - hope; vidhaya - placing; nija-moha-dhanam - a wealth of illusions; visrjya - abanonding; visrjya - abandoning; vakya-gaditam - words; mathuram - to Mathura; gatah - went; yah - who; tasya - of Him; api - also; patra-likhitam - letter; hi indeed; amrtam - nectar; na - not; manye - think; tam - Him; ca - and; anayasva bring; kila - indeed; mantra-vidam - of couselors; varistha - O best. I have given up all hope. I have thrown away a host of illusions. Now that He has gone to Mathura, I do not believe His words. I do not think His letter has words of nectar. O Uddhava, O best of counselors, please bring Him here. Text 13 shri-uddhava uvaca gatva purim tava param viraham nivedyathargham vidhaya nija-netra-jalena radhe nitva harim tava purah punar agato 'smi ma cokam adya kuru me capathas tvad-agghreh shri-uddhava uvaca - Shri Uddhava said; gatva - having gone; purim - to the city; tava - of You; param - then; viraham - separation; nivedya - appealing; atha - then; argham - argha; vidhaya - offering; nija-netra-jalena - with tears from the eyes; radhe - O Radha; nitva - bringing; harim - Krishna; tava - of You; purah - in the presence; punah - again; agatah - come; asmi - I am; ma - don't; cokam - lament; adya - now; kuru - do; me - of me; capathah - the promise; tvad-agghreh - of Your feet. Shri Uddhava said: I will go to Mathura City, describe to Him how You feel in His absence, offer Him arghya with the tears from my eyes, and then, O Radha, I will bring Krishna to You. Please don't lament. I place this promise at Your feet. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca

atha prasanna shri-radha candrakantau mani cubhau rasa-ragge candra-dattau uddhavaya dadau nrpa shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; atha - then; prasanna - satisfied; shri-radha - Shri Radha; candrakantau - a candrakanti jewel; mani - jewel; cubhau - splendid; rasa-ragge - in the rasa-dance circle; candra-dattau - placed by the moon; uddhavaya - to Uddhava; dadau - gave; nrpa - O king. Shri Narada said: O king, happy to hear this, Shri Radha gave to Uddhava two candrakanta jewels that moonlight had placed in the rasa-dance arena. Text 15 sahasra-dala-padme dve datte candramasa pura uddhavaya dadau radha prasanna bhakta-vatsala sahasra-dala-padme - thousand petal lotuses; dve - two; datte - placed; candramasa - by moonlight; pura - before; uddhavaya - to uddhava; dadau - gave; radha - Radha; prasanna - satisfied; bhakta-vatsala - affectionate to the devotees. Then Radha, who is kind to the devotees, happily gave Uddhava two thousandpetal lotuses that had also been created by moonlight. Text 16 chatram simhasanam divyam camare dve manohare shri-krishna-manasodbhute dadau tasmai hari-priya chatram - parasol; simhasanam - throne; divyam - splendid; camare - camara; dve - two; manohare - beautiful; shri-krishna - of Shri Krishna; manasa - from the mind; udbhute - born; dadau - gave; tasmai - to him; hari-priya - Lord Krishna's beloved. Then Krishna's beloved Radha gave to Uddhava a parasol, a a splendid throne, and two beautiful camaras that had been created by Lord Krishna's thoughts.

Text 17 aicvaryam jnana-sampannam sarva-decika-decikam krishna-samyoga-kartrtvam sada tava bhavisyati aicvaryam - opulence; jnana-sampannam - with knowledge; sarva-decikadecikam - showing all places; krishna-samyoga-kartrtvam - bringing the company of Lord Krishna; sada - always; tava - of you; bhavisyati - will be. Then She said to Uddhava, "You will always have a great wealth of transcendental knowledge, knowledge that enables you to meet Lord Krishna." Text 18 bhaktim nirguna-bhavadhyam prema-laksana-samyutam jnanam vijnana-sahitam vairagyam sa dadau punah bhaktim - devotion; nirguna-bhavadhyam - opulent with love that is beyond the modes of material nature; prema-laksana-samyutam - wityh love; jnanam knowledge; vijnana-sahitam - with wisdom; vairagyam - renunciation; sa - She; dadau - gave; punah - again. The She gave him devotion beyond the modes of nature, pure love for Krishna, knowledge, wisdom, and renunciation. Text 19 cagkhacuda ca harinanitam cuda-manim cubham candranana dadau tasmai uddhavaya videha-rat cagkhacuda - the crest-jewel; ca - and; harina - by Krishna; anitam - brought; cuda-manim - the crest jewel; cubham - beautiful; candranana - moon-faced; dadau - gave; tasmai - to him; uddhavaya - Uddhava; videha-rat - O king of Videha. O king of Videha, then moon-faced Radha gave to Uddhava the beautiful crestjewel Lord Krishna took from Sagkhacuda.

Text 20 tatha gopi-ganah sarve bhusananam cayam cubham daduh prasanna he rajann uddhavaya mahatmane tatha - then; gopi-ganah - the gopis; sarve - all; bhusananam - of ornaments; ca - and; ayam - this; cubham - beautiful; daduh - gave; prasanna - happy; he - O; rajann - king; uddhavaya - to Uddhava; mahatmane - noble-hearted. Then all the gopis happily gave many ornaments to noble-hearted Uddhava. Text 21 shri-narada uvaca crutva vacac copagaveh cubhartham sukham gatayam kila radhikayam ucus tam arad vraja-gopa-vadhvah sadah-sthitam krishna-sakham prthak tah shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; crutva - hearing; vacah - words; ca - and; upagaveh - pf Uddhava; cubhartham - to make happy; sukham - happiness; gatayam - attained; kila - indeed; radhikayam - Radha; ucuh - said; tam - to him; arat - near; vraja-gopa-vadhvah - teh vraja-gopis; sadah - in the assembly; sthitam situated; krishna-sakham - to Krishna's friend; prthak - specific; tah - they. Shri Narada said: When She heard Uddhava's comforting words, Shri Radha became happy. Then the Vraja-gopis surrounded Krishna's friend Uddhava and spoke. Text 22 shri-gopya ucuh yac ca patra-likhitam vadacu nah kintu tac ca harinoktam adbhutam tvam paravara-vidam hareh sakha mantra-vittama tadakrtir mahan shri-gopya ucuh - the gopis said; yat - what; ca - and; patra-likhitam - letter; vada - please speak; acu - at once; nah - to us; kintu - however; tat - that; ca - and;

harina - by Lord Krishna' uktam - said; adbhutam - wonderful; tvam - you; paravaravidam - all-knowing; hareh - of Krishna; sakha - the friend; mantra-vittama - O best of counselors; tadakrtih - His form; mahan - exalted. The gopis said: O best of counselors, You are a very important person. You know everything. Your form is like Krishna's and You are Krishna's personal friend. Please read Krishna's wonderful letter to us. Text 23 shri-uddhava uvaca yatha smaratha devecam tatha yusman smaraty asau anuvelam gopa-vadhvah pacyato me na samcayah shri-uddhava uvaca - Shri Uddhava said; yatha - as; smaratha - you remember; devecam - the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tatha - so; yusman - you; smarati remembers; asau - He; anuvelam - always; gopa-vadhvah - the gopis; pacyatah seeing; me - of me; na - not; samcayah - doubt. Shri Uddhava said: As you remember Lord Krishna, so He always remembers you. O gopis, I have seen this myself. There is no doubt of this. Text 24 ekada mam samahuya smrtva yusman rahas-karah kathayam asa sandecam citta-stham nanda-nandanah ekada - once; mam - me; samahuya - calling; smrtva - remembering; yusman you; rahas-karah - in a private room; kathayam asa - told; sandecam - instruction; citta-stham - in His heart; nanda-nandanah - Krishna. One day Lord Krishna called me to His private room and from His heart dicatated the following letter:. Text 25 shri-bhagavan uvaca

ganesu saktam kila bandhanaya raktam manah pumsi ca muktaye syat mano dvayoh karanam ahur araj jitvatha tat kau vicared asaggah shri-bhagavan uvaca - the Supreme Personality of Godhead said; ganesu - for the groups; saktam - attachment; kila - indeed; bandhanaya - for bodange; raktam - affectionate; manah - the heart; pumsi - in a person; ca - and; muktaye - for liberation; syat - is; manah - the heart; dvayoh - of both; karanam - the cause; ahuh - said; arat - near; jitva - conquering; atha - then; tat - that; kau - on the earth; vicaret - considers; asaggah - without attachment. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Attraction to the modes of material nature lead to bondage, but attraction to the Supreme Personality of Godhead leads to liberation. Thus the mind may be the cause of bondage or the cause of liberation. The wise therefore control the mind and remain unattached to the world of matter. Text 26 yada svayam brahma parat param mam adhyatma-yogena vicaradena janati sarvatra gatam viveki tada vijahyan manasah kasayam yavad utthitah sva-karma-rupam na hi drk prapacyati

ghano

madhya-gatas

tad-

yada - when; svayam - Himself; brahma - Brahman; parat - than the greatest; param - greater; mam - Me; adhyatma-yogena - by spiritual yoga; vicaradena expert; janati - knows; sarvatra - everywhere; gatam - gone; viveki - wise; tada then; vijahyan - should renounce; manasah - of the mind; kasayam - attachment to material things; yavat - as; ghanah - a cloud; madhya-gatah - in the middle; tadutthitah - risen; sva-karma-rupam - the form of one's own karma; na - not; hi indeed; drk - seeing; prapacyati - sees. By expertly practicing yoga, a wise person sees Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, everywhere, and when he sees Me, his mind is no longer attracted to material things. As one cannot see clouds chased away by the rising sun, so he cannot see the results of his past fruitive acts. Text 27 sthulac ca dure 'smi na tattvato 'gganas tasmad dhi yogam kurutatra sadhanam yat sagkhya-bhavaih kila gamyate padam tad yoga-bhavair api gamyate svatah

sthulat - from the gross; ca - and; dure - far; asmi - I am; na - not; tattvatah - in truth; agganah - O gopis; tasmat - therefore; hi - indeed; yogam - yoga; kuruta - do; atra - here; sadhanam - method; yat - what; sagkhya-bhavaih - by sankhya-yoga; kila - indeed; gamyate - is attained; padam - state; tat - that; yoga-bhavaih - by yoga; api - also; gamyate - is attained; svatah - spontaneously. O gopis, I am not far from this world. You should prasctice yoga. By following the paths of sagkhya or yoga, you will attain Me. .pa

Chapter Seventeen Shri Krishna-smarane gopi-vakya The Gopis Describe Their Remembrance of Shri Krishna Text 1 shri-narada uvaca crutva shri-krishna-sandecam prasanna gopa-vallabhah acru-mukhyo baspa-kanthyam ucur aupagavim nrpa shri-narada uvaca - Shri Narada said; crutva - hearing; shri-krishna-sandecam Shri Krishna's lketter; prasanna - happy; gopa-vallabhah - the gopis; acru-mukhyah tears in their faces; baspa-kanthyam - tears on their necks; ucuh - said; aupagavim to Uddhava; nrpa - O king. Shri Narada said: O king, happy to hear Shri Krishna's letter, and tears streaming down their faces and necks, the gopis spoke. Text 2 shri-goloka-vasinya ucuh videcam gatavan krishnas tykatva purva-priyan janan tad upary alikhad yogam aho nirmohata-balam

shri-goloka-vasinya ucuh - the residents of Shri Goloka said; videcam - to a foreign land; gatavan - gone; krishnah - Krishna; tykatva - abandoning; purva-priyan - those who were formerly dear ot Him; janan - people; tat - that; upari - above; alikhat - wrote; yogam - yoga; ahah - Oh; nirmohata-balam - the power of freedom from illusion. The gopis from Shri Goloka said: Krishna left the people He used to love and went far away. Now He writes us a letter saying yoga makes one free from illusions. Text 3 shri-dvara-palika ucuh cakore glauh pagkaje 'rko bhramare pagkajam yatha catake ca ghanah pritim na karoti kadacana shri-dvara-palika ucuh - the doorkeepers said; cakore - a cakor bird; glauh - the moon; pagkaje - a lotus; arkah - the sun; bhramare - a bee; pagkajam - a lotus; yatha - as; catake - a cataka bird; ca - and; ghanah - a cloud; pritim - love; na - not; karoti - does; kadacana - ever. The gopi doorkeepers said: As the moon never loves the cakora birds, as the sun never loves the lotuses, as the lotus never loves the bumblebees, and as the cloud never loves the cataka birds, so Lord Krishna never loved us. Text 4 shri-crggara-prakara ucuh candra-mitram cakoro 'sti sakhyo vahni-kanah sada vidhatra yad vilikhitam tan nyunam na bhaved iha shri-crggara-prakara ucuh - the gopi decorators said; candra-mitram - the friend of the moon; cakorah - a cakora bird; asti - is; sakhyah - friends; vahni-kanah sparks; sada - always; vidhatra - by the creator; yat - what; vilikhitam - scratched; tan - that; nyunam - insignificant; na - not; bhavet - is; iha - here. The gopi decorators said: O friends, cakora birds and sparks are always friendly to the moon. That is their destiny, written by fate, and it cannot be cast away.

Text 5 shri-cayyopakarika ucuh vyadho 'pi hatva hi mrgan smarati tvaram aturah kataksaih sva-priyan hatva nirmohi na smared aho shri-cayyopakarika ucuh - the decorators of the couch said; vyadhah - a hunter; api - also; hatva - having killed; hi - indeed; mrgan - deer; smarati - remembers; tvaram - quickly; aturah - agitated; kataksaih - with sidelong glances; sva-priyan dear to him; hatva - having killed; nirmohi - unagitated; na - not; smaret remembers; ahah - Oh. The gopi couch-decorators said: Killing a deer, a hunter is excited and remembers his prey. Krishna is different. He killed us with sidelong glances, but now He is peaceful and does not remember us at all. Text 6 shri-parsadakhya ucuh jatam viraha-jam duhkham nanyo vetti kadacana yatha kantaka-viddhaggo vidvan va viddha-kantakah shri-parsadakhya ucuh - the g associates said; jatam - manifested; viraha-jam born from separation; duhkham - suffering; na - not; anyah - another; vetti - knows; kadacana - ever; yatha - as; kantaka-viddhaggah - limbs wounded by throns; vidvan - a wise man; va - or; viddha-kantakah - wounded by thorns. The gopi associates said: No one else can understand how we suffer in Krishna's absence. Only a person who has been pricked by thorns can understand the pain of being pricked. Text 7 shri-vrndavana-palika ucuh animittam prema-saukhyam animitto hi vetti tat sa-nimitto na janati rasam karmendriyam yatha

shri-vrndavana-palika ucuh - the protectors of Shri Vrndavana said; animittam causeless; prema-saukhyam - the happiness of love; animittah - causeless; hi indeed; vetti - knows; tat - that; sa-nimittah - with a cause; na - not; janati - knows; rasam - the taste; karmendriyam - the working senses; yatha - as. The gopi protectors of Shri Vrndavana said: One who loves selflessly can understand selfless love. A selfish person cannot understand it, as arms and legs cannot understand the sweetness of nectar. Text 8 shri-govardhana-vasinya ucuh purandhri-prema-krd yo vai sairandhri-nayako 'bhavat cailaukobhis tu kim tasya bahuna kathitena kim shri-govardhana-vasinya ucuh - - the residents of Shri Govardhana said; purandhri - for the city girls; prema - love; krt - doing; yah - who; vai - indeed; sairandhri-nayakah - the lover of the maidservant; abhavat - became; cailaukobhih by they who live on the hill; tu - indeed; kim - what?; tasya - of Him; bahuna - more; kathitena - said; kim - what? The gopis of Govardhana Hill said: Now He loves the girls in Mathura City. Now He loves the maidservant Kubja. Why should He love the girls of Govardhana Hill? What more need we say? Text 9 shri-kunja-vidhayika ucuh ha madhavi-kunja-punje gunjan-matta-madhuvrate sva-drg-laksmi-krto yo vai tasyeyam cruyate katha shri-kunja-vidhayika ucuh - the gopis that decorated the forest groves; ha - O; madhavi-kunja-pu 24je - in the groves of madhavi vines; gu 24jat - buzzing; matta maddened; madhuvrate - bees; sva-drk - own eyes; laksmi - by the marks; krtah done; yah - who; vai - indeed; tasya - of Him; iyam - thus; cruyate - is heard; katha the topics. The gopis that decorate the forest groves said: We still see the marks Krishna left in the forest groves of madhavi vines and maddened buzzing bees. We still hear the stories of His pastimes.

Text 10 shri-nikunja-vasinya ucuh vrndavane matta-milinda-punje kalindaja-tira-kadamba-kunje canaic calantam sa-balam sa-gopam sa-godhanam nanda-sutam bhajamah shri-nikunja-vasinya ucuh - the gopis living in the forest said; vrndavane - in Vrndavana; matta-milinda-punje - filled with maddened bees; kalindaja-tira - on the Yamuna's shore; kadamba-kunje - in the kadamba forewst; canaih - slowly; calantam - walking; sa-balam - with Balarama; sa-gopam - with the gopas; sagodhanam - with the cows; nanda-sutam - Krishna; bhajamah - we worship. The gopis that stayed in the forest said: We worship Krishna who, accompanied by Balarama, the gopas, and the cows, slowly walked by the Yamuna's shore in Vrndavana's kadamba forest filled with intoxicated bees. Text 11 shri-jahnavi-yutha uvaca kada tathasmat-samayo bhavisyati yatha purandhri-samayah pradrcyate cokam param ma kuruta vrajagganah sada na kasyapi jayah parajayah shri-jahnavi-yutha uvaca - the group,of gopis headed by Jahnavi said; kada when?; tatha - then; asmat - of us; samayah - the time; bhavisyati - will be; yatha as; purandhri-samayah - the time of the city girls; pradrcyate - is seen; cokam lament; param - great; ma - don't; kuruta - do; vrajagganah - O girls of Vraja; sada always; na - not; kasyapi - of someone; jayah - the victor; parajayah - the defeated. The group of gopis headed by Shri Jahnavi said: O girls of Vraja, don't lament, saying, "Now is the time for the girls of Mathura City. When will our time come?" The winner and the loser there will always be. Text 12 shri-yamuna-yutha uvaca vidhatur na daya kincid yunakti viyunakti yah bhutani sakalany eva

kridanani yatharbhakah shri-yamuna-yutha uvaca - the group ,of gopis headed by Shri Yamuna said; vidhatuh - of the creator; na - not; daya - mercy; kincit - at all; yunakti - brings together; viyunakti - separates; yah - who; bhutani - living entities; sakalani - all; eva - indeed; kridanani - toys; yatha - as; arbhakah - a child. The group of gopis headed by Shri Yamuna said: The creator Brahma is not kind. He joins and separates the living entities like a child playing with toys. Text 13 shri-rama-yutha uvaca kubja-puradyarju-samana-vigraha dasi tv idanim tu kulinatam gata ku-rupini rupavati babhav aho catur-dinair dundubhi-nada-karini shri-rama-yutha uvaca - te group of gopis headed by Shri Rama said; kubja-pura - crooked before; adya - now; rju-samana-vigraha - straight; dasi - maidservant; tv indeed; idanim - now; tu - indeed; kulinatamthe state of being a poious and respectable girl; gata - attained; ku-rupini - ugly; rupavati - beautiful; babhau manifested; ahah - Oh; catur-dinaih - with four days; dundubhi-nada-karini sounding dundubhi drums. The group of gopis headed by Shri Rama said: The girl Kubja was crooked and now she is straight. She was a lowly maidservant and now she is exalted and worthy of honor. She was ugly and now she is beautiful. For her the victory drums sounded for four days. Text 14 shri-vijaya-yutha ucuh sada na kasyapi bhuja priyamse sada vasanto na sada yuva syat indro na rajyam kurute sadayam catur-dinair manam alagkarotu shri-vijaya-yutha ucuh - the groups headed by Vijaya said; sada - always; na not; kasyapi - of someone; bhuja - the arms; priyamse - on the beloved's shoulder; sada - always; vasantah - springtime; na - not; sada - always; yuva - youth; syat - is; indrah - Indra; na - not; rajyam - kingdom; kurute - does; sada - always; ayam - He; catur-dinaih - with four days; manam - honor; alagkarotu - may decorate.

The groups of gopis headed by Shri Vijaya said: The arm is not on the beloved's shoulder eternally. Springtime is not eternal. Youth is not eternal. Indra does not rule his kingdom eternally. For four days Kubja was glorified. Text 15 shri-lalita-yutha uvaca rasabhisekam vinivarya manthara cakara vighnam kila kosale pure kubjaiva seyam mathura-pure gata kubjaiva kim kim na karoti gopikah shri-lalita-yutha uvaca - the groups of gopis headed by Shri Lalita said; rama - of Rama; abhisekam - the coronation-bathing; vinivarya - stopping; manthara Manthara; cakara - did; vighnam - obstacle; kila - indeed; kosale pure - in Ayodhya; kubja - Kubja; eva - indeed; sa iyam - she; mathura-pure - in Mathura City; gata gone; kubja - Kubja; eva - indeed; kim - what?; kim - what?; na - not; karoti does; gopikah - the gopis. The groups of gopis headed by Shri Lalita said: The girl Kubja in Mathura City had been Manthara in Ayodhya, where she stopped the coronation of Lord Ramacandra. O gopis, what offense had Kubja not committed? Text 16 shri-vicakha-yutha uvaca go-caranayanucarair vrajantam prabodhayantam sva-puram viravaih mattebha-yanam hi vidambayantam shri-nanda-sunum na hi vismaramah shri-vicakha-yutha uvaca - the groups of gopis headed by Shri Vicakha said; gocaranaya - for herding the cows; anucaraih - - with associates; vrajantam - walking; prabodhayantam - waking; sva-puram - His town; viravaih - with sounds; mattebhayanam - the walking of an intocxicated elephant; hi - indeed; vidambayantam mocking; shri-nanda-sunum - Shri Krishna; na - not; hi - indeed; vismaramah - we forget. The groups of gopis headed by Shri Vicakha said: We have not forgotten Nanda's son, Krishna, who wakened the entire village with the great clamor He made as He went with His friends to herd the cows, His walking mocking the graceful steps of intoxicated elephants. Text 17

shri-maya-yutha uvaca sagkoca-vithisu pate pragrhya prasahya dorbhyam hrdaye nidhaya anyonyam akarsana-harsa-bhitir grhan harim tam hi kada nayamah shri-maya-yutha uvaca - the groups of gopis headed by Shri Maya said; sagkocavithisu - on the narrow path; pate - gone; pragrhya - taking; prasahya - forcibly; dorbhyam - with both arms; hrdaye - on the heart; nidhaya - placing; anyonyam together; akarsana - pulling; harsa-happiness; bhitih - fear; grhan - to the homes; harim - Krishna; tam - Him; hi - indeed; kada - when?; nayamah - we lead. The groups of gopis headed by Shri Maya said: When will we ambush Krishna on the narrow path and with both arms forcibly hold Him to our hearts? When, happy and frightened, will we take Him to our homes? Text 18 shri-asta-sakhya ucuh viksya nanda-sutam agga sundaram netram adya na jagad vipacyati nanda-raja-tanaye purim sthite kim bhavisyati vadacu nas tvaram shri-asta-sakhyah ucuh - the eight gopi friends said; viksya - seeing; nandasutam - Krishna; agga - O noble one; sundaram - handsome; netram - the eye; adya - now; na - not; jagat - the universe; vipacyati - sees; nanda-raja-tanaye - on Krishna; purim - the city; sthite - situated; kim - what?; bhavisyati - will be; vada please tell; acu - at once; nah - to us; tvaram - quickly. The eight gopi friends said: Today our eyes see only the handsome son of King Nanda and they cannot see anything of the material world. Now that Krishna is in Mathura City, what will happen next? O gentle Uddhava, please tell us at once. Text 19 shri-sodaca-sakhya ucuh venu-nada-madhura-dhvanim vane sannicamya kusumesu-vardhanam crotra-yugmam iha nah crnoti no vicva-gitam uta va yacah param shri-sodaca-sakhya ucuh - the sixteen gopi friends said; venu-nada-madhuradhvanim - the sweet sound of the flute; vane - in the forest; sannicamya - hearing; kusumesu-vardhanam - increasing amorous desires; crotra-yugmam - ears; iha -

here; nah - of us; crnoti - hear; nah - not; vicva-gitam - the son of the world; uta indeed; va - or; yacah - fame; param - great. The sixteen gopi friends said: When they hear the sweet musaic of Krishna's flute in the forest, our ears cannot hear any other music in the entire world. Our ears do not think any other music is sweet and glorious. Text 20 shri-dvatrimcat-sakhya ucuh pritya sva-mitram hi ripum nayena lubdham dhanaic ca dvijam adarena gurum pranamai rasikam rasena nirmohinam kena vaci-karoti shri-dvatrimcat-sakhya ucuh - the thirty-two gopi freinds said; pritya - - with love; sva-mitram - own friend; hi - indeed; ripum - enemy; nayena - by leading; lubdham - greedy; dhanaih - with wealth; ca - also; dvijam - a brahmana; adarena with respect; gurum - a guru; pranamai - bow; rasikam - nectarean; rasena - with nectar; nirmohinam - not bewildered; kena - by what?; vaci-karoti - bring under control. The thirty-two gopi friends said: With love one makes a friend into a submissive servant. With superior logic one makes a friend into a submissive servant. With money one makes a greedy miser into a submissive servant. With worship and honor one makes a brahmana into a submissive servant. With bowing down again and again one makes a guru into a submissive servant. With beautiful things sweet as nectar one makes a person searching after nectar into a submissive servant. With what does one make a person who can never be bewildered into a submissive servant? Text 21 shri-cruti-rupa ucuh yaj-jagaradisu bhavesu param hy ahetur hetusvid asya vicaranti gunac ca yena naitad vicanti mahad-indriya-deva-sagghas tasmai namo 'gnim iva vistrta-visphuliggah shri-cruti-rupa ucuh - the gopis that had been Personified Vedas said; yajjagaradisu - beginning with wakefulness; bhavesu - in the states of being; param supreme; hi - indeed; ahetuh - causeless; hetusvit - cause; asya - of Him; vicaranti consider; gunah - the modes; ca - and; yena - by whom; na - not; etat - this; vicanti - enter; mahat - mahat-tattva; indriya - senses; deva - demigods; sagghah - groups;

tasmai - to Him; namah - obeisances; agnim - fire; iva - like; vistrta-visphuliggah sparks. The gopis that had been Personified Vedas said: We offer our respectful obeisances to Lord Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is the cause of wakefulness, dream, and sleep, but nothing outside of Himself is the cause of Him. Pushed by Him, the modes of material nature act. The mahat-tattva, senses, and demigods have no power over Him. He is a blazing fire and all things that exist are sparks from Him. Text 22 shri-rsi-rupa ucuh naivecitum prabhur ayam balinam baliyan maya na cabda uta no visayi-karoti tad brahma purnam amrtam paramam pracantam cuddham parat parataram caranam gatah smah shri-rsi-rupa ucuh - the gopis that had been sages said; na - not; eva - indeed; icitum - to dominate; prabhuh - the Lord; ayam - He; balinam - of the strong; baliyan - the strongest; maya - illusion; na - not; cabda - sound; uta indeed; nah - not; visayi-karoti - brings into the range pf perception; tat - that; brahma - Brahman; purnam - perfect; amrtam - eternal; paramam - supreme; pracantam - peaceful; cuddham - pure; parat - than the greatest; parataram greater; caranam - shelter; gatah - attain; smah - we. The gopis that had been sages said; The strongest of the strongcannot defeat Him. Material illusion cannot bewilder Him. The Vedas cannot bring Him within their grasp. He is the perfect, complete, eternal, sweet, peaceful, and pure Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest. We take shelter of Him. Text 23 shri-devaggana ucuh amcamcakamcaka-kalady-avatara-vrndair aveca-purna-sahitac ca parasya yasya sargadayah kila bhavanti tam eva krishnam purnat param tu paripurnatamam natah smah shri-devaggana ucuh - the gopis that had been demigoddesses said; amca amsa; amcakamcaka - amsamsa; kala - kala; adi - beginning; avatara - incarnations; vrndaih - with multitudes; aveca - avesa; purna - purna; sahitah - with; ca - and; parasya - of the Supreme; yasya - of whom; sargadayah - beginning with creation; kila - indeed; bhavanti - are; tam - to Him; eva - indeed; krishnam - Krishna; purnat than the most perfect; param - more perfect; tu - indeed; paripurnatamam - the most perfect; natah - bowing down; smah - we are.

The gopis that had been demigoddesses said: The amca, amcamca, kala, aveca, purna, and other incarnations of Godhead come from Him. The creation, maintenance, and destruction of the material universes come from Him. We bow down before Him, Shri Krishna, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, more perfect than the perfect. Text 24 shri-yajna-sita ucuh criman-nikunja-latika-kusumakaro 'yam shri-radhika-hrdaya-kantha-vibhusano 'yam shri-rasa-mandala-patir vraja-mandaleco brahmanda-mandala-mahi-paripalako 'yam shri-yajna-sita ucuh - the Yajna-sitas said; criman-nikunja-latika-kusumakarah a forest garden of flowering vines; ayam - He; shri-radhika - of Shri Radha; hrdaya on the heart; kantha - and neck; vibhusanah - the ornament; ayam - He; shri-rasamandala-patih - the master of the rasa-dance circle; vraja-mandalecah - the master of the circle of Vraja; brahmanda-mandala-mahi-paripalakah - the maintainer of the circle of all the universes; ayam - He. The Yajna-sitas said; He stays in a beautiful forest garden of flowering vines. He is an ornament on Shri Radha's neck and heart. He is the master of the circle of Vraja. He is the master of the rasa-dance circle. He is the protector of the circle of the universes. Text 25 shri-rama-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh yo gopika-sakala-yutham alancakara vrndavanam ca nija-pada-rajobhir adrim yah sarva-loka-vibhavaya babhuva bhumau tam bhuri-lilam uragendra-bhujam bhajamah shri-rama-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh - the gopis that had been residents of RamaVaikuntha said; yah - who; gopika-sakala-yutham - all the groups of gopis; ala 24cakara - decorates; vrndavanam - Vrndavana; ca - and; nija-pada-rajobhih - with the dust of His feet; adrim - the hill; yah - who; sarva-loka-vibhavaya - for the gl;ory of all the worlds; babhuva - was; bhumau - on the earth; tam - Him; bhuri-lilam enjoying transcendental pastimes; uragendra-the kings of snakes; bhujam - His arms; bhajamah - we worship.

The gopis that had been residents of Rama-Vaikuntha said: We worship Lord Krishna, whose arms are like two snake-kings, who decorated Vrndavana, Govardhana Hill, and all the gopis with the dust of His feet, and who to show His glories to all the worlds enjoyed many transcendental pastimes on the earth. Text 26 shri-cvetadvipa-sakhi-jana ucuh yatha cilindhram cicur acramo gajah sva-puskarenaiva ca puskaram girim dhrtva babhau shri-vraja-raja-nandanah krpakaro 'sau na hi vismrtah kvacit shri-cvetadvipa-sakhi-jana ucuh - the gopis that had been friends of the goddess of fortune on Svetadvipa said; yatha - as; cilindhram - a mushroom; cicuh - boy; acramah - shelter; gajah - elephant; sva-puskarena - with a lotus; eva - indeed; ca and; puskaram - a lotus; girim - hill; dhrtva - holding; babhau - manifested; shrivraja-raja-nandanah - the prince of Vraja; krpakarah - kind; asau - He; na - not; hi indeed; vismrtah - forgotten; kvacit - ever. The gopis that had been friends of the goddess of fortune on Svetadvipa said: We have not forgotten compassionate Shri Krishna, the prince of Vraja, who, as a child lifts a mushroom or an elephant lifts a lotus in its tongue, lifted Govardhana Hill. Text 27 shri-urdhva-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh cyama-varnamaye netre jagac chyamam vipacyatah na dvaitam drcyate yasam tabhih kim yoga-sevanam shri-urdhva-vaikuntha-vasinya ucuh - the gopis that had been residents of Urdhva-Vaikuntha said; cyama-varnamaye - black; netre - eyes; jagac-chyamam black; vipacyatah - seeing; na - not; dvaitam - different; drcyate - is seen; yasam of whom; tabhih - by them; kim - what?; yoga-sevanam - practice of yoga. The gopis that had been residents of Urdhva-Vaikuntha said: When the eyes are covered with darkness they see the entire universe is dark. In that darkness, the eyes can clearly see that everything is all one and there is no duality. What use do we have for this darkness of impersonalist yoga?

Text 28 shri-lokacala-vasinya ucuh sneha-paco drdho chinno na cchinno harina vina chittva tam mathuram pragan naga-pasam yatha khagah shri-lokacala-vasinya ucuh - the gopis that had been residents of Lokacala said; sneha - of love; pacah - the rope; drdhah - firm; chinnah - broken; na - not; cchinnah - broken; harina - by Krishna; vina - without; chittva - breaking; tam - that; mathuram - to Mathura; pragan - went; naga-pasam - snake-noose; yatha as; khagah - Garuda. The gopis that had been residents of Lokacala said: Only Krishna can cut the noose of love. No one but Him can cut it. As Garuda cuts a noose of snakes, Krishna should have cut the noose of our love before He went to Mathura City. Text 29 shri-ajita-padacrita ucuh krsne lagnam netra-yugmam dhavad daca-dicantaram aho na lagnam kutrapi padma-lagno yatha hy alih shri-ajita-padacrita ucuh - the gopis that had taken shelter of Lord Ajita's feet said; krsne - on Lord Krishna; lagnam - resting; netra-yugmam - eyes; dhavat running; daca-dicantaram - in the ten directions; ahah - Oh; na - not; lagnam resting; kutrapi - anywhere; padma-lagnah - resting on a lotus; yatha - as; hi indeed; alih - a bee. The gopis that had taken shelter of Lord Ajita's feet said: Not going anywhere else in the ten directions, our eyes rest on Krishna as a bumblebee rests on a lotus. Text 30 shri-sakhya ucuh karpanyena yaco hanti krudha guna-ganodayam dhanani vyasanair lokah kapatenaiva mitratam

shri-sakhya ucuh - the gopis that had been friends of ther goddess of fortune said; karpanyena - by being in a pitiable condition; yacah - fame; hanti - kills; krudha - by anger; guna-ganodayam - virtues; dhanani - wealth; vyasanaih - by calamities; lokah - the world; kapatena - by treachery; eva - indeed; mitratam friendship. The gopis that had been friends of the goddess of fortune said: Being in a wretched condition destroys one's fame. Anger destroys virtues. Misfortune destroys wealth. Treachery destroys friendship. Text 31 shri-maithila ucuh dhanam dattva tanum rakset tanum dattva trapam vyadhat dhanam tanum trapam dadyan mitra-karyartham eva hi shri-maithila ucuh - the gopis that had been the women of Mithila said; dhanam wealth; dattva - giving; tanum - body; rakset - should protect; tanum - body; dattva - giving; trapammodesty; vyadhat - gives; dhanam - wealth; tanum - body; trapam modesty; dadyat - may guve; mitra-karyartham - for friendship; eva - indeed; hi indeed. The gopis that had been the women of Mithila said: By paying money one may protect his body, and by renouncing this body one may preserve his good reputation. For the sake of a friend one may give away his money, body, and good reputation. Text 32 shri-kaucala ucuh na ko 'pi janati viyoga-jam dasam jivam vina vaktum alam na sapi hi bhuyad uro-bana-bhinnam aran mabhut kadapi priya-viprayojanam shri-kaucala ucuh - the gopis that had been women of Kocala said; na - not; ko 'pi - anyone; janati - knows; viyoga-jam - born of separation; dasam - condition; jivam - life; vina - without; vaktum - to speak; alam - greatly; na - no; sapi - any woman; hi - indeed; bhuyat - may be; uro-bana-bhinnam - her chest pierced by an arrow; aran - near; ma - not; abhut - may be; kadapi - ever; priya-viprayojanam separation from the beloved.

The gopis that had been women of Kocala said: Only a person whose heart has been broken by the arrow of separation can understand or describe the sufferings of a lover separated from the beloved. Text 33 shri-ayodhya-pura-vasinya ucuh krtva niracam vinidhaya cacam jagama cacam mathura-purasya yogam ca tasyopari calikhan no nirmohinam cittam aho vicitram shri-ayodhya-pura-vasinya ucuh - the gopis that had been the women of Ayodhya said; krtva - having done; niracam - hopelessness; vinidhaya - placing; ca and; acam - hope; jagama - went; ca - and; acam - in the direction; mathurapurasya - of Mathura City; yogam - meeting; ca - and; tasya - of Him; upari - over; ca - and; alikhant - wrote; nah - not; nirmohinam - of the peaceful; cittam - the heart; ahah - Oh; vicitram - wonderful. The gopis that had been the women of Ayodhya said: First He gave us no hope, then He gave us hope, then he went to Mathura City. Now He writes that we will meet again. Are not the hearts of they who do not love wonderful to see? Text 34 shri-pulindika ucuh enam varam kartum ativa vihvalam samagatam curpanakham pura vane yah karayam asa virupinim balat saumitrina tena tu vah krpa katham shri-pulindika ucuh - the gopis that had been Pulindas said; enam - Him; varam beloved; kartum - to make; ativa - very; vihvalam - agitated; samagatam attained; curpanakham - Surpanakha; pura - before; vane - in the forest; yah - who; karayam asa - made; virupinim - disfigured; balat - forcibly; saumitrina - by Laksmana; tena - by Him; tu - indeed; vah - of you; krpa - the mercy; katham - how? The gopis that had been Pulindas said: When Surpanakha fell in love with Him and yearned to marry Him, He made Laksmana disfigure her. He was not kind then. Why should He be kind now? Text 35

shri-sutala-vasinya ucuh bhaktam balim satya-param ca bhur idam nitva balim yah kupito babandha ha aho katham tasya karoti sevanam maya-bator vamana-rupa-dharinah shri-sutala-vasinya ucuh - the gopis that had been the women of Sutalaloka said; bhaktam - devotee; balim - Bali; satya-param - truthful; ca - and; bhuh - earth; idam - this; nitva - bringing; balim - offering; yah - who; kupitah - angry; babandha bound; ha - indeed; ahah - Oh; katham - how?; tasya - of Him; karoti - does; sevanam - service; maya-batoh - pretending to be a small brahmana boy; vamanarupa-dharinah - manifesting the form of Lord Vamana. The gopis that had been the women of Sutalaloka said: When the sincere devotee Bali Maharaja offered Him the entire world, Krishna became angry and tightly bound Bali with many ropes. That is the result of worshiping Him. Why would anyone worship this person, who deviously pretended to be a brahmacari? Text 36 shri-jalandharya ucuh purati-kastam pragate 'surottame kayadhave bhakta-vare tato hy ayam bhutva nrsimhah krtavan sahayam aho para nisthurata pradrcyate shri-jalandharya ucuh - the gopis that had been Jalandharis said; pura previously; ati-kastam - great calamity; pragate - attained; asurottame - the great demon; kayadhave - to Prahlada; bhakta-vare - the great devotee; tatah - then; hi indeed; ayam - He; bhutva - becoming; nrsimhah - Nrsimha; krtavan - did; sahayam - help; ahah - Oh; para - great; nisthurata - cruelty; pradrcyate - is seen. The gopis that had been Jalandharis said: When the great demon Hiranyakacipu tortured the great devotee Prahlada, Krishna appeared as Nrsimha, saved Prahlada, and was very cruel to Hiranyakacipu. Text 37 shri-bhumi-gopya ucuh aho 'ti-nirmohi-janasya citram param caritram gaditum na yogyam mukhena canyad dhrdi bhavyam anyad devo na janati kuto manusyah

shri-bhumi-gopya ucuh - the Bhumi-gopis said; ahah - Oh; ati-nirmohi-janasya of one who is peaceful; citram - wonderful; param - great; caritram - activities; gaditum - to speak; na - not; yogyam - proper; mukhena - with the mouth; ca - and; anyat - another; hrdi - in the heart; bhavyam - will be; anyat - another; devah - the demigod; na - not; janati - understands; kutah - where?; manusyah - humans. The Bhumi-gopis said: No one can describe with his mouth or understand with his heart the surprising activities of Krishna, who is never bewildered by feelings of love. If even the great demigods cannot understand His activities, how can mere human beings understandthem?

Chapter Eighteen Shri Gopi-vakye Uddhavagamana Uddhava Hears the Gopis' Words and Returns to Mathura Text 1 shri-barhishmati-bhava ucuh aho layabdhau kripaya harir yam uddhritya varaha-tanur mahatma tam anvadhavad dhrita-sinjini-sharo bhutva dayaluh prithur adi-rajah shri-barhishmati-bhava ucuhthe gopis that had been the women of Barhishmati-pura said: ahahOh; layabdhauon the ocean of devastation; kripaya with mercy; harihKrishna; yamwhom; uddhrityalifting; varaha-tanuhthe form of Varaha; mahatmagreat soul; tamher; anvadhavatfollowing; dhritasinjini-sharahplacing the arrow to the bowstring; bhutvadoing; dayaluh merciful; prithuhPrithu; adi-rajahthe great king. The gopis that had been the women of Barhishmati-pura said: Krishna was Varaha, who rescued the earth from the waters of devastation. Krishna was the great and merciful king Prithu who, placing an arrow on His bowtshring, protected the earth. Text 2 shri-lata-gopya ucuh svayam sudham va na vibhajya purvam dhanvantarir vishva-bhishan mahatma tad-baddha-vaireshu surasureshu

bhutvatha yoshit pradadau kali-priyah shri-lata-gopya ucuhthe gopis that had been flowering vines said; svayam personally; sudhamnectar; vaor; nanot; vibhajyadistributing; purvam before; dhanvantarihDhanvantari; vishva-bhishakthe doctor of the universe; mahatmathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tad-baddha-vaireshuinimical; surasureshudemigods and demons; bhutvabecoming; athathen; yoshita woman; pradadaugave; kali-priyahfond of quarreling. The gopis that had been flowering vines said: In ancient times Krishna became Dhanvantari, the universal physician who brought, but did not distribute, nectar. When the demigods and demons quarreled, Krishna, who sometimes likes a quarrel, became the girl Mohini and gave the nectar to the demigods. Text 3 shri-nagendra-kanya ucuh athecchatim enam aho varam harih samagatam shurpanakham mahavane cakara saumitra-sakhah kurupinim aho kritam tasya taya kim apriyam shri-nagendra-kanya ucuhthe snakes princesses said; athathen; icchatim desiring; enamHim; ahahindeed; varamhusband; harihKrishna; samagatam approached; shurpanakhamSurpanakha; mahavanein Mahavana; cakaradid; saumitra-sakhahtrhe friend of Lakshmana; kurupinim-disfigured; ahahOh; kritamdid; tasyaof Him; tayaby her; kimwhat?; apriyamnot dear. The gopis that had been snake-princesses said: When Krishna was Ramacandra, and Shurpanakha wished to marry Him, Ramacandra, the friend of Lakshmana, disfigured her. What bad thing did she do to deserve that punishment? Text 4 shri-samudra-kanya ucuh nityam griha-shatam yanti datri duhkham sukham janan sviya katham sushila ca cancalasmin katham sthita shri-samudra-kanya ucuhthe daughters of the ocean said; nityamalways; griha-shatama hundred homes; yantigoes; datrithe giver; duhkham sufferinbgs; sukhamhappiness; jananto the people; sviyaown; kathamhow?;

sushilagood; caand; cancalarestless; asminin this; kathamhow?; sthita situated. The gopis that had been daughters of the ocean said: Why does Krishna's saintly beloved, the goddess of fortune, bring happiness or suffering to hundreds of homes every day? Why, even though she is rstless and fickle, does she always stay by His side? Text 5 shri-apsara ucuh asya pritya karna-nase gate vai ravana-svasuh tyajantu vartam tenapi bhavatinam kripa krita shri-apsara ucuhte gopis that had been apsaras said; asyaof Him; pritya with love; karna-naseears and nose; gategone; vaiindeed; ravana-svasuh Surpanakha; tyajantumay abanond; vartamnews; tenaby Him; apialso; bhavatinamof you all; kripamercy; kritadone. The gopis that had been apsaras said: Shurpanakha lovingly approached Him and He responded by cutting off her ears and nose. Krishna is not kind. Text 6 shri-divya ucuh sarveshvaro balim nitva balim baddhva daya-parah adhah kshipan mukti-nathas citram tat kathayabhavat shri-divya ucuhthe divya-gopis said; sarveshvarahthe master of all; balim offering; nitvabringing; balimBali; baddhvabinding; daya-parahkind; adhah below; kshipanthrowing; mukti-nathahthe master of liberation; citram wonderful; tatthat; kathayawith the story; abhavatwas. The divya-gopis said: Even though Krishna is the merciful Supreme Personality of Godhead, He tied up Bali Maharaja, who was making an offering to Him. Even though Krishna is the master that gives liberation, He threw Bali down to the lower worlds. This is all very surprising. Text 7

shri-adivya ucuh shatarupa-yutam shantam tapasy antam manum pura daityair badham gatam pashcad rarakshasau daya-nidhih shri-adivya ucuhthe adivya-gopis said; shatarupayutamwuth Shatarupa; shantampeaceful; tapasiausperity; antamend; manumManu; purabefore; daityaihby the demons; badhamstopped; gatamgone; pashcatafter; rarakshaprotected; asauHe; daya-nidhihan ocean of mercy. The adivya-gopis said: Krishna protected Manu and Shatarupa when, as they were peacefully performing austerities, the demons attacked them. Text 8 shri-sattva-vrittaya ucuh purvam kasha-gatam bhaktam dhruvam kayadhavam ca vai pashcad raraksha kripaya na purvam dina-vatsalah shri-sattva-vrittaya ucuhthe sattva-vritti-gopis said; purvambefore; kashagatamsuffering; bhaktamdevotee; dhruvamDhruva; kayadhavamPrahlada; caand; vaiindeed; pashcatthen; rarakshaprotected; kripayawith mercy; na not; purvambefore; dina-vatsalahkind to the distressed. The sattva-vritti-gopis said: Although Krishna, who is kind to the distressed, protected Dhruva and Prahlada from many calamities, now He will not protect us.. Text 9 shri-rajo-vrittaya ucuh rukmangada-harishcandrambarishanam satam harih satyam parikshan pradadau punar bhagavatim shriyam shri-rajo-vrittaya ucuhthe rajo-vritti-gopis said; rukmangadaRukmangada; harishcandraHariscandra; ambarishanamand Ambarisa; satamdevotees; harih Krishna; satyamtrue; parikshanseeing; pradadaugave; punahagain; bhagavatimof the Lord; shriyamopulence.

The rajo-vritti-gopis said: When He saw that they were His sincere devotees, Lord Krishna gave His own transcendental opulences to Rukmangada, Harishcandra, and Ambarisha. Text 10 shri-tamo-vrittaya ucuh vrinda yena chalam prapta chalina balina pura chalamayya balinyadya kubjaya chalito hy ayam shri-tamo-vrittaya ucuhthe tamo-vritti gopis said; vrindaVrnda; yenaby whom; chalamtrick; praptaattained; chalinaby a trick; balinaby Bali; pura before; chalamayyatreacerous; balinyadyaheaded by Balini; kubjayaby Kubja; chalitahcheated; hiindeed; ayamHe. The tamo-vritti gopis said: Krishna cheated many others in the past. He cheated Bali Maharaja and He also cheated Kubja. Text 11 kripani hy ekato vakra ghatayanti janan bahun kim u kubja tri-vakra ca shri-krishnena tri-bhangina kripania dagger; hiindeed; ekatahby one; vakracrooked; ghatayanti struck; jananpeople; bahunmany; kimwhat?; uindeed; kubjaKubja; trivakracrooked in three places; caand; shri-krishnenaby Shri Krishna; tribhanginabent in three places. A single crooked sword can kill many straight people. Why, then, would Krishna, who is Himself bent in three places, not cheat Kubja, who was also crooked in three places? Text 12 pashyantinam krishna-margam netre duhkham gate bhrisham

avadhih pada-vikshepam vamanasya karoti hi pashyantinamlooking; krishna-margamon the poath of Krishna; netreeyes; duhkhamsufcferings; gateattained; bhrishamgreatly; avadhihup to; padavikshepamthe kicking; vamanasyaof Vamana; karotidoes; hiindeed. Hoping for Krishna to come, we stared at the path, trying to look as far as possible into the distance, even up to the place where Lord Vamana kicked a hole in the covering of the universe. Text 13 pitatvam tvag-gata padau shaithilyam pragatau ca nah mano vibhramatam ugram madhave madhavam vina pitatvamyellowness; tvak-skin; gataattained; padaufeet; shaithilyam slackness; pragatauattauined; caand; nahof us; manahthe mind; vibhramatambewilderment; ugramterrible; madhavein the springtime; madhavamKrishna; vinawithout. In Krishna's absence our skin has turned yellow, our steps are unsteady, and our thoughts disoriented. Text 14 sapatni-hara-cihnadhyam agatam tam ushah-kshane ha daiva kasmin samaye drakshyamo nanda-nandanam sapatnirival; haranecklace; cihnamark; adhyamenriched; agatamcome; tamHim; ushah-kshaneat dawn; haindeed; daivaO destiny; kasminat what?; samayetime; drakshyamahwe will see; nanda-nandanamNanda's son. O destiny, when will we again see Nanda's son, bearing the marks and necklace of our rival as he comes to us at dawn? Text 15

shri-narada uvaca iti krishnam cintayantyo gopibhih prema-vihvalah utkanhitas ta rurudur murchita dharanim gatah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; ititthus; krishnamabout transcendental; cintayantyahthinking; gopibhihby the gopis; premawith love; vihvalah overcome; utkanhitahyearning; tathey; ruruduhwept; murchitafainting; dharanimto the ground; gatahfell. Shri Narada said: Thinking of Krishna in this way, the gopis became overwhelmed with love for Krishna. Yearning to meet Him again, they wept, and then they fell unconscious to the ground. Text 16 prithak prithak samashvasya vacobhir naya-naipunaih sambodhya gopika sarvah praha radham tadoddhavah prithak prithakeach one; samashvasyacomnforting; vacobhihwith words; naya-naipunaihexpert; sambodhyaawakening; gopikathe gopis; sarvahall; prahasaid; radhamto Radha; tadathen; uddhavahUddhava. After reviving all the gopis and comforting each one with eloquent words, Uddhava spoke to Radha. Text 17 shri-uddhava uvaca paripurnatame krishne vrishabhanu-varatmaje gantum ajnam dehi mahyam namas tubhyam vrajeshvari shri-uddhava uvacaShri Uddhava said; paripurnatamethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; krishneKrishna; vrishabhanu-varatmajeKing Vrishabhanu's daughter; gantumto go; ajnamthe order; dehiplease give; mahyamto me; namahobeisances; tubhyamto You; vrajeshvariO queen of Vraja.

Shri Uddhava said: O supreme goddess, O most exalted one, O daughter of King Vrishabhanu, please give me permission to depart. O queen of Vraja, I offer my respectful obeisances to You. Text 18 pratipatram dehi shubhe shri-krishnaya mahatmane tena tam ca pranamyashu samaneshye tavantikam pratipatrama letter in reply; dehiplease give; shubheO beautiful one; shrikrishnayafor Shri Krishna; mahatmanethe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tenaby that; tamHim; caand; pranamyabowing; ashuat once; samaneshye I will bring; tavaof you; antikamnearness. O beautiful one, please give me a letter for Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. I will bow down before Him and then I will bring Him to You at once. Text 19 shri-narada uvaca atha radha lekhanim ca nitva patram mashes tvaram samacaram cintayanti tavad ashruni sushruvuh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; radhaRadha; lekhanima pen; caand; nitvabringing; patrama cup; mashehof ink; tvaramat once; samacaramactivity; cintayantithinking; tavatthen; ashrunitears; sushruvuh flowed. Shri Narada said: Then Radha took a pen and a jar of ink. As She thought of what to write, tears flowed from Her eyes. Text 20 yad yat patram samanitam radhaya lekhani-yutam tat tad ardri-kritam jatam nayanambuja-varibhih

yad yatwhatever; patramletter; samanitamdone; radhayaby Radha; lekhani-yutamwith the pen; tat tatthat; ardri-kritammelted; jatam manifested; nayanambuja-varibhihwith the tears from Her eyes. Whatever Radha wrote with Her pen was at once washed away by the tears from Her eyes. Text 21 ashru-pravaham muncantim krishna-darshana-lalasam uddhavo vismayan praha radham kamala-locanam ashru-pravahama stream of tears; muncantimshedding; krishna-darshanalalasamyearning to see Krishna; uddhavahUddhava; vismayanastonished; prahasaid; radhamto Radha; kamala-locanamlotus-eyed. Filled with wonder, Uddhava spoke to lotus-eyed Radha who, yearning to see Krishna, shed streams of tears. Text 22 shri-uddhava uvaca katham likhasi radhe tvam katham duhkham karoshi hi sarvam tasmai vadishyami vyatham tval-lekhanam vina shri-uddhava uvacaShri Uddhava said; kathamwho?; likhasiwrite; radheO Radha; tvamYou; kathamhow?; duhkhamsuffering; karoshiYou do; hi indeed; sarvamall; tasmaito Him; vadishyamiI will tell; vyathamthe suffering; tval-lekhanamYour writing; vinawithout. Shri Uddhava said: O Radha, why must You write? Why must You be unhappy in this way? Even without You writing a letter, I will tell Krishna everything of Your distress. Text 23 shri-narada uvaca

iti shrutva vacas tasya radhaya gata-badhaya sarvabhir gopikabhish ca pujito 'bhut tadoddhavah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahwords; tasyaof him; radhayaby Radha; gatagone; badhayadistress; sarvabhihby all; gopikabhihthe gopis; caand; pujitahworshiped; abhutbecame; tada then; uddhavahUddhava. Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, Radha became relieved. Then all the gopis worshiped Uddhava. Text 24 natva pradakshini-kritya radham raseshvarim param gopi-ganam anujnapya natva natva punah punah natvabowing; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; radhamRadha; raseshvarimthe queen of the rasa-dance; paramgreat; gopi-ganamthe gopis; anujnapyataking permission; natvabowing; natvaand bowing; punahagain; punahand again. Then He bowed down before Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa-dance, and then He circumambulated Her. Then He bowed down again and again and again and again before all the gopis and asked them for permission to depart. Text 25 ratham aruhya divyabham ratna-bhushana-bhushitam gata-bhrityabhimano 'sau sandhyayam nandam ayayau rathamthe chariot; aruhyamounting; divyabhamsplendid; ratna-bhushanabhushitamdecorated with jewels; gatagone; bhrityaof being a servant; abhimanahpride; asauhe; sandhyayamat sunrise; nandamto Nanda; ayayau went. Mounting his splendid jewel chariot, and his pride in being a great servant of Lord Krishna now gone, Uddhava came at sunrise to Nanda's home.

Text 26 martanda udayam prapte natva gopim yashomatim nanda-rajam anujnapya nava-nandams tadoddhavah martandathe sun; udayamrising; prapteattained; natvabowing; gopim to the gopi; yashomatimYashoda; nanda-rajamto King Nanda; anujnapya taking permission; nava-nandanthe nine Nandas; tadathen; uddhavah Uddhava. As the sun rose, uddhava bowed down before the gopi Yashoda, King Nanda, and the nine Nandas. Then Uddhava asked for permission to depart. Text 27 vrishabhanupanandamsh ca samanujnapya lokatah tatha krishna-sakhin sarvan ratham aruhya nirgatah vrishabhanuthe Vrishabhanus; upandanthe Upanandas; caand; samanujnapyataking permission; lokatahcompletely; tathathen; krishnasakhinKrishna's friends; sarvanall; rathamchariot; aruhyaclimbing; nirgatah left. Taking permission from the Vrishabhanus, the Upanandas, and all of Lord Krishna's friends, Uddhava mounted his chariot and left. Text 28 duram tam anugah sarve gopa gopi-ganas tatha sa nivrittyatha tan snehad uddhavo mathuram yayau duramfar; tamhim; anugahfollowing; sarveall; gopathe gopas; gopiganahthe gopis; tathathen; sahe; nivrittyaturning away; athathen; tan from them; snehatout of love; uddhavahUddhava; mathuramto Mathura; yayauwent.

The gopas and gopi followed him for a long time. Then, out of love for them leaving them behind, Uddhava went to Mathura. Text 29 ekante cakshaya-vae krishna-tire manohare natva krishnam parikramya prema-gadgadaya gira praha sravan-netra-padma uddhavo buddhi-sattamah ekantesolitary; caand; akshaya-vaean immortal banyan tree; krishna-tire on the Yamuna's shore; manoharebeautiful; natvabowing; krishnamto Lord Krishna; parikramyacircumambulating; prema-gadgadayachoked with love; gira with words; prahasaid; sravan-netra-padmahtears flowing from his lotus eyes; uddhavahUddhava; buddhi-sattamahthe best of the wise. Under an immortal banyan tree by the Yamuna's beautiful shore, Uddhava bowed down and before Lord Krishna and then circumambulated Him. Tears flowing from his lotus eyes, Uddhava, the best of the wise, spoke in a voice choked with love. Text 30 shri-uddhava uvaca kim deva kathaniyam me bhavato 'shesha-sakshinah vidhatsva sham radhikaya gopinam dehi darshanam shri-uddhava uvacaShri Uddhava said; kimwhat?; devaO Lord; kathaniyam may be said; meby me; bhavatahof You; asheshaof all; sakshinahthe witness; vidhatsvaplease give; shamhappiness; radhikayaof Radha; gopinam of the gopis; dehigive; darshanamthe sight. Shri Uddhava said: O Lord, what can I say to You, the witness that sees everything? Please give happiness to Radha and the gopis. Please allow them to see You. Text 31

shri-krishnam deva-devesham samaneshye tavantikam ittham vakyam ca me bhutam raksha raksha kripa-nidhe shri-krishnamShri Krishna; deva-deveshamthe master of the masters of the demigods; samaneshyeI will bring; tavantikamto You; itthamthus; vakyam the words; caand; meof me; bhutamwere; rakshaplease protect; raksha please protect; kripa-nidheO ocean of mercy. I said to Radha, "I will bring Lord Krishna, the master of the masters of the demigods, to You." O ocean of mercy, please protect, protect my words. Text 32 prahlada-rukmangadayoh pratijnam balesh ca khatvanga-nripasya sakshat yathambarisha-dhruvayos tatha me krita ca bhakteshvara raksha raksha prahladaof Prahlada; rukmangadayohof Rakumangada; pratijnamthe promise; balehof Bali; caand; khatvanga-nripasyaof King Khatvanga; sakshat directly; yathaas; ambarishaof Ambarisa; dhruvayohpf Dhruva; tathaso; meof me; kritadone; caand; bhakteshvaraO king of the devotees; raksha protect; rakshaprotect. O master of the devotees, as You protected the promises of Prahlada, Rukmangada, Bali, King Khavanga, Ambarisha, and Dhruva, please protect, please protect the promise I made. .pa

Chapter Nineteen Shri Krishnagamanotsava The Festival on Shri Krishna Return Text 1 ittham nishamya bhaktasya vacanam bhakta-vatsalah smritva vakyam sva-kathitam gantum cakre 'cyuto matim

itthamthus; nishamyahearing; bhaktasyaof His devotee; vacanamthe words; bhakta-vatsalahkind to the devotees; smritvaremembering; vakyam words; sva-kathitamspoken by Himself; gantumto go; cakredid; acyutahthe infallible Lord; matimHis mind. Listening to the words of His devotee, and remembering His own promise, Lord Krishna, the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead, who loves His devotees, made up His mind to go to Vraja. Texts 2 and 3 baladevam sthapyitva karya-bhareshu sarvatah hemadhyam kinkini-jalam cancalashva-niyojitam ratham aruhya suryabham uddhavena samanvitah bhaktanam darshanam datum prayayau nanda-gokulam baladevamBalarama; sthapyitvaplacing; karya-bhareshuin the duties; sarvatahin all respects; hemadhyamopulent with gold; kinkini-jalama network of tinkling ornaments; cancalaeager to go; ashvahorses; niyojitamyoked; rathamchariot; aruhyamounting; suryabhamsplendid as the sun; uddhavena with Uddhava; samanvitahwith; bhaktanamof the devotees; darshanamthe sight; datumto give; prayayauwent; nanda-gokulamto Nanda's Gokula. Entrusting all His duties to Balarama, and mounting a chariot rich with tinkling golden ornaments and yoked to eager horses, Krishna went with Uddhava to Nanda's Gokula to meet His devotees. Text 4 govardhanam gokulam ca pashyan vrindavanam vanam prapto 'bhut puline krishno krishna-tire manohare govardhanamGovardhana; gokulamGokula; caand; pashyanseeing; vrindavanamVrindavana; vanamforest; praptahattained; abhutdid; puline on the shore; krishnahKrishna; krishna-tireon the Yamuna's shore; manohare beautiful.

Seeing Govardhana and Gokula as He went, Krishna came to the Yamuna's beautiful shore by Vrindavana forest. Text 5 koishah koisho gavo drishva krishnam vrajadhipam adhavantyah sarvatas tam sneha-snuta-payodharah koishahmillions; koishahand millions; gavahof cows; drishvaseeing; krishnamKrishna; vrajadhipamthe king of Vraja; adhavantyahrunning; sarvataheverywhere; tamHim; snehaout of love; snutaflowing; payodharah udders. As soon as they saw Him, from all directions millions and millions of cows, milk dripping from their udders out of love, ran to Krishna, the king of Vraja. Texts 6 and 7 udasya-karna-valamsh ca rambhamanah sa-vatsakah mukhe kavala-samyukta ashru-mukhyo gata-vyathah sa-ratham sarunam sashvam sharad-arkam yatha ghanah rurudhus tam ratham rajann uddhavasya prapashyatah utraised; asyafaces; karnaears; valahtails; caand; rambhamanah mooing; sa-vatsakahwith calves; mukhein the mouth; kavala-samyuktawith a mouthful; ashru-mukhyahtears in their eyes; gata-vyathahtheir unhappinesses gone; sa-rathamwith his chariot; sarunamwith the arunas; sashvamwith his horses; sharad-arkamthe autumn sun; yathaas; ghanahclouds; rurudhuh stopped; tamthat; rathamchariot; rajannO king; uddhavasyaas Uddhava; prapashyatahlooked. As Uddhava watched, the mooing cows and calves, their faces, ears, and tails erect, the cud still in their mouths, and their sufferings now gone, blocked the chariot, as autumn clouds block the sun-god, riding in his chariot pulled by many horses and accompanied by the arunas.

Text 8 shri-gopalo haris tasam vadan nama prithak prithak shri-hastena tad-angani sprishan harsham jagama ha shri-gopalahthe protector of the cows; harihKrishna; tasamof them; vadan saying; namathe name; prithakone; prithakby one; shri-hastenawith His hand; tad-anganitheir bodies; sprishantouching; harshamhappiness; jagama attained; haindeed. Then Lord Krishna, the protector of the cows, called each cow by name. Touching them with His glorious hand, He became happy. Text 9 tat-samipe gavam vrindam gatam vikshya vrajarbhakah shridamadya vismitash ca durad ucuh parasparam tat-samipenear Him; gavamof cows; vrindamthe multitude; gatamgone; vikshyaseeing; vrajarbhakahthe boys of Vraja; shridamadyaheaded by Shridama; vismitahsurprised; caand; duratfrom afar; ucuhsaid; parasparam among themselves. Seeing the cows clustered around the chariot, the gopas headed by Shridama became filled with wonder and spoke among themselves. Text 10 shri-gopa ucuh ratham sa-kumbha-dhvaja-vayu-vegam su-kamsya-patra-dhvani-nihsvanam tam shatashva-yuktam shata-surya-shobham gavah katham va rurudhuh sakhayah shri-gopa ucuhthe gopas said; rathamchariot; sa-kumbhawith a canopy; dhvajaflag; vayuwind; vegamfast; su-kamsya-patra-dhvani-nihsvanam making a rumbling sound; tamthat; shatashva-yuktamwith a hundred horses;

shata-surya-shobhamsplendid as a hundred suns; gavahcows; kathamhow?; vaor; rurudhuhstopped; sakhayahO friends. The gopas said: O friends, how is it possible that these cows have stopped such a chariot decorated with with canopy and flag, splendid as a hundred suns, and making a great rumbling sound as, pulled by a hundred horses, it goes as fast as the wind? Text 11 anyo na casmin hi gavam praharshanair ayati kintu vraja-raja-nandanah sphuranti cangani hi dakshinani nah shri-nilakanhah pratanoti toranam anyahanother; nanot; caand; asminin this; hiindeed; gavamof cows; praharshanaihwith the joys; ayatigoes; kintuhowever; vraja-raja-nandanah the prince of Vraja; sphurantitrembles; caand; anganithe limbs; hiindeed; dakshinaniright; nahof us; shri-nilakanhahthe peacock; pratanotiextends; toranamarched gateway. This is none other than Shri Krishna, the prince of Vraja, that has come. The cows are filled with happiness. Our bodies tremble on the left side, an auspicious sign. The peacock has made an arch for Krishna to pass under. Text 12 shri-narada uvaca ittham vicarya manasa gopah sarve samagatah dadrishur madhavam mitram gatam vastu yatha janah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; vicaryaconsidering; manasawith the mind; gopahteh gopas; sarveall; samagatahcane; dadrishuhsaw; madhavamKrishna; mitramfriend; gatamcome; vastuin truth; yathaas; janahthe people. Shri Narada said: Thinking in this way, all the gopas went and saw their friend Krishna. They gazed on Him as people who have suddenly realized the truth. Text 13

avaplutya rathat krishnah paripurnatamah svayam puro nidhaya tan sarvan dorbhyam tat-prema-vihvalah avaplutyajumping; rathatfrom the chariot; krishnahKrishna; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayamHimself; purah before; nidhayaplacing; tanthem; sarvanall; dorbhyamwith both arms; tatprema-vihvalahovercome with love. The Lord Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, jumped from the chariot and, overcome with love, embraced them all. Text 14 muncan netrabja-varini parirebhe prithak prithak aho bhaktesh ca mahatmyam vaktum ko 'sti mahi-tale muncanshedding; netrabja-varinitears from His lotus eyes; parirebhe rembaced; prithakone; prithakby one; ahahOh; bhaktehof devotion; ca and; mahatmyamthe glory; vaktumto say; kahwho?; astiis; mahi-taleon the earth. Shedding tears from His lotus eyes, He embraced them all, one by one. Who in this world can describe the love they all felt? Text 15 te sarve rurudur gopa muncanto 'shruni maithila pravaktum na samarthah shrikrishna-vikshepa-vihvalah tethey; sarveall; ruruduhwept; gopagopas; muncantahshedding; ashrunitears; maithilaO king of Mithila; pravaktumto speak; nanot; samarthahable; shri-krishna-vikshepa-vihvalahovercome with love for Shri Krishna.

O king of Mithila, all the gopas wept, shedding tears. Trembling with love for Krishna, they could not speak. Text 16 paripurnatamah sakshad devo madhuraya gira ashvasayam asa natan premananda-samakulan paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; devah the Lord; madhurayawith sweet; girawords; ashvasayam asacomforted; natanbowed down; premaof love; anandawith the bliss; samakulan overcome. With sweet words the Supreme Personality of Godhead comforted the gopas, who were all overwhelmed with the bliss of love. Text 17 uddhavo preshito vaktum shri-krishnenarbhakaih saha agatam kathayam asa shri-krishnam nanda-paane uddhavahUddhava; preshitahsent; vaktumto speak; shri-krishnenawith Krishna; arbhakaihthe boys; sahawith; agatamcome; kathayam asatold; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; nanda-paanein Nanda's village. Then Krishna and the boys sent Uddhava into Nanda's village to say that Shri Krishna had returned. Text 18 shrutvagatam nanda-sunum shri-krishnam gopa-vallabham anetum nirgatah sarve paripurna-manorathah shrutvahearing; agatamreturned; nanda-sunumNanda's son; shri-krishnam Krishna; gopa-vallabhamthe dear friend of the gopas; anetumto bring; nirgatahleft; sarvea; paripurna-manorathahtheir desires fulfilled.

Hearing that Krishna, the son of Nanda and the dear friend of the gopas, had returned, everyone, now their desires all fuflilled, left the village to escort Him back. Text 19 bheri-mridangaih paahaih kala-svanair apurna-kumbhair dvija-veda-ghoshanaih mishritaih shri-nanda-rajo 'bhiyayau yashodaya

gandhakshatair

mangala-laja-

bheri-mridangaihwith bheris and mrdangas; paahaihwith patahas; kalasvanaihwith the sweet sounds; apurna-kumbhaihwith full pots; dvija brahmanas; vedaof the Vedas; ghoshanaihwith sounds; gandhafragrances; akshataihunhusked grains of rice; mangalaauspicious; lajawith fried grains; mishritaihmixed; shri-nanda-rajahKing Nanda; abhiyayauwent; yashodaya with Yashoda. Accompanied by the sweet sounds of bheris, mridangas, paahas, and brahmanas chanting Vedic mantras, and bringing full waterpots and auspicious fried rice mixed with raw and unhusked rice, King Nanda and Yashoda-devi came to meet Krishna. Text 20 tatah puraskritya madonnatam gajam sindura-shunda-dhrita-hema-shrinkhalam samayayau shri-vrishabhanu-mukhyo bhavan kritis tatra kalavati-yutah tatahthen; puraskrityacoming before; madaintoxicated; unnatamgreat; gajamelephant; sindura-shunda-dhritaits trunk anointed with red sindura; hemashrinkhalamwith gold ornaments; samayayaucame; shri-vrishabhanu-mukhyah King Vrishabhanu; bhavanbring; kritihpiety;; tatrathere; kalavati-yutah with Kalavati. With a great intoxicated elephant shackled with golden links and its trunk decorated with red sindura preceding them, King Vrishabhanu and his queen Kalavati also came to meet Krishna. Text 21

nandopananda vrishabhanavash ca gopash ca vriddhas tarunarbhakash ca srag-venu-gunja-paripiccha-yukta vinirgatah purna-manorathas te nandopanandathe Nandas and Upanandas; vrishabhanavahthe Vrishabhanus; caand; gopahthe gopas; caand; vriddhahadult; taruna youths; arbhakahboys; caand; srakgfarlands; venuflutes; gunjagunjas; paripicchapeacock feathers; yuktawith; vinirgatahcame; purna-manorathah their desires fulfilled; tethey. Carrying garlands, flutes, gunja, and peacock feathers, and their desires now fulfilled, the young, adolescent, and adult gopas also came to meet Krishna. Text 22 gayanta aran nripa-nanda-nandanam nrityanta acalita-pita-vasasah vamshi-dhara vetra-vishana-panayah praharshita darshana-lalasa bhrisham gayantahsinging; arannear; nripa-nanda-nandanamthe son of King Nanda; nrityantahdancing; acalitamoving; pitayellow; vasasahgarments; vamshidharaholding a flute; vetraa stick; vishanaa buffalo horn bugle; panayahin hand; praharshitadelighted; darshana-lalasayearning to see Him; bhrisham greatly. Flutes, sticks, and bugles in their hands, very happy, and eager to see Krishna, the gopas sang and danced, shaking their yellow garments. Text 23 sakhi-mukhebhyo harim agatam param nishamya radha-shayanat samutthita tabhyah sva-bhushah pradadau praharshita prita sva-gandhim nava-padmini yatha sakhi-mukhebhyahfrom the mouths of Her gopi friends; harimto Krishna; agatamcome; paramgreat; nishamyahearing; radhaRadha; shayanatfrom bed; samutthitarisen; tabhyahto them; sva-bhushahown ornaments; pradadau gave; praharshitahappy; pritapleased; sva-gandhimown scent; navapadminia new lotus; yathaas.

Hearing from Her friends' mouths that Krishna had returned, Radha at once rose from bed and, pleased with them as a new lotus is pleased with its own sweet fragrance, at once gave them Her own ornaments. Text 24 dva-trimshad ashau kila shodasha dve yuthair yuta maithila gopikanam aruhya radha shibikam manojnam samayayau shridhara-darshanartham dva-trimshatthirty-two; ashaueight; kilaindeed; shodashasixteen; dve two; yuthaihgroups; yutaendowed; maithilaO king of Mithila; gopikanamof gopis; aruhyaclimbing; radhaRadha; shibikama palanquin; manojnam beautiful; samayayauwent; shridhara-darshanarthamto see Lord Krishna, the husband of the godess of fortune. O king of Mithila, accompanied by thirty-two, eight, and sixteen groups of gopis, Radha rode on a beautiful palanquin to see Lord Krishna, the husband of the goddess of fortune. Text 25 tatha hi gopyah kila koishash ca tyaktvatha sarvam sva-grihasya krityam vyatyasta-vastrabharana nripesha samayayuh prema-calan-mano-'ngah tathathen; hiindeed; gopyahgopis; kilaindeed; koisahmillions; ca and; tyaktvaabandoning; athathen; sarvameverything; sva-grihasyaof their own homes; krityamthe duties; vyatyastain disarray; vastragarments; abharanahand ornaments; nripeshaO king; samayayuhcame; premawith love; calattrembling; manahhearts; angahand limbs. O king of kings, leaving their household duties undone, their garments and ornaments in disarray, and their hearts and limbs trembling with love, millions of gopis came to meet Krishna. Text 26 sarvam vrajam padapa-go-mriga-dvijam

prematuram vikshya samagatam kim u shri-nanda-rajam pitaram ca mataram nanama krishnah krita-mastakanjalih sarvamall; vrajamVraja; padapatrees; gahcows; mrigadeer; dvijam and birds; prematuramovercome with love; vikshyaseeing; samagatamcome; kim uhow much more?; shri-nanda-rajamKing Nanda; pitaramfather; caand; matarammother; nanamabowed down; krishnahKrishna; krita-mastakanjalih placing folded hands to His forehead. Krishna glanced at the trees, cows, deer, birds, and all the living entities in Vraja. Filled with love, they had come to meet Him. Seeing His father King Nanda and His mother Yashoda, Lord Krishna placed His folded palms to His forehead and bowed down before them. Text 27 shri-nanda-rajas tanayam ciragatam pragrihya dorbhyam hridaye nidhaya tam samsnapayam asa su-netrajair jalair yashodaya prapta-manorathash cirat shri-nanda-rajahKing Nanda; tanayamhis son; ciraafter a long time; agatamcome; pragrihyaembracing; dorbhyamwith both arms; hridayeto his heart; nidhayaplacing; tamHim; samsnapayam asabathed; su-netrajaihwith tears from his eyes; jalaihwith water; yashodayawith Yashoda; praptaattained; manorathahdesires; ciratlong cherished. Their long-cherished desire now fulfilled, King Nanda and Queen Yashoda embraced their long-absent son, with both arms holding Him to their hearts. They bathed Him with tears from their eyes. Text 28 nandopanandan vrishabhanu-vriddhan sarvam namaskritya ca tat-kritashih tatha vayasyaish ca parasparam va laghumsh ca hasta-grahanaih sthito 'bhut nandopanandanthe Nandas and Upanandas; vrishabhanu-vriddhanthe great Vrishabhanus; sarvamall; namaskrityabvowing down; caand; tat-kritashih their blessings; tathathen; vayasyaihwith His friends; caand; parasparam together; vaor; laghunyounger; caand; hastahands; grahanaihholding; sthitahstood; abhutwas.

Lord Krishna bowed down before the Nandas, Upanandas, and Vrishabhanus and respectfully received their blessings. Then He grasped the hands of the boys His age and younger. Text 29 tatah samaruhya ratham harih svayam nidhaya nandam ca gaje yashodaya nandopanandaih sahito gavam ganaih shri-nanda-rajasya puram vivesha sah tatahthern; samaruhyamounting; rathamthe chariot; harihKrishna; svayamHimself; nidhayaplacing; nandamNanda; caand; gajeon the elephant; yashodayawith Yashoda; nandopanandaihwith the Nandas and Upanandas; sahitahwith; gavamof tyhe cows; ganaihwith the multitudes; shrinanda-rajasyaof King Nanda; puramto village; viveshaentered; sahHe. Placing King Nanda and Queen Yashoda on the elephant, and Himself mounting the chariot, in the company of the Nandas, Upanandas, and the great multitude of cows, Lord Krishna entered King Nanda's village. Text 30 tadaiva devah kila pushpa-varsham acara-lajan pura-gopikash ca pracakrire tatra jayeti mangalam shabdam ca gopa griham agate harau tadathen; evaindeed; devahthe demigods; kilaindeed; pushpa-varsham a shower of flowers; acara-lajanrice; pura-gopikahthe gopis; caand; pracakrire did; tatrathere; jayavictory; itithus; mangalamauspiciousness; shabdam sound; caand; gopathe gopas; grihamhome; agatecame; harauLord Krishna. As Krishna returned to His home the demigods showered flowers, the gopis showered grains of rice, and the gopas made a great auspicious sound of "Victory!" Text 31 dhanyah sakha te param uddhavo 'yam

anena sakshat kila darshito 'tra tvam jivanam gopa-janasya gopa ucur gira gadgadayedam artah dhanyahfortunate; sakhafriend; tethey; paramthen; uddhavah Uddhava; ayamhe; anenaby him; sakshatdirectly; kilaindeed; darshitah shown; atrahere; tvamYou; jivanamthe life; gopa-janasyaof the gopas; gopa the gopas; ucuhsaid; girawith words; gadgadayachoked with emotion; idam this; artahovercome. With voices choked with emotion, the gopas said to Krishna, "Your friend Uddhava is a great saint. He has shown to us You, the life of all the gopas." Text 32 idam maya te kathitam nripesha punar vraje hy agamanam haresh ca kim icchasi shrotum atho surasuraih param caritram shubhadam vicitram idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; nripeshaO kin gof kings; punahagain; vrajein Vraja; hiindeed; agamanamcoming; harehof Krishna; caand; kimwhat?; icchasiyou wish; shrotumto hear; athahthen; surasuraihby the demigods and demons; paramtranscendental; caritram pastimes; shubhadamauspicious; vicitramwonderful. O king of kings, now I have described to you Lord Krishna's return to Vraja. Lord Krishna's wonderful and transcendental pastimes brings auspiciousness to both the demigods and demons. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Twenty Shri Rasotsave Ribhu-moksha The Liberation of Ribhu Muni During the Rasa-dance Festival Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca agre cakara kim sakshad bhagavan vraja-mandale

radhayai gopikabhyash ca kathamsvid darshanam dadau shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; agrebefore; cakaradid; kim what?; sakshatdirectly; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vrajamandalein the circle of Vraja; radhayaito Radha; gopikabhyahto the gopis; ca and; kathamsvitsomehow; darshanamsight; dadaugave. Shri Bahulashva said: What did the Supreme Lord do in the circle of Vraja? How did He meet with Radha and the gopis? Text 2 gopi-manoratham kritva mathuram ajagama ha etan me bruhi viprendra tvam paravara-vittamah gopiof the gopis; manorathamthe desire; kritvafulfilling; mathuramto Mathura; ajagamaretyurned; haindeed; etanthat; meto me; bruhiplease tell; viprendraO king of the brahmanas; tvamyou; paravara-vittamahthe best of the all-knowing. The Lord fulfilled the gopis' desires and then returned to Mathura. You are the best of the wise. O king of the brahmanas, please tell me this. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca sandhyayam radhayahutah shri-krishno bhagavan svayam ekante shitalam shashvaj jagama kadali-vanam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; sandhyayamat sunset; radhayaby Radha; ahutahca;;ed; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayampersonally; ekantein s private place; shitalam cool; shashvatalways; jagamawent; kadali-vanamthe forest of banana trees. Shri Narada said: Called there by Radha, Shri Krishna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, went at sunset to a secluded and always pleasantly cool banana-tree forest.

Text 4 sphara-sphuran-megha-griham rambha-candana-carcitam krishna-marut-sikaram ca sudharashmi-galat-sudham sphara-sphuran-megha-grihamthe home of a great and splendid cloud; rambha banana trees; candanasandal; carcitamanointed; krishnaof the Yamuna; marutbreeze; sikarammist; caand; sudha-rashmi-galat-sudhambringing the sweetest nectar of the moon. That forest was like a palace that had great splendid clouds for a roof and banana trees for sandal-anointed walls. A breeze filled that place with mist from the Yamuna and the moonlight filled it with the sweetest nectar. Text 5 etadrisham vanam radha viyoganala-varcasa bhasmi-bhutam hi satatam krishnasha tam hi rakshati etadrishamlike this; vanamthe forest; radhaRadha; viyoganala-varcasa with the flames of separation; bhasmi-bhutamburned to ashes; hiindeed; satatamalways; krishnashathe hop to attain Krishna; tamHer; hiindeed; rakshatiprotects. Radha would many times have burned that forest to ashes with the flames of Her distress in Lord Krishna's absence. It was only the hope that She would again meet Krishna that prevented Her. Text 6 tatraiva sarve gopinam shata-yuthah samagatah tasyai nivedanam cakrur madhavagamanasya hi tatrathere; evaindeed; sarveall; gopinamof the gs; shata-yuthaha hundred groups; samagatahcame; tasyaito Her; nivedanaminformation; cakruhdid; madhavagamanasyaof Krishna's arrival; hiindeed.

Then a hundred groups of gopis came there and informed Her that Krishna had come. Text 7 utthaya sahasa sakshad vrishabhanu-varatmaja anetum ayayau krishnam sakhibhih parivarita utthayarising; sahasaat once; sakshatdirectly; vrishabhanu-varatmaja Radha, the daughter of King Vrishabhanu; anetumto bring; ayayaucame; krishnamto Krishna; sakhibhihwith friends; parivaritaaccompanied. Shri Radha, the daughter of King Vrishabhanu, stood up at once. Accompanied by Her friends, She went to meet Krishna. Text 8 dadav asana-padyarghan upacaran manoharan vadanti sadaram vakyam kushalam kushaladhika dadaugave; asanaa seat; padyapadya; arghanargha; upacaran offerings; manoharanbeautiful; vadantisaying; sadaramwith respect; vakyam words; kushalambeautiful; kushaladhikabeautiful. Speaking sweet and reverential words, sublimely beautiful Radha gave Him a seat and offered Him padya, arghya, and many kinds of beautiful offerings. Text 9 yuva-kandarpa-koinam madhurya-harinam harim drishva radha jahau duhkham brahma jnatva gunam yatha yuvayouthful; kandarpaKamadevas; koinamof millions; madhuryaharinameclipsing the charm; harimKrishna; drishvaseeing; radhaRadha;

jahauabandoned; duhkhamunhappiness; brahmathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; jnatvaunderstanding; gunamthe modes of nature; yathaas. Gazing at Lord Krishna, who eclipses the charms of many millions of youthful Kamadevas, Radha became free of all distress. She was like a yogi who, at last understanding the nature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, becomes free from the influence of the the material modes of nature. Text 10 prasanna tatra shringaram akarot kirti-nandini taya no 'kari shringarah panthe krishne gate sati prasannapleased; tatrathere; shringaramdecoration; akarotdid; kirtinandiniRadha; tayaby Her; nahnot; akaridid; shringarahdecoration; panthe on the path; krishnewhen Krishna; gate satiwent. Shri Radha, the daughter of Kirti-devi, was very happy. She had nicely decorated Herself. She had not decorated Herself since Krishna left, traveling on the road to Mathura. Text 11 na candanam ca tambulam bhojanam ca sudha-samam na kritam divya-shayanam hasyam va na kritam kvacit nanot; candanamsandal paste; caand; tambulambetelnuts; bhojanam nice food; caand; sudha-samamlike nectar; nanot; kritamdone; divyashayanama nice bed; hasyamjoking; vaor; nanot; kritamdone; kvacit ever. In Lord Krishna's absence She never anointed Herself with sandal paste, chewed betelnuts, ate food sweet as nectar, slept on a comfortable bed, or joked and laughed. Text 12

paripurnatamam krishnam paripurnatama-priya anandashruni muncanti praha gadgadaya gira paripurnatamamthe perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead; krishnamLord Krishna; paripurnatama-priyathe beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anandashrunitears of happiness; muncantishedding; prahaspoke; gadgadaya choked up; girawith words. Shedding tears of bliss, Shri Radha, the beloved of the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, spoke words choked with emotion to Lord Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 13 shri-radhovaca kiyad dure yadu-puri nagatam kim karoshi hi kim vande 'ham raho duhkham bhavato 'shesha-sakshinah shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; kiyathow?; durefar; yadu-purithe city of the Yadavas; nanot; agatamcome; kimwhether?; karoshiYou do; hiindeed; kimwhether; vandeI offer obeisances; ahamI; rahahin a secluded place; duhkhamsuffering; bhavatahof You; asheshaof all; sakshinahthe witness. Shri Radha said: Why did You stay so long in the city of the Yadavas? Why did You not come sooner? Why again and again in a secluded place did I have to bow down before You and pray to You, who are the witness that sees everything? Text 14 saudasa-raja-mahishi damayanti ca maithili nasty atra kam puraskritya vade 'ham viraham ripum saudasa-raja-mahishithe queen of King Saudasa; damayantiDamayanti; ca and; maithiliSita-devi; nanot; astiis; atrahere; kamwhat?; puraskritya before; vadespeak; ahamI; virahamseparation; ripumenemy.

Neither Sita-devi, Damayanti, nor Saudasa-rajni suffered as I suffered. What words can I speak to describe the implacable enemy that was My separation from You? Text 15 mat-samanashraya gopyo gaditum na kshamah kvacit sarac-candra-cakoriva mayuriva ghanam navam mat-samanalike me; ashrayataken shelter; gopyahgopis; gaditumto speak; nanot; kshamahable; kvacitat all; saratautumn; candramoon; cakoricakori bird; ivalike; mayuripeahen; ivalike; ghanama cloud; navam new. The other gopis, like Me, also could not describe that enemy of separation. I was like a cakori bird yearning for the moon, or a peahen yearning for the new monsoon cloud. Text 16 shri-vrindavana-candram tvam ghana-shyamam samutsahe tava sakhyoddhavenashu dhanyena tvam pradarshitah anyah ko 'pi vraje nasti agatah

yasya premna tvam

shri-vrindavanaof Shri Vrindavana; candramthe moon; tvamYou; ghanashyamamdark as a cloud; samutsaheeager; tavaof You; sakhyawith the friend; uddhavenaUddhava; ashuat once; dhanyenasaintly; tvamYou; pradarshitahshowed; anyahanother; ko 'pisomeone; vrajein Vraja; nanot; astiis; yasyaof whom; premnathe love; tvamYou; agatahreturned. I yearned to see You, splendid as a dark cloud, the moon of beautiful Vrindavana forest, and Your saintly friend Uddhava showed You to Me. No one in Vraja is his equal. His love brought You back. Text 17 shri-narada uvaca evam vadantim satatam rudantim

param priyam vikshya ghrinaturangah ashvasayam asa nayena sadyah pragrihya dorbhyam sravad-ambu-netrah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; vadantimspeaking; satatam again and again; rudantimweeping; paramgreatly; priyambeloved; vikshya seeing; ghrinaturangahall the limbs of His body filled with compassion; ashvasayam asacomforted; nayenawith logic; sadyahat once; pragrihya embracing; dorbhyamwith both arms; sravad-ambu-netrahtears flowing from His eyes. Shri Narada said: As Radha spoke in this way and wept, Lord Krishna gazed at Her, His dearest beloved. Every limb of His body filled with compassion for Her, He comforted Her with eloquent words. Tears streaming from His eyes, He embraced Her with both arms. Text 18 shri-bhagavan uvaca ma shokam kuru radhe tvam tvat-prityaham samagatah avayor bheda-rahitam tejash caikam dvidha janaih shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; madon't; shokamlament; kurudo; radheO Radha; tvamYou; tvat-prityawith love for You; ahamI; samagatahcome; avayohof Us; bheda-rahitamwithout difference; tejahfiure; caand; ekamone; dvidhain two; janaihby the people. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O Radha, don't lament. Out of love for You, I have come. You and I are not different. We are a single fire the people mistake for two different flames. Text 19 yatha hi dugdha-dhavalye tathavam sarvada shubhe yatraham tvam sada tatra vishlesho na hi cavayoh yathaas; hiindeed; dugdhamilk; dhavalyeand whiteness; tathaso; avam We; sarvadaalways; shubheO beautiful one; yatrawhere; ahamI; tvam

You; sadaalways; tatrathere; vishleshahseparation; nanot; hiindeed; ca and; avayohof Us. O beautiful one, as milk and its whiteness are always together, so are We always together. Wherever I am, You are also there. We can never be separated. Text 20 purnam brahma param caham taa-stha tvam jagat-prasuh vishlesha avayor madhye mrisha jnanena pashya sat purnam brahma paramthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; caand; ahamI; taa-sthaMy potency; tvamYou; jagat-prasuhthe mother of the universes; vishleshahseparation; avayohof Us; madhyein the middle; mrishafalse; jnanenaby knowledge; pashyaplease see; satthe truth. I am the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead and You are My potency. What seems to be Our separation is a lie. Please see the truth. Texts 21-23 yathakasha-sthito nityam vayuh sarvatra-go mahan tatha jalam sukshma-rupam tejo vyaptam yathaidhashi antar bahir yatha prithvi prithag-bhuta varanane tatha vikara-rahito malavat tri-gunair aham tatha tvam pashya mad-bhavam sadanando bhavet tatah aham mameti bhavena dvitiyo 'sti varanane yathaas much as; akasha-sthitahsituated in space; nityamalways; vayuh wind; sarvatra-gahblowing everywhere; mahangreat; tathasimilarly; jalam water; sukshma-rupamin the subtle form of mist; tejahfire; vyaptamallpervading; yathaas; edhashiin firewood; antahwithin; bahihand without; yathaas; prithvithe earth; prithag-bhutain the form of atoms; varananeO girl with the beautiful face; tathaso; vikara-rahitahwithout change; malavatlike

the material world; tri-gunaihwith the three modes; ahamI am; tathaso; tvam You; pashyasee; mad-bhavamMy nature; sadanandaheternal bliss; bhavet will be; tatahthen; ahamI; mamamine; itithus; bhavenawith the nature; dvitiyahsecond; astiis; varananeO girl with the beautiful face. O girl with the beautiful face, as the mighty wind is present everywhere in ethereal space, as water is present everywhere in mist, as fire is present everywhere in firewood, as atoms are present everywhere in earth, and as the modes of nature are present everywhere in the material world, so I, the unchanging Supreme Personality of Godhead, am present everywhere. Look at My real nature and You will be blissful always. O girl with the beautiful face, if You think of "I" and Mine", then We will be separated. Text 24 yavad ghano madhya-gatas tad utthitah svam rupam arkam na hi drik prapashyati tavat paratmanam asau pradhana-jair gunais tatha teshu gateshu pashyati yavatas; ghanaha cloud; madhya-gatahin the midst; tatthat; utthitah risen; svamown; rupamform; arkamsun; nanot; hiindeed; drikeyes; prapashyatisee; tavatso; paratmanamthe Supersoul; asauHe; pradhana-jaih manifested from pradhana; gunaihwith the modes; tathaso; teshuamong them; gateshugone; pashyatisees. As one cannot see the sun when there are clouds in the sky, so one cannot see the all-pervading Supreme Personality of Godhead when one stands among the three modes of material nature. Text 25 guneshu saktam kila bandhanaya raktam manah pumsi ca muktaye syat mano dvayoh karanam ahur araj jitvatha tat kau vicared asangah guneshufor the modes; saktamattachment; kilakindeed; bandhanayafor bondage; raktamattachment; manahof the heart; pumsifro the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caand; muktayefor liberation; syatis; manahthe heart; dvayohof both; karanamthe cause; ahuhsaid; arajnear; jitva conquering; athathen; tatthat; kauon the earth; vicaretshould consider; asangahwithout contact.

The mind's attraction to the modes of material nature leads to bondage. The mind's attraction to the Supreme Personality of Godhead leads to liberation. In this way the mind is the source of both bondage and liberation. Therefore one should defeat the attraction to matter and live aloof from material things. Text 26 sarvam hi bhavam manasah parasparam na hy ekato bhamini jayate tatah premaiva kartavyam aho mayi svatah premna samanam bhuvi nasti kincit sarvamall; hiindeed; bhavamnature; manasahof the mind; parasparam mutual; nanot; hiindeed; ekatahalone; bhaminiO beautiful one; jayateis born; tatahthen; premalove; evacertainly; kartavyamshould be done; ahah Oh; mayifor Me; svatahpersonally; premnawith love; samanamequal; bhuviin the world; nanot; astiis; kincitanything. O beautiful one, love does not exist by itself. It must have an object. One should love Me. In this world nothing is equal to love for Me. Text 27 shri-narada uvaca iti vakyam hareh shrutva prasanna kirti-nandini gopikabhih samam krishnam pujayam asa madhavam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; vakyamthe words; harehof Lord Krishna; shrutvahearing; prasannahappy; kirti-nandiniKirti's daughter Radha; gopikabhihgopis; samamwith; krishnamto Krishna; pujayam asa worshiped; madhavamthe husband of the goddess of fortune. Shri Narada said: Happy to hear these words, Shri Radha and the gopis worshiped Lord Krishna, the husband of the goddess of fortune. Text 28 atha ratryam harih sakshat

karttikyam rasa-mandale gatva nanada muralim gopibhi radhaya saha athathen; ratryamat night; harihKrishna; sakshatdirectly; karttikyamin the moth of Karttika; rasa-mandalein the rasa dance circle; gatvagoing; nanada sounded; muralimHis flute; gopibhithe gopis; radhayaand Radha; saha with. During the month of Karttika entering the rasa-dance circle with Radha and the gopis, Lord Krishna played His flute. Text 29 yamuna-nikae rajan radhaya radhika-patih ramabhih sundaribhish ca rasa-range raraja ha yamuna-nikaenear the Yamuna; rajanO king; radhayawith Radha; radhika-patihKrishna; ramabhihwith the gopis; sundaribhihbeautiful; caand; rasa-rangein the rasa-dance arena; rarajashone; haindeed. O king, in the rasa-dance circle by the Yamuna's shore, Lord Krishna, the master of Shri Radha, appeared very splendid and glorious in the company of Shri Radha and the beautiful gopis. Text 30 yavatir gopika rase tavad rupa-dharo harih reme vrindavane divye harir vrindavaneshvarah yavatihas many; gopikagopis; rasein the rasa danbce; tavatso many; rupa-dharahforms; harihKrishna; remeenjioyed; vrindavanein Vrindavana; divyetranscendental; harihKrishna; vrindavaneshvarahthe master if Vrindavana. Expanding Himself into as many forms as there were gopis, Lord Krishna, the master of Vrindavana, enjoyed pastimes in the splendid and transcendental forest of Vrindavana.

Text 31 kvanan-nupura-manjiro vana-mala-virajitah pitambarah padma-dhari prabhatarka-kiria-dhrik kvanan-nupura-manjirahtinkling anklets and ornaments; vana-mala-virajitah splendid with forest garland; pitambarahyellow garments; padma-dhariholding a lotus; prabhatarka-kiria-dhrikwith a crown splendid as the rising sun. Wearing tinkling anklets and ornaments, yellow garments, a splendid forest garland, and a crown glorious as the rising sun, Lord Krishna held a lotus in His hand. Text 32 vidyul-lata-sphurat-prodyaddhema-kundala-manditah vetra-bhrid vadayan vamshim naa-vesho ghana-dyutih vidyutlighting; latavine; sphurat-prodyatsplendid; hema-kundala-manditah decorated with gold earrings; vetra-bhritholding a stick; vadayanplaying; vamshimflute; naa-veshahdressed as a dancer; ghana-dyutihsplendid as a cloud. Dark as a monsoon cloud, decorated with golden earrings splendid as vines of lightning, dressed as a dancer, and holding a stick, Lord Krishna played His flute. Text 33 sphurat-kaustubha-ratnadhyah pracalat-snigdha-kundalah raraja radhaya rase yatha ratya ratishvarah sphurat-kaustubha-ratnadhyahglorious with a glistening Kaustubha jewel; pracalat-snigdha-kundalahwith moving locks of glistenign hair; rarajashone; radhayawith Radha; rasein the rasa dance;; yathaas; ratyawith rati; ratishvarahKamadeva.

Glorious with a glistening Kaustubha jewel and moving glistening locks of hair, Lord Krishna was splendidly manifest in the rasa dance, as Kamadeva is splendidly manifest with Rati. Text 34 shacya shakro yatha svarge ghanash cancalaya yatha vrindaya vrindakaranye tatha vrindavaneshvarah shacyawith shaci; shakrahIndra; yathaas; svargein Svargaloka; ghanah a cloud; cancalayawith lightning; yathaas; vrindayawoth Vrinda; vrindakaranyein Vrindavana; tathaso; vrindavaneshvarahthe king of Vrindavana. As in Svargaloka Indra is manifest with Shaci, and as a cloud is manifest with a lightning flash, so in Vrindavana forest Lord Krishna was splendidly manifest with Shri Radha. Text 35 vrindavanam ca pulinam vanany upavanani ca pashyan gopi-ganaih sardham girim govardhanam yayau vrindavanamVrindavana; caand; pulinamthe shore; vananiforests; upavananigardens; caand; pashyanseeing; gopi-ganaihwith the gopis; sardhamwith; girimhill; govardhanamGovardhana; yayauwent. Gazing at Vrindavana forest, the Yamuna's shore, and many forests and gardens as They went, Shri Krishna and the gopis came to Govardhana Hill. Text 36 gopinam shata-yuthanam manam vikshya vrajeshvarah bhagavan radhaya sakam tatraivantaradhiyata

gopinamof the gopis; shata-yuthanamof a hundred groups; manamthe pride; vikshyaseeing; vrajeshvarahKrishna; bhagavanthe Lord; radhaya Radha; sakamwith; tatrathere; evaindeed; antaradhiyatadisappeared. When He saw that the hundred groups of gopis had become proud, taking Shri Radha with Him, Lord Krishna suddenly disappeared. Text 37 atha govardhanad dure sundaram yojana-trayam shrikhanda-gandha-samyuktam sa yayau rohitacalam athathen; govardhanatfrom Govardhana; durefar; sundaramhandsome; yojana-trayam34 miles; shrikhandaof sandal; gandha-samyuktamwith the scent; saHe; yayauwent; rohitacalamto Mount Rohita. Then Lord Krishna went to beautiful Mount Rohita, which was fragrant with sandal trees and was thirty-four miles away from Govardhana Hill. Text 38 lata-kunja-nikunjash ca pashyan jalpams taya saha vicacara girau ramye kancani-latikalaye lata-kunja-nikunjahforests filled with flowering vines; caand; pashyan seeing; jalpanconbversing; tayawith Her; sahawith; vicacarawent; girauon the mountain; ramyebeautiful; kancani-latikapf golden vines; alayein a place. Gazing at forest gardens of flowering vines, and conversing as they went, Radha and Krishna came to a place of golden vines on that beautiful mountain. Text 39 tatra deva-saro ramyam badri-nathena nirmitam pahina-kurma-nakradihamsa-sarasa-sankulam

tatrathere; deva-sarahdeva-sarovara; ramyambeautiful; badri-nathenaby Narayana rishi; nirmitambuilt; pahinapathinas; kurmaturtles; nakra corcodiles; adibeginning with; hamsaswans; sarasacranes; sankulamfilled. At that place was Deva-sarovara, a lake created by narayana Rishi, which was filled with pahinas, turtles, crocodiles, swans, cranes, and many other creatures. Text 40 sahasra-dala-padmaish ca manditam tad itas tatah bhramara-dhvani-samyuktam pums-kokila-ruta-vratam sahasra-dala-padmaihwith thousand-petal lotuses; caand; manditam decorated; tatthat; itahhere; tatahand there; bhramarabees; dhvanisound; samyuktamwith; pums-kokila-ruta-vratamthe cooing of cuckoos. It was decorated with many thousand-petal lotuses. Here and there were the sounds of humming bees and cooing cuckoos. Text 41 vikasat-padma-gandhadhyam tat-tiram manda-marutam ramaya radhaya sardham madhavo nishasada ha vikasat-padma-gandhadhyamopulent with the scent of blossoming lotus flowers; tat-tiramon that shore; manda-marutama gentle breeze; ramayathe goddess of fortune; radhayawith Radha; sardhamwith; madhavahKrishna; nishasadasat down; haindeed. On the lakeshore filled with the scent of blossoming lotuses and cooled by a gentle breeze, Lord Krishna sat down with the goddess of fortune, Shri Radha. Text 42 tat-tiram pratapasyantam ribhum nama maha-munim

padaikena sthitam shashvac chri-krishna-dhyana-tat-param tat-tiramon that shore; pratapasyantamperforming austeritiesd; ribhum Ribhu; namanamed; maha-munima great sage; padafoot; ekenawith one; sthitamstanding; shashvacalways; chri-krishna-dhyana-tat-paramrapt in meditation on Lord Krishna. On that lakeshore was a great sage named Ribhu, who for a long time had been performing austerities, standing there on one foot, his thoughts rapt in meditation on Lord Krishna. Text 43 shashi-varsha-sahasrani shashi-varsha-shatani ca nirannam nirjalam shantam

shri-krishnas tam dadarsha ha

shashi-varsha-sahasranisixty thousand years; shashi-varsha-shatanisix thousand years; caand; nirannamwithout food; nirjalamwithout water; shantam peaceful; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; tamhim; dadarshasaw; ha indeed. Then Lord Krishna glanced at that sage, who had peacefully stood there without food or water for sixty-six thousand years. Text 44 papraccha vikshya tam radha hasanti praha madhavam mahatmyam kuru bhakto 'yam pashya bhaktim maha-muneh papracchaasked; vikshyaseeing; tamhim; radhaRadha; hasanti laughing; prahasaid; madhavamto Krishna; mahatmyamthe glory; kuru please do; bhaktahthe devotee; ayamhim; pashyalook; bhaktimdevotion; maha-munehof the great sage. Looking at the sage, Shri Radha smiled and said to Lord Krishna, "Please describe the glories of this sage. He is Your devotee. Look at the devotion of this great sage."

Text 45 he ribho iti krishnena proktam uccair vacah shubham na shrutam tena kincid va caramam prapitena vai he ribhahO Ribhu; itithus; krishnenaby Lord Krishna; proktamaddressed; uccaihloudly; vacahwords; shubhambeautiful; nanot; shrutamheard; tena by him; kincitsomething; vaor; caramamthe verge of death; prapitena attained; vaiindeed. When in a loud a sonorous voice, Lord Krishna called, O Ribhu!" the sage could not hear anything, for he was on the verge of death. Text 46 haris tada tad-dhridayad babhuvashu tirohitah dhyanad gatam harim vikshya munindrash cati-vismitah harihLord Krishna; tadathen; tad-dhridayatfrom his heart; babhuvawas; ashusuddenly; tirohitahdisappeared; dhyanatfrom the meditation; gatam gone; harimKrishna; vikshyaseeing; munindrahthe king of sages; caand; ativismitahastonished. Then Lord Krishna suddenly left the sage's heart. When he saw that Lord Krishna had suddenly left his meditation, the sage was astonished. Text 47 netre unmilya dadrishe shri-krishnam radhayagatam ghanam cancalayevadhyam ranjayantam disho dasha netreeyes; unmilyaopening; dadrishesaw; shri-krishnam Shri Krishna; radhayawitn Radha; agatamcome; ghanama cloud; cancalayawith a lightning flash; ivalike; adhyamopulent; ranjayantamfilling with light; dishah the directions; dashaten.

Opening his eyes, the sage saw that, glorious as a monsoon cloud and a lightning flash, and filling the ten directions with light, Shri Shri Radha and Krishna had come before him. Text 48 utthaya sadyo hari-bhakti-tat-parah pradakshini-kritya harim sa-radhikam pranamya murdhna nipapata padayor uvaca krishnam bahu-gadgadaksharah utthayarising; sadyahat once; hari-bhakti-tat-parahfilled with devotion; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; harimKrishna; sa-radhikamwith Radha; pranamyabowing down; murdhnawith his head; nipapatafell; padayohat the feet; uvacasaid; krishnamto Krishna; bahu-gadgadaksharahhis words choked with emotion. At once standing up, the devotee-sage circumambulated Shri Shri Radha and Krishna, bowed his head before them, and fell at Their feet. Then, with faltering words he spoke to Lord Krishna. Text 49 shri-ribhur uvaca namah krishnaya krishnayai radhayai madhavaya ca paripurnatamayai ca paripurnatamaya ca shri-ribhur uvacaShri Ribhu said; namahobeisances; krishnayato Krishna; krishnayaito Krishna's beloved; radhayaiRadha; madhavayato the husband of the goddess of fortune; caand; paripurnatamayaito the supreme goddess; ca and; paripurnatamayato the Supreme Personality of Godhead; caand. Shri Ribhu said: I offer my respectful obeisances to Shri Krishna and to Shri Krishna's beloved. I offer my respectful obeisances to Shri Radha and Shri Radha's lover. I offer my respectful obeisances to the Supreme Goddess and the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 50 ghana-shyamaya devaya

shyamayai satatam namah raseshvaraya satatam raseshvaryai namo namah ghana-shyamayadark as a monsoon cloud; devayato the Supreme Personality of Godhead; shyamayaibeautiful Radha; satatamalways; namah obeiaances; raseshvarayato the king of the rasa dance; satatamalways; raseshvaryaito the queen of the rasa dance; namahobeisances; namah obeisances. Eternally I offer my respectful obeisances to beautiful Shri Radha and to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krishna dark as a monsoon cloud. Eternally I offer my respectful obeisances to the queen of the rasa-dance. Eternally I offer my respectful obeisances to the king of the rasa-dance. Text 51 golokatita-lilaya lilavatyai namo namah asankhyandadhidevyai casankhyanda-nidhaye namah golokaGoloka; atitatranscendental; lilayapastimes; lilavatyaiplayful; namahobeisances; namahobeisances; asankhyandadhidevyaithe goddess who rules over countless universes; caand; asankhyanda-nidhayethe Lord who rulkes over countless universes; namahobeisances. Obeisances to Lord Krishna, who enjoys transcendental pastimes in the realm of Goloka! Obeisances to playful Radha! Obeisances to the goddess that rules countless universes! Obeisances to the master that rules countless universes! Text 52 bhu-bhara-haraya bhuvam gatabhyam mac-chantaye catra samagatabhyam parasparam sandhita-vigrahabhyam namo yuvabhyam hari-radhikabhyam bhu-bhara-harayato remove the burden of the earth; bhuvamto the earth; gatabhyamcome; mac-chantayeto pacify me; caand; atrahere; samagatabhyamcome; parasparamtogether; sandhita-vigrahabhyam transcendental forms; namahobeisances; yuvabhyamyouthful; hariradhikabhyamShri Shri Radha and Krishna.

Obeisances to youthful Shri Shri Radha and Krishna, whose forms are transcendental, who came to the earth to remove it's burden, and who came to this place to make me peaceful. Text 53 shri-narada uvaca ity uktva krishna-padabje praksharad-bashpa-locanah premananda-samayukto jahau pranan maha-munih shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; uktvasaying; krishna-padabje at Shri Krishna's lotus feet; praksharad-bashpashedding tears; locanaheyes; premananda-samayuktahfilled with the bliss of love; jahaugave up; prananhis life; maha-munihthe great sage. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words the sage, filled with the bliss of love, and tears streaming from His eyes, fell at Lord Krishna's feet and at once gave up his life. Text 54 tadaiva nirgata-jyotir dasha-surya-sama-prabham paribhramad dasha-dishah shri-krishne linatam gatah tadathen; evaindeed; nirgataleft; jyotihlight; dasha-surya-sama-prabham splendid as ten suns; paribhramatwandering; dasha-dishahthe ten directions; shri-krishneinto Lord Krishna; linatammerged; gatahwent. Then a spark of light splendid as ten suns left the sage's body and, after wandering the ten directions, finally merged into Lord Krishna. Text 55 bhaktasya bhaktim shri-krishno vikshya vai prema-lakshanam anandashru-kulam muncan premna tam cajuhava ha

bhaktasyaof the devotee; bhaktimthe devotion; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; vikshyaseeing; vaiindeed; prema-lakshanamwith love; anandashru-kulam tears of bliss; muncanshedding; premnawith love; tamhim; caand; ajuhava called out; haindeed. Seeing the sage's great love and devotion for Him, Lord Krishna, shedding tears of bliss, loving called to him. Text 56 punah shri-krishna-padabjat krishna-sarupyavan munih nirgatah koi-kandarpasannibho 'ti-natananah punahagain; shri-krishna-padabjatfrom Shri Krishna's lotus feet; krishnasarupyavanhaving a transcendental form like Lord Krishna's; munihthe sage; nirgatahemerged; koi-kandarpa-sannibhahlike millions of Kamadevas; atinatananahbowing his head. Then the sage suddenly emerged from Lord Krishna's lotus feet. Now having a transcendental form like Lord Krishna's, a form handsome as millions of Kamadevas, the sage bowed his head. Text 57 dorbhyam pragrihya hridaye tam nidhaya kripakarah ashvasya kalyana-karam karam divyam dadhara ha dorbhyamwith both arms; pragrihyaembracing; hridayeto His chest; tam him; nidhayaplacing; kripakarahmerciful; ashvasyacomforting; kalyana-karam auspicious; karamhand; divyamtranscendental; dadharaheld; hacertainly. With both arms merciful Lord Krishna embraced him, holding him to His chest. Lord Krishna comforted him and touched him with His auspicious hand. Text 58

pradakshini-kritya harim ca radhikam pranamya caruhya ratham manoharam goloka-lokam prayayav ribhur munir viranjayan maithila mandalam disham pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; harimLord Krishna; caand; radhikam Radha; pranamyabowing; caand; aruhyamounting; rathama chariot; manoharambeautiful; goloka-lokamto Goloka; prayayavwent; ribhuhRibhu; munihMuni; viranjayanfilling with light; maithilaO king of Mithila; mandalam the circle; dishamof the directions. After circumambulating Shri Shri Radha and Krishna, Ribhu Muni entered a beautiful chariot and went to the realm of Goloka, filling the circle of the directions with light as he went. Text 59 shri-radhika vismayam agata bhrisham drishva param muktim ribhor maha-muneh ananda-varini vimuncati ciram jagada krishnam vrishabhanu-nandini shri-radhikaShri Radha; vismayamwonder; agataattained; bhrisham greatly; drishvaseeing; paramgreat; muktimliberation; ribhohof Ribhu; maha-munehthe great sage; ananda-varinitears of bliss; vimuncatished; ciram again and again; jagadaspoke; krishnamto Krishna; vrishabhanu-nandini King Vrishabhanu's daughter. Shri Radha was filled with wonder when She saw the liberation of the great sage Ribhu Muni. Again and again shedding tears of joy, Shri Radha, the daughter of King Vrishabhanu, spoke to Lord Krishna. .pa

Chapter Twenty-one Shri Naradopakhyana The Story of Shri Narada Text 1 shri-radhovaca

dhanyo 'yam muni-shardulas tvad-bhaktah premavan mahan tvat-sarupyam jagamasau tvam apy ashru-mukho yatah shri-radhovacaShri Radha said; dhanyahsaintly; ayamhe; muni-shardulah the tiger of sages; tvad-bhaktahwith devotion for You; premavanfilled with love; mahangreat; tvat-sarupyama form like Yours; jagamaattained; asauhe; tvamYou; apialso; ashru-mukhahface filled with tears; yatahbecause. Shri Radha said: That tiger of sages was a great devotee, filled with love for You. He was very fortunate. He attained a transcendental form like Yours. Your face was wet with tears of love for him. Text 2 asya deha-kriyam kartum yogyo 'si vrijinardana tapasa casya deho 'yam prasphuraty amalakritih asyaof him; deha-kriyamthe duty; kartumto do; yogyahproper; asiis; vrijinardanaO deliverer from evils; tapasaby austerity; caand; asyaof him; dehahbody; ayamthis; prasphuratimanifest; amalakritiha pure transcendental form. O deliverer from evils, that sage must have performed great austerities to have attained a transcendental form like Yours. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca vadantyam tatra radhayam tad-deho 'py abhavat sarit vahanti papa-hantri ca drishyate rohite girau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; vadantyamspeaking; tatrathere; radhayamRadha; tad-dehahthat body; apialso; abhavatwas; sarit stream; vahantiflowing; papa-hantrikilling sins; caand; drishyateis seen; rohite girau on Mount Rohita.

Shri Narada said: As Radha was speaking these words, the sage's body became transformed into a stream that killed all sins as it flowed on Mount Rohita. Text 4 tad-dehasyapi saritam vikshya radhati-vismita nanda-rajatmajam praha vrishabhanu-varatmaja tad-dehasyaof his body; apialso; saritamstream; vikshyaseeing; radha Radha; ati-vismitafilled with wonder; nanda-rajatmajamthe son of King Nanda; prahasaid; vrishabhanu-varatmajathe daughter of King Vrishabhanu. Filled with wonder to see the sage's body transformed into a stream, King Vrishabhanu's daughter Radha spoke to King Nanda's son, Krishna. Text 5 shri-radhovaca katham jalatvam apanno deho 'yam vai maha-muneh etan me samshayam deva chettum arhasy asheshatah shri-radha uvaca Shri Radha said; kathamwhy; jalatvamwater; apannah attained; dehahbody; ayamthis; vaiindeed; maha-munehof the great sage; etanthis; meof Me; samshayamdoubt; devaO Lord; chettumto cut; arhasi You are able; asheshatahcompletely. Shri Radha said: Why did this great sage's body become a stream? O Lord, only You can cut apart the bewilderment I feel about this. Text 6 shri-bhagavan uvaca prema-lakshanaya bhaktya samyuto 'yam munishvarah tasmad asya tu deho 'yam rambhoru dravatam gatah

shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; premalakshanaya bhaktya samyutahfilled with love and devotion; ayamhe; munishvarahthe king of sages; tasmattherefore; asyaof him; tuindeed; dehahbody; ayamthis; rambhoruO girl whose thighs are like banana trees; dravatamliquidity; gatahattained. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: That king of sages was filled with love and devotion for Me. O girl whose thighs are like banana trees, that is why his body became liquefied. Text 7 drishva tvaya mam varadam harshito 'bhun maha-munih jalatvam prapa tad-deho yathaham dravatam pura drishvahaving seen; tvayaby him; mamMe; varadamthe giver of benedictions; harshitahhappy; abhutbecame; maha-munihthe great sage; jalatvamliguidity; prapaattained; tad-dehahhis body; yathaas; ahamI; dravatamliquid; purabefore. When that great sage saw Me, he became so happy that his body at once melted and became a liquid, as My own body also became a liquid in the past. Text 8 shri-radhovaca dravatam tvam katham prapto deva-deva daya-nidhe etac citram hi me jatam sarvam tvam vada vistarat shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; dravatamliquid; tvamYou; katham how?; praptahattained; deva-devaO master of the demigods; dayaof mercy; nidheO ocean; etatthis; citramwonderful; hiindeed; meof Me; jatam manifested; sarvamall; tvamYou; vadaplease tell; vistaratin detail. Shri Radha said: O master of the demigods, O ocean of mercy, how did Your body become a liquid? This fills Me with wonder. Please tell Me this story in great detail. Text 9

shri-bhagavan uvaca atraivodaharantimam itihasam puratanam yasya shravana-matrena papa-hanih param bhavet shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; atrahere; eva indeed; udaharantisay; imamthis; itihasamhistory; puratanamancient; yasyaof which; shravana-matrenasimply by hearing; papa-hanihthe destruction of sins; paramthen; bhavetbecomes. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: The sages tell the ancient story of this pastime. When one hears it his sins become destroyed. Text 10 yan-nabhi-pankajaj jatah pura brahma praja-patih asrijat prakritim shashvat tapasa mad-varojitah yan-nabhi-pankajatfrom the lotus navel; jatahborn; purabefore; brahma Brahma; praja-patihthe progenitor of the living entities; asrijatcreated; prakritim material nature; shashvateternal; tapasaby austerity; mad-varojitahby My blessings. In ancient times Lord Brahma, the progenitor of the living entities, was born from My lotus navel. He performed austerities, and with My blessings he created the material universe. Text 11 utsangan narado jajne brahmanah srijatah shubhah bhakty-unmatto mat-padani nijagau paryaan mahim utsangatfrom within; naradahNarada; jajnewas born; brahmanahof Brahma; srijatahcreating; shubhahauspicious; bhakty-unmattahmad with love fro Krishna; mat-padanisongs about Me; nijagausang; paryaanwandering; mahimthe worlds.

From the creator Brahma was born a saintly son named Narada who, mad with love for Me, wandered the worlds singing songs about Me. Text 12 ekada naradam praha devo brahma praja-patih prajah srija maha-buddhe vritha cankramanam tyaja ekadaone day; naradamto narada; prahasaid; devahthe demigod; brahmaBrahma; praja-patihthe progenitor of the living entities; prajah children; srijacreate; maha-buddheO very intelligent one; vrithauseless; cankramanamwandering; tyajaabandon. One day Lord Brahma, the pregenitor of the living entities, said to Narada, "O very intelligent one, please father many children. Give up this useless wandering." Text 13 naradas tad-vacah shrutva prahedam jnana-tat-parah na srijami pitah srishim shoka-mohadi-karinim naradahNasrada; tad-vacahhis words; shrutvahearing; prahasaid; idam this; jnana-tat-parahintent on transcendental knowledge; nanot; srijamiI create; pitahO father; srishimcreation; shoka-mohadi-karinimthe cause of bewilderment and grief. Hearing these words, Narada said, "Father, I am eager for transcendental knowledge. I will not create children. Creating children is the cause of bewilderment and grief." Text 14 karishyami harer bhaktim tat-kirtana-samanvitam tvam api srishi-racanam tyaja duhkhaturo bhrisham

karishyamiI will create; harehfor Lord Krishna; bhaktimdevotion; tatkirtana-samanvitamchanting His glories; tvamYou; apieven; srishi-racanam the creation of children; tyajaabandon; duhkhaturahfilled with sufferings; bhrishamgreatly. I will create devotion for Lord Krishna and songs about His glories. You should give up the creation of children, which brings only sufferings. Text 15 kruddha shashapa tam brahma praha prasphuritadharah sada gana-parah kalpam gandharvo bhava durmate kruddhaangry; shashapacursed; tamhim; brahmaBrahma; prahasaid; prasphuritadharahhis lips trembling; sadaalways; gana-parahintent on singing; kalpamfor a kalpa; gandharvaha Gamndharva; bhavabecome; durmateO fool. His lips trembling with anger, Brahma cursed him, Fool, you like to sing. Become a gandharva for a kalpa." Text 16 evam tac-chapato radhe gandharva upabarhanah babhuva gandharva-patih kalpa-matram suralaye evamthus; tac-chapatahfvrom that curse; radheO Radha; gandharvaa gandharva; upabarhanahUpabarhana; babhuvabecame; gandharva-patihthe leader of the gandharvas; kalpa-matramfor a kalpa; suralayein the realm of the demigods. O Radha, because of this curse Narada became the gandharva Upabarhana. For one kalpa he was the leader of the gandharvas in the world of the demigods. Text 17 ekada brahmano loke

stribhih parivrito gatah sundarishu manah kritva jagau tala-vivarjitam ekadaone day; brahmanahof Brahma; lokeon the planet; stribhihwith women; parivritahsurrounded; gatahwent; sundarishubeautiful; manahmind; kritvadoing; jagausang; tala-vivarjitamwithout a tala rhythm. One day, accompanied by many women, he came to Brahma's planet. His mind thinking of the beautiful women, he sang without a proper tala rhythm. Text 18 punar brahma tam shashapa tvam shudro bhava durmate athasau brahma-shapena dasi-putro babhuva ha punahagain; brahmaBrahma; tamhim; shashapacursed; tvamyou; shudraha sudra; bhavabecome; durmateO fool; athathen; asauhe; brahma-shapenaby Brahma's curse; dasi-putraha maidservant's son; babhuva became; haindeed. Again Brahma cursed him, "Fool, become a shudra!" By Brahma's curse he then became a maidservant's son. Text 19 sat-sangena pura radhe prapto 'bhud brahma-putratam bhakty-unmatto mat-padani nijagau paryaan mahim satwith saintly devotees; sangenaby association; purabefore; radheO Radha; praptahattained; abhutdid; brahma-putratamthe son of Brahma; bhaktiwith devotion; unmattahmad; mat-padanisongs about Me; nijagau sang; paryaanwandering; mahimthe worlds. O Radha, again he was born as Brahma's son, and again, mad with love for Me, he wandered the worlds singing songs about Me. Text 20

munindro vaishnava-shreshho mat-priyo jnana-bhaskarah param bhagavatah sakshan narado man-manah sada munindrahthe king of sages; vaishnava-shreshhahthe best of devotees; mat-priyahdear to Me; jnana-bhaskaraha blazing sun of transcendental knowledge; paramthen; bhagavataha great devotee; sakshandirectly; naradahNarada; man-manahhis thoughts fixed on Me; sadaalways. Narada became the king of sages and the best of devotees. A blazing sun of transcendental knowledge and a pure devotee very dear to Me, Narada always meditated on Me. Text 21 ekada narado lokan pashyan vai gana-tat-parah ilavritam nama khandam gatavan sarvato gatih ekadaone day; naradahNarada; lokanthe worlds; pashyanseeing; vai indeed; gana-tat-parahintent on singing; ilavritamIlavrta; namanamed; khandamthe planet; gatavangone; sarvataheverywhere; gatihgoing. One day, as he was traveling where he wished, seeing many different worlds, and singing many songs, Narada came to the place named Ilavrita-varsha. Text 22 yatra jambu-nadi shyama jambu-phala-rasodbhava tatha jambunadam nama suvarnam bhavati priye yatrawhere; jambu-nadithe river Jambu; shyamadark; jambu-phalarasodbhavacreated from the nectar of jambu fruits; tathaso; jambunadam Jambunada; namanamed; suvarnamgold; bhavatiis; priyeO beloved. O beloved, in that place is a dark jambu-juice river that becomes the golden river named Jambunada.

Text 23 tad-deshe veda-nagaram ratna-prasada-nirmitam dadarsha narado yogi divya-nari-narair vritam tad-deshein that place; veda-nagaramthe city of the Vedas; ratna-prasadanirmitammade of jewel palaces; dadarshasaw; naradahNarada; yogiyogi; divya-nari-naraihwith divine men and women; vritamfilled. In that place the yogi Narada saw the city Veda-nagara, which was filled with jewel palaces and divine men and women. Texts 24 and 25 kamshcid vai pada-rahitan vigulphan janu-varjitan vijanghan jaghanavyangan krishorun kubja-madhyakan shlathad-dantonnata-skandhan natanana-vikandharan stri-janan purushamsh casav anga-bhangan dadarsha ha kamshcitsome; vaiindeed; pada-rahitanwithout feet; vigulphanwithout ankles; janu-varjitanwithout knees; vijanghanwithout legs; jaghanahips; vyangandisfingured limbs; krishawithered; urunthighs; kubjadisfigured; madhyakantorsos; shlathatloose; dantateeth; unnata-skandhanhunched backs; natabowed; ananaheads; vikandharandeformed necks; stri-janan women; purushanmen; caand; asauhe; anga-bhanganbroken limbs; dadarshasaw; haindeed. There he saw the men and women were all deformed. Some had no feet, some no ankles, some no knees, some no legs, some twisted hips, some emaciated thighs, some disfigured torsos, some loosened teeth, some hunched shoulders, some bowed heads, and some no necks. Text 26

aho kim etac citram hi sarvan drishvavadan munih sarve yuyam padma-mukha divya-dehah shubhambarah ahahOh; kimwhat?; etatthis; citramwonder; hiindeed; sarvanall; drishvaseeing; avadatsaid; munihthe sage; sarveall; yuyamyou; padma lotus; mukhahfaces; divyasplendid and divine; dehahbodies; shubha splendid; ambarahgarments. Seeing them all, the sage Narada said: "What is this wonder? You all have lotus faces, splendid forms, and beautiful garments. Text 27 kim deva upadeva va yuyam kim rishi-sattamah vaditra-sahitah sarve ramya-gana-parayanah kimwhether?; devademigods; upadevalesser demigods; vaor; yuyam you all; kimwhether?; rishi-sattamahgreat sages; vaditra-sahitahwith musical instruments; sarveall; ramya-gana-parayanahmaking beautiful music. "Are you devas? Are You upadevas? Are you great rishis? You sing and play on your instruments very beautifully. Text 28 anga-bhangah katham yuyam vadatashu mamaiva hi ity uktas tena te sarve pratyucur dina-manasah anga-bhangahdeformed; kathamhow?; yuyamyou all; vadataplease tell; ashuat once; mamato me; eva-indeed; hiindeed; itithus; uktah addressed; tenaby him; tethey; sarveall; pratyucuhreplied; dina-manasah dejected. "Why are you deformed? Please tell me." Addressed in this way, all the people, unhappy at heart, replied.

Text 29 shri-raga ucuh maha-duhkham mune jatam asmakam tanushu svatah tasyagre kathaniyam vai duri-kartum ca yah kshamah shri-ragah ucuhrthe ragas said; maha-duhkhamgreat suffering; muneO sage; jatamborn; asmakamof us; tanushuon the bodies; svatahpersonally; tasyaof that; agrein the presence; kathaniyammay be sdaid; vaiindeed; duri-kartumto throw far away; caand; yahwho; kshamahis able. The ragas said: O sage, our bodies have suffered terribly. We will tell you how these sufferings may be thrown far away. Text 30 raga vayam veda-pure vasamah sarvada mune anga-bhanga vayam jatah karanam shrinu manada ragas-ragas; vayamwe are; veda-purein the city of the Vedas; vasamahwe reside; sarvadaalways; muneO sage; anga-bhangadeformed; vayamwe; jatahborn; karanamthe reason; shrinuplease hear; manadaO gentle and humble one. O sage, we are ragas and we live in the city of Veda-nagara. O gentle and humble one, please hear how we became deformed in this way. Text 31 jato hiranyagarbhasya putro narada-nama-bhak premonmatto vikalena gayan dhruva-padani ca jatahborn; hiranyagarbhasyaof Lord Brahma; putraha son; narada-namabhaknamed Narada; premonmattahmad with love; vikalenaat the wrong times; gayansinging; dhruva-padanisongs; caand.

Lord Brahma has a son named Narada who, mad with love, sings the wrong melodies at the wrong times. Text 32 vicacara mahim etam svecchaya sa maha-munih vikale tasya ganaish ca visvarais tala-varjitaih viganaish ca vayam sarve

anga-bhanga babhuvima

vicacarawandered; mahimthe world; etamthis; svecchayaby his own wish; sahe; maha-muniha great sage; vikaleat the wrong time; tasyaof him; ganaihwith songs; caand; visvaraihwith the worng notes; tala-varjitaih without proper rhythm; viganaihwith the wrong songs; caand; vayamwe; sarveall; anga-bhangadeformed; babhuvimabecame. He is a great sage that wanders the words as he wishes. But his singing the wrong songs at the wrong times, with the wrong notes and without a proper rhythm, has broken the limbs of our bodies. Text 33 iti shrutvatha tad-vakyam narado vismito 'bhavat uvaca gata-mano 'sau ragan parihasann iva itithus; shrutvahearing; athathen; tad-vakyamtheir words; naradah Narada; vismitahastonished; abhavatbecame; uvacasaid; gatagone; manah pride; asauhe; raganto the ragas; parihasannsmiling; ivaas if. Hearing these words, Narada became astonished. Humbled, and trying to smile, he spoke. Text 34 shri-munir uvaca tasya kena prakarena jnanam vai kala-talayoh bhaved iha svarair yuktam vadatashu mamaiva hi

shri-munir uvacaShri Narada said; tasyaof that; kenaby what?; prakarena means; jnanamknowledge; vaiindeed; kalaof time; talayohand rhythm; bhavetmay be; ihahere; svaraihwith notes; yuktamendowed; vadata please tell; ashuat once; mamato me; evaindeed; hiindeed; Shri Narada said: How can one obtain knowledge of the proper times and proper rhythms of music? Please tell me. Text 35 shri-raga ucuh vaikunhasya pateh sakshat priya mukhya sarasvati kuryac chiksham yada tasmai tada syat kala-vin munih shri-ragah ucuhthe ragas said; vaikunhasyaof Vaikunha; patehof the Lord; sakshatdirectly; priyathe beloved; mukhya the best; sarasvati Sarasvati; kuryatis; shikshamteaching; yadawhen; tasmaito him; tada then; syatmay be; kala-vitknowing the proper time; munihsage. The ragas said: Goddess Sarasvati is the dearest beloved of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of Vaikunhaloka. One who learns from her will know the proper times of music. Text 36 tesham vakyam tatah shrutva narado dina-vatsalah sarasvatyah prasadartham tvaram shubhram girim yayau teshamof them; vakyamwords; tatahthen; shrutvahearing; naradah Narada; dina-vatsalahkind to the distressed; sarasvatyahof sarasvati; prasada the mercy; arthamfor the purpose; tvaramat once; shubhramShubhra; girim Mount; yayauwent. After hearing their words, Narada, who is very kind to the distressed, went to Mount Shubhra to obtrain the mercy of Goddess Sarasvati. Text 37

divya-varsha-shatam shashvat tapas tepe su-dushkaram nirannam nirjalam vanidhyana-yuktam vrajeshvari divyacelestial; varshayears; shatama hundred; shashvatcontinually; tapahausterities; tepeperformed; su-dushkaramdifficult; nirannamwithotu food; nirjalamwithout water; vanion Goddess sarasvati; dhyana-yuktam meditating; vrajeshvariO queen of Vraja. O queen of Vraja, for one hundred celestial years Narada performed austeries. Fasting from food and water, he meditated on Goddess Sarasvati. Text 38 shubhram nama visrijyatha pavitri-krita-bhu-dharam narado nama shailo 'bhut tapasa naradasya ca shubhramMount Subha; namanamed; visrijyaleaving; athathen; pavitrikritapurified; bhu-dharammountain; naradahNarada; namanamed; shailah mountain; abhutbecame; tapasaby the austerities; naradasyaof Narada; ca and. Purified by Narada's austerities, that mountain ceased to be called Mount Shubhra. Now it is called Mount Narada. Text 39 tapo-'nte agatam sakshad vag-devim shri-sarasvatim vishnoh priyam divya-varnam apashyan narado munih tapo-'nteat the end of the austerities; agatamarruved; sakshatdirectly; vag-devimthe goddess of speech; shri-sarasvatimSarasvati; vishnohof Lords Vishnu; priyamthe beloved; divya-varnamsplendid; apashyatsaw; naradah Narada; munihthe sage. When his austerities had come to their end, the sage Narada personally saw splendid Sarasvati, the goddess of speech and the beloved of Lord Vishnu.

Text 40 sahasotthaya tam natva parikramya natananah tad-rupa-guna-madhuryastutim cakre munishvarah sahasaat once; utthayarising; tamto her; natvabowing; parikramya circumambulating; natananahwith bowed head; tad-rupaher beauty; guna virtues; madhuryasweetness; stutimprayers; cakredid; munishvarahthe king of sages. At once standing up, bowing down, and circumambulating Her with bowed head, Narada, the king of sages, spoke many prayers gloirifying her beauty, virtues, and sweetness. Text 41 shri-narada uvaca navarka-bimba-dyutim udgalaj-jvalattaanka-keyura-kiria-kankanam sphurat-kvanan-nupura-rava-ranjitam namami koindu-mukhim sarasvatim shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; navarkarising sun; bimbabimba fruit; dyutimsplendor; udgalateclipsing; jvalatshining; taankaearrings; keyura armlets; kiriacrown; kankanambracelets; sphuratglistening; kvanatinkling; nupuraanklets; ravasound; ranjitamcharming; namamiI bow down; koi millions; induof moons; mukhimwhose face; sarasvatimSarasvati. Shri Narada said: I offer my respectful obeisances to Goddess Sarasvati, whose face is more beautiful than millions of moons, whose glistening anklets tinkle melodiously, and whose glistening crown, earrings, bracelets, and armlets eclipse the glory of the bimba fruit and the rising sun. Text 42 vande sadaham kalahamsa udgate calat-pade cancala-cancu-sampue nirdhauta-mukta-phala-hara-sancayam sandharayantim shubhagam sarasvatim

vandeI bow down; sadaalways; ahamI; kalahamsaswan; udgaterisen; calat-pademoving feet; cancalamoving; cancu-sampuein the beak; nirdhauta-mukta-phalaof splendid pearls; haranecklaces; sa{.sy 24cayam host; sandharayantimwearing; shubhagambeautiful; sarasvatimSarasvati. Again and again I offer my respectful obeisances to beautiful Goddess Sarasvati, who wears a necklace of pearls splendid as a host of flying swans with restless feet and beaks. Text 43 varabhayam pustaka-vallaki-yutam param dadhanam vimale kara-dvaye namamy aham tvam shubhadam sarasvatim jaganmayim brahmamayim manoharam varablessing; abhayamfearlessness; pustakabook; vallakilute; yutam with; paramgreat; dadhanamhodling; vimalepure; kara-dvayetwo hands; namamibow down; ahamI; tvamto you; shubhadamthe giver of blessings; sarasvatimSarasvati; jaganmayimwho has come to the material world; brahmamayimspiritual; manoharambeautiful. I offer my respectful obeisances to you, beautiful Goddess Sarasvati, who hold in your pure and splendid hands a vina and a book, who grant the blessing of fearlessness, and who have come to this material world in your spiritual form. Text 44 tarangita-kshauma-sitambare pare dehi svara-jnanam ativa mangale yenadvitiyo hi bhaveyam akshare sarvopari syam para-raga-mandale tarangitatossed by waves; kshaumasilk; sitawhite; ambaregarments; paregreat; dehiplease give; svaraof music; jnanamknowledge; ativa great; mangaleauspicious; yenaby which; advitiyahwithout a second; hi indeed; bhaveyamI may be; aksharein words; sarvopariabove all; syamI may be; para-raga-mandalein the circle of melodies. O goddess dressed in white silk tossed by graceful waves as you walk, O auspicious one, please give me knowledge of music. Make me the best of musicians. Make me unrivaled among musicians.

Text 45 shri-bhagavan uvaca stotram jadyapaham divyam pratar utthaya yah pahet naradoktam sarasvatyah sa vidyavan bhaved iha shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; stotram prayer; jadyaignorance; apahamremoving; divyamsplendid; pratahat sunrise; utthayarising; yahwho; pahetrecites; naradaby Narada; uktam spoken; sarasvatyahto Sarasvati; sahe; vidyavana great scholar; bhavet becomes; ihain this world. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: A person who rises at sunrise and recites this splendid prayer Narada spoke to Goddess Sarasvati, a prayer that removes the numbness of ignorance, becomes a great scholar in this world. Text 46 tatah prasanna vag-devi naradaya mahatmane devadattam dadau vinam svara-brahma-vibhushitam tatahthen; prasannapleased; vag-deviGoddess Sarasvati; naradayato Narada; mahatmanethe great soul; devadattamDevadatta; dadaugave; vinam the vina; svara-brahma-vibhushitamdecorated with spiritual sounds. Pleased, Goddess Sarasvati gave to the great saint Narada the vina named Devadatta, which was decorated with spiritual sound. Texts 47-49 ragaish ca raginibhish ca tat-putraish ca tathaiva ca desha-kaladi-bhedaish ca tala-mana-svaraih saha sha-pancashat-koi-bhedair antar-bhedair asankhyakaih gramair nrityaih sa-vaditrair murchana-sahitaih shubhaih

vaikunhasya pateh sakshat priya mukhya sarasvati svara-gamyaih padaih siddhaih pahayam asa naradam ragaihwith the ragas; caand; raginibhihwith the raginis; caand; tatputraihwith their children; caand; tathaso; evaindeed; caand; desha place; kalatime; adibeginning with; bhedaihdistinctions; caand; tala-manasvaraihrhythms; sahawith; sha-pancashat-koi-bhedaihwith five-hundred and sixty million divisions; antar-bhedaihwith sub-divisions; asankhyakaihcountless; gramaihwith scales; nrityaihwith dances; sa-vaditraihwith musical instruments; murchana-sahitaihwith modulation; shubhaihbeautiful; vaikunhasya patehof the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Lord of Vaikunha; sakshatdirectly; priyathe beloved; mukhyafirst; sarasvati Sarasvati; svara-gamyaih padaihwith notes; siddhaihperfect; pahayam asa taught; naradamNarada. Goddess Sarasvati, the dearest beloved of the Lord of Vaikunha, then taught Narada the different ragas and raginis, their derivitives, the proper times and places for the different kinds of music, the different rhythms, the five-hundred-and-sixtymillion divisions and numberless sub-divisions of scales, the various dances, the different musical instruments, and the different kinds of modulation. Text 50 advitiyam raga-karam kritva tam rasa-mandale vaikunham prayayau radhe vag-devi vishnu-vallabha advitiyamwithout rival; raga-karammusician; kritvamaking; tamhim; rasa-mandalein the circle of the musicians; vaikunhamto Vaikunha; prayayau went; radheO Radha; vag-deviGoddess Sarasvati; vishnu-vallabhadear to Lord Vishnu. In this way Sarasvati, the goddess of speech and the beloved of Lord Vishnu, made Narada unrivalled in the circle of musicians. Then she returned to the spiritual world of Vaikunha. .pa

Chapter Twenty-two Shri Naradopakhyana

The Story of Shri Narada Text 1 shri-bhagavan uvaca kasmai deyam idam guhyam raga-rupam manoharam buddhya vicarayann ittham gandharva-nagaram yayau shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; kasmaito whom?; deyamshould be guiven; idamthis; guhyamsecret; raga-rupamof the ragas; manoharambeautiful; buddhyawith intelligence; vicarayan considering; itthamthus; gandharva-nagaramto the city of the gandharvas; yayauwent. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Thinking, to whom should I give this beautiful and secret knowledge of music?", Narada went to the city of the gandharvas. Text 2 tumburum nama gandharvam kritva shishyam sa naradah kalam jagau mad-gunamsh ca vina-vadya-parayanah tumburumTumburu; namanamed; gandharvamthe gandharva; kritva making; shishyamdisciple; sahe; naradahNarada; kalamsweetly; jagau sang; mad-gunanMy virtues; ca

Chapter Twenty-four Kola-daitya-vadha The Killing of the Kola Demon Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca gopinam caiva gopanam dattva sandarshanam param

mathurayam kim cakara shri-krishno rama eva ca shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; gopinamof the gopis; caand; evaindeed; gopanamof gopas; dattvagiving; sandarshanamsight; param then; mathurayamin Mathura; kimwhat?; cakaradid; shri-krishnahShri Krishna; ramaBalarama; evaindeed; caand. Shri Bahulashva said: After Krishna met the gopas and gopis, what did Krishna and Balarama do in Mathura City? Text 2 caritram paramam misham shri-krishna-baladevayoh sarva-papa-haram punyam catur-varga-phala-pradam caritrampastime; paramamtranscendental; mishamsweet; shri-krishnabaladevayohof Shri Krishna and Balarama; sarva-papaall sins; haram removing; punyamsacred; catur-varga-phala-pradamgiving the four goals of life. Krishna and Balarama's sacred, sweet, and transcendental pastimes remove all sins and grant the four goals of life. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca anyac caritram shrinutac chri-krishna-baladevayoh sarva-papa-haram punyam catur-varga-phala-pradam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said:; anyacanother; caritrampastrime; shrinutathear; shri-krishna-baladevayohof Shri Krishna and Balarama; sarvapapa-haramremoving all sins; punyamsacred; catur-varga-phala-pradam granting thje four goals of life. Shri Narada said: Please hear another of Krishna and Balarama's sacred transcendental pastimes, which remove all sins and grant the four goals of life. Text 4

kolena pidita lokah kausharavi-puran nripa mathuram ayayuh sarve sa-dvija dina-manasah kolenaBy Kola; piditatormented; lokahthe people; kausharavi-puratfrom Kausaravi-pura; nripaO king; mathuramto Mathura; ayayuhcame; sarveall; sa-dvijawith brahmanas; dina-manasahtroubled at heart. Harassed by a demon named Kola, all the people of Kausharavi-pura fled to Mathura City. Text 5 ashvam ashu samaruhya rohini-nandano balah sv-alpaih purah-saraih sardham mrigayarthi vinirgatah ashvama horse; ashuat once; samaruhyamounting; rohini-nandanah Balarama; balahBalarama; sv-alpaiha few; purah-saraihfollowers; sardham with; mrigayarthito hunt; vinirgatahleft. At that moment Lord Balarama, riding on horseback and ccompanied by a few attendants, was about to leave on a hunting expedition. Text 6 tam natvabhyarcya vidhivat tad-anghryoh patitah pathi kritanjali-pua ucur harsha-gadgadaya gira tamto Him; natvabowing down; abhyarcyaworshiping; vidhivatproperly; tad-anghryohat His feet; patitahfallen; pathion the road; kritanjali-puawith folded hands; ucuhsaid; harsha-gadgadayachoked with happiness; girawith words. Bowing down, worshiping Him, and falling at His feet, with folded hands and voices faltering with happines, the people spoke to Lord Balarama.

Text 7 shri-praja ucuh rama rama maha-baho deva-deva maha-bala kolena piditah sarve agatah sharanam vayam shri-praja ucuhthe people said; ramaO Balarama; ramaOBalarama; mahabahahO mighty-armed; deva-devaO Lord of lords; maha-balaO powerful one; kolenaby Kola; piditahdistressed; sarveall; agatahcome; sharanamto the shelter; vayamwe. The people said: Balarama! Balarama! Mighty-armed one! Master of the demigods! Powerful one! We are all harassed by a demon named Kola. We take shalter of You. Text 8 daityah kamsa-sakhah kolo jitva kausharavim nripam kausharaveh pure rajyam karoti sa maha-balah daityahdemon; kamsa-sakhaha friend of Kamsa; kolahKola; jitva defeating; kausharavimkausaravi; nripamKing; kausharavehpf Kausaravi; pure in the city; rajyamkingdom; karotidoes; sahe; maha-balahpowerful. Kola, a powerful demon-friend of Kamsa, defeated the king of Kausharavi. Now he rules Kausharavi City. Text 9 kausharavis tad-bhayad dhi ganga-tire gato nripah rajyartham tvat-padambhojam bhajate su-jitendriyah kausharavihKausaravi; tad-bhayatout of fear of him; hiindeed; ganga-tire to the Ganga's shore; gatahwent; nripahking; rajyarthamfor his kingdom; tvatpadambhojamYour lotus feet; bhajateworships; su-jitendriyahcontrolling his senses.

Out of fear of him, the king of Kausharavi fled to the Ganga's shore where, controlling his senses, he worships Your lotus feet to regain his kingdom. Text 10 tat-sahayam kuru vibho vayam yasya prajah shubhah putravat palitas tena maha-saukhya-samanvitah tat-sahayamhelp; kuruplease givve; vibhahO powerful one; vayamwe; yasyaof him; prajahthe subjects; shubhahgood; putravatlike sons; palitah protected; tenaby him; maha-saukhya-samanvitahvery happy. O almighty one, please help him. We are his good subjects. He always protected us as if we were his own children. We were always happy under his rule. Text 11 kolenadyaiva dushena piditah satatam prabho tralokya-vijayi virah kamso 'pi nihatas tvaya kolenaby Kola; adyanow; evaindeed; dushenathe demon; piditah harassed; satatamalways; prabhahO Lord; tralokyathe three worlds; vijayi conquering; virahwarrior; kamsahKamsa; apieven; nihatahkilled; tvayaby You. Now we are continually harassed by by the demon Kola. O Lord, You killed even the ferocious Kamsa, who had conquered the three worlds. Text 12 kole jivati devendra kamso 'pi na mritah smritah rakshartham sa-guno 'si tvam bhaktanam prakriteh parah koleas Kola; jivatilives; devendraO master of the demigods; kamsah Kamsa; apialso; nanot; mritahdead; smritahconsidered; raksharthamfor protection; sa-gunahappearing as an ordinary person subject to the modes of

nature; asiare; tvamYou; bhaktanamof the devotees; prakritehmatter; parah beyond. O master of the demigods, we think that Kamsa is not dead as long as Kola remains alive. O master of the demigods, although You are transcendental, beyond the world of matter, in order to protect Your devotees You have come here, pretending to be a conditioned soul bound by the modes of nature. Text 13 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva vacas tesham shri-ramo bhakta-vatsalah ganga-yamunayor madhye kaushambim nagarim yayau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahwords; teshamof them; shri-ramahShri Balarama; bhaktadevotees; vatsalahloves; ganga-yamunayohof the Ganga and Yamuna; madhyebetween; kaushambim Kausambi; nagarimCity; yayauwent. Shri Narada said: After hearing these words, Lord Balarama, who loves His devotees, went to Kausharavi City in the land between the Ganga and the Yamuna. Text 14 yoddhum samagatam ramam shrutva kolo 'pi nirgatah akshauhinibhir dashabhir manditash canda-vikramah yoddhumto fight; samagatamcome; ramamBalarama; shrutvahearing; kolahKola; apialso; nirgatahwent; akshauhinibhihwith aksauhinis; dashabhih ten; manditahdecorated; canda-vikramahferocious. Hearing that Lord Balarama had come to fight, ferocious Kola, decorated with ten akshauhini divisions, went to meet Him. Texts 15 and 16 cancalashva-tarangadhyam rathebhashva-timingilam nadim ivagatam senam

pralayarnava-nadinim viravartam ca tam vikshya baddhva setum halam balah akrishya tam tad-agrena musalenahanad dridham cancalarestless; ashvahorses; tarangawaves; adhyamopulent; ratha chariots; ibhaelephants; ashvahorses; timingilamtimingila fish; nadimriver; ivalike; agatamarrived; senamarmy; pralayaof devastation; arnavathe ocean; nadinimroaring; viraof warriors; avartamwhirlpools; caand; tamthat; vikshyaseeing; baddhvabinding; setuma bridge; halamstrong; balah Balarama; akrishyapulling; tamthat; tad-agrenaby the tip; musalenaby His club; ahanatstruck; dridhamhard. Lord Balarama gazed at Kola's army, which was like a great river filled with waves of restless horses, timingila fish of chariots, elephants, and horses, whirlpools of ferocious soldiers, and tumultuous roaring like a great ocean of destruction. Then the Lord, in order to make a bridge to cross this river of soldiers, began striking it with His club. Text 17 yugapat tat-praharena vira ashva ratha gajah sarvatah koishah petuh peshitah phalavad rane yugapatat that moment; tat-praharenaby His blows; virathe warriors; ashvahorses; rathachariots; gajahelephants; sarvatahall; koishahby the millions; petuhfell; peshitahcrushed; phalavatlike fruit; ranein the battle. By the force of Lord Balarama's blows millions of warriors, horses, chariots, and elephants fell, crushed as if they were pieces of fruit thrown on the battlefield. Text 18 sheshah pradudruvur vira bhayarta rana-mandalat ekaki yuyudhe daityah kolo ramena shastra-bhrit

sheshahremaining; pradudruvuhfled; virawarriors; bhayartaterrified; rana-mandalatfrom the battlefield; ekakialone; yuyudhefought; daityahthe demon; kolahKola; ramenawith Balarama; shastra-bhritarmed with weapons. Terrified, the surviving warriors fled from the battlefield. Then Kola, armed with many weapons, fought a duel with Lord Balarama. Texts 19-21 gomutra-caya-sindurakasturi-patra-bhrin mukham suvarna-shrinkhalayuktam prakhacit-kai-bandhanam sravan-madam catur-dantam ghana-ankara-bhishanampronnatam dig-gajam iva nadat-kala-ghana-prabham shitam ankusham adaya kola aruhya karnatah sva-gajam nodayam asa baladevaya daitya-ra go-mutraurine; cayaabundance; sindurasindura; kasturi-patra-bhrin muslk; mukhamface; suvarnagold; shrinkhalachains; ayuktamwith; prakhacit-kai-bandhanambelt; sravatflowing; madamichor; catur-dantam four tusks; ghana-ankaratinkling of bells; bhishanamfearful; pronnatam great; dig-gajaman elephant holding up the directions; ivalike; nadat-kalaghana-prabhamroaring like thunder; shitamsharp; ankushamgoad; adaya taking; kolaKola; aruhyamounting; karnatahby the ear; sva-gajamhis own elephant; nodayam asamade it charge; baladevayato Lord Balarama; daitya-ra the king of demons. Mounting by its ear his four-tusked elephant bound with golden chains, its face decorated with pictures and designs drawn in gomutra, sindura, and musk, its ichor flowing, its bells tinkling ominously, and its body enormous as one of the elephants holding up the directions, and making his elephant trumpet like thunder, the demon-king Kola took a sharp goad in his hand and made his elephant charge Lord Balarama. Text 22 agatam vikshya tam nagam mattam kolena noditam

tatada musalenasau vajrenendro yatha girim agatamcoming; vikshyaseeing; tamthat; nagamelephant; mattam maddened; kolenabo Kola; noditamsent; tatadastruck; musalenawith His club; asauHe; vajrenawith the thunderbolt; indrahIndra; yathaas; girima mountain. Seeing the maddened elephant, pressed on by Kola, charging Him, Lord Balarama struck it with His club as Indra strikes a mountain with his thunderbolt. Text 23 musalasya praharena vishirno 'bhun maha-gajah mrid-ghato naikadhaivashu danda-ghatena maithila musalasyaof the club; praharenaby the blow; vishirnahshattered; abhut became; maha-gajahthe great elephant; mrid-ghataha clay pot; nanot; ekadhaone; evaindeed; ashuat once; danda-ghatenaby the blow of a stick; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, the elephant was shattered by the blow from Lord Balarama's club as a small clay pot is shattered by a stick. Text 24 kolah kroda-mukho daityo raktakshah patito gajat shulam cikshepa nishitam madhavaya mahatmane kolahKola; kroda-mukhaha great mouth; daityahthe demon; raktakshah red eyes; patitahfallen; gajatfrom the elephant; shulamspear; cikshepa threw; nishitamsharp; madhavayaat Balarama; mahatmanethe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Kola, his eyes red and his mouth wide-open, jumped from the elephant and threw a spear at Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 25

musalena tada ramas tac-chulam shatadhacchinat kaca-patram yatha balo dandena ca videha-ra musalenawith His club; tadathen; ramahBalarama; tac-chulamthe spear; shatadhain a hundred pieces; acchinatshattered; kaca-patrama crystal goblet; yathaas; balahBalarama; dandenawith a stick; caand; videha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, with His club Lord Balarama shattered that spear into a hundred pieces as one shatters a crystal goblet with an iron rod. Text 26 sahasra-bhara-samyuktam gadam gurvim pragrihya ca balam tatada hridaye jagarja ghanavat khalah sahasra-bhara-samyuktamweighing a thousand bharas; gadamclub; gurvim heavy; pragrihyataking; caand; balamLord Balarama; tatadastruck; hridayeon the chest; jagarjaroared; ghanavatlike a cloud; khalahthe demon. Taking a club heavy as a thousand bharas, the demon struck Lord Balarama on the chest and roared like thunder. Text 27 tad-gadayah praharena na cacala yadudvahah pashyatam sarva-lokanam sraja hata iva dvipah tad-gadayahof the club; praharenaby the blow; nanot; cacalawavered; yadudvahahBalarama; pashyatamlooking; sarva-lokanamall the people; sraja by a garland; hatahit; ivalike; dvipahan elephant. As everyone could see the blow of the club had no effect on Lord Balarama. He stood like an elephant struck by a flower garland.

Text 28 tam akrishya halagrena kolam kajjalavat-tanum musalenahanan murdhni baladevo maha-balah tamhim; akrishyadragging; halagrenaby the tip of His plow; kolamKol; kajjalavat-tanumhis body like black kajjala; musalenaby the club; ahanathit; murdhnion the head; baladevahBalarama; maha-balahvery powerful. Catching Kola, who was black as mascara, and dragging him about with His plow, powerful Lord Balarama finally hit him on the head with His club. Text 29 musalahata-murdhapi patito rana-mandale mushi-ghatam ghatayitva tatraivantaradhiyata musalaby the club; ahatahit; murdhaon the head; apialso; patitah fallen; rana-mandalein the battlefield; mushi-ghatama punch; ghatayitva throwing; tatrathere; evaindeed; antaradhiyatadisappeared. His head struck by the Lord's club, Kola fell on the battleground. Then he clapped his hands and suddenly disappeared. Text 30 cakara mayam mayavi daiteyim ati-bhishanam pralaya-prabhavair meghair maha-vata-pranoditaih andhakaram prakurvadbhir

abhud acchaditam nabhah

cakaradid; mayammagic; mayavia magician; daiteyimdemonic; atibhishanamvery fearful; pralaya-prabhavaihwith the power of destruction; meghaihwith clouds; maha-vata-pranoditaihsend by great winds; andhakaram blinding darkness; prakurvadbhihmaking; abhutdid; acchaditamcovered; nabhahthe sky.

Kola, a great magician, made very terrifying and demonic illusions. Bringing devastating clouds pushed by hurricane winds, he covered the sky with a blinding darkness. Text 31 japa-pushpa-saman bindun ajasram rudhirasya ca mocayitvatha bibhatsavarshash cakrur ghanaghanah japa-pushpa-samanlike roses; bindundrops; ajasramat once; rudhirasyaof blood; caand; mocayitvareleasing; athathen; bibhatsaterrifying; varshah rains; cakruhdid; ghanaghanahgreat clouds. The great clouds made a terrifying monsoon rain of blood drops big as roses. Text 32 puya-medo-'ti-vin-mutrasura-mamsa-samanvitah drishva tabhish ca varshabhir ha-ha-karo babhuva ha puyapus; medahfat; ati-vigreat stool; mutraurine; surawine; mamsa flesh; samanvitahwith; drishvaseeing; tabhihwith them; caand; varshabhih rains; ha-ha-karahalas! alas!; babhuvawas; haindeed. Then it rained pus, fat, stool, urine, wine, and flesh. There was a great cry of {Alas! Alas!" Texts 33 and 34 jnatvatha tat-kritam mayam baladevo maha-prabhuh cikshepa musalam dirgham para-sainya-vidaranam sarvastra-ghatakam svaccham asha-dhatu-mayam dridham shata-yojana-vistirnam pralayagni-sama-prabham

jnatvaknowing; athathen; tat-kritamdone by him; mayammagic; baladevahBalarama; maha-prabhuhthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; cikshepathre; musalamHis club; dirghamgreat; para-sainya-vidaranam breaking the enemy's army; sarvaall; astraweapons; ghatakamblow; svacchamclear; asha-dhatu-mayammade of eight metals; dridhamfirm; shata-yojana-vistirnam800 miles long; pralayagni-sama-prabhamsplendid as the fire of cosmic devastation. Aware that this was all a magical illusion, Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, threw His great eight-hundred-mile club, the best of weapons, which was made of eight metals, splendid as the fires at the time of cosmic devastation, and able to cut to pieces any enemy's army. Text 35 balastram musalam reje bhramad dasha-dig-antare vidarayad ghanan vyomni niharam ca yatha ravih balaLord Balarama's; astramweapon; musalamclub; rejeshone; bhramat wandering; dasha-dig-antarethe ten directions; vidarayatcutting apart; ghananthe clouds; vyomniin the sky; niharamfog; caand; yathaas; ravih the sun. Lord Balarama's club circled the ten directions, cutting away the clouds as the the sun cuts away the morning fog. Text 36 tad-vyomni pragatam drishva halastram ca svatah prabhuh samutpatyakrishya balan madhye tan vidadara ha tad-vyomniin the sky; pragatamgone; drishvaseeing; halastramLord Balarama's plow; caand; svatahown; prabhuhthe Lord; samutpatyalifting; akrishyadragging; balanby force; madhyein the middle; tanthem; vidadara cut; haindeed. Seeing that His club was still in the sky, the Lord took up His plow weapon and continued to break apart the clouds.

Text 37 nasham gatayam mayayam baladevo maha-balah grihitva bhuja-dandabhyam bhuja-dande madotkae nashamto destruction; gatayamgone; mayayamthe magic; baladevah Lord Balarama; maha-balahvery powerful; grihitvataking; bhuja-dandabhyam with both arms; bhuja-dandethe arms; madotkaeferocious. When the magical illusion was completely dispelled, with both hands powerful Lord Balarama grabbed the ferocious demon's arm. Text 38 bhramayan bala iva tam pratulam sa itas tatah patayam asa bhu-prishhe kamandalum ivarbhakah bhramayanwhirling about; balaa child; ivalike; tamhim; pratulam cotton; sahe; itahhere; tatahand there; patayam asathrew; bhu-prishheto the ground; kamandaluma kamandalu; ivalike; arbhakaha child. Whirling him around and around as a child whirls a cotton swab, Lord Balarama threw the demon to the ground as a child throws a kamandalu. Text 39 tasya daityasya patena sabdhi-shaila-vanaih saha cakampe nadika-matram sarvam bhu-khanda-mandalam tasyaof him; daityasyathe demon; patenaby the fall; sabdhi-shaila-vanaih with oceans, mountains, and forests; sahawith; cakampetrembled; nadikamatramtube; sarvamall; bhu-khanda-mandalamthe circle of the earth. When the demon fell the entire earth, with its oceans, mountains, and forests, shook.

Text 40 bhagna-dantash calan-netro murchito nidhanam yayau kolo nama maha-daityo vritro vajra-hato yatha bhagna-dantahbroken teeth; calan-netrahmoving eyes; murchitahfainted; nidhanamdeath; yayauattained; kolahKola; namanamed; maha-daityahthe great demon; vritrahVritra; vajraby the thunderbolt; hatahstruck; yathaas. His teeth broken and his eyes moving, the great demon named Kola fainted and died, as Vritra did when he was hit by Indra's thunderbolt. Text 41 tada jaya-jayaravo divi bhumau babhuva ha deva-dundubhayo neduh pushpa-varshah suraih kritah tadathen; jaya-jayaravahsounds of "Victory! Victory!"; diviin the sky; bhumauon the earth; babhuvawas; haindeed; deva-dundubhayahthe dundubhis of the demigods; neduhsounded; pushpa-varshahshowers of flowers; suraihby the demigods; kritahdone. At that moment there was a great tumult of "Victory! Victory!" in both the heaven and earth, the celestial dundubhi drums sounded, and the demigods showered flowers. Text 42 ittham kolam ghatayitva baladevo 'cyutagrajah dattvatha kausharavaye kaushambim ca purim tatah itthamthus; kolamKola; ghatayitvakilling; baladevahLord Balarama; acyutagrajahthe elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead; dattvagiving; athathen; kausharavayeto King Kausharavi; kaushambim Kausharavi City; caand; purimthe city; tatahthen.

Having killed the demon Kola, Lord Balarama, the elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead, returned Kausharavi City to King Kausharavi. Text 43 snatum bhagirathim pragad gargacaryadibhir vritah lokanam sangraham kartum sarva-dosha-kshayaya ca snatumto bathe; bhagirathimin the Ganga; pragatwent; gargacaryadibhih headed by Garga MUni; vritahsurrounded; lokanamof the people; sangraham protection; kartumto do; sarva-dosha-kshayayato remove all sins; caand. Then, to remove all sins and to protect all the worlds, Lord Balarama, accompanied by Garga Muni and a host of great sages, went to bathe in the Ganga. Text 44 snapayam cakrur aryas te gangayam madhavam balam veda-mantrair mangalaish ca gargacaryadayo dvijah snapayam cakruhbathes; aryahthe saints; tethey; gangayamin the Ganga; madhavamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; balamBalarama; veda of the Vedas; mantraihwith mantras; mangalaihauspicious; caand; gargacaryadayahheaded by garga Muni; dvijahthe brahmanas. Chanting auspicious Vedic mantras, the saintly brahmanas headed by Garga Muni performed a ritual bathing of Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, in the waters of the Ganga. Texts 45 and 46 laksham gajanam vaideha syandananam dvi-lakshakam hayanam ca tatha koim dhenunam arbudam dasha shatarbhudam ca ratnanam bharam jambunadavritam ramo dattva brahmanebhyah

prayayau mathuram purim lakshama hundred thousand; gajanamelkephants; vaidehaO king of Videha; syandananamof chariots; dvi-lakshakamtwo hundred thousand; hayanamof horses; caand; tathaso; koimten million; dhenunamof cows; arbudama hundred million; dashaten; shatarbhudamten billion; caand; ratnanamof jewels; bharamabundance; jambunadavritamcovered with gold; ramahLord Balarama; dattvagiving; brahmanebhyahto the brahmanas; prayayauwent; mathuramto Mathura; purimCity. O king of Videha, after giving a hundred thousand elephants, two hundred thousand chariots, ten million horses, one billion cows, and ten billion ornaments of gold and jewels in charity to the brahmanas, Lord Balarama returned to Mathura City. Text 47 yatra ramena gangayam kritam snanam videha-rad tatra tirtham maha-punyam rama-tirtham vidur budhah yatrawhere; ramenawith Balarama; gangayamin the Ganges; kritam done; snanambath; videha-radO king of Videha; tatrathere; tirthamholy place; maha-punyamvery sacred; rama-tirthamRama-tirtha; viduhknow; budhahthe wise; O king of Videha, this very sacred place, where Rama bathed in the Ganges, the wise know as Rama-tirtha. Note: Texts 47-60 are quoted by Shrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura in His Shri Navadvipa-dhama-mahatmya, Pramana-khanda.

Text 48 karttikyam karttike snatva ramatirthe tu jahnavim haridvarac chata-gunam punyam vai labhate janah karttikyamon the full-moon day; karttikein the month of Karttika; snatva having bathed; ramatirtheat Rama-tirtha; tuindeed; jahnavimin the Ganges; haridvaratfrom Hardwar; shataa hundred times; gunammultiplied; punyam piety; vaiindeed; labhateattains; janaha person.

A person who on the full-moon day of the month of Karttika bathes in the Ganges at Rama-tirtha attains piety a hundred times greater than at Hardwar.

Text 49 shri-bahulashva uvaca kausambac ca kiyad duram sthale kasmin maha-mune ramatirtham maha-punyam mahyam vaktum tvam arhasi shri-bahulashvahShri Bahulashva; uvacasaid; kausambatfrom Kusanagara; caand; kiyathow much?; duramfar; sthaleplace; kasminin what?; mahamuneO great sage; ramatirthamRama-tirtha; maha-punyamgreat piety; mahyamto me; vaktumto speak; tvamyou; arhasidesrve. Shri Bahulashva said: How far, and in what direction from Kausharavi City, is very sacred Rama-tirtha? Please tell me.

Text 50 shri-narada uvaca kausambac ca tad ishanyam catur-yojanam eva hi vayasyam sukara-kshetrac catur-yojanam eva ca shri-naradahShri Narada; uvacasaid; kausambatfrom Kusanagara; caand; tatthat; ishanyamnorth; catur-yojanamfour yojanas (32 miles); evaindeed; hiindeed; vayasyamnorthwest; sukara-kshetratfrom Koladvipa; caand; catur-yojanamfour yojanas; evaindeed; caand. Shri Narada said: It is 32 miles north of Kausharavi City and 32 miles northwest of Koladvipa.

Text 51

karnakshetrac ca sha-kroshair nalakshetrac ca pancabhih agneyyam dishi rajendra rama-tirtham vadanti hi karnakshetratfrom Kurukshetra; caand; shasix; kroshaihkroshas; nalakshetratfrom Nalakshetra; caand; pancabhihwith five; agneyyamin the southeast; dishidirection; rajendraO great king; ramatirthamRama-tirtha; vadantisay; hiindeed. O great king, they say that Rama-tirtha 12 miles southeast of Kurukshetra and 10 miles southeast of Nalakshetra.

Text 52 vriddha-keshi-siddha-pihad bilvakeshavanat punah purvasyam ca tribhih kroshai ramatirtham vidur budhah vriddha-keshi-siddha-pihatfrom Vriddha-keshi-siddha-piha; bilvakeshavanat from Bilvakeshavana; punahagain; purvasyamin the east; caand; tribhih kroshaihwith three kroshas; ramatirthamRama-tirtha; viduhknow; budhah the wise; The wise know that Rama-tirtha is 6 miles east of Vriddha-keshi-siddha-piha and Bilvakeshavana. Text 53 dridhashvo vanga-rajo 'bhut kurupam lomasha-munim drishva jahasa satatam tam shashapa maha-munih dridhashvahDridhashva; vanga-rajahthe king of Bengal; abhutwas; kurupamdeformed; lomasa-munimLomasha Muni; drishvaseeing; jahasa laughed; satatamalways; tamhim; shashapacursed; maha-munihthe great sage. There was a king of Bengal named Dridhashva who always laughed at deformed Lomasha Muni. The great sage Lomasha cursed him:

Text 54 vikaralah kroda-mukho 'suro 'bhavan maha-khalah ittham sa muni-shapena kolah kroda-mukho 'bhavat vikaralahhorrible; kroda-mukhahwith the face of a pig; asurahdemon; bhavabecome; maha-khalaha great demon; itthamin this way; sahhe; munishapenaby the sage's curse; kolahKola; kroda-mukhahwith the face of a pig; abhavatbecame. "Now become a horrible demon with the face of a pig!" By the sage's curse the king became a pig-faced demon named Kola.

Text 55 baladeva-praharena tyaktva svam asurim tanum kolo nama maha-daityah param kshetram jagama ha baladevaof Lord Balarama; praharenaby the blows; tyaktvaabandoning; svamhis; asurimdemon; tanumbody; kolahKola; namaname; maha-daityah the great demon; param kshetramto the supreme abode; jagamawent; ha indeed. Killed by Lord Baladeva, the great demon Kola gave up his demon body and went to the spiritual world. Text 56 tato ramo mantribhish ca uddhavadibhir anvitah jahnu-tirtham jagamashu yatra dakshah shruter abhut tatahthen; ramahBalarama; mantribhihwith advisors; caand; uddhavaadibhihheaded by Uddhava; anvitahwith; jahnu-tirthamto Jahnu-tirtha; jagama went; ashuat once; yatrawhere; dakshahexpert; shrutehin the Vedas; abhutwas.

Then Lord Balarama, accompanied by Uddhava and other advisers, at once went to Jahnu-tirtha, where He became learned in the Vedas.

Text 57 ganga brahmana-mukhyasya jahnavi yena kathyate datva danam dvijatibhya ushu ratrau janaih saha gangaGanges; brahmana-mukhyasyaof the best of brahmanas; jahnavi Jahnavi; yenaby whom; kathyateis called; datvagiving; danamcharity; dvijatibhyahto the brahmanas; ushuhresided; ratrauat night; janaihpeople; sahawith. Jahnu is the great Brahmana after whom the Ganges is called Jahnavi. There Lord Balarama gave chairty ot the brahmanas and then stayed the night with His associates.

Text 58 tatas tam pashcime bhage pandavanam ati-priyam ahara-sthanakam prapya ratrau vasam cakara ha tatahthen; tamthat; pashcime bhagein the west; pandavanamto the Pandavas; ati-priyamvery dear; ahara-sthanakamAhara-sthana; prapya attained; ratrauat night; vasamresidence; cakaramade; haindeed. Going west, He reached Ahara-sthana, which is very dear to the Pandavas, where He stayed the night.

Text 59 tatra danam dvijatibhyo datva sad-guna-bhojanam tato yojanam ekam ca

devam manduka-samjnakam tatrathere; danamcharity; dvijatibhyahto the brahmanas; datvagiving; sad-guna-bhojanamdelicious food; tatahthen; yojanam ekamone yojana; ca and; devamthe Deity; manduka-samjnakamnamed Manduka. There He gave delicious foods in charity to the brahmanas. Then He went eight miles away to the devotee named Mandukadeva.

Text 60 tapas taptam mahat tena cante deva-kripaptaye tad-artham sva-samajena baladevo jagama ha tapas taptamperformed austerities;; mahatgreat; tenaby Him; caand; antein the end; devaof the Diety; kripamercy; aptayeto attain; tad-artham for that purpose; sva-samajenawith His group; baladevahBalarama; jagama went; haindeed. Mandukadeva had performed great austerities to attain the mercy of the Lord. That is the reason Lord Balarama went there with His associates.

Texts 61 and 62 urdhvasyam eka-pada-stham dhyana-stimita-locanam sva-bhaktam hridaya-stham svam murti-darshana-lolupam tam jahara tadanantas tato bahye dadarsha ha sa drishvananta-devasya rupam parama-sundaram urdhvasyamhis head raised; eka-pada-sthamstanding on one foot; dhyanastimita-locanamhis eyes closed in meditation; sva-bhaktamHis devotee; hridaya-sthamsituated in the heart; svamown; murti-darshana-lolupameager to see the form; tamhim; jaharaembracing; tadathen; anantahthe limitless Lord; tatahthen; bahyeoutside; dadarshasaw; haOh; sahe; drishva seeing; ananta-devasyaof Lord Ananta; rupamthe form; parama-sundaram very handsome.

Standing on one foot, his head up, and his eyes closed, Mandukadeva meditated on the Lord, whom he could see in his heart. Still, Mandukadeva yearned to see the Lord's form with his eyes open. When Lord Balarama, now in His form of Lord Ananta, embraced him, Mandukadeva opened his eyes and saw before him the sublimely handsome form of Lord Ananta.

Text 63 sragvy-eka-kundalam gauram talanka-ratha-samyutam stutva paramaya bhaktya papata caranau punah sragviwearing a garland; eka-kundalamone earring; gauramfair; talankaratha-samyutamHis chariot marked with the insignia of a palm tree; stutva offering prayers; paramayawith great; bhaktyadevotion; papatafell; caranau at the feet; punahagain and again. Lord Ananta had a fair complexion. He wore a flower garland and a single earring, and His chariot bore the insignia of a palm tree. Offering prayers with great devotion, Mandukadeva fell again and again at His feet. Texts 64 and 65 tasya shirishna karam datva varam bruhity uvaca ha yadi prasanno bhagavan anugrahyo 'smi va yadi sarvottamam bhagavatim samhitam shuka-vaktratah nirgatam dehi mam svamin kali-dosha-haram param tasyaof Him; shirishnahead; karamhands; datvaplacing; varam benediction; bruhiplease give; itithus; uvacasaid; haindeed; yadiif; prasannahpleased; bhagavanthe Lord; anugrahyahthe object of mercy; asmi I am; vaor; yadiif; sarvaof all; uttamamthe best; bhagavatim samhitam Shri Bhagavati-samhita; shuka-vaktratahfrom the mouth of Shukadeva Gosvami; nirgatamcome; dehiplease give; mamme; svaminO LOrd; kaliof Kaliyuga; doshathe faults; haramremoving; paramtranscendental.

Placing a hand on His devotee's head, Lord Balarama, Ask for a benedcition." Mandukadeva said, "If the Lord is pleased wth Me, or if the Lord feels compassion on Me, then, O Lord, please give me the Bhagavati-samhita, which has come from the mouth of Shukadeva Gosvami, and which removes the evils of the age of Kali." Note: Shrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura quotes these two verses in His Shri Navadvipa-dhama-mahatmya, Pramana-khanda. Text 66 shri-baladeva uvaca uddhava-dvaratah praptir bhavishyati tavanagha shrimad-bhagavati kirtir adhika ya kalau yuge shri-baladeva uvacaShri Balarama said; uddhava-dvaratahby Uddhava; praptihattained; bhavishyatiwill be; tavaof you; anaghaO sinless one; shrimad-bhagavatiShrimad-bhagavati; kirtihthe glory; adhikagreat; yawhich; kalau yugein Kali-yuga. Shri Balarama said: O sinless one, from Uddhava you will learn the Shrimad Bhagavati-samhita, which is gloriously manifest in the age of Kali. Text 67 shri-manduka uvaca katham bhagavata datta mukhya tasyadhikarita kada yogam mama svasmin kuru sandeha-bhanjanam shri-manduka uvacaShri Mandukadeva said; kathamhow?; bhagavataby the Lord; dattagiven; mukhyafirst; tasyaof that; adhikaritasuperiority; kada when?; yogammeeting; mamaof me; svasminown; kuruplease do; sandeha-bhanjanamremoving doubts. Shri Mandukadeva said: Why is this scripture given by the Lord so great? When will I learn it? O Lord, please break apart my doubts. Text 68

shri-baladeva uvaca kathayami param gopyam rahasyam paramadbhutam adyapi mama samipye uddhavo 'yam virajate shri-baladeva uvacaShri Balarama said; kathayamiI will tell; paramagreat; gopyamsecret; rahasyamconfidential; paramadbhutamvery wonderful; adya today; apialso; mamaof Me; samipyenear; uddhavahUddhava; ayamhe; virajateis manifested. Shri Balarama said: I will tell you a great secret. Even now, Uddhava is nearby. Text 69 tad-darshanam kuru param acarya-sampradayikam adya tirthasya yatrayam upadesho na te bhavet tad-darshanamthe sight of him; kurudo; paramgreat; acaryasampradayikamthe community of gurus; adyanow; tirthasyaof the holy place; yatrayamin pilgrimage; upadeshahteaching; nanot; teof you; bhavetmay be. Go and see him, a great acarya in the disciplic succession. I will not teach you further, for now I am going on pilgrimage. Text 70 yathopadesha bhavati tena te kathayamy aham uddhavah sthapitah shrimadacaryah samhitamayah yathopadeshaas taught; bhavatiis; tenaby him; teto you; kathayamiI tell; ahamI; uddhavahUddhava; sthapitahplaced; shrimad-acaryahthe teacher; samhitamayahlearning in that samhita. I tell you Uddhava is a great teacher of Shrimad Bhagavati-samhita. Texts 71-73

nandadi-vraja-vasinam gopinam pritaye kritah sva-svarupam parikaram yat kincit bhagavattamam sarva-svabhava-gunakam krishnena paramatmana uddhavam caiva svatmanam eka evacirad vibhuh sakshat-karam cakaradau na sviyam antaram kvacit shri-krishnam eva te jnatva pujayam asur adarat nandadi-vraja-vasinamthe people of Vraja, headed by nanda; gopinamof the gopis; pritayeto please; kritahdone; sva-svarupamown form; parikaramassociates; yatwhat; kincitsomething; bhagavattamamvery exalted; sarva-svabhava-gunakamwith all virtues; krishnenaby Lord Krishna; paramatmanathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; uddhavamUddhava; ca and; evacertainly; svatmanamself; ekaone; evaindeed; aciratquickly; vibhuhthe Lord; sakshat-karamdirectky manifest; cakaradid; adauat the first; nanot; sviyamown; antaramthen; kvacitsometime; shri-krishnamShri Krishna; evaindeed; tethey; jnatvaunderstanding; pujayam asuhworshiped; adaratwith reverence. To please Nanda, the gopis, and the other people of Vraja, Lord Krishna sent to them His personal associate Uddhava, who is very virtuous and exalted, and who has a transcendental form like that of the Lord Himself. Lord Krishna did not directly appear to them at first. First he sent Uddhava. Then, when they understood the true nature of Krishna, the people of Vraja worshiped Him with great reverence. Text 74 vasantartush ca grishmo 'pi sa cakara vrajatmakau shamayam asa radhayah shokam tat-kunda-parshvajah vasantartuhspring; caand; grishmein summer; apieven; sanot; cakara did; vrajatmakauthe two Lords of Vraja; shamayam asapacified; radhayahof Radha; shokamthe grief; tat-kunda-parshvajahby the side of Her lake. Staying at Radha-kunda during the spring and summer seasons, Uddhava pacified Shri Radha's grief.

Text 75 sarvam bhu-mandalam tatra vicacara vrajanugaih viyogarti-harah prokto gavam nandadi-gopinam sarvamall; bhu-mandalamthe earth; tatrathere; vicacaraconsidered; vrajanugaihwith the followers of Vraja; viyogartithe sufferings of separation; harahremoving; proktahsaid; gavamof the cows; nandadi-gopinamthe gopas headed by Nanda. Uddhava wandered the earth with devotees that were followers of the people of Vraja. He removed the sufferings Nanda, the gopas, and the cows felt in Lord Krishna's absence. Text 76 mantradhikara-kushalah sarvah parikaragranih athantardhana-velayam bhagavan dharma-gup-tanuh mantradhikara-kushalahan excpert counselor; sarvahall; parikaragranihthe best of the Lord's assocuates; athathen; antardhana-velayamwhen He had disdappeared; bhagavanthe Lord; dharma-gup-tanuhthe protector of religion. He is the best of counselors and the first of the Lord's personal associates. When Lord Krishna is absent, he becomes the protector of the true religion. Text 77 tasmai sva-tejasam api dasyate paramadbhutam mudradhikaram sarvatra sarvadaiva virajate tasmaito him; sva-tejasamHis own power; apialso; dasyatewill give; paramadbhutamvery wonderful; mudradhikaramable to teach; sarvatra everywhere; sarvadaalways; evaindeed; virajateshines.

The Supreme Lord will give His own very wonderful transcendental potency to him. In this way he will be glorious in all times and all places. Text 78 antardhane tu sva-sthane datta tasyadhikarita badari-stham sa-parikaram dharmajam bodhayishyati antardhanedisappeared; tuindeed; sva-sthaneto His own abode; datta given; tasyaof him; adhikaritauathority; badari-sthamin Badarikasrama; saparikaramwith associates; dharmajamnarayan Rishni; bodhayishyatiwill teach. When in the future the Lord leaves this world and returns to His own transcendental abode, Uddhava, empowered by Him, will go to Badarikashrama. There he will teach Narayana Rishi and His followers. Text 79 arjunadi-viyogartihari saiva bhavishyati vajranabho yadavanam mathure sambhavishyati arjunadiheaded by Arjuna; viyogartithe sufferings of separation; hari removing; sathat; evaindeed; bhavishyatiwill be; vajranabhahVajrabnabha; yadavanamof the Yadavas; mathurein Mathura; sambhavishyatiwill be. Uddhava will remove the sufferings Arjuna and the other devotees feel in Lord Krishna's absence. After him, a devotee named Vajranabha will take birth in the Yadava dynasty in Mathura. Text 80 shri-krishnasyaiva pautreshu maha-rajni-ganeshu ca viyogarti-harash caiva sthapyate shri-harih svayam shri-krishnasyaof Lord Krishna; evaindeed; pautreshuamong the grandchildren; maha-rajni-ganeshuamong the queens; caand; viyogarti-harah

removing the sufferings of separation; caand; evaindeed; sthapyateis establ;ished; shri-harihLord Krishna; svayamHimself. He will be like Lord Krishna Himself, come to relieve the sufferings the Lord's grandsons and their wives feel in Lord Krishna's absence. Text 81 kauravanam kule raja parikshid it vishrutah tasya putro 'ti-tejasvi vikhyato janamejayah kauravanamof the Kauravas; kulein the dynasty; rajathe king; pashrikshit Rapikshit; itthus; vishrutahfamous; tasyaof him; putrahthe son; ativery; tejasvipowerfgul; vikhyatahfamous; janamejayahJanamejaya. In the Kaurava dynasty King Parikshit will be famous. His very powerful son Janamejaya will also be famous. Text 82 pituh shatru-hanam yajnam karishyati na samshayah tasyapi sarva-samagri hy uddhava-dvarato bhavet pituhof his father; shatru-hanamkilling the enemies; yajnama yajna; karishyatiwill do; nano; samshayahdoubt; tasyaof him; apialso; sarvasamagriall things; hiindeed; uddhava-dvaratahby Uddhava; bhavetmay be. He will perform a yajna to kill his father's enemies. Uddhava will bring the ingredients for that yajna. Text 83 shrimad-bhagavatam divyam puranam vacanam tada gauranvayasya sampraptir bhavishyati na samshayah

shrimad-bhagavatamShrimad-Bhagavatam; divyamtranscendental; puranam Purana; vacanamwords; tadathen; gaura-anvayasyaof Lord Gaura; sampraptihattainment; bhavishyatiwill be; nano; samshayahdoubt; Then he wil hear the splendid Shrimad-Bhagavatam Purana, which predicts that the Supreme Personality of Godhead will appear here in a fair-complexioned form. Of this there is no doubt. Note: Shrila Bhaktivinoda Thakura quotes this verse in His Shri Navadvipadhama-mahatmya, Pramana-khanda. Text 84 shrimat-prasadad viprarsher maha-bhagavatottamat tad-dvara sarva-yajnasya nivrittih sambhavishyati shrimat-prasadatby the mercy; viprarshehof the brahmana sage; mahabhagavatottamatthe best of devotees; tad-dvaraby that; sarva-yajnasyaof the yajna; nivrittihthe cessation; sambhavishyatiwill be. By the mercy of a great brahmana-sage that yajna will be stopped. Text 85 yajna-samskara-kartrinam brahmananam ca pujanam sa dasyati maha-raja gramanam shatakam tada yajna-samskara-kartrinamof the performers of the yajna; brahmananamthe brahmanas; caand; pujanamworship; sahhe; dasyatiwillgive; maha-rajaO great king; gramanamof villages; shatakam a hundred; tadathen. O great king, then he will worship the brahmanas that performed the yajna and he will give them a hundred villages in charity. Text 86 tatas tv acarya-varyasya

shri-prasadasya cajnaya sa ganta sukara-kshetram masam ekam sthito 'bhavat tatahthen; tvindeed; acarya-varyasyao fthe great acarya; shri-prasadasya of the mercy; caand; ajnayaby the order; sahe; gantawill go; sukarakshetramto Sukara-ksetra; masammonth; ekamone; sthitahstaying; abhavat was. Then, by the order of the merciful acarya, he will go to Sukara-kshetra and stay there for one month. Text 87 dattva danany anekani go-mahi-gaja-vahinah ratnam vaso brahmanebhyo bhojanam ca yad-icchaya dattvagiving; dananicharities; anekanimany; go-mahi-gaja-vahinahcows, land, elephants, and chariots; ratnamjewels; vasahhomes; brahmanebhyahto the brahmana; bhojanamfood; caand; yad-icchayaas they wished. Then he will give to the brahmanas many gifts. He will give them cows, land, elephants, chariots, jewels, houses, and food, as much as they desired. Text 88 tatas tasmat sthalat so 'pi nivartya guruna saha ganga-tira-sthalan pashyann agamishyati sad-vritah tatahthen; tasmatfrom that; sthalatplace; sahhe; apialso; nivartya turning; gurunaguru; sahawith; gangaof the Ganga; tira-sthalanthe shore; pashyannseeing; agamishyatiwill come; sad-vritahwitb the saintly sages. Then he will leave that place. Accompanied by his guru and the great sages, he will see the Ganga's shore and then return. Text 89

shayana-nagare samstham karishyati sahanugah shri-guror ajnaya tatra samagrim sadhanaih saha shayana-nagarein Sayana-nagara; samsthamsituation; karishyatiwill do; sahanugahwith followers; shri-gurohof his guru; ajnayaby the order; tatra there; samagrimthings; sadhanaihspiritual practices; sahawith. He and his followers will stay in Shayana-nagara. By his guru's order he will accumulate the ingredients for a yajna. Text 90 ashvamedham karoti sma sarva-jeta bhavishyati eka-cchatra-dharo bhutva shri-guroh sharanam gatah ashvamedhaman asvamedha-yajna; karotidoes; smaindeed; sarva-jeta all-victorious; bhavishyatiwill be; eka-cchatra-dharahthe sole emperor; bhutva becoming; shri-gurohof the guru; sharanamshelter; gatahgone. He will perform an ashvamedha-yajna and then he will conquer all directions. By following his guru's orders he will become the sole ruler of the earth. Text 91 tato ganga-tae ramye purvasyam krosha-pancake paramaikanta-rupena sevanam tat karishyati tatahthen; ganga-taeon the Ganga's shore; ramyebeautiful; purvasyam in the east; krosha-pancake40 miles; paramaikanta-rupenawoith single-pointed ocncentration; sevanamworship; tatthat; karishyatiwill do. Forty miles to the east, with single-pointed concentration he will worship a sacred place on the beautiful shore of the Ganga. Text 92

tatra bhagavati varta bhava-rogi-vinashini bhavishyati muda yukta samajeshu sudharminam tatrathere; bhagavatiof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vartathe description; bhava-rogi-vinashiniwhich cures the disease of repeated birth and death; bhavishyatiwill be; mudahappily; yuktaengaged; samajeshuin the assembly; sudharminamof the pious. In that place, in an assembly of the pious, there will be a blissful telling of the Supreme Personality of Godhead's pastimes, a telling that cures the disease of repeated birth and death. Text 93 tatra purna-samajeshu tesham madhye bhavan api shrinoshi bhagavad-dharmam ganta shri-nirmalam padam tatrathere; purna-samajeshuijn the assembly; teshamof them; madhyein the midst; bhavanyou; apialso; shrinoshiwill hear; bhagavad-dharmamthe science of devotional service; gantawill go; shri-nirmalam padamto the Lord's transcendental abode. You will also hear about the Lord in that assembly. In the end you will go to the Lord's transcendental abode. Text 94 tapas taptam mad-artham te tasmad etat prakashitam evam devam varam dattva gato ramah sahanugah tapahausterity; taptamperformed; mad-arthamfor My sake; teof you; tasmattherefore; etatthis; prakashitammanifested; evamthus; devamthe Lord; varamblessing; dattvagiven; gatahgone; ramahBalarama; sahanugah with His followers. This will happen because you have performed austerities to please Me.

After giving this blessing to Mandukadeva, Lord Balarama, accompanied by His followers, departed. Text 95 shayana-nagarac chuddhad ishanyam dishi samsthitam sthanam ganga-tae ramyam kanakad uttare 'bhavat shayana-nagaratfrom Shayana-nagara; shuddhatpure; ishanyamto the north; dishidirection; samsthitamsituated; sthanamplace; ganga-taeon the Ganga's shore; ramyambeautiful; kanakatfrom Kanaka; uttarenorth; abhavatwas. To the north of Shayana-nagara and Kanhaka-tirtha is a beautiful place on the Ganga shore. Text 96 pushpavatya dakshine tu kroshaikam vistarena ca tatra sankarshano devah sthitva dana-paro 'bhavat pushpavatyaof Pushpavati; dakshineto the south; tuindeed; kroshaikam two miles; vistarenaacross; caand; tatrathere; sankarshano devahLord Sankarshana; sthitvastaying; dana-parahgiving charity; abhavatdid; In a place two miles south of Pashpavati, Lord Balarama gave charity. Text 97 ghoakam dasha-sahasram rathanam shatakam tatha dvipam sahasram gash caiva dik-sahasram dadau muda ghoakamhorses; dasha-sahasramtne thousand; rathanamchariots; shatakama hundred; tathathen; dvipamelephants; sahasrama thousand; gahcows; caand; evaindeed; dik-sahasramten thousand; dadaugave; mudahappily.

He happily gave ten thousand horses, one thousand chariots, one thousand elephants, and ten thousand cows. Text 98 tatra sankarshanam devam pujayam asur adarat devah samayayuh sarve rishayash ca tapo-dhanah tatrathere; sankarshanamLord Balarama; devamthe Lord; pujayam asuh worshiped; adaratwith respect; devahthe demigods; samayayuhcame; sarve all; rishayahthe sages; caand; tapo-dhanahwealthy in austerity. Then all the demigods and the austere sages came there and respectfully worshiped Lord Balarama. They said: Text 99 namah kolesha-ghataya surasura-vighatine halayudha namas te 'stu musalastraya te namah namah saundarya-rupaya

talankaya namo namah

namahobeisances; kolesha-ghatayato the killer of Kola; surasura-vighatine victorious over the demigods and the demons; halayudhaO Lord who carry a plowweapon; namahobeisances; teto You; astuis; musalastrayawho carry a clubweapon; teto You; namahobeisances; namahobeisances; saundarya-rupaya handsome; talankayawho holds the insignia of a tala tree; namahobeisances; namahobeisances. Obeisances to the killer of Kola! Obesiances to He who defeats the demigods and demons! Obeisances to You, O Lord carrying a plow-weapon! Obeisances to You, the Lord carrying a club-weapon! Obeisances, obeisances, obeisances to You, the handsome Lord carrying a palm-tree flag! Text 100 iti shrutva stutim tesham sankarshana uvaca ha varam bruvantuvah sarve bhavatam yad-abhipsitam

itithus; shrutvahearing; stutimthe prayer; teshamof them; sankarshana Balarama; uvacasaid; haOh; varamblessing; bruvantuvahsay; sarveall; bhavatamof You; yad-abhipsitamwhat is desired. Hearing their prayers, Lord Balarama said, "You may ask for the benedictions you desire." Text 101 shri-dvija-deva ucuh yada yada vayam yuktah smaramo bhavatah padam sarva-badha-vinirmukta bhavamash ca tavajnaya shri-dvija-deva ucuhthe demigods and brahmanas said; yada yadawhenever; vayamwe; yuktahengaged; smaramahremember; bhavatahof You; padam the feet; sarva-badha-vinirmuktafree of all impediemtns; bhavamahwe become; caand; tavaof You; ajnayaby the order. The demigods and brahmanas said: Please free us from all troubles when we remember Your feet. Text 102 shri-rama uvaca yada yada mam smaratha tadaham sharanagatan rakshita syam kalau nunam iti satyam vaco mama shri-ramaShri Balarama; uvacasaid; yada yadawhenevr; mamMe; smaratharemember; tadathen; ahamI; sharanagatanto they who take shelter; rakshitathe protector; syamwill be; kalauin Kali-yuga; nunamindeed; itithus; satyamtruth; vacahwords; mamaof Mine. Shri Balarama said: In Kali-yuga, whenever you remember Me and take shelter of Me, I will protect you. This is My promise. Text 103

atra sthale varam praptam pujitam muni-pungavaih atah sankarshana-sthanam bhavishyati kalau yuge atrahere; sthalein the place; varamblessing; praptamattained; pujitam worshiped; muni-pungavaihby the great sages; atahthen; sankarshana-sthanam the place of Lord Balarama; bhavishyatiwill be; kalauin Kali; yugeyuga. This place, where the great sages worshiped Lord Balarama and obtained a boon from Him, in Kali-yuga will be known as Sankarshana-sthana. Texts 104 and 105 yasmin snasyanti gangayam devan sampujayanti ye dasyanti danam viprebhyo bhojanam karayanti ye vishnum sampujayanti sma sa-phalam jivitam kshitau te yanti daivata-sthanam kami prapnoti kamanam yasminwhere; snasyantiwill bathe; gangayamin the Ganga; devan demigods; sampujayantiwill worship; yewho; dasyantiwill give; danam charity; viprebhyahto the brahmanas; bhojanamfood; karayantiwill do; ye who; vishnumLord Vishnu; sampujayantiworship; smaindeed; sa-phalamwith the result; jivitamliving; kshitauon the earth; tethey; yantigo; daivataof the Lord; sthanamto the place; kamidesiring; prapnotiattain; kamanam desire. They who bathe in the Ganga at this place, worship the demigods, feed the brahmanas, give them charity, and worship Lord Vishnu, attain the real goal of life. They go to the divine abode. They attain their desires. Text 106 tatah parivrito ramah svam purim sanjagama ha kola-raksho-vadham kritva snatva vishnu-padi-jale

tatahthen; parivritahaccompoanied; ramahLord Balarama; svamto His won; purimcity; sa 24jagamawent; haindeed; kola-raksho-vadhamthe killing of the demon Kola; kritvahaving done; snatvabathing; vishnu-padi-jalein the water that had washed Lord Vishnu's feet. In this way, after killing the Kola demon, and after bathing in the Ganga, which is a stream that has washed Lord Vishnu's feet, Lord Balarama, accompanied by His associates, returned to His city. Text 107 ramasya baladevasya katham yah shrinuyan narah sarva-papa-vinirmuktah sa yati paramam gatim ramasya baladevasyaof Lord Balarama; kathamnarration; yahone who; shrinuyathears; naraha pearson; sarva-papafrom all sins; vinirmuktahfreed; sahe; yatigoes; paramamto the supreme; gatimabode. A person who hears these pastimes of Lord Balarama becomes free from all sins and goes to the Lord's supreme abode. .pa

Chapter Twenty-five Shri Mathura-mahatmya The Glories of Shri Mathura Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca akasmad agate rame tatra tirtham idam shrutam aho madhu-puri dhanya yatra sannihitash ca sah shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; akasmatsuddenly; agate arrived; rameLord Balarama; tatrathere; tirthamholy place; idamthis; shrutamheard; ahahOh; madhu-puriMathura; dhanyaglorious; yatrawhere; sannihitahstaying; caand; sahHe.

Shri Bahulashva said: I have heard that Lord Balarama quickly returned to glorious Mathura City, where He stays eternally. Text 2 mathurayas tu ko devah kah kshatta kash ca rakshati kash carah ko mantri-varah kair bhumis tatra sevita mathurayahof Mathura; tuindeed; kahwho?; devahthe Deity; kawho?; kshattathe gatekeeper; kahwho?; caand; rakshatiprotects; kahwho?; carahthe spy; kahwho?; mantri-varahthe counselor; kaihby whom?; bhumih the ground; tatrathere; sevitais served. Who is the Deity of Mathura? Who is Mathura's gatekeeper? Who protects Mathura? Who brings news to Mathura? Who is the counselor in Mathura? Who worships the ground of Mathura? Text 3 shri-narada uvaca paripurnatamah sakshac chri-krishno bhagavan harih svayam hi mathura-nathah keshavah klesha-nasanah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; paripurnatamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshacdirectly; chri-krishnahShri Krishna; bhagavanthe Lord; harihHari; svayampersonally; hiindeed; mathura-nathahthe Lord of Mathura; keshavahKrishna; klesha-nasanahthe destroyer of sufferings. Shri Narada said: Shri Krishna, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, who destroys all sufferings, is the Deity of Mathura. Text 4 sakshad bhagavata praptah kapilaya dvijaya ca kapilah pradadau yam vai prasannah shata-manyave sakshatdirectly; bhagavataby ther Supreme Personality of Godhead; praptah attained; kapilayato Kapila; dvijayathe brahmana; caand; kapilahKapila;

pradadaugave; yamthe Deity; vaiindeed; prasannahhappy; shata-manyave to Shatamanyu. The Lord Himself gave this Deity to the brahmana Kapila, and kind Kapila gave the Deity to Shatamanyu. Text 5 jitva devan rakshasendro ravano loka-ravanah yam stutva pushpake sthapya lankayam tam apujayat jitvaconquering; devanthe demigods; rakshasendrahthe king of the demons; ravanahRavana; loka-ravanahwho made the entire world cry; yam Whom; stutvaoffering prayers; pushpakeon a flower chariot; sthapyaplacing; lankayamin Lanka; tamHim; apujayatworshiped. After he had conquered the demiogds, the demon-king Ravana, who made the world cry, offered prayers to this Deity, placed Him on a flower-airplane, and worshiped Him in Lanka. Text 6 jitva lankam raghavendras tam aniya prayatnatah ayodhyayam ca varaham arcayam asa maithila jitvaconquering; lankamLanka; raghavendrahLord Ramacandra; tamHim; aniyataking; prayatnatahcarefully; ayodhyayamin Ayodhya; caand; varaham in Varaha-kalpa; arcayam asaworshiped; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, when He conquered Lanka, Lord Ramacandra carefully took this Deity of Lord Varaha and worshiped Him in Ayodhya. Text 7 stutva ramam ca shatrughno yam aniya prayatnatah mathurayam maha-puryam

sthapayitva nanama ha stutvaoffering prayers; ramamto Lord Ramacandra; caand; shatrughnah Shatrughna; yamwhom; aniyataking; prayatnatahcarefully; mathurayamto Mathura; maha-puryamthe great city; sthapayitvaestablishing; nanamabowed down; haindeed. After offering prayers to Lord Ramacandra, Shatrughna carefully took this Deity, placed Him in the great city of Mathura, and bowed down to offer His respects. Text 8 sevito mathuraih sarvaih sarvesham ca vara-pradah sakshat kapila-varahah so 'yam mantri-varah smritah sevitahserved; mathuraihby the people of Mathura; sarvaihall; sarvesham to all; caand; vara-pradahgranting benedictions; sakshatdirectly; kapilavarahahKapila-Varaha; sahhe; ayamhe; mantri-varahthe best counselor; smritahis considered. All the people of Mathura worship this Deity. This Deity gives blessings to all. Kapila-Varaha is the counselor of Mathura. Text 9 kshatta shri-mathurayash ca namna bhuteshvarah shivah dattva dandam patakine bhakty-arthan mantratam vrajat kshattathe gatekeeper; shri-mathurayahof Shri Mathura; caand; namna by name; bhuteshvarahBhuteshvara; shivahShiva; dattvagiving; dandama stick; patakineto a sinner; bhakty-arthanfor the devotees; mantratamadvice; vrajatgoing. The gatekeeper of Shri Mathura is an incarnation of Lord Shiva named Bhuteshvara. He punishes the sinful and instructs the devotees. Text 10

candika tu maha-vidya devi durgarti-nashini simharudha sada raksham mathurayah karoti hi candikaferocious; tuindeed; maha-vidyathe great philosopher; devithe goddess; durgaDurga; artisufferings; nashinidestroying; simharudhariding on a lion; sadaalways; rakshamprotection; mathurayahof Mathura; karoti does; hiindeed. Ferocious Goddess Durga, who is the personification of transcendental knowledge and who destroys all sufferings, rides a lion and eternally protects Mathura. Text 11 caro 'ham mathurayash ca pashyal lokan itas tatah vadami vartam sarvesham shri-krishnaya mahatmane carahmessenger; ahamI am; mathurayahof Mathura; caand; pashyan seeing; lokanthe worlds; itahhere; tatahand there; vadamiI tell; vartamthe news; sarveshamof all; shri-krishnayato Lord Krishna; mahatmanethe Supreme Personality of Godhead. I bring news to Mathura. I observe what happens in the different planets, and I tell Lord Krishna all the news. Text 12 madhye vai mathura devi shubhada karunamayi bubhukshitebhyah sarvebhyo dadaty annam videha-ra madhyein the middle; vaiindeed; mathuraMathura; deviGoddess; shubhadaauspciious; karunamayimerciful; bubhukshitebhyahto the hungry; sarvebhyahall; dadatigives; annamfood; videha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, in the middle of the city is auspicious and kind Goddess Mathura, who feeds all that are hungry.

Text 13 catur-bhuja shyamalanga vrajanti pravrajanti ca mathurayam mritam netum vimanaih krishna-parshadah catur-bhujawith four arms; shyamalangadark forms; vrajantigo; pravrajanti comes; caand; mathurayamin Mathura; mritamdead; netumto bring; vimanaihwith airplanes; krishnaof Lord Krishna; parshadahthe associates. Dark-complexioned four-armed associates of Lord Krishna go here and there in Mathura to bring anyone who dies there to the spiritual world. Text 14 shri-krishnasyanga-sambhuta mathura vai maha-puri yasya darshana-matrena naro yati kritarthatam shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; angafrom the body; sambhutamanifested; mathuraMathura; vaiindeed; maha-purithe great city; yasyaof which; darshana-matrenasimply by seeing; naraha person; yatiattains; kritarthatam the goal of life. Simply by seeing Mathura City, which was manifested from Lord Krishna's transcendental form, one attains the goal of life. Text 15 pura vidhih shri-mathuram upetya taptva tapo varsha-shatam nirannah japan harim brahma param svayambhuh svayambhuvam prapa sutam pravinam purapreviously; vidhihBrahma; shri-mathuramto Shri Mathura; upetya going; taptvaperformed; tapahausterities; varsha-shatamfor a hundred years; nirannahwithout food; japanchanting; harimLord Krishna; brahmaBrahma; paramthen; svayambhuhthe self-born; svayambhuvamto Svayambhuva Manu; prapaattained; sutamsun; pravinamintelligent.

In the past the demigod Brahma went to Shri Mathura, where for a hundred years he performed austerities, constantly chanting the holy names of Lord Krishna, and not eating anything. The result of these austerities was that he fathered a very intelligent son: Svayambhuva Manu. Text 16 bhuteshvaro deva-varah sati-patis taptva tapo divya-sharan-madhor vane krishna-prasadan nripa-raja sa-tvaram tasyah pure mathura-mandalasya bhuteshvarahLord Shiva; deva-varahthe best of the demigods; sati-patih the husband of Sati; taptvaperfoming; tapahausterities; divya-sharatfor an autumn of the demigods; madhor vanein Mathura; krishna-prasadanLord Krishna's mercy; nripa-rajaO king of kings; sa-tvaramquickly; tasyahof that; purein the city; mathura-mandalasyaof Mathura. O king of kings, Lord Shiva, who is the husband of Sati and the best of the demigods, performed austerities in Mathura for an autumn of the demigods. In this way He attained Lord Krishna's mercy and became the gatekeeper of Mathura. Text 17 krishna-prasadad aham eva caro bhraman sada mathura-mandalasya tatha hi durga mathuram prayati shri-krishna-dasyam prakaroti nunam krishna-prasadatby Lord Krishna's mercy; ahamI; evaindeed; carahthe messenger; bhramanwandering; sadaalways; mathura-mandalasyaof Mathura; tathaso; hiindeed; durgaDurga; mathuramto Mathura; prayati goes; shri-krishna-dasyamservice to Lord Krishna; prakarotidoes; nunam indeed. By Lord Krishna's mercy I wander everywhere as the person that carries news to Mathura. By Lord Krishna's mercy Goddess Durga comes to Mathura and serves Lord Krishna. Text 18 taptva tapah shakra-padam ca shakrah suryo manum nitya-nidhim kuverah

pashi ca pasham samavapya samyan madhor vane vishnu-padam dhruvash ca taptva tapahperforming austerities; shakra-padamthe post of Indra; caand; shakrahIndra; suryahSurya; manumManu; nitya-nidhimeternal wealth; kuverahKuvera; pashivaruna; caand; pashamropes; samavapyaattaining; samyakcompletely; madhor vanein Mathura; vishnu-padamthe abode of Lord Vishnu; dhruvahDhruva; caand. By performing austerities in Mathura, Indra attained his heavenly post, Surya attained Vaivasvata Manu as his son, Kuvera attained eternal wealth, Varuna attained his ropes, and Dhruva attained the realm of Lord Vishnu. Text 19 tathambarishah samavapa muktim somo 'kshayam va lavanaj jayam ca raghush ca siddhim kila citraketus taptva tapo 'traiva madhor vane ca tathaso; ambarishahAmbarisha; samavapaattained; muktimliberation; somahSoma; akshayaminviciblitiy; vaor; lavanatfrom Lavana; jayam victory; caand; raghuhRaghu; caand; siddhimperfection; kilaindeed; citraketuhCitraketu; taptva tapahperfomring austerities; atrahere; eva indeed; madhor vanein Mathura; caand. By performing austerities in Mathura, Ambarisha attained liberation, Ramacandra became invincible and defated the demon Lavana, Raghu attained perfection, and Citraketu also attained perfection. Text 20 taptva tapo 'traiva madhor vane shubhe bhutva balishhash ca madhur mahasurah shri-madhave masi ca madhavena yuyodha yuddhe madhusudanena sah taptva tapahperforming austerities; atrahere; evaindeed; madhor vanein Mathura; shubhebeautiful; bhutvabecoming; balishhahpowerful; caand; madhuhMadhu; mahasurahthe great demon; shri-madhave masiin the month of madhava; caand; madhavenawith Krishna; yuyodhafought; yuddhein battle; madhusudanenathe killer of Madhu; sahhe.

By performing austerities in beautiful Mathura, the great demon Madhu became very powerful. In the month of Madhava (April-May), he fought with Lord Krishna, who later became known as Madhusudana (the killer of Madhu). Text 21 saptarshayah shri-mathuram sametya taptva tapo 'traiva ca yoga-siddhim prapuh pare vai munayah samantad gokarna-vaishyo 'pi maha-nidhim ca saptarshayahthe seven sages; shri-mathuramto Shri Mathura; sametya going; taptva tapahperformed austerities; atrahere; evaindeed; caand; yoga-siddhimyogic perfections; prapuhattained; pareother; vaiindeed; munayahsages; samantatcompletely; gokarna-vaishyahthe vaishya Gokarna; apialso; maha-nidhimgreat wealth; caand. By performing austerities in Mathura, the seven sages and other sages also attained the perfection of yoga, the vaishya named Gokarna attained great wealth. Text 22 taptva tapo 'traiva madhor vane shubhe vijitya devan divi loka-ravanah nidhaya rakshamsi vidhaya mandiram asthaya lankam viraraja ravanah taptva tapahperformed austerities; atrahere; evaindeed; madhor vanein Mathura; shubhebeautiful; vijityaconquering; devanthe demigods; diviin heaven; loka-ravanahmaking the worlds scream; nidhayaplacing; rakshamsi demons; vidhayaplacing; mandirama palace; asthayaplacing; lankamLanka; virarajashone; ravanahRavana. By performing austerities in beautiful Mathura, the demon Ravana conquered the demigods, made the wrolds scream in pain, conquered the demons, and built a great city in Lanka. Text 23 taptva tapo 'traiva madhor vane shubhe gajahvayesho mithileshah shantanuh lebhe sutam bhishmam ativa sattamam tattvartha-varan nidhi-karnadharakam taptva tapahperformed austerities; atrahere; evaindeed; madhor vanein Mathura; shubhebeautiful; gajahvayeshahthe king of Hastinapura; mithileshah

the king of Mithila; shantanuhShantanu; lebheattained; sutama son; bhishmamBhishma; ativavery; sattamamexalted; tattvaof truth; arthathe meaning; varanthe waters; nidhi-karnadharakamthe captain. By performing austerities in beautiful Mathura, Shantanu, the king of Mithila and Hastinapura, attained as his son the great saint Bhishma, who was the captain of the ship to cross the ocean of truth. Text 24 shri-bahulashva uvaca mathurayash ca mahatmyam vada devarshi-sattama nivase kim phalam proktam mathurayah satam nrinam shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; mathurayahof Mathura; ca and; mahatmyamthe glory; vadatell; devarshi-sattamaO best of the demigodsages; nivasein the home; kimwhat?; phalamreult; proktamsaid; mathurayahof Mathura; satamof the devotees; nrinampeople. Shri Bahulashva said: O best of the demigod-sages, please tell me the glories of Mathura. What result do the devotees obtain by living in Mathura? Text 25 shri-narada uvaca adau varaho dharanim nimagnam maha-jale projjhita-vici-shanke sva-damstryoddhritya kariva padmam karena mahatmyam idam jagada shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; adauin the beginning; varahahLord Varaha; dharanimthe earth; nimagnamplunged; maha-jalein the great ocean; projjhita-vici-shankefilled with waves; sva-damstryaby His tusk; uddhritya lifting; karian elephant; ivalike; padmam a lotus; karenawith its trunk; mahatmyamthe glory; idamthus; jagadasaid. Shri Narada said: As an elephant holds a lotus flower in its trunk, so in the beginning of creation Lord Varaha lifted with His tusks the earth plunged in the great ocean filled with waves. Lord Varaha then spoke the glories of Mathura. Text 26

bruvan jano nama phalam harer labhec chrinval labhet krishna-katha-phalam narah sprishan satam sparshana-jam madhoh puri jighrams tulasya dala-gandha-jam phalam bruvanspeaking; janahJana; namaname; phalamthe result; harehof Lord Krishna; labhetmay attain; shrinvanhearing; labhetmay attain; krishna of Lord Krishna; kathaof the topics; phalamthe result; naraha person; sprishan touching; satamof the devotees; sparshana-jammanifested from touching; madhoh puriMathura; jighransmelling; tulasyaof Tulasi; dala-gandha-jamthe fragrance of the leaves; phalamthe result. By speaking the name "Mathura" one attains the same result as chanting the holy name of Lord Krishna. By hearing the glories of Mathura one attains the same result as hearing the glories of Lord Krishna. By touching Mathura one attains the same result as touching the great devotees. By smelling the fragrance of Mathura one attains the same result as smelling the fragrance of Shrimati Tulasi-devi's leaves. Text 27 pashyan harer darshana-jam phalam svato bhakshamsh ca naivedya-bhavam rama-pateh kurvan bhujabhyam hari-sevaya phalam gacchal labhet tirtha-phalam pade pade pashyanseeing; harehof Lord Krishna; darshana-jammanifested from seeing; phalamthe result; svatahvoulntarily; bhakshaneating; caand; naivedya-bhavam"rasadam; rama-patehof the husband of the goddess of fortune; kurvandoing; bhujabhyamwith both arms; hari-sevayaby service to Lord Krishna; phalamthe result; gacchalgoing; labhetattains; tirtha-phalam the result of pilgrimage; padestep; padeafter step. By seeing Mathura one attains the same result as seeing Lord Krishna. By eating prasadam in Mathura one attains the same result as eating prasadam offered to Lord Krishna, the husband of the goddess of fortune. By serving Mathura with one's arms one attains the same result as serving Lord Krishna. By walking in Mathura one attains at every step the same result as visiting many holy places of pilgrimage. Text 28 rajendra-hanta nija-gotra-ghataki trailokya-hantapi ca koi-janmasu rajan chrinu tvam mathura-nivasato

yogishvaranam gatim apnuyan narah rajendra-hantakiller of the greatest opf kings; nija-gotra-ghatakikiller of his own relatives; trailokya-hantaa killer of the three worlds; apieven; caand; koi-janmasuin millions of births; rajanO king; shrinuplease hear; tvamyou; mathura-nivasatahby living in Mathura; yogishvaranamof the kings of the yogis; gatimthe destination; apnuyatattains; naraha person. O king please listen. A sinner who in millions of lives again and again kills many saintly kings, his own relatives, and numberless other victims in the three worlds, by residing in Mathura attains the destination of the kings of the yogis. Text 29 padau ca dhig yau na gatu madhor vande drishau ca dhig ye na kadapi pashyatah karnau ca dhig yau shrinuto na maithila vacam ca dhig ya na karoty alam manak padaufeet; caand; dhigfie; yauwhich; nanot; gatugone; madhor vandein Mathura; drishaueyes; caand; dhigfie; yewhich; nanot; kadapi ever; pashyatahsee; karnauthe ears; caand; dhigfie; yauehich; shrinutah hear; nanot; maithilaO king of Mithila; vacamwords; caand; dhikfie; ya which; nanot; karotidoes; alamgreatly; manaslightly. Pitiable are the feet that have never walked in Mathura! Pitiable are the eyes that have never seen Mathura! Pitiable are the ears that have never heard of Mathura! Pitiable is the voice that will not glorify Mathura! Text 30 dvi-sapta-koini vanani yatra tirthani vaideha samasthitani ekaikam eteshu vimukti-dani vadami sakshan mathuram namami dvi-sapta-koinifourteen; vananiforests; yatrawhere; tirthaniholy places; vaidehaO king of Videha; samasthitaniestablished; ekaikamone by one; eteshuin them; vimukti-danigiving liberation; vadamiI tell; sakshandirectly; mathuramto Mathura; namamiI offer obeisances. I tell you that in Mathura are fourteen forests that contain many holy places. Each of these holy places grants liberation. I bow down to offer my respectful obeisances to Shri Mathura.

Text 31 goloka-nathah paripurna-devah sakshad asankhyanda-patih svayam hi shri-krishna-candro 'vatatara yasyam tasyai namo 'nyashu purisu kim va golokaof Goloka; nathahthe master; paripurna-devahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; asankhyanda-patihthe master of numerless universes; svayampersonally; hiindeed; shri-krishna-candrahShri Krishnacandra; avatataradescrneded; yasyamin which; tasyaito it; namah obeisances; anyasuother; purisucities; kimwhether?; vaor. Shri Krishnacandra, who is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of Goloka-dhama, and the master of numberless universes, personally descended to this world in the city of Mathura. I offer my repsectful obeisances to Shri Mathura. What other city can compare with Mathura? Text 32 yan-nama papam vinihanti tat-kshanam bhavaty alam yam grinuto 'pi muktayah vithishu vithishu ca muktir asyas tasmad imam shreshhatamam vidur budhah yan-namathe name of which; papamsin; vinihantikills; tat-kshanamthat moment; bhavatibecomes; alamgreatky; yamwhat; grinutahchanting; api even; muktayahthe liberations; vithishuon the path; vithishuafter path; ca and; muktihliberation; asyahothers; tasmattherefore; imamthis; shreshhatamamthe best; viduhknow; budhahthe wise. The holy name of Mathura kills all sins in an instant. One who chants the name of Mathura finds liberation waiting for him on every path. For this reason the wise say Mathura is the best of holy places. Text 33 kashy-adi-puryo yadi santi loke tasam tu madhye mathuraiva dhanya ya janma-maunji-vrata-mrityu-dahair nrinam caturdha vidadhati muktim

kashy-adi-puryahthe holy cities headed by Varanasi; yadiif; santiare; loke in the world; tasamof them; tuindeed; madhyein the middle; mathura Mathura; evaindeed; dhanyaglorious; yawhich; janmabirth; maunji-vrata the sacred-thread ceremony; mrityudeath; dahaihcremation; nrinamof people; caturdhafour kinds; vidadhatigives; muktimliberation. If Varanasi and the other holy cities of the world were to meet, Mathura would be the most glorious of them. Mathura gives liberation to they who are born, accept spiritual initiation, die, or are cremated within her borders. Text 34 purishvarim krishna-purim vrajeshvarim tirtheshvarim yajna-tapo-nidhishvarim moksha-pradam dharma-dhurandharam param madhor vane shri-mathuram namamy aham purishvarimthe queen of cities; krishna-purimthe city of Lord Krishna; vrajeshvarimthe queen of Vraja; tirtheshvarimthe queen of holy places; yajnatapo-nidhishvarimthe queen of yajnas, austerities, and opulences; mokshapradamteh giver of liberation; dharma-dhurandharamthe upholder of the principles of religion; paramgreat; madhor vanein the forest of Madhuvana; shrimathuramShri Mathura; namamibow down; ahamI. I offer my respectful obeisances to exalted Shri Mathura, the queen of cities, the city of Lord Krishna, the queen of Vraja, the queen of holy places, the queen of yajnas, austerities, and opulences, the giver of liberation, the protector of religion. Text 35 shrinvanti mahatmyam idam madhoh pure krishnaika-citta niyatash ca yatra ye vrajanti te tatra parikramat phalam vaideha rajendra na catra samshayah shrinvantihear; mahatmyamthe glory; idamthis; madhoh purein Mathura; krishnaika-cittatheir thoughts placed on Lord Krishna; niyatahself-controlled; ca and; yatrawhere; yewho; vrajantigo; tethey; tatrathere; parikramatby circumambulating; phalamthe result; vaidehaO king of Videha; rajendraO king of kings; nanot; caand; atrahere; samshayahdoubt.

O master of Videha, O king of kings, they who, controlling their senses and fixing their thoughts on Lord Krishna, hear this description of Mathura's glories, attain the same result attained by circumambulating Shri Mathura. Of this there is no doubt. Text 36 khandam tv idam shri-mathura-purasya ye shrinvanti gayanti pahanti sarvatah ihaiva tesham hi samriddhi-siddhayo bhavanti vaideha nisargatah sada khandamcanto; tvindeed; idamthis; shri-mathura-purasyaof Shri Mathura City; yewho; shrinvantihear; gayantising; pahantiread; sarvatahin all respects; ihahere; evaindeed; teshamof them; hiindeed; samriddhisiddhayahperfections; bhavantiare; vaidehaO king of Videha; nisargatah naturally; sadaalways. They who hear, chant, or read this Shri Mathura-khanda become eternally perfect. Text 37 trih-sapta-kritvo bahu-vaibhavarthinah bhrisham tesham griha-dvaram alankaroti hi bhringavali kunjara-karna-tadita shrinvanti cainam niyatash ca ye

trih-saptatwenty-one times; kritvahdoing; bahu-vaibhavarthinahdesiring great wealth; shrinvantihear; caand; enamthis; niyatahcontrolling the senses; caand; yewho; bhrishamgreatly; teshamof them; griha-dvaramthe doorway; alankarotidecorates; hiindeed; bhringavalia swarm of bees; kunjarakarna-taditastriking an elephant's ear. They who, desiring great wealth, control their senses and twenty-one times hear this Shri Mathura-khanda, find an elephant's ear of of the bees of transcendental wealth and opulences decorating their doorways. Text 38 vipro 'tha vidvan vijayi nripatmajo vaishyo nidhisho vrishalo 'pi nirmalah shrutvedam arac ca manoratho bhavet strinam jananam ati-durlabho 'pi hi

vipraha brahmana; athathen; vidvanlearned; vijayivictorious; nripatmajaha kshatriya; vaishyaha vaishya; nidhishahthe master of great wealth; vrishalaha shudra; apialso; nirmalahpure; shrutvahearing; idam this; aratnearby; caand; manorathahdesire; bhavetmay be; strinamof women; jananamof men; ati-durlabhahdifficult to attain; apialso; hiindeed. By hearing this Shri Mathura-khanda a brahmana becames wise and learned, a kshatriya becomes victorious in battle, a vaishya becomes the master of great wealth, and a shudra becomes pure-hearted. Whatever difficult-to-attain thing any man or woman desires, they will attain. Text 39 nishkarano bhakti-yuto mahi-tale shrinoti cedam hari-lagna-manasah vijitya vighnan pravijitya nakapan goloka-dhama-pravaram prayati sah nishkaranahcauseless; bhakti-yutahdevotee; mahi-taleon the earth; shrinotihears; caand; idamthis; harion Lord Krishna; lagnaplaced; manasahthoughts; vijityaovercoming; vighnanobstacles; pravijitya surpassing; nakapanthe demigods; goloka-dhama-pravaramthe transcendental abode of Goloka; prayatigoes; sahhe. A person on this earth who is engaged in unmotivated devotional service, whose thoughts rest on Lord Krishna, and who hears this Shri Mathura-khanda, travels past the homes of the demigods and enters the transcendental abode of Shri Goloka.

Canto Six Chapter One Jarasandha-parajaya Jarasandha's Defeat Text 1 shri-narada uvaca krishnaya vasudevaya devaki-nandanaya ca nanda-gopa-kumaraya govindaya namo namah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; krishnayato Lord Krishna; vasudevaya the son of Vasudeva; devaki-nandanayathe son of Devcaki; caand; nanda-gopakumarayathe son of Nanda-gopa; govindayato the happiness of the cows, land and senses; namahobeisances; namahobeisances. Shri Narada said: I offer my respectful obeisances to Lord Krishna, the son of Vasudeva, Devaki, and the gopa Nanda, and the happiness of the cows, land, and senses. Text 2 shrutam tava mukhad brahman mathura-khandam adbhutam vada mam dvaraka-khandam shri-krishna-caritamritam shrutamheard; tavaof you; mukhatfrom the mouth; brahmanObrahmana; mathura-khandamthe Mathura-kahnda; adbhutamwonderful; vadatell; mam me; dvaraka-khandamthe Dvaraka-khanda; shri-krishna-caritamritamfilled with the nectar of Lord Krishna's pastimes. O brahmana, now that I have heard from your mouth the wonderful Mathurakhanda, please tell me the Dvaraka-khanda, which is filled with the nectar of Lord Krishna's transcendental pastimes. Text 3

vivahah kati putrash ca kati pautra rama-pateh sarvam vada maha-buddhe dvaraka-vasa-karanam vivahah-wives; katihow many?; putrahchildren; ca; katihow many?; pautragrandchildren; rama-patehof the husabnd of the goddess of fortune; sarvamall; vadatell; maha-buddheO intelligent one; dvaraka-vasa-karanam the reason for residing in Dvaraka. How many wives did He have? How many children? How many grandchildren? Tell me the reason He chose to live in Dvaraka. O wise one, please tell me everything. Text 4 shri-narada uvaca asti-prapti mahishyau dve mrite kamse maha-bale jarasandha-griham duhkhaj jagmatur maithileshvara shri-narada uvaca-Shri Narada said; asti-praptiAsati and Prapti; mahishyau queens; dvetwo; mritedead; kamseKamsa; maha-balevery powerful; jarasandha-grihamto Jarasandha's house; duhkhatunhappily; jagmatuhwent; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, after the death of powerful Kamsa, his two queens, Asti and Prapti unhappily went to Jarasandha's home. Text 5 tan-mukhat kamsa-maranam shrutva kruddho jara-sutah ayadavim mahim kartum udyato 'bhun maha-balah tan-mukhatfrom their mouths; kamsa-maranamthe death of Kamsa; shrutva hearing; kruddhahangry; jara-sutahJarasandha; ayadavimwithout Yadavas; mahimthe earth; kartumto make; udyatahdetermined; abhutbecame; mahabalahpowerful.

When from their mouths he heard of Kamsa's death, Jarasandha becxame angry and decided to make the earth a place where no Yadavas lived. Text 6 akshauhinibhir vimshatya tisrbhish capi samvritah ramyam maha-purim rajann ayayau balavan nripah akshauhinibhihakshauhinis; vimshatyawith twenty; tisrbhihthree; capi and; samvritahaccompanined; ramyambeautiful; maha-purimgreat city; rajannO king; ayayauwent; balavanpoweful; nripahking. Accompanied by 23 akshauhini divisions, powerful King Jarasandha went to beautiful Mathura City. Text 7 bhayaturam purim vikshya tat-senam sindhu-nadinim sabhayam bhagavan sakshad baladevam uvaca ha bhayaturamterrified; purimthe city; vikshyaseeing; tat-senamthat army; sindhu-nadinimroaring like the ocean; sabhayamin the assembly; bhagavan the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatpersonally; baladevamto Lord Balarama; uvacasaid; haindeed. Seeing that the entire city was terrified of that great army roaring like the ocean, in the royal assembly Lord Krishna said to Balarama: Text 8 sarvam casya balam rama hantavyam vai na samshayah magadhas tu na hantavyo bhuyah karta balodyamam sarvamall; caand; asyaof him; balamthe army; ramaO Balarama; hantavyamshould be killed; vaiindeed; nanot; samshayahdoubt; magadhah

the kin gof Magadha; tuindeed; nanot; hantavyahto be killed; bhuyah more; kartaby the doer; balodyamampower. O Balarama, this army should be destroyed, but Jarasandha should not be killed. Of this there is no doubt. Text 9 jarasandha-nimittena bharam vai bhubhujam bhuvah sarvam catra harishyami karishyami priyam satam jarasandha-nimittenaby Jarasandha; bharamburden; vaiindeed; bhubhujam of kings; bhuvahof the earth; sarvamall; caand; atrahere; harishyamiI will remove; karishyamiI will do; priyampleasure; satamof the devotees. I will remove the great burden of demonic kings Jarasandha has placed on this earth. In this way I will please the devotees. Text 10 evam vadati krishne vai vaikunthac ca rathau shubhau abhutam agatau rajan sarvesham pashyatam ca tau evamthus; vadatispeasking; krishneKrishna; vaiindeed; vaikunthatfrom Vaikuntha; caand; rathautwo chariots; shubhaubeautiful; abhutamwere; agataucome; rajanO king; sarveshamas all; pashyatamwatched; caand; tauthey. O king, as Lord Krishna spoke these words two beautiful chariots arrived from Vaikunthaloka as everyone watched. Text 11 samaruhya rathau sadyo rama-krishnau maha-balau yadavanam balaih sukshmais tvaram nirjagmatuh purat

samaruhyaclimbing; rathauthe chariots; sadyahat once; rama-krishnau Krishna and Balarama; maha-balaupowerful; yadavanamof the Yadavas; balaih with the armies; sukshmaihsmall; tvaramat once; nirjagmatuhleft; purat the city. Mounting these chariots, and accompanied by a small Yadava army, Krishna and Balarama at once left the city. Text 12 yadavanam magadhanam pashyadbhir divijair divi babhuva tumulam yuddham adbhutam roma-harshanam yadavanamof the Yadavas; magadhanamand the Magadhas; pashyadbhih looking; divijaihby the demiugods; diviin heaven; babhuvawas; tumulam uproar; yuddhamfight; adbhutamastonishing; roma-harshanammaking th body's hairs stand erect. As the demigods in heaven watched, the Yadavas and Magadhas fought a tumultuous battle that made the hairs of the body stand erect with wonder. Text 13 akshauhinibhir dashabhi ratharudho maha-balah shri-krishnasya purah purvam yuyudhe magadheshvarah akshauhinibhihwith aksauhinis; dashabhiten; ratharudhahmounted ona chariot; maha-balahpowerful; shri-krishnasyaof Shri Krishna; purahin the presence; purvambefore; yuyudhefought; magadheshvarahJarasandha. Riding on a chariot, and accompanied by ten akshauhini divisons, Jarasandha fought with Lord Krishna. Text 14 pancabhish cakshauhinibhir

dharitarashtrah suyodhanah yuyodha yadavaih sardham jarasandha-sahaya-krit pancabhihwith five; caand; akshauhinibhihaksauhinis; dharitarashtrah Dhrtarastra's son; suyodhanahDuryodhana; yuyodhafought; yadavaihthe Yadavas; sardhamwith; jarasandha-sahaya-krithelping Jarasandha. Accompanied by five akshauhini divisons, Dhritarashtra's son Duryodhana also fought on jarasandha's side against the Yadavas. Text 15 pancabhish ca tatha rajan vindhya-deshadhipo bali tisrbhish ca maha-yuddhe banga-natho maha-balah pancabhihwith five; caand; tathaso; rajanO king; vindhya-deshadhipah the king of Vindhya-desa; balipowerful; tisrbhihwith three; caand; mahayuddhein the great battle; banga-nathahthe king of Bengal; maha-balah powerful. O king, accompanied by five akshauhinis, the powerful king of Vindhya-desha fought on Jarasandha's side. Accompanied by three akshauhinis, the powerful king of Bengal also fought on Jarasandha's side. Text 16 evam anye 'pi rajano jarasandha-vashanugah pranaih sahayam kurvantau jarasandhasya maithila evamthus; anyeother; apialso; rajanahkings; jarasandha-vashanugah vassals of Jarasnadha; pranaihwith their lives; sahayamhelp; kurvantaudoing; jarasandhasyaof Jarasnadha; maithilaO king of Mithila. O king of Mithila, many other kings, Jarasandha's vassals, gave their lives to help him in the battle. Text 17

banandhakare sanjate shatru-sena-samakule tankaram sharnga-dhanushah sharnga-dhanva cakara ha banandhakarein a darkness of arrows; sanjatemanifested; shatru-senasamakulethe enemy armies; tankaramtwanging; sharnga-dhanushahof the Sharnga bow; sharnga-dhanvathe holder of the Sharnga bow; cakaradid; ha indeed. When the enemy armies darkened the sky with a shower of arrows, Lord Krishna filled the sky with the twanging sounds of His Sharnga bow. Text 18 nanada tena brahmandam sapta-lokair bilaih saha vicelur dig-gajas tara ejad-bhu-khanda-mandalam nanadaechoed; tenaby that; brahmandamthe universe; sapta-lokaihwith seven planets; bilaihwith outer space; sahawith; viceluhshook; digof the directions; gajahthe elephants; tarathe stars; ejad-bhu-khanda-mandalamthe earth. The entire universe, with the seven planetary systems and the vast regions of outer space, echoed with that sound. The earth, the stars, and the elephants that hold up the directions all trembled. Text 19 tadaiva badhiri-bhutam shatrunam sainya-mandalam utpatanto haya yuddhad gajas tu vimukhas tatah tadathen; evaindeed; badhiri-bhutamdeafened; shatrunamof enemies; sainya-mandalamthe circle of the armies; utpatantahjumping; hayahorses; yuddhatfrom the battle; gajahelephants; tuindeed; vimukhahturned away; tatahthen.

Then there was a deafening noise in the circle of the enemy armies, and the horses and elephants fled the battlefield. Text 20 dudrava tad-balam sarvam tankarad bhaya-vihvalam pratipam etya gavyutih punas tatrajagama ha dudravafled; tad-balamthat army; sarvamall; tankaratfrom the twanging sound; bhaya-vihvalamterrified; pratipamin the other direction; etyagoing; gavyutihtwo miles; punahagain; tatrathere; ajagamacame; haindeed. When it heard the twanging of Lord Krishna's bow, Jarasandha's army became terrified and ran two miles from the battlefield. Text 21 evam sharngam samuccarya tadit-pinga-sphurat-prabham banaughash chadayam asa jarasandha-balam harih evamthus; sharngamthe Sharnga bow; samuccaryalifting; tadit-pingasphurat-prabhamglistening like lightning; banaughaha flood of arrows; chadayam asamade a shadow; jarasandha-balamon Jarasandha's army; harih Lord Krishna. Then, lifting His Sharnga bow glistening like lightning, Lord Krishna unleased a flood of arrows that made a great shadow over Jarasandha's army. Text 22 curni-bhuta ratha rajan banaughaih sharnga-dhanvanah curna-cakra nipetuh kau hata-sutash ca nayakah curni-bhutahbroken to pieces; rathathe chariots; rajanO king; banaughaih with the flood of arrows; sharnga-dhanvanahfrom the Sharnga bow; curna-

cakrahbroken to pieces; nipetuhfell; kauto the ground; hatakilled; sutah charioteers; caand; nayakahwarriors. O king, the flood of arrows from the Sharnga bow broke the chariots into pieces. Their wheels broken, the chariots crashed to the ground and the warriors and charioteers on them all died. Text 23 dvidha-bhuta gaja banais calita gajibhih saha sashva-vahas tathasvash ca banaih sanchinna-kandharah dvidha-bhutacut in half; gajathe elephants; banaihby arrows; calita moving; gajibhihwith elephant riders; sahawith; sashvawith horses; vahah riding; tathaso; asvahhorses; caand; banaihwith arrows; sanchinna severed; kandharahnecks. The many arrows cut the elephants and their riders into two pieces and severed the heads of the horses and horsemen. Text 24 tatha vira maha-yuddhe bhinnorash chinna-mastakah vishirna-kavacah petur banaughaish chinna-samshayah tathathen; virathe warriors; maha-yuddhein that great battle; bhinna wounded; urahchests; chinna-mastakahsevered heads; vishirnabroken; kavacaharmor; petuhfell; banaughaishwith the flood of arrows; chinnasamshayahtheir hopes broken. Their armor broken, chests wounded, and heads severed by the flood of arrows, the warriors in that great batlle fell, their hopes shattered. Text 25 adho-mukha urdhva-mukhas chinna-deha nripatmajah

reju ranangane rajan bhanda-vyuha ivahatah adho-mukhahfaces down; urdhva-mukhahfaces up; chinna-dehabroken bodies; nripatmajahprinces; rejushone; rananganein the batllefield; rajanO king; bhanda-vyuhapots; ivalike; ahatahbroken. O king, their faces up or down and their bodies broken, the princes littered the battlefield like so many broken earthen pots. Text 26 kshana-matrena tad-yuddhe shata-krosha-vilambita apagabhun maha-durga rudhira-srava-sambhavah kshana-matrenafor a moment; tad-yuddhein that battle; shata-kroshavilambitafor two hundred miles; apagaa river; abhutwas; maha-durga impassable; rudhira-srava-sambhavahcreated from flowing blood. In that battle there was for two-hundred miles a flowing river of blood, . . . Text 27 dvipa-graha coshtra-kharakabandhashvadi-kacchapa shishumara-ratha keshashaivala bhuja-sarpini dvipathe elephants; grahacrocodiles; caand; ushtracamels; khara mules; kabandhaheadless corpses; ashvahorses; adibeginning with; kacchapa turtles; shishumaraporpoises; rathachariots; keshahair; shaivalamoss; bhujaarms; sarpinisnakes. . . . where the elephants were crocodiles, the camels, mules, horses, and headless corpses giant turtles, the chariots porpoises, the severed arms snakes, . . . Text 28 kara-mina mauli-ratna-

hara-kundala-sharkara shastra-shuktish chinna-shankha camara-dhvaja-saikata karahands; minafish; maulicrown; ratnajewels; haranecklaces; kundala earrings; sharkarapebbles; shastraweapons; shuktihoysters; chinna-shankha severed heads; camaracamaras; dhvajaflags; saikataon the sandy beach. . . . the severed hands fish, the helmets, earrings, and jewel necklaces pebbles, the weapons oysters, the severed heads camaras and flags on the sandy shore, . . . Text 29 rathangavarta-samyukta sena-dvaya-tatavrita shata-yojana-vistirna babhau vaitarani yatha rathangachariot wheels; avarta-samyuktawith whirlpools; senaarmies; dvayatwo; tatashores; avritafilled; shata-yojana-vistirnaeight hundred miles; babhaushone; vaitaranithe vaitarani river in the hellihs worlds; yathaas. . . . and the chariot wheels whirlpools. The two armies its shores, that river flowed for eight hundred miles like the river Vaitarani in the hellish worlds. Text 30 pramatha bhairava bhuta vetala yogini-ganah ata-hasam prakurvanto nrityanto rana-mandale pramathagoblins; bhairavabhairavas; bhutaghosts; vealavetalas; yogini-ganahyoginis; aaloud; hasamlaughter; prakurvantahdoing; nrityantahdancing; rana-mandalein the battlefield. Laughing uproariously, many goblins, ghosts, bhairavas, vealas and yoginis danced in the battlefield. Text 31 pibanto rudhiram shashvat

kapalena nripeshvara harasya munda-malartham jagrihus te siramsi ca pibantahdrinking; rudhiramblood; shashvatagain and again; kapalena with a skull; nripeshvaraO king of kings; harasyaof Lord Shiva; mundamalarthamfor the garland of skulls; jagrihuhtook; tethey; siramsiheads; ca and. O king of kings, again and again they drank the blood of the dead. They gathered many skulls for Lord Shiva's garland of skulls. Text 32 simharudha bhadrakali dakini-shata-samvrita pibanti rudhiram coshnam saa-hasam cakara ha simhaon a lion; arudhariding; bhadrakaliBhadrakali; dakiniwith witches; shataa hundred; samvritaaccompanied; pibantidrinking; rudhiramblood; ca and; ushnamwarm; saa-hasamwith loud laughter; cakaradid; haindeed. Riding on a lion, and accompanied a hundred female goblins, goddess Bhadrakali drank the warm blood of the dead and laughed uproariously. Text 33 vidyadharyash ca svarga-stha gandharvyo 'psarasas tatha kshatra-dharma-sthitan viran vavrire deva-rupinah vidyadharyahVidyadharis; caand; svarga-sthain Svargaloka; gandharvyah Gandharvis; apsarasahApsaras; tathaso; kshatra-dharma-sthitanfolloing ksatriya-dharma; viranwarriors; vavrirechose; deva-rupinahthe forms of demigods. The warriors that died nobly upholding the principles of kshatriya-dharma became demigods and the Vidyadhari, Gandharvis, and Apsara demigoddesses of Svargaloka selected them to be their husbands.

Text 34 grihitva tan kalir abhut tasam paty-artham ambare mamanurupa tenaiva iti tad-gata-cetasam grihitvataking; tanthem; kaliha quarrel; abhutwas; tasamof them; patyarthamfor the sake of the husband; ambarein the sky; mamame; anurupa like; tenaby that; evaindeed; itithus; tad-gata-cetasamtheir hearts gone to them. Many demigoddess desiring him as her husband, they quarreled over each hero. They each thought, "He is perfect for me." Text 35 kecid vira dharma-para rana-rangan na calitah yayur vishnu-padam divyam bhittva martanda-mandalam kecitsome; virawarriors; dharma-paradevoted to duty; rana-ranganfrom the battlefield; nanot; calitahfled; yayuhwent; vishnuof Lord Vishnu; padam to the abode; divyamtranscendental; bhittvabreaking; martanda-mandalam the circle of the sun. Some heroes, staunchly devoted to duty and not fleeing the battlefield, passed through the circle of the sun and went to the transcendental abode of Lord Vishnu. Text 36 shesham balam samakrishya baladevo halena vai mushalenahanat kruddhas trailokya-bala-dharakah sheshamthe remainder; balamarmy; samakrishyadragging; baladevah Lord Balarama; halenaby firce; vaiindeed; mushalenawith His club; ahanat killed; kruddhahangry; trailokya-bala-dharakahhaving the strength of the three worlds.

Possessing all the strength in the three worlds, angry Lord Balarama killed all the remaining soldiers with His club. Texts 37-39 evam sainye kshayam yate jarasandhasya sarvatah suyodhano vindhya-natho banga-nathas tathaiva ca sarve vidudruvur yuddhad bhaya-bhita itas tatah jarasandho maha-viryo nagayuta-samo bale rathenagatavan rajan baladevasya sammukhe samakrishya halagrena jarasandha-ratham shubham evamthis; sainyein the army; kshayamdestruction; yateattained; jarasandhasyaof Jarasandha; sarvatahin all respects; suyodhanahDuryodhana; vindhya-nathahthe king of Vindhya-desha; banga-nathahthe king of Bengal; tathaso; evaindeed; caand; sarveall; vidudruvuhfled; yuddhatfrom the battle; bhaya-bhitafrightened; itahhere; tatahand there; jarasandhah Jarasandha; maha-viryahvery strong; nagayuta-samahequal to ten thousand elephants; balein strength; rathenaby chation; agatavancome; rajanO king; baladevasyaof Lord Balarama; sammukhein the presence; samakrishya dragging; halagrenaby the tip of His plow; jarasandha-rathamJarasandha's chariot; shubhambeautiful. When Jarasandha's army was completely destroyed, the king of Vindhya-desha, the king of Bengal, and Duryodhana became terrified and fled here and there. Then Jarasandha, who was as strong as ten thousand elephants, drove his chariot to meet Lord Balarama. With the tip of His plow Lord Balarama caught the beautiful chariot and dragged it here and there. Text 40 curnayam asa sahasa musalena yaduttamah jarasandho 'pi viratho hatashvo hata-sarathih

curnayam asabroke to pieces; sahasaat once; musalenaith His club; yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; jarasandhahJarasandha; apialso; virathah without a chariot; hatadead; ashvahhorses; hatadead; sarathihcharioteer. Then Lord Balarama, the best of the Yadavas, broke the chariot to pieces. Now Jarasandha had no chariot and his horses and charioteer had been killed. Text 41 jagraha balinam dorbhyam santyaktva shastra-samhitam tayor yuddham abhud ghoram bahubhyam rana-mandale jagrahagrabbed; balinamstrong; dorbhyamwith both arms; santyaktva abandoning; shastra-samhitamweapons; tayohof them; yuddhamfight; abhut was; ghoramhorrible; bahubhyamwith both arms; rana-mandalein the battlefield. Then Lord Balarama threw away His weapons and with both hands grabbed powerful Jarasandha. Hand-to-hand they fought a terrible duel in the battlefield. Texts 42 and 43 pashyatam divi devanam naranam bhuvi maithila urasa shirasa caiva bahubhyam padayoh prithak yuyudhate malla-yuddhe simhav iva maha-bale tayosh ca yuddhyatoh sarvam kshunam bhu-khada-madalam pashyatamlooking; diviin heaven; devanamof the demigods; naraamof the humans; bhuvion the earth; maithilaO king of Mithila; urasawith the chest; shirasawith the head; caand; evaindeed; bahubhyamwith arms; padayoh with feet; prithakspecific; yuyudhatefought; malla-yuddhein wrestling; simhav two lions; ivalike; maha-balein great strength; tayoshof them; caand; yuddhyatohfighting; sarvamall; kshuampounded; bhu-khada-madalam the circle of the earth.

O king of Mithila, as the demigods in heaven and the humans on earth watched, Lord Balarama and Jarasandha wrestled arm-to-arm, foot-to-foot, chest-to-chest, and head-to-head, like two very powerful lions. As they fought the circle of the earth became crushed and broken. Texts 44-47 sthaliva sahasa rajams cakampe ghaika-dvayam grihitva bhuja-dadabhyam jarasandham yaduttamah bhu-prishhe pothayam asa kamadalum ivarbhakah ramas tad-upari sthitva hantum shatrum jara-sutam jagraha musalam ghoram krodha-purita-vigrahah paripuratamenatha shri-krishena mahatmana nivaritas tadaivashu tam mumoca yaduttamah tapase krita-sankalpo vridito 'pi jara-sutah sthalithe place; ivalike; sahasaat once; rajanO king; cakampetrembled; ghaika-dvayamfor an hour; grihitvagrabbing; bhuja-dadabhyamwith both arms; jarasandhamJarasandha; yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; bhuprishheon the ground; pothayam asathrew; kamadaluma kamandalu; iva like; arbhakaha child; ramahLord Balarama; tathim; uparion; sthitva staying; hantumto kill; shatrumthe enemy; jara-sutamJarasandha; jagraha grabbed; musalama club; ghoramterrible; krodha-purita-vigrahahHis body filled with anger; paripuratamenaby the Supreme Personality of Godhead; atha then; shri-krishenaby Shri Krisha; mahatmanathe Supreme Lord; nivaritah stopped; tadathen; evaindeed; ashuat once; tamhim; mumocareleased; yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; tapasefor suffering; krita-sankalpah decided; vriditahembarrassed; apialso; jara-sutahJarasandha. O king, for an hour the earth shook. Then Lord Balarama, the best of the Yadavas, His transcendental body filled with anger, grabbed Jarasandha with both hands, threw him to the ground as a child throws a kamadalu, jumped on him, grabbed a terrible club, and was about to kill him, when Lord Krisha, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, stopped Him. Lord Balarama at once released him. Now Jarasandha was humiliated and his heart was filled with pain.

Texts 48-51 nivarito mantri-mukhyair magadhan magadho yayau ittham jitva jarasandham madhavo madhusudanah ayodhana-gatam vittam sarvam nitva sukhavaham yadavan agratah kritva baladeva-samanvitah upagiyamana-vijayah suta-magadha-vandibhih shankha-dundubhi-nadena brahma-ghoshea bhuyasa vivesha mathuram sakshat paripuratamah svayam nivaritahstopped; mantri-mukhyaihby the important counselors; magadhan to magadha-desa; magadhahJarasandha; yayauwent; itthamthus; jitva defeating; jarasandhamJarasandha; madhavahthe husband of the goddess of fortune; madhusudanahthe killer of Madhu; ayodhana-gatamattained by fighting; vittamwealth; sarvamall; nitvataking; sukhavahampleasing; yadavanto the Yadavas; agratahin the presence; kritvamaking; baladevasamanvitahwith Lord Balarama; upagiyamana-vijayahHis glories being sung; suta-magadha-vandibhihby the Sutas, Magadhas, and Vandis; shankha-dundubhinadenawith the sound of conchshells and drums; brahma-ghosheawith the sound of the Vedas; bhuyasaabundant; viveshaentered; mathuramMathura; sakshatdirectly; paripuratamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; svaya Himself. Advised by his counselors, Jarasandha returned to Magadha-desha. In this way Lord Krisha, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, the husband of the goddess of fortune and the killer of the Madhu demon, defeated Jarasandha, took all the wealth plundered in the fight, placed it before the Yadavas, and, His glories proclaimed by the Sutas, Magadhas, and Vandis, and by the chanting of the Vedas and the sounds of the conchshells and drums, in Lord Balarama's company entered Mathura City. Texts 52 and 53 samarcito mangala-laja-pushpaih pashyan purim mangala-kumbha-yuktam

pitambarah syama-tanuh shubhangah sphurat-kiriangada-kudala-prabhah sharngadi-shastrastra-dharo hasan-mukhas talanka-yukto garuda-dhvajah svayam udyad-vilolashva-rathah surarcitah sametya rajanam asau balim dadau samarcitaworshiped; mangala-laja-pushpaihwith auspicious flowers and grains; pashyanseeing; purimthe city; mangala-kumbhaauspicious pots; yuktamwith; pitambarahin yellow garments; syama-tanuhHis body dark; shubhangahHis limbs handsome; sphuratglistening; kiriacrown; angada armlets; kudalaearrings; prabhahsplendor; sharngadibeginning eith the Sharnga bow; shastra-astra-dharahholding many weapons; hasan-mukhah smiling; talanka-yuktahwith the mark of palm tree; garuda-dhvajahwith the flag of Garuda; svayampersonally; udyad-vilolashva-rathahon a chariot pulled by restless horses; suraby the demigods; arcitahworshiped; sametyagoing; rajanamto the king; asauHe; balimoffering; dadaugave. Worshiped by showers of grains and flowers and gazing at the city filled with beautiful spires, His garments yellow, His complexion dark, His limbs handsome and graceful, His crown, armlets, and earrings glittering with great splendor, and His face smiling, carrying the Sharnga bow and many other weapons, caarrying the palm-tree insignia and the Garuda flag, riding on a chariot pulled by restless horses, and worshiped by the demigods, Lord Krisha approached King Ugrasena and gave a vassal's offering to him. .pa

Chapter Two Shri Dvaraka-vasa-kathana Residence in Shri Dvaraka Text 1 punas tatra jarasandhas tav utyakshauhii-balah yuyudhe yadubhih shighram punah krisha-parajitah punahagain; tatrathere; jarasandhahJarasandha; tavThem; utya approaching; akshauhii-balahwith an army of many aksauhinis; yuyudhe fought; yadubhihwith the Yadavas; shighramquickly; punahagain; krishaby Lord Krisha; parajitahdefeated.

Again Jarasandha approached Krisha and Balarama with an army of many akshauhiis, again he fought with the Yadavas, and again Lord Krisha quickly defeated him. Text 2 shri-krisha-tejasa sarve yadava vriddhim agatah dhanur-gajadibhih shashvat prapta-luhana-sahasah shri-krishaof Lord Krisha; tejasaby the power; sarveall; yadavathe Yadavas; vriddhimincrease; agatahattained; dhanuhof bows; gajaand elephants; adibhihbeginning with; shashvatalways; praptaattained; luhanasahasahplunder. The Yadavas again and again plundered great wealth and many bows, elephants, and other things from the armies defeated by Lord Krisha transcendental power. Text 3 prapte ca sahasa rajan vina yuddham puraiva hi arbhaka jala-hariyas cakruh shatrv-apaharaam prapteattained; caand; sahasaat once; rajanO king; vinawithout; yuddhama fight; purabefore; evaindeed; hiindeed; arbhakachildren; jalahariyahcarrying water; cakruhdid; shatrufrom the enemies; apaharaam plunder. O king, without having to fight, the little girls carrying water to the Yadava soldiers could easily take what they wanted from the slain soldiers of the enemy. Text 4 shatru-dravyam ca samhartum vikshantah krita-vasasah nagara mathurah sarve param harsham upagatah

shatruof the enemy; dravyamthe property; caand; samhartumto take; vikshantahseeing; kritabought; vasasahgarments; nagarapeople; mathurah of Mathura; sarveall; paramgreat; harshamhappiness; upagatahattained. Seeing the valuable garments and property of the enemy soldiers, the people of Mathura became very happy. Text 5 evam sapta-dasha kritva kshia-sainyo jara-sutah asha-dashama-sangrame agantum ca mano 'karot evamthus; sapta-dasha17; kritvamaking; kshia-sainyahdestroyed army; jara-sutahJarasandha; asha-dashama-sangramein the eighteenth battle; agantumto go; caand; manahmind; akarotdid. Even though his army had been destroyed seventeen times in this way, Jarasandha still fixed his mind on an eighteenth war. Text 6 maya praoditah kalayavano vai maha-balah rurodha mathuram kruddho mleccha-koi-samavritah mayaby me; praoditahsent; kalayavanahKalayavana; vaiindeed; mahabalahvery powerful; rurodhabesieged; mathuramMathura; kruddhahqngry; mleccha-koi-samavritahwith ten million mlecchas. Then, encouraged by me, powerful King Kalayavana beseiged Mathura with an army of ten million mlecchas. Text 7 mlecchanam ca balam vikshya sva-puram bhaya-vihvalam bhayam cobhayatah praptam rameacintayad dharih

mlecchanamof mlecchas; caand; balamthe amry; vikshyaseeing; svapuramat His city; bhaya-vihvalamovcercome with fear; bhayamfear; caand; ubhayatahof both; praptamattained; rameawith Balarama; acintayat thought; dharihLord Krisha. Seeing that their city was terrified of the mleccha army, Krisha and Balarama considered what to do. Text 8 sva-jnati-bandhu-rakshartham samudre bhima-nadini cakara dvaraka-durgam eka-ratrea madhavah sva-jnati-bandhu-raksharthamto protecte His friends and relatives; samudre in the ocean; bhima-nadiniwith terrible roaring sounds; cakaradid; dvarakadurgamthe fort of Dvaraka; eka-ratreain one night; madhavahLord Krisha. Then, in one night Lord Krisha built the Dvaraka fort in the middle of the ocean filled with fearful roaring sounds. Text 9 yatrasha-dik-pala-siddhir vishvakarma-vinirmita sarva vaikuha-sampattir drishyate moksha-kankshibhih yatrawhere; asha8; dikdirections; palaprotecting; siddhihperfection; vishvakarma-vinirmitabuilt by Vishvakarma; sarvaall; vaikuha-sampattihthe opulences of Vaikuha; drishyateis seen; moksha-kankshibhihby they who yearn fro liberation. Vishvakarma arranged that all eight directions were perfectly protected. They who yearn for liberatuion could see that city had all the opulences of Vaikuha. Text 10 harih sarva-janam tatra

nitva yogena maithila purad ramam anujnapya nirgato 'bhun nirayudhah harihKrisha; sarva-janameveryone; tatrathere; nitvataking; yogenaby His mystic power; maithilaO king of Mithila; puratfrom Mathura; ramam Balarama; anujnapyataking permission; nirgatahdeparted; abhutbecame; nirayudhahwithout weapons. By His mystic power Lord Krisha then took all the people of Mathura to Dvaraka. O king of Mithila, after taking His leave of Lord Balarama, Lord Krisha, now unarmed, went outside the Mathura City walls. Text 11 nirayudham harim jnatva mayoktair lakshaaih khalah nirayudhah sa tam yoddhum padatih svayam agatah nirayudhamunarmed; harimKrisha; jnatvaunderstanding; mayaby me; uktaihdescribed; lakshaaihby the characteristics; khalahthe demon; nirayudhahunarmed; sahe; tamto Him; yoddhumto fight; padatihon foot; svayampersonally; agatahapproached. Aware, by the description I had given him, that this unarmed person was Krisha, the demon put down his arms and walked to Krisha to start a fight. Text 12 paran-mukham pradravantam durapam yoginam api jighrikshus tam canvadhavat sainikanam prapashyatam paran-mukhamturning His face; pradravantamfleeing; durapamnot approachable; yoginamby the yogis; apieven; jighrikshuhwishing to catch; tamHim; caand; anvadhavatran behind; sainikanamas the soldiers; prapashyatamwatched. Then Krisha turned and fled. As the host of soldiers watched, Kalayavana ran in pursuit of Lord Krisha, whom even the great yogis cannot catch.

Text 13 hasta-praptam vapus tasmai darshayann iva madhavah duram gatah shyamaladreh pravishat kandaram tvaram hastain the hand; praptamattained; vapuhthe form; tasmaito him; darshayannshowing; ivaas if; madhavahLord Krisha; duramfar away; gatah went; shyamaladreha black mountain; pravishatentered; kandarama cave; tvaramquickly. Seeming only a hand's legnth away, Lord Krisha ran a great distance and finally entered the cave of a black mountain. Text 14 mucukundo yatra caste mandhatri-tanayo mahan asurebhyah pura raksham devanam yash cakara ha mucukundahMucukunda; yatrawhere; caand; asteis; mandhatri-tanayah the son of King Mandhata; mahangreat; asurebhyahfrom the demons; pura previously; rakshamprotection; devanamof the demigods; yashwho; cakara did; haindeed. In that cave stayed King Mandhata noble son Mucukunda, who in ancient times protected the demigods from the demons. Text 15 ahar-nisham na sushvapa deva-sena-paro nripa tam ucur devatah sarve prasanna raja-sattamam ahahday; nishamand night; nanot; sushvapaslept; deva-sena-parahthe commander-in-chief of the demigods' armies; nripaO king; tamto him; ucuh said; devatahthe demigods; sarveall; prasannapleased; raja-sattamamthe best of kings.

O king, as the commander-in-chief of the demigods' armies, he had not slept for many days and nights. Pleased with him, all the demigods finally approached that great king and said: Text 16 varam varaya bho rajan yat te manasi vartate natva tan praha rajendrah karomi shayanam param varama boon; varayaplease choose; bhahO; rajanking; yatwhat; teof you; manasiin the heart; vartateis; natvabowing down; tanto them; praha said; rajendrahthat king of kings; karomiI do; shayanamsleep; paramgreat. "O king, please ask for a boon. Ask for whatever is in your heart." Bowing down to them, that king of kings said: "I wish to sleep a great sleep. Texts 17 and 18 shayanante hareh sakshaddarshanam me bhavatv alam yo madhye bodhayen mam vai shayanam tv apy acetanam sa maya drisha-matras tu bhasmi-bhavatu tat-kshaat tatha ca coktah sushvapa raja krita-yuge pura shayananteat the end of the sleep; harehof Lord Krisha; sakshad-direwct; darshanamthe sight; meof me; bhavatvmasy be; alamgreatly; yahone who; madhyein the middle; bodhayetawakens; mamme; vaiindeed; shayanamsleeping; tvindeed; apyindeed; acetanamunconscious; sahe; mayaby me; drisha-matrahsimply by a glance; tuindeed; bhasmi-bhavatu may be burned to ashes; tat-kshaatfrom that moment; tathaso; caand; ca and; uktahsaid; sushvapaslept; rajathe king; kritain Satya-yuga; yugein the yuga; purain ancient times. "When my sleep is over I will see Lord Krisha directly. Anyone who wakens me before that, while I am still sleeping, I will burn to ashes with a glance." After speaking these words in ancient times, in the Satya-yuga, King Mucukunda went to sleep.

Text 19 tatra pravisho yavano matva pitambaram ca tam tatada yavanah kruddhah padenashu maha-khalah tatrathere; pravishahentered; yavanahkalayavana; matvathinking; pitambaramLord Krisha; caand; tamhim; tatadahit; yavanahthe yavana; kruddhahangry; padenawith his foot; ashuat once; maha-khalahthe great demon. Entering that cave, the great demon Kalayavana at once kicked King Mucukunda, thinking him to be Lord Krisha, Text 20 mucukundah samutthaya shanair unmilya so 'kshini ashah prapashyams tam parshve sthitam kalam dadarsha ha mucukundahMucukunda; samutthayawaking up; shanaihslowly; unmilya opening; sahhe; akshinieyes; ashahin all directions; prapashyanlooking; tam him; parshveat the side; sthitamstanding; kalamKalayavana; dadarsha saw; haindeed. Slowly opening his eyes, Mucukunda became awake. Looking in all directions, he finally saw Kalayavana standing at his side. Text 21 sa tavat tasya rushasya drishi-patena maithila dehajenagnina dagdho bhasmasad abhavat kshaat sahe; tavatthen; tasyaof him; rushasyaangry; drishi-patenaby a glance; maithilaO king of Mithila; dehajenaborn from his own body; agninaby a fire; dagdhahburned; bhasmasatto ashes; abhavatbecame; kshaatin a moment.

O king of Mithila, then King Mucukunda became angry and with a single glance burned to demon to ashes in a moment. Text 22 bhasmi-bhute ca yavane paripuratamah svayam svarupam darshayam asa mucukundaya dhimate bhasmi-bhuteburned to ashes; caand; yavanewhen Kalayavana; paripuratamahthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; svayam personally; svarupamHis own form; darshayam asashowed; mucukundayato Mucukunda; dhimatewise. When Kalayavana was thus burned to ashes, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krisha, showed His own form to wise Mucukunda, a form that . . . Text 23 koi-surya-pratikashe jyotisham madale prabhum sthitam sphuat-kiriarkam kudalangada-nupuram koi-surya-pratikashesplendid as ten million suns; jyotishamof light; madale in a circle; prabhumthe Lord; sthitamstanding; sphuat-kiriaa splendid crown; arkama sun; kudalawith earrings; angadaarmlets; nupuramand anklets. . . . was splendid as ten million suns, circled with light, all-powerful, decorated with a crown splendid as the sun, decorated with earrings, armlets, and anklets, . . . Text 24 shrivatsankam catur-bahum padmaksham vana-malinam koi-kandarpa-lavaam kala-megha-sama-prabham

shrivatsankammarked with Shrivatsa; catur-bahumwith four arms; padmakshamlotus eyes; vana-malinama forest garland; koiten million; kandarpaKamadevas; lavaamhandsome; kala-megha-sama-prabhamsplendid as a black cloud. . . . had lotus eyes and four arms, was marked with Shrivatsa and decorated with a forest garland, was splendid like a black cloud, and was more handsome than ten million Kamadevas. Text 25 drishva raja harshito 'pi samutthaya kritanjalih paripuratamam jnatva bhaktya tam praanama ha drishvaseeing; rajathe king; harshitahfilled with happiness; apialso; samutthayarising; kritanjalihwith folded hands; paripuratamamthe original Supreme Personality of Godhead; jnatvaunderstanding; bhaktyawith devotion; tamto Him; praanamabowed down; hacertainly. Gazing at this form and aware that this was the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, King Mucukunda became filled with happiness. First he stood with folded hands and then He bowed before the Lord with great devotion. Text 26 shri-mucukunda uvaca krishaya vasudevaya devaki-nandanaya ca nanda-gopa-kumaraya govindaya namo namah shri-mucukunda uvacaShri Mucukunda said; krishayathe Supreme Lord; vasudevayaunto the son of Vasudeva; devaki-nandanayaunto the son of Devaki; caand; nanda-gopaNanda and the cowherd men; kumarayaunto their son; govindayaunto the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who enlivens the cows and the senses; namahrespectful obeisances; namahobeisances. Shri Mucukunda said: Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Lord, who has become the son of Vasudeva, the pleasure of Devaki, the boy of Nanda and the other cowherd men of Vrindavana, and the enlivener of the cows and the senses.*

Text 27 namah pankaja-nabhaya namah pankaja-maline namah pankaja-netraya namas te pankajanghraye namahall respectful obeisances; pankaja-nabhayaunto the Lord who has a specific depression resembling a lotus flower in the center ofHis abdomen; namah obeisances; pankaja-malineone who is always decorated with a garland of lotus flowers; namahobeisances; pankaja-netrayaone whose galnce is as cooling as a lotus flower; namah terespectful obeisances unto You; pankajanghrayeunto You, the soles of whose feet are engraved with lotus flowers (and who are therefore said to possess lotus feet). My respectful obeisances are unto you, O Lord, whose abdomen is marked with a dpression like a lotus flower, who are always decorated with garlands of lotus flowers, whose glance is as cool as the lotus, and whose feet are engraved with lotuses.* Text 28 namah krishaya suddhaya brahmae paramatmane praata-klesha-nashaya govindaya namo namah namahobeisances; krishayato Krisha; suddhayapure; brahmaethe Supreme; paramatmanethe Supersoul; praataof the surrendered souls; klesha the sufferings; nashayathe destruction; govindayato the pleasure of the cows and senses; namahobeisances; namahobeisances. My respectful obeisances are unto supremely pure Lord Krisha, who is both the impersonal Brahman and the all-pervading Supersoul, who is the enlivener of the cows and the senses, and who destroys the sufferings of the surrendered devotees. Text 29 namo 'stv anantaya sahasra-murtaye sahasra-padakshi-shiroru-bahave sahasra-namne purushaya shashvate

sahasra-koi-yuga-dharie namah namahobeisances; astumay be; anantayalimitless; sahasra-murtayea thousand forms; sahasraa thousand; padafeet; akshieyes; shiraheads; uru thighs; bahaveand arms; sahasra-namnea thousand names; purushayathe Supreme Person; shashvateeternal; sahasrathousand; koiten million; yuga yugas; dharieholding; namahobeisances. My respectful obeisances are unto limitless Lord Krisha, who appears in millions of forms, who has millions of feet, eyes, heads, thighs, and arms, who has millions of names, who is the eternal Supreme Person, and who maintains the worlds for billions of yugas. Text 30 hare mat-samah pataki nasti bhumau tatha tvat-samo nasti papapahari iti tvam ca matva jagannatha deva yatheccha bhavet te tatha mam kuru tvam hareO Lord Krisha; mat-samahequal to me; patakia sinner; nanot; asti is; bhumauon the earth; tathaso; tvat-samahequal to You; nanot; astiis; papasins; apahariremoving; itithus; tvamto You; caand; matvabowing; jagannathaO master of the worlds; devaO Lord; yathaas; icchadesire; bhavetmay be; teof You; tathaso; mamto Me; kurudo; tvamYou. O Lord Krisha, in this world no one is as sinful as I and no one is as purifying as You. Therefore, O master of the worlds, O effulgent Lord, please consider my case and do what You wish. Text 31 shri-narada uvaca evam stuto harih sakshat paramananda-vigrahah jnatva tam nirguam bhaktam praha gambhiraya gira shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; stutahpraised; harih Krisha; sakshatdirectly; paramanandatranscendental bliss; vigrahahform; jnatvaunderstanding; tamhim; nirguambeyond ther modes of narture; bhaktama devotee; prahaspoke; gambhirayadeep; girawith a voice.

Shri Narada said: Hearing these prayers, and aware that Mucukunda's devotion was beyond the touch of the mades of nature, Lord Krisha, whose form is filled with transcendental bliss, spoke with a deep voice. Text 32 shri-bhagavan uvaca dhanyas tvam raja-shardula dhanya te vimala matih nairapekshyena divyena bhakti-bhavena purita shri-bhagavan uvacathre Supreme Personality of Godhead said; dhanyah fortunate; tvamyou; raja-shardulaO tiger of kings; dhanyafortunate; teof you; vimalathe pure; matihthoughts; nairapekshyenawith perfect renunciation; divyenawith transcendental; bhakti-bhavenalove; puritafilled. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O tiger of kings, you are fortunate. Your pure thoughts are glorious. They are filled with perfect renunciation and splendid transcendental love. Text 33 adyaiva gaccha mad-dhama badary-akhyam mad-ashrayah tatraiva tu tapas taptva bhutva brahmaa-pungavah adyanow; evaindeed; gacchago; mad-dhamato My abode; badaryakhyamnamed Badari; mad-ashrayahMy shelter; tatrathere; evaindeed; tu indeed; {}; tapahausterities; taptvaperform; bhutvahaving done; brahmaapungavahthe best of brahmaas. Go at once to My abode named Badarikashrama. By performing austerities there you will become the best of brahmaas. Text 34 prema-lakshaaya bhaktya mad-dhama prakriteh param

prapsyasi tvam maha-raja yato navartate gatah prema-lakshaayacharacterized by love; bhaktyaby devotional service; maddhamato My abode; prakritehthe world of matter; paramabove; prapsyasi you will attain; tvamyou; maha-rajaO great king; yatahfrom which; nanot; avartatereturns; gatahhaving gone. O great king, by serving Me with loving devotion You will attain My own abode, which is above the world of matter. They who go there never return to the world of birth and death. Text 35 shri-narada uvaca ittham stutva harim natva parikramya natananah nishcakrama guha-durgac chri-krisha-prema-vihvalah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; stutvapraying; harimto Lord Krisha; natvabowing down; parikramyacicumambulating; natananah with bowed head; nishcakramaleft; guha-durgatthe mountain cave; shri-krishaprema-vihvalahfilled with love for Lord Krisha. Shri Narada said: After offering prayers, bowing down, and with bowed head circumambulating the Lord, King Mucukunda, now overwhelmed with love for Lord Krisha, left the mountain cave. Text 36 dvapare kshullaka martya tala-vrksha-shatocchritam drishva tam dudruvur marge bhaya-bhita itas tatah dvaparein Dvapara-yuga; kshullakashort; martyaliving beings; tala-vrkshashatocchritamas tall as a hundered palm trees; drishvaseeing; tamhim; dudruvuhfled; margeon the road; bhaya-bhitaterrified; itahhere; tatahand there.

The Dvapara-yuga people, who were all very short, became terrified and fled when on the road they saw King Mucukunda, who was tall as a hundred palm trees. Texts 37 and 38 ma bhaishety abhayam yacchan jagama disham uttaram evam dattva varam tasmai mucukundaya dhimate bhagavan punar avrajya mathuram mleccha-veshitam hatva mleccha-balam sarvam tad-dhanany acchinad balat madon't; bhaishabe afraid; itithus; abhayamfearlessness; yacchan giving; jagamawent; dishamto the direction; uttaramnorth; evamthus; dattvagiving; varama benediction; tasmaito him; mucukundayaMucukunda; dhimatewise; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; punahagain; avrajyareturning; mathuramto Mathura; mleccha-veshitamsurrounded by mlecchas; hatvakilling; mleccha-balamthe mleccha army; sarvamentire; taddhananytheir wealth; acchinatbroke; balatforcibly. Saying, "Don't be afraid", Mucukunda removed their fears and continued north. Then Lord Krisha, after giving His blessings to wise Mucukunda, returned to Mathura City, which was surrounded by the mlecchas. The Lord killed the entire mleccha army and forcibly broke the mlecchas' power. Text 39 atha raja jarasandho yoddhum abhyuditah punah ahuya magadhan vipran muhurtadesha-kariah athathen; rajaKing; jarasandhahJarasandha; yoddhumto fight; abhyuditaheager; punahagain; ahuyacalling; magadhanof Magadha; vipran the brahmaas; muhurtadesha-kariahgiving instruction fro the proper time. Then King Jarasandha, eager to fight again with Lord Krisha, called together the great astrologer-brahmaas of the Magadha country. Text 40

prahedam vasudevakhyam jitva yady agato hy aham sarvan sampujayishyami sada yushmat-padashraye prahasaid; idamthis; vasudevakhyamnamed Vasudeva; jitvadefeating; yadyif; agatahreturned; hyindeed; ahamI; sarvanall; sampujayishyamiI will worship; sadaforever; yushmat-padashrayethe shelter of your feet. Jarasandha said to them: If I defeat Krisha, when I return I will take shelter of your feet and worship you all forever. Text 41 karagareshu yavad vai sthita bhavata bho dvijah parajito 'ham va yushman hanishyami na samshayah karagareshuin prison; yavatwhen; vaiindeed; sthitasituated; bhavata you; bhahO; dvijahbrahmaas; parajitahdefeated; ahamI; vaor; yushman you all; hanishyamiI will kill; nano; samshayahdoubt. But if I am defeated and imprisoned, I will kill you all. Of this there is no doubt. Text 42 evam uktva dvijan raja jarasandho maha-balah ajagamashu mathuram trayo-vimshaty-anika-pah evamthus; uktvaspeaking; dvijanto the brahmaas; rajaKing; jarasandhahJarasandha; maha-balahvery powerful; ajagamawent; ashuat once; mathuramto Mathura; trayo-vimshaty-anika-pahat the head of 23 armies. After speaking these words, powerful King Jarasandha, taking with him 23 army divisions, quickly went to Mathura City. Texts 43-45

brahma-vakyam ritam kartum sva-pratijnam vihaya ca manushya-cesham apannau sva-purad bhita-bhitavat rama-krishau parau devau padbhyam dudruvatur drutam palayamanau tau vikshya magadhah prahasan bhrisham anvadhavad rathanikair brahma-vakyam anusmaran dakshinasham gatav ittham pravarshaa-girau hari brahmaof the brahmaas; vakyamthe statement; ritamproper; kartumto do; sva-pratijnamhis own promise; vihayaabandoning; caand; manushyaceshamthe actions of human beings; apannauattained; sva-puratfrom his city; bhita-bhitavatas if terrified; rama-krishauKrisha and Balarama; parau devauther two Supreme Lord; padbhyamon foot; dudruvatuhran; drutam quickly; palayamanaufleeing; tauThem; vikshyaseeing; magadhahthe king of Magadha; prahasanlaughing; bhrishamgreatly; anvadhavatfollowed; rathanikaihwith chariot soldiewrs; brahma-vakyamthe brahmaas' words; anusmaranremembering; dakshinashamto the south; gatavdirection; ittham thus; pravarshaa-girauon Mount Pravarsana; harithe two Supreme Lords. Seeing Krisha and Balarama fleeing on foot as if They were ordinary terrified human beings, Jarasandha laughed aloud. At first he was determined not to keep the promise he made to the brahmaas. Then, with many chariot warriors pursuing Krisha and Balarama as They ran south to Mount Pravarshaa, he remembered his words to the brahmaas. Text 46 yasmin nilinau jnatva tav edhobhis tam dadaha ha bhasmi-bhute vane jate dahyamana-tata-gireh yasminin which; nilinauentered; jnatvaknowing; tavThem; edhobhih with fire; tamthat; dadahaset afire; haindeed; bhasmi-bhuteburned to ashes; vanethe forest; jatemanifested; dahyamana-tata-girehof the burning mountain.

Aware that Krisha and Balarama were hiding in the mountain, Jarasandha set the mountain on fire and burned all its forests to ashes. Text 47 dashaika-yojanottungat samutpatya sureshvarau alakshyamanav aribhir dvarakayam nipetatuh dashaika-yojanaeleven yojanas; uttungatfrom the height; samutpatya jumping; sureshvarauthe two Supreme Personality of Godheads; alakshyamanav unseen; aribhihby the enemies; dvarakayamin Dvaraka; nipetatuhfell. Jumping from a height of eighty-eight miles, Krisha and Balarama, the two Supreme Personalities of Godhead, unseen by Their enemies, landed in Dvaraka. Text 48 so 'pi dagdhau ca tau matva magadhendro maha-balah magadhan prayayau viro vadayan jaya-dundubhin sahhe; apialso; dagdhauburned; caand; tauThem; matvathinking; magadhendrahthe king of Magadha; maha-balahvery powerful; magadhanto the couinrty of Magadha; prayayaureturned; viraha hero; vadayanmaking sound; jaya-dundubhinthe drums of victory. Thinking that Krisha and Balarama had been burned to death, powerful Jarasandha returned to the country of Magadha, where he was a hero and the drums of victory sounded. Text 49 brahmaan pujayam asa bhaktya paramaya nripa yasya viprah sahayo 'sti kutas tasya parajayah

brahmaanthe brahmaas; pujayam asaworshiped; bhaktyawith devotion; paramayagreat; nripaO king; yasyaof whom; vipraha brahmaa; sahayah the helper; astiis; kutahhow?; tasyaof him; parajayahdefeat. With great devotion Jarasandha worshiped the brahmaas. How can there be defeat for one helped by a brahmaa? .pa

Chapter Three Shri Baladeva-vivahotsava Lord Balarama's Wedding Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ittham maya te kathitam dvaraka-vasa-karaam vivahadi-kathah sarva vadishyami pareshayoh shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; dvaraka-vasaresidence in Dvaraka; karaamthe cause; vivahawedding; adibeginning with; kathahtopic; sarvaall; vadishyamiI will tell; pareshayohof the two Supreme Personality of Godheads. In this way I have described to you the reason the Lord lives in Dvaraka. Now I will tell you everything of the marriages of Krisha and Balarama, the two Supreme Personalities of Godhead. Text 2 purvam shri-baladevasya vivaham shriu maithila sarva-papa-haram puyam ayur-vardhanam uttamam purvambefore; shri-baladevasyaof Lord Balarama; vivahamthe wedding; shriuplease hear; maithilaO king of Mithila; sarva-papaall sins; haram removing; puyamsacred; ayur-vardhanamincreasing the duration of life; uttamamtranscendental.

O king of Mithila, please hear the story of Lord Balarama's wedding, a sacred and transcendental story that removes all sins and increases the span of one's life. Text 3 anarto nama rajabhut surya-vamse maha-manah yan-namnanarta-deshah syat samudre bhima-nadini anartahAnarta; namaname; rajaa king; abhutwas; surya-vamsein the sun-god's dynasty; maha-manahnible-hearted; yan-namnaby whose name; anarta-deshahthe country of Anarta; syatis; samudrein the ocean; bhimanadinifilled with terrible sounds. A noble-hearted king named Anarta was born in the surya dynasty. The country of Anarta-desha, which was created where there once was only the ocean filled with terrible sounds, was named after him. Text 4 raivato nama tat-putras cakravarti guakarah rajyam cakara sa purim vinirmaya kushasthalim raivatahRaivata; namanamed; tat-putrahhis son; cakravartiemperor; guakarahvirtuous; rajyamthe empire; cakaradid; sahe; purimto the capitol; vinirmayacreated; kushasthalimKushasthali. His son was the virtuous king Raivata, who ruled the kingdom from his capitol Kushasthali. Text 5 tasya putra-shatam casid revati nama kanyaka sarvottamam ciranjivam sundaram varam icchati

tasyaof him; putra-shatama hundred sons; caand; asitwas; revati Revati; namanamed; kanyakaa daughter; sarvottamamthe best of all; ciranjivamwho would live a long time; sundaramhandsom; varamhusband; icchatidesires. He had a hundred sons and one daughter. His daughter, who was named Revati, yearned to have a husband that was handsome, lived eternally, and was better than all other men. Text 6 ekada ratham asthaya hema-ratna-vibhushitam aropya svam duhitaram raivatah paryaan bhuvam ekadaone day; rathama chariot; asthayamounting; hema-ratnavibhushitamdecorated with gold and jewels; aropyaplacing; svamown; duhitaramdaughter; raivatahKing Raivata; paryaanwandered; bhuvamthe earth. One day he placed his daughter on a chariot decorated with gold and jewels, and wandered the earth to find a proper husband. Text 7 prapto yoga-balenapi brahmalokam shubhavaham kanya-varam pariprashum brahmaam praanama ha praptahattained; yoga-balenaby mystic power; apialso; brahmalokam Brahmaloka; shubhavahamauspicious; kanya-varamhusband for her daughter; paariprashumto ask; brahmaamBrahma; praanamabowed down; ha indeed. By his mystic power he traveled to Brahmaloka. His intention to ask for a proper husband for his daughter, he bowed before the demigod Brahma Text 8

gayantyam purva-cittyam ca sthito labdha-kshaah kshaam eka-cittam vidhim jnatva svabhiprayam nyavedayat gayantyamsinging; purva-cittyamPurvacitti; caand; sthitahsituated; labdha-kshaahfinding a proper moment; kshaama moment; eka-cittamone thought; vidhimto Brahma; jnatvaunderstanding; svabhiprayamhis intention; nyavedayatspoke. As the apsara Purvacitti was singing, he found his opportunity. Aware that now he had Brahma's attention, he spoke what was in his heart. Text 9 shri-raivata uvaca parah purao jagad-ankuro 'bhuh purah paratma parameshvaro 'si sthitah sada dhamani parameshhya srijasy alam pasi ca himsasidam shri-raivatahShri Raivata; uvacasaid; parahgreat; puraahancient; jagadankurahfrom whom the universe has sprouted; abhuhyou are; purahperfect; paratmathe great soul; parameshvarahthe supreme controller; asiyou are; sthitahsituated; sadaalways; dhamaniin your abode; parameshhyaO Brahma; srijasyyou create; alamgreatly; pasiprotect; caand; himsasi destroy; idamthis universe. Shri Raivata said: You are the greatest, the oldest, the seed from which this universe has sprouted, the great soul and the great controller. O Brahma, you stay always in your own abode. You create, maintain, and destroy this universe. Text 10 veda mukham dharma uras tathaiva prishham hy adharmash ca manur manisha angani deva asurash ca padah sarva sritir deva tanus tava syat vedahthe Vedas; mukhammouth; dharmareligion; urahchest; {}; tatha so; evaindeed; prishhamback; hyindeed; adharmashirreligion; caand; manuhManu; manishaintelligence; anganilimbs; devathe demigods; asurash

the demons; caand; padahfeet; sarvaall; sritihcreation; devaO lord; tanuhthe body; tavaof you; syatis. O lord, the Vedas are Your mouth, religion is your chest, irreligion is your back, Manu is your intelligence, the demigods are your limbs, the demons are your feet, and this entire creation is your body. Text 11 karoshi hastamalakam ca vishvam netum prabhuh sarathivad gueshu ekas tvam ekam ca vidhaya jalam grasishyase sarvam ivoranabhih karoshiyou do; hastain the hand; amalakaman amalaka fruit; caand; vishvamthe universe; netumto bring; prabhuhable; sarathivatlike a charioteer; gueshuamong the modes; ekahone; tvamyou; ekamone; ca and; vidhayaplacing; jalamnetwork; grasishyaseyou will swallow; sarvamall; ivalike; uranabhiha spider. This universe is like a small amalaka fruit in your hand. You are like a charioteer driving this universe through the modes of nature. You are like a spider and this universe is your web. In the future you will swallow up this entire universe. Text 12 mahendra-dhishyam tava vashyam asti kim sarvabhaumam kim u yoga-siddhih yah parameshhyam ca sada sthito 'si tasmai namo 'nanta-guaya bhumne mahendra-dhishyamthe abode of Lord Indra; tavaof you; vashyamunder the control; astiis; kimwhat?; sarvabhaumamsupremacy; kimwhat?; u indeed; yoga-siddhihthe perfection of yoga; yahwhat; parameshhyam supremacy; caand; sadaalways; sthitahsituated; asiyou are; tasmaito him; namahobeisances; ananta-guayalimitless virtues; bhumneto the lord. The realm of King Indra is under your control, what to speak of the realms of ordinary kings or the perfections of yoga. You always stay in the highest realm. To you, O lord of limitless virtue, I offer my respectful obeisances. Text 13

bhavan svayambhur jagatam pitamaho vidhe sura-jyeshha iti prabhavatah asya varam sarva-guam cirayusham vadashu mam divyam ashesha-darshanah bhavanyou; svayambhuhself-born; jagatamof the universes; pitamahah the granfather; vidheO Brahma; sura-jyeshhathe best of the demigods; iti thus; prabhavatahby the power; asyaof him; varamhusband; sarva-guam having all virtues; cirayushamliving eternally; vadaplease tell; ashuat once; mamto me; divyamdivine; ashesha-darshanahseeing everything. You are self-born. You are the grandfather of all in the universe. You are the best of the demigods. You see everything. O lord, please tell me who should become my daughter's husband, a divine husband that lives forever and has all virtues. Text 14 shri-narada uvaca etac chrutva tato brahma svayambhuh sarva-darshanah raivatam praha rajanam prahasann iva maithila shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; etacthis; chrutvahearing; tatahthen; brahmaBrahma; svayambhuhself-born; sarva-darshanahseeing everything; raivatamto Raivata; prahasaid; rajanamKing; prahasannsmiling; ivalike; maithilaO king of Mithila. Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, when he heard these words, self-born Brahma, who sees everything, smiled and spoke to King Raivata. Text 15 shri-brahmovaca atra kshaena he rajan bhuvi kalo maha-bali tvaram vyatitas tri-navacatur-yuga-vikalpitah

shri-brahma uvacaShri Brahma said; atrahere; kshaenain a moment; he O; rajanking; bhuvion the earth; kalahtime; maha-balivery powerful; tvaram quickly; vyatitahsurpassing; tri-nava-catur-yuga-vikalpitahcounted as four yugas. Shri Brahma said: O king, a moment in this realm of Brahmaloka is equal to four yugas on the earth. Text 16 na santi martya-loke tatputrah pautrah sa-bandhavah tat-putra-pautra-naptriam gotrai ca na shrimahe nanot; santiare; martya-lokeon the earth; tat-putrahyour children; pautrahgrandchildren; sa-bandhavahrelatives; tat-putra-pautra-naptriam their children, gandchildren, great-grandchilren; gotraidescnedents; caand; na not; shrimahewe hear. Your children, grandchildren, and other relatives are no longer on the earth. We do not hear anything of the descendents of your children, grandchildren, or great grandchildren. The dynasty no longer exists. Text 17 tad gaccha sarva-mukhyaya nara-ratnaya shashvate kanya-ratnam idam rajan baladevaya dehi bhoh tattherefore; gacchago; sarva-mukhyayato the best of all; nara-ratnaya the jewel of men; shashvateeternal; kanya-ratnamjewel of girls; idamthis; rajanO king; baladevayato Lord Balarama; dehigive; bhohOh. Therefore you should approach Lord Balarama, who is the best of all, the jewel of men, and the person that lives eternally, and offer your jewel-daughter to Him. Text 18 paripuratamau sakshad

golokadhipati prabhu bhuvo bharavatarayavatirau bala-keshavau paripuratamauthe two Supreme Personalities of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; golokadhipatithe two masters of Goloka; prabhuthe two Lords; bhuvahof the earth; bharathe burden; avatarayato remove; avatiraudescended; bala Balarama; keshavauand Krisha. Krisha and Balarama are the two original Supreme Personalities of Godhead. They are Goloka's two masters, who have descended to remove the earth's burden. Text 19 asankhya-brahmada-pati vasudevatmajau hari dvarakayam virajete yadubhir bhakta-vatsalau asankhyanumberless; brahmadaof universes; patithe masters; vasudevatmajauthe sons of Vasudeva; harithe two Lords; dvarakayamin Dvaraka; virajeteare splendidly manifest; yadubhihwith the Yadavas; bhaktavatsalaukind to Their devotees. Krisha and Balarama, who are the two Supreme Lords, who are the two masters of numberless universes, who are Vasudeva's two sons, and who are kind to Their devotees, are now spleniddly manifest in Dvaraka, with the Yadavas as Their companions. Text 20 shri-narada uvaca atha shrutva vidhim natva raivato nripa-sattamah ayayau dvarakam bhuyah samriddham tam samriddhibhih shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; shrutvahearing; vidhimto Brahma; natvabowing; revatahRaivata; nripaof kings; sattamahthe best; ayayauwent; dvarakamto Dvartaka; bhuyahgreatly; samriddhamopulent; tamthat; samriddhibhihwith opulences.

Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, the great king Raivata bowed down before Lord Brahma and then quickly went to the supremely opulent city of Dvaraka. Text 21 paribarhe ratham dattva vishvakarma-vinirmitam sahasra-haya-samyuktam divya-yojana-vistritam paribarheas a wedding present; rathama chariot; dattvagiving; vishvakarma-vinirmitammade by Vishvakarma; sahasraa thousand; haya horses; samyuktamwith; divya-yojana-vistritameight celestial miles long. As a wedding present he gave a chariot built by Vishvakarma that was eight celestial miles long and yoked with a thousand horses, . . . Text 22 divyambarani ratnani brahma-dattani maithila datvayayau tapas taptum badary-akhyam shubhavaham divyasplendid; ambaranigarments; ratnanijewels; brahma-dattanigiven by Brahma; maithilaO king of Mithila; datvagiving; ayayauwent; tapah austerities; taptumto perform; badary-akhyamnamed Badarikasrama; shubhavahamthe auspicious place. . . . and he also gave many splendid garments and jewels he had received from Brahma. After giving these gifts he left to perform austerities at sacred Badarikashrama. Text 23 tada mahotsavash casid yadu-puryam grihe grihe sankarshao 'tha bhagavan revatya viraraja ha

tadathen; mahotsavasha great festival; caand; asitwas; yadu-puryamin the capitol of the Yadavass; grihein home; griheafter home; sankarshaahLord Balarama; athathen; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; revatya with Revati; virarajawas splendidly manifested; haindeed. Then there was a great festival in the capitol of the Yadavas. In home after home the Supreme Lord Balarama appeared with Shrimati Revati. Text 24 baladeva-vivahasya katham yah shriuyan narah sarva-papa-vinirmuktah param siddhim avapnuyat baladevaof Lord Balarama; vivahasyaof the wedding; kathamthe topic; yah one who; shriuyanhears; naraha person; sarva-papaall sins; vinirmuktah pree; paramthe supreme; siddhimperfection; avapnuyatattains. One who hears this story of Lord Balarama's wedding becomes free of all sins and attains the supreme perfection. .pa

Chapter Four Kudina-pura-yana Journey to the City of Kudina Text 1 shri-narada uvaca atha shri-krishadevasya vivaham shriu maithila sarva-papa-haram puyam catur-varga-phala-pradam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; athathen; shri-krishadevasyaof Shri Krisha; vivahamthe wedding; shriupleasehear; maithilaOking of Mithila; sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; puyamsacred; catur-varga-phala-pradam giving the four goals of life.

Shri Narada said: O king of Mithila, please hear the story of Lord Krisha's wedding, a sacred story that removes all sins and grants the four goals of life. Text 2 bhishmako nama rajabhud vidarbheshu pratapavan kudinadhipatih shriman sarva-dharma-vidam varah bhishmakahBhishmaka; namanamed; rajaa king; abhutwas; vidarbheshu in the country of Vidarbha; pratapavanpowerful; kudinadhipatihthe ruler of Kundina; shrimanhandsome; sarva-dharma-vidamof the knowers of religion; varahthe best. In the country of Vidarbha there was a powerful king named Bhishmaka, who ruled from his capitol Kudina. He was handsome and glorious and he was the best of the knowers of true religion. Text 3 rukmii tat-suta jata shriyo matrati-sundari koi-candra-pratikasha gua-bhushaa-bhushita rukmiiRukmii; tat-sutahis daughter; jataborn; shriyahthan the goddess of fortune; matrameasure; ati-sundarimore beautiful; koiten million; candra moons; pratikashasplendor; gua-bhushaa-bhushitadecorated with transcendental virtues. He had a daughter named Rukmii, who was more beautiful than the goddess of fortune. She was decorated with all virtues and was more glorious than ten million moons. Text 4 shrutvaikada pura sa vai man-mukhac chri-harer guan paripuratamam tam vai sa mene sadrisham patim

shrutvahearing; ekadaonce; purabefore; sashe; vaiinded; man-mukhat from my mouth; chri-harehof Lord Krisha; guanthe virtues; paripuratamam the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tamHim; vaiindeed; sashe; mene considered; sadrishamlike Him; patimhusband. From my mouth she once heard the transcendental virtues of Lord Krisha. From that day she thought of attaining a husband like Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 5 tad-rupam sa-guam shrutva man-mukhat priti-vardhanat sadrishim shri-haris tam vai samudvodhum mano dadhe tad-rupamhear beauty; sa-guamand virtues; shrutvahearing; man-mukhat from my mouth; priti-vardhanatbecause of the increase of love; sadrishimlike her; shri-harihLord Krisha; tamher; vaiindeed; samudvodhumto marry; manahthe mind; dadhefixed. From my mouth Lord Krisha heard of her beauty and virtues. He fell in love with her and fixed his heart on marrying a girl like her. Text 6 krisha-bhava-vida rajna sarva-dharma-vida bhrisham bhishmakenaiva krishaya datum tam nishcayah kritah krishaof Lord Krisha; bhavaof the love; vidaknowing; rajnaby the king; sarva-dharma-vidaaware of all religios principles; bhrishamgreatly; bhishmakenaby Bhishmaka; evaindeed; krishayato Lord Krisha; datumto give; tamher; nishcayahdetermination; kritahdid. Aware that Lord Krisha had fallen in love with his daughter, King Bhishmaka, who knew all about true religion, decided to give his daughter to Him. Text 7 yuva-rajas tato rukmi

tam nivarya prayatnatah krisha-shatrum maha-viram shishupalam amanyata yuva-rajahthe prince; tatahthen; rukmiRukmi; tamhim; nivarya stopping; prayatnatahwith great effort; krishaof Lord Krisha; shatrumthe enemy; maha-viramthe great warrior; shishupalamShishupala; amanyata thought. With a great effort prince Rukmi stopped him. Rukmi thought his sister should be given to Shishupala, a great warrior who was Krisha's enemy. Text 8 tatah khinna-manah bhaishmi shri-krishaya mahatmane dutam svam preshayam asa brahmaam mithileshvara tatahthen; khinna-manahdepressed; bhaishmiRukmii; shri-krishayato Shri Krisha; mahatmanenoble-hearted; dutama messenger; svamown; preshayam asasent; brahmaama brahmaa; mithileshvaraO king of Mithila. Dejected, Rukmii sent a brahmaa messenger to noble-hearted Lord Krisha. Text 9 sa dvarakam gato divyam shri-krishena prapujitah bhuktavams tatra casino vishranto mandire hareh sahe; dvarakamto Dvaraka; gatahwent; divyamtranscendental; shrikrishenaby Shri Krisha; prapujitahworshiped; bhuktavanate; tatrathere; caand; asinahsat; vishrantahrested; mandirein the palace; harehof Lord Krisha. Arriving at glorious Dvaraka, the brahmaa was worshiped by Lord Krisha. The brahmaa sat, ate, and rested in Lord Krisha's palace. Text 10

pricchate kushalam sarvam shri-krishaya mahatmane brahmaas tad-anujnatas tasmai sarvam avarayat pricchateasks; kushalamwelfare; sarvamall; shri-krishayato Shri Krisha; mahatmanenoble-hearted; brahmaahthe brahmaa; tad-anujnatah with His pwermission; tasmaito Him; sarvamall; avarayatrelates. First the brahmaa inquired about noble-hearted Lord Krisha's welfare. Then, with the Lord's permission, the brahmaa recited Rukmii's letter to Him: Text 11 svasti shrikara-pancadhye nityananda-mahodadhau shrimad-divya-guaih pure koisho natayo mama svastigreetings; shrikara-pancadhyerich with five opulences; nityanandamahodadhaua great oceanof eternal bliss; shrimad-divya-guaihwith splendid transcendental virtues; purefilled; koishahmillions; natayahobeisances; mamaof me. "Greetings to You, the master of five opulences, a great ocean of eternal bliss, filled with splendid divine virtues. I bow down before You millions and millions of times. Text 12 sham atrastu ca tatrastu tatas tvat-patram agatam naradoktena vacasa jnato 'si prakriteh parah shamhappiness; atrahere; astumay be; caand; tatrathere; astumay be; tatahthen; tvat-patramYour letter; agatamarrived; naradaof Narada; uktenaspoken; vacasaby the words; jnatahunderstood; asiYou are; prakriteh the material world; parahbeyond. "Your letter brought happiness everywhere. From Narada Muni's words I can understand that You are beyond the world of matter.

Text 13 sarvam janasi sarvajnas tatha vakshye vaco rahah vira-bhagam tu mam viddhi tvam grihaa maha-mate sarvameverything; janasiYou know; sarvajnahall-knowing; tathathen; vakshyeI will say; vacahwords; rahahin private; viraof a hero; bhagamthe prize; tuindeed; mamme; viddhiplease know; tvamYou; grihaaplease take; maha-mateO noble-hearted one. "Although You know everything, I shall tell know something in private: Please know that I am a prize to be grasped by a hero like You. O noble-hearted one, please take me by force. Text 14 ma caidyah pratigrihiyad yatha simha-balim mrigah katham tvam udvahe durge sthitam iti ca tac chriu manot; caidyahSisupala; pratigrihiyatshould take; yathaas; simha-balim the prize of a lion; mrigaha deer; kathamhow?; tvamYou; udvahein taking away; durgein the fortress; sthitamstaying; itithus; caand; tatthis; shriu please hear. As a deer should not take the lion's prize, so Shishupala should not take me. How can You kidnap me while I am in the fortress of this palace? Please listen. Text 15 purve dyuh kula-devyas tu yatrasti mahati hare agamishyamy aham tatra tatra mam tvam grihaa bhoh purvebefore; dyuhthe day; kula-devyahof the family deity of goddess Durga; tuindeed; yatrafestival; astiis; mahatigreat; hareO Krisha;

agamishyamyI will come; ahamI; tatrathere; tatrathere; mamme; tvam you; grihaaplease kidnap; bhohO. One day before the wedding there will be a great festival for goddess Durga, our family's deity. O Krisha, I will go to that festival and You can kidnap me then. Text 16 shri-narada uvaca rukmiyas tam abhiprayam shrutva brahmaa-bhashitam rathah samyujyatam ashu darukam praha manadah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; rukmiyahof Rukmii; tamthat; abhiprayamintention; shrutvahearing; brahmaaby the brahmaa; bhashitam spoken; rathaha chariot; samyujyatamshould be prepared; ashuat once; darukamto Daruka; prahasaid; manadahhonorable Krisha. Shri Narada said: When he heard the brahmaa recite Rukmii's letter, noble Krisha said to Daruka, "Prepare a chariot at once." Texts 17-20 pashcimayam tada ratrau vaikuha-prabhavam param kinkini-jala-samyuktam hema-ratna-khacit-prabham sad-ashvaih shaibya-sugrivameghapushpa-balahakaih niyojitair darukea cancalaish caru-camaraih yuktam maha-ratham divyam sahasraditya-varcasam aruhya saratheh prishhe dhritva shri-pada-pankajam sva-hastena dvijam tasmin samaropya rama-patih vidarbhan prayayau rajan chri-krisho bhagavan harih

pashcimayamin the west; tadathere; ratrauat night; vaikuha-prabhavam the power of Vaikuha; paramgreat; kinkini-jala-samyuktamwith tinkling ornaments; hema-ratna-khacit-prabhamsplendid with gold and jewels; sadashvaihwith horses; shaibya-sugriva-meghapushpa-balahakaihSaibya, Sugriva, Meghapushpa, and Balahaka; niyojitaihyoked; darukeaby Daruka; cancalaih restless; caru-camaraihwith beautifulcamaras; yuktamendowed; maha-ratham greeat chariot; divyamsplendid; sahasraditya-varcasamsplendid as a thousand suns; aruhyamounting; sarathehof the charioteer; prishheat the beck; dhritvaholding; shri-pada-pankajamHis glorious lotus feet; sva-hastenawith His own hand; dvijamthe brahmaa; tasminin that; samaropyaplacing; ramapatihthe goddess of fortune's husband; vidarbhanto the country of Vidarbha; prayayauwent; rajanO king; shri-krishahShri Krisha; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; harihLord Hari. That night a chariot from Vaikuha appeared in the west. It was decorated with gold, jewels, and a network of tinkling ornaments and was splendid like a thousand suns. Daruka yoked to it the restless camara-decorated horses Shaibya, Sugriva, Meghapushpa, and Balahaka, and then mounted the chariot behind them. Then Lord Krisha, the goddess of fortune's husband, placed His own lotus feet on the chariot, and with His own hand pulled the brahmaa onto the chariot. O king, then the Lord went to the country of Vidarbha. Text 21 krisham caikam gatam hartum kanyam tu nripa-madalat kali-prashankito ramah shrutva bhratri-sahaya-krit krishamShri Krisha; caand; ekamalone; gatamgone; hartumto kidnap; kanyamthe girl; tuindeed; nripa-madalatfrom the circle of kings; kali of a quarrel; prashankitahafraid; ramahBalarama; shrutvahearing; bhratrisahaya-krithelping His brother. Hearing that Lord Krisha had gone alone to kidnap Rukmii from the circle of kings, and fearing a quarrel would follow, Lord Balarama prepared to help His brother. Text 22 nitva yadu-balam sarvam samartha-bala-vahanam vipakshiyan nripan jetum

balah pashcad yayau tvaram nitvabringing; yadu-balamthe Yadavas army; sarvamall; samartha-balavahanampowerful; vipakshiyanto the enemies; nripankings; jetumto defeat; balahBalarama; pashcatthen; yayauwent; tvaramquickly. Taking with Him all the Yadavas' powerful armies, Lord Balarama went to defeat the enemy kings. Text 23 kudinopavanam praptah sa-dvijah sa-ratho harih santasthau tintii-vrkshe astiryashva-paricchadam kudinaof Kundina; upavanamthe gardens; praptahattained; sa-dvijah with the brahmaa; sa-rathahby chariot; harihKrisha; santasthaustayed; tintii-vrksheunder a tintini tree; astiryaplacing; ashva-paricchadamthe horses. Arriving at the gardens outside Kudina, Krisha and the brahmaa stayed under a tintii tree as Daruka untied the horses. Text 24 durat sandrishyate tasmat kudinam tu puram param dirgha-durga-samayuktam sapta-yojana-vartulam duratfrom afar; sandrishyateis seen; tasmatfrom that; kudinamKundina; tuindeed; puramthe city; paramgreat; dirghagreat; durgafortress; samayuktamwith; sapta-yojana-vartulamseven yojanas around. In the distance they could see the great city of Kudina, which stood within a great fortress 56 miles around. Text 25 durlanghya durgama yatra

parikha jala-purita dhanuh-shatam vishrtasti caturmasya-nadiva sa durlanghyaunscalable; durgamaunapproachable; yatrawhere; parikhaa moat; jala-puritafilled with watger; dhanuh-shatama hundred dhanuhs; vishrta extended; astiis; caturmasyaduring the monsoon; nadia river; ivalike; sa it. That fort was encircled by an impassable moat a hundred bows wide and overflowing with water like a river swollen by the monsoon. Text 26 pancashad-dhasta-manena durga-bhittis tathordhva-ga yatra ramyai harmyai sphurad-dhema-shikhani ca pancashad-dhasta-manenafifty hands in measurement; durga-bhittiha great wall; tathaso; urdhvaabove; gagone; yatrawhere; ramyaibeuatiful; harmyaipalaces; sphurad-dhema-shikhaniwith glitening golden roofs; caalso. The city was surrounded by a wall fifty hands high. In the city were many beautiful palaces with glistening golden roofs. Text 27 hema-kmbha-dhvaja-sphurjattolakani virejire paravata mauyurash ca yatra tatra patanti ca hemagolden; kumbhaspires; dhvajaflags; sphurjatglistening; tolakani ornaments; virejireshone; paravataparavata birds; mauyurahpeacocks; ca and; yatrahere; tatraand there; patantifly; caand. There were many flags, glittering ornaments, and splendid golden spires. Many peacocks and paravatas flew here and there. Text 28

shishpualaya svam kanyam dasyan raja tu bhishmakah cakre vivaha-sambharasancayam ratna-madape shishpualayato Sisupala; svamhis own; kanyamdaughter; dasyanabout to give; rajaKing; tuindeed; bhishmakahBhismaka; cakredid; vivahasambhara-sancayampreparation for the wedding; ratna-madapein a jeweled pavilion. About to offer his daughter to Sishupala, King Bhishmaka made elaborate wedding preparations in a jewel pavilion. Text 29 gita-mangala-samyukte naribhir bhavanottame raraja rukmii rajan siddhibhir bhur yatha bhuvi gitamusic; mangalaauspiciousness; samyuktewith; naribhihby women; bhavanottamein a palace; rarajashone; rukmiiRukmii; rajanO king; siddhibhihwith perfections; bhuhthe earth; yathaas; bhuvion the earth. As goddess Earth is splendidly manifested among many mystic powers in the earthly realm, so Rukmii was splendidly manifested among many women in a palace filled with beautiful music. Text 30 atharva-vid-dvija bhaishmim su-snatam ratna-vasasam cakrur mantrais tatha raksham baddhva shantim vidhaya ca atharvathe Atharva Veda; vitknowing; dvijahbrahmaas; bhaishmimto Rukmii; su-snatamcarefully bathed; ratna-vasasamwith precious jewels and valuable garments; cakruhdid; mantraihwith mantras; tathathen; raksham protection; baddhvabinding; shantimpeace; vidhayaplacing; caand.

Then brahmaas learned in the Atharva Veda approached the carefuully bathed and decorated with exquisite garments and precious jewels Rukmii, chanted mantras for her protection and tied on her an amulet. Texts 31-33 haimanam bhara-laksham ca muktanam dvi-guam tatha sahasra-bharam vastraam dhenunam arbudani sha gajayutam rathanam ca dasha-laksham manoharam dasha-koi-hayanam ca gudadi-tila-parvatan sahasram svara-patraam bhushaanam tathayutam viprebhyah pradadau raja bhishmako 'ti-maha-manah haimanamof gold; bhara-lakshama hundred thousand bharas; caand; muktanamof pearls; dvi-guamdouble; tathaso; sahasraa thousand; bharam bharas; vastraamof garments; dhenunamof cows; arbudania hundred million; shasix; gajaof elephants; ayutamtne thousand; rathanamof chariots; caand; dasha-lakshama million; manoharambeautiful; dasha-koihayanama hundred million horses; caand; gudadi-tila-parvatanmountains of grains and molasses; sahasrama thousand; svara-patraamgolden cups; bhushaanamof ornaments; tathaso; ayutamten thousand; viprebhyahto the brahmaas; pradadaugave; rajanO king; bhishmakahBhismaka; ati-mahamanahvery noble-hearted. The noble-hearted King Bhishmaka gave in charity to the brahmaas a hundred thousand bharas of gold, twice that much in pearls, a thousand bharas of valuable garments, six hundred million cows, a hundred million horses, many mountains of grains and molasses, a thousand golden cups, and ten thousand ornaments. Text 34 tatha vai damaghoshasya shishupalaya vai dvijah cakruh shantim param purvam raksha-bandhana-rupiim

tathaso; vaiindeed; damaghoshasyaOf Damaghosa; shishupalayato Sisupala; vaiindeed; dvijahbrahmaas; cakruhdid; shantimpeace; param grat; purvambefore; raksha-bandhana-rupiimfor protection. Then, on Damaghosha's order, the brahmaas gave a protective amulet to Shishupala. Texts 35-37 brahmaair mangala-snanam pati-kancuka-shobhitam mukuopari vibhrajatpushpa-mauli-dharam shubham hara-kankana-keyurashikhamai-vibhushitam mangalair gita-vaditrair gandhakshata-vicarcitam acara-lajaih suvaram shishupalam vidhaya ca aropya kariam proccam damaghosho viniryayau brahmaaihby the brahmaas; mangala-snanaman auspicious bath; patiof the king; kancukain garments; shobhitamsplendid; mukuacrown; upari above; vibhrajatshining; pushpaof flowers; maulia crown; dharamwearing; shubhamhandsome; haranecklaces; kankanabracelets; keyuraarmlets; shikhacrown; maijewels; vibhushitamdecorated; mangalaihwith auspicious; gitasinging; vaditraihand instrumental music; gandhakshata-vicarcitam asnointed with sweet fragrances; acara-lajaihwith showers of grain; suvaram bridegroom; shishupalamSisupala; vidhayaplacing; caand; aropyamounting; kariaman elephant; proccamgreat; damaghoshahDamaghosa; viniryayau left. Placing his son, Shishupala, who had been ritually bathed by the brahmaas, who was elegantly dressed as the bridegroom, who wore a crown decorated with splendid flowers, who wore necklaces, bracelets, armlets, and crest jewels, who was anointed with sweet fragrances, and who was greated with auspicious singing, instrumental music, and a shower of grains, on a great elephant, and then himself climbing on that elephant, King Damaghosha left his own city. Text 38

jarasandhena shalvena dantavakrea dhimata virurathena paudrea parishi-grahena maithila vikarshan mahatim senam damaghosho maha-balah dundubhin nadayan dirghan ayayau kudinam puram jarasandhenawith Jarasandha; shalvenawithe Salva; dantavakreawith Dantavakra; dhimataintelligent; virurathenawith Viduratha; paudreawith Punrdaka; parishi-grahenaprotecting the rear of the army; maithilaO king of Mithila; vikarshanpulling; mahatimgreat; senamarmy; damaghoshah Damaghosa; maha-balahvery powerful; {}; dundubhindrums; nadayan sounding; dirghanlong; ayayaucame; kudinamto Kundina; puramcity. Accompanied by Jarasandha, Shalva, intelligent Dantavakra, and Viduratha, and with Paudraka at the rear, powerful King Damaghosha, bringing with him a great army sounding kettledrums, went to Kudina City. Text 40 sammukhad yadu-devasya shrutvodyogam nripah pare sahasrashah samajagmuh shishupala-sahayinah sammukhatfrom the presence; yadu-devasyaof Lord Krisha, the Yadavas' king; shrutvahearing; udyogameagerness; nripahkings; pareother; sahasrashahthousands; samajagmuhcame shishupala-sahayinahSisupala's allies. Hearing that Lord Krisha had come, many thousands of other kings, all Shishupala's allies, eagerly came. Texts 41-43 bhishmako hy agrato gatva sampujya vidhivan nripam kashmira-kambalair divyaruaih samudra-sambhavaih maditeshu ca sarveshu

mukta-dama-vilambishu saugandhikaih pushpa-rasai rashreshu shibireshu ca varangana-nritya-lasanmridangeshu dhvanatsu ca niveshayam asa nripair vidarbhadhipatir mahan bhishmakahBhismaka; hyindeed; agratahbefore; gatvagoing; sampujya worshiping; vidhivanaccording to the rules; nripamthe king; kashmirafrom Kasmira; kambalaihwith wollen cadars; divyasplendid; aruaihred coral; samudra-sambhavaihborn from the sea; maditeshudecorated; caand; sarveshuall; mukta-dama-vilambishuwith necklaces of pearls; saugandhikaih fragrant; pushpa-rasaiwith the nectar of flowers; rashreshuin the kingdoms; shibireshuin the camps; caand; varanganaof prostitutes; nrityadancing; lasatsplendid; mridangeshudrums; dhvanatsusounding; caand; niveshayam asamade to enter; nripaihwith the kings; vidarbhadhipatihthe king od Vidarbha; mahangreat. King Bhishmaka went to greet the kings. As drums sounded and dancing-girls danced in the military encampment, Bhishmaka worshiped the kings and decorated them with woolen shawls from Kashmir, ornaments of red coral gathered from the ocean, pearl necklaces, and flower fragrances. .pa

Chapter Five Shri Rukmii-nirgamana The Kidnapping of Shri Rukmii Text 1 shri-narada uvaca dhyayanti krisha-padabjam bhaishmi kamala-locana mogham va manute vartam megha-shyamam acintayat shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; dhyayantimeditating; krisha-padabjam on Shri Krisha's lotus feet; bhaishmiRukmii; kamala-locanalotus-eyed; moghamin vain; vaor; manutethought; vartamthe news; megha-shyamam dark as a monsoon cloud; acintayatthought.

Shri Narada said: Although she thought her letter must have been fruitless, lotus-eyed Rukmii continued to meditate on Lord Krisha's lotus feet. Again and again she thought of Lord Krisha, who is splendid as a dark monsoon cloud. Text 2 shri-rukmiy uvaca aho tri-yamantarito vivaho mamaiva nagacchati krishacandrah na vedmi kim karaam atra dhatar navartate 'dyapi ca bhumi-devah shri-rukmiy uvacaShri Rukmii said; ahahOh; tri-yamantaritahin nine hours; vivahahwedding; mamamy; evaindeed; nanot; agacchatihas come; krishacandrahKrisha; nanot; vedmiI know; kimwhat?; karaamthe cause; atrahere; dhatahO creator Brahma; nanot; avartatereturns; adya today; apieven; caand; bhumi-devahthe brahmaa. Shri Rukmii said: My wedding will be in nine hours, and still Shri Krishacandra has not come. I don't understand. O destiny, what is the reason for this delay? The brahmaa-messenger I sent has not returned either. Text 3 yaduttamo deva-varo mamaisha drishva hi kincit kalusham vidhatah kritodyamo nunam ativa hastagrahe na cagacchati kim karomi yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; deva-varahthe master of the demigods; mamaof me; eshaHe; drishvahaving seen; hiindeed; kincitsomething; kalushamimpurity; vidhatahplaced; kritadone; udyamaheffort; nunam indeed; ativagreatly; hastaby the hand; grahegrasped; nanot; caand; agacchaticomes; kimwhat?; karomishall I do. Perhaps Lord Krisha, the master of the demigods and the best of the Yadavas, looks at me and sees that I am sinful and impure. Perhaps that is why He has not come to take my hand. Text 4

ha durbhagayash ca na me vidhata na sanukulah kila candra-maulih na caika-danto vimukha ca gauri gavo hi viprash ca na sanukulah haO; durbhagayashof misfortune; caand; nanot; meof me; vidhata Brahma; nanot; sanukulahkind; kilaindeed; candra-maulihLord shiva; na not; caand; eka-dantahGaesha; vimukhaaverse; caand; gauriGauri; gavahcows; hiindeed; viprashbrahmaas; caand; nanot; sanukulahkind. Brahma is not kind to unfortunate me. Shiva is not kind. Gaesha is not kind. Parvati is not kind. The cows and the brahmaas are not kind to me. Text 5 shri-narada uvaca evam vicintayanti sa bhaishmi gehhaa-bhumishu paribhramanti shri-krisham pashyanti griha-shekharat shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; vicintayantithinking; sash; bhaishmiRukmii; gehhaa-bhumishuin the top of th palace; paribhramanti walking; shri-krishamShri Krisha; pashyantisees; griha-shekharatfrom the top of the room. Shri Narada said: As she was thinking these thoughts and pacing back and forth in a room high in the palace, Rukmii suddenly saw Shri Krisha below. Text 6 tadaiva tasya vamangam asphurat pratibhashaam tena prasanna shri-bhaishmi kala-jna sarva-mangala tadathen; evaindeed; tasyahof her; vamangamthe left side of the body; asphurattrembled; pratibhashaaman answer; tenaby that; prasanna pleased; shri-bhaishmiShri Rukmii; kala-jnaaware of auspicious times; sarvamangalaall auspicious.

At that moment the left side of her body trembled. That trembling was the reply to her questions. Aware of the nature of this good omen, all-beautiful and auspicious Shri Rukmii was very pleased. Text 7 krisha-praodito viprah sadyash cagatavams tada shri-krishagamanam tasyai shanaih sarvam shashamsa ha krisha-praoditahsent by Lord Krisha; viprahthe brahmaa; sadyashat once; caand; agatavanarrived; tadathen; shri-krishagamanamthe arrival of Shri Krisha; tasyaito her; shanaihgradually; sarvamall; shashamsarelated; haindeed. Sent by Lord Krisha, the brahmaa presented himself before her and told her that Lord Krisha had come. Text 8 tatah prasanna shri-bhaishmi tad-anghryoh praipatya sa praha tvad-vamshato vipra na yasyami vaco mama tatahthen; prasannahappy; shri-bhaishmiShri Rukmii; tad-anghryohat his feet; pranipatyafalling; sashe; prahasaid; tvad-vamshatahfrom your family; vipraO brahmaa; nanot; yasyamiI will go; vacahwords; mamaof me. Very pleased, Shri Rukmii fell at the brahmaa's feet and said, "O brahmaa, I will never leave your family. That is my promise." Note: Shri Rukmii is Shrimati Lakshmi-devi, the goddess of fortune. Here she promises that the brahmaa's family will never be in poverty. Text 9 shrutvagatau rama-krishau vivaha-prekshaotsukau

bhishmako nirgato netum brahmaais tat-prabhava-vit shrutvahearing; agatauarrived; rama-krishauKrisha and Balarama; vivaha-prekshaotsukaueager to see the wedding; bhishmakahBhismaka; nirgatahleft; netumto bring; brahmaaihwith brahmaas; tat-prabhava-vit aware of His power. Hearing that Krisha and Balarama, eager to see the wedding, had come, King Bhishmaka, aware of Their great power, went with many brahmaas to greet Them. Texts 10 and 11 bhrisham mangala-patreshu gandhakshata-yuteshu ca vaso-ratna-cayam dhritva gita-vaditra-mangalaih koisho madhu-parkanam kumbha-vyuhan vidhaya ca pujayitvatha vidhi-vad rama-krishau pareshvarau bhrishamgreatly; mangala-patreshuwith auspicious pots; gandhakshatayuteshuwith sweet fragrances; caand; vasahgarments; ratnajewels; cayam multitude; dhritvataking; gita-vaditra-mangalaihwith auspicious singing and instrumental music; koishahmillions; madhu-parkanammadhu-parka; kumbhavyuhanpots; vidhayaplacing; caand; pujayitvaworshiping; athathen; vidhivatproperly; rama-krishauKrisha and Balarama; pareshvarauthe two Supreme Personalities of Godhead. Offering many millions of mangala-patras, sweet fragrances, garments, jewels, and pots of madhu-parka, and accompanied by sweet singing and instrumental music, King Bhishmaka properly worshiped Shri Krisha and Balarama, the two Supreme Personalities of Godhead. Text 12 aho casmai na datteyam iti khinna-manah param anandena vane sthapya natva sva-griham ayayau

ahahOh; caand; asmaito Him; nanot; dattagiven; iyamher; itithus; khinna-manahunhappy at heart; paramgreatly; anandenawith bliss; vanein the forest; sthapyaplacing; natvabowing; sva-grihamto his home; ayayau returned. Unhappy at heart, he thought, "Alas, I did not offer her to Him!" Cheerfully giving Krisha and Balarama a place to stay in the garden, He bowed down before Them and then returned to his home. Text 13 shrutvagatam shri-vasudeva-nandanam trailokya-lavaya-nidhim pareshvaram agatya netranjalibhih puraukasah papuh param tan-mukha-pankajamritam shrutvahearing; agatamcome; shri-vasudeva-nandanamVasudeva's son; trailokya-lavaya-nidhimthe most handsome in the three worlds; pareshvaram the Supreme Personality of Godhead; agatyaarriving; netraof their eyes; anjalibhihwith folded hands; puraukasahthe people of the city; papuhdrank; paramgreatly; tan-mukha-pankajamritamthe nectar of His lotus face. Hearing that Vasudeva's son Shri Krisha, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the most handsome person in the three worlds, had arrived, with the cupped hands of their eyes the people of Kudina City again and again drank the nectar of His lotus face. Text 14 asyaiva bharya bhavitum hi rukmii yogyasti nanye 'tyavadan puraukasah dattva sva-puyani vivaha-hetave shri-krisha-lavaya-kala-nibandhakah asyaof Him; evaindeed; bharyathe wife; bhavitumto be; hiindeed; rukmiiRukmii; yogyasuitable; astiis; nanot; anyeothers; atyavadan said; puraukasahthe people of the city; dattvagiving; sva-puyaniown pious credits; vivaha-hetavefor the purpose of the wedding; shri-krishaof Shri Krisha; lavaya-kala-nibandhakahentralled by Shri Krisha's handsomeness. Enthralled by Shri Krisha's handsomeness, the people of Kudina City said, "Rukmii should marry Krisha. No one be He should marry her." The people of

Kudika City donated the pious karmas of their previous births so that Krisha could marry Rukmii. Text 15 kadapi sakshac chvashurasya mandiram samagatam caivam aho vayam janah drakshyama arat krita-krityatam tada vrajema loke bahu-jivitena kim kadapisometime; sakshacdirectly; shvashurasyaof the bride's father; mandiramthe palace; samagatamcome; caand; evamthus; ahahOh; vayamwe; janahpeople; drakshyamawill see; aratfrom afar; krita-krityatam the perfection fo life; tadathen; vrajemawe will attain; lokein this world; bahu-jivitenawith many lives; kimwhat is the use? "We will see Lord Krisha when He goes to the palace of the bride's father. Then our lives will become perfect. Why should we bother to spend many lives accumulating pious deeds?" Text 16 vadatsu lokeshu ca bhishma-kanyakadri-kanyaka-pujana-hetave nripa antah-purat sarva-sakhi-samanvita viniryayau krisha-grihita-manasa vadatsuwere speaking; lokeshuas the people; caand; bhishma-kanyaka King Bhismaka's daughter; adri-kanyakagoddess Parvati; pujanaof worship; hetavefor the purpose; nripa+O king; antah-puratfrom the inner rooms of the palace; sarva-sakhi-samanvitasurrounded by all her friends; viniryayauwent; krishaby Lorde Krisha; grihitataken; manasaher heart. O king, as the people were speaking these words, princess Rukmii, her heart now captured by Lord Krisha, left the palace with her friends to attend the worship of goddess Parvati. Text 17 bheri-mridangair bahu-dundubhi-svanaih su-gayakair vandi-janaish ca magadhaih varangana-nritya-manojna-bhavair

jayety abhun mangala-shabda uccakaih bheri-mridangaihwith bheris and mrdangas; bahu-dundubhi-svanaihwith the sounds of many dundubhis; su-gayakaihwith expert singers; vandi-janaihwith rciting poets; caand; magadhaihwith magadhas; varanganaof dancing girls; nrityadancing; manojna-bhavairwith beauty; jayaVictory!; itithus; abhutwas; mangala-shabdaauspicious sounds; uccakaihloud. As the bheri, mridanga, and dundubhi drums sounded, the singers sang, the vandis and magadhas recited poetry, and the dancing girls gracefully danced, there were auspicious loud calls of "Victory!" Text 18 koindu-bimba-dyutim adadhanam balarka-taanka-dharam shriyam tam sitatapatra-vyajanaih sphuradbhih su-camaraih parshva-gaah sisheve koindu-bimba-dyutimthe splendor of ten million moons; adadhanamtaking; balarkathe rising sun; taankaearings; dharamwearing; shriyamthe goddess of fortune; tamHer; sitatapatra-vyajanaihwith fans and white parasols; sphuradbhihsplendid; su-camaraihwith camaras; parshva-gaahthe associates; sisheveserved. Holding a white parasol and waving fans and camaras, many girls served Shri Rukmii, the goddess of fortune, who was splendid as ten million moons and who wore earrings splendid as the rising sun. Text 19 koshad vinishkrishya shitasi-laksham padatayo vira-jana itas tatah tathashva-ga va rathino gaja-sthitah samudyatastra jugupur viduratah koshatfrom the armory; vinishkrishyayaking; shitasi-lakshama hundred thousand sharp swords; padatayahfootsoldiers; vira-janawarriors; itas tatah here and there; tathaso; ashvawith horses; gahgoing; vaor; rathinahriding chariots; gaja-sthitahriding elephants; samudyataraised; astrahweapons; jugupuhprotected; viduratahfrom afar.

Taking a hundred thousand sharpened swords from the armory, footsoldiers stood here and there. Riding on horses, chariots, and elephants, other soldiers stood as guards with upraised weapons. Text 20 devi-maham prapya su-catvare sthita shanta shucir dhauta-karanghri-pankajah gatva samipam yata-vak kritanjalir bheje bhavanim bhava-bhiti-hariim deviof goddess Parvati; mahamthe temple; prapyaattaining; su-catvare in the courtyard; sthitastaying; shantapeaceful; shucihpure; dhauta-karanghripankajahher lotus hands and feet carefully washed; gatvagoing; samipam near; yata-vaksilent; kritanjalihwith folded hands; bhejeworshiped; bhavanim the goddess; bhava-bhiti-hariimwho removes fear of repeated birth and death. Coming to goddess Parvati's temple, peaceful and pure-hearted Rukmii washed her lotus hands and feet and, observing a vow of silence, entered the courtyard. Approaching the deity of the goddess, who removes the fear of repeated birth and death, Rukmii worshiped her with folded hands. Text 21 durge sva-samsthana-yute shive shubhe namami tubhyam satatam bhavani te bhuyat patir me bhagavan pareshvarah shri-krishacandrah prakriteh parah svayam durgeO Durga; sva-samsthana-yutebeuaitful; shiveO wife of Lord Shiva; shubheO auspicious one; namamiI offer obeisances; tubhyamto you; satatam always; bhavaniO wife of Lord Shiva; teto you; bhuyatmay be; patihthe husband; meof me; bhagavanLord; pareshvarahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; shri-krishacandrahShri Krisha; prakritehthe material world; parah beyond; svayampersonally. She said: O Durga, O wife of Lord Shiva, O beautiful and glorious one, I offer my respectful obeissances to you again and again. I pray that Shri Krishacandra, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is above the world of matter, will become my husband. Text 22

evam shubhe ma vada krisha-nama caidyam samuddishya varam grihaa ittham vadantishu sakhishu bhaishmi bhuyo bhavani-bhavane jagada evamthus; shubheO beautiful one; madon't; vadasay; krisha-namathe name Krisha; caidyamSisupala; samuddishyain relation to; varamhusband; grihaaplease take; itthamthus; vadantishuspeaking; sakhishuamong her friends; bhaishmiRukmii; bhuyahgreatly; bhavani-bhavanein the temple of Parvati; jagadaspoke. When her friends said, "O beautiful one, don't say the word Krisha. You should pray that Shishupala will become your husband," Rukmii spoke in the following words in the temple of goddess Parvati: Texts 23 and 24 ajanatiyam tava camba bala tatha vadantishu sakhishu bhaishmi gandhakshatair dhupa-vibhushaadyaih sran-malya-dipavali-bhoga-vastraih apupa-tambula-phalekshubhish ca bheje bhavanim paraya ca bhaktya natvatha tam va bahu-bhushaadyaih sampujya saubhagyavatir nanama ajanatiignorant; iyamthus; tavaof you; caand; ambaO mother Durga; balaa little girl; tathaso; vadantishuspeaking; sakhishufriends; bhaishmi Rukmii; gandhasweet fragrances; akshataihwith grains; dhupavibhushaadyaihwith incense, ornaments, and other things; sran-malyawith garlands; dipavalilamps; bhoga-vastraihand delicious foods; apupacakes; tambulabetelnuts; phalafruits; ikshubhihwith sugarcane; caand; bheje worshiped; bhavanimgoddess Durga; parayawith great; caand; bhaktya devotion; natvabowing down; athathen; tamto her; vaor; bahubhushaadyaihwith many ornaments and other gifts; sampujyaworshiping; saubhagyavatihfortunate; nanamabowed down. "O Mother Parvati, my friends that say this are only little girls. They do not understand the truth about you." Then with great devotion Rukmii worshiped goddess Parvati by offering her sweet fragrances, unbroken grains, incense, ornaments, garlands, necklaces, lamps, delicious foods, garments, cakes, betelnuts, fruits, sugarcane, and many other gifts. Then Rukmii bowed down before the fortunate brahmaa women and worshiped them with many ornaments and other gifts.

Text 25 sarvah striyas tah pradadur varai su-mangalashir-vacanani tasyai rupam sada te shatarupaya samam shilam sada shailasuta-samam prabhau sarvahto all; striyahthe women; tahto them; pradaduhgave; varai gifts; su-mangalavery auspicious; ashihblessings; vacananiwords; tasyaito her; rupambeauty; sadaalways; teof you; shatarupayato Satarupa; samam equal; shilamcharacter; sadaalways; shailasuta-samamequal to Parvati; prabhaumanifested. All the brahmaa women reciprocated by giving gifts to Rukmii. They also blessed her by saying, "May you be beautiful like Shatarupa. May you be virtuous like goddess Parvati. Text 26 sushrushaam bhartur arundhati-samam kshama hi bhuyaj janakatmaja-sama saubhagyam evam tava dakshia-samam samam sarasvati te ca sarasvati-sama bhaktih patau syac ca satam harau yatha

su-vaibhavam bhishma-sut/e shaci-

sushrushaamof the faithful; bhartuhof the husband; arundhati-samamlike Atundhati; kshamatolerant; hiindeed; bhuyajmay be; janakatmaja-samalike Sita; saubhagyamgood fortune; evamthus; tavaof you; dakshia-samamlike Daksina; su-vaibhavamglory; bhishma-sut/eO Rukmii; shaci-samamlike Saci; sarasvatilearning; teof you; caand; sarasvati-samalike Sarasvati; bhaktih devotion; patauto husband; syacmay be; caand; satamof the saintly devotees; haraufor Lord Hari; yathaas. "May you have a faithful husband as Arudhnati has. May you be forgiving like Sita. May you be fortunate like Dakshia. May you be glorious like Shaci. May you be learned like Sarasvati. May you be devoted to your husband as the saintly devotees are devoted to Lord Hari." .pa

Chapter Six

Shri Rukmii-harae Yadu-vijaya The Yadavas' Victory When Shri Rukmii is Kidnapped Text 1 ittham vipra-vadhunam sadashirbhir abhinandita devim punar vipra-vadhuh praanama muhur muhuh itthamthus; vipra-vadhunamof the brahmaa women; sad-ashirbhihwil blessings; abhinanditablessed; devimto the goddess; punahagain; vipravadhuhthe brahmaa women; praanamabowed down; muhuhagain; muhuh and again. Blessed in this way by the brahmaa women, Rukmii again and again bowed down before them and before goddess Parvati. Text 2 tyaktva muni-vratam bhaishmi girija-grihatas tatah sahalibhih sakhibhish ca nishcakrama shanaih shanaih tyaktvaabandoning; muni-vratamthe vow of silence; bhaishmiRukmii; girija-grihatahfrom the temple of Parvati; tatahthen; sahalibhihwith her friends; sakhibhishfriends; caand; nishcakramawent; shanaih shanaih gradually. Now abandoning her vow of silence, in the company of her friends Rukmii left Parvati's temple, walking with exaggerated slowness. Text 3 koi-candra-pratikasham bhaishmim kamala-locanam akasmad dadrishur virah su-nidhim nirdhana yatha

koimillions; candraof moons; pratikashamsplendor; bhaishmimRukmii; kamala-locanamlotus-eyed; akasmatsuddenly; dadrishuhsaw; virahsoldiers; su-nidhima great treasure; nirdhanaoverty-stricken beggars; yathaas. As poverty-stricken beggars stare at a priceless treasure, so the host of soldiers stared at lotus-eyed Rukmii, who was glorious as millions of moons. Text 4 ashvaruhash ca rathino gajinash ca padatayah samagata rakshias te mumuhur vikshya rukmiim ashvaruhahriding on horses; caand; rathinahriding on chariots; gajinah riding on elephants; caand; padatayahfootsoldiers; samagataarrived; rakshiahguards; tethey; mumuhuhbecame bewildered; vikshyastaring; rukmiimat Rukmii. Riding on horses, chariots, and elephants, and some walking on foot, many guards came, stared at Rukmii, and became bewildered with desire. Text 5 tad-apanga-smitais tikshair baaih kama-dhanush-cyutaih ujjhitastra nipetuh kav arditah sainikas tada tad-apanga-smitaihwith smiling glances; tikshaihsharp; baaihwith arrows; kama-dhanush-cyutaihshot from Kama's bow; ujjhitadropped; astrah weapons; nipetuhfell; kauto the ground; arditahovercome; sainikahsoldiers; tadathen. Wounded by the sharp Kama's arrows of her smiling eyes, the soldiers dropped their weapons and fell to the gound. Texts 6-8 rathena vayu-vegena ghaa-manjira-nadina

naihshreya-sambhavair ashvair yutenati-patakina shighram sva-sainya-sanghaat tat-sainyam samvidarayat vayur yatha padma-vanam harir daruka-sarathih stri-kadambakam etyashu pashyatam dvishatam prabhuh samaropya ratham bhaishmim tarkshya-putrah sudham iva rathenaby a chariot; vayu-vegenafast as the wind; ghaa-manjira-nadina with the tinkling of bells and ornaments; naihshreya-sambhavaihwith the best; ashvaihhorses; yutenawith; ati-patakinawith a glorious flag; shighram quickly; sva-sainya-sanghaatfrom His own army; tat-sainyamthat army; samvidarayatcut; vayuhthe wind; yathalike; padma-vanama forestb of lotuses; harihKrisha; darukaDaruka; sarathihHis charioteer; stri-kadambakam the women; etyaapproaching; ashuquickly; pashyatamlooking; dvishatam the enemies; prabhuhthe Lord; samaropyaplacing; rathamon the chariot; bhaishmimRukmii; tarkshya-putrahGaruda; sudhamnectar; ivalike. Riding on a chariot fast as the wind, a chariot decorated with a glorious flag and tinkling bells and ornaments, pulled by the best of horses, and driven by Daruka, Lord Krisha left His army, cut apart the opposing army, and raced to the cluster of women as a wind enters a lotus forest. As His enemies looked on, He placed Rukmii on His chariot as Garuda would gather up a flood of nectar. Text 9 devanam pashyatam rajan raja-kanyam jahara ha divyam shastrottamam sharngam dhanush ankarayan muhuh devanamas the demigods; pashyatamlooked on; rajanO king; raja-kanyam the princess; jaharakidnapped; haindeed; divyamsplendid; shastrottamam the best of weapons; sharngamthe Sarnga; dhanuhbow; ankarayantwanging; muhuhagain and again. O king, again and again Lord Krisha twanged His Sharnga bow, the best of weapons, and, as the demigods looked on, kidnapped beautiful Princess Rukmii. Text 10

tato vegena mahata sva-sainyam cagate harau deva-dundubhayo nedur yadu-dundubhayas tada tatahthen; vegenawith speed; mahatagreat; sva-sainyamto His own army; caand; agatearrived; harauKrisha; deva-dundubhayahthe drums of the demigods; neduhsounded; yadu-dundubhayahthe drums of the Yadavas; tadathen. When Krisha quickly returned to His own army, the demigods and the Yadavas sounded drums of victory. Text 11 siddhash ca siddha-kanyash ca shri-krishasya rathopari harshita vavrishur devah pushpair nandana-sambhavaih siddhahthe siddhas; caand; siddha-kanyashthe siddhas' daughters; ca and; shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; rathoparion the chariot; harshitahappy; vavrishuhshowered; devahthe demigods; pushpaihflowers; nandanasambhavaihfrom the Nandana gardens. Filled with happiness, the demigods, siddhas, and the siddhas' young daughters showered on Lord Krisha's chariot flowers from the Nandana gardens. Text 12 tato yayau jayaravaih shanai rama-yuto harih shrigala-sangha-madhyac ca kesari bhaga-hrid yatha tatahthen; yayauwent; jayaravaihwith calls pf "Victory!"; shanaislowly; rama-yutahwith Balarama; harihKrisha; shrigalaof jackals; sanghaof a pack; madhyatfrom the middle; caand; kesaria lion; bhaga-hrittaking the prize; yathaas.

As a lion takes a prize from a pack of jackals, so Lord Krisha took Rukmii. As Krisha, Balarama by His side, slowly proceeded, a great cry of "Victory!" arose. Text 13 tada kolahale jate rukmii-harae sati babhuva rakshakanam ca shastrashastri parasparam tadathen; kolahalea great uproar; jatemanifested; rukmii-haraein the kidnappin gof Rukmii; satibeing so; babhuvawas; rakshakanamof the guards; ca-and; shastrashastriweapon against weapon; parasparameach other. When Rukmii was kidnapped there was a great uproar, many soldiers fighting each other, weapon pitted against weapon. Text 14 jarasandha-vashah sarve manino nripa-sattamah na sehire svabhibhavam param jatam yashah-kshayam jarasandha-vashahthe vassals of Jarasandha; sarveall; maninahproud; nripa-sattamahgreat kings; nanot; sehiretolerated; svabhibhavamtheir own defeat; paramgreat; jatammanifested; yashah-kshayamthe loss of their fame. The arrogant kings, all of them vassals of Jarasandha, could not tolerate their ignominious defeat in this way. Text 15 aho dhig asman sva-yasho hritam gopaish ca dhanvinam shrigalair iva simhanam atah kim syat parajayah ahahah; dhigfie; asmanon them; sva-yashahtheir honor; hritam removed; gopaishby gopas; caand; dhanvinambowmen; shrigalaihby jackals; ivalike; simhanamof lions; atahthen; kimwhat?; syatis; parajayah defeat.

"As jackals defeating a host of lions, these cowherd men have robbed the honor of us noble bowmen!" Text 16 evam uktva krodha-para jagrihuh shastra-samhatim visrijya kridaakshadin damshitah sainya-samyutah evamthus; uktvaspeaking; krodha-paraangry; jagrihuhtook; shastrasamhatima host of wepaons; visrijyaabandoning; kridaakshadingames of dice and other diversions; damshitahbitten; sainya-samyutahwith their armies. Speaking these words as they threw down their dice games and other diversions, the angry kings, their pride bitten, assembled their armies and took up a host of weapons. Texts 17-19 akshauhii-dvayenapi paudrakah krodha-puritah akshauhii-trayeapi maha-viro vidurathah akshauhii-panca-yuto dantavakro 'ti-daruah akshauhii-trayeashu shalvo raja-pureshvarah akshauhiibhir dashabhir jarasandho maha-balah ayayau sammukhe yoddhum yadavanam mahatmanam akshauhii-dvayenawith two Akshauhiis; apialso; paudrakahPaundraka; krodha-puritahfilled with anger; akshauhii-trayeawith three Akshauhiis; api also; maha-virahheroic; vidurathahViduratha; akshauhii-panca-yutahwith fiveAkshauhiis; dantavakrahDantavakjra; ati-daruahferocious; akshauhiitrayeawith three Akshauhiis; ashuquickly; shalvahSalva; raja-pureshvarah the king of the kings of the kings; akshauhiibhihwith Akshauhiis; dashabhih ten; jarasandhahJarasandha; maha-balahvery powerful; ayayaucame;

sammukhein the presence; yoddhumto fight; yadavanamof the Yadavas; mahatmanamnoble-hearted. Then Paudraka, filled with anger and leading two Akshauhiis, heroic Viduratha with three Akshauhiis, ferocious Dantavakra with five Akshauhiis, the great king Shalva with three Akshauhiis, and very powerful Jarasandha with ten Akshauhiis, all yearning for a fight, came before the noble-hearted Yadavas. Text 20 anye 'pi caidya-pakshiya yoddhum shri-krisha-sammukhe dhanush ankarayantas te samajagmuh sahasrashah anyeothers; apialso; caidya-pakshiyathe allies of Sisupala; yoddhumto fight; shri-krisha-sammukhein the presence of Shri Krisha; dhanuhbows; ankarayantahtwanging; tethey; samajagmuhcame; sahasrashahby the thousands. Thousands of others, the allies of Shisupala, also came, twanging their bows, to fight with Krisha. Text 21 pralayabdhi-samam sainyam samalokya yaduttamah tartum ajagmur arat te krisha-kaivarta-potakah pralayaof devastation; abdhithe ocean; samamlike; sainyamarmy; samalokyaseeing; yaduttamahthe best of the Yadavas; tartumto cross; ajagmuhcame; aratnear; tethey; krisha-kaivarta-potakahthey who have Krisha as their captain. Seeing this army like a great ocean of devastation, the Yadavas, led by Krisha, approached it in order to cross beyond it. Text 22 babhuva tumulam yuddham

adbhutam roma-harshaam sainyayosh ca sva-purayor deva-danavayor yatha babhuvawas; tumulamtumult; yuddhambattle; adbhutamwonderful; roma-harshaammaking the hairs stand erect; sainyayohof the two armies; ca and; sva-purayohof their cities; deva-danavayohof the demigods and the demons; yathaas. As the demigods and the demons fight, so the two armies fought an amazing battle that made one's hairs stand erect. Text 23 rathino rathibhis tatra pattibhih saha pattayah gaja gajair yuyudhire turagash ca turangamaih rathinahchariot warriors; rathibhihwith chariot warriors; tatrathere; pattibhihfootsoldiers; sahawith; pattayahfootsoldiers; gajaelephants; gajaih with elephants; yuyudhirefought; turagashcavalry; caand; turangamaih with cavalry. Chariot warriors fought with chariot warriors, footsoldiers with footsoldiers, elephants with elephants, and cavalry with cavalry. Text 24 astrandhakare sanjate rukmiim bhaya-vihvalam vilokya bhagavan devo ma bhaishety abhayam dadau astraof weapons; andhakarein the blinding darkness; sanjatemanifested; rukmiimto Rukmii; bhaya-vihvalamfilled with fear; vilokyaseeing; bhagavan the Supreme Personality of Godhead; devahthe Lord; madon't; bhaisha fear; iti-thus; abhayamfearlessness; dadaugave. Seeing that Rukmii was frightened by the blinding darkness created by the many weapons, Lord Krisha said, "Don't be afraid", and took away all her fears.

Text 25 baladevanujo viro gado dhunvan mahad-dhanuh vivesha shatru-sanghaam vanam vahnir iva prabhuh baladevanujahthe younger brother of Balarama; virahhero; gadahGada; dhunvanshaking; mahad-dhanuha great bow; viveshaentered; shatruof the enemies; sanghaamthe host; vanama forest; vahniha fire; ivalike; prabhuhpowerful. Shaking his bow, Balarama's heroic younger brother Gada entered among the enemies as a fire enters a forest. Text 26 gada-baa-vibhinnanga rathi-nishchinna-kancukah hatashva hata-sutash ca nipetur bhumi-madale gadaof Gada; baaby the arrows; vibhinnabroken; angahlimbs; rathiof the cariot warriors; nishchinnabroken; kancukaharmor; hatakilled; ashvah horses; hatakilled; sutahcharioteer; caand; nipetuhfell; bhumi-madaleto the circle of the earth. Their armor and limbs pierced by Gada's arrows, and their charioteers and horses killed, many chariot warriors fell to the ground. Text 27 padatayash chinna-pada gada-baagata-vyathah nipetur bhu-tale rajan vriksha vata-hata iva padatayahfootsoldiers; chinna-padatheir feet broken; gada-baagatavyathahwounded by Gada's arrows; nipetuhfell; bhu-taleto the ground; rajan O king; vrikshatrees; vata-hatapushed down by a wind; ivalike.

Struck by Gada's arrows, many footsoldiers fell to the ground like trees struck by a great wind. Text 28 ashvarudhah ke 'pi virah gada-baair vidaritah petu raangane sashva brihati-phalavan nripa ashvarudhahcavalry; ke 'pisome; virahheroic; gada-baaihby Gada's arrows; vidaritahstruck; petufell; raanganeon the battlefield; sashvawith their horses; brihati-phalavanlike brhati fruits; nripaO king. Struck by Gada's arrows, many cavalrymen fell to the battleground like brihati fruits. Text 29 gada-baair bhinna-kumbha madhye madhye vidaritah virejuh patita bhumau kushmada-sakala iva gada-baaihby Gada's arrows; bhinnabroken; kumbhahelephants' heads; madhyein the midst; madhyein the midst; vidaritahsevered; virejuhwere manifested; patitafallen; bhumauto the ground; kushmada-sakalagreat gourds; ivalike. Severed by Gada's arrows, many elephant heads fell to the ground like great gourds. Text 30 tatah palayitam sainyam drishva shalvo maha-balah gadam tatada gadaya gada-yuddha-visharadah tatah-then; palayitamfleeing; sainyamthe army; drishvaseeing; shalvah Salva; maha-balahpowerful; gadamGada; tatadahit; gadayawith a club; gada-yuddha-visharadahexpert at club fighting.

Noticing that his army had fled, powerful Shalva, who was expert at fighting with clubs, with a club attacked Gada. Text 31 gada-viddho gato dhanvi gada-yuddha-prabhava-vit dhanur-yuddham tu santyajya tat-kalan manasa tvaram gadaby the club; viddhahstruck; gatahgone; dhanvibowman; gadaof club; yuddhafighting; prabhavapower; vitknowing; dhanuhwith bow; yuddhamfighting; tuindeed; santyajyaabandoning; tat-kalatfrom that time; manasawith thinking; tvaramat once. Struck by the club, and aware of Shalva skill in club-fighting, Gada quickly put down His bow. Text 32 param vyatham gato yuddhe patito 'pi samutthitah tadagrajena ya datta tam gadam tu gado 'grahit paramgreat; vyathamagitation; gatahattained; yuddhein the fight; patitah fallen; apialthough; samutthitahrisen; tadathen; agrajenaby his elder brother; yawhich; dattawas given; tamthat; gadamclub; tuindeed; gadah Gada; agrahitgrasped. Fallen to the ground, agitated Gada stood up and took a club that was a gift from his elder brother Balarama. Text 33 laksha-bhara-mayi gurvi dridha kaumodaki yatha taya gado 'hanac chalvam vajreendro yatha girim

laksha-bhara-mayia hundred thousand bharas; gurviheavy; dridhafirm; kaumodakiKaumodaki; yathaas; tayaby that; gadahGada; ahanatstruck; shalvamSalva; vajreawith a thunderbolt; indrahIndra; yathaas; girima mountain. With that club, heavy as a hundred thousand bharas and strong as Krisha's club Kaumodaki, Gada struck Shalva as with his thunderbolt Indra strikes a mountain. Texts 34-36 gada-prahara-mathito shalve nipatite bhuvi paudrako 'tha jarasandho dantavakro vidurathah catvara ayayus tatra gadopari rushanvitah paudrako 'pi maha-viro gadasya ratha-gam dhvajam viccheda dashabhir baaih ku-vakyair mitratam iva dantavakras tu gadaya gadasyapi ratham shubham curayam asa rajendra dadeneva sa-mrid-ghaam gadaof the club; praharaby the blow; mathitahagitated; shalveSalva; nipatitefallen; bhuvito the ground; paudrakahPaundraka; athathen; jarasandhahJarasandha; dantavakrahDantavakra; vidurathahViduratha; catvarafour; ayayuhcame; tatrathere; gadopariarouind Gada; rushanvitah angry; paudrakahPaundraka; apieven; maha-virahthe great warrior; gadasya of Gada; ratha-gamon the chariot; dhvajamthe flag; vicchedacut; dashabhih with ten; baaiharrows; ku-vakyaihwith harsh words; mitratamfriendship; ivalike; dantavakrahDantavakra; tuindeed; gadayawith a club; gadasyaof Gada; apialso; rathamthe chariot; shubhambeautiful; curayam asabroke to pieces; rajendraO king of kings; dadenawith a stick; ivalike; sa-mrid-ghaam a clay pot. Struck by the club, Shalva fell to the ground. Then Paudraka, Jarasandha, Dantavakra, and Viduratha angrily surrounded Gada. With ten arrows the great warrior Paudraka cut down Gada's flag, as with harsh words one cuts down a friendship. Then, with his club Dantavakra broke Gada's chariot into pieces as with a great stick one breaks a clay pot.

Text 37 tathasvamsh ca jarasandhah sarathim ca vidurathah patayam asa bhu-prishhe shitair baair videha-ra tathaso; asvanthe horses; caand; jarasandhahJarasandha; sarathimthe charioteer; caand; vidurathahViduratha; patayam asathrew down; bhuprishheto the ground; shitaihwith sharp; baaiharrows; videha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, with sharp arrows Jarasandha made the horses fall to the ground and Viduratha made the charioteer fall. Text 38 tato musalam adaya baladevas tvaran bali vikarale mukhe bhime dantavakram atadayat tatahthen; musalama club; adayataking; baladevahLord Balarama; tvaranhurrying; balipowerful; vikaraleterrible; mukhemouth; bhime ferocious; dantavakramDantavakra; atadayatstruck. Then, picking up His own club, Lord Balarama hurried there and struck Dantavakra in his gruesome mouth. Text 39 tato musala-ghaena dantavakrasya yudhyatah mukhe cakre 'pi yo dantah sa tu bhumau papata ha tatahthen; musalaof the club; ghaenaby the blow; dantavakrasyaof Dantavakra; yudhyatahfighting; mukhein the mouth; cakredid; apialso; yah who; dantahteeth; sathat; tuindeed; bhumauto the ground; papatafell; haindeed.

With that blow from Lord Balarama's club, a tooth suddenly fell from the warrior Dantavakra's mouth. Texts 40 and 41 tada hasati daityarau rukmii-sahite harau paudrakam ca jarasandham tatha dusham viduratham jaghana musalenashu baladevo rushanvitah trayo 'pi patita yuddhe murchitah kshatajaplutah tadathen; hasatias He laughed; daityarauthe enemy of the demons; rukmii-sahitewith Rukmii; harauKrisha; paudrakamPaundraka; caand; jarasandhamJarasandha; tathathen; dushamwicked; vidurathamViduratha; jaghanastruck; musalenawith His club; ashuat once; baladevahLord Balarama; rushanvitahangry; trayahthe three; apialso; patitafallen; yuddhe in the fight; murchitahfainted; kshatajawith blood; aplutahdrowned. Then, as Rukmii and the demons' enemy Krisha laughed, with His club angry Balarama struck Paudraka, Jarasandha, and Viduratha, making them fall unconscious, bathed in their own blood. Text 42 senam samagatam sarvam samakrishya halena vai musalenahanat kruddho baladevo maha-balah senamthe army; samagatamcome; sarvamall; samakrishyadragging; halenawith His plow; vaiindeed; musalenawith His club; ahanatstruck; kruddhahangry; baladevahBalarama; maha-balahvery powerful. When the demons' army came, angry Lord Balarama dragged it with His plow and pounded it with His club. Text 43

dasha-yojana-paryantam rathebhashva-padatayah peshitash curita bhumau shayana dharaim gatah dasha-yojana-paryantamfor eighty miles; rathebhashva-padatayah footsoldier, cavalry, and chariot warriors; peshitahbroken to pieces; curita crushed; bhumauon the ground; shayanalying; dharaimto the ground; gatah gone. For eighty miles the ground was littered with the broken and crushed remains of footsoldiers, cavalry, and chariot warriors. Text 44 jarasandhadayah sarve mrityu-shesha nripah pare palayitash caidyam etya procur nashotsavam bhrisham jarasandhadayahbeginning with Jarasandha; sarveall; mrityu-sheshastill alive; nripahkings; pareothers; palayitashfleeing; caidyamto Sisupala; etya going; procuhsaid; nashadestroyed; utsavamthe festival; bhrishamgreatly. Jarasandha and the other kings that had somehow escaped death fled the battle, ran to Shishupala, whose wedding festival was now completely in ruins, and said to him: Text 45 bho bhoh purusha-shardula daurmanasyam idam tyaja kim ekena vivahena bhavita te shatam bhuvi bhahO; bhohO; purusha-shardulatiger among men; daurmanasyam despondentcy; idamthis; tyajaabandon; kimwhat is the need?; ekenawith one; vivahenamarriage; bhavitawill be; teof you; shatama hundred; bhuvi on this earth. O tiger among men, don't be unhappy. How important is this one marriage? You will marry a hundred times in this world.

Text 46 adyaiva dvarakam gatva baddhva ramam sa-madhavam ayadavim karishyamah prithvim sagara-mekhalam adyanow; evacertainly; dvarakamto Dvaraka; gatvahaving gone; baddhvahaving bound; ramamBalarama; sa-madhavamwith Krisha; ayadavimwithout any Yadavas; karishyamahI will make; prithvimthe earth; sagarathe ocean; mekhalama belt. We will go to Dvaraka, imprison Krisha and Balarama, and make this earth, which wears its oceans like a belt, into a place where not a single Yadava lives upon it. Text 47 evam sambodhito mitrais caidyo 'gac candrika-puram yayuh svam svam puram sarve hata-shesha nripas tatah evamthus; sambodhitahinformed; mitraihby friends; caidyahSisupala; agatwent; candrika-puramto Candrika-pura; yayuhwent; svam svamto their own; puramcities; sarveall; hata-sheshawho had not been killed; nripahthe kings; tatahthen. After hearing these words, Shishupala returned to Candrika-pura, and each of the kings that escaped death returned to his own city. .pa

Chapter Seven Shri Rukmii-vivaha The Marriage of Shri Rukmii Text 1 shri-narada uvaca

rukmiya haraam shrutva mitraam ca parabhavam pratijnam akarod rukmi shrivatam sarva-bhubhujam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; rukmiyaof Rukmii; haraamthe kidnapping; shrutvahearing; mitraamof friends; caand; parabhavamthe defeat; pratijnama vow; akarotdid; rukmiRukmi; shrivatamhearing; sarvabhubhujamof all the kings. Shri Narada said: Hearing that Rukmii was kidnapped and his friends were all defeated, Rukmi, as all the kings listened, spoke the following vow: Text 2 ahatva samare krisham apratyuha ca rukmiim kudinam na pravekshyami satyam etad bravimi vah ahatvanot having killed; samarein battle; krishamKrisha; apratyuhanot bringing; caand; rukmiimRukmii; kudinamto Kundina; nanot; pravekshyamiI will enter; satyamthe truth; etatthis; bravimiI speak; vahto you. If I do not kill Krisha and return with Rukmii, then I will never again enter the city of Kudina. I speak to you the truth. Text 3 ity uktva kavacam divyam ghanam arbuda-nirmitam shiras-traam sindhujam ca sa dadhara mahodbhaah itythusd; uktvaspeaking; kavacamarmor; divyamsplendid; ghanam thick; arbuda-nirmitammade on Mount Arbuda; shiras-traamhelmet; sindhujam made by the ocean's shore; caand; sahe; dadharatook; mahodbhaahthe great warrior. After speaking these words, the great warrior Rukmi dressed himself in thick armor made on Mount Arbuda and a great helmet made by the ocean's shore.

Text 4 sauvirasya dhanuh shalilaajam ceshudhi-dvayam adaya mleccha-deshasya khadgam carma ca kauajam sauvirasyaof Sauvira-desha; dhanuha bow; shalilaajammade in Salilatadesa; ceshudhi-dvayamtwo quivers; adayataking; mleccha-deshasyaof Mleccha-desa; khadgama sword; carmashield; caand; kauajammade in Kauta. Then he took a bow made in the country of Sauvira, two quivers made in the country of Shalilaa, a bow made in the country of the mlecchas, a shield made in the country of Kaua, . . . Text 5 peharasya maha-shaktim gurjaraa-bhavam gadam parigham banga-jam dhritva hasta-traam ca kaunkanam peharasyaof Pethara; maha-shaktima great sakti; gurjaraa-bhavammade in Gujarat; gadama club; parighama parigha; banga-jammade in Bengal; dhritvataking; hasta-traamgloves; caand; kaunkanammade in Konkana. . . . a great shakti weapon made in the country of Pehara, a club made in the country of Gujarat, a parigha weapon made in the country of Bengal, and gloves made in the country of Konkana. Text 6 baddha-godhanguli-traah kirii ratna-kudalah rukmangadas tada rukmi yuddham kartum mano dadhe baddha-godhanguli-traahwearing finger-protectors; kiriiwearing a helmet; ratna-kudalahwearing jewel earings; rukmangadahwearing gold armlets; tada then; rukmiRuikmi; yuddhama fight; kartumto do; manahhis mind; dadhe fixed.

Wearing finger protectors, a helmet, jewel earrings, and golden armlets, Rukmi fixed his heart on a fight. Text 7 jaitram ratham samaruhya cancalashva-niyojitam prishhato 'nvagamat krisham karshann akshauhii-dvayam jaitramvictory; rathamchariot; samaruhyamounting; cancalarestless; ashvawith horses; niyojitamyoked; prishhatahfrom behind; anvagamat followed; krishamKrisha; karshanntaking; akshauhii-dvayamtwo aksauhinis. Mounting his victory chariot yoked with restless horses, and taking with him two akshaukii armies, Rukmi pursued Krisha. Text 8 punah samagatam drishva senam ramo maha-balah taya yuyodha samare yadu-sena-samanvitah punahagain; samagatamcome; drishvaseeing; senamthe army; ramah Balarama; maha-balahvery powerful; tayawith it; yuyodhafought; samare in thebattle; yadu-sena-samanvitahwith the Yadavas' army. Seeing that another army had come, powerful Lord Balarama led the Yadavas' army in the fight. Text 9 tishha tishheti devesham visrijan parusham vacah samprapnoti ratham rukmi dhanush ankarayan muhuh

tishhastop; tishhastop; itithus; deveshamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; visrijancreating; parushamharsh; vacahwords; samprapnoti attains; rathamthe chariot; rukmiRukmi; dhanushhis bow; ankarayan twanging; muhuhagain and again. Harshly calling out, "Stop! Stop!", and repeatedly twanging his bow, Rukmi caught up with Lord Krisha's chariot. Text 10 tvaram munca svasaram me yadi jivitum icchasi na cet tvam sa-balam sadyo nayami yama-sadanam tvaramat once; muncarelease; svasaramsister; memy; yadiif; jivitum to live; icchasiYou wish; nanot; cetif; tvamYou; sa-balamwith Balarama; sadyahat once; nayamiI will take; yamaof Yamaraja; sadanamto the house. Rukmi said: If You wish to live, then release my sister at once. If You don't release her, I will carry You and Balarama into the house of death. Text 11 yayati-shapa-sambhrasho gopalocchisha-bhug bhavan jarasandha-bhayad bhito yavanagrat palayitah yayatiof King Yayati; shapaby the curse; sambhrashahruined; gopalaof cowherd people; ucchishathe remnants; bhukeating; bhavanYou; jarasandhabhayatout of fear of Jarasandha; bhitahfrightened; yavanaof a yavana; agrat from the presence; palayitahfled. Cursed by King Yayati, You were forced to eat the remnants of food left by cowherd people. You were terrified of Jarasandha. You fled from the king of the Yavanas. Text 12 ity uktveshudhitah krishya

baam cape nidhaya ca niyamya kara-paryantam nijaghana harer hridi itythus; uktvaspeaking; ishudhitahfrom His quiver; krishyadrawing; baaman arrow; capeon His bow; nidhayaplacing; caand; niyamya drawing; kara-paryantamto His ear; nijaghanahit; harehof Lord Krisha; hridi in the chest. After speaking thse words, Rukmi pulled an arrow from his quiver, placed it in his bow, drew it to his ear, and shot Lord Krisha in the chest. Text 13 santodito 'pi bhagavan dhanur-jyam tasya nadinim ciccheda sayakenashu garudah pannagim yatha santoditahhit; apieven though; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; dhanur-jyamthe bowstring; tasyaof him; nadinimsounding; ciccheda cut; sayakenawith an arrow; ashuat once; garudahGaruda; pannagima snake; yathaas. Although wounded by the arrow, Lord Krisha at once shot an arrow that cut Rukmi's twanging bowstring as Garuda cuts a great snake. Text 14 nidhaya shighram kodadam shinjinim svara-bhushitam rukmi tu dashabhir baaih sanjaghana harim rae nidhayaplacing; shighramquickly; kodadama bow; shinjinimbowstring; svarawith gold; bhushitamdecorated; rukmiRukmi; tuindeed; dashabhih with ten; baaiharrows; sanjaghanahit; harimLord Krisha; raein the battle. Quickly taking up a bow with a golden bowstring, Rukmi shot ten arrows at Lord Krisha. Text 15

harir ekena banea shinjini-sahitam dhanuh ciccheda rukmiah sadyo jnanenevaguamayam harihLord Krisha; ekenawith a single; baneaarrow; shinjini-sahitamwith the bowstring; dhanuhthe bow; cicchedacut; rukmiahof Rukmi; sadyahat once; jnanenawith knowledge; ivalike; aguamayamwhat has no virtue. Then with a single arrow Lord Krisha cut Rukmi's bow and bowstring in two as with knowledge one cuts the darkness of repeated birth and death. Text 16 krisho 'moghena baena madhyatas tam dvidhakarot rukmim punah shatair baaih santatada mridhe harih krishahLord Krisha; amoghenainfallible; baenawith an arrow; madhyatahin the middle; tamthat; dvidhain two; akarotmade; rukmimto Rukmi; punahagain; shataihwith a hundred; baaiharrows; santatadahit; mridhein the fight; harihKrisha. With a single arrow Lord Krisha cut the middle of Rukmi's bow in two parts, and then shot at him a hundred arrows. Text 17 chinna-dhanvatha vaidarbho maha-shaktim sphurat-prabham praharad dharaye shaktim vijnanaya yatha munih chinnabroken; dhanvabow; athathen; vaidarbhahRukmi; maha-shaktim a great sakti weapon; sphurat-prabhamglittering; praharatthrew; dharayeat Lord Krisha; shaktimpower; vijnanayafor knowledge; yathaas; muniha sage. His bow broken, Rukmi hurled a glittering shakti weapon at Lord Krisha as a sage uses the power of his austerities to attain transcendental knowledge.

Text 18 tatada gadaya tam vai gadadhari gadagrajah dvidhabhuta maha-shakti rukmeh sutam jaghana ha tatadastruck; gadayawith His club; tamthat; vaiindeed; gadadhari holding a club; gadagrajahthe elder brother of Gada; dvidhabhutacut in two; maha-shaktithe two sakti weapons; rukmehof Rukmi; sutamthe charioteer; jaghanahit; haindeed. Lord Krisha, the elder brother of Gada, hit the shakti weapon with His club and broke it in two. The two splinters of that weapon ricocheted and hit Rukmi's charioteer. Text 19 kaumodaki gada gurvi patanti vega-dharii tad-ratham curayam asa sashvam shailam yatha pavih kaumodakithe Kaumodaki; gadaclub; gurviheavy; patantifalling; vegadhariiquickly; tad-rathamon his chariot; curayam asabroke into pieces; sashvamith the horses; shailama mountain; yathaas; paviha thunderbolt. Then Lord Krisha hurled His great and heavy Kaumodaki club, which broke Rukmi's chariot into pieces as a thunderbolt breaks a mountain. Text 20 praharad dharaye so 'pi gadam svam bhishmakatmajah cakrea curayam asa bhagavan api tam punah praharatthrew; harayeat Lord Krisha; so 'pihe; gadama club; svam own; bhishmakatmajahBhismaka's son; cakreawith His cakra; curayam asa broke into pieces; bhagavanthe Lord; apialso; tamthat; punahagain.

When Rukmi threw a club at Him, Lord Krisha used His cakra to break into pieces. Text 21 parigham banga-jam nitva rukmi rukmangado bali jaghana shri-harim skandhe jagarja ghanavan mridhe parighama parigha weapon; banga-jammade in Bengal; nitvataking; rukmi Rukmi; rukmangadahwearing golden armlets; balipowerful; jaghanahit; shriharimLord Krisha; skandheon the shoulder; jagarjaroared; ghanavanlike thunder; mridhein the battle. Taking up his parigha weapon made in Bengal, powerful Rukmi, decorated with golden armlets, struck Lord Krisha on the shoulder and roared like a thundercloud. Text 22 santadito 'pi bhagavan malahata iva dvipah tenaiva parighenapi tam jaghana raangane santaditahhit; apialthough; bhagavanthe Lord; malaby a flower garland; hatahit; ivalike; dvipahan elephant; tenaby that; evaindeed; parighena arogha; apialso; tamhim; jaghanahit; raanganein the battlefield. Lord Krisha felt that blow as an elephant feels being hit with a flower garland. Then Lord Krisha picked up that parigha and hit Rukmi with it. Text 23 parighabhihato rukmi kincid-vyakula-manasah bhartsayan madhavam hy ajau jagraha khadga-carmai

parighaby the parigha; abhihatahhit; rukmiRukmi; kincid-vyakula-manasah agitated at heart; bhartsayanrebuking; madhavamKrisha; hyindeed; ajau in the fight; jagrahagrasped; khadgahis sword; carmaiand shield. Hit by the parigha, Rukmi became agitated at heart. Hurling insults at Lord Krisha, he took up his sword and shield. Text 24 tat-khadgam carmaa chittva sva-khadgam praharad dharih khadgagrea shiras-traam kancukam cicchide mahat tat-khadgamhis sword; carmaawith the shield; chittvacutting; svakhadgamHis own sword; praharathit; harihLord Krisha; khadgagreawith the edge of His sword; shiras-traamthe helmet; kancukamand armor; cicchide cut; mahatgreat. Weilding His own sword, Lord Krisha separated Rukmi from his sword and shield. With His sword's sharp point He separated Rukmi from his helmet and armor. Texts 25 and 26 hasta-trao 'pi yugapad ete chinni-krite mridhe khadga-mushi-karam drishva rukmiam samupasthitam grihitva bhuja-dadabhyam patayitva mahi-tale tasyopari harih sthitva yatha simho mrigopari shita-dharam nandakakhyam khadgam jagraha roshatah hasta-traahthe gloves; apialso; yugapatin a single moment; etethey; chinni-kritecut; mridhein the battle; khadgasword; mushi-karamin his fist; drishvaseeing; rukmiamRukmi; samupasthitamstanding; grihitvatakling; bhuja-dadabhyamwith both arms; patayitvathrowing; mahi-taleto the ground; tasyoparion top of him; harihLord Krisha; sthitvasituated; yathaas; simhaha lion; mrigaa dear; uparion; shita-dharamsharp; nandakakhyam named Nandaka; khadgamsword; jagrahagrabbed; roshatahangrily.

Seeing Rukmi standing, without sword or gloves, before Him, Lord Krisha grabbed him with both arms, threw him to the ground, and pounced on him as a lion pounces on a deer. Then the Lord angrily drew His sharp sword named Nandaka. Text 27 drishva bhratri-vadhodyuktam rukmii bhaya-vihvala patitva padayor bhartur uvaca karuam sati drishvaseeing; bhratriof her brother; vadhathe death; udyuktam engaged; rukmiiRukmii; bhaya-vihvalatrembling with fear; patitvafalling; padayohat the feet; bhartuhof her husband; uvacaspoke; karuampiteously; satichaste. Seeing that her brother was on the verge of death, saintly terrified saintly Rukmii fell at her husband's feet and spoke very piteous words. Text 28 shri-rukmiy uvaca ananta devesha jagan-nivasa yogeshvaracintya jagat-pate tvam hantum na yogyah karua-samudra mad-bhrataram shala-bhujam maha-bhuja shri-rukmii uvacaShri Rukmii said; anantalimitless; deveshaO master of the demigpds; jagan-nivasaO abode of the4 universes; yogeshvaraO master of yoga; acintyaO inconcievable one; jagat-pateO master of the universes; tvam You; hantumto kill; nanot; yogyahis right; karuaof mercy; samudraO ocean; mad-bhratarammy brother; shala-bhujamwho has arms like sala trees; maha-bhujaO mighty-armed one. Shri Rukmii said: O limitless one, O master of the demigods, O abode of the universes, O master of yoga, O inconcievable one, O master of the worlds, O mighty-armed one, O ocean of mercy, it is not right for You to kill my brother, whose arms are like great shala trees. Text 29

shri-narada uvaca paritrasair vilapatim duhkha-shushyan-mukhim priyam ruddha-kahim satim vikshya nyavartata harih svayam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; paritrasaihwith fears; vilapatim lamenting; duhkhawith sufferings; shushyatdried up; mukhimmouth; priyam beloved; ruddha-kahimwhose throat was stopped; satimchaste; vikshya seeing; nyavartatastopped; harihKrisha; svayamHimself. Shri Narada said: Seeing that saintly Rukmii was frightened and weeping, her mouth dry with suffering, Lord Krisha stopped Himself. Text 30 baddhva tam kai-bandhena khadgena shita-dharia vapanam smashru-keshanam cakarardha-mukhe harih baddhvatying; tamhim; kai-bandhenawith abelt; khadgenawith His sword; shita-dhariasharp; vapanamshaving; smashrubeard; keshanamand hair; cakaradid; ardhahalf; mukhehis face; harihLord Krisha. With a sash tying him up, with His sharp sword Lord Krisha shaved the hair and beard of half of Rukmi's face. Text 31 akshauhii-dvayam jitva ramah praptah sa-sainikah baddham virupiam dinam rukmiam tu dadarsha ha akshauhii-dvayamthe two aksauhinis; jitvadefeating; ramahBalarama; praptahattained; sa-sainikahwith His army; baddhambound; virupiammade ugly; dinamwretched; rukmiamRukmi; tuindeed; dadarshasaw; ha certainly.

After defeating the two akshauhiis, Lord Balarama and His army returned. Then Balarama saw poor Rukmi tied up and made very funny-looking. Text 32 vimucya baddham sa-dayah praha nirbhartsayan harim asadhv idam tvaya krisha kritam loka-jugupsitam vimucyafreeing; baddhamthe bonds; sa-dayahcompassionate; prahasaid; nirbhartsayanrebuking; harimKrisha; asadhunot right; idamthis; tvayaby You; krishaO Krisha; kritamdone; lokain the world; jugupsitamhorrible. Untying him, compassionate Balarama rebuked Krisha, saying, "Krisha, how horrible is this thing You did! It is not right. Text 33 hasyam vaishali-bhadraam na hi caitadrisham bhavet yasyah sahodare mukhye virupe ca tvaya krite hasyamthe object of laughter; vaishali-bhadraamof the people; nanot; hiindeed; caand; etadrishamlike this; bhavetshould be; yasyahof whom; sahodarethe brother; mukhyein the face; virupefunny-looking; caand; tvaya by You; kritedone. "You should not have made Rukmii's brother's face so funny-looking that everyone will laugh at him." Text 34 kim vadishyati sapi tvam bhratur vairupya-cintaya ma shokam kuru kalyai svastha bhava shuci-smite kimwhat?; vadishyatiwill say; sa apishe; tvamto You; bhratuhof the brother; vairupya-cintayawith anxiety over being made so ugly; madon't;

shokamlament; kurudo; kalyaiO beautiful one; svasthahappy; bhavabe; shuci-smiteO girl with the beautiful smile. "What will Rukmii say to You?" Then Lord Balarama said to Rukmii, "O beautiful one, don't be unhappy that your brother has been made so ugly-looking. O girl with the beautiful smile, please be happy. Text 35 arya-putri maha-buddhe ma shokam kuru durmanah sarvam kala-kritam manye priyam apriyam eva va arya-putriO noble girl; maha-buddheO intelligent one; madon't; shokam lament; kurudo; durmanahunhappy; sarvamall; kala-kritamdone by time; manyeI think; priyampleasant; apriyamand unpleasant; evaindeed; vaor. "O noble girl, O intelligent one, don't be unhappy. I think it is time that brings everything, whether pleasant or unpleasant. Text 36 vayor ghanavalir iva vashe yasyakhilam jagat tam kalam ishvaram viddhi vishum kalayatam prabhum vayohof the wind; ghanavalihthe clouds; ivalike; vasheunder the control; yasyaof which; akhilamall; jagatthe universe; tamthat; kalamtime; ishvaramthe controller; viddhiplease know; vishumLord Vishu; kalayatam of controller; prabhumthe master. "As clouds are under the control of the wind, so this entire universe is under the control of time. Please know that time is really Lord Vishu, the supreme controller, the master of all masters. Text 37 aham mameti bhavo 'yam jagato bandha-karaam

tabhyam virahito bhavo moksha eva na samshayah ahamI; mamamine; itithus; bhavahthe concept; ayamthis; jagatahof the world; bandha-karaamthe source of bondage; tabhyamby them; virahitah devoid; bhavahthe state; mokshaliberation; evaindeed; nanot; samshayah doubt. "The thoughts, `It is I' and `It is mine' bind one to the material world. When one becomes free from these material thoughts of pride and possessiveness he attains liberation. Of this there is no doubt. Text 38 sukha-duhkha-prado nanyah purushasyatma-vibhramah mitrodasina-ripavah samsara-tamasa kritah sukhahappiness; duhkhaand unhappiness; pradahgiving; nanot; anyah another; purushasyaof a person; atma-vibhramahbewilderment; mitrafreind; udasinaneutral; ripavahand enemy; samsara-tamasaby the darkness of material existence; kritahdone. "Lord Vishu alone is the giver of happiness and distress. No one else gives them. The thought that someone is a friend, someone else is a neutral party, and someone else is an enemy is an illusion created by the material nature." Text 39 evam ramea devena bodhito bhishmakatmajah vaimanasyam parityajya rukmii ca yayau mudam evamthus; rameaby Lord Balarama; devenaby the Lord; bodhitah informed; bhishmakatmajahRukmi, the son of Buismaka; vaimanasyam unhappiness; parityajyaabandoning; rukmiiRukmii; caand; yayauattained; mudamhappiness. Educated by Lord Balarama's words, Rukmi and Rukmii discarded their unhappiness and became happy.

Text 40 rukmi tu tabhyam utsrisho vitathatma-manorathah smaran virupa-karaam tapase sa mano dadhat rukmiRukmi; tuindeed; tabhyamby Them; utsrishahplaced; vitatha frustrated; atma-manorathahdesires; smaranremembering; virupa-karaam the cause of his becoming ugly; tapasefor austerities; sahe; manahhis mind; dadhatfixed. In this way Rukmi's desires were thwarted by Krisha and Balarama. Remembering how he had been made so ugly, Rukmi fixed his mind on performing austerities. Text 41 varito mantri-mukhyaish ca kudinam na gatah punah cakre bhojakaam nama nivasaya puram param varitahstopped; mantri-mukhyaihby his advisors; ca; kudinamto Kundina; nanot; gatahwent; punahagain; cakredid; bhojakaamBhojakata; namanamed; nivasayafor residence; puramcity; paramgreat. Forbidden by his advisors, he did not return to Kudina. Instead he went to the city of Bhojakaa, and there he lived. Text 42 rukmiya saha govindah sa-ramo yadubhir vritah dvarakam prayayau rajan nadayan jaya-dundubhin rukmiyaRukmii; sahawith; govindahKrisha; sa-ramahwith Balarama; yadubhihby the Yadavas; vritahaccompanied; dvarakamto Dvaraka; prayayau went; rajanO king; nadayansounding; jaya-dundubhinthe drums of victory.

O king, accompanied by Rukmii, Balarama, and the Yadavas, Lord Krisha returned to Dvaraka, where the drums of victory sounded. Text 43 jate mahotsave puryam rukmiim rucirananam upayeme vidhanena margashirshe harih svayam jateborn; mahotsavea great festival; puryamin the city; rukmiim Rukmii; rucirananambeautiful-faced; upayememarried; vidhanenaproperly; margashirshein the month of Margasirsa; harihKrisha; svayampersonally. In the month of Margasirsha (November-December) there was a great festival in Dvaraka City as Lord Krisha married beautiful-faced Rukmii. Text 44 harer vivahe sati rukmii-pateh shri-rukmii bhushita-rukma-mandira purandarasyapi yathamaravati dvaravati puyavati tatha babhau harehof Lord Krisha; vivahethe marriage; satibeing so; rukmii-patehof the husband of Rukmii; shri-rukmiiShri Rukmii; bhushitadecorated; rukma of gold; mandirapalace; purandarasyaof King Indra; apieven; yathaas; amaravatiAmaravati; dvaravatiDvaraka; puyavatisacred; tathaso; babhau was splendidly manifested. On the day of Lord Krisha's marriage to Rukmii, the sacred city of Dvaraka, which is decoraqted with many golden palaces, was glorious like King Indra's city of Amaravati. Text 45 bhaishmi-vivahasya katham vicitram shrioti yah shravayate ca bhaktya ihaiva bhakto vibhavena yuktah sa eva muktim pratiyati muktah

bhaishmi-vivahasyaof the marriage of Rukmii; kathamthe story; vicitram wonderful; shriotihears; yahone who; shravayatetells; caand; bhaktya with devotion; ihahere; evaindeed; bhaktaha devotee; vibhavenawith glory; yuktahendowed; sahe; evaindeed; muktimliberation; pratiyatiattains; muktahliberated. A person who with devotion hears or tells this story of Shrimati Rukmii's marriage becomes a great devotee in this world. He becomes wealthy and glorious and in the end he attains liberation.

Chapter Eight Sarva-mahishy-udvahah The Marriages of All the Queens Text 1 anyasam krisha-patninam mangalam shriu maithila sarva-papa-haram puyam ayur-vardhanam uttamam anyasamof the other; krisha-patninamwives of Lord Krisha; mangalam auspicious; shriuplease hear; maithilaO king of Mithila; sarvaall; papasins; haramremoving; puyamsacred; ayur-vardhanamincreasing the span of life; uttamamtranscendental. O king of Mithila, please hear the auspicious story of Lord Krisha's other queens, a sacred story that removes all sins and increases the span of one's life. Text 2 satrajitaya suryea dattah sakshat syamantakah ugrasenaya sa maih shri-krishenabhiyacitah satrajitayato Satrajit; suryeaby the sun-god; dattahgiven; sakshat directly; syamantakahthe Syamantaka jewel; ugrasenayafor Ugrasena; sathat; maihjewel; shri-krishenaby Lord Krisha; abhiyacitahrequested. When the sun-god gave the Syamantaka jewel to Satrajit, Lord Krisha asked that the jewel be given to King Ugrasena. Text 3

satrajitas tam na dadau dravya-lobhena maithila dine dine svara-bharan ashau yah srijati svatah satrajitahSatrajit; tamthat; nanot; dadaugave; dravya-lobhenagreedy to attain possessions; maithilaO king of Mithila; dineday; dineafter day; svara-bharanbharas of gold; ashaueight; yahwhich; srijaticreates; svatah of its own accord. O king of Mithila, out of greed King Satrajit did not give away the jewel, which daily created eight bharas of gold. Text 4 atha prasenas tad-bhrata maim kahe nidhaya sah saindhavam hayam aruhya mrigayam vyacarad vane athathen; prasenahPrasena; tad-bhratahis brother; maimthe jewel; kaheon his neck; nidhayaplacing; sahhe; saindhavama sindhu; hayam hore; aruhyamounting; mrigayamhunting; vyacaratdid; vanein the forest. Then, placing the jewel on his neck, Satrajit's brother Prasena mounted a sindhu horse and went hunting in the forest. Text 5 simhena maritah so 'pi simho jambavata hatah grihitva tam maim sadyo jambavan sva-guham gatah simhenaby a lion; maritahkilled; sahhe; apialso; simhahthe lion; jambavataby Jambavan; hatahkilled; grihitvataking; tamit; maimthe jewel; sadyahat once; jambavanJambavan; sva-guhamto his cave; gatah went. A lion killed Prasena. Then Jambavan killed the lion and took the jewel to his cave. Text 6 krishena nihato bhrata maigrivo vanam gatah nayatah sva-sabha-madhye

iti satrajito 'bravit krishenaby Lord Krisha; nihatahkilled; bhratathe brother; maigrivah wearing the jewel on his neck; vanamto the forest; gatahgone; nanot; ayatah returned; sva-sabha-madhyein the assembly; itithus; satrajitahSatrajit; abravitsaid. Satrajit said: When my brother, wearing the jewel around his neck, went to the forest, Krisha killed him. That is why my brother has not returned to his people. Text 7 bhagavan duryasho-lipto nagarais tu vanam gatah prasenam ashvam simham ca hatam prekshya maha-mate bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; duryashahwith infamy; liptah anointed; nagaraihwith people of the city; tuindeed; vanamto the forest; gatahwent; prasenamPrasena; ashvamthe horse; simhamthe lion; caand; hatamkilled; prekshyaseeing; maha-mateO noble-hearted one. O noble-hearted one, Lord Krisha, His good reputation tainted by the rumor, went with some people of the city to the forest. There He saw Prasena, the horse, and the lion, all of them dead. Text 8 rksha-raja-bilam gatva maim hartum svayam harih yuddham kritvasha-vimshaham ajayad rksha-nayakam rkshaof the rksas; rajaof the king; bilamto the cave; gatvagoing; maim the jewel; hartumto take; svayampersonally; harihLord Krisha; yuddham fight; kritvadoing; asha-vimshatwenty-eight; ahamdays; ajayatdefeated; rksha-nayakamthe king of the rksas. Entering Jambavan's cave to recover the jewel, for 28 days Lord Krisha fought with Jambavan, the king of the rikshas. Text 9 tena datta jambavati haraye kanyaka shubha maina saha rajendra dvarakam ayayau harih

tenaby him; dattagivebn; jambavatiJambavati; harayeto Lord Krisha; kanyakadaughter; shubhabeautiful; mainathe jewel; sahawith; rajendraO king of kings; dvarakamto Dvaraka; ayayauwent; harihLord Krisha. O king of kings, Jambavan gave the jewel and his beautiful daughter, Jambavati, to Lord Krisha. Then the Lord returned to Dvaraka. Texts 10 and 11 satrajitaya pradadau maim nirlanchanah prabhuh vridito 'van-mukho bhito raja satrajito maim grihitvapi punas tasmai shri-krishaya mahatmane satyabhamam sutam pradac chanty-artham maithileshvara satrajitayato satrajit; pradadaugave; maimthe jewel; nirlanchanahfree from infamy; prabhuhthe Lord; vriditahembarrassed; avakwithout words; mukhahin his mouth; bhitahfrightened; rajaKing; satrajitahSatrajit; maim the jewel; grihitvataking; apialso; punahagain; tasmaito Him; shri-krishaya Shri Krisha; mahatmanenoble-hearted; satyabhamamSatyabhama; sutam his daughter; pradatgave; chanty-arthamto appease the Lord; maithileshvara O king of Mithila. His good reputation restored, Lord Krisha gave the Jewel to Satrajit. Embarrassed, frightened, and speechless, Satrajit gave his daughter, Satyabhama, in marriage to Lord Krisha to pacify Him. Text 12 padavanam sahayartham indraprastham gato harih tatraiva varshikan masan nyavatsid bandhu-vatsalah padavanampf the Pandavas; sahayarthamforhelp; indraprasthamto hastinapura; gatahwent; harihLord Krisha; tatrathere; evaindeed; varshikanof the monsoon; masanthe months; nyavatsitresided; bandhuvatsalahwho loves His relatives. Then Lord Krisha, who dearly loves His relatives, went to Hastinapura and stayed there for the months of the monsoon to help the Padavas.

Text 13 ekada ratham aruhya harir gadivina saha su-nire yamuna-tire mrigayarthi viniryayau ekadaone day; rathama chariot; aruhyamounting; harihKrisha; gadivinawith Arjuna; sahawith; su-nirebeautiful waters; yamuna-tireon the Yamuna's shore; mrigayarthiwishing to hunt; viniryayauwent. One day Krisha and Arjuna went hunting on the shore of the beautiful Yamuna. Text 14 tapash caranti kalindi shri-krisham varam icchati darshita padavenapi tam grihitva jagama ha tapahausterities; carantiperforming; kalindiKalindi; shri-krishamto Shri Krisha; varamas her husband; icchatideshring; darshitashowed; padavena by Arjuna; apieven; tamher; grihitvataking; jagamawent; haindeed. There Arjuna found Kalindi, who had been performing austerities to attain Lord Krisha as her husband. Arjuna showed her to Lord Krisha, and He accepted her and took her with Him. Text 15 dvarakam etya kalindim surya-kanyam manoharam upayeme vidhanena vitanvan mangalam param dvarakamto Dvaraka; etyagoing; kalindimKalindi; surya-kanyamthe daughter of the sun-god; manoharambeautiful; upayememarried; vidhanena according to the proper rituals; vitanvangiving; mangalamauspiciousness; paramgreat. Returning to Dvaraka, Lord Krisha married beautiful Kalindi, the sun-god's daughter, in a proper and auspicious ritual. Text 16 avantya-raja-tanujam mitravindam manoharam

svayamvare tam jahara bhagavan rukmiim yatha avantya-raja-tanujamthe daughter of the king of Avanti-pura; mitravindam Mitravinda; manoharambeautiful; svayamvarein the svayamvara; tamher; jaharatook; bhagavanthe Lord; rukmiimRukmii; yathaas. Then, as He had kidnapped Rukmii, Lord Krisha kidnapped beautiful Mitravinda, the princess of Avantya-desha, at the time of her svayamvara. Text 17 nagnajit-kanyakam satyam damitva sapta go-vrishan pashyatam sarva-lokanam upayeme harih svayam nagnajit-kanyakamthe daughter of King Nagnajit; satyamStaya; damitva subduing; saptaseven; go-vrishanbulls; pashyatamlooking on; sarva-lokanam as all the people; upayememarried; harihLord Krisha; svayampersonally. Then, after subduing seven bulls as all the people watched, Lord Krisha married Satya, the daughter of KIng Nagnajit. Text 18 kaikeya-raja-tanujam bhadram tu bhagavan harih kalindim iva tam shashvad upayeme vidhanatah kaikeya-raja-tanujamthe daughter of the kin g of Kaikeya; bhadramBhadra; tuindeed; bhagavanLord; harihKrisha; kalindimKalindi; ivalike; tamher; shashvateternally; upayememarried; vidhanatahaccording to the proper rituals. Then, as He had married Kalindi, Lord Krisha married Bhadra, the princess of Kaikeya, in a proper ritual. Text 19 brihatsena-sutam rajal lakshmaam lakshaair yutam chittva matsyam arin jitva jagraha bhagavan harih

brihatsenaof Brihatsena; sutamthe daughter; rajanO king; lakshmaam Lakshmaa; lakshaaihwith virtues; yutamendowed; chittvacutting; matsyam a fish; arinenemies; jitvadefeating; jagrahatook; bhagavanLord; harih Krisha. O king, after piercing a fish and defeating many rivals, Lord Krisha took virtuous Lakshmaa, the daughter of King Brihatsena. Text 20 tatha shodasha-sahasram shatam ca nripa-kanyakah bhaumam hatva tan-nirodhad ahritash caru-darshanah tathathen; shodasha-sahasram shatam16,100; caand; nripa-kanyakah princesses; bhaumamBhaumasura; hatvakilling; tan-nirodhatfrom his prison; ahritashtaken; caru-darshanahvery beautiful. Then Lord Krisha killed the demon Bhaumasura and released from his prison 16,100 beautiful princesses. Text 21 tasam muhurta ekasmin nanagareshu yoshitam sa-vidhim jagrihe pain nana-rupah sva-mayaya tasamof them; muhurtein a moment; ekasminsingle; nanagareshuin many differed rooms; yoshitamof the women; sa-vidhimaccording to the proper rituals; jagriheaccepted; painthe hand; nana-rupahin many forms; svamayayaby His mystic potency. By the arrangement of His yogamaya potency expanding into many forms, Lord Krisha accepted the hands of all these girls in many different rooms in a single moment. Text 22 ekaikashas tah krishasya putran dasha dashabalah ajinanann anavaman pituh sarvatma-sampada

ekaikashahone by one; tahthem; krishasyaof Lord Krisha; putransons; dashaten; dashaand ten; abalahwomen; ajinanangave birth; anavaman exalted; pituhof their father; sarvatma-sampadawith all the virtues. Each wife gave birth to ten exalted sons, each son having all his father's virtues. Text 23 rukmiyam bhishma-kanyayam pradyumnah prathamo 'bhavat kamadevavataro 'yam pitrivat-sarva-lakshaah rukmiyamin Rukmii; bhishma-kanyayamthe daughter of Bhjismaka; pradyumnahPradyumna; prathamahthe first; abhavatwas; kamadevaavatarahan incarnation of Kamadeva; ayamwho; pitrihis father; vatlike; sarvaall; lakshaahthe qualities. From Rukmii was born the first son, Pradyumna, who had all the transcendental qualities of His father, and who was an incarnation of Kamadeva. Text 24 shambaro nirdayas tokam hritvabdhau tam samakshipat matsyodare gato so 'pi na mamara hareh sutah shambarahSambara; nirdayahmerciless; tokamthe child; hritva kidnapping; abdhauin the ocean; tamhim; samakshipatthrew; matsyaof a fish; udarein the belly; gatahentered; sahhe; apieven; nanot; mamara died; harehof Lord Krisha; sutahthe son. Then merciless Shambara kidnapped the infant Pradyumna and threw him in the ocean. Lord Krisha's son Pradyumna entered the belly of a great fish and did not die. Text 25 matsyodaran nirgato 'sau bharyaya paripalitah jnatva shatru-kritam vartam sa karishi rudha-yauvanah matsyaof the fish; udaratfrom the belly; nirgatahgone; asauhe; bharyaya by his wife; paripalitahprotected; jnatvaunderstanding; shatruby his enemy;

kritamdone; vartaminformation; sahe; karishithe son of Lord Krisha; rudha-yauvanahin full youth. Taken from the fish's belly, and carefully protected by his wife, Pradyumna suddenly grew to become a young man. Then he understood what his enemy had done. Text 26 hatva tam shambaram shatrum bharyaya varaya yutah dvarakam ayayau rajams citram karma ca tasya tat hatvakilling; tamhim; shambaramSambara; shatrumhis enemy; bharyaya with his wife; varayabeautiful; yutahwith; dvarakamto Dvaraka; ayayau went; rajanO king; citramwonder; karmadeed; caand; tasyaof him; tat that. O king, after killing his enemy Shambara, Pradyumna went with his beautiful wife to Dvaraka. His deeds are certainly very wonderful. Text 27 sa rukmio duhitaram hritva bhojakaat purat svayamvara-sthalad rajann upayeme maha-rathah sahe; rukmiahof Rukmi; duhitaramthe daughter; hritvakidnapping; bhojakaatfrom Bhojakata; puratcity; svayamvara-sthalatfrom the place of the svayamvara; rajannO king; upayememarried; maha-rathahthe great chariot-fighter. The great chariot-fighter Pradyumna also kidnapped Rukmi's daughter from the place of her svayamvara in Bhojakaa City and married her. Text 28 tasmat suto 'niruddho 'bhun nagayuta-balanvitah sura-jyeshhavataro 'yam sharadendivara-prabhah tasmatfrom him; sutahthe son; aniruddhahAniruddha; abhutwas; nagayuta-balanvitahas strong as ten thousand elephants; suraof the demigods;

jyeshhathe best; avatarahthe incarnation; ayamhe; sharadendivara-prabhah glorious as a blue lotus growing in the autumn. From Pradyumna was born a son, Aniruddha, who was strong as ten thousand elephants and glorious as a blue autumn lotus. He was an incarnation of the first of the demigods. Text 29 catur-vyuhavatarasya paripuratamasya hi evam vicitram caritam vivahanam su-mangalam catur-vyuhavatarasyaof the incarnation of the four expansions of the caturvyuha; paripuratamasyaperfect; hiindeed; evamthus; vicitramwonder; caritamstroy; vivahanamof the marriages; su-mangalamvery auspicious. This is the wonderful and auspicious story of the marriages of Lord Krisha, the origin of the catur-vyuha expansions of the Lord. Text 30 sarva-papa-haram puyam ayur-vardhanam uttamam maya te kathitam rajan kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi sarva-papa-haramremoving all sins; puyamsacred; ayur-vardhanam increasing the span of life; uttamamtranscendental; mayaby me; teindeed; kathitamspoken; rajanO king; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasido you wish. O king, now I have spoken to you this sacred story, which removes all sins and increases one's span of life. What more do you wish to hear? Chapter Nine Shri Dvarakagamana-karaa The Arrival of Shri Dvaraka Text 1 shri-bahulashva uvaca trishu lokeshu vikhyata dhanya vai dvaraka-puri

paripuratamah sakshac chri-krisho yatra vasa-krit shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; trishuin the three; lokeshu worlds; vikhyatafamous; dhanyaglorious; vaiindeed; dvaraka-purithe city of Dvaraka; paripuratamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshacdirectly; shri-krishahShri Krisha; yatrawhere; vasa-kritresides. Shri Bahulashva said: Glorious Dvaraka City is famous in the three worlds. Shri Krisha, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, resides there. Text 2 shri-krishasyaga-sambhuta puri dvaravati shruta kasmad ihagata brahman kasmin kale vada prabho shri-krishasyaof Lord Krisha; agafrom the body; sambhutaborn; puri the city; dvaravatiDvaraka; shrutaheard; kasmathow?; ihahere; agata come; brahmanO brahmaa; kasminin what?; kaletime; vadaplease tell; prabhahO master. I have heard that Dvaraka City was manifested from Lord Krisha's transcendental body. How and when did it come to this earth? O master, please tell. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca sadhu sadhu tvaya prisham dvarakagama-karaam yac chrutva shuddhatam yati loka-ghaty api pataki shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; sadhuwell done; sadhuwell don; tvaya by you; prishamasked; dvarakaof Dvaraka; agamaarrival; karaamthe reason; yatwhich; shhrutvahearing; shuddhatampurity; yatiattains; lokaghatya murderer; apieven; patakia sinner. Shri Narada said: Excellent. You have asked an excellent question. By hearing the reason for Dvaraka's arrival on this earth, even a great sinner, or even a murderer becomes pure at heart. Text 4 sharyatir nama rajabhuc cakravarti manoh sutah cakara rajyam dharmea varshanam ayutam bhuvi

sharyatihSaryati; namanamed; rajaa king; abhutwas; cakravartithe ruler; manohof Manu; sutahthe son; cakaradid; rajyamkingdom; dharmea according to religious principles; varshanamof years; ayutamten thousand; bhuvion the earth. There was a king named Sharyati who for ten thousand years ruled the earth according to religious principles. Text 5 uttanabarhir anarto bhurishea iti trayah sharyater abhavan putrah sarva-dharma-bhritam varah uttanabarhihUttanabarhi; anartahAnarta; bhurisheaBhurisena; itithus; trayahthree; sharyatehof Saryati; abhavanwere; putrahsons; sarva-dharmabhritamof the followers of religion; varahthe best. Sharyati had three very pious sons sons: Uttanabarhi, Anarta, and Bhurishea. Text 6 uttanabarhishe purvam bhurisheaya dakshiam pashcimam ca disham sarvam anartaya dadau nripah uttanabarhisheto Uttanabarhi; purvamthe east; bhurisheayato Bhurisena; dakshiamthe south; pashcimamthe west; caand; dishamdirection; sarvam all; anartayato Anarta; dadaugave; nripahthe king. To Uttanabarhi King Sharyati gave the eastern part of his kingdom, to Bhurishea he gave the southern part, and to Anarta he gave the western part. Text 7 mameyam hi mahi kritsna maya dharmea palita balarjita balishhena yuyam tam palayishyatha mamaof me; iyamthis; hiindeed; mahiearth; kritsnaentire; mayaby me; dharmeaaccording to religious principles; palitaprotected; balaby my strength; arjitaearned; balishhenamost powerful; yuyamyou; tamthis; palayishyathawill protect.

King Sharyati said to them: This entire earth is mine. I rule and protect it according to religious principles. I am most powerful. I have conquered this earth by my own power. In the future you three will also rule and protect this earth. Text 8 pitur vacah samakarya anarto madhyamah sutah jnani jnanamayam vakyam uvaca prahasann iva pituhof the father; vacahthe words; samakaryahearing; anartahAnarta; madhyamahthe middle; sutahson; jnaniwise; jnanamayamwise; vakyam words; uvacaspoke; prahasannlaughing; ivaas if. Hearing his father's words, the middle son, Anarta, who was very wise, laughed and spoke words of great wisdom. Text 9 shri-anarta uvaca taveyam na mahi kritsna na tvaya palita kvacit na tvad-balarjita rajan balishho bhagavan vibhuh shri-anarta uvacaShri Anarta said; tavaof you; iyamthis; nanot; mahi earth; kritsnaentire; nanot; tvayaby you; palitaprotected; kvacitin any way; nanot; tvad-balarjitawon by your strength; rajanO king; balishhah most powerful; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vibhuhallpowerful. Shri Anarta said: You do not own this earth. Nor do you rule and protect it. Nor did you conquer it with your own power. Only the Supreme Personality of Godhead is the all-powerful ruler of this earth. Text 10 mahi shri-krishadevasya tenaiva paripalita tat-tejasa jita kritsna balishho na hareh samah mahithe earth; shri-krishadevasyaof Lord Krisha; tenaby Him; eva indeed; paripalitaprotected; tat-tejasaby His power; jitaconquered; kritsna entire; balishhahmost powerful; nanot; harehto Lord Krisha; samahequal. The earth is Lord Krisha's property. He rules and protects it. He conquered it with His great power. No one is powerful like Lord Krisha.

Text 11 sa eva vishvam sva-kritam srijaty atti ca pati ca sa eva brahma paramam kalah kalayatam prabhuh saHe; evaindeed; vishvamthe universe; sva-kritammade by Him; srijaty creates; attidestroys; caand; patimaintains; caand; saHe; evaindeed; brahmaBrahman; paramamSupreme; kalahtime; kalayatamof controllers; prabhuhthe master. He creates, maintains, and destroys this universe. He is the Supreme Brahman. He is time, the master of all that subdue. Text 12 yo 'ntah pravishya bhutani bhutair apy akhilashrayah sa vishvakhyo 'dhiyajno 'sau paripuratamah svayam yahwho; antahwithin; pravishyaentering; bhutanielements and living entities; bhutaihby teh elements and living entities; apyalso; akhilaof all; ashrayahthe shelter; saHe; vishvathe universe; akhyahnamed; adhiyajnah tne object of sacrifices; asauHe; paripuratamahthe most perfect; svayam Himself. He has entered within all living entities and all elements. He is the shelter and resting place of all living entities and all elements. He is the entire universe. He is the object of all sacrifices. He is the most perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 13 yad-bhayad vati vato 'yam suryas tapati yad-bhayat yad-bhayad varshate devo mrityush carati yad-bhayat yad-bhayatout of fear of whom; vatiblows; vatahthe wind; ayamhe; suryahthe sun; tapatishines; yad-bhayatout of fear of whom; yad-bhayatout of fear of him; varshaterains; devahIndra; mrityuhdeath; caratimoves; yadbhayatout of fear of whom. Out of fear of Him the wind blows. Out of fear of Him the sun shines. Out of fear of Him Indra gives rain. Out of fear of Him death moves on the earth. Text 14

paripuratamam sakshac chri-krisham parameshvaram bhaja sarvatmana rajann ahakara-vivarjitah paripuratamamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatHimself; shrikrishamShri Krisha; parameshvaramthe Supreme controller; bhajaplease worship; sarvatmanawith all your heart; rajannO king; ahakara-vivarjitahfree from false ego. O king, please become free from pride and false ego and with all your heart worship Shri Krisha, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 15 shri-narada uvaca jnanam prapto 'pi sharyatir akshiptah putra-vak-sharaih anartam sva-sutam praha rusha prasphuritadharah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; jnanamknowledge; praptahattained; apialthough; sharyatihSaryati; akshiptahwounded; putra-vak-sharaihby the arrows of his son's words; anartamto Anarta; sva-sutamhis own son; praha said; rushaangrily; prasphuritatrembling; adharahhis lips. Wounded by the arrows of his son's words, and his lips trembling in anger even though what he was confronted with was the truth, Sharyati spoke to his son Anarta. Text 16 sharyatir uvaca duram gaccha asad-buddhe guruvad bhashase katham yavad bhutam tu me rajyam tavat tvam me mahim vasa sharyatih uvacaSaryati said; duramfar away; gacchago; asad-buddheO fool; guruvatlike a guru; bhashaseyou speak; kathamwhy?; yavatas; bhutam manifested; tuindeed; meof me; rajyamthe kingdom; tavatthat; tvam you; menot; mahimearth; vasashould reside. Sharyati said: Fool, get out! Why do you talk as if you were my teacher? You may not live any place in my kingdom. Text 17

yas tvayaradhitah krishah so 'pi sarva-sahaya-krit na navinam kim mahim te bhagavan eva dasyati yahwho; tvayaby you; aradhitahworshiped; krishahKrisha; sahHe; apieven; sarva-sahaya-kritgiving you all assistance; nanot; navinamnew; kimwhether; mahimearth; teto you; bhagavanthe Lord; evaindeed; dasyatiwill give. Take help from this Krisha you worship. Will He not give you some new land not now a part of the earth? Text 18 shri-narada uvaca ity uktas tu tadanarto rajanam praha manadah yatra te ca mahi-rajyam tatra vaso na me bhavet shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktahspoken; tuundeed; tada then; anartahAnarta; rajanamto the king; prahasaid; manadahrespectful; yatrawhere; teof you; caand; mahi-rajyamthe kingdom of the earth; tatra there; vasahresidence; nanot; meof me; bhavetwill be. Shri Narada said: Addressed in this way, respectful Anarta said to the king, I will not live anywhere in your kingdom, which extends to all the countries of the earth." Text 19 pitra nihsarito rajnapy anarto 'bdhi-taam gatah velam etya tapas tepe varshanam ayutam jale pitraby teh father; nihsaritahexpelled; rajnaby the king; apialso; anartah Anarta; abdhiof the ocean; taamto the shore; gatahwent; velamon the coast; etyagoing; tapahausterities; tepeperformed; varshanamof years; ayutamten thousand; jalein the water. Banished by his father, Anarta went to the seacoast and entered the ocean, where he performed austerities for ten thousand years. Text 20 prema-lakshaaya bhaktya santusho bhagavan harih tasmai svam darshanam dattva

varam bruhity uvaca ha prema-lakshaayacharacterized by love; bhaktyawith devotion; santushah pleased; bhagavanthe Lord; harihKrisha; tasmaito him; svamHis own; darshanamsight; dattvagiving; varamboon; bruhispeak; itithus; uvaca said; haindeed. Pleased by his loving devotion, Lord Krisha appeared before him and said, Ask for a boon." Text 21 kritanjali-puo bhutvanarta utthaya shighratah nanama krisha-padabjam romanci prema-vihvalah kritanjali-puahwith folded hands; bhutvabecoming; anartaAnarta; utthaya rising; shighratahat once; nanamabowed; krisha-padabjamto Lord Krisha's lotus feet; romancihis hairs erect; prema-vihvalahovercome with love. Overcome with love, and the hairs of his body erect with joy, Anarta quickly stood up and with folded hands bowed before Lord Krisha's lotus feet. Text 22 shri-anarta uvaca namas te vasudevaya namah sakarshaaya ca pradyumnayaniruddhaya satvatam pataye namah shri-anarta uvacaShri Anarta said; namahobeisances; teto You; vasudevayaLord Vasudeva; namahobeisances; sakarshaayato Lord ;Sakarsha caand; pradyumnayato Lord Pradyumna; aniruddhayato Lord Aniruddha; satvatamof the devotees; patayeto the master; namahobeisances. Shri Anarta said; I offer my respectful obeisances to You, who are Lord Vasudeva. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, who are Lord Sakarshaa, Lord Pradyumna, and Lord Aniruddha. I offer my respectful obeisances to You, who are the master of the devotees. Text 23 pitra nishkasito deva tvam aham sharaam gatah dehi mahyam bhumim anyam yatra vaso hi me bhavet

pitraby my father; nishkasitahbanished; devaO Lord; tvamto You; aham I; sharaamtake shelter; gatahgone; dehiplease give; mahyamto me; bhumima place; anyamanother; yatrawhere; vasahresidence; hiindeed; meof me; bhavetmay be. I, who was banished by my father, now take shelter of You. O Lord, please give me a country where I may reside, a country outside my father's kingdom of the earth. Text 24 dhruvo 'pi yat-prasadena yayau sarvottamam padam tasmai namo bhagavate praata-klesha-harie dhruvahDhruva; apialso; yat-prasadenaby whose mercy; yayauattained; sarvottamamthe best of all; padamabode; tasmaito Him; namahobeisances; bhagavateto the Supreme Lord; praataof the surrendered souls; kleshasthe sufferings; hariethe remover. I offer my respectful obeisances to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who removes the sufferings of the surrendered souls and who mercifully gave to Dhruva Maharaja the best of all abodes. Text 25 shri-narada uvaca anartam anatam dinam bhagavan dina-vatsalah prasannah shri-mukhenaha megha-gambhiraya gira shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; anartamto Anarta; anatambowing down; dinampoor; bhagavanthe Lord; dina-vatsalahkind to the downtrodden; prasannahplease; shri-mukhenawith His glorious mouth; ahaspoke; meghagambhirayadeep as thunder; girawith words. Shri Narada said: Then the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is kind to the downtrodden and who was pleased at heart, with His glorious mouth spoke words deep like thunder to poor Anarta, who was bowing down before Him. Text 26 shri-bhagavan uvaca anya na medini loke kim kartavyam maya nripa sva-vacas tad ritam kartum

tvad-bhaktya paritoshitah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; anyaanother; nanot; mediniearth; lokein the world; kimwhat?; kartavyamshould be done; mayaby Me; nripaO king; sva-vacahown words; tatthat; ritam truthful; kartumto make; tvad-bhaktyaby your devotion; paritoshitahsatisfied. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I am pleased by Your devotion, but I I do not have another earth in this universe to give you. O king, what should I do to grant the boon you ask? Text 27 tasmad vai svasya lokasya vaikuhasya parantapa bhu-khadam yojana-shatam dadami vimalam shubham tasmattherefore; vaiindeed; svasyaown; lokasyaplanet; vaikuhasya Vaikuha; parantapaO mighty one; bhu-khadamon the earth; yojana-shatam eight hundred miles; dadamiI give; vimalampure; shubhamglorious. Therefore, O mighty one, I will place on this earth an eight-hundred mile portion of my pure and glorious Vaikuha world. Texts 28 and 29 shri-narada uvaca ity uktvanarta-nripatim bhagavan bhakta-vatsalah vaikuhac ca samutpatya bhu-khadam shata-yojanam cakram sudarshanam dhritva samudre bhima-nadini dadhara bhagavan devas tasyopari videha-ra shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktvanarta-nripatimspeaking; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhaktato the devotees; vatsalah affectionate; vaikuhatfrom Vaikuha; caand; samutpatyapicking up; bhu-khadamplace; shata-yojanameight hundred miles; cakramcakra; sudarshanamSudarshana; dhritvataking; samudrein the ocean; bhima-nadini filled with terrible sounds; dadharaheld; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; devahthe Lord; tasyait; upariabove; videha-raO king of Videha. Shri Narada said: O king of Videha, after speaking these words, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who loves His devotees, took His Sudarshana-cakra, lifted

up an eight-hundred mile portion of Vaikuha, and placed it in the ocean filled with fearful sounds. Text 30 anarto laksha-varshantam tatra rajyam cakara ha putra-pautra-samayukto rajan vaikuha-sampadam anartahAnarta; laksha-varshantamafter ten thousand years; tatrathere; rajyamkingdom; cakaradid; haindeed; putrasons; pautraand grandsons; samayuktahendowed; rajanO king; vaikuha-sampadamthe opulence of Vaikuha. O king, in this way, after ten thousand years Anarta attained a kingdom with all the opulences of Vaikuha and a dynasty with many noble sons and grandsons. Text 31 idam shrutvatha sharyatih pita vai vismito 'bhavat anarto nama desho 'bhud anartasya prasadatah idamthis; shrutvahearing; athathen; sharyatihSaryati; pitathe father; vaiindeed; vismitahastonished; abhavatbecame; anartahAnarta; nama named; deshahthe country; abhutbecame; anartasyaof Anarta; prasadatah by the mercy. By the Lord's mercy that country was named Anarta after him. When he heard all this, Anarta's father, Sharyati, became astonished. Text 32 revatas tasya putro 'bhuc chri-shailasya gireh sutam samutpatya sva-hastabhyam anarteshu nyapatayat revatahRevata; tasyaof him; putrahthe son; abhutwas; shri-shailasya girehof Mount Shaila; sutamthe son; samutpatyalifting; sva-hastabhyamwith his own hands; anarteshuin the country of Anarta; nyapatayatplaced. Anarta's son was named Revata. Revata lifted the mountain that was Mount Shaila's son and placed it in the country of Anarta. Text 33 so 'bhud revata-namnapi

raivato nama parvatah kushasthalim vinirmaya rajyam kritvatha revatah sahit; abhutbecame; revata-namnaby the name Revata; apialso; raivatah Raivata; namanamed; parvatahmountain; kushasthalimKushasthali; vinirmayacreating; rajyamkingdom; kritvamaking; athathen; revatah Revata. That mountain was named Raivata after him. Building a great capitol city named Kushasthali, Revata ruled the kingdom of Anarta. Text 34 samadaya svakam kanyam brahmalokam jagama ha baladeva-vivahe 'pi tat-katha kathita maya tasmad dvaravatim puyam moksha-dvaram viduh surah samadayataking; svakamhis own; kanyamdaughter; brahmalokamto Brahmaloka; jagamawent; haindeed; baladevato Lord Balarama; vivahein the marriage; apialso; tat-kathathat story; kathitaspoken; mayaby me; tasmatfrom that; dvaravatimto Dvaraka; puyamsacred; moksha-dvaram the gateway to liberation; viduhknow; surahthe demigods. Revata took his daughter to Brahmaloka. That I have alredy described in the story of her marriage to Lord Balarama. The demigods know that the sacred city of Dvaraka is the gateway to liberation. .pa

Chapter Ten Gomaty-upakhyane cakra-tirtha-mahatmya In the Description of the Gomati River, the Glories of Cakra-tirtha Text 1 shri-narada uvaca ittham maya te kathitam dvarakagama-karaam sarva-papa-haram puyam kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itthamthus; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamsaid; dvarakagama-karaamthe cause of the arrival of Dvaraka; sarva-

papa-haramremoving all sins; puyamsacred; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. Shri Narada said: Thus I have told to you the story of how Dvaraka came to the earth, a sacred story that remnoves all sins. What more do you wish to hear? Text 2 shri-bahulashva uvaca sarva-tirtha-mayi bhumir dvaraka nagari shubha tatra mukhyani tirthani vada mam muni-sattama shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; sarva-tirtha-mayiconsisting of all holy places; bhumihthe land; dvarakaDvaraka; nagaricity; shubhabeautiful; tatrathere; mukhyanimost important; tirthaniholy places; vadaplease tell; mamto me; muni-sattamaO best of sages. Shri Bahulashva said: All holy places are manifested in beautiful Dvaraka City. O best of sages, please describe to me the most important of the holy places there. Text 3 shri-narada uvaca a-prabhasat tirthamayi maryadi-kritya yajniya bhumir moksha-prada rajan dvaraka yojanaih shatam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; a-prabhasatfrom Prabhasa; tirthamayi consisting of the holy places; maryadi-krityaup to the boundary; yajniyafor performing yajna; bhumihplace; moksha-pradagiving liberation; rajanO king; dvarakaDvaraka; yojanaihyojanas; shatama hundred. Shri Narada said: Extending all the way to Prabhasa-tirtha, the sacred land of Dvaraka is eight hundred miles in size. Text 4 dvarakam nagarim drishva naro nariayao bhavet dvarakayam mritah ko 'pi gardabho 'pi catur-bhujah dvarakam nagarimDvaraka City; drishvaseeing; narahNara; nariayaah and Narayaa; bhavetmay be; dvarakayamin Dvaraka; mritahdead; ko api

someone; gardabhahdonkey; apieven; catur-bhujaha four-armed resident of Vaikuha. Anyone who sees Dvaraka City attains opulences like Lord Narayaa. Even a donkey that dies in Dvaraka becomes a four-armed resident of Vaikuha. Text 5 pashyan shrivan katham tasya dvaraketi vadan kvacit drishva dadyat triam mrityum gato yati param gatim pashyanseeing; shrivanhearing; kathamtalk; tasyaof it; dvaraka Dvaraka; itithus; vadansaying; kvacitsomehow; drishvaseeing; dadyat placing; triama blade of grass; mrityumdeath; gatahgone; yatiattains; paramthe supreme; gatimdestination. A person who sees Dvaraka, hears about it, or speaks the word Dvaraka", thinks everything else to be like a piece of straw. When he dies he attains the supreme destination. Text 6 ekada revatam bhaktam premananda-samakulam prekshya svam darshanam dattva harir ashru-mukho 'bhavat ekadaone day; revatamto Revata; bhaktamthe devotee; premaof love; ananda-samakulamfilled with transcendental bliss; prekshyaseeing; svamown; darshanamsight; dattvagiving; harihKrisha; ashru-mukhahHis face filled with tears; abhavatwas. One day Lord Krisha appeared before King Revata. Seeing that His devotee Revata was filled with the bliss of spiritual love, Lord Krisha shed tears that glided down His face. Text 7 tan-netra-bindu-sambhuta gomati sa maha-nadi yasya darshana-matrea brahma-hatya pramucyate tan-netra-bindu-sambhutamanifested from a teardrop; gomatiGomati; sait; maha-nadithe great river; yasyaof which; darshanaseeing; matreasimply by; brahma-hatyathe sin of killing a brahmaa; pramucyateis freed.

From one of the Lord's teardrops the great Gomati river was created. Simply by seeing this river one becomes freed from the sin of killing a brahmaa. Text 8 gomati-tirajam puyam rajo yo dharayen narah shata-janma-kritat papan mucyate natra samshayah gomati-tirajammanifested on the shore of the Gomati; puyamsacred; rajah dust; yahwho; dharayenholds; naraha person; shata-janmaa hundred births; kritatdone; papanfrom sins; mucyateis freed; nanot; atrahere; samshayahdoubt. A person who touches the sacred dust on the Gomati's shore becomes free from the sins committed in a hundred births. Of this there is no doubt. Text 9 snana-kale gomatiti vadaty api narah kvacit gomatyam snana-jam puyam labhate vai na samshayah snana-kaleat the time of bathing; gomatiGomati; itithus; vadatysays; api even; naraha person; kvacitsomehow; gomatyamin the Gomati; snana-jam from bathing; puyamthe piety; labhateattains; vaiindeed; nano; samshayahdoubt. A person who, as he bathes, says the word Gomati" attains the pious result of bathing in the Gomati. Of this there is no doubt. Text 10 makara-sthe ravau maghe prayage snanam acaret shatashvamedhajam puyam samprapnoti videha-ra makara-sthein Capricorn; ravauwhen the sun; maghein the month of Magha (January-February); prayageat Prayaga; snanambath; acaretdoes; shatashvamedhajama hundred asvamedha-yajnas; puyamthe piety; samprapnotiattains; videha-raO king of Videha. O king of Videha, a person who bathes at Prayaga in the month of Magha (January-February) when the sun is in Capricorn attains the pious result of performing a hundred ashvamedha-yajnas. Text 11

tat-sahasra-guam puyam gomatyam makare ravau gomatyash caiva mahatmyam vaktum nalam catur-mukhah tat-sahasra-guammultiplied a thousand times; puyampiety; gomatyamin the Gomati; makarein Capricorn; ravauwhen the sun; gomatyahof the Gomati; caand; evaindeed; mahatmyamthe glory; vaktumto speak; nanot; alam is able; catur-mukhahBrahma with his four mouths. A person who bathes in the Gomati at that time, when the sun is in Capricorn, attains a pious result a thousand times greater than that attained at Prayaga. Even the demigod Brahma is not able to properly describe all the glories of the sacred Gomati river. Text 12 gomatyam cakra-tirtheshu pashaa-nicayash ca ye te sarve cakratam yanti pujaniyah prayatnatah gomatyamin the Gomati; cakra-tirtheshuat Cakra-tirtha; pashaa-nicayah many stones; caand; yewhich; tethey; sarveall; cakratamthe state of being the Lord's cakra; yantiattain; pujaniyahworshipable; prayatnatahwith earnestness. By the Gomati is a sacred place named Cakra-tirtha. All the stones there are incarnations of thr Lord's Sudarshana-cakra. They should be worshiped with great care. Text 13 cakra-cihne cakra-tirthe dvadashyam snanam acaret cakrapai-padam yati papanam bhajano 'pi hi cakra-cihnethe marek of the cakra; cakra-tirtheat Cakra-tirtha; dvadashyam on Dvadashi; snanambath; acaretdoes; cakrapai-padamthe able of Lord Krisha, who holds thw cakra in His hand; yatiattains; papanamof sins; bhajanah a reservoir; apieven; hiindeed. A person, even though he is a great reservoir of sins, who on the dvadashi day bathes at Cakra-tirtha, which bears the mark of the Lord's cakra, attains the abode of Lord Krisha, who holds the cakra in His hand. Text 14

koi-janma-kritaih papaih patito yo 'pi pataki cakra-tirthasya sopanam etya muktim samaruhet koi-janma-kritaihperformed in millions of births; papaihby sins; patitah fallen; yahwho; apieven; patakia sinner; cakra-tirthasyaof cakra-tirth; sopanamthe steps; etyaattaining; muktimliberation; samaruhetattains. Degraded person who has sinned in many millions of births attains liberation if he comes to the steps of Cakra-tirtha. Text 15 shri-bahulashva uvaca gomatyam hi maha-nadyam cakra-tirtham shubharthadam katham jatam bahu-matam tan me bruhi maha-mate shri-bahulashva uvacaShri Bahulashva said; gomatyamat Gomati; hi indeed; maha-nadyamthe great river; cakra-tirthamCakra-tirtha; shubharthadamgiving a great benefit; kathamhow?; jatamborn; bahu-matam considered great; tanthat; meto me; bruhiplease tell; maha-mateO noblehearted one. Shri Bahulashva said: O noble-hearted one, please tell me how Cakra-tirtha by the great Gomati river became so glorious and beneficial. Text 16 shri-narada uvaca atraivodaharantimam itihasam puratanam yasya darshana-matrea papa-hanih para bhavet shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; atrahere; evaindeed; udaharantisay; imamthis; itihasamstory; puratanamancient; yasyaof which; darshanamatreasimnply by seeing; papa-hanihby release from sins; paragreat; bhavet is. Shri Narada said: The sages tell an ancient story of how by simply seeing Cakratirtha one becomes free of all sins. Text 17 alakesho raja-rajo

nidhisho dharma-bhrit prabhuh vaishavam yajnam arebhe kailasottara-bhumishu alakeshahAlakesha; raja-rajahking of kings; nidhishahrich; dharma-bhrit pious; prabhuhmaster; vaishavamfor Lord Vishu; yajnama yajna; arebhe began; kailasottara-bhumishuon top of Mount Kailasa. There once was a great, pious, and wealthy king named Alakesha, who performed a Vishu-yajna on the summit of Mount Kailasa. Texts 18 and 19 tasya yajne svayam vishur agato vai sva-dhamatah brahma shivo jambhabhedi varuo yadasam patih vayur yamo ravih somah kshitih sarva-janeshvari gandharvapsarasah siddhah sarve tatra samayayuh tasyaof him; yajneat the yajna; svayampersonally; vishuhLord Vishu; agatahcame; vaiindeed; sva-dhamatahfrom His own abode; brahmaBrahma; shivahShiva; jambhabhediIndra; varuahVarua; yadasamof the waters; patihthbe master; vayuhVayu; yamahYama; ravihSurya; somahCandra; kshitihKsiti; sarva-janeshvarithe queen of all people; gandharvapsarasahthe Gandharvas and Apsaras; siddhahthe Siddhas; sarveall; tatrathere; samayayuhcame. Traveling from His own abode, Lord Vishu personally came to his yajna, and Brahma, Shiva, Indra, Varua king of the waters, Vayu, Yama, Surya, Candra, Kshiti the earth goddess who rules all people, and all the Gandharvas, Apsaras, and Siddhas also came. Text 20 devarshayah samajagmus tatha brahmarshayo nripa dhanadhyaksho 'bhavat tasya putras te nalakuvarah devarshayahthe divine sages; samajagmuhcame; tathaso; brahmarshayah the Brahmana safes; nripaO king; dhanadhyakshahKuvera; abhavatwas; tasyaof him; putrahthe son; tuindeed; nalakuvarahNalakuvara. O king, the devarshis and Brahmarshis also came. Kuvera and his son Nalakuvara were also there.

Text 21 rakshayam virabhadro 'bhut sevayam ca gajananah tatha marud-gaah sarve pariveshaa-kariah rakshayamin protection; virabhadrahVirabhadra; abhutwas there; sevayam in service; caand; gajananahGaesha; tathaso; marud-gaahthe Maruts; sarveall; pariveshaa-kariahserving meals. Virabhadra was there as a guard. Gaesha was there to render service. All the Maruts were there to serve meals. Texts 22 and 23 bahuleyah sabha-pujam akarod dharma-tat-parah ghaanadah parshvamaulih kuverasya tu mantriau sarva-shastra-vidam shreshhau danadhyakshau babhuvatuh evam hi vidhi-vad yajno babhuva paramotsavah bahuleyahkarttikeya; sabhaof the assembly; pujamworship; akarotdid; dharma-tat-parahpious; ghaanadahGhantanada; parshvamaulih Parsvamauli; kuverasyaof Kuvera; tuindeed; mantriauthe two ministers; sarva-shastra-vidamof they who know all the scriptures; shreshhauthe best; danadhyakshaugenerous; babhuvatuhwere; evamthus; hiindeed; vidhi-vat properly; yajnahthe yajna; babhuvawas; paramotsavaha great festival. Karttikeya worshiped the assembly. Kuvera's two ministers, Ghaanada and Parshvamauli, who were very generous and most learned in the scriptures, were also there. In this way the yajna, carefully performed according to the rules and regulations, was a great and festive success. Text 24 adhvaravabhrita-snato raja-rajo maha-manah param bhagam ca devebhyo viprebhyo dakshiam adat adhvaravabhrita-snatahhaving taken the sacrifical bath; raja-rajahthe great king; maha-manahnoble-hearted; paramgreat; bhagamportion; caand; devebhyahto the demigods; viprebhyahto the brahmaas; dakshiamdaksina; adatgave.

Having performed the avabhrita bath, the noble-hearted king gave sacrifical offerings to the demigods and dakshia to the brahmaas. Text 25 evam pure 'dhvare mukhye tushe devarshi-sattame ajagamatha durvasa dadi chatri jaadharah evamthus; purecompleted; adhvarethe yajna; mukhyeprimary; tushe pleased; devarshi-sattamethe best of sages and demigods; ajagamacame; athathen; durvasaDurvasa; dadiholding a stick; chatriholding a parasol; jaadharahhis hair matted. When the yajna was thus completed and the sages and demigods were all pleased, Durvasa Muni, holding a stick and a parasol, suddenly arrived. Text 26 krodhi krishah padukaghrir dirgha-smashruh krishodarah darbhasana-samit-patramriga-carma-dharah parah krodhiangry; krishahemaciated; padukaghrihwearing sandals on his feet; dirgha-smashruhwith a long beard; krishodaraha slender waist; darbhasanaa seat of kusha grass; samit-patrawith a kamandalu; mriga-carma-dharahwearing a deerskin; parahgreat. His beard was long. He carried a kamadalu and a kusha-grass seat. He wore sandals and a deerskin garment. He was very thin and emaciated, and he was very angry. Text 27 tam agatam samagamya pujayitva vidhanatah bhaya-bhitah parikramya kuverah praanama ha tamto him; agatamcome; samagamyaapproaching; pujayitvaworshiping; vidhanatahproperly; bhaya-bhitahfrightened; parikramyacircumambulating; kuverahKuvera; praanamabowed down; haindeed. Frightened, Kuvera approached him, worshiped him, circumambulated him, and bowed down before him. Text 28

adya me sa-phalam janma sa-phalam mandiram ca me adya me sa-phalo yajno brahmams tvayy agate sati adyatoday; meme; sa-phalamfruitful; janmabirth; sa-phalamfruitful; mandiramhome; caand; memy; adyatoday; memy; sa-phalahfruitful; yajnahthe yajna; brahmamhO brahmaa; tvayinow that you; agatehave come; satibeing so. Kuvera said: O brahmaa, now that you have come here, my life is a success, my home is a success, and this yajna is a success. Text 29 ittham santoshitas tena durvasa bhagavan munih devam manushya-dharmaam praha prahasitananah itthamthus; santoshitahpleased; tenaby that; durvasaDurvasa; bhagavan Lord; munihthe sage; devamto the Lord; manushya-dharmaamof human religious principles; prahasaid; prahasitananahsmiling. Pleased by all this, the great sage Durvasa spoke about the religious duties of human beings. Text 30 tvam raja-rajo dharmatma dani vipra-parayaah kritas te vaishavo yajno vishu-santosha-karaah tvamyou; raja-rajaha great king; dharmatmapious; danigenerous; vipraparayaahdevotedf to the brahmaas; kritahdone; teof you; vaishavahto Lord Vishu; yajnaha yajna; vishu-santosha-karaahpleasing to Lord Vishu. He said: You are a great king. You are pious, generous, and devoted to the brahmaas. Your yajna has pleased Lord Vishu. Text 31 na yacito maya tvam vai kvapi vaishravaa prabho adyaiva yacanam kurve jnatva tvam dani-sattamam nanot; yacitahasked; mayaby me; tvamyou; vaiindeed; kvapi somewhere; vaishravaaO Kuvera; prabhahO lord; adyatoday; evaindeed;

yacanamrequest; kurveI do; jnatvaknowing; tvamyou; dani-sattamamthe most generous. O Lord Kuvera, in the past I have never asked any favors of you, but today, aware that you are very generous by nature, I have a request to ask of you. Text 32 mad-yacnam sa-phali-kuryas tubhyam dasyami sad-varam na cet tvam bhasmasat kurve shapenati-bhayena vai matmy; yacnamrequest; sa-phali-kuryahplease make fruitful; tubhyamto you; dasyamiI will give; sad-varama boon; nanot; cetif; tvamyou; bhasmasatburned to ashes; kurveI will make; shapenawith a curse; atibhayenafightening; vaiindeed. Please grant my request. If you do, I will give you a boon. If you do not, I will burn you to ashes with a frightening curse. Text 33 vartante tvad-grihe sarve trailokya-nidhayo nava tan me prayaccha bhadram te tad-artham gatavan aham vartanteare; tvad-grihein your home; sarveall; trailokya-nidhayahthe wealth of the three worlds; navanine; tanthat; meto me; prayacchaplease give; bhadramauspiciousness; teto you; tad-arthamfor that purpose; gatavan come; ahamI. In your home you keep the nine treasures that are the most precious in the three worlds. Please give them to me. May your life be auspicious. For that purpose I have come. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca etac chrutva raja-rajo dana-shila udara-dhih om iti pratigrihishva praha tam guhyakeshvarah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; etatthis; shrutvahearing; raja-rajah that great king; dana-shiladevoted to giving charity; udara-dhihgenerous at heart; omyes; itithus; pratigrihishvaplease take; prahasaid; tamto him; guhyakeshvarahKuvera.

Shri Narada said: Hearing these words, generous and charitable Kuvera said, Yes. I agree. Please take them. Text 35 evam nidhin pradasyantam danadhyakshau nidhishvaram ghaanadah parshvamaulir ucatur lobha-mohitau evamthus; nidhinthe treasures; pradasyantamabout to give; danadhyakshaugenerous; nidhishvaramto Kuvera; ghaanadaGhantanada; parshvamaulihand Parsvamauli; ucatuhsaid; lobha-mohitaubewildered by greed. As Kuvera was about to give the nine treasures, his two ministers, Ghaanada and Parshvamauli, who were bewildered with greed, spoke. Text 36 dvav ucatuh eko 'yam brahmao lobhi nidhibhih kim karishyati laksham divyam dehi casmai vrittim raksha tathottaram dvauthe two; ucatuhsaid; ekahone; ayamthis; brahmaahbrahmaa; lobhigreedy; nidhibhihwith treasures; kimwhat is the need?; karishyatiwill do; lakshama hundred thousand; divyamsplendid; dehigive; caand; asmai to him; vrittimwealth; rakshaprotect; tathathen; uttaramgreat. The two ministers said: What will this greedy brahmaa do with those great treasures? Give him a hundred thousand other things and keep the nine great treasures for yourself. Text 37 shri-narada uvaca parusham tad-vacah shrutva durvasah krodha-vigrahah bhru-bhaga-kuili-bhute rakta-netre cakara ha shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; parushamharsh; tad-vacahtheir words; shrutvahearing; durvasahDurvasa; krodha-vigrahahfilled with anger; bhrubhaga-kuili-bhuteknitting his eyebrows; rakta-netrehis eyes red; cakaradid; haindeed.

Shri Narada said: When he heard these harsh words Durvasa became filled with anger. His eyes were red and his eyebrows knitted with anger. Text 38 sthaliva sarva-brahmadam cacala nimisha-dvayam praatam dhanadam vikshya tabhyam shapam dadau munih sthalia place; ivaas if; sarva-brahmadamthe entire universe; cacala went; nimisha-dvayamfor two brief moments; praatambowing down; dhanadamKuvera; vikshyaseeing; tabhyamto them; shapama curse; dadau gave; munihthe sage. For the time of two eyeblinks the entire universe shook. Seeing Kuvera humbly bowing down before him, Durvasa Muni proceeded to curse the two ministers. Text 39 shri-munir uvaca ghaanada maha-dusha papa-buddhe 'ti-lubdhaka grahavat tvam dhana-grahi graho bhava maha-khala shri-munir uvaca-the sage said; ghaanadaO Ghantanada; maha-dusha wicked; papa-buddhesinful; ati-lubdhakavery greedy; grahavatlike a crocodile; tvamyou; dhana-grahigrasping for wealth; grahaha crocodile; bhava become; maha-khalaO wretch. Shri Durvasa said: Sinful, wicked, greedy Ghaanada, you clutch at wealth as crocodile would clutch. I curse you: Become a crocodile! Text 40 parshvamaule papa-buddhe dhana-lobha-madanvitah gajavat preraam kurvams tvam gajo bhava durmate parshvamauleParshvamauli; papa-buddhesinful; dhana-lobha-madanvitah greedy; gajavatlike an elephant; preraampushing; kurvamhdoing; tvam you; gajahan elephant; bhavabecome; durmateO wretch. Sinful, wicked, greedy Parshvamauli, you are pushy like an elephant. I curse you: Become an elephant!

Text 41 shri-narada uvaca tabhyam shapam munir dattva nidhim nitva kuveratah varam dadau punas tasmai durvasa durlabham param shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tabhyamto them; shapamcurse; munih the sage; dattvagiving; nidhimwealth; nitvataking; kuveratahfrom Kuvera; varamboon; dadaugave; punahagain; tasmaito him; durvasaDurvasa; durlabhamrare; paramgreat. Shri Narada said: After thus cursing the two ministers, Durvasa Muni took the nine treasures from Kuvera and then offered him a great and rare boon. Text 42 asmad danac ca dvi-gua bhavantu nidhayo nava ity uktva sa-nidhih pragad aho tejiyasam balam asmatfrom bim; danatfrom the wealth; caand; dvi-guadoubled; bhavantumay be; nidhayahtreasures; navanine; itythus; uktvasaying; sanidhihthe treasure; pragatwent; ahahOh; tejiyasampower; balampower. Durvasa Muni said, Because you have offered them to me, I give you the boon that your nine treasures will now become twice as valuable as they were." As soon as these words were spoken the nine treasures became twice as valuable.

Chapter Eleven Shri Cakra-tirthotpattau gaja-graha-moksha In the Creation of Cakra-tirtha, the Liberation of the Elephant and the Crocodile Text 1 kuvera-mantriau dinau vipra-shapa-vimohitau tatra sakshat svayam vishuh praha tau sharaam gatau kuvera-mantriauthe two ministers of Kuvera; dinaupoor; vipra-shapavimohitaubewildered by the brahmaa's curse; tatrathere; sakshatdirectly; svayampersonally; vishuhto Lord Vid\u; prahasaid; tauthey; sharaam shelter; gataugone.

Bewildered by the brahmaa's curse, Kuvera's two unhappy ministers took shelter of Lord Vishu. Text 2 shri-bhagavan uvaca mad-arca-samyute yajne bhavantau duhkha-samyutau brahmaanam vaco 'ham vai duri-kartum na ca kshamah shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; mad-arcasamyuteengaged in My worship; yajnein the yajna; bhavantauyou both; duhkha-samyutauunhappy; brahmaanamof the brahmaas; vacahthe words; ahamI; vaiindeed; duri-kartumto throw far away; nanot; caand; kshamah am able. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: You two worshiped Me in the yajna, but now you are unhappy. I have no power to negate the words of the brahmaas. Text 3 bhavetam graha-matagau yuddham hi yuvayor yada tada vai mat-prasadena prakritim svam gamishyathah bhavetamyou will become; grahaa crocodile; matagauand an elephant; yuddhama fight; hiindeed; yuvayohbetween you both; yadawhen; tada then; vaiindeed; mat-prasadenaby My mercy; prakritimnature; svamown; gamishyathahyou will attain. You will indeed become a crocodile and an elephant. You will fight, and by My mercy you will regain your original natures. Text 4 shri-narada uvaca ity uktau haria tau dvau raja-rajasya mantriau babhuvatur graha-gajau jati-smaraa-samyutau shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itythus; uktauaddressed; hariaby Lord Krisha; tauthey; dvauboth; raja-rajasyaof King Kuvera; mantriauthe ministers; babhuvatuhbecame; grahaa crocodile; gajauand an elephant; jatismaraa-samyutauremembering their previous birth.

Shri Narada said: After Lord Vishu had spoken these words, Kuvera's two ministers became a crocodile and an elephant. Nevertheless, in their new station they could remember who they had been before. Text 5 ghaanado 'bhavad graho gomatyam ca shatam samah vikaralo maha-bhimah shashvad-raudra-vapur-dharah ghaanadahGhantanada; abhavatbecame; grahaha crocodile; gomatyam in the Gomati; caand; shatamfor a hundred; samahyears; vikaralah fearsome; maha-bhimahferocious; shashvad-raudraalways angry; vapuhform; dharahmanifesting. For one hundred years Ghaanada was a fearsome, feroicous, always angry crocodile in the Gomati river. Text 6 parshvamaulir gajendro 'bhud raivatasya girer vane catur-dantah kajjalabhah prishha-procco dhanuh-shatam parshvamaulihParshvamauli; gajendrahthe king of elephants; abhutwas; raivatasyaRauivata; girehMount; vanein the forest; catur-dantahwith four tusks; kajjalabhahsplendid as black kajjala; prishha-proccah dhanuh-shatama hundred dhanus tall. Parshvamauli became a regal elephant in the forest by Mount Raivata. He was a hundred dhanus tall. Texts 7-9 vanjulaih kuravaih kundair badarair vetra-veubhih rambha-bhur javaair yukte kovidarasanarjunaih mandara-paalashokacuta-campaka-candanaih panasodambarashvatthakharjurair bija-purakair priyalamratakamraish ca kramukaih parimadite raivatasya vane dirghe vicacara maha-gajah

vanjulaihwith vanjulas; kuravaihkuravas; kundaihkundas; badaraih badaras; vetra-veubhihvetra-venus; rambha-bhuhrambhas; javaaihjavatas; yukteendowed; kovidarasanarjunaihkovidaras, asanas, and arjunas; mandara mandaras; paalapatalas; ashokaasokas; cutacutas; campakacampakas; candanaihcandanas; panasapanasas; udambaraudambaras; ashvattha asvatthas; kharjuraihkharjuras; bija-purakaihbija-purakas; priyalamratakamraih priyalas, amratakas, and amras; caand; kramukaihkramukas; parimadite decorated; raivatasyaof Raivata; vanein the forest; dirghegreat; vicacara walked; maha-gajahthe great elephant. That great elephant wandered in Mount Raivata's forest, which was decorated with many vanjulas, kuravas, kundas, badaras, vetra-veus, rambhas, javaas, kovidaras, asanas, arjunas, mandaras, paalas, ashokas, cutas, campakas, candanas, panasas, udambaras, ashvatthas, kharjuras, bija-purakas, priyalas, amratakas, amras kramukas, and other trees and plants. Text 10 ekada madhave masi gajendro giri-gahvarat snatum tam gomatim gagam ayayau sa-gao nadan ekadaone day; madhaveof Madhava; masiin the month; gajendrahthat regal elephant; giri-gahvaratfrom the mountain; snatumto bathe; tamthat; gomatim gagamGomati river; ayayauwent; sa-gaahwith its followers; nadan trumpeting. One day in the month of Madhava (April-May), that regal elephant left Mount Raivata and went, trumpeting and followed by its associates, to the Gomati river to bathe. Text 11 ciram samavagahyapsu shuda-dadair itas tatah karea kalabhan sarvan snapayam asa naga-ra ciramfor along time; samavagahyaimmersed; apsuin the water; shudadadaihwith many trunks; itahhere; tatahand there; kareawith a trunk; kalabhanchildren; sarvanall; snapayam asabathed; naga-rathe regal elephant. O king of Videha, bathing his children with water from his trunk, the regal elephant stayed in the water for a long time. Text 12

mahan graho 'pi tatra-stho baliyan daiva-noditah agrahic carae nagam krodha-purita-vigrahah mahana great; grahahcrocodile; apialso; tatra-sthahstaying there; baliyanpowerful; daiva-noditahsent by fate; agrahitgrabbed; caraeon the foot; nagamthe elephant; krodha-purita-vigrahahfilled with anger. Sent by fate, a powerful and angry crocodile grabbed the elephant's foot. Text 13 tenaiva tad-grihe nito gajendro bala-darpitah tam akrishya bahih praptam punas tena vikarshitah tenaby him; evaindeed; tad-griheto his home; nitahtaken; gajendrah the elephant king; bala-darpitahproud of his strength; tamhim; akrishya dragging; bahihout; praptamattained; punahagain; tenaby him; vikarshitah dragged. The crocodile dragged the elephant to its crocodile home in the water. Proud of his strength, the elephant then dragged the crocodile onto the land. Then the crocodile dragged the elphant again into the water. Text 14 kareavash ca kalabhas tam tarayitum akshamah evam tayor yudhyatosh ca karshator hi bahir mithah kareavahthe female elephants; caand; kalabhahthe children; tamhim; tarayitumto rescue; akshamahunable; evamthus; tayohof them both; yudhyatohfighting; caand; karshatohdragging; hiindeed; bahihout; mithah each other. The female elephants and their children had no power to rescue the regal elephant. Dragging each other in and out of the water, the elephant and the crocodile fought. Text 15 pancashat-panca-varshai vyatiyuh pashyatam satam evam kashmalam apanno gajo jati-smaro mahan

pancashat-panca-varshai55 years; vyatiyuhpassed; pashyatamlooking on; satamthe devotees; evamthus; kashmalamweakness; apannahattained; gajahthe elephant; jati-smarahremembering his past birth; mahangreat. As many saintly persons watched, the crocodile and the elephant fought for fiftyfive years. Finally the elephant, now exhausted, remembered his previous birth. Text 16 prema-lakshaaya bhaktya hari-pada-kritashrayah sasmara shri-harim devam mrityu-pasha-vasham gatah prema-lakshaayacharacterized by love; bhaktyawith devotion; hari-padakritashrayahtakign shelter of Lord Hari's lotus feet; sasmararemembered; shriharimLord Hari; devamthe Lord; mrityu-pasha-vashamsubdued by the ropes of death; gatahattained. Finding himself almost caught in the noose of death, the elephant remembered his previous birth and took shelter of the feet of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 17 shri-gajendra uvaca shri-krisha krisha-sakha krisha-vapur-dadhana krishaya te praatir astu suresha visho pura prabho parama-pavana puya-kirte mam pahi pahi parameshvara papa-pashat shri-gajendra uvacathe regal elephant said; shri-krishaO Shri Krisha; krisha-sakhaO friend of Arjuna; krisha-vapur-dadhanawho has a dark form; krishayato Krisha; teto You; praatihobeisances; astuare; sureshaO master of the demigods; vishahO Vishu; puraO perfect; prabhahLord; parama-pavanaO great purifier; puya-kirteO glorious one; mamme; pahi save; pahisave; parameshvaraO Supreme Personality of Godhead; papaof sin; pashatfrom the noose. The regal elephant said: O Shri Krisha, O friend of Arjuna, O dark Lord, I offer my respectful obeisances to You. O master of the demigods, O Vishu, O perfect Lord, O supreme purifier, O glorious one, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, please, please save Me! Save me from the noose of my past sins! Text 18 shri-narada uvaca evam praha grihitagam

smarantam ca harim harih jnatvaruhya khagam vegad adhavad dina-vatsalah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; prahasaid; grihita grabbed; agamlimb; smarantamremembering; caand; harimLord Hari; harihLord Hari; jnatvaunderstanding; aruhyaraising; khagamHis sword; vegatquickly; adhavatran; dinato the poor; vatsalahaffectionate. Shri Narada said: Aware that the elephant caught in the crocodile's grip was remembering Him, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is kind to the distressed, picked up His sword and flew to that place. Text 19 svayam khagat samuttirya dhavamsh cakram samakshipat cakre prapte purvam eva grahasyapi shiro 'dbhutam svayampersonally; khagatfrom garuda; samuttiryadescending; dhavan running; cakramcakra; samakshipatthrew; cakrethe cakre; prapteattained; purvambefore; evaindeed; grahasyaof the crocodile; apialso; shirahthe head; adbhutamwonderful. Descending from Garuda, the Supreme Personality of Godhead threw His cakra and wonderfully severed the crocodile's head. Text 20 dainyam prapte dhanam iva dehad bhinnam babhuva ha pashcat prapatitam cakram gomatyam ca hrade nadat pashaa-nicayan sarvams cakrakaramsh cakara ha dainyamhumbleness; prapteattained; dhanamwealth; ivalike; dehat from the body; bhinnambroken; babhuvawas; haindeed; pashcatfrom behind; prapatitamfallen; cakramthe cakra; gomatyaminto the Gomati river; caand; hradein a lake; nadatfrom the sound; pashaa-nicayanmany stones; sarvanall; cakrakaranthe forms of the cakra; cakaradid; haindeed. As a person may suddenly lose all his wealth, that spirit soul was suddenly pushed out of a crocodile's body. After killing the crocodile, the Lord's cakra continued until in finally landed in a lake, turning all the stones there into incarnations of the cakra. Text 21

tan-nemi-sagharsha-bhavam cakra-tirtham shubhavaham tac-cakra-darshanad rajan brahma-hatya pramucyate tan-nemi-sagharsha-bhavamby the contact of the cakra; cakra-tirtham Cakra-tirtha; shubhavahamauspicous; tat-cakra-darshanatby the sight of the Sudarshana-cakra; rajanO king; brahma-hatyathe sin of killing a brahmaa; pramucyateis freed. In this way, by the touch of the Lord's Sudarshana-cakra, the auspicious holy place Cakra-tirtha was created. Simply be seeing Cakra-tirtha, a person becomes free of the sin of killing a brahmaa. Text 22 grahash chinna-shira bhutva purva-rupam dadhara ha shri-krishanugrahad dhasti divya-rupo babhuva sah grahahthe crocodile; chinnasevered; shirahead; bhutvabecoming; purvarupamhis previous form; dadharamanifested; haindeed; shri-krishaof Shri Krisha; anugrahatby the mercy; hastithe elephant; divya-rupaha demigod form; babhuvabecame; sahhe. His head severed, the crocodile attained his original form of a demigod. By the mercy of Lord Krisha, the elephant also attained the form of a demigod. Text 23 parikramya harim natva stutva devam kritanjalih kuvera-mantriau tau dvau jagmatuh sva-padam punah parikramyacircumambulating; harimthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; natvabowing; stutvaoffering prayers; devamto the Lord; kritanjalihwith folded hands; kuvera-mantriautne ministers of Kuvera; tauthe; dvauboth; jagmatuhwent; sva-padamto their own abode; punahagain. After circumambulating the Lord, bowing down before Him, and offering prayers with folded hands, Kuvera's two ministers returned to their own abode. Text 24 deveshu pushpam varshatsu jaya-dhvani-nadatsu ca jagama bhagavan sakshat svam dhama prakriteh param

deveshuas the demigods; pushpamflowers; varshatsushowered; jayadhvani-nadatsucalling out Victory!"; caand; jagamawent; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatHimself; svamto His own; dhama abode; prakritehthe world of matter; parambeyond. As the demigods showered flowers and called out Victory!", the Supreme Personality of Godhead returned to His own abode beyond the world of matter. Text 25 cakra-tirtha-katham enam yah shrioti narottamah cakra-tirtha-snana-phalam samprapnoti na samshayah cakra-tirthaof Cakra-tirtha; kathamstory; enamthis; yahone who; shrioti hears; narottamahthe best of men; cakra-tirthaof Cakra-tirtha; snana bathing; phalamthe result; samprapnotiattains; nano; samshayahdoubt. One who hears this story of Cakra-tirtha becomes the best of men. He attains the same result attained by bathing at Cakra-tirtha. Of this there is no doubt. Text 26 gaja-graha-katham puyam yah shrioti samahitah duh-svapnam nashyate tasya su-svapnam bhavati dhruvam shri-krishasya prasadena yati vishoh param padam gajaof the elephant; grahaand the crocodile; kathamstory; puyam sacred; yahone who; shriotihears; samahitahattentive; duh-svapnam nightmares; nashyatedestroyed; tasyaof him; su-svapnampleasant dreams; bhavatiare; dhruvamindeed; shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; prasadenaby the mercy; yatiattains; vishohof Lord Vishu; paramthe supreme; padam abode. A person who attentively hears this story of the elephant and the crocodile becomes free of bad dreams. All his dreams will be pleasant. By Lord Krisha's mercy he will attain the transcendental abode of Lord Vishu. Chapter Twelve Shakhoddhara-mahatmya The Glories of Shakhoddhara-tirtha Text 1

shri-narada uvaca shakhoddhare tirtha-mukhye svara-danam dadati yah sa gacched vaishavam lokam sarvopadrava-varjitam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shakhoddhareShakhoddhara; tirthamukhyethe sacred place; svara-danamgift of gold; dadatigoves; yahwho; sahe; gacchetattains; vaishavamof Lord Vishu; lokamthe world; sarvopadrava-varjitamwithout any trouble. Shri Narada said: A person who at sacred Shakhoddhara-tirtha gives charity of gold attains the realm of Lord Vishu without encountering any obstacles on his path. Text 2 shri-krisha-bhaktah shantatma trito nama maha-munih tirtha-yatria-prasagena prapta anarta-bhumishu shri-krisha-bhaktaha devotee of Lord Krisha; shantatmapeaceful at heart; tritahTrita; namanamed; maha-muniha great sage; tirtha-yatria-prasagena by going on pilgrimage; praptaattained; anarta-bhumishuthe land of Anarta. A great sage named Trita, who was peaceful at heart and a devotee of Lord Krisha, went on a pilgrimage to the land of Anarta. Text 3 drishva shubham sarah snatva hareh pujam cakara ha tat-pujayam maha-shakham\ sundarair lakshaair vritam drishvaseeing; shubhamthe beautiful; sarahlake; snatvabathing; hareh of Lord Krisha; pujamthe worship; cakaradid; haindeed; tat-pujayamin that worship; maha-shakhama great conchshell; sundaraihwith beautiful; lakshaaihqualities; vritamendowed. Seeing a beautiful lake there, Trita bathed and then worshiped Lord Krisha. In his worship he used a great and very beautiful conchshell. Text 4 corayam asa kakshivams tasya shishyo 'ti-lobhatah puja-shakham gatam vikshya kruddhah praha trito munih

corayam asastole; kakshivanKakshivan; tasyahis; shishyahdisciple; atilobhatahout of greed; puja-shakhamthe conchshell used in the worship; gatam gone; vikshyaseeing; kruddhahangry; prahasaid; tritahTrita; munihthe sage. Impelled by greed, the sage's disciple Kakshivan stole the conchshell. Seeing that the conchshell was missing, Trita Muni became angry and said: Text 5 yena nitas tu me shakhah sa shakho bhavatu dhruvam tadaiva shakha-rupo 'bhut kakshivan chapa-piditah yenaby whom; nitahtaken; tuindeed; memy; shakhahconchshell; sa he; shakhaha conch; bhavatumay become; dhruvamindeed; tadathen; eva indeed; shakha-rupahthe form of a conch; abhutbecame; kakshivan Kaksivan; shapa-piditahtroubled by the curse. Whoever has stolen my conchshell will become a conch." Cursed in this way, Kakshivan at once became a conch. Text 6 tat-padayor nipatitah pahi mam ity uvaca ha shighram shantas tritah praha durmate kim kritam tvaya steya-doshad bhukshva papam mad-vaco no mrisha bhavet tatof him; padayohat the feet; nipatitahfallen; pahisave; mamme; ity thsu; uvacasaid; haindeed; shighramquickly; shantahpacified; tritahTrita; prahasaid; durmatefool; kimwhat?; kritamdone; tvayaby you; steyadoshatby the sin of theft; bhukshvaexperience; papamthe sin; mad-vacah my word; nahnot; mrishafalse; bhavetwill be. Kakshivan fell at Trita's feet and begged, Save me!" Trita was at once pacified. Still, he said, Fool, what have you done? Because you have stolen, now you must suffer the sinful reaction. My words will not go in vain." Text 7 bhaja shri-krisha-padabjam sa te moksham karishyati ity uktvatha gate rajams trite deve maha-munau

bhajaworship; shri-krisha-padabjamShri Krisha's lotus feet; saHe; teto you; mokshamliberation; karishyatiwill do; itythus; uktvaspeaking; atha then; gategone; rajanO king; triteTrita; devedivine; maha-munaugreat sage. O king, saying, Worship Shri Krisha's lotus feet, and He will release you from this and give you liberation," the great sage Trita left. Text 8 sarovare nipatitah kakshivan chakha-rupa-dhrik pravadan krisha krisheti shata-varsham sthito 'bhavat sarovareinto the lake; nipatitahfell; kakshivanKaksivan; chakha-rupa-dhrik in the form of a conch; pravadansaying; krishaKrisha; krishaKrisha; iti thus; shata-varshamfor a hundred years; sthitahsituated; abhavatwas. Kakshivan, now in the form of a conch, fell into the lake. For a hundred years he stayed there, all the time chanting Krisha! Krisha!" Text 9 paripuratamah sakshad bhagavan bhakta-vatsalah agatya sarasas-tiram ma bhaishety abhayam dadau paripuratamahthe perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshat directly; bhagavanthe Lord; bhakta-vatsalahwho loves His devotees; agatya coming; sarasas-tiramto the shore of the lake; madon't; bhaishabe afraid; iti thus; abhayamfearlessness; dadaugave. The perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead, who dearly loves His devotees, came to that lake and, saying, Don't be afraid, reassured Kakshivan. Text 10 tam megha-nada-gambhiram giram shrutva jalecarah cukrosha pahi pahiti deva-deva jagat-pate tamthis; megha-nada-gambhiramdeep as thunder; giramstatement; shrutvahearing; jalecarahthe conch; cukroshacalled out; pahisave; pahi save; itithus; deva-devaO Lord of lords; jagat-pateO master of the universes. Hearing the Lord's words deep as thunder, the conch Kakshivan called out, Lord of lords! Master of the universes! Save me! Save me!"

Text 11 bhujagendra-bhoga-ruca bhujena bhagavan prabhuh shakham bhaktam gajam iva projjahara daya-parah bhujagendra-bhoga-rucasplendid as a serpent's coil; bhujenawith an arm; bhagavanthe Lord; prabhuhthe Lord; shakhamto the conch; bhaktam devotee; gajamelephant; ivalike; projjaharalifted; daya-parahmerciful. Extending an arm splendid like a great serpent's coil, the merciful Supreme Personality of Godhead lifted the devotee conch, who was as large as a great elephant. Text 12 tadaiva divya-rupo 'bhuc chakha-rupam vihaya sah kritanjalir harim natva stutim cakre tada ca sah tadathen; evaindeed; divya-rupahthe form of a demigod; abhut became; chakha-rupamthe form of the conch; vihayaabandoning; sahhe; kritanjalihwith folded hands; harimto Lord Krisha; natvabowing; stutim prayers; cakredid; tadathen; caand; sahhe. His conch form gone, Kakshivan, now in the splendid form of a demigod, bowed down before the Lord and with folded hands spoke many prayers. Text 13 shri-kakshivan uvaca vasudeva namas te 'stu govinda purushottama dina-vatsala dinesha dvarakesha pareshvara shri-kakshivan uvacaShri Kakshivan said; vasudevaO son of Vasudeva; namahobeisances; teto You; astumay be; govindaO Govinda; purushottama O Supreme Person; dina-vatsalaO Lord affectionate to the downtrodden; dineshaO master of the distressed; dvarakeshaO master of Dvaraka; pareshvara O Supreme Lord. Shri Kakshivan said: O Vasudeva, O Govinda, O Supreme Person, O Supreme Controller, O king of Dvaraka, O master of the poor and downtrodden, O Lord who loves the poor and downtrodden, I offer my respectful obeisances to You.

Text 14 dhruve dhruva-padam datre prahladasyarti-harie gajasyoddharie tubhyam baler bali-vide namah dhruveto Dhruva; dhruva-padamthe eternal realm; datregiving; prahladasyarti-harieremoving Prahlada's sufferings; gajasyoddhariedelivering the elephant; tubhyamro You; balehof Bali; bali-videaccepting the offering; namahobeisances. To You, who gave an eternal kingdom to Dhruva, removed Prahlada's sufferings, delivered a regal elephant, and accepted Bali's offering, I offer my respectful obeisances. Text 15 draupadi-cira-santanakarie haraye namah garagni-vana-vasebhyah padavanam sahayine draupadito Draupadi; cira-santanalimitless cloth; kariemaking; harayeto Lord Krisha; namahobeisances; garafrom poison; agnifire; vanain the forest; vasebhyahand residence; padavanamthe Padavas; sahayinehelping. To You, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who made Draupadi's garment endless and rescued the Padavas from poison, fire, and exile in the forest, I offer my respectful obeisances. Text 16 yadava-traa-kartre ca shakrad abhira-rakshie guru-matri-dvijanam ca putra-datre namo namah yadava-traa-kartreprotecting the Yadavas; caand; shakratfrom Indra; abhira-rakshieprotecting the gopas; guruto His guru; matrimother; dvijanam and the brahmaa; caand; putrasons; datregiving; namahobeisances; namahobeisances. To You, who protected the Yadavas, protected the gopas from King Indra, and returned to Your mother, guru, and a brahmaa the sons they had lost, I offer my respectful obeisances. Text 17 jarasandha-nirodharta-

nripanam moksha-karie nrigasyoddharie sakshatsudamne dainya-harie jarasandhaof Jarasandha; nirodhain the prison; artasuffering; nripanamof the kings; moksha-kariegiving liberation; nrigasyaof King Nriga; uddharie the deliverer; sakshatdirectly; sudamneto Sudama; dainyathe poverty; harie removing. To You, who rescued the kings suffering in Jarasandha's prison, delivered King Nriga, and ended Sudama's poverty, I offer my respectful obeisances. Text 18 vasudevaya krishaya namah sakarshaaya ca pradyumnayaniruddhaya catur-vyuhaya te namah vasudevayato Lord Vasudeva; krishayato Lord Krisha; namahobeisances; sakarshaayato Lord Sakarshaa; caand; pradyumnayato Lord Pradyumna; aniruddhayato Lord Aniruddha; catur-vyuhayato the catur-vyuha; teto You; namahobeisances. To You, who are the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Krisha, I offer my respectful obeisances. To You, who are the Catur-vyuha: Lord Vasudeva, Lord Sakarshaa, Lord Pradyumna, and Lord Aniruddha, I offer my respectful obeisances. Text 19 tvam eva mata ca pita tvam eva tvam eva bandhush ca sakha tvam eva tvam eva vidya draviam tvam eva tvam eva sarvam mama deva-deva tvamYou; evaindeed; matamother; caand; pitafather; tvamYou; eva indeed; tvamYou; evaindeed; bandhuhrelative; caand; sakhafriend; tvamYou; evaindeed; tvamYou; evaindeed; vidyaknowledge; draviam wealth; tvamYou; evaindeed; tvamYou; evaindeed; sarvameverything; mamafor me; deva-devaO Lord of lords. You are my mother. You are my father, You are my relative. You are my friend. You are my wisdom. You are my wealth. O Lord of Lord, You are my all. Texts 20 and 21 shri-narada uvaca evam stutva harim rajan

kakshivan prema-puritah vimana-varam asthaya yadavanam ca pashyatam vibhrajayan dasha dishah shata-surya-sama-prabhah jagama vaishavam lokam sarvopadrava-varjitam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; stutvapraying; harimto Lord Krisha; rajanO king; kakshivanKakshivan; premawith love; puritah filled; vimana-varama transcendental airplane; asthayaboarding; yadavanam as the Yadavas; caand; pashyatamlooked on; vibhrajayanilluminating; dasha the ten; dishahdirections; shata-surya-sama-prabhahsplendid like a hundred suns; jagamawent; vaishavamof Lord Vishu; lokamto the planet; sarvopadrava-varjitamwithout any impediments. Shri Narada said: O king, after offering these prayers, Kakshivan, now filled with love, entered a spiritual airplane and, as the Yadavas looked on, without any trouble flew to the world of Lord Vishu, filling the ten directions with light as he went. Text 22 shakhoddharah krito yasmin haria maithileshvara tasmat tirtham maha-puyam shakhoddhara-pratham gatam shakhathe conch; uddharahdeliverance; kritahdone; yasminwhere; hariaby Lord Krisha; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila; tasmatfrom that; tirthamholy plave; maha-puyamvery sacred; shakhoddhara-prathamnamed Shakhoddhara; gatamgone. O king of Mithila, this very sacred place, where Lord Krisha delivered a conch, is known as Shakhoddhara-tirtha. Text 23 shakhoddhara-katham etam yah shrioti narottamah shakhoddhara-snana-phalam labhate vai na samshayah shakhoddharaof Shakhoddhara-tirtha; kathamstory; etamthis; yahone who; shriotihears; narottamahthe best of men; shakhoddhara-snana-phalam the result of bathing in shakhoddhara-tirtha; labhateattains; vaiindeed; na no; samshayahdoubt.

A person who hears this story of Shakhoddhara-tirtha becomes the best of human beings. He attains the result of bathing in Shakhoddhara-tirtha. Of this there is no doubt. Chapter Thirteen Shri Prabhasa-sarasvati-bodha-pippala-gomati-sindhu-saga-mahatmya The Glories of Prabhasa-tirtha, the Sarasvati River, Bodha-pippala, and the Place Where the Gomati River Meets the Ocean Text 1 shri-narada uvaca prabhasasyapi mahatmyam shriu rajan maha-mate sarva-papa-haram puyam tejasam vardhanam param shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; prabhasasyaof Prabhasa; apialso; mahatmyamthe glory; shriuplease hear; rajanO king; maha-matenoblehearted; sarva-papaall sins; haramremoving; puyamsacred; tejasampower; vardhanamincrease; paramgreat. Shri Narada said: O noble-hearted king, please hear the story of Prabhasa-tirtha, a story that removes all sins and grants gret power. Texts 2 and 3 godavaryam gurau simhe hara-kshetre ca kumbhage ravigrahe kurukshetre kashyam candragrahe tatha yat puyam labhate rajan snanato danato narah tasmac chata-guam puyam prabhase ca dine dine godavaryamin the Godavari; gurauwhen Jupiter; simhein Leo; hara-kshetre at Haridwar; caand; kumbhagein Aquarius; ravigraheeclipse of the sun; kurukshetreat Kurukshetra; kashyamin Varaasi; candragraheeclipse of the moon; tathaso; yatwhich; puyampiety; labhateattains; rajanO king; snanatahby bathing; danatahby giving charity; naraha person; tasmatthan that; shataa hundred times; guammultiplied; puyampiety; prabhaseat Prabhasa; caand; dineday; dineafter day. By bathing and giving charity at Prabhasa-tirtha one attains a pious result a hundred times greater than the result attained by bathing and giving charity at the

Godavari river when Jupiter is in Leo, at Haridwar when Jupiter is in Aquarius, at Kurukshetra during a solar eclipse, or at Varaasi during a lunar eclipse. Text 4 yatra snatva daksha-shapad grihito yakshmaodura vimuktah kilbishat sadyo bheje bhuyah kalodayam yatrawhere; snatvabathing; daksha-shapatfrom Daksa's curse; grihitah taken; yakshmaastricken with consumption; udurathe moon; vimuktahfree; kilbishatfrom sin; sadyahat once; bhejeattained; bhuyahagain; kalaof the phases; udayamthe rising. By bathing at Prabhasa-tirtha, the moon-god became free of the disease he obtained by Daksha's curse, although he did show his phases again afterward. Text 5 maha-puyatama rajan yatra pratyak sarasvati tasyam snatva narah papi sakshad brahmamayo bhavet maha-puyatamamost sacred; rajanO king; yatrawhere; pratyakwest; sarasvatiSarasvati; tasyamthere; snatvabathing; naraha person; papi sinful; sakshatdirectly; brahmamayahspiritual; bhavetbecomes. O king, in that place the Sarasvati river flows in a western course. A sinner who bathes in the Sarasvati there attains a spiritual body. Text 6 tat-tire vartate rajan namna vai bodha-pippalam krishena yatroddhavaya dattam bhagavatam shubham tat-tireon that shore; vartateis; rajanO king; namnaby name; vai indeed; bodha-pippalamBodha-pippala; krishenaby Lord Krisha; yatrawhere; uddhavayato Uddhava; dattamgiven; bhagavatamthe Shrimad-Bhagavatam; shubhambeautiful; On the shore of the Sarasvati is a place named Bodha-pippala, where Lord Krisha gave the beautiful Shrimad-Bhagavatam to Uddhava. Texts 7 and 8 tam natvabhyarcya vidhivat

sprishva shri-bodha-pippalam shrioti yo bhagavatam puraam brahma-samhitam shlokardham shloka-padam va mauni niyata-manasah tasya paau bhaved rajan vaishavam paramam padam tamto that; natvabowing; abhyarcyaworshiping; vidhivatproperly; sprishvatouching; shri-bodha-pippalamBodha-pippala; shriotihears; yah one who; bhagavatamShrimad-Bhagavatam; puraamPuraa; brahmasamhitamscripture; shlokardhamhalf a stanza; shloka-padama single line of a stanza; vaor; maunisilent; niyata-manasahcontrolling his mind; tasyaof him; paauin the hand; bhavetis; rajanO king; vaishavamof Lord Vishu; paramamsupreme; padamabode. A person who is silent, controls his mind, visits, properly worships, and touches sacred Bodha-pippala, and hears the sacred Shrimad-Bhagavatam Puraa, or even only half a stanza of it, or even only a single line of a stanza, in Bodha-pippala, finds the supreme abode of Lord Vishu is placed in his hand. Text 9 praushha-padyam purimayam hema-simha-samanvitam dadati yo bhagavatam sa yati paramam gatim praushha-padyamin the month of Bhadra (August-September); purimayam on the full moon day; hema-simha-samanvitamwith a golden throne; dadati gives; yahwho; bhagavatamShrimad-Bhagavatam; sahe; yatiattains; paramamthe supreme; gatimabode. A person who on the full-moon day of the month of Bhadra (August-September) gives a gift of Shrimad-Bhagavatam resting on a golden throne attains the supreme destination. Text 10 puraam na shrutam yais tu shrimad-bhagavatam kvacit tesham vritha janma gatam naraam bhumi-vasinam puraamPuraa; nanot; shrutamheard; yaihby whom; tuindeed; shrimad-bhagavatamShrimad-Bhagavatam; kvacitsomewhere; teshamof them; vrithauseless; janmabirth; gatamgone; naraamof people; bhumivasinamliving on the earth.

In this world they who have never heard Shrimad-Bhagavatam have wasted their lives. Text 11 yair na shrutam bhagavatam puraam naradhito yaih purushah puraah hutam mukhe naiva dharamaraam tesham vritha janma gatam naraam yaihby whom; nanot; shrutamheard; bhagavatamShrimad-Bhagavatam; puraamPuraa; nanot; aradhitahworshiped; yaihby whom; purushahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; puraahancient; hutamoffered; mukhein the mouth; nanot; evaindeed; dharamaraamof the brahmaas; teshamof them; vrithawasted; janmabirth; gatamgone; naraamof people. They who have not heard Shrimad-Bhagavatam, worshiped the ancient Supreme Personality of Godhead, or fed the brahmaas, have wasted their lives. Text 12 dvaravatyam tirtha-rajam gomati-sindhu-magalam yatra snatva naro yati vaikuham vimalam padam dvaravatyamat Dvaraka; tirtha-rajamthe king of holy places; gomati-sindhumagalamthe auspicious meeting of the Gomati river and the ocean; yatra where; snatvahaving bathed; naraha person; yatigoes; vaikuhamto Vaikuha; vimalampure; padamabode. A person who bathes in Dvaraka at the auspicious place where the Gomati flows into the ocean, a place that is the king of holy places, attains the sacred supreme abode of Vaikuha. Text 13 shatashvamedhajam puyam gaga-sagara-sagame tat-sahasra-guam proktam gomati-sindhu-sagame shataa hundred; ashvamedhaasvamedha-yajnas; jamborn; puyampiety; gaga-sagara-sagameat the pklace where the Gaga flows into the ocean; tatsahasraa thousand times; guammultiplied; proktamsaid; gomati-sindhusagamethbe place where the Gomati flows into the ocean. The pious result obtained by bathing at the place where the Gomati flows into the ocean is a thousand times greater than the pious result obtained at the place where the Gaga flows into the ocean.

Text 14 atraivodaharantimam itihasam puratanam yasya shravaa-matrea papa-tapat pramucyate atrahere; evaindeed; udaharantithey say; imamthis; itihasamhistory; puratanamancient; yasyaof which; shravaaby hearing; matreasimply; papa-tapatfrom the sufferings of sins; pramucyatereleased. The wise tell an ancient story about this holy place. Simply by hearing it one becomes free from the sufferings brought by many sins. Text 15 asid gajahvaye vaishyo raja-marga-patih parah maha-gaurava-samyukto nidhisho dhanado yatha asitthere was; gajahvayeat Hastinapura; vaishyaha vaishya; raja-margapatiha chief merchant; parahgreat; maha-gaurava-samyuktahvery respectful; nidhishahthe controller of great wealth; dhanadahgenerous; yathaas. In Hastinapura there was a great, generous, respectful, and very wealthy merchant. Text 16 veshya-prasaga-nirato vita-goshhi-visharadah dyuta-kridaakasakto lobha-moha-madanvitah veshya-prasaga-niratahattached to prostitutes; vita-goshhi-visharadah expert at speaking words of love; dyuta-kridaakasaktahattached to gambling; lobhagreed; mohabewilderment; madapassion; anvitahwith. He greedy, passionate, bewildered, fond of visiting prostitutes, expert at speaking amorous flattery, and addicted to gambling. Text 17 mrisha-vadi maha-dushah ku-karma-niratah sada brahmaebhyo na pitribhyo na devebhyo dhanam dadau

mrisha-vadia lier; maha-dushahvery wicked; ku-karma-niratahacting badly; sadaalways; brahmaebhyahto the brahmaas; nanot; pitribhyahto the pitas; nanot; devebhyahto the demigods; dhanamwealth; dadaugave. He was a lier and a rogue. He always acted badly. He never gave charity to the brahmaas, pitas, or demigods. Text 18 hareh katham prekshya durad duram vai niryayau tvaram pitroh sevapi na krita na putrebhyo dhanam dadau hareh-of Lord Hari; kathamthe topics; prekshyaseeing; duratfrom afar; duramfar away; vaiindeed; niryayauwent; tvaramat once; pitrohof his parents; sevaservice; apiand; nanot; kritadone; nanot; putrebhyahto his sons; dhanamwealth; dadaugave. When from afar he was aware of discussions about the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he quickly ran far away. He did not serve his parents. He gave no money to his children. Text 19 tyaktva bharyam sa bhinno 'bhud dhanadhyo durmatih khalah veshya-prasagat tasyapi dhanardham prakshayam gatam tyaktvarejecting; bharyamhis wife; sahe; bhinnahbroken; abhut became; dhanadhyahwealthy; durmatihevil-minded; khalahrogue; veshyaprasagatfrom attachment to prostitutes; tasyaof him; apialso; dhanaof his wealth; ardhamhalf; prakshayamdestroyed; gatamgone. This wicked, evil-hearted, and very wealthy person left his wife. By again and again visiting prostitutes he lost half his wealth. Text 20 ardham tu taskarair nitam kincit prithvyam gatam svatah puyena vardhate lakshmih papena kshiyate dhruvam ardhamhalf; tuindeed; taskaraihby thieves; nitamtaken; kincit something; prithvyamon the earth; gatamgone; svatahoen; puyenaby piety; vardhateincreases; lakshmihopulence; papenaby sin; kshiyateis destroyed; dhruvamcertainly.

The half that remained was stolen by thieves. By performing pious deeds one becomes wealthy, and by performing sins one loses all his wealth. Text 21 evam hi nirdhano jato veshya-sakto maha-khalah tasmin gajahvaye ramye caurya-karma cakara ha evamthus; hiindeed; nirdhanahwithout wealth; jatahborn; veshya-saktah attachment to prostitutes; maha-khalahgreat rogue; tasminin that; gajahvaye in Hastinapura; ramyebeautiful; caurya-karmatheft; cakaradid; haindeed. In this way he became penniless. Because he was addicted to visiting prostitutes, that rogue became a thief in the beautiful city of Hastinapura. Text 22 caurya-karma prakurvantam baddhva tam damibhir nripah deshan nihsarayam asa shantanur nripatishvarah caurya-karmatheft; prakurvantamdoing; baddhvabecoming bound; tam that; damibhihwith ropes; nripahthe king; deshatfrom the country; nihsarayam asaexiled; shantanuhShantanu; nripatishvarahthe great king. When he was caught stealing, the great king Shantanu had him bound with ropes and exiled from the country. Text 23 vane 'pi nivasan so 'pi jiva-himsam cakara ha sama dvadasha-sahasram na vavarsha yada ghanah vanein the forest; apieven; nivasanresiding; sahhe; apialso; jivahimsamviolence to others; cakaradid; haindeed; samayears; dvadashasahasramtwelve thousand; nanot; vavarsharained; yadawhen; ghanah the cloud. Living in the forest, he became a hunter. Then there was a great drought and for twelve thousand years there was no rain. Text 24 pashcimam tu disham pragad vaishyo durbhiksha-piditah

vane vai maritah so 'pi simhena tala-ghatatah pashcimamthe west; tuindeed; dishamdirection; pragatwent; vaishyah the vaisya; durbhiksha-piditahoppressed by the lack of food; vanein the forest; vaiindeed; maritahkilled; sahindeed; apialso; simhenaby a lion; talaghatatahby the claws. Oppressed by the lack of food, he went to the west. In a forest there a lion clawed him to death. Text 25 tadaiva yamadutas tam baddhva pashair adho-mukham kashaghatais tadayanto ninyur margam yamasya ca tadathen; evaindeed; yamadutahthe Yamadutas; tamhim; baddhva bound; pashaihwith ropes; adho-mukhamhis face down; kashaghataihwith wipping; tadayantahstricking; ninyuhled; margamon the path; yamasyato Yamaraja; caand. Then the Yamautas came, bound him with ropes, and, whipping him as they went, marched him, his face bowed, on the path to Yamaraja. Text 26 atha kashcin mahan gridhro mamsam tasya bhujasya ca grihitva kham gatah sadyah khadamsh cancu-puena tam atha-then; kashcina certain; mahangreat; gridhrahvulture; mamsam the flesh; tasyaof his; bhujasyaarm; caand; grihitvagrabbing; khamto the sky; gatahwent; sadyahat once; khadaneating; cancu-puenawith its beak; tamthat. With its beak a great vulture suddenly bit off a part of his arm and flew into the sky, devouring it as it went. Text 27 niramishah khagash canye samisham jagmur aturah evam kolahale jate shakha-cihnadibhih krite niramishahwithout any meat; khagahbirds; caand; anyeother; samishamwith meat; jagmuhwent; aturahdistressed; evamthus; kolahalea

tumult; jatewas manifested; shakha-cihnadibhihbeginning with scratching; kritedone. The hungry vultures that had no meat pursued the vulture that had some. They attacked, scratching with their claws, and there was a great commotion. Text 28 na jahau mukhato mamsam pashcimasham jagama ha tat-samenapi gridhrea tikshna-tudena taditat nanot; jahauabandoned; mukhatahfrom its mouth; mamsamthe meat; pashcimashamto the west; jagamawent; haindeed; tat-samenaits equal; api even; gridhreaby a vulture; tikshna-tudenawith its sharp beak; taditat from the attack. Not letting the meat drop from its beak, the vulture flew to the west. Then another vulture, its equal in strength, attacked with its sharp beak. Texts 29-31 tan-mukhat prapatan mamsam gomati-sindhu-sagame tirtha-plute tasya mamse vaishyo 'yam pataki\ mahan tesham pashan svayam chittva bhutva devash catur-bhujah pashyatam yamadutanam vimanam adhiruhya sah virajayan dishah sarvah param dhama harer yayau tan-mukhatfrom its mouth; prapatanfell; mamsammeat; gomati-sindhusagameinto the place where the Gomati flows into the ocean; tirthaof the holy place; pluteinto the water; tasyaof him; mamsethe flesh; vaishyahthe vaisya; ayamhe; pataki\sinner; mahangreat; teshamof them; pashanthe ropes; svayamhimself; chittvacutting; bhutvabecoming; devaha divine person; catur-bhujahwith four arms; pashyatamlooking on; yamadutanamas the yamadutas; vimanaman airplane; adhiruhyaclimbing; sahhe; virajayan illuminating; dishahthe directions; sarvahall; paramthe suprem; dhama abode; harehof Lord Hari; yayauwent. Then the meat dropped from the first vulture's mouth and fell into the water at the place where the Gomati flows into the ocean. Because of this, the sinful merchant became at once purified. He himself cut the ropes binding him and, as the Yamadutas looked on, he became an effulgent four-armed resident of the spirituasl

world. Entering a spiritual airplane, and illuminating all the directions as he went, he traveled to the spiritual abode of the Personality of Godhead. Text 32 gomati-sindhu-sagasya mahatmyam shriute narah sarva-papa-vinirmukto vishulokam prayati sah gomatiof the Gomati; sindhuand the ocean; sagasyaof the meeting; mahatmyamthe glory; shriutehears; naraha pewrson; sarva-papaall sins; vinirmuktahfreed; vishulokamto the world of Lord Vishu; prayatigoes; sah he. A person who hears this story describing the glories of the holy place where the Gomati flows into the ocean becomes free of all sins and goes to the realm of Lord Vishu. Chapter Fourteen Shri Ratnakara-raivata-kacala-mahatmya The Glories of Ratnakara, Raivata, and Kacala Text 1 shri-narada uvaca dvaravatyah samudrasya mahatmyam shriu manada sarva-papa-haram puyam tat-snana-phala-dam smritam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; dvaravatyahof d; samudrasyaof the ocean; mahatmyamthe glory; shriuplease hear; manadaO respectful one; sarva-papaall sins; haramremoving; puyamsacred; tat-snana-phala-dam the result of bathing there; smritamconsidered. Shri Narada said: O respectful one, please hear the glories of the ocean by Dvaraka City. Hearing the narration of these glories removes all sins and brings one the same result one obtains by bathing at that sacred place. Texts 2 and 3 madhavyam purimasyam yo vrati snatva nadi-patim natva sampujya vidhivad ratna-danam karoti yah tasya dehe trayo deva

nivasanti mahi-pate yasya darshana-matrea naro yati kritarthatam madhavyamin the month og Madhava; purimasyamon the full-moon day; yahwho; vratifollowing vows; snatvabathing; nadi-patimthe king of rivers; natvabowing down; sampujyaworshiping; vidhivatproperly; ratna-danamgift of jewels; karotidoes; yahwho; tasyaof him; dehein the body; trayahthree; devademigods; nivasantireside; mahi-pateO master of the earth; yasyaof whom; darshanaseeing; matreasimply by; naraha person; yatiattains; kritarthatamthe goal of life. A religious person who in the month of Madhava (April-May) bathes in the ocean by Dvaraka, bows down before it, properly worships it, and then gives jewels in charity to the brahmaas, finds that the three great demigods reside in his body. Simply by seeing him one attains the goal of life. Text 4 tad-deha-sparshanat sadyo brahma-hatya pramucyate yatra yatra gatah so 'pi tatra tatra sa bhuh shubha tad-dehaof his body; sparshanatby the touch; sadyahat once; brahmahatyathe sin of killing a brahmaa; pramucyateis freed; yatra yatrawherever; gatahgone; so 'pihe; tatra tatrathere; sahe; bhuhthe earth; shubha auspicious. Simply by tyouching his body one becomes free of the sin of killing a brahmaa. Any place he visits becomes sacred and auspicious. Text 5 drishva tam ca mritah papi jagad-vadha-karo 'pi hi chinatti papa-paalam param moksham prayati hi drishvaseeing; tamhim; caand; mritahdead; papisinner; jagad-vadhakarahwho has murdered the entire world; apieven; hiindeed; chinattibreaks; papa-paalama host of sins; paramsupreme; mokshamliberation; prayati attains; hiindeed. By seeing him even a sinner who by killing everyone in the world has become like a walking corpse becomes free of sin and attains liberation. Text 6 raivatasyatha shailasya

mahatmyam shriu manada sarva-papa-haram puyam mukti-bhukti-pradayakam raivatasyaof Raivata; athathen; shailasyathe mountain; mahatmyamthe glory; shriuplease hear; manadaO respectful one; sarva-papaall sins; haram removing; puyamsacred; mukti-bhukti-pradayakamgiving happiness and liberation. O respectful one, please hear the story of Mount Raivata's glories, a sacred story that removes all sins, brings happiness in this life, and awards liberation at the end. Text 7 gautamasya suto dhiman medhavi nama vaishavah vindhyacale tapas tepe varshanam ayutam shatam gautamasyaof Gautama Muni; sutahson; dhimanintelligent; medhavi Madhavi; namanamed; vaishavah adevotee of Lord Vishu; vindhyacalein the Vindya mountains; tapahausterities; tepeperformed; varshanamyears; ayutamten thousand; shatama hundred. There was a Vaishava named Medhavi, who was very intelligent and was the son of Gautama Muni. For one million years he performed austerities in the Vindya mountains. Text 8 tam drashum agatah sakshad apantaratamo munih noccacalasanat so 'pi medhavi tapasotkaah tamhim; drashumto see; agatahcame; sakshatdirectly; apantaratamo munihApantaratama Muni; nanot; uccacalarose; asanatfrom the seat; so 'pi he; medhaviMedhavi; tapasaon austerities; utkaahintent. One day Apantaratama Muni came to see him. Rapt in performing austerities, Medhavi did not rise from his seat to greet him. Text 9 apantaratamas tam vai shashapa krodha-puritah satam abhakta papatman sva-tapo-bala-garvitah

apantaratamahApantaratama; tamhim; vaiindeed; shashapacursed; krodha-puritahfilled with anger; satamto the saintly devotees; abhaktanot devoted; papatmanO sinner; sva-tapo-bala-garvitahproud of the power of your austerities. Filled with anger, Apantaratama Muni cursed him, Sinner, you have no devotion and respect for saintly persons. You are very proud of the power of your austerities. Text 10 shailavat te sthitish catra tvam shailo bhava durmate ity uktvatha gate sakshad apantaratame munau shailavatlike a mountain; teof you; sthitihstationary standing; caand; atrahere; tvamyou; shailaha mountain; bhavabecome; durmateO fool; ity thus; uktvaspeaking; athathen; gategone; sakshatdirectly; apantaratame Apantaratama; munauMuni. You simply sit motionless like a mountain. Fool, become a mountain, then!" After speaking these words, Apantaratama Muni left. Text 11 medhavi shailatam praptah shri-shailasya suto 'bhavat jati-smaro maha-buddhir vishu-bhakteh prabhavatah medhaviMedhavi; shailatamthe state of being a mountain; praptah attained; shri-shailasyaof Shri Shaila; sutahthe son; abhavatbecame; jatismarahremembering his previous birth; maha-buddhihvery intelligent; vishubhaktehof devotion to Lord Vishu; prabhavatahby the power. Because of this Medhavi became a mountain. Born as the son of Mount Shri Shaila, he could, because of the power of his devotion to Lord Vishu, remember his previous birth. Text 12 ekada man-mukhac chrutva mahatmyam dvaraka-purah provaca so 'pi rajanam raivatam gaccha sa-tvaram ekadaone day; man-mukhatfrom my mouth; shrutvahearing; mahatmyam the glory; dvaraka-purahof DvarakaCity; provacasaid; sahhe; apialso; rajanam raivatamto King Raivata; gacchago; sa-tvaramquickly.

One day he heard from my mouth the glories of Dvaraka City. Then he said to me, Please go to King Raivata at once. Texts 13-16 vada mat-prarthanam uktam tvam maha-dina-vatsalah so 'yam maha-balo raja prasanno yadi va bhavet tena nitasya me vaso bhavishyati hareh puri iti shrutva maya vishubhaktanam shanti-karia raivatayashu kathitam tathoktam paramam vacah sa prasannah praha rajann atra ko 'pi na parvatah tat-sthapanam karishyami samutpatya bhujabalat samunniya dvarakayam pratijnam akarod imam vadaplease tell; mat-prarthanammy request; uktamsaid; tvamyou; maha-dina-vatsalahkind to the wretched; sahhe; ayamhe; maha-balahvery powerful; rajaking; prasannahpleased; yadiif; vaor; bhavetmay be; tena by him; nitasyabrought; meof me; vasahthe residence; bhavishyatiwill be; harehof Lord Krisha; puriin the city; itithus; shrutvahearing; mayaby me; vishu-bhaktanamof the Vaishavas; shanti-kariapacifying; raivatayato King Raivata; ashuat once; kathitamspoken; tathoktamas said; paramamgreat; vacahwords; sahe; prasannahpleased; prahasaid; rajannO king; atra here; ko 'piany; nanot; parvatahmountain; tat-sthapanamplacing it; karishyamiI will do; samutpatyalifting; bhujabalatby the power of my arms; samunniyabringing; dvarakayamto Dvaraka; pratijnampromise; akarotdid; imamthat. Please tell him my request. You are very kind to the fallen. Tell him, `If the powerful king is pleased with me, then he will give me a home in Lord Krisha's city.' " Hearing this, I, who always wish to please the Vaishavas, went to King Raivata and repeated these words. Pleased, the king promised, There is not a single mountain in this place. With the strength of my arms I will personally pick up that mountain and bring it here to Dvaraka." Text 17 etasmims tac corayitum prayate nripa-sattame

tat-purvasmad aham praptah shri-shailasya pure nripa etasminin this; tatthat; corayitumto kidnap; prayatecome; nripa-sattame the great king; tat-purvasmatbefore him; ahamI; praptahcame; shrishailasyaof Shri Shaila; purein th city; nripaO king. As King Raivata set out to kidnap that mountain, I raced ahead and quickly entered the city of Mount Shaila. Text 18 kali-priyeapi maya shri-shailaya mahatmane kathitah sarva-vrittanto nripa-caurya-samanvitah kali-priyeafond of a quarrel; apieven; mayaby me; shri-shailayato Mount Saila; mahatmanethe noble-hearted; kathitahsaid; sarva-vrittantahall that had happened; nripa-caurya-samanvitahthe king about to kidnap his son. Fond of a quarrel, I approached noble-hearted Mount Shaila and told him how King Raivata was about to kidnap his son. Texts 19 and 20 shri-shailah putra-mohena nirbhartsyeti kva yasi hi sumerum giri-rajam ca himavantam nageshvaram shri-shailah praha dharmatma putra-sneha-samakulah eko daivena datto 'yam na putra bahavash ca me shri-shailahMount Shaila; putra-mohenabewildered with love for his son; nirbhartsyarebuking; itithus; kvawhere; yasiwill you go; hiindeed; sumerumto Mount Sumeru; giri-rajamthe king of mountains; caand; himavantamto the Himalayas; nageshvaramthe king of mountains; shri-shailah Mount Shaila; prahasaid; dharmatmapious; putra-sneha-samakulah overcome with love; ekahone; daivenaby fate; dattahgiven; ayamhe; na not; putrahsons; bahavahmany; caand; meof me. Overcome with love for his son, Mount Shaila rebuked him, Where will you go?" Then Mount Shaila went to regal Mount Sumeru and regal Mount Himalaya and, overcome with love for his son, said to them, Destiny has given me only one son. I do not have many sons. Text 21

tam hartum agate rajni raivate vai maha-bale videsham yati putro me tena rajna mahatmana tamhim; hartumto kidnap; agatecome; rajniwhen the king has; raivate Raivata; vaiindeed; maha-balevery powerful; videshamto another country; yatigoes; putrahson; memy; tenaby that; rajnaby the king; mahatmana noble-hearted. When powerful and noble-hearted King Raivata comes he will take my son to a another country far away. Text 22 putra-snehabhibhuto 'ham yuvayoh sharaam gatah jitva tam raivatam shighram putram mam datum arhatha putrafor the son; snehaby love; abhibhutahovercome; ahamI; yuvayoh of you both; sharaamshelter; gatahgone; jitvahaving defeated; tamhim; raivatamRaivata; shighramat once; putramson; mamme; datumto give; arhathaare worthy. I am overcome with love for my son. I take shelter of you both. Please defeat King Raivata and give me my son." Text 23 jatesh ca karaat tau dvau sumerush ca himacalah shaila-lakshaih parivritau yoddhum ajagmatur drutam jatehbirth; caand; karaatby the cause; tauthey; dvauboth; sumeruh Sumeru; caand; himacalahHimalaya; shailaof mountains; lakshaihwith a hundred thousand; parivritauaccompanied; yoddhumto fight; ajagmatuhcame; drutamat once. Because they were his kinsmen, Mount Sumeru and Mount Himalaya, bringing with them a hundred thousand mountains, came at once to engage in the fight. Text 24 tato bhujabhyam utpatya hanuman iva tam girim urdhvam kritva balad raja yada gantum mano dadhe

tatahthen; bhujabhyamarm against arm; utpatyalifting; hanuman Hanuman; ivalike; tamthat; girimmountain; urdhvamup; kritvamaking; balatby power; rajathe king; yadawhen; gantumto go; manahmind; dadhe placed. As Hanuman lifted a great mountain before, King Raivata lifted that mountain with his own arms. Then the king decided to leave. Text 25 tadaiva cagatan vikshya girin chastrastra-dhariah aa-hasam cakaroccais tadit-patam ivatmanah tadathen; evaindeed; caand; agatancome; vikshyaseeing; girinthe many mountains; chastrastra-dhariahwith weapikns in their hands; aa-hasam loud laughter; cakaradid; tadit-patama thunderbolt; ivalike; atmanahof the self. When the king saw that many weapon-bearing mountains had suddenly come before him, He laughed with a laugh like thunder. Text 26 nanada tena brahmadam sapta-lokair bilaih saha tadaiva tesham shastrai hastebhyo nyapatan svatah nanadaechoed; tenaby that; brahmadamthe universe; sapta-lokaihwith seven planetary systems; bilaihwith outer-space; sahaeith; tadathen; eva indeed; teshamof them; shastraithe weapons; hastebhyahfrom the hands; nyapatanfell; svatahspontaneously. That laugh echoed through the entire universe, filling the seven planetary systems and the emptinesses of outer space. At once the weapons fell from the mountains' hands. Text 27 nihshastras te yada shailah kurvantah pradhvanim muhuh gacchantam sa-girim jaghnur mushibhir janubhih pathi nihshastrahweaponless; tethey; yadawhen; shailahthe mountains; kurvantahdoing; pradhvanimsound; muhuhagain and again; gacchantam

going; sa-girimwith the mountain; jaghnuhhit; mushibhihwith fists; janubhih with knees; pathion the path. Now weaponless, the mountains screamed and wailed again and again. As King Raivata was taking the young mountain, the mountains hit them again and again with their fists and knees. Text 28 yatha pura hanumantam anuyata maha-balam tais tadito 'pi na jahau girim raja karagratah yathaas; purabefore; hanumantamto Hanuman; anuyatafollowing; mahabalamvery powerful; taihby them; taditahhit; apieven; nanot; jahau abandoned; girimthe mountain; rajathe king; karagratahfrom his hand. As before they had followed powerful Hanuman, the mountains followed King Raivata and attacked him again and again. Still, the king never let the young mountain fall from his hand. Texts 29 and 30 man-mukhac chri-harih shrutva shailodyogam nripopari sadyo bhakta-sahayartham bhagavan bhakta-vatsalah agatyakasha-marge 'pi dattva tejah svakam param ma bhaishety abhayam dattva tvaram antaradhiyata matmy; mukhatfrom the mouth; shri-harihShri Krisha; shrutvahearing; shailaof the mountain; udyogameffort; nripoparion the king; sadyahat once; bhakta-sahayarthamto help a devotee; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhakta-vatsalahwho loves His devotees; agatyacoming; akashamargein the sky; apialso; dattvaplacing; tejahpower; svakamown; param great; madon't; bhaishafear; itithus; abhayamfearlessness; dattva giving; tvaramat once; antaradhiyatadisappeared. From my mouth hearing how King Raivata was struggling on the young mountain's behalf, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who loves His devotees, came at once to help. Appearing in the sky, He gave His own transcendental power to King Raivata, reassured him by saying, Don't be afraid." and then suddenly disappeared. Text 31

gate harau bhagavati bhagavat-tejasanvitah eka-haste girim dhritva mushina vajra-ghatina sumerum santatadashu vajriva balavattarah tasya mushi-praharea merur vihvalatam gatah gate harau bhagavatiwhen Lord Hari had gone; bhagavat-tejasanvitahnow possessing the Lord's potency; eka-hastewith one hand; girimthe mountain; dhritvaholding; mushinawith a fist; vajra-ghatinalike a thunderbolt; sumerum Sumeru; santatadastruck; ashuat once; vajria thunderbolt; ivalike; balavattarahvery powerful; tasyaof him; mushi-prahareawith a punch; meruhMeru; vihvalatamagitation; gatahattained. After the Supreme Lord had disappeared, King Raivata, now strong as a thunderbolt for he possessed the Lord's own strength, shifted the young mountain to a single hand and with the other punched Mount Sumeru with a punch like a thunderbolt, a punch that overwhelmed Mount Sumeru. Text 33 himavantam bahu-vegat patayitva mahi-tale mamarda padbhyam canyamsh ca vindhyadin raa-durmadah himavantamMount Himalaya; bahu-vegatwith great force; patayitva throwing; mahi-taleto the ground; mamardacrushed; padbhyamwith both feet; caand; anyanthe others; caand; vindhyadinheaded by the Vindhya mountains; raain the battle; durmadahwild with passion. Wildly passionate in the fight, King Raivata violently threw Mount Himalaya to the ground. With his feet he crushed Mount Vindhya and the other mountains. Text 34 vindhyadayash ca te sarve pada-ghatena marditah bhaya-bhita raam tyaktva dudruvus te disho dasha vindhyadayahheaded by Mount Vindhya; caandc; tethey; sarveall; padaghatenaby the kicks; marditahcrushed; bhaya-bhitaterrified; raamthe battlefield; tyaktvafled; dudruvuhran; tethey; dishahthe directions; dasha ten.

Wounded by King Raivata's ferocious kicking, Mount Vindhya and all the other terrified mountains fled in the ten directions. Text 35 evam jitva shaila-sagham tam shailam shaila-sannibhah raivato 'pi jayaravair anarteshu nyapatayat evamthus; jitvadefeating; shaila-saghamthe many mountains; tamthat; shailammountain; shaila-sannibhahlike a mountain himself; raivatahKing Raivata; apiaslo; jayavictory; aravaihwith sounds; anarteshuin the land of Anarta; nyapatayatplaced. Defeating the host of mountains in this way, King Raivata, who was like a mountain himself, amid many shouts of Victory!", placed the young mountain in the land of Anarta. Text 36 so 'bhud raivata-namapi rajan raivatako 'calah hari-bhaktah shaila-mukhyo dvaravatyam virajate sahhe; abhutbecame; raivata-namanamed Raivata; apialso; rajanO king; raivatakahRaivata; acalahmountain; hari-bhaktaha devotee of Lord Hari; shaila-mukhyahthe best of mountains; dvaravatyamin Dvaraka; virajateis splendidly manifested. The mountain was named Mount Raivata after King Raivata. A great devotee and the best of mountains, Mount Raivata was splendidly manifested in Dvaraka. Text 37 tasya darshana-matrea brahma-hatya pramucyate sparshanac chata-yajnanam phalam apnoti manavah tasyaof it; darshana-matreasimply by seeing; brahma-hatyathe sin of killing a brahmaa; pramucyateis freed; sparshanatby the touch; shatayajnanamof a hundred yajnas; phalamthe result; apnotiattains; manavaha human being. Simply by seeing Mount Raivata one becomes free from the sin of killing a brahmaa. Simply by touching Mount Raivata one attains the result of having performed a hundred yajnas.

Text 38 yatram kritva ca yasyapi parikramya natananah bhojanam brahmae dattva yati vishoh param padam yatrama pilgrimage; kritvadoing; caand; yasyaof which; apialso; parikramyacircumambulating; natananahwith bowed head; bhojanamfood; brahmaeto a brahmaa; dattvagiving; yatiattains; vishohof Lord Vishu; paramthe transcendental; padamabode. A person who goes on a pilgrimage to Mount Raivata, with bowed head circumambulates Mount Raivata, and then feeds a brahmaa, goes to Lord Vishu's transcendental abode. Chapter Fifteen Kapianka-nriga-kupa-gopi-bhumi-mahatmya The Glories of Nriga-kupa and Gopi-bhumi Text 1 tasmin girau yajna-tirtham raivatena kritam pura yatra kritva yajnam ekam koi-yajna-phalam labhet tasminin this; giraumountain; yajnatirthamYajna-tirtha; raivatenaby King Raivata; kritammade; purabefore; yatrawhere; kritvahaving made; yajnamyajna; ekamone; koi-yajna-phalam the result of ten million yajnas; labhetattains. On this mountain King Raivata built a yajna-tirtha. By performing a yajna at this place one attains the result of performing ten million yajnas. Text 2 kapiankam nama tirtham kapi-pata-samudbhavam girau raivatake rajan sarva-papa-praashanam kapiankamKapianka; namanamed; tirthamtirtha; kapiof a monkey; patafrom the jumping; samudbhavammanifested; girauon the mountain; raivatakeRaivata; rajanO king; sarva-papa-praashanamdestroying all sins.

O king, this holy place, which destroys all sins, was named Kapianka because it was created by the jumping of a gorilla (kapi). Text 3 bhaumasura-sakho dusho dvivido nama vanarah marito yatra ramea mushina vajra-patina bhaumasura-sakhaha freind of Bhaumasura; dushaha demon; dvividah Dvivida; namanamed; vanaraha gorilla; maritahkilled; yatrawhere; ramea by Balarama; mushinawith a fist; vajra-patinaa thunderbolt. With His thunderbolt fist, Lord Balarama killed Bhaumasura's friend, the demon gorilla Dvivida, in this place. Text 4 sadyo muktim gatah so 'pi satam helanavan api tatra snatum sada deva agacchanti nareshvara sadyahat once; muktimliberation; gatahattained; so 'pihe; satamto the devotees; helanavanan offender; apieven; tatrathere; snatumto bathe; sada again and again; devahthe demigods; agacchanticome; nareshvaraO great king. Even though he had offended many siantly persons, that gorilla attained liberation at that place. O great king, the demigods regularly come to bathe there. Text 5 kalavinkasya yatrayam koi-go-dana-jam phalam etasya dvi-guam puyam dadakakhye vane shubhe kalavinkasyaof Kalavinka-tirtha; yatrayamin apilgrimage; koi-go-dana-jam born from giving ten million cows in charity; phalamthe result; etasyaof that; dvi-guamdouble; puyampiety; dadakakhyein Dadaka Forest; vanein the forest; shubhesacred.

By going on pilgrimage to Kalavinka-tirtha and giving ten million cows in charity one attains a great pious result. This pious result is doubled when the pilgrimage and charity are performed in sacred Dadakaraya. Text 6 tasmac catur-guam puyam saindhavakhye maha-vane jambu-marge panca-guam puyam prapnoti manavah tasmatfrom that; catur-guamfour times as great; puyampious result; saindhavakhyenamed Saindhava; maha-vanein the great forest; jambu-marge at jambu-marga; panca-guamfive times as great; puyampiety; prapnoti attains; manavaha human. A person attains a pious result is four times as great at Saindhavaraya and five times greater than that at Jambu-marga. Text 7 tasmad dasha-guam puyam pushkarakhye vane smritam tasmad dasha-guam puyam utpalavarta-yatraya tasmatfrom that; dasha-guamten times; puyampiety; pushkarakhye named Pushkara; vanein the forest; smritamconsidered; tasmatfrom that; dasha-guamten times; puyampiety; utpalavarta-yatrayaby a pilgrimage to Utpalavarta. That pious result is ten times greater than that at Pushkararaya and ten times greater again at Utpalavarta. Text 8 tasmac ca naimisharaye puyam dasha-guam smritam tasmac chata-guam puyam kapianke videha-ra tasmatthan that; caand; naimisharayeat Naimisharaya; puyampiety; dasha-guamten times; smritamconsidered; tasmatthan that; shata-guam a hundred times; puyampiety; kapiankeat Kapianka; videha-raO king of Videha.

That pious result is ten times greater again at Naimisharaya and hundred times greater than that at Utpalavarta. Text 9 nriga-kupam dvarakayam tirthanam tirtham uttamam yasya darshana-matrea vipra-vadhyat pramucyate nriga-kupamNriga-kupa; dvarakayamat Dvaraka; tirthanamof holy placed; tirthamholy place; uttamambest; yasyaof which; darshana-matreasimply by seeing; vipra-vadhyatfrom the sin of killing a brahmaa; pramucyateis freed. Nriga-kupa at Dvaraka is the best of holy places. Simply by seeing it one becomes free of the sin of killing a brahmaa. Text 10 ajnanad brahmaasyapi gam dadau brahmaaya sah tena papena kupe vai krikalasa-vapur-dharah ajnanatfrom ignorance; brahmaasyaof a brahmaa; apialso; gama cow; dadaugave; brahmaayato a brahmaa; sahhe; tenaby that; papenasin; kupein a well; vaiindeed; krikalasaof a lizard; vapuhthe form; dharah manifesting. Unaware of what he was doing, King Nriga gave in charity to a brahmaa a cow that belonged to another brahmaa. For this sin he became a lizard in a well. Text 11 nrigo 'pi daninam shreshhah patito 'tha catur-yugam shri-krishena tad-uddharah krito vai pashyatam satam nrigahNriga; apialso; daninamof philanthropists; shreshhahthe best; patitahfallen; athathen; catur-yugamfor four yugas; shri-krishenaby Lord Krisha; tad-uddharahdeliverance; kritahdone; vaiindeed; pashyatamlooking on; satamthe saintly devotees.

In this way King Nriga, who had been the best of charitable men, fell into a wretched condition for four yugas. Finally, as the saintly devotees looked on, he was delivered by Lord Krisha. Texts 12-14 tad-dinan nriga-kupam tu tirthi-bhutam mahi-pate kartike purimayam tu tasmin snanam samacaret koi-janma-kritat papan mucyate natra samshayah ekam yatrapi go-danam karoti vidhivan narah koi-go-dana-jam puyam labhate vai na samshayah gopi-bhumesh ca mahatmyam shriu papa-haram param tad-dinatfrom that day; nriga-kupamNriga's well; tuindeed; tirthi-bhutam become a holy place; mahi-pateon the earth; kartikein the month of Kartika; purimayamon the full moon day; tuindeed; tasminthere; snanambath; samacaretdoes; koi-janma-kritatperformed in ten million births; papanfrom the sins; mucyatereleased; nanot; atrahere; samshayahdoubt; ekamone; yatrawhere; apialso; go-danamgiving a cow in charity; karotidoes; vidhivan properly; naraha person; koi-gahten million cows; danafrom the charity; jamproduced; puyampiety; labhateattains; vaiindeed; nano; samshayah doubt; gopi-bhumehof Gopi-bhumi; caand; mahatmyamthe glories; shriu please hear; papa-haramremoving sins; paramgreat. From that day Nriga-kupa (Nriga's Well) has been one of the great pilgrimage places on this earth. A person who on the full moon day of the month of Karttika (October-November) bathes at Nriga-kupa becomes free of the sins performed in ten million births. Of this there is no doubt. A person who at Nriga-kupa gives in charity a single cow attains the pious result of giving ten million cows. Of that there is no doubt. Now please hear the glories of Gopi-bhumi. Hearing its glories removes all sins. Text 15 yasya shravaa-matrea karma-bandhat pramucyate gopinam yatra vaso 'bhut tena gopi-bhuvah smritah

yasyaof which; shravaa-matreasimply by hearing; karma-bandhatfrom the bonds of karma; pramucyateis released; gopinamof the gopis; yatra where; vasahresidence; abhutdid; tenaby that; gopi-bhuvahthe land of the gopis; smritahis considered. Simply by hearing about Gopi-bhumi, which is so named because the gopis resided there, one become free from the bondage of karma. Text 16 gopy-angaraga-sambhutam gopi-candanam uttamam gopi-candana-liptango ganga-snana-phalam labhet gopyof the gopis; angaragafrom the cosmetics; sambhutammanifested; gopi-candanamgopi-candana; uttamamsupreme; gopi-candanaof gopicandana; liptaanointed; angahlimbs; ganga-snana-phalamthe result of bathing in the Ganga; labhetone attains. In Gopi-bhumi gopi-candana was manifested from the gopis' cosmetics. A person who marks his limbs with gopi-candana tilaka attains the result of bathing in the Ganga. Text 17 maha-nadinam snanasya puyam tasya dine dinegopi-candana-mudrabhir mudrito yah sada bhavet maha-nadinamof great sacred rivers; snanasyaof bathing; puyamthe pious result; tasyaof that; dineday; dineafter day; gopi-candanaof gopicandana; mudrabhihby marking; mudritahmarked; yahwho; sadaalways; bhavetis. A person who daily wears gopi-candana tilaka attains the pious result of daily bathing in all sacred rivers. Text 18 ashvamedha-sahasrai rajasuya-shatani ca sarvai tirtha-danani vratani ca tathaiva ca kritani tena nityam vai

sa kritartho na samshayah

ashvamedha-sahasraia thousand asvamedha-yajnas; rajasuya-shatania hundred rajasuya-yajnas; caand; sarvaiall; tirthaholy places; dananigiving charity; vratanifollowing vows; caand; tathaso; evaindeed; caand; kritani done; tenaby him; nityamdaily; vaiindeed; sahe; kritarthahattains the goal of life; nano; samshayahdoubt. A person who daily wears gopi-candana tilaka attains the result of performing a thousand ashvamedha-yajnas and a hundred rajasuya-yajnas. He attains the reusult of giving charity and following vows at all holy places. He attains the goal of life. Of this there is no doubt. Text 19 ganga-mrid-dvi-guam puyam citrakua-rajah smritam tasmad dasha-guam puyam rajah pancavati-bhavam gangaof the Ganga; mritthe mud; dvi-guamtwice; puyampiety; citrakua-rajahthe dust of Citrakua; smritamconsidered; tasmatthan that; dasha-guamten times; puyampiety; rajahthe dust; pancavati-bhavamof Pancavati. Twice as sacred as the mud of the Ganga is the dust of Citrakua. Ten times more sacred than that is the dust of Pancavati-tirtha. Text 20 tasmac chata-guam puyam gopi-candanakam rajah gopi-candanakam viddhi vrindavana-rajah-samam tasmatthan that; shata-guama hundred times; puyamsacred; gopicandanakamgopi-candana; rajahdust; gopi-candanakamgopi-candana; viddhi please know; vrindavana-rajah-samamequal to the dust of Vrindavana. A hundred times more sacred is the dust of gopi-candana. Please know that gopicandana is equal to the dust of Vrindavana. Text 21 gopi-candana-liptangam yadi papa-shatair yutam tam netum na yamah shakto

yama-dutah kutah punah gopi-candana-liptangamlimbs marked with gopi-candana; yadiif; papashataihwith a hundred sins; yutamendowed; tamhim; netumot lead; na not; yamahYamaraja; shaktahis able; yama-dutahthe messengers of Yamaraja; kutahhow?; punahagain. Even if in the past he has committed hundreds of sins, if a person wears gopicandana tilaka, then Yamaraja cannot take him away. How, then, can Yamaraja's messengers touch him? Text 22 nityam karoti yah papi gopi-candana-dharaam sa prayati harer dhama golokam prakriteh param nityamregularly; karotidoes; yahwho; papia sinner; gopi-candanadharaamwearing gopi-candana; sahe; prayatigoes; harehof Lord Hari; dhamato the abod3; golokamGoloka; prakritehthe material world; param above. A sinner who daily wears gopi-candana tilaka goes to Lord Krisha supreme abode, Goloka, which is beyond the world of matter. Text 23 sindhu-deshasya rajabhud dirghabahur iti shrutah anyaya-varti dushatma veshya-sanga-ratah sada sindhu-deshasyaof Sindhu-desha; rajaa king; abhutwas; dirghabahuh Dirghabahur; itithus; shrutahheard; anyayaevil; vartidoing; dushatma wicked; veshya-sanga-ratahattached to prostitutes; sadaalways. In Sindhu-desha there was a king named Dirghabahu. He was cruel and sinful and he was addicted to visiting prostitutes. Text 24 tena vai bharate varshe brahma-hatya-shatam kritam dasha garbhavati-hatyah kritas tena duratmana

tenaby him; vaiindeed; bharate varshein Bharat-varsha; brahma-hatyashatamkilling a hundred brahmaas; kritamdone; dashaten; garbhavatihatyahkilling pregnant women; kritahdone; tenaby him; duratmanawicked. While he was on the earth this cruel sinner murdered a hundred brahmaas and ten pregnant women. Text 25 mrigayayam tu baaughaih kapila-go-vadhah kritah saindhavam hayam aruhya mrigayarthi gato 'bhavat mrigayayamin hunting; tuindeed; baaughaihwith many arrows; kapila-govadhahkilling a brown cow; kritahdone; saindhavama sindhu; hayamhorse; aruhyamounting; mrigayarthiwishing to hunt; gatahwent; abhavatdid. One day he mounted a sindhu horse and went hunting. With a flood of arrows he accidentally killed with a brown cow in that hunt. Text 26 ekada rajya-lobhena mantri kruddho maha-khalam jaghanaraya-deshe tam tikshna-dharea casina ekadaone day; rajyafor a kingdom; lobhenawith greed; mantriminister; kruddhahangry; maha-khalamwicked; jaghanakilled; araya-deshein the forest; tamhim; tikshna-dhareawith a sharp; caand; asinasword. One day, greedy to get his kingdom, with a sharp sword his angry minister killed him in the forest. Text 27 bhu-tale patitam mrityugatam vikshya yamanugah baddhva yama-purim ninyur harshayantah parasparam

bhu-taleto the ground; patitamfallen; mrityu-gatamdead; vikshyaseeing; yamanugahthe yamadutas; baddhvabinding; yama-purimto the city of yama; ninyuhled; harshayantahjoking; parasparamamong themselves. Seeing him fallen to the ground and dead, the Yamadutas came, bound him, and, joking as they went, took him to the city of Yamaraja. Text 28 sammukhe 'vasthitam vikshya papinam yama-rad bali citraguptam praha turam ka yogya yanatasya vai sammukhein the presence; avasthitamsituated; vikshyaseeing; papinam sinner; yama-radyamaraja; balipowerful; citraguptamto Citragupta; praha said; turamquickly; kawhat?; yogyais proper; yanatapunishment; asyaof him; vaicertainly. Seeing this sinner brought before him, powerful Yamaraja said to his scribe Citragupta, "What is the proper punishment for him?" Text 29 shri-citragupta uvaca catur-ashiti-laksheshu narakeshu nipatyatam nihsandeham maha-raja yavac candra-divakarau shri-citragupta uvacaShri Citragupta said; catur-ashiti-laksheshueight million four hundred thousand; narakeshuinto hells; nipatyatamshould fall; nihsandehamwithout doubt; maha-rajaO great king; yavatas longas; candra the moon; divakarauand the sun. Shri Citragupta said: O great king, he should be thrown into eight million four hundred thousand hells for as long as the sun and the moon shine in the sky. Text 30 anena bharate varshe kshaam na su-kritam kritam dasha-garbhavati-ghatah kapila-go-vadhah kritah

anenaby him; bharate varsheon the earth; kshaamfor a moment; nanot; su-kritampious deed; kritamdone; dashaten; garbhavatipregnant women; ghatahkilled; kapila-go-vadhahthe killing of a brown cow; kritahdone. On the earth he did not perform a single pious deed. He killed ten pregnant women. He killed a brown cow. Text 31 tatha vana-mriganam ca kritva hatyah sahasrashah tasmad ayam maha-papi devata-dvija-nindakah tathaso; vana-mriganamof animals in the forest; caand; kritvadoing; hatyahkilling; sahasrashahthousands; tasmatfrom that; ayamhe; maha-papi a great sinner; devatathe demigods; dvijaandf the brahmaas; nindakah offending. He killed thousands of deer in the forest. He offended the demigods and the brahmaas. He is a great sinner. Texts 32 and 33 shri-narada uvaca tada yamajnaya duta nitva tam papa-rupiam sahasra-yojanayame tapta-taile maha-khale sphurad aty-ucchalat-phene kumbhipake nyapatayan pralayagni-samo vahnih sadyah shitalatam gatah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tadathen; yamaof Yamaraja; ajnaya by the order; dutahis messengers; nitvataking; tamhim; papa-rupiam sinner; sahasra-yojanayameeight thousand miles across; taptaboiling; taileoil; maha-khalevery terrible; sphuratmanifested; aty-ucchalat-phenebubbling; kumbhipakein Kumbhipaka; nyapatayanthrown; pralayaof cosmic devastation; agnithe fire; samahequal; vahnihfire; sadyahat once; shitalatamcoldness; gatahattained.

Shri Narada said: Then, by Yamaraja's order, the Yamadutas took that sinner and threw him into a terrible, eight-thousand mile wide cauldron of bubbling boiling oil in the hell of Kumbhipaka. The moment that sinner came to it, the boiling oil, which was as hot as the great fires at the time of cosmic devastation, suddenly became cool. Text 34 vaideha tan-nipatanat prahlada-kshepaad yatha tadaiva citram acakhyur yama-duta mahatmane vaidehaO king of Videha; tan-nipatanatby his falling; prahlada-kshepaat the throwing of Prahlada; yathaas; tadathen; evaindeed; citrama wonder; acakhyuhtold; yama-dutathe Yamadutas; mahatmaneto Yamaraja. O king of Videha, as Prahlada was unhurt in the same situation, that sinner was not hurt by the boiling oil. Then the Yamadutas described that great wonder to noble-hearted Yamaraja. Text 35 anena su-kritam bhumau kshaavan na kritam kvacit citraguptena satatam dharma-rajo vyacintayat anenaby him; su-kritama pious deed; bhumauon the earth; kshaavanfor a moment; nanot; kritamdone; kvacitever; citraguptenaby Citragupta; satatamagain and again; dharma-rajahYamaraja; vyacintayatconsidered. Yamaraja and Citragupta carefully reviewed the sinner's case and concluded that while he was on the earth the sinner had not for a moment performed even a single pious deed. Text 36 sabhayam agatam vyasam sampujya vidhivan nripa natva papraccha dharmatma dharma-rajo maha-matih

sabhayamto the assembly; agatamcome; vyasamVyasa; sampujya worshiping; vidhivanproperly; nripaO king; natvabowing; papracchaasked; dharmatmasaintly; dharma-rajahYamaraja; maha-matihnoble-hearted. Then Vyasadeva arrived in that assembly. Bowing down before Him, and carefully worshiping Him, saintly and noble-hearted Yamaraja asked Vyasadeva the following question. Text 37 shri-yama uvaca anena papina purvam na kritam su-kritam kvacit sphurad-agny-ucchalat-phene kumbhipake maha-khale asya kshepanato vahnih sadyah shitalatam gatah iti sandehatash cetah khidyate me na samshayah shri-yama uvacaShri Yamaraja said; anenaby this; papinasinner; purvam before; nanot; kritamdone; su-kritampious deed; kvacitever; sphurad-agnyucchalat-phenebubbling with fire; kumbhipakein the burning Kumbhipaka; maha-khaleterrible; asyaof him; kshepanatahby the throwing; vahnihthe fire; sadyahat once; shitalatamcoolness; gatahattained; itithus; sandehatah by doubt; cetahmind; khidyateis tormented; meof me; nano; samshayah doubt. Shri Yamaraja said: When a certain sinner, who had never performed even a single pious deed, was thrown into the terrible boiling oil of Kumbhipaka, the oil suddenly became cool. Because of this my mind is now tortured with doubts. Text 39 shri-vyasa uvaca sukshma gatir maha-raja vidita papa-puyayoh tatha brahma-gatih prajnaih sarva-shastra-vidam varaih shri-vyasa uvacaShri Vyasadeva said; sukshmasuble; gatihmovement; maha-rajaO great king; viditaunderstood; papaof sin; puyayohand piety; tathaso; brahma-gatihspiritual activities; prajnaihby the wise; sarva-shastra all scriptures; vidamof they who know; varaihby the best.

Shri Vyasadeva said: O great king, the intelligent sages, who have studied all the scriptures, know that the ways of piety, sin, and spiritual progress are very subtle and difficult to understand. Text 40 daiva-yogad asya puyam praptam vai svayam arthavat yena puyena shuddho 'sau tac chrinu tvam maha-mate daiva-yogatby fate; asyaof him; puyampiety; praptamattained; vai indeed; svayampersonally; arthavatas money; yenaby whom; puyenaby piety; shuddhahpure; asauhe; tatthat; shrinuplease hear; tvamyou; mahamateO noble one. Somehow or other, by destiny, this sinner did perform a pious deed, and by that deed he became purified. O noble-hearted one, please hear the story of this. Text 41 kasyapi hastato yatra patita dvaraka-mridah tatraivayam mritah papi shuddho 'bhut tat-prabhavatah kasyapiof someone; hastatahfrom the hand; yatrawhere; patitafallen; dvaraka-mridahthe mud of Dvaraka; tatrathere; evaindeed; ayam-he; mritah died; papisinner; shuddhahpurified; abhutbecame; tat-prabhavatahby its power. That sinner died in a place where from someone's hand some gopi-candana from Dvaraka had accidentally fallen. Dying in gopi-candana, that sinner became purified. Text 42 gopi-candana-liptango naro narayao bhavet etasya darshanat sadyo brahma-hatya pramucyate gopi-candana-liptangahhis body marked with gopi-vandrana; naraha person; narayaahlike Lord Narayaa; bhavetbecames; etasyaof him; darshanatby

the sight; sadyahat once; brahma-hatyathe sin of killing a brahmaa; pramucyateis released. A person who wears gopi-candana tilaka attains a spiritual form like that of Lord Narayaa. Simply by seeing him one becomes free of the sin of killing a brahmaa. Texts 43 and 44 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva dharma-rajas tam aniya visheshatah vimane kama-ge sthapya vaikuham prakriteh param preshayam asa sahasa gopi-candana-kirti-vit evam te kathitam rajan gopi-candanakam yashah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearong; dharma-rajah Yamaraja; tamhim; aniyabringing; visheshatahspecifically; vimaneon an airplane; kama-gemoving by desire; sthapyaplacing; vaikuhamin Vaikuha; prakritehthe world of matter; paramabove; preshayam asasent; sahasaat once; gopi-candana-kirti-vitaware of the glories of gopi-candana; evam thus; teto you; kathitamtold; rajanO king; gopi-candanakamgopi-candana; yashahthe glories. Shri Narada said: Hearing this, Yamaraja, who understands the glories of gopicandana, took the sinner, placed him a an airplane that goes anywhere one wishes, and sent him to Vaikuha, which is above the worlds of matter. O king, thus I have described to you the glories of gopi-candana. Text 45 gopi-candana-mahatmyam yah shrioti narottamah sa yati paramam dhama shri-krishasya mahatmanah gopi-candana-mahatmyamthe glories of gopi-candana; yahone who; shrioti hears; narottamahthe best of men; sahe; yatiattains; paramamthe supreme; dhamaabode; shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. One who hears this account of gopi-candana's glories becomes exalted. He goes to the supreme abode of Lord Krisha, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Chapter Sixteen Shri Radha-rupa-darshana Seeing Shri Radha's Form Text 1 siddhashramasya mahatmyam shriu rajan maha-mate yasya smaraa-matrea sarva-papaih pramucyate siddhashramasyaof Siddhashrama mahatmyamglories; shriuplease hear; rajanO king; maha-matenoble-hearted; yasyaof which; smaraahearing; matreasimply by; sarva-papaihall sins; pramucyatefreed. O noble-hearted king, please hear the glories of Siddhashrama. Simply by hearing its glories one becomes free of all sins. Text 2 yat-sparshanad dhareh sakshan na viyogo bhavet kvacit tam ca siddhashramam nama vadantiha pura-vidah yat-sparshanatby touching it; harehof Lord Krisha; sakshandirectly; na not; viyogahseparated; bhavetbecomes; kvacitsometime; tamit; caand; siddhashramamSiddhashrama; namanamed; vadantisay; ihahere; puravidahthey who know the truth of ancient times. One who touches the land of Siddhashrama will never be separated from Lord Krisha. They who know the truth of ancient times say this place is named Siddhashrama. Text 3 darshanad yasya salokyam samipyam sparshanat tatha sarupyam snanato yati sayujyam tan-nivasatah

darshanatby the sight; yasyaof which; salokyamsalokya; samipyam samipya; sparshanatby the touch; tathaso; sarupyamsarupya; snanatahby bathing; yatiattains; sayujyamsayujya; tan-nivasatahby residing. By seeing Siddhashrama one attains salokya liberation. By touching it one attains samipya liberation. By bathing there one attains sarupya liberation. By residing there one attains sayujya liberation. Text 4 tat-tirthasyapi mahatmyam shrutva candranana-mukhat radha snatum manash cakre krisha-vikshepa-vihvala tat-tirthasyaof this pilgrimage place; apialso; mahatmyamthe glory; shrutvahearing; candranana-mukhatfrom Candranana's mouth; radhaRadha; snatumto bathe; manahmind; cakreplaced; krisha-vikshepawith separation from Lord Krisha; vihvalaoverwhelmed. When Shri Radha, who was broken-hearted in separation from Lord Krisha, heard from Candranana's mouth the glories of Siddhashrama, She decided bathe in that holy place. Text 5 shri-siddhashrama-yatrayam surya-parvai madhave radha gantum manash cakre utthaya kadali-vanat shri-siddhashrama-yatrayamonm a pilgrimage to Siddhashrama; surya-parvai on the surya-parva day; madhavein the moth of Madhava; radhaRadha; gantumto go; manahmind; cakreplacing; utthayarising; kadali-vanatfrom Kadalivana. Leaving the forest of Kadalivana on the surya-parva day in the month of Madhava (April-May), Shri Radha decided to go on a pilgrimage to Siddhashrama. Texts 6 and 7 gopinam shata-yuthena sarva-gopa-gaaih saha shata-varshe vyatite tu

shridamnah shapa-karaat shri-radha sibikarudha chatra-camara-vijita anarteshu maha-tirtham yayau siddhashramam sati gopinamof gopis; shata-yuthenawith a hundred groups; sarva-gopa-gaaih with all the gopas; sahawith; shata-varshea hundred years; vyatitepassed; tu indeed; shridamnahof Shridama; shapa-karaatfrom the curse; shri-radha Shri Radha; sibikarudhaon a palanquin; chatraparasol; camaracamaras; vijita fanned; anarteshuin Anarta-desha; maha-tirthamtop the great holy place; yayauwent; siddhashramamto Siddhashrama; satisaintly. Now that the hundred years of Shridama's curse had passed, saintly Shri Radha, riding on a palanquin, a parasol held over Her, fanned by many camaras, and accompanied by a hundred groups of gopis and all the gopas, went to holy Siddhashrama in the country of Anarta. Text 8 tatraiva bhagavan sakshad yadavaih parimaditah striam shodasha-sahasrair yatrartham cayayau nripa tatrathere; evaindeed; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshatdirectly; yadavaihwith the Yadavas; parimaditahdecorated; striam of the wives; shodasha-sahasraihwith sixteen thousand; yatrarthamto go on pilgrimage; caand; ayayauwent; nripaO king. O king, accompanied by His sixteen-thousand queens and all His relatives in the Yadava dynasty, Lord Krisha also went on a pilgrimage to Siddhashrama. Text 9 balishha ye ca gopalah koishah shastra-paayah siddhashramam tu jugupuh sarvato radhikajnaya balishhastrong; yewho; caand; gopalahgopas; koishahmillions; shastra-paayahweapons in hand; siddhashramamSiddhashrama; tuindeed; jugupuhprotected; sarvataheverywhere; radhikaof Shri Radha; ajnayaby the order.

By Shri Radha 's order many millions of strong gopas, weapons in hand, protected the pilgrimage-party in Siddhashrama. Text 10 shata-yuthas tatha gopyo vetra-hasta maha-balah siddhashrame tu vidhivat snantim radham sishevire shata-yuthaha hundred groups; tathaso; gopyahgopis; vetra-hastasticks in hand; maha-balahvery strong; siddhashramein Siddhashrama; tuindeed; vidhivatproperly; snantimbathing; radhamRadha; sishevireserved. Sticks in hand, a hundred groups of very strong gopis protected and served Shri Radha as She bathed at Siddhashrama. Text 11 dvaraka-vasinam tesham sthitanam snanam icchatam shastra-vetrais taditanam vivishur bhagavat-striyah dvaraka-vasinamas the men of Dvaraka; teshamthey; sthitanamsituated; snanambathing; icchatamdesiring; shastraweapons; vetraihsticks; taditanambeaten; vivishuhentered; bhagavat-striyahthe wives of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As the men of Dvaraka, wishing to bathe there, were being beaten with sticks, Lord Krisha's queens entered that place. Text 12 keyam snatiti papracchur yasya vaibhavam adbhutam yad-gauravat trasantiha sarve yadava-pungavah kawho?; iyamShe; snatibathing; itithus; papracchuhasked; yasyapf whom; vaibhavamthe power; adbhutamwonderful; yad-gauravatout of respect for whom; trasantifear; ihahere; sarveall; yadava-pungavahthe best of the Yadavas.

The queens asked: Who is the girl bathing here? Her power is wonderful. The best of the Yadava warriors are terrified of Her. Text 13 aho kasya priyam ceyam ka nama kutra vasini tvam sarva-jno hi bhagavan vada no devaki-suta ahahOh; kasyaof whom?; priyamthe beloved; caand; iyamShe; ka Who?; namaname; kutrawhere?; vasiniresides; tvamYou; sarva-jnahallknowing; hiindeed; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; vada please tell; nahus; devakiof Devaki; sutaO son. Who is Her beloved? What is Her name? Where does She live? O Lord, You know everything. O son of Devaki, please tell us. Text 14 shri-bhagavan uvaca vrishabhanu-suta sakshad radheyam kirti-nandini vrajeshvari mad-dayita gopikadhishvari vara shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; vrishabhanu of King Vrishabhanu; sutathe daughter; sakshatdirectly; radhaRadha; iyam She; kirtiof Kirti; nandinithe daughter; vrajeshvarithe queen of Vraja; maddayitaMy beloved; gopikadhishvarithe queen of the gopis; varaexalted. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: She is named Radha. She is the daughter of Kirti and Vrishabhanu. She is the queen of Vraja and the queen of the gopis. She is very exalted. I am Her beloved. Text 15 snatum siddhashramam prapta vrajad gopi-gaaih saha yad-gauravat trasanty ete tasya vaibhavam adbhutam snatumto bathe; siddhashramamSiddhashrama; praptaattained; vrajat from Vraja; gopi-gaaihwith many gopis; sahawith; yad-gauravatin awe of

whom; trasantiare frightened; etethey; tasyaof Her; vaibhavamthe power; adbhutamwonderful. Accompanied by many gopis, from Vraja She has come to bathe at Siddhashrama. The great Yadava warriors are terrified of Her. That is Her wonderful power. Text 16 shri-krishasya vacah shrutva satyabhamatha bhamini shanaih praha sapatninam rupa-yauvana-garvita shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; Satyabhama-Satyabhama; athathen; bhaminibeautiful; shanaihslowly; praha said; sapatninamof her co-wives; rupa-yauvana-garvitaproud of her youthful beauty. After hearing Lord Krisha's words, beautiful Satyabhama, who proudly thought herself the queen whose youthful beauty was the greatest, slowly said: Text 17 kim nu radha rupavati naham rupavati kim u bahubhir yacita purvam rupaudarya-guarcita kimwhy?; nuindeed; radhaRadha; rupavatibeautiful; nanot; ahamI; rupavatibeautiful; kimwhether?; uindeed; bahubhihby many; yacita begged; purvambefore; rupabeauty; audaryaand greatness; guavirtues; arcitaworshiped. Why is Radha so beautiful? Am I not beautiful? Beauty and virtue worship me. Many begged for my hand. Text 18 mad-rupa-karaat sakhyah shatadhanva mrito 'bhavat akrurah kritavarma ca pura tau dvau palayitau

mad-rupa-karaatbecause of my beauty; sakhyahO freinds; shatadhanva Satadhanva; mritahdied; abhavatbecame; akrurahAkrura; kritavarma Kritavarma; caand; purabefore; tauthey; dvauboth; palayitaufled. Because of my beauty Akrura and Kritavarma fled and Shatadhanva died. Texts 19 and 20 dine dine svara-bharan ashau sa srijati svatah durbhiksha-mary-arishani sarvadhi-vyadhayo 'shubhah na santi mayinas tatra yatraste 'bhyarcito maih mat-pitra paribarhe 'pi dattah sakshat syamantakah dine dineday after day; svara-bharanbharas of gold; ashaueight; sait; srijaticreates; svatahitselkf; durbhikshafamines; maryplague; arishani calamities; sarvaall; adhisufferings; vyadhayahdiseases; ashubhah inauspicious; nanot; santiare; mayinahtheives; tatrathere; yatrawhere; asteis; abhyarcitahworshiped; maihjewel; mat-pitraby my father; paribarhe as a wedding present; apieven; dattahgiven; sakshatdirectly; syamantakah Syamantaka. On the day of my marriage as a wedding present my father gave the Syamantaka jewel. That jewel produces eight bharas of gold every day. In the country where that jewel is worshiped there are no famines, plagues, calamities, diseases, thieves, or anything inauspicious. Text 21 tena jatam mad-grihe 'pi sarvam vaibhavam adbhutam prema parea shri-krishagarudopari-gamini tenaby that; jatamborn; mad-grihein my home; apialso; sarvamall; vaibhavampower; adbhutamwonderful; premawith love; pareagreat; shrikrishaShri Krisha; garudaGaruda; uparione; gaminigoing. Because of that jewel there is great power in my home. Because of that jewel Lord Krisha loves me and took me riding on Garuda.

Text 22 bhaumasura-maha-yuddham dusham pragjyotisham puram mamapi kripaya yuyam tat-purac ca samagatah bhaumasura-maha-yuddhama great battle with Bhaumasura; dusham horrible; pragjyotishamPragjyosia; puramcity; mamaof me; apialso; kripaya with mercy; yuyamyou; tat-puratfrom that city; caand; samagatahcome. Because of me Lord Krisha attacked Pragjyotisha City and fought with Bhaumasura. It is by my mercy that you all came from Bhaumasura's City. Text 23 praptah shri-krisha-patnitvam sarva eva na samshayah mad-gauravac ca shakrasya chatram dattam anena vai praptahattained; shri-krisha-patnitvamteh status of Lord's Krisha's eife; sarvaall; evaindeed; nano; samshayahdoubt; mad-gauravatby respectf for me; caand; shakrasyaof Indra; chatramthe parasol; dattamgiven; anenaby Him; vaiindeed. It is by my mercy that all of you became Lord Krisha's wives. Of that there is no doubt. It is because of me that Lord Krisha returned Indra's parasol. Texts 24 and 25 kudale deva-matre ca datte vai mat-priyecchaya airavata-bhava naga bhaumasura-samriddhayah mad-icchaya samanitah shri-krishena mahatmana mat-karaan maha-vairam shakre 'pi kritavan harih kudaletwo earrings; deva-matreto the mother of the demigods; caand; dattegiven; vaiindeed; mat-priyaof my beloved; icchayaby the wish; airavataof Airavata; bhavahthe nature; nagaelephants; bhaumasurasamriddhayahthe opulences of Bhaumasura; matof me; icchayaby the desire;

samanitahbrought; shri-krishenaby Shri Krisha; mahatmanathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; mat-karaanbecause of me; maha-vairamgreat enmity; shakrewith Indra; apieven; kritavandid; harihKrisha. Because of my wish Lord Krisha returned Aditi's earrings and Indra's parasol. Because of my wish Lord Krisha took Bhaumasura's riches and his elephants powerful as Airavata. Becasue of me Lord Krisha fought with Indra. Text 26 mad-dvare vartate nityam vrikshendrah parijatakah pativratyenaiva maya shri-krisho 'yam vashi-kritah mad-dvareat my doorway; vartateis; nityamalways; vrikshendrahthe king of trees; parijatakahParijata; pativratyenaby devotion ot my husband; eva indeed; mayaby me; shri-krishahShri Krisha; ayamHe; vashi-kritahis conquered. By the doorway of my house a parijata, the king of trees, eternally grows. With devotion to Him I have brought Lord Krisha under my control. Text 27 sarvopaskara-samyukto naradaya samarpitah mat-samanam na kasyastu gauravam vaibhavam tatha sarvaall; upaskaraparaphernalia; samyuktahpossessing; naradayato Narada Muni; samarpitahoffered; mat-samanamequal to me; nanot; kasyaof whom?; astumay be; gauravamglory; vaibhavampower; tathaas. It is becasue of me that Lord gave many gifts to Narada Muni. No one is my equal. Who is glorious and powerful like me? Texts 28 and 29 rupaudaryam na kasyastu radhayah kim u varaam yad-rupopari caidyadya anena yuyudhur yudhi

he shubhru rukmii sa tvam katham rupavati na hi sa gopa-kanyaka sakhyo yuyam vai raja-kanyakah dhanya manyash ca sarva vai varah

yuyam manavati-

rupabeauty; audaryamvirtues; nanot; kasyaof whom?; astuis; radhayah of Radha; kim uwhether?; varaamdescription; yad-rupoparion the beauty; caidya-adyaheaded by Shisupala; anenawith Him; yuyudhuhfought; yudhiin battle; heO; shubhrugirl with the beautiful eyeborws; rukmiiRukmii; sa she; tvamyou; kathamwhy?; rupavatibeautiful; nanot; hiindeed; sashe; gopa-kanyakaa gopi; sakhyahO friends; yuyamyou all; vaiindeed; rajakanyakahprincesses; dhanyafortunate; manyahworshipable and glorious; ca and; sarvaall; vaiindeed; yuyamyou; manavati-varahworthy of worship. No one is beautiful and virtuous like me. Who can be? Can it be said that this girl Radha is beautiful and virtuous like me? O Rukmii with the beautiful eyebrows, Shishupala and a host of kings fought over your beauty. Are you not beautiful? Friends, this Radha is only a cowherd girl. You are all princesses. You are fortunate and glorious. You are all worthy to be worshiped. Text 30 evam tu satyabhamayam vadantyam maithileshvara bhutva manavati sarva rukmiy-adyah striyo varah evamthus; tuindeed; satyabhamayamas Satyabhama; vadantyamwas speaking; maithileshvaraO king of Mithila; bhutvabecoming; manavatiproud; sarvaall; rukmiy-adyahheaded by Rukmii; striyahthe wives; varah beautiful.

O king of Mithila, as Satyabhama spoke these words, Shri Rukmii and the other beautiful queens became filled with pride. Text 31 kusha-kaushala-shilartharupa-yauvana-garvitah shri-krisham manadam prahur asha paa-maha-striyah kushawild; kaushalagood fortune; shilavirtue; arthaopulence; rupa beauty; yauvanaand youth; garvitahproud; shri-krishamto Lord Krisha;

manadamhumble; prahuhspoke; ashaeight; paa-maha-striyahprincipal queens. Proud of their good fortune, virtues, wealth, and youthful beauty, the eight principal queens spoke to humble Lord Krisha. Text 32 shri-rajnya ucuh shrutam tava mukhat purvam radha-rupam param smritam yasyam raktah sada tvam vai tvayi rakta ca ya sada shri-rajnya ucuhthe queens siad; shrutamheard; tavaof You; mukhatfrom the mouth; purvambefore; radhaof Radha's; rupambeauty; paramgreat; smritamremembered; yasyamfor Her; raktahin love; sadaalways; tvam You; vaiindeed; tvayiwith You; raktain love; caand; yawho; sadaalways. The queens said: From Your own mouth we have heard of Shri Radha. We remember You said that You love Her eternally and She loves You eternally. Text 33 tam radham drashum icchamas tvat-priyam vraja-vasinim tvad-viyogena sankhinnam snatum catra samagatam tamHer; radhamRadha; drashumto see; icchamahwe wish; tvat-priyam Your beloved; vraja-vasinimwho lives in Vraja; tvatfrom You; viyogenaby separation; sankhinnamunhappy; snatumto bathe; caand; atrahere; samagatamcome. We wish to see Her, Radha, Your beloved, who lives in Vraja, and who, unhappy because She is separated from You, has come here to bathe. Text 34 shri-narada uvaca tathastu coktva shri-krishah paa-stri-pariveshitah shodasha-stri-sahasradhyo drashum radham jagama ha

shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tathaso; astube it; caand; uktva saying; shri-krishahShri Krisha; paa-striof the queens; pariveshitah surrounded; shodasha-stri-sahasradhyahwith sixteen thousand queens; drashum to see; radhamRadha; jagamawent; hacertainly. Shri Narada said: Saying, "So be it.", and taking the sixteen thousand queens with Him, Lord Krisha went to see Shri Radha. Text 35 shri-hema-shibire ramye pataka-dhvaja-madite candra-madala-shobhadhye vitana-tanite shubhe shri-hema-shibireon a golden palanquin; ramyebeautiful; pataka-dhvajamaditedecorated with flags and designs; candrathe moon; madalacircle; shobhawith the beauty; adhyeopulent; vitana-tanitewith a parasol; shubhe beautiful. Shri Radha's beautiful golden palanquin was decorated with flags, ornaments, a graceful awning glorious like the moon, . . . Text 36 mukta-javanika yatra vastrair astaraam shubham malati-makarandadhyam sarvato gandha-sankulam muktaof pearls; javanikaa curtain; yatrawhere; vastraihwith colths; astaraamspreading; shubhambeautiful; malati-makarandadhyamrich with the nectar of malati flowers; sarvataheverywhere; gandha-sankulamfragrant. . . . a curtain of pearls, many opulent cloths, and the all-pervading fragrance of malati flowers. Text 37 tena bhringavali cakre kalam kolahalam param tatra radha paa-rajni shri-krisha-hrita-manasa

tenaby him; bhringavalimany bees; cakredid; kalammelodious; kolahalamtumultuous sound; paramgreat; tatrathere; radhaRadha; paarajnithe most important queen; shri-krisha-hrita-manasaHer heart captivated by Lord Krisha. Attracted to that fragrance, many bees made a sweet-sounding commotion. Then the first queen, Shri Radha, Her heart captivated by Lord Krisha, came there. Text 38 hamsabhair vyajanair divyair vijyamana sakhi-janaih chatra-dola-dharais tatra vrajadbhis tam itas tatah hamsabhaihsplendid as swans; vyajanaihwith fans; divyaihsplendid; vijyamanafanning; sakhi-janaihby friends; chatraparasol; dolaand palanquin;dharais tatracarrying; vrajadbhihwalking; tamHer; itahhere; tatah and there. Bearing Her palanquin, holding Her parasol, and fanning Her with fans splendid and graceful as a flock of swans, the gopis carried Radha here and there. Texts 39 and 40 balarka-kudala-dhara vidyud-dama-manohara koi-candra-pratikasha tanvi komala-vigraha anguly-agraih shobhanaih svaih pushpa-bhumim manoharam shanaih shanaih pada-padmam dharayanty ati-komalam balarka-kudala-dharawearing earrings splendid as the rising sun; vidyuddama-manoharabeautiful as a garland of lightning flashes; koi-candra-pratikasha glorious as millions of moons; tanvislender; komala-vigrahaHer form delicate; anguly-agraihwith Her toes; shobhanaihbeautiful; svaihown; pushpa-bhumim on the ground of flowers; manoharambeautiful; shanaih shanaihslowly; padapadmamlotus feet; dharayantiplacing; ati-komalamvery delicate. Then slender and delicate Radha, splendid as a necklace of lightning flashes, beautiful as millions of moons, and decorated with earrings glorious as the rising

sun, gingerly placed first Her graceful toes, and then Her very delicate lotus feet on the ground filled with flowers. Text 41 durat tam radhikam prekshya krisha-patnyah sahasrashah jagmur murcham maha-raja tad-rupeati-mohitah duratform afar; tamHer; radhikamShri Radha; prekshyaseeing; krishapatnyahLord Krisha's queens; sahasrashahthousands; jagmuhwent; murchamto fainting; maha-rajaO great king; tad-rupeaby Her beauty; atimohitahstunned. O great king, when they saw Shri Radha from far away, Lord Krisha's thousands of queens, overcome by the sight of Her beauty, suddenly fainted. Text 42 tat-tejasa hata-rucah suryat tara-gaa yatha gata-rupabhimanas ta ucuh sarvah parasparam tat-tejasaby Her glory; hata-rucahtheir glory was eclipsed; suryatfrom the sun; tara-gaathe stars; yathaas; gatagone; rupaof the beauty; abhimanah pride; tahthey; ucuhsaid; sarvahall; parasparamamong themselves. As the sun makes the many stars seem insignificant so Shri Radha's beauty made the queens' beauty seem insignifant. Their pride in their own beauty now crushed, the queens said among themselves: Text 43 aho etadrisham rupam tri-lokyam na hi cadbhutam shrutam yatha tatha drisham advitiyam manoharam ahahOh; etadrishamlike this; rupambeauty; tri-lokyamin the three worlds; nanot; hiindeed; caand; adbhutamwonderful; shrutamheard; yatha as; tathaso; drishamseen; advitiyamwithout peer; manoharamcharming.

Such wonderful beauty has no equal. In the three worlds the like of it has never been seen or heard of before. Text 44 evam vadantyas tam praptah shri-krishasya purah-sarah gopinam raja-putriam netrai parirebhire evamthus; vadantyahsaying; tamHer; praptahapproached; shrikrishasyaof Shri Krisha; purah-sarahgoing before; gopinamof the gopis; raja-putriamof the princesses; netraithe eyes; parirebhireembraced. As they were speaking these words, Lord Krisha's servants approached Shri Radha. It was then that the gopis and the queens met and their eyes embraced. .pa

Chapter Seventeen Siddhashrame Shri-Radha-Krishagamane Radha-prema-prakashah Shri Shri Radha and Krisha Meet at Siddhashrama and the Nature of Shri Radha's Love Is Revealed Text 1 shri-narada uvaca shri-krisham agatam vikshya paa-rajni-samanvitam tada jaya-jayaravam cakrur gopyo 'ti-harshitah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shri-krishamShri Radha; agatamcome; vikshyaseeing; paa-rajni-samanvitamwith His most important queens; tada then; jaya-jayaravamsounds of "Victory!"; cakruhdid; gopyahthe gopis; atiharshitahvery happy. Seeing that Lord Krisha has come with His queens, the happy gopis called out "All glories! All glories!" Text 2

sahasa shri-harim radha parikramya kritanjalih padmabhabhyam tu netrabhyam anandashrui muncati sahasaat once; shri-harimLord Krisha; radhaShri Radha; parikramya circumambulating; krita 24jalihwith folded hands; padmalotuses; abhabhyam like; tuindeed; netrabhyamwith eyes; anandashruitears of bliss; muncati shedding. With folded hands Shri Radha circumambulated Shri Krisha. Then tears of bliss fell from Her lotus eyes. Texts 3-5 syamantaka-khacit-padam cintamai-khacit-taam padmaraga-lasan-madhyam candra-madala-vartulam kaustubhaih prakhacit prishham kumbha-madala-maditam parijataka-pushpadhyam piyusha-sravi-chatra-mat dattva simhasanam tasmai praha prahasitanana adya me saphalam janma cadya me saphalam tapah syamantaka-khacit-padamits feet studded with syamantaka jewels; cintamaikhacit-taamits sides studded with cintamai jewels; padmaraga-lasan-madhyam its middle glistening with rubies; candra-madala-vartulamround as the moon; kaustubhaihwith kaustubha jewels; prakhacitstudded; prishhamits back; kumbha-madala-maditamdecorated with a dome; parijataka-pushpadhyam opulent with parijata flowers; piyusha-sravidripping nectar; chatra-matwith a parasol; dattvaoffering; simhasanama throne; tasmaito Him; prahasaid; prahasitasmiling; ananaface; adyatoday; memy; saphalamsuccess; janma birth; caand; adyatoday; meof me; saphalamsuccess; tapahausterities. Then, offering Him a throne with feet of syamantaka jewels, sides of cintamai jewels, a middle glistening with rubies, a back of kaustubha jewels, opulent with many parijata flowers, round as the moon, and with a glorious dome and a parasol showering nectar, smiling Shri Radha said to Lord Krisha, Now my life is a success. Now my austerities are a success.

Text 6 adya me saphalo dharmo hare tvayy agate sati dhanyam siddhashrama-snanam saphali-bhutam adbhutam mayapi na krita bhaktis

tava bhakta-sahayinah

adyanow; memy; saphalahsuccess; dharmahreligion; hareO Krisha; tvayiYou; agatecome; satibeing so; dhanyamgood fortune; siddhashramasnanambathing at Siddhashrama; saphali-bhutamsuccess; adbhutam wonderful; mayaby Me; apialso; nanot; kritadone; bhaktihdevotion; tava of You; bhakta-sahayinahhelped by the devotees. "O Krisha, now that You have come My practice of religion is a success and My bathing at Siddhashrama is a wonderful success. Actually I have no devotion to You, who are served by Your real devotees. Text 7 bahavash ca sahaya me tvaya deva krita bhuvi kamso 'pi loka-vijayi yena bhito babhuva ha bahavahmany; caand; sahayahelpers; meof me; tvayaby You; devaO Lord; kritadone; bhuvion the earth; kamsahKamsa; apieven; loka-vijayi who conquered the worlds; yenaby whom; bhitahafraid; babhuvabecame; ha indeed. "O Lord, You gave Me many friends in this world. You brought fear ot Kamsa, who had conquered all the worlds. Text 8 sa marito mad-vacanac chankhacudas taya hare mat-premapi tvaya deva vaibhavam darshitam vraje sahe; maritahkilled; mad-vacanatby My words; shankhacudah Shankhacuda; tvayaby You; hareO Krisha; matfor Me; premawith love; api also; tvayaby You; devaO Lord; vaibhavampower; darshitamshown; vrajein Vraja.

"O Krisha, on My request You killed Shankhacuda. O Lord, out of love for Me You revealed Your power and glory in Vraja. Text 9 shakrasya mana-bhango 'pi krito deva tvaya balat mat-karaad vrajam rakshan dhritva govardhanacalam shakrasyaof Indra; mana-bhangahbreaking the pride; apieven; kritah done; devaO Lord; tvayaby You; balatforcibly; mat-karaaton My account; vrajamVraja; rakshanprotecting; dhritvaholding; govardhanacalam Govardhana Hill. "O Lord, for My sake You broke Indra's pride and lifted Govardhana Hill. Text 10 yathecchalingito rase gopibhis tvam vashi-kritah idam te caritam deva nara-loka-vidambanam yathaaccording; icchato desire; alingitahembraced; rasein the rasa dance; gopibhihby the gopis; tvamYou; vashi-kritahconquered; idamthis; te of You; caritamactions; devaO Lord; nara-lokaof human beings; vidambanaman imitation. "In the rasa dance You embraced the gopis to Your heart's content. Your were conquered by the gopis. O Lord, these pastimes of Yours imitate the actions of human beings. Text 11 evam vadanti sa radha tvaram candrananajnaya sadarea hareh patnir vikshya ta gauravam dadau evamthus; vadantispeaking; saShe; radhar; tvaramat once; candrananaof Canranana; ajnayaby the order; sadareawith respect; hareh of Lord Krisha; patnihthe wives; vikshyaseeing; tato them; gauravam respect; dadaugave.

As Shri Radha was speaking these words, Candranana informed Her of the queens' presence. Respectfully glancing at the queens, Shri Radha offered them all respect. Texts 12 and 13 bhaishmim jambavatim bhamam satyam bhadram ca lakshmanam kalindim mitravindam ca militva ta parasparam shodasha-stri-sahasram ca rohii-mukham eva ca premanandamayi dorbhyam parirebhe mudanvita bhaishmimRukmii; jambavatimJambavati; bhamamSatyabhama; satyamSatya; bhadramBhadra; caand; lakshmanamLakshmaa; kalindim Kalindi; mitravindamMitravinda; caand; militvameeting; tathem; parasparameach other; shodasha-stri-sahasramsixteen thousand queens; ca and; rohii-mukhamheaded by Rohii; evaindeed; caand; premanandamayi filled with the bliss of love; dorbhyamwitharms; parirebheembraced; mudanvita joyful. Meeting Rukmii, Jambavati, Satyabhama, Satya, Bhadra, Lakshmaa, Kalindi, Mitravinda, sixteen thousand other queens, headed by Rohii, Shri Radha, filled with love and joy, embraced them in Her arms. Text 14 shri-radhovaca candro yathaiko bahavash cakorah suryo yathaiko bahavo drishah syuh shri-krishacandro bhagavams tathaiko bhakta bhaginyo bahavo vayam ca shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; candrahmoon; yathaas; ekahone; bahavahmany; cakorahcakora birds; suryahsun; yathaas; ekahone; bahavahmany; drishaheyes; syuhare; shri-krishacandrahShri Krishacandra; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tathase; ekah one; bhaktahdevotees; bhaginyahO sisters; bahavahmany; vayamwe; ca and. Shri Radha said: As there is but one moon but the cakora birds are many, and as there is but one sun but the eyes are many, so there is but one Supreme Personality of Godhead, Shri Krishacandra, but we devotees, O My sisters, are many.

Texts 15 and 16 padma-prabhavam madhupo yatha hi ratna-prabhavam kila tat-parikshit vidya-prabhavam ca yatha hi vidvan kavya-prabhavam ca yatha kavindrah yatha sahasreshu janeshu satsu rasa-prabhavam rasikas tatha hi janati tattvena narendra-putryah krisha-prabhavam bhuvi krisha-bhaktah padma-prabhavamthe glory of the lotus; madhupaha bee; yathaas; hi indeed; ratna-prabhavamthe glory of jewels; kilaindeed; tat-parikshitsomeone searching for jewels; vidya-prabhavamthe glory of knowledge; caand; yatha as; hiindeed; vidvana scholar; kavya-prabhavamthe glory of poetry; caand; yathaas; kavindrahthe king of poets; yathaas; sahasreshuamong tousands; janeshuof people; satsusaintly; rasa-prabhavamthe glory of nectar mellows; rasikahthey who are expert at relishing nectar; tathaso; hiindeed; janati knows; tattvenain truth; narendra-putryahO queens; krishaof Lord Krisha; prabhavamthe glory; bhuviin this world; krishaof Lord Krisha; bhaktaha devotee. O queens, as a bumblebee understands the glory of lotus flowers, as a jeweler understands the glory of jewels, as a scholar understands the glory of knowledge, as a poet understands the glory of poetry, and as a person expert at tasting nectar understands the glory of the nectar held by thousands of saintly devotees, so only a devotee of Krisha can understand the glory of Krisha in truth. Text 17 shri-narada uvaca radha-vakyam tada shrutva rukmii bhishma-nandini sapatni-sahita praha radham kamala-locanam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; radha-vakyamShri Radha's words; tada then; shrutvahearing; rukmiiRukmii; bhishma-nandinithe daughter of Bhishmaka; sapatni-sahitawith her co-wives; prahasaid; radhamto Radha; kamala-locanamlotus-eyed. Shri Narada said: After hearing Shri Radha's words, Bhishmaka's daughter Rukmii, who stood in the company of her co-wives, spoke to lotus-eyed Shri Radha.

Text 18 shri-rukmiy uvaca dhanyasi radhe vrishabhanu-putri tvad-bhakti-bhavena vashi-krito 'yam vadaty alam yasya katham tri-loki sa eva vartam vadati tvadiyam shri-rukmii uvacaShri Rukmii said; dhanyafortunate; asiYou are; radhe O Radha; vrishabhanu-putriO daughter of King Vrishabhanu; tvatof You; bhaktibhavenaby the love and devotion; vashi-kritahconquered; ayamHe; vadati indeed; alamgreatly; yasyaof whom; kathamthe talk; tri-lokithe three worlds; sathat; evaindeed; vartamtalk; vadatisays; tvadiyamabout You. Shri Rukmii said: O Radha, O daughter of King Vrishabhanu, You are fortunate. Krisha is conquered by Your love. He is under Your control. The three worlds glorify Krisha, but Krisha glorifies You. Text 19 shrutam yatha te hari-bhava-lakshaam tatha hi drisham na hi citram eva hi gacchashu casmac-chibirai yatra hi tvam netum atragatavatya adritah shrutamheard; yathaas; teof You; hari-bhava-lakshaamcharacterized by love for Lord Krisha; tathaso; hiindeed; drishamseen; nanot; hiindeed; citramwonder; evaindeed; hiindeed; gacchaplease go; ashuat once; ca and; asmatour; shibiraipalanquins; yatrawhere; hiindeed; tvamYou; netumto take; atrahere; agatavatyacome; adritahhonored. We have already heard of Your great love for Lord Krisha, so we are not surprised now that we may see it directly. Please come to our palanquins. We have come here to honor You and take You with us. Text 20 shri-narada uvaca evam uktva bhishma-suta radham kirti-sutam tada samaniya sva-shibire sadarea mahatmana shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; uktvaspeaking; bhishmasutathe daughter of King Bhishmaka; radhamto Radha; kirtiof Kirti; sutam

the daughter of Kirti; tadathen; samaniyataking; sva-shibireon Her own palanquin; sadarearespectfully; mahatmananoble-hearted. Shri Narada said: After speaking these words, to her own palanquin noblehearted Queen Rukmii respectfully brought Shri Radha. Texts 21 and 22 shibire sarvato-bhadre padma-kinjalka-vasite haime shirisha-mridule paryanke sopabarhae sukham nivasayam asa vasah sran-madanadibhih sampujya vidhivad ratrau sapatni-sahita sati shibireon the palanquin; sarvato-bhadrenamed sarvato-bhadra; padma lotus; kinjalkawhorls; vasitescented; haimegolden; shirishawith sirisa flowers; mridulesoft; paryankeon the seat; sa-upabarhaewith cushions; sukhamcomfortably; nivasayam asaseated; vasahfragrance; sranmadanadibhihwith flower decorations and other ornaments; sampujya worshiping; vidhivatproperly; ratrauat night; sapatni-sahitawith her co-wives; satisaintly. Then Rukmii made Shri Radha comfortable on the golden palanquin named Sarvatobhadra, which was fragrant with lotus whorls, flower garlands, and flowerdecorations, and which had very soft cushions decorated with soft shirisha flowers. That night Rukmii, accompanied by her co-wives, worshiped Shri Radha. Text 23 gopinam shata-yutham ca sampujya ca prithak prithak vartalapan bahu-vidhan kritva krisha-priyas tatah svapayitvatha tam jagmuh shibiram muda

svam svam vai

gopinamof the gopis; shata-yuthamthe hundred groups; caand; sampujya worshiping; caand; prithakone; prithakby one; vartalapanconversations; bahu-vidhanmany kinds; kritvadoing; krisha-priyahLord Krisha's dear queens; tatahthen; svapayitvaputting to sleep; atha-then; tamto her; jagmuh went; svamown; svamown; vaiindeed; shibirampalanquin; mudahappily.

Then Rukmii and her co-wives worshiped the hundred groups of gopis one by one. After talking of many things, Lord Krisha's queens saw that each gopi comfortably went to sleep. Then the queens happily returned to their own palanquins. Text 24 krisha-parshvam gata bhaishmi drishva jagrad upasthitam katham na sheshe bho svaminn iti krisham uvaca ha krisha-parshvamto Lord Krisha';s side; gatawent; bhaishmiRukmii; drishvaseeing; jagratawake; upasthitamsituated; kathamwhy?; nanot; shesheYou rest; bhahO; svaminnmaster; itithus; krishamto Lord Krisha; uvacasaid; haindeed. Seeing that Lord Krisha was still awake, Rukmii went to His side and said, "Master, who do You not sleep?" Text 25 shri-bhagavan uvaca pratyudgama-prasravaair ashvasena vrajeshvari arcita hi tvaya shubhruh prasanna sabhavat param shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; pratyudgamaprasravaair ashvasenaby greeting; vrajeshvariShri Radha; arcitaworshiped; hiindeed; tvayaby you; shubhruO girl with the beautiful eyebrows; prasanna pleased; saShe; abhavatwas; paramvery. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O girl with the beautiful eyebrows, Radha was very pleased by the respectful welcome you gave Her. Text 26 sa ca nityam hi pibati shayanadau payah shubham payah-panam tu na kritam adya subhru taya kila saShe; caand; nityamalways; hiindeed; pibatidrinks; shayanadau before She takes rest; payahmilk; shubhampleasant; payah-panamdrinking

milk; tubut; nanot; kritamdone; adyanow; subhruO girl with the beautiful eyebrows; tayaby you; kilaindeed. She always drinks milk before She takes rest. Still, O girl with the beautiful eyebrows, you did not arrange that She have milk to drink. Text 27 tena nidra nayanayor na jatasya maha-mate tasman mamapi prasvapo na jato bhishma-kanyake tenabecause of that; nidrasleep; nayanayohof the eyes; nanot; jatasya come; maha-mateO noble-hearted one; tasmantherefore; mamaof me; api also; prasvapahsleep; nanot; jatahcome; bhishma-kanyakeO daughter of King Bhishmaka. For that reason, O noble-hearted girl, sleep has not come to Her eyes. O daughter of King Bhishmaka, because She cannot sleep, I cannot sleep. Text 28 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutva param bhaishmi sapatnibhih samanvita nitva dugdham tat-samipam prayayau paramadarat shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutvahearing; paramthen; bhaishmiRukmini; sapatnibhihwith her co-wives; samanvitawith; nitva taking; dugdhammilk; tat-samipamto Her; prayayauwent; paramadaratwith great respect. Shri Narada said: After hearing these words, Rukmii, accompanied by her cowives, brought a cup of milk to Shri Radha.

Text 29 usham dugdham sita-yuktam kacole haimane kritam apayayat param pritya radham bhishmaka-nandini

ushamhot; dugdhammilk; sita-yuktamwith sugar; kacolein a cup; haimanegolden; kritamdone; apayayatgave to drink; paramgreatly; pritya with love; radhamto Radha; bhishmaka-nandiniRukmii. Then Rukmii affectionately gave to Shri Radha a golden cup filled with hot milk sweetened with sugar. Text 30 evam abhyarcya vidhivad dattva tambula-viikam satyabhamadibhih shashvat sapatnibhih samanvita evamthus; abhyarcyaworshiping; vidhivatproperly; dattvagiving; tambula-viikambetelnuts; satyabhamadibhihheaded by Satyabhama; shashvat always; sapatnibhihwith co-wives; samanvitawith. Then, accompanied by Satyabhama and the other queens, Rukmii respectfully offered Radha some betelnuts. Text 31 agatya krisha-samipyam vadanti sva-kritam shubha bheje shri-rukmii sakshac chri-krisha-pada-pankajam agatyaapproaching; krisha-samipyamShri Krisha; vadantispeaking; svakritamwhat she had done; shubhabeautiful gilr; bhejeworshiped; shri-rukmii Shri Rukmii; sakshacagain and again; shri-krisha-pada-pankajamShri Krisha's lotus feet. Approaching Lord Krisha, beautiful Shri Rukmii told what she had done. Then she worshiped the Lord's lotus feet. Text 32 samlalayanti satatam komalaih kara-pallavaih krisha-pada-tale chalan vikshya sa vismitabhavat

samlalayantimassaging; satatamagain and again; komalaihwith soft; karapallavaihflower-bud hands; krisha-pada-taleLord Krisha's feet; chalan blisters; vikshyaseeing; sashe; vismitaastonished; abhavatbecame. As she massaged them with her soft flower-bud hands, Rukmii suddenly noticed many blisters on the soles of Lord Krisha's feet. She was very surprised. Text 33 ucchalakah katham jatas tava pada-tale prabho adyaiva bhuta bhagavan na vedmy atra hi karaam ucchalakahblisters; kathamhow; jatahcreated; tavaof You; pada-taleon the soles of the feet; prabhahO Lord; adyanow; evaindeed; bhuta manifested; bhagavanO Lord; nanot; vedmiI know; atrahere; hiindeed; karaamthe cause. Shri Rukmii said: Master, how have these blisters come on the soles of Your feet? I cannot understand the reason. Text 34 shodasha-stri-sahasraam shrivantinam harih svayam radha-bhakti-prakashartham prasannah praha rukmiim shodasha-stri-sahasraamas the sixteen thousand queens; shrivantinam listened; harihLord Krisha; svayampersonally; radhaof Shri Radha; bhaktiof the love; prakasharevelation; arthamfor the purpose; prasannahpleased; prahasaid; rukmiimto Rukmii. As the sixteen thousand queens listened, cheerful Lord Krisha, wishing to show them the depth of Shri Radha's love, spoke to Rukmii. Text 35 shri-bhagavan uvaca shri-radhikaya hridayaravinde padaravindam hi virajate me ahar-nisham prashraya-pasha-baddham lavam lavardham na calaty ativa

shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; shri-radhikaya of Shri Radha; hridayaravindein the lotus flower of the heart; padaravindam the lotus feet; hiindeed; virajateare splendidly manifested; meof Me; aharnishamday and night; prashraya-pasha-baddhambound by the ropes of love and devotion; lavamfor a moment; lavardhamor half a moment; nanot; calati leaves; ativaat all. The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Day and night My lotus feet stay in Shri Radha's lotus heart. Bound by ropes of love and devotion, they cannot leave for a moment or even half a moment. Text 36 adyosha-dugdha-pratipanato 'nghrav ucchalakas te mama procchalanti mandosham evam hi na dattam asyai yushmabhir usham tu payah pradattam adyanow; ushahot; dugdhamilk; pratipanatahbecause of drinking; anghrauMy feet; ucchalakahboils; tethey; mamaof Me; procchalanti manifest; mandoshamwarm; evamthus; hinot; naindeed; dattamgiven; asyaito Her; yushmabhihby you all; ushamtoo hot; tubut; payahmilk; pradattamgiven. When Shri Radha drank that very hot milk, My lotus feet in Her heart became burned and that is why they are now covered with blisters. You did not offer Her warm milk. You offered Her milk that was far too hot. Text 37 shri-narada uvaca shri-krishasya vacah shrutva rukmiyadya striyo varah prema padam vimrijyatha visismuh sarvato nripa shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; vacah the words; shrutvahearing; rukmiyadyaheaded by Rukmii; striyahwomen; varahbeautiful; premawith love; padamfeet; vimrijyamassaging; atha then; visismuhastonished; sarvatahcompletely; nripaO king. Shri Narada said: When they heard His words, Shri Rukmii and the other beautiful queens that had been massaging Lord Krisha's feet became filled with wonder.

Text 38 shri-radhayah para prir madhave madhusudane tat-samana na caikaisha advitiya mahi-tale shri-radhayahof Shri Radha; parasuprem; prihlove; madhavefopr Lord Krisha; madhusudanethe killer of the Madhu demon; tat-samanaequal to Her; nanot; caand; ekaanyone; eshaShe; advitiyawithout equal; mahi-talein the world. Shri Radha's love for Lord Krisha has no rival and no equal in this world. It is the greatest love. .pa

Chapter Eighteen Siddhashrama-mahatmye Rasotsavah In the Course of Describing the Glories of Siddhashrama, a Description of the Rasadance Festival Text 1 shri-narada uvaca shri-radhayah param pritim jnatva gopi-gaasya ca ucur harim raja-putryas tad-rasa-prekshaotsukah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; shri-radhayahof Shri Radha; paramthe great; pritimlove; j 24atvaunderstanding; gopi-gaasyaof the gopis; caand; ucuhsaid; harimto Lord Krisha; raja-putryahthe queens; tad-rasathe rasa dance; prekshaato see; utsukaheager. Shri Narada said: Now understanding the great love Radha and the gopis bear for Lord Krisha, the queens, eager to see the rasa dance, spoke to Lord Krisha. Text 2 paa-rajnya ucuh dhanya gopyas tu te bhaktah

prema-lakshaa-samyutah yah prapta rasa-range vai tasam kim varyate tapah paa-rajnyahthe most important queens; ucuhsaid; dhanyafortunate; gopyahthe gopis; tuindeed; teof You; bhaktahthe devotees; premalakshaa-samyutahfilled with love; yahwho; praptaattained; rasa-rangein the rasa dance arena; vaiindeed; tasamof them; kimwhat?; varyatecan be described; tapahausterities. The queens said: The gopis are most fortunate. They love You dearly. They enjoyed with You the rasa dance. How can words describe the great austerities they must have performed? Text 3 vrindavane krito raso vidhina yena madhava tad-vidhim drashum icchamo yadi tvam manyase prabho vrindavanein Vrindavana; kritahdone; rasahthe rasa dance; vidhinaby the method; yenaby which; madhavaO Krisha; tad-vidhimthat method; drashumto see; icchamahwe desire; yadiif; tvamYou; manyasethink; prabhahO Lord. O Krisha, O master, if You think it is right, we wish to see the rasa dance You performed in Vrindavana. Text 4 tvam catraiva tatha radha gopyah sarva vrajanganah vayam catraiva devesha raso yogyo bhaved iha tvamYou; caand; atrahere; evaindeed; tathaso; radhaRadha; gopyah th4 gopis; sarvaall; vrajanganahthe girls of Vraja; vayamwe; caand; atra here; evaindeed; deveshaO Lord of lords; rasahthe rasa dance; yogyah proper; bhavetis; ihahere. You are here. So is Radha. So are the gopis of Vraja. So are we. O Lord of lords, it is right that there be a rasa dance.

Text 5 puram kuru jagannatha asmakam tu manoratham krito manoratho 'nyo na rasa-kridam vina hare puramfulfilled; kuruplease make; jagannathaO master of the universes; asmakamour; tuindeed; manorathamdesire; kritahdone; manorathah desire; anyahanother; nanot; rasa-kridamthe rasa dance pastimes; vina except for; hareO Krisha. O master of the universes, pleaae fulfill our desire. O Krisha, we have no desire other than this. Text 6 iti tasam vacah shrutva bhagavan prahasann iva praha tah prema-samyukto girbhih sammohayann iva itithus; tasamof them; vacahthe words; shrutvahearing; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; prahasannsmiling; ivaas if; prahasaid; tah to them; prema-samyuktahaffectionate; girbhihwith words; sammohayann charming; ivaas if. When He heard these words, Lord Krisha smiled. Filled with love for them, He charmed them with the following words. Text 7 shri-bhagavan uvaca rasheshvaryas tu radhaya manash ced rantum anganah tada raso bhaved atra bhavatibhis pricchyatam shri-bhagavan uvacathe Supreme Personality of Godhead said; rasheshvaryah of the queen of the rasac dance; tuindeed; radhayaof Radha; manahthe heart; cetif; rantumto enjoy; anganahO beautiful girls; tadathen; rasahthe rasa dance; bhavetmay be; atrahere; bhavatibhihwith you; pricchyatammay be asked.

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O beautiful girls, if Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa dance, wishes, only then may there be a rasa dance. Please ask Her. Text 8 iti shrutva vacas tasya rukmiy-adya nripatmajah radham etya param prema prahuh prahasitananah itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; tasyaof Him; rukmiy-adya headed by Rukmii; nripatmajahthe queens; radhamRadha; etyaapproaching; paramthen; premawith love; prahuhspoke; prahasitananahsmiling. After hearing these words, Shri Rukmii and the queens approached Shri Radha and, smiling with love, spoke. Text 9 shri-rajnya ucuh rambhoru candra-vadane vraja-sundarishe rasheshvari priyatame sakhi shila-rupe radhe su-kirti-kula-kirti-kare shubhange tvam prashum agatavatih sakala vayam smah shri-rajnya ucuhthe queens said; rambhoruO girl with the beautiful thighs; candra-vadaneO girl whose face is glorious as the moon; vrajaof Vraja; sundari of the beautiful girls; isheO queen; rasheshvariO queen of the rasa dance; priyatameO most dear one; sakhiO friend; shila-rupeO virtuous and beautiful one; radheO Radha; su-kirtifame; kulafamily; kirtifame; karedoing; shubhangeO girl with beautiful limbs; tvamYou; prashumto ask; agatavatih have come; sakalaall; vayamwe; smahhave. The queens said: O moon-faced Radha, O girl with the beautiful thighs, O queen of the beautiful girls of Vraja, O queen of the rasa dance, O virtuous and beautiful one, O friend, O girl with expands the glorious fame of Your family, O girl with graceful limbs, we have all come here to ask something of You. Text 10 rasheshvaro 'pi kila catra rasa-pradayi rasheshvari tvam api gopa-varanganash ca evam vayam sma iti sarva-vidhau rasarthe rasam kuru priyatame ca tatha priyam nah

rasheshvarahthe king of the rasa dance; apieven; kilaindeed; caand; atra here; rasa-pradayigiving nectar; rasheshvarither queen of the rasa dance; tvamYou; apialso; gopa-varanganahthe beautiful gopis; caand; evamthus; vayamwe; smaare; ititthus; sarva-vidhauin all respects; rasarthefor the sweetness; rasamthe rasa dance; kuruplease do; priyatameO most dear one; caand; tathaso; priyamdear; nahto us. Charming Krisha, the king of the rasa dance, is here. So are You, the queen of the rasa dance. So are the beautiful gopis. So are we. O most dear one, please arrange that there be a rasa dance here. That will please us. Text 11 shri-radhovaca rasheshvarasya paramasya satam kripalo rantum mano yadi bhavet tu tadatra rasah sushrushaya paramaya paraya ca bhaktya sampujya tam kila vashi-kuruta priyeshah shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; rasheshvarasyaof the king of the rasa dance; paramasyagreat; satamto the devotees; kripalahkind; rantumto enjoy; manahthe heart; yadiif; bhavetis; tuindeed; tadathen; atrahere; rasaha rasa dance; sushrushayadevotion; paramayawith great; parayawith great; caand; bhaktyalove; sampujyaworshiping; tamHim; kilaindeed; vashi-kurutaconquer; priyeshahmost dear. Shri Radha said: If Lord Krisha, the king of the rasa dance, who is kind to His devotees, wishes, then there will be a rasa dance here. Go to Him. Worship and serve Him with love and devotion. That will bring Him under Your control. Text 12 shri-narada uvaca radhaya vacanam shrutva shri-krishoktam tathavadan tathastu coktva sa radha prasannabhun maha-manah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; radhayaof Shri Radha; vacanamthe words; shrutvahearing; shri-krishoktamthe words of Krisha; tathathen; avadansaid; tathaso; astube it; caand; uktvasaying; saShe; radha Radha; prasannapleased; abhutbecame; maha-manahnoble-hearted.

Shri Narada said: When they heard Shri Radha's words, the queens repeated to Her what Lord Krisha had told them. Hearing that, Noble-hearted Radha became pleased and said, "So be it." Text 13 madhave purimayam tu puye siddhashrame shubhe pradosha-kale candrabhe rasarambho babhuva ha madhavein the mont of Madhava; purimayamon the full moon; tuindeed; puyein sacred; siddhashrameSiddhashrama; shubhebeautiful; pradosha-kale in the evening; candrabhesplendid with moonlight; rasarambhahthe rasa dnace; babhuvawas; haindeed. In this way, in the splendid full-moon night of the month of Madhava (April-May) there was a rasa dance in beautiful and sacred Siddhashrama. Text 14 rasheshvarasya rasarthe rasheshvarya samanvitah raraja rase rasiko yatha ratya ratishvarah rasheshvarasyaof the king of the rasa dance; rasarthefor the sake of the rasa dance; rasheshvaryathe queen of the rasa dance; samanvitahwith; rarajawas splendidly mnaifest; rasein the rasa dance; rasikahexpert at tasting nectar; yathaas; ratyawith Rati; ratishvarahKamadeva. To begin the rasa dance, Krisha, the king of the rasa dance, who is expert at enjoying nectar pastimes, stood with Radha, the queen of the rasa dance by His side. They were very glorious. they were like Kamadeva and Rati. Text 15 yavatir gopikah sarva yavati raja-kanyakah tavad rupa-dharo reje ekah krisho dvayor dvayoh yavatihas many; gopikahgs; sarvaall; yavatias many; raja-kanyakah queens; tavatso many; rupaforms; dharahmanifesting; rejewas splendidly manifested; ekahone; krishahKrisha; dvayoh dvayohbetween each two.

Then Lord Krisha expanded Himself into as many forms as there were gopis and queens. A single Krisha stood between each two of them. Text 16 tala-veu-mridanganam kala-kahaih sakhi-janaih valgu-nupura-kancinam mishra-shabdo mahan abhut talakaratalas; veuflute; mridanganamand mrdangas; kala-kahaihwith sweet voices; sakhi-janaihby the friends; valgugraceful; nupuraanklets; kancinamand belts; mishramixing; shabdahthe sound; mahangreat; abhut was. The karatalas, flute, and mriangas joined with the sweet voices of the girls and the tinkling sounds of their belts and anklets, to create a tumultuous sound. Texts 17 and 18 koi-kandarpa-lavayah sragvi kudala-maditah pitambara-dharo rajan kiria-kaakangadah rasheshvarya samam gayan rase rasheshvarah svayam shri-gaaih sahito rajams candras tara-gaair yatha koimillions; kandarpaof Kamadevas; lavayahmor ehandsome; sragvi wearing a flower garland; kudala-maditahdecorated with earrings; pitambaradharahwearing yellow garments; rajanO king; kiriaa crown; kaakagolden bracelets; angadahand armlets; rasheshvaryathe wueen of the rasa dance; samamwith; gayansinging; rasein the rasa dance; rasheshvarahthe king of the rasa dance; svayamHismelf; shri-gaaihwith the goddess of fortune; sahitah with; rajanO king; candrahthe moon; tara-gaaihwith the many stars; yatha as. Wearing yellow garments, decorated with crown, earrings, armlets, and golden bracelets, and more handsome than many millions of Kamadevas, Lord Krisha, the king of the rasa dance sang songs with Shri Radha, the queen of the rasa dance, and with the gopis and queens, who were all goddesses of fortune. O king, He was like the moon surrounded by many stars.

Text 19 evam sarva nisha rajan kshaavad rasa-madale vyatitabhun maha-raja mahanandamayi shubha evamthus; sarvathe entire; nishanight; rajanO king; kshaavatlike a moment; rasa-madalein the rasa dance circle; vyatita abhutpassed; maha-raja O great king; mahanandamayiblissful; shubhabeautiful. O king, in this way the very blissful and beautiful night passed like a single moment in the circle of the rasa dance. Text 20 shri-rasa-madalam drishva rukmiy-adyah striyo varah jagmus tah paramanandam sarvah pura-manorathah shri-rasa-madalamthe circle of the rasa dance; drishvaseeing; rukmiyadyahheaded by Rukmii; striyahthe queens; varahbeautiful; jagmuhwent; tahthey; paramanandamtranscendental bliss; sarvahall; pura-manorathah their desires fulfilled. Gazing at the circle of the rasa dance, Shri Rukmii and all the beautiful queens became filled with bliss. All their desires were fulfilled. Text 21 paripuratamam sakshac chri-krisham purushottamam rasante rukmii-mukhyah prahuh prema-parayaah paripuratamamthe perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshat directly; shri-krishamShri Krisha; purushottamamthe Supreme Person; rasanteat the end of the rasa dance; rukmii-mukhyahthe queens headed by Rukmii; prahuhsaid; prema-parayaahfilled with love. When the rasa dance ended Shri Rukmii and the queens, filled with feelings of love, spoke to Shri Radha, the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Text 22 shri-rajnya ucuh drishva tvad-rupa-madhuryam rasa-range manohare gatam mano nah svanandam brahmanandam yatha munih shri-rajnya ucuhthe queens said; drishvaseeing; tvad-rupa-madhuryam the sweetness of Your handsomeness; rasa-rangein the arena of thw rasa dance; manoharebeautiful; gatamgone; manahheart; nahof us; svanandamto bliss; brahmanandamspiritual bliss; yathaas; muniha great sage. The queens said: As we gaze at Your handsome sweetness in this beautiful rasa dance, our hearts have become filled with bliss. We have become lake sages filled with the happiness of spiritual life. Text 23 etadrsho 'pi raso 'nyo na bhuto na bhavishyati shata-yuthas tu gopinam atra madhava vartate etadrshahlike this; apieven; rasahrasa dance; anyahanother; nanot; bhutahwas; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be; shata-yuthaha hundred groups; tu indeed; gopinamof gopis; atrahere; madhavaO Krisha; vartateare. There never was, nor will there ever be, another rasa dance like this. O Krisha, a hundred groups of gopis are here! Text 24 patnyah shodasha-sahasram sakhibhih sahita vayam sakhi-koi-yutash catra hrisha-paa-maha-striyah madhaveshvara

vrindavane

'pi

naitadrig

bhuto

va

patnyahthe queens; shodasha-sahasramsixteen thousand; sakhibhihthe gopis; sahitawith; vayamwe; sakhi-koi-yutahmany millions of gopis; caand; atrahere; hrishajubilant; paa-maha-striyahthe noble queens; vrindavane in Vrindavana; apieven; nanot; etadriklike this; bhutahwas; vaor; madhavaO Krisha; ishvaraO Lord.

We sixteen thousand queens are here with many millions of gopis. O Krisha, O master, even in Vrindavana there was never a rasa dance like this. Text 25 shri-narada uvaca evam kritabhimananam rajninam prahasan harih prahedam pricchatam radham bhavatibhih parasparam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; evamthus; kritabecome; abhimananam proud; rajninamthe queens; prahasansmiling; harihKrisha; prahasaid; idamthis; pricchatamask; radhamRadha; bhavatibhihby you' parasparam among yourselves. Shri Narada said: In this way the queens became proud. Smiling, Lord Krisha said to them, "Ask Radha what She thinks." Text 26 satyabhamadikah sarvah pricchanti tam manoharam kincid dhasanti manasi praha radha param vacah satyabhamadikahheaded by Satyabhama; sarvahall; pricchantiasked; tam Her; manoharambeautiful; kincita little; hasantilaughing; manasiin Her heart; prahasaid; radhaRadha; paramthen; vacahwords. Satyabhama and the other queens asked beautiful Radha. Gently laughing in Her heart, Shri Radha spoke. Text 27 shri-radhovaca nanu rasah param catra bahu-stri-gaa-sankulah purva-rasa-samo na syad yas tu vrindavane 'bhavat shri-radha uvacaShri Radha said; nanuindeed; rasahrasa dance; param then; caand; atrahere; bahu-stri-gaa-sankulahwith very many girls; purva-

rasa-samahequal to the previous rasa dance; nanot; syatis; yahwhich; tu indeed; vrindavanein Vrindavana; abhavatwas. Shri Radha said: Many girls came to this rasa dance. Still, it is not the equal of the rasa dance in Vrindavana. Text 28 kva catra vrindarayam hi divya-druma-latakulam prema-bharanata-latam madhu-matta-madhuvratam kvawhere?; caand; atrahere; vrindarayamVrindavana forest; hiindeed; divya-druma-latakulamfilled with splendid trees and vines; premaof love; bhara with great; anatabowing down; latamthe vines; madhuwith honey; matta intoxicated; madhuvratambees. In this place where is Vrindavana forest, filled with splendid trees, flowering vines bowing down in ecstatic love, and bees intoxicated by drinking honey? Text 29 pushpa-vyuhan vahanti ya yathoshin-mudrita shubha hamsa-padma-samakira kva catra yamuna nadi pushpa-vyuhanmany flowers; vahanticarrying; yawhich; yathaas; ushik a line in the ushik meter; mudritamarked; shubhabeautiful; hamsaswans; padmaand lotus flowers; samakirafilled; kvawhere?; caand; atrahere; yamunathe Yamuna; nadiriver. In this place where is the beautiful Yamuna river, carrying many flowers as it flows like a line of poetry, and filled with swans and lotus flowers? Text 30 madhavyas tu latah kvatra pushpa-bhara-natah parah kva pakshiah prema-para gayanti madhura-svanam

madhavyahMadhavi; tuindeed; latahvines; kvawhere?; atrahere; pushpa-bhara-natahbowed down with many flowers; parahgreat; kvawhere?; pakshiahbirds; prema-parafilled with love; gayantising; madhura-svanawith sweet voices. In this place where are the madhavi vines bowing with many flowers? Where are the birds lovingly singing with sweet voices? Text 31 lolali-punjah kunjah kva nikunja divya-mandirah kva vayuh shitalo mando vati padma-rajo haran lolarestless; ali-punjahbees; ku 24jahforest groves; kvawhere?; niku 24ja forest groves; divya-mandirahsplendid palaces; kvawhere?; vayuhbreze; shitalahcooling; mandahgentle; vatiblows; padma-rajahlotus pollen; haran carrying; In this place where are the forest groves filled with splendid palaces and restless bumblebees? Where is the cooling gentle breeze carrying pollen from the lotus flowers? Text 32 shringair manoharair uccair girir govardhano 'calah sarvatra phala-pushpadhyo daribhih kva kariva sah shringaihwith peaks; manoharaihbeautiful; uccaihtall; girihmountain; govardhanahGovardhana; acalahmountain; sarvatraeverywhere; phalapushpadhyahrich with many fruits and flowers; daribhihwith caves; kva where?; karia great elephant; ivalike; sahit. In this place where is Mount Govardhana, rich with fruits, flowers, and caves everywhere, and standing with its beautiful tall peaks like a great elephant? Texts 33 and 34 kalindi-puline ramye vayunanvita-saikate vamsi-vetra-dharo malla-

paribarha-virajitah kva catra krisha-shringaro vana-mala-vibhushitah shyamanam alakanam ca vakraam gandha-dhariam kalindi-pulineon the shore of the Yamuna; ramyebeautiful; vayunaa breeze; anvitawith; saikateon the beach; vamsiflute; vetraand stick; dharah holding; malla-paribarha-virajitahsplendid with a peacock feather; kvawhere?; caand; atrahere; krishaof Lord Krisha; shringarahthe decoration; vanamala-vibhushitahdecorated with a forest garland; shyamanamblack; alakanam of locks of hair; caand; vakraamcurly; gandha-dhariamfragrant. Where are Krisha's decorations: His flute, stick, peacock feather, forest-flower garland, and His fragrant, curly black hair, as He sits in the gentle breeze by the Yamuna's beautiful sandy shore? Text 35 calitam halitam kvatra kudalabhyam parasparam shri-mukhe krishacandrasya gada-sthala-manohare calitam halitamswinging; kvawhere?; atrahere; kudalabhyamwith earrings; parasparameach other; shri-mukheon His splendid face; krishacandrasyaof Lord Krishacandra; gada-sthala-manohareon the handsome cheeks. Where are the swinging earrings on Lord Krishacandra's handsome cheeks? Text 36 patravali-gandha-lobhad bhramad-bhringavali-yute kva prema darshanam caiva sparshanam harshaam tatha patravaliof the flower petals; gandhafragrance; lobhatout of greed; bhramatwandering; bhringavalibees; yutewith; kvawhere?; premawith love; darshanamsight; caand; evaindeed; sparshanamtouch; harshaam happiness; tathaas.

Where are the wandering bees greedy after the sweet fragrance of His flowerpetal ornaments? Where are His loving glances when He appears in this way? Where is the happiness of His touch when He appears in this way? Text 37 kameshu-tigma-koaish ca netraih kvapanga-jo rasah akarshaam kva hastabhyam hastad dhasta-visarjanam kamaof Kamadeva; ishuarrows; tigma-koaihwith the sharp points; ca and; netraihwith eyes; kvawhere; apanga-jahborn from the glance; rasah sweetness; akarshaampulling; kvawhere>; hastabhyamwith both hands; hastatfrom the hand; hastaof the hand; visarjanamgoing. Where are the sharp-pointed arrows of Kamadeva that fly from His eyes? Where is the sweetness of His sidelong glance? Where is His tugging with both hands? Where is His placing in the hand a gift? Text 38 vilinatam nikunjeshu sammukhena tu darshanam grahaam kvatra ciraam haraam veu-vetrayoh vilinatamhiding; nikunjeshuin the forest groves; sammukhenaface-to-face; tuindeed; darshanamthe sight; grahaamgrabbing; kvawhere?; atrahere; ciraamof the garments; haraamstealing; veu-vetrayohof the flute and stick. Where is the pastime of hiding in the forest groves? Where is the pastime of suddenly meeting Him face-to-face? Where is the pastime of tugging at our saris? Where is the pastime of stealing His flute and stick? Text 39 kva prema catra bahubhyam karshaam ca parasparam punah punas tad-grahaam bhuje candana-carcitam kvawhere?; premawith love; caand; atrahere; bahubhyamwith both arms; karshaampulling; caand; parasparameach other; punahagain; punah

and again; tad-grahaamgrabbing; anointed with sandal.

bhujethe

arms;

candana-carcitam

Where is His affectionate tugging with both arms? Where is His again and again holding the arm anointed with sandal paste? Text 40 yatra yatra ca ya lila tatra tatraiva shobhate yatra vrindavanam nasti tatra me na manah-sukham yatra yatrawherever; caand; yawhich; lilapastimes; tatra tatrathere; evaindeed; shobhateis beautiful; yatrawhere; vrindavanamVrindavana; na not; astiis; tatrathere; meof Me; nanot; manah-sukhamtha happiness of the heart. My heart cannot be happy where there is no Vrindavana forest and where these pastimes are not present. Text 41 shri-narada uvaca radha-vakyam tatah shrutva sarvah paa-maha-striyah jahur manam sva-rasasya vismita harshitash ca tah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; radha-vakyamShri Radha's words; tatah then; shrutvahearing; sarvahall; paa-maha-striyahthe queens; jahuh abandoned; manamtheir pride; sva-rasasyaof their own rasa dance; vismita astonished; harshitahoverjoyed; caand; tahthey. Shri Narada said: When they heard Shri Radha's words, the great queens became filled with wonder and joy. They gave up all the pride they felt in their own rasa dance. Texts 42 and 43 evam siddhashrame rasam kritva shri-radhikeshvarah nitva gopi-gaan sarvan radhaya sahito harih

sa-bharyo bhagavan sakshad dvarakam pravivesha ha karayam asa radhayai mandirai parai ca evamthus; siddhashrameat Siddhashrama; rasamthe rasa dance; kritva having done; shri-radhikeshvarahthe Lord of Radha; nitvataking; gopi-gaan the gopis; sarvanall; radhayaRadha; sahitahwith; harihLord Krisha; sabharyahwith His wives; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; sakshat directly; dvarakamDvaraka; praviveshaentered; haindeed; karayam asa made; radhayaifor Radha; mandiraipalaces; paraigreat; caand. After thus performing a rasa dance at Siddhashrama, Lord Krisha took the gopis and queens to Dvaraka. There He built many great palaces for Shri Radha. Texts 44 and 45 nivasayitva su-sukham sarvas tash ca vrajaukasah ittham siddhashrama-katha maya te kathita nripa sarva-papa-hara puya sarvesham caiva moksha-da nivasayitvagiving a home; su-sukhamhappily; sarvahall; tahthey; ca and; vrajaukasahthe people of Vraja; itthamthus; siddhashrama-kathathe story of Siddhashrama; mayaby me; teto you; kathitatold; nripaO king; sarva-papa-hararemoving all sins; puyasacred; sarveshamto all; caand; evacertainly; moksha-dagiving liberation. Then Lord Krisha gave comfortable homes in Dvaraka to all the people of Vraja. Thus I have told you the story of Siddhashrama, a sacred story that removes all sins and give liberation to all.

Chapter Nineteen Dvarakayah prathama-durge Lila-sarovara-hari-mandira-jnana-tirtha-krisha-kudabalabhadra-saro-gaesha-tirtha-dana-sthala-maya-tirtha-mahatmyam In the First Fortress of Dvaraka, the Glories of Lila-sarovara, Hari-mandira, Jnanatirtha, Krisha-kuda, Balabhadra-sarah, Gaesha-tirtha, Dana-sthala, and Mayatirtha Text 1 shri-narada uvaca

dvaravati-madalam tu shata-yojana-vistritam tasya pradakshia sarva yojananam catuh-shatam shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; dvaravati-madalamthe circle of Dvaraka; tuindeed; shata-yojana-vistritameight hundred miles in size; tasyaof it; pradakshiathe circumferance; sarvaall; yojananam catuh-shatam3,200 miles. Shri Narada said: The size of Dvaraka is 800 miles. The path around it is 3,200 miles. Text 2 tan-madhye krisha-racitam durgam dvadasha-yojanam dvitiyam ca bahir durgam navatim ca tad-uttaraih kroshaih saghaitam rajan chri-krishena mahatmana tan-madhyein the middle of it; krisha-racitammade by Lord Krisha; durgama fort; dvadasha-yojanam96 miles; dvitiyamsecond; caand; bahih outside; durgamfort; navatim90; caand; tad-uttaraihmore than that; kroshaihwith krosas; saghaitamcreated; rajanO king; shri-krishenaby Shri Krisha; mahatmanathe Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the center of Dvaraka is a fortress 96 miles in size. Around that Lord Krisha had built a second fortress of 180 miles. Text 3 tritiyam ca tatha durgam dyunaish ca dvi-shatair nripa kroshaih saghaitam rajan ratna-prasada-samyutam tritiyamthird; caand; tathaso; durgamfort; dyunaihsplendid; caand; dvi-shataihwith 200; nripaO king; kroshaihkrosas; saghaitamcreated; rajanO king; ratna-prasada-samyutamwith jewel palaces. O king, around that is a third fortress 400 miles in size and the place of with many jewel palaces. Text 4 tesham antara-durgo 'pi shri-krishasya mahatmanah

mandirai vicitrai nava lakshai santi hi teshamof them; antara-durgahinside the fort; apialso; shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; mahatmanahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; mandirai palaces; vicitraiwonderful; nava lakshai900,000; santiare; hiindeed. In the first fort Lord Krisha has 900,000 wonderful palaces. Text 5 tatra radha-mandirasya dvare lila-sarovaram sarva-tirthottamam rajan golokac ca samagatam tatrathere; radha-mandirasyaof Shri Radha's palace; dvareat the entrance; lila-sarovaramLila-sarovara; sarva-tirtha-uttamamthe best of all holy places; rajanO king; golokatfrom Goloka; caand; samagatamcome. O king, at the entrance to Shri Radha's palace, is Lila-sarovara lake, which was brought from Goloka, and which is the best of all holy places. Texts 6-10 yasmin snatva narah papi vrati bhutva samahitah ashabhyam hema-danam ca dattva natva vidhanatah koi-janma-kritaih papair mucyate natra samshayah praante tam naram netum golokac ca maha-rathah sahasraditya-sakasha agacchati na samshayah dasha-kandarpa-lavayo ratna-kudala-maditah sragvi pitambarah shyamah sahasrarka-sphurad-dyutih sahasra-parshadair yuktas camarandola-rajitah jaya-dhvani-samayukto veu-dundubhi-naditah bhutvaivam ratham asthaya golokam yaty asamshayam

yasminwhere; snatvabathing; naraha person; papisinful; vratifollowing vows; bhutvabecoming; samahitahcareful; asha\bhyamwith eight; hemadanamgift of gold; caand; dattvagiving; natvabowing; vidhanatahproperly; koiin millions; janmaof births; kritaihdone; papaihsins; mucyatefreed; na not; atrahere; samshayahdoubt; praanteat the end of life; tamthat; naramperson; netumto bring; golokatfrom Goloka; caand; maha-rathaha great chariot; sahasraditya-sakashasplendid as thousands pf suns; agacchati comes; nano; samshayahdoubt; dasha-kandarpaten Kamadevas; lavayah handsome; ratna-kudala-maditahdecorated with jewel earrings; sragvi wearing a garland; pitambarahwearing yellow garments; shyamahdfark; sahasrarka-sphurad-dyutihsplendid as thousands of suns; sahasra-parshadaih with thousands of associates; yuktahendowed; camarawith camaras; andolarajitahfanned; jaya-dhvani-samayuktahwith sounds of Victory!"; veu-dundubhi of flutes and drums; naditahwith sounds; bhutvabecoming; evamthus; rathamchariot; asthayamounting; golokamto Goloka; yatygoes; asamshayamwithout doubt. A sinner who, properly following pious vows, bathes in that lake, gives eight gifts of gold to qualified brashhmaas, and then bows down before the brahmaas, becomes free of the sins performed in many millions of births. Of this there is no doubt. At the time of his death a great chariot effulgent as thousands of suns comes from Goloka for his sake. Of that there is no doubt. Then he becomes a liberated soul handsome like ten Kamadevas, dark-complexioned, splendid like thousands of suns, dressed in yellow garments, flower garlands, and jewel earrings, fanned with camaras, honored with calls of Victory" and the music of flutes and drums, and surrounded by thousands of friends, and then he mounts the chariot and goes to Goloka. Of this there is no doubt. Texts 11-13 atha tirthani canyani shriu rajan maha-mate shatottarai tatraiva sahasrai ca shodasha ashabhih sahitany eva patninam bhavanani ca tani pradakshii-kritya natva natva prithak prithak jnana-tirtham samaplutya sprished yah parijatakam tasya jnanam ca vairagyam bhaktir bhavati tat-kshaam athathen; tirthaniholy places; caand; anyaniother; shriuplease hear; rajanO king; maha-matenoble-hearted; shatottaraiplus one hundred; tatra there; evaindeed; sahasraithousand; caand; shodashasixteen; ashabhih eight; sahitanywith; evaindeed; patninamof the queens; bhavananipalaces; caand; tanithem; pradakshii-krityacircumambulating; natva natvabowing

down; prithak prithakbefore each one; jnana-tirthamin Jnana-tirtha; samaplutya bathing; sprishettouched; yahone who; parijatakamthe parijata tree; tasya of him; jnanamknowledge; caand; vairagyamrenunciation; bhaktih devotional service; bhavatiis; tat-kshaamfrom that moment. O noble-hearted king, please hear of the other holy places. A person who circumambulates the 16,108 palaces of Lord Krisha's queens, bows down before each palace, bathes in Jnana-tirtha, and then touches the parijata tree, at once attains transcendental knowledge, renunciation, and devotional service. Text 14 shri-krisho hridaye tasya vased dhrisha-manah sada samriddhi-siddhayah sarvas tam bhajanti nisargatah shri-krishahLord Krisha; hridayein the heart; tasyaof him; vasetresides; hrisha-manahhappy at heart; sadaalways; samriddhiwealth; siddhayah perfections; sarvahall; tamhim; bhajantiworship; nisargatahof their own accord. Lord Krisha is very happy to stay in his heart always. All opulences and perfections worship him of their own accord. Text 15 sa muktah sa kritarthah syad yah pashyed dhari-mandiram tat-samo vaishavo nasti tirtham ca tat-samam na hi sahe; muktahliberated; sahe; kritarthahsuccessful; syatis; yahwho; pashyetsees; hari-mandiramLord Krisha's palace; tat-samahequal to him; vaishavah a devotee; nanot; astiis; tirthama holy place; caand; tatsamamequal to him; nanot; hiis. A person who sees Lord Krisha's palace becomes liberated. His life is a success. No devotee is his equal. No holy place is his equal. Text 16 panca-yojana-vistirad bhagavan-mandirat tatah dhanuh-sate krisha-kudah krisha-tejah-samudbhavah panca-yojana-vistiratforty miles in size; bhagavan-mandiratfrom the Lord's palace; tatahthen; dhanuh-shatea hundred dhanus; krisha-kudahKrishakuda; krisha-tejah-samudbhavahcreated by Lord Krisha's power.

Lord Krisha's palace is forty miles in size. A hundred dhanus from it is Krishakuda, a lake created by Lord Krisha's power. Text 17 yam snatva kushhato muktah sambo jambavati-sutah tasya darshana-matrea sarva-papaih pramucyate yamin which; snatvabathing; kushhatahfrom leprosy; muktahfreed; sambahSamba; jambavati-sutahthe son of Jambavati; tasyaof him; darshana by seeing; matreasimply; sarva-papaihall sins; pramucyatefreed. By bathing in that lake, Jambavati's son Samba was cured of leprosy. Simply by seeing that lake one is freed from all sins. Text 18 tasmad ashadasha-pade purvasyam dishi maithila sarva-tirthottamam puyam balabhadra-saro mahat tasmatfrom that; ashadasha-pade18 steps; purvasyam dishito the east; maithilaO king of Mithila; sarva-tirthottamamthe best of all holy places; puyam sacred; balabhadra-sarahBalabhadra-sarah; mahatgreat. O king of Mithila, eighteens steps to the east is the great lake Balabhadra-sarah, the best of all holy places. Text 19 prithvi-pradakshiam kritva baladevo maha-balah yajnam yatra vinirmaya revatya viraraja ha prithvithe earth; pradakshiamcircumambulation; kritvahaving done; baladevahLord Balarama; maha-balahvery powerful; yajnama yajna; yatra where; vinirmayaperforming; revatyawith Revati; virarajawas splendidly manifested; haindeed. After circumambulating the entire earth, Lord Balarama performed a yajna at that lake. There he was very glorious with Revati by His side. Text 20 tatra snatva narah sadyo

mucyate sarva-patakat prithvi-pradakshiayash ca phalam tasya na durlabham tatrathere; snatvabathing; naraha person; sadyahat once; mucyateis liberated; sarva-patakatfrom all sins; prithvithe earth; pradakshiayahof circumambulating; caand; phalamthe result; tasyaof him; nanot; durlabham difficult to attain. A person who bathes in that lake becomes free of all sins. The pious result of circumambulating the earth is not difficult for him to attain. Text 21 bhagavan-mandirad rajan sahasra-dhanur-agratah dakshiasyam maha-tirtham gaa-nathasya vartate bhagavan-mandiratfrom Lord Krisha's palace; rajanO king; sahasra-dhanuragrataha thousand dhanus in front; dakshiasyamin the south; maha-tirthama great holy places; gaa-nathasyaof Gaesha; vartateis. O king, a thousand dhanus south of Lord Krisha's palace is a great holy place sacred to Gaesha. Text 22 anirdashe gate rajan pradyumne sva-sute tada gaesha-pujanam yatra pujayam asa rukmii anirdasheat infant not ten days old; gateattained; rajanO king; pradyumne Pradyumna; sva-suteher son; tadathen; ganeshaof Gaesha; pujanam worship; yatrawhere; pujayam asaworshiped; rukmiiRukmii When her son Pradyumna was an infant not ten days old Rukmii worshiped Gaesha at that place. Text 23 tatra snatva hema-danam yo dadati nripeshvara putra-praptir bhavet tasya vamshas tasya vivardhate tatrathere; snatvabathing; hema-danama gift of gold; yahone who; dadatigives; nripeshvaraO king of kings; putra-praptihattainment of a son;

bhavetis; increases.

tasyaof

him;

vamshahdynasty;

tasyaof

him;

vivardhate

O great king, a person who bathes there and gives gold in charity to the brahmaas attains a good son and his dynasty expands. Text 24 bhagavan-mandirad rajan dig-vibhage ca pashcime dhanushi dvi-shate caste dana-tirtham param shubham bhagavan-mandiratfrom Lord Krisha's palace; rajanO king; dig-vibhagein the direction; caand; pashcimewest; dhanushidhanus; dvi-shatetwo hundred; caand; asteis; dana-tirthamdana-tirtha; paramgreat; shubham auspicious and beautiful. O king, two hundred dhanus west of Lord Krisha's palace is auspicious and beautiful Dana-tirtha. Texts 25-27 tatra shri-krishacandrasya nityam danam karoti yah tatra snatva naro rajan dvi-phalam kancanam tatha catur-guam tu rajatam paambara-shatam tatha tatha sahasra-maulyani nava-ratnani yani ca yo dadati nara-shreshhas tasya puya-phalam shriu ashvamedha-sahasrai rajasuya-shatani ca tatrathere; shri-krishacandrasyaof Lord Krishacandra; nityamregularly; danamchrity; karotigives; yahone who; tatrathere; snatvabathing; narah a person; rajanO king; dvi-phalamdouble; kancanamgold; tathaso; caturguamfour times; tuand; rajatamsilver; paambaracostly garments; shatama hunbdred times; tatha tathain that way; sahasra-maulyania thousand times the value; nava-ratnaninine jewels; yaniwhich; caand; yah who; dadatigives; nara-shreshhahthe best of men; tasyaofhim; puyaphalamthe pious result; shriuplease hear; ashvamedha-sahasraia thousand asvamedha-yajnas; rajasuya-shatania hundred rajasuya-yajnas; caand. Please hear the pious result attained by giving charity there. A person who in this place regularly bathes and gives in charity to Lord Krisha gold, four times as

much silver, a hundred costly garments, and the nine kinds of jewels valuable thousands of times over, attains the pious result of performing a thousand ashvamedha-yajnas and a hundred rajasuya-yajnas. Text 28 dana-tirthasya puyasya kalam narhati shodashim badrikashrama-yatrayam yat phalam labhate narah dana-tirthasyaDana-tirtha; puyasyasacred; kalama part; nanot; arhati is worthy; shodashimsixteenth; badrikashrama-yatrayamon a pilgrimage to Badarikashrama; yatwhat; phalamresult; labhateattains; naraha person. The pious result one attains by a pilgrimage to Badarikashrama is not equal to one sixteenth of the result of a pilgrimage to Dana-tirtha. Texts 29 and 30 saindhavaraya-yatrayam mesha-sthe ca divakare utpalavarta-yatrayam vrisha-sthe bhaskare sati snanam danam laksha-guam bhavatiha na samshayah saindhavaraya-yatrayamon a pilgrimage to Saindhavaraya; mesha-sthein Aires; caand; divakarethe sun; utpalavarta-yatrayamon a pilgrimage to Utpala-varta; vrisha-sthein Taurus; bhaskarethe sun; satibeing; snanam bath; danamcharity; laksha-guama hundred thousand times greater; bhavati is; ihahere; nano; samshayahdoubt. One who bathes and gives charity at Saindhavaraya when the sun is in Aires attains a great pious result. One who bathes and gives charity at Utpalavarta when the sun is in Taurus attains a pious result a hundred thousand times greater. Of this there is no doubt. Text 31 tasmat koi-guam puyam dana-tirthe videha-ra masam ekam ca yat snanam danam tirthe karoti hi tasmatthan this; koi-guamten million times greater; puyampiety; danatirtheat Dana-tirtha; videha-raO king of Videha; masammonth; ekamone; caand; yatwhich; snanambath; danamcharity; tirtheat the holy place; karotigives; hiindeed.

O king of Videha, a person who for one month bathes and gives charity at Danatirtha attains a pious reuslt ten million times greater than that. Text 32 tasya jatam ca yat-puyam citragupto na vetti tam tasya tirthasya mahatmyam vaktum nalam catur-mukhah tasyaof him; jatammanifested; caand; yat-puyamthe piety; citraguptah Citragupta; nanot; vettiknows; tamthat; tasyaof him; tirthasyaof the holy place; mahatmyamthe glory; vaktumto speak; na alamunable; caturmukhahBrahma. Yamaraja's scribe, Citragupta, cannot understand how great is his pious benefit. The demigod Brahma cannot describe the glories of Dana-tirtha. Text 33 sarvesham caiva dananam ashva-danam param smritam ashva-danad gajasyapi gaja-danad rathasya ca sarveshamof all; caand; evaindeed; dananamcharities; ashva-danam charity of a horse; parambest; smritamconsidered; ashva-danatthan charity of a horse; gajasyaof an elephant; apieven; gaja-danatthan charity of an elephant; rathasyaof a chariot; caand. Giving a horse in charity is great charity. Still, giving an elephant is better than giving a horse and giving a chariot is better than giving an elephant. Text 34 ratha-danat param rajan bhumi-danam vishishyate bhumi-danad anna-danam maha-danam prakathyate ratha-danatthan giving a chariot; parambetter; rajanO king; bhumi-danam giving land; vishishyateis better; bhumi-danatthan giving land; anna-danam giving food; maha-danamgreat charity; prakathyateis said. O king, giving land is better than giving a chariot, and giving food is better than giving land. Giving food is said be be great charity. Text 35

anna-dana-samam danam na bhutam na bhavishyati devarshi-pitri-bhutanam triptir annena jayate anna-dana-samamequal to giving food; danamcharity; nanot; bhutamhas been; nanot; bhavishyatiwill be; devarshi-pitri-bhutanamthe demigods, sages, pitas, and bhutas; triptihsatisfaction; annenaby food; jayateis born. There never has been nor will there ever be another charity as good as giving food. The demigods, sages, pitas and bhutas are all pleased by a gift of food. Text 36 dana-tirthe hy anna-danam yah karoti maha-manah ria-trayam vimucyatha yati vishoh param padam dana-tirtheat Dana-tirtha; hyindeed; anna-danamgift of food; yahwho; karotidoes; maha-manahnoble-hearted; ria-trayamthree kinds of debt; vimucyabecoming free; athathen; yatigoes; vishohof Lord Vishu; param to the supreme; padamabode. A noble-hearted person who gives charity at Dana-tirtha becomes free of the three debts and goes to the transcendental abode of Lord Vishu. Text 37 dashaiva matrike pakshe rajendra dasha paitrike priyaya dasha pakshe tu purushan uddharen narah dashatne; evaindeed; matrikeon his mother's; paksheside; rajendraO king of kings; dashaten; paitrikeon his father's side; priyayaof his wife; dasha ten; paksheon the side; tuindeed; purushanpeople; uddharendelivers; naraha person. He delivers ten relatives in his father's family, ten in his mother's family, and ten in his wife's family. Text 38 catur-bhuja divya-rupa nagari-krita-ketanah sragvinah pita-vastras te prayanti hari-mandiram

catur-bhujafour arms; divya-rupasplendid transcendental fvorms; nagarikrita-ketanahriding on Garuda; sragvinahdecorated with flower garlands; pita yellow; vastrahgarments; tethey; prayantiattain; hari-mandiramthe abode of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They all attain splendid four-armed spiritual forms. Dressed in yellow garments, wearing garlands of flowers, and riding on Garuda, they fly to the Supreme Lord's transcendental abode. Text 39 bhagavan-mandirad rajann uttarasyam disi shrutam kroshardhe nripa-shardula maya-tirtham manoharam bhagavan-mandiratfrom the palace of Lord Krisha; rajannO king; uttarasyamto the north; disidirection; shrutamheard; kroshardheone mile; nripa-shardulaO tiger among kings; maya-tirthamMaya-tirtha; manoharam beautuful. O tiger of kings, one mile north of Lord Krisha's palace is beautiful Maya-tirtha. Text 40 virajate yatra nityam durga durgati-nashini simharudha bhadrakali cada-muda-vinashini virajateis splendidly maniufested; yatrawhere; nityamalways; durga goddess Durga; durgatitroubles; nashinidestroying; simhaon a lion; arudha riding; bhadrakaliBhadrakali; cada-muda-vinashinikilling the cruel and wicked. Goddess Durga, who removes all troubles and kills the cruel and wicked, always stays there. Text 41 syamantakam samahartum riksha-raja-bilam gate putre ca devaki devim pujayam asa sat-phalaih syamantakamthe Syamantaka jewel; samahartumto take; riksha-raja-bilam to the cave of the king of the rikshas; gategone; putreson; caand; devaki Devaki; devimGoddess Durga; pujayam asaworshiped; sat-phalaihwith the best of fruits.

In this place, when her son had gone to Jambavan's cave to recover the Syamantaka jewel, Devaki worshiped Goddess Durga and offered her the best of fruits. Text 42 tadajagama priyaya sa-mair bhagavan harih tad-bilat tat-prasiddham syan maya-tirtham phala-pradam tadathen; ajagamareturned; priyayawith His wife; sa-maihwith the jewel; bhagavanLord; harihKrisha; tad-bilatfrom that cave; tat-prasiddham that result; syanis; maya-tirthamMaya-tirtha; phala-pradamgiving the result. When Lord Krisha returned from that cave with Satyabhama and the Syamantaka jewel, Devaki considered that was the result of her worship at Mayatirtha. Text 43 maya-tirthe ca yah snatva mayam sampujya manavah sarvam manoratha-praptim prapnuyan natra samshayah maya-tirtheat maya-tirtha; caand; yahone who; snatvahaving bathed; mayamGoddess Durga; sampujyawoirshiping; manavaha human; sarvamall; manorathaof desires; praptimattainment; prapnuyatattains; nanot; atra here; samshayahdoubt. A person who bathes at Maya-tirtha and worships Goddess Durga attains all his desires. Of this there is no doubt. Chapter Twenty Dvitiya-durge Indra-tirtha-brahma-tirtha-surya-kuda-naila-lohita-sapta-samudramahatmya In the Description of the Second Fort, the Glories of Indra-tirtha, Brahma-tirtha, Surya-kuda, Nailalohita-tirtha, and Sapta-samudra-tirtha Text 1 shri-narada uvaca dvitiyasyapi durgasya purva-dvare videha-ra indra-tirtham maha-puyam kama-dam siddhi-dayakam

shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; dvitiyasyaof the second; apialso; durgasyafort; purva-dvarethe eastern door; videha-raO king of Videha; indratirthamIndra-tirtha; maha-puyamvery sacred; kama-damfuldilling desires; siddhi-dayakamgranting perfection. Shri Narada said: O king of Videha, at the eastern gate of the second fortress is sacred Indra-tirtha, which grants perfection and fulfills all desires. Text 2 tatra snatva naro rajann indralokam prayati hi ihaiva candra-sadrishyam vaibhavam prapyate narah tatrathere; snatvabathing; naraha person; rajannO king; indralokam Indraloka; prayatigoes; hiindeed; ihahere; evaindeed; candra-sadrishyam like the moon; vaibhavampower; prapyateattains; naraha person. O king, a person who bathes there goes to Indraloka. There he becomes glorious like the moon. Text 3 tatha vai dakshie dvare surya-kudo 'bhidhiyate yada satrajitenapi pujito 'bhut syamantakah tathaso; vaiindeed; dakshieat the southern; dvaregate; surya-kudah Surya-kuda; abhidhiyateis called; yadawhen; satrajitenaby satrajit; apialso; pujitahworshiped; abhutwas; syamantakahthe Syamantaka. At the southern gate is Surya-kuda, where Satrajit worshiped the Syamantaka jewel. Text 4 tatra snatva padmaragam yo dadati nripeshvara surya-prabha-vimanena suryalokam prayati hi tatrathere; snatvabathing; padmaragamruby; yahwho; dadatigives; nripeshvaraO king of kings; surya-prabhasplendid as the sun; vimanenawith an airplane; suryalokamto Suryaloka; prayatigoes; hiindeed. A person who bathes there and gives a ruby in charity flies to the sun planet in an airplane effulgent like the sun.

Texts 5-7 tatha vai pashcime dvare brahma-tirtham vishishyate tatra snatva naro rajan svara-patre ca payasam yo dadati maha-buddhis tasya puya-phalam shriu brahma-ha pitri-ha go-ghno matri-hacarya-haghavan indraloke padam dhritva bibhrad brahmamayam vapuh candrabhena vimanena yati brahma-padam sa ca tathaso; vaiindeed; pashcimein the western; dvaregate; brahma-tirtham Brahma-tirtha; vishishyateis distinguished; tatrathere; snatvabathing; narah a person; rajanO king; svaragolden; patrein a cup; caand; payasam payasa; yahone who; dadatigives; maha-buddhihvery intelligent; tasyaof him; puya-phalamthe pious result; shriuplease hear; brahma-hathe sin of killing a ;brahma pitri-hathe sin of killing one;s father; go-ghnahthe sin of killing a cow; matri-hathe sin of killing one's mother; acarya-hathe sin of killing one's guru; aghavansinful; indralokein Indraloka; padamthe state; dhritva holding; bibhrathoilding; brahmamayamlike Lord Brahma; vapuhform; candrabhenasplendid as the moon; vimanenawith an airplane; yatigoes; brahma-padamto Brahmaloka; sahe; caand. At the western gate is Brahma-tirtha. Please here the pious result attained by one who bathes there and gives charity of payasa in a golden cup. Such a person is very wise. Even if he has killed his father, his mother, his guru, a brahmaa, or a cow, or even if he has committed many very terrible sins, he attains a form like that of Lord Brahma and, riding in an airplane effulgent as the moon, goes to Brahmaloka. Text 8 tatha vai uttare dvare kshetram syan nailalohitam yatra sakshan maha-devo rajate nilalohitah tathaso; vaiindeed; uttareat the northern; dvaregate; kshetramthe place; syanis; nailalohitamNailalohita; yatrawhere; sakshatdirectly; mahadevahLord Shiva; rajateis splendidly manifested; nilalohitahas Nilalohita. At the northern gate is Nailalohita-tirtha, where Lord Shiva is splendidly manifested in his form of Nilalohita.

Text 9 devata munayah sarve tatha saptarshayah pare vasanti yatra vaideha tatha sarve marud-gaah devatathe demigods; munayahthe sages; sarveall; tathaso; saptarshayahthe seven sages; pareothers; vasantireside; yatrawhere; vaidehaO king of Videha; tathaso; sarveall; marud-gaahthe Maruts. All the demigods and sages, the seven rishis, all the Maruts, and many others all reside in that place. Text 10 nilalohita-ligam tu yatra sampujya yatnatah aishvaryam atulam lebhe ravao loka-ravaah nilalohita-ligamthe Deity of Lord Shiva; tuindeed; yatrawhere; sampujya worshiping; yatnatahcarefully; aishvaryamopulence; atulamunequalled; lebhe attains; ravaahRavaa; loka-ravaahwho made the entire world cry out. At this place the demon Ravaa, who made the entire world scream with grief, worshiped the liga of Lord Shiva and attained incomparable power and opulence. Text 11 kailasasyapi yatrayam yat phalam labhate nripa tasmac chata-guam puyam nilalohita-darshanat kailasasyaof Mount Kailasa; apialso; yatrayamon pilgrimage; yatwhat; phalamresult; labhateattains; nripaO king; tasmatthan that; shataa hundred times; guammultiplied; puyampiety; nilalohita-darshanatby seeing Nilalohita. O king, by seeing the liga of Lord Shiva there one attains a pious result a hundred times greater than the result attained by going on pilgrimage to Mount Kailasa. Text 12 nilalohita-kude vai snato yas tri-dinam narah sa yati shiva-lokakhyam papayuta-yuto 'pi hi

nilalohita-kudein Nilalohita-kude; vaiindeed; snatahbathing; yahwho; tri-dinamthree days; naraha person; sahe; yatigoes; shiva-lokakhyamto Shivaloka; papayuta-yutahhaving millions of sins; apieven; hiindeed. A person who visits for three days and bathes in Nilalohita-kuda goes to Shivaloka, even though he may have committed many millions of sins. Text 13 sapta-samudrakam nama tirtham yatra virajate tatra snatva narah papi papa-saghaih pramucyate sapta-samudrakamSapta-samudraka; namanamed; tirthamholy place; yatrawhere; virajateis splendidly manifested; tatrathere; snatvabathing; naraha person; papisinful; papa-saghaihfrom many sins; pramucyateis freed. There also is Sapta-samudraka-tirtha. A sinner who bathes there is freed from a great host of sins. Texts 14 and 15 saptanam ca samudraam snana-puyam labhet tvaram vishur virinco girisha indro vayur yamo ravih parjanyo dhanadah somah kshitir agnir apam patih tat-parshveshu sada hy ete tishhanti manujeshvara saptanamof the seven; caand; samudraamseas; snana-puyamthe pious result of bathing; labhetattains; tvaramat once; vishuhLord Vishu; virincahBrahma; girishaShiva; indrahIndra; vayuhVayu; yamahYama; ravih Surya; parjanyahIndra; dhanadahKuvera; somahCandra; kshitihKshiti; agnihAgni; apam patihVarua; tat-parshveshuin its sides; sadaalways; hy indeed; etethey; tishhantistay; manujeshvaraO king. He attains the pious result of bathing in the seven oceans. O king, Lord Vishu, Brahma, Shiva, Indra, Vayu, Yama, Surya, Indra, Kuvera, Candra, Kshiti, Agni, and Varua always stay on the shores of Sapta-samudraka-tirtha. Text 16 sapta-koini tirthani brahmade yani kani ca

sarvai tatra tishhanti sapta-samudrake nripa sapta-koiniseventy million; tirthaniholy places; brahmadein the universe; yaniwhich; kaniwhich?; caand; sarvaiall; tatrathere; tishhantistay; sapta-samudrakeat Sapta-samudraka; nripaO king. O king, all the seventy million holy places of the universe are present at Saptasamudraka-tirtha. Text 17 tatra snatva narah pashcat kritva sarva-parikramam prapnoti dvarakayash ca yatrayah sakalam phalam tatrathere; snatvabathing; narah aperson; pashcatafter; kritvadoing; sarva-parikramamcircumambulation; prapnotiattains; dvarakayahof Dvaraka; caand; yatrayahpilgirmage; sakalamall; phalamthe result. A person who bathes there and circumambulates that holy place attains all the pious results of going on a pilgrimage to Dvaraka. Text 18 sapta-samudrakam rite na yatra phala-da smrita sapta-samudrakam tirtham vishu-rupam viduh surah sapta-samudrakamSapta-samudraka; ritewithout; nanot; yatraa pilgrimage; phala-dagiving e\results; smritaconsidered; sapta-samudrakam tirthamto Sapta-samudra-tirtha; vishu-rupamthe form of Lord Vishu; viduh consider; surahthe demigods. Without visiting Sapta-samudraka-tirtha, a pilgrimage to Dvaraka will not bring any results. The demigods know that Sapta-samudraka-tirtha is an incarnation of Lord Vishu. Chapter Twenty-one Tritiye Durge Pidaraka-mahatmya In the Description of the Third Fort, the Glories of Pidaraka-tirtha Text 1 shri-narada uvaca tritiyasyapi durgasya

purva-dvare maha-balah rakshaty ahar-nisham rajan hanuman anjani-sutah shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; tritiyasyaof the third; apialso; durgasya fort; purva-dvareat the eastern gate; maha-balahvery powerful; rakshaty protects; ahar-nishamday and night; rajanO king; hanumanhanuman; anjanisutahthe son of Anani. Shri Narada said: Day and night Anani's very powerful son Hanuman guards the eastern gate ofthe third fortress. Text 2 tam prekshya bhagavad-bhaktam hanumantam maha-balam jayate bhagavad-bhakto hanuman iva manavah tamhim; prekshyaseeing; bhagavad-bhaktamthe devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; hanumantamHanuman; maha-balamvery powerful; jayateis born; bhagavad-bhaktaha devotee of the Lord; hanumanHanuman; ivalike; manavaha human being. A person who sees the very powerful devotee Hanuman becomes a great devotee of the Lord. Text 3 tatha vai dakshia-dvare cakram nama sudarshanam rakshaty ahar-nisham rajan chri-krisha-gata-manasam tathaso; vaiindeed; dakshia-dvareat the southern door; cakramthe disc; namanamed; sudarshanamSudarshana; rakshatyguards; ahar-nishamday and night; rajanO king; shri-krisha-gata-manasamhis heart meditating on Lord Krisha. Meditating on Lord Krisha in his heart, the Sudarshana-cakra, guards the southern gate day and night. Text 4 tasya darshana-matrea bhaved bhakto hareh parah bhaktasyapi sada raksham karoti hi sudarshanam

tasyaof him; darshana-matreasimply by seeing; bhavetbecomes; bhaktah a devotee of the Lord; harehKrisha; parahgreat; bhaktasyaof a devotee; apialso; sadaalways; rakshamprotection; karotidoes; hiindeed; sudarshanamSudarshana. Simply by seeing the Sudarshana-cakra one becomes a devotee of the Lord. The Sudarshana-cakra guards the devotees eternally. Text 5 tatha vai pashcimam dvaram jambavan riksha-rad bali rakshaty ahar-nisham rajan bhagavad-bhakti-samyutah tathaso; vaiindeed; pashcimamthe western; dvaramgate; jambavan Jambavan; riksha-ratthe king of the rikshas; balipowerful; rakshatyguards; ahar-nishamday and night; rajanO king; bhagavad-bhakti-samyutahdevoted to the Lord. Filled with love for the Lord, powerful Jambavan, the king of the rikshas, guards the western gate day and night. Text 6 tam prekshya bhagavad-bhaktam jambavantam maha-balam ciran-jivi harer bhakto bhavatiha ca manavah tamhim; prekshyaseeing; bhagavad-bhaktama devotee of the Lord; jambavantamjambavan; maha-balamvery powerful; ciran-jiviliving eternally; harehof Lord Krisha; bhaktaha devotee; bhavatibecomes; ihahere; ca and; manavaha person. A person who sees the very powerful devotee Jambavan becomes a devotee of the Lord eternally. Text 7 tatha vai cottare dvare vishvakseno maha-balah rakshaty ahar-nisham rajan chri-krisha-hridayo mahan tathaso; vaiindeed; caand; uttareat the northern; dvaregate; vishvaksenahVishvaksena; maha-balahvery powerful; rakshatyprotects; aharnishamday and night; rajanO king; shri-krisha-hridayahwho keeps Lord Krisha in his heart; mahanthe great soul.

Meditating on Lord Krisha in his heart, powerful Vishvaksena guards the northern gate day and night. Text 8 tasya darshana-matrea naro yati kritarthatam shriu rajan bahir durgat tirtham pidarakam smritam tasyahim; darshana-matreasimply by seeing; naraha person; yati attains; kritarthatamsuccess; shriuplease hear; rajanO king; bahihoutside; durgatthe fortress; tirthamthe holy place; pidarakamPidaraka; smritam considered. Simply by seeing Vishvaksena one attains the goal of life. O king, please hear of Pidaraka-tirtha, which is situated outside the third fortress. Text 9 pidarakasya mahatmyam shriutad raja-sattama yasya smaraa-matrea maha-papat pramucyate pidarakasyaof Pidaraka; mahatmyamthe glory; shriutathear; rajasattamaO best of kings; yasyaof which; smaraa-matreasimply be remembering; maha-papatfrom the greatest sin; pramucyateis freed. O best of kings, please hear the glories of Pidaraka-tirtha. Simply by hearing its glories one becomes free from the greatest sin. Text 10 artha-siddhyor iva dvare raivatadri-samudrayoh madhye pidaraka-kshetram tirthanam tirtham uttamam arthathe goal of life; siddhyohand perfection; ivalike; dvareat the gate; raivatadriof Mount Raivata; samudrayohand the ocean; madhyebetween; pidaraka-kshetramPidaraka-tirtha; tirthanamof holy places; tirthamthe holy place; uttamamthe best. As if it were standing between perfection and the goal of life, Pidaraka-tirtha, the best of holy places, stands between Mount Raivata and the ocean. Text 11 kratu-rajam rajasuyam

yadu-rajo maha-balah cakara yatra vaideha pairpuratamajnaya kratu-rajamthe king of yajnas; rajasuyamRajasuya; yadu-rajahthe king of the Yadavas; maha-balahvery powerful; cakaradid; yatrawhere; vaidehaO king of Videha; pairpuratamaof the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead; ajnayaby the order. By the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead's order, powerful Ugrasena, the king of the Yadavas, performed a Rajasuya-yajna, the best of yajnas, at Pidarakatirtha. Text 12 sarvai yatra tirthani samahutani sarvatah nivasam cakrire rajann ugrasena-kratuttame sarvaiall; yatrawhere; tirthaniholy places; samahutanicalled; sarvatah in all respects; nivasamresidence; cakriredid; rajanO king; ugrasenaof Ugrasena; kratu-uttameat the Rajasuya-yajna. When they were called, all holy places came to King Ugrasena's Rajasuya-yajna. Text 13 tena pidarakam nama sarva-tirthasya pidatah tatra snatva narah sadyo rajasuya-phalam labhet tenaby this; pidarakamPidaraka; namanamed; sarva-tirthasyaof all holy places; pidatahfrom the convergence; tatrathere; snatvabathing; narah a person; sadyahat once; rajasuya-phalamthe result ofa Rajasuya-yajna; labhetattains. Because all the holy places converged (pid) at that place, it was named Pidaraka-tirtha. A person who bathes there attains the result of performing a Rajasuya-yajna. Text 14 tatraiva tri-dinam snatva vrati bhutva samahitah brahmaebhyah svara-danam dattva yah praato bhavet ihaiva nara-devah syat

sa mahatma na samshayah nityam shrioti satatam vandi-vagbhir yashah svayam tatrathere; evaindeed; tri-dinamfor three days; snatvabathing; vrati following vows; bhutvabecoming; samahitahcareful; brahmaebhyahtop the brahmaas; svara-danama gift of gold; dattvagiving; yahone who; praatah bowing down; bhavetbecomes; ihahere; evaindeed; nara-devaha great king; syatbecomes; sahe; mahatmaa great soul; nano; samshayahdoubt; nityamalways; shriotihears; satatamalways; vandi-vagbhihby the poets' words; yashahglories; svayampersonally. A person who, carefully following religious vows, stays there for three days, bathes there, gives gold in charity to the brahmaas, and humbly bows down before them, becomes a great saintly king in this world. Again and again he hears the poets chanting his glories. Text 16 suvara-ratna-vastradyaih sucandra-vadanaih paraih stri-saghaih sevito nityam hrisha-pusho maha-balah suvarawith gold; ratnajewels; vastraand costly garments; adyaih beginning; sucandra-vadanaihwith moonlike faces; paraihgreat; stri-saghaih by wives; sevitahserved; nityamalways; hrisha-pushahhappy; maha-balah powerful. He is dressed in costly garments and decorated with gold and jewels. Many beautiful moon-faced wives serve him always. He is powerful and and happy. Text 17 aho-ratram pratadyante dvari dundubhayo ghanah karindraam ca citkarair ashva-hreshaih samanvitam aho-ratramday and night; pratadyanteare struck; dvariat the door; dundubhayahdrums; ghanahgreat; karindraamof elephants; caand; citkaraihof trumpeting; ashva-hreshaihwith neighing of horses; samanvitam with. Day and night at the gateway to his palace many drums are sounded, many regal elephants trumpet, and many horses neigh. Text 18 virajate raja-saghaih

prekshayan praganajiram ratna-prasada-nicayam dhvaja-madala-maditam virajateis splendidly manifested; raja-saghaihwith many kings; prekshayan showing; praganajiramthe courtyard; ratnajewel; prasadapalaces; nicayam multitude; dhvaja-madala-maditamdecorated with many flags. Surrounded by his entourage, he is splendidly manifested in his many jewel palaces decorated with flags and enveloping charming gardens and courtyards. Text 19 matta-kunjara-karabhyam tadita bhriga-madali alakaroti tad-dvaram maditam madaleshvaraih matta-kunjara-karabhyamby the ears of maddened elephants; taditastruck; bhriga-madalithe bees; alakarotidecorates; tad-dvaramhis door; maditam decorated; madaleshvaraihwith regal attendants. The entrance to his palace is decorated with regal attendants and with swarms of bees struck by the ears of intoxicated elephants. Text 20 pidaraka-snanam rite katham rajyam bhaved iha ante moksham katham yati narah papa-yuto 'pi hi pidaraka-snanambathing in Pidaraka-tirtha; ritewithout; kathamhow?; rajyama kingdom; bhavetmay be; ihahere; anteat the end; moksham liberation; kathamhow?; yatiattains; naraha person; papa-yutahsinful; api even; hicertainly. Without bathing at Pidaraka-tirtha, how can one attain a kingdom in this world? How can even a sinner attain liberation? Text 21 pidaraka-snanam rite na sharma pidaraka-snanam rite na karma pidaraka-snanam rite na dharma pidaraka-snanam rite na varma pidaraka-snanambathing at Pidaraka-tirtha; ritewithout; nanot; sharma happiness; pidaraka-snanambathing in Pidaraka-tirtha; ritewithout; nanot; karmapious deeds; pidaraka-snanambathing in Pidaraka-tirtha; ritewithout;

nanot; dharmareligionj; pidaraka-snanambtahing in Pidaraka-tirtha; rite without; nanot; varmaprotection. Without bathing at Pidaraka-tirtha there is no happiness. Without bathing at Pidaraka-tirtha there are no pious deeds. Without bathing at Pidaraka-tirtha there is no religion. Without bathing at Pidaraka-tirtha there is no protection. Text 22 pidaraka-snanam rite viyogi pidaraka-snana-karas tu yogi pidaraka-snana-karah su-bhogi pidaraka-snana-karo na rogi pidaraka-snanam ritewithout bathing at Pidaraka-tirtha; viyoginot a yogi; pidaraka-snana-karahbathing at Pidaraka-tirtha; tuindeed; yogia yogi; pidaraka-snana-karahbathign at Pidaraka-tirtha; su-bhogihappy; pidarakasnana-karahbathing at Pidaraka-tirtha; nanot; rogidiseased. Without bathing at Pidaraka-tirtha one cannot be a yogi. One who bathes at Pidaraka-tirtha becomes a yogi. One who bathes at Pidaraka-tirtha enjoys all happiness. One who bathes at Pidaraka-tirtha is never diseased. Text 23 dvaravatim madhava-masa-madhye pradakshii-kritya namaskaroti sarva ihamutra ca siddhayo 'pi vaideha tat-pai-tale bhavanti dvaravatimto Dvaraka; madhava-masa-madhyein the middle of th emonth of Madhava; pradakshii-krityacircumambulating; namaskarotibows; sarvaall; ihain this life; amutraand in the next; caand; siddhayahperfections; api also; vaidehaO king of Videha; tat-pai-talein the palm of his hand; bhavanti are. A person who in the month of Madhava (April-May) circumambulates Dvaraka finds that in both this life and the next all perfections rest in the palm of his hand. Texts 24 and 25 tirthapluto-'dhah-shayanah shucish ca mauni vrati va yava-bhojanena arabhya caitrim kila pauramasim yo madhavim etya karoti yatram tat-puya-sakhyam gaditum na shakyas catur-mukho vedamayo vidhata yo megha-dharam gaayet kadacit kalena puyani na krisha-puryah

tirthain the holy place; aplutahbathing; adhahbelow; shayanahresting; shucishpure; caand; maunisilent; vratifollowing vows; vaor; yavabhojanenaby eating barley; arabhyabeginning; caitrimthe month of Caitra; kilaindeed; pauramasimon the fuill moon; yahone who; madhavimin the month of Madhava; etyagoing; karotidoes; yatrampilgrimage; tat-puyasakhyamthat piety; gaditumto speak; nanot; shakyahable; catur-mukhah Brahma; vedamayahthe master of the Vedas; vidhatathe creator; yahwho; megha-dharamthe water of the clouds; gaayetmay count; kadacitsometime; kalenain time; puyanithe piety; nanot; krisha-puryahof Lord Krisha's city. A person who, following many vows, including a vow of silence and a vow of eating only barley, goes on a pilgrimage to Dvaraka and bathes and sleeps at Dvaraka on the full-moon day of the month of Caitra (March-April) or the full-moon day of the month of Madhava (April-May) attains piety so great even the demigod Brahma, who is the creator of the planets and the master of Vedas, cannot measure it. If one could somehow, with a great effort and after a long time, count the drops of rain that fall during the monsoon rains, still he could never measure the piety one gains by visiting Lord Krisha's city of Dvaraka. Texts 26 and 27 yatha tithinam hari-vasaram ca yatha hi sheshah phainam phaindrah yatha garutman divi pakshiam ca yatha puraeshu ca bharatam ca yatha hi deveshu ca deva-devah shri-vasudevo yadu-deva-devah tatha puri kshetra-samasta-madhye dvaravati puyavati prashasta yathaas; tithinamof days; hari-vasaramekadashi; caand; yathaas; hi indeed; sheshahShesha; phainamof snakes; phaindrahthe king of snakes; yathaas; garutmanGaruda; diviin the sky; pakshiamof birds; caand; yathaas; puraeshuin the Puraas; caand; bharatamthe Mahabharata; ca and; yathaas; hiindeed; deveshuamong the demigods; caand; deva-devah the master of the demigods; shri-vasudevahShri Vasudeva; yadu-deva-devahthe master of the Yadavas; tathaso; purithe city; kshetra-samasta-madhyeamong all holy places; dvaravatiDvaraka; puyavatisacred; prashastaglorious. As Ekadashi is glorious among sacred days, as Lord Shesha, the king of serpents, is glorious among serpents, as Garuda is glorious among birds in the sky, as the Mahabharata is glorious among the Puraas, and as Shri Krisha, the master of the demigods and the Yadavas, is glorious among all deities, so sacred Dvaraka is glorious among all sacred places. Text 28 aho 'ti-dhanya yadu-madalibhir

virajate bhumi-tale manohara vaikuha-liladhikrita kushasthali yatha tadidbhir jaladavalir divi ahahOh; ati-dhanyavery glorious; yadu-madalibhihwith the Yadavas; virajatesplendidly manifest; bhumi-taleon the earth; manoharabeautiful; vaikuha-liladhikritawith the pastimes of Vaikuha; kushasthaliDvaraka; yathaas; tadidbhihwith lightning; jaladavalihmany clouds; diviin the sky. Beautiful and glorious Dvaraka, in this world the home of the Yadavas and the pastimes of Vaikuha, is splendid like monsoon clouds and lightning. Text 29 yatraiva sakshat purushah pareshvaro dhritva catur-vyuham alam virajate yas tugrasenaya dadau nripeshatam krishaya tasmai haraye namo namah yatrawhere; evaindeed; sakshatdirectly; purushahthe Supreme Person; pareshvarahthe master of all; dhritvamanifesting; catur-vyuhamthe caturvyuha expansions; alamgreatly; virajateis splendidly manifested; yahwho; tu indeed; ugrasenayato King Ugrasena; dadaugave; nripeshatamthe post of emperor; krishayato Lord Krisha; tasmaito Him; harayeto Lord Hari; namo namahobeisances. I offer my respectful obeisances to Shri Krisha, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who expands as the catur-vyuha, and who gave the Yadavas' kingdom to Ugrasena. Text 30 yada sva-lokam bhagavan gamishyati samplavayishyaty atha tam tadaravah vaideha divyam hari-mandiram vina tasmin nivasam bhagavan karishyati yadawhen; sva-lokamto His own abode; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; gamishyatiwill go; samplavayishyatywill cause of be flooded; atha then; tamthat; tadathen; aravahthe ocean; vaidehaO king of Videha; divyam-tirtha; hari-mandiramLord Krisha's palace; vinawithout; tasmin there; nivasamresidence; bhagavantheLord; karishyatiwill do. When Lord Krisha returns to His own abode, the ocean will flood Dvaraka City. O king of Videha, the Lord will not reside then in that palace on the earth. Text 31 shrivanti tatraiva kalau jala-dhvanim krishoktam ittham satatam dine dine

bhaved avidyo yadi va sa-vidyo yo brahmao vai sa tu mamaki tanuh shrivantihear; tatrathere; evaindeed; kalauin the Kali-yuga; jaladhvanimthe sound of water; krishoktamspoken by Lord Krisha; itthamthus; satatamalways; dine dineday after day; bhavetmay be; avidyahignorant; yadiif; vaor; sa-vidyahknowledgable; yahone who; brahmaaha brahmaa; vaiindeed; sahe; tuindeed; mamakiMy; tanuhbody. In the Kali-yuga if a person, either unlettered or a learned brahmaa, hears Lord Krisha's voice in the sound of the Dvaraka ocean's waves, then Lord Krisha Himself declares, That person represents Me." Text 32 bhutvatha vipro 'bdhi-tatad agadham gatva grihitva pratimam parasya kritva pratishham ca vidhaya saudham karishyate sthapanam arka eshah bhutvahaving become; athathen; vipraha brahmaa; abdhi-taatfrom the seashore; agadhamdeep; gatvagoing; grihitvataking; pratimamthe Deity form; parasyaof the Supreme; kritvadoing; pratishhambasis; caand; vidhayaplacing; saudhampalace; karishyatemaking; sthapanam establishment; arkathe sun; eshahhe. A brahmaa who establishes a Deity form of the Lord in a great temple by the ocean at Dvaraka becomes glorious like the sun. Text 33 shri-dvaraka-natham iti svarupam pashyanti ye bhakta-janah kalau yuge gacchanti te vishu-padam nri-deva yogishvaraam api durlabham yat shri-dvaraka-nathamthe Lord of Dvaraka; itithus; svarupamthe form; pashyantisee; yethey who; bhakta-janahdevotees; kalau yugein the Kaliyuga; gacchantigo; tethey; vishu-padamto Lord Krisha's abode; nri-devaO king; yogishvaraamby the kings of the yogis; apieven; durlabham unattainable; yatwhich. In Kali-yuga the devotees who gaze on the Deity of Lord Krisha, the master of Dvaraka, go to Lord Vishu's transcendental abode, which even the greatest yogis cannot attain. Text 34 idam maya te kathitam nri-deva mahatmyam etat kila krisha-puryah

shrioti yah shravayate ca bhaktya shri-dvaraka-vasa-phalam labhet sah idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; nri-devaO king; mahatmyamthe glory; etatthis; kilaindeed; krishaof Lord Krisha; puryah of the city; shriotihear; yahone who; shravayatecauases to hear; caand; bhaktyawith devotion; shri-dvaraka-vasa-phalamthe result of residing in Dvaraka; labhetattains; sahhe. O king, thus I have spoken to you the glories of Lord Krisha's Dvaraka City. A person who with devotion hears or causes others to hear these glories of Dvaraka attains the spiritual result of having lived there. Text 35 shri-dvarakaya nripa khadam etan maya tavagre kathitam su-puyam kirtim kulam bhaktim ativa muktim dadati rajyam ca sadaiva shrivatam shri-dvarakayaof Shri Dvaraka; nripaO king; khadamthe khada; etan this; mayaby me; tavaof you; agrein the presence; kathitamspoken; supuyamvery sacred; kirtimglory; kulamfamily; bhaktimdevotional service; ativagreat; muktimliberation; dadatigives; rajyamkingdom; caand; sada always; evaindeed; shrivatamof they who hear. O king, now I have spoken to you the very sacred Dvaraka-khada, which gives fame, good family, devotional service, and liberation to they who regularly hear it. Chapter Twenty-two Shri Sudama-vipropakhyana-varaa The Story of Shri Sudama-vipra Text 1 shri-krishasya sakha kashcit sudama nama brahmaah sa uvasa sva-puryam tu satya ca bharyaya\vritah shri-krishasyaof Lord Krisha; sakhathe friend; kashcitone; sudama Sudama; namanamed; brahmaaha brahmaa; sahe; uvasaresided; svapuryamin his own city; tuindeed; satyasaintly; caand; bharyaya avritah with his wife. Lord Krisha had a friend named Sudama, who was a brahmaa living with his wife in his own city. Text 2

virakto dhana-hinash ca veda-vedaga-paragah samana-shilaya patnya cakre vrittim ayacitam viraktahrenounced; dhana-hinahpoverty-stricken; caand; veda-vedagaparagahtraveled to the farther shore of the Vedas and Vedagas; samanaequal; shilayadisposition; patnyawith his wife; cakredid; vrittimmode of livelihood; ayacitamwithout begging. He was poor and renounced. He had traveled to the farther shore of the Vedas and Vedagas. He and his saintly like-minded wife lived without begging for their livelihood. Text 3 sa kadacit priyam praha sidamanam daridratah shri-krisho dvaraka-natho mitram mama pati-vrate sahhe; kadacitonce; priyamto his wife; prahasaid; sidamanammorose; daridratahbecause of poverty; shri-krishahShri Krisha; dvaraka-nathahthe king of Dvaraka; mitrama friend; mamaof mine; pati-vrateO wife devoted to your husband. When his wife was unhappy because of their poverty, he said to her, O chaste and devoted one, Shri Krisha, the king of Dvaraka, is my friend. Texts 4-7 maya tenapi pahita vidya sandipaner grihe punar na drishah shri-krisho bhoja-vrishy-andhakeshvarah trailokya-natho bhagavan duhkha-ha dina-vatsalah iti shrutva vacas tasya shushka-vaktra pati-vrata jira-vastra-dhara dina patim praha bubhukshita yadi brahman nanu harih sakha te kamala-patih bubhukshitah katham-bhuto jira-karpaa-dharaah dvarakayam jana gatva

drishva sakshac chriyah patim dhana-yuktah samayanti tasmat tvam gantum arhasi mayaby me; tenaby Him; apialso; pahitastudied; vidyaknowledge; sandipanehof Sandipani; grihein the home; punahagain; nanot; drishah seen; shri-krishahShri Krisha; bhoja-vrishy-andhakeshvarahthe Lord of Bhojas, Vrishis and Andhakas; trailokya-nathahthe king of the three worlds; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; duhkha-hadestroying suffering; dina-vatsalahaffectionate to the poor; itithus; shrutvahearing; vacahthe words; tasyaof him; shushkadry; vaktrathroat; pati-vratadevoted to her husband; jira-vastra-dharawearing ragged clothing; dinapoor; patimto her husbvand; prahasaid; bubhukshitahungry; yadiif; brahmanO brahmaa; nanuindeed; harihLord Krisha; sakhathe friend; teof you; kamala-patih the husband of the goddess of fortune; bubhukshitahhungry; katham-bhutah why?; jira-karpaa-dharaahwearing ragged clothes; dvarakayamin Dvaraka; janathe people; gatvagoing; drishvaseeing; sakshatdirectly; shriyah patim the goddess of fortune's husband; dhana-yuktahwealthy; samayantireturn; tasmattherefore; tvamyou; gantumto go; arhasishould. He and I studied in Sandipani Muni's home together. When He became the king of the Bhojas, Vrishis and Andhakas, I never saw Him again. He is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the three worlds. Affectionate to the poor and suffering, He removes all their troubles." When she heard these words, the brahmaa's chaste and devoted wife, troubled by hunger, her garments ragged, and her voice now dry, said to her husband. O brahmaa, if Lord Krisha, the goddess of fortune's husband, is your friend, then why are we hungry and why do we wear ragged clothes? Everyone that goes to Dvaraka and sees Lord Krisha, the goddess of fortune's husband, returns wealthy. For this reason, please go to see Him." Text 8 shri-sudamovaca sarvesham shikshako 'ham tvam kasmai shiksham pradasyasi viprasya vidusho bhiksha dhanam prakathitam priye shri-sudama uvacaShri Sudama said; sarveshamof all; shikshakahthe teacher; ahamI; tvamyou; kasmaito that; shikshamteaching; pradasyasi you give; viprasyaof a brahmaa; vidushahlearned; bhikshabegging; dhanam wealth; prakathitamsaid; priyeO beloved. Shri Sudama said: I am a brahmaa, the teacher of all. Why do you try to teach me? O dear one, it is said that the wealth of a learned brahmaa is obtained by accepting alms." Text 9

shri-priyovaca sakha te shri-patir yasya nati-dure pravartate tam upehi sa te duhkham daridryam nashayishyati shri-priya uvacathe wife said; sakhathe friend; teof you; shri-patihthe goddess of fortune's husband; yasyaof whom; nanot; ati-durevery far away; pravartateis; tamHim; upehiapproach; saHe; teyour; duhkham unhappiness; daridryampoverty; nashayishyatiwill destroy. His wife said: Your friend, Lord Krisha, the goddess of fortune's husband, lives not far from here. Please go to Him. He will remove your miserable poverty. Text 10 gata avastha mama te duhkha-daridrya-bhujnatoh datuh kripa-nidheh kanta mitratayash ca kim phalam gatagone; avasthathe condition; mamaof me; te of you; duhkhadaridrya-bhujnatohsuffering in poverty; datuhgiving; kripa-nidhehan ocean of kindness; kantaO beloved; mitratayahof friendship; caand; kimwhat?; phalamthe result. Generous Lord Krisha, who is an ocean of kindness, will remove our miserable poverty. O my beloved, will this not be the result of your friendship with Him? Text 11 shri-sudamovaca vidhina likhitam bhagyam tat tathaiva bhavishyati yatayatena kim bhadre harer dhyanam karomy aham shri-sudama uvacaShri Sudama said; vidhinaby fate; likhitamwritten; bhagyamgood fortune; tatthat; tathaso; evaindeed; bhavishyatiwill be; yatayatenaby coming and going; kimwhat?; bhadreO beautiful one; harehof Lord Krisha; dhyanammeditation; karomydo; ahamI. Shri Sudama said: Everyone's destiny is already written. What will be will be. O beautiful one, what is the use of running here and there to try to alter what is already destined? I will meditate of Lord Krisha. Text 12

yad-dvari deshe rajano deva-gandharva-kinnarah ajnam vina na yasyanti dinasya mama ka katha yad-dvariat His door; deshein the country\; rajanahmany kings; devagandharva-kinnarahdemigods, gandharvas, and kinnaras; ajnamby the order; vinawithout; nanot; yasyantiwill go; dinasyapoor; mamaof me; kawhat?; kathacan be said. Many demigods, gandharvas, kinnaras, and great kings approach the entrance to His palace, but without His permission none can enter. What can be said of poor me? Text 13 shri-priyovaca vinajnam naiva yasyanti deva-gandharva-kinnarah antar-yami harih shighram dutais tvam ahvayishyati shri-priya uvacahis wife said; vinawithout; ajnamthe order; nanot; eva indeed; yasyantiwill go; deva-gandharva-kinnarahdemigods, gandharvas, and kinnaras; antar-yamistaying in everyone's heart; harihLord Krisha; shighram for a long time; dutaihwith messengers; tvamyou; ahvayishyatiwill call. His wife said: Without His permission the demigods, gandharvas, and kinnaras cannot enter. Still, He is the Supersoul in everyone's heart. He will send His messengers to call you to Him. Text 14 shri-vipra uvaca dayalur idrishah krisho param tu shriu bhamini vipatti-kale mitrasya na gacched griham uttamam shri-vipra uvacathe brahmaa said; brahmanthe Supreme Brahman; dayaluh merciful; idrishahlike this; krishahShri Krisha; paramgreat; tuindeed; shriuhear; bhaminiO beautiful one; vipatti-kaleat the time of catastrophe; mitrasyaof a friend; nanot; gacchetwent; grihamto the home; uttamam great.

The brahmaa said: It is true. Lord Krisha is merciful like that. Still, O beautiful one, please listen. When a wealthy friend was in trouble once, still Lord Krisha did not go to visit his palace. Text 15 katham tu yacanam kurve cirad drishva svakam priyam nirlobhat tu bhavet pritir yacanat tu gamishyati kathamhow?; tuindeed; yacanamrequest; kurveI do; ciratfor a long time; drishvahaving seen; svakamown; priyamdear one; nirlobhatout of greed; tuindeed; bhavetmay be; pritihlove; yacanatfrom the request; tu indeed; gamishyatiwill go. How can I see my old friend and then ask something from Him? My greedy request will chase away His love for me. Text 16 shri-priyovaca duhkha-daridrya-haraam shri-harer darshanam kuru yacana naiva kartavya sa te 'rtham bahu dasyati evam tu priyaya vipro bahudhaivam prabhashitah shri-priya uvacahis wife said; duhkha-daridrya-haraamremoving the unhappy poverty; shri-harehof Lored Krisha; darshanamthe sight; kuruplease do; yacanarequest; nanot; evaindeed; kartavyashould be done; saHe; te to you; arthamwealth; bahugreat; dasyatiwill give; evamthus; tuindeed; priyayaby his wife; viprahthe brahmaa; bahudhain many ways; evamthus; prabhashitahwas addressed. His wife said: Simply seeing Lord Krisha will remove your unhappy poverty. You need not ask Him for anything. Of His own accord He will give great wealth to you. In this way she spoke many words to the brahmaa. Text 17 ayam hi paramo labhah kritva mitrasya darshanam upayanam tu kim dasye lajjito 'ham daridratah

ayamthis; hiindeed; paramahthe ultimate; labhahattainment; kritva havign done; mitrasyaof a friend; darshanamthe sight; upayanama gift; tu indeed; kimwhat; dasyeI will give; lajjitahembarrassed; ahamI; daridratah from poverty. The brahmaa said: Seeing my friend, Lord Krisha is the greatest attainment. Still, what gift will i give to Him when I see Him? I will be embarrassed by my poverty. Text 18 ity uktva sa gata shighram para-geham tada sati tadulamsh caturo mushin yacitva sva-griham yayau itythus; uktvaspeaking; sashe; gatawnrt; shighramat once; paragehamto another's home; tadathen; satithe saintly wife; tadulansome rice; chaturahfour; mushinpalmsfull; yacitvabegging; sva-grihamto her oen home; yayauwent. Then the saintly woman went to a neighbor's home, begged four palmsful of rice, and returned. Text 19 jira-karpaa-khade ca baddhva tan pataye dadau jira-karpaa-khadein a ragged piece of cloth; caand; baddhvabinding; tanthat; patayeto her husband; dadaugave. Then, tying the rice in a ragged piece of cloth, she gave it to her husband. Text 20 tato grihitva prithukamsh ca tadulan kucaila-dhari malinash ca durbalah jagama krishasya purim shanaih shanair brahmaya-devam manasa ca samsmaran tatahthen; grihitvataking; prithukanflat; caand; tadulanrice; kucailadhariwearing ragged clothes; malinahdirty; caand; durbalahweak; jagama went; krishasyaof Lord Krisha; purimto the city; shanaih shanaihvery slowly; brahmaya-devamto the master of the brahmaas; manasawith his mind; ca and; samsmaranremembering. Taking that chipped rice with him, weak, dirty, dressed in rags, and always meditating on Lord Krisha, the master of the brahmaas, the brahmaa went to Lord Krisha's city of Dvaraka.

Text 21 sottirya sindhum udupena dadarsha tatra shri-dvarakam hari-purim kanakair vicitram shrei-sabha-vividha-durga-grihaih patakaih shri\gaakair ati-balair yadubhish ca guptam sottiryacrossing; sindhumthe ocean; udupenain a boat; dadarshasaw; tatrathere; shri-dvarakamShri Dvaraka; hari-purimLord Krisha's city; kanakaihwith gold; vicitramwonderful; shrei-sabha-vividha-durga-grihaihwith many palaces, assembly-halls, and fortresses; patakaihwith flags; shri\gaakaih with many crossroards; ati-balaihvery powerful; yadubhishby the Yadavas; ca and; guptamprotected. Crossing the ocean in a boat, the brahmaa gazed at Lord Krisha Dvaraka City, which was carefully protected by the powerful Yadavas, and which was wonderful with many golden palaces, assembly-halls, fortresses, and crossroads. Text 22 drishva krisha-purim vipro janan apricchya shri-hareh shri-mandiram tu kutraste sarve vadata sampratam drishvaseeing; krisha-purimLord Krisha's city; viprahthe brahmaa; jananthe people; apricchyaasking; shri-harehof Lord Krisha; shri-mandiram the beautiful palace; tuindeed; kutrawhere?; asteis; sarveall; vadatasaid; sampratamthen. Gazing at Lord Krisha's city, the brahmaa asked the people, Where is Lord Krisha's beautiful palace?" The people replied, All are Lord Krisha's palaces." Text 23 iti shrutva madhavasya bhavananam ca rakshakah ucus te vartate krishah sarveshu mandireshu ca itithus; shrutvahearing; madhavasyaof Lord Krisha; bhavananamof the palaces; caand; rakshakahthe guards; ucuhsaid; tethey; vartateare; krishahLord Krisha; sarveshuin all; mandireshupalaces; caand. Hearing this, the brahmaa asked the palace guards, In which palace is Lord Krisha at this moment?" the guards replied, He is in all of them at this moment." Text 24

ity upashrutya sadanam pravishyaikatamam dvijah brahmanandam gatah krisham paryaka-stham vilokya ca itythus; upashrutyahearing; sadanampalace; pravishyaentering; ekatamamone; dvijahthe brahmaa; brahmanandamspiritual bliss; gatah attained; krishamLord Krisha; paryaka-sthamsitting on a bed; vilokya seeing; caand. Hearing this, entering one of the palaces, and then seeing Lord Krisha sitting on His bed, the brahmaa became filled with spiritual bliss. Text 25 sakhayam agatam jnatva sahasotthaya madhavah dorbhyam militva canyonyam prema hy ashru-kulakulah sakhayamHis friend; agatamcome; jnatvaaware; sahasaat once; utthaya rising; madhavahLord Krisha; dorbhyamwith both arms; militvameeting; ca and; anyonyamtogether; premawith love; hyindeed; ashru-kulakulah flooded with tears. Seeing that he had come, Lord Krisha at once stood up and, His eyes flooded with tears, embraced His friend with both arms. Text 26 svara-patrea tasyapi padau prakshalya taj-jalam grihitva shirasa tam tu paryaka upaveshya ca svaragolden; patrea-with a basin; tasyaof him; apialso; padauthe feet; prakshalyawashing; taj-jalamthat water; grihitvataking; shirasaon the head; tamhim; tuindeed; paryakaon the bed; upaveshyaplacing; caand. In a golden basin the Lord washed his feet and then sprinkled the water on His own head. Then Lord had him sit on the bed. Text 27 arcanam kritavan gandhacandanaguru-kukumaih pakvannair dhupa-dipaish ca madhu-parkair vidhanatah

arcanamworship; kritavandid; gandhawith fragrances; candanasandal; aguruaguru; kukumaihand kunkuma; pakvacooked; annaihwith grains; dhupawith incense; dipaihwith lamps; caand; madhu-parkaihwith madhuparka; vidhanatahproperly. Then the Lord worshiped him, offering him, fragrances, sandal paste, aguru, kukuma, incense, lamps, madhu-parka, and cooked grains. Text 28 pashcad avedya tambulam gam ca svagatam abravit vriddham kucailam malinam durbalam shveta-murdhajam pashcatthen; avedyaoffering; tambulambetelnuts; gamto the brahmaa; caand; svagatamwelcome; abravitsaid; vriddhamold; kucailamdressed in rags; malinamdirty; durbalamweak; shveta-murdhajamwith white hair. After offering him betelnuts, the Lord spoke words of welcome to the weak, dirty, old, white-haired, dressed-in-rags brahmaa. Text 29 mitravinda paryacarad vyajanena smitanvita shri-krishasya priyah sarva vismita jahasus tada mitravindaMitravinda; paryacaratworshiped; vyajanenawith a fan; smitanvitasmiling; shri-krishasyaof Shri Krisha; priyahthe dear queens; sarvaall; vismitaastonished; jahasuhsmiled; tadathen. Then smiling Mitravinda worshiped and fanned him. Filled with wonder, all of Lord Krisha's queens smiled. Text 30 ucuh parasparam naryah prekshya vipram samarcitam bhikshuna hy avadhutena kim anena kritam tapah ucuhsaid; parasparamamong themselves; naryahthe women; prekshya seeing; vipramthe brahmaa; samarcitamworshiped; bhikshunaby the brahmaa; hyindeed; avadhutenaavadhuta; kimwhat?; anenaby him; kritam done; tapahausterities. Seeing him worshiped in this way, the queens said among themselves, What austerities must this brahmaa avadhuta have performed?"

Text 31 yena trailokya-nathena sat-kritash cagrajo yatha etasminn antare tau dvau kathayam cakratuh kathah purva guru-kule jata hastau grihya parasparam yenaby whom; trailokya-nathenathe master of the three worlds; sat-kritah honored; caand; agrajahan elder brother; yathaas; etasminnhere; antare within; tauthey; dvauboth; kathayam cakratuh kathahtalked; purvabefore; guru-kulein the guru's home; jataborn; hastauhands; grihyagrasping; parasparameach other. Lord Krisha honored him as if he were an elder brother. Holding hands in the palace, the two of them talked about their days in the home of their guru. Text 32 shri-krisha uvaca shriu brahman prapahita sarva-vidya tvaya maya gurave dakshiam dattva punas tvam naiva drishyase shri-krisha uvacaShri Krisha said; shriuplease hear; brahmanO brahmaa; prapahitastudied; sarva-vidyaall knowledge; tvayaby you; maya by me; guraveto the guru; dakshiamdakshia; dattvagiving; punahagain; tvamyou; nanot; evaindeed; drishyaseseen. Shri Krisha said: O brahmaa, you and I studied all branches of knowledge. Then we offered dakshia to our guru. Since then we have not seen each other. Text 33 aham tu dvarakam yato jarasandha-bhayat sakhe kutra sthale tava vibho nivaso vada me khalu ahamI; tuindeed; dvarakamto Dvaraka; yatahwent; jarasandha-bhayat out of fear of Jarasandha; sakheO friernd; kutrawhere?; sthaleplace; tavaof you; vibhaho great once; nivasahresidence; vadaplease tell; meme; khalu certainly. O friend, because I was afraid of Jarasandha, I went to Dvaraka. O great one, where do you live? Please tell Me.

Text 34 kadacid indhanarthe vai guru-daraih praoditah vidyarthino vayam sarve vanam jagmur bhayakaram kadacitone time; indhanarthefor firewood; vaiindeed; guru-daraihby the guru's wife; praoditahsent; vidyarthinahstudents; vayamwe; sarveall; vanamtop the forest; jagmuhwent; bhayakaramfearful. One time, sent by our guru's wife, we students went to the fearful forest to gather firewood. Text 35 vipattir abhavat tatra vata-varsha-bhayakari ravir astam gato ratryam andhakaro 'bhavan mahan vipattihcalamity; abhavatwas; tatrathere; vata-varsha-bhayakaria fearful hurricane; ravihthe sun; astamon the western horizon; gatahwent; ratryamat night; andhakarahblinding darkness; abhavatwas; mahangreat. Then there was a ferocious and frightening hurricane. The sun set in the west, and then at night there was a great blinding darkness. Text 36 sarvam jalamayam jatam sthalam naiva tu drishyate vayam parasparam sarve grihita-kara-pakajah sarvamall; jalamayammade of water; jatamwas manifested; sthalamthe place; nanot; evaindeed; tuindeed; drishyateis seen; vayamwe; parasparameach other; sarveall; grihita-kara-pakajahholding each other's lotus hands. Everything was flooded with water. Unable to see anything, all of us tightly held each other's lotus hands. Texts 37-39 vidyut-prakashe pashyanto dikshu sarvasu babhramuh tatah suryodaye jate guruh sandipanir mahan

jale shishyamsh ca shitartan vanam gatva dadarsha ha jalan sarvan sthale kritva gurur ashru-pariplutah uvaca balaka yuyam asmad-ajna-parayaah shreshhas tu prainam atma tam anadritya mat-parah vidyut-prakashein the lightning flash; pashyantahseeing; dikshuthe directions; sarvasuall; babhramuhwandering; tatahthen; suryodayeat sunrise; jatemanifested; guruhthe guru; sandipanihSandipani; mahangreat; jalein the water; shishyanstudents; caand; shitartantroubled by cold; vanam to the forest; gatvawent; dadarshasaw; haindeed; jalanthe water; sarvan all; sthalethe place; kritvadoing; guruhthe guru; ashrutears; pariplutah flooded; uvacasaid; balakaboys; yuyamyou; asmad-ajnato my order; parayaahdevoted; shreshhahthe best; tuindeed; prainamof living entities; atmahimself; tamindeed; anadrityaignoring; mat-parahfor my sake. Seeing by the light of lightning flashes, we wandered in all directions. When the sun rose our guru, Sandipani Muni, went to the forest and saw his students trapped in a flooded place and suffering from the cold. His eyes flooded with tears, our guru said, You boys have dedicated your lives to fulfilling my order. You are the best of all living entities. Ignorning your own benefit, you are devoted to me. Texts 40 and 41 tasmad bhavadbhyah santusho varam dasyami durlabham bhavatam capi sarvatra purah santu manorathah veda-shastra-puraani kaha-sthani bhavantu hi tasmad gurosh ca kripaya puro 'ham sarva-saukhyatah tasmattherefore; bhavadbhyahwith you; santushahpleased; varam blessing; dasyamiI will give; durlabhamrare; bhavatamof you; caand; api also; sarvatrain all circumstances; purahfulfilled; santumay be; manorathah desires; veda-shastrathe Vedas; puraaniand Puraas; kaha-sthanistaying in your voices; bhavantumay be; hiindeed; tasmattherefore; gurohof the guru; caand; kripayaby the mercy; purahfulfilled; ahamI; sarva-saukhyatah with all happiness.

For this reason I will give you all a rare blessing. I bless you that the Vedas and Puraas will always stay in your voices and your desires will always be fulfilled." For this reason, by our guru's mercy, I am always filled with happiness. Text 42 shri-sudamovaca deva-deva gurus tvam tu koi-brahmada-nayakah shri-pates tasya gurushu vaso 'tyanta-vidambanam shri-sudama uvacaShri Sudama said; deva-devaO master of the demigods; guruhthe guru; tvamYou; tuindeed; koiof millions; brahmadaof universes; nayakahthe master; shri-patehof the goddess of fortune's husband; tasyaof Him; gurushuin the gurus; vasahthe residenbce; atyantagreat; vidambanamimitation. Shri Sudama said: O master of the demigods, You are the guru of everyone. You are the master of millions of universes. You are the origin of Lord Narayaa, the husband of the goddess of fortune. You were only pretending to be an ordinary student at our guru's home. Text 43 tatah sudama vipras tu krishaya paramatmane prithukams tadulan rajan na prayacchad ava-mukhah tatahthen; sudamaSudama; viprahbrahmaa; tuindeed; krishayato Lord Krisha; paramatmanethe Supersoul; prithukanchipped; tadulanrice; rajanO king; nanot; prayacchatoffered; ava-mukhahhis head down. Hanging his head down, Sudama brahmaa did not offer the chipped rice to Lord Krisha, the all-pervading Supersoul. Text 44 sarvatma bhagavams tasya jnatvagamana-karaam nayam vipras tu shri-kamo mukty-artham mam tu sevate sarvatmathe all-pervading Suoersoul; bhagavamhthe Supreme Person; tasya of him; jnatvaunderatanding; agamanaof coming; karaamthe reason; na not; ayamthis; viprahbrahmaa; tucertainly; shri-kamahdesiring wealth; mukty-arthamdesiring liberation; mamMe; tuindeed; sevateserves.

Aware of the reason for the brahmaa's visit, Lord Krisha, who is the Supersoul present in everyone's heart, thought, This brahmaa does not serve Me because he wants material opulence or liberation. Text 45 bharya pati-vrata duhkhad dhanasham casya kurvati tasmad dhanam katham dasye adatrosh ca tayor aham bharyahis wife; pati-vratachaste; duhkhatout of unhappiness; dhanasham the desire for wealth; caand; asyaof him; kurvatidoing; tasmattherefore; dhanamwealth; kathamhow?; dasyeI give; adatroshnot giving; caand; tayohof them; ahamI. His chaste and devoted wife is distressed and she desires wealth, but how can I give wealth to them when they have not given anything to Me?" Text 46 iti bruvan punar jnatva hetor mama sa tadulam pragrihya gatavan atra lajjaya naiva dasyati itithus; bruvansaying; punahagain; jnatvaunderstanding; hetohfor that reason; mamaof Me; sahe; tadulamrice; pragrihyataking; gatavancame; atrahere; lajjayawith embarassment; nanot; evaindeed; dasyatiwill give. After saying this to Himself, the Lord understood what had happened. He thought, He came here taking a gift of rice for Me, but now he is embarrassed and he will not give it. Text 47 tasmat tu yacanam kurve viditvaivam vaco 'bravit tasmattherefore; tuinded; yacanamasking; kurveI will do; viditva understanding; evamthus; vacahwords; abravitsaid. Therefore I will ask him for it." After thinking in this way, Lord Krisha spoke. Text 48 shri-krisha uvaca grihan mad-arthe bhavata kim anitam upayanam

anv apy upahritam yac ca bhaktya bhuri bhavishyati shri-krisha uvacaShri Krisha said; grihatfrom home; mad-arthefor my sake; bhavataby you; kimwhat?; anitambrought; upayanamgift; anv following; apyalso; upahritambrought; yacwhat; caand; bhaktyawith love; bhurigreat; bhavishyatiwill be. Shri Krisha said: Did you bring from your home a gift for Me? Is there a gift that with great love you will offer to Me? Text 49 patram pushpam phalam toyam yo me bhaktya prayacchati tad aham bhakty-upahritam asna\mi prayatatmanah patramaleaf; pushpama flower; phalama fruit; toyamwater; yah whoever; meunto Me; bhaktyawith devotion; prayacchatioffers; tatthat; ahamI; bhakty-upahritamoffered in devotion; asna\miaccept; prayatatmanah from one in pure consciousness. If one offers Me with love and devotion a leaf, a flower, fruit or water, I will accept it.* Text 50 ittham abhashya bhagavan adatush ca dvijanmanah cira-khadat tadulamsh ca jahara kim idam svayam itthamthus; abhashyasaying; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; adatuhnot giving; caand; dvijanmanahof the brahmana; cirakhadatfrom the ragged cloth; tadulanthe rice; caand; jaharagrabbed; kim what?; idamis this; svayampersonally. After speaking these words, the Supreme Personality of Godhead suddenly grabbed the ragged pouch of rice and said, What is this? Text 51 etat tvayopanitam me sakhe parama-prianam vishvam mam tarpayishyanti brahmann ete ca tadulah

etatthis; tvayaby you; upanitambrought; meto Me; sakheO friend; parama-prianamvery pleasing; vishvamthe world; mamMe; tarpayishyanti will satisfy; brahmannO brahmaa; etethis; caand; tadulahrice. O friend, you have brought something that is very pleasing. O brahmaa, this rice will satisfy bith Me and the entire universe. Text 52 idrisha gokule bhuktah shreshhah prithuka-tadulah matra yasodaya dattah punas tan naiva drishavan idrishahlike this; gokulein Gokula; bhuktaheaten; shreshhahthe best; prithuka-tadulahchipped rice; matraby My mother; yasodayaYashoda; dattah given; punahagain; tanthat; nanot; evaindeed; drishavanseen. I used to eat excellent chipped rice like this in Gokula. My mother, Yashodadevi, would always give me rice like this. After that time I had never seen this kind of rice again." Text 53 ity eka-mushim jagdhva ca bhumijam sampadam dadau dvitiyam jagdhum arebhe datum patala-sampadam itythus; eka-mushimwith one hand; jagdhvaeating; caand; bhumijam rice; sampadamopulence; dadaugave; dvitiyama second; jagdhumto eat; arebhebegan; datumto give; patala-sampadamopulence. Lord Krisha then ate one palmful of that rice and He was about to eat a second. Text 54 tavad vaksha-sthalac chighram jaghrie shrih karam hareh aparadhad vina natha katham mam tyaktum icchasi tavatthen; vaksha-sthalacfrom His chest; shighramquickly; jaghrie grabbed; shrihthe goddess of fortune; karamthe hand; harehof Lord Krisha; aparadhatan offense; vinawithout; nathaO Lord; kathamwhy?; mamme; tyaktumto abandon; icchasidesire. Then the goddess of fortune, who was resting on His chest, suddenly grasped His hand and said, Lord, I have not offended You. Why do You wish to leave Me?

Text 55 etavatalam shri-krisha shakra-tulyo dvijo bhavet dvijena nirdhanenapi na jnatam tad-rahasyakam etavataby this; alamgreatly; shri-krishaO Shri Krisha; shakra-tulyah equal to Lord Indra; dvijahthe brahmaa; abhavetwill become; dvijenaby the brahmaa; nirdhanenapoor; apialso; nanot; jnatamknown; tad-rahasyakam that secret. Because of what You have just done, this brahmaa will become King Indra's equal." The poverty-stricken brahmaa did not understand the secret of what had just happened. Text 56 sampuram ca dhanam praptam sva-grihe vishu-mayaya ushitva rajanim ekam bhuktva pitva sukham gatah sampuramfull; caand; dhanamwealth; praptamattained; sva-grihein his own home; vishu-mayayaby the potency of Lord Vishu; ushitvaresiding; rajanimnight; ekamone; bhuktvaeating; pitvaand drinking; sukham happiness; gatahattained. The brahmaa stayed there for one night. Eating and drinking, he became happy. Meanwhile, Lord Vishu's yogamaya potency filled his home with all opulences. Text 57 shvo-bhute sva-grihan gantum krisham natva mano dadhe sa cajnapto bhagavata vanditah parirambhitah shvo-bhuteon the following day; sva-grihanhis own home; gantumto go; krishamto Lord Krisha; natvabowing down; manahmind; dadhedecided; sa he; caand; ajnapermission; aptahattained; bhagavataby the Supreme Personality of Godhead; vanditahbowed down; parirambhitahembraced. The next day the brahmaa decided to return to his own home. He bowed down before Lord Krisha and received permission to leave. Then the Lord bowed before him and embraced him. Text 58

yacana na krita tena vriditah sva-grihan yayau brahmayata maya drisha vipra-devasya shri-pateh yacanarequest; nanot; kritadone; tenaby him; vriditahembarrassed; sva-grihanto his own home; yayauwent; brahmayatalove for the brahmaas; mayaby me; drishaseen; vipra-devasyaof the master of the brahmaas; shripatehthe goddess of fortune's husband. Embarrassed, he had not asked for anything. As he returned home, he thought, I have seen how Lord Krisha, the master of the brahmaas and the husband of the goddess of fortune, dearly loves the brahmaas. Text 59 aham daridrah krishasya bahubhyam parirambhitah priya-jushe ca paryake bhrateva sthapito dvijah ahamI; daridrahpoor; krishasyaof Lord Krisha; bahubhyambvy the arms; parirambhitahembraced; priya-jushewith His wife; caand; paryake on the bed; bhrataa brother; ivalike; sthapitahplaced; dvijaha brahmaa. I am only a poor brahmaa. Still, Lord Krisha embraced me with His arms and had me sit on His wife's bed as if I were His brother. Text 60 vijito vyajanenapi rukmiya satyabhamaya nirdhanas tu dhanam labdhva shri-patim naiva samsmaret vijitahfanned; vyajanenapiwith afan; rukmiyaby Rukmii; satyabhamaya and Satyabhama; nirdhanahpoor; tuindeed; dhanamwealth; labdhva attaining; shri-patimthe husband of the goddess of fortune; nanot; evaindeed; samsmaretwould remember. Rukmii and Satyabhama both fanned me. I am poor because if I became rich I would not continue to fix my thoights on Lord Krisha, the goddess of fortune's husband. Text 61 ittham karuaya mahyam dhanam krisho na dattavan ittham vicarayan gacchan samsmaran brahmaim rusha

itthamthus; karuayawith mercy; mahyamto me; dhanamwealth; krishahLord Krisha; nanot; dattavangave; itthamthus; vicarayan thinking; gacchangoing; samsmaranremembering; brahmaimthe brahmaa's wife; rushawith anger. It is for this reason that Lord Krisha, out of His great kindness, did not offer me any wealth." Then the brahmaa remembered his wife. The thought made him angry. Texts 62 and 63 grihaa dhana-koim ca griham gatva bravimy aham brahmaya-devo data ca shri-krisho 'yam maya shrutah pratyaksha-drishah kripao garvito dhana-puritah shapam dasye katham mitre dhana-lobhad aham vritha grihaatake; dhana-koimwealth many millions fo times over; caand; grihamhom; gatvagoing; bravimysay; ahamI; brahmaya-devahthe master of the brahmaas; datagenerous; caand; shri-krishahShri Krisha; ayamHe; mayaby me; shrutahheard; pratyaksha-drishahdirectly seen; kripaaha miser; garvitahproud; dhana-puritahfilled with wealth; shapama curse; dasyeI will give; kathamwhy?; mitreto My friend; dhana-lobhatout of greed for money; ahamI; vrithafor no reason. He thought, If when I saw Him I had heard generous Lord Krisha, the master of the brahmaas, say, `I say please take wealth many millions of times over,' then I would become a proud and wealthy miser. Lord Krisha must have thought, Why should I curse My friend in this way, so for no reason he will become a greedy miser." Texts 64 and 65 yadrishi me krita pritis tadrishim prapayishyati pitarav asya kamsena karagare kritau pura krishas tu nanda-sadane para-gehe ca vardhitah sa dasyati katham dravyam dhana-yukto 'pi nirdhanah yadrishilike which; mefor me; kritadone; pritihlove; tadrishimlike that; prapayishyatiwill attain; pitarauthe parents; asyaof Him; kamsenaby Kamsa;

karagarein prsion; kritaudone; purabefore; krishahLord Krisha; tu indeed; nanda-sadanein nanda's home; para-gehein the home of another; ca and; vardhitahgrew up; saHe; dasyatiwill give; kathamwhy; dravyam wealth; dhana-yuktahwealthy; apieven; nirdhanahpoor. He will give me what makes me love Him more. He did that to His parents when they were locked in Kamsa's prison and when He grew up in the home of His stepfather Nanda. Why would Krisha give me wealth if when I became wealthy with money I would also become poor in love for Him? Text 66 ratnaih prapuritan gehan drishva vancham na karayet lalae likhitam yad yan na tan nyunam bhavishyati ratnaihwith jewels; prapuritanfilled; gehanhome; drishvaseeing; vanchamdesire; nanot; karayetdoes; lalaeon the forehead; likhitam written; yat yatwhatever; nanot; tatthat; nyunamreduced; bhavishyatiwill be. Even if one sees a palace filled with jewels, he should not desire to have it. A person's destiny is written on his forehead. That destiny cannot be changed." Text 67 iti sakathayan vipro nija-pury-antike gatah suvara-durga-samyuktam kapaa-dhvaja-maditam itithus; sakathayansaying; viprahthe brahmaa; nija-pury-antikenear his own home; gatahcame; suvara-durgagolden walls; samyuktamwith; kapaadhvaja-maditamdecorated with flags and great gates. As he was thinking in this way, the brahmaa came to his own home, which was surrounded by golden fortress walls, decorated with flags and great gates, . . . Text 68 toraaih kalashaish citraih prasadaih sujanair vritam dvarakam iva shobhadhyam sarva-ratnaih prapuritam toraaihwith arches; kalashaishwith domes; citraihwonderful; prasadaih with palaces; sujanaihwith beautiful people; vritamfilled; dvarakamDvaraka; ivalike; shobhadhyambeautiful and opulent; sarva-ratnaihwith all jewels; prapuritamfilled.

. . . filled with many palaces, great archways, and wonderful and colorful domes. It way made of jewels. It was filled with beautiful people. It was beautiful and opulent like Dvaraka. Text 69 drishva vipras tu kim idam kasya sthanam iti bruvan rathyam rathyam bhramantam tam pratyagrihnan striyo narah drishvaseeing; viprahthe brahmaa; tuindeed; kimwhat?; idamthis; kasyaof whom?; sthanamthe place; itithus; bruvansaying; rathyamon path; rathyamafter path; bhramantamwandering; tamthat; pratyagrihnan taking; striyahwomen; narahand men. As beautiful men and women walked on the wide pathways in the palace, the brahmaa stared at everything and said, What is this? Whose home is this?" Text 70 nagacchantam dvijam drishva kikaryah kikaras tatha svaminyai kathayam asuh shrutva sa vismayam gata nanot; agacchantamcoming; dvijamthe brahmaa; drishvaseeing; kikaryahthe maidservants; kikarahthe servants; tathaso; svaminyaito the mistress of the house; kathayam asuhsaid; shrutvahearing; sashe; vismayam astonishment; gataattained. Seeing that the brahmaa did not enter the palace, the servants and maidservants went to the queen of the house told her of it. When she heard of it she was very surprised. Text 71 bhartaram agatam shrutva patni sambhrama-samyuta nishcakramalayat turam sakshac chrir iva rupii bhartaramhusband; agatamarrived; shrutvahearing; patnithe wife; sambhrama-samyutawith great haste; nishcakramawent; alayatfrom the palace; turamat once; sakshatdirectly; shrihthe goddess of fortune; ivalike; rupiibeautiful. Hearing that her husband had come, the brahmaa's wife hastily left the palace to greet him. She was now as beautiful as the goddess of fortune.

Text 72 brahmai shibikarudha dasi-dasa-gaair vrita bhramantam agrahid vipram darshayitva svakam sukham brahmaithe brahmaa's wife; shibikarudhariding on a palanquin; dasi-dasagaaihmany servants and maidservants; vritawith; bhramantamwandering; agrahitgrasped; vipramthe brahmaa; darshayitvashowing; svakamher own; sukhamhappiness. Surrounded by many servants and maidservants, she rode to him on a palanquin. Showing how happy she was to see him, she embraced her husband as he was walking about. Text 73 drishva sphurantim taruim ca bharyam svarambarai ratna-vibhushaadhyam yathendiram rupavatim vimane mudanvitah krisha-kripam ca mene drishvaseeing; sphurantimsplendid; taruimyoung girl; caand; bharyam wife; svarambaraiwith golden garments; ratna-vibhushaadhyamrich with jewel ornaments; yathaas; indiramthe goddess of fortune; rupavatimbeautiful; vimanein a spiritual airplane; mudanvitahhappy; krishaof Lord Krisha; kripamthe mercy; caand; meneconsidered. Seeing that his wife had become a splendid young girl dressed in exquisite golden clothing, decorated with jewels, and beautiful like the goddess of fortune riding in a spiritual airplane, the brahmaa became very happy and thought that this was all done by the mercy of Lord Krisha. Texts 74 and 75 nija-geham taya yuktah shri-krisha-bhavanopamam bhojanair dravya-ratnaish ca paryaka-vyajanasanaih vitanaih svara-patraish ca toraaih samalakritam drishva krishasya kripaya sudama taruo 'bhavat nija-gehamto his home; tayaher; yuktahwith; shri-krisha-bhavanopamam like Lord Krisha's palace; bhojanaihwith food; dravya-ratnaihwith jewels; ca and; paryaka-vyajanasanaihwith opulent beds, seats, and fans; vitanaihwith

awning; svara-patraishgolden vessels; caand; toraaihwith arches; samalakritamdecorated; drishvaseeing; krishasyaof Lord Krisha; kripaya by the mercy; sudamaSudama; taruahyouthful; abhavatbecame. Accompanied by his wife, the brahmaa looked at the palace, which, like Lord Krisha's own palace, was filled with jewels, comfortable beds and chairs, fans, awnings, archways, golden dishes, and delicious foods. Then Sudama suddenly became a young man. Text 76 bubhuje 'lampao viprah samriddhim svam ahaitukim manasa jayaya tyakshan jnana-vairagya-bhaktitah bubhujeenjoyed; alampaahnot materialistic; viprahthe brahmaa; samriddhimopulence; svamown; ahaitukimcauseless; manasaby the heart; jayayawith his wife; tyakshanrenouncing; jnanawith knowledge; vairagya renunciation; bhaktitahand devotion. Without becoming materialistic, the brahmaa enjoyed the wealth he received by the Lord's causeless mercy. Filled with knowledge, renunciation, and devotion for the Lord, in their hearts he and his wife abandoned all material desires. Text 77 cakara tarkanam viprah kuto mama samriddhayah datta brahmaya-devena devanam api durlabhah cakaradid; tarkanamguess; viprahthe brahmaa; kutahfrom where?; mamamy; samriddhayahopulences; dattagiven; brahmaya-devenaby the Lord of the brahmaas; devanamby the demigods; apieven; durlabhah unattainable. The brahmaa thought: Who gave me these opulences? It must be that Lord Krisha, who is the master of the brahmaas, gave me these opulences even the great demigods cannot achieve. Text 78 idrishim sampadam dattva nacaret kim api svayam mama tadula-mushim ca pritya pratyagrahid dharih idrishimlike this; sampadamopulence; dattvagiving; nanot; acaretmay do; kim apisomething; svayampersonally; mamaof me; tadula-mushimthe

palmful of rice; caand; prityawith love; pratyagrahitreciprocated; harihLord Krisha. I did not do anything to make Lord Krisha give me opulence like this. It must be that He was pleased by the palmful of rice and out of love He gave me this in return. Text 79 tasya sakhyam ca dasyam ca bhuyan me janma-janmani tat-padamburuha-dhyanat tarishye 'ham bhavaravam tasyaof Him; sakhyamthe friendship; caand; dasyamthe service; ca and; bhuyatmay be; meof me; janma-janmanibirth after birth; tatpadamburuha-dhyanatby meditating on His lotus feet; tarishyewill cross; aham I; bhavaof birth and death; aravamthe ocean. I pray that I may be His servant and friend birth after birth. By meditating on His lotus feet, I will cross the ocean of birth and death. Text 80 vicintya cettham manasa sudama patnyavritah krisha-padaravinde manash ca kritva dhanam eva vipran dattva harer dhama param jagama vicintyathinking; caand; itthaminj this way; manasain his mind; sudama Sudama; patnyavritahaccompanied by his wife; krishaof Lord Krisha; padaravindeat the lotus feet; manahmind; caand; kritvadoing; dhanam wealth; evaindeed; vipranto the brahmaas; dattvagiving; harehof Lord Krisha; dhamato the abode; paramsupreme; jagamawent. Engaged in meditating on Lord Krisha's lotus feet and giving charity to the brahmaas, Sudama and his wife finally returned to Lord Krisha's supreme abode. Text 81 etac chri-krishadevasya caritam shriuyan narah daridryan mucyate shighram bhakto bhagavato bhavet etatthis; shri-krishadevasyaof Lord Krishadeva; caritamthe pastimes; shriuyanmay hear; naraha person; daridryanfrom poverty; mucyatesi liberated; shighramquickly; bhaktaha devotee; bhagavatahof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhavetbecomes.

A person who hears these pastimes of Lord Krisha becomes free of poverty and becomes a devotee of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Text 82 shri-dvarakaya nripa khadam etan maya tavagre kathitam su-puyam kirtim kulam bhaktim ativa muktim dadati rajyam ca sadaiva shrivatam shri-dvarakayaof Shri Dvaraka; nripaO king; khadamthe khada; etan this; mayaby me; tavaof you; agrein the presence; kathitamspoken; supuyamvery sacred; kirtimglory; kulamfamily; bhaktimdevotional service; ativagreat; muktimliberation; dadatigives; rajyamkingdom; caand; sada always; evaindeed; shrivatamof they who hear. O king, now I have spoken to you the very sacred Dvaraka-khada, which gives fame, good family, devotional service, and liberation to they who regularly hear it.

Canto Eight Chapter Nine Shri Rama-rasa-krida Lord Balarama's Rasa Dance

Text 1 duryodhana uvaca muni-shardula bhagavan balabhadro nagakanyabhir gopibhih kada kalindi-kule vijahara. duryodhana uvacaDuryodhana said; muni-shardulaO tiger of sages; bhagavanLord; balabhadrahBalarama; nagasnake; kanyabhihwith the girls; gopibhihwith the gopis; kadawhen?; kalindi-kuleon the Yamuna's shore; vijaharaenjoyed pastimes. Duryodhana said: O tiger of sages, when did Lord Balarama enjoy the rasa dance on the Yamuna's shore with gopis that had been snake-girls in their previous birth? Text 2 shri-pradvipaka uvaca ekada dvaraka-nagarad dhi talankam ratham asthapya suran didrikshuh param utkantho nanda-raja-gokulago-gopala-gopi-gana-sankulah sankarshana agatash cirotkanthabhyam nandaraja-yashodabhyam parishvakto gopi-gopala-gobhir militva tatra dvau masau vasantikau cavatsit. shri-pradvipaka uvacaSupreme Personality of Godhe; ekadaone day; dvaraka-nagaratfrom Dvaraka; hiindeed; talankammarked with the sign of the palm tree; rathamchariot; asthapyamounting; suranthe demigods; didrikshuh desiring to see; paramgreatly; utkanthaheager; nanda-raja-gokulain King Nanda's Gokula; go-gopala-gopi-ganathe cows, gopas, and gopis; sankulah agitated; sankarshanaLord Balarama; agatashcame; cirotkanthabhyam yearning for a long time; nandaraja-yashodabhyamby Yashoda and King Nanda; parishvaktahembraced; gopi-gopala-gobhihby the gopas and gopis; militva meeting; tatrathere; dvautwo; masaumonths; vasantikauin spirngtime; ca and; avatsitresided. Shri Pradvipaka Muni said: One day, eager to see His devotees, Lord Balarama mounted His chariot bearing a palm-tree flag, left Dvaraka, and, yearning to see the gopas, gopis, and cows, went to Gokula. Yashoda and King Nanda embraced Him when He arrived. Later He met with the gopas and gopis. He stayed there for two months. Text 3 atha ca ya naga-kanyah purvoktas ta gopa-kanya bhutva balabhadra-prapty-artham gargacaryad balabhadrapancangam grihitva tenaiva siddha babhuvuh. tabhir baladeva ekada prasannah

kalindi-kule rasa-mandalam samarebhe. tadaiva caitra-purnimayam purna-candro 'runa-varnah sampurnam vanam ranjayan vireje. athathen; caand; yawho; naga-kanyahthe snake girls; purvoktah previously described; tathey; gopa-kanyagopis; bhutvabecoming; balabhadraprapty-arthamto attain Lord Balarama; gargacaryatfrom Garga Muni; balabhadraof Lord Balarama; pancangamthe five methods of worship; grihitva accepting; tenaby that; evaindeed; siddhaperfect; babhuvuhbecame; tabhih with them; baladevaBalarama; ekadaone day; prasannahhappy; kalindiof the Yamuna; kuleon the shore; rasa-mandalamthe rasa-dance circle; samarebhe attained; tadathen; evaindeed; caitra-purnimayamon the full moon of the month of Caitra; purnafull; candrahmoon; aruna-varnahred; sampurnamfull; vanamforest; ranjayanmaking red; virejeshone. The previously described snake-girls became gopis and, in order to attain Lord Balarama's association, on Garga Muni's advice followed the five methods of worshiping Lord Balarama. In this way they became perfect. Pleased with them, Lord Balarama enjoyed a rasa-dance with them on the full-moon night of the month of Caitra (March-April), a night when the red moon reddened the whole of Vrindavana forest. Text 4 shitala manda-yanah kamala-makaranda-renu-vrindasamvritah sarvato vayavah parivavuh kalinda-giri-nandini-calalaharibhir ananda-dayini pulinam vimalam hy acitam cakara. tatha ca kunja-prangana-nikunja-punjaih sphural-lalita-pallava-pushpa-paragair mayura-kokila-pumskokilakujitair madhupa-madhura-dhvanibhir vraja-bhumir vibhrajamana babhuva. shitalacool; manda-yanahslowly moving; kamala-makaranda-renu-vrindasamvritahfilled with lotus pollen; sarvataheverywhere; vayavahbreezes; parivavuhblew; kalinda-giri-nandini-cala-laharibhihmoving the Yamuna's waves; ananda-dayinidelightful; pulinamthe shore; vimalamsplendid; hyindeed; acitamcollected; cakara.did; tathaso; caand; kunja-prangana-nikunjapunjaihwith the forest goves and courtyards; sphural-lalita-pallavaplayfully blossoming petals; pushpaflowers; paragaihwith pollen; mayurapeacocks; kokila-pumskokilaand cuckoos; kujitaihcooing; madhupa-madhura-dhvanibhih with the sweet hummingof bees; vraja-bhumihthe land of Vraja; vibhrajamana shining; babhuvabecame. Cooling, gentle, delightful, lotus-pollen filled breezes pushed the Yamuna's waves and blew to the splendid shore. Then the land of Vraja became very splendid, its many forest groves and courtyards filled with the fragrant pollen of playfully and gracefully blossoming flowers, with the cooing of cuckoos and peacocks, and with the sweet humming of bees.

Text 5 tatra kvanad-ghantika-nupurah sphuran-mani-maya-katakakati-sutra-keyura-hara-kirita-kundalayor upari kamala-patrair nilambaro vimala-kamala-patraksho yakshibhir yaksha-rad iva gopibhir gopa-rad rasa-mandale reje. tatrathere; kvanatsounding; ghantikabells; nupurahanklets; sphuranmani-maya-katakaglittering gend bracelets with jewels; kati-sutrabelts; keyura armlets; haranecklaces; kiritacrowns; kundalayohand earrings; upari above; kamala-patraihwith lotus petals; nilambarahblue garments; vimalakamala-patrakshahglistening lotus eyes; yakshibhihwith Yakshis; yaksha-rad Kuvera; ivalike; gopibhihwith the gopis; gopa-radthe king of the gopas; rasamandalein the rasa-dance circle; rejeshone. Decorated with tinkling ankle-bells, glittering gold and jewel necklace, armlets, belt, crown, and earrings, and with many lotus petals, dressed in blue garments, and His eyes like glittering lotus petals, Lord Balarama was splendid with the gopis in the rasa-dance circle. He was like Kuvera surrounded by a host of beautiful yakshis. Text 6 atha varuna-preshita varuni devi pushpa-bhara-gandhi-lobhimilinda-nadita-vriksha-kotarebhyah patanti sarvato vanam surabhicakara. tat-pana-mada-vihvalah kamala-vishala-tamraksho makaradhvajavesha-calad-dhuryanga-bhango vihara-khedaprasvedambu-kanair galad-ganda-sthala-patra-bhango gajendragatir gajendra-shundadanda-sama-dordanda-mandito gajibhir gaja-rajendra ivonmattah simhasane nyasta-halo musala-panih kotindu-purna-mandala-sankashah prodgamad-ratna-manjirapracala-nupura-prakvanat-kanaka-kinkinibhih kankana-sphurattatanka-purata-hara-shri-kanthanguliya-shiromanibhih pravidambini-krita-sarpini-shyama-veni-kuntala-lalita-gandasthala-patravalibhih sundaribhir bhagavan bhuvaneshvaro vibhrajamano viraraja atha ca reme. athathen; varunaby Varuna; preshitasent; varuniVaru.ni; devigoddess; pushpa-bhara-gandhi-lobhimade greedy by the scent of the flowers; milindaof bees; naditasounded; vrikshaof the trees; kotarebhyahfrom the hollows; patantifall; sarvataheverywheer; vanamthe forest; surabhifragrant; cakara made; tat-pana-mada-vihvalaheager to drink it; kamala-vishala-tamrakshahHis eyes large red lotus flowers; makaradhvajaof Kamadeva; aveshafrom the entrance; calatmoving; dhuryanga-bhangahgreat limbs; vihara-kheda exhausted from pastimes; prasvedambu-kanaihwith drops of perspiration; galadganda-sthala-patra-bhangahtrickling down His cheeks; gajendraof the king of elephants; gatihwalking; gajendra-shundadanda-sama-dordanda-manditah

decorated with arms like elephants' trunks; gajibhihwith female elephants; gajarajendrathe king of the kings of the kings of elephants; ivalike; unmattah intoxicated; simhasaneon a throne; nyasta-halahweakened; musala-panihclub in hand; kotindu-purna-mandala-sankashahsplendid like millions of moons; prodgamad-ratna-ma 24jira-pracala-nupura-prakvanat-kanaka-kinkinibhihwith tinkling anklets and ornaments; kankanabracelets; sphuratglistening; tatanka earrings; puratagolden; haranecklace; shri-kanthagraceful neck; anguliya rings; shiromanibhihcrest jewels; pravidambini-kritamocking; sarpinisnake girls; shyamablack; venibraids; kuntalahair; lalitagraceful; ganda-sthala cheeks; patravalibhihwith pictures and decorations; sundaribhihbeautiful; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuvaneshvarahthe master of the worlds; vibhrajamanahshining; virarajashone; athathen; caand; reme enjoyed. Then, sent by the demigod Varuna, Goddess Varuni, in the form of honey oozing from the hollows of trees filled with the humming of bees made greedy by the sweet scent of the flowers, made the entire forest very fragrant. Eager to drink that honey, His eyes now red lotus flowers, His limbs weakened by enjoying amorous pastimes, perspiration born from the fatigue of His pastimes now streaming down His cheeks and washing away the pictures and designs drawn there, walking like an elephant king, decorated with mighty arms like the trunks of elephant kings, as if intoxicated, sitting on a throne, relinquishing His plow, His club still in His hand, splendid like ten million full moons, His jewel anklets, bracelets, and other ornaments tinkling, His gold earrings, necklaces, finger-rings, and jewel crown glittering, and surrounded by beautiful gopis, their cheeks decorated with graceful pictures and designs and their black braids mocking the beautiful snake girls, Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the worlds, shone with great splendor, and enjoyed transcendental pastimes. Text 7 atha ha vava kalindi-kula-kantara-paryatana-viharaparishramodyat-sveda-bindu-vyapta-mukharavindah snanartham jalakridartham yamunam durat sa ajuhava. tatas tv anagatam tatinim halagrena kupito vicakarsha iti hovaca ca. athathen; haindeed; vavablew; kalindi-kula-kantara-paryatanawandering on the Yamuna's shore; viharafrom pastimes; parishramafrom fatigue; udyat manifesting; sveda-bindudrops of perspiration; vyaptacovered; mukharavindah lotus face; snanarthamto bathe; jalawater; kridapastimes; arthamfor the purpose; yamunamthe Yamuna; duratfrom afare; saHe; ajuhava.called; tatahthen; tvindeed; anagatamnot come; tatinimthe shore; halaof His plow; agrenawith the tip; kupitahangered; vicakarshadragged; itithus; ha indeed; uvacaspoke; caalso. His lotus face covered with perspiration born from the fatigue of wandering along the Yamuna's shore and enjoying many pastimes, Lord Balarama called for the

Yamuna to come to Him so He could bathe and enjoy water-pastimes. When the Yamuna did not come, Lord Balarama became angry and began to drag it to Him, scratching its shore with the tip of His plow. Lord Balarama said: Text 8 adya mam avajnaya nayasi mayahutapi musalena tvam kamacarinim shatadha neshya eva nirbhartsita sa bhuri-bhita yamuna cakita tat-padayoh patitovaca. adyatoday; mamMe; avajnayadisrespecting; nayasiyou go; mayaby Me; ahutacalled; apieven thoguh; musalenawith the club; tvamyou; kamacarinimgoing as you like; shatadhainto a hundred streams; neshyeI will lead; evaindeed; nirbhartsitarebuked; sashe; bhuri-bhitavery afraid; yamunathe Yamuna; cakitafrightened; tat-padayohat His feet; patitafallen; uvacaspoke. "Today you have no respect for Me. Even though I call, you ignore My order and go your own way as you wish. Now I will divide you into a hundred tiny streams." Rebuked with these words and now very afraid, the Yamuna came before Lord Balarama, fell at His feet, and said: Text 9 rama rama sankarshana balabhadra maha-baho tava param vikramam na jane. yasyaikasmin murdhni sarshapavat sarvam bhu-khanda-mandalam drishyate. tasya tava param anubhavam ajanantim prapannam mam moktum yogyo 'si. tvam bhakta-vatsalo 'si. rama ramaRama Rama; sankarshanaSankarshana; balabhadraBalabhadra; maha-bahahO mighty-armed; tavaof You; paramgreat; vikramampower; na not; jane.know; yasyaof whom; ekasminin one; murdhnihead; sarshapavat like a mustard seed; sarvamentire; bhu-khanda-mandalamearth; drishyate. is seed; tasyaof Him; tavaof Yoiu; paramgreat; anubhavampower; ajanantim not knowing; prapannamsurrenedered; mamto me; moktumto realso; yogyahis appropriate; asiYou are; tvamYou; bhakta-vatsalahthe lover of Your devotees; asiare. "Rama! Rama! Sankarshana! Balabhadra! O mighty-armed one! I did not know Your great power. The entire earth is seen resting like a single tiny mustard-seed on one of Your many heads. It is proper for You to release Me, who have now surrendered to You and who did not know Your true glories. You should release me because You are always affectionate to Your devotees. Text 10

ity evam yacito balabhadro yamunam tato vyamuncat punah karenubhih kariva gopibhir gopa-rad jale vijagaha. punar jalad vinirgatya tata-sthaya balabhadraya sahasa yamuna copayanam nilambarani hema-ratna-maya-bhushanani divyani ca dadau ha vava tani gopiyuthaya prithak prithak vibhajya svayam nilambare vasitva kancanim malam nava-ratna-mayim dhritva mahendro varanendra iva balabhadro vireje. ity evamthus; yacitahrequested; balabhadrahLord Balarama; yamunam the Yamuna; tatahthen; vyamuncatreleased; punahagain; karenubhihwith many female elephants; karia male elephant; ivalike; gopibhihwith the gopis; gopa-radthe king of gopas; jalein the water; vijagaha.enjoyed pastimes; punahagain; jalatfrom the water; vinirgatyaemerging; tata-sthayastaying on the shore; balabhadrayato Lord Balarama; sahasaquickly; yamunathe Yamuna; caand; upayanamapproach; nilambaraniblue garments; hema-ratnamaya-bhushananiornaments of gold and jewels; divyanisplendid; caand; dadaugave; haindeed; vavawent; tanithem; gopi-yuthayato the gopis; prithak prithakeach one; vibhajyadividing; svayampersonally; nilambarethe blue garments; vasitvadressing; kancanimgold; malamnecklace; nava-ratnamayimmade of nine jewels; dhritvataking; mahendrahIndra; varanendrathe king of elephants; ivalike; balabhadrahLord Balarama; virejeshone. Begged in this way, Lord Balarama released the Yamuna. Then He enjoyed in the Yamuna's waters, as an elephant enjoys with its many wives. When He returned to the shore the Yamuna approached and gave Him gifts of many blue garments and many ornaments of gold and jewels. Lord Balarama divided the gifts among the girls, giving some to each gopi. Then He dressed in one of the blue garments and decorated Himself with a necklace of gold and nine kinds of jewels. Then He enjoyed with the gopis as the king of elephants enjoys with its many wives. Text 11 ittham kauravendra yadavendrasya ramatah sarva vasantikir nisha vyatita babhuvuh. bhagavato balabhadrasya hastinapuram iva viryam sucayativa hy adyapi ca krishta-vartmana yamuna vahati. imam ramasya rasa-katham yah shrinoti shravayati ca sa sarva-papa-patalam chittva tasya parasparam ananda-padam pratiyati. kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi. itthamthus; kauravendraO king of the Kauravas; yadavendrasyaof the king of the Yadavas; ramatahfrom Lord Balarama; sarvaall; vasantikihspringtime; nishanight; vyatitapassed; babhuvuh.became; bhagavatahof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; balabhadrasyaLord Balarama; hastinapuramto Hastinapura; ivalike; viryampower; sucayatishows; ivalike; hyindeed; adyapieven today; caand; krishta-vartmanaby the dragged path; yamuna the Yamuna; vahatiflows; imamthis; ramasyaof Lord Balarama; rasaofd the rasa dance; kathamthe narration; yahone who; shrinotihears; shravayati recounts; caand; sahe; sarva-papa-patalamthe entirety of a great host of sins; chittvadestroying; tasyaof him; parasparammutual; ananda-padamthe

abode of bliss; pratiyatigoes; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasido you wish. O king of the Kauravas, in this way Lord Balarama, the king of the Yadavas, spent that springtime night with the gopis. Even today the Yamuna flows in many divided streams at that place, a testimony to the great strength, equal to that of a host of elephants, of Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A person who hears or recounts these pastimes of Lord Balarama destroys the entirety of a great host of sins and attains transcendental bliss. What more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Ten Shri Balarama-paddhati-patala The Paddhati and Patala of Lord Balarama Text 1 duryodhana uvaca bhagavan gargacaryena gopi-yuthaya katham dattam balabhadra-pancangam tat-krpaya vadatat. tvam sarvajno 'si. duryodhana uvacaDuryodhana said; bhagavanO master; gargacaryenaby Garga Muni; gopi-yuthayato the gopis; kathamdescription; dattamgiven; balabhadra-pancangamthe five metjods of worshiping Lord Balarama; tatthat; krpayakindly; vadatat.should tell; tvamyou; sarvajnahall-knowing; asiare. Duryodhana said: O master, you know everything. Please kindly repeat to me what Garga Muni spoke to the gopis to tell them of the five-part worship of Lord Balarama. Text 2 shri-pradvipaka uvaca kauravendra ekada gargacaryah kalinda-nandinim snatum gargacalad vraja-mandalam cajagama. tatraikante marul-lilaijal-lalita-lata-taru-pallava-pushpa-gandhamatta-milinda-punje kalindi-kula-kalita-nikunje shri-rama-krishnadhyana-tat-param gargacaryam pranamya nagendra-kanyah sma iti jati-smara gopa-kanyah shrimad-balabhadra-prapty-artham sevanam papracchus tasam paramam bhaktim vikshya paddhati-patala-stotrakavaca-sahasra-namani gopi-yuthaya sa pradadau. kim bhuyas tvam tad-grahanam kartum icchasi vadatat. shri-pradvipaka uvacaShri Pradvipaka Muni said; kauravendraO king of the Kauravas; ekadaone day; gargacaryahGarga Muni; kalinda-nandinimto the

Yamuna; snatumto bathe; gargacalatfrom Mount Garga; vraja-mandalamto the circle of Vraja; caand; ajagamacame; tatrathere; ekantein one place; marutbreezes; lilapastimes; ejatmoving; lalitagraceful; latavines; taru trees; pallavasprouts; pushpaflowers; gandhascent; mattamaddened; milinda-punjea host of bees; kalindi-kulaon the shore of the Yamuna; kalita perceived; nikunjein the forest grove; shri-rama-krishnaof Krishna and Balarama; dhyanameditation; tatto that; paramintent; gargacaryamto Garga Muni; pranamyabowing down; nagendra-kanyahthe snake princesses; sma indeed; itithus; jati-smararemembering their previous birth; gopa-kanyah gopis; shrimad-balabhadra-prapty-arthamto attain Lord Balarama; sevanam service; papracchuhasked; tasamof them; paramamgreat; bhaktimdevotion; vikshyaseeing; paddhati-patala-stotra-kavaca-sahasra-namanithe paddhati, patala, stotra, kavaca, and sahasra-nama; gopi-yuthayato the gopis; sahe; pradadaugave; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; tvamyou; tad-grahanam understanding that; kartumto do; icchasiwish; vadatatmay speak. Shri Pradvipaka Muni said: O king of the Kauravas, one day Garga Muni left Mount Garga and went to Vraja to bathe in the Yamuna. In a certain forest grove by the Yamuna's shore, where gentle breezes moved the graceful trees, flowering vines, and new sprouts, and where the bees were maddened by the sweet scent of the flowers, some gopis bowed down before Garga Muni, who was rapt in meditation on Lord Krishna and Lord Balarama. Remembering their previous birth as snakeprincesses, the gopis asked him what kind of devotional service they should perform to attain the company of Lord Balarama. Seeing their great devotion, Garga Muni gave these gopis the paddhati, patala, stotra, kavaca, and sahasra-nama of Lord Balarama. What more do you wish to hear? You may ask. Text 3 duryodhana uvaca ramasya paddhatim bruhi yaya siddhim vrajamy aham tvam bhakta-vatsalo brahman guru-deva namo 'stu te duryodhana uvacaDuryodhana said; ramasyaof Lord Balarama; paddhatim the paddhati; bruhiplease tell; yayaby which; siddhimperfection; vrajamy attain; ahamI; tvamyou; bhakta-vatsalahaffectionate to the devotees; brahmanO Brahmana; guru-devaO Gurudeva; namahobeisances; astushould be; teunto you. Duryodhana said: Please describe the paddhati of Lord Balarama, reciting which I may attain perfection. O brahmana, you are affectionate to the devotees. O gurudeva, I bow down before you.

Text 4 shri-pradvipaka uvaca rama-margasya niyamam shrinu parthiva-sattama yena prasanno bhavati balabhadro maha-prabhuh shri-pradvipaka uvacaShri Pradvipaka Muni said; rama-margasyaof the path to Lord Balarama; niyamamthe restrictions; shrinuplease hear; parthiva-sattama O best of kings; yenaby which; prasannahpleased; bhavatiis; balabhadrah Lord Balarama; maha-prabhuhthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. Shri Pradvipaka Muni said: O best of kings, please hear the regulative principles of the path to Lord Balarama. When one follows these principles Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, becomes pleased with him. Text 5 sahasra-vadano devo bhagavan bhuvaneshvarah na danair na ca tirthaish ca bhaktya labhyas tv ananyaya sahasra-vadanahwho has a thousand heads; devahthe Lord; bhagavanthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bhuvaneshvarahthe master of the worlds; na not; danaihby charity; nanot; caand; tirthaihby pilgrimages; caand; bhaktyaby devotional service; labhyahattainable; tvindeed; ananyaya without anything else. Lord Balarama, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of the worlds, and who is also thousand-headed Lord Ananta, is not attained by giving charity or going on pilgrimage. He is attained only by devotional service. Text 6 sat-sangam etyashu shikshed bhaktim vai shri-harer guroh sa siddhah kathito jatam yasya vai prema-lakshanam sat-sangamassociation with devotees; etyaattaining; ashuquickly; sikshet should learn; bhaktimdevotion; vaiindeed; shri-harehof Lord Krishna; guroh of the guru; sahe; siddhahperfect; kathitahsaid; jatamborn; yasyaof whom; vaiindeed; prema-lakshanamcharacterized by love.

By associating with the devotees, one quickly learns the truth of devotion to Lord Krishna and to one's guru. A person who learns this is said to have attained perfection. He has attained love for Lord Krishna. Text 7 brahme muhurte cotthaya rama-krishneti ca bruvan natva gurum bhuvam caiva tato bhumyam padam nyaset brahme muhurteat brahma-muhurta; caand; utthayarising; rama-krishna Rama Krishna; itithus; caand; bruvansaying; natvabowing; gurumto the guru; bhuvamthe world; caand; evaindeed; tatahthen; bhumyamon the ground; padamfoot; nyasetshould place. One should rise at brahma-muhurta, chant the holy names of Lord Krishna and Lord Balarama, and bow down before one's guru. Only then should one place his feet on the ground. Text 8 vary upasparshya rahasi sthito bhutva kushasane hastav utsanga adhaya sva-nasagra-nirikshanah varywater; upasparshyatouching; rahasiin a secluded place; sthitah staying; bhutvabecoming; kushasaneon a kusha mat; hastavhands; utsange in his lap; adhayaplacing; sva-nasagra-nirikshanahgazing at the tip of the nose. In a secluded place one should touch water, sit on a kusha-grass mat, place his hands on his lap, and gaze at the tip of his nose. Text 9 dhyayet param harim devam balabhadram sanatanam gauram nilambaram hy adyam vana-mala-vibhushitam dhyayetshould meditate; paramthen; harimon Lord Hari; devamthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; balabhadramLord Balarama; sanatanam eternal; gauramfair; nilambaramwith blue garmwents; hyindeed; adyamthe first; vana-mala-vibhushitamdecorated with a forest garland.

Then one should meditate on Lord Balarama, the eternal Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose compelxion is fair, and who is dressed in blue garments and decorated with a forest garland. Texts 10 and 11 evam dhyana-paro nityam prity-artham halinah prabhoh tri-kala-sandhya-kric chuddho mauni krodha-vivarjitah akami gata-lobhash ca nirmohah satya-vag bhavet dvi-varam jala-panarthi eka-bhukto jitendriyah evamthus; dhyana-parahrapt in meditation; nityamalways; prity-artham for the pleasure; halinahof Lord Balarama; prabhohthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; tri-kala-sandhyaat sunrise, noon, and sunset; kritdoing; shuddhah pure; maunisilent; krodha-vivarjitahfree from anger; akamifree from lust; gata-lobhashfree from greed; caand; nirmohahfree from ilussion; satya-vag speaking truthfully; bhavetshould be; dvi-varamtwice; jala-panarthidrinking water; eka-bhuktaheating once; jitendriyahccontrolling the senses. Pure, silent, free from anger, lust, greed, and illusion, speaking truthfully, controlling the senses, drinking water twice in a day and eating only once, to please Lord Balarama one should thus meditate on Him at sunrise, noon, and sunset. Text 12 kshaumambaro bhumi-shayi bhutva payasa-bhojanah evam nirjita-shad-vargo bhaved ekagra-manasah kshaumambarahwearing simple cotton clothing; bhumi-shayisleeping on the ground; bhutvabecoming; payasa-bhojanaheating milk; evamthus; nirjitashad-vargahcontrolling the sex material tendencies; bhavetshould become; ekagra-manasahmeditating with single-pointed concentration. Wearing simple cotton clothing, sleeping on the ground, and fasting from all but milk, one may conquer the six material tendencies and meditate with single-pointed concentration. Text 13

tasya prasanno bhavati sada sankarshano harih paripurnatamah sakshat sarva-karana-karanah tasyawith him; prasannahpleased; bhavatiis; sadaalways; sankarshanah Lord Balarama; harihthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; paripurnatamah perfect and complete; sakshatdirectly; sarva-karana-karanahthe cause of all causes. With such a person Lord Balarama, the perfect and complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, the cause of all causes, becomes pleased. Text 14 ittham shri-balabhadrasya kathita paddhatir maya kauravendra maha-baho kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi itthamthus; shri-balabhadrasyaof Lord Balarama; kathitaspoken; paddhatih the paddhati; mayaby me; kauravendraO king of the kurus; maha-bahahO mighty-armed one; kimwhat?; bhuyahmore; shrotumto hear; icchasido you wish. O mighty-armed Kaurava king, now I have described to you the paddhati of Lord Balarama. What more do you wish to hear. Text 15 duryodhana uvaca munindra deva-devasya patalam bruhi me prabhoh yena sevam karisyami tat-padambujayoh sada duryodhana uvacaDuryodhana said; munindraO king of sages; deva-devasya O master of the demigods; patalamthe patalam; bruhiplease tell; meme; prabhohof the Lord; yenaby whcih; sevamservice; karisyamiI will do; tatpadambujayohat His lotus feet; sadaalways. Duryodhana said: O king of sages, O master of the demigods, please describe to me the patala of Lord Balarama, following which I will always serve Lord Balarama's lotus feet. Text 16

shri-pradvipaka uvaca balasya patalam guhyam viddhi siddhi-pradayakam ekante brahmana dattam naradaya mahatmane shri-pradvipaka uvacaShri Pradvipaka Muni said; balasyaof Lord Balarama; patalamthe patala; guhyamsecret; viddhiplease know; siddhiperfection; pradayakamgiving; ekanteat one place; brahmanaby Lord Brahma; dattam given; naradayato narada; mahatmanethe great soul. Shri Pradvipaka Muni said: Now please understand Lord Balarama's patala, which brings perfection, and which the demigod Brahma gave to Narada Muni. Text 17 pranavam purvam uddhritya kama-bijam tatah param kalindi-bhedana-padam sankarshanam atah param pranavamOm; purvamfirst; uddhrityaspeaking; kama-bijamthe Kama-bija syllable; tatahthen; paramafter; kalindi-bhedana-padamthe breaker of the Yamuna; sankarshanamLord Balarama; atah paramthen. First, speak the syllable Om. Then, speak the Kama-bija syllable (klim). Then recite the names Kalindi-bhedana (the breaker of the Yamuna) and Sankarshana. Text 18 caturthyam tam dvayam kritva svaham pashcad vidhaya ca mantra-rajam imam rajan brahmoktam shodashaksharam caturthyamfourth; tamthat; dvayamboth; kritvadoing; svahamSvaha; pashcatthen; vidhayaplacing; caand; mantra-rajamking of mantras; imam this; rajanO king; brahmoktamspoken by Brahma; shodashaksharamsixteen syllables. After speaking these two names, then recite the word svaha. O king, this sixteen-syllable king of mantras was spoken by the demigod Brahma. Note: The mantra then is Om klim kalindi-bhedanaya sankarshanaya svaha.

Text 19 japel laksham vrati bhutva sahasrani ca shodasha ihamutra param siddhim samprapnoti na samshayah japetone should chant; lakshama hundred thousand times; vratifollowing a vow; bhutvabecoming; sahasranithousand; caand; shodashasixteen; ihain this life; amutraand the next; paramsupreme; siddhimperfection; samprapnoti attains; nano; samshayahdoubt. Following this vow one should chant this mantra 116,000 times. Thus one will attain the supreme perfection in this life and the next. Of this there is no doubt. Texts 20 and 21 atha japtasya mantrasya maha-pujam samacaret dvatrimshat-patra-samyuktam karnika-kesharojjvalam bhavyam kanjam panca-varnam likhitva sthandile shubhe tasyopari nyased rajan hema-simhasanam shubham prapujayet

tasmin

shri-baladevasya

param

arcam

athathen; japtasyachanted; mantrasyaof the mantra; maha-pujamgreat worship; samacaretshould perform; dvatrimshat32; patrapetals; samyuktam with; karnika-kesharojjvalamsplendid lotus whorl; bhavyambeautiful; kanjam lotus flower; panca-varnamfive colors; likhitvadrawing; sthandileon the ground; shubheauspicious; tasyathat; upariabove; nyasetshould place; rajan O king; hema-simhasanama golden trhone; shubhambeautiful; tasminthere; shri-baladevasyaof Lord Balarama; paramsupreme; arcamworship; prapujayet should worship. Then the person who has chanted the mantra this number of times should perform the great worship of Lord Balarama. On auspicious ground he should draw a thirty-two petal lotus of five colors and with a splendid whorl. O king, he should place there a beautiful golden throne, and on that throne He should place Lord Balarama. Then he should perform the great worship of Lord Balarama. Text 22

om namo bhagavate purushottamaya vasudevaya sankarshanaya sahasra-vadanaya mahanantaya svaha. anena mantrena shikhabandhanam kritva sarvatas tam pranamya tat-sammukho bhutva svayam nato bhavet. om jaya jayananta balabhadra kama-pala talanka kalindi-bhanjana aviravirbhuya mama sammukho bhaveti. anena mantrenavahanam kuryat. om namas te 'stu sira-pane hala-musala-dhara rauhineya nilambara rama revati-ramana namo 'stu te. anena mantrenasana-padyarghya-snana-madhuparka-dhupadipa-yajnopavita-naivedya-vastra-bhushana-gandhapushpakshata-pushpanjali-nirajanadin upacaran prakalpayet. om vishnave madhusudanaya vamanaya trivikramaya shridharaya hrishikeshaya padmanabhaya damodaraya sankarshanaya vasudevaya pradyumnayaniruddhayadhokshajaya purushottamaya shrikrishnaya namah. iti pada-gulpha-januru-katy-udara-parshva-prishthibhuja-kandhara-netra-shiramsi prithak prithak pujayamiti mantrena sarvanga-pujam kuryat. atha shankha-cakra-gadapadmasi-dhanur-bana-hala-musala-kaustubha-vanamala-shrivatsapitambara-nilambara-vamshi-vetra-garudanka-talanka-rathadaruka-sumati-kumuda-kumudaksha-shridamadin pranava-purvena caturthyam tena namah samyuktena nama-mantrena prithak prithak sampujya. tatha vishvaksena-vedavyasa-durga-vinayaka-dikpalagrahadin kamale sarvatah sve sve sthane sampujayet. punah parisamuhanadi-sthali-paka-vidhanena vaishvanaram sampujya purvoktena mula-mantrena panca-vimshati-sahasrany ahutir juhuyat. tathashtau sahasrani dvadasaksharena tathashtau sahasrani catur-vyuha-mantrenahutir juhuyat. tato 'gnim pradakshini-kritya namaskrityacaryam maharha-vastrasuvarnabharana-tamra-patra-savatsa-go-suvarna-dakshinabhih sampujya tatha brahmanan bhojanadyaih sampujya nagara-janebhyo bhojanam dattvacaryan pranamet. ittham balasya patalanusarena yo 'nusmarati ihamutra siddhi-samriddhibhih samvrito bhavati. shrirama-patalam guhyam maya te hy anuvarnitam. sarva-siddhi-pradam rajan kim bhuyah shrotum icchasi. omOm; namahobeisances; bhagavateto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; purushottamayathe supreme person; vasudevayathe son of Vasudeva; sankarshanayaLord Sankarshana; sahasra-vadanayawho has a thousand heads; mahanantayathe great Lord Anbanta; svahasvaha; anena with this; mantrenamantra; shikhashikha; bandhanamtying; kritvadoing; sarvatahin all respects; tamto Him; pranamyabowing; tat-sammukhahbefore Him; bhutvabecing; svayampersonally; natahbowed; bhavet.should be; om Om; jayavitory; jayavictory; anantaO limitless one; balabhadraO Balarama; kama-palaO fulfiller of desires; talankaO Lord who acrries the mark of the palm tree; kalindi-bhanjanaO breaker of the Yamuna; aviravirbhuya appearing; mamaof me; sammukhahin the presence; bhavaplease become; iti thus; anenawith this; mantrenamantra; avahanaminvoking the presence; kuryat.should do; omOm; namahobeisances; teto you; astushould be; sirapaneplow in hand; hala-musalaplow and club; dharaholding; rauhineyaO son

of Rohini; nilambaradressed in blue garments; ramaO Balarama; revati-ramana O lover of Revati; namahobeisances; astushould be; teto You; anenawith this; mantrenamantra; asanaseat; padyapadya; arghyaarghya; snana bath; madhuparkamadhuparka; dhupaincense; dipalamp; yajnopavitasacred thread; naivedyafood; vastragarments; bhushanaornaments; gandhascent; pushpaflowers; akshataunbroken rice; pushpaof flowers; anjalihandful; nirajanaarati; adinbeginning with; upacaranservices; prakalpayetshould perform; omOm; vishnaveto Lord Vishnu; madhusudanayathe killer of Madhu; vamanayaVamana; trivikramayaTrivikrama; shridharayaShridhara; hrishikeshayaHrishikesha; padmanabhayawhose navel is a lotus flower; damodarayawho waist is bound with a rope; sankarshanayawho was pulled from Devaki's womb; vasudevayathe son of Vasudeva; pradyumnayaPradyumna; aniruddhayaAniruddha; adhokshajayaAdhokshaja; purushottamayathe Supreme Person; shri-krishnayaShri Krishna; namah.obeisances; itithus; pada feet; gulphaankles; januknees; uruthighs; katyhips; udarabelly; parshva sides; prishthiback; bhujaarms; kandharashoulders; netraeyes; shiramsi and head; prithak prithakeach one individually; pujayamiI worship; itithus; mantrenawith the mantra; sarvanga-pujamthe worship of all limbs; kuryat. should perform; athathen; shankhaconchshell; cakradisc; gadaclub; padma lotus; asisword; dhanuhbow; banaarrow; halaplow; musalaclub; kaustubhaKaustubha jewel; vanamalaforest garland; shrivatsaShrivatsa mark; pitambarayellow garments; nilambarablue garments; vamshiflute; vetra stick; garudaGaruda; ankamark; talapalm tree; ankamark; rathachariot; darukaDaruka; sumatiSumati; kumudaKumuda; kumudakshaKumudaksha; shridamaShridama; adinbeginning with; pranava-purvenawith Om first; caturthyamfourth; tenaby that; namahobeisances; samyuktenawith; namamantrenaby tha mantras of names; prithak prithakone after another; sampujya. should worship; tathaso; vishvaksenaVishvaksena; vedavyasaVedavyasa; durgaDurga; vinayakaVinayaka; dikpalathe protectors of the directions; graha the planets; adinbeginning with; kamaleon the lotus flower; sarvataheach; sve sve sthanein his own place; sampujayet.should worship; punahagain; parisamuhanasprinkling water; adibeginning with; sthaliin an earthen pot; paka cooking; vidhanenaby the action; vaishvanaramVaishvanara; sampujya worshiping; purvoktenapreviously spoken; mula-mantrenawith the mulamantra; panca-vimshati-sahasrany25,000; ahutihoblations; juhuyatshould offer; tathaso; ashtau sahasrani8,000; dvadasaksharenawith 12 syllables; tathathen; ashtau sahasrani8,000; catur-vyuha-mantrenawith mantras to the catur-vyuha; ahutihoblations; juhuyat.should offer; tatahthen; agnimthe sacred fire; pradakshini-krityacircumambulating; namaskrityabowing down; acaryamto the guru; maharhavery valuable; vastragarments; suvarna golden; abharanaornaments; tamrared; patrapetals; savatsawith calves; gahcows; suvarnaand gold; dakshinabhihwith dakshina; sampujya worshiping; tathaso; brahmananthe brahmanas; bhojanadyaihbeginning with food; sampujyaworshiping; nagara-janebhyahthe residents of the city; bhojanamfood; dattvagiving; acaryanto the gurus; pranametshould offer obeisances; itthamthus; balasyaof Lord Balarama; patalanusarenaby following the patala; yahone who; anusmaratiremembers; ihain this life; amutraand the next; siddhiof perfection; samriddhibhihwith increase; samvritah accompanied; bhavati.becomes; shri-rama-patalamthe patala of Lord Balarama; guhyamsecret; mayaby me; teto you; hyindeed; anuvarnitam.described;

sarva-siddhi-pradamgiving all perfection; rajanO king; kimwhat?; bhuyah more; shrotumto hear; icchasiyou wish. Chanting the mantra "om namo bhagavate purushottamaya vasudevaya sankarshanaya sahasra-vadanaya mahanantaya svaha" (Obeisances to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Sankarshana, who is thousand-headed Lord Ananta, and who is the son of Vasudeva), one should tie his shikha. Then one should bow down before the deity and in all directions. Then, chanting the mantra "om jaya jayananta balabhadra kama-pala talanka kalindi-bhanjana aviravirbhuya mama sammukho bhava" (Om. O Lord Balarama, O Lord Ananta, O fulfiller of desires, O Lord who carries a palm-tree flag, O Lord who broke the Yamuna, all glories to You! O Lord, please appear before me.), one should request Lord Balarama to appear. Then, chanting the mantra "om namas te 'stu sira-pane hala-musaladhara rauhineya nilambara rama revati-ramana namo 'stu te" (O Lord who holds a plow in Your hand, O Lord who holds a plow and club, O son of Rohini, O Lord dressed in blue garments, O Balarama, O husband of Revati, obeisances to You!), one should offer a throne, padya, arghya, bath, madhuparka, incense, lamp, sacred thread, food, garments, ornaments, fragrant flowers, unbroken grains of rice, handsful of flowers, arati, and other services. Then, chanting the mantra, "om vishnave madhusudanaya vamanaya trivikramaya shridharaya hrishikeshaya padmanabhaya damodaraya sankarshanaya vasudevaya pradyumnayaniruddhayadhokshajaya purushottamaya shri-krishnaya namah. (Om. Obeisances to Lord Vishnu, the killer of Madhu, the Lord who is the Vamana incarnation, the Lord who covered the universe in three steps, the Lord who maintains the goddess of fortune, the master of the senses, the Lord whose navel is a lotus flower, the Lord whose waist was bound by a rope, the Lord who was carried from Devaki's womb, the Lord who is the son of Vasudeva, the Lord who is Pradyumna, the Lord who is Aniruddha, the Lord who is beyond the material senses, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is all-attractive Shri Krishna!) and also the mantra "pada-gulpha-januru-katy-udara-parshva-prishthi-bhuja-kandhara-netrashiramsi prithak prithak pujayami" (I worship the Lord's feet, ankles, knees, thighs, hips, belly, sides, back, arms, shoulders, eyes, and head.), one should worship all the limbs of Lord Balarama. Then, chanting the word namah before each one, and putting each word in the dative case, one should worship Lord Balarama's conchshell (with the mantra shankhaya namah), disc (cakraya namah), club (gadayai namah), lotus (padmaya namah), sword (asaye namah), bow (dhanushe namah), arrows (banebhyah namah), plow (halaya namah), club (musalaya namah), Kaustubha jewel (kaustubhaya namah), forest garland (vanamalayai namah), Shrivatsa mark (shrivatsaya namah), yellow garments (pitambaraya namah), blue garments (nilambaraya namah), flute (vamshyai namah), stick (vetraya namah), chariot marked with the flag of Garuda (garudanka-rathaya namah), chariot marked with the flag of a palm tree (talanka-rathaya namah), and His associates Daruka (darukaya namah), Sumati (sumataye namah), Kumuda (kumudaya namah), Kumudaksha (kumudakshaya namah), and Shridama (shridamaya namah). Then one should place Vishvaksena, Vedavyasa, Durga, Ganesha, the planets, and the protectors of the directions in their respective places in the lotus and then one should worship them. Then, sprinkling water and offering food cooked in an earthen pot, one should worship the sacred fire. Then, chanting the previously described mula-mantra (om klim kalindi-bhedanaya sankarshanaya svaha) one should offer 25,000 oblations. Then, chanting the twelve-syllable mantra (om namo bhagavate

vasudevaya), one should offer 8,000 oblations. Then, chanting the catur-vyuha mantra (om namo bhagavate tubhyam vasudevaya sakshine, pradyumnayaniruddhaya namah sankarshanaya ca), one should again offer 8,000 oblations. Then one should circumambulate the sacred fire, bow down before the guru, worship him with dakshina of valuable garments, gold ornaments, copper vessels, cows with their newborn calves, and much gold, worship the brahmanas by offering them food and gifts, feed the people of the city, and bow down before the gurus. Meditating on Lord Balarama by following this paddhati, one attains perfection in this life and the next. In this way I have described to you Lord Balarama's confidential paddhati, which gives all perfection. O king, what more do you wish to hear? .pa

Chapter Eleven Shri Balabhadra-stava-raja The King of Prayers to Lord Balarama Text 1 duryodhana uvaca stotram shri-baladevasya pradvipaka maha-mune vada mam kripaya sakshat sarva-siddhi-pradayakam duryodhana uvacaDuryodhana said; stotramprayer; shri-baladevasyaof Lord Balarama; pradvipakaShri Pradvipaka Muni; maha-muneO great sages; vadaplease tell; mamme; kripayamercifully; sakshatdirectly; sarva-siddhipradayakamgiving all perfection. Duryodhana said: O Pradvipaka, O great sage, please kindly tell me the prayer of Lord Balarama, which grants all perfection. Text 2 shri-pradvipaka uvaca stava-rajam tu ramasya vedavyasa-kritam shubham sarva-siddhi-pradam rajan chrinu kaivalyadam nrinam shri-pradvipaka uvacaShri Pradvipaka Muni said; stavaof prayers; rajamthe king; tuindeed; ramasyaof Lord Balarama; vedavyasa-kritamwritten by Vedavyasa; shubhamauspicious; sarva-siddhi-pradamgiving all perfection; rajan

O king; shrinuplease hear; kaivalyadamgiving liberation; nrinamto the living entities. Shri Pradvipaka Muni said: O king, please hear the regal and beautiful prayer of Lord Balarama, a prayer that brings liberation and all perfection. Text 3 devadi-deva bhagavan kama-pala namo 'stu te namo 'nantaya sheshaya sakshad-ramaya te namah devadi-devaO master of the demigods; bhagavanO Supreme Personality of Godhead; kama-palaO fulfiller of desires; namahobeisances; astushould be; te to You; namahobeisances; anantaya sheshayato Ananta Shesha; sakshadramayawho is directly Lord Balarama; teto You; namahobeisances. O master of the demigods, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, O fulfiller of desires, obeisances to You! O Lord Ananta Shesha, obeisances to You! O Lord Balarama, obeisances to You! Text 4 dhara-dharaya purnaya sva-dhamne sira-panaye sahasra-shirase nityam namah sankarshanaya te dhara-dharayathe maintainer of the earth; purnayaperfect and complete; sva-dhamneglorious; sira-panayeplow in hand; sahasra-shirasea thousand heads; nityamalways; namahobeisances; sankarshanayAto Lord Sankarshana; teto You. O Lord who maintains the earth, O glorious Lord, O perfect and complete Lord, O Lord who holds a plow in Your hand, O Lord who has a thousand heads, O Lord Sankarshana, eternal obeisances to You! Text 5 revati-ramana tvam vai baladevacyutagraja halayudha pralamba-ghna pahi mam purushottama revati-ramanaO husband of Revati; tvamYou; vaiindeed; baladeva Balarama; acyutagrajaO elder brother of Lord Krishna; halayudhacarrying a plow-weapon; pralamba-ghnakiller of Pralambasura; pahiplease proetct; mam me; purushottamaO Supreme Personality of Godhead.

O husband of Revati, O Lord Balarama, O elder brother of Lord Krishna, O Lord who holds a plow-weapon, O killer of Pralambasura, O Supreme Personality of Godhead, please protect me! Text 6 balaya balabhadraya talankaya namo namah nilambaraya gauraya rauhineyaya te namah balayato Lord Balarama; balabhadrayato Lord Balarama; talankayawho carries the palm-tree flag; namahobeisances; namahobeisances; nilambaraya who wears blue garments; gaurayawhose complexion is fair; rauhineyayato the son of Rohini; teto You; namahobeisances. O Lord Balarama, who carries a palm-tree flag, obeisances to You! O son of Rohini, O fair-complexioned Lord dressed in blue garments, obeisances to You! Text 7 dhenukarir mushtikarih kutarir balvalantakah rukmy-arih kupakarnarih kumbhandaris tvam eva hi dhenukarihthe enemy of Dhenuka; mushtikarihthe enemy of Mushtika; kutarihthe enemy of Kuta; balvalantakahthe killer of Balvala; rukmy-arihthe enemy of Rukmi; kupakarnarihthe enemy of Kupakarna; kumbhandarihthe enemy of Kumbandha; tvamYou; evaindeed; hiindeed. You are the enemy of Dhenuka, the enemy of Mushtika, the enemy of Kuta, the killer of Balvala, the enemy of Rukmi, the enemy of Kupakarna, and the enemy of Kumbhanda. Text 8 kalindi-bhedano 'si tvam hastinapura-karshakah dvividarir yadavendro vraja-mandala-mandanah kalindiof the Yamuna; bhedanahthe breaker; asiYou are; tvamYou; hastinapura-karshakahthe dragger of Hastinapura; dvividarihthe enemy of Dvivida; yadavendrahthe king of the Yadavas; vraja-mandala-mandanahthe ornament of the circle of Vraja.

You are the Lord who broke the Yamuna and dragged Hastinapura. You are the enemy of Dvivida. You are the king of the Yadavas. You are the ornament of Vraja's circle. Text 9 kamsa-bhratri-prahantasi tirtha-yatra-karah prabhuh duryodhana-guruh sakshat pahi pahi prabho tv atah kamsa-bhratri-prahantathe killer of Kamsa's brothers; asiYou are; tirthayatra-karaha pilgrim; prabhuhthe master; duryodhana-guruhthe guru of Duryodhana; sakshatdirectly; pahiplease protect; pahiplease protect; prabhah O Lord; tvindeed; atahthen. You are the killer of Kamsa's brothers. You are the supreme master, the Lord who went on pilgrimage, and Duryodhana's guru. O master, please protect me! Please protect me! Text 10 jaya jayacyuta-deva parat para svayam ananta-dig-anta-gata-shruta sura-munindra-phanindra-caraya te musaline baline haline namah jayaglory; jayaglory; acyuta-devaO infallible Lord; paratthan the greatest; paragreater; svayamdirectly; ananta-dig-anta-gata-shrutawhose glories are heard in all directions without limit; sura-munindra-phanindra-caraya worshiped by the demigods, the kings of the sages, and the kings of the serpents; teto You; musalineholding a club; balinepowerful; halineholding a plow; namahobeisances. O infallible Lord, greater than the greatest, O Lord whose glories are heard in all directions without limit, glory to You! Glory to You! O Lord served by the demigods, the kings of the sages, and the kings of the serpents, O powerful Lord who holds a plow and a club, obeisances to You! Text 11 yah pathet satatam stavanam narah sa tu hareh paramam padam avrajet jagati sarva-balam tv ari-mardanam bhavati tasya dhanam sva-janam dhanam

yahone who; pathetrecites; satatamregulalrly; stavanamprayer; narah person; sahe; tuindeed; harehof Lord Hari; paramamsupreme; padam abode; avrajetattains; jagatiin the universe; sarva-balamall strength; tv indeed; ari-mardanamcrushing enemies; bhavatiis; tasyaof him; dhanam wealth; sva-janamkinsmen; dhanamwealth. A person who regularly recites this prayer attains Lord Hari's transcendental abode. All the strength in the universe is his. He crushes his enemies. He attains great wealth and a great dynasty. .pa

Chapter Twelve Shri Balabhadra-stotra-kavaca The Prayer and Armor of Lord Balarama Text 1 duryodhana uvaca gopibhyam kavacam dattam gargacaryena dhimata sarva-raksha-karam divyam dehi mahyam maha-mune duryodhana uvacaDuryodhana said; gopibhyamto the gopis; kavacamthe armor; dattamgiven; gargacaryenaby Garga Muni; dhimataintelligent; sarvaraksha-karamgiving all protection; divyamtranscendental; dehiplease give; mahyamto me; maha-muneO great sage. Duryodhana said: O great sage, please give me the transcendental Balaramakavaca, which wise Garga Muni gave to the gopis, and which gives all protection. Text 2 shri-pradvipaka uvaca snatva jale kshauma-dharah kushasanah pavitra-panih krita-mantra-marjanah smritvatha natva balam acyutagrajam sandharayed dharma-samahito bhavet shri-pradvipaka uvacaShri Pradvipaka Muni said; snatvabathing; jalein water; kshauma-dharahwearing clean cotton garments; kushasanahsitting on a kusha grass mat; pavitra-panihclean hands; krita-mantra-marjanahpurified by mantra; smritvameditating; athathen; natvabowing; balamto Lord

Balarama; acyutagrajamthe elder brother of Lord Krishna; sandharayetshould meditate; dharma-samahitahconcentrating; bhavetshould be. Shri Pradvipaka Muni said: After bathing and dressing in clean cotton garments, a person should sit on a kusha-grass mat, purify his hands with mantras, bow down, and with fixed intelligence meditate on Lord Krishna's elder brother, Lord Balarama. Text 3 goloka-dhamadhipatih pareshvarah pareshu mam patu pavitra-kirtanah bhu-mandalam sarshapavad vilakshyate yan-murdhni mam patu sa bhumi-mandale goloka-dhamadhipatihthe master of the realm of Goloka; pareshvarahthe supreme controller; pareshuamong all controllers; mamme; patumay protect; pavitrapure; kirtanahglories; bhu-mandalamthe circle of the earth; sarshapavatlike a mustard seed; vilakshyateis characterized; yan-murdhnion whose head; mamme; patumay protect; sahe; bhumi-mandalein the circle of the earth. May Lord Balarama, who is the master of Goloka, who is the supreme controller of all controllers, and whose fame is spotless, protect me. May Lord Balarama, who on His head holds the earth as if it were a single mustard seed, protect me in this world. Text 4 senasu mam rakshatu sira-panir yuddhe sada rakshatu mam hali ca durgeshu cavyan musali sada mam vaneshu sankarshana adi-devah senasuamong armies; mamme; rakshatumay protect; sira-panihwho holds a plow in His hand; yuddhein battle; sadaalways; rakshatumay protect; mamme; haliholding a plow; caand; durgeshuin fortresses; caand; avyat may protect; musaliholding a club; sadaalways; mamme; vaneshuin forests; sankarshanaLord Balarama; adi-devahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead. May Lord Balarama protect me when I am surrounded by many armies. May Lord Balarama, who holds a plow, always protect me in battle. May Lord Balarama, who holds a club, always protect me in many fortresses. May Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead protect me in the forest. Text 5

kalindaja-vega-haro jaleshu nilambaro rakshatu mam sadagnau vayau ca ramo 'vatu khe balash ca maharnave 'nanta-vapuh sada mam kalindajaof the Yamuna; vegathe power; harahremoving; jaleshuin water; nilambarahdressed in blue garments; rakshatumay protect; mamme; sadaalways; agnauin fire; vayauin wind; caand; ramahLord Balarama; avatumay protect; khein the sky; balahLord Balarama; caand; maharnave in the great ocean; ananta-vapuhwhose form has no end; sadaalways; mam me. May Lord Balarama, who wears blue garments and who stopped the Yamuna, always protect me in fire. May Lord Balarama protect me in the wind. May Lord Balarama protect me in the sky. May Lord Balarama, who is Lord Ananta Himself, always protect me in the great ocean. Text 6 shri-vasudevo 'vatu parvateshu sahasra-shirsha ca maha-vivade rogeshu mam rakshatu rauhineyo mam kama-palo 'vatu va vipatsu shri-vasudevahthe son of Vasudeva; avatumay protect; parvateshuin the mountains; sahasra-shirshawho has a thousand heads; caand; maha-vivadein great disputes; rogeshuin diseases; mamme; rakshatumay protect; rauhineyahthe son of Rohini; mamme; kama-palahthe fulfiller of desires; avatumay protect; vaor; vipatsuin calamities. May Lord Balarama, who is Vasudeva's son, protect me on mountains. May Lord Balarama, who has a thousand heads, protect me in great disputes. May Lord Balarama, who is Rohini's son, protect me from diseases. May Lord Balarama, who fulfills desires, protect me from catastrophes. Text 7 kamat sada rakshatu dhenukarih krodhat sada mam dvivida-prahari lobhat sada rakshatu balvalarir mohat sada mam kila magadharih kamatfrom lust; sadaalways; rakshatumay protect; dhenukarihthe enemy of Dhenuka; krodhatfrom anger; sadaalways; mamme; dvivida-prahari the killer of Dvivida; lobhatfrom greed; sadaalways; rakshatumay protect;

balvalarihthe enemy of Balvala; mohatfrom illusion; sadaalways; mamme; kilaindeed; magadharihthe enemy of Jarasandha. May Lord Balarama, who is the enemy of Dhenukasura, always protect me from lust. May Lord Balarama, who killed Dvivida, always protect me from anger. May Lord Balarama, who is the enemy of Balvala, always protect me from greed. May Lord Balarama, who is the enemy of Jarasandha, always protect me from illusion. Text 8 pratah sada rakshatu vrishni-dhuryah prahne sada mam mathura-purendrah madhyandine gopa-sakhah prapatu svarat parahne 'vatu mam sadaiva pratahat sunrise; sadaalways; rakshatumay protect; vrishni-dhuryahthe greatst of the Vrishnis; prahnein the morning; sadaalways; mamme; mathurapurendrahthe king of Mathura City; madhyandineat noon; gopa-sakhahthe friend of the gopas; prapatumay protect; svaratindependent; parahnein the afternoon; avatumay protect; mamme; sadaalways; evaindeed. May Lord Balarama, who is the best of the Vrishnis, always protect me at sunrise. May Lord Balarama, who is the king of Mathura City, always protect me in the morning. May Lord Balarama, who is the friend of the gopas, always protect me at midday. May Lord Balarama, who is supremely independent, always protect me in the afternoon. Text 9 sayam phanindro 'vatu mam sadaiva parat paro rakshatu mam pradoshe purne nishithe ca duranta-viryah pratyusha-kale 'vatu mam sadaiva sayamat sunset; phanindrahthe king of serpents; avatumay protect; mam me; sadaalways; evaindeed; paratthan the greatest; parahgreater; rakshatumay protect; mamme; pradoshein the evening; purnefull; nishithe in the middle of the night; caand; duranta-viryahwhose power is invicible; pratyusha-kaleat the next sunrise; avatumay protect; mamme; sadaalways; evaindeed. May Lord Balarama, who is the king of serpents, always protect me at sunset. May Lord Balarama, who is greater than the greatest, always protect me in the evening. May Lord Balarama, whose power is invicible, always protect me in the middle of the night. May Lord Balarama always protect me at every sunrise.

Text 10 vidikshu mam rakshatu revati-patir dikshu pralambarir adho yadudvahah urdhvam sada mam balabhadra arat tatha samantad baladeva eva hi vidikshuin the directions; mamme; rakshatumay protect; revati-patihthe husband of Revati; dikshuin the directions; pralambarihthe enemy of Pralamba; adhahbelow; yadudvahahthe best of the Yadavas; urdhvamabove; sada alwys; mamme; balabhadraBalarama; aratnear and far; tathaso; samantat everywhere; baladevaLord Balarama; evaindeed; hiindeed. May Lord Balarama, who is the master of Revati, protect me from every direction. May Lord Balarama, who is the enemy of Pralamba, protect me from every direction. May Lord Balarama, who is the best of the Yadavas, protect me from below. May Lord Balarama always protect me from above. May Lord Balarama protect me from near and far. May Lord Balarama protect me everywhere. Text 11 antah sadavyat purushottamo bahir nagendra-lilo 'vatu mam maha-balah sadantaratma ca vasan harih svayam prapatu purnah parameshvaro mahan antahwithin; sadaalways; avyatmay protect; purushottamahthe Supreme Personality of Godhead; bahihwithout; nagendra-lilahwho enjoys pastimes as the king of serpents; avatumay protect; mamme; maha-balahvery powerful; sadaalways; antaratmawithin the heart; caand; vasanresiding; harihLord Hari; svayampersonally; prapatumay protect; purnahperfect and complete; parameshvarahthe supreme controller; mahangreat. May Lord Balarama, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, always protect me from within. May powerful Lord Balarama, who enjoys pastimes as the king of serpents, protect me from without. May Lord Balarama, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Supersoul residing in everyone's heart, always protect me. Text 12 devasuranam bhaya-nashanam ca hutashanam papa-cayendhananam vinashanam vighna-ghatasya viddhi siddhasanam varma-varam balasya

devasuranamof the demigods and demons; bhayaof fear; nashanamthe destruction; caand; hutashanamthe fire; papa-cayendhananamof the fuel of a host sins; vinashanamdestruction; vighna-ghatasyaof a host of obstacles; viddhi please know; siddhasanamthe abode of perfection; varma-varamthe best of armors; balasyaof Lord Balarama. Please know that this kavaca of Lord Balarama is the best of armors. It destroys the fears of the demigods and demons. It is a blazing fire that burns up the fuel of a host of sins. It is the death of a host of obstacles. It is the abode of spiritual perfection. .pa

Chapter Thirteen Shri Balabhadra-sahasra-nama A Thousand Names of Lord Balarama Text 1 duryodhana uvaca balabhadrasya devasya pradvipaka maha-mune namnam sahasram me bruhi guhyam deva-ganair api duryodhana uvacaDuryodhana said; balabhadrasyaof Lord Balarama; devasyaLord; pradvipakaO Pradvipaka; mahagreat; munesage; namnamof the names; sahasramthousand; meto me; bruhiplease tell; guhyamsecret; deva-ganaihby the demigods; apieven. Duryodhana said: O great sage Pradvipaka, please tell me the thousand names of Lord Balarama, names kept secret from even the demigods. Text 2 shri-pradvipaka uvaca sadhu sadhu maha-raja sadhu te vimalam yashah yat pricchase param idam gargoktam deva-durlabham shri-pradvipaka uvacaShri Pradvipaka said; sadhugood; sadhugood; maharajaO king; sadhugood; teof you; vimalampure; yashahfame; yatwhat;

pricchaseyou ask; paramgreat; idamthis; gargoktamspoken by Garga Muni; devato the demigods; durlabhamrare. Shri Pradvipaka said: Well done! Well done! Well done! O king, your fame is spotless. Your question has been answered by Garga Muni in words rarely heard by even the demigods. Text 3 namnam saharsam divyanam vakshyami tava cagratah gargacaryena gopibhyo dattam krishna-tate shubhe namnamof names; saharsamthousand; divyanamdivine; vakshyamiI will tell; tavato you; caand; agratahin the presence; gargacaryenaby Garga Muni; gopibhyahto the gopis; dattamgiven; krishna-tateon the shore of the Yamuna; shubhebeautiful. I will tell you Lord Balarama's thousand transcendental names, names that Garga Muni gave to the gopis on the beautiful bank of the Yamuna. Text 4 om asya shri-balabhadra-sahasra-nama-stotra-mantrasya gargacarya rishih anushtup chandah sankarshanah paramatma devata balabhadra iti bijam revatiti shaktih ananta iti kilakam balabhadra-prity-arthe jape viniyogah. omOm; asyaof Him; shri-balabhadra-sahasra-nama-stotra-mantrasyaof the mantra-prayer of thethousand names of Lord Balarama; gargacaryaGarga Muni; rishihthe sage; anushtupAnushtup; chandahthe meter; sankarshanah Balarama; paramatmathe Supreme Personality of Godhead; devatathe Deity; balabhadrabalabhadra; itithus; bijamthe bija; revatiRevati; itithus; shaktih the potency; anantahAnanta; itithus; kilakamthe kilaka; balabhadra-prityarthefor the satisfaction of Lord Balarama; japein chanting; viniyogah stablished. Om. Of the mantra-prayer of the thousand names of Lord Balarama the sage is Garga Muni, the meter is anushtup, the Deity is Lord Balarama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the bija is Balabhadra, the shakti is Revati, the kilaka is Ananta, and the purpose of chanting the names is the pleasure of Lord Balarama. Text 4 (b) atha dhyanam

sphurad-amala-kiritam kinkini-kankanarham calad-alaka-kapolam kundala-shri-mukhabjam tuhina-giri-manojnam nila-meghambaradhyam hala-musala-vishalam kama-palam samide athanow; dhyanamthe meditation; sphurad-amala-kiritama splendid crown; kinkini-kankanarhamwith bracelets and tinkling ornaments; calad-alakakapolamwith locks of hair moving on His cheeks; kundala-shri-mukhabjamHis lotus face decorated with earrings; tuhina-giri-manojnamcharming like a mountain of ice and snow; nila-meghambaradhyamdressed in garmants like dark clouds; hala-musala-vishalamholding a great plow and club; kama-palamfulfilling desires; samideI praise. Meditation I glorify Lord Balarama, decorated with a glittering crown, bracelets, tinkling ornaments, moving locks of hair on His cheeks, splendid earrings on His handsome lotus face, and garments dark like monsoon clouds, holding a great club and plow, fulfilling all desires, and handsome like a mountain of ice and snow. Text 5 om balabhadro ramabhadro ramah sankarshano 'cyutah revati-ramano devah kama-palo halayudhah Om. Lord Balarama is supremely powerful and happy (balabhadra), the supreme enjoyer (ramabhadra and (rama), all-attractive (sankarshana), infallible (acyuta), the lover of Revati (revati-ramana), the splendid Supreme Personality of Godhead (deva), the Lord who fulfills desires (kama-pala), and He who carries a plow-weapon (halayudha). Text 6 nilambarah shveta-varno baladevo 'cyutagrajah pralambaghno maha-viro rauhineyah pratapavan He is dressed in blue garments (nilambara), fair-complexioned (shveta-varna), splendid and powerful (baladeva), the elder brother of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead (acyutagraja), the killer of Pralamba (pralambaghna), a

great hero (maha-vira), the son of Rohini (rauhineya), and very powerful (pratapavan). Text 7 talanko musali hali harir yadu-varo bali sira-panih padma-panir lagudi venu-vadanah He bears the insignia of a palm tree (talanka), holds a club (musali), holds a plow (hali), takes away all that is inauspicious (hari), is the best of the Yadus (yadu-vara), is powerful (bali), holds a plow in His hand (sira-pani), has lotus hands (padmapani), holds a club (lagudi), and plays the flute (venu-vadana). Text 8 kalindi-bhedano viro balah prabalah urdhvagah vasudeva-kalanantah sahasra-vadanah svarat He divided the Yamuna (kalindi-bhedana). He is a heroic (vira), powerful (bala, and prabala), exalted (urdhvaga), a plenary expansion of Lord Krishna (vasudevakala), and limitless (ananta), has a thousand heads (sahasra-vadana), and is independent (svarat). Text 9 vasur vasumati-bharta vasudevo vasuttamah yaduttamo yadavendro madhavo vrishni-vallabhah He is opulent (vasu), the goddess of fortune's husband (vasumati-bharta), the son of Vasudeva (vasudeva), the best of the Vasus (vasuttama), the best of the Yadavas (yaduttama), the king of the Yadavas (yadavendra), the goddess of fortune's husband (madhava), and dear to the Vrishnis (vrishni-vallabha). Text 10 dvarakesho mathuresho dani mani maha-manah purnah puranah purushah

pareshah parameshvarah He is the king of Dvaraka (dvarakesha), the king of Mathura (mathuresha), generous (dani), noble (mani), noble-hearted (maha-mana), perfect (purna), the ancient Supreme Personality of Godhead (purana), the Supreme Person (purusha), the Supreme Master (paresha), and the Supreme Controller (parameshvara). Text 11 paripurnatamah sakshat paramah purushottamah anantah shashvatah shesho bhagavan prakriteh parah He is the perfect Supreme Personality of Godhead (paripurnatama), the Supreme Personality of Godhead directly (sakshat-parama), the Supreme Person (purushottama), limitless (ananta), eternal (shashvata), Lord Shesha (shesha), the supremely opulent Lord (bhagavan), and beyond the world of matter (prakriteh para). Text 12 jivatma paramatma ca hy antaratma dhruvo 'vyayah catur-vyuhash catur-vedash catur-murtish catush-padah He is the father of all living entities (jivatma), the Supersoul present in everyone's heart (paramatma and antaratma), eternal (dhruva), imperishable (avyaya), the origin of the catur-vyuha expansions (catur-vyuha), the author of the four Vedas (catur-veda), the origin of the catur-vyuha (catur-murti), and the master of the four worlds (catush-pada). Text 13 pradhanam prakritih sakshi sanghatah sanghavan sakhi maha-mana buddhi-sakhash ceto 'hankara avritah He is pradhana (pradhana), prakriti (prakriti), the witness (sakshi), accompanied by His associates (sanghata, sanghavan, and sakhi), noble-hearted (maha-mana), and the best counselor (buddhi-sakha). He is consciousness (ceta), and ego (ahankara). He is accompanied by His associates (avrita).

Text 14 indriyesho devatatma jnanam karma ca sharma ca advitiyo dvitiyash ca nirakaro niranjanah He is the master of the senses (indriyesha), the Supreme Personality of Godhead (devata), the Supersoul (atma), knowledge (jnana), action (karma), auspiciousness (sharma), one without a second (advitiya), different from the individual living entities (dvitiya), a person whose form is not material (nirakara), and not touched by matter (niranjana). Text 15 virat samrat mahaughash ca dharah sthasnush carishnuman phanindrah phani-rajash ca sahasra-phana-manditah He is the entire universe (virat), the supreme monarch (samrat), a great flood (mahaugha), the maintainer of all (dhara), unmoving (sthasnu), going everywhere (carishnuman), the king of serpents (phanindra, and phani-raja), and the serpent with a thousand hoods (sahasra-phana-mandita). Text 16 phanishvarah phani sphurtih phutkari citkarah prabhuh mani-haro mani-dharo vitali sutali tali He is the king of serpents (phanishvara, and phani), the Supreme Personality of Godhead who has appeared in the material world (sphurti), a hissing serpent (phutkari, and citkara), the supreme master (prabhu), and decorated with a jewel necklace (mani-hara, and mani-dhara). He resides in Vitalaloka (vitali), Sutalaloka (sutali), and Talaloka (tali). Text 17 atali sutaleshash ca patalash ca talatalah rasatalo bhogitalah sphurad-danto mahatalah He resides in Atalaloka (atali), and is the king of Sutalaloka (sutalesha). He resides in Patalaloka (patala), Talatalaloka (talatala), and Rasatalaloka (rasatala).

He has great hoods (bhogitala), and glittering fangs (sphurad-danta). He resides on Mahatalaloka (mahatala). Text 18 vasukih shankhacudabho devadatto dhananjayah kambalashvo vegataro dhritarashto maha-bhujah He is Vasuki (vasuki). He is splendid like a conch-jewel (shankhacudabha), is the benefactor of the demigods (devadatta), and is the winner of wealth (dhananjaya). He is Kambalashva (kambalashva). He is the fastest (vegatara), the king (dhritarashta), and the hero of mighty arms (maha-bhuja). Text 19 varuni-mada-mattango mada-ghurnita-locanah padmakshah padma-mali ca vanamali madhushravah He is intoxicated by drinking varuni (varuni-mada-mattanga), His eyes roll in intoxication (mada-ghurnita-locana), His eyes are lotus flowers (padmaksha), He wears a lotus garland (padma-mali), and a forest garland (vanamali), and His fame is sweet (madhushrava). Text 20 koti-kandarpa-lavanyo naga-kanya-samarcitah nupuri katisutri ca kataki kanakangadi He is more handsome than millions of Kamadevas (koti-kandarpa-lavanya), and He is worshiped by the naga-kanyas (naga-kanya-samarcita). He wears tinkling anklets (nupuri), a belt (katisutri), golden bracelets (kataki), and golden armlets (kanakangadi). Text 21 mukuti kundali dandi shikhandi khanda-mandali kalih kali-priyah kalo nivata-kavaceshvarah

He wears a crown (mukuti) and earrings (kundali). He carries a staff (dandi). He wears a peacock featHer (shikhandi), and a khanda-mandala (khanda-mandali). He likes to fight (kali and kali-priya), He is time (kala), and He is fitted with armor (nivata-kavaceshvara). Text 22 samhara-krid rudra-vapuh kalagnih pralayo layah mahahih paninih shastrabhashya-karah patanjalih He destroys the universe (samhara-krit). He is the forms of the Rudras (rudravapu), the fire of time (kalagni), the destruction of the universe (pralaya and laya), a great serpent (mahahi), Panini (panini), the author of commentaries (shastrabhashya-kara), and Patanjali (patanjali). Text 23 katyayanah pakvimabhah sphotayana urangamah vaikuntho yajniko yajno vamano harino harih He is Katyayana (katyayana), and He is glorious (pakvimabhah and sphotayana). He is the serpent Ananta (urangama). He is the master of the spiritual world (vaikuntha), the performer of yajnas (yajnika) yajna itself (yajna), Vamana (vamana), fair-compexioned (harina), and Lord Hari (hari). Text 24 krishno vishnur maha-vishnuh prabhavishnur vishesha-vit hamso yogeshvaro kurmo varaho narado munih He is Krishna (krishna), Vishnu (vishnu), Maha-vishnu (maha-vishnu), all-powerful (prabhavishnu), all-knowing (vishesha-vit), like a swan (hamsa), the master of yoga (yogeshvara), Kurma (kurma), Varaha (varaha), Narada (narada), and a great sage (muni). Text 25 sanakah kapilo matsyah kamatho deva-mangalah dattatreyah prithur vriddha rishabho bhargavottamah

He is Sanaka (sanaka), Kapila (kapila), Matsya (matsya and kamatha), the auspiciousness of the demigods (deva-mangala), Dattatreya (dattatreya), Prithu (prithu), Vriddha (vriddha), Rishabha (rishabha), and the best of the Bhrigu dynasty (bhargavottama). Text 26 dhanvantarir nrisimhash ca kalkir narayano narah ramacandro raghavendrah koshalendro raghudvahah He is Dhanvantari (dhanvantari), Nrisimha (nrisimha), Kalki (kalki), Narayana (narayana), Nara (nara), and Ramacandra (ramacandra, raghavendra, koshalendra, and raghudvaha). Text 27 kakutsthah karuna-sindhu rajendrah sarva-lakshanah shuro dasharathis trata kaushalyananda-vardhanah He is the most exalted (kakutstha), and ocean of mercy (karuna-sindhu), the king of kings (rajendra), all glorious (sarva-lakshana), heroic (shura), the son od Dasharatha (dasharathi), the great protector (trata), and the bliss of Kaushalya (kaushalyananda-vardhana). Text 28 saumitrir bharato dhanvi shatrughnah shatru-tapanah nishangi kavaci khadgi shari jyahata-koshthakah He is the son of Sumitra (saumitri), Bharata (bharata), a great bowman (dhanvi), Shatrughna (shatrughna and shatru-tapana), a great bowman (nishangi), a warrior wearing armor (kavaci), a warrior carrying a sword (khadgi), and a great bowman (shari and jyahata-koshthaka). Text 29 baddha-godhanguli-tranah shambhu-kodanda-bhanjanah yajna-trata yajna-bharta

marica-vadha-karakah He wears the shoulder and finger armor of a bowman (baddha-godhangulitrana). He broke Lord Shiva's bow (shambhu-kodanda-bhanjana). He protected the yajna (yajna-trata and yajna-bharta). He killed Marica (marica-vadha-karaka). Text 30 asuraris tatakarir vibhishana-sahaya-krit pitri-vakya-karo harshi viradharir vanecarah He is the enemy of the demons (asurari), the enemy of Tataka (tatakari), the ally of Vibhishana (vibhishana-sahaya-krit), a son who followed His father's order (pitrivakya-kara), (harshi), happy (viradhari), and the Lord who wandered in the forest (vanecara). Text 31 munir muni-priyash citrakutaranya-nivasa-krit kabandhaha dandakesho ramo rajiva-locanah He is a sage (muni), dear to the sages (muni-priya), a resident of Citrakuta forest (citrakutaranya-nivasa-krit), the killer of Kabandha (kabandhaha), the master of Dandaka forest (dandakesha), Lord Rama (rama), and lotus-eyed (rajiva-locana). Text 32 matanga-vana-sancari neta pancavati-patih sugrivah sugriva-sakho hanumat-prita-manasah He wandered in Matanga forest (matanga-vana-sancari). He is supreme leader (neta). He is the master of Pancavati forest (pancavati-pati). He has a graceful neck (sugriva), and is the friend of Sugriva (sugriva-sakha). In His heart He loves Hanuman (hanumat-prita-manasa). Text 33 setubandho ravanarir lanka-dahana-tat-parah ravanyarih pushpakastho

janaki-virahaturah He built the bridge at Setubandha (setubandha), is the enemy of Ravana (ravanari), burned Lanka to the ground (lanka-dahana-tat-para), is the enemy of Ravana (ravanyari), traveled in a flower-chariot (pushpakastha), and was distressed in separation from Sita (janaki-virahatura). Text 34 ayodhyadhipatih shrimal lavanarih surarcitah surya-vamshi candra-vamshi vamshi-vadya-visharadah He was the king of Ayodhya (ayodhyadhipati), handsome and glorious (shrimal), the enemy of Lavanasura (lavanari), worshiped by the devas (surarcita), born in the Surya dynasty (surya-vamshi), born in the Candra dynasty (candra-vamshi), and expert at playful the flute (vamshi-vadya-visharada). Text 35 gopatir gopa-vrindesho gopo gopishatavritah gokulesho gopa-putro gopalo go-ganashrayah He is the master of the surabhi cows (gopati), the master of the gopas (gopavrindesha), a gopa (gopa), surrounded by hundred of gopis (gopishatavrita), the master of Gokula (gokulesha), the son of a gopa (gopa-putra), the protector of the cows (gopala), and the shelter of the cows (go-ganashraya). Text 36 putanarir bakarish ca trinavarta-nipatakah agharir dhenukarish ca pralambarir vrajeshvarah He is the enemy of Putana (putanari), the enemy of Baka (bakari), the killer of Trinavarta (trinavarta-nipataka), the enemy of Aghasura (aghari), the enemy of Dhenuka (dhenukari), the enemy of Pralamba (pralambari), and the king of Vraja (vrajeshvara).

Text 37 arishta-ha keshi-shatrur vyomasura-vinasha-krit agni-pano dugdha-pano vrindavana-latashritah He is the killer of Arishta (arishta-ha), the enemy of Keshi (keshi-shatru), the killer of Vyomasura (vyomasura-vinasha-krit), the swallower of a forest-fire (agnipana), a child who drinks milk (dugdha-pana), and a boy who stays among the flowering vines of Vrindavana forest (vrindavana-latashrita). Text 38 yashomati-suto bhavyo rohini-lalitah shishuh rasa-mandala-madhya-stho rasa-mandala-mandanah He is the son of Yashoda (yashomati-suta), glorious, charming, handsome, and auspicious (bhavya), a child who plays with Rohini (rohini-lalita), a child (shishu), the dancer in the middle of the rasa-dance circle (rasa-mandala-madhya-stha), and the ornament of the rasa-dance circle (rasa-mandala-mandana). Text 39 gopika-shata-yutharthi shankhacuda-vadhodyatah govardhana-samuddharta shakra-jid vraja-rakshakah He yearns to enjoy pastimes with hundreds of gopis (gopika-shata-yutharthi). He is the killer of Shankhacuda (shankhacuda-vadhodyata), the lifter of Givardhana Hill (govardhana-samuddharta), the warrior who defeated Indra (shakra-jid), and the protector of Vraja (vraja-rakshaka). Text 40 vrishabhanu-varo nanda anando nanda-vardhanah nanda-raja-sutah shrishah kamsarih kaliyantakah He is the groom King Vrishabhanu chose for his daughter (vrishabhanu-vara). He is bliss personified (nanda and ananda), delightful (nanda-vardhana), the son of

King Nanda (nanda-raja-suta), the master of the goddess of fortune (shrisha), the enemy of Kamsa (kamsari), and the subduer of Kaliya (kaliyantaka). Text 41 rajakarir mushtikarih kamsa-kodanda-bhanjanah canurarih kuta-hanta shalaris toshalantakah He is the enemy of a washerman (rajakari), the enemy of Mushtika (mushtikari), the breaker of Kamsa's bow (kamsa-kodanda-bhanjana), the enemy of Canura (canurari), the killer of Kuta (kuta-hanta), the enemy of Shala (shalari), and the killer of Toshala (toshalantaka). Text 42 kamsa-bhratri-nihanta ca malla-yuddha-pravartakah gaja-hanta kamsa-hanta kala-hanta kalanka-ha He is the killer of Kamsa's brothers (kamsa-bhratri-nihanta), an expert wrestler (malla-yuddha-pravartaka), the killer of an elephant (gaja-hanta), the killer of Kamsa (kamsa-hanta), the killer of Kala (kala-hanta), and the killer of Kalanka (kalanka-ha). Text 43 magadharir yavana-ha pandu-putra-sahaya-krit catur-bhujah shyamalangah saumyash caupagavi-priyah He is the enemy of Jarasandha (magadhari), the killer of Kalayavana (yavanaha), the ally of the Pandavas (pandu-putra-sahaya-krit), four-armed Lord Narayana (catur-bhuja), dark-complexioned Lord Krishna (shyamalanga), gentle (saumya), and dear to Aupagavi (aupagavi-priya). Text 44 yuddha-bhrid uddhava-sakha mantri mantra-visharadah vira-ha vira-mathanah shankha-cakra-gada-dharah

He is a warrior (yuddha-bhrid), the friend of Uddhava (uddhava-sakha), a counselor (mantri), expert at giving counsel (mantra-visharada), a killer of great warriors (vira-ha and vira-mathana), and the holder of a conch, disc, and club (shankha-cakra-gada-dhara). Text 45 revati-citta-harta ca raivati-harsha-vardhanah revati-prana-nathash ca revati-priya-karakah He charmed Revati's heart (revati-citta-harta), delighted Revati (raivati-harshavardhana), is the Lord of Revati's life (revati-prana-natha), and is the delight of Revati (revati-priya-karaka). Text 46 jyotir jyotishmati-bharta revatadri-vihara-krit dhrita-natho dhanadhyaksho danadhyaksho dhaneshvarah He is splendor (jyoti), the master of Jyotishmati (jyotishmati-bharta), the enjoyer of pastimes on Mount Revata (revatadri-vihara-krit), the master of patience and tolerance (dhrita-natha), the final judge (dhanadhyaksha), (danadhyaksha), and the master of wealth (dhaneshvara). Text 47 maithilarcita-padabjo manado bhakta-vatsalah duryodhana-gurur gurvi gada-shiksha-karah kshami His lotus feet were worshiped by the people of Mithila (maithilarcita-padabja), He gives honor to others (manada), He loves His devotees (bhakta-vatsala), He is the guru of Duryodhana (duryodhana-guru), He is devoted to His guru (gurvi), He taught the art of fighting with a club (gada-shiksha-kara), and He is tolerant and forgiving (kshami). Text 48 murarir madano mando 'niruddho dhanvinam varah kalpa-vrikshah kalpa-vrikshi kalpa-vriksha-vana-prabhuh

He is the enemy of Mura (murari), handsome like Kamadeva (madana), gentle (manda), invincible (aniruddha), the best of bowmen (dhanvinam vara), a kalpavriksha tree (kalpa-vriksha and kalpa-vrikshi), and the master of a forest of (kalpavriksha trees (kalpa-vriksha-vana-prabhu). Text 49 symantaka-manir manyo gandivi kairaveshvarah kumbhanda-khandana-karah kupakarna-prahara-krit He is the owner of the Syamantaka jewel (symantaka-mani), glorious (manya), the friend of Arjuna (gandivi), the king of the Kauravas (kauraveshvara), the killer of Kumbandha (kumbhanda-khandana-kara), and the killer of Kupakarna (kupakarnaprahara-krit). Text 50 sevyo raivata-jamata madhu-madhava-sevitah balishtha-pushta-sarvango hrishtah pushtah praharshitah He is the final object of devotional service (sevya), the son-in-law of King Revata (raivata-jamata), served by Lord Krishna and the residents of Mathura (madhumadhava-sevita), most powerful in every limb (balishtha-pushta-sarvanga), happy (hrishta and praharshita), and stout and strong (pushta). Text 51 varanasi-gatah kruddhah sarvah paundraka-ghatakah sunandi shikhari shilpi dvividanga-nishudanah He traveled to Varanasi (varanasi-gata). He may become angry (kruddha). He is everything (sarva). He killed Paundraka (paundraka-ghataka). He carries the sword Sunanda (sunandi), wears a crown (shikhari), is artistic (shilpi), and killed Dvivida (dvividanga-nishudana). Note: Sunanda is the name of Lord Krishna's sword.

Text 52 hastinapura-sankarshi rathi kaurava-pujitah vishva-karma vishva-dharma deva-sharma daya-nidhih He dragged the city of Hastinapura (hastinapura-sankarshi), is a great chariotwarrior (rathi), is worshiped by the Kauravas (kaurava-pujita), created the universes (vishva-karma), is the giver of religon to the universes (vishva-dharma), is the happiness of the demigods (deva-sharma), and is an ocean of mercy (daya-nidhi). Text 53 maha-raja-cchatra-dharo maha-rajopalakshanah siddha-gitah siddha-kathah shukla-camara-vijitah He holds the royal parasol (maha-raja-cchatra-dhara), has all the qualities of a great king (maha-rajopalakshana), is glorified by the siddhas (siddha-gita and siddha-katha), and is fanned with white camaras (shukla-camara-vijita). Text 54 tarakshah kiranasash ca bimboshthah su-smita-cchavih karindra-kara-kodandah pracando megha-mandalah His eyes are glittering stars (taraksha), His nose is graceful like a parrot's beak (kiranasa), His lips are bimba fruits (bimboshtha), His gentle smile is splendid and glorious (su-smita-cchavi), His arms are elephants' trunks (karindra-kara-kodanda), He is ferocious (pracanda), and He is splendid like a host of monsoon clouds (megha-mandala). Text 55 kapata-vakshah pinamsah padma-pada-sphurad-dyutih maha-vibhutir bhutesho bandha-mokshi samikshanah

His chest is a great door (kapata-vaksha), His shoulders are broad (pinamsa), His feet are splendid lotus flowers (padma-pada-sphurad-dyuti), He is very powerful and glorious (maha-vibhuti), He is the master of all living entities (bhutesha), He is the liberator from material bondage (bandha-mokshi), and He is the most wise and intelligent (samikshana). Text 56 caidya-shatruh shatru-sandho dantavakra-nishudakah ajata-shatruh papa-ghno hari-dasa-sahaya-krit He is the enemy of Shishupala (caidya-shatru), the end of His enemies (shatrusandha), the killer of Dantavakra (dantavakra-nishudaka), a person who has no enemy (ajata-shatru), the destroyer of sins (papa-ghna), and the ally of Lord Krishna's servants (hari-dasa-sahaya-krit). Text 57 shala-bahuh shalva-hanta tirtha-yayi janeshvarah naimisharanya-yatrarthi gomati-tira-vasa-krit His arms are like palm trees (shala-bahu). He is the killer of Shalva (shalvahanta), a pilgrim (tirtha-yayi), the master of all living entities (janeshvara), a pilgrim to Naimisharanya (naimisharanya-yatrarthi), and He who lived by the Gomati river (gomati-tira-vasa-krit). Text 58 gandaki-snana-van sragvi vaijayanti-virajitah amlana-pankaja-dharo vipashi sona-samplutah He bathed in the Gandaki river (gandaki-snana-van), wears a garland (sragvi), is splendid with a Vaijayanti garland (vaijayanti-virajita), holds an unfading lotus (amlana-pankaja-dhara), visited the Vipasha river (vipashi), and bathed in the Sona river (sona-sampluta). Text 59 prayaga-tirtha-rajash ca sarayuh setu-bandhanah

gaya-shirash ca dhanadah paulastyah pulahashramah He visited Prayaga, the king of holy places (prayaga-tirtha-raja), and He also visited the Sarayu river (sarayu), and Setubandha (setu-bandhana). He touched His head to the holy city of Gaya (gaya-shira). He gives wealth in charity (dhanada). He visited the sage Pulastya (paulastya), and He visted the ashrama of the sage Pulaha (pulahashrama). Text 60 ganga-sagara-sangarthi sapta-godavari-patih veni bhimarthi goda tamraparni vatodaka He visited Ganga-sagara (ganga-sagara-sangarthi). He is the master of the seven Godavaris (sapta-godavari-pati). He is the Veni (veni), Bhimarathi (bhimarathi), Goda (goda), Tamraparni (tamraparni), and Vatodaka rivers (vatodaka). Text 61 kritamala maha-punya kaveri ca payasvini pratici suprabha veni triveni sarayupama He is the Kritamala) (kritamala), Maha-punya (maha-punya), Kaveri (kaveri), Payasvini (payasvini), Pratici (pratici), Suprabha (suprabha), Veni (veni), Triveni (triveni), and and Sarayupama rivers (sarayupama). Text 62 krishna pampa narmada ca ganga bhagirathi nadi siddhashramah prabhasash ca bindur bindu-sarovarah He is the Krishna (krishna), Pampa (pampa), Narmada (narmada), Ganga (ganga), and Bhagirathi rivers (bhagirathi). He is all sacred rivers (nadi). He is Siddhashrama (siddhashrama), Prabhasa (prabhasa), Bindu (bindu), and Bindusarovara (bindu-sarovara). Text 63 pushkarah saindhavo jambu

nara-narayanashramah kurukshetra-pati ramo jamadagnyo maha-munih He is Pushkara (pushkara), Saindhava (saindhava), Jambu (jambu), and Naranarayanashrama (nara-narayanashrama). He is the master of Kurukshetra (kurukshetra-pati). He is Lord Rama (rama). He is Parashurama (jamadagnya). He is a great sage (maha-muni). Text 64 ilvalatmaja-hanta ca sudama-saukhya-dayakah vishva-jid vishva-nathash ca triloka-vijayi jayi He killed Narakasura (ilvalatmaja-hanta), delighted Sudhama (sudama-saukhyadayaka), conquered the universe (vishva-jid), is the master of the universe (vishvanatha), is the master of the three worlds (triloka-vijayi), and is victorious (jayi). Text 65 vasanta-malati-karshi gado gadyo gadagrajah gunarnavo guna-nidhir guna-patro gunakarah He is glorious with vasanta and malati flowers (vasanta-malati-karshi). He is strong like a great mace (gada). He is expert at fighting with a mace (gadya). He is the elder brother of Gada (gadagraja). He is an ocean of virtues (gunarnava and guna-nidhi), and a reservoir of virtues (guna-patra and gunakara). Text 66 rangavalli-jalakaro nirgunah saguno brihat drishtah shruto bhavad bhuto bhavishyac calpa-vigrahah He is decorated with vine-flowers (rangavalli), enjoys water-pastimes (jalakara), is beyond the modes of material nature (nirguna), is filled with transcendental qualities (saguna), is the greatest (brihat), is seen by the great devotees (drishta), is heard by the great devotees (shruta), and is the present (bhavad), the past (bhuta), and the future (bhavishyat). He is the Supersoul, whose form is so small He stays in every atom (alpa-vigraha).

Text 67 anadir adir anandah pratyag-dhama nirantarah gunatitah samah samyah sama-drin nirvikalpakah He is without beginning (anadi), is the beginning of everything (adi), is bliss personified (ananda), is the Supersoul who stays in everyone's heart (pratyagdhama), is eternal (nirantara), is beyond the modes of nature (gunatita), is equal to all (sama, samya and nirvikalpaka), and sees everyone with equal vision (samadrik). Text 68 gudha-vyudho guno gauno gunabhaso gunavritah nityo 'ksharo nirvikaro 'ksharo 'jasra-sukho 'mritah He is concealed (gudha) and He is openly manifested (vyudha). He is filled with transcendental virtues (guna, gauna, gunabhasa, and gunavrita). He eternal (nitya), imperishable (akshara), unchanging (nirvikara), undying (akshara), always happy (ajasra-sukha), and like nectar (amrita). Text 69 sarvagah sarvavit sarthah sama-buddhih sama-prabhah akledyo 'cchedya apurno 'shoshyo 'dahyo nivartakah He is all-pervading (sarvaga), all-knowing (sarvavit), the most valuable (sartha), equal to all (sama-buddhi and sama-prabha), untouched by water (akledya), unbreakable (acchedya), perfect and complete (apurna), never dried or withered (ashoshya), and never to be burned by fire (adahya). He is the destroyer of the worlds (nivartaka). Text 70 brahma brahma-dharo brahma jnapako vyapakah kavih adhyatmako 'dhibhutash cadhidaivah svashrayashrayah

He is Brahman (brahma), the origin of Brahman (brahma-dhara), the origin of demigod Brahma (brahma), the supreme teacher (jnapaka), all-pervading (vyapaka), and the greatest philosopher (kavi). He is present in the hearts of all living entities (adhyatmaka). He is present in the material elements (adhibhuta). He is present among the demigods (adhidaiva). He is the shelter of all shelters (svashrayashraya). Text 71 maha-vayur maha-virash ceshta-rupa-tanu-sthitah prerako bodhako bodhi trayo-vimshatiko ganah He is the great wind (maha-vayu). He is a great hero (maha-vira). As the power of action He stays in every body (ceshta-rupa-tanu-sthita). He inspires the living entities (preraka), and enlightens them (bodhaka). He is the mist wise (bodhi). He is the master of the demigods (trayo-vimshatika-gana). Text 72 amshamshash ca naravesho 'vataro bhupari-sthitah mahar janas tapah satyam bhur bhuvah svar iti tridha He expands in many incarnations (amshamsha). He appears as a shakty-avesha incarnation (naravesha). He descends to the material world (avatara and bhuparisthita). He is Maharloka (mahah), Janaloka (jana), Tapoloka (tapah), and Satyaloka (satyam). He is the three planetary systems: Bhuloka (bhu), Bhuvarloka (bhuvah), Svarloka (svah). Text 73 naimittikah prakritika atyantika-mayo layah sargo visargah sargadir nirodho rodha utiman Although He appears in the material world (naimittika and prakritika), He is eternal (atyantika-maya). He is cosmic devastation (laya), cosmic creation (sarga), the secondary stage of cosmic creation (visarga), and the beginning of creation ( sargadi). He is the greatest obstacle (nirodha and rodha), and the greatest protector (utiman). Text 74 manvantaravatarash ca manur manu-suto 'naghah

svayambhuh shambhavah shankuh svayambhuva-sahaya-krit He appears as the Manvantaravataras (manvantaravatara). He is Manu (manu) and the sons of Manu (manu-suta). He is sinless (anagha), self-born (svayambhu), and a friend of Lord Shiva (shambhava). He is like a great lance (shanku). He is the ally of Svayambhuva Manu (svayambhuva-sahaya-krit). Text 75 suralayo deva-girir merur hemarcito girih girisho gana-nathash ca gairisho giri-gahvarah He is the home of the demigods (suralaya), the mountain of the demigods (devagiri), Mount Meru (meru), splendid like gold (hemarcita), and a great ountain (giri). He stays on a mountain (girisha). He is the master of the devotees (gana-natha) and a friend of Lord Shiva (gairisha). He stays in a mountain cave (giri-gahvara). Text 76 vindhyas trikuto mainakah subalah paribhadrakah patangah shishirah kanko jarudhih shaila-sattamah He is the Vindhya mountains (vindhya), Mount Trikuta (trikuta), and Mount Mainaka (mainaka). He is very powerful (subala). He is the paribhadraka tree (paribhadraka), the sun (patanga), the winter season ( shishira), Yama (kanka), Jarudhi (jarudhi), and the best of mountains (shaila-sattama). Text 77 kalanjaro brhat-sanur dari-bhrin nandikeshvarah santanas taru-rajash ca mandarah parijatakah He is Kalanjara (kalanjara) and Brhat-sanu (brhat-sanu). He stays in a mountain cave (dari-bhrit). He is Nandikeshvara (nandikeshvara), the santana tree (santana), the king of trees (taru-raja), the mandara tree (mandara), and the parijata tree (parijataka). Text 78

jayanta-krij jayantango jayanti-dig jayakulah vritra-ha devalokash ca shashi kumuda-bandhavah He is victorious (jayanta-krit jayantanga, jayanti-dig, and jayakula). He is the killer of Vritra (vritra-ha). He is the planets of the demigods (devaloka), and the moon (shashi and kumuda-bandhava). Text 79 nakshatreshah sudha-sindhur mrigah pushyah punarvasuh hasto 'bhijic ca shravano vaidhritir bhaskarodayah He is the moon (nakshatresha), an ocean of nectar (sudha-sindhu), the star Mrigashirsha (mriga), the star Pushya (pushya), the star Punarvasu (punarvasu), the star Hasta (hasta), the star Abhijit (abhijit), and the star Shravana (shravana). He is the vaidhriti formation of the stars (vaidhriti), and He is the sunrise (bhaskarodaya). Text 80 aindrah sadhyah shubhah shuklo vyatipato dhruvah sitah shishumaro devamayo brahmaloko vilakshanah He is the star Aindra (aindra). He is Sadhyaloka (sadhya). He is the auspicious conjunction of stars (shubha). He is the bright fortnight (shukla). He is the astrological condition known as vyatipata (vyatipata). He is Dhruvaloka (dhruva). He is the bright fortnight (sita), the Shishumara-cakra (shishumara), the planets of the demigods (devamaya), and Brahmaloka (brahmaloka). He is beyond the material world (vilakshana). Text 81 ramo vaikuntha-nathash ca vyapi vaikuntha-nayakah svetadvipo jita-pado lokalokacalashritah He is Lord Rama (rama). He is the master of Vaikuntha (vaikuntha-natha and vaikuntha-nayaka). He is all-pervading (vyapi), the master of Shvetadvipa (svetadvipa), the Lord who has conquered everything (jita-pada), and the Lord who stays on Mount Lokaloka (lokalokacalashrita).

Text 82 bhumi-vaikuntha-devash ca koti-brahmanda-karakah asankhya-brahmanda-patir golokesho gavam-patih He is the master of Bhumi-vaikuntha (bhumi-vaikuntha-deva), the creator of millions of universes (koti-brahmanda-karaka), the master of countless universes (asankhya-brahmanda-pati), the master of Goloka (golokesha), and the master of the cows (gavam-pati). Text 83 goloka-dhama-dhishano gopika-kantha-bhushanah shridharah shridharo liladharo giri-dharo dhuri He resides in Goloka (goloka-dhama-dhishana). The gopis' embraces have become His necklace (gopika-kantha-bhushana). He is the master of the goddess of fortune (shridhara). He is the master of all handsomeness, glory, and opulence (shridhara). He is playful (lila-dhara). He lifted Govardhana Hill (giri-dhara). He is the maintainer of the world (dhuri). Text 84 kunta-dhari trishuli ca bibhatsi gharghara-svanah shula-sucy-arpita-gajo gaja-carma-dharo gaji He is Lord Shiva who carries a trident (kunta-dhari and trishuli), who is terrifying (bibhatsi), who roars ferociously (gharghara-svana), who with His trident attacked an elephant (shula-sucy-arpita-gaja), who wears an elephant-skin garemnt (gajacarma-dhara), and who rides on an elephant (gaji). Text 85 antra-mali munda-mali vyali dandaka-mandaluh vetala-bhrid bhuta-sanghah kushmanda-gana-samvritah

He is Lord Nrisimha who wears a garland of entrails (antra-mali). He is Lord Shiva who wears a necklace of skulls (munda-mali), who is ferocious (vyali), who carries a club (dandaka-mandalu), who is accompanied by Vetalas (vetala-bhrid), who is accompanied by ghosts (bhuta-sangha), and who is accompanied by Kushmandas (kushmanda-gana-samvrita). Text 86 pramatheshah pashu-patir mridanisho mrido vrishah kritanta-kala-sangharih kutah kalpanta-bhairavah He is Lord Shiva who is the master of the Pramathas (pramathesha), the master of the Pashus (pashu-pati), the husband of Parvati (mridanisha), gentle (mrida), powerful (vrisha), the killer of His enemies (kritanta-kala-sanghari), most exalted (kuta), and who appears as Bhairava at the end of time (kalpanta-bhairava). Text 87 shad-anano vira-bhadro daksha-yajna-vighatakah kharparasi vishashi ca shakti-hastah shivarthadah He is Karttikeya, who has six heads (shad-anana). He is Virabhadra (vira-bhadra). He destroyed the Daksha-yajna (daksha-yajna-vighataka). He eats from a bowl that is a skull (kharparasi). He drinks poison (vishashi), holds a shakti weapon in His hand (shakti-hasta), and grants auspiciousness (shivarthada). Text 88 pinaka-tankara-karash cala-jhankara-nupurah panditas tarka-vidvan vai veda-pathi shrutishvarah When He releases arrows from His bow it makes a great twanging sound (pinakatankara-kara). He wears tinkling anklets (cala-jhankara-nupura). He is wise (pandita), a master logician (tarka-vidvan), learned in the Vedas (veda-pathi), and the master of the Vedas (shrutishvara). Text 89 vedanta-krit sankhya-shastri mimamsi kana-nama-bhak kanadir gautamo vadi

vado naiyayiko nayah He is the author of Vedanta (vedanta-krit), learned in Sankhya (sankhya-shastri), learned in Mimamsa (mimamsi), known by the name Kanada (kana-nama-bhak and kanadi), known as Gautama (gautama), and expert in philosophical debate (vadi, vada, naiyayika, and naya). Text 90 vaisheshiko dharma-shastri sarva-shastrartha-tattva-gah vaiyakarana-kric chando vaiyyasah prakritir vacah He is learned in the Vaishesha philosophy (vaisheshika), learned in the dharmashastras (dharma-shastri), learned in all the scriptures (sarva-shastrartha-tattvaga), the author of grammar (vaiyakarana-krit), learned in the meters of poetry (chanda), the Vyasa's son (vaiyyasa), nature (prakriti), and speech (vacah). Text 91 parashari-samhita-vit kavya-krin nataka-pradah pauranikah smriti-karo vaidyo vidya-visharadah He is learned in the Parashara-shastra (parashari-samhita-vit), the author of poetry (kavya-krit), the giver of dramas (nataka-prada), learned in the Puranas (pauranika), the author of the Vedas (smriti-kara), the first physician (vaidya), and very learned (vidya-visharada). Text 92 alankaro lakshanartho vyangya-viddhanavad-dhvanih vakya-sphotah pada-sphotah sphota-vrittish ca sartha-vit He is the ornaments of poetry (alankara), the secondary meanings of words (lakshanartha), the hinted meanings of words (vyangya-viddhanavad-dhvani), and the meaning that first comes to mind when one hears a statement (vakya-sphota, pada-sphota, and (sphota-vritti). He knows the meanings of words (sartha-vit). Text 93 shringara ujjvalah svaccho

'dbhuto hasyo bhayanakah ashvattho yava-bhoji ca yava-krito yavashanah He is decoration (shringara), splendor (ujjvala and svaccha), wonder (adbhuta), joking (hasya), fear (bhayanaka), the banyan tree (ashvattha), and the philosopher Kanada (yava-bhoji, yava-krita, and yavashana). Text 94 prahlada-rakshakah snigdha aila-vamsha-vivardhanah gatadhir ambarishango vigadhir gadhinam varah He is the protector of Prahlada (prahlada-rakshaka), affectionate (snigdha), the glory of the Aila dynasty (aila-vamsha-vivardhana), free of anxiety (gatadhi), Ambarisha (ambarishanga), Gadhi (vigadhi), the best of Gadhi's descendents (gadhinam vara). Text 95 nana-mani-samakirno nana-ratna-vibhushanah nana-pushpa-dharah pushpi pushpa-dhanva su-pushpitah He is decorated with many jewels (nana-mani-samakirna and nana-ratnavibhushana) and decorated with many flowers (nana-pushpa-dhara, pushpi, and supushpita). He is Kamadeva who holds a bow of flowers (pushpa-dhanva). Text 96 nana-candana-gandhadhyo nana-pushpa-rasarcitah nana-varna-mayo varno nana-vastra-dharah sada He is fragrant with sandal paste (nana-candana-gandhadhya), anointed with the fragrant juices of many flowers (nana-pushpa-rasarcita), decorated with garments and ornaments of many colors (nana-varna-maya), glorious (varna), always dressed in opulent and elaborate garments (nana-vastra-dhara sada). Text 97 nana-padma-karah kaushi

nana-kausheya-vesha-dhrik ratna-kambala-dhari ca dhauta-vastra-samavritah He holds many lotus flowers in His hand (nana-padma-kara), is dressed in silk garments (kaushi nana-kausheya-vesha-dhrik), wears a jewel cloak (ratna-kambaladhari), and is dressed in splendid clean garments (dhauta-vastra-samavrita). Text 98 uttariya-dharah purno ghana-kancuka-sanghavan pitoshnishah sitoshnisho raktoshnisho dig-ambarah He wears an upper garment (uttariya-dhara). He is perfect (purna). He wears strong armor (ghana-kancuka-sanghavan), a yellow turban (pitoshnisha), a white turban (sitoshnisha), or a red turban (raktoshnisha). Sometimes He wears the four directions as His garment (dig-ambara). Text 99 divyango divya-racano divya-loka-vilokitah sarvopamo nirupamo golokanki-kritanganah His limbs are splendid (divyanga), He is decorated with great splendor (divyaracana), the residents of Devaloka gaze on Him (divya-loka-vilokita), He is the best of all (sarvopama), He is without peer ( nirupama), and He stays with His associates in the realm of Goloka (golokanki-kritangana). Text 100 krita-svotsanga-go lokah kundali-bhuta asthitah mathuro mathura-darshi calat-khanjana-locanah He stays in Goloka (krita-svotsanga-goloka), He is Lord Ananta (kundali-bhuta), He is all-pervading (asthita), He stays in Mathura (mathura), He gazes at the sights of Mathura (mathura-darshi), and His eyes are like restless khanjana birds (calatkhanjana-locana).

Text 101 dadhi-harta dugdha-haro navanita-sitashanah takra-bhuk takra-hari ca dadhi-caurya-krita-shramah As a child He is a yogurt thief (dadhi-harta), a milk thief (dugdha-hara), an eater of butter (navanita-sitashana), a drinker of buttermilk (takra-bhuk), a thief of buttermilk (takra-hari), and exhausted by stealing yogurt (dadhi-caurya-kritashrama). Text 102 prabhavati-baddha-karo dami damodaro dami sikata-bhumi-cari ca bala-kelir vrajarbhakah As a child His hands were tied by His powerful mother (prabhavati-baddha-kara), He was tied up (dami), He was tied at the waist (damodara), He was tied up (dami), He crawled on the ground (sikata-bhumi-cari), and He enjoyed the pastimes of a child (bala-keli). He was a child in Vraja (vrajarbhaka). Text 103 dhuli-dhusara-sarvangah kaka-paksha-dharah sudhih mukta-kesho vatsa-vrindah kalindi-kula-vikshanah As a child all His limbs were sometimes covered with dust (dhuli-dhusarasarvanga), He was decorated with crow's feathers (kaka-paksha-dhara), He was intelligent (sudhi), His hair was sometimes dishevelled (mukta-kesha), He stayed with the calves (vatsa-vrinda), and He gazed at the Yamuna's shore (kalindi-kulavikshana). Text 104 jala-kolahali kuli panka-prangana-lepakah shri-vrindavana-sancari vamshivata-tata-sthitah

He played in the Yamuna's waves (jala-kolahali), and on its shore (kuli), As He crawled in the courtyard He became anointed with mud (panka-prangana-lepaka), He wandered in Vrindavana forest (shri-vrindavana-sancari), and He rested at Vamshivata (vamshivata-tata-sthita). Text 105 mahavana-nivasi ca lohargala-vanadhipah sadhuh priyatamah sadhyah sadhv-isho gata-sadhvasah He resided in Mahavana (mahavana-nivasi), He was the king of Lohargalavana (lohargala-vanadhipa), He was a great saint (sadhu), the most dear (priyatama), attainable by the devotees (sadhya), the Lord of the devotees (sadhv-isha), and fearless (gata-sadhvasa). Text 106 ranga-natho vitalesho mukti-natho 'gha-nashakah su-kirtih su-yashah sphito yashasvi ranga-ranjanah He is the Lord of Rangakshetra (ranga-natha), the Lord of Viala (vialesha), the Lord of liberation (mukti-natha), the destroyer of sins (agha-nashaka), glorious (su-kirti, su-yasha, sphita), and yashasvi), and the delight of the devotees (rangaranjana). Text 107 raga-shako raga-putro ragini-ramanotsukah dipako megha-mallarah shri-rago mala-koshakah He is the six kinds of ragas (raga-shaka). He is the ragas Raga-putra (ragaputra), Ragini-ramanotsuka (ragini-ramanotsuka), Dipaka (dipaka), Megha-mallara (megha-mallara), Shri-raga (shri-raga), and Mala-koshaka (mala-koshaka). Text 108 hindolo bhairavakhyash ca svara-jati-smaro mriduh talo mana-pramanash ca svara-gamyah kalaksharah

He is the raas Hindola (hindola) and Bhairava (bhairavakhya). He is love born by hearing beautiful melodies (svara-jati-smara). He is gentle (mridu). He is graceful musical rhythms (tala and mana-pramana). He is melody (svara-gamya), and He is graceful singing (kalakshara). Text 109 shami shyami shatanandah shata-yamah shata-kratuh jagarah supta asuptah sushuptah svapna urvarah He self-controlled (shami). He is dark-complexioned Lord Krishna (shyami). He has a hundred blisses (shatananda), He forgives a hundred offenses (shata-yama), He performed a hundred yajnas (shata-kratu), He is awake and alert (jagara), He sleeps (supta, asupta, sushupta, svapna). He is great (urvara). Text 110 urjah sphurjo nirjarash ca vijvaro jvara-varjitah jvara-jij jvara-karta ca jvara-yuk tri-jvaro jvarah He is power (urja), and glory (sphurja). He is free from the fever of anxiety (nirjara, vijvara, jvara-varjita, and jvara-jit), He lights the fever of anxiety in the demons (jvara-karta), He is passionate (jvara-yuk), He is the three passions (trijvara), and He is passion (jvara). Text 111 jambavan jambukasanki jambudvipo dvipari-ha shalmalih shalmali-dvipah plakshah plakshavaneshvarah He is Jambavan (jambavan), He does not trust the demons (jambukasanki), He resides in Jambudvipa (jambudvipa), He killed an elephant that attacked Him (dvipari-ha), He is Shalmali (shalmali), He resides in Shalmalidvipa (shalmali-dvipa), He is Plaksha (plaksha), and He is the master of Plakshavana forest (plakshavaneshvara). Text 112 kusha-dhari kushah kausi kaushikah kusha-vigrahah

kushasthali-patih kashinatho bhairava-shasanah He holds a blade of kusha grass (kusha-dhari, kusha, kaushi, kaushika, and kusha-vigraha). He is the king of Dvaraka (kushasthali-pati), the king of Varanasi (kashi-natha), and the master of Bhairava (bhairava-shasana). Text 113 dasharhah satvato vrishnir bhojo 'ndhaka-nivasa-krit andhako dundubhir dyotah pradyotah satvatam-patih He is the great descendent of King Dasharha (dasharha), and a great king of the Satvata dynasty (satvata), the Vrishni dynasty (vrishni), and the Bhoja dynasty (bhoja). He stays among the kings of the Andhaka dynasty (andhaka-nivasa-krit and andhaka). He is glorified by the sounding of Dundubhi drums (dundubhi). He is glorious (dyota and pradyota). He is the master of the Satvatas (satvatam-pati). Text 114 shuraseno 'nuvishayo bhoja-vrishny-andhakeshvarah ahukah sarva-niti-jna ugraseno mahogra-vak He is Shurasena (shurasena), He is Anuvishaya (anuvishaya), He is the king of the Bhoja, Vrishni, and Andhaka dynasties (bhoja-vrishny-andhakeshvara), He is Ahuka (ahuka), He knows what is right (sarva-niti-jna), He is Ugrasena (ugrasena), and He can speak very fiercely (mahogra-vak). Text 115 ugrasena-priyah prarthyah paryo yadu-sabha-patih sudharmadhipatih sattvam vrishni-cakravrito bhishak He is dear to King Ugrasena (ugrasena-priya), the devotees offer prayers to Him (prarthya), He is the Pandavas (partha), He is the leader of the assembled Yadavas (yadu-sabha-pati), He is the leader of the Sudharma assembly (sudharmadhipati), He is existence (sattvam), He is surrounded by the Vrishnis (vrishni-cakravrita), and He is the supreme physician (bhishak).

Text 116 sabha-shilah sabha-dipah sabhagnish ca sabha-ravih sabha-candrah sabha-bhasah sabha-devah sabha-patih He is an exalted member of the assembly (sabha-shila), He is a lamp shining in the assembly (sabha-dipa), the fire of the assembly (sabhagni), the sun of the assembly (sabha-ravi), the moon of the assembly (sabha-candra), the splendor of the assembly (sabha-bhasa), the Deity of the assembly (sabha-deva), and the master of the assembly (sabha-pati). Text 117 prajarthadah praja-bharta praja-palana-tat-parah dvaraka-durga-sancari dvaraka-graha-vigrahah He fulfills the desires of the citizens (prajarthada), maintains the citizens (prajabharta), protects the citizens (praja-palana-tat-para), guards the Dvaraka fort (dvaraka-durga-sancari), and stays in Dvaraka (dvaraka-graha-vigraha). Text 118 dvaraka-duhkha-samharta dvaraka-jana-mangalah jagan-mata jagat-trata jagad-bharta jagat-pita He removes all sufferings from Dvaraka (dvaraka-duhkha-samharta). He is the auspiciousness of Dvaraka's citizens (dvaraka-jana-mangala), the mother of the universes (jagan-mata), the protector of the universes (jagat-trata), the maintainer of the universes (jagad-bharta), and the father of the universes (jagat-pita). Text 119 jagad-bandhur jagad-bhrata jagan-mitro jagat-sakhah brahmanya-devo brahmanyo brahma-pada-rajo-dadhat He is the friend of the universes (jagad-bandhu, jagan-mitra, and jagat-sakha), the creator of the universes (jagad-dhata), and the Deity worshiped by the brahmanas (brahmanya-deva and brahmanya). He respectfully touches the dust of the brahmanas' feet (brahma-pada-rajo-dadhat).

Text 120 brahma-pada-rajah-sparshi brahma-pada-nishevakah vipranghri-jala-putango vipra-seva-parayanah He respectfully touches the dust of the brahmanas' feet (brahma-pada-rajahsparshi), He serves the brahmanas' feet (brahma-pada-nishevaka), He purifies Himself by sprinkling on His head the water that has washed the brahmanas' feet (vipranghri-jala-putanga), and He devotedly serves the brahmanas (vipra-sevaparayana). Text 121 vipra-mukhyo vipra-hito vipra-gita-maha-kathah vipra-pada-jalardrango vipra-padodaka-priyah He is the best of the brahmanas (vipra-mukhya), the auspiciousness of the brahmanas (vipra-hita), the supreme master whose glories are sung by the brahmanas (vipra-gita-maha-katha), and the supreme master who sprinkles on Himself the water that has washed the brahmanas' feet (vipra-pada-jalardranga and vipra-padodaka-priya). Text 122 vipra-bhakto vipra-gurur vipro vipra-padanugah akshauhini-vrito yoddha pratima-panca-samyutah He is devoted to the brahmanas (vipra-bhakta), the guru of the brahmanas (vipra-guru), a brahmana (vipra), a follower of the brahmanas (vipra-padanuga), accompanied by an akshauhini military division (akshauhini-vrita), a great warrior (yoddha), and manifested as five Deities (pratima-panca-samyuta). Text 123 catur angirah padma-varti samantoddhrita-padukah gaja-koi-prayayi ca ratha-koi-jaya-dhvajah

He is Catu (catu), Angira (angira), and Padmavarti (padma-varti). Samanta Muni worships His feet (samantoddhrita-paduka). He is powerful like ten million elephants (gaja-koi-prayayi). His flag of victory flies over the defeat of ten million chariotwarriors (ratha-koi-jaya-dhvaja). Text 124 maharathash catiratho jaitram syandanam asthitah narayanastri brahmastri rana-shlaghi ranodbhaah He is a great chariot warrior (maharatha and atiratha). He rides a victory-chariot jaitram-syandanam-asthita). He wields the narayanastra weapon (narayanastri) and the brahmastra weapon (brahmastri). He is a famous warrior (rana-shlaghi and ranodbhaa). Text 125 madotkao yuddha-viro devasura-bhayankarah kari-karna-marut-prejatkuntala-vyapta-kundalah He is a ferocious warrior (madotkaa), a hero in battle (yuddha-vira), and frightening even to the demigods and demons (devasura-bhayankara). Moving in the wind, His long hair and earrings are like a great elephant's ear (kari-karnamarut-prejat-kuntala-vyapta-kundala). Text 126 agrago vira-sammardo mardalo rana-durmadah bhaah pratibhaah procyo bana-varshishutoyadah He is the first before all others (agraga). He crushes the enemy warriors in battle (vira-sammarda, mardala, rana-durmada, bhaa, and pratibhaa). He is glorious (procya). He rains a shower of arrows on the enemy (bana-varshi and ishu-toyada). Text 127 khadga-khandita-sarvangah shodashabdah shad-aksharah vira-ghoshah klisha-vapur vajrango vajra-bhedanah

With His sword He cuts the enemy to pieces (khadga-khandita-sarvanga). He is a sixteen-year-old youth eternally (shodashabda). He does not suffer the six material distresses (shad-akshara). He makes a heroic roar (vira-ghosha). He brings distress to His enemies (klisha-vapu). His limbs are powerful like a series of thunderbolts (vajranga). He breaks apart the thunderbolt weapons of His enemies (vajrabhedana). Text 128 rugna-vajro bhagna-dantah shatru-nirbhartsanodyatah aa-hasah paa-dharah paa-rajni-patih pauh He breaks apart the thunderbolt weapons of His enemies (rugna-vajra). He breaks His enemies' teeth (bhagna-danta). He rebukes His enemies (shatrunirbhartsanodyata). He laughs loudly (aa-hasa). He wears silk garments (paadhara). He is the husband of a noble queen (paa-rajni-pati). He is very intelligent (pau). Text 129 kalah pataha-vaditro hunkaro garjita-svanah sadhur bhakta-paradhinah svatantrah sadhu-bhushanah He is time (kala). Paaha drums are sounded to celebrate His victory (patahavaditra). He roars ferociously (hunkara and garjita-svana). He is saintly (sadhu), submissive to His devotees (bhakta-paradhina), independent (svatantra), and decorated with the ornaments of saintly qualities (sadhu-bhushana). Text 130 asvatantrah sadhumayah sadhu-grasta-mana manak sadhu-priyah sadhu-dhanah sadhu-jnatih sudha-ghanah He is not independent (asvatantra). He is dependent on His devotees (sadhumaya). His heart is rapt in thinking of His devotees (sadhu-grasta-mana). He loves His devotees and they love Him (sadhu-priya). He is charitable to His devotees (sadhu-dhana). He is His devotees' kinsman (sadhu-jnati). He is a monsoon cloud of nectar (sudha-ghana).

Text 131 sadhu-cari sadhu-cittah sadhu-vasi shubhaspadah iti namnam sahasram tu balabhadrasya kirtitam He stays among His devotees (sadhu-cari and sadhu-vasi). His devotees stay in His heart (sadhu-citta). He is the abode of auspiciousness. These are the thousand names of Lord Balarama. Text 132 sarva-siddhi-pradam nrinam catur-varga-phala-pradam shata-varam pahed yas tu sa vidyavan bhaved iha sarva-siddhi-pradamgiving all perfection; nrinamto the living entities; caturvarga-phala-pradamgiving the four goals of life; shataa hundred; varamtimes; pahetrecites; yahone who; tuindeed; sahe; vidyavanwise; bhavet becomes; ihahere. He becomes wise who a hundred times recites these names, which give the four goals of life and all perfection. Text 133 indiram ca vimurtim cabhijanam rupam eva ca bala-bhojash ca pahanat sarvam prapnoti manavah indiramwealth; caand; vimurtimglory; caand; abhijanamdynasty; rupamhandsomeness; evaindeed; caand; balastrength; bhojahenjoyment; caand; pahanatfrom reciting; sarvamall; prapnotiattains; manavaha person. One who recites these names pleases Lord Balarama and thus attains all wealth, glory, good descendents, and handsomeness. Text 134 ganga-kule 'tha kalindikule devalaye tatha sahasravarta-pahena balat siddhih prajayate

ganga-kuleon the bank of the Ganga; athathen; kalindi-kuleon the bank of the Yamuna; devalayein the temple of the Lord; tathaso; sahasravartaa thousand times; pahenaby reciting; balatfrom Lord Balarama; siddhih perfection; prajayateis born. By reciting these names a thousand times on the Ganga's shore, on the Yamuna's shore, or in the Lord's temple, by Lord Balarama's mercy one attains perfection. Text 135 putrarthi labhate putram dhanartho labhate dhanam bandhat pramucyate baddho rogi rogan nivartate putrarthidesiring a son; labhateattains; putrama son; dhanarthahdesiring wealth; labhateattains; dhanamwealth; bandhatfrom bondage; pramucyate is freed; baddhahbound; rogidiseased; roganfrom disease; nivartateis freed. One who desires a son attains a good son. One who desires wealth attains wealth. One who is imprisoned becomes free from prison. One who is diseased becomes cured of his disease. Text 136 ayutavarta-pahe ca purashcarya-vidhanatah homa-tarpana-godanaviprarcana-kritodyamat paalam paddhatim stotram kavacam tu vidhaya ca maha-mandala-bharta syan mandito mandaleshvaraih ayutaten thousand; avartatimes; pahein reciting; caand; purashcaryavidhanatahafter performing purashcarya; homahoma; tarpanatarpana; godanagiving cows in charity; viprabrahmanas; arcanaworshiping; kritaudyamatthan pious deeds; paalampaala; paddhatimpaddhati; stotram stotra; kavacamkavaca; tuindeed; vidhayadoing; caand; maha-mandalabhartaa great king; syanbecomes; manditahdecorated; mandaleshvaraih with many great kings. One who performs purashcarya, recites the paala, paddhati, stotra, and kavaca, recites these names ten thousand times, offers homa and tarpana, gives cows in

charity, and worships the brahmanas becomes a great king decorated with a great host of vassal-kings. Text 138 mattebha-karna-prahita mada-gandhena vihvala alankaroti tad-dvaram bhramad-bhringavali bhrisham mattamaddened; ibhaelephant; karnaears; prahitasent; mada-gandhena with the sweet freagtance; vihvalaagitated; alankarotidecorates; tad-dvaram his door; bhramad-bhringavalimany flying bees; bhrishamgreatly. Pushed by an elephant's ear, and maddened by the sweet fragrance they find there, a host of bees decorates his door. Text 139 nishkaranah pahed yas tu prity-artham revati-pateh namnam sahasram rajendra sa jivan-mukta ucyate nishkaranahwithout any motive; pahetrecites; yahwho; tuindeed; prityarthamfor the pleasure; revati-patehof Lord Balarama; namnamof names; sahasrama thousand; rajendraO great king; sahe; jivan-muktaliberated in this life; ucyateis said. O great king, one who without any personal motive, only to please Lord Balarama, recites these thousand names, is said to be liberated in this life. Text 140 sada vaset tasya grihe balabhadro 'cyutagrajah maha-pataky api janah pahen nama-sahasrakam sadaeternally; vasetresides; tasyaof him; grihein the home; balabhadrah Lord Balarama; acyutaof Lord Krishna; agrajahthe elder brother; maha-pataky a great sinner; apieven; janaha person; pahetrecites; nama-sahasrakam thousand names.

Lord Balarama, the elder brother of Lord Krishna, eternally resides in the home of even a great sinner who recites these thousand names. Text 141 chittva meru-samam papam bhuktva sarva-sukham tv iha parat param maha-raja golokam dhama yati hi chittvabreaking; meru-samamlike Mount Meru; papamsin; bhuktva enjoying; sarva-sukhamall happiness; tvindeed; ihahere; paratthan the greatest; paramgreater; maha-rajaO great king; golokamto Goloka; dhama the realm; yatigoes; hiindeed. O great king, that person destroys a host of sins equal to Mount Meru. He enjoys great happiness, and then He goes to the realm of Goloka, which is above the highest place in the spiritual world. Text 142 shri-narada uvaca iti shrutvacyutagrajasya baladevasya pancangam dhritiman dhartarashrah saparyaya sahitaya paraya bhaktya pradvipakam pujayam asa tam anujnapyashisham dattva pradvipako munindro gajahvayat svashramam jagama. shri-narada uvacaShri Narada said; itithus; shrutva acyutagrajasyahearing of Krishna's elder brother; baladevasyaof Lord Balarama; pancangamfive limbs; dhritimanself-controlled; dhartarashrahthe son of Dhrtarastra; saparyaya wor5shiping; sahitayawith; parayagreat; bhaktyadevotion; pradvipakam Pradvipaka; pujayam asaworshiped; tamhim; anujnapyataking permission;; ashishamblessing; dattvagiving; pradvipakahPradvipaka; munindrahthe sage; gajahvayatfrom Hastinapura; svashramamto his own ashrama; jagama went. Shri Narada said: After hearing these five procedures for worshiping Lord Balarama, the saintly son of Dhritarashtra worshiped Pradvipaka Muni with great devotion. After giving his blessings, Pradvipaka, the king of sages, left Hastinapura and returned to his own ashrama. Text 143 bhagavato 'nantasya balabhadrasya para-brahmanah katham yah shrinute shravayate tayananda-mayo bhavati.

bhagavatahof the Supreme Personality of Godhead; anantasyaAnanta; balabhadrasyaLord Balarama; para-brahmanahthe Supreme Brahman; katham topics; yahone who; shrinutehears; shravayatecauses others to hear; taya by that; ananda-mayahfilled with bliss; bhavatibecomes. One who hears or repeats these descriptions of limitless Lord Balarama. the Supreme Personality of Godhead, becomes filled with bliss. Text 144 idam maya te kathitam nripendra sarvarthadam shri-balabhadra-khandam shrinoti yo dhama hareh sa yati vishokam anandam akhanda-rupam idamthis; mayaby me; teto you; kathitamspoken; nripendraO great king; sarvarthadamgiving all desires; shri-balabhadraof Lord Balarama; khandamthe canto; shrinotihears; yahone who; dhamato the abode; hareh of Lord Krishna; sahe; yatigoes; vishokamwithout sufferings; anandambliss; akhandaunbroken; rupamform. O great king, thus I have recited for you the Balarama-khanda, which fulfills all desires. Anyone who hears it goes to Lord Krishna transcendental abode, which is eternal, full of bliss, and free of any suffering. .pa TEXT NUMBERS OF LORD BALARAMA'S THOUSAND NAMES (The name is placed first and the Text Number follows.) Abhijit, 79 * Acchedya, 69 * Acyuta, 5 * Acyutagraja, 6 * Adahya, 69 * Adbhuta, 93 * Adhibhuta, 70 * Adhidaiva, 70 * Adhyatmaka, 70 * Adi, 67 * Advitiya, 14 * Aghanasaka, 106 * Aghari, 36 * Agni-pana, 37 * Agraga, 126 * Ahankara, 13 * Ahuka, 114 * Aila-vamsa-vivardhana, 94 * Aindra, 80 * Ajasra-sukha, 68 * Ajata-satru, 56 * Akledya, 69 * Aksara, 68 * Aksauhini-vrta, 122 * Alankara, 92 * Alpa-vigraha, 66 * Ambarisanga, 94 * Amlana-pankaja-dhara, 58 * Amrta, 68 * Amsamsa, 72 * Anadi, 67 * Anagha, 74 * Ananda, 40, 67 * Ananta, 11 * Andhaka, 113 * Andhaka-nivasakrt, 113 * Angira, 123 * Aniruddha, 48 * Antaratma, 12 * Antra-mali, 85 * Anuvisaya, 114 * Apurna, 69 * Arista-ha, 37 * Asankhya-brahmanda-pati, 82 * Asosya, 69 * Asthita, 100, 124 * Asupta, 109 * Asurari, 30 * Asvatantra, 130 * Asvattha, 93 * Atali, 17 * Atiratha, 124 * Atta-hasa, 128 * Atyantika-maya, 73 * Aupagavi-priya, 43 * Avatara, 72 * Avrta, 13 * Avyaya, 12 * Ayodhyadhipati, 34 * * Baddha-godhangulitrana, 29 * Bakari, 36 * Bala, 8 * Bala-keli, 102 * Balabhadra, 5 * Baladeva, 6 * Bali, 7 * Balistha-pusta-sarvanga, 50 * Bana-varsi, 126 * Bandha-moksi, 55 * Bhagavan,

11 * Bhagirathi, 62 * Bhagna-danta, 128 * Bhairava-sasana, 112 * Bhairavakhya, 108 * Bhakta-paradhina, 129 * Bhakta-vatsala, 47 * Bharata, 28 * Bhargavottama, 25 * Bhaskarodaya, 79 * Bhata, 126 * Bhavad, 66 * Bhavisyat, 66 * Bhavya, 38 * Bhayanaka, 93 * Bhimarthi, 60 * Bhisak, 115 * Bhogitala, 17 * Bhoja, 113 * Bhojavrsny-andhakesvara, 114 * Bhu, 72 * Bhumi-vaikuntha-deva, 82 * Bhupari-sthita, 72 * Bhuta, 66 * Bhuta-sangha, 85 * Bhutesa, 55 * Bhuva, 72 * Bibhatsi, 84 * Bimbostha, 54 * Bindu, 62 * Bindu-sarovara, 62 * Bodhaka, 71 * Bodhi, 71 * Brahma, 70 * Brahma-dhara, 70 * Brahma-pada-nisevaka, 120 * Brahma-pada-rajah-sparsi, 120 * Brahma-pada-rajo-dadhat, 119 * Brahmaloka, 80 * Brahmanya, 119 * Brahmanya-deva, 119 * Brahmastri, 124 * Brhat, 66 * Brhat-sanu, 77 * Buddhisakha, 13 * * Caidya-satru, 56 * Cala-jhankara-nupura, 88 * Calat-khanjana-locana, 100 * Candra-vamsi, 34 * Canurari, 41 * Carisnuman, 15 * Catu, 123 * Catur-bhuja, 43 * Catur-murti, 12 * Catur-veda, 12 * Catur-vyuha, 12 * Catus-pada, 12 * Cestarupa-tanu-sthita, 71 * Ceta, 13 * Chanda, 90 * Citkara, 16 * Citra-kutaranya-nivasakrt, 31 * * Dadhi-caurya-krta-srama, 101 * Dadhi-harta, 101 * Daksa-yajnavighataka, 87 * Dami, 102 * Damodara, 102 * Danadhyaksa, 46 * Dandakamandalu, 85 * Dandakesa, 31 * Dandi, 21 * Dani, 10 * Dantavakra-nisudaka, 56 * Dari-bhrn, 77 * Dasarathi, 27 * Dasarha, 113 * Dattatreya, 25 * Daya-nidhi, 52 * Deva, 5 * Deva-giri, 75 * Deva-mangala, 25 * Deva-sarma, 52 * Devadatta, 18 * Devaloka, 78 * Devamaya, 80 * Devasura-bhayankara, 125 * Devatatma, 14 * Dhanada, 59 * Dhanadhyaksa, 46 * Dhananjaya, 18 * Dhanesvara, 46 * Dhanvantari, 26 * Dhanvi, 28 * Dhanvinam, 48 * Dhara, 15 * Dharma-sastri, 90 * Dhauta-vastra-samavrta, 97 * Dhenukari, 36 * Dhrta-natha, 46 * Dhrtarasta, 18 * Dhruva, 12, 80 * Dhuli-dhusara-sarvanga, 103 * Dhuri, 83 * Dig-ambara, 98 * Dipaka, 107 * Divya-loka-vilokita, 99 * Divya-racana, 99 * Divyanga, 99 * Dravayu, 22 * Drsta, 66 * Dugdha-hara, 101 * Dugdha-pana, 37 * Dundubhi, 113 * Duryodhana-guru, 47 * Dvaraka-duhkha-samharta, 118 * Dvaraka-durga-sancari, 117 * Dvaraka-graha-vigraha, 117 * Dvaraka-jana-mangala, 118 * Dvarakesa, 10 * Dvipari-ha, 111 * Dvitiya, 14 * Dvividanga-nisudana, 51 * Dyota, 113 * * Gada, 65 * Gada-siksa-kara, 47 * Gadagraja, 65 * Gadhinam, 94 * Gadya, 65 * Gairisa, 75 * Gaja-carma-dhara, 84 * Gaja-hanta, 42 * Gaja-koti-prayayi, 123 * Gaji, 84 * Gana, 71 * Gana-natha, 75 * Gandaki-snana-van, 58 * Gandivi, 49 * Ganga, 62 * Gangasagara-sangarthi, 60 * Garjita-svana, 129 * Gata-sadhvasa, 105 * Gatadhi, 94 * Gauna, 68 * Gautama, 89 * Gavam-pati, 82 * Gaya-sira, 59 * Ghana-kancukasanghavan, 98 * Gharghara-svana, 84 * Giri, 75 * Giri-dhara, 83 * Giri-gahvara, 75 * Girisa, 75 * Go-ganasraya, 35 * Goda, 60 * Gokulesa, 35 * Goloka-dhama-dhisana, 83 * Golokanki-krtam-gana, 99 * Golokesa, 82 * Gomati-tira-vasa-krt, 57 * Gopa, 35 * Gopa-putra, 35 * Gopa-vrndesa, 35 * Gopala, 35 * Gopati, 35 * Gopika-kanthabhusana, 83 * Gopika-sata-yutharthi, 39 * Gopisatavrta, 35 * Govardhanasamuddharta, 39 * Gudha-vyudha, 68 * Guna, 68 * Guna-nidhi, 65 * Guna-patra, 65 * Gunabhasa, 68 * Gunakara, 65 * Gunarnava, 65 * Gunatita, 67 * Gunavrta, 68 * Gurvi, 47 * * Halayudha, 5 * Hali, 7 * Hamsa, 24 * Hanumat-prita-manasa, 32 * Hari, 7, 23 * Hari-dasa-sahaya-krt, 56 * Harina, 23 * Harsi, 30 * Hasta, 79 * Hastinapurasankarsi, 52 * Hasya, 93 * Hemarcita, 75 * Hindola, 108 * Hrsta, 50 * Hunkara, 129 * Hy, 12 * * Ilvalatmaja-hanta, 64 * Indriyesa, 14 * * Jagad-bandhu, 119 * Jagadbharta, 118 * Jagad-bhrata, 119 * Jagan-mata, 118 * Jagan-mitra, 119 * Jagara, 109 * Jagat-pita, 118 * Jagat-sakha, 119 * Jagat-trata, 118 * Jaitram, 124 * Jala-kolahali, 104 * Jamadagnya, 63 * Jambavan, 111 * Jambu, 63 * Jambudvipa, 111 * Jambukasanki, 111 * Jana, 72 * Janaki-virahatura, 33 * Janesvara, 57 * Jarudhi, 76 * Jayakula, 78 * Jayanta-krt, 78 * Jayantanga, 78 * Jayanti-dig, 78 * Jayi, 64 * Jita-pada,

81 * Jivatma, 12 * Jnanam, 14 * Jnapaka, 70 * Jvara, 110 * Jvara-jit, 110 * Jvarakarta, 110 * Jvara-varjita, 110 * Jvara-yuk, 110 * Jyahata-kosthaka, 28 * Jyoti, 46 * Jyotismati-bharta, 46 * * Kabandhaha, 31 * Kairavesvara, 49 * Kaka-paksa-dhara, 103 * Kakutstha, 27 * Kala, 21, 129 * Kala-hanta, 42 * Kalagni, 22 * Kalaksara, 108 * Kalanjara, 77 * Kalanka-ha, 42 * Kali, 21 * Kali-priya, 21 * Kalindi-bhedana, 8 * Kalindi-kula-viksana, 103 * Kaliyantaka, 40 * Kalki, 26 * Kalpa-vrksa, 48 * Kalpavrksa-vana-prabhu, 48 * Kalpa-vrksi, 48 * Kalpanta-bhairava, 86 * Kama-pala, 5 * Kamatha, 25 * Kambalasva, 18 * Kamsa-bhratr-nihanta, 42 * Kamsa-hanta, 42 * Kamsa-kodanda-bhanjana, 41 * Kamsari, 40 * Kana-nama-bhak, 89 * Kanadi, 89 * Kanakangadi, 20 * Kanka, 76 * Kapata-vaksa, 55 * Kapila, 25 * Kari-karna-marutprejat-kuntala-vyapta-kundala, 125 * Karindra-kara-kodanda, 54 * Karma, 14 * Karuna-sindhu, 27 * Kasi-natha, 112 * Kataki, 20 * Katisutri, 20 * Katyayana, 23 * Kaurava-pujita, 52 * Kausalyananda-vardhana, 27 * Kausi, 97, 112 * Kausika, 112 * Kavaci, 28 * Kaveri, 61 * Kavi, 70 * Kavya-krn, 91 * Kesi-satru, 37 * Khadgakhadnita-sarvanga, 127 * Khadgi, 28 * Khanda-mandali, 21 * Kharparasi, 87 * Kiranasa, 54 * Klista-vapu, 127 * Kosalendra, 26 * Koti-brahmanda-karaka, 82 * Kotikandarpa-lavanya, 20 * Krishna, 24, 62 * Krta-svotsanga-ga, 100 * Krtamala, 61 * Krtanta-kala-sanghari, 86 * Kruddha, 51 * Ksami, 47 * Kuli, 104 * Kumbhandakhandana-kara, 49 * Kumuda-bandhava, 78 * Kundali, 21 * Kundali-bhuta, 100 * Kunta-dhari, 84 * Kupakarna-prahara-krt, 49 * Kurma, 24 * Kuruksetra-pati, 63 * Kusa, 112 * Kusa-dhari, 112 * Kusa-vigraha, 112 * Kusasthali-pati, 112 * Kusmandagana-samvrta, 85 * Kuta, 86 * Kuta-hanta, 41 * * Lagudi, 7 * Laksanartha, 92 * Lanka-dahana-tat-para, 33 * Lavanari, 34 * Laya, 22, 73 * Lila-dhara, 83 * Lohargala-vanadhipa, 105 * Loka, 100 * Lokalokacalashrita, 81 * * Mada-ghurnitalocana, 19 * Madana, 48 * Madhava, 9 * Madhu-madhava-sevita, 50 * Madhusrava, 19 * Madotkata, 125 * Magadhari, 43 * Maha, 72 * Maha-bhuja, 18 * Maha-mana, 10, 13 * Maha-muni, 63 * Maha-punya, 61 * Maha-raja-cchatra-dhara, 53 * Maharajopalaksana, 53 * Maha-vayu, 71 * Maha-vibhuti, 55 * Maha-vira, 6, 71 * Mahavisnu, 24 * Mahahi, 22 * Maharatha, 124 * Mahatala, 17 * Mahaugha, 15 * Mahavana-nivasi, 105 * Mahogra-vak, 114 * Mainaka, 76 * Maithilarcita-padabja, 47 * Mala-kosaka, 107 * Malla-yuddha-pravartaka, 42 * Mana-pramana, 108 * Manada, 47 * Manak, 130 * Manda, 48 * Mandara, 77 * Mani, 10 * Mani-dhara, 16 * Manihara, 16 * Mantra-visarada, 44 * Mantri, 44 * Manu, 74 * Manu-suta, 74 * Manvantaravatara, 74 * Manya, 49 * Mardala, 126 * Marica-vadha-karaka, 29 * Matanga-vana-sancari, 32 * Mathura, 100 * Mathura-darsi, 100 * Mathuresa, 10 * Matsya, 25 * Megha-mallara, 107 * Megha-mandala, 54 * Meru, 75 * Mimamsi, 89 * Mrda, 86 * Mrdanisa, 86 * Mrdu, 108 * Mrga, 79 * Mukta-kesa, 103 * Mukti-natha, 106 * Mukuti, 21 * Munda-mali, 85 * Muni, 24, 31 * Muni-priya, 31 * Murari, 48 * Musali, 7 * Mustikari, 41 * * Nadi, 62 * Naga-kanya-samarcita, 20 * Naimisaranyayatrarthi, 57 * Naimittika, 73 * Naiyayika, 89 * Naksatresa, 79 * Nana-candanagandhadhya, 96 * Nana-kauseya-vesa-dhrk, 97 * Nana-mani-samakirna, 95 * Nanapadma-kara, 97 * Nana-puspa-dhara, 95 * Nana-puspa-rasarcita, 96 * Nana-ratnavibhusana, 95 * Nana-varna-maya, 96 * Nana-vastra-dhara, 96 * Nanda, 40 * Nandaraja-suta, 40 * Nanda-vardhana, 40 * Nandikesvara, 77 * Nara, 26 * Naranarayanasrama, 63 * Narada, 24 * Naravesa, 72 * Narayana, 26 * Narayanastri, 124 * Narmada, 62 * Nataka-prada, 91 * Navanita-sitasana, 101 * Naya, 89 * Neta, 32 * Nilambara, 6 * Nirakara, 14 * Niranjana, 14 * Nirantara, 67 * Nirguna, 66 * Nirjara, 110 * Nirodha, 73 * Nirupama, 99 * Nirvikalpaka, 67 * Nirvikara, 68 * Nisangi, 28 * Nitya, 68 * Nivartaka, 69 * Nivata-kavacesvara, 21 * Nrsimha, 26 * Nupuri, 20 * * Pada-sphota, 92 * Padma-mali, 19 * Padma-pada-sphurad-dyuti, 55 * Padma-pani, 7

* Padma-varti, 123 * Padmaksa, 19 * Pakvimabha, 23 * Pampa, 62 * Pancavati-pati, 32 * Pandita, 88 * Pandu-putra-sahaya-krt, 43 * Panini, 22 * Panka-prangana-lepaka, 104 * Papa-ghna, 56 * Para, 11 * Parama, 11 * Paramatma, 12 * Paramesvara, 10 * Parasari-samhita-vit, 91 * Paresa, 10 * Paribhadraka, 76 * Parijataka, 77 * Paripurnatama, 11 * Parna, 98 * Parya, 115 * Pasu-pati, 86 * Pataha-vaditra, 129 * Patala, 17 * Patanga, 76 * Patanjali, 22 * Patta-dhara, 128 * Patta-rajni-pati, 128 * Patu, 128 * Paulastya, 59 * Paundraka-ghataka, 51 * Pauranika, 91 * Payasvini, 61 * Phani, 16 * Phani-raja, 15 * Phanindra, 15 * Phanisvara, 16 * Phutkari, 16 * Pinakatankara-kara, 88 * Pinamsa, 55 * Pitosnisa, 98 * Pitr-vakya-kara, 30 * Plaksa, 111 * Plaksavanesvara, 111 * Prabala, 8 * Prabhasa, 62 * Prabhavati-baddha-kara, 102 * Prabhavisnu, 24 * Prabhu, 16 * Pracanda, 54 * Pradhanam, 13 * Pradyota, 113 * Praharsita, 50 * Prahlada-raksaka, 94 * Praja-bharta, 117 * Praja-palana-tat-para, 117 * Prajarthada, 117 * Prakrte, 11 * Prakrti, 13, 90 * Prakrtika, 73 * Pralambaghna, 6 * Pralambari, 36 * Pralaya, 22 * Pramathesa, 86 * Prarthya, 115 * Pratapavan, 6 * Pratibhata, 126 * Pratici, 61 * Pratima-panca-samyuta, 122 * Pratyag-dhama, 67 * Prayaga-tirtha-raja, 59 * Preraka, 71 * Priyatama, 105 * Procya, 126 * Prthu, 25 * Pulahasrama, 59 * Punarvasu, 79 * Purana, 10 * Purna, 10 * Purusa, 10 * Purusottama, 11 * Puskara, 63 * Puspa-dhanva, 95 * Puspakastha, 33 * Puspi, 95 * Pusta, 50 * Pusya, 79 * Putanari, 36 * * Raga-putra, 107 * Raga-satka, 107 * Raghavendra, 26 * Raghudvaha, 26 * Ragini-ramanotsuka, 107 * Raivatajamata, 50 * Raivati-harsa-vardhana, 45 * Rajakari, 41 * Rajendra, 27 * Rajivalocana, 31 * Raktosnisa, 98 * Rama, 5, 31, 63, 81 * Ramabhadra, 5 * Ramacandra, 26 * Rana-durmada, 126 * Rana-slaghi, 124 * Ranga-natha, 106 * Ranga-ranjana, 106 * Rangavalli-jalakara, 66 * Ranodbhata, 124 * Rasa-mandala-madhya-stha, 38 * Rasa-mandala-mandana, 38 * Rasatala, 17 * Ratha-koti-jaya-dhvaja, 123 * Rathi, 52 * Ratna-kambala-dhari, 97 * Rauhineya, 6 * Ravanari, 33 * Ravanyari, 33 * Revatadri-vihara-krt, 46 * Revati-citta-harta, 45 * Revati-prana-natha, 45 * Revatipriya-karaka, 45 * Revati-ramana, 5 * Rodha, 73 * Rohini-lalita, 38 * Rsabha, 25 * Rugna-vajra, 128 * * Sabha-bhasa, 116 * Sabha-candra, 116 * Sabha-deva, 116 * Sabha-dipa, 116 * Sabha-pati, 116 * Sabha-ravi, 116 * Sabha-sila, 116 * Sabhagni, 116 * Sad-aksara, 127 * Sad-anana, 87 * Sada, 96 * Sadhu, 105, 129 * Sadhubhusana, 129 * Sadhu-cari, 131 * Sadhu-citta, 131 * Sadhu-dhana, 130 * Sadhugrasta-mana, 130 * Sadhu-jnati, 130 * Sadhu-priya, 130 * Sadhu-vasi, 131 * Sadhumaya, 130 * Sadhv-isa, 105 * Sadhya, 80, 105 * Saguna, 66 * Sahasra-phanamandita, 15 * Sahasra-vadana, 8 * Saila-sattama, 76 * Saindhava, 63 * Sakhi, 13 * Sakra-jid, 39 * Saksat, 11 * Saksi, 13 * Sakti-hasta, 87 * Sala-bahu, 57 * Salari, 41 * Salmali, 111 * Salmali-dvipa, 111 * Salva-hanta, 57 * Sama, 67 * Sama-buddhi, 69 * Sama-drn, 67 * Sama-prabha, 69 * Samantoddhrta-paduka, 123 * Sambhava, 74 * Sambhu-kodanda-bhanjana, 29 * Samhara-kadru, 22 * Sami, 109 * Samiksana, 55 * Samrat, 15 * Samya, 67 * Sanaka, 25 * Sanghata, 13 * Sanghavan, 13 * Sankarsana, 5 * Sankha-cakra-gada-dhara, 44 * Sankhacuda-vadhodyata, 39 * Sankhacudabha, 18 * Sankhya-sastri, 89 * Sanku, 74 * Santana, 77 * Sapta-godavari-pati, 60 * Sarayu, 59 * Sarayupama, 61 * Sarga, 73 * Sargadi, 73 * Sari, 28 * Sarma, 14 * Sartha, 69 * Sartha-vit, 92 * Sarva, 51 * Sarva-laksana, 27 * Sarva-niti-jna, 114 * Sarva-sastrartha-tattva-ga, 90 * Sarvaga, 69 * Sarvavit, 69 * Sarvopama, 99 * Sasi, 78 * Sastra-bhasya-kara, 22 * Sasvata, 11 * Sata-kratu, 109 * Sata-yama, 109 * Satananda, 109 * Satru-nirbhartsanodyata, 128 * Satru-sandha, 56 * Satru-tapana, 28 * Satrughna, 28 * Sattvam, 115 * Satvata, 113 * Satvatam-pati, 113 * Satyam, 72 * Saumitri, 28 * Saumya, 43 * Sesa, 11 * Setu-bandhana, 59 * Setubandha, 33 * Sevya, 50 * Siddha-gita, 53 * Siddha-katha, 53 * Siddhasrama, 62 * Sikata-bhumi-

cari, 102 * Sikhandi, 21 * Sikhari, 51 * Silpi, 51 * Sira-pani, 7 * Sisira, 76 * Sisu, 38 * Sisumara, 80 * Sita, 80 * Sitosnisa, 98 * Sivarthada, 87 * Smrti-kara, 91 * Snigdha, 94 * Sodasabda, 127 * Sona-sampluta, 58 * Sphita, 106 * Sphota-vrtti, 92 * Sphotayana, 23 * Sphurad-danta, 17 * Sphurja, 110 * Sphurti, 16 * Sragvi, 58 * Sravana, 79 * Shri-raga, 107 * Shri-vrndavana-sancari, 104 * Shridhara, 83 * Shrimal, 34 * Shrisa, 40 * Srngara, 93 * Sruta, 66 * Srutisvara, 88 * Sthanu, 15 * Sukirti, 106 * Su-puspita, 95 * Su-smita-cchavi, 54 * Su-yasa, 106 * Subala, 76 * Subha, 80 * Subhaspada, 131 * Sudama-saukhya-dayaka, 64 * Sudha-ghana, 130 * Sudha-sindhu, 79 * Sudharmadhipati, 115 * Sudhi, 103 * Sugriva, 32 * Sugrivasakha, 32 * Sukla, 80 * Sukla-camara-vijita, 53 * Sula-sucy-arpita-gaja, 84 * Sunandi, 51 * Suprabha, 61 * Supta, 109 * Sura, 27 * Suralaya, 75 * Surarcita, 34 * Surasena, 114 * Surya-vamsi, 34 * Susupta, 109 * Sutalesa, 17 * Sutali, 16 * Sutoyada, 126 * Sva, 72 * Svaccha, 93 * Svapna, 109 * Svara-gamya, 108 * Svarajati-smara, 108 * Svarat, 8 * Svasrayasraya, 70 * Svatantra, 129 * Svayambhu, 74 * Svayambhuva-sahaya-krt, 74 * Sveta-varna, 6 * Svetadvipa, 81 * Syamalanga, 43 * Syami, 109 * Syandanam, 124 * Symantaka-mani, 49 * * Takra-bhuk, 101 * Takrahari, 101 * Tala, 108 * Talanka, 7 * Talatala, 17 * Tali, 16 * Tamraparni, 60 * Tapa, 72 * Taraksa, 54 * Tarka-vidvan, 88 * Taru-raja, 77 * Tatakari, 30 * Tirtha-yayi, 57 * Tosalantaka, 41 * Trata, 27 * Trayo-vimsatika, 71 * Tri-jvara, 110 * Tridha, 72 * Trikuta, 76 * Triloka-vijayi, 64 * Trisuli, 84 * Triveni, 61 * Trnavarta-nipataka, 36 * * Uddhava-sakha, 44 * Ugrasena, 114 * Ugrasena-priya, 115 * Ujjvala, 93 * Urangama, 23 * Urdhvaga, 8 * Urja, 110 * Urvara, 109 * Utiman, 73 * Uttariyadhara, 98 * * Vaca, 90 * Vada, 89 * Vadi, 89 * Vai, 88 * Vaidhrti, 79 * Vaidya, 91 * Vaijayanti-virajita, 58 * Vaikuntha, 23 * Vaikuntha-natha, 81 * Vaikuntha-nayaka, 81 * Vaisesika, 90 * Vaiyakarana-krt, 90 * Vaiyyasa, 90 * Vajra-bhedana, 127 * Vajranga, 127 * Vakya-sphota, 92 * Vamana, 23 * Vamsi-vadya-visarada, 34 * Vamsivata-tata-sthita, 104 * Vanamali, 19 * Vanecara, 30 * Vara, 48, 94 * Varaha, 24 * Varanasi-gata, 51 * Varna, 96 * Varuni-mada-mattanga, 19 * Vasanta-malatikarsi, 65 * Vasu, 9 * Vasudeva, 9 * Vasudeva-kalananta, 8 * Vasuki, 18 * Vasumatibharta, 9 * Vasuttama, 9 * Vatodaka, 60 * Vatsa-vrnda, 103 * Veda-pathi, 88 * Vedanta-krt, 89 * Vegatara, 18 * Veni, 60, 61 * Venu-vadana, 7 * Vetala-bhrd, 85 * Vibhisana-sahaya-krt, 30 * Vidya-visarada, 91 * Vigadhi, 94 * Vijvara, 110 * Vilaksana, 80 * Vindhya, 76 * Vipasi, 58 * Vipra, 122 * Vipra-bhakta, 122 * Vipragita-maha-katha, 121 * Vipra-guru, 122 * Vipra-hita, 121 * Vipra-mukhya, 121 * Vipra-pada-jalardranga, 121 * Vipra-padanuga, 122 * Vipra-padodaka-priya, 121 * Vipra-seva-parayana, 120 * Vipranghri-jala-putanga, 120 * Vira, 8 * Vira-bhadra, 87 * Vira-ghosa, 127 * Vira-ha, 44 * Vira-mathana, 44 * Vira-sammarda, 126 * Viradhari, 30 * Virat, 15 * Visarga, 73 * Visasi, 87 * Visesa-vit, 24 * Vishnu, 24 * Visva-dharma, 52 * Visva-jid, 64 * Visva-karma, 52 * Visva-natha, 64 * Vitali, 16 * Vittalesa, 106 * Vraja-raksaka, 39 * Vrajarbhaka, 102 * Vrajesvara, 36 * Vrddha, 25 * Vrndavana-latashrita, 37 * Vrsa, 86 * Vrsabhanu-vara, 40 * Vrsni, 113 * Vrsnicakravrta, 115 * Vrsni-vallabha, 9 * Vrtra-ha, 78 * Vyali, 85 * Vyangya-viddhanavaddhvani, 92 * Vyapaka, 70 * Vyapi, 81 * Vyatipata, 80 * Vyomasura-vinasa-krt, 37 * * Yadavendra, 9 * Yadu-sabha-pati, 115 * Yadu-vara, 7 * Yaduttama, 9 * Yajna, 23 * Yajna-bharta, 29 * Yajna-trata, 29 * Yajnika, 23 * Yasasvi, 106 * Yasomati-suta, 38 * Yava-bhoji, 93 * Yava-krita, 93 * Yavana-ha, 43 * Yavasana, 93 * Yoddha, 122 * Yogesvara, 24 * Yuddha-bhrd, 44 * Yuddha-vira, 125